'iu 
 
 ^"vS'.^^tJ^ 
 
 .o>*.. V^ '^v,^ 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 // 
 
 4- 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 ■no 
 
 
 i^-^-= an lin 2.2 
 
 
 I.I 
 
 - y^ - 
 
 lUUu 
 
 
 1.25 
 
 in 
 1.4 1 ,.6 
 
 ^ . 6" 
 
 11* 
 
 ! X' 
 
 *¥'i>^'.^ ^-^^ 
 
 'V 
 
 V 
 
 '/ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 #>' 
 
 
_j>ij-i3ae4arig.-a>KM)saiMmw*.'-^_, >JCKt;>uffi>ft.>',!i3gv»,-'^ 
 
 .•»."ic*i«"wir»«e^,- ■."'»•-'—; ,'>-»7^>-»r»;i:.-.!A'.-'"»- 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 i 
 
 MMMRT- 
 
 wamd 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture ie couleur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 Couverture endommag^e 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurde et/ou pellicuide 
 
 Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 D 
 
 □ Coloured maps/ 
 Cartes gdographiques en couleur 
 
 □ Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 |T^ Coloured platbs and/or illustrations/ 
 ^aJ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 D 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Bound with other r?aterial/ 
 Reli^ avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La reliure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion le long de la marge int6rieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certalnes pages blanches ajoutdes 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas 6t6 filmdes. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppl^mentaires; 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'i! lui a 6td possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
 point de vue biblfographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la methods normale de filmage 
 sont indiquds ci-dessous. 
 
 I I Coloured pages/ 
 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommag^es 
 
 Pages restored and/oi 
 
 Pages restaurdes et/ou pelliculdes 
 
 Pages discoloured, ..iiained or foxec 
 Pages ddcolordes, tachet^es ou piqudes 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages d6tach6es 
 
 I I Pages damaged/ 
 
 I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 
 I I Pages discoloured, ..iiained or foxed/ 
 
 I I Pages detached/ 
 
 D 
 D 
 D 
 D 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of print varies/ 
 Qualitd in^gale de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du materiel suppl^mentairu 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 Pages wholiy or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6x6 filmdes d nouveau de fapon d 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at tta reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqu^ ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 14X 18X 22X 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 24X 
 
 26X 
 
 30X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
ils 
 
 u 
 
 lifier 
 
 ne 
 
 ige 
 
 The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Library of Congress 
 Photoduplication Service 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 L'exemplaire filmd fut reproduit grdce d la 
 g6n6rosit6 de: 
 
 Library of Congress 
 Photoduplication Service 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettet6 de l'exemplaire filmd, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol -^(meaning "CON- 
 TINUED "}, or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprim6e sont film6s en commenqant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernldre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impresslon ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont film6s en commenpant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impresslon ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaftra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbole — ► signifie "A SUIVRE", le 
 symbole V signifie "FIN ". 
 
 iVIaps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 film6s d des taux de reduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film6 d partir 
 de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'Images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 iilustrent la mithode. 
 
 ita 
 
 ure. 
 
 
 
 ] 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 mm^if^timiiiimuteilmmtiiMtatmiMmum-f''---- 
 
 ■■^ 
 
•i?=?-;:»'.'^- ■-/'■■r''W=" ■'"«ww^'''T^»' ■ V,.., .-awp,-. 
 
 ; srj 
 
 t' ^ 
 
 '^ 
 
 iS<>y 
 
 ^^^J^y "^^A^t^ 
 
 ^/ZL^ '9faJA^^ 
 
 < iM>iii»iwiWWte*>*— MM* iBw i i -U Kw r- 
 
 -J-i^ 
 
-•^MiqMVifWW^qHi 
 
 ■^ f ii H' M ■ 'mil i f.|iiyA ; t-ti'',f ■ MIM i fc 
 
 NEW 
 
 WAEEEN'S 
 
 HOUSEHOLD PHYSICIAN, 
 
 ENLAKGED AND KEVISED, 
 
 BGIirO A 
 
 BBIEF DESCEIPTION, IN PLAIN LANGUAGE, 
 
 or AUiTHX 
 
 Diseases of Men, Women and Children, 
 
 WITH THB 
 
 LATEST AND MOST APPROVED METHODS OF TREATMENT. 
 
 ALLOPATHIC DEPARTMENT 
 / 
 
 IRA WARREN, A.M., M.D., 
 
 Pellow of the Maiiachuietts Meilical 
 Society, etc. 
 
 BEVIgBD BT 
 
 WILLIAM THORNDIKE, M.D., 
 
 fellow of Mansachusetts Medical Society, and 
 
 Member of Boston Society for the Improve- 
 
 ment of Medicine, etc., and others. 
 
 HOM(EOPATHIC DEPARTMENT 
 
 A. E. SMALL, A.M., M.D., 
 
 President of the Hahnemann Medical 
 College, Chicago, 111. 
 
 BEVI8ED BT 
 
 J. HEBER SMITH, M.D., 
 
 Professor of Materia Medica. Boston University 
 
 School of Medicine, and laie President of Ma»- 
 
 lachusetts Homaopathio Society, 
 
 And insny others on special subjects. 
 
 FULLY ILLUSTRATED. 
 
 By 86 Figures on i6 Splendid Colored Lithograph Plates, 262 ENk^KAviNGs, and 
 
 Two Full-Page Manikins. 
 
 TAit ieok is published strictly as a Suhtcription Book, and to he sold only as such, A ny person or 
 persons infringing upon these rights will be held liable. 
 
 THB RIOHT OF TRANSLATION IS RESERVED. 
 
 BOSTON : 
 A. I. BRADLEY & COMPANY, 
 
 234 AND 236 COMORBM STBBBT, 
 
 1898. 
 
 \mmmm^ 
 
 
 '■'-■''■' •''iiiirfiiiahii'fn 1'"' 
 
 TW.Wnrs ffKEfVED 
 
 1 
 

 \^ 
 
 c\^ 
 
 :^57;5 
 
 Entered occonling to Act of Congreu, in the year 1859, by 
 
 IRA WARREN, 
 
 In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the DIf trict of Man. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congreis, in the year 1(63, by 
 
 IRA WARREN, 
 
 In the Clerk's Office of theDistrlctCourt of the District of Mass. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, In the year 1870, by 
 
 CHARLES ROBINSON, JB., 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congrers, at Washington. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1885, by 
 
 CHARLES ROBINSON, JR., 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1880, by 
 
 CHARLES ROBINSON, Jr.. 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, ir the yaar 1807, by 
 
 GEO. A. BLANEY, Admstr. Estate of Ira Warren, 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
 KIOBT OP TRANSLATION IB RESERVED. 
 
 This work Is published strictly as a Subscription Book, 
 and to be sold only as such.' Any person or persons in- 
 fringing upon these rights will be held liable. 
 
 H. M. PLIMPTON A CO., PRIN-.ER8 A BINDERS, 
 NORWOOD, MASS., U.S.A. 
 
PEEPACE. 
 
 This book is written for the people. It is based on the assump- 
 tion that every man — the mechanic, the farmeiMind the day laborer, 
 as well as the professional man — has a right to all the knowledge 
 he 18 capable of acquiring, on all subjects, — medicine not excepted. 
 1 he book aims, therefore, to popularize and adapt to the many what 
 Has been claimed as belonging only to the few. 
 
 I do not hesitate to avow that my sympathies, as a man, are with 
 the great masses, who maybe called the bone and muscle of the race. 
 Ihey are, in the main, more shrewd, more endowed with common 
 sense, more simple and true in their natural instincts, and conse- 
 quently less perverted, than those who claim more refinement and a 
 nigher place m the social scale. 
 
 " ^n men," says Hippocrates, one of the great fathere of medicine, 
 "ought to be acquainted with the medical art. I believe that knowl- 
 edge ot medicine is the sister and companion of wisdom." Such 
 knowledge would shield the many from the impositions of quackery. 
 No one, I venture to say, who reads this book thoroughly, will be 
 often imposed upon thereafter by quack nostrums, or quack doctora. 
 Jivery man s physical organization is his own ; and he is charged with 
 the responsibility of taking care of it. To do this properly, he needs 
 knowledge of it; and to withhold this from him is another form of 
 the old oppression, which decreed knowledge and power to the few, 
 and Ignorance and obedience to the many. 
 
 In accordance with the design of the work, it has been written in 
 plain simple English, and brought within the comprehension of all 
 who have medium powers of mind. 
 
 In preparing this book, a great number of authors have been care- 
 tully consulted, to whom I acknowledge large indebtedness; yet the 
 work is not a mere compUation. In dealing with each disease, I 
 have aimed to sketch a brief pen-and-ink portrait, so like it that 
 every reader shall know the original whenever he sees it; and then 
 V give, in the fewest words, the best treatment. 
 • No work of the sort has ever explained the reasons, or given the 
 whys and wherefores of medicine to anything like the extent of this : 
 nor has any one been so extensively illustrated. The engravings 
 have ^en, with fp- exceptions, done expressly for this work. The 
 colored lithographs and manikins are inserted at great expense, and 
 add much to the value of the book. 
 
 I. W. 
 
SECOND PREFACE. 
 
 The Household Physician was written in the belief that the people were 
 ready and waiting for a popular medical work based on liberal principles ; 
 and that one hundred and forty thousand copies have already been sold 
 is a sufflciont evidence that the belief was well-founded — many persons 
 assuring the publishers that fifty or one hundred dollars would be no temptar 
 tion for them to part with the copy they have if they could not obtain 
 another. Such an extensive sale of so large a book, with the demand 
 constantly increasing, shows its value. 
 
 For these evidences of public favor the Publishers are not ungrateful or 
 unmindful of corresponding duties on their part. A chapter is now added, 
 therefore, on "Old Age and its Diseases," — a subject never before intro- 
 duced into any popular treatise on medicine, and very rarely, indeed, into 
 any medical book. Great pains have been taken in preparing it, and we 
 sincerely hope that many fathers and mothers will, in future years, be 
 kindly remembered in consequence of the suggestions it contains. Also a 
 chapter oa new popular Gymnastics, illustrated with many cuts. 
 
 The Publishers. 
 
 THIRD PREFACE. 
 
 The Household Physician, now so well known throughout the English 
 and German-speaking world, again appears before the public, printed from 
 entirely new plates, revised and improved in accordance with the progress 
 of medical science of the present day. 
 
 Old, obsolete matter has been discarded, and only those methods and 
 remedies of olden times have been preserved to which, though numerous, 
 recent discoveries have found nothing superior. 
 
 Much new information has been added, including articles on Russian 
 and Turkish baths at home. Drowning, and on Diseases of the Nervous 
 System peculiar to modern times. The illustrations have been supple- 
 mented by fine colored plates and manikins showing the arrangement of the 
 various organs of the body, the muscles, arteries, veins, and nerves. New 
 colored plates of medicinal herbs have also been added, thus giving a dis- 
 tinct idea, not only of the pathological seat of many maladies, but of many 
 of the sources from whence are derived their specific remedies. 
 
 The prescription list has been most carefully revised, and the old heroic 
 doses of opium in its various forms have been superseded by milder nar- 
 cotics and sedatives. Mercury no longer shows its hideous features on 
 these pages, except as it is to be given in syphilitic affections. The work 
 now airly competes in rich information with any newer system of popular 
 medicine, and may be relied on, as ever before, for accuracy, best advice, 
 
 aud the most modern medical customs. 
 
 The Publishbbs. 
 
 i 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Preface ^ • 
 
 General Introductory Remarks 
 
 Anatomy 
 
 Physiological Laws of Life and Health — Hygiene 
 Temperaments, Constitution and Symptoms 
 
 Skin Diseases 
 
 Diseases of the Brain and Nerves 
 
 Diseases of the Throat 
 
 Diseases of the Chest .... 
 
 Heart Diseases 
 
 Diseases of the Abdominal Cavity 
 
 Venereal or Sexual Diseases 
 
 Female Diseases .... 
 
 Married Ladies' Perpetual Calendar . 
 
 Care of Children and their Diseases . 
 
 Diseases of the General System and MisceHaueous Di 
 
 Diseases Peculiar to Modem Times 
 
 Old Age and its Diseases 
 
 Accidents ...... 
 
 Surgical Diseases .... 
 
 Homoeopathic Treatment of Diseases . 
 
 A Treatise by A. E. Small, M.D. 
 
 Diseases of the Head . 
 
 Diseases of the Brain and Nerves 
 
 Diseases of the Eye and Lids 
 
 Diseases of the Ear 
 
 Disorders of the Nose . 
 
 Diseases of the Respiratory Organs 
 
 Diseases of the Urinary Organs . 
 
 Diseases of the Organs of Generation 
 
 Diseases of the Skin 
 
 Diseases of the, Organs of Circulation 
 
 Diseases involving the Various Organs 
 
 Diseases of Various Organs and Regions 
 
 Dropsies, Hydropsies .... 
 
 Insidious Diseases .... 
 
 seases 
 
 L 
 
 Paob 
 
 3 
 
 S 
 
 14 
 
 64 
 122 
 134 
 164 
 208 
 229 
 274 
 
 'jm 
 
 360 
 379 
 443 
 445 
 469 
 493 
 496 
 509 
 317 
 608 
 608 
 613 
 615 
 622 
 625 
 62" 
 628 
 634 
 638 
 642 
 651 
 653 
 665 
 684 
 686 
 
 i 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Homoeopathic Treatment (continued). VAa* 
 
 MiscellaneouH Diueases 600 
 
 Affections of the Mind 692 
 
 Surgical Diseases 700 
 
 Diseases of Infants 706 
 
 , DiBe<\8eH of Women 713 
 
 Labor, Parturition 716 
 
 Speciflc Indicr aons for Remedies in Fevers .... 720 
 
 Poisons and their Antidotes 726 
 
 Processes of the Hydropathic Treatment ..,,.*. 732 
 
 Domestic Management of the Sick-Room 766 
 
 Cookery for the Sick-Room 789 
 
 Dieting in regard to Health . . ' 798 
 
 Dieting in Disease 801 
 
 Bathing 803 
 
 Proofs of Death 807 
 
 Medicines and their Preparation^ — Materia Medica .... 808 
 
 Prescriptions — Recipes 920 
 
 Proprietary and Patent Medicines 944 
 
 Physical Culture — Gymnastics 960 
 
 Pronouncing Dictionary 961 
 
 General Index 965 
 
 Index to Homoeopathic Department . . . . . . . 982 
 
 LIST OF COLORED AND FULL-PAGE PLATES. 
 
 Portrait of Dr 
 
 Plate I. 
 
 II. 
 
 " III. 
 
 IV. 
 
 " V. 
 
 " VI. 
 
 VII. 
 
 " VIII. 
 
 " IX. 
 
 »' X. 
 
 «' XI. 
 
 " XII. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 " XIV. 
 
 XV. 
 
 " XVI. 
 
 " XVII. 
 
 " XVIII. 
 
 " XIX. 
 
 . Ira WaiTen 
 
 Sectional Manikin of Human Head 
 The Human Skeleton . . . . 
 Muscles of the Human Body 
 Arteries and Veins of the Human Body 
 Fig. 1, Measles ; Fig. 2, Scarlet Fever 
 
 Small-Pox 
 
 Erysipelas 
 
 Sectional Manikin of Human Trunk 
 Internal Organs of Human Body . 
 Syphilitic Eruptions 
 Syphilitic Affections of Throat 
 Medicinal Plants (Aloes, etc.) 
 
 " " (Bittersweet, etc.) 
 
 " " (Dandelion, etc.) 
 
 " " (Ground Ivy, etc.) 
 
 " " (Hemlock, etc.) 
 
 " " (Mullein, ete.) 
 
 " " (Plantain, etc.) 
 
 " " (Thoroughwort, etc.) 
 
 Frontispiece. 
 
 Facing Preface. 
 
 . p. 19 
 
 Facing p. 27 
 
 37 
 
 (( 
 u 
 (( 
 '(( 
 it 
 (( 
 (( 
 u 
 (( 
 « 
 i< 
 (( 
 « 
 (t 
 (> 
 (t 
 
 " 136 
 
 " 140 
 
 " 142 
 
 " 164 
 
 •' 291 
 
 «' 362 
 
 " 368 
 
 " 814 
 
 " 820 
 
 " 836 
 
 " 840 
 
 " 844 
 
 " 856 
 
 " 884 
 
 « 882 
 
Paoi 
 690 
 699 
 700 
 706 
 718 
 716 
 790 
 796 
 789 
 766 
 780 
 796 
 801 
 808 
 807 
 808 
 090 
 944 
 980 
 961 
 96S 
 989 
 
 tispiece. 
 
 p. 19 
 
 gP- 
 
 27 
 
 (( 
 
 37 
 
 u 
 
 136 
 
 « 
 
 140 
 
 (( 
 
 142 
 
 At 
 
 164 
 
 ii 
 
 291 
 
 (( 
 
 362 
 
 (( 
 
 868 
 
 t< 
 
 814 
 
 (( 
 
 820 
 
 (( 
 
 886 
 
 (( 
 
 840 
 
 (( 
 
 844 
 
 (< 
 
 856 
 
 i( 
 
 864 
 
 << 
 
 882 
 
t 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 i 
 
 ^^v 
 
 .^'' 
 
 r 
 
 frilt-IIMTi'iri"" i1 •■ T-. 
 
 "••'--^"rtriftiih'iii^imi] I 
 
{ 
 
/ 
 
 I L 
 
4 
 
 \j^ 
 
Copyright, by Bradley & Woodruff, 1892. 
 
 (f-- 
 
IK'J 
 
 
GENERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 Progress of Medicine. 
 
 Medicine may be divided into a science and an art. It is a science 
 as it presents facts and evolves principles ; an art as it consists of 
 rules for practice. For its present attainments, it is indebted partly 
 to researches scientifically conducted, and partly to empirical and 
 haphazard discovery. 
 
 As a science, medicine is chiefly indebted, and must ever be, to the 
 members of what is called the " regular profession." This body of 
 men, while it contains numerous persons whose talents and attain- 
 ments do not raise them above the mei'est quacks, does yet embrace 
 large numbers of men who are alike ornaments of the race, and lights 
 of their profession. It is to the writings of this class that every stu- 
 dent must go who would qualify himself for the proper discharge of 
 the duties of a physician ; and he who attempts the practice of medi- 
 cine without a knowledge of standard medical writings is either a 
 fool or a knave — either without the brains to understand science, or 
 destitute of the honesty to deal fairly with men. 
 
 While this is said, however, it must be granted that a respectable 
 portion of the facts which make up the science of medicine have been 
 contributed by the industry of men who have not had what is called 
 a regular standing in the profession. I am sorry to be obliged to add 
 that the great body of this class have been quacks and charlatans, 
 while only a few of them have had talents and acquirements. 
 
 Nevertheless, they have been too indiscriminately condemned. 
 Their labois have been useful in various ways, and have contributed 
 to the advancement of medical knowledge. A regard for truth, not 
 less than justice to these persons, requires this statement. 
 
 One-Idea Men. — The " irregulars," as they have been called, have 
 generally had their hobbies, which they have ridden with singular 
 diligence, and often in little better than John Gilpin plight. Yet they 
 have di-awn attention to great truths, which the regular profession 
 either did not see, or would not commend ; and they have done this 
 by dwelling incessantly upon some single idea. 
 
 The one-idea men, of every class, have been ridiculed in all ages ; 
 and indeed have always exhibited some singular obliquities. Yet 
 when they have been men of learning and talents, they have accom- 
 plished great things, either for good or evil. 
 
\' 
 
 mm 
 
 - OENKKAI, INTRODUCTOKY KKMAUKS. 
 
 Martin Luther was strictly fv one-idea man. The wliolo forro of 
 liis extraordinary eharactor was jriventothe ()r()|)ajfation of the sinjirlo 
 doctrine of justification by faith; and by the incessant efTortH he made 
 for this purpose, ho sank the doctrine deeper into the heart of Europe 
 than a hundred ecpially powerful men could have done by giving it 
 only an ordinary share of attention. 
 
 William Ellery ('banning was a one-ideaist. Matu the noblest 
 work of creation, to be developed, educated, adorned, loved, made 
 like unto (iod,wa8 the thought of his life, — a thought which ho em- 
 bellished and moulded into all the forms of beauty which our flexible 
 language is capable of producing. Under the mild promptings of 
 his genius, and the workings of this thought, philanthropy, quick- 
 ened into a new life, spread out her aims, and embraced the world. 
 
 Sir Isaac Newton was a one-ideaist. So entirely did he devote his 
 great powers to astronomy and the liigher mathematics, that he be- 
 came unfitted for the duties of social and domestic life — so unfitted, 
 that when induced by his friends to give a little attention to courtship, 
 he fell into one of his abstractions, and detected himself in using his 
 lady-love's fore-finger to poke down the ashes in his pipe I But Sir 
 Isaac advanced mathematical science to a point far beyond its previ- 
 ous attainments, and laid it under such obligations as no general 
 scholar could have done. 
 
 It is in this way, though in a vastly less degree, and without tlie 
 scientific method, that one-ideaists in medicine benefit the world. 
 They seize upon some single remedy, — generally one which has been 
 overlooked — and using it themselves to the exclusion of all others, 
 they press it upon the world as the panocba for all its ills. With 
 them disease is a unit, and they have found its one all-important 
 remedy. Thus convinced, they jn-ess it upon others with the enthu- 
 siasm of fanatics. Testing it in all cases, they develop all its virtues. 
 Those who have the good sense to turn their attention to it have 
 only to use it in those cases for which its adaptation is proved. 
 
 It is in this way that these men become, incidentally, medical dis- 
 coverers ; and not being burdened with modesty, they never with- 
 hold their importunities till the world acknowledges whatever value 
 there is in their discovery. And although they may do some mis- 
 chief with the single-edged tool which they handle so industriously, I 
 doubt if they do much more than many better workmen who use too 
 many. At all events, wise and generous men thank them for their 
 gift to the profession, small though it may be, and use it in the light 
 of a clearer knowledge. 
 
 Hydropathy. — As an illustration of what I have just been saying, 
 
 1 may refer to hydropathy, or the plan of treating all diseases by water. 
 
 The singularly careful avoidance, by the whole medical faculty, for 
 many ages, of the article of pure water as a medicinal, or, rather, 
 health-imparting agent, was anything but creditable to the profession. 
 
 It is now admitted by all sensible men that water, cold and warm, 
 
ORNKRAF, INTRODUCrORY RKMARK8. 
 
 force of 
 
 tllU Hlll^lo 
 
 tH he inadu 
 of Europe 
 
 1 giving it 
 
 lio noblest 
 ved, made 
 ich ho em- 
 lur flexible 
 nptings of 
 ipy, quick- 
 ie world, 
 devote his 
 hat he be- 
 io unfitted, 
 • courtship, 
 a using his 
 I But Sir 
 d its previ- 
 no general 
 
 irithout tlie 
 
 the world, 
 ch has been 
 E all others, 
 ills. With 
 ll-important 
 t the enthu- 
 
 its virtues. 
 
 to it have 
 roved. 
 
 medical dis- 
 never with- 
 itever value 
 3 some rais- 
 ustriously, I 
 
 who use too 
 era for their 
 
 in the light 
 
 been saying, 
 868 by water. 
 1 faculty, for 
 1, or, rather, 
 \Q profession, 
 d and warm, 
 
 used at jH-oper times and to a reasonable extent, huH great power over 
 several diseases, and is a powerful promoter of li'eiilth. No physiinaiis, 
 except those who arc; too ii lolciit to know what is going on in the 
 world, or too fast lu(;k(!d in old pnijudicos to touch new things, now 
 oniit ita use in tmujf cases, I low warm anctsincere my own approval 
 of water iw a r nedy is, almost every page of this volume will attest. 
 
 Indeed, it may honestly be allowed that the hydropathists have 
 fairly droicni'd the almost criminal professional prejudice against 
 water. They are in all tlio more need of this (concession, since in 
 their absurd zeal to cure all diseases l)y water, and make aquatic; an- 
 imals of men, they have also drowned their own common-sense. 
 
 Homoeopathy — This mode of practice is of comparatively recent 
 origin ; but it has already sunk itself deep into the popular heart, 
 and has drawn to its support many of the wealthy, the cultivated, 
 and the intelligent, in our most refined communities. I do not pro- 
 fess to comprehend and appreciate its principles, nor would it bo 
 honest in me to pretend to see how its infinitesimal doses can pro- 
 duce the results which it often shows, and which it is fair to confess 
 look like singular success ; and saying this, I can neither adopt nor 
 approve the violent denunciations and censures which so many are 
 induced (by fashion, I fear) to employ towards this generally well- 
 cultivated class of practitioners. I hold them as useful members of 
 the profession, and mean ever to cultivate towards them fraternal 
 feelings. They give great attention to exercise, diet, the use of 
 water, etc., — things which contribute very powerfully to preserve 
 health, and to restore it when lost. In this thing, the oUUchooI 
 practitioners ought to learn a most important lesson from them. In 
 truth, they are learning it, but very slowly and reluctant! i/, I am 
 sorry to say. 
 
 The centml idea of the homoeopathist, that " like cures like," the 
 " great law of cure," as he styles it, I do not feel called upon to dis- 
 cuss — theories being of much less consequence than rules of prac- 
 tice. The old-school men have certainly much to learn from him 
 respecting the augmented power of medicine from the greatest possi- 
 ble division by trituration. We have learned from him, too,— 
 though many are too ungenerous to confess the source of the infor- 
 mation, — that we may gain our purposes with much less medicine 
 than we were once in the habit of giving. 
 
 Eclectics. — There is a large and growing class of physicians, called, 
 at first, after the founder of the school, Thomsonians. Subsequently, 
 they were generally known as Botanic Physicians. Now they pass 
 under the title of Eclectics. 
 
 These men, directing their attention, at first, chiefly to cayenne 
 and lobelia, have gradually extended their zealous researches over 
 the vegetable kingdom, and have gathered much information worthy 
 to be preserved. These researches have revealed a sadly neglected 
 duty on the part of old-school practitioners. 
 
 TS^ 
 
 
 WT^^^^S?*?***" 
 
I 
 
 8 OKNERAL INTUODUCTORY RRMAKKS. 
 
 Tho iHlncatioi) niid tiiltMitM of tliiH cIohh of pnictitioiuM'H have grad- 
 ually risen, year by ^ear, until tliey liavo Heveral medical hcIiooIh, 
 where HliidenU an; well inHtrueted in the principles of ni(;(li(Mne, hy 
 men of real ahility. They have also a liUiraturr of no mean si^ni- 
 ticance, espceially in the department of materia niedieu. The liut 
 of renjcdies they liavo ffivnn to the w(»rld, drawn from our home 
 plantH, are a l>oon of no small value. I regard them an equal in 
 value to all we were previounly in possession of from the vegetable 
 kingdom. The sulwtitution of 'ngetiible remedies, in most ciiHes, 
 for mercurials, can hardly be too highly prized. 
 
 Physiologists. — Besides these various direct privctitionera of medi- 
 cine, there is the large and (}uite intelligent :;laH8 of physiologists, 
 including the phrenologista, who nearly discard medicine, and ai>- 
 pealing to the laws of life established by the (Creator, urgt temper- 
 ance in eating and drinking ; exercise in the oj)en air ; securing of 
 pure air by ventilating dwellings, school-houses, and (ihurches ; lath- 
 ing in cold and wa'-m water; cheerfulness of mind ; and the cultiva- 
 tion of tlie Christian virtues, as the only mtional modes of securing 
 health and life. 
 
 I confess myself inclined to forgive this class their error in Ikvu- 
 ishing medicine, in view of their zeal and success in disseminating 
 hygienic information of the utmost value and importaiice to man- 
 kind. Put man into harmony with nature, and establish over him 
 the empire of reason, and their theory would be excellent; but as 
 tilings are, medicines, like prisons, and alms-houses, and large cities, 
 are " necessary evils." 
 
 Other Practitioners. — Finally, we have Mesmerists, Pathetists, 
 Electro-biologists, Spiritualists, Nutritivists, and what not, all pre- 
 tending to cure disease by processes peculiar to themselves. They 
 are all experimenters in different departments of nature, — now 
 spreading over oiir eyes a large plaster of humbuggery, and now 
 drawing a small curtain and giving -us a peep into the large and 
 well-furnished rooms which nature has fitted up for our reception, b}' 
 and by, when we are better instructed. 
 
 All Useful in a Degree. — On the whole. I am disposed to regard 
 all the operators in the different departments of medicine a* useful 
 in their degree ; excepting always those mercenary quacks, who lie 
 about their remedies to make money. Each of all these (I mean all 
 sincere and true men who believe what they teach) is aiding in some 
 measure the general advancement. And though the truths, as they 
 gather and present them, are but fragmentary, they are useful in the 
 hands of those true Eclectics, who have the wisdom and independence 
 to select the best things out of all systems. 
 
 General Conclusion. — This brings me to remark that there is but 
 one truly libera' and piulosoTjlvical school oi medicine. It is the Ec- 
 lectic, — composed of those who have liberality enov gh to reject 
 
 
 rM 
 
niNKKAI, r».TKOI)trCTOUY KKMARKS. 
 
 9 
 
 prnvd- 
 iooIh. 
 e, 1>.V 
 
 i \\ni 
 
 home 
 ml ill 
 i table 
 caseH, 
 
 medi- 
 ogiste, 
 lul a\y- 
 iMuper- 
 ring of 
 
 ; bath- 
 •ultiva- 
 3curing 
 
 in l)an- 
 linating 
 to man- 
 VQV him 
 but as 
 e cities, 
 
 .thetists, 
 till inv- 
 They 
 now 
 nd now 
 r^e and 
 )tion, by 
 
 lo regard 
 |ih useful 
 who lie 
 Imean all 
 in some 
 L as they 
 lul in the 
 pendence 
 
 tre is but 
 Is the Ec- 
 Ito reject 
 
 (•very frcliifiiu' iii/iiti'm, and to Hulect out of all HyHteins thone thingH 
 vvliicli iiH' a|i|iroved by t'xpcrionce and reason. 
 
 I liave alrrady Hpokcn (if the school of practitionei's callt'd KchHttic. 
 To a certain extent tliey an* (entitled to tlu* name, but I tliink not 
 entirely. They have formed a separate and exclusiv»t Hcbool. They 
 have turned some articles out of the materia medica /loioti/ili/ for no 
 letter reasoji than iM'cause their jiarty is conunitted to th.ar rejec- 
 tion ; whereas tliey should have no party, but allow each man to act 
 as if he were a citizen of the world only, and not a member of any 
 restricttnl association. But I will not ([uarrel with them on this 
 point. I think they are hefoinin</ . .dectic. 
 
 Progress of Medicine. — There :;. ra been long periods when the 
 science and the art of mcdiciiu' made scarcely any i)rogress. They 
 are now advancing, — in sonu! departments quite rapidly. 
 
 The Chemistry of Man, commonly called Animal (.'hemistry, is 
 opening new sources of light. 
 
 The writer was in the habit of asserting, many yeai-s ago, that 
 most of the true progress in mediiune must come through Animal 
 ('hemistry; and the developments of the last few yeare Imve made 
 good the assertion. Liebig, a diligent student in chemistiy, has done 
 much to open the way for inquirei-s in this department. Simon has, 
 per'iaps, done nmre. Mialhe is a yet later explorer, and has made 
 valuable discoveries. 
 
 The result is that students have now before i. ^ir minds, and are 
 endeavoring to solve and act upon as fast as possible, inquiries and 
 propositions like these : — 
 
 What is the chemical composition of the solids and fluids of the 
 healthy human body ? 
 
 What is the nature of the changes which occur in the composition 
 of the solids and fluids during disease? 
 
 What alterations in the chemical composition of the solids and 
 fluids take place during the operation of , medicines ? 
 
 Before it can exert any remote action on the animal economy, a 
 remedy must be absorbed. 
 
 Before it can be absorbed, it must be soluble in the fluids of the 
 living body. 
 
 Medicines are subject to chemical changes during their passage 
 through the system. 
 
 These changes are regulated by ordinary chemical laws, and may 
 therefore, to some extent, be foretold and made available in the cure 
 of disease. 
 
 These chemical laws are disturbed and varied, to some extent, by 
 the law of vitaliuy, — just as the magnetic needle is made to vary by 
 disturbing forces. 
 
 What are those disturbances, and to what extent, and under what 
 circumstances, dc ';hey occur? 
 
 With these and similar inquiries and propositions before his mind. 
 
 
10 
 
 fihNERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 diligently studied, a iniui will in time learn tt> picsciil)u with sonic 
 intelligent aim. Me will not know 'everything, to be sure, but what 
 he does know, he will have a reason for knowing. If he give a 
 medieine, he will have in view the el emieal (dianges of the solids 
 and llnids of the body, known to be produced by the disease he is 
 combating. He will also kee]> in mind the solution of the medicine 
 in the fluids of the body, and the chemical reaction between its com- 
 ponents and the acids, alkalies, etc., found in the alimentary tube 
 and elsewhere. 
 
 As the science of medicine advances, and becomes liberal and ec- 
 lectic in its character, gathering from all systems the best attested 
 facts, and using them to the exclusion of all mere theories, these 
 facts must not themselves degenerate into mere pettsd theories, but 
 must be held in subordination to future experience. Medical prac- 
 titioners, who would meet the wants of the age, must be men of 
 progress. The light of to-morrow, with them, must nKwlify and im- 
 prove the light of to-day. They rv iit knock CN'ery hour for admis- 
 sion into sqme new apartment of nature. 
 
 Need of Liberality. — That medical progress may be real, physi- 
 cians mu3t be free from bigotry. They must have no narrow preju- 
 dices against any man, or class of men ; but be ready to examine 
 candidly any new thought or new remedy brought to their notice, 
 from whatever source it may come. 
 
 They should not hedge themselves about with such restrictive by- 
 laws and Bocietiiry rules as are calculated to fetter their thoughts, 
 and turn their investigations, by a sort of moral necessity, into the 
 narrow channels of party conservatism ; remembering that he who is 
 once enclosed by such restrictio'.is must hew a path for his feet 
 through bigotry, and even malevolence itself, before he can escape 
 them, or be a free man in any node sense. 
 
 The members of medical societ'.es do themselves no credit, in the 
 nineteenth century, by putting on airs, and telling others to stand at 
 a distance. This Avould do better, had medicine become an exact 
 science ; but while the primary effects of even opium are not settled 
 — some physicians considerint^ it as ^irimarily stimulant, others as 
 sedative, others as stimulant to tl^e nerves and sedative to the 
 muscles, others as neither, and still c thers as alterative, — such ex- 
 clusiveness seems neither wise nor modest. When the professors of 
 the iiealing art can hoard medical knowiedgre as misers hor>rd gold, 
 and can submit its purity to equally certain tests, it will appear in 
 better taste for them to grow exclusive. Until then, the most be- 
 coming badge they can wear is the Christian direction : " Let each 
 esteem others better than himself." 
 
 Medical societies, with liberal by-laws, are fitted to do good ; but 
 it would be hard to show that those with stringently restrictive '"lies 
 can operate otherwise than as checks upon progress. In truth, they 
 are apt to become mere catacombs in which to embalm dead ideas . 
 
 ^Mm 
 
GKNKRAIi INTKOUUCTORY KEMARK8. 
 
 11 
 
 3od; but 
 
 live ■^'iles 
 
 ith, tliey 
 
 id ideas. 
 
 They are very liable to Im made the instruments for iwcoinplishiiig 
 the ambitious purposes of a few leading men. They tenil to suppress 
 all sympathy with everything outside their orgauization ; and they 
 Ijeget a feeling like that which would forbid the lixed stars to drop 
 their light into our atmosphere without first coming down and joining 
 the solar system. 
 
 Conservative Leaders. — There are no influences which hold so 
 steady a check upon medical progress as the conservative leaders in 
 many of our medical association , Not that they are oi)posed to im- 
 provement in the medical art, t /ould object to any amount of dis- 
 covery, if it could come to the profession through channels which they 
 have the honor of opening. But against all light from outside, or 
 from obscure sources, they will draw down the curtains, and close the 
 doors ; and, if it chance by any means, in spite of them, to get within 
 the sacred enclosure, they will call it darkness, and, as priests of the 
 temple, will attempt to atone for the indignity offered to the god of 
 medicine, and fill the whole sky with murky clouds from their altivrs. 
 
 These men have strong faith in caste, and in the right of the few 
 to govern the many. In the low places of society, they look for 
 nothing but ignorance and poverty. Notwithstanding that the light 
 of every natural day breaks in the horizon, and ascends, they so far 
 despise analogies as to insist that all medical light breaks at what 
 they call the zenith of the profession, and comes dovm. With them 
 the temples of Esculapius are all rebuilt, and tLcy are the priests ; 
 and to offer in sacrifice the smallest medicinal plant is a sacrilege, 
 unless it be entrusted to their hands. 
 
 Such persons measure and weigh a man by the amount of money 
 he has. Property is their god, which gives laws to everything. 
 With them, knowledge, like property, goes to posterity by will,- — 
 they being the principal testators. Like their money, t' \ it goes 
 chiefly to their sons, and to certain favored institutions, by .vhoni and 
 in whicli it is to be hoarded, and whence it is to go out only ux certain 
 appi'oved channels, weighed and stamped, like coin from the mint. 
 
 These are the men who regard knowledge as a contraband article, 
 unless regularly entered at the custom-house, with bills of lading 
 properly certified by the conservative magnates at some other me- 
 tropolis. With them, knowledge is not like the west wind, fanning 
 the brow of the peasant as gently as that of the king — not like the 
 light of heaven, entering the small, clean window of the hut, as 
 readily as the larger one of the palace ; not a boon which comes alike 
 freely to all, and which is to be everywhere amplified, changed sus 
 circumstances and conditions require, and especially adapted to the 
 present hour. It i,? rather, as they too often view it, like litho- 
 jrraphed letters '-i advice, printed upon stamped paper, and carefully 
 sealed up and addressed to posterity. And then, if they can be 
 made the mail carriera, and be permitted to pass, unchallenged, with 
 the precious bag, from post to post, and pass it over, carefully sealed, 
 
II! "Til 
 
 ■ '■. 
 
 
 12 
 
 (iENEKAL INTKOnUCTOllY RKMAKKS. 
 
 to the next generation, they will think it has done its work, and that 
 they have fulfilled their mission. 
 
 I would not be unjust or severe, but I cannot but remark fui-ther, 
 that these men present but one view of humanity. They are monot- 
 onous objects of inspection. Look at them a thousand times, and 
 you see only the same unaltered phase of life. To the mariner on 
 life's ocean, they are not safe lights. If he approach them on the 
 dark side they remain black as night to him, until he comes round to 
 their shining front. Th^y are not revolving lights. They have 
 light : it may be bright and genial ; but it gleams out upon the 
 watei-s only in one direction. It does not sweep round, and throw its 
 rays upon every mariner's path. 
 
 Such men are useful, but only to a certain class. They have in 
 them no true omnilogy — they are not all-teaching. Their lives are 
 ins ructive to their friends, their clique, their party, their school ; 
 but a stumbling-block, a hindrance, an oppression, an offence to evei-y- 
 body else. They are like porcupines, with fronts smooth and easy 
 of access ; but their backs bristle with quills to stick into those on 
 the wrong side. They are not whole men. Humanity has infused 
 into them only one or two of its elements. They have length, but no 
 breadth. They are citizens of Boston, New York, Philadelphia, or 
 Cincinnati, but not of the world. Within certain circles, they are 
 genial friends, but cynics and haters outside of them From their high 
 places they come down to their humble followeid with tokens of 
 friendly recognition ; upon others they frown and lower like armed 
 castles. 
 
 The True Physician. — How different the character of the true man 
 and physician ! He is genial in his disposition. He has no dislikes 
 and antipathies, and hates no men except tyrants. He accepts knowl- 
 edge, though it come from the humblest source ; believing th( ve is no 
 experience but will repay a study of it, and no husbandman's plough- 
 share but turns up a soil worth analyzing. He belongs exclusively 
 to no party, and can be approached easily by respectable men of 
 every stamp. Whether belonging to the same society with him or 
 not, you may take hold of liis nature and draw it out, without hav- 
 ing it slip from your fingers, and spring back from your presence into 
 a thousand kinks, like an overtwisted thread. He is a whole man. 
 God made him for the world, and not for a party. By some strong 
 influence you may possibly, for a time, draw him from the world into 
 some iiarrower sphere, but not only will his reluctant nature, like a 
 retiring tide, run back continually to embrace the continent, but will 
 soon break from its confinement, and, like a full sea, come back, boil- 
 ing and running over. 
 
 What is now Wanted. — The foregoing remarks indicate one great 
 leading want, in order that medical knowledge may increase. It is 
 liberality in the true and full sense. We want true men in high 
 places, who will not only let their otmi light shine everywhere, but mil 
 cease to hinder otfier meiCs light from shining. 
 
GENKHAL INTKOltUCTORY KEMAKKS. 
 
 13 
 
 man. 
 Itrong 
 into 
 like a 
 It will 
 boil- 
 great 
 It is 
 higli 
 it mil 
 
 Beyond this, find of nearly equal importance with it, we want med- 
 ical knotvledge diffused among the people. We want — what the 
 world has never seen — a popular medical literature. We want the 
 temples of Esculapius pulled down, and the priests turned into the 
 streets to bersome teachers of the multitude, rather than worshippers 
 in the inner sanctuary. 
 
 I know this want will be stoutly denied, but not, I think, on well- 
 considered grounds. We do not think it necessary to confine a 
 
 '•M, 
 
 'lere is no 
 .aymen to 
 ol)8curest 
 or push the 
 Why should 
 body? They 
 
 knowledge of the soul to the ministers of religion. 
 
 branch of theology which we do not deem it proper 
 
 study; we even popularize it for our children, in 
 
 towns of New England, laymen who follow the plough 
 
 plane, become, in many cases, eminent theologians. 
 
 they not study the lower science which relates to the 
 
 liave not been able to heretofore, because its mysteries have been 
 
 purposely hidden under technicalities. These coverings should be 
 
 torn off. 
 
 It is said that those who begin to read upon medicine are very apt 
 to imagine themselves afflicted with the various symptoms they find 
 described. To some small extent this is true ; but it is also true 
 that the light they obtain relieves them from many apprehensions 
 which their previous ignorance allowed to prey upon them ; as boys 
 lose their feara when the light of the morning changes to some 
 familiar object the ghost of the preceding night. 
 
 Physicians oppose the popularizing of this kind of knowledge too 
 often, I fear, upon the sordid ground of self-interest. They think 
 their own services will be less sought. 
 
 We do not dispense with the services of ministei-s because the 
 people study theology, neither shall we cease to employ teachers and 
 practitioners of medicine when each man and woman is wise enough 
 to study the healing art. The principal change we shall witness will 
 be much larger attainments in knowledge among practitioners, — 
 just as the ministers of religion now know, and are obliged to know, 
 ten times as much as in those darker periods when the people re- 
 ceived all spiritual knowledge from their mouths. The teachers of 
 any art or science are obliged to keep in advance of their pupils. 
 Let medicine become a popular study, and we shall have very few 
 io^norant physicians, and quackery will become one of the impossi- 
 liilities. Homoeopathists, Eclectics, Hydropathists, and Physiolo- 
 jifists, believe in scattering medical books, stripped of their techni- 
 calites, among the multitude, and their people purchase very few 
 secret, advertised medicines ; — these being cliiefly bought and con- 
 sixmed by the followers of those who believe this kind of reading 
 fosters quackery 1 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 Anatomy describes the structiu'e and organization of living be- 
 ings. 
 
 Special Anatomy treats of the weight, size, shape, color, etc., of 
 each organ separately. 
 
 General Anatomy investigates the tissues or structures from which 
 organs are formed. 
 
 Surgical Anatomy or Regional Anatomy (jonsiders the relations of 
 organs to one another. 
 
 Physiological Anatomy treats of the uses or functions of organs in 
 health. 
 
 Pathological Anatomy describes the alterations made upon dif- 
 ferent organs by disease. 
 
 We shall here introduce a very brief compendium only of Sj)ecial 
 Anatomy. 
 
 It is of great consequence that everj' person should have some 
 knowledge of anatomy and physiology. Self-knowledge ought to 
 extend to the Iwdy as well Jis the mind. To know one's self, physi- 
 cally, is to gain a new insight into that wonderfully skilful adjust- 
 ment of means to ends which is never absent from the works of God. 
 Without this knowledge, one cannot know how to take care of the 
 health ; and without health, life loses most of its value. 
 
 Structure of the Body. 
 
 The human body is composed of solids and fluids. 
 
 The fluids are most abundant in cliildren and youth. It is this 
 which gives softness and pliancy to their flesh. In old age tlie fluids 
 are less abundant, and the flesh is more hard and wrinkled. 
 
 The fluids contain the whole body, as it were, in a state of solu- 
 tion ; or rather, they hold the materials out of which it is manufac- 
 tured. 
 
 Chemical Properties of the Body. 
 
 The four elements, oxygen, hydrogen, carbon, and nitrogen, make 
 up nearly the whole bulk of the fluids and soft solids of the human 
 body. A numljer of other elements, cliiefly in a state of combina- 
 tion, and in much smaller quantities, enter into several of the tissues. 
 
 Binary Compounds. — Thus, we ha/e carbonic acid in blood, urine 
 and sweat; and we have water univei-sally diffused through the sys- 
 tem, — each of these substances l)eing a binary compound, that is, 
 composed of two elements. 
 
 Compounds of more than two Elements are widely distributed 
 over the body ; as, 
 
 eellu 
 
 watei 
 
 fi'oin 
 
 iinoth 
 
 of hid 
 
 silk, 
 
 Fat 
 
 "id con 
 lias 110 
 '''« oIei( 
 ^'it is us 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 15 
 
 this 
 uids 
 
 , urine 
 
 le sys- 
 hat is^ 
 
 ibuted 
 
 Carbonate of Soda in serum, saliva, bile, mucus, sweat, and tears. 
 Carbonate of Lime in cartilage, bone, and teeth. 
 Phosphate of Lime in Iwnes, teeth, and cartilage. 
 Phosphate of Iron in blood, gastric juice, and urine. 
 Chloride of Sodium in blood, brain, muscle, bone, cartilage and 
 pigment. 
 
 Chloride of Potassium in blood, gastric juice, milk, and saliva. 
 
 Chloride of Calcium in gaatric juice. 
 
 Sulphate of Potassa in urine, gastric juice, and cartilage. 
 
 Sulphate of Soda in sweat, bile, and cartilage. 
 
 Sulphate of Lime in bile, hair, and scarf-skin. , 
 
 Oxide of Iron in blood, black pigment, and hair. 
 
 Organized Compounds. — Besides the above inorganic elements 
 and compounds, several organized substances, or proximate elements, as 
 they are called, exist largely in the body. The chief of these are 
 albumen, fibrin, gelatin, mucus, fat, and casein. Others need not be 
 named. 
 
 Albumen is found in great abundance in the'human body. It is 
 the mw material out of which the flesh and other tissues are made. 
 The white of an egg, which is nearly pure albumen, is a good speci- 
 men of it. 
 
 Fibrin, when removed from the human body, changes from a solu- 
 ble to an insoluble state. In other words, it coagulates in a kind of 
 net- work. Nearly the same thing takes place constantly in the living 
 body, when the liquid fibrin leaves its soluble state, and is deposited 
 as solid flesh. Fibrin bears the same relation to albumen that wool- 
 len yarn does to wool ; it is spun from it in the busy wheel of or- 
 ganic life. And the flesh or muscle is related to fibrin as the cloth 
 is to yarn ; it is woven from it in the vital loom. Fibrin has been 
 called liquid flesh. 
 
 Qelatin exists largely in the ligaments, cartilages, bones, skin, and 
 cellular tissue. When dissolved, five parts in one hundred of hot 
 water, it forms a thick jelly. Isinglass is a form of gelatin obtained 
 from the air-bladder of the sturgeon and the codfish. Glue is still 
 another form of gelatin. It is extracted from the bones, and parings 
 of hides, and the hoofs and ears of cattle, by boiling in water. Black 
 silk, varnished over with a solution of gelatin, forms court-plaster: 
 
 Mucus is a sticky fluid secreted by the gland-cells. It is spread 
 over the surface of the mucous membranes, and serves to moisten and 
 •Iffcnd them from injury. 
 
 Fat consists of cells held together by cellular tissue and vessels, 
 iinil contains glycerin, stearic acid, margaric acid, and oleic acid. It 
 liiis no nitrogen. If the stearic acid be in excess, the fat is hard ; if 
 till! oleic acid preponderate, it is soft. The stearine extracted from 
 tat is used for making very hard candles. 
 
16 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 t I 
 
 CaAeIn is abundant in milk and constitutes its curd. It is held 
 in solution in milk by a little soda. When dried, it is cheese. It is 
 found in blood, saliva, b and the lens of the eye. It forms the 
 chief nourishment of thos ig animals which live on milk. It is 
 
 found in peas, beans, and i^ s. Vegetable and animal casein are 
 precisely alike in all their properties. Fibrin and albumen contain 
 almost exactly the same amount of oxygen, hydrogen, cail)on, nitro- 
 gen, and sulphur, whicli i» found in casein. This Litter, wlien taken 
 into the stomach, therefore, goes, without much change, to the forma- 
 tion of the albumen and fibrin of the body. 
 
 Physical Properties of tlie Body. 
 
 The Tissues. — The solid organized substances of which the human 
 body is composed, are called tissues. There are various kinds of tissues. 
 
 The Cellular Tissue, commonly called areolar, is made up of small 
 fibres and bands woven together into a sort of ne^work, with numer- 
 ous little spaces opening into each other. These spaces are filled with 
 a watery fluid ; and When this is greatly increased by disease, so as 
 to cause the parts to swell, and the skin to shine, the person has ana- 
 sarca, or cell-dropsy. The uses of this tissue are to give parts and 
 organs a kind of elastic cushion to rest upon, so that they may not be 
 bruised and injured by the shocks of life ; to make a kind of safe 
 highway for delicate vessels to pass from one part of the body to 
 another ; and to furnish a beautifully arranged lodgment for the wa- 
 tery fluid which gives such roundness, smoothness, and grace to the 
 human form. The opening of the cells into each other exjjlains the 
 reason why feeble persons have swelled feet and ankles in the even- 
 ing, and not in the morning — the fluid settling down from cell to cell, 
 into the lowest parts, while they are up during the day, and running 
 back to its proper place while they are Ij'ing down during the night. 
 
 The Mucous Tissue, or nviicous membrane, lines all the cavities 
 which communicate with the air, as the month, stomach, bowels, liuigs, 
 etc. It is supplied with numerous small glands which secrete a 
 sticky kind of fluid called mucus, to protect the surface from any 
 injury which might be inflicted by air, or by instating substances 
 suspended in it. 
 
 The Serous Tissue, or membram, lines all the cavities which do not 
 communicate with the air, that is, all those which are shut, and have 
 no outward opening. The skull, the chest, and the belly are lined by 
 this kind of membrane. The membrane itself forms a closed sac. 
 — one layer of it being attached to the cavity it lines, while the other 
 is folded back upon and around the contents of the cavity, which are 
 left outside of the sac. A watery fluid oozes from the inner surfati- 
 of the sac, to make its sides glide easily upon eacjli other. When 
 some disease causes this water to Ije poured out too freely, so as to 
 fill or partly fill the cavity, we have dropsy of the brain, or chest, or 
 abdomen, as the case may be. 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 17 
 
 lo not 
 
 have 
 
 led by 
 
 Id sac. 
 
 1 other 
 
 [oh are 
 
 lurfai'i' 
 
 IWhPii 
 
 b aH to 
 
 liest, or 
 
 The Dermoid Tissue covei-s the whole outside of the body. We 
 call it the akin, or eutia. It is Himiliar in Htnicture to the mucous 
 lueinlmines, which are a mere continuation of it. It is harder than 
 the mucous membrane, liecause more exposed to injury. In health, 
 it never ceases to secrete and throw off a fluid which we call insen- 
 sible pei-spiration while it is in the form of an invisible vapor, and 
 pei'spiration, or sweat, when it is so increased as to be seen. So 
 ^reat is the sympathy between this dermoid covering of the Iwdy 
 and the mucous membranes, that when it is eJulled so as to stop the 
 invisible perspimtion, the internal membrane becomes affected, and 
 we have a sore throat, or diarrhoea, or running at -the nose ; that is 
 to say, when the skin cannot sweat, the mucous membrane begins to 
 sweat. 
 
 The Fibrous Tissue consists of closely united fibres, and for what- 
 ever purpose used, forms a fine, dense, and enduring body. In some 
 cases it takes the form of a membrane, as the dura mater, which lines 
 tlie interior of the skull and spinal coluimi. The li(/ament8 which 
 liold the lx)nes together, and the tendons or cords, which fasten the 
 lunscles to the Ixmes, are fibrous Inidies. It is this firm substance of 
 which rheumatism frequently takes hold, and this is the reason why 
 it lingers so much about the joints. It sometimes tiikes hold of the 
 ligament which fivstens the deltoid muscle to the bone of the upper 
 arm, about two-thirds of the way from the ellwjw to tlie shoulder. 
 This muscle lifts up the arm. In this form of rheumatism, therefore, 
 the arm hangs helpless at the side. 
 
 The Cartilaginous Tissue covers the ends of the bone^ where they 
 come together to make a joini. It is well fitted to make the joint 
 work easy, being smooth, hard, and elastic. 
 
 The Osseous or Bony Tissue varies in its composition, density, 
 and strength, according to the age of the person, and the uses of the 
 
 lM)ue. 
 
 The Muscular Tissue, or muscle, he'mg made for a great deal of 
 pulling and lifting, is formed something like a rope, except that 
 there ia no twisting. Many small 
 fil)ies or filaments unite to form 
 fasciculi. A fasciculus is a bundle 
 of fibres surrounded by a delicate 
 layer of cell-tissue called sarcolemma, 
 — just as a cord is a number of 
 smaller threads of cotton or hemp 
 bound together. A number of these 
 fiusciculi united together make a 
 muscle, — just as several cords, called 
 strands, twisted together, inake a 
 i()l)e. Figure 1 gives us a good view of the fibres and bundles, 
 liighly magnified. 
 
 FlO. 1. 
 
18 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 & 
 
 The Adipose Tissue is the material which the human Iwdy works 
 up into pots and cells contivining/n^ It is found chiefly under the 
 skin and muscles of the belly, and around the heart and kidneys, 
 liy the increase of this tissue, persons may Iwcome enormously en- 
 larged without having their muscles at all increased in size. Such a 
 condition is to he deplored, — the body having become merely the 
 storehouse or depot of myriads of pots of fat. 
 
 Tlie Nervou.» Tissue i» composed of two distinct kinds of matter, 
 — the one gray and pulpy, called eineritious, the other white and 
 fibrous, called medullary. The external part of tlie brain and the in- 
 ternal portion of the spinal cord are composed of the gray or ash- 
 colored tissue ; the nerves are made only of the white or flbrous 
 matter, and are inclosed in a delicate sheath called neurilemma. 
 
 Vital Properties of the Body. 
 
 Bodies begin their growth with a simple cell, which is a delicate 
 little bladder or shut sac. Cells take their rise in that portion of 
 the blood which is capable of being organized, and which is called 
 blastema. 
 
 In animal Iwdies each cell generally begins as a minute point in 
 the blastema, and grows until a transparent bladder or vesicle spjings 
 out from one side uf it, and soon appears to enclose it. The bladder 
 is then called the cell, and the point or dot is its nucleus. Within 
 this nucleus appears another dot, which is called the nucleolus. 
 When fully ripened, the cell bursts and sets the nucleus free, and 
 this, in its turn, matures and yields up its contents. Thus all cells 
 have their origin in germs produced by previously existing parent- 
 cells. They are multiplied with great rapidity. Having grown to 
 a certain extent, they lose their fluid contents, and their walls col- 
 lapsing or coming together, they form simple membraneous discs. 
 In this way, with some variations, the simple tissues of the body be- 
 gin to be, and the foundation is laid for the noble structure of man. 
 
 Anatomy of the Bones. 
 
 The human skeleton is composed of two hundred .and eight bones, 
 the teeth not included. 
 
 When fastened together by natural ligaments, the bones are said 
 to form a natural skeleton; when attached by wires, an artificial skele- 
 ton. 
 
 In Figure 2, — 1, 1, represent the spinal column; 2, the skull; 3. 
 the lower jaw ; 4, the breast-bone (sternum) ; 6, the ribs ; 7, the col- 
 lar-bone ; 8, the bone of the upper arm (humerus) ; 9, the shoulder- 
 joint ; 10, the radius; 11, the ulna; 12, the elbow-joint; 13, the 
 wrist; 14, the hand; 15, the haunch-lxme ; 16, the sacrum; 17, the 
 hip-joint; 18, the thigh-bone; 19, the knee-cap (patella); 20, tlie 
 knee-jt)int; 21, the fibula; 22, the tibia; 23, ankle-joint; 24, the 
 foot; 27, 28, 29, the ligaments of the shoulder, elbow, and wrist; 
 
 A 
 
 18 
 
 1» 
 80 ■ 
 
 21 ._..J 
 
 22 ■ 
 
 23 . 
 M 
 
20 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 5J0, tlie liir^e iirtiTv ot" tlu! iirin ; J^l, the ligiimentB of the lup-joint; 
 •\2, tlie liiij^e hl(i(i(l-V('S8('lH of the thigh; ."{;{, tlie artery of the It-g ; 
 •i4, .iij, 80, the ligiiiiieiitH of tlio knee-cap, knee, and ankle. 
 
 'rh(! piotnherances itr swellingH in certuin parts of the hones are 
 called proeeHtu-s, and are the puinUt to whii-h ninHcieH and li^iamentH 
 are ftwtened. 
 
 The iMineH are Hnjtplied with nntritive vesm-ls, and, like other parts 
 of tlie JKid'. , are formed from the hlood. At liist they are compurH- 
 tively Hoft and eartilaginonH. After a time, in the y(»nng animal, 
 they hegin to change to lM)ne at certain places, called pointti of onniji- 
 nation. They are covered with a strong, fihroUs membrane (tailed the 
 perionteum. A sonufwhat similar covering upon tlie cartilages has 
 the name of /n-rii'/iondrium, and that which covers the skull is the 
 pfrioranium. 
 
 The hones are compounded of earthy and animal matter. From 
 the former — phosphate and carbonate of lime — they receive their 
 strength; from Llu' latter — cartilage — they derive their life. 
 
 ''ut a bone for a few days into diluted nnuiatic acid, — one part 
 of acid to six of water, — and the i)ho8i)hate and carlK)nate of lime 
 
 will all l)e removed, while 
 the bone will remain the 
 same in shape. It will now 
 l)e comparatively soft, and 
 may l)e bent, or even tied 
 into a knot without break- 
 ing. Place a similar lK)iie 
 in the tire for a few houix, 
 and it will also retain its 
 shape, but the cartilaginous 
 portion will Ite gone. It is 
 now brittle, and may Ih; 
 picked in pieces with the fingers. 
 
 The bones are divided into those of the head, thirty ; of the body, 
 fifty-four; of the upper limbs, «ixiy;foMr ; and of the lower limtjs, 
 
 xixty. 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 Bones of the Head. 
 
 The bones of th head are divided 'into those of the »kull, the ear, 
 and the/fflrv. 
 
 The skull has eight bones. They are composed of two plates, one 
 above the other, with a porous partition between. These two plates 
 are capable of giving the brain very powerful protection against in- 
 jury, the outer one being fibrous and tough, — the inner one, hard 
 and glass-like, and hence called vitreous. 
 
 The middle layer has the name of diploe. Its spongy nature 
 deadens the jar from a blow inflicted upon the outer table. In euily 
 life, when the bones are tender and yielding, tlxis porous layer is not 
 needed, and is not found. 
 
 Fio s. 
 
 In the 
 backbon( 
 Ijieast-bo 
 ealled 
 cavities, 
 
 TJie 
 »> front, 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 91 
 
 1)6 
 
 in, one 
 pliites 
 i8t iii- 
 j, hiivd 
 
 I nature 
 
 eiivly 
 is not 
 
 Fio. 4. 
 
 That the bonps of the skull may not eiwily Hlip by eiioh otlier, and 
 
 ^'t't out of place, tlicy arc ilovftailiil tojrcther in curiouH lineH called 
 
 HiUium. In advanced yeui'H, tlieHe gen- 
 erally cloHc .ip, the ItoiieH uniting (irmly 
 
 together. In early life they are <|nito 
 
 open, the Hrin iKtncH nut covering the 
 
 whole hniiii. The ojM'iiinj,' of the 
 
 coronal suture in childhood in called a 
 
 fontanelle. It present* a soft place 
 
 upon tlie top of the head, where the 
 
 tinker could l)e jjreHsed down into the 
 
 liniin. In Figure 4, — 1, 1, hIiow the 
 
 coronal HUture on the front and upper 
 
 part of the skull ; 2, the Hagittid Huturo 
 
 on the top of the skull ; and 8, 3, the 
 
 liiM»hdoi(hvl suture, nuining down on 
 
 each side of tiie l«vck part of the skull. 
 
 Figure 5 shows the skull-bones sepamted from each other at the 
 
 sutures : 1, the frontid bone ; 2, the parietivl ; 2, the occipitjil : 4, the 
 
 toiupond ; 5, the niwal ; 6, the malar ; 7, the superior maxillary ; 8, 
 
 the unguis ; 9, the in- 
 ferior maxillary. Ar- 
 nott has demonstrated 
 that the form of the 
 skull is the best possible 
 for sustaining weights, 
 and resisting blows. The 
 oummit of the head is a 
 complete arch, like that 
 of a bridge. 
 
 The ear has .our 
 small l)one8, whi^^h aid 
 the sense of hearing. 
 
 The bones of the face 
 
 are fourteen in number. 
 
 They hold the soft part« 
 
 in place, and aid in 
 
 F.O. B. grinding the food. 
 
 Bones of the Trunk. 
 
 In the trunk there are twenty-four ribs ; twenty-four pieces in the 
 backbone or spinal colunui ; four bones in the pelvis and hips ; one 
 breast-bone, called sternum ; and a bone at the base of the tongue, 
 called 08 hyoides. They are so put together as to form two great 
 cavities, namely, the thorax or chest, and the abdomen or belly. 
 
 The n'6«, connecting with the backbone behind and the breast-bone 
 in front, form the thorax, wliich contains the lungs and heart. Fig. 
 
 W. 
 
' 
 
 "m 
 
 Fl<l. 6. 
 
 B ANATOMY. 
 
 <i hIiowm tho natural form of the lunilthy f l>08t : 1, is the flpino ; 2, 2, 
 tliH cnllai'-ltoiiuH ; 8, !l, the hcvcii upjK!!. or tnut lilw; 4, 4, th« five 
 lower or fiilw rWm; f), tho lirciiHt-lMJiic, i.» which tho tnio lilw arc 
 
 united ; (), the sword-Hhaped 
 «artilapo whir.li conHtitutos tin- 
 lowor (Mill of tiic hroaut-liono. 
 called enxifonii rartilage. ; 7, 7, 
 the upper part (»f two lungs ; 8, 
 H, the right luug, scon hotwoen 
 tho ril»H ; 9, 1>, tho left lung ; 10. 
 10, the heart; 11, 11, the dia- 
 phragm, or midriff; 12, 12, the 
 liver; IH, 18, the stomach, 14, 
 14, the second stomach, or 
 duodenum ; li), the transverse 
 colon; IH, tho upper part of the 
 colon on right side ; 1 7, upper 
 part of colon on left side. 
 
 Fdch piece of the spinal col- 
 umn is called a vertebra. Upon 
 every one of these are seven 
 projections, called processes — a part of which are for linking the 
 bones together, and the rest to furnish 
 attachments for tho muscles of the back. 
 
 The projections are linked together in 
 such a way, that a continuous channel or 
 opening runs down through the whole, 
 in which is lodged the spinal cord, or 
 medulla spinalis. This nervous cord is 
 'jonnected with the base of the brain, and 
 is u kind of continuation of it. 
 
 Between all the vertebrae are certain 
 cartilaginous cuBhions, which, when com- 
 pressed, spring back, like India rubber, 
 and thus protect the brain from being injuriously jarred by running, 
 
 leaping, or walking. 
 
 The pelvis has four bones : 
 the two nameless bones — iih 
 nominata, the sacrum, and the 
 coccyx. In the side of each of 
 the nameless bones is a deep, 
 smooth cavity, called the aite- 
 tabulum. Into this the round 
 head of the thigh-bone is nicely 
 fitted. When the bone is 
 thrown out of this cavity, the 
 hip is said to be out of joint. 
 *'"'• *• The sacrum took its name 
 
 FlO. 7. 
 
 froi'i 
 llieiu, 
 • if (ho 
 ilie in 
 ", a, t 
 PdIh'n 
 culunii 
 
 FlO. 9, 
 
 ened in tl 
 nieut, form 
 •iieubs. A 
 fore-arm. 
 %9: 1, 
 head which 
 which unit< 
 Of the t\ 
 "»ites with 
 "fher bone 
 — o'l the sf 
 ^[« ««}, witi 
 "'e ulna ; 2 
 wJ'ich the ll 
 !'f the ulna 
 J"'"t; 6, tlu 
 
 MHi 
 
AK ATOMY. 
 
 98 
 
 lies : 
 ill'- 
 1 the 
 of 
 leep, 
 1 ace- 
 luiul 
 cely 
 is 
 the 
 bint, 
 line 
 
 froi'i the (net tliiit tlio hciithuim iiHcd to offer it in siicriflcu'. With 
 iht'iii, it wiiM the hiujimi hoiii;. Thu iMxicyx is tlic h)wur teiiniMiitioti 
 (if tlio iMukfK)!!!!. Tlit'Ht) Imhuih iiiM! lepreHoutJMl ill Vi^r. H: 1, 1, lM'illJ» 
 I hit iiinniiiiiiat^i, 2, thi* Hiutruni ; 8, the coccyx ; 4, 4, the iicotuhuluni : 
 II, II, i\w (tiihic portion of the niiineUm.s iKUieH ; d, the arcli of tlie 
 |)iih(>H ; (\ thu union of thu mierum and the lower end of the upinul 
 cohiinn. 
 
 Bones of the Upper Extremities. 
 
 Thk should fr-hlaile (seapuhi), the collar-hone, (clavicle), the h<yne of 
 the upper arm (humerus), tho two hones of the forearm (ulna and ra- 
 dius), the hones of the wrist (carpal Ixmes), the hones of the 
 \pnlms of the hand (inetivcarpal Iwnes), the hones of the 
 thuinh and Jini/ers (phalanges), — these are the bones of 
 the upper limbs. 
 
 The eollar-hone is fastened at one end to the breast-bone, 
 at the other end to the shoulder-blade. It keeps the shoul- 
 ders from dropping forward. Many persons allow it to fail 
 of this end by getting very much bent in early life. This 
 happens at school, when children are allowed to sit in a 
 stooping posture. In the French, a race re- 
 markable for a straight, upright figure, this 
 bone is said to be longer than in any other 
 people. 
 
 The shoulder-hlade lies upon the upper part 
 of the back, forming the shoulder. It has a 
 shallow cavity (glenoid cavity), into which is 
 inserted the head of the upper arm-lK)ne. Sev- 
 eral strong muscles are attached to the eleva- 
 tions of this bone, which keep it in its place, 
 and move it about as circumstances require. 
 The upper arm-hone has its round head fast- 
 ened in the glenoid cavity, by the strong capsular liga- 
 ment, forming a joint capable of a preat number of move- 
 ments. At the elbow it is united with the ulna of the 
 fore-arm. It is a long, cylindrical bone, represented by 
 l^'ig. 9: 1, is the shaft of the bone ; 2, the large, round/ 
 head which fits into the glenoid cavity; 8, the surface! 
 whieh unites with the ulna. 
 
 Of the two bones of the fore-arm, the ulna is on the inner side, and 
 unites with the humerus, making an excellent liinge-joint. The 
 otlier bone of the fore-arm, the radius, lies on the outaide of the arm, 
 — on the same side with the thumb, — and unites, or articulates, as 
 we sa), with the bones of the wrist. In Fig. 10: 1, is the body of 
 the nlna ; 2, the shaft of the radius ; 4, the articulating surface, with 
 whieli the lower end of the humerus unites ; 5, the upper extremity 
 of the ulna, called the olecranon process, which forms the elbow- 
 j'>int ; 6, the point where the ulna articulates with the wrist. 
 
 Fio. 9. 
 
 FlO. 10. 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 The eight bones of the wrist or carpus are ranged in two rows, and 
 being bound close together, do not admit of 
 very free motion. In Fig. 11 : 8, is the scaphoid 
 bone ; L, the semilunar bone ; c, the cuneiform 
 bone ; P, the pisiform bone ; T, T, tlie trapezium 
 and trapezoid bones ; M, the os magnum ; u, the 
 cuneiform l)one. The last four form the sec- 
 ond row of carpal bones. 11, 11, are the meUi- 
 carpal bones of the hand ; 2, 2, the first mnge 
 of the finger-bones ; 3, 3, the second mnge of 
 finger-bones ; 4, 4, the third range of finger- 
 bones ; 5, 6, the bones of the thumb. 
 
 Of the five metacarpal bones, four are atr 
 tsiched below to the first range of the finger- 
 bones, and the other to the firat bone of the 
 thumb, while the whole are united to the second 
 range of the carpal bones above. 
 
 Bones of the Lower Extremities. 
 
 These are the thigh-hone (femur), the knee-pan (patella), the shin- 
 bone (tibia), the Hviall hone of the leg (fibula), the bones of the instep 
 (tarsal bones), the hones of the middle of the foot (metji- 
 tarsal bones), and the hones of the toes (phalanges). 
 
 The thigh-bone is the longest bone in the system. Its 
 head, wliich is large and round, fits admirably into the 
 cavity in the innominatum, called acetabulum, and forms 
 what is called a ball-and-socket j int. In Fig. 12 : 1, is 
 the shaft of the thigh-bone (femur) ; 2, is a projection 
 called the trochanter minor, to which some strong mus- 
 cles are attached; 3, is the head of the femur, which fits 
 into the acetabulum ; 5, is the external projection of the 
 femur, called the external condyle ; 6, the internal con- 
 dyle ; 7, the surface which articulates with the tibia, 
 and on which the patella slides. 
 
 The knee-pan or knee-cap (patella) is placed on the 
 front of the knee, and being attached to the tendon of 
 the extensor muscles above, and tf) the tibia by a strong 
 ligament below, it acts as a pulley in lifting up the leg. 
 
 The shin-hone (tibia) is the largest of the two in the 
 lower leg, and is considerably enlarged at each end. 
 
 The email bone Oi the leg (fibula) lies on the out- 
 side, and is bound to the larger bone at both ends. Fig., 
 13 shows the two bones of the leg: 1, being the tibia ;| 
 5, ihe fibulo ; 8, the space between the two ; 6, the 
 junction of the tibia and fibula at the upper extrem- '"■ 
 ity ; 8, the internal ankle ; 4, the lower end of the tibia that unites 
 
 That he 
 Joints are 
 «o coustrucl 
 «ach other, 
 tilings, a 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 25 
 
 with one of the tarsal lx)ne8 to form the ankle-joint; 7, the upper 
 end of the til)ia, which unites with the femnr. 
 
 The instep (tiiraus) has seven Iwnes, which, like those of the 
 wrist, are so firmly l)oun(l together as to allow but a limited motion. 
 
 The metatarsal houi's, corresponding with the palm of the hand, are 
 five in number, and unite at one end with the tarsal l)ones, and at 
 the other witli the first range of the toe-bones. 
 
 The tarsal and mebitjirsal bones are put together in the form of 
 an arch, the spring of which, when the weight of the body descends 
 upon it in walking, prevent** injury to the organs above. (Fig. 14.) 
 
 The phalanges have fourteen bones. The great toe has two miiges 
 
 FlO. 14. 
 
 FiO. 16. 
 
 Fia. 18. 
 
 v.f bones ; the other toes have three. Fig. 15 gives a view of the 
 upper surface of the bones of the foot : 1, is the surface of the as- 
 tragalus where it unites with the tibia ; 2, the body of the astragalus ; 
 3, the heel-bone (os calcis) ; 4, the scaphoid bone ; 5, 6, 7, the cune- 
 iform bones ; 8, the cuboid ; 9, 9, 9, the metatarsal bones ; 10, the 
 first bone of the great toe ; 11, the second bone ; 12, 13, 14, three 
 ranges of bones forming the small toes. 
 
 liki* 
 
 The Joints. 
 
 That bones may be of any use, they must be jointed together. 
 Joints are of the greatest importance. It is necessary they should be 
 80 constructed that then^ shall be no harsh grating of the bones upon 
 each other, and no injurious jars in walking, etc. To prevent these 
 things, a hard, smooth, and yet yielding, cushion-like substance is 
 
*«^l 
 
 ■MMM 
 
 a 
 
 i? 
 
 i 
 
 • ■ 
 
 W ANATOMY. 
 
 required between them in joints. Such are tlie cartilages. Fig. 16 
 ifivcH a specimen oi these intervening cartilaj,'('8. I), is the body of 
 
 a lM)ne, at the end of 
 
 wliich is u socket ; C, 
 
 the cartilage lining the 
 
 socket, tiiin at the sides 
 
 and thick in the centre ; 
 
 B, the body of a bone, at 
 
 ^o. 16. the end of which is a 
 
 round head ; C, the investing cartilage, thin at the sides and thick 
 
 in the centre. 
 
 Cartilage grows thinner, harder, and less elastic in old age. Hence 
 old people are not quite as tall as in middle life, and a little stiffer 
 in their joints. 
 
 The synovial membrane is a thin layer covering the cartilage, and 
 being bent back upon the inner surface of the ligaments, it forms a 
 closed sac. From its inner surface a sticky fluid oozes out, which 
 helps the joints to play easily. 
 
 There are other smaller sacs connected with the joints, called 
 bursa mucosae. They secrete a fluid similar to that from the syno- 
 vial membrane. 
 
 Fig. 17. 
 
 FlO. 18. 
 
 Fta. 19. 
 
 The ligaments. To retain the bones in their places at the joints, 
 some strong, flexible straps are required to stretch across from one 
 to the other, and to firmly unite them. Such are the ligaments. 
 
 They are the pearl-colored, lustrous, shining parts about the joints, 
 in the form of straps and cords. There are a number of them so 
 woven together as to form a complete covering of the joint, called a 
 capsular ligament. In Fig. 17 : 1, 2, are ligaments extending from 
 the hip-bone, 6, to the femur, 4. In Fig. 18: 1, is the socket of the 
 hip-joint; 2, head of the femur, lodged in the socket; 3, the ligament 
 within the socket. In Fig. 19: 1, is the tendon of the muscle whicli 
 extends the leg ; 2, the knee-cap (patella) ; 3, the anterior ligament 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 27 
 
 of the ])atella; 6, the long external lateral ligament; 4, 4, the syno- 
 vial membrane ; 5, the internal lateral ligament ; 7, the anterior and 
 superior ligament that unites the tibia with the tibula. 
 
 Uses of the Bones. . 
 
 The bones are to the body what the frame is to the house. They 
 hold up and retain the other parts in their proper places. They fur- 
 nish points of attachment for the muscles, to hold the body together 
 and to give it motion. They also furnish strong, bony cavities for 
 the lodgment and protection of such delicate organs as the eye, the 
 brain, and the heart. 
 
 A single bone, examined by itself, might not seem to have much 
 beauty or design about it; it might even look clumsy and misshapen. 
 But when all the bones are inspected with reference to each other, 
 we immediately discover a general plan upon which they are made, 
 and are compelled to admire their beautiful harmony, and the sym- 
 metrical grace with which they act. They show us that God can 
 command our wonder, even in the bony frame of our bodies. 
 
 
 
 ^ts, 
 l)ne- 
 
 its, 
 so 
 a 
 lorn 
 Ithe 
 lent 
 tch 
 lent 
 
 The Huscles. . 
 
 That part of the animal's body which we call lean meat is com- 
 posed of muscles. We have already explained that muscles are com- 
 posed of threads, etc., put together in great numbei-s, forming bundles. 
 So numerous are these threads and bundles in some cases, that the 
 muscles which are composed of them have a strength truly wonderful. 
 
 Toward the end of the muscle, the fibres cease, and the structure 
 is so modified as to become a white cord of great density and strength. 
 This cordy substance is fastened to the bone so strongly, that it is 
 impossible, except in some rare cases, to detach it. Generally the 
 bone will sooner break than this attachment will give way. Some- 
 times this cord spreads out like a membrane. It is then called fascia 
 or aponeurosis. 
 
 The fibres of a muscle have the peculiar property of contractiriff 
 under a nervous stimulus sent to them by the will. These contrac- 
 tions cause them to act as pulleys, and to move the bones, and conse- 
 quently tlie limbs and body, in such direction as the will commands. 
 This is the special use of the muscles. All our movements are caused 
 by them. They pull us about, not . blindly and at a nmdom, but 
 under the direction of an intelligent will. 
 
 The manner in which a muscle aista, with the cord attached, may 
 l)eseen by examining the leg or " drum-stick " of a fowl. If the cord 
 on one side be pulled, the claws are shut ; if that upon the other 
 side he drawn, they will open. If both be pulled, they are held fast 
 in one position, neither opening nor shutting. 
 
 An examination of a piece of boiled lean meat will show the 
 
i 
 
 ! 
 
 ! 
 
 n 
 
 28 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 FlO. 20. 
 
 threads of which it is composed, With proper instruments, these may 
 be unravelled, as it were, until fibres will be found not larger than a 
 spider's web. These, covered with sheaths of great delicacy, extend 
 beyond the fleshy fibre, and with the cell-sutetance connecting the 
 fibres, are condensed into t' don. 
 
 Millions of these sheathed fibres are gathered into a bundle, and 
 covered with a sheath, and thus form what is called & fasciculus. A 
 muscle is a number of these fascicula made into a bundle, and cov- 
 ered with a sheath called n fascia (Fig. 1). 
 
 The arm is a number of muscles bundled together, and covered, 
 likewise, by a fascia. 
 
 The fibres in a fasciculus being parallel, act together. But the 
 fasciculous bundles which make up a muscle act in various ways. 
 
 Shape of the Muscles. — Some muscles are fusiform or spindle- 
 shaped, so that the attachment occupies but a 
 small space (Fig. 20). 
 
 Other muscles are radiate or fannshaped (Fip, 
 21). Such is the temioral muscle, the thin 
 edge of which is attache I to the side of the head, 
 without producing an elevation or deformity. 
 
 In some cases the fasciculi are arranged upon 
 one or both sides of a tendon. In this way a 
 great number may concentrate their action upon 
 
 a single point. Such muscles are called penni- 
 form, — hieing shaped like a feather (Fig. 29). 
 
 In other instances, the fasciculi form circular 
 muscles, — orhiculares, or sphincters, as 
 These surroiuid certain openings iijto the 
 body, which thry are designed to close, either in whole or 
 in part. They surround the eyelids, the anus, the mouth 
 of the womb, etc. (Fig. 23). 
 
 In still other instances the fasciculi are ranged side by side in 
 
 rings, forming muscular 
 tubes. By the successive 
 contraction of these rings, 
 ^^° 24. any substance is drivt'ii 
 
 through the tube, — as food or drink through the gullet of a cow. 
 Fig. 24 is a section of the gullet : a, b, show the circular fibres : 
 «?, the longitudinal. 
 
 Sometimes the fasciculi curve around in paiuUel layers or intei- 
 lace with each other, forming a bag or pouch. By the contraction 
 of these fasciculi, the contents of the bag will be turned from side 
 to side as in the case of the stomach, or driven out, as in that of tlic 
 heart. Fig. 25 sluiws the muscles of the stomach : L, represent*! the 
 fibres running in one direction ; c, in another ; E, lower end of gullet : 
 ( >, pylorus ; i), beginning of duodenum, or second stomach. 
 
 FlO 21 
 
 FlO. 32. 
 
 they are called. 
 
 FlO. 23. 
 
 r'Z^r — rr:K^- 
 
 m- 
 
I 
 
PI. 8. 
 
 Numbe 
 
 as tlic rojK 
 iinatoinists 
 They ar 
 trunk, tlios 
 tien. 
 
 They ar« 
 this brief a 
 iiiider tlie 
 while auotl 
 tai y, movin 
 the will, 
 latter kind, 
 it to keep r 
 and mind a 
 
 On the 
 
 layers of ini 
 
 other. Sucl 
 
 **''«ry to pel 
 
 movements 
 
 arms, etc. ] 
 
 liatc. hope, f 
 
 made expres 
 
 The diapl 
 
 cavity of the 
 
 penetrated b 
 
 blood-vessels 
 
 • over of a di: 
 
 the breath is 
 
 the chest at 1 
 
 out, the revei 
 
 Mode of Ai 
 
 spoken, is sin 
 
 "loved : 1, is , 
 '•"lies below tl 
 attachments o 
 
 *>.^(irtjii 
 
 MUSCLES OF THE HUMAN BODY 
 
 m 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 29^ 
 
 Number of Muscles. — The muscles of the iKidy arc nn numerous 
 lis the ropes of a ship, — there being five hundred or more. Some 
 iiiiiitoiniste reckon more, some less. 
 
 'llii'Y are divided into those of the head and ttenk, those of the 
 Inni/c, those of the upper extretnitiea, and those of the lower extremi- 
 tie». 
 
 They are too numerous to be named and indivithially described in 
 tliis brief account of them. A part of them are voluntary, tliat is, 
 under the control of the will ; 
 while another part are involun- 
 tary, moving without reference to 
 tlie will, 'rhe heart is of the 
 hitter kind, it being necessary for 
 it to keep moving when the will 
 and mind are asleep. 
 
 On the back there are six 
 layers of muscles, one above an- 
 other. Such a number are neces- 
 sary to perform the numerous 
 movements of the back, neck. 
 anus, etc. Every expression of the human face, as joy, sorrow, love, 
 liatc. liope, fear, etc., is produced by the gentle pulling of muscles, 
 made expressly to indicate these emotions. 
 
 The diaphragm is a large flat muscle, reaching across the great 
 cavity of the body, and dividing the chest from the abdomen. It is 
 l)i'iietrated by the gullet going to the stomach, and by the great 
 blood-vessels leading to and from the heart. It is shaped like the 
 cover of a dinner-dish, the convex surface being turned up. When 
 the l)reath is drawn in, it sinks down towards a level, thus enlarging 
 tlie chest at the expense of the belly. When the breath is thrown 
 out, the reverse takes place. 
 
 Fio. 25. 
 
 Mode of Action. — The cordractibility of a muscle, of which I have 
 spoken, is simply its power of shortening itself. The hand is raised 
 
 g by the shortening of a mus- 
 cle in front, attached to the 
 bone above the elbow, and 
 to a bone below the elbow. 
 The contraction of an an- 
 tagonistic muscle behind, 
 also attached alwve and be- 
 low the elbow, brings the 
 iK''ud back to its place. Fig. 
 26 shows how all joints are 
 "lovfd : 1, is the bone of the arm above the elbow ; 2, one of the 
 'xjiies l)elow the elbow ; 3, the muscle wliich Iwnds the elbow ; 4, 5, 
 iittaeliinents of muscles to bones ; 6, the muscle that extends the 
 
 Fio. 2G. 
 
i. : 
 
 
 I 
 
 30 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 eU)ow ; 7, attachment to elbow; 8, weiglit in hand. The nuiHcle, 3, 
 contiacts at the central part, and hringn the hand up to 9, 10. 
 
 The complication, variety, and Hwiftness of motion, executed by 
 muscles, are past conception. Every movement which a human be- 
 ing makes, from the heavier motions of the farmer in cultivating his 
 fields, up to the magic touches of the painter's brush, and the metliod- 
 ical frenzy with which the great master's fingers sweep the piano, are 
 all made by muscles obeying an intelligent will. 
 
 The Teeth. 
 
 The teeth are not like other bones, either in composition, method 
 of nutrition, or growth. When broken they do not unite, not being 
 furnished with the necessary power of reproduction of lost parts. 
 
 Both the upper and lower teeth are set into l)ony sockets, called 
 alveolar processes. These, with the fibrous gums, give the teeth a 
 very firm setting. 
 
 Origin. — The teeth have their origin in little membranous 
 pouches within the bone of the jaw, which, in their interior, have a 
 fleshy bud. From the surface of this the bone or ivory exudes. Tiie 
 tooth and the Iwny socket are developed and rise up together, — the 
 former, when sufficiently long, pushing itself through the gum. 
 
 Number. — The first set of teeth are only temporary, and are called 
 milk-teeth. There are but twenty of them. lietween the age of six 
 and fourteen, these become loose, ard drop out, and the permanent 
 teeth appear in their places. Of these there are thirty-two, sixteen 
 in each jaw. 
 
 Names. — The four front teeth in each jaw, a, h, Fig. 27, are the 
 cutting teeth (incisors) ; the next one, c, is an eye-tooth (cuspid) ; the 
 
 Fig. 27. 
 
 next two, d, Cs are dmall grinders (bicuspids) ; the last three, /, g, h, 
 are grinders (molars). One appears late on each side, from the age 
 of twenty to twenty-four, and is called wisdom tooth. 
 
 Compo 
 
 • int-ernal p 
 the surfac 
 which rise 
 which is c 
 root or far 
 vessels pat 
 into the tc 
 in tooth-a( 
 
 The inc 
 
 solid parts, 
 
 In niii8ti( 
 
 aiuklown r 
 
 motion. J 
 
 muscles. ] 
 
 vegetable-ea 
 
 while man 
 
 a pretty clei 
 
 The teeth 
 
 and symmet 
 
 kept in goot 
 
 their decay i 
 
 are spoken o 
 
 The alimei 
 the pharynx, 
 chyle vessels 
 oreas). 
 
 The prepai 
 takes place in 
 cretion of the 
 on each side. 
 
 The Parotli 
 
 "peniug into tl 
 
 i^^y- This is 
 
 Hence the dise 
 
 TlieSubma 
 
 ot Its angle. ; 
 of the tongue ( 
 On each side 
 '''^ne of the ; 
 P«««» its saliva 
 
 W 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 SI 
 
 Composition.— A tooth is composed of ivory and enamel. The 
 
 int^.>rnai part is ivory, which is harder than bone. The coating upon 
 the surface is enamel, which is still harder than ivory. That part 
 which rises above the jaw-bone is called the crotvn ; it is this only 
 which is covered with enamel. The part within the jaw is called the 
 root or fang; this is composed of bony matter, through which small 
 vessels pass in to nourish the tooth. Small white nerves also pass 
 into the tooth. — of the presence of which we have terrible eviilenoe 
 in tooth-ache. 
 
 Use of the Teeth. 
 
 The incisors cut the food asunder; the molars break down its 
 solid parts, and grind it to a fineness which fits it for the stomach. 
 
 In niivsticating the food, the lower jaw has two movements, the up- 
 lUuWown motion, like a pair of sheai-s, and the lateral or grinding 
 motion. These two movements are performed by different sets of 
 iiuuscles. P'lesh-eating animals have only the up-and-down motion ; 
 vegetable-eating animals have only the lateral or grinding motion ; 
 while man has both the up-and-down and the lateral. This seems 
 a pretty clear intimation that he is to eat both flesh and vegetables. 
 
 The teeth aid us in articulating words, and they give a roundness 
 and symmetry to the lower part of the face. When well formed, and 
 kept in good condition, they add much to the beauty of the face, and 
 their decay is an irreparable loss. Their proper care and treatment 
 are spoken of in another place. 
 
 i'] 
 
 The Digestive Organs. 
 
 The alimentary organs are the mouth, the teeth, the salivary glands, 
 the pharynx, the gullet (oesophagus), stomach, bowels (intestines), 
 chyle vessels (lacteals), thoracic duct, liver and sweetbread (pan- 
 creas). 
 
 The preparatory process of digestion, the mastication of food, 
 takes place in the mouth, where the food is mixed with sallAa, a se- 
 cretion of the salivary glands. Of these glands there are six, three 
 on each side. 
 
 The Parotid Qiand lies in front of the external ear. It has a duct 
 opening into the mouth opposite the second molar tooth of the upper 
 jaw. This is the gland that swells in the disease called mumps. 
 Hence the disease is also called parotitis. 
 
 The Submaxillary Qiand is inclosed withinthe lower jaw, in front 
 of its angle. Its duct opens into the mouth by the side of the bridle 
 of the tongue (fraenum linguse). 
 
 On each side of this string or bridle, and under the mucous mem- 
 brane of the floor of the mouth, lies the mhlingual gland, which 
 poun its saliva into the mouth, through seven or eight small ducts. 
 
 I,: , 
 
■■■ > 
 
 l! 
 
 . I 
 
 I 
 
 n. 
 
 32 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 A disease called the frog consists 
 Fig. 28: 1, the parotid gland; 2, 
 
 in 
 
 its 
 
 Fia. as. 
 
 the swelling of this gland, 
 duct ; 3, the submaxiTlary ; 
 ^^vv>K\\wm\^w[i^^^HM^^ *4» its duct ; 6, the sublin- 
 
 <^^^HM^ gual. 
 
 f/^r^ ^iifiH^^^^I^^ ^^^ Pharynx con- 
 
 y 4BP^^'^><i^l^EI^^^^^^^^ tiiiuation the mouth, iind 
 
 lis tlie cavity just below the 
 [soft palate. The two piw- 
 Hiige.H going to the nose 
 (posterior nares), the one 
 going to the Htomach 
 (oesophagus), and the one 
 going to the lungs (larynx 
 and trachea ; all meet in 
 this cavity. In Fig. 29: 
 1, is the trachea ; 2, the 
 larynx ; 8, the oesof .lagus ; 
 4, 4, 5, moaflles of pharynx ; 5, muscles of the cheek ; 6, the muscle 
 which sui'-ounuB the mouth ; 7, the mus- 
 cle forming the floor of tlie mouth. 
 
 The Quilet or oeaophagus is a long tube, 
 dcHcending behind the windpipe, the 
 lungs, and the heart, thiough the dia- 
 phragm into the stomach. It is composed 
 of two membranes laid together, like two 
 pieces of cloth. The inner one is mucous, 
 the outer muscular. The two sets of 
 fibres composing the muscular coat are 
 arranged circularly and longitudinally 
 (Fig. 25).. 
 
 The Stomach lies in the upper part of 
 the belly, to the left, and directly under 
 the diaphragm. It has an upper opening, 
 where the stomach-pipe enters it, called 
 the cardiac orifice. This is the larger end of the stomach, and lies 
 on the left side ; the smaller end connecta with the upper bowel, at 
 which point it has an opening called the pyloric orifice. In addition 
 to mucous and muscular coats, similar to those which compose the 
 oesophagus, the stomach has still another over both, a serous coat, 
 very strong and tough, to give this working organ additional en- 
 durance. Within, it has many glands to secrete l5ie gastric juice. 
 
 The Intestines, or alimentary tube, or bowels, are divided into the 
 smaU and large intestines. 
 
 The small intestine has a length of about twenty-five feet, and is 
 divided into three parts, — the duodenum, the jejunum, and the ileum. 
 
 Of these three divisions, the duodenum is the largest, and is about 
 
 Fia. 20. 
 
 a foot in 
 passes l>a 
 down pel 
 the belly 
 
 The Je 
 
 The lie 
 
 angle, nea 
 
 to prevent 
 
 the ileum. 
 
 At this 
 
 caecum, a 1 
 
 dix vermifo 
 
 from one U. 
 
 The Colo 
 
 transverse c 
 
 The Ascc 
 
 surface of ti 
 part of the 1 
 portion whi< 
 on the left s 
 of the descei 
 which is call 
 
 The Recti! 
 
 ingattheani 
 
 The Lacte 
 
 mucous mem 
 tween membn 
 glands, from 
 another coUe 
 Passing, for a 
 glands to anc 
 progress increi 
 ja number, the 
 "ito the thoraci 
 »P through tl 
 J»lly, makes a 
 forward, and ( 
 ^.rge vein whic 
 % 30 : 1, is 
 nie-flenteric glar 
 teals pass; 6, 
 fuaphragnj. 
 
 % the help , 
 small vessels mi 
 «»tofthebowe 
 
 1'. 
 
AMATOMT. 
 
 83 
 
 a foot in length. It begins at the pyloric oriiice of the stomach, and 
 passes backward io the under surface of the liver, whence it drops 
 down perpendicularly in front of the right kidney, and i)a8se8 across 
 the belly behind the colon, and ends in the jejunum. 
 
 The Jejunum continues the above, and terminates in the ileum. 
 
 The Ileum is a continuation of the jejunum^ and opens, at an obtuse 
 angle, near the haunch l)one, into the colon. A valve is located here, 
 to prevent the backward passage of aubstances from the colon into 
 the ileum. 
 
 At this point the large intestines begin, and here is situated the 
 mcum^ a blind pouch, or cul-de-sac, attached to which is the appen- 
 dix vermiformi$, a worm-shaped tube, of the size of a goose-quill, and 
 from one to six inches long. 
 
 The Colon, or large intestine, is divided into the ascendinff colon, the 
 trantvene colon, and the descending colon. 
 
 The Ascending Colon rises from the right haunch-bone to the under 
 8urfac« of the liver, whence it bends inward, and crosses the upper 
 part of the belly, below the liver and stomach, to the left side. This 
 portion which crosses over is the transverse colon. From this point, 
 on the left side, it turns down to the left haunch, and has the name 
 of the descending colon. Here it makes a curve like the letter S, 
 which is called the sigmoid flexure. 
 
 The Rectum is the lower portion of the large intestine, terminat- 
 ing at the anus. 
 
 The Lacteals are small vessels which begin in the villi, upon tlie 
 mucous membrane of the small bowels. From here they pass be> 
 tween membranes of the mesentery to small 
 glands, from which larger vessels run to 
 another collection ol glands; and after 
 passing, for a space, from one collection of 
 glands to another, at each stage of their 
 progress increased in size and diminished 
 in number, the lacteals pour their contents j 
 into the thoracic duct. This having passed 
 up through the diaphragm, out of the 
 belly, makes a sudden turn downward and 
 forward, and empties its burden into a 
 large vein which ends in the right heart. 
 Fig. 30 : 1, is the bowel ; 2, 8, 4, the 
 mesenteric glands through which the lac- 
 teak pass ; 6, the thoracic duct ; 7, the spinal column ; 8, the 
 diaphragm. 
 
 By the help of a magnifying ^lass, an infinite number of these 
 smaU vessels may be seen starting from the rough, shaggy internal 
 coat of the bowel. 
 
 Fia. ao. 
 
i 
 
 l^ 
 
 84 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 The metentery ih a thick sheet of membrane, formed of several 
 folds of the peritoneum, and spread out from the vertebras like a fan. 
 The bowels are attached to ite edge, »ud are held by it in their place, 
 and at the same time have free motion. Between its layers are a 
 great number of glands, which Hometimes l)ecome diseased and swol- 
 len in childhood, and prevent the chyle from pasHing along to the 
 thoracic duct. Thus affect<Hl, children are not nourished, and waste 
 away with a disease sometimes called mesenteric consumption. 
 
 The Liver is a large gland, lying under the short ribs on the right 
 side, below the diaphragm. It is convex on the upper surface and 
 
 concave on the under, and is 
 composed of several lolies. Its 
 office is to secrete bile. It 
 weighs about four pouiiik 
 Ixjing the largest organ in the 
 lM)dy. Fig. !U represents the 
 liver: 1, being the right lol)e; 
 2, leftlolte; 3,4,smailer lobeH; 
 10, gall-bladder ; 17, the notch 
 into which the spinal column 
 is fitted. 
 
 '^'*' "• The Qall-Bladder lies on 
 
 the under side of the liver, and receives, it is supposed, the surplus 
 bile, which is reserved for special occasions. It opens into the gall- 
 duct, which carries the bile along, and pours it into the duodenum. 
 
 The Pancreas, Fig. 32, is a long, flat gland, something like the 
 salivary glands. It lies tiansversely across the back wall of the 
 domen, behind the stomach. 
 It secretes a colorless, al- 
 kaline fluid called the pan- 
 creatic juife, the office of 
 wliich is to emulsify the 
 different classes 6f food, 
 so that the lac teals can ab- 
 sorb it. This fluid is car- 
 ried by a duct, and poure(' 
 duct enters. 
 
 al> 
 
 FlO. 32. 
 
 . duodenum just where the bile- 
 
 The Spleen has an oblong, flattened form. It lies on the left 
 side, just under the diapliragm, and close to the stomach and 
 pancreas. It is supposed to be a reservoir for holding the surplus 
 blood of the liver. It was thought by the ancients to be the seat of 
 melancholy. The blood in passing through it loses a portion of its 
 red globules. 
 
 The Omentum or catd is a doubling and «3Xtension of the perito- 
 neum. It is a kind of fatty body, whicii upon the surface of the 
 
 bowels 
 (iate tl 
 Hence 
 
 The 
 thi! hlo( 
 kidneys. 
 
 The* 
 
 region, I 
 
 imd two 
 
 and weij 
 
 called tl 
 
 ureter w 
 
 kidney is 
 
 01' cortict 
 
 tlie bloot 
 
 'i^i^y the 
 
 TheUi 
 
 and eight 
 men, behi 
 they empt 
 
 The Bli 
 
 composed 
 
 and the in 
 
 the interna 
 
 it secretes 
 
 rosiveness 
 
 means of a 
 
 "f the orga 
 
 iw to give s 
 
 relaxes and 
 
 The blad 
 
 peritoneum, 
 
 the bladder 
 
 This orga 
 
 '"thout it, A 
 
 dribbling aw 
 
 The Uretl 
 
 of the bladd( 
 tic fibrous, 
 urine passes 
 
 
 mt^ 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 36 
 
 lus 
 lot 
 
 Ihe 
 
 bowels and is iit.taclu'd to tlie stomivch. Its use Heems to l)e to lubri- 
 cate thu l)owel8, and uspecially to protect and keep them warm. 
 Hence it is often called the apron. 
 
 The Urinary System. 
 
 The organs of this system are devoted to separating the urine from 
 the l)loo<i, and carrying it out of the lM)dy. These organs are the 
 kidneys, the ureters, the bladder, and the urethra. 
 
 The Kidneys lie one on each side of the Imckbone, in the lumbar 
 region, l)ehind thu peritoneum. They are four or five inches long, 
 and two and a half broad. They are in shape like the kidney-bean, 
 and weigh about half a pound each. In tlie centre there is a bag 
 called the pelvis, -which tapers like a funnel, and unites with the 
 ureter which convevs the urine to the bladder. The texture of the 
 kidney is dense, presenting in its interior two structures, an external 
 or (;ortical, and an internal or medullary. The cortical portion has 
 the blood-vessels, the medullary is composed of tubes which carry 
 away the urine. 
 
 The Ureters are membranous tubes of the size of a goose-quill, 
 and eighteen inches long, which run down the back wall of the abdo- 
 men, behind the peritoneum, to the bladder, into each side of which 
 they empty their contents. * 
 
 The Bladder is located in the pelvis, in front of the rectum. It is 
 composed of three coats; the external is serous, the middle muscular, 
 and the internal mucous. The external coat is strong and fibrous ; 
 the internal is drawn into wrinkles, which makes it thick and shaggy; 
 it secretes a mucus whirh prevents it from being injured by the cor- 
 rosiveness of the urine. I'he urine is retained in the bladder by 
 means of a circular muscle, called a sphincter, which draws the mouth 
 of the organ together. When the quantity of urine is so increased 
 as to give some uneasiness or pain, this miiscle, by a sort of instinct, 
 relaxes and lets it out. 
 
 The bladder is attached to the rectum, to the hip-bones, to ihe 
 peritoneum, and to the navel, by several ligaments. In the female 
 the bladder has the womb between it and the rectum. 
 
 Tliis organ is wisely provided as a receptacle for the urine ; v/nich, 
 mthout it, would produce a great inconvenience by being constantly 
 dribbling away. 
 
 The Urethra is a membranous canal which leads from the neck 
 of the bladder. It is composed of two layers, a mucous and an elas- 
 tic fibrous. Through this channel, which is curved in its course, the 
 urine passes out of the body. 
 
 ■^: 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 The Respiratory Organs. 
 
 These organs consist of the windpipe (trachea) ; divinont and 
 mbdiviaiona of the windpipe (bronchia) ; air-cells ; and the lungs or 
 lights. 
 
 The Windpipe (trachea) extends from the larynx — the seat of the 
 voice — to the third dorsal vertebra, where it divides into two tubes, 
 called bronchia. It runs down the ' <nt part of the throat, with the 
 oesophagus behind and between it s.",d .he spinal column. It is com- 
 posed mainly of rings of cartilage, i>.ie ubove another. 
 
 The Bronchial Tul>es are, at the div' n of the windpipe, two in 
 number, but they divide and subdivide until they become very nu- 
 merous. 
 
 The Air-Celis or Vesicles are small, bladder-like expansions at the 
 ends oi the tubes. They are elastic and swell out when the air 
 passes in. 
 
 The Lungs All the greater part of the chest, the heart being the 
 only other organ which occupies much space in the cavity. The 
 size of these organs is larg^ or small, according to the capacity of the 
 chest. Ea ch lung — for there are two — is a kind of cone, with its 
 base resting upon the diaphragm, and its apex behind the collar-bone. 
 They are concave on the bottom, to fit «he diaphragm, which is con- 
 vex on its upper side. 
 
 The right and left lungs are separated from each other by a parti- 
 tion called the mediastinum, formed by two portions of the pleura, a 
 smooth serous membrane coming off from the spine and closely en- 
 veloping each lung ; the heart, covered by the pericardium, lies 
 in the centre, between them. The right lung is divided into three 
 lobes ; the left into two. 
 
 Each lobe of the lungs is divided into a great many lobules, which 
 are connected by cellular tissue. These lobules are again divided 
 into very fine air-cells. Besides these, the substance of the lungs is 
 compof t= i likewise of blood-vessels and lymphatics, and is well su^)- 
 plied with nerves. 
 
 In the foetal state, before the lungs have been filled with air, tLay 
 are solid and heavy, something like other flesh, but after all their 
 cells have been filled with air, and breathing has been established, 
 they are exceedingly light and spongy, and float upon water. 
 
 In cases where infanticide is suspected, and where it is desirable 
 to know whether the child was still-bom, or bom alive and killed 
 afterwards, the specific gravity of the lungs, compared with water, 
 will often settle ^e question. 
 
 The foe 
 
 lacteals, ca 
 tlie lungs, i 
 if not distr 
 fecting thif 
 capillaries. 
 
 The Hea 
 
 side, and is 
 form is som 
 ward in the 
 the left, occ 
 three inches 
 case or sac. 
 The heart 
 it is endowe( 
 sides, a right 
 cular partitic 
 the lungs ; t 
 side is divide 
 
 The Auric 
 
 i^servoirs to 1 
 parts. 
 
 The Ventri 
 
 carnece. The 
 I'ight, beirg r 
 cavities will c 
 
 The Tricus 
 
 on the right 
 'uembrane. ' 
 side. Small ^ 
 pass from th 
 columnae earn 
 «re of the bl< 
 the auricles. 
 
 '^if pvlmot 
 "ght ventricle 
 "f the left ver 
 arteries are nn 
 valves. Fig. 3 
 ^ is tlie right j 
 Jght ventricle 
 'll 10, the vesse 
 the heart. 
 
 BMi^ 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 87 
 
 The Organs of Circulation. 
 
 The food having been digested, changed to chyle, absorbed by the 
 lacteals, carried to the veins, poured into the right heart, sent up to 
 the lungs, and prepared for nourishing the body, will still be useless, 
 if not distributed to every part of the system. The organs for ef- 
 fecting this distribution are the Jieart, the arteries, the vein*, and the 
 eapillariea. 
 
 The Heart is placed obliquely in the chest, with one lung on each 
 side, and is enclosed between the two folds of the mediastinum Its 
 form is something like a cone. Its baae is turned upward and back- 
 ward in the direction of the right shoulder; the apex forward and to 
 the left, occupying the space between the fifth and sixth ribs, about 
 three inches from the breast-bone. It is surrounded by a membranous 
 case or sac, called the pericardium. 
 
 The heart is a muscular body, and has its fibres so interwoven that 
 it is endowed with great strength. It is a double organ, having two 
 sides, a right and a left, which are divided from each other by a mus- 
 cular partition, called a septum. The right heart sends the blood to 
 the lungs ; the left heart distributes it to the general system. Each 
 side is divided into two compartments, an auricle and a ventricle. 
 
 The Auricles have thinner walls than the ventricles, being only 
 reservoirs to hold the blood until the ventricles force it along to other 
 
 parts. 
 
 The Ventricles have within them fleshy columns, called columnce 
 earnece. The walls of the left ventricle are thicker than those of the 
 right, beirg required to contract with more force. Each of the four 
 cavities will contain from one and a half to two ounces of blood. 
 
 The Tricuspid valves are situated between the auricle and ventricle 
 on the right side, and consist of three folds of a thin, triangular 
 membrane. The mitral valves occupy the same position on the left 
 side. Small white cords, called chordce tendince, 8^ Lio 
 
 pass from the floating edge of these to the 
 columnas earner, to prevent the backward press- 
 ure of the blood from carrying the valves into 
 the auricles. 
 
 The pvlmonary artery is the outlet of the 
 right ventricle ; the larger artery, called aorta, 
 of the left ventricle. At the opening of these 
 arteries are membranous folds, called semilunar 
 valves. Fig. 33 gives a fine view of the heart : 
 1. is the right auricle ; ti, the left auricle ; 8, the 
 right ventricle ; 4, the left ventricle; 5, 6, 7, 8, 
 9, 10, the vessels which bring the blood to and carry it away from 
 the heart. 
 
 Fia. 8S. 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 The Arteries are the round tubes which carry the red blood from 
 the left side of the heart to every part of the body. 
 
 The sides of arteries are stiff and hard, and do not fall together 
 when empty. They may often be seen open in a piece of boiled beef. 
 
 The arteries have tlu-ee coats, — an external, which is cellular, firm 
 and strong ; a middle, which is fibrous and elastic ; and an internal, 
 which is serous and smooth, being a continuation of the lining of 
 the heart. They are surrounded by a cell vestment called a sheath, 
 which separates them from surrounding organs. 
 
 The Pulmonary Artery starts from the right ventricle in front of 
 the opening of the aorta, and ascends to the under surface of the 
 aortic arch, where it parts into two branches, sending one to the right, 
 the other to the left lung. Having divided and subdivided to a great 
 extent, they end in the capillary vessels, uniting, joining their mouths, 
 and becoming continuous with the pulmonary veins just where they 
 pass around the air-cells. 
 
 The Aorta is the largest artery in the body. It takes a slight turn 
 in the chest, called the arch of the aorta, from which are given off the 
 arteries which carry the blood to the head, etc. ; thence it descends 
 into the belly along the side of the backbone, and at the bottom of 
 the abdomen it divides into two arteries, called the iliacs — one going 
 to each of the lower limbs. The branches the aorta gives off a supply 
 of red blood to every part of the body. 
 
 The Veins carry the dark or purple blood. Being made red and 
 vital by meeting atmospheric air in the lungs, and then conveyed to 
 every part of the body in the arteries, the blood loses its redness in 
 the capillaries, and comes back to the heart in the veins, dark and 
 purple, and unfit to support life. The veins are more numerous and 
 nearer the surface than the arteries. They have, likewise, thinner 
 walls, and when empty, they collapse or fall together. They begin 
 in the small capillaries, and running together, they grow larger and 
 larger, and finally form the great trunks which pour the dark blood 
 into the right auricle. The veins are composed of three coats, simi- 
 lar to those of the arteries, with the exception of being thinner and 
 more delicate. These vessels have valves all along their inner sur- 
 face, to aid in circulating the blood. 
 
 The large vein which receives all the dark blood from above, and 
 pours it into the right auricle, is called the vena cava descendens ; the 
 one which takes it from below, tvnd disposes of it in the same manner, 
 is the vena cava ascendens. 
 
 The pulmonary veins bring the red blood from the lungs to the left 
 auricle, and thus are exceptional in their use, — being the only veins 
 which carry red blood. 
 
 The Capillaries are the extremely fine network of vessels between 
 the ends of the arteries on the one side, and of the veins on the other. 
 
 THE 
 
 W 
 
 mat 
 
PI. 4. 
 
 THE ARTERIES AND VEINS OF THE HUMAN BODY 
 
Tli(>y inos( 
 
 one end, a 
 
 industrioui 
 
 red, and i\ 
 
 tliey take t 
 
 and vitaliz 
 
 beginnings 
 
 for another 
 
 in the lun^ 
 
 In Fig. 
 
 lation. Fi 
 
 thrown int 
 
 tery, 3, ar 
 
 <!arry it to 
 
 capilhiry v( 
 
 conies in ( 
 
 and l)ecom 
 
 Thence it i 
 
 auricle of 
 
 veins, 7, 8. 
 
 into the le: 
 
 forcible C( 
 
 sends it foi 
 
 11. Its b 
 
 distribute i 
 
 Iwdy. The 
 
 in the capil] 
 
 the blood 1( 
 
 goes back t 
 
 1, by the ve 
 
 15, and tht 
 
 ens, 16. T 
 
 17, prevent 
 
 blood from 
 
 to the right 
 
 lunar valve 
 
 blood from 
 
 ventricle. 
 
 the left ven 
 
 vent the bai 
 
 Ky a care 
 the reader n 
 
 The passa 
 and back t'> 
 its passii- f: 
 to the right 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 89 
 
 Tlicy inosculate, or join their nioutlis to tlic very small arteries at 
 one end, and to the equally small veins at the other. They are the 
 industrious little builders of the human frame. Receiving the blood, 
 red, and full of life, from the terminal extremities of the arteries, 
 they take the living particles out of it, and apply them to the renewing 
 and vitalizing of the body, and then pass it along into the hair-like 
 beginnings of the veins, dark and Iwreft of vitality, to he carried up 
 for another freight of chyle, and to be again vitalized by being touched 
 in the lungs by the breath of heaven. 
 
 in Fig. 34 we have a good ideal illustration of the whole circu- 
 lation. From the right ventricle of the heart, 2, the dark blood is 
 thrown into the pulmonary ar- 
 tery, !J, and its branches, 4, 4, 
 carry it to lx)th lungs. In the 
 capillary vessels, 6, 6, the blood 
 conies in contact with the air, 
 and becomes red and vitalized. 
 Thence it is returned to the left 
 auricle of the heart, 9, by the 
 veins, 7, 8. Thence it passes 
 into the left ventricle, 10. A 
 forcible contraction of this 
 sends it forward into the aorta, 
 11. Its branches, 12, 13, 18, 
 distribute it to all parts of the 
 l)ody. The arteries terminate 
 in the capillaries, 14, 14. Here 
 the blood loses its redness, and 
 goes back to the right auricle, 
 1, by the vena cava descendens, 
 15, and the vena cava aacend- 
 ens, 16. The tricuspid valves, 
 17, prevent the reflow of the 
 blood from the right ventricle 
 to the right auricle. The semi- 
 lunar valves, 18, prevent the 
 blood from passing back from the pulmonary artery to the right 
 vcntricrle. The mitral valves, 1 9, prevent its being forced back from 
 the left ventricle to the left auricle. The semilunar valves, 20, pre- 
 vent the backward flow from the aorta to the left ventricle. 
 
 By a careful examination of this diagram, with these explanations, 
 the reader may understand the circulation very well. 
 
 The passage of the blood from the right heart, through the lungs, 
 and back t'> the left heart, is called the lesser, or pulmonic circulation ; 
 its passu:^3 from the left heart through all parts of the body, and back 
 to the nght heart, is the greater or systematic circulation. 
 
 FIO. 34. 
 
 .J' 
 
y 
 
 If 
 
 Vi 
 
 V 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 The Absorbent Vessels. 
 
 The vessels which absorb the chyle from the small intestines, and 
 convey it onward towards the blood, are the lacteaU. They have 
 been described. The veins are also supposed to have the power of 
 
 absorption, particularly the small 
 commencements of the veins. 
 These have likewise been de- 
 '^°- «• scribed. 
 
 The Lymphatic vessels resemble the lacteals 
 skin, the mucous membranes, 
 and the lungs. They are 
 very small at their origin, 
 and, like the veins, they in- • 
 crease in size, as they dimin- 
 ish in numbers. Like the 
 veins, too, they travel to- • 
 
 wai-ds the heart, and their 
 
 They abound in the 
 
 Fio. 36, 
 
 FlO. 37. 
 
 contents are poured into it. 
 Their walls are composed of 
 two coats ; -S.\e external is 
 cellular, and distensible ; the 
 internal is folded into valves, 
 like that rf the veins. 
 
 These vessels, on their 
 way to the heart, pass 
 through soft bodies, called 
 lymphatic glands, which bear 
 to them the relation that the 
 mesenteric glands do to the 
 
 lacteals. T 
 lymphatic g 
 arm-pits, an( 
 parts of the 
 magnified; '. 
 trunks; Fig 
 thi'ough it. 
 
 Fig. 38 rej 
 6, show thes( 
 the commenc 
 lymphatic ai 
 of the stomac 
 13, 14, 15, th 
 19, 20, the la 
 the heart. 
 
 A cold will 
 ings aie calle( 
 from cold, an( 
 larly in scrofi 
 and break, for 
 
 The exhalar, 
 
 Hon. 
 
 The Exhala 
 
 nations upon tl 
 terminations uj 
 posure. 
 
 The Follicle 
 
 membranes. 1 
 little bags. Ve 
 
 QIands are s 
 ing many kinds 
 united in one mi 
 lias a small d 
 main duct whic 
 shows a gland : 
 through its bo 
 1, the large duct 
 substance is car 
 
 The mesente 
 werely modify tl 
 tnem ; others se 
 fluids to be used 
 
 m^ 
 
% 
 
 ANATOMY. 4J 
 
 lacteals. These glands are a ooUection ,.f small vessels. The 
 lymphatic glands are most numerous in the neck, chest, abdomen 
 arm-p,te and groins. They are also found, to some extant, in othei^ 
 parts of the body Fig 3o shows a single lymphatic vessel, much 
 maguihed; Fig 36 exhibits the valves along one of the lymphatic 
 
 though it^" '' ' ^^"'P'^'^^' ^^'"^ ^''^ '^' vessels pLing 
 
 Fig. 38 represents the lymphatic vessels and glands. 1, 2, 3 4 5 
 b, show these vessels of the lower limbs ; 7, the inguinal gknds ;' 8,' 
 
 he commencement of the thoracic duct, into which the contents of 
 lymphatic are poured ; 9, the lymphatics of the kidneys ; 10, those 
 ?q ir^.T ' ^M^"«««f i»'« liver; 12, 12, those of the lungs ; 
 1Q Jn' i ' t '^ °^-*^^ ^n'"' ' ^^' ^^' 1^' *h°«« of the face and neck ; 
 the hit ""^"^ ' *^^ *^°''''''*' '^"'*' ^^' *^^ ly'^Phatics of 
 
 A cold will' often cause lymphatic glands to swell. These swell- 
 mgs are called kernels. They often swell, also, without the irritation 
 
 cm cold, and become very much and permanently enlarged, particu- 
 arlyiu scrofula. In scrofulous subjects they sometimes suppurate 
 and break, forming bad sores upon the neck. 
 
 The Organs of Secretion. 
 
 ^_JHE exhalants, the follicles, and the glands are the organs of seere- 
 
 The Exhalants are the sweat-glands. These have external termi- 
 nations upon the skin, thus communicating with the air, and internal 
 t.™mations upon the surfaces of organs n^ot having an' outwTrd^x- 
 
 membi-anpl,"'''T. "'" ''"^" T' i^^^^d V" ^^e true skin and mucous ^ 
 
 iS iZ V ^T °^ *^' '^''^ *"" *^« ^"°"*1^« "'• o'^tlete of these 
 little bags. Veins and organic nerves are sent to these vessels. 
 
 aiands are soft organs, having a variety of structure, and perform • 
 ig many kinds of secretion. A gland is made up of severallobS 
 united in one mass, and each of these lobules ' 
 
 has a small duct, communicating with a jSl^^. C? 
 
 main duct which forms the outlet. Fig 39 
 shows a gland : 2, the small ducts spread 
 hrough Its body, and running together; 
 i, the large duct, through which the secreted 
 substance is carried away. 
 
 The mesenteric and lymphatic glands 
 merely modify the fluids which pass through 
 tnem; others secrete from the blood either 
 nuids to be used in the body, or such as are to be cast away 
 
 ■1^ 
 
42 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 if 
 
 The Vocal Organs. 
 
 No sounds touch the heart like those of the human voice, for no 
 mechanic, however scientific and skilful, has ever been able to make 
 an instrument which could produce sounds as beautiful, tones its 
 varied, a timbre as melodious, and inflexions as manifold and agree- 
 able. It has been compared to wind, reed and stringed instruments. 
 In touching expression, it is most resembled by the concert-horn, tlie 
 bassoon, and the hautboy. 
 
 Vocal sounds, paat all question, are produced in the larnyx, but 
 these sounds are grouped, or formed into articulate speech, by the 
 pharynx, the nasal cavities, the tongue, the teeth, etc. 
 
 The Larynx is a kind of cavity or tube at the top of the windpipe, 
 formed by the union of five cartilages, namely, the thyroid, the cricoid, 
 the two arytenoid, and the epiglottis. Ligaments bind these together, 
 and muscles move them. 
 
 The Thyroid Cartilage is composed of two parts, and has a con- 
 nection with the bone of the tongue above, and with the cricoid car- 
 tilage below. 
 
 The Cricoid Cartilage is .shaped like a ring, and hence its Greek 
 name. It is narrowest in front, and broadest behind. It connectfi 
 with the thyroid cartilage 
 above, and with the first ring ; 
 of the trachea below. Fig. 40 
 gives a side view of the car- 
 tilages of the larynx : 1, bone 
 at the base of the tongue (os 
 hyoides) : 2, the ligament con- 
 necting hyoid bone and the 
 thyroid cartilage ; .3, the front 
 of the thyroid cartilage ; 4, the 
 thyroid cartilage ; 6, the cri- 
 coid cartilage; 7, the wind- 
 pipe. 
 '^*'' **■ Fig. 41 is a back view of 
 
 the cartilages and ligaments of the larynx : 1, is the back surface 
 of the epiglottis ; 3, 3, the os hyoides ; 4, 4, the lateral ligaments 
 connecting the os hyoides and the thyroid cartilage ; 5, 6, the back 
 face of the thyroid cartilage; 6, 6, the arytenoid cartilages; 7, the 
 cricoid cartilage ; 8, the first ring of the windpipe. 
 
 The Arytenoid Cartilages are upon the back part of the cricoid, 
 and are connected with the thyroid cartilage by the vocal cords. 
 
 The Epiglottis is a fibro-cartilaginous lid, shaped like a leaf, which 
 covers the upper opening of the larynx. It is connected by a carti- 
 
 lage to the 1 
 iage. Breai 
 down upon i 
 passing dow 
 
 The Vocal 
 
 fibres, enclos 
 lines in widtl 
 antt'iior pro; 
 tilages, and 
 the anterior 
 are four ligi 
 two superior 
 ter being call 
 k'tween ther 
 ineiits thems 
 the lips of the 
 tween the suj 
 is the ventrich 
 Fig. 42 rep 
 from above: . 
 cricoid ; h, h, 
 verse ar_ytenoi( 
 ligaments. 
 
 The muscles 
 of pulling then 
 the laryngeal c 
 and to relax or 
 others, the soui 
 Tightening the 
 
 The skin is 
 entire person. 
 is the true skin 
 ture f,nd uses. 
 
 TheScarf-SI 
 
 "rane. partially 
 
 blood-vessels or 
 a simple coverii 
 "gents. It is tl 
 The scarf-skii 
 'rom it in the si 
 and dries up int 
 of these scales, 
 new layen, are £ 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 48 
 
 uge to the bone of the tongue (os hyoides) and to the thyroid carti- 
 age. Breathing opens and shuts it; and in swallowing, it closes 
 
 down upon the top of the larynx, to prevent food and drink from 
 
 piissing down the windpipe. 
 
 The Vocal Cords are two ligaments, formed of elaatic and parallel 
 hbres, enclosed in a fold of mucous membrane. They are about two 
 lines in width, and inserted behind into the 
 aiitt'iior projection of the arytenoid car- 
 tilages, and passing forward, are fixed <o 
 the anterior angle of the thyroid. There 
 are four ligaments crossing the larynx, 
 two superior and two inferior, — tlie lat- 2 
 ter being called vocal cords. The interval 
 tetween them is the glottis. The ligar 
 ineiits themselveis are sometimes called 
 tiie lips of the glottu. The depression be- 
 tween the superior and inferior liganiciits 
 
 is the ventricle of the larynx. r 
 
 Fig. 42 represents a view of the larynx ''™' *^- 
 
 from above .• a, 6, c the thyroid cartilage, enclosing the ring of the 
 cricoid; A, A, e, c, the arytenoid cartilages connected by the trans- 
 
 Z^T ' '"' '' *^' ^"'"* '"'^ ' "' ''' '^' crico-aiytenoid 
 
 The muscles which are attached to the cartilages have the power 
 of pulling them about so a« to change in various ways the shape of 
 the laryngeal cavity; to enlarge or diminish the size of the riottis 
 and to relax or tighten the vocal cords. By these means, and some 
 othei., the sounds of fhe voice receive theirwious moScations 
 lightemng the cords, for example, raises the pitch. 
 
 The Skin. 
 
 The skin is a membrane composed of two layers, coverimr the 
 en .re pei.om The outer layer is the scarf-skin or^^.l-I J the fnner 
 
 luiL r,ud"ust" '' '"'" '' ""■ ^^''' ^'^"'^ ^^'' ^" '^'^ «*^««-. 
 
 The Scarf-Skin, called also cuticle and epidermis, is a thin mem- 
 mne- P'^rtially transparent, like a thin shaving of horn. HavinTS, 
 lood-vessels or nerves, and consequently no 4ling, it appear. I be 
 a simple covering to protect the true skin from injury by external 
 agents. It is thickest on those part« most exposed to friction 
 froi- itrl ? '' *^! production of the true skin, -an exudation 
 Z"^J ■ IT °^ * f""'^ ^^^^^ ^« «P"ad out aa a thin layer, 
 TiiT "P/"^ ^f^""^^ '''*^"«- ^^^ «^<^i«l« ^ composed chiefl; ' 
 
 tl\ZT \ ^''^' '' «T**"*^y ^^"^ "'^^•^^ off ^ «curf, while 
 new layers are forming underneath. 
 
f 
 
 
 44 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 The lower, softer layer of the scarf-skin, called the malpighian 
 layer, or rete mucosum, is the seat of ,-:rior. In this part the cells 
 contain a pigment incorporated with the elementary granules, which 
 gives to the various races their sevenil shades of color. The depth 
 of hue is dependent entirely on the amount of tliis coloring matter. 
 
 The True Skin, which is called vuiia^derma or coriiim, is a kind of 
 wel), woven of small fil)res collected into strands. In the upper por- 
 tion, the web is line and tirm, but grows coarser below. Connected 
 
 Fio. 43. 
 
 with its under surface is a fibrous web in which the fat is deposited. 
 Upon its upper surface is the sensitive or papillary layer, composed 
 of blood-vessels and nerves, doubled into loops, which give little 
 prominences called papillae. Fig. 43 gives an ideal view of these 
 elevations, composed as they are, of a nerve, an 
 artery, and a vein, lying side by side ; 1, 1, 
 represent the true skin ; 2, 2, the papillary 
 layer; 3, 3, the arteries; 4, 4, the veins; and 
 6, 5, the nerves of the papillse. 
 
 The arteries, veins, and nerves are spread 
 over the true skin in great numbers, — so pro- 
 fusely, that it is impossible to push the point of 
 the finest needle into it, without piercing a 
 blood-vessel and a nerve. 
 
 Fig. 44 gives a view of the skin : a, a, the 
 cuticle ; b, 6, the colored layer of the cuticle ; 
 tf, c, d, c?, the true skin ; e, e, e, fatKiells ; /,/,/ 
 sweat-tubes. 
 
 The lymphatics are very numerous in the skin, besides which there 
 are oil-glands and tubes, and sweat-glands and tubes. 
 
 The Oil-Qiands are imbedded in the skin, and communicate with 
 the surface by small tubes. They are most abundant on the face, 
 
 FlO. 45. 
 
 nose and ears 
 the tube, and 
 1 
 
 The Sweat-i 
 
 through tlie tri 
 where it coils t 
 tory gland. Fi 
 nified forty diai 
 two excretory d 
 tul)e, which ope 
 fat-cells. 
 The hair and 
 
 The Nervous 
 
 nected with each 
 nerves; the spini 
 
 The Brain is t 
 
 wnes. It is mac 
 
 cipal parts, — the 
 ^*'««w, and the 
 These are nicely 
 tected by three m 
 "wfer, the arach^ 
 mater. 
 
 ^. % 47 shows a 
 t'on of the brain, ■ 
 »''d membranes 
 ^ne scalp turned 
 rented by a, a ; e, 
 ^''ge of the bonea 
 mater, drawn up 
 ">" convolutions c 
 
 The Cerebrum i 
 
 '■"Kt-'i' portion of i 
 
 MH^ 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 noBP and eare. Fig. 4.5 hI.ows an oil-glan.l, 
 the tube, and c, ita mouth. 
 
 46 
 
 — a, being the gknd, b. 
 
 W^. 
 
 th4.f rf;ui,T]^r:nVri n" *""i ^^^^'^ p- ^'-» 
 
 where it coils upon itself inSTlTn^ »" the -neshes at the bottom, 
 
 mfied forty dialtersTT^L h« -n ? f i ''''^' *''^' ^^'"»d, mag- 
 two excretory duct« f;om the fland it *"''"• *?'" ^''""^ ' - 2, the 
 tul., which opens at 4 wh ch fs th^nS'"' Tf''^ ^''"" «"« ^P'^*^! 
 fat*ells. ' " '^ **'' ^'^^"ce ot the cuticle; 3, are the 
 
 The hair and the nails are appendages of the skin. 
 
 The Nervous System. 
 
 --; the spinal ner^e. aidlJfe'.X^Srr;:' '^^ ^ ''' --'«^ 
 
 ^n^^ 'ftt iVdf upTfVh^er;^ '"^^^^ '^'^'' -'"^^ *^e ^^^^H- 
 cipal parts -the cer.irwm, the cere- 
 allium, and the w^rfw/Za oblor^ata. 
 Ihese are nicely covered and pro- 
 
 te ted y three membranes, the Zr« 
 »'«J^r, the aracAno^rf, and the pia 
 
 tilff ^1 ^t""^^ * considerable por- 
 
 ThP^?^"*"^' being removed. 
 The scalp turned down is repre- 
 
 "later, drawn up with a hook • f 
 "'« convolutions'^ of the braTn ' 
 
 J^^^*';*'"•"™ « the upper and 
 
 '"5>^^ portion of the brain, and is f.o. 47. 
 
 IK 
 
46 
 
 AM4T0MY. 
 
 (livi(le<l into two hemiflphereB by a fisBure. A portion of the dura 
 mater dipu into tJuH (;left, and from its re8enil>lanc(! to a Hicklu, in 
 called the falx cerebri. The dimign of tbiH seems to Iw to support 
 each half of the brain, and to prevent it from preHsingupon the other 
 half when the head reclineH to one side. 
 
 The undulating surface of the cerebrum is produced by what are 
 called convolutioHH. The lower surface of this organ is divided into 
 three lol)e8, — the anterior, the middle, and the posterior. 
 
 The Burface of the (iereljruni w of a gray color, culled cortical, or 
 oinerifioug ; the central portion is white and fibrous, and is called 
 medullary. 
 
 The Cerebellum is about one-sixth the size of the cerebnim. It 
 lies just under the posterior lobe of the cerebrum, and is separated 
 from it by an extension of the dura mater, called the tentorium. It 
 is composed of white and gray matter; when the former is cut into, 
 there is presented the appeamnce of the trunk and branches of a tree^ 
 called arbor vita:. 
 
 The MeduiJa Oblongata is the top of the spinal cord; but being 
 within the enclosure of the skull, it passes for a portion of the brain. 
 It consists of three pairs of bodies, united so as to form a bulb. 
 
 The Dura Mater is a strong, fibrous membrane which lines the 
 skull and spinal column, and sends processes inward to support the 
 brain, and forward, as sheaths for the nerves which go out from the 
 brain and spinal cord. 
 
 The Arachnoid is a serous membrane, and like all other serous 
 membranes, is a closed sac. It is leilected upon the inner surface of 
 the dura mater. 
 
 The Pla Mater is a vascular membrane, and lies next to and in- 
 vests the whole surface of the 
 brain, — dipping into its con- 
 volutions. It furnishes nu- 
 triment to the brain. 
 
 The Cranial Nerves which 
 go out from the brain are in 
 twelve pairs. In reading a 
 description of them, let the 
 reader keep his eye on Fig. 48. 
 
 The First Pair, olfactory 
 (6), passes through several 
 small openings in the ethmoid 
 bone, and is distributed to 
 the mucous membrane which 
 lines the nose. Destroy this, 
 and the sense of smell is gone. 
 
 FlO. 48. 
 
 The Secoi 
 
 skull, and en 
 retina. It ii 
 of sight, call 
 
 The Third 
 
 iitiid bone to 
 
 The Fourt 
 
 iniiNcle of the 
 
 The Fifth 
 
 loots, iuid divi 
 iiiid noNo, call 
 the teeth of tl 
 the third goin 
 jiiw, and callei 
 the hranches o 
 affection callet 
 
 The Sixth P 
 
 •arotid artery < 
 Ntmight muscle 
 
 The Seventf 
 
 teniiil ear. 
 
 The Eighth I 
 
 Jt sends nervou 
 
 The Ninth Pi 
 
 ■'^"iiie opening w 
 lous membrane 
 The Tenth P« 
 
 the pharynx, lui 
 »"a iKJwels. 
 
 The Eleventh 
 
 "'"th and tenth j 
 
 The Twelfth F 
 
 i"'fl is its motion- 
 those who talk m 
 
 The Spinal Cor 
 
 'n connection wit) 
 Ihe upper fend of 
 "ft. Another s 
 ^''hich go to the ui 
 toi^, where the ne 
 
 f^'ssures dip int. 
 '^™ -^teral parts, w 
 
 ^hese lateral col 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 47 
 
 The Second Pair, optic nerve (7), paaflea tliroiigh the iweof the 
 skull, and enters the cavity of the eye where i h oxpiinded upon the 
 retina- It iH a disease of this nerve which occtisions a gradual loss 
 of HJpht, called amauroHtit. 
 
 The Third Pair, niotoros oculorum (9), passes through the sphe- 
 noid lx)ne to the muscles of the eye. 
 
 The Fourth Pair, patheticus (10), passes to the superior oblique 
 immclo of the eye. 
 
 The Fifth Pair, trifacial nerve (11), like the spinal nerves, has two 
 mots, and divides into three brandies, one going to the eye, forehead, 
 iiiitl noHe, called the ophthalmio branch ; another going to the eye, 
 the tf t'th of the upper jaw, etc., called the miperior maxillary ; and 
 the third going to the ear, the tongue, and the teeth of the lower 
 jaw, and called the inferior maxillary. It is a painful condition of 
 the branoheHof the fifth pair which constitutes the ^'••.libie neuralgic 
 affection called tie-douloureux. 
 
 The Sixth Pair, abducentes (12), passes the opening by which the 
 carotid artery enters the cavity of the skull, and goes to the external 
 stniiglit muscle of the eye. 
 
 The Seventh Pair, portio n<olIiH (13), is distributed upon the in- 
 ternal ear. 
 
 The Eighth Pair, facial nerve (14), is distributed over the face. 
 It sends nervous filaments to the muscles. 
 
 The Ninth Pair, glosso-pharyngeal nerve (14), passes through the 
 same opening with the jugular vein, and is distributed upon the mu- 
 cous membrane of the tongue and throat. 
 
 The Tenth Pair, pneumogastric nerve (16), sends its branches to 
 the pharynx, larynx, gullet, lungs, spleen, pancreas, liver, stomach, 
 and Iiowels. 
 
 The Eleventh Pair, spinal accessory nerve (16), connects with the 
 ninth and tenth pairs, and is distributed to the muscles of the neck. 
 
 The Twelfth Pair, hypo-glossal nerve (17), goes to the tongue, 
 and is its motion-producing nerve. It 's a nerve of great energy in 
 those who tivlk much. 
 
 The Spinal Cord extends f'om the medulla oblongata, where it is 
 in connection with the brain, down to the second lumbar vertebra. 
 The upper fend of the cord presents a bulbous swelling, or enlarge- 
 ment. Another swelling is found where the nerves are given off 
 which go to the upper extremities ; and a third near the end of the 
 cord, where the nerves l)egin which go to the lower extremities. 
 
 Fissures dip into the cord before and behind, and divide it into 
 two lateral parts, which are united by a thin layer of white substance. 
 
 These lateral colunuis are divided by furrows into anterior^ lateral., 
 
 ; .^K. 
 
 I 
 
 ^g.^yjiyi! 
 
48 
 
 anat6my. 
 
 FIO. 49. 
 
 and posterior columns; — the anterior being supposed to be the motor 
 column, the posterior that of sensation, and the lateral divided iu 
 function between motion and sensation. 
 
 The 5pinal Nerves, connecting with the cord, are in pairs, of 
 which there are thirty-one. Each pair has two roots, — a motor root, 
 
 C, Fig. 49, arising 
 from the anterior 
 columns of the 
 cord, and a send- 
 tivH root, D, spring- 
 ing from the pos- 
 terior columns. A, 
 is a section of the 
 cord, surrounded 
 by its sheath. B, 
 is the spinal nerve, 
 formed by the 
 union of the motor and sensitive roots. After the union, the nerve, 
 with its motor and its sensitive filaments, divides and subdivides 
 as it passes on, and is distributed to the tissues of the several 
 organs. 
 
 The thirty-one pairs of spinal nerves are divided into eight pairs of 
 cervical, twelve pairs of dorsal, five pairs of lumbar, and six pairs of 
 sacral nerves. 
 
 Fig. 50 gives a view of the brain and spinal cord, with the nerves 
 given off by the latter: 1, 1, being the two hemispheres of the brain; 
 3, 3, the cerebellum ; 4, the olfactory nerve ; 6, the optic ; 7, the 
 third pair ; 8, the pons varolii, so called ; 9, the fourth pair ; 10, the 
 lower portion of the medulla oblongata ; 11, 11, the spinal cord ; 12, 
 12, the spinal nerves ; 13, 13, the brachial plexus ; 14, 14, the lum- 
 bar and sacral plexus. 
 
 The Brachial Plexus is formed by the interlacing of the four lower 
 cervical and upper dorsal pairs of nerves. It gives off six nerves, 
 which are distributed to the muscles and skin of the upper extremi- 
 ties. 
 
 The Lumbar and 5acral Plexus is formed by the last aorsal and 
 five lumbar nerves, from which nerves go to the muscles and skin of 
 the lower extremities, and the last lumbar and four sacral, from 
 which nerves are sent to the muscles and skin of the hips and lower 
 extremities. 
 
 The Sympathetic Nerve consists of a series of knots (ganglia), 
 lying along on each side of the spinal column, and forming a knotted 
 chain. There is a knot for each intervertebral space, the neck ex- 
 cepted. These knots are composed of both cineritious and raeduUarv 
 matter. 
 
 Each knot ] 
 downward, ext 
 
 119. 
 
 PlO. 60. 
 
 •supplied with bran 
 nerve of organic 
 preside over nutril 
 nerves of the brai 
 motion and sensati 
 % 51 is a fin 
 great sympathetic, 
 nections with oth« 
 Jne semilunar ganj 
 'J'"'g just under t 
 ^fce in this regioi 
 Jomach sometimes 
 «"t, the external 
 ''?'; and left coror 
 '"'fl'Ile, and superio 
 
Tl 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 49 
 
 Each knot is a distinct centre, and gives off branches upward, 
 downward, externally, and internally. All the internal organs are 
 
 \'¥^' 
 
 FlO. SO. 
 
 ,•/' 
 
 
 FlO. 61. 
 
 supplied with branches from the sjrmpathetic nerve. It is called the 
 nerve of organic life, and is supposed to , 
 preside over nutrition, secretion, etc., as the 
 nerves of the brain and cord preside over 1 
 motion and sensation. 
 
 Fig. 51 is a fine representation of the 
 great sympatiietic, witli its knots, and con- 1 
 nections with other nerves. A, A, A, is ' 
 the semilunar ganglion and solar plexus, ^^ " 
 
 b'ing just under the diaphragm and behind the stomach. Its pres- 
 ence in this region is the reason why a blow upon the pit of the 
 stomach sometimes destroys life. D, D, D, are the thoracic ganglia ; 
 E. E, tlie external and internal branches of the same ; G. F, the 
 light and left coronary plexus upon the heart; I, N, Q, the infei.. , 
 middle, and superior cervical ganglia; 1, the renal plexus around the 
 
 if 
 
ANAl'OMY. 
 
 kidneys ; 2, the lumbar ganglion ; 3, the internal branches ; 4, the 
 external branches ; 5, the aortic plexus. 
 
 Fig. 52 represents a plexus, showing how the filaments of one 
 nerve paas to be enclosed in the sheath of another. In this way they 
 change at once the direction of their journey, and their companions 
 upon the way. 
 
 The Organs of Sight. 
 
 The organs of vision are the optio nerve, the globe of the eye, the 
 muscles of the eye, and the organs of protection. 
 
 The Optic Nerve begins by two roots at the base of the brain, the 
 fibres from which meet, as they come forward, and some of them cross 
 
 each other. The two nerves then sepa- 
 .rate, and enter the back part of the 
 'globe of the eyes, and then spread out 
 into a kind of membrane. In Fig. 53 : 
 1, 1, show the globe of the eye ; 2, the 
 crossing of the optic nerve ; 8, the 
 origin of two pairs of cranial nerves. 
 
 The Qlobe of the Eye is a better 
 constructed optical instrument than 
 man ever made. Its interior is filled 
 with what are called refracting human 
 or mediums, which are surrounded and 
 held in their place by membranes, called coats. 
 
 The Coats are the sclerotic and cornea ; the choroid, iris, and ciliary 
 processes ; and the retina. 
 
 The Sclerotic Coat is a fibrous membrane, covering the largest 
 portion of the globe. To this the muscles are attached. It is the 
 part which is called the white of the eye. It has a beveled edge in 
 front, into which the cornea is fitted. 
 
 The Cornea is a transparent layer which projects in front, and forms 
 about one-fifth of the globe. It is shaped like a watch-glass. Its 
 blood-vessels are too small to receive the red particles of blood. 
 
 The Choroid Cpat is a vascular membrane. Its color is brown ex- 
 ternally, and black within. It is connected with the sclerotic coat 
 externally, and internally with the retina. It is composed of three 
 layers. 
 
 The Iris is named from its having a variety of colors in different 
 persons. It is the partition between the anterior and posterior cham- 
 bers of the eye, and has a circular opening in the centre called the 
 pupil. Of its two layers, the fibres of the anterior one are radiating, 
 and dilate the pupil, while those of the other are circular, and cause 
 its contraction. 
 
 FlO. 63. 
 
 u'ls ; 
 
 "H 
 
It 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 51 
 
 The Ciliary Processes are a number of folds formed from the in- 
 ternal layer of the choroid coat. 
 
 The Retina has three layers. The external is extremely thin ; the 
 middle is nervous, being an expansion of the optic nerve ; the in- 
 ternal is vascular, and consists of a ramification of minute blood 
 vessels. 
 
 The divided edge of their coats may be seen in Fig. 64, namely, 
 tlie sclerotic, the choroid, and the retina : 2, is the pupil ; 8, the 
 4, the ciliary process ; .5, the scolloped border of the retina. 
 
 uus 
 
 FlO. M. 
 
 no. 6S. 
 
 The Humors of the Eye are the aqueous, the cri/stalline, and the 
 
 vitreous. 
 
 Th - Aqueous or watery humor is situated in the chambers of the 
 eye. it is an albuminous fluid, with an alkaline reaction, and a spe- 
 cific gravity a little greater than distilled water. 
 
 The Crystalline Humor is immediately behind the pupil. It is a 
 lens, and '^ convex both on the posterior and the anterior surface. 
 
 The Vitreous Humor is also an albuminous fluid something like the 
 aqueous humor, but more dense. 
 
 In Fig. 55 we have in E a good view of the cornea fitted into the 
 sclerotic coat ; A, is the choroid ; B, the pigmentum nigrum , C, 
 the retina ; K, the vitreous humor ; D, the optic nerve ; I, the lens ; 
 C, the Iris, painted on the backside with pigment; F, the aqueous 
 humor. 
 
 The muscles of the eye, six in number, are attached to the bones 
 of the orbit behind, and to the cornea in front, by their tendons. 
 These tendons give the eye its pearly appearance. In Fig. 56, 
 five of the muscles are indicated by o, 5, c, d, e; f, is the optic 
 nerve. 
 
 If the internal muscle be too short, the eye is drawn in towards 
 the nose, and the squinting called " cross^ye " is produced. 
 
AHATOMY. 
 
 The Orbits are bony sockets which encloue the eye. The optic 
 nerve passes through a large hole at the bottom. 
 
 The Eyebrows are the projecting arches above, covered with short 
 hair. They prevent the sweat from running down into the eyes, and 
 also shade them from strong light. 
 
 The Eyelids are the curtains which rise and fall in front. The 
 smooth membrane which lines them is called the conjunctiva. It 
 secretes a fluid which makes the eyelids open and shut easily. 
 
 FlO. 67. 
 
 The Lachrymal Qland is at the upper and outer angle of the 
 orbit. Several small ducts open from it upon the upper eyelid, 
 through which the tears run down upon the conjunctiva. 
 
 The Lachrymal Canals begin near the internal angle of the eye, 
 by two small-tear points, which communicate with the sac at the 
 upper part of the nasal duct. 
 
 The Nasal Duct is a canal about three^uarters of an inch long, 
 which runs down to the inferior channel of the nose. 
 
 Fig. 67 shows these organ : 1, being the lachrymal gland ; 2, the 
 ducts leading to the upper eyelid; 8, 8, the tear-points (punota 
 lachrymalis) ; 4, the nasal sac ; 5, the termination of the nasal duct. 
 
 u 
 
 The Ors^ans of Hearing:. 
 
 The External Ear is composed of the pavilion of the ear (the pinna), 
 and the auditory canal (the meatus audltorius externus). 
 
 The Pinna surrounds the entrance to the auditory canal. It stands 
 ou' .'-om the head, and is in common language called the ear. 
 
 The rieatus Auditorius in a canal about an inch long, partly bony 
 and partly cartilaginous, which goes from the pavilion of the ear to 
 the drum of the ear. 
 
 The Drum of the Ear (membrana tympani) is an oval-shaped thin 
 membrane, inserted into a groove around the auditory canal. 
 
 wim 
 
2-lS?y-1rifa!-3£tii;^ 
 
 
 'TSl 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 The Tympanum is a cavity within the temporal bone. 
 
 The Eustachian Tube is a 
 
 channel of communication be- 
 tween the tympanum and tlie 
 upper part of the pharynx. 
 The object of this is to convey 
 air to the drum of the ear, as 
 without air no sound can be 
 produced. 
 
 The Labyrinth is a seiies of 
 chambers through the petrous 
 bone — embracing the vestibule, 
 a three-cornered cavity within 
 thv, tympanum ; the semi-circu- 
 lar canals, communicating with 
 the vestibule, and the cochlea, 
 which makes two and a half 
 
 53 
 
 PIO. 68. 
 
 the fenestra ovalis ; 4, 6, 10, the 
 
 FlO. SB. 
 
 turns around an axis, called the 
 modiolus. 
 
 In Fig. 68, a, is the pa- 
 vilion of the ear; c,' the 
 auditory canal ; g, the mem- 
 brana tympani ; k, the t3Tn- 
 panum ; e, the bones of the 
 ear ; b, the semicircular ca- 
 nals ; /, the cochlea; h, the 
 vestibule ; i, the eustachian 
 tube ; d, the auditory nerve. 
 In Fig. 59, we have a 
 view of the labyrinth laid 
 open, and highly magnified : 
 1, 1, being the cochlea; 2, 
 8, the channels that wind 
 around the central point 
 (6) ; 7, 7, the vestibule ; 8, 
 the foramen rotundum; 9, 
 
 gemicircular canals, 
 
PHY8I0I0GICAL LAWS OF LIFE AND 
 HEALTH.— HYGIENE. 
 
 Life, the Infancy of Being. 
 
 It may be stated as a general truth that man has but just learned 
 to live when he is ready to die. We expend a large portion of our 
 lives in searching out our mistakes, and in striving to undo the mis- 
 chiefs they have occasioned. This is true in reference both to our 
 moral and our physical life ; and I draw from it the conclusion that 
 the present must be only the infancy of our being, and that our blun- 
 ders and consequent sufferings here will cause us, in the great here- 
 after, to place a higher value upon knowledge, and to struggle with 
 new fortitude to rid oui-selves of eveiy bondage. 
 
 A life which has just begun to take shape and symraetiy, cannot 
 be permitted, I think, under the rule of a benevolent Creator, to be- 
 come extinct. We shall certainly be permitted to take up the broken 
 thread of life, and, in the clearer light of the future, with the warning 
 experience of the past, and surrounded by better guards, to try again. 
 In the meantime, while here, the sooner we become acquainted with 
 the laws of life, and the better we obey them, the more we shall en- 
 joy- 
 
 Tlie Nervous System. 
 
 Man is brought into connection with the outward world through 
 the senses of feeling, seeing, hearing, etc. These communicate with 
 the brain and mind through the nerves of sensation. 
 
 The nervous system is divided into two great central portions, 
 the brain and the spinal cord ; and these together are called, by the 
 learned, the cerebrospinal centre. There are numerous pulpy white 
 cords, called nerves, which at one end are connected with this great 
 axis or centre, and from thence run to all parts of the system. A 
 portion of these nerves start from the base of the brain and run to 
 the eye, the ear, the tongue, etc. (Fig. 48) ; while another, and a 
 larger part spring from the cord which runs through the backbone, 
 and are distributed over the body and the lower extremities (Figs. 
 50 and 60). One portion of these cords produce feeling ; another 
 part, motion. The former we call sensitive ; the latter, motor. Both 
 kinds are widely distributed over the body. Those which spring 
 from the spinal cord have two roots, one uniting with the back, the 
 
 54 
 
Copyright, by Bradley & Woodruff, 1892, 
 
I 
 
Copyright, by Braolkv & WoonRUKK. 1S02 
 
 f >' 
 
w 
 
I 
 
'^Ir 
 
 \ 
 
li. 
 
X 
 
s\^ 
 
 mm 
 
"N, 
 
other with 
 part to wl 
 mon lan^ 
 comes nm 
 may move 
 before. C 
 root, whic 
 producing, 
 to which il 
 move. Il 
 thougli it 
 acutely. 1 
 nerves tlial 
 the spinal 
 pretty well 
 ill Fig. 60. 
 If the ci 
 of motion ' 
 the face be 
 tion or pas 
 expressed, 
 will all be 
 like statuar;; 
 to laugh, t 
 give, expres 
 feeling of 
 guish, or lo 
 impossible, 
 breath of ai 
 face will be 
 ly as before, 
 or palsy, as 
 partial orge 
 result of in ju 
 or many of tl 
 producing m 
 ralgia, tic c 
 etc., arise i 
 disease, perh 
 nuition, of th 
 sensation. 
 
 How the 
 
 of the extern! 
 communicate 
 acted on by e: 
 sensations." ' 
 with the inte] 
 
HYGIBNE. 
 
 55 
 
 other with the /ron^ part of the cord. Cut off the back root, and the 
 
 part to which It 18 distributed loses its feeling. As wo say in com' 
 
 mon language, it be- ^ 
 
 comes numb, though it 
 
 may move as well as 
 
 before. Cut the front 
 
 root, which is motion- 
 producing, and the part 
 
 to which it goes cannot 
 
 move. It is palsied, 
 
 though it may still feel 
 
 acutely. The numerous 
 
 nerves that spring from 
 
 the spinal column are 
 
 pretty well represented 
 
 ia Fig. 60. 
 
 If the cranial nerves 
 of motion which go to 
 the face be cut, no emo- 
 tion or passion can be 
 expressed. The features 
 will all be immovable, 
 like statuary. To smile, 
 to laugh, to frown, to 
 give, expression to the 
 feeliug of pity, or an- 
 guish, or love, is alike 
 impossible. And yet a 
 breath of air upon the 
 face wiWhe felt as readi- 
 ly as before. Paralysis, 
 or palsy, as it is called, 
 partial or general, is the 
 result of injury upon few 
 or many of these motion- 
 producing nerves. Neu- 
 ralgia, tic douloureux, 
 etc., arise from some 
 disease, perhaps inflam- 
 niation, of the nerves of 
 sensation. 
 
 How the Mind get* Knowledge. Everything the mind knows 
 of the external world, it learns through the the orgLs of Teme wSd! 
 communicate with it through these nerves. Thus, the nm^es ail 
 
 ZtZ^'T^:\:'TT''i''''' ^r^^ "" the'bmin anTcaS 
 
 ensatons. When the hand is burned the nerves of sensation run 
 
 ^N.th the intelligence to the brain, which, quick as thought, through 
 
 FlO. 60. 
 
 KJ 
 
 ^iri 
 
• WiiTiTW 
 
 HYCTENE. 
 
 the nerves of motion, despatches orders to the muscles to repel the 
 injury. 
 
 Comparison. — The arrangement and operation of the nervous 
 system are like thoje of the electric fire-alarm system of a city. 
 The brain is the intelligent centre, like the central office. The 
 nerves of sensation which carry to the brain, with electric speed, 
 intelligence of what is going on outside, are like the wires which run 
 to the central station from the several boxes. The quick carry- 
 ing to the brain of any information of injury done to some part of 
 the body, is like sending to the central station from an alarm-box 
 the intelligence of fire in one of the districts. The rapid transmis- 
 sion of orders from the mind to the muscles is like flashing the alarm 
 over the wires to every part of the city. And, finally, the powerful 
 action of the muscles in warding off danger is like the dashing of 
 firemen over the pavements and the energetic playing of the 
 engines. 
 
 Sensations. 
 
 An effect produced on the mind thi-ough a nerve is called a 
 sensation. Hunger is a sensation. It is an effect produced upon the 
 mind through ascertain nerve by the condition of the stomach. 
 Thirst, pain, heat, cold, are sensations in a similar sense. Nausea 
 is a sensation produced by some injurious substance acting upon the 
 coats of the stomach. 
 
 Strength of Sensation. — Some sensations are much stronger 
 than othei-s ; some are very intense. A very strong sensation is 
 called a feeling. It is common to say, " I feel cold," or, " I feel hot." 
 We simply mean by this, that the temperature of the weather makes 
 a very powerful impression upon us. 
 
 Kinds of Sensation. — Sensations are either pleasurable or pain- 
 ful. Pleasurable sensations arise from the proper exercise of some 
 healthy part of the body ; and they are a suitable reward for any 
 care the mind may take of the corporeal organs. 
 
 The sensations arising from a proper amount of exercise are 
 pleasurable. The muscles find a sort of enjoyment in action. He 
 who leads a sedentary life, either from choice or necessity, loses much 
 enjoyment. Hence, there is pleasure in labor ; and the working-man, 
 though often pitied by the wealthy, is generally the happiest of men.* 
 The eye and the ear, when directed to agreeable sights and sounds, 
 derive the most agreeable sensations from exercise. The air of a 
 beautiful spring-morning gives impressions which none can describe, 
 but which all know to be delightful. These impressions are well 
 fitted to reward us for taking at that season, in the open air, the ex- 
 ercise we so much need. 
 
 Moral Uses of Sensations. — How little we reflect upon the 
 amount of happiness it is in our power to create by making agreeable 
 
 impression 
 impression 
 (if families 
 lies in the 1 
 (hopping ii 
 acts of ber 
 agreeable a 
 of life, — c 
 and which 
 us like spri 
 
 In aiming 
 
 be governed 
 
 of happinesi 
 
 stairs, — shi: 
 
 refining infl 
 
 or for recrea 
 
 to wear a fn 
 
 flowers of ht 
 
 Every hui 
 
 ism of whicl 
 
 urable or pai 
 
 life, it shouL 
 
 Wives may j 
 
 tion of their 
 
 heart of the 
 
 the liusband. 
 
 pressions upc 
 
 fully. Most 
 
 the heads of 
 
 saying, or do 
 
 other. A w 
 
 loved either I 
 
 who desires t 
 
 life, the whol 
 
 sions upon ot 
 
 Agreeable 
 
 tions not onl^ 
 to health. T 
 Travelling pi 
 variety of the 
 
 Care of the 
 
 portant that i 
 

 HYGIENE. 
 
 87 
 
 impressions upon others. A civil and polite address makes a pleiisant 
 iin|)re88ion. A kind word, fitly spoken, makes the heart glad. Heads 
 of families might do much to increase the happiness of their domes- 
 tics in the kitchen by meeting them with a pleasant countenance, and 
 (hopping in their ear, now and then, a word of approval. Such, little 
 nets of benevolence are easily performed, and they make the most 
 agreeable and lasting impressions upon persons in the lower stations 
 of life, — creating attachments, in fact, which end only with death, 
 and which in hours of future sorrow, which come to all, may refresh 
 us like springs of water in the desert. 
 
 " Full iiiauy a shaft at random sent, ' 
 
 FindH luai'ks the archer little meant; 
 Full many a word at random spoken, 
 May heal a wounded heart that's broken." 
 
 Sir Walter Scott. 
 
 In aiming to make agreeable impressions upon domestics, we should 
 be governed by the simple desire to create happiness. Their sources 
 of happiness are comparatively few. They spend their days below 
 staira, — shut out from a portion of the light of day, and from the 
 refining influences of the drawing-room, — having little time for rest 
 or for recreation. How unfeeling to treat such persons with harshness, 
 to wear a frowning face in their presence, and thus wither the few 
 flowers of happiness which bloom around them! 
 
 Every human being is endowed with the beautiful nervrsus organ- 
 ism of which I have spoken, and is daily receiving impressions, pleas- 
 urable or painful, from thousands of sources. In all the relations of 
 hfe, it should be our aim to touch delicately this sensitive structure. 
 Wives may add much to the happiness, and I may say, to the affec- 
 tion of their husbands, by always wearing a pleasant face ; and the 
 heart of the wife may be made light and glad by gentle words from 
 the husband. We cannot but love those who make pleasurable im- 
 pressions upon us, and we necessarily dislike such as impress us pain- 
 fully. Most of the coldness and alienations which grow up between 
 the heads of families, spring from the habit of one of the parties, of 
 saying, or doing, or looking something which painfully impresses the 
 other. A woman who habitually wears a "sour" face cannot be 
 loved either by her husband or her children. The man or the woman 
 who desires to be loved, must cultivate a manner, a look, a speech, a 
 life, the whole scope of which is fitted to make pleasurable impres- 
 sions upon others. It is against nature to love what gives us pain. 
 
 Agreeable Sensations a Source of Health. — Pleasurable sensa- 
 tions not only beget love, and increase happiness, but they add much 
 to health. They exhilarate the spirits and drive away melancholy. 
 Travelling promotes health and prolongs life, by the number and 
 variety of the pleasing impressions it makes upon the mind. 
 
 Care of the Sick. — Tf the above statements be correct, how im- 
 portant that the sick should be so dealt with as to have none but 
 
 I 
 
HYQIENE. 
 
 aj'p'eeable sensations made upon them. Many a life has been mcri- 
 ficed to the peevish temper of a nurse. When the nerves are weak 
 from disease, even slight causes make powerful impressions ; and if 
 these impressions are of a painful kind, the results are most deplora- 
 ble. To treat harshly the sick, especially those whose nervous system 
 is broken, implies either great thoughtlessness or extreme cruelty. A 
 single harsh word, which would scarcely move one when well, may 
 send the same person, when sick, almost to distraction. Every word 
 spoken to persons in sickness should, therefore, l)e gentle and sooth- 
 ing. Every feature of the face should express either cheerfulness, 
 or tenderness and pity. 
 
 As the painful impressions which disease is making tends to de- 
 press the spirits and create melancholy, it is not expected that peraons 
 when sick will exhibit as amiable tempers as when well ; and for 
 this all due allowance must be made. 
 
 Effect upon the Disposition. — This leads me to say that pleasur- 
 able sensations improve the temper and disposition. This is a fact of 
 very great importance, and parents should never lose sight of it in 
 dealing with their children. There are few children but would grow 
 up amiable and useful members of society, were they dealt with in 
 the gentle and tender manner which their young and impressible 
 natures require. From the moment the young mind wakes to intelli- 
 gence, it will he occupied with something. Parents and guardians 
 should aim, therefore, to turn it to all those things which will impress 
 it pleasantly, and at the same time do it no hai-m. Exercise, songs, 
 playthings, flowers, — to these and other entertainments it should be 
 led by gentle hands. No thoughtful parent will ever pain a child 
 by harsh threats and denunciations, or shock it by an oath. 
 
 Bad Effect of Unpleasant Sensations.— If pleasurable sensations 
 improve the health and temper, unpleasant ones do just the opposite. 
 They break down the health and spoil the disposition. 
 
 They are intended to give us a warning of impending injury. 
 Thus, we have painful sensations when we have overworked the body 
 or mind. The sensation of weariness tells us that the muscles have 
 worked as long as their good requires, and that they need rest. Were 
 this sensation unheeded, exhaustion and entire prostration would be 
 the result. 
 
 When fatigue begins to be felt, either of body or mind, the sensa- 
 tion may be dissipated by strong tea, or intoxicating drink, or opium ; 
 but to drive it away in this manner, for the purpose of working longer, 
 is wrong, and leads, in the end, to disease or exhaustion. It was said 
 that one of the most brilliant advocates of recent times was dependent 
 upon opium for the stimulus to carry him through his extraordinary 
 flights of eloquence ; but his restless motion and nervous face reminded 
 one that he had bent his bow very nearly to the snapping point, and 
 that a sudden collapse of his vital powers, at no distant day, might 
 be feared as the result of such tension. 
 
 Persons 
 
 sorrow, sh( 
 jects and c 
 light, and 
 sliould visi 
 I)res8ions. 
 
 When w 
 to use it a 
 our fault, 
 feeble. T 
 which says 
 hungry for 
 
 Need of 
 
 ideas of the 
 the organs 
 mind, shou 
 str laments i 
 and will m 
 portance, t 
 
 imprope 
 
 iidierit dis( 
 eased brain 
 the offsprii 
 Among th( 
 Europe, n( 
 arises, in a j 
 practice uni 
 The wisdon 
 certain deg] 
 vation of p 
 who will ti 
 body, obser 
 relations. 
 
 Need of 
 
 of its duties 
 than any ot 
 to this impi 
 lessened or ( 
 loss of bloc 
 charged wit 
 well, the bl 
 brain, and t 
 any way, or 
 it is breathi 
 brain, and tl 
 headache, fa 
 
 m 
 
IIYOIENK. 
 
 60 
 
 Persons in affliction, whoso spirits are depressed and broken by 
 sorrow, should have their thoughts turned away from all sombre ob- 
 jects and contemplations. They should be taken into the open sun- 
 light, and be diverted by the beautiful things of nature. They 
 sliould visit cheerfu; society, and open their hearts to pleasurable im- 
 pressions. 
 
 When we penmit any part of the body to remain idle, neglecting 
 to use it as much an we ought, unpleasant sensations remind us of 
 our fault. The muscles, when unused, waste away and become 
 feeble. This is sure to produce an uneasy, nervous state of feeling, 
 vvliich says to us as plainly as a sensation can, that the muscles are 
 hungry for exercise, and that it is injurious to let them rest longer. 
 
 Need of a Healthy Brain. — In order that we may get correct 
 ideas of the external world, it is necessary that the brain, the nerves, and 
 the organs of sense through wliich sensations are made upon the 
 mind, should be in a healthy condition. It is evident that if the in- 
 strumenbs of sensation be diseased, the sensation cannot be natural, 
 and will make a false report to the mind. It is of the highest im- 
 portance, therefore, that the brain should be sound. 
 
 Improper Intermarriages. — This organ, like every other,'may 
 inherit disease from parents. Insanity, which springs from a dis- 
 eased brain, is often hereditary. When both' parents are diseased, 
 the offspring are of course more liable to partake of their defects. 
 Among the wealthy, and particularly among the royal families in 
 Europe, nervous diseases and sterility are very common. This 
 arises, in a great part, from intermarriages among blood relatioJiS, — a 
 practice under which any people will degenerate, and finally perish. 
 The wisdom of the Old Testament prohibition of marriage within 
 certain degrees of consanguinity has been established by the obser- 
 vation of philosophers and the experience of mankind. Let those 
 who will transmit to their descendants a sound mind in a sound 
 body, observe the laws of life, and avoid all marriages with blood 
 relations. 
 
 Need of a Qood Supply of Blood. — B'or a proper performance 
 of its duties, the brain requires and receives a larger supply of blood 
 than any other part of the system. One-tenth of all the blood goes 
 to this important organ. If the quantity or quality be materially 
 lessened or changed, great disturbance of the brain follows. A large 
 loss of blood occasions dizziness and fainting. If an atmosphere 
 charged with too much carbonic acid gas be breathed, as in a deep 
 well, the blood is not vitalized in the lungs, so as to sustain the 
 brain, and unconsciousness soon follows. If the air be vitiated in 
 any way, or have its oxygen extracted, as in large assemblies, where 
 it is breathed over several times, it becomes unfit to support the 
 brain, and the result is languid feelings, inability to apply the mind, 
 headache, fainting, hysterics, and other nervous manifestations. 
 
jr- 
 
 HYOIEMK. 
 
 Ventilation. — This hIiowh the great necessity of having dwellings, 
 churcheH, and school-houMeH well ventilated. 
 
 Were a good system of ventilation adopted in all our churches, 
 ministers would seldom preach to sleeping audiences. A congregiw 
 tion Hitting in one of our places of public worship, where the air in 
 a single afternoon is as many times used over as the minister's ser- 
 mons are in a lifetime, can neither hear with attention, nor compre- 
 hend with clearness. 
 
 In many of our school-houses, the ventilation is (juite as bad, and 
 the consequences worse, Injcause they are occupied six houi-s of tlie 
 day instead of three, and five days of the week in place of one. In 
 the small s^hool-.'-ouses which our children filled to overflowing in 
 former yeai-s, in wnich there was no ventilation, unless they happened 
 to be blessed with an old-fashioned chimney and tire-pjac3, the effects 
 upon the nervous system of the children was deploraWe. Many of 
 the diseases which afflict i j present generation of men and women 
 had their origin in the bad air of those crowded nuraeries of edu- 
 cation. 
 
 Our dwellings were partly ventilated in olden time, when the 
 open fire-place received the " back -log," the " top-stick," the " fore- 
 stick," and other sticks to match ; but since we have been warmed 
 by the stove and the .furnace we have known little of the luxury of 
 pure air at the domestic hearth. 
 
 Need of Exercise for the Brain. — Health requires that the 
 brain should be properly occupied with vigorous thought. The 
 same reasons may be given for this as for the exercise of the muscles. 
 It is governed by the same laws which apply to other parts of the 
 system. Use improves its strength and vigor ; idleness causes it to 
 grow feeble. Of course the labor it is put to should be only reason- 
 able in amount, and should not be too long continued at any one 
 time. With the weakening of the brain, the whole bodily forces, 
 and indeed the whole mental and moral character, fall into feebleness 
 and decay. It is a great mistake to suppose that the cultivation and 
 even vigorous use of the mind impairs health and shortens life. 
 Just the opposite is true. Many of the most eminently intellectual 
 men, who have worked their brains hard all their lives, have been 
 distinguished for long life. 
 
 Bad Effect of Change in Circumstances. — No class of persons 
 suffer more from nervous diseases and general ill-health than those 
 who, having worked hard in early life, with little or no cultivation 
 of the mind, are suddenly raised to wealth, and immediately drop all 
 exercise, and fall into habits of indolence and luxury. The condition 
 of such persons would be much less pitiable, did they take up books 
 when they lay by the hoe or the broom. But they seldom do this. Many 
 a woman, in early life, haa felt the glow of health in every limb, 
 and a thrill of pleasure, too, while scrubbing -the floor on her hands 
 
 « 
 
 k. 
 
'','■1 !.f 
 
 i 
 
 p 
 
 /a 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 /a 
 
 ^>. 
 
 
 
 IMAGE S:VALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 !«•,. 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. I4S80 
 
 (716) 873-4503 
 
 ^^■te 
 
 itan 
 
ts 
 
 i? 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical MIcroreproductlons / Instltut Canadian de microreproductlons historlques 
 
 ^4 
 
 tmmm 
 
and kneei 
 her damaj 
 the health 
 ately, anc 
 pleasures 
 
 Discret 
 
 we must I 
 ply it wit 
 soon brin^ 
 only until 
 permitted 
 a lighter, 
 than to en 
 
 Overw* 
 
 used not t 
 parts of tl 
 longed ex( 
 early, and 
 from this 
 formerly ; 
 years, a h 
 brain. Pi 
 The result 
 are depior; 
 to be culti 
 forward fa 
 and fortif; 
 required t( 
 Yet pan 
 verse this 
 startled eo 
 of their fo 
 softening < 
 the horrorf 
 though wii 
 
 Old Pec 
 
 ticularly ci 
 covers eas 
 of recover 
 lapse. 01 
 tion. The 
 and easy si 
 
 A Suppl 
 
 work, nee( 
 Without tl 
 to any pari 
 
\/ 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 61 
 
 and knees, who has, in subsequent years, reclined in misery upon 
 her damask-covered lounge, and wondered that she could not have 
 the health of other days. Let her cultivate her brain, live temper- 
 ately, and exercise in the open air, and life may again have real 
 pleasures for her. 
 
 Discretion in Exercising the Brain. — In exercising the brain 
 we must use discretion. We must not sit down in the morning, and 
 ply it with work during the whole day, without rest. This would 
 soon bring upon it disease, or premature decay. It should be worked 
 only until it begins to show symptoms of fatigue. Then it should be 
 permitted to rest ; or, what is better, be turned to some new subject, of 
 a lighter, or a different character. This often rests the brain better 
 than to entirely suspend its action. 
 
 Overworking the Brain in Childhood. — Great care should be 
 used not to exercise the brain too much in early life. Like other 
 parts of the system, it is tender in childhood, and will not bear pro- 
 longed exertion. As a general thing, children are put to school too 
 early, and made to work their brains too hard. Great mischief arises 
 from this source. Children are born with larger brains now than 
 formerly ; and it is no uncommon thing to see upon a child of ten 
 years, a head equal in size to that of an adult. Children run to 
 brain. Precocity in development of brain and mind is common. 
 The results of stimulating and hastening the unfolding of such minds 
 are depiorable. In such children, the brain should be the last thing 
 to be cultivated. We do not need to urge its growth. It will come 
 forward fast enough in spite of us. Our chief aim should be to harden 
 and fortify the general constitution, so that the brain which it is 
 required to bear up and sustain may long be its crown and glory. 
 
 Yet parents are proud of their precocious children, and often re- 
 verse this rule. They do it thoughtlessly, and would be terribly 
 startled could they suddenly look into the future and see the results 
 of their folly. Could they do so, they would see inflammation and 
 softening of the brain, epilepsy, insanity, paralysis, apoplexy, with all 
 the horrors of uudescribed and indescribable nervous affections, which, 
 though without a name, have a terrible reality. 
 
 Old People's Brains. — Persons in advanced life should be par- 
 ticularly careful not to overwork the brain. In middle life it re- 
 covers easily from great fatigue. In the decline of life, its powers 
 of recovery are feeble. A single exhaustion may cause its fatal col- 
 lupse. Old age should be distinguished for gentleness and modera- 
 tion. The journey of the down-hill of life should be made by sliort 
 and easy stages, through regions of uiversified beauty. 
 
 A Supply of Blood. — EA'iery part of the system, when hard at 
 work, needs and must have a very large supply of pure blood. 
 Witliout this, it is torpid and inactive. To cause the blood to flow 
 to any particular part, it must be exercised. The lumberman, when 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 rm 
 
 s 
 
 
62 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 in the forest in extreme cold weather, stamps his feet vinlpnfl, 
 
 the ground, or beat« them against a log, anfwhU hi Wd«^ "^'"'J 
 
 proportion that it dmws the vital current to 2Yw7«„;i ^"'^ '" 
 
 bram and all otiier working organs. ^ ^' '^'^ "^ *^« 
 
 worrer!:i:ei;lftrsat\im^^^ ^^^ ^' -^--an 
 
 brain to hard work i.rTf^dLt^l ' 7. . 'n '"^P^^Per to put the 
 
 stomach then wrt^ the bio. !.n^ iK^ ^."" "*""^' ^«^"«« th« 
 the blood be ca ed off fo h K '^'^^^ '^-^^ ^^««* <^^^^' ^«od; and if 
 the stomach be oaded with fo^'l ^'1?" ""? ^^P* ^^' ^^ould 
 
 . thinking; for the i:^:^^%ITi;'7:to:'x i^oii^i '^•^•' 
 
 own excitement has had time to subside ^^ ^^''' ^*" 
 
 Sympathetic Nervous System 
 
 need to go on wh leTe Z'ai^-« . i '' ^'1 ''^*^"''^^ P'""'^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ 
 The nerfous sy^ e n of .vWch WtT "'^•^.^^^"»«t ^^^^^d to them, 
 tions which areClednvotto/P^'^lf^^f^.^^^^^ -" those fuuc- 
 will is needed for their performanol' ~s! '?'^ '^'^"'' "° ^^* '^^ the 
 and the circulation o Tebinod Si ,^''"f «"' absorption, digestion, 
 well as while we ll e. wt^ kn L'^^^^ fj^ M? "^'^ "^ «^^^P' ^ 
 performance, as in walking Pntin^ "^'^ necessary to their 
 
 have to ceas; thrm^meXe 2^ T'^r""/"^' '*"•' '^''^ ^^^^ ^«»W 
 the result. ^^^ '''^'" ^^^^ ^^««P' ^^d death would be 
 
 con^dmoStn; "TvU'E ''''\ n.'' ^^« «^^- ^^ «- 
 flamed, the stomach seemstn^y, ^ l'- ^'^^'^ ^^^ ^«ng« ^re in- 
 
 becaus; this wou d a^ivlte th^T' "^ '^ T^^"^ ''^^^^^^^"^ f««d' 
 Well would it belf ifS, n t ^^:J ^^ *^^ neighboring organs. 
 
 and abstain from bote ^cte ^/"ff "''^'^-f ''''''''' ^ ^^' forbeaifnce, 
 injure their neighboii ««l%^tification which they know will 
 
 r ^^ish to*add'l*frrwo'Ji??fi!!' r ^^/u '"^ ''^^'^^"8^ *h««« observations, 
 diseases which chamc^rJ/'u'P'^'^*'"^ ^^'. ^'^'^^^^ effects of nervous 
 
 Thai tuJ '^"aractenze the present time. 
 
 That theya« far more „„i^ ,„„ ,„i„y,^ ^,^„ .„ ^^^^^ 
 
 m.m 
 
;r'55^^^'~-=*— 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 63 
 
 years, must be apparent to the most careless observer. They are 
 nothing more nor less than the price we pay for a high civilization, 
 and especially for our democracy. Among us, every man feels his 
 individuality, and has a motive for thinking and doing his best. 
 Thought and action are here unfettered ; and if the race is not to 
 the swift, nor the battle to the strong, eveiy man acts as though he 
 thought it was. The great excitement which the struggle for wealth 
 kindles and inflames, deranges and shatters the nervous system to a 
 shocking degree. 
 
 And wealth, when obtained, does its full share to weaken the 
 nerves. It brings with it high living, indolence, loss of energy, dis- 
 sipation, and a weakening of the whole moral and physical powers. 
 It need not do this ; but, in most cases, it does. 
 
 Tlie result is, that, at least, every other person has some nervous 
 disease, which makes life a misery rather than a blessing. The brain 
 and nerves are too much developed in comparison with the develop- 
 ment of the muscles. Half our boys and girls have heads as large 
 as men and women. It is common to see a boy or a girl at ten talk- 
 ing and acting like a man or woman. I do not mean by tliis, that 
 they imperfectly imitate the actions of older persons. It seems to be 
 natural to them. Their brains are prematurely developed, and their 
 acts and thoughts have the maturity of adult life. 
 
 What is Coining ? — What will be the result of this state of 
 things, no man can predict. I sometimes think the race will break 
 down ; that that which was intended to be its ornament and strength 
 will be its destruction. I hope not. Yet there is danger of it. 
 Nothing can save us but the wisdom to adopt such means as will 
 develop all parts of the system alike. No race of men can stand for 
 many generations such a strain upon the nervous system, unless bet- 
 ter means are adopted to counterbalance its evil effects than are now 
 used in the United States. We have got to pause in our swift 
 career, and look after our health, or we shall become a nation of 
 maniacs. No proof is needed of what is here said. 
 
 Hopeful ConsiJe rations It is proper to say, the considerations 
 
 here presented, terrible as they are, are mitigated in some measure by 
 others of a more hopeful character. 
 
 Physiology and the laws of life are now better understood than at 
 any former period. These subjects are getting "nto our common 
 schools, and are engaging the attention of our youth. Declining 
 health has already made us think more of the means of preserving 
 it, — such as diet, exercise, bathing, travelling, and amusement. To 
 encourage and intensify this hopeful direction of the public mind, I 
 propose to devote a few pages to these subjects. 
 
 ■^I'( 
 
 tmmm 
 
64 
 
 HYOIENK. 
 
 Pood and Digestion. 
 
 F..OM the earliest dawn of existence to the last moment of life our 
 bodies are constantly changing. Old particles of matter, when tliev 
 are worn out, leave their places and are thrown out of the systeni 
 Were this the whole of the matter, our bodies would soon wuste 
 away, and that would be the end of us. But as fast as the old mate- 
 rials are thiown away, new ones take their places ; and it is solely 
 out o.t our food that these new materials are formed. 
 
 In order that the food maybe well digested, it must first be broken 
 into small particles in the mouth. The act of chewing it Ls called 
 mastication. During this act, if it be well performed, I large quan- 
 tity of spittle, called saliva, flows out of a number of glands, called 
 salivary giands, and mixes with the food, forming with it a soft mass 
 m tlus conaition, it is thrown backward into the top of the throat 
 called the pharynx. Here, a little cartilage, called the epiglottis 
 drops down apon the opening into the top of the windpipe, and pre- 
 vents its entrance into the breath-passage ; and it is pushed alonp 
 into the gullet, a tube which runs down behind the windpipe and 
 lungs, and which physicians call the oesophagus. Here a succession 
 ot muscular bands, circular in shape, contract upon it, one after 
 another, and force it down into the stomach. 
 
 It is importc^nt that two things should be securfid while the food is 
 m the mouth, namely, that it should be reduced to a good degree of 
 fineness by chevying, and that a proper amount of saliva should be 
 mixed with it. If the chewing were not necessary, teeth would not 
 have been given us; and the salivary glands would certainly not liave 
 been put in the mouth, if the mixing of water with our food would 
 serve the purposes of digestion as well. 
 
 Eating too Rapidly., —Americans have fallen into a pernicious 
 error in eating their food too rapidly. Time is not given to chew it 
 sufficiently to excite a full flow of saUva; and as it cannot be swal- 
 lowed m a dry state, it is not uncommon to see persons taking a sip 
 of water after every second mouthful, to enable them to force it into 
 the stomach. It is a habit we Americans have of cheating ourselves 
 both of the pleasures and the benefits of eating ; for the only real 
 pleasure of eating arises from the flavor of food while retained in the 
 mouth, and the only benefit we can derive comes in consequence of 
 Its proper digestion. 
 
 The food when received into the stomach is in the same condition 
 as when taken into the mouth, except that it is, or should be, ground 
 hne by the teeth, and well mixed with saliva. 
 
 The Gastric Juice. — The stomach, like the mouth, the windpipe, 
 and the gullet, is Uned by a mucous membrane. The chief office of 
 this membrane is to secrete, or take out of the blood, a fluid which 
 we caU gastnc juice, which means stomach juice, from the Greek 
 
-iPt^' 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 u 
 
 name of stomach, yaorf'p (gaster). This fluid has not much smell 
 or taste, and looks like spring water. It has a powerful effect upon 
 food, which, when mixed with it, soon undergoes an important 
 change, which is apparent to the taste, the smell, and the sight. The 
 natvu-e of the gastric juice and how it produces Its effect upon food 
 are not certainly known; but it contsiins two active elements, — a 
 tree acid and pepsin, whose function is to dissolve the nitrogenous 
 parts of the food and convert them into albuminose or peptone. The 
 albnniinose is absorbed by the coats of the stomach and enters 
 directly into the circulation ; while the sugar and fat pass on to the 
 duodenum to -be acted upon by the bile, the i)ancreatic juice, and 
 other secretions of the bowels. 
 
 Too Much Cold Water at Meals. — There are some interesting 
 facts connected with the formation of this fluid, of which it is im- 
 portant that every person should be apprised. 
 
 Its quantity and quality depend on the amount and healthfulness 
 of the blood which flows to the stomach during the first stage of 
 digestion. It is, therefore, injurious to drink large quantities of very 
 cold water with, or immediately after, our meals ; as this will chill 
 the stomach, and repel the blood from its vessels, so that but little 
 of the juice can be formed. Digestion, in such case, must be im- 
 perfect. 
 
 This Fluid not Secreted Without Limit. — This fluid does not 
 flow into the stomach continuously, but only when we swallow food, 
 and then not as long as we please to eat, but merely till we have taken 
 what the system requires. If, in the amount we take, we go beyond 
 the wants of nature, there will not be fluid enough formed to dissolve 
 it, and the whole will be imperfectly digested, and be a source of in- 
 jury rather than benefit. This should teach us to be careful that our 
 food be only reasonable in amount. 
 
 Not Secreted in Sickness. — When we are sick, the gastric juice 
 is either not formed at all, or only in small quantities. Whatever 
 may be our feelings of lassitude, and however much we may appear 
 to need food, at such times, it is usjless to take it, for it cannot be 
 digested, and will only aggravate our disease. If the illness be only 
 slight, the fluid will be formed to some extent, and food may be 
 taken in proportion. 
 
 Its Secretion Favored by Cheerfulness. — A cheerful disposition, 
 and a happy, lively frame of mind, are highly favorable to the pro- 
 duction of the gastric juice ; while melancholy and anger and grief 
 ^nd intense thought of business, at the hour of meals, greatly hinder 
 its natural flow. 
 
 This should teach us to go to our meals with light hearts, and to 
 make the family board a place of cheerful conversation, and of a light 
 and joyous play upon the mirthful feelings of all present. Should 
 any of the family circle be in the habit of using vinegar as a condi- 
 
 
6(5 
 
 HYGIBNE. 
 
 ment, we should never be guilty of compelling them to extract it 
 from our faces. A vinegar face is not easily excused anywhere ; at 
 the table it is unpardonable. A single countenance of this description 
 will throw a gloom over a tableful of naturally cheerful peraons ; and 
 if habitually present at the board, may finally spoil the digestion of 
 half a dozen, and entail dyspepsia upon them for life. 
 
 The stomachs of the sick pour out but very little of this fluid, and 
 they can tiake but a small amount of food. It is cruel to deprive 
 them of the power of digesting that little by treating them harshly, 
 and filling them with gloomy and desponding feelings. I therefore 
 repeat the substance of the advice given on a previous page : Deal 
 gently with the sick. 
 
 How all this Is Known. — As the stomach is wholly concealed 
 from view, the reader will very naturally ask how it is known that 
 the gastiic juice is poured into it in certsiin states of the mind, etc., and 
 withheld in others. It certainly could not have been so accurately 
 known, had it not been for an accident which opened the living and 
 working stomach to the inspection of Dr. Beaumont, a United States 
 Surgeon. A young man by the name of Alexis St. Martin, a Cana- 
 dian by birth, but then in the State of Michigan, had a large part of 
 his side torn away, and a hole of considerable size made into his 
 stomach, by the accidental discharge of a gun. To the surprise ot 
 his surgeon, St. Martin recovered ; and the edges of the wound in the 
 stomach refused to grow together, preferring rather to fasten them- 
 selves to the borders of the breach in the side, thus leaving the pas- 
 sage open. A kind of curtain grew down over this, which prevented 
 tlie food from falling out. Dr. Beaumont, taking advantage of this 
 state of things, instituted a series of valuable experiments, by lifting 
 the curtain, and inserting various articles of food, and witnessing the 
 process of digestion. 
 
 Movement of the Stomach. — The presence of food in the stom- 
 ach causes its muscular coat to contract and throw it about from side 
 to side, mixing it thoroughly with the gastric juice, and reducing it 
 to a pulpy mass, called chyme. This, as fast as it is properly pre- 
 pared, passes through the pylorus into the upper bowel, or duodenum, 
 called also the second stomach. 
 
 Chyme. — A certain witty professor of anatomy and physiology 
 was in the habit of asking his class if they ever saw any chyme ; and 
 when they answered, no, as they often did, he called their attention 
 to what is occasionally to be seen in the morning, upon the sidewalks, 
 where drunken men have held themselves up by lamp-posts, and left 
 the contents of their stomachs. 
 
 The pylorus, or opening into the bowel, has a very singular and 
 wise instinct, which is worthy of remark. When a piece of food, 
 which has not been digested, attempts to pass into the bowel, the 
 moment it touches the inner surface of this orifice, it is instantly 
 
 thrown 
 
 'j»»sBP*BBsas 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 67 
 
 thrown back by an energetic contraction ; tliough a portion of well- 
 prepared chyme, touching the same opening immediately after, is 
 allowed to pasa unchallenged. 
 
 Chyle. — The chyme, when it reaches the duodenum, seems to 
 ciiuse the liver to S(M;rete bile, and 
 the pancreas to produce pancreatic 
 juice. These two Huids aie con- 
 veyed into the upper portion of the 
 second stomach, and there are mixed 
 with the chyme, and cause it to 
 separate into a delicate, white fluid, 
 called chyle^ and a residuum, which, 
 being worthless, is pushed onward, 
 and thrown out of the body. 
 
 Bile in the Stomach. — Most 
 persons suppose that the bile is gen- 
 erally found in the stomach ; but 
 a Tani- H '^^^ '^ * mistake. It is thrown up 
 by vomiting, because in that act, the 
 
 action both of the tii-st and the second stomach is reversed, and the 
 
 bile is forced up from the duodenum, 
 — taking a direction the opposite of 
 its usual course. 
 
 Destination of the Chyle. — The 
 
 chyle being separated from the dregs, 
 is pushed onward in its course by the 
 worm-like motion of the intestine ; 
 and as it passes along, it is gradually 
 sucked up by thousands of very small 
 vessels, whose mouths open upon the 
 inner surface of the bowel. These 
 little vessels are called lacteals, froi/i 
 the Latin word lac, which means milk, 
 because they drink this white, milky 
 fluid. Fig. 61 shows a section of the 
 small bowel, turned inside out, and 
 covered with the villi, or root-like fila- 
 ments, closely set upon its surface, for 
 absorbing the chyle, and at the bottom 
 of which the lacteals take their rise. 
 
 In these lacteals, and in the mesen- 
 teric glands, the chyle is gradually 
 changed, so as to approach nearer and 
 nearer to the nature of the blood ; but 
 precisely what the change is, or how 
 it is effected, is not known. Several 
 
 Fio. 02. 
 
68 
 
 HYOIENE. 
 
 learned men liave publifllied their tlieories upon these points, and the 
 writer has opinions upon them; but it is not worth while to trouble 
 the reader with them. It is B\il1ieient to say that the fluid is carried 
 by the lacteals to the thoracic du(t,tiirough whi(!h it is conveyed into 
 a large vein at the lower part of liie neck, wher(i it is jjotired into 
 the blood, and becomes, after going through the linigs and experi- 
 encing another and a vital change, the material out of which oui' 
 bodies aie daily and hourly new-created. 
 
 Fig. 62 gives a genei-al idea of the stomach, bowels, etc. : 9, being 
 the stomach ; 10, 10, the liver; 1, the gall-bladder; 2, the duct which 
 conveys the bile to 4, which is the duodenum ; 3, is the pancreas ; 5. 
 the oesophagus ; A, the duodenum ; B, the bowels ; C, the junction of 
 the small intestines with the colon ; D, the appendix vermiformis ; 
 E, the coecum ; F, the ascending colon ; G, the transverse colon ; H. 
 the descending colon ; I, the sigmoid flexure ; J, the rectum. 
 
 Nature and Destination of Food. 
 
 The food which man requires for his support and development is 
 of two kinds, inorganic and organic. The firet of these embraces 
 certain mineral substances, as common salt, sulphur, phosphoru.s, 
 iron and lime, either in combination or separate. 
 
 These are not generally reckoned as aliments, and yet no human 
 being can live without them. In their absence, the body decays, dis- 
 integrates, and perishes. Common salt is composed of muriatic acid 
 and soda. The first is an important ingredient in the gastric juice, 
 and the latter promotes the secretion of bile. Sulphur is found in 
 several of the tissues, particularly in the muscles. Phosphorus, 
 united to fatty matter, is highly honored in forming a portion of 
 the brain and nerves, and is also combined with oxygen and lime to 
 make the earthy or hard part of bones. 
 
 Found in Food. — These articles it is not necessary often to intro- 
 duce into the system in a separate state. They are contained, in 
 larger or smaller proportions, in most articles of food ; and man al- 
 ways suffers, as all animals do, from theit absence. Common salt is 
 found in the flesh of animals, in milk, and in eggs. It is not very 
 abundant in plants ; and we all know how eagerly domestic animab 
 devour it when it is given to them, and how constantly wild cattle 
 resort to the salt springs, which, in the grea't West, are called " buffalo 
 licks." Lime exists in nearly all animal and vegetable substances. 
 In wheat flour we get it in combination with phosphcric acid, that 
 is, as phosphate of lime. Lime exists too, in the state of carbonate 
 and sulphate, in all hard water. Iron is found in the yolk of eggs, 
 in milk, in animal flesh, in potatoes, pears, cabbages, mustard and 
 other articles. Sulphur we get in flesh, eggs and milk ; and, as 
 sulphate of lime, in spring and river water. Phosphorus is derived 
 from eggs and milk; and flesh, bread, .'ruits, and husks of grain, 
 
r-;: 
 
 }''?)!flll 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 69 
 
 coniiuonly called bran, contain even a larger proportion tlian we need 
 in our diet. 
 
 Organic Food, — The organic elements of man's food, which in 
 bulk embrace almost the whole of it, remain to be considered. In the 
 animal economy they serve two great purposes. A part of the arti- 
 cles which compose them are blood-formers, out of which all the 
 tissues are made, — the other part produces fat, which serves to warm 
 the body by being burned with oxygen. These articles are derived 
 partly from the vegetable and partly from the animal kingdom. 
 
 Divided into Four Qroups. — For convenience, these articles may 
 
 be divided into four groups. For the 
 
 tir.st, sugar stands as a type. We there- 
 fore call it tlie ttaccharine group. It em- 
 braces starch, gum, and the fibre of wood. 
 These articles may all be converted into 
 sugar by a simple chemical process. 
 Figure 63 gives a microscopic view of 
 the granules of starch. 
 
 The second group we call the oleayinous. 
 It is composed of oily substances, from 
 whatever source derived, whether the an- 
 imal or tht vegetable world. 
 
 The third group is the albuminous. A 
 good type of it is the white of egg. 
 
 The fourth is the gelatinous, or Jelly group. 
 
 First and Second Groups, Supporters of Respiration. — The ar- 
 ticles composing the first and second groups are analogous in com- 
 position, all containing oxygen, hydrogen, and carbon. They are what 
 Liebig calls supporters of respiration ; the meaning of which is, in 
 more comprehensible terms, that they are supporters of combustion. 
 They are the fuel which warms us. They keep the fires going, from 
 which arises all the heat we have in our bodies. But they are desti- 
 tute of nitrogen, and, on this account, they are not blood-formers, and 
 cannot be worked into flesh. Hence, man cannot live on them. 
 
 The food articles embraced in the third and fourth groups also 
 contain oxygen, hydrogen, and carbon ; and to these they add nitro- 
 gen. This fourth component part, which forms only a small portion 
 of them, gives them, for some reason never explained, the peculiar 
 quulity of producing blood and flesh. They are the raw materials, 
 out of which our bodies are reconstructed from day to day. 
 
 Feed a man ever so largely upon sugar, starch, gum, and oils, and 
 lie will starve as certainly as if he were allowed nothing but water. 
 
 Names of Two Great Divisions of Food. — The possession or non- 
 possession of nitrogen, then, is what distinguishes from each other 
 the two great classes of food-articles. Those which contain nitrogen 
 
 »'lO. «8. 
 
 mmd 
 
70 
 
 HYOIKKE. 
 
 have been called nitrogenized, and thoae which are destitute of ii, 
 notirnitrogenized cuni]iound8. As nitrogen is often called azote, the 
 former class are more frequently named azotized ; the latter, no7t- 
 azotized. 
 
 Let the reader now fix it in iiis mind that the azotized articles of 
 food produce blood and flcph ; the non-azotized, heat ; and he will 
 have the key to understand much of what is to be said, and likewise 
 to unlock many ot the mysteries of diet. 
 
 Nutrition Table. — Taking human milk as the standard, and ex- 
 pressinp the amount of nitrogen it contains by 100, the following 
 tiible saows the relative amount of nitrogen in the principal flesh- 
 producing articles of food, and consequently their power of forming 
 the tissues : — 
 
 II 
 
 VEGETABLE. 
 
 Rice 81 
 
 Bye l(» 
 
 Com 120 
 
 Buley 12S 
 
 Oati 138 
 
 WhMt 144 
 
 Potatoes 84 
 
 Turnips lOti 
 
 Carrots ISO 
 
 Peas 239 
 
 Be.n8 320 
 
 ANIMAL. 
 
 Human Miik 100 
 
 Cows' Milk 237 
 
 Oyster SOB 
 
 Yolk of Eggs 305 
 
 Cheese 331-147 
 
 Eel 428 
 
 Pork-Ham 807 
 
 Salmon 610 
 
 White of Egg 845 
 
 Herring 910 
 
 Haddock 816 
 
 Pigeon 78(i 
 
 Lamb 8KI 
 
 Mutton ... 882 
 
 Veal 911 
 
 Beef 912 
 
 Other Standards of Value. — We must not infer that t^ose articles 
 which have most nitrogen are necessarily best adapted for human 
 diet because they are the most effective blood-producers. In deciding 
 the value of an article for food, other things are to be looked at be- 
 sides its nutritive qualities. Those which are poor in nitrogen, are 
 rich in carbon and hydrogen, and are well fitted to serve the double 
 purpose of nourishing and wanning the body at the same time. The 
 fitness of n article for diet depends veiy much upon the ease or 
 difficulty with which it is digested and assimilated. If an article 
 having a great deal of nitrogen, and being very nutritive, is with 
 great difficulty reduced in the stomach by the digestive process, it 
 may be much less desirable for food than one which is digested and 
 assimilated easily, but is much poorer in nutritive qualities. 
 
 Heat-Keneratins; Food Articles.— The reader has before him the 
 principal blood and tissue-forming food articles. Those which we 
 reckon as fuel, or heat-generators, are chiefly oils, sugar, starch, farina, 
 sago, arrowroot, tapioca, gums, etc. These are less essential than the 
 others ; for the blood-forming articles have within them the ele- 
 ments out of which fat is formed in the process of assimilation ; for 
 
V 
 
 320 
 
 84S 
 910 
 816 
 7M 
 838 
 862 
 911 
 M2 
 
 HYQIKNE. 
 
 71 
 
 inimv of them contiiin nU\\vh ; and this, in tlie Innnaii organiam, is 
 (ihan^'od into fat. The amount of starch in some of these articles is 
 ii8 follows : — 
 
 Wboat Hour, good nunllty, 100, c.ontaiiiM lift to H<i partM in KJO tmre starch. 
 
 Whent . 108 " Kl " Wt 
 
 Karley iiioul 119 " M •' «6 
 
 Hurley ....... 130 " .iT " 37 
 
 Hyo Ill " 44 *• 47 
 
 Buckwheat 108 " 43 " 44 
 
 Indian Corn 138 " (10 " «6 
 
 Rice 171 " 88 " 86 
 
 Peas 69 " ;W " .'»9 " " " 
 
 Wiiite BeanH 09 " 37 " .38 " " 
 
 In the Nutritive Food Articles, there i.s a fixed relation existing 
 between the elements of the tissue-formei-s and the heat-producers 
 which they contain. Out of a few of them Baron Liebig has con- 
 jtructed the following table : — 
 
 For every ten parts of blood and tissue-formers ther'^' are, — 
 
 In Wheat flour, 10 46 In Bwley, 
 
 In liye meal, 10 67 In Rice, 
 
 In Oatmeal, 10 SO In White potatoes, 
 
 In Uuolcwheat, 10 130 In Blue potatoes, 
 
 10 OT 
 
 10 123 
 
 10 86 
 
 10 130 
 
 Diet a Complex Subject. — From the facts and tables now pre- 
 sented, it appears that the question of diet is one of complexity; and 
 that the determination of its several points requires that a number of 
 things should be taken into the account. First, in deciding the use- 
 fulness of any article, we may i.uquire respecting — 
 
 Its Digestibility. — If an article be not digestible, it is of little 
 coiisequeiice how much or how little albumen, starch or nitrogen it 
 may contain. The first and most important inquiry respecting it is, 
 is it digestible P If not, it is to be rejected ; for, whatever ouier quali- 
 ties it may have, it can only injure the stomach and embaixass Uie 
 whole system. 
 
 The following table will be useful to the reader, though I do not 
 set it down as reliable in all cases. There is . ften a great difference 
 in :lie ease with which different stomachs will digest the same food. 
 Many stomachs are afflicted with what is called an idiosyncrasy, — a 
 liabit, peculiar to itself, of rejecting or refusing to digest some one 
 or more articles wliich are acceptable to all other stomachs. This 
 tiible shows the length of time required for digesting the several ar- 
 ticles in the stomach of St. Martin, as shown by the experiments of 
 Dr. Beaumont; — 
 
 ■i- 1 
 
72 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 Article*. 
 
 PreparatiODi. 
 
 Time. 
 
 Articles. 
 
 Freparationi. 
 
 Time. 
 
 Rioe 
 
 Boiled 
 
 h.m. 
 1 — 
 
 Pork, recently salted 
 
 Raw 
 
 h.m. 
 3- 
 
 Pig's feet, soused 
 Tripe, soused 
 
 Boiled 
 
 1 — 
 
 Soup, chicken 
 
 Boiled 
 
 3- 
 
 Boiled 
 
 1 — 
 
 Oysters, fresh 
 
 Roasted 
 
 3 in 
 
 Trout, salmon, fresli 
 
 Boiled 
 
 1 ;io 
 
 Pork, recently salted 
 
 Broiled 
 
 3 1,') 
 
 «( 11 It 
 
 Fried 
 
 1 30 
 
 Pork steak 
 
 Broiled 
 
 3 l.T 
 
 Apples, sweet, mellow 
 
 Raw 
 
 1 30 
 
 Corn bread 
 
 Baked 
 
 3 1,5 
 
 Venison, steak 
 
 Broiled 
 
 1 30 
 
 Mutton, fresh 
 
 Roasted 
 
 3 15 
 
 Sago 
 
 Boiled 
 
 1 45 
 
 Carrot, orange 
 
 Boiled 
 
 3 l,-) 
 
 Apples, sour, mellow 
 
 Raw 
 
 2 - 
 
 Sau8a.K0, fresh 
 Beef, fresh, lean, dry 
 
 Broiled 
 
 3 20 
 
 Cabbage, with vinegar 
 
 Raw 
 
 2 — 
 
 Roasted 
 
 330 
 
 Codfish, cured, dry 
 
 Boiled 
 
 2 — 
 
 Bread, wheat, fresh 
 
 Baked 
 
 3 30 
 
 Eggs, fresh 
 Liver, beef's fresh 
 
 Raw 
 
 2 — 
 
 Butter 
 
 Melted 
 
 330 
 
 Eroi'ed 
 
 2 — 
 
 Cheese, old, strong 
 
 Raw 
 
 330 
 
 Milk 
 
 Buiijd 
 
 2 — 
 
 Eggs, fresh 
 
 Hard boiled 
 
 330 
 
 Tapioca 
 
 Boiled 
 
 2 — 
 
 Fried 
 
 330 
 
 Milk 
 
 Raw 
 
 2 IB 
 
 Flounder, fresh 
 
 Fried 
 
 330 
 
 Turkey, wild 
 
 Roasted 
 
 2 18 
 
 Oysters, fresh 
 
 Stewed 
 
 3 30 
 
 <i •< 
 
 Boiled 
 
 2 26 
 
 Potatoes, Irish 
 
 Boiled 
 
 3 ;«) 
 
 " domesticated 
 
 Roasted 
 
 2 30 
 
 Soup, mutton 
 
 Boiled 
 
 330 
 
 Potatoes, Irish 
 
 Baked 
 
 2 30 
 
 " oyster 
 
 Boiled 
 
 3 30 
 
 Parsnips 
 
 Boiled 
 
 2 30 
 
 Turnip, flat 
 
 Boiled 
 
 330 
 
 Pig, sucking 
 
 'Roasted 
 
 2 30 
 
 Beets 
 
 Boiled 
 
 3 45 
 
 Meat hashed with ) 
 vegetables j 
 LamD, fresh 
 
 Warmed 
 
 230 
 
 Com, green, and beans 
 Beef, fresh, lean 
 
 Boiled 
 Fried 
 
 3 45 
 4- 
 
 Broiled 
 
 2 30 
 
 Fowls, domestic 
 
 Boiled 
 
 4- 
 
 Goose 
 
 Roasted 
 
 2 30 
 
 If 11 
 
 Roasted 
 
 4 - 
 
 Cake, sponge 
 
 Baked 
 
 2 30 
 
 Veal, fresh 
 
 Broiled 
 
 4- 
 
 Cabbage-head 
 
 Raw 
 
 2 30 
 
 Soup, beef, vegeta^ 1 
 
 Boiled 
 
 A 
 
 Beans, pod 
 Custard 
 
 Boiled 
 
 2 30 
 
 bles, and bread ) 
 
 1 ^— 
 
 Baked 
 
 2 4B 
 
 Salmon, salted 
 
 Boiled 
 
 4 — 
 
 Chicken, full-grown 
 Apples, sour, hard 
 
 Fricasseed 
 
 2 46 
 
 Heart, animal 
 
 Fried 
 
 4- 
 
 Raw 
 
 2 60 
 
 Beef, old, hard, salted 
 
 Boiled 
 
 4 15 
 
 Oysters, fresh 
 
 Raw 
 
 2 56 
 
 Pork, recently salted 
 
 Fried 
 
 4 15 
 
 Bass, striped, fresh 
 Beef, fresh, lean, rare 
 
 Broiled 
 
 3 — 
 
 Cabbage, with vinegar 
 
 Boiled 
 
 4 ;« 
 
 Roasted 
 
 3 — 
 
 Ducks, wild 
 
 Roasted 
 
 4;!0 
 
 " steak 
 
 Broiled 
 
 3 - 
 
 Pork, recently salted 
 
 Boiled 
 
 4 30 
 
 Com cake 
 
 Baked 
 
 3 ~ 
 
 Suet, mutton 
 
 Boiled 
 
 4 30 
 
 Dumpling, apple 
 
 Boiled 
 
 3 — 
 
 Veal, fresh 
 
 Fried 
 
 4 30 
 
 Eggs, fresh 
 
 Boiled soft 
 
 3 - 
 
 Pork, fat and lean 
 
 Roasted 
 
 6 15 
 
 Mutton, fresh 
 
 Broiled 
 
 3 — 
 
 Suet, beef, fresh 
 Tendon 
 
 Boiled 
 
 630 
 
 11 (t 
 
 Boiled 
 
 3 — 
 
 Boiled 
 
 6 30 
 
 This table may be considered as giving a general idea of the rela- 
 tive digestibility of the food-articles contained in it. If aot found 
 exactly right in each individual case, it can be rectified by experience. 
 The experience of no other individual's stomach will ever be found 
 precisely lik j that of St. Martin's, — though in its general features, 
 it may be sufficiently similar to make his valuable. The general 
 principles of conduct may be learned from the experience of othei-s. 
 The particular application must come from our own experience and 
 reason. ' 
 
 Digestibility Influenced by Amount.— The rapidity with which 
 any article is digested will vary with the amount taken. A larger 
 quantity than is called for by the wants of the system will be di- 
 gested more slowly than the proper amount ; while, on the other 
 hand, an insufficient supply begets an inability to reduce in the 
 stomach even the small quantity taken. We may err in taking too 
 
 . Mei ™ _ ' _ *w -- ' i.a.i ! J^-i^ 
 
 rfa 
 
Time. 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 73 
 
 little food as well as in taking too much ; though the former error is 
 much less likely to occur than the latter. 
 
 Choosing Food in HI Health. — But in deciding the kirid and 
 amount of food we must be guided not only by its digestibility, but 
 by the state of the health. 
 
 If we find the stomach apparently in good working condition, capa- 
 ble of dissolving properly whatever is submitted to its action, and 
 yet we are for some cause losing flesh and stre: igth, we should resort 
 not only to the most nutritious of the albuminous group of the azo- 
 tized articles, but likewise to the oleaginous group of the non-azo- 
 tized. We want a great amount of nutriment, and we need oils to 
 make fat. This is the kind of food generally wanted in constitu- 
 tional consumption. 
 
 In fevers, but little food can be disposed of at l)est ; and that little 
 must be chosen with reference to its mildness and its unstimulating 
 qualities. Generally the ^arinaceous or starchy articles are most 
 suitable, because they have no stimulating and irritating qualities, 
 and especially because they furnish fuel to be burned with oxygen, 
 and thus take the place of the animal tissues, which are being rapidly 
 consumed with this devouring element. In fever, oxygen is literally 
 burning up the body. In this state of the system, this element ac- 
 quires, by some means, a singular affinity for the tissues ; and, unit- 
 ing with them rapidly, forms a true combustion. The physician who 
 throws to this devouring agent some of the mild, non-azotized articles 
 which offer it stronger affinities than it finds in the tissues, is as wise 
 as he who tosses his dog to a hungry lion to avoid being devoured 
 himself. 
 
 Exercise to be Considered. — In deciding the diet, the amount of 
 exercise is not less important to be considered than the health. The 
 farmer, who works in the open air, and uses his muscles a great deal, 
 wants considerably more nutritive, as well as more combustive, food 
 than one who leads a sedentary life. Of course there is a great deal 
 more waste of the tissues, and he requires more of the flesh-forming 
 articles ; and as he breathes deeper, and takes in more oxygen, he 
 needs more of the supporters of respiration, — the sugars, oils, and 
 starchy aliments. 
 
 Beans. — By turning to the table which shows the amount of nitro- 
 gen in the different food-articles, the reader will see that beans are 
 rich in this element. They are, therefore, excellent food for working 
 men, who are obliged to make great use of their muscles. Our 
 fathers, who broke and subdued the rocky soil of New England, 
 showed wisdom even in their instincts in taking so large a portion 
 of their aliment from the bean, — especially as they oiled it with the 
 fat of pork. But for the hard-working student, who daily makes 
 heavy drafts upon his brain and nervous system, beans and peas are 
 an improper diet. They contain no phosphorus, in the shape of 
 
74 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 pboHphate of lime ; and no brain can work hard without a due supply 
 of phosphorus, which forms a part of its substance. 
 
 Unbolted Wheat Flour. — For the man who uses his brain a great 
 deal, there is no other one article of food equal to bread made from 
 unbolted wheat flour. Fine wheat flour is little better for him than 
 beans, because the miller has robbed it of much of the phosphorus, 
 which is found chiefly in the hull or bran. 
 
 I mention only two or three articles of food as specimens. By 
 looking over the tables furnished, and reasoning upon the whole in 
 the way I have done upon these few, the reader can give every arti- 
 cle something like its proper value in most circumstances. 
 
 Climate. — If health and exercise should influence us in choosing 
 the kind and the amount of food, climate must do so quite as much. 
 
 In the frigid climate of high latitudes, it is necessary that a great 
 deal of heat be produced in the body, in order to avoid perishing 
 with cold. There is no mystery now, as there once was, about the 
 production of this heat. It comes from the burning of carbon and 
 other substances in the body, where they unite with oxygen, and 
 make just as real a flre an that which warms our houses. Oils, sugar, 
 starch, gums, etc., are largely composed of carbon, and readily unite 
 with oxygen in the body. This is the reason they are reckoned as 
 fuel, and are called supporters of combustion. And for this reason, 
 they require to be largely consumed in very cold climates. The in- 
 stincts of men seem to lead to the same conclusion, for the dwellers 
 in all high latitudes consume great quantities of oils and fats. The 
 amountof train-oil, tallow, the fat of seals and other animals, devoured 
 by the Laplanders, Kamtschatkans, and other northern people, is truly 
 wonderful. 
 
 In hot countries, the fundamental rule for preserving the health is 
 to keep the body cool. Without observing this rule, the strongest 
 will often fall victims to the climate in low latitudes. But to keep 
 cool, of course all the heat-producing articles of food should l)e 
 avoided. Particularly all alcoholic drinks, which are powerful sup- 
 portera of combustion, should be rejected. Rice and the various fruits 
 form the most suitable articles of diet. 
 
 The great sacrifice of life witnessed among the early emigrants to 
 California, was the result chiefly of using ardent spirits and heat- 
 producing food while crossing the Isthmus, which, to a northern 
 constitution, is much like a vast oven, heated to a temperature suit- 
 able for baking bread. There are few persons, with tolerable health 
 and strength, but could safely endure the hottest climate if they 
 would avoid alcoholic liquors and confine themselves to an abstem- 
 ious vegetable and fruit diet. 
 
 Bayard Taylor's Opinion. — The distinguished traveller, Bayard 
 Taylor, reports that while spending a few days in a heated part of 
 Africa, he lived as the inhabitants did, pretty much e.itirely upon the 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 76 
 
 supply 
 
 flesh of well-fatted sheep ; and that he enjoyed, meantime, excellent 
 health and strength. From this he concludes that animal food is as 
 suitable in hot climates as in cold. 
 
 It is a pity a man of such excellent parts as Mr. Taylor should 
 have allowed himself to rear so tall a structure upon so narrow a 
 foundation. That he could live on flesh in eo hot a region, and not 
 be made sick, only proved that he had a fine constitution, and that 
 liis health was not easily disturbed ; and when he attempted, from 
 Iiis limited experience of a few days, to reason against the established 
 facts of science, and against the well-attested laws of life, he did it 
 evidently without reflecting that he was in a field of thought which 
 he never had occasion to cultivate. 
 
 The great Jewish Lawgiver doubtless had a reason for prohibiting 
 pork to the Jews. Whatever that reason was, the prohibition had a 
 wise bearing upon the health of the people. Palestine has a hot 
 climate, in which pork-fat is an improper diet. 
 
 More Fat in Winter, — It follows from what has been said, that a 
 more fatty as well as stimulating diet is needed in winter than in 
 summer. But the change should be made gradually. When cold 
 weather approaches, the food should become more nutritious and 
 warming by little and little. The exercise should likewise be in- 
 creased. 
 
 Even the lower animals act upon this plan. In the fall, squirrels 
 eat nuts, which are full of oil, and grow fat upon them. 
 
 The instincts of men move in the same direction. It is in the fall 
 that the hog, the ox, and the poultry are killed ; and in the winter 
 that they are largely feasted upon and enjoyed. Upon such food, 
 combined with various sorts of starch, man fattens ; and a good sup- 
 ply of fat, deposited in the cells, is equal, in keeping out cold, to a 
 layer of cotton batting, — to say nothing of the fire kept up within 
 the body by the burning of such fuel. As hot weather comes on, we 
 gradually lay aside these fattening articles (or ought to), and return 
 to the watery vegetables and fruits, such as squash, string-beans, 
 strawberries, currants, etc. 
 
 Few of us, I apprehend, would suffer from heat in summ'er, if we 
 could persuade ourselves to abandon stimulating and firo-producing 
 food, and confine ourselves pretty much to a cooling and succulent 
 diet. Diarrhoeas in summer are not induced by eating wholesome 
 vegetables, but by combining them with large quantities of animal 
 food 
 
 The State of the Mind. — This should by no means be over- 
 looked in choosing the kind and the amount of food. If we have 
 lost friends, or heard desponding news, or experienced calamities of 
 itny kind, we must, during the first hours of the shock, or even during 
 the first days, if the affliction be heavy, partake very sparingly of food. 
 The stomach is in no condition to receive it. The brain lies pros- 
 
 tmmm 
 
 d 
 
76 
 
 HYGIKNE. 
 
 trate under the stroke, and the stomach, in sympathy with il, u«ks 
 for a day of sorrow and fasting. Disturb it not. 
 
 Heat-producing Food Incompatible with Excitement. — It is 
 
 folly to take heat-producing aliment when laboring for days under 
 high excitements. During political campaigns, when the blood of 
 politicians is at the boiling point, the diet should be unstimulating, 
 — containing very little animal flesh, and not much combustive food. 
 Many a man has died of apoplexy, or of heart-disease, by putting on 
 the steam when his blood was up. Whenever we have a day of un- 
 common excitement to pass through, we should always begin and 
 end it with an unusual degree of al»tinence as to the amount of food 
 taken, and with special care that the articles be of the highest kind. 
 
 Anger Demaad« Abstinence. — Anger is a passion which espe- 
 cially unfitii the stomach for doing much work. If it occur often, or 
 be protracted, but little food should be taken. Those who indulge it 
 have a double cause for abstinence. Both their folly and their stom- 
 achs call for a fast. 
 
 Food Adapted to Different Periods of Life — Food must vary in 
 different periods of life. The infant needs a fattening diet ; and this 
 has been supplied in the milk of tlie mother, which contains more 
 hitter (the fattening portion) than the milk of any other animal. 
 But as the infant has much less exercise than the young of animals, 
 its flesh is not wasted, and it does not require so much azotized food, 
 that is, the reader will remember, foorl witli nitrogen in it. Accord- 
 ingly, it will be seen by looking at tli table on page 70, that human 
 milk has much less of this element 'an that of the cow. As the 
 child grows up, and begins to take acti\ 'xercise, indoors and out, 
 it wants more solid food, and teeth make their appearance to masti- 
 cate or chew it. 
 
 In Youth and Jlanhood, the great amount of exercise usually 
 taken calls for larger supplies of azotized aliment, — beef, mutton, 
 pork, fowl, fish, wheat-flour, corn-meal, rye-meal, potatoes, turnips, 
 peas, betlns, etc. This is the working part of life, when the tissues 
 are rapidly wasted by action, and the flesh-forming aliments are 
 wanted to keep them good. 
 
 In Old Age, the exercise is diminished, the blood circulates more 
 slowly, and the body grows cold. Now is the time to resort to non- 
 azotized food, — oils, fats, the various kinds of starch, sugar, and the 
 like. These will furnish fuel to warm the sluggish blood, and will 
 invest the body with fat, which will serve the purpose both of a cush- 
 ion and a garment. Wine, beer, porter, and distilled spirits are never 
 needed by young peraons in health ; but the aged are frequently bene- 
 fited by them, if taken in small quantities. They are chiefly com- 
 posed of oxygen, hydrogen and carbon, and are properly ranked with 
 
HYGIENE 
 
 77 
 
 the supportera of combustion. They are like^vi8e stirauiant, and add 
 to the comfort of the old by quickening their circulation. Like tea 
 and coffee, they diminish the waste of the body, and thereby lessen 
 the demand for food. 
 
 The smallest amount of aliment upon which a healthy adult person 
 ever lived for any length of time, v.as twelve ounces a day. Upon 
 this small daily allowance, Lewis Cornaro, a noble Venetian, sub- 
 sisted in perfect health, during the protracted period of fifty-eight 
 years. This he was able to do only by adding daily to his food 
 about twelve ounces of light wines. I shall have occasion to refer 
 to this case again. ' 
 
 Cost of Pood. 
 
 Onk other consideration must ever influence the great majority of 
 • men in selecting their food. I mean its cost. It is a matter of great 
 importance to the poor, to know what kinds of food they can subsist 
 upon with least expense. Sometimes provisions are so high that 
 persons in poor circumstances greatly need advice in this matter. 
 Let me endeavor to furnish some information which shall be of ser- 
 vice to the reader. 
 
 Milk is supplied by nature to be our first food, and is a good type 
 of all alimentary substances. It contains 
 (turd, which has nitrogen, and is equivalent 
 to albumen and fibrin, and represents the 
 hlood-formers. It has butter and sugar. 
 These represent the heat-formers. It has 
 salts, which contain potash, soda, phospho-j 
 rus, etc. Fig. 64 is a microscopic view of I 
 good milk ; Fig. 65, of poor milk ; and Fig. 
 66, of milk adulterated with calf's brains. 
 
 Food will be valuable in proportion as 
 it combines, in due proportion, the articles 
 contained in the four groups, represented 
 by albumen., fat., sugar., and salts. 
 
 Albuminous Group. — Albumen, fibrin, casein, and gluten, all en- 
 ter into the substance of animal and vegetable bodies, and are all 
 composed of the same elements, namely, 48 parts carbon ; 36 of 
 hydrogen ; 14 of oxygen ; and 6 of nitrogen. In containing nitrogen 
 they all differ from the other three groups. Albumen being a good 
 type of them, they are called albuminous compounds. Albumen 
 forms a large portion of the serum, or colorless part of the blood. 
 It is the leading principle in alimentation. It is worked up into the 
 tissues of our bodies. It forms our muscles, our membranes, a por- 
 tion of our nerves, etc. It is the bricks of which the house we live 
 in is made. AH the articles, therefore, which are chemically consti- 
 tuted like it, may well be termed albuminous. 
 
 FlO. 64. 
 
 V 
 
 |r 
 
78 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 These bodies, consisting of the four organic elements named above, 
 have been called quaternary compounds. Besides these elements, they 
 have a minute portion of sulphur and phosphorus. They are also 
 called protein or proteinaceous compounds. 
 
 Albumen is a very unsUible compound, — tending strongly to de- 
 composition. This is owing to the complexity of its cor'position. 
 
 Fio. 65. 
 
 FlO. 6G. 
 
 and to its union with the fickle element, nitrogen, which forms chemi- 
 cal compacts reluctantly, and breaks tliem without remorse. Sub- 
 stances which coagulate or fix albumen in an insoluble compound, 
 or preserve the tissues of the body, which are made from it, from 
 decomposition or putrefaction, are called antiseptics. 
 
 Fatty Oroup. — The next group, represented by fat, performs very 
 important offices in the system, — the most injportant of which is a 
 union with albumen in the formation of cells. All animal and vege- 
 table life begins with the cell, — the tiny cup, with which nature dips 
 all the streams of life out of the great fountain of inorganic matter. 
 No cell is formed without a minute ]jarticle of oil. Tiie portion not 
 used in forming cells, is either burned as fuel to keep us warm, by 
 uniting with oxygen, or it is stored away in the cellular tissues, add- 
 ing to the bulk of the person. If, then, the very beginnings of life 
 are dependent upon fat, it is of great importance as an article of diet. 
 So necessary is it in the economy of life, that when not taken in the 
 food, it is formed out of albumen in the processes of assimilation. 
 
 The Starch and Sugar Group, composed of several kinds of sugar, 
 gum, etc., is never used in forming the tissues, but they perform im- 
 portant offices in the changes going on within the human organism. 
 Thus, sugar of milk is decomposed, and forms lactic acid, so called 
 from being found in sour milk. This acid plays a veiy important 
 part in the process of nutrition. 
 
 Pure starch is a snow-white powder, having a glistening aspect. 
 It is composed of grains from .gj^ to ^^^ of an inch in diameter in 
 the different grains ; being largest in the potato and smallest in 
 wheat. When examined with the microscope, they appear as in Fig. 
 68. 
 
 ^ 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 79 
 
 The Salts Qroup are sufficiently spoken of in another place. 
 
 A wise philosopher in ancient time said, " I do not live to eat and 
 drink; I eat and drink to live." If we intend to eat to live, we must 
 combine, in our food, the four groups above explained; and if we 
 would live at as small expense as possible, we must take those arti- 
 cles which are low in price and rich in nutritive matter. The fol- 
 lowing table will help the reader make his selections : — 
 
 Tabk of the relative value of articles of food arranged according to their proportions of 
 nutrimt matter in each of the four groups of elements concerned in vital changes. 
 
 In 100 pound! of 
 
 I 
 
 Gbains : 
 
 Wheat 
 
 Barley 
 
 Oats 
 
 Rye 
 
 Indian Com . . , . 
 
 Buckwheat . . . . 
 
 Rice 
 
 Pod Plants: 
 
 Beans 
 
 Peas 
 
 Roots : 
 
 Potato 
 
 Turnip 
 
 Carrot 
 
 Beet (manKold wurzel) 
 
 Long red 
 
 Sliort red 
 
 Sugar beet .... 
 
 Parsnip 
 
 Leaf; 
 
 Cabbage 
 
 Mkal; 
 
 Wheat flour . . . . 
 
 Ryemeal 
 
 Barleymeal 
 
 Oatmeal 
 
 Wheat bran .... 
 
 I 
 
 .-I 
 
 r 
 
 15 
 16 
 16 
 12 
 14 
 15 
 13 
 
 14 
 14 
 
 76 
 88 
 86 
 86 
 86 
 85 
 86 
 80 
 
 16 
 16 
 16 
 15 
 l.S.l 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 10 to 20 
 
 
 26 
 
 :i 
 
 8 to 11 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 3.03 
 3.31 
 
 2 
 1.6 
 
 4.63 
 
 55 
 
 la© 
 
 E 3 "I 
 
 10 to 19 
 12 to 16 
 14 to 19 
 10 to 15 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 24 to 28 
 24 
 
 2.1 
 1.6 
 1.5 
 • 2 
 0.48 
 0.26 
 
 2.5 
 
 30 to 36 
 
 10.8 
 
 8 
 
 6.3 
 12.6 
 19.3 
 
 So 
 
 H 
 
 2to4 
 2 to 3 
 6to7 
 3to4 
 
 8.1 
 
 0.4 
 
 0.7 
 
 2to3 
 2.1 
 
 0.«l 
 0.3 
 0.4 
 
 0.36 
 
 9 
 
 r£ 
 
 'J 
 
 it 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 2.4 
 
 6.6 
 
 4.7 
 
 6S 
 60 
 60 
 60 
 74 
 60 
 79 
 
 40 
 
 50 
 
 18 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 10.36 
 12.46 
 
 13 
 
 16 
 
 70.6 
 73 
 74 
 64 
 .6 
 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 Oi 
 
 3 
 3 
 
 ;toii 
 
 Sto4^ 
 
 lito2 
 
 tol 
 
 .s 
 
 i 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 3 
 7.3 
 
 The following tables have an admirably practical bearing upon 
 economy in food : — 
 
 100 lbs. 
 
 Parley 
 
 Beans 
 
 Beets 
 
 Buckwheat . . . 
 
 Carrots 
 
 Corn 
 
 Oats 
 
 Peas 
 
 Potatoes 
 
 Turnips (field) . . 
 Do. (Swedish) . . 
 Wheat Flour . . . 
 Wheat Bran . . . 
 Cheese (whole milk) 
 Cheese (skim-milk) 
 
 Muscle- 
 
 forminc 
 
 Elemenn, 
 
 in lbs. 
 
 14 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 li 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 2i 
 11 
 18 
 28.4 
 49.8 
 
 Fat-forminp; 
 
 Blcmenta, 
 
 Inlbt. 
 
 64 
 42 
 12 
 64 
 10 
 77 
 
 62 
 19 
 
 9 
 12 
 79 
 
 6 
 51.1 
 
 6.3 
 
 Relatire Propor- 
 tion of each, 
 In lbs. 
 
 ItoA 
 Itofj 
 
 Husky, or 
 
 Woody fibre, 
 
 in lbs. 
 
 16 
 10 
 
 (?) 
 26 
 3 
 6 
 20 
 8 
 4 
 2 
 2 
 
 56 
 
 lAlil'iUi 
 
 
 iHri 
 
80 
 
 ▲rtlelM. 
 
 Barley . . . : 
 
 Beans 
 
 Corn 
 
 Outs 
 
 Peas 
 
 PotaiiOeB. . . . 
 Turalpg .... 
 Flour ^flne) . . 
 Flour (unbolted) 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 
 
 Cost, 
 
 Mtuole-prodnolng 
 
 Coatof Muacle-pro 
 
 Eleuent*. 
 
 ducing Klemanti. 
 
 $1.00 per bu. 
 
 M lbs. 
 
 12c. per lb. 
 
 1.80 " 
 
 16.6 " 
 
 lie. " 
 
 0J50 " 
 
 6.7 " 
 
 7*0. " 
 
 OM " 
 
 8.2 " 
 
 7a " 
 
 1.00 " 
 
 14.3 " 
 
 7a " 
 
 0.(15 " 
 
 1.6 " 
 
 Ks,. " 
 
 OJ50 " 
 
 1.2 " 
 
 41a " 
 
 n.OO per bbl. 
 
 22.0 " 
 
 23c. " 
 
 4J0 " 
 
 24.8 " 
 
 18c. " 
 
 These tables will well repay study, for their practical use will s.ave 
 many dollars to the poor. Let it be remembered that producing 
 muscle is the same thing as producing strength, or labor-power. 
 Bearing this in mind, the following table will be very interesting: — 
 
 One pound of labor-power from Potatoes costs 6Sc. per lb. 
 
 " Fine Flour, 2;k;. 
 
 " Unbolted do., 18c. " 
 
 Turnips, 
 
 Barley, 
 
 Corn, 
 
 Beans, 
 
 Peas, 
 
 Oats, 
 
 41c. 
 12c. 
 
 7ic. 
 lie. 
 
 7c. 
 
 7c. 
 
 \ 
 
 Meats are omitted in the table. So far as their nutritive qualities 
 are concerned, it is of little consequence which are taken. Some are 
 more digestible than others, and this consideration should influence 
 those with weak stomachs in selecting. Every person, of coui-se, 
 knows their relative cheapness. 
 
 Among the vegetables given in the table, there is a wider range 
 for choice. Let us consider them in course. 
 
 Wheat. — In this, the four groups are represented in excellent 
 proportion. When not deprived of the bran, it is perhaps the very 
 best supporter of animal life. So high have been the regards of men 
 for it, and so generously have they awarded to it their acknowledg- 
 ments, that its product, bread, has been everywhere called " the staff 
 of life." The settlement and cultivation of the immense prairies of 
 the West have within recent years so increased the production of 
 wheat, that its cost is now less than half what it was fifty years ago, 
 and it is indeed within the means of all in America. 
 
 Barley.— This has the four groups represented in nearly the same 
 proportions as wheat. It is, therefore, nearly as valuable an alimen- 
 tary grain. Unfortunately it is not so toothsome as wheat, ai)d can 
 never be so popular an article of diet. The Scotch, however, feed 
 upon it with apparent relish, and doubtless think it strange that for- 
 eign palates are not better pleased with it. 
 
 Oats.— This grain, strange to say, has more albuminous, or nutri- 
 tive matter, more fat, more starch, and more salts than wheat. In 
 uniting a large quantity of the four alimentary groups, it surpasses 
 
 ^ 
 
HYOIKNE. 
 
 81 
 
 liutri- 
 In 
 basses 
 
 every other vegetable substance. In albumen, it is not quite as rich 
 as peas and beans, and in starch it falls a trille below fine wiieat 
 rtoiir ; but in fat it is exceeded only by Indian corn. This grain is 
 likewise cousiuned largely by the Scotch, — a people whose claims to 
 sliiMwd common sense are well supported by, iw their liardy coustitu- 
 tioiis vindicate, tiie choice. This grain might well be permitted to 
 tike tiie j)lace of rice. It affords several times as much nutriment, 
 u liile it costs only about one-fifth as much. There is good reason 
 why the hoi-se should thrive upon oats. Most stidjle-keepei-s think 
 their horses will do more work upon corn-meal, but this must Ihj a 
 mistake. In using oats for horse-feeding, a large portion of the nu- 
 triment is lost by not (jrinding them. 
 
 Rye. — This is also a grain of considerable nutritive value. It is 
 much cheaper than wheat ; and r3-e meal has long been a standard 
 article of diet in New England, — particularly in connection with 
 Indian meal, as "brown bread." It is useful for relieving costive- 
 ness, in th« form of " hasty-pudding," with molasses. 
 
 Indian Corn. — This stiiple article of American produce needs no 
 praise from me. It is comparatively cheap, nutritive, and wholesome. 
 It abounds in fat and starch, and has a fair amount of albumen, 
 though not as much as the oat, the barley, or the wheat. In salts, it 
 is rather deficient. Indian corn is strictly an American plant, and is 
 perhaps the most popular grain in the country. It has emphatically 
 a national reputation, and is perhaps worked up into more savory 
 dishes than any otlier. At the South it is an institution. It is there 
 made into hoe-cake, corn-cake, batter-cakes, batter-bread, muffins, corn- 
 pone, etc. At the North, we have johnny-cake, Indian and pumpkin- 
 cake, baked Indian pudding, boiled Indian pudding, beside the well- 
 known rye and Indian bread, and other preparations. Give an in- 
 genious Southern or Northern housewife a few simple adjuncts, such 
 as lard, milk, sugar, eggs, cream of tartar, and soda, and she will 
 make a pretty respectable larder from this single grain. If molasses 
 be substituted for sugar, and a little stewed pumpkin be thrown in 
 by way of garniture, we may have several preparations which are 
 very nourishing as well as cheap. 
 
 Buckwheat. — Poor in nutritive matter, fat, starch, and sugar, but 
 tolerably well supplied with salts. Jt will do very well for batter- 
 cakes in winter. When brought smoking upon the table, and served 
 with sugar or molasses and butter, these cakes are a luxury, in which 
 the rich may indulge if they clioose ; but for the poor, the amount of 
 nourishment they afford is too small for their cost. 
 
 Rice. — Much like buckwheat, except that it has more fat, sugar, 
 and starch, and less salts. As an article of diet, it has had too high 
 a reputation. Those who would live on small means cannot afford 
 it. Boiled in plain water, it is excellent for a relaxed state oi tlie 
 bowels; and this about all the conunendation to which it is entitled. 
 
82 
 
 HYOIKMB. 
 
 Beans.— The rlclicHt in nutritive mutter of all vegetable substances, 
 except cabbage and oats. They have more albumen than wiieat, or 
 corn, or barley, or oats ; but in fat and starch they are lower in Ihe 
 scale. Add to them salt pork, and the highoet of all nutrient com- 
 pounds is obtiiined. During not less than four generations, pork 
 and beans, as the principal diet, nourished an iron-sided race of men 
 in New England. Hcan-porridge was like honey upon tlie tongue of 
 the foundem of New England institutions. They ate it morning, 
 noon, and night ; and thanked God for it every time. And well they 
 might thank Him ; for, with Indian corn, it furnished them with a 
 diet better adapted to their condition than any other. 
 
 Peas. — Not quite as rich as Iwans in albumen, but more rich in 
 starch, is of about the same value on the whole. The Canadian French, 
 in Lower Canada, feed on pciis to about the same extent that the 
 New Englanders did on l)eans. Pea-soup, as prepared by the best 
 cooks among them, is a dish of great nutritive excellence ; and, in 
 my judgment, more palatable than bean-soup. 
 
 The Potato. — Three-quarters of this root is water, and it is poor 
 in all the elements of nutrition. It is a palatable article, and most 
 persons are much attached to it. As bulk is of some consequence in 
 food, the potato is not without value. Men do not often live entirply 
 upon potatoes, — not even in Ireland. Milk, butter-milk, and cop.> 
 cially cabbage, are united with them. 
 
 Turnips, Carrots, Beets, Parsnips. — These are much alike, — 
 being all poor in nutritive qualities. They serve to please the pal- 
 ate by furnishing a variety ; but in our city markets they are expen- 
 sive, and do not furnish an economical diet. 
 
 Cabbage. — It is interesting to observe how the instincts of men 
 have in all tages led them to select those articles of diet which their 
 circumstances have demanded. The poverty of the Irish has led 
 them to subsist hugely upon the potato, — a root which the soil of 
 their country yields profusely. But as this root has but little nutri- 
 tive matter, necessity required that it should be united with some 
 other vegetable. The natural instinct selected the cabbage ; and 
 when chemical science came, at length, to pass judgment upon the 
 correctness of this instinct, it turns out that the cabbage is the richest 
 in albumen of any known vegetable. The cabbage, then, is the nat- 
 ural complement of the potato ; and the Irish had the sagacity, with- 
 out science, to bring the two together. It is said the Irish have a dish 
 named " kohl-cannon," consisting of boiled and mashed potatoes and 
 cabbage, seasoned with pork fat, pepper, and salt, and that it is a 
 truly savory dish. It certainly is a nourishing and a cheap one. The 
 ambassador who was sent to tamper with the patriotism of a Roman 
 who liad dined on beans, wiis asked if he was silly enough to think 
 gold anti silver could bribe a man who was satisfied with so plain a 
 
HYQISNE. 
 
 9» 
 
 expen- 
 
 of men 
 ch the li- 
 as led 
 le soil of 
 iiutrl- 
 th some 
 ^e ; and 
 )on the 
 richest 
 the nut- 
 ty, with- 
 Ive a clisli 
 toes and 
 it is a 
 ne. The 
 Roman 
 ) think 
 ph'in a 
 
 fare, and dcsirod no other. We come to the fonrhision then, that 
 l)ean-|i()rridgo, pcii-noin), «iU!t-piulding swecflened with nioliisHeH, tuit- 
 iiieal, iiiid buioy-hreiid, with " kohl-ciiniion " for those who can digest 
 it, will t'urniBh, for hard-workinjj men, tlm most Knhstiintial diet, at 
 the smallest possible G"i)en8e. To ren(U'r these dishes savory, and 
 to make the bible on which they are spread an inviting lx)ard, the 
 deft housewife must emph)y her best skill in servinjj them. With 
 the thouspud " fixings, with whi<h a New England matron knows 
 how to garnish them (or would know how if they came within her 
 culinary operations), they are well fitted to leave savory impressions 
 upon tongues which would praise them to the end of life. I speak 
 of these articles as furnishing a cheap diet for working men. The 
 indolent, the sedentary, and the effeniimite from various causes, uould 
 not digest them. 
 
 The Amount of Food Taken. 
 
 We have already exj)lained that this should be governed, in part, 
 by the amount of exercise taken, by the condition of the health, by 
 the state of the mind, by the climate, by the seiuson, etc. It remains 
 to add a few words in a general way, respecting the rtl)eolute amount 
 required by an adult man. 
 
 It is plain enough that most men eat too much. We come veiy 
 near, in this country, being a nation of gormands. A principal rea- 
 son of our over-eating is, that we eat so fast. When the food is well 
 and slowly masticated and swallowed, the gastric juice has time to 
 mix with it ; and at the proper moment the appetite ceases. But 
 when our food is bolted rapidly, nature, finding her laws disregarded, 
 and all her purposes frustrated, stands back, and lets mh learn to stop, 
 too late, alas ! from a sense of fullness in a stretched and abused 
 stomach. 
 
 It has already been stated that Lewis Cornaro lived fifty-eight 
 yeai-s, namely, from the age of forty-two to one hundred, on twelve 
 ounces of solid food a day, with about the same amount of light 
 wines. At the age of eighty-four he wrote a book, in which he 
 praises " divine temperance " in terms which are sometimes eloquent 
 and often enthusiastic. Indeed it is very rare that a man at tliat 
 age retains such clearness of intellect, and especially such freshness 
 of feeling as he evinces in his book. Probably but few could live on 
 tlie amount of food which he found sufficient. Yet it is said tlie 
 distinguished John Wesley lived on sixteen ounces a day, which, as 
 he took no wine, and had to derive the combustive materials for 
 warming the body from the food, was quite as scanty a fare as that 
 of Cornaro. Considering that he led a most extraordinarily active 
 life, both of body and mind, being half his waking hours in the sad- 
 dle and preaching almost daily, this is probably the most remarkable 
 case of absteminousness on record. Jonathan Edwards did not, I 
 think, exceed the same amount of food, but he was not so active a 
 man. 
 
M 
 
 HYfilKNE. 
 
 Putting asido such oxcoptiotml civhpr ns (Ih'hc, w«' nmyHay in round 
 iiun)bei*H, tliat ii ltilN)riii^ iiiiiii r(M]iiiri!H, ti> k(!(i() him in luniltli, aluiiii 
 two or two and a half pnumlB of Holid food per day. For miniHtvi'x, 
 lawyerH, doctoix, aiillioix, and niun-lianUi, ono pound and a lialf is 
 amply Huniciunt. TUv amount hIiouUI Ik; inciraHod a littlu iiy a se- 
 lection from Honut of tlu; fnul-fonnurM, if no ft>rmonte<l or alc()lit)li(' 
 drinks Ixt taken, and Hlightly diminished if they are UHed. Tlii' ivii- 
 Hon is that thuNi' drinkH furnish fuel to l>c lmrni>d in hreatliin^', 
 which haw to l)e drawn from the food when they are not employi'il, 
 This furnisheH no motive for usin// ardent spiritM ; for there is fuel 
 enough tu be had in the oJs, starcheH, and sugani. 
 
 Dyspeptics. — U is said that dyHi>eptic8 eat more than {Mirsons in 
 health ; and, in many caHes, the remark may he true. The appetite 
 of a person suffering from this disease is almost always morbid, and 
 the information it gives respecting the real want« of the systenj van 
 seldom be trusted. If we allow a disetuied sk)math to dictate to us 
 when and what and how much we shall eat and drink, our misery 
 for life is a foregone (juestion. A sick stomach is like a spoiletl eliild, 
 — it cries for what it should not have. If the dyspeptic will live, 
 and enjoy any amount of peace and eonifort, lie must follow tiiis 
 simple rule : I'o eat no more than can be diiiegted, even though the 
 amount be only an ounce a day. 
 
 Animal and Vegetable Food. 
 
 It has generally been supposed that it was intended man should 
 subsist on a mixed diet, consisting of both animal and vegetjii)le 
 substances. Within the last fifty years, however, a school of physi- 
 ologists have appeared, who affirm that a vegetable diet is alone 
 consistent with the laws of health. They declare tiiat animal food is 
 not adapted to man's organization, — that it unduly stimulates the 
 blood, predisposes tf) fevers, consumptions, diarrhoeas, choleras, apo- 
 plexy, and numerous other diseases, and of course shortens life. 
 That such a school should have come into existence in this countiy, 
 where animal food is more largely consumed than in any other part 
 of the world, in proportion to the number of people, is not surprising. 
 We do, undoubtedly, eat too much flesh. So enormous is the consunip 
 tion, that notwithstanding the vast herds of cattle raised in all our 
 agricultural states, and especially on the western plains, the deniund 
 keeps up with the supply so well that beef brings, on an average, 
 about twenty centa per pound, — at least twice its full value as a 
 blood-former. 
 
 Facts show that man may live upon flesh alone, upon vegetables 
 alone, or upon flesh and vegetables combined. Is it be»t he should 
 subsist upon vegetables only, or upon a mixed diet ? A mere affirm- 
 ation upon these points is of little consequence. To cite facts avails 
 nothing. Men have a way of making their own affirmations, and of 
 
HYaiENE. 
 
 86 
 
 lortkiiig lit factH with oyes which uometimcs see clearly enough on 
 lK)th HidcH of them, hut totally ignore their existence. 
 
 Man's Structure Settles the Question. — To settle thJH matter, we 
 must a[)]>eal to man's organization. His structure will tell uh some- 
 thiiiji; we need not mistake. All the works of God show design. 
 Kvi'iything he has made has a use, and is so contrived as to he 
 iidiipted to that use. Lions, tigers, and other animals, for example, 
 whicli feed on flesh alone, have a tshort second stomach, — it heing 
 (inly ahout three times tiie length of the animal's l)ody. Aninials 
 witicli eat no flesh have a long second stomach, — that of the sheep 
 lieiiijr from thirty to thirty-five times the length of its body. A very 
 iviiiarkablo difference of anatomical structure I 
 
 This is the meaning Oi .he difference : Vegetable foqd has a great 
 (leal of waste matter in i Woody fibre makes quite an item in it« 
 cDiiiposition. This wiuste portion must be carefully separated from 
 the nutritive part, and tiiis must all be done in the second stomr. h. 
 It takes time to do it. It must not l)e done in a hurry. The nutri- 
 tive materials are destined to build a living structure, whose dura- 
 tion, like that of all other fabrics, will depend on the care with 
 which the materials are selected and put together. The second 
 stomach of the sheep is long, that there may be ample time for the 
 mixed mass of chyme, when it pisses out of the first stomach, to Xte 
 (iiaiiged to chyle, and then to lie carerfully separated into the two 
 parts, the useful and the useless. Animal food is in iXn composition 
 just like our own flesh, — the « is little waste matter, and not much 
 time is required for it« separation ; ^ ^nce, the second stomach of 
 flesh-eating animals is short. Nearly the whole alimentary mass is 
 ([uiekly taken up by the lacteals, and there is no occasion fOr itf 
 travelling through a long second stomach. 
 
 Mans second stomach is in length midway between that of the 
 fle8h-<^ating and the vegetable-eating animals. If there be design in 
 the works of the Creator, and if that design in the structure* of the 
 flesh and vegetable-consuming animals has now been correctly inter- 
 preted, it is plain that man is best nourished when he eats both kinds 
 of food. The structure of his teeth and the motions of his jaws 
 (see p. 80), confirm the same conclusion. 
 
 Americans Eat too Much Meat. — Yet, as I have said, there is no 
 doubt the Americans eat too much meat. Sedentary persons require 
 but very little. Less is wanted in summer than in winter, — in warm 
 chiiiat€s than in cold. People of wealth, whose circumstances im- 
 pose no bodily hardships, need less than the poor, who are much 
 exposed, and work hard; whereas, they consume more. Those who 
 <lo not labor with their hands, should never taste meat more than 
 oncfc a day. 
 
 It ife painfuUy-amusing (if such a compound word is admissible) 
 to hear a nervous female, whose sole exercise consists in going from 
 
 I 
 
 m.. 
 
 H 
 
86 
 
 HYQIEME. 
 
 the parlor to the kitchen once or twice a day, and in making a brief 
 shopr'ug excursion once a week, complain that she cannot maintuin 
 her strength unless she eats freely twice a day of moat, vnd takes her 
 free potations of strong coffee and wine. 
 
 A like opinion prevails generally among the feeble who are not 
 obliged to labor. Tiie child in its nurse's arms must daily, it is 
 thought, suck a piece of chicken or beefsteak in order to thrive. 
 Children thus fed have their blood constantly inflamed, and stand a 
 poor chance when attacked by scarlet fever. The little master or 
 miss who attends school complains of headache, and grows pale, 
 feeble, and nervous. The booki are blamed and thrown aside for 
 what the dishes have done. The doctor is called in and assured 
 that the dear child can eat nothing but a little fat broth, a custard, 
 or cake ; and if he prescribe a diet of plain bread and milk, he is 
 believed to be heartless, and his prescription is not followed. 
 
 The Majority of Mankind Eat no Flesli. — All such misguided 
 persons should be apprized that the great majority of mankind eat 
 no flesh, because they cannot afford it. And they do not appear to 
 suffer from its loss. Millions of 7rish do not taste of flesh or fish 
 from one month's end to another. Potatoes, oatmeal, and cabbage 
 constitute their chief diet. Rice, poor aa it is in nourishment, 
 sustains, when combined with vegetable oil, millions of people in 
 Asia. The Lazaroni of Naples, with active and finely moulded 
 forms, live on bread and potatoes. These facts do not afford ground 
 for altogether rejecting animal food, any more than Bayard Taylor's 
 statement respecting whole tribes in Africa who live upon flesh 
 furnishes a reason for excluding vegetable aliment. Man may live 
 and enjoy health upon either, but his organization implies the use 
 of both. 
 
 Proportions of Animal and Vegetable Food. 
 
 Upon this subject, it is impossible to fix any absolute rules. This 
 is a point which must be determined by the temperament, the state 
 of the health, the constitution, etc. Persons of a scrofulous habit 
 should eat freelj'^ of animal food. But an inflamed stomach should 
 never be tormented with flesh. Meat is stimulating, and will i)C 
 almost sure to do nc'schief v hen there is heat and tenderness at the 
 pit of the stomach. There are cases of inflammation of this organ, 
 in which it may be necessary to live on bread and milk, with articles 
 of the starch group, for months, and even for years. 
 
 On the other hand, when the system has run low from some 
 exhausting disease, which excites no feverish action, it may be 
 necessary at times to take a diet almost exclusively animal. 
 
 It is absurd to talk of the same diet as adaptea to all persons, even 
 when in health. As well might we expect one shoe to fit every 
 foot, or one coat every back, or one color every eye, or one doctrine 
 every mind. 
 
 nummm 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 87 
 
 Temperance the Main Thing. — After all, the great thing to hv> 
 aimed at is tempenince. It is not so necessary to reject one article 
 and use another, as to partake of all with moderation, " I do not 
 live to eat and drink ; I eat and drink to live," said a wise philoso- 
 pher of the olden time. One would think the moderns have 
 reversed this rule. A modern table has the appearance of being 
 s[iread for the purpose of inducing men to eat all their stomachs will 
 hold. A man who can dine daily, for half a dozen years, at one 
 of our first-class hotels, and then find himself free of dyspepsia and 
 all other diseases, must have a fine constitution, as well as most 
 admirable control over his appetite. Mr. Addison said, " When I 
 behold a full table ^et out in all its magnificence, I fanr^ . see 
 gout, cholic, fevei-8, )d lethargies lying in ambuscade among the 
 dishes " ; to which he adds, with much truth, in another place, 
 " Abstinence starves a growing dist3mper." 
 
 Qood Results of Temperance. — A temperate diet has always 
 been attended with excellent results, and always will be. There are 
 times of great anxiety, when abstinence should be pushed to the 
 extreme verge of endurance. During the siege of Gilbraltar, Lord 
 Heathfield, its gallant defender, lived eight days on four ounces 
 of rice per day. Dr. Franklin, when a journeyman printer, lived 
 two weeks on bread and water, at the rate of ten pounds of bread a 
 week, and was stout and hearty. Dr. Jackson, an eminent physician 
 in the British army, says, " I have wandered a good deal about the 
 world, and never followed any prescribed rule in anything; my 
 iiealth has been tried in all ways ; and, by the aid of temperance and 
 liard work, I have worn out two armies, in two wars, and probably 
 could wear out another before my period of old age arrives." 
 
 Lord Bacon was right in tlie opinion that intemperance of some 
 kind or othtjr destroys the bulk of mankind, and that life may be 
 sustained by a very scanty portion of nourishment. Cornaro, whom 
 I have before mentioned as having lived fifty-eight years on twelve 
 ounces of solid food a day, wrote as follow respecting himself in 
 his eighty-fifth year : " I now enjoy a vigorc"8 state of body and 
 of mind. I mount my horse from the level ground ; I climp steep 
 ascents with ease ; and have written a comedy full of innocent mirth 
 and raillery. When I return home, either from private business or 
 from the senate, I have eleven grand-children, with whose education, 
 amusement and songs I am greatly delighted; and I frequently 
 sing with them, for my voice is clearer and stronger now than ever 
 it was in my youth. In short, I am in all respects happy, and quite 
 a stranger to the doleful, morose, dying life of lame, deaf and 
 blind old age, worn out with intempei-ance." Howard, the philan- 
 thropist, fasted one day in the week ; and Napoleon, when he felt his 
 system unstmng, suspended his meals, and took exercise on horse- 
 l»ck. 
 
 Nothing can be plainer than the duty of fasting, when the 
 stomach, having been overworked, is disinclined to receive food. 
 
88 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 Brutes invanably follow this suggestion of nature ; they never eat 
 when sick, — probably because they have no silly nurses to coax 
 them to swallow stimulating aliments. The habit of putting high- 
 seasoned food into the stomach when it is inflamed and feverish is 
 about as wise as directing streams of blue, violet, or red light into 
 the eye when it is red and swollen with inflammation. 
 
 Tea and Coffee. 
 
 It is proper, before closing this chapter upon diet, that something 
 should be said respecting the beverages of tea and coffee. 
 
 Some years ago, a meeting was held by the leading physicians 
 of a city in the old world, in which the merits of tea and coffee were 
 discussed. In this discussion each man first stated his experience 
 in the use of these articles, and then consti acted his argument 
 according to that experience. The amount of what the reader could 
 learn from the discussion was that Dr. A. had used tea all his life, 
 and been benefited by it, while coffee had uniformly injured him ; and 
 that he thought tea should be used, while coffee should be rejected ; 
 that Dr. B. had taken coffee at breakfast, and found it an excellent 
 support to the stomach and nervous system, while tea had disturbed 
 his digestion and his mind ; and that the former was a beverage 
 of excellent qualities, wnlle the latter was detestable ; that Dr. C. 
 had always drank both tea and coffee, and recommended them to 
 everybody ; and that Dr. D. had hi^iself never been able to indulge 
 either tea or coffee, and would have them both expelled from every 
 household. 
 
 The discussion was not creditable to the learned and really able 
 men who participated in it. The arguments were all based upon the 
 miserably narrow basis of single individual experiences. They were 
 no more valid than that of the man who should hold up a shoe, de- 
 claring it fitted his foot the best of any he ever had, and recommend- 
 ing all men to have their shoes made upon the same last. 
 
 The truth is, there is but one thing which can be afiirmed univer- 
 sally of the effect of tea and coffee. They both, when taken, tend to 
 prevent waste in the body, and, consequently, less food is required 
 when they are used. This may be afiirmed of tLem in their applica- 
 bility to all persons, but nothing further. The truth is, some can 
 drink tea but not coffee, and some coffee but not tea ; some can use 
 both, and some neither. Every man's susceptibility to the effects of 
 these beverages is his own, as much as liis susceptibility to the effects 
 of light, or heat, or atmospheric changes ; and these effects, each per- 
 son must learn from experience. Coffee often produces, and gener- 
 ally aggravates, a bilious habit, — an effect which cannot, I believe, 
 be traced to the use of tea. I have no doubt but that many cases of 
 confirmed dyspepsia are traceable to the use of coffee alone. 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 89 
 
 Water. 
 
 There is one universal beverage ; it is water. All men are fond 
 of it. In sickness and in health, in joy and sorrow, in summer and 
 winter, in cold climates and in hot, man loves and drinks water. The 
 stomach, abused and made sick by stimulating food and drinks, and 
 repelling everything else, still gratefully opens itself to water. Wher- 
 ever man exists, therefore, or wherever he should exist, water is 
 found, either in the form of springs, or running brooks, or rivers, or 
 ponds, or lakes ; and even where it is not found in some of these 
 forms, it is periodically dropped down from the clouds. As there is 
 110 element in nature more necessary for ' j *s existence than water, 
 80 there is none more universally diffuse' 
 
 Pure Water Essential to Health But water varies very mate- 
 rially, both in its pliysical qualities, and in its adaptation to its pur- 
 poses. Pure water is as essential to health as pure air. When either 
 of these fluids is rendered impure by mixture with foreign matters, 
 disease will be a frequent result. The ancients must have been in- 
 fluenced by this fact, or they would not have incurred such heavy 
 expenses in procuring pure water from great distances. The strong 
 aqueducts through which, for many miles, large streams of water are 
 even at this day poured into Rome, attost the freeness of the expendi- 
 tures she mad^ for this purpose in the day of her greatest renown. 
 We may pity the ancient Romans for being governed in their military 
 operations by the opinions of augurs and soothsayers, and certainly 
 these things were silly enough ; but in other things, at first view 
 equally superstitious, they showed practical wisdom. Vetruvius re- 
 ports that in selecting the sites of theii: cities, they inspected the 
 livers and spleens of animals to learn the salubrity of the waters and 
 the alimentary productions of the region. The size and condition of 
 these organs do in fact indicate the nature of the pasturage and the 
 qualities of the water with which animals are supplied. No people 
 can enjoy good health when subjected to the double influence of bad 
 water and impure air. 
 
 Division of Water. — The simplest division of water is into two 
 kinds, soft and hard. Rain, river, pond, and snow water is soft: 
 well and spring water is generally hard. Soft water contains but 
 little impurities, and when used for washing, forms a good lather 
 with soap. Hard water contains at least one of the salts of lime, 
 often more ; mixed with soap, it curdles and turns white. Tte reason 
 of this is, that the oily acids of the soap unite with the lime, and 
 form a compound which the water will not dissolve. Such water is 
 not suitable for domestic purposes. 
 
 Chemical Nature of Water. — Water contains, reckoning the ele- 
 ments of which it is composed in volumes, two volumes of hydrogen, 
 and one volume of oxygen. These two gases, the unlearned reader 
 
90 
 
 HYGIENB. 
 
 will please remember, &.re highly subtle bodies, not visible to the eife ; 
 and yet, when chemically united, they form a liquid which covei-s 
 two-thirds the entire surface of the globe, — floating upon its lx)S(im 
 the navies and merchant ships of all nations, and by its unmeasured 
 depths and vast breadths and sublime movements, fills the thoughtful 
 mind with conceptions of creative Power, which words never attempt 
 to express. Should the two gases which compose this vast body of 
 water cease to love each other, and fall asunder, the first lighted taper 
 would set the world on fire, and not a living being upon its surface 
 could escape destruction. 
 
 Impurities in Water. — It is not surprising that a fluid with as 
 great a solvent power as water, should often dissolve and hold in 
 solution a great many impuritiss. In passing along through the 
 earth, before it comes up in springs and wells, it is filtered through 
 various mineral earths, and becomes contaminated accordingly. In 
 running through beds of limestone, it takes up a little carbonate of 
 lime. Salt-beds impart to it common salt (muriate of soda), while 
 sulphur and other ores tinge it with salts of various kinds. 
 
 Warer-Supply. — At the present time all large cities and most of 
 the towns in this country are supplied with water for domestic pur- 
 poses, either from ponds or lakes, or from artesian wells, of greater 
 or less purity, but in almost all cases superior to the common well- 
 water, so liable to contamination by cesspools and sewage. The re- 
 sult is that the health of the people has been materially improved, 
 and fevers, particularly those of a typhoid type, have diminished both 
 in prevalence and fatality. The decaying vegetable and animal mat- 
 ter, which formerly was washed into the soil, and percolated into and 
 poisoned the wells, is now washed away by copious supplies of pure, 
 fresh water. 
 
 Lead Pipes. — In cities, water is usually conveyed through the 
 dwellings in leaden pipes, — a practice fraught with a danger, to 
 avoid which various expedients have been devised. That lead does 
 often become oxidized and impart its poisonous properties to water 
 when long in contact with it, is a well-known fact. Let a number of 
 persons drink every morning from the the first water drawn from tiie 
 pipes, and a portion of them will be attacked with some form of lead 
 disease. The pipes should be emptied every morning before using 
 the water for domestic purposes, and then there is little danger. Tin- 
 lined pipes have been found to be almost entirely free from danger 
 of lead-poisoning. 
 
 Physical and Otlier Properties of Water.— Good water is with- 
 out smeil, is perfectly clear, and in the mouth has a soft and lively 
 feel. Whan poured from one vessel to another, it should give out 
 aiivbubbljb. Boiled and distilled waters have a vapid, flat taste. 
 This is ovdng to their containing no carbonic acid gas or atmospheric 
 
 acid 
 
 we 
 
 MVJ 
 
Wff« 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 91 
 
 air, — these being driven off in the act of boiling and distilling. A 
 hundred cubic inches of good river water contain about 2^ of carbonic 
 acid, and 1^ of common air. 
 
 Carbonic acid is what gives to mineral, or soda water, its brisk, 
 and even pungent taste. Without a portion of this acid and atmos- 
 pheric air, water is perfectly insipid, and not fit to be used as a bev- 
 erage. Hence, if it be boiled or distilled to clear it of earthy matters, 
 we must expose a large surface of it to the air, and shake it, that it 
 may re-absorb from the atmosphere what it has lost, and thus recover 
 its taste. . . 
 
 Rain Water is the Result of Distillation on a large scale, and 
 would be insipid, like other distilled water, only that, after being 
 distilled off from the waters upon the surface of the earth, it recovers, 
 while ascending as vapor, the carbonic acid and atmospheric air. 
 
 Fishes breathe air as well as land-animals, and hence, lakes upon 
 the tops of high mountains, where but little oxygen can be absorbed 
 into the water from the air, are not inhabited by the finny tribes. 
 
 The Saltness of the Ocean is simply the accumulation of the saline 
 substances washed out of the bowels of the earth. 
 
 The water which for thousands of years has been distilling off as 
 vapor from the surface of the ocean is nearly pure. Reing carried 
 by the winds to the continents, it falls as rain, sinks iulci the earth, 
 is filtered through mineral substances, comes to the surfaces in springs, 
 is collected into rivers, and, with all its freight of mineral salts, is 
 borne back to the ocean. Everything that water can dissolve, and 
 carry down from the continents, finds a great depository in the ocean; 
 and as this has no outlet, the accumulation must go on without limit. 
 Rivers which flow into the ocean contain from ten to fifty grains of 
 salts to the gallon, — composed chiefly of common salt, sulphate and 
 carbonate of lime, magnesia, soda, potash and iron ; and these are 
 the constituents of sea-water. 
 
 Cleansing of Impure Water. — Impure waters should be cleansed 
 before being used for domestic purposes. Distillation is the most 
 perfect method of purification. Filtration through sand is a good 
 method. It removes all suspended vegetable or animal matter, and 
 all living animals. Boiling likewise kills all animals, and throws to 
 the bottom carbonate of lime. It is this which constitutes the crust 
 which lines tea-kettles in all regions where limestone exists. 
 
 'Settlers in a new country should make it a prime object to find 
 good water. This is of great moment. Their own health and the 
 health of their posterity is dependent upon it. Any soil, good or 
 bad, is not worth half price, if it yield impure water. 
 
 Reasons for Prizing Water. — Finally, we ought all to prize water 
 very highly, for it composes nearly eight-tenthn of our entire bodies, in- 
 cluding our flesh, blood, and other fluids. Nay, we owe to it the very 
 
 m 
 
 mM 
 
92 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 softness, delicacy, and smoothness of our persons. Our musclfs. 
 nerves, blood vessels, glands, cartilages, etc., all play smoothly upon 
 each other in consequence of water. Take all the water out of us, 
 and we should be dry sticks indeed. All our comeliness would W 
 gone. Nobody would or could love us. We should be walking 
 reeds, sh ' -n and sported with by every wind. Let us never forget 
 how mu ire indebted to water. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 Animal life is conditioned upon exercise. Without it health can- 
 not exist, or life -itself be continued for any great length of time. 
 
 Proper exercise communicates motion to every part susceptible of 
 it. It expands the chest, contracts and relaxes the muscles, quickens 
 the motion of the blood, moves afresh all the other fluids, and stirs to 
 the centre of the whole frame. More easy and perfect digestion, the 
 nutrition of every part, and the proper performance of all the secre- 
 tions and excretions, are the results of such exercise. 
 
 A distinguished physician said : " I know not which is most neces- 
 sary to the support of the human frame, food or motion." Some of 
 the finest talents in the world are probably lost for the want of 
 exercise ; for without it the mind loses its keen perception and its 
 bounding energy, ita power of application and its general scope. If 
 men of great talents would give attention to exercise, the world 
 would reap a larger harvest from their written thoughts. 
 
 The arrangements of modern society have very much abridged the 
 facilities for taking exercise ; but if Trenck in his damp prison, 
 with fetters of seventy pounds weight upon him, could preserve his 
 health by leaping about like a lion, most persons could do as much 
 with the fetters of modern society upon their limbs. 
 
 Must be Regular. — Exercise, to be of much service, must be regu- 
 lar, — not taken by fits and starts, — a good deal to-day and none to- 
 morrow ; but in reasonable measure every day. Occasional efforts, 
 with intervening inactivity, only does mischief. 
 
 Must be Pleasurable. — It should be connected, too, if possible, 
 with some pleasing occupation or pursuit. The movement of the 
 limbs should carry us towards some place or end in which the mind 
 feels an interest ; exercise will then do us most good. Hence botan- 
 ical pursuits, the cultivation of a garden, and the like, are often pre- 
 ferable to a solitary and aimless walk. , 
 
 Must not be Excessive Exercise should never be carried so far 
 
 as to produce great fatigue. Extremes are injurious ; and too much 
 exercise, especially by a sick or feeble person, may he as injurious as 
 too little. 
 
 No clothing should be thrown off after exercise, nor should one 
 cool off by sitting in a draft of air. Very serious consequences often 
 follow this practice. 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 w 
 
 Not to be Taken After Meals. — It is not best to take exercise im- 
 mediately after meals. The reasons for this caution have been ex- 
 plained. It is true many laboring men go at once to their work after 
 eating, without apparent injury. Yet they are strong, and can en- 
 dure what those who use their brains chiefly could not. And even 
 they do not labor as easily and cheerfully immediately after dinner. 
 
 Active and Passive. — Exercise is properly divided into active and 
 passive. Walking, running, leaping, dancing, gardening, various 
 sports, etc., are active. While sailing, swinging, and riding in car- 
 riages are passive. Riding on horse-back is of a mixed nature, — 
 being both active and passive. 
 
 A few remarks upon these several kinds of exercise will have a 
 practical value to some of the readers of these pages. 
 
 Walking is one of the most gentle, easy, and generally one of the 
 most useful of the active exercises. It is within the reach of all who 
 have the use of their limbs, and is indulged at the expense only of a 
 little shoe-leather. To make it agreeable, the face is only to be 
 turned to some favorite locality, and the mind put in communion 
 with the voices of nature. 
 
 To walk with the best advantage, the body should be kept upright, 
 the shoulders thrown back, the breast projected a little forward, so as 
 to give the lungs full play, and the air an opportunity to descend to 
 the bottom of them. This attitude places all the organs of the body 
 ill the most natural position, and relieves them from all restraint. 
 Walking then becomes a source of pleasure. The artist who bends 
 over his pallet, and gets into a cmmped position, is by this kind of 
 walking relieved, and his body kept upright. Females, particularly 
 of the wealthier class, are much more apt to neglect this species of 
 exercise than males. 
 
 It is not so in England. There it is no uncommon thing for ladies 
 of high rank to walk ten miles a day ; and they do it in shoes of suf- 
 ficient thickness to protect their feet from all dampness, and in 
 clothes large enough to give their muscles full play. As a conse- 
 quence, they enjoy excellent health, and in many cases even retain 
 their freshness and beauty to old age. 
 
 A master of one of the vessels of our navy who spent some time, 
 lately, in the British Channel, was several times invited to spend the 
 evening at Lord Hardwick's, where he made the acquaintance of two 
 •laughters of his lordship, who, in the drawing-room, he thought the 
 most accomplished ladies he ever saw. Yet those young women, on 
 two occasions, in company with other friends, walked miles to visit 
 his vessel, once on a rainy day, clad in thick, coarse cloth cloaks which 
 no rain could penetrate, and caring as little for wet weather as a 
 couple of ducks. 
 
 Good for the Studious. — For the studious, walking is a most capi- 
 tal exercise. It varies the scenes so constantly, and brings the mind 
 
■•BiiiiTirann/Tir' 
 
 ^■''■■■" ■ ■ I 
 
 94 
 
 HYGIKNE. 
 
 in contact with so many objects, that the monotony of in-door Hfe is 
 admirably broken. It was a maxim of Plato, that " he is truly a crip- 
 ple, who, cultivating his mind alone, suffers his body to languish." 
 
 Good in Cold Weather. — Walking is valuable in cold weather, 
 because it exposes one to the cold atmosphere, and hardens the person 
 against frosty weather, — a consideration of great consequence in 
 countries which are subject to extremes of cold. 
 
 Running and Leaping are forms of exercise which should be in- 
 dulged with prudence even by the young and healthy. For the feeble 
 and the aged, they are entirely inadmissible. Used cautiously, in a 
 system of regular training, they may help raise the bodily powers to 
 a high degree of agility and endurance. The North American Indian, 
 who was bred to the chase, ran with surprising swiftness, and for en- 
 durance was scarcely excelled by his faithful dog. What training 
 has done for the Indian, it may do for the white man, who may 
 chance to inherit as good a constitution. 
 
 Tlie Qame of Base-Ball requires very active running, and for the 
 young, it is an exceedingly healthful amusement. It fills the whole 
 frame with a bounding spirit, and sets the currents of life running 
 like swollen brooks after heavy rains. 
 
 QymnasticA. — The more active species of exercise have generally 
 been included under the term gymnastics. Among the (ireeks aiul 
 Romans, feats of strength and endurance were supposed to confer 
 honor. For this reason, and because war was a laborious calling, re- 
 quiring bodily endurance and strength, their youth were trained in 
 the most active exercises. Gymnastic games were with them at once 
 the school of health, and the military academy. 
 
 In England, during the middle ages, acts of Parliament and royal 
 proclamations were 'employed to regulate and foster those manly 
 sports and exercises, which fitted the people for the activity required 
 on the field of battle. 
 
 Those preparations for brutal wars would be unsuited to the pres- 
 ent state of the world ; but the capacity for endurance which these 
 trainings produced, could be most usefully employed in the laborious 
 and scientific researches which modern advancement requires. Very 
 few of our scientific men have sufficient hardness of fi-ame to sustain 
 them in their laborious studies. 
 
 The heart-diseases which prevail so extensively are the result, 
 many of them, of violent exercise, taken, perhaps, from necessity, and 
 proving injurious because not a matter of every-day practice. Violent 
 exercise, more than any other kind, must be regular in order to be 
 borne. 
 
 Needed by Young Women. — Gymnastic exercises and calisthenics 
 are particularly needed by our young women, to give them something 
 of the robustness of our mothei-s, a few genemtions back. For the 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 M 
 
 loor life is 
 uly a crip- 
 tiguish." 
 
 I weatlier, 
 the pei-soii 
 qnence in 
 
 uld be in- 
 
 the feeble 
 
 ously, in a 
 
 powers to 
 
 an Indian, 
 
 Hid for en- 
 
 it training 
 
 who may 
 
 nd for the 
 the whole 
 'e running 
 
 ! generally 
 treeks and 
 to confer 
 calling, re- 
 trained in 
 3in at once 
 
 ; and royal 
 )8e manly 
 ;y required 
 
 the pres- 
 hich these 
 3 laborious 
 res. Very 
 to sustain 
 
 the result, 
 lessity, and 
 5. Violent 
 rder to be 
 
 alisthenics 
 something 
 , For the 
 
 want of them, they are dwindling away, and becoming almost worth- 
 less for all the purposes for which they were made. 
 
 In view of this want of exercise the introduction of the lucycle 
 offers an excellent means of development for ladies, and it is very 
 gratifying to note its increasing use. It brings into play many of 
 the nniscles of the body, while affording an exhilarating enjoyment 
 of fresh air and changing scenery. But caution must be used, not to 
 overdo one's self. Short rides only should be taken at first, increas- 
 ing the distance as the muscles l)ecome hardened. 
 
 Moderns Physically Inferior to the Ancients. Reason for it. — 
 
 It is evident that the moderns are inferior in bodily strength to the 
 ancient Greeks and Romans. Before the introduction of Christianity, 
 men knew very little about the future, and therefore strove to make 
 the most of the present. Hence, they took measures to ensure health 
 and long life. It is true that a due regard to the welfare of the fu- 
 ture need not, and should not, prevent a care for the present ; but 
 from various causes, to be referred to on a subsequent page, such has 
 been the practice, to the manifest physical injury of the race. 
 
 Dancing:, when hedged about with proper restrictions and limita- 
 tions, has great advantages as a physical training for the young. 
 There are very few forms of exercise which give so free a play to all 
 the muscles, and at the same time so agreeably interest the mind. 
 Begun in early life, and pursued systematicaHy, dancing imparts a 
 grace and ease of motion which nothing else can give. For this rea- 
 son alone, it should be cultivated as an art. 
 
 Every man and woman is often placed in circumstances in life 
 where the possession of an easy carriage of body, and an unembar- 
 rassed manner, would be prized above gold. One's personal influence 
 in tlie world is greatly increased by an easy, graceful manner. We 
 all know how a polite manner wins, while a rough and vmcouth one 
 rejjels us. 
 
 Warning against Excess. — While dancing has many things to 
 recommend it, there are also several considerations which should warn 
 us against using it to excess, particularly in the ball-rooms of fashion- 
 able life. So many muscles are called into play, the breathing is so 
 much quickened, and the air breathed is often so impure, that the 
 circulation of the blood is hastened almost to fever excitement. And 
 when to this we add the use of wines and cordials, alternated with 
 ices and iced drinks, and the exposure, on returning home from balls, 
 to the chilly night air, under the insufficient protection of light cloth- 
 ing, we have drawbacks enough to abridge, if not to annihilate the 
 benefits derived from this otherwise healthful and elegant exercise. 
 
 But then it will be said, and truly enough, that these are the abuses, 
 not the uses of dancing. To these abuses, no parent should permit 
 the health of a child to be exposed. In the parlor at home, with a few 
 young friends gathered in to spend an evening ; or, in a well-venti- 
 
r 
 
 XIIMI 
 
 96 
 
 IIYGIRNR. 
 
 lated hall, under the instruction of a master of known character and 
 refinement, dancing is of high utility, and much may be said in its 
 favor. An amusement for which there is so general a fondnoss, one 
 may say, passion, must be fitted to meet some want of the animal 
 economy, and perhaps of man's higher nature. 
 
 Grace of motion gratifies our sense of the beautiful, and in its na- 
 ture is allied to poetry. Turning away from the abuses of dancing, 
 let the reader thankfully use it as one of the very best physical, so- 
 cial, and rosthetical educatora of youth. 
 
 But if dancing is salutary, it is only when every limb and muscle 
 is allowed to participate naturally and without restraint in the general 
 motion. When performed in a dress so tight as to restrain all free- 
 dom, not only is every grace destroyed, but injury of a serious char- 
 acter may be the result. 
 
 The Cultivation of a Qarden is also a species of exercise highly 
 conducive to health. To the poor it should have a double attraction. 
 It is not only a healthful exercise, but it yields, in its season, many 
 wholesome vegetables, the price of which, when they have to be pur- 
 chased, frequently puts them beyond their reach. It is pleasant to 
 know that in many of our manufacturing towns the workmen own 
 small pieces of ground which they cultivate as gardens, — deriving 
 health both from the labor, and from the vegetables raised. This is 
 one of the kinds of exercise which are more beneficial from having 
 an end in view. The man who works in his garden derives pleasure 
 from the improvement he is making upon his ground, and from the 
 prospect of advantage to himself and family. 
 
 Otiier Active Exercises. — To the exercises already spoken of may 
 be added those which are mostly taken indoors, — the dumb-bells, 
 jumping the rope, battledore, etc. They may be resorted to when 
 the weather is stormy, or when any other cause may prevent one 
 from going into the open air. Nevertheless, as promoters of health, 
 they are inferior to those exercises which take one out under the 
 open sky. They are too mechanical in their nature, and have too 
 little aim, to be allowed to take the place of the preceding. 
 
 Passive Exercises. 
 
 Sailing. — This, to many persons, is among the most pleasurable 
 and exciting of the passive exercises. But the excitement arising 
 from the motions of a boat, sometimes, in case of timid persons, de- 
 g lerates into /ear, which is injurious. Young gentlemen who man- 
 age the boat upon sail:.ig excursions, should never put on too much 
 sail in a brisk wind, and torment the ladies by exciting their fears, as 
 their own amusement may be in this way purchased at the cost of 
 others' health, — a result far enough from their thoughts or inten- 
 tions, but not the less real. 
 
 ja w5-iMwTOiifw i i i iH i nMrii< iBiiMwww».«. 
 
 '"nrnfWlifMWii 
 
'-^A'^iiiiaAi 
 
 ■f<ritii ^ 
 
 HYOIRNE. 
 
 97 
 
 ractcr and 
 said in itn 
 (liicHs, one 
 ;he animal 
 
 1 in its na- 
 f (lancing, 
 lynical, so- 
 
 nd muscle 
 he general 
 u all free- 
 rious char- 
 
 ise highly 
 attraction, 
 ^on, many 
 to be pur- 
 tieasant to 
 imen own 
 — deriving 
 I. This is 
 )m having 
 98 pleasure 
 i from the 
 
 ken of may 
 lumb-bells, 
 i to when 
 revent one 
 I of health, 
 under the 
 1 liave too 
 
 pleasurable 
 ent arising 
 )er8ons, de- 
 I who man- 
 too much 
 }ir fears, as 
 ;he cost of 
 s or inten- 
 
 Swinging. — The sick may sometimes indulge in this exercise, w^ion 
 capable of enduring no other. To swing gently has a soothing eflfect, 
 and often allays nervous irritability in a way which nothing else can. 
 It is like the lullaby motion of the cradle. It calms and soothes. 
 
 Nervous children and grown persons in feeble health are some- 
 times, by roguish boys, swung too high, and very much excited and 
 alarmed. This is wrong. It may do great injury. Very few boys 
 would do it if they knew the evil consequences. Boys and girls are 
 generally kind-hearted ; and though they may like to hector others, 
 they will seldom knowingly iin'ure them for their own amusement. 
 
 Carriage-Riding. — The advantages to l)e derived from this species 
 of exercise are probably rated too high. For feeble persons, just re- 
 covering from illness, who cannot endure walking or riding on horse- 
 back, it is valuable, particularlj' if taken in an open carriage. But for 
 those who have more strength, it is less desirable than many other 
 exercises. True, it is generally an agreeable mode of locomotion, and 
 for this reason, it is more serviceable than the small amount of exer- 
 cise afforded by it would lead one to suppose. 
 
 Carriages are luxuries, and like all other luxuries, they are apt to 
 bring on debility, and perhaps shorten life. A man is apt to order 
 his carriage to the door at the time when increasing wealth enables 
 him to retire from the active pursuits of life, — the very moment when 
 he is most in need of some exertion to take the place of that to which 
 he has l)een accustomed. Yet so it is, luxury comes to enfeeble, at 
 the time when we need something to harden us. 
 
 Could rich men be persuaded to let their luxuries consist, in part, 
 in doing good, and, like Howard, find pleasure in travelling on foot 
 to visit those who are sick and in prison, they would be surprised to 
 see how their happiness would be increased. 
 
 Close carriages are generally used by the wealthy. They at best 
 contain but little air, which is breathed over and over, and becomes 
 unfit for respiration. The windows of such carriages should always 
 be open, except in rainy weather, when the latticed windows only 
 shou'd be used. 
 
 Riding in Sleighs furnishes an agreer'ole excitement, and may be 
 indulged in to some extent with advantage. Yet it can be had only 
 in cold weather, and persons who partake of its pleasures should be 
 careful to wear clothing enough to protect themselves against the 
 frost. This is the more necessary, as very little motion is communi- 
 cated to their bodies by the sleigh. 
 
 Horseback Riding.— This form of exercise may fairly rank next 
 to walking ; in some states of the system it is preferable. It justly 
 holds a high rank as an exercise for consumptive persons. Many a 
 man, and woman too, has been benefited by it when suffering from 
 lung disease. For those who have hernia, or falling of the bowel, it 
 is not proper, as the most serious consequences may result from its 
 use. 
 
 lilfi 
 
•i nvniKNE. 
 
 The Horse should be Owned, — A feeble man \/ho rides on horse- 
 back, should, if possible, own his hoi"se ; for, beconiinjr attached to 
 him, as ho generally does, he will be able to ride farther than ii|)ou 
 an animal in which he feels less interest. A honse is p. noble cmou- 
 turo, and a man who loves him will sometimes acquire a passiciji, 
 almost, for beingupou his back, and witnessing his splendid purfoiin- 
 ances. 
 
 Pleasurable Exercises most Beneficial. — Finally, those exorcises 
 are most beneticial, and can l>e longest endured, in which we feel the 
 greatest interest. Place before eveii a feeble man some desirable (»l>- 
 ject, and he will endure a great deal to reach it; or engage the iiiiiid 
 of a very tired peraon in something which greatly interests it, and 
 considembly more exertion will be easily borne;. This is well illus- 
 trated by the story told by Miss Edgeworth of a certain father, who 
 had taken a long walk with his little son, and founil the boy appar- 
 ently unable to walk further, some time before reaching home. 
 " Here," said the shrewd-minded father, " ride on my gold-headed 
 cane." Immediately the little fellow was astride the cane, which 
 carried him as safely home as the freshest horse. 
 
 Mentc' Co-operation is of the highest importance in all exercise. 
 Men who are paid by the job, work with far more spirit than those 
 who are paid by the day. One would dig in the earth with \ery 
 little spirit, if he had no motive for doing it ; but if expected with 
 every shovelful of earth to bring u[) gold-dust, he would not only 
 work with a will, but would endure a great deal more labor. From 
 these considerations we may infer that those farmers and manufac- 
 turers who pay their men the highest wages, make the most money 
 on their work. 
 
 The best time for taking exercise is that in which it does us most 
 good. For most pei-sons the morning hours may be considered most 
 favorable. But there are many who cannot take exercise in the early 
 morning, without suffering from it through the whole day. Some 
 are able to walk miles in the afternoon, who would be made sick by 
 similar exertions immediately after rising. 
 
 Persons often injure friends who have this peculiarity of constitu- 
 tion by urging them out in the morning. They do it from good mo- 
 tives, but are, nevertheless, blameworthy for attempting to advise iu 
 matters which they do not understand. 
 
 Rest and Sleep. 
 
 Oim bodies are like clocks ; they run down and are wound up once 
 every twenty-four hours. Were they obliged to work on uninter- 
 ruptedly, they would wear out in a few days. It is a merciful pro- 
 vision that periods of repose are allotted to us. Eveiything has its 
 
 -"®^;.?*flAi'.T;-VAt,~ i!K55rei3r«.i'a*a 
 
HYOIENE. 
 
 M 
 
 oil liorse- 
 tiU'lmil to 
 Imu iijioii 
 • >l)lo creii- 
 a passion, 
 1 pt'ifoiiu- 
 
 1 exorcis's 
 
 feel ilic 
 
 siraltlc dlh 
 
 ttu! niiiid 
 
 tH it, and 
 
 veil illiiH- 
 
 itlier, will) 
 
 lK)y a|)[)ar- 
 
 njj iioiiie. 
 
 )l(l-ht>adcd 
 
 me, which 
 
 1 exercise. 
 
 han those 
 
 with \^ry 
 
 ectcd witli 
 
 not only 
 
 or. From 
 
 . manufac- 
 
 ost money 
 
 les us most 
 lered most 
 1 the early 
 ly. Some 
 de sick hy 
 
 I constitu- 
 : good mo- 
 advise in 
 
 id up once 
 Q uninter- 
 rciful pro- 
 ing has its 
 
 proper place. Rest is not less a luxury after oxercisc, than exercise 
 is after rest. They botli confer happiness at the same time thai they 
 promote our well-l/oing. 
 
 Sleeping Rooms. — The largest part of our rest is taken in sleep. 
 Of course the kind of room in which we sleep is worthy of considera- 
 tion. Hufeland says: "It must not Ikj forgotten that wo spend a 
 considerable portion of our lives in the l)ed-chamber, and consecpiently 
 that its healthiness or iinhealthinuss cannot fail to have a very ini 
 portant influence upon our physical well-being." It should at lea«t 
 1)0 huge. That is of prime importance, Iwcause, during the several 
 iiours tliat wo are in bed, we need to breathe a great deal of air, and 
 our health is injured when we are obliged to breathe it several times 
 over. We should at least pay as much attention to the size, situa- 
 tion, temperature, and cleanliness of the room we occupy during the 
 horn's of repose, as to the parlors, or drawing-room, or any other 
 apartment. And yet how different from this is tho general practice 
 of families. The smallest room in the hoi^ise is commonly set apart 
 for the bed and ita nightly occupants. 
 
 The sleeping-room should have a good location, so as to be dry. 
 It should be kept clean, and neither be too hot nor too cold. And, 
 more important still, it should be well ventilated. 
 
 One bed, occupied by two persons, is as mucli as should ever be 
 allowed in a single room ; though, of course, two beds in a large room 
 are no more than one in a small one. Both are objectionable. 
 
 Fire in Sleeping Rooms. — As to having fire in a sleeping room, 
 that is a matter to be determine:' by the health of the occupant. 
 Persons who have poor circulation, and are feeble, had better have a 
 little fire in the bed-chamber in cold weather. For those in good 
 health a cold room is preferable. 
 
 Open Windows in Sleeping Rooms. — In the hot weather of sum- 
 mer, it is better to keep the windows open to some extent, through 
 the night, but not on opposite sides of the room so as to make a draft 
 across the bed. 
 
 There is a difference of opinion as to the safety of this practice, 
 but the experience of those who have used it prudently and persever- 
 ingly has generally sanctioned its employment. It is presumed that 
 night-ail is made to be breathed; and if we breathe it habitually, 
 there is no good reason why it should be considered hurtful. At all 
 events we have got to do one of three things, — either breathe it, or 
 be poisoned by air which is breathed several times over, or use very 
 large sleeping-rooms, and thus lay in a stock to last over night. 
 
 An Open Fireplace in a bed-chamber will do much towards its 
 purification. It carries off foul air. But many persons board up this 
 outlet as if bad air were a friend with whom they could not think of 
 parting. At the same time they will carefully close all windows and 
 doors, as if fresh air were an enemy not to be let in. 
 
100 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 Beds. — It is a pleasant thought that while so many things which 
 injure health are coming into fashion, some which have a like effect 
 are going out. Among the injurious things which are silently witli- 
 drawing are feather-beds. 
 
 In earlier times, a bed made of eider-down was thought to be a 
 great luxury^ to be carefully preserved, and handed down from mother 
 to daughter. Beds made of hen's feathers, and other coarser kinds, 
 were thought to be only fit for children. With due deference to 
 these earlier judgments, it must be said that feather beds, whether 
 downy or coarae, are not even fit for children. They are composed 
 of animal matter, and by a slow process of decay, are always, when 
 stirred, sending up an exhalation which it is not healthful to breathe. 
 
 By their softness, too, they increase the general tendency to effemi- 
 nacy. In warm weather they are too heating. To sink down into 
 thera, and lie nearly buried all night, is to insure a feeling of lassi- 
 tude and debility in the morning. Only the strongest persons can 
 endure it without being made conscious of the evil effects. 
 
 Beds must not be too Hard. — On the other hand, it is almost 
 equally unwise to choose a bed of absolutely unyielding hardness. 
 When very tired, we may rest even upon a board ; but sleep will 
 generally be moro sound as well as refreshing, if the bed be some- 
 what yielding. The hair mattress is the very best bed yet used. It 
 is healthful and easy. No person once accustomed to it will ever 
 return to feathera In summer, it is a luxury ; in winter, it is suffi- 
 ciently warm, though a little more covering is needed than with 
 feathers. 
 
 Bedding. — In hot weather, linen sheets are preferable to cotton, 
 and of course will be used by those who have ample means. But 
 cotton ones are good enough, and in winter are decidedly the more 
 desirable of th<3 two. Cotton is best, too, for those who suffer with 
 rheumatic affections. For external covering, comforts are objection- 
 able, because they do not let the insensible pe spiration pass off as 
 freely as it should. They are light, however, and so are rose blankets, 
 which have the additional good quality of being porous. We should 
 sleep under as few clothes as possible, consistently with con. fort. 
 
 Night- Dress. — The flannel, cotton, linen, or silk, worn next the 
 skin through the day, should always be replaced, on retiring, by a 
 suitable night-dress. The undershirt should be cf the same ma- 
 terial with that which is taken off, but thinner. If we wear flannel 
 through the day, we need it quite as much at night. 
 
 Do not Cover tlie Face. — The practice of sleeping with the face 
 entirely covered with the bed-clothes is very injurious. It compels 
 one to breathe the air over several times. 
 
 Natural Position for Sleep. — The most natural position in which 
 to sleep is upon the right side. This affords the easiest play to the 
 
 "■T^aafe'iWa^^^reaBtiBy'gaaw iiiiia^ ^ ATg 
 
HTOIEKI. 
 
 101 
 
 internal organs. It is best, however, to learn to sleep in different 
 positions, and to change occasionally from side to side. Upon the 
 bacic is not so easy a position. To lie in this way obstructs the cir- 
 culation of the blood, by the pressure of the stomach, bowels, etc., 
 upon the large blood-vessels which pass down and up in front of the 
 backbone. It u very tiresome and inJHrious to lie with the hands 
 above the head. 
 
 Amount of Sleep. — The average auiount of sleep required by 
 persons in health is from seven to eight hours. Occasionally we find 
 persons who get along very well with six, or even five hours ; while 
 some, even in health, require nine. There is no ^vbsolute standard 
 for all persons, in the amount of sleep, any more than in that of 
 food. It depends on the temperament, the constitution, the amount 
 of exercise, and the exhausting nature of the mental application. 
 
 The object of sleep is to repair the energies, the extent to which 
 they are wasted, and the recuperative power possessed, will measure 
 the amount required. 
 
 Late Suppers. — These are a bar to all sound and healthful sleep. 
 The last meal should always be taken at least three hours before re- 
 tiring and should be light. During sleep the stomach should have a 
 chance to rest. It will work the better on the morrow. ^ Some per- 
 ,8ons boast that they can sleep perfectly well after a heavy supper. 
 Perhaps they can, but, as Franklin lias wisely suggested, they may 
 by and by " have a fit of apoplexy, and sleep till doomsday." This 
 will be sleeping too well! 
 
 Preparation for Sleep. — Dr. Franklin left behind the record of 
 a wise life, as well as many excellent moral and philusophical direc- 
 tions. A good conscience was his prescription for quiet sleep and 
 pleasant dreams, — a most excellent direction. Sleep is promoted, 
 too, by withdrawing the mind, a short time before retiring, from all 
 hard study and exciting themes of conversation, and turning it to 
 calmer subjects of reflection, such as the moral attributes of God, and 
 particularly his love and paternal character 
 
 Objects oii Clothing. 
 
 The clothes we wear are intended, or should be intended, to secure 
 three objects, — warmth in winter, coolness in summer, and health at all 
 times. 
 
 It has already been shown that our bodies are warmed by their 
 own internal fires. In the lungs, in the skin, and indeed in all parts 
 of the body, oxygen unites vath carbon , : d other combustible mat- 
 ters, producing heat in the same way that it is produced in a grate 
 where coal is burned ; and as our temperature always needs to be kept 
 to about 98° Farenheit, it follows that this combustion must always 
 be going on. 
 
102 
 
 HYOIENE. 
 
 Now, the atmosphere which surrounds us is alwajrs receiving into 
 itself the heat which comes to the surface of our bodies, and thus 
 robbing us of our warmth. In summer, the atmosphere, full of the 
 rays of a burning sun, may impart heat, instead of taking it away ; 
 while in winter it takes more than it gives, and would cause us to 
 parish with the cold, were it not for the protection afforded by our 
 clothing. 
 
 Clothes, of course, have no power to manufacture or impart heat. 
 They only retain, and keep in contact with our bodies, that which is 
 generated within us. If we have on a single garment which is made 
 tight at the bottom and top, so that no current can pass up or down, 
 there will be a layer of air between it and the body, which, becoming 
 immediately heated, and being retained there, helps keep us warm, or 
 rather, prevents us from being cold. With every additional garment 
 put over this, there is another layer of heated air, adding still more 
 impenetrable guards against either the intrusion of cold, or the escape 
 of internal heat. 
 
 Bad Conductors of Heat. — But, that our clothes may thus retain 
 our warmth, and prevent its dispersion, they must be had conductors 
 of heat, — that is, they must not readily take up the heat and convey 
 it away from the body. They must slowly absorb the caloric into 
 their own substance, and then retain it tenaciously. 
 
 Linen, which is so universally popular in temperate climates, as 
 an article to be woi-n next the skin, is unfortunately a good conduc- 
 tor of heat. It does not afford a warm garment. It conducts heat 
 rapidly away from the body. Hence it always 
 feels cool to the touch. It is really no colder in 
 itself than other kinds of cloth, but it is solely 
 the rapidity Avith which it conducts heat away 
 from the body, that gives it the feeling of cold- 
 ness. It has other qualities which compensate, 
 in some measure, for this defect. The fibres of which it is composed 
 are round and pliable, which makes linen cloth smooth and soft, and 
 the sensations produced by it on the skin altogether agreeable. Fig. 
 67 represents a fibre of linen, as it appears under a microscope which 
 magnifies it 155 times. 
 
 Cotton is warmer than linen, because it is a worse conductor of 
 heat. The perfection to which its manufacture has been carried, 
 makes it almost a rival of linen in softness and pliability. It does 
 not al)sorb as much moisture as linen, and there- 
 fore better retains its powers as a non-conductor. 
 But then the fibres of cotton are not round and 
 smooth, like those of linen, but flat and spiral, 
 with sharp edges. Fig. 68 represents two of its 
 fibres, magnified 155 times. This renders cotton 
 irritable to some very delicate skins. This is the reason why linen 
 
 Fio. er. 
 
 FlO. 68. 
 
HYGIKNE. 
 
 103 
 
 Biving into 
 i, and thus 
 full of tlu. 
 J it away; 
 iiuse us to 
 led by our 
 
 npart heat, 
 it which is 
 ch is made 
 p or down, 
 , becoming 
 8 warm, or 
 \\ garment 
 still more 
 the escape 
 
 hus retain 
 conductors 
 nd convey 
 iloric into 
 
 limates, as 
 id conduc- 
 iucts heat 
 
 it always 
 3 colder in 
 it is solely 
 heat away 
 g of cold- 
 jmpensate, 
 
 composed 
 I soft, and 
 ,ble. Fig. 
 ope which 
 
 nductor of 
 sn carried, 
 . It does 
 and there- 
 conductor, 
 round and 
 and spiral, 
 two of its 
 lers cotton 
 why linen 
 
 FlO. 69. 
 
 is better than cotton for binding up wounds, where there is tender- 
 ness of the surface. 
 
 Silk has a round fibre, like linen, which is even softer and smaller. 
 It absorbs less moisture than cotton, and in its power of retaining 
 warmth, it is superior to both the preceding. It forniR the most de- 
 sirable fabric for clothing that we have ; but its cost makes it inacces- 
 sible to the great body of the people, except as a holiday dress for 
 the ladies. Its culture in our country, if extensively established, 
 would be a source of national wealth. 
 
 The Fibre of Wool is quite rough, almost scaly, and highly irrita- 
 tive to delicate skins. Fig. 69 shows fibres magnified 310 times. It 
 is not possible for some persons to wear it next 
 the skin. But where this cannot be done it may 
 be worn outside the linen or cotton ; and being a 
 good nortrconduetor, it will in this way preseive 
 the warmth of the body, without either irritating 
 the skin, or disturbing its electricity. 
 
 Wool, in cold climates, is one of the very best 
 materials of which clothes can be made. In New 
 England, and, indeed, in all cold and temperate 
 regions, it should be worn by delicate persons, in 
 the form of thick or thin garments, all the year round. It does not 
 readily absorb moisture, and is a dry, warm, and wholesome material 
 for clothing. 
 
 Hair. — Though not precisely in the line of these remarks, hair 
 may as well be introduced here. Wool is in fact hair. Every part 
 of the skin, with the exception of that upon the soles of the feet, and 
 the palms of the hands, is intended to produce hairs. On most parts 
 of the body, they are short and fine, hardly ri-'ing above the surface. 
 Upon the head and the face, they grow to coii,.iderable length. 
 
 Hair, like wool, is a bad conductor of heat ; and, as growing upon 
 the head and face, is doubtless intended for some useful purpose. 
 That it was designed as a warm covering, can hardly be doubted. 
 The beard, when permitted to grow, is a natural respirator, guarding 
 the lungs against cold and dust. It has been noticed that black- 
 smiths who have allowed their beards to grow, had their mustache 
 discolored by iron-dust, which lodged among the hairs, and very 
 justly inferred that the dust must have found its way into the lungs, 
 and done mischief, had it not been arrested by this natural respirator. 
 
 That the beard, when long, does Avard off a grcsat many colds and 
 throat troubles, is too well known to be denied. It has required moral 
 courage on the part of those who have broken away 
 from the universal practice of shaving, foe which they 
 should be honored rather than ridiculed. For those 
 who do not suffer from throat or lung complaints, espe- 1 
 cially if they are getting advanced in life, it may not be 
 thought worth while to abandon the razor. Yet the change would 
 
 M 
 
 *!! 
 
 FlO. 70. 
 
 ■P&asvw" 
 
 ■^^smmmm^ii&m&^^^i<iiiM^> 
 
104 
 
 .lYOIENE. 
 
 not be regretted. Fig. 70 is a human hair, magnified 250 timts, 
 showing its scaly surface. 
 
 The Color of our Clothing is a matter of some moment. The dark 
 colors absorb the light, the sun's rays, and heat, much more than the 
 lighter ones ; and as those bodies which absorb heat well are likewise 
 good radiators, the dark colors have the highest radiating power. White 
 reflect heat and rays of light, and is a bad absorber and bad radiator. 
 In su.amer it prevents the sun's rays from passing inward to heat the 
 body, and in winter, intermpts the heat of the body in its passage 
 out. In summer, it makes the coolest garment ; in winter the warmest 
 one. These facts can be very simply illustrated, by laying, side bj 
 side, upon the snow, when the sun shines, two pieces of cloth, the 
 one black, the other white. Lifting them up, after a time, the snow 
 will be found considerably melted under the black cloth, but not under 
 the white. 
 
 It is now seen that the object of' clothing is not to impart heat to 
 the body, but to prevent its loss ; that it is not to create it, but to 
 furnish the occasion for increasing its degree. It appears further, 
 that clothing protects the body against the evil effects of changes of 
 temperature, and that white garments, by reflecting, instead of ab- 
 sorbing heat, guard it against the heat of summer. 
 
 Clothing should be Porous. — All articles used for garments should 
 be porous, and permit the free passage of insensible perspiration. The 
 skin receives oxygen through its pores, and gives back carbonic acid. 
 It performs a sort of subordinate respiration. India-rubber garments, 
 worn next to it, interrupt this, and must do mischief. Shoes made 
 of this material soon cause the feet to become damp and cold. The 
 dampness is occasioned by the insensible perspimtion, which cannot 
 escape through the rubber. Such shoes worn in the open air, should 
 be immediately taken off on entering the house. 
 
 Thin Shoes. — The defective way in which American females pro- 
 tect their feet from cold and wet, is a sore evil; and he who persuades 
 them to adopt a wiser fashion, and cover their feet with better guard? 
 against colds and consumption, will deserve the gratitude of the na- 
 tion. We are in many things too fond of copying foreign fashions: 
 but if our ladies would, in this matter, follow the excellent example 
 of English women, they would live longer, and leave a hardier pos- 
 terity behind them. 
 
 The shoes worn by our females, high and low, rich and poor, are 
 not thick enough to walk with safety upon a painted floor, hardly 
 upon a carpet in an unwarmed room ; and yet they walk with them 
 upon cold brick sidewalks, upon damp and frozen ground, and even 
 in mud. 
 
 The result is, that they suffer from colds, sore throats, pleurisies, 
 lung-fevers, suppressions, inflammations of the womb, and many other 
 ailments, which in early life rob them of their freshness and beauty, 
 
 '•i»^^\ 
 
 ;k«w«iesii;;;^«i^S£uu^^^ 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 106 
 
 passage 
 
 of tlioir health aftfl comfort, of their usefulness to their linusehold 
 1111(1 the world, and leave them helpless in the arms of their friends, 
 with a patrimony of suffering for themselves while they live and a 
 legacy of disease to hand down to their children. Would that they 
 were wise in season ' Some, to their honor be it said, have already 
 
 adopted a safer coui-se. 
 rected. 
 
 It is hoped the evil will be gradually cor- 
 
 Never attempt to mould the Form by Dress. — Parents commit a 
 great error when they attempt to mould the forms of their children, 
 particularly their daughters, by their dress. This cannot be done. 
 It is the work of nature, and she wants no assistance in it. The 
 great object of dress in childhood, as well as in adult life, is to pro- 
 mote health. With this, there is not much difficulty in preserving 
 the symmetry ; without it, deformity is almost a matter of course. 
 
 The fact cannot be too often repeated, nor too seriously urged upon 
 parents, that while the foundation of all graceful and just proportion 
 of the different parts of the body must be laid in infancy, it cannot 
 be done by tight bands, and ligatures upon the chest, and loins, and 
 legs, and arms. Upon all these points, the garments of children 
 should set easy, leaving the muscles at liberty to assume the fine 
 swell and development which nothing short of unconstrained exercise 
 can give. Could infants tell all the hon'ors they suffer from the re- 
 straints put upon them by tight dresses, it would make many a 
 mother's heart bleed. 
 
 In these brief remarks, the principles are given which should guide 
 us in the selection of our clothing. The intelligent reader will be 
 able very easily to fill up the outline. 
 
 Bathing and Cleanliness. 
 
 Aristotle calls cleanliness one of the half virtues ; and Addison, 
 ill the Spectator, recommends it as a mark of politeness, and as analo- 
 gous to purity of mind. Both in the Jewish and Mohammedan law, 
 it is enforced as a part of religious duty. Its requirement as a pre- 
 requisite to cliristian communion would be wiser than the demands 
 sometimes made. A dirty Christian may perhaps be found, but not 
 among those who mean to be intelligent. 
 
 The importance of keeping the skin clean is not generally appreci- 
 ated. The motive for cleanliness is often a lower and meaner one 
 than should be allowed to have place in the mind. Many persons 
 would be mortified to have their hands, or face, or neck dirty, who 
 ilo not wash their whole body once a year. That they may appear 
 well in the eyes of others, is the only motive with such for keeping 
 clean. 
 
 Offices of the Skin. — If we look a little at the offices of the skin, 
 we shall better understand the need of keeping it clean. 
 
 ■■■■ 
 
106 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 The skin is not merely a covering to protect us trom the weather. 
 It is a living structure, curiously wrought, with a large extent of sur- 
 face, and having important duties to perform in the animal economy. 
 Its structure is more particularly explained under the liead of " Anat- 
 omy " and " Skin Diseases." It has been aheady said, that it helps 
 the lungs in breathing. It does many other things on Wi.ich the health 
 is dependent. 
 
 Number of Perspiratory Tubes. — The skin performs several 
 kinds of secretion, — that is, it separates several things from tlie 
 blood, — one of which is the persjnratfbn, or sweat. The sweat is 
 formed in small glands, situated just under the skin, and is brought 
 to the surface in small ducts, or tubes, like the hose tlirough which 
 firemen throw water. These little tubes are spiral, as seen in cut 44. 
 and run up through the two skins. 
 
 These spiral canals are very numerous, covering every part of the 
 human frame, - there being about 2800 of them upon every square 
 inch throughout the body ; and as a man of ordinary size has about 
 2500 square inches of surface, the number of tubes in the skin of one 
 man is seven millions. 
 
 The mouths of these tubes are called tlie pores of the skin. Each 
 one of these tubes is extended just below the skin ; and there, among 
 the cells where the fat is deposited it, or rather the two bi-anches into 
 which it is divided, is wound into a coil, called the sudoriferous or 
 sweat gland. These ducts are each about a quarter of an inch in 
 length, which make an aggregate length of tubing in the human skin 
 of about twenty-eight miles. 
 
 Insensible Perspiration. — Through each of these seven million of 
 quarter-inch hose, there is poxired out, day and night, as long as a 
 man lives, a stream of sweat in the form of vapor. When this is 
 thrown off very rapidly, as happens when active exercise is taken, it 
 accumulates in drops, and is called sweat. Ordinarily it does not 
 thus accumulate ; it is then called insensible perspiration, — not 
 being recognized by the senses. 
 
 This transpiration may be proved very beautifully by inserting the 
 naked arm into a long glass jar, and closing up the space around it 
 at the month so that no air can get in. The inside of the glass will 
 soon be covered with a vapor, which will grow more and more den.se 
 until it is converted into drops. Boerhaave says : " If the piercing 
 chill of winter could be introduced into a summer assembly, the in- 
 sensible perspiration being suddenly condensed, would give to each 
 person the appearance of a heathen deity, wrapped in his own sepa- 
 rate cloud." 
 
 Now, this continual exudation of sweat through these millions of 
 tubes is for a wise and necessary purpose. It is to take out of the 
 blood and other fluids various salts, which would do mischief if 
 allowed to remain longer, and particularly carbonic acid, which is 
 
 ESfissBEKeanHH 
 
HTGIENB. 
 
 107 
 
 the weather, 
 ffentof sur- 
 iil economy. 
 '1 of " Anat- 
 that it helps 
 h the health 
 
 rms several 
 fs from the 
 he sweat is 
 is brought 
 ough which 
 11 in cut 44. 
 
 part of the 
 
 very square 
 
 ;e has al)out 
 
 skin of one 
 
 skin. Each 
 lere, among 
 unches into 
 oriferous or 
 an inch in 
 luman skin 
 
 n million of 
 s long as a 
 /^hen this is 
 is taken, it 
 it does not 
 tion, — not 
 
 iserting the 
 ! around it 
 B glass will 
 more den.se 
 16 piercing 
 bly, the in- 
 ve to each 
 own sepa- 
 
 millions of 
 out of the 
 nischief if 
 , which is 
 
 poisonous, — the same matters, in fact, which are thrown out by the 
 lungs. The skin, in truth, is a kind of helper of the lungs ; and a 
 lady, by covering herself with garments which have no pores, and 
 will neither admit air nor let off insensible perspiration, may be 
 strangled almost as certainly as by putting a cord around her neck, 
 and closing her windpipe. Almost twice as much fluid passes off 
 through the skin as through the lungs. 
 
 Keep the Pores Open. — It is obvious from what has now been 
 said, that the pores of the skin should be kept open to preserve 
 health. When bathing is neglected, and the undergannents are not 
 changed sufficiently often, the insensible perspiration accumulates 
 and dries up upon the skin, mingling with the oily matter secreted 
 by the oil-glands, and with tha slireds of the scarf-skin, and form- 
 ing a tenacious gluey matter, which closes up the pores. By this 
 misfortune, that large quantity of worn-out matter which usually 
 goes off with the fluid througVi the pores is retained to poison and 
 embarnvss the living current of blood, or seek an outlet through lungs 
 or kidneys, which are already burdened with quite as much as they 
 are able to do. How important, then, that these channels through 
 which the body is purified should be kept open I that the skin shoiUd 
 be kept healthy and in working order ! 
 
 The Bath, the Great Purifier. — But this can only be done by . 
 daily washing. The bath is the great purifier of the human skin. 
 
 The antiquity of bathing is very great. The practice is supposed 
 to reach back to the infancy of the race, or certainly to a very early 
 period. The inhabitants of Middle Asia are said to have been the 
 firet to use the bath for the specific purposes of purification and 
 health. Domestic baths are represented as having been used by 
 Dioraed and Ulysses. Andromache prepared warm water for Hector 
 on his return from battle. Penelope banished sorrow by unguents 
 and baths. 
 
 The Baths of the Medes, the Persians, and the Assyrians were 
 much celebrated. Alexander, though familiar with the voluptuous 
 baths of Greece and Macedon, was astonished at the magnificence of 
 those of Darius. 
 
 Roman Baths. — As luxury and refinement advanced, the means 
 of luxurious bathing were multiplied, until establishments were 
 built by the Romans, the very remains of which excite wonder at 
 this day. Among these are the Thermae of Agrippa, of Nero, of 
 Vespasian, of Titus, etc. One of the halls of the building con- 
 structed for baths by Diocletian, forms at this day the church of the 
 Carthusians, one of the most magnificent temples in Rome. 
 
 Number and Character. — According to Pliny, baths were intro- 
 duced into Rcme about the time of Pompey ; their first erection 
 Dion attributes to Maecenas. Agrippa increased their number to 
 
108 
 
 HYGIENK. 
 
 one hundred and seventy ; and within two hundred years they were 
 multiplied to about eight hundred. These establishments were sn 
 vast that one writer compares them to provinces. They were paved 
 either with crystal, or mosaic, or plaster, and were adorned by Hcidj)- 
 ture and painting to the very highest degree. They added not 
 merely to the health and luxury of the people, but contributed to 
 their culture in the highest departments of art and taste. 
 
 Names of Baths. — To the apartment of their dwelling in wliich 
 they washed their bodies in warm or hot water, the Romans gave 
 the name of balneum, or bath ; to the public establishments, that of 
 balnea, or baths. The apartment which held the vessels was called 
 vasarium. In this were the three immense vessels which conttuned 
 the cold, warm, and hot water. There were instruments of lx)ne, 
 ivory, and metal, for scraping the skin, with a groove in the edge, 
 through which the impurities of the skin might run oif. 
 
 On the north front of the thermae was a reservoir of cold water 
 large enough for swimming, called by Pliny the younger, baptuterinm. 
 In the centre was a spacious vestibule, and on each side, warm, cold. 
 and vapor biths, with apartments for cooling, dressing, and refresli- 
 ments. There was the frigidarium, a vaulted room, a cooling room 
 midway between the warmer and the open air ; the tepidarium, with 
 a temperature midway between the above and the hot bath ; and the 
 calidanum, or the vapor bath. 
 
 Then there was the room where the body was rubbed over with a 
 great number of ointments and essences of the most precious kinds ; 
 and another in which it was sprinkled over with powder ; and also a 
 room which held the clothes, in which the bathera undressed and 
 dressed at pleasure. 
 
 All these upartments were double, the two wings being appropri- 
 ated to the sexes. 
 
 Open to all. — These baths, thus numerous and magnificent, were 
 open to all classes of the people, and contributed largely to the gen- 
 eral health and physical endurance for which the Romans were con- 
 spicuous. 
 
 The Bath Neglected under the Christian System. —When Jesus 
 of Nazareth came into the world, he found man's nature cultivated 
 in a most defective way. The moral element had sunk down to the 
 lowest place, while the physical had risen to the highest, — just the 
 reverse of the true order of things. This Divine Teacher came, not 
 to recomm i a neglect of the body, but a new cure for the imper- 
 ishable pa. -. Mankind were for the first time systematically taught 
 to forgive injuries. Prostrate liberty and degraded woman became 
 the wards of Christianity. 
 
 Unfortunately, under the new order of things, the lower element 
 of man, which had been exalted and worshipped, was cast down and 
 abused. What the Pagan had pampered, the Chiistian pei-secuted. 
 
*»- ---- ^ 
 
 HYGIENK. 
 
 109 
 
 i they were 
 nte were ho 
 were jHivcd 
 hI hy Hculj)- 
 added not 
 tribntcd (o 
 
 ig in wliicli 
 )mans gave 
 intH, that of 
 was calh'd 
 1 contained 
 t« of lx)ne, 
 1 the edge, 
 
 coUl water 
 aptisterinm. 
 warm, cold, 
 nd refresh- 
 loling room 
 %rium, with 
 h ; and the 
 
 over with a 
 
 iouu kinds ; 
 
 and also a 
 
 ressed and 
 
 appropri- 
 
 icent, were 
 to the gen- 
 were con- 
 
 ^hen Jesus 
 
 cultivated 
 
 own to the 
 
 -just the 
 
 came, not 
 
 the imper- 
 
 illy taught 
 
 an became 
 
 element 
 down and 
 teraecuted. 
 
 The Imdy, which had been bathed, and scrubbed, and anointed, and 
 perfumed, waa thenceforward, in consequence of the improper inter- 
 pretation of certain texts, scourged, and fasted, and clothed in rags. 
 Thousands believed, and thousands do to this day, that to torment 
 the body is to please God. Under this feeling, the public and pri- 
 vate baths were neglected ; and to this day no Christian nation has 
 fully appreciated the necessity of cleanliness, and of sanitary meas- 
 ures for the maintenance of the public health. To a considerable 
 extent, the body is still under disabilities ; still the subject of perse- 
 cution ; and where this is not the case, it is too often regarded only 
 as a loose outside garment, to be thrown over the traveller to the 
 celestial city, and is expected to be well soiled with mud and dust. 
 The teachings of the Great Master will by and by cease to be per- 
 verted, and will be applied to raise up man's body, as they have 
 raised his mental and moral nature, and will make a well-developed 
 and harmonious being. 
 
 In the meantime, it is the duty and the privilege of the physician 
 to urge a return, not to the magnificence of the ancient regimen for 
 training the body, but to its real efficiency in a simpler form. 
 
 Cold Bathing. — Water applied to the skin at a temperature below 
 75° of Farenheit, is called a cold bath. If applied to a person with 
 sufficient constitutional energy to bear it, it is a decided and very 
 powerful tonic. By this is meant that it promotes the solidity, com- 
 pactness, and strength of the body. 
 
 The first effect of the application of cold water to the skin, is the 
 sudden contraction of all its vessels, and the retreat of the blood 
 towards the internal organs. The nervous system, feeling the shock, 
 causes the heart to contract with more energy, and throw the blood 
 back with new force to the surface. 
 
 This rushing of the blood back to the skin, is called a reaction ; 
 and when it occurs with some energy, it is an evidence that the sys- 
 tem is in a condition to be much benefited by the cold bath. When 
 this does not take place, but the skin looks shrunken, and covered 
 with " goose flesh," and a chilliness is felt for a longer or shorter time 
 after bathing, then the inference should be, either that the water has 
 been used too profusely, or that the bather has too little reactionary 
 power for this form of the bath. The latter conclusion must not be 
 accepted until cold water has been tried with all possible guards, — 
 such as beginning with tepid water, and gfradually lowering the tem- 
 perature ; bathing for a time, at least, in a warm room ; beginning 
 the practice in warm weather ; and applying the water at first with a 
 sponge out of which most of it has been pressed by the hand. With 
 some or all of these precautions, mosf persons may learn to use the 
 cold bath. It is always to be followed by brisk rubbing with a coarse 
 towel or flesh-brush. 
 
 The Sponge Bath. — \. wet sponge is the simplest, as well as the 
 best mode of applying water to the surface of the body. With per- 
 
 fiU 
 
 tli> 
 
 Jl 
 
no 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 sons who are feeble, a [nirl only of the hody should bo exposed at a 
 time, — which part, having been quickly sponged and wiped dry, 
 should Ihj covered, and another part exposed, and treated in a likt; 
 manner. In this way, all parts of the body may successively be kiiI)- 
 jected to the bnvcing influence of water and friction, with little risk, 
 even to the most delicate, of an injurious shock. The only furniture 
 required for carrying out this simple plan of bathing, is a sponge, a 
 basin, anrl a towel. There is no form of iNithing so universally appli- 
 cable as this, or so generally conducive to health. 
 
 The Shower Bath requires a brief notice. The shock to the ner- 
 vous system produced by itKs much greater than that from sponging. 
 Beside the sudden application of coldness, there is a concussion of 
 the skin by the fall of the water. This form of the bath is excellent 
 for those who are strong and full of vitality, but is fraught with some 
 danger for the feeble and delicate. This, however, depends on the 
 judgment with which it is used. In the form of a delicate shower, 
 and with tepid water, the frailest body might bear its shock. 
 
 The Warm Bath. — A temperate bath ranges from 75° to 85° ; a 
 tepid bath, from 86° to 95° ; a warm bath, from 95° to 98° ; a hot 
 bath from 98° to 105°. A warm bath is of the same temperature 
 with the surface of the body. Of course it produces no shock. To 
 those who are past the meridian of life, and have dry skins, and l)egin 
 to be emaciated, the warm bath, for half an hour, twice a week, is 
 eminently serviceable in retarding the advances of age. 
 
 It is a mistake to suppose the wann bath is enfeebling. It has a 
 soothing and tranquillizing effect. It renders the pulse a little 
 slower, and the breathing more even. If the bath be above 98°, it 
 becomes a hot one, and the pulse is quickened. 
 
 The temperature of the warm bath, as of the cold, should be made 
 to range up and down according to the vigor of the frame, and the 
 circulation of the individual. The aged and the infirm, whose hands 
 and feet are habitually cold, require it to be well up towards the 
 point of blood heat. The pulse should not be made to beat faster by 
 it, nor should sensations of heat or fullness be induced about the 
 temples and face. 
 
 The Vapor Bath. — This differs from the warm bath in being ap- 
 plied to the interior as well as to the exterior of the body. The 
 warmth is inhaled into the air-tubes at the same time that it envelops 
 the external person. The first sensation of the vapor bath is oppres- 
 sion, and causes some difficulty of breathing ; but this passes off as 
 soon as the perspiration begins to flow. From' the steam-chamber, 
 the bather should step into a tepid bath, and after remaining a short 
 time in this, wipe himself thoroughly with diy towels. 
 
 Cold Affusion immediately after either the warm or the vapor bath, 
 i(i excellent. In Russia it is common, after the vapor bath, to pour 
 
 m^ 
 
posed at a 
 
 npud dry, 
 
 in a like 
 
 ily IX! Hlll)- 
 
 Uttli' risk, 
 
 ' furniture 
 
 sponge, a 
 
 ally appli- 
 
 to tlio ner- 
 Hpoiiging. 
 cu88ion of 
 ) excellent 
 with some 
 ids on tlie 
 te shower, 
 k. 
 
 to 85° ; a 
 '8°; a hot 
 mperature 
 bock. To 
 and l)egin 
 ■I week, is 
 
 It has a 
 se a little 
 »ve 98°, it 
 
 d be made 
 , and the 
 
 1086 hands 
 
 wards the 
 fiister by 
 
 about the 
 
 being aj*- 
 dy. The 
 envelops 
 IS oppres- 
 ses off as 
 -chamber, 
 y a short 
 
 ipor bath, 
 1, to pour 
 
 HYUIENK. 
 
 lU 
 
 upon the head of the bather a bucket of warm water, then one of 
 tepid, and hwtly one of cold ; and to finish with giving hira a good 
 towelling. It is even said that the natives leave the uteaiu and the 
 hot bath, and roll themselves in the snow. 
 
 No danger need Ik; feared from cold affuwion when the skin is red 
 and excited by tlie warm bath, provided the nervous frame is not in 
 a depressed condition. If the body is chilled, and the nerves pros- 
 trated by disease or fatigue, the appli(!ation of cold water to the skin 
 may do great mischief, and should in no case bo hazarded. Cold 
 water applied to a hot skin cannot do harm ; to a cold skin, it can do 
 nothing but harm. Hence, the cold bath may In; used with advan- 
 tage on rising in the morning, while the lK)dy is warn>. Another good 
 time is at ten or eleven o'clock in the forenoon, when the nervous 
 power is advancing towards its height for the day. 
 
 Reaction Necessary. — iVs a means for promoting cleanliness, the 
 importance of the bath can liardly be overstated. For the support 
 and improvement of health, it is equally important. But for the pro- 
 motion of the latter, one prerequisite is essential, — the reaction of 
 the skin. 
 
 Various means are resorted to, to secure this. The Hindoos secure 
 it by a kind of shampooing, thus described by a writer: " One of the 
 attendants on the bath extends you upon a bench, sprinkles you with 
 warm water, and presses the whole body in an admirable nianner.- 
 He cracks the joints of the fingers, and of all the extremities. He 
 then places you upon the stomach, pinches you over the kidneys, 
 seizes you by the shoulders, and cracks the spine by agitating all the 
 vertebrae, strikes some powerful blows over the fleshy and muscular 
 parts, then rubs the body with a hair-glove until he perspires," etc. 
 " This process," siiys the wiiter, " continues for three-quartera of an 
 hour, after which a man scarcely knows himself; he feels like a new 
 l)ei.ig." Sir John Sinclair speaks thus of the luxury of the process : 
 " Tf life be nothing but a brief succession of our ideas, the rapidity 
 with which they now pass over the mind would induce one to believe 
 that in the few short minutes he has spent in the bath, he has lived a 
 number of years." 
 
 The Coarse Towel, the horsehair glove, and the flesh-brush are the 
 appliances commonly used for stimulating the skin, and causing re- 
 action. For tender skins, the towel is sufficiently rough. With this 
 the bather should rub himself, unless he is weak and the exertion 
 produces palpitation. The muscular exertion necessary for this will 
 help the reaction. 
 
 Restoration oi the. Bath deslrabie. — It is greatly to be wished 
 that the bath miglit be restored to .something like the importance it 
 held among ancient nations. It is a luxury, a means of health, and 
 iv source of purity both of body and of mind ; for the morals of any 
 people will rise when"} the use of the bath is regular and habitual. 
 
 h 
 
112 
 
 HYUIENR. 
 
 The attempt to cure all diseases by what in called the " water-cure," 
 h:tH a hit of fanaticlHm about it, which will cure ituelf in time. But 
 that water, used judiciously in the form of baths, is a potent moral 
 and physical renovator of the nice, is not to be doubted ; and this 
 should commend it to all sensible peo[)le, even though it should some- 
 times be abused by excess, at* all good things art>. 
 
 A people with clean hands, anU clean bodies, and clean health, will 
 very natunilly come to like clean streets and clean cities, and finally, 
 dean consciences. A fondness for cleanliness in one form, almost ne- 
 cessarily runs into a like fondness for it in other forms, until the pu- 
 rifying desire pei-vades the whole nature, moral as well as physical. 
 
 Air and Ventilation. 
 
 Water and air are fluids. Water covers two-thirds the surface of 
 the globe, having a depth, in some places, of five miles or more. Air 
 covers not merely the remaining third of the earth, but the water as 
 well. It embraces the entire globe, pressing alike upon land and 
 water, and having a depth of about forty-five miles. This is a sea of 
 such magnitude, tliat the Atlantic or Pacific shrinks to a very small 
 lake in the comparison. 
 
 Man has his residence, and walks about fo the bottom of this ocean. 
 He has no means of navigating it, and, therefore, never rises to its 
 surface ; but, with his natural eyes, and with telescopes, he discovei's 
 objects which lie millions and billions of miles beyond it, and even 
 acquires much exact and useful information respecting them. 
 
 This vast ocean of air we call an atmosphere, from two Greek words 
 signifying vapor, and a sphere, — it being an immense fiuid-sphere, or 
 globe. 
 
 Pressure of the Atmosphere. — This atmosphere presses upon man 
 and upon every object on the surface of the earth, with a force equal 
 to fifteen pounds to every square inch ; and as a man of average size 
 has a surface of about 2500 square inches, the air in which he lives, 
 presses upon him with a weight of eighteen tons. This would of 
 course crush every bone in his body, but for the fluids within him 
 which establish an equilibrium, and leave him unoppressed. 
 
 The Phllc^ophy of Breathing cannot be fully explained in the 
 brief space p 'to this subject; it is enough to say, that, upon 
 
 the attem' made to draw in the breath, the muscles of the 
 
 breast ne ribs, the diaphragm or midriff at the same time 
 
 conti — the whole movement being such as to create a vacuum 
 
 in tht xgs. The air, pressing upon every part of the surface, as 
 mentioned above, rushes in and fills the vacuum. The limgs being 
 filled, the contraction of the muscles of the belly causes the dia- 
 phragm, which has sunk down towards a plane, to rise up into the 
 form of an umbrella, aud squeeze the aii- out of the lungs. 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 113 
 
 This is about all that need to Ix) said of the method of getting the 
 air into and out of the lungs. The whole process is under the con- 
 trol of that part of the nervous system called the medulla oblongata, 
 or the top of the sjjinal cord. 
 
 Objects of Breathing. — There are at least three objects to be ac- 
 complished by breathing ; the renewal of the blood and the taking of 
 impurities out of it ; the warming of the body ; and the finishing uj) 
 of the process of digestion, and the change of chyle into nutritive 
 blood. 
 
 There is no good reason for attempting here to explain the last of 
 these objects. To give any idea of the first two, it is necessary to 
 funiish a very brief explanation of the circulation of the blood. 
 
 The heart is double. There are in fact two hearts, a right and a 
 left, joined together. The right heart receives the blood from the 
 veins, and forces it up into the lungs, whence it is brought back to 
 the left heart, and by this is driven through the arteries into e v^ery 
 part of the body. When received into the lungs, the blood is cf a 
 dark purple color, and is loaded with carl)onic acid and some other 
 impurities. It has also l)een deprived, during its circulation through 
 the l)ody, of most of its oxygen. The small, delicate vessels which 
 convey this dark and impure blood through the lungs, pass directly 
 over the air-cells ; and at this moment the carbonic acid and water 
 pass through the blood-vessels and air-cells, and are borne from the 
 
 body on the outgoing breath ; while the oxy- 
 gen enters the blood through the walls of the 
 same vessels ; and this exchange, which takes 
 place with every breath, alters the blood from 
 a dark purple to a scarlet red. Fig. 71 
 shows at 1, a bronchial tube divided into three 
 branches ; 2, 2, 2, are air-cells ; 3, branches of 
 the pulmonary artery winding around the air- 
 cells with the dark blood to be reddened. 
 
 That carbonic acid and water are borne out of the lungs with every 
 breath, may be esisily proved. If we breathe into limo-water, it will 
 become white. This is owing to the carbonic acid in the breath unit- 
 ing with the lime, and producing carbonate of lime. Then, if we 
 breathe upon a piece of glass, it becomes wet, showing that there is 
 watery vapor in the breath. That the blood receives oxygen from 
 the air we breathe is proved by the fact that the ingoing breath has 
 one-fourth more oxygen in it than the outgoing. 
 
 The lungs, then, take out of all the air we breathe, one-fourth of 
 its oxygen. If we breathe it over a second, a third, and a fourth 
 time, it not only has less oxygen each time, and is less useful for the 
 purposes of respiration, but it becomes positively hurtful by rea- 
 son of the poisonous carbonic acid which, at every outgoing breath, 
 it carries with it from the lungs. 
 
 Effect of Sleeping in a Small Room. — Now, consider the effect of 
 
 Fro. 71. 
 
114 
 
 HTOIBNE. 
 
 sleeping in a small room, seven feet by nine, not furnished with the 
 means of ventilation. A pair of lungs, of ordinary size, take in, at 
 each breath, about a pint of air. Out of this air one-fourth of its 
 oxygen is extracted ; and when it is returned from the lungs, there 
 comes along with it about eight or nine per cent of carbonic acid. 
 As it is not safe to breathe air containing more than three or four 
 per cent of this gas, the pint which the lungs take in and throw out 
 at each breath is not only spoiled, but it spoils something more than 
 another pint with which it mingles ; and as the breatli is drawn in 
 and thrown out about eighteen times per minute, not less than four 
 culjic feet of air is spoiled in that time by one pair of Ivmgs. This is 
 two hundred '••■id forty feet an hour ; and in eight hours, the usual 
 time spent iU L .e sleeping room, it amounts to one thousand nine 
 hundred and twenty cubic feet. During the hours of sleep, therefore, 
 one pair of luags «o %poil one thousand nine hundred and twenty 
 cubic feet of air ; it is positively dangerous to breathe it. 
 
 In a room seven feet by ten, and eight feet liigh, there are five 
 hundred and sixty cubic feet of air, a little more than one-quarter 
 the amount spoiled by one pair of lungs during sleeping hours. In 
 a room of this size, there is not air enough to last one person three 
 yhours ; and yet two persons often remain in such rooms eight or nine 
 hours. 
 
 Why then do they not perish ? Simply because no room is entirely 
 air-tight. Fortunately, all our rooms are ;^o made that some foul air 
 will get out, and a little that is pure will find its way in. Were it 
 not 80, no man who closed the door behind hir.i, for the night, in a small 
 bed-^oom, would ever see a return of day 
 
 Suppose fifty children are confined in an urventilated school-room, 
 twenty feet by thirty, and ten feet high. These children will spoil 
 about one hundred and fifty feet of air in one minute, or nine thou- 
 sand feet per hour, or ttventy-seven thousand feet in three hours, — a 
 usual half -day's session. But the room holds only six thousand o-uhic 
 feet of air, — the whole of which these children would spoil in forty 
 minutes. 
 
 These simple facts show the absolute necessity of ventUation. Yet 
 ho\v poorly it is provided for in our sleeping rooms, our sitting rooms, 
 our school houses, our churches, our court houses, our halls of legis- 
 lation, and even in our anatomical and medical lecture-rooms ! 
 
 In sick-rooms, ventilation sfiould receive special attention.— 
 
 Every disease is aggravated by the breathing of bad air. Yet it is 
 common to close all the doors and windows of rooms where sick per- 
 sons are confined, lest the patients should take cold. This is a bad 
 practice. The sick should have plenty of fresh air. Their comfort 
 is promoted by it, and their recovery hastened. 
 
 It is strange that human beings sliould be afraid of pure air. It 
 is their friend and not their enemy. Impure air only should be 
 shunned. 
 
.:X' 
 
 ■- aUai.T-*-- 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 115 
 
 The supply of good air ample. — There is no necessity for breath- 
 ing air which has lost a part of its oxygen, and acquired a portion of 
 carbonic acid. The supply of good air is ample. An ocean of it 
 forty-five miles deep, covering the whole glote, seems a pretty plain 
 intimation that it is not to Ix) sparingly used. When men retire 
 within their dwellings, and attempt to shut out this great sea of air, 
 they show about as much wisdom as would be exhibited by fishes 
 which should build water-tight huts around themselves at the bottom 
 of the ocean, and swim about continually in the unchanged water 
 within. Fishes can ordy live in glass globes when the water is 
 changed every day ; and if the water be changed half a dozen times 
 a day, they cannot be as healthy as when swimming in the great 
 ocean. 
 
 Cultivating; Trees. — In most of our cities there is almost a crimi- 
 nal neglect of the cultivation of trees ; yet they add greatly to the 
 health, and prolong the lives of the citizens. 
 
 The leaves of a tree are the lungs with which it breathes ; but in- 
 stead of extracting oxygen from the air, and giving back carbonic 
 acid, like man, it takes only the poisonous carboni-j acid, and gives 
 back oxygen. 
 
 Were there no animals on the globe, the vegetables would con- 
 sume all the carbonic acid, and die for v ant of breathing material ; 
 on the other hand, were there no trees or other vegetables, the ani- 
 mals would in time so far exhaust the oxygen as to perish for lack 
 of it. The two together keep the air healthy for each. 
 
 The relation of plants and animals, in all that relates to their 
 peculiar actions and effects, is a complete antagonism. Their move- 
 ments are in contrary directions, and by hostile forces. Their oppos- 
 ing actions may be illustrated thus : — 
 
 The ATTiMAii ooNSTmBS the non-nl- 
 trogenized substances, sugar, starch, 
 and gum. 
 
 The animal peoditcbs carbonic acid. 
 
 The vegetable produces the non- 
 nitrogenized substances, sugar, starch, 
 and gum. 
 
 The vegetable decomposes carbonic 
 acid, water, and ammoniacal saits. 
 
 The yeqbtable disengages oxygen. 
 
 The vegetable absorbs heat and 
 electricity. 
 
 The vegetable is a de-oxidizer. 
 
 The vegetable is stationary. 
 
 water, and ammoniacal salts. 
 
 The animal absorbs oxygen. 
 
 The animal produces heat 
 electricity. 
 
 The animal is an oxidizer. 
 
 The animal is locomotive. 
 
 and 
 
 We learn from the facts of Geology that the time was in the his- 
 tory of our globe, when lunged animals could not breathe its atmos- 
 phere ; it was too much loaded with carbonic acid. The trees then 
 grew with a rapidity almost incoTiceivable, decomposing the poison- 
 ous gas, taking to themselves the carbon and setting the oxygen 
 free, and lifting up their brawny ar* s to heaven in acts of thankful- 
 ness for the great feast. 
 
 At length the noxious gas was exhausted \ and then, pale and 
 sickly, they feebly held up their hands for help , and God sent num- 
 berless tribes of warm-blooded uaimals, full of life and energy, that 
 
116 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 tl 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 and carefully 
 Ever}'^ narrow 
 absence, thou- 
 
 sported in the exhilarating air, anu destroyed vast forests, thereby 
 reproducing carbonic acid. 
 
 These simple facts should teach man the sanitary importance of 
 trees and bushes ; and wherever he has a rod, I had almost said a 
 foot of ground to spare, a tree should be planted 
 nursed. This is particularly necessary in large cities, 
 street in a city should be lined with trees. For their 
 sands of men, women, and children have died sooner than they 
 otherwise would. We want them stretching up their arms to all 
 our windows to give us oxygen, and to take to themselves the car- 
 bonic acid we exhale. 
 
 Tight Dresses. — The health may be injured by not breathing air 
 enough, as well as by inhaling that which is impure. It is therefore 
 improper to compress the lungs by wearing tight dresses. If the 
 ribs are held down by the dress, but little air can get into the lungs, 
 and only a small amount of carbonic acid can be carried out. In 
 this event, the health is injured in two ways : the blood is not vital- 
 ized by oxygen received, and it is poisoned by carbonic acid retained. 
 
 Tight lacing has in a measure gone out of fashion ; yet too much 
 of it for the best development of female health is yet retained. As 
 a knowledge of physiology and the laws of life, and a better judg- 
 ment of the true symmetry of the female form prevail, this barbar- 
 ous custom will pass out of use, and the substantial health and 
 real beauty of the American woman will together rise to a higher 
 standard. 
 
 Fill the Lungs well. — Persons who take but little exercise are 
 apt to acquire the habit of drawing the air very little into the lower 
 part of the lungs. This' should be counteracted by taking long and 
 full inspirations for a short time, every day, while in the open air. 
 This practice would get the lungs in the habit of opening to the air 
 quite down to their base, and would make the breathing much more 
 natural as well as effectual at all times. In the case of young per- 
 sons, it would enlarge the capacity of the chest, and add to the brief 
 years of life. Parents should see to it that their children spend 
 from ten to twenty-five minutes every morning inflating their lungs 
 with pure air. 
 
 Travelling. 
 
 It is true that many persons who dwell in one spot, and hardly 
 move from it all their lives, live to old age. Yet change of location 
 for a short time, or permanently, does promote health, and protract 
 life. The mind tires of contemplating one set of objects for a great 
 length of time ; and in the absence of all stimulation, it sinks into 
 apathy, and imparts no energy to the body. The physical frame, 
 partaking of the ennui of the mind, droops. This is doubly true 
 when one is suffering from illness. 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 117 
 
 Travelling is eminently fitted to chaw the thoughts of the nervous 
 and feeble from themselves, and to turn them with interest to out- 
 ward objects. This is of great importance. It is better than stimu- 
 lants and tonics. 
 
 The nervous system has great power over the health; and the 
 pleasurable sensations, excited by visiting new places and scenes, 
 and conveyed to the mind through the nerves, often awaken in the 
 constitution energies which are essential to recovery. 
 
 Travelling places a man in entirely new circumstances. It sur- 
 rounds him with novelties, every one of which makes a demand upon 
 his attention. It breaks up his old trains of thought, which have 
 been monotonous so long that they have grown oppressive. It 
 3au8e8 the world to touch him at a thousand new points, and sur- 
 prises him every day, perhaps every hour, with a view of the false 
 relations he has sustained to it. It opens to him new depths in his 
 own nature, and causes him to wonder that they never attracted his 
 attepoion before. It opens to him one door after another, leading 
 him into new apartments of knowledge ; and as the world grows, he 
 finds himself growing with it, until his whole nature dilates and 
 beats with new life. 
 
 Means of Travelling Increased. — The last twenty-five years 
 have greatly increased the facilities for travelling. Many of the 
 sick may now seek health in distant lands, who, had their circum- 
 stances been similar twedty years ago, would have been compelled 
 to pine at home. The railroads give an easy journey to thousands 
 with the comforts of the parlor cars. 
 
 One thing more wanted. — But one thing is wanted to bring the 
 means of travelling, for the sick, very nearly to perfection ; it is a 
 method of propelling carriages upon common roads, by some cheap 
 power, which can never be exhausted, and which shall be easily man- 
 aged by the traveller or his companion. This is a prominent want 
 of the present hour ; a giant discovery, which, at a single stride, 
 would cany the world forward a hundred years, and which, we may 
 hope, is in the womb of the near future. The power, it is believed, 
 will be electro-magnetism. The mode of applying it, when discovered, 
 will be simple, yet wonderful ; and the results to the sick, beneficent 
 beyond expression. The human mind cannot conceive the advan- 
 tages which invalids would derive from such a mode of conveyance. 
 Journeys might be long or short ; might be made with any rate of 
 speed which the strength permitted. The morning or afternoon 
 stages might be discontinued when fatigue demanded, and resumed 
 at pleasure. Over uninviting regions the traveller might gli'de 
 swiftly, and linger where Nature spreads her feasts for the mind. 
 
 The best Seasonsfor Travelling are spring and autumn. Win- 
 ter is too cold. A pleasurable excursion may sometimes be made in 
 summer, but in general the season is too hot for comfort. In chang- 
 
 iHri 
 
118 
 
 HYGIRNE. 
 
 
 ing climate, food, water, etc., in the stiltry seaHon, there is danger of 
 contracting very troublesome bowel complaints. 
 
 Means of Travelling for the Poor. — There is one painful thought 
 connected with travelling as a means of health, — it cannot be en- 
 j'»yed by the poor. When sick they generally have the careful 
 attention of humane physicians ; they receive from kind neighbors 
 little delicacies of food and drink ; they are watched witli by night, 
 and visited by day ; but though suffering from the hard routine of 
 a laborious life, and needing diversion and recreation more than all 
 else, they cannot travel. They have not the means, and nobody 
 thinks of supplying them for such a purpose. 
 
 This is a channel into which charity ought to pour some of its 
 benevolent streams. In large cities there is a class of poor females 
 who sit in their small rooms and ply the needle diligently through 
 the whole year, and who run down every summer very near to con- 
 finement in bed. Two or tlu-ee weeks, in the hot season, spent in 
 travelling in the mountains and elsewhere, would bring back the 
 color to the pale cheeks of such persons, and save them many years 
 both from the grave and from the almshouse. No millionaire could 
 make a better use of property than to set it apart, at his death, for 
 the specific purpose of enabling the poor to travel. And if this 
 suggestion should induce one rich man to consecrate his wealth to 
 the Godlike work of bestowing health, happiness, and intelligence 
 upon the poor, the great labor of preparing' this book will not have 
 been endured in vain. 
 
 Amusements. 
 
 That which engages the mind, and at the same time impresses it 
 with pleasurable sensations, is a sufficiently accurate definition of 
 amusement. Whatever occupies the thoughts and senses in an 
 agreeable way, and employs them with some degree of intensity, 
 comes under the same head. 
 
 This broad and general definition allovra us to disregard our daily 
 employments as amusements when they engage our deep attention 
 and at the same time give us pleasure. 
 
 The term " amusements," however, in the more popular sense, is 
 restricted to those sports, games, plays, exhibitions, entertaimaents, 
 etc., which involve a mspension of our daily labors, and are properly 
 called diversions. 
 
 When nature is tired and worn with those severe and exhausting 
 toils by which we earn our bread, amusements turn us aside, divert 
 us, engage other powers, and allow our tired faculties to rest. They 
 are, therefore, of very great importance. Even the most trifling 
 amusements may have the highest value. Their very nature and 
 object imply that they will be valuable just in proportion as they 
 divert and rest us. And just in proportion as they do these thinori^, 
 they give us health. 
 
HYCIENR. 
 
 119 
 
 One other thing amusements do for us, which must not be forgot- 
 ten ; they preserve in us, in middle life, and even in old age, the 
 warm simplicity of childhood. They keep us young in our disposi- 
 tions and feelings. They keep us in harmony with nature, and con- 
 sequently artless and truthful. They prevent the formalities of con- 
 ventional life from stiffening us into cold and repulsive hypocrites. 
 
 Selection of Amusements. — Of course the same amusements are 
 not adapted to all persons. The farmer who has worked his muscles 
 all day, would not be benefited by a game of ball in the evening ; 
 yet there are few games more suitable for the student who has bent 
 for many hours over his books. Care should always be taken, there- 
 fore, that amusements or sports do not bear upon those limbs or 
 faculties which are wearied by work. 
 
 Amusements improve various faculties. — To one who haa a 
 
 taste for art, who is fond of works of genius and poetry, theatrical 
 entertainments will always be agreeable, and a source of gratification 
 and health. I know these exhibitions are objected to by many as 
 immoral and hurtful, but more, I think, from habit and fashion, than 
 upon any solid grounds of reason or religion. They certainly appeal 
 to a high order of faculties in the human mind ; and to those who 
 are fitted to receive them, teach lessons of great moment. Even the 
 lower exhibitions of comedy, though not particularly improving to 
 the mind, are yet, from their power to provoke laughter^ among the 
 most powerful up-builders of health. 
 
 Tlie Games of Wtiist, Euchre, etc., engage the minds of the play- 
 ers in a sort of mental contest, which is exciting, agreeable, and 
 health-imparting. These games make us skilful in calculating 
 chances, and judging how men ought to act under certain contin- 
 gencies. They make us sharp to detect and turn aside the unseen 
 forces, which tend to oppose and destroy our success in life. 
 
 I hardly need to say that money or rather property should never 
 be staked upon a game of cards, or upon any other game. Gambling 
 is one of the meanest as well as most destructive things in which men 
 can engage. It raises the healthful excitement of these innocent 
 amusements, — innocent when prope 'v pursued, — into raging pas- 
 sions, which, when defeat comes, as curae it will, sink into remorse 
 and bitterness as terrible as the mind can conceive. I warn young 
 men, as they would escape the pangs of a hell on earth, and the loss 
 of character, happiness, and probably health for life, to avoid any 
 such abuse of cards. 
 
 Chess, Chequers, etc., appeal likewise to the fondness of competi- 
 tion, which is common to all men. But they cultivate in us a little 
 more of the mathematical element. As they require very close appli- 
 cation of the mind, they are not suitable for persons of sedentary em- 
 ployments, or whose daily avocations require a constant use of the 
 
 
120 
 
 Hy«)IKNK. 
 
 II 
 
 ij 
 
 mind. Such persniiH hIioiiM cliooHe lighter and more active amuse- 
 raente. 
 
 Lighter Amusements. — Beside these higher amusements, there 
 are a great number of lighter and more childish ones, which should 
 not be overlooked. 
 
 Some of these are merely physical, involving a trial of strength, 
 fleetness, action, etc., as the games of ball, cricket, etc. Othera are 
 domestic in their nature, involving mirth, and various other of the 
 lighter excitements, as blind-man's buff, puss in the corner, hole in the 
 wall, fox and geese, hunt the slipper, hurly-burly, roll the platter, etc. 
 
 In fashionable American households, these simple domestic plays 
 have in a great measure gone out of use, — being deemed vulgar, and 
 below the dignity of ladies and gentlemen. I am sorry to say this; 
 for the vulgarity, in my judgment, is in those \. ho reject them, and 
 not in the play. 
 
 The oflBcer of our navy, whose visit to the mansion of Lord Hard- 
 wick I have spoken of on page 93, reports that on the evening of one 
 of his visits, the ])lay of blind-man's buff was engaged in by the whole 
 party ; and that his Lordship in attempting to make a short, tfrn dur- 
 ing the play fell upon his back, when one of his daughters, who was 
 blinded, caught him by the heels, and being assisted by others, drew 
 him feet-foremost half the length of the hall, amid the shouts of the 
 whole party. This would have been deemed very vulgar by fashion- 
 able people in this country. But to me, who am no believer in any 
 nobility which Lord Hardwick can receive from kingp or queens, this 
 simple naiTative raised him at once to a peerage in nature's realm. 
 Without doubt, he is one of nature's noblemen. A man in his sta- 
 tion, and with his wealth and temptations to snobbery, who can pre- 
 serve such simplicity of character, must have a warm as well as a 
 noble heart in his breast. 
 
 Value of Domestic Amusements. — I remark here that, in all our 
 amusements, we should, as far as possible, seek those of a domestic 
 character. They are more simple and childlike in their nature, and 
 preserve in us, even to old age, the freshness of feeling, and truthful 
 simplicity, which spread so beautiful a greenness over the autumn of 
 life. 
 
 Simple domestic amusements, too, are always gotten up on a cheap 
 scale; they do not encourage costly extravagance, and can be in- 
 dulged in by the poor as well as the rich. 
 
 But more, and better than all, they keep young men and old men, 
 and young women and old women, at home, by making the domestic 
 circle the centre of attraction. They draw the seekers of pleasure 
 around the hearth-stone, instead of outward in the world. They in- 
 cline young and old to look to the family circle as the centre of the 
 most pure, because the most simple and natural, enjoyments. They 
 teach us to look to home as the centre of life, and to all outside as 
 onlj its appendages. 
 
 
 -'Hif-i'-:-vMujjeiri, 
 
 mmmsi^^^i^^ 
 
HYGIKNK. 
 
 121 
 
 It. has been said that homeg are found only in England; that in 
 (itlier countries, life wanders, houseless and shelterless, abroad, seek- 
 ing happiness, it knows not where, while in England it nestles warmly 
 in the bosom of home. To whatever extent this is true, — and I be- 
 lieve there is truth in it, — it is owing to the simple household amuse- 
 ments of England. 
 
 An American Want. — One of the great wants of this country is a 
 more liberal provision for amusements. We attach here too much 
 value to wealth ; and we pursue it with an intensity altogether in- 
 compatible with health. We cannot take time for recreation because 
 we are in so great a hurry to be rich. 
 
 If we would save ourselves from a total wreck of health, we must 
 tako broader and better views of life. We must value it for its solid 
 comforts, rather than for its glitter and show. 
 
 Contrary to the general belief, insanity is very prevalent among 
 seamen and farmers. The former lead a life of dreary solitude upon 
 the ocean ; the latter, one, if not of equal, certainly of very objection- 
 able solitude upon the land. The sailor who does business upon the 
 great sea should provide himself with great numbers of games to 
 amuse hira in his wanderings. The farmers of our land should cul- 
 tivate more of the sociabilities of life. Let them meet together in 
 the fine summer evenings, like the peasants of France, and dance 
 upon the green lawns before their cottages. They will till their lands 
 more cheerfully for it ; enjoy better- spirita and health ; and live to 
 greater age. 
 
 Completeness of Life. — Amusements are necessary in order to 
 give a completeness to life. The faculties of the human mind are 
 numerous. It is only when they are all exercised, in their due pro- 
 portion, that there is a harmonious beauty in our lives. The cus- 
 toms of society twist us all out of shape, — perverting us mentally, 
 morally, and physically, and robbing us of every maidy and health- 
 ful quality. Getting out of the ruts of fashionable life, we must 
 come back to the simple paths of nature. 
 
 I would strongly impress upon parents, teachers, and guardians, 
 the importance of studying well the various temperaments, physical 
 and mental peculiarities of their children, in order to judge wisely 
 of the kind and amount of recreation required by them. 
 
 Instance : a pale, delicate child of ten to twelve or fourteen years, 
 with clear complexion, flaxen hair, blue eyes, slender frame, and' a 
 nervous, sensitive organization, with strong mental cast, requires 
 much more recreation and out-door exercise than a full-blooded, 
 robust child of that age ; a fact not at present duly considered, as a 
 general thing. 
 
 fl3E7tSS?^SS^?? 
 
 >U^.'>*^i«»^KiS^*l»*«'*' 
 
TEMPEBAMENT8, CONSTITUTION, AND 
 
 SYMPTOMS. 
 
 Man has thinking^ wanning, nourishing^ and moving powers. For 
 the performance of each of these great functions, he has organs of 
 the best possible construction. 
 
 For Thinking, he has a brain. If this be large in proportion to his 
 other organs, it gives a character, a cast, a peculiarity to his whole 
 organization. Everything about him is subordinate to his brain. 
 We recognize him, at once, as a thinking and feeling being. He 
 has an intellectual look. There is a delicacy, a refinement, a sensi- 
 tiveness, a studious habit, an air of thoughtfulness about him, which 
 determine his traits, his tone, his temper, his whole character. Hence 
 it is proper to say he has a cephalic or thinking temperament. 
 
 The Lungs and Heart, devoted to renewing and circulating the 
 blood, are placed in the chest or thorax. If these be large in man in 
 proportion to other organs, he is characterized by great activity of cir- 
 culation, by a large supply of red blood, and by the general indica- 
 tions of a full, warm, and bounding life. This activity gives him 
 his tone and temper, and shows that his is the thoracic or calorific 
 temperament. 
 
 In the Great Cavity of the Abdomen is done the work of receiv- 
 ing, digesting, and disposing of the materials which nourish the body. 
 If the organs which do this work be large in proportion to others, the 
 body is fed to repletion, and the whole organization speaks of the 
 table. The habit, the look, the temper, are ell sluggish. This is the 
 abdominal or alimentary temperament. 
 
 The Bones and Muscles are instruments by which the movements 
 of the body are performed. If these be the largest, in proportion, of 
 any in the body, then the locomotive powers are in higher perfection 
 than any others. There is largeness 'of person, energy of movement, 
 and greatness of endurance. The whole cast of the person partakes 
 of the strength and coarseness of bone and muscle. This is the 
 muscular or locomotive temperament. 
 
 This gives us four temperaments, as follows : — 
 
 I. The Cephalic Temperament, denoted by large brain, activity of 
 mind, and general delicacy of organization. 
 
 122 
 
-T 
 
 TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 123 
 
 , AND 
 
 •wers. For 
 1 organs of 
 
 jrtion to his 
 ) his whole 
 his brain, 
 being. He 
 snt, a sensi- 
 him, which 
 iT. Hence 
 It. 
 
 ilating the 
 in man in 
 vity of cir- 
 iral indica- 
 gives him 
 or calorific 
 
 of receiv- 
 L the body. 
 others, the 
 iks of the 
 Fhi^ is the 
 
 movements 
 portion, of 
 perfection 
 novenient, 
 n partakes 
 his is the 
 
 ictivity of 
 
 II. The Thoracic Temperament, indicated by a large chest, force 
 of circulation, redness of skin, great activity, warmth of temper, 
 and fulness of life. 
 
 III. The Abdominal Temperament, denoted by a large develop- 
 ment of the stomach, liver, bowels, and lymphatics; by a fulness of 
 l)elly, fondness of high living, and a disposition to float sluggishly 
 upon the current of the world, rather than to struggle against it. 
 
 IV. The Muscular Temperament, indicated by largeness of frame 
 and limbs, coarseness of structure, and great power of locomotion 
 and endurance. 
 
 There are some reasons for reckoning but three temperaments in- 
 stead of four, by reducing the thoracic and abdox mal to one, after 
 the manner of the phrenological Fowlers, — especially as the organs 
 in the chest, and their appendages, take an important part in the 
 process of nutrition. But as the heart and lungs are placed in one 
 cavity, and the stomach, liver, etc., in another, and as one set of 
 these organs may be largely developed, and the other defectively, I 
 have thought it most convenient, on the whole, and quite as philo- 
 sophical, to letain the four temperaments. 
 
 These temperaments seldo.a or never appear single and pure. 
 They mix and cross with each other in all possible ways. 
 
 Medication and Temperaments. 
 
 The object of speaking of temperaments in this work is to make 
 the reader acquainted wit£ the principles upon which remedies are 
 to be adapted to their development. The philosophical-minded phy- 
 sician will, in prescribing, always keep the temperament in view. 
 
 Persons of a Cephalic Temperament cannot bear powerful medi- 
 cines, — particularly drastic purges. Their fine, delicate and sensi- 
 tive organizations would be torn all to pieces by doses which would 
 hardly be sufficient in a fully-developed muscular temperament. 
 This should always be borne in mind in prescribing for persons of a 
 large brain and delicate organization. 
 
 In this temperament, too, fevers, instead of running a high and 
 fiery course, take the low typhoid type, the patient becoming pale, 
 and showing a constant tendency to sink. Such patients would be 
 killed by purging, leeching, cupping, sweating, and starving. They 
 want tonics, stimulants, and every kind of support ich the case 
 will possibly permit. 
 
 Persons of a Thoracic Temperament, having a rapid circulation, 
 and a fulnesp of blood, are most liable to inflammatory diseases. 
 When fever attacks them, they have what is called a " high fever." 
 If rheumatism comes, it is acute rheumatism. Disease takes hold of 
 them smaHly. As they do everything with emphasis and energy 
 
124 
 
 TEM'iiRAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 1.1' 
 
 when well, ao, when ill, they make a businefls of it, and are sick with 
 all their might. 
 
 Stimulants and tonics generally make such persons worse. They 
 want sedatives, and diaphoretics, and Hweato, and purgatives, and 
 leeches, and cups, and low diet, and cold bathing, and whatever else 
 will slacken the ferocious swiftness of their circulation. 
 
 Those of the Abdominal Temperament are not particularly sub- 
 ject either to veiy high fevers, or to those typhoid forms which 
 produce sinking. As in the two temperaments noticed above, their 
 complaints chiefly attack the organs most largely developed. Their 
 diseases affect the stomach, the liver, the spleen, and the Ixiwels. 
 These are the largest organs in their bodies, and are most used ; and, 
 being overworked, they fall into disease. 
 
 As these persons are slothful in all their habits, so their diseases 
 run a sluggish course. They are not so liable to sudden death as 
 persons of either of the preceding temperaments. They have all 
 sorts of chronic diseases which linger a great while, and are cured 
 with much difficulty. 
 
 These persons will bear larger doses of medicine than either of 
 the preceding. Neither do their constitutions respond as readily to 
 medicine. A physician will be disappointed if he expects to see 
 them recovering as fast under its use. 
 
 Those of a Muscular Temperament, having little fondness for 
 any wiing but a hardy, active life, are much exposed to the elements. 
 Though strong and long-enduring, the hardship of their lives often 
 breaks them down, and when felled by disease, they are oftentimes 
 shockingly racked and torn by it. 
 
 These persons bear large doses of medicine, and when sick, need 
 to be treated with an energy proportioned to the strength of their 
 constitution. Rheumatism, which affects the joints, the ligaments, 
 and the tendons, is an affection from which they suffer severely. 
 
 The Constitution. 
 
 In prescribing for disease, it is of very great importance to take 
 notice of the constitution. This is a different matter from the tem- 
 peraments. Persons of the same temperament are often quite unlike 
 in the strength of their constitution. And those having good natural 
 constitutions, frequently abuse them by improper habits and indul- 
 gences, and at length come to have broken and very feeble consti- 
 tuiidns. 
 
 Some persons' muscles and other tissues are put together as if 
 they were never intended to come apart. Like some of the woods 
 of the forest, — the lignum vitse for example, — they are fine-grained 
 and tough. A real smart boy will wear out an iron rocking-horse 
 sooner than one of these persons can exliaust their constitution by 
 
TIMPKBAMBNT8, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMi 
 
 125 
 
 e sick with 
 
 rae. They 
 atives, and 
 utever else 
 
 iilarly sulh 
 rnis which 
 bove, their 
 3d. Their 
 !ie lx)wel8. 
 wed; and, 
 
 ir diseases 
 » death as 
 f have all 
 are cuied 
 
 either of 
 readily to 
 :ts to see 
 
 dness for 
 elements, 
 ves often 
 iftentimes 
 
 jick, need 
 I of their 
 igaments, 
 3rely. 
 
 e to take 
 the tem- 
 te unlike 
 d natural 
 id indul- 
 e consti- 
 
 her as if 
 le woods 
 3-grained 
 ng-horse 
 ution by 
 
 hard work. Otliera, to outward appearance equally well made, have 
 very little endurance, break dov/n easily under hard work, and lose 
 their flesh from trifling causes. 
 
 The state of the constitution, therefore, should always be learned 
 before much medicine is given ; for what a person of a strong con- 
 stitution will need, may greatly injure a feeble person, even of the 
 same temperament. 
 
 Habits.— These must likewise be attended to. Persons using 
 stimulants require larger doses of medicine to affect them than other 
 persons. 
 
 Climate.— Medicines act differently on the same persons in sum- 
 mer and winter. Narcotics act more powerfully in hot weather and 
 climates than in cold, and must be given in smaller doses. 
 
 IdioAyncraAy.— Medicines of only ordinary activity, act very pow- 
 erfully, and even violen My on some persons. This is owing to a pecu- 
 liarity of stomach, or constitution, called idiosyncrasy. It makes the 
 person, in this particular, an exception to the general rule. And no 
 physician can knv)w beforehand in what imrticulars this exceptional 
 disposition will show itself. Persons, however, learn their own idio- 
 syncrasies, and should make them known to those who prescribe for 
 them for the first time. 
 
 Thi Sex.— The peculiarities of each sex should never be forgotten 
 in prescribing for the sick. 
 
 Males are not so sensitive as females. They will bear more medi- 
 cine, and their nervous system is not so readily excited by it. 
 
 Influence of Age.— Human life is divided into infancy, childhood, 
 youth, manhood, and old age. Each of these periods has peculiarities 
 which modify disease. 
 
 The First Period, extending from birth to the age of seven years, 
 is marked by tenderness and excitability, and is alive to every "irrita- 
 tion. Teething and other disturbances occur at this period, and need 
 careful management. 
 
 The Second Period extends from seven to fourteen, and is quite 
 subject to disease, including the second dentition. During these two 
 periods there is no great difference between the sexes ; both are ten- 
 der, and need careful watching. 
 
 During the Third Period, the changes occur which mark and sepa- 
 rate the sexes. This is a developing period, when the functions be- 
 come established, and the frame acquires form, proportion, and 
 strength. 
 
 At this time, hereditary tendencies to disease, latent till now, begin 
 to show themselves, and call for every possible endeavor to break 
 them up, and fortify the constitution. 
 
 . -.rr^aicSBTpcfWy .31 
 
126 
 
 TKMPKRAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND HYMPTOMH. 
 
 The Fourth Period vinbroces tliu vigorouH maturity nf life, wlion 
 the powera of body and mind, in both sexes, are at the Hutninit of 
 their excuUunce. The functions are now well established. It Ih dur- 
 ing this periwl that the female is siibjeut to most of the ImniNNin^ 
 ailments peculiar to her sex. So numerous are these complaints, luiil 
 so large and valued the class of persons uff;icted by them, that ho who 
 treats thenj with the greatest skill, and with the delicacy which their 
 nature demanils, may be said to be ut the head of his profession. 
 
 The Fifth Period is that of old iige, wlien the functions are detain- 
 ing, and the frame is bending u .der the weight of yeara. ()ld age 
 l)egin8 earlie'" with females than with males. Many ailmelits are com- 
 mon to this period, which require peculiar management, both medi- 
 cinal and hygienic. 
 
 Proper Frequency of Dose. — Kach suciceeding dose should Ixi 
 given before the effect of the preceding is gone. If this rule is not 
 attended to, the cure does not advance. What is gained by each 
 dose is lost by the rallying of the disease in the interval. Care must 
 he taken, however, not to apply this rule too strictly with very active 
 
 medicines. 
 
 « 
 
 How to Examine a Patient. 
 
 When a patient is presented for examination, having observed the 
 tempemment, constitution, sex, and age, 
 
 1. Learn the causes of the disease, whether local, specific, or gen- 
 eral, and also its history. 
 
 2. Search out its nature and character, whether febrile or other- 
 wise. 
 
 8. Take notice of the whole train of symptoms, -^ embracing the 
 pulse, the condition of the mouth, tongue, and digestive organs, the 
 breathing, the urine, the fecal discharges, the condition of the brain 
 and nervous system, the state of the skin, etc. 
 
 Brief Table Explanatory of Symptoms. 
 
 GENERAL APPEARANCE OF PATIENT. 
 
 1. Tonic spaHtn of the trunk 
 
 2. Distorted features, altered pooltion, 
 
 and impaired motion of limbs 
 '■\. Irregular and perpetual motion 
 4. Entire and absolute immobility 
 .'). Qreat and unnatural Iroldneas 
 (i. Great and unusual languor 
 
 7. Ability to lie only upon the back 
 
 8. Lying upon the face 
 
 9. Lying upon one side 
 
 indicates Locked jaws. 
 
 " Paralysis of one side. * 
 
 " St. Vitus's dance. 
 
 " Catalepsy. 
 
 " Insanity or delirium. 
 
 " The beginning of an acute disease, or 
 
 the progress of a chronic one. 
 
 " Apoplexy. Organic disease of the brain 
 
 or spinal marrow. Acute inflamma- 
 tion of the lining of the abdomen. 
 Rheumatism of the joints. 
 
 " Several kinds of colics. 
 
 " Pleurisy, or inflammation of the lungs. 
 
 When one lung only is affected in 
 consumption, the pai'.ont generally 
 lies on the diseased side. 
 
 t^aifkoA 
 
TEMPERAMENTS, C0N8TITUTI0N, AND HYMPT0M8. 
 
 127 
 
 in. MnlnUlninK tli« NittlnR poaturn indioaton 
 
 only 
 11. The lieail tlirown bock " 
 
 Vi. KflNtlflmnnm Hiid totMinipt •• 
 
 13. Uen«nl «nlargem ( of the body " 
 
 DUnafin of tlio lionrt or InnRM, wlilrh 
 
 interfnroH with br«athln|{. 
 Hevere diiieaiieMof the larynx and wlnd- 
 
 pljMS. 
 
 Th« beKlnnlnp of acute Indammatlon. 
 
 Fevers. Dellniini, uiid acute inanlu. 
 CelUlroimy. Eui|ihy»enia from a 
 
 wound of the clinNt. 
 
 Head, Face, and Neck. 
 
 1. TToad bent to one Hide 
 
 2. Head increasetl in ilze 
 
 3. Hwollon Hcali) 
 
 4. Dull exprexNion of face 
 
 5. Full, red face, with blood-veaaeU 
 
 of eyed injected 
 
 6. Pinched, contracted countenance 
 
 7. I'iiiched nose, Hunken even, hollow 
 
 tonipleH, Hkin of forehead tense 
 and dry, complexion livid 
 H, Wrinklefi hvtdm tho forehead 
 0. Wrinkles from forehead, vertically 
 to root of nose 
 
 10. A white line from inner angle of 
 
 the eye to just below the cheek- 
 liono 
 
 11. White line from the upper border 
 
 of the wing of the nose (ala nasi ) , 
 curved to the outer margin of the 
 orb of the oye 
 
 12. The white line In children from 
 
 angle of mouth to lower part of 
 face 
 
 13. A white line external to the last 
 
 two, in a semicircular direction 
 towards the chin 
 
 14. Swelling of tlie face and eyelids 
 
 15. Transient redness or flushing of 
 
 face 
 
 16. Hectic flush 
 
 17. Paleness of face 
 
 18. Dingy, white, or greenish face 
 
 19. Yellow tint 
 
 20. A citron tint 
 
 21. A bluish tint 
 
 22. Pc-petual motion of eyelids 
 
 23. Forcible closure of eyelids 
 
 24. Byelidti remaining open 
 
 25. PMsy of the upper lid 
 
 20. Plowing of tears over the cheek 
 
 27. Nostrils, dilating forcibly and rap- 
 
 idly 
 
 28. ItohiQg of nostrils in oldldren 
 
 Indicates ConvuLiions. Paralysis of oiie-half the 
 
 bo*ly. Dislocation of hones of neck. 
 
 Swelling of glands of neck. 
 " Chronic hydropholus. Knlarged brain. 
 
 " Erysipolas. Hmall-pox. 
 
 " Typhoid fever. 
 
 Hwolling of heart. Congestion of 
 
 brain. 
 " Acute Inflammation of peritoneum. 
 
 Exposure to severe cold. 
 " Chronic disease just before death. 
 
 " ExcesfllTe pain arising externally. 
 
 " Distress, anxiety, and severe internal 
 
 pain. 
 In children, a brain or nervous affec- 
 tion ; in adults, abuse of the genera- 
 tive organs. 
 
 " In consumption and wasting -f flesh. 
 
 The lower part of the line indicates 
 disease of stomach ; the upper part, 
 some afTection of upper part of bowel. 
 When united with the white line 
 named above, and with a drawing in 
 of the cheek, fixed eyes, and a wan 
 complexion. It implies worms. 
 
 ' An afrection of the chest, with diffl- 
 
 culty of breathing. 
 
 " Chronic and obstinate disease in the 
 
 chest or belly. 
 
 " Albumen in the urine. 
 
 " Suffering from the monthly irregular- 
 
 " Consumption. Chronic aflfections. 
 
 Cold stage of fever. Acute inflamma- 
 tion. Chronic diseases, especially 
 Bright's disease, during recovery. 
 A low and deficient state of blood. 
 Jaundice. 
 " Cancerous disease. 
 
 " Poor circulation in the veins. Cholera. 
 
 Typhus fever. Blue disease. 
 Mania and idiocy. 
 " Intolerance or dread of light. 
 
 " Orbicularis palpebrarum. Paralysis of 
 
 the muscle which closes the eye. 
 Injury of the tliird pair of nerves. 
 ' Obstruction of the lachrymal duct. 
 
 Difficulty of breathing. 
 
 Worms in the bowels. 
 
 The Tongue. 
 
 Surface of tongne covered with a 
 layer of whitish, soft, mucous 
 substance, which may partially 
 be taken off with a scraper, — 
 also, clammy mouth 
 
 indicates Derangement of stomach , or bowels, or 
 both. 
 
128 
 
 TBMPEBAMSNTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 icdloates Acute dyspepsia. Asthma. 
 " Severe oases of acute dyspepsia. 
 
 3. State of tongue as above, with 
 
 clammy mouth, bitter taste, and 
 fetid breath. 
 8. Oreat load on tongue as above, 
 which pwU off, leaving the 
 tongue smooth, red and tender 
 
 4. TonKue slightly white from small 
 
 white pomts, and sometimes cov- 
 ered with for, like the fibres of 
 coarae velvet 
 6. Tongue pale, tumid, cloan and very 
 smooth 
 
 6. Tongue /urred and dry 
 
 7. Tongue white and loaded, with 
 
 much thirst 
 
 8. As above at first, — afterwards 
 
 c/ean, red, and dry 
 
 9. Tongue white and loaded, with dry- 
 
 ness 
 
 10. Tongue dry, parched, tender, and 
 
 dark brown or black. Pushed out 
 with great difficulty and tremb- 
 ling 
 
 11. Tongue loaded with white, through 
 
 which numerous elongated, very 
 , red papillae protrude their points 
 
 Chronic djrspepsia. Some affection of 
 the liver, if the fur be yellow. 
 
 Chlorosis or green sickness. 
 
 Violent local inflammation. Irritation 
 
 in bowels. 
 Inflammatory fever. 
 
 Protracted inflammatory fever. 
 
 Mild tjrphus fever. 
 
 Severer forau of typhus fever. 
 
 Scarlet fever. 
 
 The Throat. 
 
 1. Throat enlarged 
 
 2. Violent pulsation of carotid arteries 
 
 8. Pulsation of the nameless artery 
 (arteria innominata) above the 
 breast b me, and to the right of 
 the windpipe. 
 
 4. Circumscribed swelling about throat 
 
 indicates The approach of puberty in females. 
 " Acute mania. Inflammation of brain. 
 
 Enlargement of heart, and dilation 
 of right ventricle. Anemia. 
 " Regur^tation from aorta. 
 
 Enlivgement of glands. 
 
 The Chest 
 
 1. General enlargement of one side of indicates Large effusion of water from pleurisy, 
 chest 
 
 " Water from pleurisy settling to the 
 
 bottom. 
 " Emphysema. 
 
 " Enlargement of liver. 
 
 " Water in heart-case. Enlargement of 
 
 heart. 
 " Aneurism of the ascending aorta. 
 
 2. Bulging at the base of a lung 
 
 3. Bulging at front upper part of chest 
 
 4. BuIgingrighthypochondrium(See 
 
 5. Bul^iig m region of heart 
 
 6. Tumor where the third rib joins the 
 
 breast-bone 
 
 7. Tumor between the base of the 
 
 shoulder blade and the spine 
 
 8. Depression or retraction of one tide 
 
 of chest 
 
 9. Breathins increased in rapidity. 
 
 Oenerally, in health, about 
 twenty breaths aro taken in a 
 minute 
 10. Breathing diminished in rapidity 
 
 11. Jerking respiration 
 
 12. Breathing with muscles of ribs only 
 
 Aneurism of the descending aorta. 
 
 Constmiption. Absorption of fluid, 
 
 effusea by pleurisy. 
 Spasmodic asthma. 
 
 Pleurisy. Paralysis of respiratory mus- 
 cles, inflammation of lungs. Emphy- 
 sema. Pneumothorax. Consumption. 
 
 Spasmodic asthma. Obstruc)Jon in 
 larynx and windpipe. 
 
 Abdominal inflammation. Inflamma- 
 tion of diaphragm. 
 
 1. Increased size of belly 
 
 The Belly. 
 
 indicates Dropsv. Wind in bowels. Inflam- 
 mation of peritoneum. Obstruction 
 in bowels. Hysteria. 
 
TEMPERAMINTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 129 
 
 2. Enlargement In epigastrium (FUr. 93) indicates Hysteria. Cancer of stomach. 
 
 3. Enlargement In hypogastrium (Pig. 96) " Distension of bladder. Ovarian tu- 
 
 mors. Accumulation of feces in 
 bowels 
 
 4. Belly diminished In dze " Chronic dysentery. Lead ooUc. Also 
 
 in most chronic diseases, 
 
 1. Enlarged penis in children 
 
 2. Drawing up of testicles 
 
 3. Enlargement of scrotum 
 
 1. The limbs immovable 
 
 2. Limbs contracted and rigid 
 
 3. General swelling of limbs 
 
 4. Swelling of joints 
 
 5. Limbs diminished in size 
 
 Private Organs. 
 
 indicates Stone In bladder. Masturbation. 
 " Stone In kidneys. 
 
 " Hydrocele. Hematocele. Sarocele. 
 
 The Limbs. 
 
 Indicates Paralysis. 
 
 " Softening of the brain. 
 
 " Defective circulation of blood. 
 
 " Bhenmatism. Water In the joints. 
 
 White swelling. 
 " Faralysiii. * 
 
 The Nervous System. 
 
 /' 
 
 1. Morbidly increased sensation 
 
 2. Tensive pain 
 
 3. Dull, heavy pain 
 
 4. Smarting pain 
 
 5. Shooting, tearing pains 
 
 6. Boring pains 
 
 7. Contualve pains. 
 
 8. Itching. Sensation as of ants creep- 
 
 ing over the skin 
 
 9. Exaltation of vision 
 
 10. Black flecks floating before the 
 
 eyes 
 
 11. Painfully acute hearing 
 
 12. Dull hearing 
 
 13. Increase of strength 
 
 14. Debility 
 16. TrembUng 
 
 16. Rigidity of upper extremities 
 
 17. Cramp 
 
 18. Temporary spasm 
 
 19. Pain at extremity of penis 
 
 20. Pain in right shoulder 
 
 21. Pain in left shoulder 
 
 22. Exaltation of affections 
 
 23. Loss of moral sensibility 
 
 24. Ezaltat m of Intellect 
 
 Indicates Acute Inflammation of brain and 
 spinal marrow. Fevers. Hysteria. 
 
 " Phlegmonous inflammation. 
 
 Enlarged internal organs. Internal 
 tumor. Effusion of water into cavi- 
 ties lined with serous membranes. 
 Felt In the loins previous to dis- 
 charge from menstruation, and from 
 piles. 
 
 " Scarf -ekln removed. 
 
 ' " Neuralgia. Cancer. 
 
 " Constitutional syphilis. Rheumatism. 
 
 Oout. Inflammation of periosteum. 
 
 " Bruises. Acute diseases. 
 
 " Several diseases of the skin. 
 
 " Ophthalmia. Inflammation of brain. 
 
 Some nervous diseases. 
 " Affections of the brain and optic 
 
 nerve. Dyspepsia. 
 " Inflammation of brain. Hysteria. 
 
 " Typhus fever. 
 
 " Delirium. Inflammation of brain. 
 
 Mania. 
 " Most diseases. 
 
 " Cold stage of fever. Nervous affec- 
 
 tions. Old age. Action on the sys- 
 , tern of lead, mercury, strong coffee, 
 
 alcoholic drink, tobacco, opium. 
 " Softening of the brain. Infiltration 
 
 of blood into the brain. Hysteria. 
 " Pregnancy. Hysteria. Painters' colic. 
 
 In convulsions of children. Some 
 
 affections of the brain. 
 " Stone in bladder. 
 
 " Congestion of liver. 
 
 " Disordered stomach. 
 
 " Hypochondriasis. 
 
 " Mania. Typhus fever. Masturbation. 
 
 Melancholy. Sometimes indicates 
 
 close of Ufe. 
 
 1. Stiffness of chest 
 
 2. Pressure upon parta 
 
 The Breathing. 
 
 indicates Cartilages turned to bone. Pleura 
 hardened. Distortion from rickets. 
 Tumors. Dropsy of belly. 
 
180 
 
 TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 3. Obstruction of air-tubes 
 
 4. Compression of lungs 
 
 5. Pain in parts moved in breathing 
 
 6! Paralysis of muscles of chest 
 
 7. Spasm of muscles of chest 
 
 8. Deficiency of red blood 
 
 indicates Spasm of glottis. Spasm near the 
 small ends of bronchial tubus. 
 Mucus, etc., thrown out upon the 
 inner surface. 
 
 " Effusions in pleurisy. Water in 
 
 chest. Air in substance of lungs. 
 Aneurism and other tumors. 
 
 " Pleurisy. InflAmmation ol perito- 
 
 neum. 
 
 " Injury of spinal marrow. 
 
 " Locked jaw. Spasmodic asthma. 
 
 " Angemia. Chlorosis or green sickness. 
 
 1 . Hollow and barking cough 
 
 2. Sharp, ringing cough 
 
 3. Hoarse cough 
 
 4. Wheezing cough 
 
 5. Belching cough 
 H. Cough in paroxysms 
 
 7. Cough sounding harsh and concen- 
 
 trated when listening with the 
 stethoscope. 
 
 8. Cough sounding hollow, when lis- 
 
 tening with the stethpscope, as 
 thougli it came from a cavern. 
 
 9. Cough having a metallic or ringing 
 
 sound when listening with the 
 stethoscope. 
 
 The Cough. 
 
 indicates Last 8i.age of consumption. Clironic 
 bronchitis. Some nervous affections. 
 
 " Croup. 
 
 " Beginning of cold. Chronic laryn- 
 
 gitis. 
 
 " Asthma. 
 
 " Some diseases of larynx. 
 
 " Hooping cough. Hysteria. 
 
 " Consumption. Inflamination of thn 
 
 lungs. Pleurisy. Enlargement of 
 bronchial tubes. 
 
 " Tuberculous cavity. Enlarged bron- 
 
 chial tubes. 
 
 Large tuberculous cavity. 
 
 1. Scanty expectoration 
 
 2. Copious expectoration 
 
 3. Watery expectoration 
 
 4. Mucous expectoration 
 6. Expectoration of pus 
 
 6. Expectorated matter shaped like 
 
 coin (nummular) 
 
 7. Muco-purulent, iloculent expecto- 
 
 ration 
 
 8. Tubular expectoration 
 
 9. Whitish or greenish expectoration, 
 
 that clings to the vessel 
 
 10. Yellow expectoration 
 
 11. Rusty expectoration 
 
 12. Putrid smell of expectoration 
 
 13. Faint and sweetish smell of expec- 
 
 toration. 
 
 14. Expectoration smelling like garlic 
 
 The Expectoration. 
 
 indicates First stage of acnte diseases of the 
 lungs. 
 
 " Decline of acute diseases of air-passages 
 
 and lungs. 
 
 " Beginning of bronchitis. Congestion 
 
 of lungs. Vesicular emphysema. 
 
 " Bronchitis. Inliammation of lungs. 
 
 " Consumption. Third stage of inflam- 
 
 mation of lungs. 
 
 " Tubercular consumption. Bronchitis 
 
 of measles. 
 
 " Consumption far advanced. 
 
 Plastic bronchitis. Pneumonia. 
 
 Acute affections of lungs, particularly 
 bronchitis 
 
 Chronic bronchitis. Other chronic af- 
 fections of the lungs and throat. 
 
 Inflammation of tL ' lungs. 
 
 Gangrene of the lungs. 
 
 Bronchitis. First sta^o of consumpti jn. 
 
 Broncho-pleuial fistria. 
 
 1. Dull, heavy, aching pain at the 
 
 base of the chest 
 
 2. Soreness about the breast bone, and 
 
 between the shoulders 
 
 3. Sharp, sudden, tearing pain below 
 
 the nipple 
 
 4. Pain darting from front part of 
 
 chest to between shoulder blades 
 
 5. Constant paiu between the shoulders 
 
 Pain. 
 
 
 indicates 
 
 Acute bronchitis- 
 
 '■ 
 
 j-V,".! J b/onci'.itis. 
 
 If 
 
 Pleurisy. 
 
 It 
 
 Consumption. 
 
 Consumption. Green sickness. Other 
 chronic diseases. 
 
TEMPERAMENTS. CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 131 
 
 «m near the 
 Oiial tubus. 
 iUt upon the 
 
 Water in 
 ice of lungs. 
 nors. 
 n of perito- 
 
 ; asthma. 
 :een sickness. 
 
 on. Clironic 
 lUH affections. 
 
 tironic luryii- 
 
 ia. 
 
 lation of the 
 
 largenient uf 
 
 ilarged bron- 
 
 leases of the 
 
 if air-passages 
 
 Congestion 
 iphysema. 
 jn of lungs, 
 ige of innani- 
 
 iimonia. 
 
 , particularly 
 
 er chronic af- 
 d throat. 
 
 consuuipti ju. 
 
 The Pulse. 
 
 ^' ^W.rfi^lfir^''"'"' compression indicates Intiammatory affectionH. osi.ecially of 
 Dy tiie linger the substance of large organs, as the 
 
 liver, etc. 
 
 I'rostration from disease. Nervous and 
 clironic affections. Fear. Diseases 
 of women and children, and old per- 
 sons. 
 
 Congestion of brain. Apoplexy. Dis- 
 ease of heart. 
 
 Inflammation of stomach, bowels, 
 bladder, etc. Hysteria, and other 
 nervous affections. 
 
 Inflammation of membranes. Active 
 bleedings. Lead colic, et«. 
 
 Affections cliaracterized by debility. 
 
 Inflammatory diseases. Hemorrhages. 
 Apoplexy. Sometimes in disease of 
 heart. 
 
 Weak pulse, easily pressed down 
 
 ."?, Full pulse, as if the artery were in- 
 creased in size 
 
 4. Small pulse, opposite of full 
 
 5. Hard, sharp, contracted pulse,- ,. 
 brating like a cord under the finger 
 
 - vi- 
 
 «. Soft pulse, yielding readily to pres- 
 sure 
 
 7. Frequent pulse 
 
 8. Slow pulse 
 
 Relating to Digestion. 
 
 1. Tongue trembling and dry, and di- 
 
 minished in size 
 
 2. Voracious appetite 
 
 3. Diminished appetite 
 
 4. Ii-.creased thirst 
 
 5. Thirst gone 
 (i. Vomiting 
 
 7. Pain increased by pressure 
 
 8. Pain relieved by pressure 
 
 9. Urgent desire to go to stool 
 
 10. Watery stools 
 
 11. Mucous stools, like white of egg 
 
 12. Hard and lumpy stools 
 
 13. Clay-colored stools 
 
 14. Yellow or dark-brown stools 
 
 15. Dark-green stools 
 
 16. Stools red, and streaked with blood 
 
 17. Pitchy black stools 
 
 18. Stools pure blood, with no colic 
 
 19. Stools like rice-water 
 
 20. Black stools 
 
 21. Shreds of false membrane in stools 
 
 22. Fat with stools 
 
 23. Fetid stools 
 
 indicates Typhoid and other low fevers. 
 
 Pregnancy. Hysteria. Insanity. Some- 
 times in dyspepsia. 
 " In most acute diseases. 
 
 Acute affections of stomach and bowels. 
 Cerebral disease, with coma. 
 " Early pregnancy. Colic. Disease of 
 
 brain. Inflammation of stomach. 
 Hernia. 
 " Inflammation of internal organs. 
 
 Over-distension of bowels. Neuralgia. 
 Colic. 
 '■ Dysentery. Sometimes in diarrhoea. 
 
 Diarrh&a, Cholera. 
 '' Chronic inflammation of colon. 
 
 Constipation. Colic. Cancer of stom- 
 ach. 
 " Deficiency of bile. 
 
 " Too much bile. 
 
 Bile from children after taking cal- 
 omel. 
 ■' Dysentery. 
 
 " Meltena. 
 
 " Bleeding piles. 
 
 " - Asiatic cholera. 
 " Iron taken in medicine. 
 
 " Dysentery. Diarrha>a. Worms. 
 
 Diabetes. ConsmniJtion. 
 " Diseases attended by debility. 
 
 The Urine. 
 
 kuess. Other 
 
 1. Diminished secretion of urine 
 
 2. Retention of urine in the bladder 
 
 3. Urine increased in amount 
 
 4. Red or yellow sand deposits in urine 
 
 (uric acid) 
 
 5. White sediment in urine (earthy 
 
 phosphates) 
 B- Oxalate of lime deposits in urine 
 
 7. Blood in urine 
 
 8. Albumen in urine 
 
 9. Mucus in urine 
 
 10. Sugar in urine 
 
 indicates Dropsy. Inflammatory and febrile 
 diseases. 
 
 " Paralysis. Typhoid fever. Hysteria. 
 
 " Diabetes. Cold stage of fevers. Hy- 
 
 steria. Various passions of the mind. 
 
 " Fevers. Acute Rheumatism. Con- 
 
 sumption. Dyspepsia. Great indul- 
 gence in animal food. 
 
 " Depressed state of the nervous system, 
 
 of serious import. 
 
 " Derangement of digestion. 
 
 " Bleeding of kidneys, etc. - 
 
 " Bright's disease. 
 
 " Inflamed mucous membrane of ure- 
 
 " thra, bladder, etc. 
 
 Diabetes. 
 
132 
 
 TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 The Perspiration. 
 
 !■ Profum {Mnpiratlon 
 
 2. Diminished perspiration 
 
 3. Night sweats 
 
 4. Sour-smelling sweat 
 6. Fetid smelling sweat 
 
 6. Sweat with mouldy odor 
 
 7. Smalling like ammonia 
 
 8. Sweat having the odor of mice 
 
 9. Sweat smelling like rottenstoue 
 
 indicates Acute rheumatism. Decline of acuto 
 " inflammations and fevers, beine 
 
 sometimes critical. 
 
 " ^n/'il**** **' **"*** disease. Dropsy. 
 
 " Consumption. , 
 
 " Rheumatism. Oout. 
 
 " Some debilitating fevers. 
 
 " Measles. Scarlet fever. 
 
 " Typhoid fever sometimes. 
 
 " Insanity. 
 Miliary. 
 
 The Temperature. 
 
 1. (General heat of surface 
 
 2. External local heat 
 
 3. Hot forehead 
 
 4. Hot scalp 
 
 fS. Skin of chest hot 
 1 6. Hands and feet hot. 
 
 7. Acrid heat, burning the hand when 
 
 applied 
 
 8. Chflfs 
 
 9. Low temperature 
 10. Cold hands and feet 
 
 indicates Fevers. 
 
 Inflammation. 
 Headache. 
 Disease of brain. 
 Inflammation in chest. 
 Consumption. 
 Typhus fever. 
 
 Beginning of fever. 
 Poor circulation. 
 
 Nervous diseases. Dyspepsia. Impure 
 state of the blood. 
 
 The Temperature of the Body. 
 
 The use of the thermometer is an important addition to the means 
 of making physical examination, and is one of the improvements in 
 modern medicine. 
 
 It is intended to measure the heat of the oody. 
 
 The best kind now in use is the self-registering. 
 
 The bulb of the instrument is to be placed in the warmest part of 
 the body, and should be allowed to remain there for eight to ten 
 minutes. 
 
 Some place it under the tongue ; some in the axilla. 
 
 Sometimes it is necessary to introduce it into the rectum or vagina. 
 In these parts the temperature is a degree higher than in other parts. 
 
 The normal temperature of the body is from 98° to 99° Fahrenheit, 
 in the great majority of persons. 
 
 Exceptionally it may be half or a whole degree either above or be- 
 low this range. 
 
 The normal fluctuations are inconsiderable in comparison with the 
 variations of disease. 
 
 The natural variations in health are as follows : The temperature 
 is at its minimum at five o'clock A. M. ; the maximum is reached in 
 the latter part of the afternoon, and then decreases till five o'clock 
 
 A. M. 
 
 By means of the thermometer we are able to determine all differ- 
 ences with precision. 
 
TEMPBRAMBNT8, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 188 
 
 The increase of heat in different febrile diseases rarely exceeds 
 110° Fahrenheit, ant* as a rule the amount of increase is a criterion 
 of its severity. 
 
 An increase to lOO^ Fahrenheit or 101° is evidence of mildness of 
 the disease. 
 
 If the thermometer indicates steadily 106° Fahrenheit, it is certain 
 tliat the disease is severe. 
 
 A persisting temperature above 106° Fahrenheit denotes that there 
 is great danger, and an increase to 108° to 110° Fahrenheit is usually 
 a fatal sign. 
 
 The abnormal changes of temperature consist of more or less in- 
 crease. 
 
 Diminution below the normal standard is comparatively rare ; yet 
 it sometimes occurs and is of some importance. 
 
 In the course of typhoid fever, a sudden decrease may indicate in- 
 testinal hemorrhage. Sometimes the temperature falls without im- 
 provement in the other symptoms. This is an unfavorable symptom. 
 
 The value of thermometric changes depends in no small measure 
 upon the symptoms with which they are associated. 
 
 : .,iw;j ?.i ^fe'teH.''. ' ->^ . ' -' ' >- '■ '~' ^ ' ' ' -' -"' ' •-•• 
 
Iff 
 
 ULl 
 
 ^ 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 The skin is the soft and pliant membrane which covers the entire 
 surface of the body. The interior, like the exterior is likewise covered 
 by a skin, which, from its always being moist, is called a mucous 
 membrane. At the various openings of the body, the outer and the 
 inner skins are united, — forming one continuous skin, — like the 
 same piece of silk turned over the border, and covering both the out- 
 side and inside of a bonnet. 
 
 From this continuity or oneness of the skin and mucous membran ; 
 springs an important medical law, namely, that a disesise of the skin 
 may spread to the mucous membrane, and a disease of the mucous 
 membrane may spread to the skin. We see this illustrated by the 
 breaking out around the lips v/hich follow colds, and the itching of 
 the nose of children when the mucous membrane of the bowel is irri- 
 tated by womwj. 
 
 The Skin is Composed of Two Layers. — These are separated from 
 each other by the action of a blister. The thin portion which is raised 
 up by the fluid of a blister is called the scarf skiti, the cuticle, or the 
 epidermis; that which remains in connection with the body is the 
 sensitive skin, the cutis, the derma, or the true skin. The two skins 
 have very different offices to perform. The scarf-skin is horny and 
 insensible, and serves as a sheath to protect the more sensitive skin 
 under it. Were the scarf-skin taken off, we could not bear to have 
 anything touch us. 
 
 The derma, or true skin, and its glands, etc., are the seat of all the 
 cutaneous diseases. These may be separated into four great divisions, 
 — namely, diseases of the true skin, diseases of the sweat glands and 
 tubes, diseases of the oil glands and tubes, and diseases of the hairs 
 and hair glands. 
 
 Then the diseases of the true skin are divided into 
 
 Inflammation of the true skin ; 
 
 Enlargement of the papilloe of the true skin ; 
 
 Disorders of the vessels of the true skint- 
 Disorders of the sensibility of the true skin ; 
 
 Disorders of the color-producing function of the. true skin. 
 
 The inflammation of the true skin is conveniently divided into two 
 groups, — namely, 
 
 Such as are marked by inflammation of the derma and mucous 
 membranes, with constitutional symptoms of a specific kind, and 
 
 134 
 
3 the entire 
 k'ise covered 
 I a mucous 
 ter and the 
 — like the 
 Jth the out- 
 
 i membran j 
 of the skin 
 ihe mucous 
 ited by the 
 itching of 
 3wel is irri- 
 
 irated from 
 ih is raised 
 'icle, or the 
 )ody is the 
 ! two skins 
 horny and 
 sitive skin 
 ir to have 
 
 ; of all the 
 
 ; divisions, 
 
 jlands and 
 
 the hairs 
 
rf 
 
 m 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 135 
 
 Surli aH arc (liHtin^nnslu'd by iiiflaniniiitioii of the derma, withnut 
 consfitutional symptoms of a specij'u; kind. 
 
 Congestive Inflammation of tlie True Sl<in. 
 
 The First of these Qroups. — those characterized by inflammation 
 
 of the cutis, with constitntional symptoms of a specific kind, embraces 
 
 measles, scarlet fever, varioloid, and cow-pox. 
 
 Measles. — Rubeola. 
 
 Measles is an acute inflammation of the entire skin, both external 
 and internal, associated with an infectious and contsigious fever. 
 
 Symptoms — The disease sets in with chills, succeeded by burning 
 heat, listlessnesH, languor, drowsiness ; pains in the head, back, and 
 limbs ; frequent pulse ; soreness of the throat ; thiret, nausea, vomit- 
 ing, frequent dry cough and high-colored urine. These symptoms 
 hicrease in violence for four days. On the third day the eyes become 
 inflamed, cannot bear the liglit, and pour fourth a profusion of teai-s. 
 This last symptom is called coryza. The nose likewise discharges a 
 large quantity of watery secretion, and sneezing is frequent. The 
 larynx, windpipe, and bronchial tubes become inflamed, and hoarae- 
 iiess, soreness of the breast, etc., are the result. 
 
 The redness of the skin and breaking out appear about the fourth 
 day, and produce heat and itching. This breaking cut is character- 
 ized by a patchy redness, which, on close inspection, is found to con- 
 sist of numberless minute red points and pimples, collected into 
 patches in the shape of a half or quarter moon. They appear first on 
 the forehead and front of the neck, then upon the cheeks and around 
 the nose and mouth. On the fifth day they reach their height in this 
 region, and then appear upon the body and arms, and on the sixth 
 day, upon the legs. The color of the skin, when the inflammation is 
 at Its height, is of a bright raspberry red. The decline of the rash 
 takes place in the same order in which it comes out. The redness 
 fades on the sixth day upon the face ; on the seventh, upon the body 
 and hmbs ; on the eighth, upon the back of the hands. The coiyza, 
 the hoarseness, and the cough, decline about the seventh day, while 
 a diarrhoea comes on about the eighth or tenth, — showing that the in- 
 flammation of the mucous membrane is subsiding. When the inflam- 
 mation disappears, the whole scarf-skin peels off in the form of a 
 scaly scurf. The artist has given a good picture of the disease in the 
 beautifully colored lithograpli, Plate I, Fig. 1. 
 
 Treatment — When the disease is mild and regular in its course, 
 scarcely anything will be required, except mild diet, slightly acid 
 dnuks, with flax-seed tea, slippery elm, or some equivalent, to quiet 
 the cough. Sponging with tepid water, if done with frequency, mod- 
 erates the fever, and adds to the comfort of the patient. If the fever 
 
 —t^a^asKB?- 
 
186 
 
 HKIN DISEASES. 
 
 runs high, take half an ounce of i-ochelle salt, and uae recipe 125. 
 Should the eruption "strike in," apply leeches or cups over the in- 
 ternal organ affected, if any, and recall the rash by sweating. 
 
 Those who have been exposed to the contagion, and are liable to 
 have the disease, should avoid all unnecessary exposure to wet or 
 cold, — keeping the feet warm and dry, and the whole body well clad. 
 With these precautions, and a mild, unstimulating diet, much of the 
 force of the disease may be broken. 
 
 During the first stages of the disease, bathing the feet once or twice 
 a day with hot water, and freely using warm, sweating drinks, as 
 saffron, summer-savory, pennyroyal, bilm, and mullein tea, and put- 
 ting mustard drafts to the feet, will hasten the coming out of the 
 eruption. 
 
 Should the breaking out be delayed by excessive fever, give full 
 doses of tincture of veratrum viride, or nauseating doses of ipecac, 
 antimony, lobelia, or hive-syrup, and teaspoonful doses of compound 
 tincture of Virginia snake-root. 
 
 Besides the milder forms of the disease, cases occur, chiefly in 
 broken-down constitutions, in which the rash delays its coming out 
 till the seventh day, and is then mingled with dark and livid spots, 
 which remain, ofteii, for ten or twelve days. The fever is of a low, 
 typhoid kind, and the patient is extremely weak and languid. 
 
 In this condition of things, the patient must be supported by tonics 
 (77 and 59), and whisky, and expectoration promoted by some appro- 
 priate remedy, if required. 
 
 If at any stage of the disease there should be fixed pain in any 
 part of the chest, which is made worse by coughing, or by taking a 
 full breath, we may conclude there is some inflammation of the 
 chest ; and it must be treated as directed for pneumonia. 
 
 Scarlet Fever. — Scarlatina. 
 
 This is likewise an acute inflammation of the entire covering of 
 the body, both external and internal, connected with fever which is 
 infectious and contagious. 
 
 Symptoms. — The fever comes on somewhere between the second 
 and tenth day after exposure. On the second day of the fever, the 
 eruption comes out in the form of very small points and pimples, 
 which appear either in patches, or constitute a general redness, of a 
 bright scarlet color. In Platk I, Fig. 2, the artist has given a fine 
 picture of the disease. 
 
 The disease begins with languor, pains in the head, I ack, and limbs, 
 with drowsiness, n&Uf»ea, and chills ; and these are followed by heat, 
 thirst, etc. When the redness appears, the pulse is quick, and the 
 patient is anxious, restless, and sometimes delirious. The eyes are 
 red, the face swollen, the tongue covered in the middle with white 
 mucus, and is studded with elevated points of extreme redness. The 
 
SKIN 0IBKA8B8. 
 
 137 
 
 3cipe 126. 
 
 'er the in- 
 
 ag. 
 
 3 liable to 
 to wot or 
 well clad. 
 
 auh of the 
 
 36 or twice 
 drinks, as 
 ., and put- 
 3Ut of the 
 
 ', give full 
 of ipecac, 
 compound 
 
 chiefly in 
 oming out 
 ivid spots, 
 I of a low, 
 lid. 
 
 :l by tonics 
 )me appro- 
 
 lin in any 
 y taking a 
 3n of the 
 
 jvering of 
 r which is 
 
 he second 
 fever, the 
 1 pimples, 
 [ness, of a 
 fQn a fine 
 
 md limbs, 
 d by heat, 
 , and the 
 eyes are 
 irith white 
 less. The 
 
 tonsils are Rwclled, and the throat red. Tbn grciitrst dngren of led- 
 iiusH is reaclied on the evening of the third or fourtli day from it« l)e- 
 ginning, when a gentle moisture appearH, tlio diHease I>egi)i8 to decline, 
 with itching, and the scai-f-Hkin falls off in branny scaU^s. 
 
 A swelling or putliness of ti>e tlesli, which spreads out tin* tingers 
 in a singular manner, seems to be peculiar to scarlet fever. 
 
 In the first stage of the complaint, the tongue, as stated al)Ove, is 
 covered with a fur ; but as it advances, the tongue often Ixicomes 
 suddenly clean, and presents a glossy, fiery-red surface, which is 
 sometimes, with the whole lining of the mouth, raw and tender. 
 
 It is peculiar in this complaint, that the inflammation of the 
 throat alwayp runs into a stiite of ulceration. As far us can be 
 seen, on pressing down the tongue, the throat is swollen and of a 
 deep, florid I'jid ; and on the tonsils may be seen white or gray 
 ulcers. This makes swallowing very ditiicult, and aggravates the 
 sufferings of the patient. The great amount of mucus in these 
 parts causes also a continual rattling in the throat. 
 
 The eustachian tube, which extentls up to the ear, is apt to get 
 involved in the inflammation, and cause swelling and pain in that 
 
 region. The glands under the ear and jaw 
 sometimes inflame, and after a time they oc- 
 Ciisionally break. Abscesses formed in the 
 ear frequently produce some deafness which 
 is not easily cured. 
 
 In the cell-dropsy, which sometimes appears 
 after scarlet fever, the crystals of urate of 
 ammonia may often be found in the urine 
 with the microscope (Fig. 72). 
 
 This disease resembes measles, but may 
 
 *■'<*• "• be distinguished from it by the absence of 
 
 cough ; by the eruption being finer^ and of a more scarlet color (see 
 
 plate) ; by the rash coming out on the second day instead of the 
 
 fourth ; and by the ulceration in the throat. 
 
 Treatment. — In ordinary cases, the treatment should be very 
 simple. The apartment should be kept cool, and the bed-covering 
 light. The whole body should be sponged with cool water as often as 
 it is hot and dry, and the patient be permitted to take cooling drinks. 
 Besides this, in many cases, very little is needed, except to give a 
 few drops of the tincture of belladonna, night and morning. 
 
 In some cases where there is a good deal of fever and soreness of 
 throat, give tincture of veratrura (125) often enough to keep down 
 the pulse. Give every half hour (an adult) till pulse reaches sixty. 
 Aconite in drop doses to children every fifteen minutes. In addi- 
 tion to this, the feet and hands should be soaked in hot water, with 
 a little ground mustard, or pulverized ca3'^enne, stirred in. This 
 bath should be continued twenty minutes, twice a day, for two or 
 three days. 
 
 
 
 rSMSS&K' 
 
 .ai ii. l <wJli lM ii ll iiiiii ' iiii»i nr i i i i w ' i *' iiii > i ni iiiii r i H l » i T ' i n ' i " i " ' ' 
 
SKIN niHRAHRn. 
 
 
 The cold 8tajr« having piwHcd, and the fovor Hot in, wiinn water 
 may Iw ubjhI without the miiHtard, eU-. If tiic head Ik; iifTecU-d, um 
 nuiHtui'd (IniftH upon the feet. Shouhl the JK)welH lie coHtivo, they 
 may \x' gently o[)(auHl hy Honie very miUi physic. 
 
 No Holid food Hhould bo aUowed ; but after the fiixt shock of the 
 
 di8eit«e iH pusHed, dnnka, in reiwonablc (juantiticH, will Iw advisable, 
 
 Buch au cold wattu', lemonade, barlMtrry and tamarind water, rice 
 water, balm or tlax-Heed tea, and Home thin wat<*r-gruel. 
 
 To promote the action of the skin, the HpiriUi of nitre, with other 
 articles (125), adapting the dose to a child, will be found useful. 
 The nitrate of poUwh iw UHeful, given in on»> to three-grain doses, 
 dissolved in water, every three or four houm. 
 
 Muriatic acid, foity-tive drops in a tumbler filled with wattu-, and 
 sweetened, and given to a child in teiuspoonful doses, is a good remedy. 
 
 In very violent attacks, the system sometimes inclines to sink im- 
 mediately ; typhoid symptoms show themselves ; there is great pros- 
 tration ; the eruption strikes in; the skin changes to a purple or 
 mahogany color; the tongue is of a deep red, nr has a dark-brown 
 fur upon it, and the ulcers in the throat become putrid. This is 
 called scarlatiua maligna ; but it is only a severer form of the same 
 disease. 
 
 The treatment of this form must be different from that recom- 
 mended above. It must Iw tonic. Quinia (66) must be freely given. 
 Wine whey, mixed with toast-water, will be useful. Tincture of 
 cayenne, in sweetened water, may be given often in small doses. 
 Ammonia (135) may likewise be given as a stimulus. Gargles (245) 
 (244) (243) are also required. 
 
 A dropsical affection is one of the most frequent results of scarlet 
 fever. It is believed that this seldom occurs, if the warm bath is 
 daily used, as soon as the skin begins to peel off. After the dropsy 
 has set in, give the warm bath twice a week, and encourage perspi- 
 ration by the compound tincture of Virginia snake-root, and similar 
 articles. The child should have a generous diet, at the same time, 
 to bring up its strength. 
 
 Anointing the skin with vaseline at night and washing off in the 
 morning with suds removes the poisonous scales, and lessens the 
 danger of contagion, as well as improves the activity of the skin. 
 Nasal and aural catarrhal diseases are commonly observed to follow 
 scarlet fever and need attention of a physician. Rheumatism like- 
 wise is a frequent sequela, wliile nephritis or inflammation of the 
 kidneys is often a sad reminder of the disease. These two compli- 
 cations are to be treated as directed elsewhere. 
 
 TABLE EXHIBITING THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SMALL T OX, VARIO- 
 LOID, SCARLET FEVER AND MEASLES. 
 
 SMALL-POX. 
 
 VABIOLOID. 
 
 first. Period between expocure and when dU- 
 ea«e flnt abowa Itaelf li from five to twenty daya — 
 oaokUy abowa itaelf in ten or twelve daya. 
 
 First. Period of InoubRtfn*. more Irregnlar 
 than Buiall- Pox — from five u < wty daya— av- 
 eragea twelve daya. 
 
 tm^ 
 
•iirm wdttT 
 rented, put 
 Htivo, they 
 
 Jck of the 
 IviHiiblu, — 
 water, rice 
 
 with other 
 nd UNefiil. 
 ail) doHes, 
 
 watt(r, and 
 )d remedy, 
 o sink im- 
 jreat pros- 
 pur j)le or 
 ark-brown 
 1. This is 
 the same 
 
 *^ 
 
 lat recom- 
 Jely given, 
 incture of 
 lall doses, 
 jles (246) 
 
 of scarlet 
 11 batli is 
 he dropsy 
 ge perspi- 
 ud simihir 
 iime time, 
 
 off in the 
 jssens the 
 
 the skin. 
 
 to follow 
 itism like- 
 on of the 
 ro ' compli- 
 
 )X. VARIO- 
 
 nore irregnUr 
 )Pty (Uyi — «T- 
 
 m 
 
I 
 
 
 SMALL POX 
 
 ■*■■'" 
 
 dfeo 
 
 
 
 o-^ 
 
 Q- O*^ 
 
 
 9^ 
 
 * ..' e 
 
 
 ^o^ 
 
 
 
 'f 
 
 0r^O 
 
 
 
 *j..-,ai;-.ii «'l*tf*, /S'jfefAVS 
 
 ■p^;. . .^v^;*p<- " 
 
 Proof ress of M, ^ 
 
 SnuxU Pox. *^' 
 
 l?f<iajj.2'}il4»y.3'iday.5'^dMf. S^day. Hf'kUui. 
 
 M.-»r^ (.4!«;fffii 
 
 Progivssof 
 Varioloid. 
 
 m 
 
 # i # 
 
 /?.*«%. ?'^rfay. ^.'^<%. -^.'^^fcty. 5/^<%. 7/??V«y. 
 
 Progress of 
 Vaccination, 
 
 4^hday. e^^oLay. 
 
 a^hihxy. 
 
 llf'^day. 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 139 
 
 
 ;^^ 
 
 Secnnit. The fever and temperature U high, bat 
 ia less after rash appears. 
 
 Third. The rash appears on third or fourth day 
 and is seen on the forelieail or Kouie part of face. 
 
 Fourth. The eruption first consists of pimples, 
 then watery blisters wbioh become white and sink 
 in the center. 
 
 Fi/th. The tor.^e is coated and swollen . 
 
 Sixth. The eyes do not run, and broncbitia does 
 not appear. 
 
 fieventh. Sore throat is often present but not to 
 as great an extent as in Scarlet Fever. Delirium 
 and convulsions may occur. 
 
 Eighth. Beoondary fever appears after several 
 days. 
 
 Ninth. There are apt to be pocks and the eye- 
 sight be weakened, but by modem treatment it 
 can usually be avoided. 
 
 8CABLET FETEB. 
 
 Firtt. Period between contagion and when dis- 
 ease first shows itself is usually from three to six 
 days, but may be much longer. 
 
 Second. Fever greatly increased and continues 
 without abatement after eruption appears. 
 
 Third. Eruption makes its appearance on sec- 
 ond AV on the chest and neck and spreads over 
 the l)ody during tl'« next twelve hours. 
 
 Fourth, The eruption extends over the entire 
 skin. 
 
 Fifth- Eruption lasts from six to seven days 
 when it begins to come off in larpe scales. 
 
 Sixth. Tongue is covered with little red points. 
 
 Seventh. There is little trouble with bronchitis 
 or running of eyes. 
 
 Eighth. Sore throat. 
 
 Ninth. The mind is apt to be affected and there 
 may be delirium. 
 
 Tenth. Usually no seoondary fever. 
 
 Eleventh. In Scarlet Fever there is great .dan. 
 ger of the patient being left with kidney trouble, 
 or the eyes, ears, or throat may be affected. 
 
 Second. Fever high till rash is well developed 
 and then a greater &provei.ient than in Small- 
 Pox. 
 
 Third. Eruption appears on third or fourth 
 day. 
 
 Fourth. Rash consists of pimples, may ^o on 
 to pustules and blisters, but usually subi'ide be- 
 fore advancing so far. 
 
 Fifth. Tongue coated and swollen. 
 
 Sixth. No nose or eye symptoms as a rule. 
 
 Seventh. Bore throat mild. Delirium and sev- 
 erity of diseiwe often marked at Iwginning but 
 quickly subside. 
 
 Eighth. Secondary fever less marked than In 
 Small- Fox. 
 
 Ninth. Instead of rapidly convalescing, the 
 patient often shows an amount of weakness and 
 anemia all out of proportion to preceding symp- 
 toms. 
 
 MEASLES. 
 
 Firtt. Period between exposure and when dis- 
 ease first shows Itself is from seven to fifteen 
 days. 
 
 Second. There Is a moderate fever. It does 
 not decrease but increases alter eruption. 
 
 Third. Eruption appears on fourth day on 
 face and spreads over rest of body in about two 
 days. 
 
 Fourth. Eruption is orescent-shaped, rest of 
 skin healthy. 
 
 Fifth. Eruption lasts about five days, then 
 peels off in scales. 
 
 Sixth. Tongue has red edges and is coated. 
 
 Seventh. The nose and eyes run and bronchitis 
 is usually apparent. 
 
 Eighth. Usually throat is not sore. 
 
 Ninth. The mind is not affected. 
 
 Tenth. The fever subsides after the third day 
 and there is no secondary fever. 
 
 Eleventh. The patient's eyes may be inflamed 
 and consumption or bronchitis follow. 
 
 Small-Pox. — Variola. 
 
 This is another disease characterized by acute inflammation of 
 the entire skin, both external and internal, connected with infectious 
 and contagious fever. The eruption has the form of red points, 
 which soon becom^ pimples, then vesicles, then flattened and scooped- 
 out vesicles, then pustules, and finally hard brown scabs. These last 
 fall off from the eleventh to the twenty-fifth day, and leave behind 
 them small pits and scars. The fever is remittent, and precedes the 
 eruption some three or four days, — ceasing when the eruption is 
 developed, and returning when it has reached its height. The 
 period between exposure and the attack of the disease, called incu- 
 bation, is from five or six to twenty days, — being short in the severe 
 cases, and longer in the milder ones. 
 
 Symptoms. — The 'disease begins with languor and lassitude, with 
 shivering, and pains in the head and loins ; with hot skin, and quick- 
 ened pulse and breathinpf- -yi^h thirst, loss of appetite, and furred 
 tongue ; with nausea, vo. iting, constipation, restlessness, and uni- 
 vei-sal prostration. To these symptoms sometimes succeed <lifBcult 
 breathing, cough, drowsiness, and even insensibility. The tongue, 
 white at firet. soon becomes red at the point, and over the whole 
 
 Jf 
 
140 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 surface. The fever is highest during the night. The constitutional 
 symptoms are more violent just before the eruption, but immediately 
 subside, and soon disappear, when the breaking out is established. 
 The eruption is at first in the shape of small red points, which are 
 1ia'>d to the touch, and shaped like a cone, and are proportionate in 
 number to the subsequent pustules. In Plate II the artist has 
 well exhibited the developed disease, as well as the progress of the 
 eruption from day to day. 
 
 Treatment. — Like the two preceding disease.., the ordinary, un- 
 complicated form of this requires only the most simple treatment. 
 Not much is wanted, except confinement in bed, cooling drinks, cool 
 and even temperature, frequent change of linen, and sponging the 
 body with cool water. But when what is called the fever of inva- 
 sion is past, and the eruption is fvlly developed, and has brought 
 along with it the secondary fever, then some recipe, as (131), (355), 
 (126) will be in place, and some gentle laxative to keep the bowels 
 open (8), — also gentle injections (249), and opiates to relieve 
 sleeplessness and nervous symptoms ; (366) (367) may be used if 
 very sleepless. 
 
 Should the system, at this period, appear to be sinking, a more 
 generous diet, and a little wine may be allowed. If the brain 
 suffers, apply cold ice-cloths to head, or an ice-bag behind the ears, 
 and put the feet in a mustard bath (242). If the breaking out 
 appears with difficulty, put the patient into a warm bath, and give 
 extract of jaborandi (368). Gargles will frequently be needed for 
 the inflammation, and dryness of the mouth and throat (243). 
 Cold sponging may be considered as highly beneficial, in both the 
 primary and secondary *ever. The belladonna likewise is a useful 
 remedy, used in the same way as in scarlet fever. The plaster (288), 
 applied to the face, will, it is said, arrest the formation of matter, 
 and prevent the unsightly scars which so often cover the face of 
 persons who have suffered from small-pox. Paint the face once or 
 twice a day vnth glycerine, which will effectually prevent pitting. 
 The use of collodion is still better. 
 
 To avoid Pittins:, and the occurrence of unsightly scars of the 
 face, several methods of dressing have been used. The simplest 
 consists in covering in the vesicle with iodof orm-collodior , say, 
 twenty grains of the former to one ounce of the latter. Having 
 pricked the vesicle with an absolutely clean needle, one, for instance, 
 that has been boiled in sodarwater for five minutes, a layer of this 
 collodion should be applied a..d allowed to dry on at once. Should 
 pus form under this coating it must be released by washing off the 
 collodion with alcohol. The wound is then to be thoroughly disin- 
 fected with carbolic acid water (one teaspoonful to pint of water) 
 and the collodion again applied. 
 
 This process will avoid most of the pitting. 
 
 m^rr 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 141 
 
 Varioloid. — Varicella. 
 
 Varioloid, or modified small-pox, begins with symptoms similar 
 to those of small-pox, but much milder in degree. These symptoms 
 are feverishness, nausea, vomiting, pains in the loins and head, and 
 a quickened pulse. The eruption comes out on the third or fourth 
 day, and looks like that of small-pox. It reaches its height the 
 fourth or fifth day, and then declines without any secondary feve'-. 
 The pustules dry up and form brown scabs which fall off in a few 
 days, and leave slight pits, and a few red or purple spots. 
 
 Varicella appears under a variety of forms, called " hives," " swine- 
 pox," " chicken-pox," " horn-pox," etc. But they all have a family 
 likeness, and need not be described. The treatment of all these 
 forms must be conducted on the same principles with small-pox. 
 Sponging the skin in all these inflamhaatory conditions has the hap- 
 piest effect, and should seldom be omitted. 
 
 Cow-Pox. — Vaccina. 
 
 This disease exists to some extent among lower animals, and is 
 identical with small-pox in man. The immortal Jenner taught the 
 world that the pus taken from the cow having this disease, and in- 
 troduced under the skin of man, would produce an eruption similar 
 to that of small-pox, and that this would protect the system from 
 the latter disease. This was an immensely important discovery, and 
 will render the name of Jenner famous through all time. 
 
 It is a question of great importance how far vaccination, or inocu- 
 lation with the matter of cow-pox, does, in fact, protect tlxe system 
 from small-pox. That it is a protection, to a certain extent, is 
 doubted by none. That in some instances it protects through life, 
 is likewise generally admitted. Is it a protection in all cases, and 
 through the whole life? Perhaps not, though this is a disputed 
 point. Probably the mild form of the vaccine disease does not im- 
 press the system powerfully enough to last more than a certain num- 
 ber of years. Most thinking physicians now believe it is wise to 
 revaccinate occasionally, to make sure of the protection. It is done 
 with little trouble, and may save a terrible infliction. Plate II, 
 ^^S- 4, gives a good idea of the appearance and progress of the 
 eruption. 
 
 The Second Group of diseases, characterized by inflammation of 
 the true skin, without constitutional symptoms of a specific kind, are 
 Erysipelas, Nettie-Rash, False-Measles, and Inflammatory Blush. 
 
 Erysipelas. — St. Anthony's Fire. 
 
 Erysipelas is a diffused inflammation of the skin, affecting only 
 a part of the surface of the body, and is accompanied by a fever, 
 which is generally thought to be infectious and contagious. The 
 
 ! f 
 
 >«*MHMMM<iMMiai 
 
 mknim 
 
 wmM 
 
142 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 local inflammation is disposed to spread ; it extends deep, and is 
 attended by swelling, a tingling, burning, and pungent heat, and ])y 
 a redness, which disappears when the skin is pressed by the fiuger 
 and returns on remitting the pressure. 
 
 Symptoms. — The constitutional symptoms are chilliness aiul 
 shaking, succeeded by heat ; lowness of spirits, lassitude, pains in 
 the back and limbs, pains in the head, quick and hard pulse, thirst, 
 loss of appetite, white . and coated tongue, bitterness of moutli, 
 nausea, vomiting, pain in stomach, and costivencss. 
 
 These symptoms go before the local inflammation several days; 
 they increase with the redness of the skin, and disappear upon its 
 decline. The nervous system is sometimes severely affected, and 
 indicated by low, muttering delirium. At the close of the inflam- 
 mation there is generally a relaxation of the bowels, and the scarf- 
 skin peels off. Sometimes matter forms under the skin, and occa- 
 sionally mortification occurs. The face is the most frequent seat of 
 the disease. It commonly begins on one side of the nose, and soon 
 spreads over one side of the face, closing up the eye, and changing 
 the features in a shocking manner. See Plate III, Fig. 1. 
 
 Somewhere about the third, fourth, or fifth day, very minute blis- 
 ters appear on the inflamed parts, filled with water, which increases 
 until the blisters break and let it out. The disease comes to a head 
 on the eighth or ninth day, when the blistered parts dry, and the 
 skin begins to peel off. 
 
 Treatment. — In the treatment two things are to be done, — to 
 subdue the fever, and the local inflammation. The fever is assuaged 
 by rest, mild diet, gentle laxatives (26), (21), (125) ; and by the 
 use of tincture of veratrum. For the local inflammation, various 
 things have been advised, but nitrate of silver, on the whole, has the 
 preference. First wash the inflamed part with soap and water to 
 remove any oily substance, and wipe the skin dry. Then moisten 
 the inflamed and surrounding skin, and pass over it a stick of nitrate 
 of silver, touching not only the inflamed part, but going even an 
 inch beyond it on all sides. Or, a solution of nitrate of silver and 
 nitric acid (214) will in many cases, according to Dr. Higginbottom, 
 do even better. A solution of copperas (215) is a good application. 
 So is (303). 
 
 In mild cases, flour may be dusted on the inflamed part from the 
 dredging-box. Warm fomentations are also useful, and cloths wet 
 with water, and laid on. A solution of perchloride of iron, applied 
 to the inflamed skin, is much used now, or water as hot as can he 
 borne. 
 
 In erysipelas the powers of the system are generally reduced, and 
 tonics, such as quinine, wine, etc., are genemlly required. Dr. 
 Robert Williams, — high authority in these matter's, — says he puts 
 his patients upon milk diet, gently opens the bowels, and gives them, 
 daily, from four to six ounces of port wine, together with sago, and 
 that he seldom has to change this coui-se, whatever the symptoms. 
 
 I 
 
ERYSIPELAS 
 
 3ep, and is 
 eat, and by 
 the finger, 
 
 liness and 
 
 e, pains in 
 
 ilse, thirst, 
 
 of mouth, 
 
 eral days; 
 
 r upon its 
 
 fected, and 
 
 :;he inflani- 
 
 the scarf- 
 
 and occa- 
 
 int seat of 
 
 , and soon 
 
 changing 
 
 inute blis- 
 increases 
 to a liead 
 
 y, and the 
 
 lone, — to 
 ! assuaged 
 nd by the 
 1, various 
 ie, has the 
 water to 
 1 moisten 
 of nitrate 
 [ even an 
 nlver and 
 inbottom, 
 iplication. 
 
 from the 
 loths wet 
 1, applied 
 8 can be 
 
 iced, and 
 ed. Dr. 
 be puts 
 /es them, 
 3ago, and 
 ptoms. 
 
 PI. 3. 
 
 INFLAMMATORY BLUSH 
 
 Fig.l 
 
 ■iiiT idirn'ii 
 
 iii>T8iirr[im« 
 
 ■ii^l<ilir»Oiilii 
 
Ki i 
 
 i 
 
 1 1 
 
 '^s m^^m _ 
 
^rn 
 
 mt^ 
 
 ^iU^' 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 143 
 
 For the inflamed skin, a tea made of buckwheat meal is a good 
 wash. Alcohol and water, or new rum, may be used for the same 
 purpose. » 
 
 Nettie-Rash. -- Urticaria. 
 
 Nettle-rash begins with fever, which lasts two or three days, 
 when wheals of various shapes, round, oval, and oblong, appear in 
 the midst of red, slightly elevated patches, attended by great itching 
 and tingling, as if the common nettle had been applied to the skin. 
 The wheals go ofif during the day, and come again at night. The 
 eruption is often a symptom of other diseases, or of mental anxiety. 
 Sometimes it is the effect of articles of diet. Children have it occa- 
 sionally while cutting teeth. A lighter form of the disease exists, in 
 which the wheals appear and disappear at short intervals, according 
 to the heat of the weather, the exercise, diet, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — The treatment varies according to the cause of the 
 disease. If tliis be anything offending the stomach, especially if it be 
 putrid fish, an emetic (2), (4) will be required, followed by brisk 
 physic (359). After which take a few doses of quinine (75). For 
 external application, the lotion (216) or common vinegar and water 
 (215) will be useful. Dr. "Wilson recommends corrosive sublimate, 
 etc. (217), as the best lotion to apply outwal-dly. Soda bath better. 
 
 The diet should be simple and cooling, ail stimulating food and 
 condiments being avoided. Fruit, candies, and berries often the 
 
 cause. 
 
 Rose-Rash.— Roseola. — False Measles. 
 
 Symptoms — The summer rose-rash appears first on the arms, face, 
 and neck, thence it spreads over the whole body, producing tingling 
 and Itching. It is usually preceded by the symptoms of fever-chills, 
 succeeded by flushes of heat, languor, pains in the head, back, and 
 hmbs, restlessness, quick pulse, and thirst. The rash appear in 
 small irregular patches, paler than those of measles, and of a more 
 roseate hue. There is some hoarseness from inflammation of the 
 throat. The rash never continues more than five days, unless it be 
 merely partial, in which case it sometimes comes and goes at inter- 
 vals for weeks. If it "strike in," it generally produces disturbance 
 of the stomach, headache, and faintness, which are relieved by its re- 
 appearance. 
 
 The autumnal rose rash is in more distinct patches than the former, 
 of a^ circular figure, slightly elevated, and of a dark damask-rose hue. 
 seldom any fever, or itching and tingling. 
 
 Treatment.— For the firs^described form of the disease, light diet, 
 acid drinks, and gentle laxatives; for the second, recipe 59 or 51, ac- 
 cording to convenience. 
 
 m 
 
 iHri 
 
144 
 
 8KIN DISEASES. 
 
 Inflammatory Blush. — Erythema. 
 
 Whvt is called marginated inflammatory blush, is a mottled, red, 
 smooth fullness of the skin, occurring on the extremities and loins, in 
 irregular patches, bounded on one side by a hard, elevated, red border. 
 This species of disease attacks old people, and indicates some inter- 
 nal disorder, which is dangerous. 
 
 Another form of the complaint appears on the arms, neck, and 
 breast, in extensive, bright-red, irregular patches, slightly elevated. 
 The redness, at its height, is very vivid, and continues about a fort- 
 night, when it assumes a pvirplish hue in the centre. 
 
 Treatment. — Light diet, gentle purgatives (21), soda bath to al- 
 lay the tingling and secure sleep, and the mineral acids (63), with 
 bitter tonics, comprise all that is required, except sponging with 
 water, and friction. 
 
 Watery Pimples. 
 
 We now come to a class of diseases character-zed by watery pim- 
 ples. Wilson says they are distinguished by " effusive inflammation of 
 the derma," which means that there is inflammation of the true skin, 
 which causes water to be poured out on top of the derma, and under- 
 neath the scarf-skin, causing the latter to be lifted up in the form of 
 small or large blisters, or vesicles. At first the fluid in these pimples 
 is transparent, but in a short time becomes milky. Sometimes this 
 fluid al^orbs ; at other times, it dries up, and with the cuticle scales 
 off as scurf. 
 
 Eczema and Salt Rheum. 
 
 Eczema is an inflammatory, acute or chronic, non-contagious skin 
 disease characterized at first by redness, little pimples, vesicles or 
 pustules and is attended by more or less burning itching. This pro- 
 cess terminates either in the formation of crusts as the result of dried 
 sticky serum, or else in the formation of fine scales. 
 
 No skin disease has such a variety of aspects nor such grades of 
 inflammation. There is generally more or less oozing of the blood- 
 serum, which dries and thickens, forming crusts. There is usually 
 more or less thickening of the skin, making it like leather ; there is 
 generally some considerable scaling. 
 
 Eczema may subside in a few weeks never to return, or, what is 
 more probable, may lapse into a chronic state and continue for months 
 and years, with bothersome symptoms, which are extremely annoying. 
 
 Salt Rheum is a chronic eczema of this last variety. 
 
 Treatment. — In the acute stage of eczema, soothing lotions, pow- 
 ders, or ointments should be used, such as 372, 373, 374, Some are 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 145 
 
 )ttled, red, 
 id loins, in 
 red border, 
 ome inter- 
 neck, and 
 r elevated, 
 •ut a fort- 
 
 )ath to al- 
 ;63), with 
 ging with 
 
 itery pim- 
 imation of 
 true skin, 
 nd under- 
 le form of 
 le pimples 
 times this 
 icle scales 
 
 ious skin 
 esicles or 
 This pro- 
 t of dried 
 
 grades of 
 he blood- 
 s usually 
 ; there is 
 
 •, what is 
 ir months 
 ,nuoying. 
 
 )ns, pow- 
 Some are 
 
 better treated with powders, some by lotions; the itching «nd heat 
 are best relieved by 373. 8 "" " "e*!- 
 
 In the more chronic variety some stimulating ointments are needed, 
 like 375 Carbolic ac.d, 10 or 15 grains to the ounce of oleate of 
 zinc ointment, is an admirable remedy for the itching and burnine 
 Salicylic acid, 10 grains to the ounce of benzoated zinc ointment 
 llz'^r T^y ««'-^i««fl>le, while tarry preparations generally are 
 the most satisfactory in this chronic stage. 
 
 ^.ill!, w ""'"^'^ however, w often so stubborn to treatment as the 
 different forms of eczema. The cure often will be slow and medi- 
 
 cTl wrnt ^ ''^'^^''* '''^ ^°^^^ ^^"^^^^« '' «--^ -<!-- «P- 
 
 • ^K?*T "** J"®"** i" Children— After oiling freely the crusts over 
 night and washing off wi^h suds in the morning, appl^ Salicylic acll 
 1 part, tincture benzoin 2 parts, vaseline, 50 part«. The very chronic 
 thick, and indurated skms require 360, and in many cases 219, espe- 
 
 L^^i^ . V?' *^">^«]« regulated and the hygiene of the skin a^ 
 tended to, while tonics and general systemic measures are often called 
 
 Tetter^ Shingles.^ Herpes. 
 
 After a slight feverish attack, lasting two or three days, clusters 
 of small transparent pimples, filled sometimes with a colorIes8,Tom2 
 times with a brownish lymph, appear on the cheeks or forehead, or 
 
 mt^^Z'T '■ ~ ^""^ ^* *T' ^'^ *^« ^^^y- The pimples are a 
 little larger than m eczema,- about the size of a pea. After a few 
 days the vesic es break, pour out their fluid, and form brown or yel 
 
 Z Si: T.*'" '^.'^"* '^' *?*^ day, leaving the surface^red 
 and irritable. The eruption is attended with heat, itehing, tingling, 
 orm ofl ^««^l«««"«f«'f P««ially at night. Ringworm is a cur ou^ 
 form of herpes, in which the inflamed patehes assume the form of a 
 nng. Shingles usually attack the aged about the ribs of one side, 
 and are evidences of impaired health and nutrition. They are verv 
 prostrating and require tonics from the start. ^ 
 
 Treatment.— Light diet, gentle laxatives. If the patient be ad- 
 vanced in life, and feeble, a tonic (75) will be desirable. For exter- 
 nal applicatjon, belladonna (173), o J an'ointment of sulphuret of lime, 
 (174), or elder-flower ointment, ete. (175). Equal parts of chloral 
 
 Itch.— Scabies. 
 
 n^l^'ft^^ -^'f"^^ *"" '^*'''' ^""^ "^^^«' *^°"gh it is much less com- 
 mon than in former years. It is found frequently among the ^o^ 
 
 ••' r' irtiiiiii' 
 
 ■i^ 
 
146 
 
 SKIK PI8KA8E8. 
 
 whose nondition in life does not give them the means to guard at all 
 pointw against it ; l)iit it is most common among such as neglect per- 
 sonal cleanliness. 
 
 Symptoms. — An eruption of distinct, cone-like, watery pimples, 
 whicli are transparent at the summits, and are accompanied by an ex- 
 cessive itching, which is made worse by high-seasoned food, by drink- 
 ing liqUor, and by the heat of the bed. When these pimples are 
 scratched and torn, a sticky, watery fluid is poured out, which forms 
 small scabs ; and, in time, if the disease is not cured, these scabs be- 
 ing torn off, extensive sores are made. 
 
 Cause. — It will excite the wonder of many readers to state that 
 animals of so small a size as scarcely to be seen with the naked eye 
 exist in the skin of man. Yet such is the fact ; and it is the presence 
 of these minute creatures, or the effect of their presence, which con- 
 stitutes the disease called itch. The little creature (^acarus scabiei, 
 by name), a species of mite, is one seventy-seventh part of an inch in 
 lengtli ; and when closely inspected under the microscope, is really a 
 beautiful, I may say an elegant, animal. Here are a front, a side, and 
 a back view of liim, well done by the artist. 
 
 Fro. 78. 
 
 FIO. 74. 
 
 FlO. 75. 
 
 His Method of Attack. — When placed upon the skin, the little 
 fellow, like the squirrel and other ground-animals, sets himself to 
 make a hole through the scarf-skin with his head and fore feet. Into 
 this he pushes his whole body. He then begins to burrow himself in 
 the derma or true skin — making a channel many times his own 
 length, at the end excavating a chamber where he sleeps, and whence 
 he goes out to do his day's work at mining, or boring for food. When 
 tired of this sleeping apartment, he digs onward and scoops out an- 
 other. 
 
 This travelling, and boring, and turning about in an organ as sen- 
 sitive as the true skin, must, of course, occasion a tickling and itch- 
 ing ; and from this circumstance the disease took its name of itch. 
 But this itching is not painful. James the Fii-st is said to have re- 
 marked that the itch was fitted only for kings — so exquisite is the 
 
SKIN DISRASIS. 
 
 141 
 
 uard at iill 
 Jglect per- 
 
 y pimplcH, 
 I by lui ex- 
 , by tlriiik- 
 iinples are 
 Wch forniH 
 scabs be- 
 
 state that 
 naked eye 
 e presence 
 vhich con- 
 Ma scabieu 
 an inch in 
 is really a 
 I side, and 
 
 the little 
 limself to 
 feet. Into 
 himself in 
 } his own 
 id whence 
 od. When 
 )8 out an- 
 
 au as sen- 
 and itch- 
 le of itch. 
 ) have re- 
 iaite is the 
 
 onjoymentofscratchiMjj. Probably it is a royal luxury. He ll.at as 
 ' ™^V'"'"8t persons would consent to have it all done by roval fin- 
 ffers. They have been used for meaner purposes. 
 
 Treatment.— Whatever will kill the little animal descrik-d above, 
 will cure the itch. Various agentw have been employed for this pur- 
 pose, but none have been found equal k, sulphur. The compound 
 sulphur mntment is a sovereign ren.edy for the disease. Four ounces 
 of this should be well rubbed into the skin, before the fire, morning 
 and evening, for three or four days. This will put v end to the 
 whole colony of these sovereign squatters upon forbidden soil. 
 
 1 wo ounces of sulphuret of potash, and the same amount of soft- 
 soap, dissolved in a pint of water, and applied well to the skin, is 
 used in many cases with good effect. 
 
 Caustic potaah, one part to twelve part« of water, applied in a sim- 
 ilar way, 18 sartl to be a pretty sure remedy. 
 
 A solution of the chloride of lime, used as a wash, will often effect 
 a cure. 
 
 The ointment of the American hellebore sometimes does well. 
 
 liefore applying any of these preparations, let the skin be washed 
 with warm water and soap, and well dried. Be sure the parasite is 
 killed before ceasing treatment. Best to continue few days longer 
 than what is apparently needed. ^ 
 
 Rupia. 
 
 This is from a Greek word which means dirt, from the dirtK!olored 
 crusts which are formed after the breaking of the large waterv pim- 
 ples. The vesicles are like those of eczema and herpes, except that 
 they are laryer. This is distinguished from all other skin diseases by 
 the formation of unhealthy, foul, and burrowing sores, which pour 
 out a reddish matter in such quantities that it collects and dries upon 
 the sore, and forms a crust of great thickness, — sometimes of the 
 size of an oyster-shell. Rupia has its origin in a weakly and debili- 
 tated constitution, and cannot be cured without renovating the whole 
 system. It is a manifestation either of syphilis or lupus. 
 
 Treatment.- Warm baths once or twice a week, with generous 
 and nutritious diet. Tonic medicines (63) (51) C67) (61) (65) will 
 be required. For external treatment, dust the surface of the ulcers 
 with cream of tartar, or apply nitrate of silver (214) r219) r220^ 
 white vitrol, etc. See syphilis. ^ ^ <. ">>' 
 
 Pemphigus. — Pompholix. 
 
 The first of these t^rms is from the Greek, and means a bubble : 
 the second, pompho IX, is from the same language, and means a water- 
 bubble This IS still more applicable to the disease in hand, which 
 consists, in fact, in the raising up of the scarf^kin in the shape of 
 
148 
 
 SKIN DIBIA8S8. 
 
 hubbleH, containing a watery fluid. These hubbies ar<i just liko rom- 
 mon blisters. They vary from the size of a split pea to that of n 
 hen's egg. They rise up very rapidly, and break in Lwo or three 
 days, leaving a raw surface which soon becomes co\-orcd by a thin 
 crust. 
 
 Treatment. — Similar to that for Hupia, with the luldition of iodide 
 of potassium (140), and applying the stick nitrate of silver to the 
 whole surface of the ulcer, and a short distance l)eyond it on all sides, 
 or the ointment (176). See treatment for syphilis. 
 
 Mattery Pimplei, 
 
 Another natural group of skin diseases are distinguishod by an 
 eruption of pimples, filled, not with water, like those just described, 
 but with matter. The pimples of this class are not transparent, or 
 whitish, but opaque and yellow from the first. The matter is poured 
 out upon the true skin, and raises up the scarf-skin, in the same way 
 at lie watery pimples. As in the preceding diseases, too, the drying 
 up of the matter forms crusts. But these pimples are never so small 
 as those of eczema, uor so large as those of pemphigus. 
 
 Crusted Tetter. — Impetigo. 
 
 This eruption consists at first of slightly-elevated pustules or pim- 
 ples, closely congregated, with an inflamed border. These break, and 
 the surface becomes red, excoriated, shining and full of pores, through 
 which a thin, unhealthy fluid is poured out, which gradually hardens 
 into dark, yellowish-green scabs. These scabs sometimes look like a 
 dab of honey dried upon the skin. This has given impetigo the name 
 of "honey disease," or honey scab. This honeyed look is well repre- 
 sented in the crusts which form on the lips and ears of children. 
 Sometimes these scabs cover nearly the whole face, and are called the 
 milk crust. This is putting the agreeable words milk and honey to 
 rather questionable uses ! When this crusted tetter invades the head 
 or scalp, it causes the hair to fall, and becomes what is called a scall. 
 Impetigo may be simple, or contagious, or syphilitic. 
 
 Treatment. — The vapor bath, and water dressing. The following 
 ointments are useful : oxide of zinc, white precipitate, or diluted ni- 
 trate of mercury (178). Hydrocyanic acid (221), applied externally, 
 has a fine effect. The crusts should first be removed by a weak lye 
 made from hard-wood ashes, or potash ; then, after applying one of 
 the ointments above, or the lotion, cover the part with oil-skin. If 
 the crusts are on the head, the hair should be cropped off before the 
 remedies are applied. When of syphilitic origin, treat as for that 
 disease. 
 
 I 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 // 
 
 £// 
 
 ^< 
 
 ^ 
 
 /- 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 
 * 
 
 f^ 
 
 /. 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 ■ so "™^=^ 
 ■ 19 
 
 no _ 
 
 IB Ih 
 
 u 
 
 MUc 
 
 2.5 
 
 zo 
 1.8 
 
 • ■' 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 1.6 
 
 = — 
 
 
 41 ; 
 
 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 R' 
 
 L 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 •y 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 d 
 
 V 
 
 '^ 
 
 o 
 
 4^%. Wfis 
 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
SKIN DI8EAS1E8. 
 
 149 
 
 Papulous Scall. — Ecthyma. 
 
 The mattery pimple called ecthyma is developed on a highly in- 
 flamed skin. The bladders are about the size of a split pea, and are 
 surrounded by a broad ring of redness. They are generally separate, 
 not clustered like impetigo. They are scattered over various parts of 
 the body, and are followed either by a hard black crust, or by a sore. 
 The disease is either acute or chronic. The latter attacks weakly 
 children, and persons reduced by sickness or low living. 
 
 Treatment. — For the acute form, give a generous diet, with oint- 
 ment (176), and the cold sponge-bath on the sound parts. Use 
 (176) (176) (214) (211) for external application. Hygienic treat- 
 ment, tonics, and stimulants are called for ; iron, quinine, arsenic, and 
 nux vomica. 
 
 Scaly Eruptions. 
 
 The scaiy eruption is called a dry tetter. It is an inflammation of 
 the true skin, and is distinguished from the rashes and pimples by 
 the alteration of the scarf-skin. The diseases forming this group are 
 three in number, — lepra, psoriasis, and pityriasis. 
 
 Leprosy. — Lepra, 
 
 In this disease, the eruption makes its appearance as a small, sal- 
 mon-red spot, raised a little above the surrounding skin, and consti- 
 tuting, in fact, a flat pimple, almost as large at the top as at the bot- 
 tom. On top of this pimple the scarf-skin becomes rough, and after 
 a little while a thin scale is produced. New layers are added to its 
 under surface, and it accordingly grows thicker. It has a bright, 
 silvery lustre. These scaly spots multiply, and become the form of 
 leprosy called lepra guttata, from the Latin gvtta, a drop, the scales 
 looking like drops of water on the skin. 
 
 But the eruption more frequently spreads out into circular patches, 
 of the size of a fifty-cent piece. These generally appear below the 
 elbows and knees, and on the breast and shoulders, and back of the 
 hands. Sometimes the entire hand is covered with scales of a pecu- 
 liar silvery whiteness. These patches heal from the centre. 
 
 Psoriasis. 
 
 This differs from lepra in the eruption being more irregular. The 
 spots sometimes come out in thick clusters, and blend in various 
 ways. Instead of appearing in distinct circular forms, as in leprosy, 
 the patches are irregular, and of every size. Instead of one well- 
 formed and thick scale, there are many small and thin ones. And 
 instead of a depressed centre with rising edges, the surface m level. 
 While leprosy is a circular dry tetter, this is an irregular dry tetter. 
 
150 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 Treatment Pyrogallic acid in ointment, 10 to 40 gr. to oz. Ap- 
 ply daily ; it discolors the skin for a while. Chrysoplianic acid in 
 same strength is the best remedy known. It also discoloi-s the skin 
 and inflames the neighboring skin for a while. Recently the thyroid 
 gland of the sheep has been used in five-grain ta.blet8 three times 
 daily as an internal medicine with much success. 
 
 Pityriasis. 
 
 This is much like the two preceding, except that it gives rise to 
 a copious production of very small bran-like scales. Indeed, its name 
 is from the Greek, and means chaff or bran. It is a branny tetter. 
 It may occur on any part of the body. 
 
 Treatment. — When the skin is highly inflamed and stiff with heat, 
 pain, and itching, the diet should be light, and the drinks of a cooling 
 and unexciting kind. The warm bath and gentle friction of the skin 
 are useful. Laxatives or tonics may be employed, according to the 
 indications, — frequently laxatives first, and tonics afterwards. The 
 specific remedies for curing the disease are unknown ; iodide of potas- 
 sium (140), arseniate of iron (68), Fowler's solution, in two-drop 
 doses, three times a day ; or Donovan's solution, in five-drop doses, 
 three times a day. For extevnal application, use a naphthaline oint- 
 ment](177), zinc o'ntment, white precipitfite ointment, diluted nitrate 
 of mercury ointment, or solution of corrosive sublimate (212). 
 
 \ 
 
 Dry Pimples. 
 
 These are distinguished by the high degree of irritation of the 
 skin which they create. They are exceedingly troublesome, not only 
 from the distress and itching they occasion, but because they are 
 likely, in consequence of this, to be torn into painful and obstinate 
 sores. 
 
 When appearing in children, they are called red gum, and tooth- 
 rash. In grown persons, one form is named lichen, and another, dis- 
 tinguished by excessive itching, prurigo. 
 
 In this form of pimpljs, the fluid is not poured out upon the sur- 
 face of the true skin, — as in several of the preceding diseases, — bat 
 is collected within the tissue of this organ, and the pimples feel hard 
 under the finger. 
 
 The tooth-rash of infants is always accompanied with some fever- 
 ishness, aused generally by irritation of the gums from growing teeth, 
 occasionally by flannel worn next the skin. 
 
 Lichen has a variety of forms. In one case the pimples are of a 
 bright red, in another, bluish or livid. In one case they appear in 
 circular groups, in another they produce great disorganization of tlie 
 akin, and occasion terrible suffering. 
 
 .MlStX:, 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 151 
 
 jr. to oz. Aj)- 
 lianic acid in 
 •loi-s the skill 
 ly the thyroid 
 i three times 
 
 gives rise to 
 eed, its name 
 ranny tetter. 
 
 iff with heat, 
 1 of a cooling 
 1 of the skin 
 rding to the 
 ivards. The 
 ide of potas- 
 in two-tlrop 
 -drop doses, 
 thaline oint- 
 uted nitrate 
 
 :2i2). 
 
 ition of the 
 
 le, not only 
 
 le they are 
 
 obstinate 
 
 and tooth- 
 nother, dis- 
 
 »n the sur- 
 ises, — but 
 feel hard 
 
 )nie fever- 
 v^ing teeth, 
 
 3 are of a 
 appear in 
 on of the 
 
 Prurigo is a still more cruel disease tluin lichen. '. ..o pimples are 
 not very manifest, but the skin is thickened or swollen, and con- 
 densed. The suffering from it is terriMe. It gives one no sleep, 
 night or day. That form of it called ant-bite prurigo gives the sen- 
 sation of millions of ants eating the flesh, or as many red-hot needles 
 piercing it. This renders the existence of many elderly persons a 
 terrible burden. 
 
 Treatment. — Careful diet, and gentle aperients and tonics, accord- 
 ing to the condition of the system. Externally, the cold salt-water 
 sponge-bath, and glycerine, vinegar and water, applied with a soft 
 sponge. Tar and sulphur are among the more successful remedies in 
 fighting this rebellious disease (362). Iron, quinine, cod-liver oil. 
 For relieving the terrible itching of the private parts, which females 
 sometimes suffer, I have found morphine (223), for external use, 
 very effectual. 
 
 Lupus. 
 
 This makes its appearance in the form of one or more circular 
 elevations, of a dull red or salmon-color, and partially transparent. 
 When pressed under the finger, these elevations are found to be soft, 
 and when the finger is removed, they are flat and whitened. They 
 generally appear on the face, and particularly the nose. 
 
 In another and worse form of the disease, the tubercles are harder; 
 and after a time, they become covered with thin brown scabs, which 
 are scratched off, and followed by others, 
 and these by others, until ulcers appear, 
 which are sometimes slow and sometimes 
 rapid in their progress. The whole nose 
 has been destroyed by them in a month. 
 (See Fig. 76.) This is one of the dis- 
 eases which Eriismus Wilson thinks, and, 
 in my judgment, correctly, to be, like 
 scrofula, the result of the syphilitic poi- 
 son, filtered through the blood of several 
 generations. It is a disease which is the 
 most destructive in the shortest time of 
 all diseases. 
 
 Treatment. — The internal remedies 
 are iodide of ai-senic (141), and iodide 
 of potassium (140) ; the external, vine- 
 gar of Spanish flies ; and to promote the 
 healing of the ulcers, a weak solution of nitrate of silver (211) (214) 
 is adapted. 
 
 Hardly any disease has been treated by so many different remedies. 
 At present the prospect of a cure is good, as certain anti-tubercular 
 
 FlO. 76. 
 
 1^.^: 
 
152 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 lymph injections have been found effective ; but no time should be 
 lost in immediately consulting a surgeon, as ite growth can be ar- 
 rested, and the disease may be exterminated by early treatment. 
 
 Warts and Corns. — Verruca — Tylod% — Clovtis. 
 
 In the derma or true-skin there are a great many small arteries, 
 veins, and nerves, unit d together, and formed into loops (see Fig. 
 43), resembling, in shape, the peaks of miniature mountains. These 
 are called papillce. These loops, frequently, without any apparent 
 cause, take on a disposition to grow, and by extending themselves 
 upward, they carry the scarf-skin along with them, which is thickened; 
 and together they form what is called tvarts. Corns are formed by a 
 somewhat similar growth of the papillae, brought about by the pres- 
 sure and friction of tight boots and shoes. 
 
 Treatment. — For warts, take a piece of diachylon plaster, cut a 
 hole in the centre the size of the wart, and stick it on, the wart pro- 
 jecting through. Then touch it daily with aqua fortis. Nitrate of 
 silver sometimes answers well for touching it. They may be taken 
 off very neatly, sometimes, by tying a string tight around them. 
 Corns should be shaved down close, after being soaked in warm 
 water and soap, and then covered with a piece of wash-leather, or 
 buckskin, on which lead plaster is spread, a hole being cut in the 
 leather the size of the corn. They may be softened, so as to be easily 
 scooped out, by rubbing glycerine on them. Manganic acid destroys 
 warts and corns rapidly. Bunions, which affect the joint of the great 
 toe, must be treated with fomentations, and sugar of lead water 
 (224), when there is considerable inflammation, with rest in a hor- 
 izontal position. But the best cure for corns and bunions is to put 
 away tight shoes. Wear a bunion-plaster for some time to take the 
 pressure off of the corn or bunion. 
 
 Mother's Marks. — Naevus. 
 
 The small vessels of the skin, called capillaries, suffer certain al- 
 terations of structure which pass under the name of mother's marks. 
 These marks are simply a great dilatation of theie minute blood-ves- 
 sels. They vary in size from a mere point to a patch of several 
 inches square. 
 
 The smallest of all is the spider mark. It is a small red point, 
 from which several little straggling vessels spread out on all sides. 
 Sometimes this is of the size and appearance of a red currant ; at 
 other times, of a strawberry or raspberry ; and occasionally it is even 
 much larger, and is compared to a lobster. 
 
 When the circulation is active through them, or the individual is 
 excited by exercise, or by moral causes, these marks are of a bright 
 red color. Some are naturally livid and dark-colored, and look like 
 
 b«.U4l 
 
SKIN mSRASKS. 
 
 153 
 
 me should he 
 th can be ar- 
 'eatment. 
 
 • Clovus. 
 
 mall arteries, 
 ops (see Fig. 
 tains. These 
 any apparent 
 g theniselves 
 is thickened; 
 i formed by a 
 by the pres- 
 
 plaster, cut a 
 the wart pro- 
 . Nitrate of 
 nay be taken 
 round them. 
 ed in warm 
 sh-leather, or 
 ? cut in the 
 i to be easily 
 icid destroys 
 ; of the great 
 
 lead water 
 est in a hor- 
 )ns is to put 
 
 to take the 
 
 r certain al- 
 ler's marks, 
 blood-ves- 
 of several 
 
 red point, 
 all sides, 
 iurrant; at 
 it is even 
 
 dividual is 
 a bright 
 look like 
 
 blackberries, and black currants. The blueness of these is owing to 
 the vessels being still more stretched and dilated, and to the conse- 
 (juent slower passage of the blood through them, which gives more 
 time for its change from the arterial red to the venous blue. 
 
 Treatment. — If the mark is not making progress, it had better be 
 let alone, or only subjected to gentle pressuie by piitting a piece of 
 soap-plaster over it. When its course is threatening mischief, it is 
 sometimes cured by pencilling a small portion of its surface, from 
 time to time, with nitric acid. They may be operated on with safety 
 by electrolysis and other methods. 
 
 Disordered State of the Nerves of the Skin. 
 
 Itching. — Pruritus. This is supposed to be dependent on an al- 
 tered condition of the nerves of the skin, and consists in a painful 
 sensation of itching. There is no perceptible alteration in the ap- 
 pearance or structure of the skin. This itching is thought, generally, 
 to be a result of sympathy, through the nerves, with some diseased 
 and excited condition of a distant part. The itching^ is brought on 
 by the most trifling causes, and for hours may deprive the sufferer of 
 every particle of repose. It more frequently affects the fundament, 
 or the private parts, particularly the scrotum. 
 
 Treatment. — As this disease is only a symptom of several others, 
 the constitutional treatment belongs under the heads of these other 
 diseases. The local applications for relieving the itching are, a solu- 
 tion of sugar of lead (224), hydrocyanic acid (363), of corrosive sub- 
 limate (212), diluted nitrate of mercury ointment, and poppy fomen- 
 tations. Also (223). Tonics are often of first importance. Weak 
 solutions of carbolic acid or soda water at tim6s suffice. 
 
 Disorders Affecting the Color of the Skin. 
 
 Colored Patches. — Maculae. The depth of color in the skin de- 
 pends on the amount of a certain coloring matter, called pigment, in- 
 corporated with the deeper and softer portion of the scarf-skin. In 
 the scarf-skin of the inhabitants of northern latitudes, there is but 
 little of this pigment ; in that of the dwellers of Africa, there is a 
 great deal ; among the inhabitants of Southern Ev\rope, the quantity 
 is intermediate between tlie two. 
 
 The depth of color in the skin depends on the energy of its action. 
 In the tropics, where light and heat are in excess, the skin is stimu- 
 lated to great action, just as vegetation is, and the color is increased 
 and intensified. This is illustrated every year before our eyes. In 
 summer, under the heat of the sun and the flood of light, the pigment- 
 forming power is increased, and the fairest skin is browned ; while 
 the withdrawal of these forces leaves the winter's scarf without pig- 
 ment, and blazoned. .. 
 
154 
 
 SKIN DI8EASBH. 
 
 What the sun aiul light do, uadei' iiiituml circumstances, (hscased 
 action may effect. Hence we occasiDUiilly meet with alterations of 
 color in the skin, from a disordered state of the system. We wit.'iesK 
 the formation of patches of dark color and irregular shape on various 
 parts of the body. Sometimes they are raised al)Ove the level of tlio 
 skin, and are called moles. At other times, they have no elevation, 
 and spread over the whole body. 
 
 Occasionally, from some peculiarity of constitution, the pigment is 
 diminished, and white patches appear all over the body. At other 
 times, a black person will become completely white. Such are called 
 albinos. 
 
 In many cases the coloring of the skin has varieties of tint, as when 
 pei-sons of light complexion, are, in the summer season, covered with 
 yellow si)ots, like stains. These spots are known by the name of 
 freckles, or, in learned language, lentigo. 
 
 Treatment. — It is generally best not to meddle with a mole. If it 
 be very unsightly, let it be removed by two incisions, biking out an 
 elliptical portion of skin, and,clo8ing the wound with sticking plaster. 
 In the case of bleached places, apply the shower bath, tonics, and a 
 stimulating liniment (168) to the faded spots. For the change of 
 color Ccalled sunburn, a liniment (191) of lime-water, etc., is the best 
 preparation. For freckles, use recipe 360, or, perhaps, still better, 
 364. 
 
 Disorders *of the 5weat-Qlands. 
 
 The perspiration is sometimes greatly increased above nature's de- 
 sign. This is, technically, idrosis. In other instances there is too 
 little sweating. This ^ called anidrosis. Sometimes the perspiration 
 is so altered in its physical qualities as to have some peculiar smell. 
 This is osmidrosis. In some rare instances, according to old writers, 
 the sweat was changed in color. This was chromidrosis. And now 
 and then a case occui-s of bloody perspiration, of which the most 
 memorable case on record is that of the Redeemer of men, who, in 
 the garden, sweat great drops of blood. Several cases of this are re- 
 corded in medical l)ooks. It is called hcemidrosis. 
 
 The proper action of the skin being so vitally important to health, 
 these changes often involve very serious consequences. 
 
 Treatment. — Either too much or too little sweating can generally 
 be corrected by the cold or warm bath, friction, tonics, and proper 
 clothing. Small doses of jaborandi, also ergot and strychnine, are 
 among the best internal medicines (365). 
 
 Disorders of the Oil -Glands and Tubes. 
 
 That the skin may be liml)er, healthy, and fit for use, it is neces- 
 sary to have it oiled every day. For this object, the Creator lias 
 
ices, diseased 
 ilterations of 
 
 We witness 
 [)e on various 
 
 level of the 
 no elevation, 
 
 e pigment is 
 y. At other 
 z\\ are called 
 
 tint, as when 
 levered with 
 ihe name of 
 
 mole. If it 
 ^ing out an 
 :ing plaster, 
 onics, and a 
 I change of 
 , is the best 
 still better, 
 
 lature's de- 
 lere is too 
 erspiration 
 iliar smell. 
 Id writers, 
 And now 
 the most 
 n, who, in 
 ;lus are re- 
 
 to health, 
 
 generally 
 id proper 
 mine, are 
 
 is neces- 
 eator has 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 155 
 
 wisely provided, by placing in the true skin a largo number of very 
 Huuill glands and tubes, whose office it is to prepare and pour out 
 upo!i the surface the proper amount of oil. The gland, regular little 
 oil-pot, is in the true skin ; and from it a ptece of hose or tube runs 
 up through the scarf-skin, through which the oily fluid is poured out. 
 Some of these tubes are spiral, others are straight. On some partH 
 these vessels do not exist; on othera they are (juite abundant, — as on 
 the face, nose, ears, head, eyelids, etc. They produce the wax of the 
 ears; and on the head, they open into the sheath of the hair, and fur- 
 nish it with a hair-oil or pomatum better than the chemist can make. 
 These little vessels are always at work, when the skin is healthy ; 
 and no persons need W afraid to wash all over every day, lest, as the 
 Boston Medical Journal taught, the skin will be injured by having 
 the oil removed from it. You might as well be afraid to eat a 
 meal of victuals, lest the saliva should all Iw swallowed with it, and 
 none be left for future use. There is oil enough where that upon 
 the skin comes from, and the vessels which produce it are not injured 
 by work, any more than the muscles of the legs are by walking. 
 
 Qrubs or Worms. — But, unfortunately, the skin is not well taken 
 care of in all cases, as in cities and towns where sedentary habits pre- 
 vail. Here, the actions of the skin, instead of being regular and com- 
 plete, are often sluggish and imperfect ; and the contents of the oil- 
 cells and tubes, instead of flowing easily, become hard and impacted, 
 and the vessels are not emptied. When this matter beconies station- 
 ary, dry, and hard, it distends the tube, and fills it to the suiiace; and 
 then coming in contiict with the dust 
 and smoke of the atmosphere, the ends 
 become black, and look like the heftds 
 of worms. These spots are common 
 on the nose and face of persons who 
 have a sluggish skin. They may be 
 squeezed out by pressing tlie nails on 
 each side of them. These are called 
 gruhs and tvorms, or, technically, come- 
 dones. When this matter produces in- 
 flammation of the tube, there is then a 
 black spot in the middle of a red pimple, 
 and the disease is called spotted acne. 
 Now and then the oily matter becomes very hard, producing spine- 
 like growths, and even horns (Fig. 77) ; and again, it collects and 
 forms soft tumors, as wens, etc. These are technically called encysted 
 tumors. Sometimes the action of the glands is too great, and oil is 
 poured out so profusely that the face shines with it. At other times 
 there is so little that the skin is dry and hai-sh. In the hardened 
 oily matter, which constitutes grubs, are found small animals, which 
 Ur. Wilson calls the "animal of the oily product of the skin." On 
 page 156 are three views of him. , 
 
156 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 Treatment— For roughness and harshness or skin, wasli with «.. 
 and water every night, and rub well into the skin XThe fi T„ i 
 
 V ;, a weejc. Vr, rub the skin every morning with a damp 
 
 
 Via. 78. 
 
 FlO. 79. 
 
 FlO. 80, 
 
 «ao„ ^ •'^ -^ , applied. Ihe spinous variety, or porcuninA dis- 
 
 TrnTtwii I'dr F '^"'"'r^ ?• '*'r^ *^« "«« -^ the^olntm ft 
 iifl* ^^; *^"' S^""^' stimulate the skin by washintr it 
 
 W«l '""f rP""*^' '""''^ ^ •^^y' ^'^d rubbing briskly witi a oLe 
 towel; and by using the corrosive sublimate (225) a/aTotion 
 A spare diet will do much towards improving ih^ skin i^' many 
 
 ^^ S (352rrheal"-^"^' '^^^^^^ *^^ '°^^ ^^^'^ ^^ (^^^I 
 
 Barbers' Itch. -Jackson's Itch. — Sycosis. 
 
 iin^^^i!^ ""^"^ much like acne,- only differing from it in its loca- 
 tion It appears chiefly on the haiiy parte of the face,- th? chin 
 
 of theTec^' uV'^T '' *^ ,"'^^^ '"' ^h« «y«brows, 'and the nap 
 ot the neck. It consists in little conical elevations, which maturate 
 
 pimples are of a pale yellowish color. In a few days they burst and 
 n stTflnUrZ ""!' ''''"V'^r ^*^^' '^^^"-'^ cruL.""These 
 
 nesl'o'f the'ski:;." '""''' '^ ^ ^^^"'"^ «^"«^*^- "^ ^^^ -^ tight- 
 duH ^.nl'^'^'J' supposed to be brought on frequently by using a 
 fnlraVd%tT"o?yeai^^^^^^"^^^^^^^ 
 
.. -t-^ 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 157 
 
 wli with soap 
 the bath, and 
 sulphur, etc. 
 vith a damp 
 
 80. 
 
 ice, the lini- 
 rcupine dis- 
 ing a large 
 le ointment 
 
 washing it 
 [ith a coarse 
 ation. 
 in many 
 
 first (360) 
 
 SIS. 
 
 its loca- 
 
 the chin, 
 
 the nape 
 
 maturate 
 
 m. These 
 
 burst, and 
 
 These 
 
 pimples 
 
 md tight- 
 
 y using a 
 'or many 
 
 Treatment. — The most important part of the treatment is the re- 
 moval of the cause. The beard must not be pulled with a dull razor; 
 the shaving had better be discontinued altogether, and the beard be 
 merely cropped off with scissors instead. All intemperance in eating 
 and drinking, and exposure of the face to heat, must be avoided. A 
 light, cool diet will do much towards curing the disease. 
 
 The nitrate of mercury ointment, and a solution of oxalic acid, are 
 the best applications. If one does not succeed, try the other. Black 
 wash is to be used when the face is much inflamed. 
 
 Disorders of the Hair and Hair-Tubes. 
 
 The hair is an appendage of the scarf-skin, and is intended to be 
 both useful and ornamental. 
 
 It is subject to several disorders. It may grow too long, or too 
 thick, or it may appear in an improper place. This last happens in 
 the case of those little spots and patches which disfigure the face, 
 and are '^alled moles. The hair may be defective in its growth, or 
 may fall off prematurely from various causes, or in the natural course 
 of things from old age. This last is called calvities. It may change 
 its color, too, under a great variety of circumstances, and at nearly 
 every age. It is not very uncommon to find a single lock varying in 
 color from that which surrounds it. Old age, the winter of life, nat- 
 urally brings the frosted locks; but they frequently appear also upon 
 the heads of younger perso s. Strong mental emotions, such as fear. 
 grief, or sorrow, may bring a bleaching of the hair in a brief period, 
 or even suddenly. Byron, in his " Prisoner of Chillon," beautifully 
 refers to this fact : — - . 
 
 " My hair is gray, but not with years, 
 Nor grew it white 
 In a single night, 
 As men's have grown from sudden fears." 
 
 Porrtgo. — There is a troublesome disease of the hair and hair-tubes 
 called porrigo. It begins with the formation of a thin layer of scurf 
 either around single hairs, or in patches which enclose several. These 
 patches frequently have a circular form, which give to the affection 
 the character of a ringworm. The hair-tubes are generally a little 
 elevated, in the shape of papillae, which gives to the diseased scalp 
 the appearance of "goose-flesh." These hairs, losing their proper 
 nourishment and healthiness, break off at unequal distances from the 
 skin, leaving their rough ends twisted and bent, and matted into 
 thick grayish and yellow jrusts. Upon the surface of these crusts 
 may generally be seen the ends of a few hairs, looking like the fibres 
 of hemp or tow. The scratching causes inflammation of the skin after 
 a time, and matter is poured out, which still further mats the hair, 
 and thickens the crusts. There are several varieties of this disease, 
 differing slightly from each other ; but this general description will 
 answer all practical purposes for this work. 
 
 ■«*?- 
 
158 
 
 SKIK DIHEARRS. 
 
 The reader will often notice ii diHease of tlio liair-plands, clmrarter- 
 ized l)y a yellowish and dirty-looking powder, covering the acalp iuid 
 hairs. This matter is eoUected at the mouths of the follieles, and 
 considerable of it is strung upon the hairs like Insads. Pull out ii 
 hair, and the roof will Ikj fk)und thin, dry, and starved in its ajjpear- 
 ance. In this <lisease, it is difficult to keej) the hair cleansed, or to 
 prevent its falling off. 
 
 FavuSr — Still another disease, called /rt7'M«, is known hy the collec- 
 tion of a yellow substance, at first, around the cylinder of the liair. 
 This 8ul)staiu',e, after a ♦inie, spreads out upon the scurf skin, and 
 dries into yellow crusLs, in the form of a cup, around the base of each 
 hair. A numlier of these cups, collected together, look like the cells 
 of a honey-comb. This disease is contagious, and is communicable 
 by contjict to any part of the skin. 
 
 Treatment. — For removing the hair from particular parts of the 
 scalp, it is common to resort to depilatories. Of these, the recipes 
 260, 261, 262, are frequently used, and are as good iw those adver- 
 tised ; indeed, they are the same. Forceps are the Inist means. 
 
 To prevent loss of hair, and to restore it when lost, the circulation 
 should be stimulated in the small vessels of the scalp. With this 
 view, washing the head every morning with cold water, drying it by 
 friction with a rough towel, and brushing it to redness with a stiff 
 hair-brush, are excellent. To these should l)e added some stimulating 
 ointment (183), or liniment (257), (258), (2o9). These last are about 
 the best known preparations for causing the growth of the hair. 
 
 Ringworm of the scalp requires attention to the diet, and such 
 remedies as will improve the general health, with stimulating appli- 
 cations externally (267), (258), (259). 366 is the newest and best 
 mode. 
 
 To color the hair, several preparations are used. Of these, 163 is 
 about the l)est. It produces a beautiful black. A preparation of sul- 
 phur and sugar of lead ^264) is the famous compound recommended 
 by General Twiggs, and extensively used. Preparations of nitrate of 
 silver (265), (266), (311) a.e much in use in some quiirters. They 
 perhaps give a finer black to thp hair, but they render it dry and crisp, 
 and they will stain, the skin, if care is not used iii applying them. 
 
 Use care in the use of these remedies. 
 
 In Favus, the two great objects to be gained are, to remove all lo- 
 cal causes of irritation, and to excite the diseased hair-glands to 
 healthy action. The first object is affected by cutting off the hair 
 with the scissors, and removing the crusts by washing the scalp with 
 castile soap and water. It may be well first to wet the crusts through 
 with corrosive sublimate (212), in weak solution. The washing with 
 foap and water should be repeated every day, and b§ followed by 
 rubbing into the scalp a stimulating ointment (183). A very weak 
 solution of tlu! nitrate of mercury (226), applied every other day, 
 with a camel's hair brush, sometimes produces excellent effects. 
 
 '^ 
 
 y 
 
iida, cliftnvcter- 
 the scalp and 
 folliclcH, iin«l 
 1. Pull out ii 
 in its a|)j)ear- 
 leanaud, or lo 
 
 by the oollec- 
 ' of the liiiir. 
 ;uif skiu, and 
 hiiso of each 
 
 like the cells 
 ;©niniunicable 
 
 parts of the 
 e, the reiiipes 
 
 those adver- 
 
 nieans. 
 he circulation 
 1. With this 
 , drying it hy 
 9 with a stiff 
 e stimulating 
 last are about 
 the hair. 
 
 iet, and such 
 ilating appli- 
 vest and best 
 
 lese, 163 is 
 ■ation of sul- 
 ecom mended 
 of nitrate of 
 rtere, They 
 
 y and crisp, 
 ng them. 
 
 niove all lo- 
 ir-glands to 
 off the hair 
 scalp with 
 ists through 
 ashing witii 
 followed by 
 very weak 
 other day, 
 effects. 
 
 SKIN DISKABES. 
 
 159 
 
 Lice. 
 
 PediculofliA or Lice is a contagious, animal, parasitic affection, 
 chara(;t<'ii/tMl by the presence of pediculi in the skin and scratch- 
 marks of the sufferer ensuing from the annoying itching. There are 
 a number of varieties classified according to the peculiar parasite and 
 its location. They all cause great discomfort and itching. 
 
 The Pediculosis Capitis, or head-louse, is found in the scalp, and 
 is a long, oval l)ody with six legs furnished with nails; it has an oval 
 head with two prominent eyes and two horns. The ova or nits are 
 small whitish iMxlies closely glued to the hair 
 and look like small pieces of dandruff. One or 
 two are deposited on a hair. 
 
 They occur for the most part in poorly nour- 
 ished children brought up under bad hygienic 
 surroundings, and thence communicated to 
 others. They cause extreme itching and scratch- 
 ing, so that often the irritation is unbearable and 
 the sticky serum of the blood mats together the 
 hair, forming crusts. Sleep is often interfered 
 with and ill health results. (See Fig. 81.) 
 
 Pediculosis Corporis, or body-louse, is gen- 
 erally the property of the clothing ; it is some- 
 what larger than the head-louse and deposits it« 
 
 eggs in the seams of the clothing, remaining on the body only long 
 
 enough to gain sustenance. The young are hatched in five or six 
 
 days. The louse reproduces again in 
 
 eighteen days. As the parasite crawls 
 
 about it produces extreme itching and 
 
 the scratcliing follows, resulting in long 
 
 lines of excoriation. The chief locations 
 
 for this parasite are the back, chest, abdo- 
 men and thighs. The middle-aged and 
 
 elderly are more apt to be attacked than 
 
 the young. Here unclcanliness again is a 
 
 prime factor in their occurrence. (Fig.82.) 
 
 Pediculosis Pubis, or crab-louse, is a 
 smaller, shorter, stouter parasite than the 
 two I receding, and attacks the pubes par- 
 ticularly, but is also found in the axillae 
 and over the eyelashes and beard of the 
 male. Thoy may be seen clinging closely to 
 the skin with remarkable tenacity. They 
 occur on adults and pioduce the same lesions as the other varieties. 
 They are generally the result of promiscuous sexual intercouree. 
 ( Fig. 83.) 
 
 Kio. 81. 
 BEAD- LOUSE, 
 
 FlO. «i. 
 BODT-LODSE. 
 
1«0 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 Treatment. — The main object in the tieatr 
 ment of these filthy diseases is the destruction 
 of the parasite. The lesions they produce 
 disappear with the disappearance of the ani- 
 mal. It need hardly be said that strict clean- 
 liness of person is a sine qua non. The rem- 
 edies usually employed in their extermination 
 are the mercurials, sulphur, carbolic acid, to- 
 bacco, etc. 
 
 cBA^LouBB. I^ case of the head-louse the most effica- 
 
 cious method of treatment consists in saturating the head over night 
 with petroleum and washing off with soap in the morning. In young 
 children the hair may be cut to get rid the more easily of the nits, 
 but this is not necessary. The applications of petroleum may have 
 to be repeated several times and the hair frequently washed with soft 
 soap, soda washes, vinegar, etc., to get rid of the nits. If the louse 
 be of the body variety the treatment must be directed to the clothing, 
 which is to be changed often and either boiled or baked. This pro- 
 cess is to be repeated until no more parasites are found. The itching 
 of the body is best allayed by carbolic acid lotions (one teaspoonful 
 to pint of water). 
 
 The crab-louse is best treated by the well-known mercurial oint- 
 ment, or blue ointment, and is to be washed off with soap and water 
 each morning. It must be persisted in till no more crabs are found 
 and no further itching is noticed. 
 
 
 Bed-Bugs. 
 
 The best preventives against these annoying bugs is corrosive sub- 
 limate and pyrethrum powder. Purchase a small bottle of the corro- 
 sive sublimate tablets, usually sold at the druggists for surgical pur- 
 poses, and dissolve one in a quart of water. This solution is to be 
 freely used about the cracks of the bed, after it has been taken apart, 
 and also about any wooden furniture of the room as well as the wood- 
 work of the room. The powder is then to be used freely. This pro- 
 cess is to be repeated several times. 
 
 The bites themselves are best relieved by carbolic lotions, vinegar 
 and water, ammonia and water, etc. 
 
 Freckles. 
 
 This is a disease of the pigment layer of the skin and consists in 
 a deposit of the coloring matter of the skin in irregular shapes, 
 of the size of a pin-head or pea, and are yellowish, brown or even 
 blackish, occurring for the most part on the face and back of the 
 hands. They may be few and scattered or exceedingly abundant 
 and cover a large area. All ages are subject to them except in very 
 young children. The light<;omplexioned are more subject to them. 
 
1 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 161 
 
 t in the treat- 
 le destruction 
 ;hey produce 
 B of the jini- 
 t strict clean- 
 t. The reiii- 
 xterniination 
 3olic acid, to- 
 most effica- 
 d over night 
 g. In young 
 5^ of the nits, 
 m may liave 
 lied with soft 
 If the louse 
 the clothing, 
 . This pro- 
 The itching 
 teaspoonful 
 
 rcurial oint- 
 p and water 
 8 are found 
 
 rrosive sub- 
 f the corro- 
 irgical pur- 
 )n is to be 
 aken apart, 
 s the wood- 
 This pro- 
 
 ns, vinegar 
 
 consists in 
 ar shapes, 
 ^n or even 
 ck of the 
 abundant 
 pt in very 
 ; to them, 
 
 while the red-haired seldom escape them. Sunlight develops them so 
 that many have them conspicuously only in summer. The possession 
 of freckles is a matter greatly of idiosyncrasy, as many people never 
 have them, no matter how much they may be subjected to the sun. 
 
 Treatment. — One's aim in treatment should be toward destro}'ing 
 the pigment layisr by some corrosive agent, like corrosive sublimate, 
 which perhaps is the best remedy. 
 
 Two grains tc( the ounce in water will in most cases prove suffi- 
 ciently strong. The susceptibility of the skin to this remedy and the 
 extent of the area involved have much to do with the strength of the 
 remedy employed. This remedy is poisonous and is to be used with 
 care. Do not get it near the lips, but to effect a cure it must be per- 
 sijted in for quite a while. 
 
 A\' ashing the face in buttermilk several times a day is excellent. 
 
 Corns. 
 
 Of all the minor ailments of the human body, few are more dis- 
 tressing than the inflamed corn. They consist of a thickening of the 
 outside or horny layer of the skin. As a secondary change, conse- 
 quent on long iriitatiou, the nerve and blood supply increase and an 
 extreme tenderness is produced, amounting often to incapacity to 
 walk or work. They are caused mechanically by the undue pressure 
 of the boot against the joint or biy one toe pressing against another. 
 Too short a boot, which causes pushing out of *he big toe joint, too 
 narrow a boot, causing crowding of the large joints, are the more fre- 
 quent causes of the com. 
 
 Bunion. 
 
 The bunion is produced by wearing too short a boot, as a rule, and 
 consists in the gradual displacement of the big-toe joint, so that fi- 
 nally there is an actual deformity. The corn usually is added to this 
 deformity. 
 
 Treatment. — The outer layers of the corn should be softened and 
 scraped off by a sharp, thin knife. The softening process may be ef- 
 fected by soaking in a soda solution, or better still, by the following 
 mixture : — 
 
 Salicylic acid one-half ounce 
 
 Extract cannabis indica ten grains 
 
 Collodion one scruple 
 
 This is to be applied each night. Care is to be exercised in not 
 paring the corn too closely lest bleeding occur and poisoning ensue 
 from the unclean knife that may be used. Pressure of the boot must 
 be avoided by the substitution of another form of boot and also per- 
 haps by wearing a plaster with a hole in the center, thus distributing 
 the pressure over a greater area. When trimmed the corn is to be 
 
 i! 
 
 
r 
 
 162 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 
 likewise covered by a corn-plaster bound on the foot by strips of 
 adhesive plaster. Painting with iodine often takes out the sore- 
 ness and hardens the skin so that it may be more readily cut. In- 
 flamed corns should be poulticed and treated like any pus wound. 
 Spirits of turpentine will often take the soreness out of a corn. Ab- 
 sorbent cotton, or better, wool, worn between the toes, will prevent 
 or cure a corn between the toes. 
 
 Dandruff. 
 
 This is a Hjsease of. the sebaceous glands of the scalp, characterized 
 by a large secretion of the sebaceous matter and forming crusts or 
 scales. The secretion may be so thick and oily as to mat together 
 the hair, or so dry as to fall off the head in a shower when the head 
 is combed. It is the most frequent cause of baldness. Tlie crown 
 of the head is the most frequent location of this disease. 
 
 Treatment. — Inasmuch as those subject to this disease are often 
 below par in health, such constitutional remedies as cod-liver oil and 
 iron are valuable adjuncts in bringing about a cure. Should the 
 amount of scales be considerable, especially if there are crusts, as in 
 the case of little children, the best procedure consists in oiling the 
 scalp over night wit'i some bland oil, wearing a flannel cap, and wash- 
 ing off the oil in the morning with soft-soap and water. The follow- 
 ing blood tonic is an admirable one for adults : — 
 
 Tincture of iron one ounce 
 
 Dilute phosphoric acid one ounce 
 
 Syrup of lemon two ounces 
 
 Take one-half teaspoonful in a wineglass of water three times daily. 
 Use a glass tube to avoid staining the teeth. The scalp needs a 
 shampoo once or twice a week ; the following will be found to be a 
 suitable one: — 
 
 Green soap eight ounces 
 
 Alcohol four ounces 
 
 Put a little here and there over the scalp and then rub up with 
 warm water. The scalp may then be stimulated night and morning 
 with a little of the following lotion :^ — 
 
 Tincture of cantharides three dr9,chm8 
 
 Tincture of capsicum three drachms 
 
 Castor oil two drachms 
 
 Alcohol two ounces 
 
 Spirits rosemary two ounces 
 
 Another good remedy for daily use : — 
 
 Hydrate of chloral two drachms 
 
 Water four ounces 
 
 ■Ml 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 163 
 
 by strips of 
 ut the sore- 
 ily cut. In- 
 
 pus wound. 
 1 corn. Al> 
 will prevent 
 
 iharacterized 
 ig crusts or 
 nat together 
 en the head 
 Tlie crown 
 
 use are often 
 liver oil and 
 
 Should the 
 trusts, as in 
 n oiling the 
 p, and wash- 
 
 The follow- 
 
 unce 
 bnce 
 unces 
 
 imes daily, 
 needs a 
 ind to be a 
 
 ounces 
 unces 
 
 ) up with 
 id morning 
 
 Irtichms 
 
 Irachms 
 
 achms 
 
 nces 
 
 noes 
 
 ichms 
 nces 
 
 The yolk of two eggs well rubbed into the scalp and afterwards 
 washed off with hot water is ilso a good cleansing agent and sham- 
 poo. 
 
 For very stubborn cases the following lotion applied night and 
 morning will be found efficacious : — 
 
 Corrosive sublimate 12 grains 
 
 Glycerine 4 drachms 
 
 Alcohol 6 ounces 
 
 Spirits rosemary 4 drachms 
 
 Whatever method is pursued, the application must be persevered 
 in and applied from twice daily to once every few days according to 
 progress made and severity of case. . • 
 
 Baldness. 
 
 This disease is generally the outcome either of some constitutional 
 weakness and requires general tonic treatment like iron and cod-oil, 
 or is the result of some local lesion of the scalp proper. i' nen due 
 to sypliilis, the hair falls out suddenly and quite extensively ; the 
 eyebrows also saffer the same way. Its treatment is to be conducted 
 on the same plans as directed under treatment of the syphilitio dis- 
 ease. Eczema, scrofulous blood, etc., may also be the exciting cause 
 of baldness. Baldness may ensue in areas only, and oftentimes is as 
 complete as though no hair had ever grown there. This form is apt to 
 be very stubborn and requires very irritating treatment, like blisters 
 or the rubbing in of strong carbolic acid once a day for a number of 
 days before ceasing treatment. 
 
 The baldness of old age is of course irremediable, but may be ar- 
 rested by attention to the general health and the employment of rem- 
 edies mentioned under the consideration of dandruff. 
 
 As has been mentioned, dandruff is the most fertile source of bald- 
 ness. When once the scalp is clean and the dandruff is cured the 
 following lotion will be found to be of great value in those cases of 
 baldness characterized by the hair falling out in small patches : — 
 
 Carbolic acid one drachm 
 
 Alcohol one and a half ounces 
 
 Castor oil two drachms 
 
 Oil bitter almonds ten drops 
 
 Strong carbolic acid itself may be rubbed in the inveterate cases. 
 The following lotion also contains desirable ingredients : — 
 
 Tincture cantharides . . . one and a half ounces 
 Tincture capsicum .... one and a half ounces ' ; 
 
 Castor oil two drachms 
 
 Cologne one ounce 
 
 
 MHi 
 
DISEASES OP THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 Thf, brain and spinal column are the great centres of the nervous 
 system. 
 
 The brain produces sensation, thought, and voluntary motion. When 
 this organ is diseased, therefore, we may expect one of these functions 
 to be either disturbed or destroyed. 
 
 Of Sensation there are various disturbances, pervsrsions, and sus- 
 pensions, caused by disease of the brain and nerves ; such as nausea, 
 giddiness, specks floa./ing Vnjfore the eyes, ringing in the ears, decep- 
 tive tastes and sr lells, latolerable itching, neuralgic pains, boisterously 
 high spir' a, depression without apparent cause, anxiety, and dread. 
 
 Thought, in like manner, is disturbed and perverted in many ways. 
 There is high delirium, dullness and confusion, loss of memory, weak- 
 ened judgment, and every degree of stupor, down to l utire loss of 
 consciousness. 
 
 Voluntary Motion is perverted and destroyed in muscular twitch- 
 ings, trembling of the limbs, spasmodic stiffness, involuntary jerk- 
 ings, convulsions, muscular debility, and palsy. 
 
 The brain is composed of three parts, — the cerebrum, the cerebel- 
 lum, and the medulla oblongata. These are all contained witliin the 
 skull bones, and are immediately covered by three membranes, called 
 the dura mater, the arachnoid, and the pia mater. The dui mater is 
 a strong, fibrous membrane lying next to the skull-bones. 1 arach- 
 noid is a serous membrane, lying next below, and the pia matei hich 
 means pious mother, is a vascular membrane, lying next to the brain, 
 dipping into it in places, and containmg the vessels which bring to it 
 all its nutrient materials. Hence its name. 
 
 These membranes are all liable to be inflamed, — and so is the 
 brain. 
 
 Inflammation of the Dura Mater. 
 
 The inflammation of this membrane does not often occur sponta- 
 neously ; but it happens frequently from external injuries, as blows 
 upon the head. 
 
 After a blow upon the head which stuns him, a man may recover 
 himself, and for some days remain in perfect health. Then he has 
 
 164 
 
 
 ■'•^sattm 
 
 tm 
 
DISEASES or THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 166 
 
 SBVE8. 
 
 ;he nervous 
 
 ion. When 
 le functions 
 
 ns, and sus- 
 t as nausea, 
 ears, decep- 
 wisterously 
 nd dread. 
 
 many ways, 
 aory, weak- 
 ire loss of 
 
 liar twitch- 
 itary jerk- 
 
 the cerebel- 
 witliin the 
 lies, called 
 mater is 
 arach- 
 tei, hich 
 the brain, 
 jring to it 
 
 so is the 
 
 sponta- 
 as blows 
 
 y recover 
 1 he has 
 
 liiiin in the head, is restless, cannot sleep, has a (lushed face, red eyes, 
 hot skin, hard pulse, rigor, nausea, vomiting, — ending with convul- 
 sions and delirium. 
 
 This disease is often caused by what is called otitis, or inflamma- 
 tion of the internal ear. In such ca»es, iiiHammation will arise within 
 the tympanum, causing intense earache ; matter conies at length from 
 the external ear, but the pain does not stop ; the patient shivers, be- 
 comes drowsy, perhaps delirious, and finally sinks into stupor. The 
 dura mater is inflamed. 
 
 Treatment. — When the disease arises from inflammation in the 
 ear, leeches are to be applied behind the ear, and blisters and other 
 irritants afterwards. Other modes of treatment will be mentioned 
 after the next two forms of disease. 
 
 Inflammation of the Arachnoid and Pia Mater. 
 
 Arachnitis. 
 
 These two membranes are generally inflamed together. They 
 are so intimately connected that each involves the other in its own 
 troubles. 
 
 Generally this is divided into three stages : — 
 
 The Irritative, characterized by wakefulness, irritable temper, re- 
 pugnance to strong light, and contraction of the pupils. 
 
 Tlie Infiammatory Stage, known by transient pains in the head, 
 alternating with similar ones in the bowels, increased restlessness and 
 irritability, a quick and t«nse pulse, an expression of discontent on 
 the face, the eye-brows knit and frowning, the eye-lids half closed, 
 retching and vomiting, deep sighing, and torpid bowels. 
 
 The Depressing Stage, in which the delirium is more continuous, 
 the countenance has a look of surprise and stupor, the pupils are con- 
 tracted or dilated, the white of the eyes injected and red, the pupils 
 rolled up during sleep, constant sleepiness, inattention to surrounding 
 objects, torpidity of mind, gradually increasing until complete coma 
 closes all the senses. 
 
 The disease does not always exhibit all these symptoms, or come on 
 in the regular way described. Sometimes the first thing noticed is a 
 long-continued paroxysm of general convulsions. Again these con- 
 vulsions will come on after violent pains in the head, and are attended 
 with screaming. 
 
 Inflammation of the Brain. Brain Fever. 
 
 Encephalitis. — Phrenitis. 
 
 Acute and general inflammation of the brain and its membranes 
 has two stages. ' 
 
 The Stage of Excitement, in which there is intende and deep-seated 
 pain in the head, extending over a large part of it, a feeling of tight- 
 
 ■■ '\ 
 
166 
 
 DISEASES OF THE DRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 V 
 
 rifcos across the forehead, throbbing of the temporal arteries, a Hushed 
 face, injected eyes, looking wild and b? lliant, contraction of the pupils, 
 great shrinking from light and violent sound, delirium, want of sleep, 
 general convulsions, a parched and dry skin, a quick and hard pulse, 
 a white tongue, thirst, nausea and vomiting, and constipation of the 
 bowels. 
 
 The Stage of Coliapse, in which there are indistinct mutterings, 
 dull and perverted hearing and vision, double vision, the piipil from 
 being contracted expands largely and becomes motionless, twitchings 
 of the muscles, tremors and palsy of some of the limbs, a ghastly and 
 cadaverous countenance, cohl sweats, profound coma, and death. 
 
 The disease will not show all these symptoms in any one case. It 
 runs a rapid course, causing death, sometimes, in twelve or twenty- 
 four hours ; or it may run two o: three weeks. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be energetic, and administered early. 
 The measures usually employed are hot foot-baths., and the application 
 of cold to the head., with occasional mustard poultice to legs. 
 
 General Blood-letting. — This is much approved by many ; for 
 myself, I do not like it. Wet cups and leeching are about tlie extent 
 to which I would ever carry the abstraction of blood in these diseases. 
 These may sometimes be applied with advantage to the neck, and be- 
 hind the ears. 
 
 Cold Applications. — These, applied to the head, are of great im- 
 portance. First, shave the head, and put on cloths wetted in water 
 as cold as it can be made, changing them often ; or, put powdered 
 ice in a flexible bladder, and lay it upon the head, — taking care not 
 to make it too heavy. Heat in a few cases is better borne. 
 
 Cathartics. — These, while the inflammation is in the active stage, 
 should be thorough and energetic. To effect it, many use calomel 
 and other forms of mercury. They are not needed. Croton oil is one 
 of the best articles (31), or colocynth, gamboge, etc. (82), without 
 the oil, or the compound powder of jalap. 
 
 In the stage of collapse, if tliere is pallor of the countenance, a 
 feeble and flying pulse, great debility and tremors, coldness of the 
 extremities, etc., give wine and other stimulants. 
 
 See that the bladder is emptied every day. 
 
 The feet, in the early stage of the complaint, should be bathed in 
 warm water, or mustard and water (242). Mustard draughts must 
 also be put upon the feet. 
 
 The tincture of veratrum, given in full doses, to bring down the 
 pulse, and produce sweating, must not be omitted. Give (351). 
 
 Softening of the Brain. — Ramollissement. 
 
 Inflammation of the brain, when it has run its course, sometimes 
 leaves this organ, or portions of it, in a softened condition. The 
 
 4p 
 
5s, a flushed 
 f the pupils, 
 int of sleep, 
 hard pulse, 
 tion of the 
 
 mutteriugs. 
 pupil from 
 
 twitchings 
 ghastly and 
 
 death, 
 le case. It 
 or twenty- 
 
 ered early, 
 application 
 
 rS. 
 
 many; for 
 
 the extent 
 
 se diseases. 
 
 ck, and be- 
 
 f great ini- 
 
 d in water 
 
 powdered 
 
 g care not 
 
 tive stage, 
 36 calomel 
 I oil is one 
 ), without 
 
 benance, a 
 S8 of the 
 
 )athed in 
 its must 
 
 own the 
 J51). 
 
 imetimes 
 n. The 
 
 niSEASES OP THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 167 
 
 same mischief may happen to the bruin from the blood-vessels which 
 run to it being diseased, so as not to be able to carry blood for its 
 proper nourishment. 
 
 Symptoms. — The most remarkable symptom of this disease is the 
 rigid contraction of the muscles which draw up the limbs ; the hand 
 may be clenched and pressed against the shoulder, or the heel carried 
 up to the hip. 
 
 The other symptoms are various, — tingling and numbness in the 
 ends of thu fingers ; perverted vision, and sometimes blindness ; par- 
 alysis of one limb, or half the body; difficulty of answering ques- 
 tions ; forgetfulness, making it difficult, at times, for the patient to 
 remember his own name. General treatment is indicated. 
 
 Suppuration and Abscess of the Brain. 
 
 When a diseased brain is examined after death, sometimes matter 
 is found mixed in with the softened portion. This shows that suppu- 
 ration took ;jlace. At other times, the matter is found in a cavity, 
 which shows that an abscess had formed during life. 
 
 The symptoms of these mischiefs are convulsions in the earlier 
 stages, and palsy in the latter. Surgical methods now often save 
 life, and cause a cure in these cases. 
 
 Induration of the Brain. 
 
 Instead of softening the brain, inflammation sometimes does the 
 very opposite, — it hardens it, — producing a change something like 
 that which happens to white of Qg^ when dipped in hot water. 
 
 Convulsions appear as the result of this change, as in suppuration 
 and abscess ; palsy much more seldom. 
 
 Tumors bf the Brain. 
 
 Tumors infect the brain occasionally, — growing around it, on all 
 sides, pressing themselves into its substance, and causing many dis- 
 turbances. Cancers and hydatids are found there. The signs which 
 these irritating bodies produce are like those of other diseases of the 
 brain, and therefore cannot be distinguished daring life. Syphilis is 
 often the cause of them, and, when due to this, may be cured. 
 
 Delirium Tremens.— Drunkard's Delirium. 
 
 Mania a Potu. 
 
 This is often mistaken for brain-fever ; but it is quite a different 
 disease. It is not the result of inflammation of the brain, but of irri- 
 tation. It is important to distinguish it from inflammation, because 
 the remedies wWch are employed for that would be injurious if used 
 for this. 
 
 V 
 
 I 
 
 I .i 
 
 ij^ 
 
108 
 
 DISEASES OP THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 The Symptoms art; incosaant talking, fidgeting with the hands, 
 trembling of the limlw, a rapid pulse, profuse sweating, utter sleep- 
 lessness, and a mingling of the real with the imaginary in the hiiHy 
 talk. The patient is apt to think some one is about to do him a 
 great injury, yet is unwilling to be alone. His face is pale and sal- 
 low (sometimes red and flushed), his eye is rolling, quick and ex- 
 pressive, his speech stuttering and inarticulate, — bodily and mentally, 
 he is busy day and night, and can with difficulty be confined to his 
 bed or room. As the disease advances, and he has been long without 
 sleep, he imagines vermin to be crawling upon his scalp and body ; 
 troops of rats run across his bed, or look at him out of the wall ; 
 giant boxers confront him, and he squares off for a round at fisti- 
 cufis ; animals, figures of all shapes, and horrible monsters frighten 
 his imagination ; devils laugh at liim, and dance before him. In long 
 and sleepless houi-s, he Uilko and chatters with these spectral phan- 
 toms, — now beckoning them, now shrinking from them, till he wears 
 out and sinks from exhaustion. This is a disease of drunkards and 
 opium eaters. The attack generally occui's in consequence of the 
 withdrawal for three or four days of the accustomed stimulus. 
 
 Treatment. — Opium and its preparations are the sovereign rem- 
 edy. Give one-third of a grain of morphia; if this does not quiet the 
 patient, give thirty drops of laudanum every two houra, till sleep is 
 produced. Sleep will cure him, and notliing else will. A draught 
 or two of his accustomed drink, brandy, gin, or whatever it may be, 
 will also generally dispose him to sleep, if he be not already in drink. 
 
 Recently, a very effectual remedy has been found in the use of 
 tepid baths, prolonged from four to ten hours, in connection with 
 cold applications to the head. In connection with this, small doses 
 of opium are required ; but the treatment may yet prove to be very 
 valuable by enabling us to dispense with excessive doses of opium. 
 Twenty grains of chloral may be given every hour till patient sleeps. 
 
 Inebriety. 
 
 In the beginning of the present century insanity was regarded as a 
 visitation of God's displeasure and not as a disease subject to scientific 
 investigation and amenable to treatment. Inebriety is regarded now 
 as insanity was some hundred years ago, the disease being consid- 
 ered irremediable. Alcohol is a poison, and like other poisons is cap- 
 able of destroying life. In large doses it becomes a powerful irritant 
 or a narcotic producing coma and death. It being constantly intro- 
 duced into the system produces a general disease in the system. We 
 believe inebriety can be cured like any other disease, but is subject to 
 relapses like other diseases. 
 
 The " alcohol habit," under the title Inebriety, oftentimes has the 
 symptom or outward manifestation of diseased conditions, which an- 
 tedate the alcoholic craving, and are its predisposing and exciting 
 causes which retard, and sometimes even prevent a cure. 
 
in 
 
 DISEASER OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 169 
 
 m 
 
 the liHiul.s, 
 utter sleep- 
 in the hiisy 
 do him a 
 ale and sal- 
 ick and ex- 
 id mentally, 
 fined to his 
 ong without 
 and lx)(ly ; 
 if tlie wall ; 
 ind at fisti- 
 ere frighten 
 m. In long 
 ctral phan- 
 ill he wears 
 nkards and 
 ince of the 
 ulus. 
 
 !reign rem- 
 it quiet the 
 ill sleep is 
 A draught 
 it may be, 
 ly in drink, 
 the use of 
 [ction with 
 mall doses 
 io be very 
 of opium, 
 ent sleeps. 
 
 irded as a 
 
 scientific 
 rded now 
 g consid- 
 ►ns is cap- 
 
 1 irritant 
 itiy intro- 
 »m. We 
 
 ubject to 
 
 has the 
 vhich an- 
 exciting 
 
 In thu popular, and too ofttm in tlu; professional mind, alcohol in 
 regarded as the cause and root of the wliole evil of inebriety. We 
 desire to assert that inebriety is frequently dependent upon caa'^es 
 with which alcohol has nothing to du. There is a neurotic craving 
 — it may lie congenital, it may be developed as the result of disease 
 or accident. This craving demands the various forms of narcotic 
 stimulants, those that first excite, then produce narcosis more or less 
 complete. Alcohol fuUills this condition, is easily accessible, reason- 
 ably inexpensive, and is the one drug that meets a morbid craving 
 that seenus to be almost universal. 
 
 We do not fail to recognize the deteriorating effects of alcohol 
 manifested principally, at least, more pronouncedly upon the nervous 
 system as seen in the various forms of insanity. We also note the 
 degenerating effects of alcohol on lung, liver, kidney or other organs 
 and tissues of the body ; or as a special poison in the same sense that 
 lead, arsenic and tobacco produce their effects. 
 
 We believe that the great majority of inebriates become so from he- 
 redity, environment and disease, that produces physical degeneracy 
 and pushes them over and plunges them into inebriety. 
 
 The patient with fever craves and may drink water freely, exces- 
 sively and injuriously. The diabetic is an aqua-maniac in a certain 
 sense, but in neither case do we recognize the aqua-mania or water 
 craving as the disease, but rather r.s proceeding from certain abnor- 
 mal conditions whiclj we readily recognize. So the liquor thirttt is 
 the result of morbid ('onditions that produce an abnormal desire, 
 which alcohol seems, temporarily at least, to satisfy. 
 
 The excessive use of Jilcohol, while it is oftentimes the cause of 
 various diseases of the nervous system, and also a frequent cause of 
 insanity, is also the precursor or initiatory symptom of certain disepses 
 of the nervous system and also of insanity. 
 
 The paretic will crave and use alcohol in the earlier stages of his 
 malady. The victim of nervous syphilis is addicted to it, more es- 
 pecially in the later stages, when the nervous system becomes in- 
 volved. 
 
 Any depressing, exhausting, or painful disease may produce the 
 alcoholic craving, alcohol being sought for its stimulating properties. 
 
 Alcohol, moreover, is second only to opium, ether, or chloroform 
 as an anaesthetic ; indeed, has been used aa a substitute for the latter. 
 Hence, persons find experimentally that alcohol relieves pain, and 
 its use is carried to a harmful extent, its deleterious effects produced, 
 and inebriety established. 
 
 It is possible that a healthy individual, with good peraonal and^j 
 family history, may use alcohol sociably or as a matter of custom, un- / 
 til the habit becomes firmly established. 
 
 The alcohol breaks down the constitution, invades and degenerates 
 the nervous system, and thus develops inebriety, because the alcoho- 
 lic degenerations, or even functional disturbances of the nervous sys- 
 
170 
 
 DISEABRS OF THE BKAIN AND NEKVSa 
 
 teni, are the very coiulitioiiH tinder which inebriety is estuhliHhed. 
 We say this is i)OH8il)le, but wo assert again that l)tihinc{ the hu-^v 
 majority of inebriates will Ihj found a defective family or persomil 
 history, not only complicating but causing the inebriety ; retaidinp, 
 oftentimes preventing a cure. 
 
 It can be thus seen that inebriety is but a symptt)m — a flag of 
 distress hung out by the nervous system. As some one hius aptly 
 said, "neuralgia is the cry of a diseased nerve," so the " drink-craze'' 
 is the cry of the neurasthenic for a stimulant, of the? puin-tortured 
 nerve for an amesthetic, of the victim of insomnia for a hypnotic. 
 
 Not any patient that applies for relief to the pliysician needs a 
 more careful examination than does the inebriate. You may rest as- 
 sured that there is some underlying cause, probably several that must 
 be removed if we would restore the inebriate to his former habits of 
 sobriety. If he is found suffering from the later manifestations of 
 syphilis he will need special treatment for this condition, especially 
 if the nervous system is involved ; a painful stricture of the urethra 
 may require division. 
 
 Chronic malarial poisoning with its complicating disorder of stom- 
 ach, liver and spleen, will demand special treatment. In a cfuie on 
 record the irritation of a tape-worm produced a tendency to the ex- 
 cessive use of alcohol, which tendency passed away when the wonn 
 was expelled. 
 
 In a word, a large majority of inebriates are diseased persons, and 
 tliat primarily and antecedent to their inebriety, which is appended 
 to and aggravates their diseased condition. 
 
 Special diseases, therefore, require special treatment, irrespective 
 of the inebriety, if we would cure the inebriate. In this connection 
 we may ask, are there any drugs that we can substitute for alcohol 
 that will take its place, and satisfy the inebriate, as a substitute for 
 alcohol ? 
 
 Opium and the salts of morphia will do so in a marked degree, al- 
 though cocaine, chloral and the bromides have been so used. 
 
 The use of opium or morphia is not uncommon among inebriates 
 who desire to " leave off alcohol." The inebriate, as a rule, is a con- 
 genital neurotic. From birth almost, he reaches out for some drug 
 that will gratify or meet his neurotic craving. The alcohol and the 
 opium habit to the inebriate are convertible habits, and the inebriate, 
 like a pendulum, will swing from alcohol to opium ; not infrequently 
 the two habits are combined, as in the form of tinct. opii, constitut- 
 ing a mixed habit, in which the effects of both alcohol and opium 
 have to be considered. Occasionally a case is presented in which 
 morphia is used hypodermically, and the alcohol used in the usual 
 manner. In cases where opium addiction is associated with the habi- 
 tual use of alcohol, the opium habit is of paramount importance and 
 the alcohol assumes a secondary place. 
 
 The fact that opium can sutetitute alcohol is the keynote to many 
 vaunted secret cures, in the so-called " narcotic treatment " for alco- 
 
estHblishod. 
 >'' the liiij,r(. 
 
 01' personal 
 ■; retaidiiiy, 
 
 — a flag of 
 i« has aptly 
 Iriiik-craze " 
 uin-t«rturt'(l 
 i.Vpnotio, 
 ian needs a 
 may rest as- 
 al that must 
 pr hahits of 
 'estatioiLs of 
 I, especially 
 the urethra 
 
 ler of stoni- 
 a case on 
 
 "■ to tlie ex- 
 the wonu 
 
 ersons, and 
 J appended 
 
 rrespective 
 connection 
 or alcohol 
 Jtitute for 
 
 degree, al- 
 
 inebriates 
 
 is a con- 
 
 ^me drug 
 
 and the 
 
 nebriate, 
 
 iquently 
 
 eonstitut- 
 
 id opium 
 
 n which 
 
 le usual 
 
 the habi- 
 
 ance and 
 
 to many 
 for alco- 
 
 re 
 
 DIBIASEB OF THE BRAIN AND NIRVES. 
 
 171 
 
 hoi. It simply substitutes one habit for another, and as long as the 
 victim is taking the so-called remedy he is reasonably comfortable. 
 Mut I admit if the " narcotic treatment " was carefully practiced, in 
 judicious hands it might, in conjunction with such other remedial 
 measures as would best eradicate the primal causes of the inebriety, 
 prove useful, if not curative, in cases oi inebriety. 
 
 Are there any drugs that are specifically l)eneHcial for the treatment 
 of inebriety as such ? We would state that drugs that act directly as 
 a stimulant to the nervou., lystem are of value. Strychnia is a type 
 of this class of drugs, and one of the best of it class. 
 
 Luton, of Rheims, Belgium, was the first to point out its value in 
 alcoholism. Then the Russians used it largely and it was known as 
 tiie " Russian treatment," and finally, the Americans adopted its use 
 in such cases. 
 
 Strychnia has proved serviceable as both abortive and curative in 
 acute alcoholic delirium, as well as useful in the more chronic forms 
 of alcoholism. It seems to be tolerated in such cases — in cases of 
 alcoholic poisoning under normal conditions, we have no record of 
 the value of strychnia as an antidote ; interesting experiments might 
 l)e made on the lower animals with the view of determining this 
 point. Strychnia is an excellent cardiac tonic, and one of the best 
 respiratory stimulants, and might be used in general medicine in 
 cases in which aicohol is oftentimes prescribed. 
 
 Oxide of zinc, during the past twenty years, has been used with 
 advantage in cases of chronic alcoholic intoxication. 
 
 Quinine has been used more particularly in the later or convales- 
 cent period of the treatment of alcoholism. 
 
 The so-called " Red Cinchona Cure " for a time interested the pub- 
 lic. Rational medicine does not recognize any special drug or speci- 
 fic remedy as a universal cure for inebriety, nor does clinical experi- 
 ence form any basis for such a claim. From the very nature of the 
 case, such a remedy would be impossible. The aetiology of inebriety 
 is dependent on such a variety of causes and its environments and 
 complications so numerous that any one remedy could not fulfill all, 
 or even meet the more important of these conditions. However val- 
 uable drugs may be to meet certain indications in the various condi- 
 tions incident to inebriety, we believe that so far as the curative 
 treatment of inebriety is concerned, drugs must assume a secondary 
 place, valuable as they may be in their respective spheres. 
 
 In the treatment of the alcohol habit we place first: Restraini and \ 
 seclusion in a special asylum for a definite period, and totat abstinence J 
 duri'iig this period. 
 
 In a few words, concisely expressed, this statement includes the 
 plan now adopted by the leading asylums of this country and of 
 Europe for the recovery of the inebriate. It involves restraint, 
 (legal, if need be), seclusion, a special institution, in which all the 
 latest and best methods of dealing with the inebriate are procurable, 
 a sufficient period in which to apply these measures, and we need 
 
172 
 
 DIHRABK8 or TIIK BRAIN AMD NRRVIS. 
 
 V 
 
 hurdl)' iiclJ, a long period of total abstinence from ail alcoholic limiois. 
 Wo need hardly add that diet, rest, recreation, liygienic Hnrronndin^p*, 
 and the exhibition of appropriate drugs are all included in the al)ove 
 plan. 
 
 The cauHes of degeneration Iniing removed, i\w fa(!torH of regenera- 
 tion l)eing brought into action, new formation of nerve, nniHcle uiii) 
 tissue must supplant degenerated tissue, if haply organic disease him 
 not resulted in irrepamble injury. 
 
 We have hinted at an hysterical element in the history of inebriety. 
 The inebriate, whatever may be his condition, is largely intluenced 
 by his surroundings. 
 
 In the light of such an hysterical element in the clinical history of 
 inebriety, we can readily account for the apparent success of the so- 
 called temperancie movements that sweep over comn unities periodi- 
 cally and effect many apparent euros, or rather, in the language of 
 the day, reformations. Such an element will also explain why, after 
 such a tidal wave of excitement, relapses take place oftentimes in 
 large numbers, and the period of excitement is followed by a period 
 of reaction. 
 
 The occurrence of relapses is readily accounted for by the fact that 
 the stimulus of the period of excitement buoys up the inebriate for 
 the time Ixjing, during which strong mental emotion is a powerful 
 factor. He is keyed up, as it were, for the time, and sustained by a 
 moral stimulus. When this is withdrawn, reaction, followed by cor- 
 responding depression, sets in, and the old method of stimulation is 
 again imperatively demanded and yielded to. 
 
 Why some inebriates go through such a period of excitement and 
 do not relapse, and why othere do, can be accounted for by the fact 
 that the former are in a reasonable degree of physical health, and are 
 not bui'dened, dragged down and handicapped, either by disease that 
 is non-alcoholic, or that is the result of alcoholic degeneration. The 
 inebriates so affected are not influenced, or if at all, only temporarily, 
 by the so-called " temperance revivals " that appear and disappear 
 with almost stated regularity in large and small communities and we 
 must add do good, but only in the channel indicated. 
 
 It is also operating through this hysterical feature of inebriety 
 that charlatanism may effect a temporary, possibly a permanent suc- 
 cess in a certain class of cases. 
 
 In cases where the hysterical element largely preponderates, we be- 
 lieve psycho-therapeutical agencies, or even those that appeal to 
 purely mental conditions, will be of service, but they will not cure a 
 cirrhosed liver, lung, or kidney, or remove the physical causes upon 
 which the inebriety may depend. In addition to those measures that 
 appeal to the higher moral nature, there ought also to be combined 
 such as meet certain intelligent wants. To this end all reasonable 
 amusements, entertainments, and especially such occupations as will 
 interest the person and keep him busy, should be encouraged, if not 
 made compulsory. 
 
 V . 
 
 
DI8KAHE8 OK THE tiUAIK AND NKKVKS. 
 
 173 
 
 f>li(' liiiuors. 
 rroundingH, 
 " the above 
 
 ^f regeneni- 
 nuiHcIe mid 
 •liHi'iise iuM 
 
 •f in(d)riety. 
 ' iiiHuenoeU 
 
 il luHtoryof 
 of the 80- 
 ies peiiodi- 
 Higiiage of 
 why, ftfter 
 /ontimeH in 
 by a period 
 
 le fact that 
 ebriate for 
 V powerful 
 [lined bv a 
 red by cor- 
 iiuhition is 
 
 mient and 
 )y the fact 
 h, and are 
 sease that 
 The 
 nporarily, 
 isappear 
 8 and we 
 
 inebriety 
 nent suc- 
 
 68, we be- 
 ppeal to 
 ot cure a 
 868 upon 
 urea that 
 jorabined 
 iBsonable 
 as will 
 , if not 
 
 Incidentally I may mention hypnotism iw having Imhmi used espe- 
 cially by French [ihysiciauH, with some l)eneflt in cases of chronic al- 
 coiiolism. I have no data to give, and have not had any personal 
 experience with it. 
 
 The Bi-Chloride of Gold cure, known as the Keeley cure, is in 
 many cases successful, but not in all. Would advise its use as a List 
 resort; though we think its use sometimes leads to insanity and 
 suicide. It cures at all events for the time being. 
 
 If the t(!mper.in('e advocates would supply light, warm, cheerful 
 places of resort with h(tt and temperance drinks, supplied with pool 
 imd billiard bibles where the poor could spend their evenings and 
 meet each other and amuse themselves at v reasonable expense, and 
 establish cooking schools for the wives vf. • • they could learn how 
 to cook nourishing and palatable food which would supply the body 
 with the nourishment which it must have and recjuires, we believe 
 it would do more towards tempci'ance than all the laws that could 
 be passed. 
 
 Enlars^ement of the Brain. — Hypertrophy. 
 
 This is chiefly a disease of childhood. It consists in an unnatural 
 growth of the brain. Sometimes the skull grows with it, and there 
 may not be any, or only slight, symptoms of disease. 
 
 The complaint is sometimes congenital, — the child being born 
 with a head far above the natural standard Jt size. Sometimes a 
 child's head, from this disease, will reach the size of p'' adult's by 
 the time it is five or six yeara old. This is not necessarily a disease, 
 though children that suffer from it are very apt to die finally of some 
 affection of the brain. 
 
 Symptoms. — Dullness of intellect, indifference to external objects 
 great irritability of temper, inordinate appetite, giddiness, and an ha- 
 bitual headache, which at times is very severe. In addition to these, 
 there are, at times, convulsions, epileptic fits, and idiocy. There is a 
 peculiar projection of the parietal bones, which serves well to distin- 
 guish this disease from acute hydrocephalus. 
 
 Treatment. — As far as possible, suspend and repress all exercise 
 of the mind. Take the child from school as soon as the disease is 
 discovered, and put it to the most active muscular exercise in the 
 open air. The moment there is any excitement of the brain, or heat 
 on the top of the head, apply cold water, ice, or cold evaporating 
 lotions. If, as the child grows up, the signs of mischief increase, the 
 diet must be simple, and carefully regulated. Bread and milk only 
 is sometimes advisable. 
 
 Shrinkin,? of the Brain, — Atrophy. 
 
 This is a disease in which the volume of the brain is diminished. 
 Thei-e are' two forms of 't; one is congenital, the brain not being 
 
 i ' i 
 
174 
 
 DISKABE8 OF THE BKAIK AND NERVES. 
 
 
 properly developed at birth ; the other occurs in consequence of dis- 
 ease either in the membranes or the arteries. The symptoms are not 
 distinguishable during life from those of other brain affections, and 
 therefore it can only be treated according to general jjrinciples. 
 
 Water in the Head. — Acute Hydrocephalus. 
 
 This, like enlargement of the brain, is likewise a diseaso of child- 
 hood, and often attacks scrofulous children. 
 
 Being an inflammatory disease, if, is important to have early notice 
 of its existence, and, if possible, to be aware of its approach ; which 
 we may be, frequently, by observing the following premonitory 
 
 Symptoms ; namely, a disturbance of the digestive functions, indi- 
 cated by a capricious appetite, — the food at one time being disliked, 
 at another devoured greedily; a foul tongue, offensive breath, enlarged 
 and sometimes tender belly, torpid bowels, stools light-colored from 
 having no bile, or dark from vitiated bile, fetitV, sour-smelling, slimy 
 and lumpy. The child loses its healthy look, and grows paler and 
 thinner. Its cv-stomary spirit and activity are gone ; it is heavy, lan- 
 guid, dejected ; it is fretful, irritable, uneasy ; and sometimes is a lit- 
 tle tottei-ing in its gait. 
 
 After these warning symptoms, the disease may begin in one of 
 three ways : — 
 
 The pains in the head become more severe and frequent, and are 
 sharp and shooting, causing the little patient to wake and shriek out. 
 As the drowsy state advances, the shrieking gives place to moaning. 
 Beside these symptoms, there are stiffness in the back of the neck, 
 pain in. the liml)s, great tenderness of the scalp, vomiting, sighing, 
 intolerance of light, knitting of the brows, increased disturbance of 
 stomach and bowels. This stage may last ten ' o fourteen days, the 
 chi'd growing more weak and peevish. 
 
 .iVnother form of attack is marked by acute pain in the head and 
 high fever, convulsions, flushed face, brilliant eyes, intolerance of light 
 and sound, pain and tenderness in the belly, stupor, great irritability 
 of stomach, causing retching and vomiting upon every attempt to sit 
 up in bed. 
 
 The third mode of attack is very insidious, — the early symptoms 
 being mild and hardly noticeable, or not even occurring at all. In 
 such case, the convulsions or palsy come suddenly, without notice, 
 bringing swift and unexpected destruction. This has soraetiriies been 
 called water-stroke. 
 
 The First Stage is the period of increased senisibiiity and excite- 
 ment, caused by inflaaimation, in which the pulse is quick and irreg- 
 ular. 
 
 The 5econd Stage is one of diminished sensibility, or lethargy, dur- 
 ing which water is effused upon the brain, and the pulse is slow. 
 
 ■'*»»■ TSBB 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 17B 
 
 ence of dis- 
 ;om8 are not 
 ections, and 
 iciples. 
 
 alus. 
 
 wo of child- 
 
 oarly notice 
 ach; which 
 nitory 
 
 ictions, indi- 
 ng disliked, 
 th, enhvrged 
 olored from 
 dling, slimy 
 8 paler and 
 I heavy, lan- 
 mes is a lit- 
 
 ti in one of 
 
 ;nt, and are 
 [ shriek out. 
 to moaning, 
 f the neck, 
 ng, sighing, 
 turbance of 
 sn days, the 
 
 le head and 
 
 ace of light 
 
 irritability 
 
 empt to sit 
 
 symptoms 
 at all. In 
 3ut notice, 
 tithes been 
 
 md excite- 
 I and irreg- 
 
 ^argy, dur- 
 slow. 
 
 The Third Period is one of palsy and convulsions, with squinting 
 of the eyes, rolling of the head, stupor, and a rapid, thread-like pulse. 
 
 Treatment. — The first or inflammatory stage of the fever is very 
 important, and must be controlled for five or six days. Scammonv and 
 croton oil (33) may be chosen for this purpose. Apply cold water, 
 ice, etc., to the head. Use tinct. veratrum viride or (355). 
 
 In the second stage, put blisters upon the back of the neck, and one 
 upon the bowels if they are very tender. 
 
 In the third stage, effusion having taken place, use the warm bath, 
 or the vapor bath, — also digitalis, squills, and iodide of potassium, 
 (144), (128), (302), (130). The effusion, if permanent, may be 
 drawn off. 
 
 Confine the child to a darkened room, of moderate temperature, — 
 excluding all noise and causes of excitement, and let him lie upon a 
 hair mattress, with his head somewhat elevated. 
 
 Diet. — Gruel only during the stage of excitement, — during that 
 of collapse, it should be nourishing, but mild and easy of digestion, 
 as beef tea, plain chicken or mutton broth, and animal jellies. At 
 the same time, support the patient by the cautious use of the aromatic 
 spirit of ammonia, ten drops every four hours, valerian, wine whey, 
 and infusion of gentian, columbo, or qua8><ia, (64), (66). 
 
 Dropsy of the Brain. — Chronic Hydrocephalus. 
 
 Acute hydrocephalus is an inflammation; chronic hydrocephalus, 
 now to be considered, is a dropay. It often begins before birth. It 
 consists in the accumulation of enormous quantities of water within 
 the brain, sometimes within its ventricles, at other times upon its 
 surface. When it occurs soon after birth, it advances slowly and 
 imperceptibly, — the enlargement of the head being the first thing 
 noticed. 
 
 The skull being tender in infancy, it separates at the fontanelles, 
 as the fluid accumulates, and the head, at times, attains an enormous 
 size, — so great that the child cannot carry it upright, but lets it droop 
 laterally upon the shoulder, or forward upon the breast. 
 
 As the disease advances, the senses become blunted, the child is 
 deaf or blind, the intellect is weakened, perhaps idiocy appears, the 
 flesh and strength pass away, convulsions and paralysis come in their 
 turn, and a stupor is apt to occur which ends in death. 
 
 Treatment. — The remedies may be external, or internal, or both. 
 
 Internal Remedies. — These should be purgatives (33), (31), or 
 diui-etics and alteratives (302), (145), (144). 
 
 External Remedies. — Apply an ointment of the iodide of potas- 
 sium to the «(;dlp every night (185). A tight bandage applied over 
 the whole head will sometimes have a favorable effect. Another ex- 
 
 1 1' 
 
 
 :^ 
 
 {; 
 
 .Xiffyre' 
 
176 
 
 niSEABKS OF THE BRAIN AND NEKVE8. 
 
 pedient is to puncture the skull and draw off the water. Tapping 
 the brain has effected a cure in many cases, and perhaps promises the 
 most relief of any remedy we have. In newly-born ciiildren with this 
 affection, it is the best means. 
 
 FIO. 84. 
 
 m 
 
 Diseases of the Spinal Cord. 
 
 Thkiie are few diseases more interesting, as a study, 
 than those which affect the nervous cord which runs 
 through the centre of the back-bone. This cord is a 
 continuation, an appendage or tail of the brain. (See 
 Figure 84.) It is the seat, and centre of certain ner- 
 vous functions, called reflex, by which so many move- 
 ments take place which are not under the control of the 
 will. 
 
 In order that we may feel what takes place in any 
 part of the body or limbs, and that the will may have 
 power to move such part, it is necessary that nervous 
 matter should be continuous and unbroken between the 
 part in question and the brain. 
 
 If the spinal cor- . be cut, broken, or crushed at any 
 point, all those parts which receive nei-ves from helow 
 the injury, lose their power of motion and their feel- 
 ing. When the injury \s in the upper part of the cord, 
 the breathing and the circulation will stop, and death 
 is the immediate consequence. If the middle portion 
 of the cord be the seat of the injury, the bowels and 
 other organs may lo6e their motion and feeling ; if the 
 lower portion, then the lower limbs only will be the 
 sufferers. 
 
 Diseiise or injury in the upper part of the cord is 
 therefore much more dangerous than the same thing 
 the lower. 
 
 Inflammation of the 5pinal Cord. 
 
 The membranes which surround the cord may be inflamed just as 
 those are which enclose the brain ; but as the cavity running through 
 the spine is quite small, there cannot very well be inflammation of 
 the membranes without its involving the cord at the same time. 
 
 Symptoms. — Pains, often intense, running along the spine, extend- 
 ing out into the limbs, and made worse by motion. They are similar, 
 in some respects, to rheumatic pains. There is rigid contraction, and 
 sometimes violent spasms of the muscles of the back and neck, — so 
 great, at times, as to bend the body back into the shape of a hoop ; 
 also a feeling of constriction in various parts, as if they were girt by 
 a tight string; a sense of suffocation; retention of urine; a most 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 177 
 
 '. Tapping 
 jfomises the 
 en with this 
 
 aa a study, 
 which runs 
 8 cord is a 
 rain. (See 
 certain nei- 
 nany move- 
 introl of the 
 
 iace in any 
 1 may have 
 aat nervous 
 aetween the 
 
 shed at any 
 from below 
 [ their feel- 
 of the cord, 
 , and death 
 die portion 
 bowels and 
 ing; if the 
 will be the 
 
 ;he cord is 
 lame thing 
 
 led just as 
 lig through 
 imation of 
 time. 
 
 le, extend- 
 Lre similar, 
 Action, and 
 leck, — so 
 |f a hoop; 
 pre girt by 
 a most 
 
 obstinate constipation and frequent chills or rigoi-s. The pain which 
 is felt along the cord is aggravated by rapping upon the spine, but 
 not by pressure. 
 
 The above symptoms are supposed to be the result of inflammation 
 predominating in the membranes. When its seat is more particularly 
 in the substance of the cord, the symptoms are, — convulsive affec- 
 tions of the head and face, inarticulate speech, loss of voice, squint- 
 ing, and difficulty of swallowing, if the extreme upper part of the 
 cord is iaflamed; if the disease l)e slightly lower, difficulty of breath- 
 ing. Irregular action of the heart, and tightness of the chest; if lower 
 still, vomiting, pain in the belly, sensation of a cord tied round the 
 abdomen, pain and heat in passing water, retention of the urine, ina- 
 bility to retain the urine, desire to go to stool, or involuntary stools. 
 
 Spasm and stiffness, then, are the results of inflammation of the 
 merabranes ; convulsions and palsy, of the same affection of the cord. 
 
 Treatment, — When the inflammation is acute, apply a few leeches 
 or wet cups along the sides of the spine. In chronic inflammation, 
 powerful friction, or mustard draughts, stimulating liniments (1 90), 
 or plasters, will generally answer the purpose. 
 
 Apoplexy. 
 
 Apoplexy is that condition in wliich all the functions of animal 
 life are suddenly stopped, except the pulse and the breathing ; — in 
 which there is neither thought, nor feeling, nor voluntary motion ; in 
 which the person falls down suddenly, and lies as if in a deep sleep. 
 
 Modes of Attacki — There are at least thi'ee ways in which this ter- 
 rible disease may make its assault. 
 
 The First form of atta jk is a sudden falling down into a state of 
 insensibility and apparently profound sleep, — the face being gen- 
 erally flushed, the breathing stertorous or snoring, the pulse full and 
 not frequent, with occasional convulsions. 
 
 From this mode of attack some die immediately, others get entirely 
 well, and others get off with the exception of paralysis on one side, 
 or the loss of speech, or some one of the senses. 
 
 • 
 
 The Second form of attack begins with sudden pain in the head. 
 The patient becomes pale, faint, sick, and vomits, — has a cold skin 
 and feeble pulse, and occasionallj' some convulsions. He may fall 
 down, or may be only a little confused, but will soon recover from all 
 the symptoms, except the headache, — this will continue, and the pa- 
 tient will sooner or later become heavy, forgetful, unable to connect 
 ideas, and finally sink into insensibility, from which he never rises. 
 
 This mode of invasion, though not appearing so frightful as the 
 first, is of much more serious import. 
 
 
 M 
 
 i 
 
178 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 In the Third form of attack there is sudden loss of power on one 
 side of the body, and also of speech, but not of consciousness. The 
 patient retains his mind, and answers questions either by words or 
 signs. This may be called paralytic apoplexy. The patient may 
 either die soon, or get well, or live for years with imperfect speech, 
 or a leg dragging after him, or an arm hanging useless at his side. 
 
 The Persons Attacked are apt to have large heads, red faces, short 
 and thick necks, and a short, stout, square build, though it occui-s 
 often among those ^^hn are thin, pale, and tall. The tendency to it 
 increases in advanced life. 
 
 The Forerunners of apoplexy are headache, vertigo, slight attacks 
 of palsy, double vision or seeing two objects when there is but one, 
 faltering speech, inability to remember certain words, sometimes a 
 sudden forgetfulness of one's own name, a frequent losing of the 
 thread of ideas attempted to he pursued, and occasionally an unac- 
 countable dread, for which no reason can l)e given. 
 
 Erciting Causes. — Whatever hurries the circulation of the blood, 
 as strong bodily exercise, is an exciting cause. So are all those things 
 which cause the blood to flow towards the head, as coughing, sneez- 
 ing, laughing and crying, straining at stool when costive, lifting heavy 
 weights, singing, and playing on wind instruments. To these may 
 be added, exposure to the sun, the bad air of crowded rooms, holding 
 the head down, or turning it around to look backward, tight cravats 
 worn about the neck, and exposure to severe cold. 
 
 Treatment. — If the patient have the appearance of suffering from 
 fulness of blood in the head, as evinced by redness and turgescence 
 of the face and throbbing of the temporal arteries, and if the pulse 
 be full and hard, feeling like a tense vibrating rope under the finger, 
 place him in a half-recumbent posture, with his head raised ; loosen 
 his clothes, particularly his neck-cloth and shirt collar, and whatever 
 may press upon the neck, and then as quickly as possible apply cold 
 wet cloths to his head, changing them often. Ice is still better, if it 
 may be had. Apply wet cups to the nape of the neck, and mustard 
 draughts to the soles of the feet. — at the same time applying tight 
 ligatures around the limbs, to pievent the blood from returning 
 rapidly in the veins. The ligatures should be gradually removed 
 when the patient recovers his consciousness^ Also administer a 
 stimulating, purgative injection (246), and place t vo drops of ci-oton 
 oil, rubbed up with a little pulverized loaf sugar, far back upon the 
 tongue. Repeat the injection every fifteen minutes, till the Ixtwels 
 are thoroughly moved. This is one of the few diseases suitable for 
 bleeding. 
 
 If the patient be old, and the pulse small and feeble, with no ful- 
 ness or beating of the temporal arteries, or swelling of the veins of 
 the neck and forehead, the countenance being pinched, and the skin 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 179 
 
 ower on one 
 sness. The 
 by words or 
 patient may 
 feet speeeli, 
 b his side. 
 
 I faces, short 
 ^h it occui-8 
 ndency to it 
 
 light attacks 
 B is but one, 
 sometimes a 
 asing of the 
 Jly an unac- 
 
 jf the blood, 
 those things 
 rhing, sneez- 
 iifting heavy 
 ) these may 
 ams, holding 
 tight cravats 
 
 ffering from 
 
 turgescence 
 
 if the pulse 
 
 ir the finger, 
 
 ised ; loosen 
 
 lid whatever 
 
 apply cold 
 
 better, if it 
 
 ,nd mustard 
 
 (lying tight 
 
 returning 
 
 ly removed 
 
 minister a 
 
 )S of croton 
 
 upon the 
 
 the bowels 
 
 lUitable for 
 
 irith no ful- 
 Ihe veins of 
 Id the skin 
 
 liloodlesB and cold, the cupping, purging, and applying the ligature 
 iiuist be omitted. In this case it will l)e lietter to apply warm 
 ttannels and hot bricks to the surface, and administer ammonia 
 and camphor (283), (135) internally. 
 
 To prevent future attacks, gentle tonics should l)e used, and the 
 skin should be kept healthy by daily bathing and friction. The 
 towels must not 1 >e permitted to become costive. The diet should 
 Im light, chiefly vegetivble, and almost entirely so in hot weather. 
 The food should be well chewed. Tho mind should be kept cheer- 
 ful and hopeful, and free from great excitement. The sexual 
 passion should l)e restrained, and very rarely indulged. Intoxicating 
 drinks should be abandoned, if used, and all tight cravats l)e dis- 
 carded from the neck. Direct rays of the hot sun in summer should 
 \m carefully shunned. No food should be taken for three hours 
 lief ore retiring, and a mattress only, of some degree of hardness, 
 should be slept upon, — the head being always well elevated. To 
 these precautions, I would add dipping the feet every night before 
 retiring in cold water; and, if any tendency to cold feet be sx- 
 perienced, dusting pulverized cayenne in the bottoms of the 
 stockings. 
 
 Sunstroke. — Coup de Soleil. 
 
 This is much like apoplexy; in fact, it is a kind of apoplexy. It 
 occurs in warm climates, or on very hot days in temperate regions, by 
 exposure to the sun. 
 
 It begins by hesidache, tliirst, dizziness, and sometimes difficult 
 breathing and bilious vomiting. The patient drops down senseless, 
 ivs in apoplexy, and unless immediate relief is obtained, soon dies. 
 
 Treatment. — Take the patient immediately into the shade, and 
 employ about the same remedies as for apoplexy (361). Apply ice 
 to the head. 
 
 Palsy. — Paralysis. 
 
 Palsy is a loss of the power of voluntary motion and feeling, one 
 or both coming on, sometimes gradually, but more often suddenly, 
 and extending at one time to a part, at another time to the whole 
 lx)dy. It is a kind of station-house on the way to apoplexy, where 
 passengers stop, not merely to stay over night, but to rest many days, 
 or even years. 
 
 A great injury inflicted upon the brain, either by pressure or other 
 cause, will induce a complete loss of motion and feeling, and this ex- 
 tending to the whole structure, brings likewise a loss of conscious- 
 ness, which is apoplexy. A smaller degree of pressure, or a less 
 injury upon the same brain, would occasion a loss of motion only, or, 
 if a loss of feeling were experienced also, it would only extend to a 
 part of the body, and consciousness would remain. This would be 
 palsy. The disease is like apoplexy in kind, but stops short of it in 
 degree. 
 
 
 t < 
 
180 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NRRVKR. 
 
 Hctniphlegia. 
 
 When palsy affects an entire half of the body, dividing it through 
 the centre of the face, necl: body, etc., from head to foot, it is called 
 hemipMegia. It is more nearly allied to apoplexy than any other 
 form of the disease, and is generally ushered in by pretty well-marked 
 apoplectic symptoms. 
 
 Symptoms Sometimes there are no premonitory symptoms ; but 
 
 often before the attack there are flushed face, swelling of the veiris 
 about the head and neck, verti a sense of fullness, weight, and 
 sometimes pain in the head, ring the ears, drowsiness, indistinct 
 
 articulation of wordis, or even loa.s peech, confusion of mind, loss 
 of memory, and change of disposition, — amiable persons being made 
 sullen and peevish, and irritable ones mild and simpering. After 
 the attack, the countenance generally acquires a vague expression ; 
 the mouth is drawn to one side ; the lower lip on the palsied side 
 hangs down, and the spittle dribbles away. The speech is altered, 
 and the mind is generally impaired. 
 
 In some instances, the patient recovers in a longer or shorter time ; 
 in others, little or no improvement takes place, and the patient, after 
 remaining helpless, often for a long time, dies either from gradual 
 exhaustion, or suddenly from apoplexy. 
 
 Causes. — Hemiphlegia and paraphlegia are caused by pressure 
 upon the brain, by the effusion upon it of blood or water, by a tumor, 
 by mechanical injuries, by the striking in of eruptions, and by intem- 
 perance in eating and drinking. Paraphlegia often results from dis- 
 ease or injury of the spinal marrow. 
 
 Paraphlegia. 
 
 This form of palsy divides the body transversely, at the hips, and 
 confines itself to the lower extremities, and to the parts about the 
 pelvis. 
 
 Symptoms. — When it arises from affections of the brain, it is at- 
 tended by pain in the head, giddiness, drowsiness, dimness of sight, 
 and impaired memory. Numbness is sometimes felt in the upper ex- 
 tremities as a forerunner of this form of palsy. At first there is a 
 slight stiffness and awkwardness of the motion of the legs, which 
 continue to increase till a cane is needed to balance the body and 
 make it steady. From a paralysis of the neck of the bladder, the 
 stream of urine grows more feeble, and finally dribbles away involun- 
 tarily. The bowels are for a time costive, but when the circular 
 muscle which closes the fundament becomes palsied, the feces pass 
 without consent of the will. 
 
 When disease of the spinal cord is the cause of the complaint, it 
 is apt to come on gradually ; languor and weakness are felt in the 
 
DISEABL:^ Or THE BRAIN AND NRRVES. 
 
 181 
 
 ' it through 
 it is called 
 any other 
 
 irell-marked 
 
 ptoms ; but 
 f the veins 
 veight, and 
 1, indistinct 
 
 mind, loss 
 jeing made 
 ng. After 
 sxpression ; 
 ulsied side 
 
 is altered, 
 
 orter time; 
 tient, after 
 m gradual 
 
 Y pressure 
 ly a tumor, 
 . by intem- 
 8 from dis- 
 
 hips, and 
 ibout the 
 
 it is at- 
 of sight, 
 upper ex- 
 here is a 
 rs, which 
 x)dy and 
 dder, the 
 involun- 
 
 circular 
 ces pass 
 
 )laint, it 
 in the 
 
 knees, the legs are not easily directed in walking, — Ixsing throv/n 
 across each other, causing tripping and stumbling. By degrees the 
 loss of power increases in the thighs and legs, until at length the 
 whole lower extremities become palsied and useless. 
 
 Local Palsy. 
 
 Palsy is called local when it is confined to a single limb, or muscle, 
 or locality. One of these forms is called /acmi palsy. It affects one 
 half the face only, and is a good specimen of these affections. It 
 removes all power of expression from one half of the face, and leaves 
 the features still, blank, and unmeaning. With the affected side of 
 the face, the patient cannot laugh, or weep, or frown, or express any 
 feeling or emotion, while the features of the other side are in full 
 play. Among the ignorant, who do not comprehend the extent of 
 the evil, the drolluess of the expression excites laughter. 
 
 Shaking Palsy. 
 
 The nature of this form of palsy is well expressed by its name. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first symptom of this complaint is a weakness 
 and tremor of the head or hand. In about a year the other hand, or 
 the lower extremities become affected ; and the patient begins to lose 
 his balance in walking. Then the trembling becomes perpetual ; no 
 limb or part remains still. Reading and writing are no longer possi- 
 ble, and the hand cannot even carry the food to the mouth. The 
 balance cannot be maintained in walking ; there is a tendency to fall 
 forwards, and to avoid it, the patient is obliged to run or move 
 quicker, and upon the toes. 
 
 At a later period, the tremor continues during sleep ; there is in- 
 creased weakness ; the body is bent forward, the speech becomes in- 
 distinct, swallowing difficult, and the bowels torpid. At last the 
 urine and feces pass involuntarily, and delirium and coma bring life 
 to a close. 
 
 Lead Palsy. 
 
 In this disease the muscles of the forearm are palsied, so that the 
 wrists " drop," as it is said, and the hands hang down when the arms 
 are stretched out. It is caused by the gradual introduction of lead 
 into the system. It is a disease, therefore, peculiar to painters, — 
 particularly those who use carbonate of lead, or white lead, as it is 
 called. It is generally the sequel of painter's colic. 
 
 Treatment. — A sudden and severe attack of palsy requires the 
 same treatment as apoplexy. When the bowels a^re obstinately con- 
 stipated, they must be moved by scammony and croton oil (31), (32) 
 and by injections (246). 
 
182 
 
 niSBABKS OF THR BRAIN AND NKRVE8. 
 
 When all tho syniptomH of (lutennination of l)l()o(l to the head have 
 disappeared, and t\w diHeawe hius Ixjconie strictly clironic, excitinjr 
 remedieH must he employed, as frictions, stimulating liniments, blis- 
 ters, stimulating baths, cold affusion, and electricity. Among the in- 
 ternal remedies, strychnine has the best reputation (85), (80). The 
 tincture of the poison oak is well recommended (284). An altera- 
 tive (145) should likewise be used. 
 
 Apply counter-irritants along the track of the spine, such as blis- 
 ters, the moxa, the compound tar-plaster, and the pitch-plaster. 
 
 At firat the diet should l)e light ; but after the more aciive symj)- 
 toms have disappeared, it should l)e nutritious, and sometimes stimu- 
 lating. Flannel undeVclothes should always be worn next the skin. 
 
 For lead palsy, the best remedies are iodide of potassium, or sul- 
 phuretof potassium. The dose of either of these is from three to ten 
 grains, three times a day, dissolved in water, one ounce of the salt to 
 six ounces of water, and taken in simple syrup. The affected limb 
 should also be soaked an hour each day in a gallon of water, with 
 half an ounce of sulphuret of potassium dissolved in it. 
 
 Hydrophobia. — Rabies. 
 
 The bite of the mad dog, or mad wolf, or other hydrophobic ani-, 
 mal, is the most dangerous of all poisoned wounds, because it is apt 
 to be followed by a disease for which there is no cei^tain remedy. 
 Fortunately, the human subject is not as susceptible to the effects of 
 the poison as some of the lower animals ; for only about one-tenth of 
 those bitten are attacked by hydrophobia. 
 
 Symptoms. — The interval between the bite and the appearance of 
 the disease varies from twelve days to two months. The wound 
 heals like any other bite of a similar animal. After a time, the scar 
 begins to have darting, lancinating pains, which, if it be a limb that 
 was bitten, run up towards the body. Sometimes it feels cold, or 
 stiff, or numb, or becomes red, swelled, or livid, and occasionally 
 breaks open, and discharges matter. The patient feels a strange anx- 
 iety, is depressed in spirit, has an occasional chill, and disturbed 
 sleep, and spasmodic twitches. The pulse is above its natural state, 
 both in quickness and strength, and the nervous system is very im- 
 pressible. The senses are all more acute; trifling noises produce 
 agitation, and the eyes are so disturbed by the light that the patient 
 sometimes hides himself in a dark place. The appetite is lost. This 
 is the first stage. 
 
 Thirst now appears, and he attempts to drink. But the moment 
 water approaches his mouth, a spasmodic shudder comes over him ; 
 he pushes it back with horror ; the awful fact of his condition flashes 
 upon him ; and he cries out, " What I have dreaded has come upon 
 me." 
 
 Thenceforward he can swallow no fluids ; complains of pain and 
 
 ip uMiia 
 
head havo 
 !, exciting 
 lent*!, hlis- 
 »iig the in- 
 86). The 
 An alteia- 
 
 ;h as bliH- 
 ster. 
 
 Dive syinp- 
 Ties 8timu- 
 t the skin, 
 im, or Kul- 
 iree to ten 
 the salt to 
 ected limb 
 ^ater, with 
 
 ihobic ani-, 
 e it is apt 
 n remedy. 
 ! effects of 
 le-tenth of 
 
 earance of 
 
 he wound 
 
 , the scar 
 
 limb that 
 
 s cold, or 
 
 [casionally 
 
 nge anx- 
 
 disturbed 
 
 ral state, 
 
 very im- 
 
 produce 
 
 le patient 
 
 1st. This 
 
 moment 
 /er him; 
 ^n flashes 
 
 le upon 
 
 )ain and 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ORAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 188 
 
 stiffness about his neck ; is thrown into convulsions by the sight of 
 water, or even the sound of liquids agitated in a vessel, or by a 
 breath of air blowing upon him, by a bright light, oi- by the glare of a 
 mirror. His throat is full of a viscid, glary matter, wliich he con- 
 tinually tries to clear away. Thus, between convulsions, in which 
 lie struggles, and sometimes strives to bite his attendants, and com- 
 parative stillness, during which he suffers great depression of spirits, 
 lie passes three or four days, and then dies either in a spasm, or from 
 exhaustion. 
 
 Treatment. — Cut off the bitten part, or apply dry cupping, or 
 suction, at once. Also the caustic potash. The internal remedies 
 heretofore employed have had little success. Perhaps nothing now 
 known promises more than to have the patient vaccinated by the 
 recently discovered virus. The tincture of scullcap, in two or three 
 dram doses, will allay the nervous agitation, and is always worth 
 using. It has been proposed to clear the throat of the tough mucus 
 by cauterizing it with a strong solution of nitrate of silver (219), ap- 
 plied with a shower syringe. The remedy is worthy of a trial. 
 
 Some of the Western physicians declare the red duckweed, or scar- 
 let pimpernell, to be an absolute remedy for this disease, and cite 
 some quite remarkable cases of its success. Four ounces of this 
 plant, in the dried state, are directed to be boiled in two quarts of 
 strong beer or ale, until the liquid is reduced one half. The liquid 
 is to be pressed out and strained, and two drams of laudanum added 
 to it. The dose for a grown person is a wane-glassful every morning 
 for three mornings. A larger dose is required if the disease have 
 begun to show itself ; and if the case be fully developed, the whole 
 may be taken in a day. The wound is to be bathed with the same 
 decoction. The medicine, it is said, produces profuse sweating. It 
 is worth a trial. 
 
 Considerable has been said of late of a remedy used in some parts 
 of Europe, and said to be effectual. It is the " golden cenotides " 
 {cetonia aurata), or common rose-beetle, found in large quantities on 
 all rose-trees. A similar insect is said to infest the geranium-plant. 
 When collected, they are dried and powdered ; and given in this 
 form, relieve excitement (so it is said) of the brain and nerves, and 
 throw the patient into a sound sleep. Immediate suction and disin- 
 fection of the wound is admirable, followed by caustics. 
 
 Muscular and Nervous Derangements from 
 
 Wounds. 
 
 In some persons, a very small local injury will produce violent dis- 
 turbance of the nervous system. Some will faint and be thrown into 
 convulsions and vomiting from causes scarcely greater than the prick 
 of a needle ; and, before Morton gave the world the boon of ether, it 
 
 i 
 
184 
 
 D18RA8K8 OF THK liRAIN AND NKRVBR. 
 
 wHH not very unoominoii for (lerBoiiH to die under tliu ku'iUi of tlx* 
 Hurg«5on. Olio of tho most serious disturbancws from wounds, of )i 
 nervous and niusuular uhuructor, is 
 
 V 
 
 Locked Jaw. — Tetanus. 
 
 This is spnsmodic contraction, with rigidity, or stififness, of the 
 voluntary musules. Sometimes this rigidity is {urtial, at other tinieH 
 univeraal throughout tlie system. 
 
 Tetanus is produced hy two causes, exposure to cold (idiopatiiic), 
 and bodily injuries, particularly the injury of a nerve (tniuniatic; te- 
 tanus). This last is the most frequent, — p'irhaps the only form of 
 the complaint. 
 
 The Symptoms are long-continued, violent and painful contraction 
 or cramp of the voluntiiry muscles. At first there is diiTiculty and 
 uneasiness in turning the head, with inahility to open the mouth 
 easily, — then the jaws close gradually, but with great firnnieHs ; 
 swallowing now becomes difficult, and a pain, starting from the 
 breastbonti, pierces through to the back, — probably caused by cramp 
 of the diaphragm or midriff. The cramps now extend to the muscles 
 of the body, the limbs, the face, the tongue, etc., which continue in a 
 state of rigid spasm, — being swelled and hard in the centre, — till 
 the disease yields, or tho patient dies. At times the abdominal 
 muscles are so tense as to make the belly as hard as a board. Occa- 
 sionally the patient is drawn backward into tho shape of a hoop, so 
 as to rest on his head and heels (epiathotonos) ; at other times he iri 
 drawn forward in the shape of a ball (emprosthotonoa) . All the con- 
 tractions are attended with intense pain. It is the racking of the en- 
 tire body with cramps like those which sometimes attack the calf of 
 the leg. So violent are the contractions that the teeth are dometimes 
 broken by them, and the tongue is often badly bitten. In the mean 
 time, the appearance of the sufferer is frightful. The forehead is 
 wrinkled, the brow knit, the eye-balls motionless and staring, the 
 nostrils spread, the corners of the mouth drawn back, the set teeth 
 exposed, and all the features fixed in a ghastly grin. 
 
 Treatment. — The only known remedies for this disease are chlo- 
 roform and ether, taken either into the stomach, or by inhalation, in 
 quantities sufficient to contr:)! the spasm, and to be pursued as long 
 as they continue to occur. The costiveness must be removed by one 
 or two drops of croton oil, administered in a spoonful of gruel. Re- 
 lieve the nerve or remove the foreign body from wound. 
 
 Epilepsy.— Epileptic Fits. 
 
 This disease has been sometimes called the failing aickneaa, but 
 generally passes under the more vague title of fit$. 
 
DISBASEH UK THE lilUIN ANU NKRVBH. 
 
 185 
 
 nif(( (if till' 
 oiiiuIh, of u 
 
 lesH, of tlie 
 uther timeH 
 
 (Uoputliio), 
 uiiniitic te- 
 lly form of 
 
 contraction 
 
 RRculty and 
 
 the mouth 
 
 firmnt'HH ; 
 
 5 from the 
 
 i by cranij) 
 
 he muscles 
 
 ntinue in a 
 
 ntre, — till 
 
 abdominal 
 
 ,rd. Occa- 
 
 a hoop, so 
 
 limes lie m 
 
 .11 the con- 
 
 of the en- 
 
 le calf of 
 
 sometimes 
 
 ;he mean 
 
 irehead is 
 
 iiring, the 
 
 set teeth 
 
 are chlo- 
 alation, in 
 ■id as long 
 ed by one 
 ■uel. Re- 
 
 kneM, but 
 
 Symptoms. — The diseaso in characterized by a temporary Iosh of 
 fonBciouHnesH, strong spasnm and intervals lietween the tits. The at- 
 tack is sudden, generally witlumt warning, and attended with a loud 
 cry, when the piuient falls down, is senseless and convulsed, struggles 
 violently, breathes with enibarrasHment, has a turgid and livid face, 
 foams at t'le mouth, bites his tongue, has a choking in the windpipe, 
 and appears to 'o at the point of death. I'resently, in from five 
 minutes to half an hour, and by degrees, tiiese symptoms diminish, 
 and at length cease; and the patient falls into an apparent sleep. In 
 a short time more he recovei-s, and is aj)parently well. These attacks 
 come again and again, and at irregular intervals. 
 
 This is the worst form of the disease ; there is another class of 
 oases in which the symptoms are much lighter, — there being no tur- 
 gescence of the face, no foaming at the mouth, no cry, no convul- 
 sions ; but merely a sudden and brief suspension of consciousness, a 
 fixed gaze, a feeling of confusion, or a totter, from all of which the 
 recoveiy is speedy. 
 
 Causes. — These are numerous, — as worms, disturbance from indi- 
 gestible food in the stomach and Iwwels, difficult teeth-cutting, ner- 
 vous irritation, either direct or by sympathy, sexual excesses and 
 masturbation, disease or injury of the brain or spinal marrow, gall 
 stones in the excretory duct of the liver, stone or gravel in the kid- 
 neys and bladder, fright, distress of mind, passion, great loss of b^ood, 
 and many others. 
 
 Treatment. — But little can be done during the fit, except to pro- 
 tect the patient from being injured by the violence of the coBvulsions. 
 To do this, place a piece of leather, cork, or other substance not too 
 hard, between the back teeth to prevent the tongue from being bitten. 
 Remove the neckcloth, and unbutton the shirt-collar. If the stomach 
 and bowels are suspected to be overloaded, give an injection (246). 
 
 The treatment during the intervals must depend on the cause of 
 the disease. If worms be the cause, expel them ; if the attacks be 
 excited by difficult teething, Icnce the gums ; if by uterine disturb 
 ances, search out the nature, and give the treatment recommend jd 
 under the proper head ; if masturbation, command its entire discon- 
 tinuance as the only hope of relief ; if the complaint arise from in- 
 digestible food, great attention must be given to the diet and general 
 health. 
 
 In all cases, indeed, the diet should be carefully regulated, being 
 light, nutritious, and easy of digestion. The sleep should be taken 
 at regular houi-s, and daily exercise in the open air be insisted upon. 
 The bowels must be kept regular, by the food, if possible ; if not, by 
 mild laxatives. Apply along the spinal column 195, once a day, rub- 
 bing it well in ; also, now and then, mustard poultices. 
 
 In addition to these remedies, give pills of iron and quinine (72). 
 one after each meal, — also oxide of zinc (270), which is one of our 
 
186 
 
 DIIKAHEB OP THK HRAIN AND NBRVRS. 
 
 very bent remedieH. Of tho pills, one nhould Ik; taken three timcN ;i 
 day. Kruniitle nf Hodium, 1 driiin in 24 luiurH, nioHtly at Iwdtime. 
 
 We can Holdoni go amiHH in giving medicine calculated to relievo 
 nervous irritation, and to huild up the general HyHtem. For tliiH pur- 
 pose, the valtM'ianate of quinine, and tho extract of hlack cohosli (7i)) 
 are well adapted. Citrate of iron and strychnine (316), is a very val- 
 uable remedy. 
 
 It is said that a black silk handkerchief thrown over tho face of ii 
 person in a fit, will immediately bring them out of it. It is an ex- 
 periment easily tried ; and having seen it in a respectable medical 
 journal, I give it for what it is worth. The bromides in large doses, 
 long-continued, sometimes cure epilepsy (367). 
 
 Catalepsy. — Trance. — Ecstasy. 
 
 Cataleptic fits are simply what is known to all the world under 
 the name of trance ; and ecstasy is a modification of the same nervous 
 disorder. It is a state in which the mind becomes so intensely al>- 
 sorbed in something outside of its earthly tenement, that it withdraws 
 all control over the body, and all -apparent co:i'iection with it, leav- 
 ing it as if dead. There is a very light tick'ng of the heart, just pe: 
 ceptible to a cultivated ear, but the breast does not rise and fall with 
 breathing, tho features are all inexpressive and still, the eyes are wide 
 open and motionless, apparently staring after the departed intellect; 
 and the body and limbs are entirely passive, — remaining unmoved 
 where they are placed by others, however tiresome and uncomfortable 
 the position. In a word, a person in catalepsy is, in appeamnco, like 
 a marble statue, or like a human body suddenly turned to stone, or, 
 like Lot's wife, to a pillar of salt. There is as little feeling, or 
 thought, or consciousness, as if the bowl had been instantaneously 
 brokei< at the cistern, and the apparent death were real. 
 
 It is a peculiarity in this disease that the patient, on recovery 
 fron a fit, lakes up the thread of conscious life just where it was 
 broken by the attiick. Thus, if she were lifting a cup ci water to 
 the mouth, she would hold it steadily, with the mouth open, till the 
 return of consciousness, and then place it to the lips, as if no inter- 
 ruption had occurred ; or, if convei-sing, and in the midst of a sen- 
 tence, the unfinished words would be uttered at the end of the fit, 
 even though it should last many days. 
 
 Persons in a cataleptic fit have much the appearance of one in the 
 mesmeric state ; and the statue-like position in which an attack fixes 
 a patient, reminds one of the manner in which the psychologists, so 
 called, will arrest a man under iheir influence, and mttke him im- 
 movable, with one foot raised in the act of stepping. 
 
 The disease attacks females much more often than males. 
 
 The premonitory symptoms are much like those of epilepsy, and 
 the treatment should be about the same. 
 
three times ii 
 it Iwdtinip. 
 0(1 to relieve! 
 For tliiH iMii- 
 : cohosii ('(!•) 
 is II very val- 
 
 tho face of a 
 
 It is an ((X- 
 
 :4ihle niedieui 
 
 » large doses, 
 
 world under 
 lame nervous 
 intensely iil>- 
 it withdraws 
 ivith it, leiiv- 
 art, just pe; 
 and fall with 
 3ye8 are wide 
 ed intellect; 
 ug unmoved 
 iicomfoTtable 
 earance, like 
 to stone, or, 
 ! feeling, or 
 antaneously 
 
 on recovery 
 here it was 
 rf water to 
 )en, till the 
 if no inter- 
 st of a sen- 
 1 of the fit, 
 
 one in the 
 attack fixes 
 ologists, so 
 ce him im- 
 
 BB. 
 
 ilepsy, and 
 
 DISEASEtl or TlIK IIUAIN ANU MKRVIS. 
 
 Saint Vltu8*8 Dance.— CAorga. 
 
 187 
 
 This diaeaae is chiefly confined to children and youth between the 
 ages of eigh*. and fourteen. Hut few cases occur after pul)erty. 
 
 Symptoms. — The coniplaiht affects mostly the muscles and the 
 limlw. It excites curious antics, — such as we should suppose would 
 occur if a part of the muscles of voluntjvry motion had hatched a 
 mimic reUdlion, broken away from the control of the will, and in 
 sheer niiHchicf and wantonness, were tripping their fellow muscles, 
 and playing tricks with the patient. A few of the muscles of the 
 face or lindw Ixigin their mischievous pranTcs by slight twitches, 
 which, by degrees, l)ecomo more energetic, and spread to other parts. 
 The face is twisted into all kinds of ridiculous contortions, as if the 
 patient were making mouths at 8dmel)ody. The hands and arms do 
 not remain in one position for a moment. In attempting to carry 
 food to the mouth, the liand goes part way, and is jerked back, starts 
 again, and darts to one side, then to the other, then niouthward 
 again; and each movement is so quick, and nervous, and darting, 
 and diddling, that ten to one the food drops into the lap. If the at- 
 tempt be made to run out the tongue, it is snatched back with the 
 quickness of a serpent's, and the jaws snaj) together like a fly-trap. 
 The lower limbs are in a state of perpetual diddle ; the feet shuffle 
 with wonderful diligence upon the floor, as if inspired with a cease- 
 less desire to dance. 
 
 It is supposed by some that the disease consists in a partial palsy 
 of a part of the muscles. The will in that case not being able to 
 control the palsied muscles, when it commands the others to move, 
 tlieir action is not balanced, and they twitch the face and limbs into 
 all the capricious and fantastic shapes we witness. 
 
 Others, and probably with more truth, hold that the "seat of the 
 disease is in the cerebellum or little brain. It is supposed to he one 
 of the functions of this organ to preside over and regulate the loco- 
 motion, — that it holds the office of chief engineer, and that its 
 duties are to keep the muscles in subjection to the will. The com- 
 bined and consenting action of several muscles is needed for every 
 movement. It is the business of the cerebellum to maintain this 
 oneness of purpose and action — to see that no muscle flinches so as 
 to disturb the harmony of the movement. When the cerebellum is 
 diseased, all is confusion, — just as the locomotive runs from the 
 track when tho engineer is smitten with palsy. 
 
 The disease is not dangerous, but when it continues for many 
 years it is apt to weaken the mind, and it sometimes very nearly 
 destroys it. 
 
 Causes. — Whatever excites and weakens the nervous system, as 
 powerful emotions of the mind, overworking the mind, reading ex- 
 citing novels, eating too much meat, fright, striking in of eruptions, 
 self-pollution, etc. 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
188 
 
 DISEASKS OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 Treatment. — In the first plane, remove all causes of excitement. 
 Take the patient from school, and require some sort of cheerful out- 
 door exercise, daily. Take away all books, and be careful not to do 
 anything to occasion anger or fear, or any kind of injurious excite- 
 ment. Apply spinal ice-bags gradually and regularly. 
 
 In the second place regulate the diet — making it more animal 
 ard stimulating if it has been to low, and more vegetable and cool- 
 ing if it has been too high. 
 
 In the third place, if the above changes have not been sufficient 
 for the purpose, open and regulate the bowels with some gentle 
 phyBio (30), (34) for a few days. 
 
 In the last place, build u^^^ the nervous system with oxide of zinc 
 pills (270), three a day ; or iron (63), (80), or black cohosh, scull- 
 cap, etc. (79), or the compound valerian pill (81). Sulphate of 
 zinc (82) will sometimes succeed ^hon the oxide fails ; and where 
 there is scrofula, the iodide of zinc is to be used. 
 
 To these remedies should be added the shower-bath, beginning 
 with tepid water, and making it a little colder every day. If the 
 shower-bath frightens the patient, or is not otherwise well borne, take 
 the sponge bath. " Fowler's Solution " has the most marked effect 
 on the disease. Three drops gradually increased till coryza ensues ; 
 stop and begin again. 
 
 Chronic Chorea. 
 
 This can hardly be said to amount to a disease. It consists rather 
 in uncouth tricks, arising from some slight disorder of particular 
 muscles, and grown into a fixed habit, such as shaking of the head 
 every three to twenty seconds, repeated squinting of the eyes in con- 
 nection with a peculiar knitting of the eyebrows, wrinkling of the 
 nose, shrugging of the shoulders, lifting the ears up and down, or 
 even moving the whole scalp back and forth. These movements are 
 commonly made without a consciousness of it ; and generally there 
 is no power to suspend them without a painful effort which cannot 
 be easily continued. 
 
 No medical treatment is of any avail. These tricks can only be 
 corrected by great wajtchfulness and effort on the part of the person 
 suffering from them, and in many cases, not even by such means. 
 
 Cramps. 
 
 Cramp is expeiienced .n the calves of the legs, the thighs, the 
 stomach, the breast, the womb, etc. It is a very painful, sudden, and 
 violent contraction of one or more muscles. The part is sometimes, 
 as the phrase is, " drawn up into knots." When it attacks the stom- 
 ach, it is" a very dangerous affection. Women are subject to it about 
 the third or fourth month of pregnancy. 
 
 They occur more frequently at night as the result of over-fatigue 
 
i>i Uii liii»rii|-Y'V.'j 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIK AND NERVES. 
 
 189 
 
 excitement, 
 heerful out- 
 il not to do 
 ious excite- 
 
 lore animal 
 3 and cool- 
 
 ti sufficient 
 )me gentle 
 
 ide of zinc 
 hosh, scuU- 
 Julphate of 
 and where 
 
 beginning 
 ly. If the 
 borne, take 
 rked effect 
 'za ensues ; 
 
 sists rather 
 
 particular 
 
 f the head 
 
 3'es in con- 
 
 ng of the 
 
 down, or 
 
 lements are 
 
 lly there 
 
 ch cannot 
 
 m only be 
 ^he person 
 leans. 
 
 pighs, the 
 iden, and 
 bmetimes, 
 
 (the atom- 
 it about 
 
 pr-fatigue 
 
 and indigestion during the day. These spasmodic contractions often 
 occur in the abdomen and are accompanied by diarrhoea due to indi- 
 gestion. Abdominal cramps are also a symptom of locomotor ataxia 
 and other spinal diseases. The cramp of swimming is often due to 
 an over-straining of some one group of muscles not hitherto much 
 used, the sudden fatigue causing cramp. They may be also of ner- 
 vous origin. Rheumatism is not infrequently the sole cause of pain- 
 ful muscular spasms. 
 
 Causes. — Drinking cold water when very hot and perepiring, ex- 
 posure to damp night air, debility, indigestible food, and excesses in 
 eating and drinking, and particularly over-straining the muscles. 
 
 Treatment. — Moderate the excessive labor and straining of the 
 muscles which produce the cramps. When an attack occurs in the 
 legs, tie a cord or handkerchief tight around the leg above the af- 
 fected muscle. This will generally produce instant relief. Aiso 
 briskly rub the parts with hot water, alcohol, ammonia, spirits of can- 
 phor, paregoric, or laudanum. 
 
 When it occurs in the stomach, apply warm fomentations, or what 
 is better, a mustard paste (165). Take hot Jamaica ginger or neuro- 
 pathic drops. The bowels, if confined, should be opened with an in- 
 jection. 
 
 Cramps of the limbs which afflict women in the family way, can 
 only be mitigated, not cured, till after confinement. As a palliative, 
 high cranberry bark, scuUcap, etc. (87), will be found useful. 
 
 Pain of the Nerves. — Neuralgia. 
 
 This disease affects one tissue only, — the nervous ; and has one 
 83anptom, — pain. 
 
 In apoplexy, the nerves, rendered powerless and senseless by an ex- 
 ternal force, are like a man under a bank of earth which has slid 
 down upon him. In palsy, they are suddenly bereft of feeling and 
 motion by a blasting scourge within, — as one is smitten down by a ' 
 pervasive charge from a magnetic battery. In epilepsy^ the nerves 
 are grasped and for a time held senseless by an unseen power, in 
 which they struggle, as a man strives in the folds of the anaconda. 
 In catalepsy, they are suddenly stiffened into senseless strings, for 
 such automatic use as the bystander may, for the time, choose to 
 make of them. In chorea, they are set to dancing by an invisible ex- 
 hilaration, as a man is suddenly crazed by brandy. 
 
 In neuralgia, the nerves are neither crushed, nor collapsed, nor re- 
 strained for a time, nor stiffened, nor exhilarated. They simply have 
 their sense of feeling intensely exalted ; they are filled with pain. 
 The pain is generally of a peculiarly darting, piercing character. The 
 patien, sometimes calls it tearing pain. It comes on in sudden par- 
 oxysms, with intervals of freedom between. The attacks are some- 
 
190 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BKAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 times like an electric shock, and are so agonizing as to bring a tem- 
 porary loss of reason. Occasionally there is great tenderness of the 
 parts affec ' and some fulness of the blood-vessels in the neighbor- 
 hood ; but generally the signs of inflammation are all absent, except 
 pain. 
 
 Neuralgic pains occur in almost every part of the system. One of 
 the most familiar forms of the disease is known under the name of 
 
 . Tic Douloureux. 
 
 It occurs in those branches of the fifth pair of nerves which go to 
 the face. (See Fig. 85.) Sometimes 
 one, sometimes all of the three branches 
 are affected, but more often the middle 
 branch only. When the uppor branch 
 is the seat of the disease, the pain is in 
 the forehead, the brow , the lid, and some- 
 times the ball of the eye. The eye is 
 generally closed during the pain, and 
 the skin of the forehead is wrinkled. 
 When the affection is in the middle 
 nerve, the pain is preceded by a prick- 
 ing sensation in the cheek, and twitch- 
 ing of the lower eyelid. Soon it spreads 
 in quick and piercing pangs over the 
 cheek, reaching the lower eyelid, the 
 sides of the nostrils, and the upper lip. 
 If in the lower branch, it sends its light- 
 ning shafts to the chin, the gums, the 
 tongue and even up the cheek to the ear. 
 
 Face-Ache. — There is a species of nervous pain called face-ache, 
 which does not quite amount to tic douloureux, but is nevertheless 
 veiy afflictive. It occurs principally in the jaw, which seems to be 
 filled with pain. No one spot seems to be more affected than another. 
 From the jaw the pain often goes to the whole head, but it has not 
 the stabbing intensity which generally characterizes neuralgia. It 
 often proceeds from defective teeth. 
 
 Hemicrania. 
 
 This is a neuralgic pain, confined to one side of the head, — gen- 
 erally the brow and forehead. Sickness of the stomach often attends 
 it, and in many cases it is periodical, — coming on at a certain hour 
 every day, and lasting a given time, and then passing away. . 
 
 It may be caused by whatever debilitates the system, as hysterics, 
 suckling an infant too long, or low diet. In fever and ague districts 
 it is frequently produced by miasm. In many instances, the cause 
 cannot be discovered. 
 
 FlO. 86. 
 
DIBEASKS OF TUB BRAIN AND NBRVES. 
 
 191 
 
 ring a teni- 
 ness of the 
 le neighbor- 
 ient, except 
 
 m. One of 
 3 name of 
 
 which go to 
 
 face-ache^ 
 
 levertheless 
 
 lems to be 
 
 ,n another. 
 
 it has not 
 
 Igia. It 
 
 |ad, — gen- 
 attends 
 un hour 
 
 I hysterics, 
 districts 
 the cause 
 
 Sciatica. 
 
 This is a pain beginning at the hip, and following the course of 
 the sciatic nerve. Occasionally it is an inflammatory complaint; 
 sometimes is connected with an affection of the kidney; but fre- 
 quently it is a purely neuralgic or nervous pain ; and I have there- 
 fore thought it best to place it here, with nervous diseases. 
 
 Besides the various forms of neuralgia now noticed, the disease 
 occurs, — sometimes with great severity, — in the female breast, in 
 the womb, in the stomach, in the bowels, in the thighs, in the knee, 
 and even in the feet. In many of these cases the disease is not where 
 the pain is felt, but in the brain or spinal marrow, and consequently 
 the true source of the complaint very often escapes detection. An 
 excellent Episcopal clergyman in Northern New York, the Rev. M. 
 
 B , with whom I studied Latin and Greek preparatory to college, 
 
 had a neuralgic pain in the knee so intense, persistent and exhausting, 
 that the limb had to be cut off at the thigh to save his life. 
 
 Treatment. — This must be as diversified as the causes of the dis- 
 ease. For a general Bi use 368. 
 
 For tic douloureux, and some other forms, give internally, valerian- 
 ate of ammonia (88); also 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 316, and 84, as tonics. 
 
 For external use in tic douloureux, and other neuralgic affections, 
 the prescriptions 188, 196, lb/,' 198. 
 
 For the face-ache, above mentioned, muriate of ammonia (134), in 
 half dram doses, is a very valuable remedy. 
 
 When the disease is caused by miasm, and has a periodic character, 
 like ague, it must be treated with quinine (67), (79), and if there be 
 a low state of the blood, iron (72), (93) must be given at the same 
 time. The galvanic battery often acts like magic in neuralgia. 
 
 The shower-bath, exercise in the open air, and whatever else will 
 build up the general health, must be used according to circumstances. 
 
 Neuralgic pain of various kinds often yields readily to some one of 
 the many coal-tar products like phenanthrene, antikamnia and ammo- 
 nol: say 10 grains of either every two to four hours according to the 
 intensity of the pain. The last named product is quite harmless and 
 produces no numbness or faintness which is said to follow at times 
 the use of some of the others. 
 
 Avoid rich or fatty foods. Live on a plain nourishing diet. Take 
 exercise out of doors as much as possible. 
 
 Derangement of Mind. — Insanity. 
 
 Most writers on this disease have attempted a definition of it. I 
 have never seen one which suited me. Here is mine. Insanity is a 
 wrench of marCs nature, which sets his intellectual and moral faculties 
 awry in their relations with the external world. 
 
 :;f 
 
192 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 Ill a state of mental and moral health, he looks straight at the out- 
 ward world, and sees it as it is ; insanity gives him an angular con- 
 nection with it and he sees it as it is not; its objects have all changed 
 their relative places ; objects at the right in the panorama of life have 
 moved to the centre, or gone quite over to the left ; whil'i things at 
 the top have gone to the bottom, and those in the lowest places have 
 taken the highest. With the thoroughly insane, the world has gone 
 back to chaos. 
 
 These persons have their sensibility very much altered and per- 
 verted. Errors of the senses and illusions cheat them. In niaiiv 
 cases, they cannot read because the lettei-s are mingled in a confused 
 mass. They often do not recognize their friends, and regard them 
 as strangers or enemies. 
 
 They become awkward in the mechanical use of their hands, and 
 their touch loses the power to coirect the errors of the other senses. 
 Hence they are cheated in regard to the size, form, and thickness of 
 bodies. 
 
 They are haunted, at times, with smells which have no existence, 
 and thjey hear voices distinctly speaking to them from clouds, or from 
 trees ; and these voices have the familiar tones of a friend, reliitive, 
 or enemy. 
 
 The insane lose the power of comparing ideaa. They associate 
 things the most unlike, and often in a ridiculous way. 
 
 They also lose the control of themselves, and come under the do- 
 minion of their passions ; and then they will do acts which they them- 
 selves disapprove. One of strict integrity, of unblemished morals, and 
 of excellent standing, becomes insane, and immediately steals what he 
 does not want, makes infamous i )roDosals, and indecent gestures, and 
 is in every respect the opposite of ^lis past self. 
 
 The insane often become averse to those who were previously 
 among the most <lear to them. For acts of kindness, they repay 
 abuse. They fly from their best friends. This is the result of their 
 fear and jealousy ; for they are very cowardly and jealous. This alien- 
 ation from friends is almost a characteristic of insanity, and is one of 
 its saddest features. The moral affections are always disordered, per- 
 verted, or annihilated in insanity. So much is this a leading feature 
 of the disease, that it is only when the insane begin to recover their 
 moral affections, when they begin to wish to see their children and 
 friends, to fold them onc« more in their arms, and to enter the family 
 circle and renew its joys, that we can count upon any certain signs 
 of a cure. 
 
 The insane have a thousand strong fancies in regard to themselves. 
 One thinks himself inspired of God, and charged with the convei-sion 
 of the world ; while another, equally sincere, believes the devil has 
 entered into him, and that the pains of hell are already taking hold 
 of h'm, and he curses God, himself, and the universe. Still another 
 is the " monarch of all he surveys," and much more ; he governs the 
 
-Al-:^ 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BKAIN AMD NERVES. 
 
 193 
 
 t at the out- 
 .ngular con- 
 all changed 
 , of life have 
 \<i things at 
 places have 
 >rld has gone, 
 
 •ed and per- 
 i. In many 
 n a confused 
 regard them 
 
 r hands, and 
 other senses. 
 . thickness of 
 
 no existence, 
 3uds, or from 
 end, relative, 
 
 hey associate 
 
 mder the do- 
 sh they them- 
 |d morals, and 
 teals what he 
 gestures, and 
 
 previously 
 they repay 
 3sult of their 
 This alien- 
 md is one of 
 ordered, per- 
 ,ding feature 
 •ecover their 
 children and 
 sr the family 
 sertain signs 
 
 I themselves. 
 _ convereion 
 le devil has 
 taking hold 
 Still another 
 [governs the 
 
 world, and directs the stars. One has all knowledge, and affects to 
 teach the wisest. Another is proud, and withdraws from his fellows, 
 bidding them not to come into his presence without proper acts of 
 homage, — calling himself, it may be, a king. 
 
 There are five kinds of insanity. I will speak of each of them 
 briefly. 
 
 Melancholy. — Lypemania. 
 
 This is characterized by moroseness, fear, and prolonged sadness. 
 The melancholic person is lean and slender, with black hair, and a 
 pale and sallow countenance. His skin is brown or blackish, and 
 dry and scaly. His physiognomy has a fixed appearance, the muscles 
 of the face are drawn tight, the eyes are motionless, and directed to 
 one point, the look is askance and suspicious, and the general expres- 
 sion is one of sadness, fear, and terror. He desires to pass his days 
 in solitude and idleness. He walks as if aiming to shun some dan- 
 ger. His ey< iind ear are on the watch for evil. 
 
 These persons do not sleep much. They are kept awake by fear, 
 jealousy, and hallucinations. If their eyes close, they see phantoms 
 which terrify them. 
 
 Their secretions are disordered. The urine is either abundant and 
 clear, or scanty and muddy. They sometimes retain their urine for 
 days. One patient did not dare to make water lest he should drown 
 the world, but was finally persuaded to it by the assurance that he 
 would extinguish a fire which was devouring a city. 
 
 Insanity on One Subject. — Monomania. 
 
 This is a chronic affection of the brain, not attended by fever, and 
 characterized by a derangement of the intellect, the affections, or the 
 will, upon one subject only. The patient seizes upon a false princi- 
 ple, and draws from it injurious conclusions, which modify and change 
 his whole life and character. In other cases the intellect is sound, 
 but the affections and disposition being perverted, their acts are 
 strange and inconsistent. These they attempt to justify by plausible 
 reasoning. 
 
 Mania. 
 
 This is also a chronic affection of the brain, generally without 
 fever. The countenance of the maniac is sometimes flushed, at other 
 ti .es pale. The hair is crisped ; the eyes injected, shining and hag- 
 gard. Maniacs dislike the light, and certain colors horrify them. 
 Their ears are sometimes very red, and are disturbed by a tingling, 
 and a rumbling sound. Noise excites and disturbs them. They suf- 
 fer from false sensations, illusions and hallucinations; and their ideas 
 come with great rapidity, and are confused and without order. Their 
 
 Ui 
 
194 
 
 DISEASES OF THE UUAIN AND NRKVKS. 
 
 affections are in a state of turmoil, and their judgments are all erro- 
 neous. 
 
 Unlike the monomaniac, their delirium extends to all subjecte. 
 Their entire intellect, affections and will, are a chaotic wreck. 
 
 Dementia. 
 
 Herk is another chronic affection of the brain, without fever, in 
 which the sensibility, the intellect, and the will, are all weakened. 
 Demented persons have not the power to concentrate their minds on 
 anything, and can form no correct notions of objects. Their ideas 
 float after each other without connection or meaning. They speak 
 without any consciousness of what they are saying. 
 
 Many of them have lost their memory, or, like old person-*, they 
 rememl)er nothing recent, — forgetting in a moment what is just said 
 or done. 
 
 The demented have neither desires nor aversions ; neither hatred 
 nor love. To those once most dear to them, they are totally indif- 
 ferent. They meet friends long absent without emotion, and part 
 from their dearest ones without a pang. The events of life passing 
 around them awaken in them no interest, l^ecanse they can connect 
 themselves neither with the past nor the future ; they have no remem- 
 brances nor hopes. Their brain is inactive ; it furnishes no ideas or 
 sensations. They are no longer active, but passive beings ; they de- 
 termine nothing, but yield themselves to the will of others. 
 
 They have a pale face, a dull eye, moistened with tears, an uncer- 
 tain look, and a physiognomy without expression. They sleep pro- 
 foundly, and for a long time, and have a voracious appetite. 
 
 Idiocy. 
 
 Idiocy is in the condition in which the intellectual faculties have 
 never been manifested. We are not to infer disease from it, any more 
 than we infer it in the lower animals from the absence of intellect. 
 
 In idiocy there is no mind, oecause the brain is not large enough 
 to be the organ of intelligence. It always dates back, therefore, to 
 the beginning of life. Everything about the idiot betrays a defective 
 organization. The demented person, the monomaniac, etc., once had 
 intelligence ; the idiot, never. They, in many cases, may be cured ; 
 he is hopelessly incurable. They had blessings which have been taken 
 from them ; to him, none were ever given. They were once the pride 
 and hope of their friends ; he, from his birth, was the smitten and 
 blasted one of his family. He never reaches an advanced age, — 
 rarely living beyond thirty years. 
 
 These remarks are sufficient to show the difference between idiocy 
 and other forms of mental d mgement. In the other forms of in- 
 sanity there are brains enougli, but they are diseased ; in this there is 
 no disease ; the smallness of the brain is the primal and fatal defect. 
 
 •'.i_j_^__ 
 
DISEASES OF THE DKAIN AND NRIiVES. 
 
 195 
 
 are all erro- 
 
 ill subjectB. 
 reck. 
 
 lut fever, in 
 
 11 weakened, 
 
 sir minds on 
 
 Their idesw 
 
 They speak 
 
 •erson-i, they 
 t is just said 
 
 iither hatred 
 totally indif- 
 )n, and part 
 life passing 
 can connect 
 fe no remem- 
 3 no ideas or 
 igs ; they de- 
 jrs. 
 
 rs, an uncer- 
 ey sleep pro- 
 )ite. 
 
 .culties have 
 it, any more 
 f intellect, 
 urge enough 
 therefore, to 
 ; a defective 
 ,c., once had 
 ly be cured ; . 
 been taken 
 Ice the pride 
 mitten and 
 ced age,— 
 
 Iween idiocy 
 forms of in- 
 this there is 
 Katal defect. 
 
 This form of menUil derangement is caused by a defective develop- 
 ment of the brain. That the other forms are produced by disease of 
 the brain, there can be no doubt. 
 
 Some have supposed insanity to be a mental disorder merely, hav- 
 ing nothing to do with the body. They might as well suppose the 
 delirium of fever to he a disease of the mind only. 
 
 Insanity is an unsoundness of the brain and nerves which proceed 
 from it, in every instance. At first it is probably only excitement of 
 the brain ; but this, long continued, becomes a chronic inflammation. 
 The brain and nerves of an insane person are undoubtedly sore, and 
 hence the painful thoughts and feelings which afflict them. When 
 the soreness is much increased, they are violent and furious ; when 
 it subsides, they are calm. In consequence of this inflammation and 
 soreness of the brain, an insane person can no more think, or reason, 
 or will, or feel correctly, than a person with an inflamed stomach can 
 dig6st food well, or than one with inflamed eyes can see v/'ell. 
 
 Causes of Insanity. — Hereditary predisposition ; painful subjects 
 of thought or feeling long revolv od in the mind ; injures feelings 
 which cannot be resented, mortified pride, perplexity in business ; 
 disappointed affection or ambition ; great political, religious, or social 
 excitements ; sudden and heavy strokes of misfortune in the loss of 
 property and friends ; and in general, whatever worries the mind for 
 a long time, and creates a deep distress, may be a cause of insanity. 
 
 But one of the most prolific causes, and worthy of special mention, 
 is masturbation, or self-pollution, — a vice contracted by thousands of 
 ycung people, both male and female. 
 
 Besides the above, I may mention several physical causes, as con- 
 vulsions of the mother during gestation, epilepsy, montlily disorders 
 of women, blows upon the head, fevers, loss of sleep, syphilis, exces- 
 sive use of mercury, worms in the bowels, and apoplexy. 
 
 Chances of Cure. — Idiotism is never cured. 
 
 Melancholy and monomania are cured when recent, and do not de- 
 pend upon organic disease. 
 
 Dementia is sometimes, though seldom, cured. 
 
 Chronic insanity, of long standing, is not easily cured. 
 
 Insanity which has been produced by moral causes, acting suddenly, 
 is generally curable ; if the causes have acted slowly and long, the 
 cure is more doubtful. 
 
 Excessive study causes insanity which is hard to cure. 
 
 If caused or continued by religious ideas, or by pride, it is not 
 often cured. , 
 
 Insanity caused and maintained by masturbation is cured with 
 great difficulty. 
 
 Treatment. — The treatment of the insane is now almost confined, 
 as it should be, to public hospitals. In these institutions, all the 
 means are provided which humanity has been able to devise, to lift 
 
106 
 
 DISKARKS OF THK BRAIN AND NKRVKS; 
 
 t'roui these unfortunate beings the terrible shadow which iK uiMtii 
 thera. Here they have safety, comfort, recreation, friendly guardians, 
 rest, and medicine. 
 
 They have safety from the annoyances which well-meaning but 
 mistaken friends at homo almost always commit in contradicting, iind 
 reasoning with, persuading, and threatening them ; for only in these 
 humane institutions has it been well learned that to do so is no wiser 
 than to pei-suade, scold, or threaten a neumlgic pain in the face, an 
 inflammation in the stomach, or a felon upon the finger. They are 
 safe, too, from the impertinent scrutiny of neighbors, the hootings of 
 unthinking boys in the streets, and especially from the causes, wliat- 
 ever they are, which have produced the disease. And so far, this is 
 just the treatment they want, — no contradiction, no impertinent 
 scrutiny from neighbons, no abuse in the streets, and a withdrawai of 
 the causes which have produced the disease. 
 
 In these institutions, too, they have comforts. They have clean 
 rooms, galleries, lodges, bathing-rooms, yards and gardens for exer- 
 cise and walking, safe, quiet, well-aired bed-rooms, and clean and 
 comfortable beds ; cheerful dining rooms, and plain, wholesome, and 
 nutritious food. And this, likewise, is the treatment they require. 
 
 They have recreation, — dances, cards, l>ack-gammon, chequei-s, 
 chess, billiards, nine-pins, walking parties, riding parties, gardening, 
 and an indulgence in those arts of painting, music, drawing and 
 architecture for which they may have a taste. And suc;h recreations 
 are powerful instruments in the cure of all disorders of the nervous 
 system. 
 
 Here, too, they have friendly guardians, who have long studied 
 their complaints, and have imbued their souls with a sympathy which 
 goes down into the depths of their sufferings, and allies itself with all 
 their sorrows ; — men and women who are willing to act the part of 
 guardian angels ; to be their friends ; who know how to gain their 
 confidence ; and who use the influence acquired by love, in leading 
 them back towards health and happiness. And this, too, in curing 
 the insane, is of great consequence, for none can do them good till 
 they have their confidence, and this can be gained only by love and 
 wisdom. 
 
 In these insane asylums, they find rest. When the brain is hot 
 from inflammation, and they are raving from delirium, they are here 
 withdrawn from the noisy crowd, and shielded from the rude shocks 
 of the world. If need be, they are placed in solitary rooms, where 
 silence spreads its soothing stillness through their excited brains. 
 And it is of the greatest importajice that the sore and torn feelings 
 should rest ; for rest allays excitement, and 'irings sleep ; and with- 
 out a proper amount of sleep recovery is : possible. 
 
 Finally, in these institutions, they receive the best medical treat- 
 ment. They have warm and cold bathing, judiciously administered ; 
 they have simple cathartics when the bowels are bound, as salts, cas- 
 
 ■'>^«k;;S' •^•j'*3«'j(t?jyk»?-ii£i<u*-\^::<»i*A'^ij.*^ 
 
iv. 
 
 DISEASES OK THE BRAIN AND NERVKS. 
 
 197 
 
 ;h is updii 
 guardians, 
 
 janing but 
 [ictiiig, and 
 ly in these 
 is no wiser 
 lie face, an 
 They are 
 bootings of 
 uses, \vhat> 
 far, this is 
 ni pertinent 
 hdrawal of 
 
 have clean 
 s for exer- 
 clean and 
 esome, and 
 T require. 
 , chequei-H, 
 gardening, 
 iwing and 
 recreations 
 le nervous 
 
 ig studied 
 
 ithy which 
 
 with all 
 
 le part of 
 
 jain their 
 
 n leading 
 
 in curing 
 
 good till 
 
 love and 
 
 lin is hot 
 are here 
 e shocks 
 us, where 
 brains, 
 feelings 
 and with- 
 
 cal treat- 
 nistered ; 
 lalts, cas- 
 
 tor oil, and magnesia ; tonics for debility, such aa quinine, iron, cas- 
 sia, columbo, chamomile ; and quieting medicines for their excite- 
 ment, such as opium, morphine, cicuta, hyoscyamus, belladonna, stra- 
 monium, scuUcap, and valerian. Prescription 74 is a combination 
 n)uch used. Here, too, broth, gruel, and milk, are administered by 
 the forcing pump to such as Uike a fancy not to eat, — an expedient 
 which has saved many lives. Fruits of all kinds, as strawberries, 
 cherries, currants, plums, apples, peaches, and grapes, are allowed 
 freely. Cold water, sweetened or otherwise, is the drink. To these 
 things are added lively conversation, and whatever will divert the 
 mind from reflection, and internal imaginings and revery. 
 
 Thus I have indicated, very briefly, the treatment which the insane 
 receive in public institutions. That the chances of recovery in these 
 humane retreats is much greater than at home, does not admit of a 
 doubt. When it is not convenient to send an insane person to a hos- 
 pital, the treatment should be as near like the one here sketched as 
 circumstances will permit. 
 
 Hypochondria. 
 
 The common names of this disease are low spirits, spleen, vapors, 
 nypo, and the blues. It produces constant fear, anxiety, and gloom. 
 Business, pleasures, the acquisition of knowledge, and all the useful 
 pui-suits of life, become insipid, tasteless, and even irksome to the hy- 
 pochondriac. His mind is full of the belief that something dreadful 
 is about to befall him. He is either going to be sick, or to die, or 
 lose his property or friends. He has no mind to engage in any busi- 
 ness, nor does he wish to go anywhere, or to see anybody. Night 
 and daj'^ his spirits are down to zero, and his heart has a load too 
 heavy to bear. He is wholly occupied with his troubles and his feel- 
 ings. He thinks he has various diseases, and wears out his friends 
 by talking of his sufferings. He feels of his pulse often, looks at his 
 tongue in the glass, and several times a day asks a friend if he does 
 not look pale or sick. 
 
 The external senses manifest symptoms of derangement as well as 
 the thoughts, feelings, emotions, and passions. There are roarings in 
 the ears, like a waterfall, or the noise of a distant carriage. Floating 
 black specks, or bright sparks, are seen before the eyes. These indi- 
 cate a slight fulness of the blood vessels, and perhaps, in some in- 
 stances, sparks of electricity passing to or from the eye, and are in no 
 proper sense subjects for the alarm they cause. At one time the per- 
 son will feel as large as a barrel, at other times not larger than a 
 whip-stock; the head will feel light or heavy, large or small. The 
 skin will twitch in different parts, or feel numb, or have the sensation 
 of spiders crawling on it. The smell and taste become perverted ; 
 the hypochondriac will smell odors and flavors, at times, where there 
 are none. 
 
 
108 
 
 DIHKA8K8 OF Till BRAIN AND NKRVB8. 
 
 V 
 
 These errors of tin' HenneH arc all owing to soiin' Hliglit dJHordt'r of 
 the organH of sense ; and they are no more wonderful than that the 
 mind should perceive personal danger, poverty, and death itself, when 
 none of these things are impending. 
 
 These persons are subject to fainting turns, when the hreatliing 
 will appear to stoj), the body become cold, the face pale ; there will 
 be distress in the region of the heart, which will apparently stop l)eat- 
 ing, and the ])erson will feel as if dying. At the same time the mind 
 will remain clear. These nervous spells are alarming, but pass off 
 without danger. 
 
 These persons become changed in their moral dispositions. They 
 are jealous, fjike a joke as an affront, and feel the greatest distress at 
 any apparent lack of attention or neglect on the part of friends. 
 They put the worst construction upon the actions of friends. They 
 are irritable, fretful, peevish, and fickle. 
 
 The complaint is distressing, but does not appear to shorten human 
 life. 
 
 The seat of the disease is in the brain and nerves. It is caused hy 
 anxiety, care, disappointment, working the brain too hard, diseases of 
 the liver and stomach, costiveness, sedentary habits, excessive vene- 
 real indulgence, and masturbation. 
 
 Treatment. — This cHsease is more easily prevented than cured. It 
 would be almost entirely prevented in this country if in childhood we 
 were all taught to be contented with humble competence, to love ac- 
 tive labor, and to think it honorable, instead of struggling after 
 wealth, and falling into unhappiness when it does not come. 
 
 Remedies. — Of all the remedies for this complaint, that which is 
 most important is active employment out of doors. The human body 
 was made for motion. Without it the blood cannot be distributed to 
 the several organs. The senses, — the eye, the ear, the touch, — 
 should be much in communion with nature. In this way they are 
 strengthened. Nature is their great physician. Man is a creature of 
 aensation ; and if too much occupied with feelings, thoughts, and deep 
 reflections, the nerves will be irritated, and begin to give deceptive 
 sensations. A very nervous man should fly to some active occupa- 
 tion, if he would be rid of suffering. 
 
 The open, fresh air is very important to restore the system to 
 soundness. 
 
 Temperance, both in eating and drinking, will do much for this 
 class of patients, yet they are the very persons who eat largely, and 
 they often fly to the excessive use of stimulants to drive away their 
 sorrow. By so doing, they aggravate the disease. 
 
 Amusements are very important for hypochondriacs. Lively com- 
 pany, cheerful and witty conversation, with mirth and laughter, lively 
 songs and instrumental music, are all desirable ; and so are gunning, 
 fishing, riding, billiard-playing, und travelling. 
 
. 1 . ~v- ^ . 
 
 niBKABKS OF THK HKAIN AND NRRVR8. 
 
 199 
 
 •liHonltT of 
 ill that the 
 iUelf, when 
 
 ) breatliinfj 
 ; tlwre will 
 y Htop l)eat- 
 le th(! mi IK I 
 )ut pa8H off 
 
 0118. They 
 
 b distress at 
 
 of friends. 
 
 nds. They 
 
 rten human 
 
 Never allow these patientw to Im- alone, and to have time to brood 
 over their mi.sery. See that they go early to l)ed, and rise betimes in 
 the morning. The warm bath, the (!old shower, or sponge ba'h, with 
 brisk frietion, arc. not on any account to be omitted. The diet should 
 bo light, nutiitious, ;«ii(l generous ; but fate, acids, liquors, and coffee,, 
 must Im* forbidden. 
 
 But little medicine will be required. If there be costiveness, let 
 cracked whaat lie eaten ; if this does not answer, a little rliubarb 
 and bicarlioiiate of potassa (85), or leptaiidrin, podophyllin, etc. (86), 
 may be given as required by the .symptoms. A teaspoonful of cal- 
 cined magnesia once a day, or the infusion of tboroiighwort, drank 
 cold, will often answer an excellent purpose. A 1m)w1 of warm 
 motherwort tea, with a teaspoonful of spirits of camphor in it will do 
 well in fits of fainting when there is a sensation of dying. A tea- 
 spoonful of sulphuric ether mayl)e given at the same time. If there 
 be debility, tonics are sometimes useful (50), (49), (54), (55). 
 
 8 caused l)y 
 , diseases of 
 essive vene- 
 
 m cured. It 
 tiildhood we 
 to love ac- 
 'gling after 
 ne. 
 
 at which is 
 uman body 
 tributed to 
 touch, — 
 ly they are 
 reature of 
 I, and deep 
 deceptive 
 ve occupa- 
 
 system to 
 
 for this 
 rgely, and 
 iway their 
 
 ively com- 
 ter, lively 
 gunning. 
 
 Hiccous^h. — Singultus. 
 
 Thw is a sudden, jerldng spasm of the midriff, occurring every few 
 niomentti in bad cases, causing the air to he driven out of the lungs 
 with such suddenness as to produce a noise something like the invol- 
 untary yelp of a puppy. It is generally caused by acidity of the 
 stomach, which irritates the nerves distributed to i^ neighborhood, 
 and is not diflRcult to remove ; but when it occurs towards the close 
 of some acute and gi-ave disease, it is sometimes a sign that dissolu- 
 tion is at hand. 
 
 Treatment. — Startle the person suffering, by exciting surprise, or 
 fear, or anger; or let a few small draughts of cold water l)e taken in 
 quick succession; or, let the brf;ath be held as long as possible. If 
 the stomach is sour, take a te».jpoonful of bicarbonate of soda, dis- 
 solved in half a tumblerful ot cold water. To expel wind from the 
 stomach, if it be present, take some warm aromatic essence of pep- 
 permint, ether, or conpound spirits of lavender. But one of the 
 most effectual remedies is heavy pressure made upon the collar hones. 
 It is simple, and very effectual. Cocaine, one-eighth grain every fif- 
 teen minutes, is a very simple and often efficacious remedy. 
 
 Fainting. — Syncope. 
 
 Fainting is preceded by a distress .about the heart, a swimming 
 of the- head, sometimes sickness at the stomach, colt'ness of the hands 
 and feet, and a loss of sight, or a sense of things growing dark. The 
 breathing diminishes, the pulse becomes small, the face deadly pale, 
 and the patient wilts down, and becomes more or less unconscious of 
 what is passing around. 
 
 Whatever causes debility, particularly of the nervous system, will 
 
 -weic- 
 
200 
 
 DIBRA8C8 OK THE BHAIN AND NKHVB8. 
 
 predispoHe to fainting. Peraons much wetiktuuMl l)y dlHeivHc, faint 
 easily, especially when tiiey attempt to stand Htill. When on their 
 feet, such persouH HJiould keep moving. Fainting Ih HonietinieH in- 
 duced by Hudden surpriHeH and eniotionH, hy violent pains, by the 
 aight of human blood, and by irritation of tlie coats of the stomach 
 by indigestible food. 
 
 Treatment. — I^ay the ]>atient upon the baek,with the head low; let 
 freah air into tlie room instantly, and apply gentle friction. Sprinkle 
 a little coM water upon the face, and hold spirits of camplutr, etlier, 
 hartshorn, or vinegar to the nose, — rubbing a little of the spirits of 
 camphor U})on the forehead, and about the nostrils. As soon iis tiie 
 ptitient can swallow, give a teaspoonful of compound spirits ot lav- 
 ender, with ten drops of water of ammonia in it. 
 
 Persons subject to fainting should not go into crowded assenihlies 
 where the air is biid ; neither should they wear tight dresses, or allow 
 themselves to get excited. Cold bathing, a well-regulated diet, and 
 vegetable tonics, will do much to break up the habit. 
 
 V 
 
 \ 
 
 Dizziness of the Head. — Vertigo. 
 
 This affection makes objects which are stationary appear as if 
 moving, or as the phrase is, " turning round." When seized with it, 
 one will have a sensation as if falling, and objects about him will 
 seem to be in motion. 
 
 It is caused by irritation of the nerves of the stomach in dvspep- 
 sia, by long application of the mind, by a weakened nervous system, 
 by hysterics, and by a fulness of the blood-vessels of the head. 
 When it proceeds from most of these causes, it is not dangerous ; but 
 when caused by impending apoplexy, it is a symptom of very serious 
 import. 
 
 f Treatment. — Find out the cause and remove that, and the dizzi- 
 / BjBss will disappear. If it come from dyspepsia, eat lightly ; if from 
 ' costiveness, open the bowels either by coarse food, by daily cold 
 \ water injections, or by some gentle physic. Avoid coffee, ardent 
 I spirits and late suppers, and take much exercise. Keep the feet 
 
 Iwarm, and the head cool. See to the liver ^d heart. 
 
 / 
 
 Disturbed Sleep. — Nijr'- 
 
 .. — Incubus. 
 
 In this complaint the sleep is di generally by some fright- 
 
 ful image. Whatever of an alarm. ^naracter is presented to the 
 raind in sleep, causes fear, or some other painful emotion, the same 
 as when awake. And when the attempt is made to resist, or to flee 
 from the danger, it is ineffectual, because the muscles are locked fast 
 in sleep. The fear being increased by the inability to escape, the 
 sleeper makes all sorts of horrible noises, indicating distress of mind. 
 The danger seen is as real to the sleeper as if he were awake, and he 
 
niBEAHES OF THE BKAIN AND NEKVB8. 
 
 201 
 
 AciiHo, faint 
 iMi on tlieir 
 uutinieH in- 
 liiis, by tho 
 he Htomach 
 
 !ad low ; let 
 I. Sprinklo 
 |»li()r, otlicr, 
 w Hpii'iUt (if 
 8()on aH tli(5 
 irits ot lav- 
 
 [ asseuiblies 
 es, or allow 
 d diet, and 
 
 ppear an if 
 zed with it, 
 ut him will 
 
 in dvspep- 
 3U8 system, 
 the head, 
 jerous ; but 
 rery serious 
 
 :i the dizzi 
 |ly ; if from 
 laily cold 
 :ee, ardent 
 sp the feet 
 
 / 
 
 9US. 
 
 bme fright- 
 Ited to the 
 the same 
 , or to flee 
 locked fast 
 Escape, the 
 Is of mind. 
 Ike, and he 
 
 tries to do jiiHt what he would if awake. Sometiniea the Nonsution is 
 that some h(!avy weij;fht, or perhaps some horribh' monster, is iipoii 
 the breast, nearly pressing the brcatii out of the l)0(iy. 
 
 At times, the power of motion 'is not almcnt, and then disturbed 
 dreams may eanse one t(» talk, or to rise and walk, or run. Children 
 will laugh or cry, or scream, which shows that their minds are agi- 
 tated by different passions. Persons who indulge gloomy ..nd troub. 
 lous thoughts in their waking hours are apt to be disturbed with 
 sleep-walking, sleep-talking, and frightful drear.is, as of falling down 
 precipices, during the hours for repose. 
 
 There is nothing very wonderful al)out these disturbances of sleep. 
 It is only neciessary that there should be an unusual sensitiveness of 
 the brain, or that a hearty supper, eaten late, should irritate the 
 nerves of the stomach, atul that distressing tlioughts should be dwelt 
 upon during the day and evening, in order to produce all the walk- 
 ing, talking, dreaming of hobgoblins, shipwrecks, fires and polar 
 beai-s, which distress so many unfortunate sleepers. 
 
 In night-walking there is simply a little more wakefulness than in 
 night-talking, and in this latter, more than when one falls from a high 
 place, and in this perhaps slightly more than in real ineuhuif, when 
 one is in tin greatest peril, but cannot move at all. 
 
 Treatment. — When sleeping persons groan, or make any noise 
 indicating nightmare, shake them, and they will come out of it at 
 once. As these troubles are often caused by a weakened still e of 
 the nerves, much out-door exercise should be taken. The diet should 
 l)e simple, and well regulated. The suppers should be light, and 
 never taken late. The evening should be spent in some pleasant 
 amusement, which will drive awoy care ; and the last hours of wake- 
 fulness be occupied with pleasant reflections. One afflicted witli 
 nightmare should not lie upon the back, nor with the hands over the 
 head. Acidity of the stomach, and costiveness, if they exist, should 
 be removed by neutralizing mixture. 
 
 Headaches. 
 
 These are not alwajrs caused by disorders of the brain and nerves, 
 but they frequently are, and this seems the proper place to speak of 
 them. 
 
 It is unwise ever to neglect headaches. They are sources of great 
 suffering, and often lead to serious derangements of the health. In 
 childhood they have a more serious meaning than in adult life. 
 They often indicate the approach of scarlet fever, or measles, or of 
 other diseases. 
 
 Headaches are more common among the civilized than the uncivil- 
 ized ; more frequent among females than among males ; among those 
 of sensitive feeling than among the more obtuse ; among those who 
 think much than among those who think little ; among the sedentary 
 than among the active. 
 
 •■Sfssssr- 
 
 ....ikU~kiMi»^' ^ 
 
202 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIK AND NERVES. 
 
 ni 
 
 Causes of Headaches. -They are dependent on various causes, 
 as derangement of the circulating system, of the digestive organs, of 
 the nervous system, etc. Among those dependent on disturbance of 
 the circulation, are 
 
 Headaches from Eye Diseases. — Myopia, or nearnsightedness ; 
 Hypermetropia, or far-sightedness ; Astigmatism, or the inability to 
 see equally well horizontel and vertical lines, as well as other irieg- 
 ularities of vision, are frequent sources of headache. These head- 
 aches are caused by overtaxing certain groups of muscles, or by fixing 
 the eyes too long on one objective point, as experienced in prolonged 
 study or reading, especially under unfavorable circumstances. These 
 headaches are more or less similar in their symptomatology. The 
 ache is generally dull, situated mostly in forehead and over eyes, but 
 may also be spread from base of brain to the eyes ; oftentimes it is 
 accompanied by nausea, especially after prolonged use of eyes under 
 improper conditions. 
 
 The treatment of these headaches consists in absolute rest of the 
 eye, in case of overwork, and the fitting, by a competent oculist, of 
 such glasses as will rectify the irregularity in the eye proper. 
 
 Astigmatism is a common source of headaches, and often is so in- 
 sidious in its development as to escape attention. A rough test 
 may be made by drawing several horizon*^"' and several vertical 
 lines in close proximity, and then placing pt fio»;>e distance (15 to 20 
 feet) from the eye. If either set cannot i « as clearly seen without 
 blurring as the other, you have good cause t,^ su' iect Astigmatism, 
 and should consult an oculist. Do not dally .„i these eye-head- 
 aches, as you will be doing -v permanent injury to your eyes. 
 
 Tea and Coffee Headaches — In the nervous, and oftentimes in 
 the gouty and rheumatic person, the use of tea or coffee will cause 
 violent headaches. Tobacco likewise after prolonged use shows a 
 tendency to head'^ches. The ie luxuries of life should be discontin- 
 ued at once for at least or j month. An extra strong cup of black 
 coffee, to be sure, will stop the headache for the time being, but only 
 adds fuel to the fjre in the long run. Bromo-caffeine, as ordinarily 
 sold by the druggists, taken in teaspoonful doses every half hour, 
 will relieve the malady. We would strongly advise any one that has 
 constant or periodical headaches, if he uses eithe" tea or coffee, and 
 especially coffee, to leave them off entirely for three months. It may 
 be the sole cause, and if caused by tea or coffee, there is no possi- 
 bility of their cure by medicines while you continue their use. 
 
 Plethoric Headaches. — These are dependent on a general fulness 
 of blood. They are of two kinds. One is occasional, and lasts but 
 a few hours. The other lasts for dajrs or weeks. It occurs most 
 often in the night or morning. Persons whose occupations require 
 stooping have it most. A little dizziness is generally felt on rising 
 up from a stooping posture. It is brought on by the bad air of 
 
DISEABKH OK THE BKAIN AND NKRVE8. 
 
 203 
 
 •10U8 causeH, 
 fe organs, of 
 sturbance of 
 
 sightedness ; 
 
 inability to 
 
 other irieg- 
 
 These head- 
 
 or by fixing 
 
 in prolonged 
 
 nces. These 
 
 ology. The 
 
 krer eyes, but 
 
 sntimes it is 
 
 f eyes under 
 
 rest of the 
 it oculist, of 
 oper. 
 
 'ten is so in- 
 . rough test 
 eral vertical 
 ce (15 to 20 
 seen without 
 astigmatism, 
 sse eye-head- 
 yes. 
 
 tentimes in 
 ; will cause 
 jse shows a 
 >e discontin- 
 up of black 
 ig, but only 
 ordinarily 
 
 half hour, 
 ne that has 
 
 coffee, and 
 It may 
 
 is no possi- 
 
 use. 
 
 sral fulness 
 lasts but 
 
 Bcurs most 
 
 |)ns require 
 on rising 
 
 I bad air of 
 
 crowded rooms, and is attended by costive bowels, short breath, and 
 a white furred tongue. 
 
 Tfie persistent headache is accompanied by a sense of fulness, and 
 sometimes of throbbing over the brows and temples, with a sensation 
 of dizziness, and of mist before the eyes. The sufferer feara exertion 
 and is constantly looking for a rush of blood to the head. Nature 
 sometimes relieves this form of headache by a diarrhoea, or by bleed- 
 ing from the nose. 
 
 There is another form of plethoric headache, differing slightly from 
 the above, in which there is too much blood, and it is made too fast, 
 but it does not circulate so rapidly. The muscles are not very firm, 
 and the heart does not propel the blood with much force. This form 
 of headache is connected with congestion. 
 
 Headaches of Indigestion. — These are caused either by taking 
 improper articles of food, or by eating too much of those which are 
 proper. The sensation in the head is not always a pain, but some- 
 times only a dull weight, attended by languor and disinclination for 
 exertion ; a tongue white in the centre, and pale red at the tip and 
 edges ; cold and numb fingers ; slight nausea ; languid and feeble 
 pulse ; dim and indistinct sight ; eyes aching when employed ; and 
 difficulty in fixing the attention. 
 
 Sick Headaclie. — This has received its name from the constant 
 nausea or sickness at the stomach which attends the pain in the 
 hf ^d. 
 
 This headache is apt to begin in the morning, on waking from a 
 deep sleep, or after sleeping in a close room, and when some irregu- 
 larity of diet has been committed on the day before, or for several 
 previous days. At first there is a distressingly oppressive feeling in 
 the head, which gradually merges into a severe, heavy pain in the 
 temples, frequently attended by a sense of fulness and tenderness in 
 one eye, and extending across the forehead. There is a clammy, un- 
 pleasant taste in the mouth, an offensive breath, and the tongue cov- 
 ered with a yellowish-white fur. The sufferer desires to be alone, 
 and in the dark. The hands and feet are cold and moist, and the 
 pulse feeble. 
 
 Accompanying these symptoms, there is a depressing sickness at 
 the stomach, which is increased by sitting up, or moving about. 
 After a time, vomiting comes, and relief is obtained. 
 
 Bilious Headaclie. — This is most common in summer and au- 
 tumn. It a^icts persons of dark complexion with black hair and 
 melancholy dispositions. There are two kinds, one is due to an ac- 
 cumulation of bile in the system ; the ^<ther, to a large secretion of 
 bile. 
 
 Ir; the first variety the skin is dingy and sallow, the spirits de- 
 pressed, the bowels costive, and there is wind in the stomach, with a 
 dull, aching pain on the right shoulder. The pain is in the forehead, 
 
204 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 
 eyebrows and eyelids, and the " white of the eye " is a little yellow- 
 ish. The tongue has a brown fur, and is cracked in the centre. 
 There is a bitter taste in the mouth on waking in the morning, after 
 restless nights, and frightful dreams. 
 
 In the second variety, which is due to an " overflow of bile," the 
 symptoms are much like those of the first kind, but the pain is not so 
 continuous. In addition to the symptoms named, there is a throb- 
 bing, rending pain in the head, the skin is hot and the face flushv 1, 
 the limbs are sore, and there is a luminous halo or ring around ob- 
 jects looked at, and a feeling of giddiness. 
 
 Nervous Headaches. — These are more common among females 
 than males. They occur most frequently among persons of high sus- 
 ceptibility, who are easily elevated, and as easily depressed. They 
 are often connected with indigestion. 
 
 The pain is usually acute and darting, and is made worse by light, 
 with a feeling as if the temples were, being " pressed together," and 
 a " swimminess " in the head. There is sometimes a sense of sink- 
 ing, with a dread of falling, and great despondency and restlessness. 
 The bowels are generally costive, and the sight dim. The pain comes 
 on most commonly in the morning, lasts through the day, and abates 
 in the evening. 
 
 Hysteric Headache There is a nervous headache dependent on 
 
 the hysterical condition. It is generally confined to one small spot, 
 frequently over the eyebrow, and is sometimes compared to a wedge 
 or nail driven into the skull. 
 
 Headache from Exhaustion. — Still another species of nervous 
 headache arises from extreme exhaustion, produced by great loss of 
 blood, by diarrhoea, or by over-suckling. The pain is generally on 
 the top of the skull, and is often compared to the beating of a small 
 hammer on the head. 
 
 Brow Ague. — This is intermittent in its character, and is brought 
 on b}' exposure to cold and moisture in damp and marshy districts ; 
 and in this respect is much like ague. 
 
 Meg^rims. — This is most frequent among females. It is often de- 
 pendent on the same causes as Brow Ague, and is also produced by 
 long and exhausting watching over sick children, distress of mind, 
 and indigestion. 
 
 In both the above forms, the pain is intermittent, seldom lasting 
 long, but being of a sharp, piercing character like that of tic doulou- 
 reux. Tin pain of Megrims usually begins at the inner angle of the 
 eye, and extends towards the nose ; the parts being red and sore, and 
 the eye-ball tender. In Brow Ague, pain and great tenderness cover 
 an entire half of the head, compared by the patient, sometimes, to 
 " an opening and shutting of the skull." It begins with a creeping 
 sensation over the scalp. 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 205 
 
 ie yellow- 
 be centre, 
 ling, after 
 
 bile," the 
 1 is not so 
 i a throb- 
 ie flushv 1, 
 round oh- 
 
 g females 
 
 high 8U8- 
 
 id. They 
 
 J by light, 
 ther," and 
 e of sink- 
 jtlessness. 
 lain comes 
 bud abates 
 
 endent on 
 mall spot, 
 ) a wedge 
 
 nervous 
 it loss of 
 erally on 
 
 a small 
 
 brought 
 iistricts ; 
 
 often de- 
 duced by 
 of mind, 
 
 lasting 
 I doulou- 
 Jle of the 
 lore, and 
 tes cover 
 limes, to 
 ireeping 
 
 Rheumatic Headaches. — These generally affect persons who have 
 been subject to rheumatism, and are often brought on by uncovering 
 the head when sweating. The pain is usually in the brow, (he tem- 
 ples, or the back of the head, and is dull and aching, — rather an in- 
 tense soreness than a real pain ; and the painful part is excessively 
 tender upon pressure. The skin is moist, but not hotter than natural. 
 
 Treatment. — In considering the treatment, I will take up the same 
 order in which I have spoken of the different forms of headache. 
 
 Plethoric Headaches. — Not much medicine should be taken for 
 these, if it can be avoided. A diuretic (131) may be taken twice a 
 day, and an occasional dose of gentle physic at night, followed by (7) 
 in the morning. This will generally give great relief. 
 
 Meat should be taken but once a day, and the whole diet should 
 l)e spare, the appetite never being fully satisfied. All spirituous drinks, 
 including distilled and fermented, should be let alone, and coffee like- 
 wise. 
 
 Much exercise should be taken in the open air. The hair should 
 be kept short, and the head elevated during sleep. Bleeding at the 
 no3e, when it occurs, must not be too suddenly stopped. Two drops 
 of the tincture of aconite root with three of the fluid extract of gel- 
 semium repeated once a half hour for three or four times will be 
 found to be of great value in the treatment of this form of headache. 
 
 The hot-water bottle applied' to thr o part of the spine between the 
 head and shoulder blades will also give great relief. 
 
 Congestive Headaches. — The exercise, diet, mode of sleeping, 
 etc., should be the same as in plethoric headaches. In this complaint, 
 there is too much blood in the head, and it inclines to stagnate. The 
 feet and hands are cold ; and gloves and stockings of wool, and other 
 bad conductors of heat from the body, must be worn. 
 
 Occasionally a little gentle physic (319) is desirable to induce the 
 bowels to act every day. If there is great debility, iron (71), (74), 
 (75), (320), will be required. The ic3 bag applied to the last six or 
 eight inches of the spine will call the blood to the extremities. The 
 aconite and gelsemium recipe as given above is also very useful. 
 
 Headache of Indigestion. — If the pain come immediately after a 
 meal, and can be traced to something eaten, an emetic (2) may be 
 taken, if the person be tolerably strong. If the pain come on some 
 hours after eating, take rhubarb and magnesia (28), (14), or fluid 
 magnesia. \VTien the system is debilitated, take a warm draught 
 (322) in the morning after a light breakfast, or twice a day, a bitter 
 with an alkali (323). If the stomach be very irritable, bismuth, at 
 meal times (324), (326). When it occurs after a debauch, take re- 
 cipe (325). 
 
 Sick Headache. — When it results from food taken, a draught of 
 warm chamomile tea, or a little weak brandy-and-water, will generally 
 
 :<1 
 
 PI 
 
206 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BKAIN AND MEKVEU. 
 
 I it 
 
 / r 
 
 give relief. If the sickness continue, soda and water, with a little 
 ginger may do well, or a mustard poultice upon the stomach (166) 
 may be required. As soon as it can be kept on the stomach, a dose 
 of physic (826) must be tivken ; and if relief does not come after the 
 operation of this, give a bitter and an aromatic (327). The patient 
 must have perfect rest. If there be great lack of tone in the system, 
 the mineral acids (328), (329) will be excellent. 
 
 The diet must he carefully regulated, Jis in plethoric and conges- 
 tive headaches. Cocaine, one-eighth grain every fifteen minutes till 
 the nausea stops, and then a dose of physic is an excellent method of 
 treatment. Ten grains of amenonol (ammonol) every hour will 
 stop the pain, and very often tlie same amount of phenacetine will 
 accomplish the same result. 
 
 Bilious Headaches. — These are generally connected, more or less, 
 with some affection of the liver. 
 
 During an attack, if the suffering be great, attended by nausea, 
 give an emetic (2). In milder cases, give Tecipe (321). If there be 
 costiveness, give recipe (330) at night, and (7) in the morning. 
 
 A few doses of podophyllin, leptandrin, etc. (34), (36), (39), to re- 
 lieve the liver when the bile does not flow fast enough, will diminish 
 the frequency and force of the attack. The fluid extract of dande- 
 lion, taken for some time, often does good service. 
 
 The diet should be light, and chiefly vegetable, and exercise in tlie 
 open air must not be omitted. The daily sponge-bath, with friction, 
 is excellent, 
 
 Nervous Headaclies. — The first thing to be done is to relieve the 
 pain, and this may generally be accomplished either by preparation 
 (331), or (332), or (333), or (88), or (93), or two or three drops of 
 tincture of nux vomica in a spoonful of water, taken three times a 
 day. 351 will be found usually to be of most service. 
 
 In simple nervous headache, diet is of the greatest importance ; in 
 hysterical cases, exercise ; in headaches from exhaustion, tonics (81), 
 (79), r63), (73), (64), (61), (60). 
 
 Of the simple remedies found on the druggists' counter bromide 
 of caffein in effervescent form is very efficacious. 
 
 Riieumatic Headaches. — Take a light diet, with but little animal 
 food. Wear warm clothing, and avoid exposure to wet feet and damp- 
 ness generally, and go to a mild climate, if convenient. 
 
 When the local pain is great, apply hot fomentations, or a stimula- 
 ting liniment (334), or a mustard poultice, to the back of the neck. 
 In the beginning of the treatment, a little physic at night (335) is 
 useful. 10 grs. potassium iodide, gradually increased, in water, is 
 the best medicine. 
 
 Before closing this chapter on headaches, let me enter a respectful 
 protest against the indiscriminate use of the thousand and one reme- 
 dies advertised to cure headaches ; for in a great majority of cases it 
 
with a little 
 omach (166) 
 mach, a doso 
 >me after tlie 
 The patient 
 1 the system, 
 
 and conges- 
 minutes till 
 it method of 
 y hour will 
 lacetine will 
 
 nore or less, 
 
 by nausea, 
 If there be 
 jrning. 
 (39), to re- 
 ill diminish 
 b of dande- 
 
 rcise in the 
 th friction, 
 
 relieve the 
 jreparation 
 36 drops of 
 3e times a 
 
 rtance ; in 
 nics (81), 
 
 sr bromide 
 
 tie animal 
 md danip- 
 
 a stimula- 
 the neck. 
 ; (335) is 
 water, is 
 
 •espectful 
 •ne reme- 
 f cases it 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 207 
 
 given away by patent ^edi^Cl^L'^^^^^^^ 
 cures for headaches. These vendera hav?l ''''""*^'^«^ ^heir specific 
 since the introduction into LlSrof thA Ti '" '^"'"''«^« "^ ^^^e, 
 samples of headache cures may S found "°^^-<^'; Products, so that 
 little while. For the molt Z7 thJ °" ''"^^ doorsteps every 
 
 H. acetenilide or antiSnr^cauro'f T^^^ "^ ^^** '^ ^"«^^ 
 with other coal-tar producte It l\ cheapness as compared 
 
 them all,oftencausing Wueness of tt'T'^'^fl'^" ""^^^ ^^™f"l of 
 dizziness, faintness, etc^ W other 8imS«r^^''/"?"""«^ °^ *^« heart 
 ger may be expected, and yet no on^oulbf ^^^^^^ "'"^^ '^^°- 
 
 without the consent and a^ppiSri of thf f^.^r*'? ^ *''" ^^"^^dies 
 of phenacetine for an aduKDeated f^"/"""^^ Physician. 8 grains 
 will cure more headaches of ^1 5^117° ^?"' *'°'^' ^« doubt 
 drug. LactopheninandLlnolaresirn7.^" '^^ °'^^^ «^"^^« 
 headache which have the ^^^1^ J^ Jf ^^"^^^ "^"^^dies for 
 duct« without any of their iScte AnfT^ '^'^'"* ^ ««^^-*^^ P^o- 
 cine of the coal-tar group, enioys a Jart^ff^ ' proprietaiy medi- 
 but for general neuralgic pa n and,???' "1 '^"^^ ^°' headaches 
 eve^two to four houS a?^rdL"g^o^K TrL^t-^^^^^ ^°- 
 stop a large proportion of these aches ^^^f^^^^.'^^ "^ the pain, will 
 the bromides are always safe and nffl ^ ^^'^""^ combinations of 
 aches, especially if neTe-elemen? is Itrnr ' !?"''^* ^" ^'^""^ head- 
 caffein, bromoieltzer, bromc^oda eiV '^''' '^T''''''' ^romo- 
 small bottles in an eff rvesc'rand' p^iaS: f^"'"^ ^^' "^ ^ 
 
 «.Ts>^!S5;3aiEEas3 
 
DISEASES OF THE THEOAT. 
 
 The diseases which seat themselves in the throat, and in the great 
 cavity of the chest, have occupied a large share of my attention for 
 the last ten years. My practice in these complaints has been largo, 
 — being drawn from every part of the United States, and the British 
 Provinces. No class of diseases from which men suffer are more nu- 
 merous than these, and none have so generally baffled the skill of the 
 profession. For this reason, I wish to present here a brief, practical, 
 and common-sense view of these complaints, which shall be of real 
 value to the thousands of families who consult these pages. 
 
 Increase of Throat Diseases. — A striking increase in the number 
 of throat diseases has been witnessed within the last few years. A 
 person suffering from any of them will find, on speaking of his com- 
 plaint, that a number of his neighbors are afflicted with troubles of a 
 similar kind. I have thought that in some of their forms these dis- 
 eases have fastened upon the throats of not less than half our popu- 
 lation. And when it is considered that they are the natural, and if 
 unmolested, the certain harbingers of lung disease, it is wise to make 
 a note of the above fact. As I shall describe them in the nasal cavi- 
 ties, the pharynx, the fauces, etc., they all have a natural proclivity 
 downwards. From these upper cavities they pass, by one short step, 
 into the larynx, — the cavity where the voice is formed, — and then, 
 by another equally short and easy stage, into the body of the wind- 
 pipe. It is a singular fact that their progress is always from the 
 upper breathing passages downward, and never from the lower pas- 
 sages upward. They afford a parallel to the order of progression in 
 the moral world, in which evil tendencies are toward a lower depth. 
 
 A Mistake Corrected. — Before describing the several diseases 
 which belong to this family, I wish to correct the mistake which so 
 generally classes them all under the term Bronchitis. 
 
 They all consist in a simple inflammation, acute or chronic, either 
 of the mucous membrane lining the several cavities to be spoken of, 
 or of the small glands or follicles connected with that membrane ; 
 and each disease takes its name from its particular location. Thus, 
 the inflammation of the membrane lining the upper part of the throat, 
 or pharynx, is called Pharyngitis. Inflammation in the top of the 
 
 208 
 
i. -..JiBMH 
 
 in the great 
 itention for 
 been largi;, 
 
 the British 
 re more nu- 
 
 skill of the 
 jf, practical, 
 . be of real 
 
 the number 
 V years. A 
 of his corn- 
 roubles of a 
 IS these dis- 
 f our popu- 
 iural, and if 
 ise to make 
 nasal cavi- 
 |1 proclivity- 
 short step, 
 and then, 
 the wind- 
 Is from the 
 lower pas- 
 jgression in 
 |wer depth. 
 
 il diseases 
 |e which so 
 
 bnic, either 
 spoken of, 
 lembrane ; 
 hn. Thus, 
 
 (the throat, 
 pop of the 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THHOAT. 
 
 windpipe, or larynx, is Laryngitis. In the windpipe, or trachea, it ia 
 IVachitis. In the bronchial tubes, it is Bronchitis. As the bronchial 
 tubes exist nowhere except in the lungs, below the division of the 
 windpipe, there can be no Bronchitis in the throat. Nevertheless, it 
 is the same disease with Laryngitis and Pharyngitis, and differs from 
 them only in being in a more dangerous place. 
 
 As the windpipe descends into the chest, it divides below the top 
 of the breast-bone into two branches, one going into the right, the 
 other into the left lung. These branches divide and subdivide very 
 minutely, and send their ramifications into every part of the pulmon- 
 ary tissue. Thus situated, Meckel has compared the windpipe to a 
 
 Fro. 86. 
 
 hollow tree with the top turned downward, — the larjmx and trachea 
 representing the trunk, and the bronchial tubes, with their innumera- 
 ble subdivisions, the branches and twigs. (Fig. 86.) 
 
 If the reader will now understand that the trunk and branches of 
 this bronchial tree 're hollow throughout, and lined with a delicate 
 and smooth mucous membrane, and that the diseases to be described 
 are inflammation either upon this membrane or the small glands con- 
 nected with it, causing swelling,Tedness, unhealthy discharges, rough- 
 ness, etc., he will have a good general idea of them. 
 
 Nasal Catarrh. 
 
 I TAKE these diseases in the order of their location. Nasal Catarrh 
 consists in inflammation, which begins behind and a little above the 
 
 ■WRSrTBBBSSSS!?' 
 
310 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 m 
 
 veil of the palate, and extends upward from thence into the nose. It 
 is an exceedingly troublesome complaint, and afflicts great numbers. 
 It passes under the name of Catarrh in the Head. 
 
 The inflammation is not confined to the nasal cavities. It extends 
 frequently to the air-cavities, called antrums and ainvses, which cover 
 a considerable portion of the face, and extend to the lower part of the 
 forehead. Persons sometimes feel as if their whole face were in- 
 volved in the disease, and were almost in a state of rottenness, — so 
 great is the amount of matter discharged from the head. Such free 
 discharges cannot be wondered at when we reflect that all the air 
 cavities in the face are lined with the same mucous membrane which 
 lines the nose, and that they all communicate w ith the nasal cavities. 
 
 The " horn ail," among cattle, is a similar inflammation of the inner 
 surface of the horns ; and the " horse distemper " is an inflammation of 
 the air cavities in the head of the horse, and is much the same disease 
 with our catarrh in the head. 
 
 The catarrh often creates a perpetual desire to gtoallow, and gives 
 the feeling, as patients express it, " as if something were sticking in the 
 upper part of the throat" 
 
 When the inflammation has existed a long time, and ulceration 
 has taken place, puriform matter is secreted, and drops down into the 
 throat, much to the discomfort of the patient. Indeed, this is one of 
 the most distressing features of the complaint, as this matter often 
 descends into the stomach in large quantities, causing frequent vom- 
 iting, and a general derangement of the health. Many times the suf- 
 ferer can only breathe with the mouth open. Upon rising in the 
 morning a great effort is required to clear the head and the extreme 
 upper part of the throat. There is occasionally a feeling of pressure 
 and tightness across the upper part of the nose ; and the base of the 
 brain sometimes suffers in such a way as to induce headache, vertigo, 
 and confusion. The smell is frequently destroyed, and sometimes 
 the taste. The inflammation sometimes gets into the Eustachian 
 tubes, the mouths of which are behind and a little above the veil of 
 the palate, and extends up the lining membrane to the drum of the 
 ear, causing pain or deafness, and occasionally both. In addition to 
 this catalogue of evils, there is often added inflammation and elon- 
 gation of the uvula or soft palate. 
 
 Treatment. — The following is a fair illustration of my mode of 
 treatment: — 
 
 Mr. , of Boston, came under treatment for a bad case of ca- 
 tarrh in the head, complicated with follicular disease of the pharynx, 
 or upper part of the throat. In addition to nearly all the symptoms 
 mentioned above, he had a stench from the nose exceedingly offen- 
 sive to all about him. So much had the disease worn upon him that 
 he had become bilious, sallow, dejected, and low in strength and flesh. 
 
 When it is said that to all these were added a cough and loss of aj)- 
 petite, with insidious approaches of hectic, it will not be surprising 
 
BT?-,-^ 
 
 DISEASES OF THP! THROAT. 
 
 211 
 
 the nose. It 
 it numbers. 
 
 It extends 
 wrhich cov(!r 
 : part of the 
 ce were in- 
 snness, — so 
 Such free 
 / all the air 
 brane which 
 isal cavities. 
 of the inner 
 immation of 
 lame disease 
 
 ', and gives 
 ioking in the 
 
 I ulceration 
 
 wn into the 
 
 lis is one of 
 
 latter often 
 
 quent vom- 
 
 nes the suf- 
 
 jing in the 
 
 le extreme 
 
 of pressure 
 
 jase of the 
 
 he, vertigo, 
 
 sometimes 
 
 Eustachian 
 
 the veil of 
 
 •um of the 
 
 ,ddition to 
 
 and elon- 
 
 ly mode of 
 
 [a&e of ca- 
 pharynx, 
 [symptoms 
 iigly offen- 
 him that 
 I and flesh, 
 [loss of aj)- 
 surprising 
 
 tliat his friends saw the most serious results impending, even tliougli 
 assured by me that the disease had not yet tiikisu a firm hold of Km 
 lungs. The first tiling done for him was to cut <»ff the uvula. Five 
 days after, I began to bathe the whole nasal cavity, thiee times a 
 week, with a shower syringe, by pushing the smooth bulb up behind 
 the veil of the palate, and throwing instantaneously a most dv<^licate 
 shower of medicated fluid up both sides of the septum. The upper 
 part of the throat was likewise bathed by the use of a shower syringe 
 made expressly for that part, and the larynx, or place where the voice 
 is formed, by a long, bent instrument made to reach this part of the 
 tliroat. The solution used consisted of half a dram of crystals of ni- 
 trate of silver dissolved in one ounce of soft water. 
 
 The nitrate of silver powder was inhaled once a day with the pow- 
 der inhaler. In this way the nasal cavities and throat were kept 
 cleansed, and the articles used gradually subdued the inflammation, 
 setting up a new and healthful action in place of the diseased one. 
 The stomach was relieved of the offensive matter which had daily 
 and nightly gone down into it, and the system of the poisonous ef- 
 fects of its absorption. The great danger which threatened the lungs, 
 and which would soon have been realized in their destruction, passed 
 away. The skin gradually resumed its P'-oper color ; the aopetite, 
 flesh, spirits, and strength came back, and Mr. B. has been oince in 
 the enjoyment of good health,. pursuing his business cheerfully. 
 
 When the above treatment fails, as it does occasionally, I am in 
 the habit of changing the solution, using sometimes a weak solution 
 of acid nitrate of mercury, twenty drops to an ounce of water. In 
 other cases, a solution of sulphate of zinc serves a good purpose. A 
 dilution of the tincture of arnica-flowers is a preparation of some 
 value in these cases. There are other preparations, too numerous to 
 mention, which I am in tKe habit of using. I will add, that the 
 nitrate of silver powder, snuffed once a day, a pinch at a time, is far 
 more successful than any other snuff ever made, but should be used 
 only in severe cases» and with caution. 
 
 Nasal catarrh is such a common affliction in the Eastern States, as 
 to be a widespread curse. Douching the nose with salt and water 
 (warmed) cleanses the nose of the foul mucus. The douche should 
 be from a bag hanging only a little higher than the head, or it may be 
 given by means of a common, blunt-pointed syringe, care being taken 
 not to use too strong force, nor to point the syringe in the direction 
 of the eyes. The stream of water should be directed straight ahead 
 parallel with the floor ; the mouth must be open, and the patient as- 
 sume the position of the countryman when gazing or gauking at the 
 sights on his first visit to the city. The water then runs down the 
 throat and also out of the other nostril. This process should be em- 
 ployed on both sides till the head is clean. The cablets put up by all 
 wholesale druggists, called "Carl Seller's alkaliae tablets," is the best 
 remedy for a nasal douche. The subsequent treatment is best ad- 
 
 !t-?«?«H9SSS? 
 
212 
 
 DI8EA8RR OF THR THROAT. 
 
 W1 
 
 vised b}' a physician, and usually consistH in thu use of soiue inloila- 
 tion or spray. 
 
 Inflammation of the Pharynx. — Pharyngitis. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the upper and back part of the throat, 
 or all that part which can be teen when the mouth is stretched open. 
 It causes a redness of the mucous membrane lining the part, which 
 is deep in proportion to the intensity of the inflammation. This 
 complaint is generally connected with the one I am about to desciilMi; 
 and since the treatment is the same the reader is referred to what 
 next follows. 
 
 Adenoid Growths. 
 
 In young children a very disagreeable catarrhal affection often ex- 
 ists in the naso-pharynx just behind and above the uvula. This is 
 caused by continued catarrh till at last small growth's occur like 
 proud-flesh, and not infrequently block up the passage from the nose 
 to the mouth, to that extent that not only is loud snoring produced at 
 night, but breathing becomes difficult by day. In severe cases the njv 
 per jaw becomes angular, and the face assumes a peaked, pinched look. 
 These growths are extremely common in children, and are produc- 
 tive of much mischief. The inability, in severe cases, to properly 
 breathe deprives the lungs of their proper amount of oxygen, so that 
 the little one suffers in nutrition and growth. 
 
 Treatment consists in scraping away with a scoop, or even with 
 the finger, these soft, granulating masses. The effect is almost mar- 
 vellous : the child breathes quietly, without snoring, the color re- 
 turns to the cheeks, and the blood receives a new supply of food from 
 the full supply of oxygen. In modern times, nothing has been in- 
 augurated in the treatment of children's throat and nose diseases so 
 beneficial and happy. 
 
 Clergymen's Sore Throat. — Follicular Pharyngitis. 
 
 This disorder made its appearance in this country in 1830, and the 
 attention of the profession was first drawn to it, as a distinct disease, 
 in 1832. Some have supposed its origin to have had a hidden con- 
 nection with the epidemic influenza which spread over the civilized 
 world in 1830, and affected all classes of persons ; but this is only 
 conjecture. In its early developments it attracted notice chiefly by 
 its visitations upon the throats of the clergy. Hence its popular 
 name of Clergymen s Sore Throat. It was soon found, however, to at- 
 tack all classes of persons indiscriminately, whether engaged in any 
 calling which required a public exercise of the voice or otherwise. It 
 was noticed more by public speakers and singers, on account of the 
 greater inconvenience it gave them. 
 
 The disease consists in a chronic inflammation of the mucous fol- 
 
DI8EABBS OF THE THROAT. 
 
 918 
 
 tine iiilialii- 
 
 igitis. 
 
 tlio throat, 
 tched open, 
 part, which 
 tion. This 
 to descrilw; 
 ed to what 
 
 in often ex- 
 a. This is 
 occur like 
 ni the uose 
 iroduced at 
 vses the nj)- 
 iiched look, 
 ire produc- 
 to projiprly 
 jen, so that 
 
 even with 
 ilmost mar- 
 color re- 
 food from 
 been in- 
 Idiseases so 
 
 wngitis. 
 
 iO, and the 
 act disease., 
 Idden con- 
 civilized 
 kis is only 
 [chiefly by 
 popular 
 Iver, to at- 
 \d in any 
 prwise. It 
 it of the 
 
 Holes, or glands, connected with the mucous membrane which lines 
 the throat and windpipe. The ottice of these little glands is to secrete 
 ii fluid to lubricate the air pa.ssages. When inflamed, they spread an 
 acrid, irritating Huid over surrounding part8, which excites inflamma- 
 tion in them. Hence a geneml inflammation of the upper [)art of the 
 throat or pharyngitis usually attends the follicular diseiwe, and I 
 shall speak of the two together. This inflammation of the glands 
 and the membrane, being neglected, iis it generally is, lingers on from 
 month to month, or from year to year, making in some cases slow 
 progress, in othera more rapid, — made a little worse and its step 
 slightly quickened by every fresh cold, and finally results in ulcera- 
 tion. The expectoration thenceforwanl becomes puriform, and finally 
 undistinguishable from that of consumption, with all the symptoms 
 of which the patient finally dies. Indeed, l)efore its nature was un- 
 deiTntood by the profession, it wiw considered the most fatal form oi 
 consumption, l)ecause it could Ikj affected only in a very small de- 
 gree, if at all, by medicines taken into the general system. For the 
 milder cases one will find great comfort in the use of the troches of 
 cubebe and ammonia, the inhalation of benzoin with steaming water, 
 also from such throat-tablets as the Chloramine. 
 
 Inflammation of iVIucous Membrane and Qlands 
 of Larynx. — '■ Follicular Laryngitis. 
 
 A FEW strong and beautifully formed cartilages unite to form a 
 curious and convenient box or cavity at the top of the windpipe, 
 called the larynx. Across this enclosure are stretched two remark- 
 able ligaments, called the vocal cords. They are from half to three 
 quarters of an inch in length, and are rendered more or less tense by 
 the small muscles with which they are connected. Just above these 
 cords are two cavities, which, with the ligaments, act an important 
 part in the formation of the voice. Here is produced the sound, 
 which is modified and articulated by the tongue, the lips, and the 
 r.i'^al cavities. 
 
 When disease reaches this cavity, and the fluid secreted to lubri- 
 cate ihese cords becomes acrid, the voice, from this and other causes, 
 is made hoarse ; and when, at length, these ligaments are altered in 
 structure by inflammation and ulceration, the voice suffers a gradual 
 extinction. I haro treated a large number suffering entire loss of 
 voice, and am happy to say it has been generally restored, where the 
 lungs have not been involved in the disease, '^here is often also a 
 little sensitiveness, or even soreness, in some cases, in the region of 
 the larynx, which may be felt by pressing upon that prominence in 
 front of the throat, called Adam's apple. 
 
 icous fol- 
 
214 
 
 DI8RA8R8 OF TIIK THROAT. 
 
 t^ 
 
 Inflammation in the Windpipe.— Tracheitis. 
 
 This complaint and the one preceding it differ only in their local- 
 ity from those deHcribed in the upper cavities ; and they are more 
 alarming, IwcauHc two removes nearer the citadel of life. Happily, 
 we know that the seat of these diseases may be easily reached, and 
 we have a shower syringe, so arranged as to pour the remedial i.gent 
 directly upon them, without any loceniting disturbance of the parts. 
 
 Symptoms. — The approach of these disorder is often so insidious 
 as hardly to attract notice, — sometimes for. months, or even yeans, 
 giving no other evidence of their presence than the annoyance of 
 something in the throat to be swallowed or hawked up, — an increased 
 secretion of mucus, and a sense of wearisomeness and loss of power in 
 the throat, after public speaking, singing, or reading aloud. At 
 length, upon the taking of a severe cold, the prevalence of an epi- 
 demic influenza, or of an unexplained tendency of disease to the air- 
 passages and lungs, the throat of the patient suddenly becomes sore, 
 its secretions are increased and rendered more viscid, the voice grows 
 hoarse, the difficulty of speaking is aggravated, and what was only 
 an annoyance becomes an affliction, and a source of alarm and dan- 
 ger. These diseases clearly belong to the family of consumption, and 
 need early attention. 
 
 Causes. — It is amusing to reflect upon the theories which writers 
 were in the habit of constructing, a few years since, to account for 
 the throat affection among the clergy. It was attributed by some to 
 speaking too often, by others to speaking too loud. One class of 
 writers thought it arose from muffling the neck ; another, from a 
 strain of voice on the Sabbath to which it wajs not accustomed on 
 other days. 
 
 The cause lies deeper than any of these trifling things. As it con- 
 cerns ministers it may generally be expressed in two words, — labor, 
 anxiety. 
 
 The clerical order are placed just where they feel the force of the 
 high-pressure movements of the age. They are the only class of 
 recognized ingtructors of adult men, and are obliged to make great 
 exertions to meet the wanta of their position. The extremely trying 
 circumstances in which they are often placed, too, in these exciting 
 times, by questions which arise and threaten to rupture and destroy 
 their parishes, weigh heavily upon their spirits, and greatly depress 
 the vital powers. And when we add to this the fickle state of the 
 public mind, and often the shifting, fugitive character of a clergy- 
 man's dwelling place, and the consequent liability to poverty and want 
 to which himself and family are exposed, we have a list of depressing 
 causes powerfully predisposing to any form of disease which may 
 prevail. 
 
niSEASEB OF THE THROAT 
 
 216 
 
 heitis. 
 
 their looal- 
 y are more 
 Happily, 
 cached, and 
 ledial i.gent 
 f tlie parts. 
 
 so insidiouH 
 even years, 
 noyance of 
 bii increased 
 of power ill 
 vloud. At 
 I of an epi- 
 I to the air- 
 comes sore, 
 voice grows 
 it was only 
 n and dan- 
 [uption, and 
 
 lich writers 
 iccount for 
 by some to 
 
 e class of 
 ler, from a 
 
 tomed on 
 
 I As it con- 
 3, — labor, 
 
 |rce of the 
 class of 
 [ake great 
 |ely trying 
 exciting 
 Id destroy 
 ly depress 
 Ite of the 
 la clergy- 
 land want 
 Bpressing 
 lich may 
 
 It will Im) pardoned me, I think, if I Kuggest here, that tho nature 
 of a clergyman's calling is of so serioiiH a eh. \ctor, that ho some- 
 times (;arri(!H himself with too much Hcdateness, keeps himself too 
 much braced up, and does not allow himself hours enough of that 
 cheerful, light-hearted abandon, which is essential to the health of 
 every sedentary man of mental habits. The hard-thinking and hard- 
 working minister, who will retain his health and save his throat, must 
 have some moments, at UniHt, when the weighty responsibilities of his 
 oJfice are lifted up from his soul, and he becomes, for the hour, the 
 jocund, playful boy of earlier days. How far he can consistently re- 
 lax and let himself down, or in my view of the matter, raise himself 
 up to the simplicity and mirth of childhood, he alone can be the judge. 
 As a physician, I prescribe ; as a minister, he must decide how far 
 my prescription can be followed. 
 
 Reading Sermons. — There is one practice, which, though it has 
 not much to do with inducing this disease, does frequently aggravate 
 it when once established ; I mean the habit of reading sermons from 
 manuscripts, — especially when it is done in a sort of mechanical 
 way. Every person who has suffered from throat-ail has doubtless 
 noticed that to read aloud, for half an hour, from a book, occasions 
 more fatigue and irritation in the throat than extemporaneous speak- 
 ing, in the same tones, for one or two hours. The reason is, that in 
 the latter case the mind conceives the thought in season for the or- 
 gans of speech to fall into a natural attitude, and utter it with ease. 
 The two work hannoniously together, — the instruments of articula- 
 tion following the mind, and easily and naturally uttering its concepn 
 tions. Whereas in the case of reading, the mind itself is, at least 
 partially, ignorant of what is coming until it is just upon it, so that 
 the organs of speech, being warned of what is to be done only at the 
 moment their service is required, do their work under a perpetual 
 surprise and constraint. The difference is, in some respects, like that 
 between walking freely at large, without regard to where the feet are 
 put down, and being obliged to step exactly in the footprints of some 
 traveller who has gone before. In the latter case, the muscles tire 
 much sooner, because they work in fetters. 
 
 I have thus spoken particularly of the clergy, though it is not by 
 any means they only, but all classes Oi people who are afflicted with 
 tliis dangerous malady. 
 
 These diseases often begin with a cold. But colds are seldom taken 
 except when the nervris system is depressed, so that they are, in fact, 
 to be traced back to the same cause which I have assigned to catar- 
 rhal or throat complaints themselves. 
 
 These Complaints Worse at Night. — It is worthy of note, that all 
 these complaints, and many others, are worse during the night. This 
 is easily explained when we remember that the atmosphere has the 
 least amount of electricity in it at three o'clock in the morning, and 
 that the first minimum atmospheric pressure, which happens twice a 
 
 I 
 
216 
 
 DISEA8K8 OF THE THROAT. 
 
 day, occurs not far from the same hour. From three to four in. thr 
 mom'.ng, therefore, the nerve-power sinks to its lowest ebb; and those 
 diseases which owe their existence to anxiety, overwork, etc., suffer, 
 at this time, their greatest daily aggravation. Death occura, too, more 
 often during these hours, than in any other poi-tion of the twenty- 
 four. 
 
 Treatment. — Some years ago these diseases were thought to be 
 incurable ; and by all the appliances of medical art then known, they 
 were so. But time has brought a successful method of treatment, as 
 well as a clearer knowledge of their nature. 
 
 This treatment consists in what is called topical medication, or the 
 applying of the medicine directly to the diseased part. The medici- 
 nal agent more extensively used than any other is a solution of crys- 
 tals of nitrate of silver. This substance is not, however, adapted to 
 every case, — other articles succeeding better in some instances. Mod- 
 ern chemistry has given us a variety of agents from which the skilful 
 physician may select a substitute, should the nitrate of silver fail. 
 
 The operation of appljdng this and other substances to the air pas- 
 sages, is a delicate one, requiring tact and experience. Surgeons had 
 supposed it an anatomical impossibility to introduce an instrument 
 into the larynx ; but this has been practically demonstrated to be a 
 great mistake. 
 
 Instruments. — The instrument devised and used by Dr. Horace 
 Green is a piece of whalebone, bent at one end, to which is attached 
 a small, round piece of sponge. This, dipped in the solution, is dex- 
 terously introduced into the laryngeal cavity, and applied directly to 
 the diseased part. 
 
 I formerly used this instrument myseK, and am happy to know, 
 that, notwithstanding its defects, it was generally successful. Yet 
 where the larynx was highly inflamed, with a swollen and ulcerated 
 condition o*. the epiglottis and lips of the glottis, I am sure I some- 
 times had the singular powers of the nitrate of silver put at defiance 
 by an irritation evidently produced by the eponge of the probang. 
 Upon its introduction, in such cases, the parts contract upon and 
 cling to it, and suffer aggravated irritation, almost laceration, upon 
 its withdrawal, however carefully effected. 
 
 Laryngeal Shower Syringe. — Such defects in the probang led me 
 to contrive an instrument, which I call a Laryngeal Shower Syringe. 
 It is in the form of a syringe, the barrel and piston of which are 
 made of glass, silver, or gold, as may be desired. To this is attached 
 a small tube, made of silver or gold, long enough to reach and enter 
 the throat, and bent like a prolong, with a globe or bulb at the end, 
 from a quarter to a third of an inch in diameter, pierced with very 
 minute holes, which cover a zone around the centre about one-third 
 of an inch in breadth. 
 
 This silver bulb I daily introduce into highly inflamed and ulcer- 
 
DISEASES OF THB THROAT. 
 
 217 
 
 ' four ill til,' 
 <; and thoso 
 , etc., suffer, 
 irs, too, more 
 the twenty- 
 ought to be 
 known, they 
 treatment, as 
 
 jation, or the 
 The medici- 
 ition of crys- 
 r, adapted to 
 ances. Mod- 
 h the skilful 
 ilver fail. 
 ) the air pas- 
 Surgeons had 
 1 instrument 
 ited to be a 
 
 r Dr. Horace 
 ii is attached 
 ition, is dex- 
 d directly to 
 
 )y to know, 
 jssful. Yet 
 id ulcerated 
 lure I some- 
 
 at defiance 
 le probang. 
 It upon and 
 
 ition, upon 
 
 ing led me 
 \er Syringe. 
 
 which are 
 lis attached 
 
 and enter 
 }.t the end, 
 
 with very 
 
 one-third 
 
 land ulcer- 
 
 ated larynges, generally without any knowledge of its presence on 
 the part of the patient, until the contained solution is discharged. 
 The instrument, being charged, is carried to the proper place, when a 
 delicately quick pressure upon the piston causes veiy fine streams to 
 flow through the holes in the form of a delicate shower, and all sides 
 of the walls of the larynx are instantaneously bathed. 
 
 How Introduced. — The introduction of this instrument into the 
 larynx is easy. Upon the approach of any foreign substance, the epi- 
 glottis instinctively drops down upon the entrance to the larynx, 
 guarding it against improper intrusions. It has been found, however, 
 that when the root of the tongue is firmly depressed, this cartilage 
 cannot obey its instinct, but stands erect, its upper edge generally ris- 
 ing into view. Availing himself of this, the surgeon has only to de- 
 press the tongue with a spatula, bent at right angles, so that the left 
 hand holding it may drop below the chin out of the way, and as the 
 epiglottis rises to view, slip the ball of the instrument over its upper 
 edge, and then with a quick yet gentle motion, carry it dovmward and 
 forward, and the entrance is made. I have often admired the faith- 
 fulness of this epiglottic sentinel, who, when overborne by superior 
 force, stands bolt upright, and compels us to enter the Sacred temple of 
 speech directly over his head ! 
 
 Pharyngeal Shower Syringe. — For washing the upper part of the 
 throat, I construct the instrument with a straight tube, with holes 
 over the outer end of the globe, and extending to the centre. This 
 washes instantaneously the fauces and pharynx, but does not throw 
 the solution back upon the tongue. Its main advantage over the 
 probang is, that it Imthes every part of the fauces and pharynx in- 
 stantaneously, and does not subject the patient to the coughing and 
 gagging which follow the slower and rougher process of drawing the 
 sponge from side to side across the cavity of the throat. 
 
 Nasal 5hower Syringe. — Inflammations in the back passages to 
 the nose, called catarrh in the head, have been almost inaccessible by 
 any reliable healing agent, and consequently incurable. The probang 
 could only reach a short distance, and occasioned great suffering. I 
 have had a syringe constructed with the tube bent at an angle of 
 forty-five degrees, and the ^lobe, very small, pierced with a few fine 
 holes at the upper end. Carrjang this globe up behind the velum 
 palati, with a single injection I wash both passages clear throu gh. I 
 have had the pleasure of curing a large number of bad cases, of many 
 years' standing, to the surprise and delight of the patients. 
 
 About nineteen-twentieths of the physicians who have examined 
 these instruments, and so far as my knowledge extends, all who have 
 used them, think them much better than the probang. As to patients, 
 I have yet to see one who will allow the sponge to be used after try- 
 ing both. 
 
 Have Superseded the Probang. — In my own practice the syringes 
 
 ■onti 
 
 mmmm 
 
218 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 have superseded the probang altogether. My reasons may be briefly 
 stated. I have already said there is less irritation produced. A piece 
 of sponge drawn over an inflamed surface, especially when clung to 
 by the irritated and quivering paits, mast necessarily, in some cases 
 at least, aggravate the symptoms of disease. To tliis consideration 
 add the comfort of the patient during the operation. It is so quickly 
 and delicately done with the syringe, that it is scarcely known when 
 tiie act is performed. The straight syringe does not touch the throat 
 at all. On touching the probang to the throat, the nitrate of silver 
 unites with the mucus upon the surface, instantly covering the sponge 
 with an albuminous pellicle, something like that which lines the shell 
 of an Q^g, preventing, in a degree, the further pressing out of the 
 solution, and rendering its contacts with other parts of the surface 
 comparatively powerless. For this reason, the sponge pushed down 
 into an ulcerated bronchus, as Dr. Green recommended, must be ut- 
 terly valueless as a remedial agent. Mopping, as it does in its whole 
 course, a larynx and trachea, lined in some cases with puriform niat> 
 ter, and generally with mucus, every inch of its descent doubles the 
 gravity of this objection. Let it be considered, too, that in applying 
 the remedy to an ulcerated larj'nx, the sponge cauterizes the healthy 
 parts above, in its descent, and thus unfits itself lor doing much for 
 the diseased part ; whereas the syringe retains its solution till it 
 reaches the affected place, and then pours a clean shower directly 
 upon it, and upon no other part. 
 
 Considering these manifest advantages of the syringes, I am sur- 
 prised that any physician should still use the probang, — especially as 
 one of these instruments, the Nasal Syringe, accomplishes an object 
 which the probang cannot effect at all, not even in a rough way. I 
 have wondered, too, how any parent can allow a child, suffering with 
 croup, to be tormented by having a sponge pushed down its throat, 
 when a syringe would give it so much less pain. 
 
 I will mention briefly one or two cases of croup and diphtheria, se- 
 lected from a great number treated by me for the last few years, where 
 the syringes were successfully used, after several attempts to use the 
 probang had been made, and failed, and where the pain caused by 
 using was so small, and the relief so instantaneous and complete, that 
 the patients were anxious for my return to use it again. 
 
 I was called to see a little boy of Mr. R., five years old, who had 
 had an attack of membranous croup some days previous ; and when 
 I saw him the voice had sunk to a whisper, and the cough was en- 
 tirely muffled, so that I had no doubt of the fatal termination of the 
 case, and expressed my opinion to that effect to the astonished parents. 
 The probang had been used by the physician in attendance, which 
 had caused so much suffering that for the two days previous the par- 
 ents had prohibited its use. It had no doubt increased the irritation, 
 besides nearly causing strangulation. 
 
 It was, therefore, with great reluctance that they consented to let 
 
DISEASES OP THE THROAT. 
 
 219 
 
 I to let 
 
 me use the syringe, which I did, to the great relief of the little suf- 
 ferer, and to the entire satisfaction of the parents. 
 
 The strength of the solution of the crjrstals of the nitrate of silver 
 used was 20 grains to the ounce of water, which I injected freely, 
 once in three hours for the first day, and then two or thi-ee times a 
 day for two or three days. His recovery was rapid and complete. 
 
 I will now mention the case of a young woman, with diphtheria, 
 where the syringe was used with success. 
 
 I was called to see a young lady, who had an attack of diphtheria 
 the day previous. Found her in bed, very much prostrated, breath- 
 ing with great difficulty, and uttering at every inspiration a croupal 
 sound, which at times was followed by a short, convulsive cough. 
 The face was flushed, pulse 124, small and feeble, and she complained 
 constantly of a sense of suffocation and of great distress in the lar- 
 yngeal region. 
 
 On inspecting the throat, the fauces and the pharyngeal mem- 
 brane, as far down as it could be seen, presented the appearance of a 
 high degree of inflammation. One of the tonsils was nearly covered 
 with the diphtheric membrane, and the upper and back part of the 
 throat were thickly studded with small white or cream-colored spots. 
 
 The physician in attendance had tried first a swab, or mop, as she 
 termed it, and then the probang, which gave her so much pain that 
 he was obliged to give it up. He then gave up the case as hopeless. 
 At my earnest solicitation she consented to the use of the syringe. 
 With a solution of the crystals of the nitrate of silver, of the strength 
 of 60 grains to the ounce of water, I injected freely the fauces and 
 the upper part of the cavity of the larynx. For a few moments the 
 difficulty of breathing and feeling of strangulation was increased, 
 but very soon a large amount of viscid, ropy mucus was discharged. 
 In the course of half an hour after the use of the syringe, the symp- 
 toms had improved, the respira- 
 tion was less laborious, so that 
 in a short time the patient ob- 
 tained some sleep. I was after- 
 ward called, aa she thought her- 
 self worse, but found that an 
 application of the caustic with a syringe was all that was required. 
 There was no further trouble with the case. 
 
 These syringpo or similar ones can now be bought of any large 
 dealer in surgic-.i i.istruments. Figure 87 represents the syringes as 
 they lie in a case. 
 
 Mode of Using. — The glass barrel and piston of my instruments 
 are delicate, but they ueed not be broken. I handle them with the 
 same east, that I do a spoon in feeding myself, and not in a very dis- 
 similar wfvy. The Ir^st three fingers are placed on the under side of 
 tlie barrel, with the thumb on the upper side, — the index finger be- 
 ing poised over the end of the piston, ready to drive it home at the 
 
 rio. 87. 
 
 . rrM«iiaHCKMMP« 
 
220 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 V \ 
 
 proper instant. The motion of the piston should be quick, so as to 
 cause the streams to leap out in jets ; yet delicate, that they may not 
 impinge with too much force upon the diseased surfaces. 
 
 They should be rinsed with water immediately after being used. 
 But even with this precaution, a small residuum of the nitrate re- 
 mains and crystallizes, and after a time partially closes the holes. 
 They must then be picked out with the point of a needle. 
 
 When the silver tube becomes detsvched from the glass, it may be 
 fastened on with common sealing wax ; first melting the wax and 
 sticking it around the glass; then heatirg the silver over a lamp, and 
 pressing it on. 
 
 Amount of Solution to be Used. — The amount of solution to be 
 used should be small. Half a dram is enough. The piston of the 
 syringe need be drawn up only from an eighth to a third of an 
 inch. Strangling is not often produced by these operations ; but to 
 make its prevention still more sure, let the patient be directed to fill 
 the lungs with a long inspiration while the operator is depressing the 
 tongue. 
 
 Strength of Solution. — The strength of the solution in ordinary 
 cases of chronic folliculitis, etc., should generally be about forty 
 grains of the crystals of the nitrate of silver to the ounce of water. 
 But in all acute diseases of the air passages, it should be considerably 
 stronger, — varying from one to two drams. A preparation of this 
 strength is powerfully antiphlogistic and sedative. In those cases of 
 chronic disease, where the inflammation is of a low grade, and the 
 mucous membrane is in a relaxed, atonic condition, looking either 
 sodden and pale, or of a dark color, like the cut surface of beef some 
 days exposed to the air (as is often the case in throats of literary dys- 
 peptics), then a solution of fifteen to thirty grains to the ounce is 
 sufficient. This strength acts as a stimulant, and is well suited to 
 throats in such condition, but would be injurious in high grades of 
 inflammation. Catarrh in the head generally requires only about this 
 strength. I am sorry to say, the topical mode of treating throat affec- 
 tions has been in some places injured, in the public estimation, by a 
 lack of knowledge and judgment on the part of the operator, in 
 choosing the strength of his solution. 
 
 To determine the proper frequency of the operation, also requires 
 judgment and experience. In an ordinary case of chronic disease, 
 the treatment may begin by showering the throat once a day for a 
 week. Then the operation should be repeated three times a week, for 
 a shorter or longer period ; then twice a week, and at last once a week. 
 
 Attendant Diseases. — Among the persons I am treating for dis- 
 eases of the air passages, many are dyspeptic and suffer with depres- 
 sion of spirits. So often doea this symptom present itself that I re- 
 gard it as almost one of the peculiarities of throat disease. Persons 
 thus depressed generally have the dark and dingy look of the face 
 which indicates functional derangement of the liver. They are often 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 221 
 
 emaciated, nervous, hypochondriacal, irritable in temper, and are ex- 
 hausted by an excessive secretion of urea. The urine of such per- 
 sons is always acid, and loaded with crystals of oxalate of lime. 
 
 An explanation of this fact has been attempted, by supposing that 
 the oxydation of carbon (of which these persons have a superabun- 
 dance), imperfectly accomplished in inflamed respiratory organs, is 
 vicariously effected in the capillaries of the kidneys, — oxalic acid 
 (C2O2) instead of carbonic acid (COj) being the result. 
 
 The crystals of oxalate of lime are octahedral in form, .d, in the 
 field of a good microscope, are beautiful objects for inspection. 
 
 Lawyera, clerygmen, statesmen, and, in general, those who labor 
 hard mentally, with but little bodily exercise, and who have a great 
 weight of care resting on them, are the persons who suffer most from 
 this complication. Generally the inflammation in the throat is of a 
 low grade, and must not be treated with a very strong solution of ni- 
 trate of silver. 
 
 Of course when these attendant diseases exist, something more is 
 needed than the local treatment. For the troubles just described, the 
 treatment for hypochondria and dyspepsia will be proper. 
 
 Elongation of the Uvula. 
 
 The uvula is the small teat-like or 
 pendulous orptn which hangs down 
 from the palatine arch, just over the 
 root of the tongue. It is very apt to 
 get inflamed, and its parts becoming re- 
 laxed, it stretches out lengthwise, so 
 that its lower extremity sometimes rests 
 upon the tongue. (Fig. 88.) When 
 this happens, it flaps about, backward 
 and forward, and to the right and left, 
 — touching the throat at various points, 
 and by the tickling sensation produced, 
 exciting a most incessant, uncontroll- 
 able, and racking cough. Some of the 
 most distressing coughs I have ever 
 heard have been produced and kept up 
 by this cause alone. Many a fatal con- 
 sumption has begun in this way. When 
 long inflamed, it often gets much out 
 of shape, being sometimes bent nearly 
 double. 
 
 Treatment. — In some cases, the 
 uvula, thus elongated, may be reduced 
 back to its natural size, by an astrin- 
 gent gargle, composed of an infusion of 
 white-oak bark, with a little alum dis- 
 
 FlO. 88. 
 
 -JP 
 
222 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 solved in it (282) ; but it will generally stretch out again and again, 
 upon the appearance of any fresh cold, and, therefore, the only certain 
 cure is to cut it off. 
 
 To do this, take hold of it with a pair of common forceps, and 
 having stretched it down a little, clip it off above the forceps, with a 
 pair of curved scissors. Nearly the whole of it should generally be 
 removed. To take off a part only leaves a stump, which is often 
 more objectionable than the whole organ. Its removal never injures 
 the speech in the least. In many cases of nasal catarrh, this organ 
 is a sort of diseased centre, from which inflammatory action spreads 
 upward into the nasal cavities, and no medicine or power on earth 
 can effect a cure until this offending member is snipped off. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Tonsils. — Tonsilitis. 
 
 The tonsils are chiefly a collection or mass of small mucous folli- 
 cles or glands. They secrete a portion of the fluid which keeps the 
 throat moist. 
 
 There is a class of persons who suffer about every winter, some- 
 times oftener, with an attack of acute inflammation of these glands, 
 which causes gioat suffering for several days. The trouble usually 
 is ushered in by high fever, backache, headache and often by chills ; 
 the temperature often reaches to 103° and 104° F. ; swallowing is 
 difficult on account of the swollen glands, while pain in the ear is 
 not infrequent. The tonsils are at first swollen, reddened and in- 
 flamed ; later a whitish patch of secretion forms on the surface of 
 the gland and is distinguished from that of diphtheria by being 
 whiter and less tenacious; if removed, the underlying surf ao 3 does 
 not bleed as in the case of diphtheria. It is, however, very difficult, 
 at times, to distinguish between the two diseases at first. 
 
 Another form of Tonsilitis occurs without patches, and is in 
 reality an inflammation of the substance of the gland itself. This 
 variety, often called Quinsy, goes on developing into an abscess, the 
 anterior pillar of the fauces becomes intensely red, swollen and 
 shiny. 
 
 Treatment. — For the more common variety some antipyretic to 
 reduce the fever and allay the intense aching of the head and bones 
 is properly indicated. For this purpose 10 grains of Phenacetine 
 (for an adult), repeated every two to four hours according to the 
 effect produced, is quite efiicacious. Ammonol in same dose may 
 also be used. Some simple astringent and soothing gargle will next 
 be found to render signal relief. Tannin, 30 gr., strong Carbolic 
 Acid (96%), 30 drops, Glycerin, 1 oz., and peppermint water, 3 oz., is 
 an admirable gargle for the average case : this should be used hourly. 
 
 Equal parts of Glycerin, Alcohol and Water makes a very sooth- 
 ing gargle, while equal parts of Peroxide of Hydrogen and Water is 
 preferred by many. The diet should be limited in amount and con- 
 sist only of liquids. 
 
 ' rK'l 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 223 
 
 md again, 
 ly certain 
 
 :ceps, and 
 ps, with a 
 lie rally be 
 1 is often 
 er injures 
 ihis organ 
 »n spreads 
 on eartii 
 
 .silitis. 
 
 C0U8 foUi- 
 keeps the 
 
 ter, some- 
 se glands, 
 le usually 
 
 by chills; 
 lowing is 
 the ear is 
 id and in- 
 surface of 
 
 by being 
 rfao3 does 
 r difficult, 
 
 and is in 
 If. This 
 scess, the 
 )llen and 
 
 )yretic to 
 
 md bones 
 
 lenacetine 
 
 ig to the 
 
 lose may 
 
 Iwill next 
 
 Carbolic 
 
 3 oz., is 
 
 hourly. 
 
 by sooth- 
 
 I Water is 
 
 and con- 
 
 The second variety, tending to pus formation, is to be treated sur- 
 gically by first applying a solution of cocaine and lancing. The 
 relief resulting from evacuating the pus is immediate. 
 
 It has been found that Tonsilitis is apt to be recurrent and that 
 he who has suffered once is very prone to have one or more attacks 
 annually thereafter. This class requires constitutional treatment in 
 the intervals as outlined below. 
 
 These inflammations are likewise found to be an expression often- 
 times of rheumatism, and need corresponding treatment. But the 
 only cure is to be found by cutting off the tonsils, after the inflam- 
 mation has subsided. This will put an end to the attacks at once. 
 
 Tonsils which are subject to these periodical attacks of acute in- 
 flammation are always more difficult than others to operate ujion, as 
 they are almost invariably bound down very tight to the throat, and 
 cannot be raised up for convenient excision. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Tonsils. 
 
 In many of the follicular diseases of the throat, these glands are 
 affected by a chronic inflammation, and are found enlarged, and 
 sometimes very much hardened. In such cases they secrete a thin, 
 unhealthy, irritating fluid, which is spread over the throat, increasing 
 and perpetuating its disease. Much of this secretion finds its way 
 into the stomach, and thence into the circulation. 
 
 In the throats of many young persons and children, these glands 
 are permanently so large as nearly to fill the fauces. The respiration 
 of many children thus afflicted is difficult, and when asleep they can 
 only breathe with the mouth open. The defective breathing of such 
 children often occasions contractions of the chest, and thus lays the 
 foundation for consumption. From these diseased parts, the inflam- 
 mation often spreads upwards, into the posterior nares, and many 
 times entei-s the eustachain tubes, causing deafness or pain in the ears. 
 Such children often breathe as though they had a bad cold in the 
 head. Their health and safety require an immediate attention to 
 this state of things. 
 
 Chronic inflammation of the tonsil, likewise the recui-rent acute 
 form, may be dependent on poor blood or rheumatism. Those causes 
 are met by blood-building medicines like Syrup of the Iodide of Iron 
 in 10-drop doses three times daily, cod liver oil, and by some one of 
 the many preparations of iron, arsenic, and strychnia combinations. 
 It is found that genemlly the excision of the tonsil may be averted 
 by visiting the surgeon, who will hunt out the little crypts or holes 
 with which the gland is studded, and by gently cutting the narrow 
 bridges which separate these holes, destroy these cavities. These 
 little holes retain small particles of food and decomposed secretion, 
 which after a while, if allowed to remain, set up a follicular tonsil- 
 itis. The size of the gland is thus greatly diminished and the little 
 
 ■ 
 
224 
 
 ItlSKASES OK THK THROAT. 
 
 secreting follicle destroyed. Many a little Hufferer can thus bo spartMl 
 the harsher method of excision, and bear with good grace, especially 
 if cocaine be used, what otherwise might be a painfiil and bloody 
 operation. But, as has been said, excision in many cases must be 
 resorted to. 
 
 Curability of Throat Diseases. — I have dwelt somewluit upon 
 the preceding fonns of tliroat disease, because they prevail to a fear- 
 ful extent, and are, in thousands of cases, but the first staj^es of fatal 
 disease of the lungs. 
 
 If not counectetl with lung disease in the heyinning, my experience 
 in treating them enables me to say, emphatically, they are generally 
 curable. 
 
 But patients often put the question to me — " If cured, will I ever 
 have the complaint again ? " My answer is — " Unless I can plant 
 in your constitution a better protection than your Maker put there at 
 your creation, you will of coui-se be liable to a second attack." But 
 then, where the lungs have been entirely free from disease, I have 
 never yet seen a case of 8inii)le throat complaint relapse and become 
 dangerous after proper treatment with the syringes. Let not those, 
 therefore, who have been benefited, but not entirely cured by this 
 treatment, undervalue what hius been done for them. Even in such 
 cases, the advantage derived to them amounts to just the value they 
 attach to the continuance of life. 
 
 Danglers of Delay. — In closing these remarks, let me warn the 
 reader against the dangers of delay. Many of those who finally seek 
 medical attendance in these complaints, fiist try all nostrums, and 
 tamper with their disease till the case is either critical or hopeless. 
 Too many wait till they are near enough to the engulfing whirlpool 
 to hear it roar, before they seek in any practicable way to escape its 
 dangers. 
 
 Many persons neglect a slight inflammation of the pharynx, which 
 might have been cured in a few days, but which, from long neglect, 
 has gradually crept down the windpipe, spread over the widely dis- 
 tributed mucous lining of the bronchial tubes, and thus become cur- 
 able only in a partial degree, and after long and tedious treatment. 
 Hundreds of persons are now suffering from slight attacks of this 
 sort, who might be rid of the affliction in a week or a fortnight, but 
 who will either carelessly give it no attention at all, or resort to use- 
 less nostrums, until it has run through its primary stages and invaded 
 the constitution, and will finally die of some of the forms of pulmo- 
 nary disease. 
 
 A Cold. — Influenza. 
 
 A SLIGHT attack of the disease about to be described, affecting only 
 here and there -a person, and lasting only for a few days, is called a 
 cold. When it affects a large part of the community at the same 
 
DI8EASK8 OF THE THROAT. 
 
 225 
 
 be spaiiMl 
 sspecially 
 id bloody 
 I must be 
 
 bat upon 
 
 to a feai- 
 
 38 of fatal 
 
 xperienco 
 generally 
 
 «rill I ever 
 can plant 
 it tbere at 
 3k." But 
 se, I have 
 1(1 become 
 not those, 
 3(1 by this 
 Bn in such 
 /alue they 
 
 warn the 
 nally seek 
 ■rums, and 
 
 hopeless. 
 
 whirlpool 
 
 escape its 
 
 nx, which 
 neglect, 
 i^idely dis- 
 come cur- 
 ;reatment. 
 of this 
 ight, but 
 irt to use- 
 invaded 
 if pulmo- 
 
 [jting only 
 
 called (t 
 
 I the same 
 
 time, lasting many days, or even weeks, it is then an epidemic, and 
 passes under the name of infliiema. In tliis latter form, it sometimes 
 spreads over a whole country, and has at times, as in 1882 and 1894, 
 extended to nearly the whole civilized world. It often shows marked 
 severity in its progress, and leaves serious results behind. 
 
 Symptoms. — A tingling, with drjiiess, and a sense of fulness in 
 tiie mucous membrane of the nose, are among the first indications of 
 an attack of this complaint. Sneezing is a common symptom. Soon 
 pain is felt in the forehead, and breatliing through the nose becomes 
 difficult. The eyes are red and watery, the throat is sore ; there is a 
 dry cough, hoarseness, thirst, general lassitude, chills, and a desire 
 to get near the fire. The mucous membrane of the nose^ throat, 
 windpipe, and breathing-tubes is inflamed, red, swollen, and some- 
 times painful. 
 
 In a short time, water begins to run from the nose and eyes, and 
 the cough becomes a little more moist. There is also a slight dis- 
 charge from the throat and tubes, which gradually increases, and, at 
 length, as the disease declines, and becomes less acute, the expectora- 
 tion is thick and yellow. 
 
 Aching of the back and limbs, thirst, loss of appetite, flashes of 
 heat, and chills whenever the patient is exposed to air a little cooler 
 than he is accustomed to, are almost constant attendants upon the 
 disease. 
 
 Causes. — It is r ot always easy to say what tho causes of this com- 
 plaint are. Frequently, it can be traced to an improper exposure to 
 cold or dampness ; but in a great majority of cases, especially when 
 it takes the form of influenza, the causes are not obvious. They 
 probably exist in some peculiar states of the atmosphere, and in a 
 depression of the nervous system. 
 
 The influence upon disease of the different degrees of density in 
 the air which surrounds us, and of other circumstances affecting it, 
 have not been much studied. Some valuable facts will be drawn 
 from this source before many years. The putting upon the body, or 
 taking from it, several tons of pressuie every time the barometer rises 
 or falls, must have, of itself, no small influence upon its health. The 
 comparatively new science of Phjrsical Geography, by spreading be- 
 fore us its interesting facts in regard to temperature, storms, atmos- 
 pheric currents, etc., is opeiijiig the way for the physician to learn a 
 great deal more about the cftuses of disease than he now knows. 
 
 Treatment. — In mild cases, only the most simple treatment is re- 
 quired, — such as remaining in the house for a few days, soaking the 
 feet in warm water, taking a gentle sweat, drinking warm infusions 
 of flax-seed, mullein, slippery elm, or warm lemonade, and taking 
 only a spare vegetable diet. If the bowels be costive, some gentle 
 phjrsic (84), (41) may be used. A laxative drink (132) will like- 
 wise be useful. 
 
 
226 
 
 DISEASES OP THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 At the outset, eapecially when the nose nins water, a small rloRp of 
 atropia, jj^ grain, taken every two honrs till the throat is dry, will 
 entirely arrest the disease at this point. The coryza pill found at 
 the druggists' is a more valuable remedy still. 
 
 When the attack is more severe, sweating must he induced by de- 
 cisive meaMures. This may Ikj affected by the spirit vapor-bath, or 
 by putting the patient in bed, j)utting l)ottles of hot water to the feet 
 and sides, and administering warm drinks, and the compound tinc- 
 ture of Virginia snakeroot. Five drops every hour of the tincture 
 of veratrum viride will often cause very free perspiration, and will 
 reduce the inflammatioji upon the mucous surface. 
 
 An emetic is sometimes very useful. To produce vomiting, use 
 the powder of ipecac, ten to twenty grains, or the compound tincture 
 of lolwlia. 
 
 It soothes the inflamed mucous surfaces very much to inhale the 
 vapor from half a j)int of hot water, with five drops of tincture of 
 veratrum viride, or the same amount of the tincture of aconite root. 
 
 If the cough is severe, use the preparations recommended under 
 bronchitis and consumption. 
 
 In the latter stages of the diseiuse, if there be debility, — as there 
 generally is, — quinia, iron, nux vomica, etc. (75), should be taken ; 
 or, to su[)port the nervous system, the extracts of scullcap, and bone- 
 set, and the sulphate of quinia (81) will be found useful. At this 
 stage of the complaint, the diet should be more liberal and nourishing. 
 
 The patient should not venture into the open air until the unpleas- 
 ant sense of chilliness, peculiar to the disease, ceases to be produced 
 by exposure. 
 
 La Grippe. 
 
 This is a variety of influenza with which the world has l>ecome 
 well acquainted within the last few years. Its history is interesting 
 and its symptoms and results are sevei'e and annoying. It is one of 
 the most severe forms of catarrhal disease of the nose or throat with 
 which we are acquainted. It owes its origin to a germ which found 
 its birth in the filth and pollution of eastern Europe, and has visited 
 the globe with terrible ravages on several occasions since the Middle 
 Ages. It spreads by travelling the most frequented paths of com- 
 merce, and attacks those in a depressed state of health. The varieties 
 of la grippe are as numerous as that of any other disease. The catar- 
 rhal form is much like that of ordinary head influenza, only it is more 
 severe and prostrating ; the bronchial assumes the influenza type, at 
 first, but soon attacks the lungs and sets up a severe, prolonged and 
 harassing bronchitis ; the intestinal variety, besides producing the 
 general symptoms of malaise, fever, cough, severe aches and pains, 
 gives rise to a diarrhoea which lasts many days and is very debilita- 
 ting; the most common variety, however, is the rheumatic, which is 
 ushered in by chills, fever, muscular pains, coryza, cough and general 
 
imiiU doRft of 
 
 iH dry, will 
 
 ill found at 
 
 luced by dt;- 
 ipor-buth, or 
 r to the feet 
 1 pound tinc- 
 the tincture 
 on, and will 
 
 omiting, use 
 ind tincture 
 
 o inhale the 
 
 tincture of 
 
 iconite root. 
 
 nded under 
 
 — as there 
 i be taken ; 
 p, and bone- 
 il. At this 
 nourishing. 
 ;he unpleas- 
 •e produced 
 
 hfis l)econie 
 
 interesting 
 It is one of 
 throat with 
 ^hicli found 
 
 has visited 
 the Middle 
 ihs of com- 
 he varieties 
 
 The catar- 
 y it is more 
 iza type, at 
 longed and 
 ducing the 
 
 and pains, 
 ry debilita- 
 te, which is 
 ind general 
 
 DISEASES OF TIIE THROAT. 
 
 227 
 
 rheuraat c pains. The chamcteristic feature of all of these forms is 
 the great prostration which accompanies these symptoms and thTolv 
 stim«)y with which it clings to the patient. 
 
 The sequelae of the dise.wc, though much exaggerated, are numer- 
 ous^ The aged are often left infirm with heart wtakness the Zng 
 ^mglL """" '" ^'««'^««''*'^d the middle-aged with cLS 
 
 Many an undiscovered disease has passed unnoticed under the dis- 
 ZZl: " ^"^^''-^ ^^ ^f. "-l"»l't served as a bn«.d mantl ". 
 cover our ignorance of real disease and been made an easy refuge for 
 
 a dZ;;r'"^V'*'y ^"^ "'^r'^ ^' «„!«« cannot be uveLstlmated 
 and death has not infrequently resulted. 
 
 Treatment— Tlie onset is to be met with large doses of quinine 
 say 10 grains on retiring, by phenacetine and stlol, 10 grains each 
 t..ken with some hot lemonade on retiring. Tliis lattef may tere 
 peate eveiy three hours. The coryza is checked by small repe^tid 
 
 blets bought at the druggist's - one taken every two houi-s till the 
 ^ZX/Sn^"" '^^^ ^ ^^^ '^ ''^^' ^--^ T^« ^«^ility is t: 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Epiglottis. 
 
 This is the disease by which our country lost its most loved and 
 uncSrr^. TT' ^n^' Washingtoi/ This complaint was not 
 undei^tood at the time of his death, - the intelligent physicians who 
 attended him supposing it to be inflammation of the windpipe. Fmm 
 their very clear description of the symptoms, we now know it to have 
 been an acute inflammation of the epiglottis and glottis. 
 
 ^rom the rapid inflammation of the epiglottis, water is effused into 
 h hp'n '^f'' '" iT *" P"^ 1"P' "'^'^ P^^^^'^* it fr«°^ shutting down 
 
 wi&'''*""-*"^i'^ ^'^^^^ ^^^^"« ^i*^^ ^ severe chill, accompanied 
 with some pain, and a sense of stricture or tightness in the upper and 
 m nfS sw.n *.h^-t. The,e is eough, witS difficult and som ime 
 painful swallowing These symptoms are soon followed by quick 
 andsoorr' b^^^t^^g-. Speaking aloud is from the first ifficult, 
 thp W i^ "'' impossible. As the complaint runs it« rapid course 
 
 ^te^Trlng^^^^^^^^^^ "^°^^ '^«^^"^^' ^"^ '^^^ -- --^^s^f- -ml 
 
 nitm W fn vl" ^'?'& 7"^.«^iately to the parts a strong solution of 
 
 to on^ I i l ?' '''^''*'°^ «^«"^^ b« of *he strength of ninety 
 to one hundred and twenty grains to the ounce of soft water. It 
 
228 
 
 UmEAUKH OF THE THKOAX. 
 
 Hhould be applied oveiy hour or two till the feeling of suffocation 
 subsides, and should be done with the laryngeal shower syringe, 
 though if this is not at hand the sponge probang may be used. 
 
 While this local treatment is being employed, libeml doses, from 
 five to twenty drops, of tincture of veratrum viride should be given 
 every hour, watching the effect, and discontinuing when the pulse 
 sinks too low. 
 
 Hot fomentations applied externally, and filling the room with 
 steam, m recummeiidud in cases of croup, would bu usef 
 
 Mu m ps. — Parotitis. 
 
 This disease appeal's ruost often among cliildren ; but as it is not 
 confined to them, I have not placed it among their complaints. 
 
 Symptoms. — It begins with soreness and stiffness in the side of 
 the neck. Soon a swelling of the parotid gland takes place, which is 
 painful, and continues to increase for four or five days, sometimes 
 becoming very large, and making it difficult to swallow, or open the 
 mouth to receive food. After the fouith or fifth day the swelling 
 subsides, and disappears in from seven to ten days. 
 
 Both glands generally swell about the same time, but sometimes 
 the swelling appeara in one only after it has subsided in the other, 
 and occasionally the swelling is wholly confined to one side. 
 
 When the swelling is great, there is heat, and sometimes fever, 
 with diy skin, quick pulse, fuired tongue, constipated bowels, and 
 scanty and high-colored urine. 
 
 The affection is sometimes translated, as we say ; that is, in females, 
 the breast swells, and in males, the testicles become swollen and pain- 
 ful. This accident generally happens in consequence of taking cold 
 from some imprudence. 
 
 The disease is contagiuus ; that is, it is communicated from one 
 person to another. 
 
 Treatment. — In mild cases, very little treatment is required. 
 Keeping the face and neck warm, avoiding exposure to cold and 
 damp, drinking warm infusions of balm, spearmint, or sage, and ap- 
 ply a poultice of flax-seed over the glands until the patient is fully 
 relieved ; or the compound powder of jalap, if there be costiveness, 
 is about all that is required. The diet should consist of rye hasty 
 pudding, or brown bread and sweetened water. 
 
 If the case be severe, and other glands swell, physic must be freely 
 used, leeches must be applied, and cooling lotions, or poultices. 
 Sweating must also be induced by the compound tincture ol Vir- 
 ginia snakeroot, or by a vapor bath. 
 
 In young girls mumps often attack the ovaries and make the in- 
 valid a great sufferer for a few days ; the testicle of the male is simi- 
 larly affected at times. These complications call for soothing appli- 
 cations and rest in bed. 
 
mmi 
 
 suffocation 
 er syringe, 
 used. 
 
 doses, from 
 d be given 
 I the pulse 
 
 room with 
 
 w it is not 
 lints. 
 
 ;he side of 
 le, which is 
 sometimes 
 ir open the 
 e swelling 
 
 sometimes 
 the other, 
 le. 
 
 mes fever, 
 Jwels, and 
 
 in females, 
 
 and pain- 
 
 iking cold 
 
 from 
 
 one 
 
 required. 
 
 cold and 
 e, and ap- 
 it is fully 
 )8tivene88, 
 rye hasty 
 
 ; be freely 
 poultices, 
 •e ol Vir- 
 
 :e the in- 
 le is simi- 
 ing appli- 
 
 DISEASES OP THE CHEST. 
 
 Consumption.-^ Phthisis. 
 
 At the head of the .liseases of our cUniute stands Consumption,— 
 flt wieir head both .is it respects prevalence and fatolity. SmaU-^x 
 
 ri „T/r''' '"^ '^°^r"t ^'^ ^"'^^« ^» *heu visitations; but S 
 are all their aggregated slaughters compaied with the ce,iseless, silent 
 
 ;::s Jt ^i s^ tiT^ -''''' -^^^ ^^^y ^" «^«^^ ^-^ p^- th^ 
 
 Boston, from its population of 476,000, loses by consumption about 
 twenty per week, eighty per month, or about nine hundred per 
 annum. An equal mortality from any disease not often amon/us 
 would send our citizens in terror to^^the countiy, and causXe 
 stoutest hearts to feel that "in the midst of life we are in death " 
 Massachus|etts loses about seven thousand per annum; New England 
 not less than twenty thousand; and with the State of New York 
 
 vear ?' WhT'""" "^ ^^'^^^g^f di««««« «well to forty thousand a 
 year! What an army I Picked from the choicest I All sundered 
 vTld ^rwf".^ ^' and leaving more blight and sorrow behind than 
 wou d perhaps twice or thrice the number whom any other pestilence 
 woiUd have selected. The magnitude of the evil places the^question 
 of the remedy before aU others that peitain to the healing art. 
 ih. ■ fu"^^^ number of deaths occur in Massachusetts, beinff in 
 
 nni'^ — ^^"'^ °^.""^ '"^ ^""^^y *^^« ^^"*i^«d a»d fifty. The smallest 
 number is »n Georgia, being about one in two thousand one hundred 
 
 Th; nLi, Tv^^f^^o ^ "'°'*^ unfavorable as a place of residence. 
 Ihe Northern Middle States, Western Central and Pacific Coast 
 Stetes are most favorable. The most healthful for consumptives, I 
 sTcnFn <^ '^ the following order: Georgia, New Mexico, Wiscon- 
 sin Colorado and Califorma. A permanent residence in any of them 
 
 iTfp Z? '"P'^^rf '^ ^''^'^ ''' ^'^^ «^g^«' ^""^ ^i" S'^'^4 prolong 
 ite, unless in the last stages, in which case I would strongly advis! 
 tne patient to remain at home among friends and home comforts. 
 Alter a change of climate it is dangerous to return unless a perma- 
 nent cure has taken place. 
 
 Methods of Examining the Chest.— Before speaking further of 
 oonsumption, I propose to do what has never been done, namely, to 
 
 229 
 
230 
 
 DIJBA8ES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 inbu^ict the general reader very briefly in the method of examining 
 the chest to learn the existence of disease. Perhaps this will bt^ 
 considered a departure, in some slight degree, from my purpose to 
 make this entire book intelligible to the general reader. If so, my 
 reply is, that there are many school teachers, mechanics, masters of 
 vessels, and farmers, who have niquiring minds, ar i sagacity enough 
 to learn the physical signs of chest-diaease, and to make them, in 
 many cases, practically useful; and that even readers of little re- 
 flection cannot fail to comprehend a portion of my explanations. 
 
 Position of the Patient. — In performing percussion upon the 
 front of the chest, the patient should be required to sit in a square 
 position, with the arms hooked over the corners of the back of the 
 chair, and the head thrown a little back. 
 
 Instrument with which to Thump. — The index and middle 
 fingers of the right hand are to be brought together, into a line, and 
 used as the percussing instrument. The blow given with these is to 
 be smart and quick., rather than heavy. 
 
 Medium to Thump Upon. — Either the index or middle finger of 
 the left hand is to be pressed firmly upon the surface of the chest to 
 be percussed or struck, and thus used as a plexiraeter. 
 
 Auscultation. — Listening for the purpose of hearing within the 
 chest the sounds produced by breathing, talking, coughing, etc., is 
 called auscultation. 
 
 Fia. 90. 
 
 Fig. 91. 
 
 Instruments with which to Listen. — The naked ear is generally 
 considered best for hearing low and delicate sounds ; but for hearing 
 loud and rough ones, it is not so good as the stethoscope, repre- 
 sented by Fig. 90. A still better instrument is the double-eared 
 stethoscope, Fig. 91. It magnifies the sounds very much, and is apt 
 to confuse an examiner not accustomed to it ; but when the ear is 
 once familiar with it, the aid it affords is very valuable. 
 
 mmmm 
 
niSEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 231 
 
 examining 
 
 this will K' 
 purpose tt» 
 If so, niy 
 , masters of 
 city enough 
 ke tliem, in 
 of little re- 
 nations. 
 
 n upon the 
 
 in a square 
 
 back of the 
 
 and middle 
 ) a line, and 
 li these is to 
 
 lie finger of 
 the chest to 
 
 f within the 
 liing, etc., is 
 
 IS generally 
 
 [for hearing 
 
 jope, repre- 
 
 juble-eared 
 
 and is apt 
 
 the ear is 
 
 The examiner should pass from side to side, continually comparing 
 the sounds upon one side, with those upon the other. 
 
 The patient must bo calm, and the examiner in no hurry. 
 
 Healthy Sounds. — To become skilful either in percussion or aus- 
 cultation, the examiner's ear must first be trained to healthy sounds. 
 
 These are best heard in the child, iu whom they are louder than 
 in the adult. 
 
 In describing the healthy sounds in the different regions of the 
 chest, I shall refer the reader constantly to Figs. 92 and 93. 
 
 C^lavicular Region. — This, in Fig. 92, is represented by 1, 1. 
 Urjon thumping upon the collar-bones, the sound given out at the 
 breast-bone end should be very clear ; less clear in the middle ; and 
 dull at the shoulder end. 
 
 Subclavian Region. — This is represented by 2, 2, and lies be- 
 tween the collar-bone and the fourth rib, on both sides. It covers a 
 considerable portion of the Tapper lobe of the lungs. The sound 
 upon striking this place should be very clear. 
 
 Fig. so. 
 
 FlO. S3. 
 
 The Mammary Region, represented by 3, 3, extends from the 
 fourth id the seventli rib, on each side. In the upper part of this 
 region, the healthy sound is clear ; but at the bottom of it, on the 
 right, the sound is deadened by the liver; on the left, by the heart. 
 
 The Infra-Mammary Region, 4, 4, lies between the seventh rib 
 and the edge of the cartilages of the false ribs. On the right side, 
 the liver makes the sound dull; but under the left side lies the 
 stomach, which is hollow, and the sound is generally quite loud. 
 
I 
 
 II 
 
 it 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 In th« 5ternal Region, 5, 6, 7, wLicb covei-s the breast-bone, the 
 sound is generally clear. 
 
 The Axillary Region, 8, 8, is in the arm-pits. In this the sound 
 should be clear. 
 
 The Lateral Region, 9, 9, is immediately below the above, and 
 yields, likewise, a clear sound. 
 
 The Lower Lateral Region, gives a dull sound on the right side, 
 and on the left a very hollow one. 
 
 Fig. 93 represents the back part of the chest. In looking at this, 
 we see the 
 
 Acromial Region, represented by 11, 11. In this space the sound 
 is dull, but it has not much meaning. 
 
 The Scapular Region, 12, 12, covers the part occupied by the 
 shoulder-blades. It gives rather a dead sound. 
 
 The lntra-5capular Region, 13, 13, lies between the shoulder- 
 blades, on each side of the back bone. If the patient's arms are 
 crossed, and the head bent foi-ward, a clear sound will be obtained. 
 
 The Dorsal Region, 14, 14, covers the base of the lungs, and, in 
 health gives, a clear sound. 
 
 Observation. — If, now, on thumping upon the chest, we find a 
 (lull, dead sound in any spot where a clear one oug'at to be yielded, 
 we are to conclude that underneath there is not the usual quantity 
 of air ; but we cannot tell merely, by percussing, whether tubercles 
 are deposited there, "or the lung has become solid by inflammation, 
 or water has been poured out into the cavity of the pleura. This 
 point must be determined by auscultation, etc., to be explained 
 gradually as we go along. 
 
 Auscultation of Breathing. — On applying the ear or the stetho- 
 scope to the chest, two sounds are heard which immediately succeed 
 each other, — the louder is produced by the ingoing breath, or in- 
 spiration ; the weaker by the outgoing breath, or expiration. These 
 sounds will be further explained as we go along. 
 
 Auscultation of the Voice and Cough. — The chest of a healthy 
 person speaking communicates to the ear no distinct sound, but only 
 a vibratory sensation, called, in technical language, the pectoral fre- 
 mitus. 
 
 .Over the larynx and windpipe, the examiner may hear natural 
 pectoriloquy ; between the shoulder blades, in the space correspond- 
 ing to the roots of the lungs, natural bronchophony. 
 
 Philosophy of Chest Sounds. — The fullness and clearness of 
 
 sound upon percussion, depends upon the amount of air in the chest. 
 
 The sounds called breathing murmurs, are caused by the expansion 
 
shoulder- 
 arms are 
 btained. 
 
 :s, and, in 
 
 ve find a 
 B yielded, 
 quantity 
 tubercles 
 mmation, 
 ra. This 
 explained 
 
 16 stetho- 
 r succeed 
 th, or in- 
 . These 
 
 I healthy 
 but only 
 ':oral fre- 
 
 ' natural 
 Tespond- 
 
 jness of 
 he chest, 
 cpansion 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 and contraction of the airKiell.s or vesicles, as the air passes in and 
 out ; hence they are called vesicular murmurs. 
 
 The friction of the air against the sides of the windpipe and large 
 bronchial tubes causes the blowing sound heard in those parts. 
 
 In children a larger amount of air enters the lungs, and the air 
 vesicles are expanded with more force; hence their breathing has a 
 ouder sound, which is called puerile respiration. This kind of 
 breathing, heard in the grown person, is a sign of disease. 
 
 I he lung tissue is a bad conductor of sound; and the voice is ac- 
 cordingly heard only over those parts where large bronchial tubes 
 are near the surface ; heard elsewhere, it indicates disease. 
 
 Division of Consumption. — Consumption raay be divided into 
 
 ZS ^ w^'" "' T^ '^' ^^°^''^^^1- The former has a on- 
 stitutional, the latter a local origin. 
 
 ^irst Stage of Tubercular Consumption. 
 
 Physical Signs.— Dullness of sound on and under the collar- 
 'riten?ir'Th-^"n"^'^ expirationaugmentedboth indur^ bn 
 
 ^^^Occasionally a pulmonaiy, crumpUng sound. Dry, crackling rat. 
 
 The resounding of the voice increased at the top of the lungs. 
 
 General Symptoms. — A sense of weariness and languor. 
 
 Occasionally, slight, %ing pains about the chest and fhou dera 
 
 A peculiar sensitiveness to the effects of cold «"«^^aer8. 
 
 Breathlessness on moving quick, or ascending a hill or stairs. ' 
 Ju 7 'i^f'' ^ blue lividity of the lips and^ roots of the Wer- 
 nails, and coldness of the hands and feet. ^ 
 
 tlie rntMvij'J^ *T.'^''' "^'^/* *^^« '^'^y ''^Se, a cessation of 
 tiie monthly turns. These usually stop later in the disease. 
 
 at S?!orof°th«'r^^' ^r"'"*^"^ °^ *"^^^^«« ^^^^' ^l^ay« begins 
 tenest on tl« ^Zf':^T'''\^''^ ^*^«^ *h«"&bt they 'appeared 
 oltenest ou the nght side first; Louis, Andral Watson, Sir James 
 Clarke and others, believed they appeared more often on the U sWe 
 
 appear first about as often upon one side as upon the other. 
 structionnTC'^ crumpling sound is caused by a mechanical ob- 
 lurint Th. / expansion of the lungs. It is generally heard only 
 
 dtedVv blow^^ "'' "^ the breath. The soi^d is like that prS^ 
 uiicea by blowing upon very fine paper. ^ 
 
234 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 Second 5tas;e. 
 
 Physical Signs* — Marked dullness of sound on the collar bones, 
 and extending below them. 
 
 Inspiratory murmur diminished in duration and intensity ; expira- 
 tory murmur augmented in both. 
 
 In upper lobes of lungs, moist, crackling rattles, succeeded by 
 mucous rattles. Also bronchial respiration, or tubular breathing. 
 
 In lower lobes of lungs, puerile respiration. 
 
 Sounds of the heart heard under the collar bones. 
 
 Bronchophony heard in the same parts as bronchial respiration. 
 
 Qeneral Symptoms. — A quickened pulse ; slight fever towards 
 evening, oftentimes amounting to quite high fever. 
 
 Great susceptibility to the effects of cold, and liability to take cold 
 easily. 
 
 Bowels generally costive ; oftentimes seat of pain. 
 
 The eye has a peculiar whiteness and lustre. 
 
 The skin and mouth bcQome dry in the afternoon ; chills occur 
 about midday, followed by fever, during which the cheeks are flushed. 
 
 As the second stage advances to its close, a dry, burning heat 
 aflflicts the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. 
 
 Night-sweats occur at this time. 
 
 Observations. — A hollow, elastic body, containing air, gives, 
 when struck, a clear sound. The dullness of sound on percussing 
 the chest, arises from the absence of air in the air-cells, — these 
 having been pressed together, or obliterated by the deposit of a mass 
 of tubercles. The destruction of these cells causes the cessation of 
 the respiratory murmur. 
 
 This stage of the disease is often accompanied by an inflammation 
 of the mucous membrane lining the air-tubes. The air, pushing its 
 way through the mucous secretions in these tubes, forms bubbles, the 
 bursting of which causes the rattle. The crepitant rattle is produced 
 by inflammation around the tubercles. The moist, crackling rattle 
 is caused by the softening of the tubercles. 
 
 The lungs, rendered more solid by the deposit of tubercles, become 
 better conductors of sound ; and this causes the beating of the heal-t 
 to be heard as far off as under the collar bones. 
 
 Bronchial respiration gives the idea of air blown through a tube ; 
 cavernous respiration, of air passing into a large enclosed cavity. 
 
 Third Stage. 
 
 4 
 
 Physical Signs. — In this stfl.ge cavities are formed. If the cavi- 
 ties be small, and considerable tuberculated lung surrounds them, the 
 sound, upon percussion, is still dull. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 235 
 
 liar bones, 
 
 y; expini- 
 
 ceeded by 
 athing. 
 
 iration. 
 ir towards 
 
 • take cold 
 
 lills occur 
 re flushed, 
 ning heat 
 
 an', gives, 
 percussing 
 i, — these 
 of a mass 
 ssation of 
 
 aniniation 
 ishing its 
 bbles, the 
 produced 
 ng rattle 
 
 become 
 the heatt 
 
 a tube; 
 ,vity. 
 
 ;he cavi- 
 ;hem, the 
 
 If the cavity he large, and near the surface, there is occasionally a 
 tympanitic sound with musical tone. 
 
 Sometimes a sound is heard like striking a cracked pot. 
 
 Gurgling; cavernous rattle ; cavernous breathing; amphoric breath- 
 ing; now and then, metallic tinkling; pectoriloquy; cavernous cough. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Great loss of flesh, and weakness ; diarrhoea 
 and nightflweats ; swelling of the feet and legs ; sore mouth ; and 
 raising of matter with specks of tubercle in it like crumbs of cheese. 
 
 Observations. — The gurgling rattle is caused by air displacing 
 liquids, and the formation and bursting of bubbles. It resembles the 
 sound produced by blowing through a tube immersed in soap-suds. 
 
 Cavernous breathing is notliing more nor less than the sound pro- 
 duced by air, breathed in and out, entering and retiring from a 
 cavity. The air appears, sometimes, to one listening with the stetho- 
 scope, as if it were sucked into his ear during inspiration, and blown 
 back again during expiration. 
 
 Amphoric respiration is simply an augmentation of cavernous 
 breathing, and results, of course, from an increase of size in the 
 cavity. 
 
 In pectoriloquy, words uttered by the patient seem to pass through 
 the stethoscope into the ear of the listener. The cavity pliould be 
 empty, moderate in size, and have dense walls, in ordei to furnish 
 the best specimen of this sound. 
 
 Air suddenly driven backward through the windpipe, and out of 
 the mouth and nose, by smart raps upon the chest over a cavity, 
 gives the sound of the cracked pot. It is best heard when the pa- 
 tient's mouth is partly open. The same sound is produced, on the 
 same principle, by locking the fingers of the two hands, and joining 
 the palms, so as to leave a small space or cavity between them, and 
 then expelling the air from that cavity, by gently striking the back 
 of one hand upon the knee. 
 
 Causes of Consumption. — The hurcan constitution, as shown by 
 Liebig, in his profound work on Animal Chemistry, is governed by 
 two forces, the nervous and the vegetative. The former disposes the 
 particles composing the body to a state of motion ; the latter inclines 
 them to a position of rest. 
 
 In vegetative life there is motion in one direction only, so to speak; 
 that is, niution which tends to the opposite of motion, namely, rest. 
 In vegetables, whose life is wholly under this power, there is no waste ; 
 for here, all ultimate particles, having once taken a place of rest, 
 remain undisturbed. In a tree, a layer of matter once deposited, 
 alwajrs remains. Hence there is growth as long as the tree lives. 
 There is no power to break up and destroy. 
 
 But in the animal body there is motion in two directions, or a 
 circuit of motion. Particles which under the vegetative force have 
 been put to rest, are perpetually being displaced by the nervous energy, 
 
236 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CIIKST. 
 
 and reduced to unorganized amorphous compouiicls, to bo burned in 
 warming tlie sj^tem, or cast out by the several excretory processes. 
 
 So constant Ls the action of these two forces, that John Hunter 
 compared the human system to a whirlpool, into which the particles 
 of matter are per[)etually poured, under the influence of the vegeta- 
 tive power, and out of which they are as constantly whirled by the 
 nervous force. 
 
 By a little reflection upon these antagonisms, the reader will see 
 that it is just when the vegetative force transcends tlie nervous, that 
 the body increases in weight, and acquires that state in which tlie 
 blood corpuscles alxiund, and the tendency, if to disease at all, is to 
 that of the inflammatory kind. It is the tonic condition of the sys- 
 tem. Nutrition is more rapid than destruction. New particles are 
 laid down faster than old ones are taken up. The body grows. 
 
 On the other hand, when the nervous force overmastei-s the vegeta- 
 tive, when the outward or centrifugal motion of the whirlpool prevails, 
 then it is that the body is attenuated, the blood thinned and made 
 serous, and the consumptive or atonic condition is established. Noxo., 
 there is too much motion. The nutritive particles, instead of tending 
 to a state of deposit for the rensupply of waste matter, become fugi- 
 tive in their habits, perpetually fleeing, like convicts escaped from 
 prison. Introduce this power, in excess, into the vegetable kingdom, 
 and the matter deposited upon the tree, instead of remaining to swell 
 its bulk, would be driven off by the nervous force ; and the tree, in- 
 stead of growing, would be annually lessened, become sickly, and die 
 of consumption. 
 
 In Tubercular Consumption, the system is like a field deluged by 
 a flood ; nothing can take root. The repeated shocks of the nervous 
 battery sent to the absorbents so quicken them in their work of re- 
 moving waste matter, that they dislodge much which is not yet worn 
 out, and assist in casting out of the system not a little designed to be 
 used in its renewal. A healthy deposit is thus prevented, and nutri- 
 tion is at an end. The nutritive arteries, those little builders of the 
 human frame, are overmastered by the stimulated lymphatics ; the 
 constructive material is wrested from them, and borne beyond theb 
 reach, and the body wastes from want of nourishment. The blood 
 becomes thin and watery; and from the increased serous portion, 
 chiefly albumen, are deposited upon the lungs and other tissues the 
 albuminous tumors called tubercles. 
 
 Here is found the cause of that peculiar smalliieas of bone and 
 muscle, and thinness and tallness of person, so peculiar to consump- 
 tives. The absorbents, under the power of a very active nervous 
 system, take down " the house we live in " faster than the nutritive 
 arteries, confused by the motion around them, can effect its recon- 
 struction. It is simply an unbalancing of the antagonistic forces, 
 which build and pull down our earthly tenement. The men that de- 
 molish are more numerous and better fed than the artisan buildere. 
 
1 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 287 
 
 burned in 
 rocesses. 
 11 Hunter 
 ! particles 
 le vegetii- 
 ecl by tlio 
 
 r will see 
 V0U8, that 
 vhich the 
 > all, is to 
 f the sys- 
 cticles are 
 
 '0W8. 
 
 he vegeta- 
 1 prevails, 
 md made 
 3d. Now, 
 )f tending 
 ome fugi- 
 iped from 
 kingdom, 
 \g to swell 
 le tree, in- 
 y, and die 
 
 eluged by 
 e nervous 
 rk of re- 
 yet worn 
 ned to be 
 nd nutri- 
 rs of the 
 tics ; the 
 nd their 
 he blood 
 portion, 
 sues the 
 
 It is this destructively nervous force which gives to consumptive 
 persons their proverbial mental activity ; which causes them often to 
 dazzle the world with the splendor of their gifts, and to bless their 
 friends with the warmth of their affections. They are usually the 
 choice spirits, the idols of their relatives, and the favorites of the com- 
 munity in which they live. Their mental movements, and the exer- 
 cise of their affections, are characterized by brilliancy and warmth. 
 Of all persons, they are best fitted to enjoy life, and to impart happi- 
 ness. Loving all, they are by all loved in return. They are speci- 
 mens of partially etherealized humanity, stepping lightly across the 
 earth, to whom friends passionately stretch out their arms, and em- 
 brace — their shadows I 
 
 These views will appear the more reasonable, if we consider that 
 in children the vegetative power is very active, while the nervous 
 energy is comparatively weak. The preponderance of the former 
 over the latter causes the rapid growth of children. The little arterial 
 builders work faster than the lymphatic demolishers. This explains 
 why so few children die of consumption. 
 
 But from the age of seventeen to thii-ty-five, when the vegetative 
 power is losing something of its extraordinary activity, and the nerv- 
 ous force is showing its highest capabilities, — then it is, as this 
 theory indicates, that tubercular consumption does its dreadful work, 
 — then, that *he outward world of this physiological Maelstrom casts 
 upon the shores of mortalit}'' so many thinned, exhausted, and lifeless 
 human forms. More than three-fourths of all who sink under this 
 disorder die between the ages just named. The brain, between these 
 points of time, acquires its full size and force. 
 
 This disease prevails most, too, in those countries where an enlight- 
 ened civilization gives to the nervous system its fullest development, 
 as in Great Britain, France, and the United States, and in those 
 where the nutritive process is most retarded by a relaxing climate ; 
 and it is scarcely known among those people who are but little en- 
 lightened and have small brains, and among those who live in high 
 and invigorating latitudes. As the most enlightened, however, are 
 generally found in temperate climates, and those with the least culti- 
 vated brains in low latitudes, the rule is not perfectly explained by 
 facts ; yet it shows itself sufficiently to establish its validity, and to 
 afford another proof of my theory. 
 
 )ne and 
 fonsump- 
 nervous 
 lutritive 
 recon- 
 forces, 
 I that de- 
 lilders. 
 
 Bronchial Consumption. 
 
 The persons exposed to bronchial consumption are generally of an 
 opposite habit to those described above, — having the nervous force, 
 in health, well subordinated to the vegetative, the assimilation good, 
 and the blood well supplied with red globules. They have usually a 
 full habit and an active circulation. The absorbents, and other ves- 
 sels in the lungs, working in the midst of a large amount of caloric 
 
238 
 
 DISEASES OK THE CHEST. 
 
 ^i: \ 
 
 evolved by an energetic i-espiration, often ttike cold, which brings on 
 lung-fever and pleurisy, and these lay the foundation for the ultimate 
 destruction of the lungs. For the same reason, the skin of this class 
 of persons becomes diseased, and more often the inner skin, or mu- 
 cous membrane, and most often that portion of mucous membrane 
 which goes down into the lungs and lines the air-tubes. It is inflam- 
 mation of this which constitutes bronchitis, and which lays the foun- 
 dation for true bronchial consumption. 
 
 As that class of persons who are exposed to the tubercular form of 
 the disease suffer a general loss of carburetted hydrogen in its several 
 forms, colliquative diarrhuia, sweats, increased breatliing, and all con- 
 ditions that carry fat out of the system, so those who suffer from 
 attacks of the bronchial tj-jjc of the disorder are generally afflicted 
 with the opposite condition. They have too much carbon. 
 
 It is well ascertained that carburetted hydrogen, accumulated in 
 the system, acts as a poison. And that class of bilious persons who 
 are subject to this disease often have their excretions badly performed. 
 For this reason, carbonaceous compounds accumulate in the system, 
 and give rise to the symptoms of morbid poison circulating in the 
 blood. This led Dr. Madden to suspect the presence of such poison 
 in the blood of all consumptive persons. Ht( saw the evidence of it 
 in numerous cases, and not distinguishing the one class from the 
 other, he inferred its presence in all. 
 
 ill 
 { 
 
 Constitutional Difference. 
 
 The constitutional difference between the two forriis of consump- 
 tion appeai-fi to be this : the tubercular type is usually attended, in its 
 origin, by a tolerably good state of the digestive function, in connec- 
 tion with bad assimilation ; while the bronchial form generally has 
 its foundation laid in connection with bad digestion, accompanied 
 with healthful assimilation. In the former case, the food is well di- 
 gested, the pabulum is properly prepared, but the nutritive arteries do 
 not use it for renewing the tissues. In the latter case, the digestion 
 is bad, the pa^bulum poorly elaborated ; but the re-constructive vessels, 
 under the control of a well-developed system of organic nerves, use 
 it to the best advantage. In the one case there are good brick-waA;er«, 
 and lazy hvick-layers ; in the othei:, the reverse. 
 
 It happens, however, that before the fatal close of the disease, tu- 
 bercular patients usually become afflicted, more or less, with bad 
 digestion, and bronchial patients with defective assimilation ; so that, 
 in the end, they present us with much the same class of symptoms. 
 Starting from opposite poles in life's celestial sphere, they meet at 
 the culminating point of death, and disappear under identical aspects 
 of the heavens. 
 
~1 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 239 
 
 ^ brings oil 
 he ultimate 
 if this class 
 iin, or mu- 
 menibraiiu 
 ft is inflam- 
 8 the foun- 
 
 lar form of 
 its several 
 nd all cou- 
 uffer from 
 ly afflicted 
 
 nulated in 
 irsons who 
 jerformed. 
 le system, 
 ng in the 
 ich poison 
 ence of it 
 from the 
 
 consurap- 
 ied, in its 
 n connec- 
 3rally has 
 ompanied 
 i well di- 
 rteries do 
 digestion 
 e vessels, 
 irves, use 
 k-makers, 
 
 sease, tu- 
 A'ith bad 
 ; so that, 
 Tuptoms. 
 ' meet at 
 .1 aspects 
 
 Exciting Causes of Tubercular Consumption. 
 
 IHE preponderance of the nervous force hein r f>,» uf„+ u- u 
 
 burned by the steam-engine are scarcelT^nL ^T ^'^^^ 
 
 ^.^N„r are the pa«si„„» aud aentimente le,, exerci.ed, or le„ destruc 
 
 ature, sleeping in damp sheets, etc. Th^se eS til f ^f P^'" 
 or depress the vee-etativp nr ,-r,fl \T *"® nervous force, 
 
 tubes,^or the subTt^^^e of the unTn tl """'T ^'^"^ «^ *^« '^i- 
 encloses them, so Tto induce one form n^ S.^°^^?^°^ ^'^^k which 
 the principles I have explained ' ''^'' '^ consumption on 
 
 due^t: XtfofTbtrlsTthTr^^^^^^^^ ^r.o^. no.^^.ys, to be 
 cords, the upper mrts of fS f ^^'^ neighborhood of the vocal 
 
 of th sare^^P's^tuberlrTV"'' ""' ^"^^q^^^^' ^t the ba.es 
 
 5«.7;«., which croi^IytseeT^th'.^rh"^^^^ ''^- ^^^''^^^ 
 and then only after beinj steinpd w,Tk . ^^ ^?'''^'' microscope, 
 they absorb TliPSfl S ^'^ f '**''' ^'^^^'^^ colors which 
 
 bacflli, and appear u^^^^^^^ ^'' "^ the rod-shaped variety of 
 
 rods about TS :n leUh Th?'"^' '' ^^"^' ^'^^^^^ 1^»«« or 
 person meaS tuWculos^^of some pa^oH "•''' ^P"'"'" «^ ^ 
 they are associated with tL preseTc/of Jl ^^^'J'rP'^'^S^^ i when 
 the microscope) they are a p^ooToTth^^dtrbel^^^^^^^^^ Z^ 
 
 '{ 
 
240 
 
 mSKARKS OF THK CHEST. 
 
 L . ".,*■-/■' 
 
 proper. The examination of one's sputum, therefore, in the early 
 part of any prolonged and suspicious cough, becoi: es an alwolute ne- 
 cessity, since thereby one is made aware, in the earliest stages, of 
 this dreadful disease, and an opportunity offered of attacking it at once 
 in ita incipiency. This modern discovery has given rise to much 
 experimentation in treatment with the aim in view of killing out the 
 germ. Robert Koch of Berlin announced to the world, a shoit time 
 ago, that he had discovered an agent, which he called Tuberculin 
 that would eradicate these death-producing germs, but time has 
 shown his efforts to bo unsuccessful as yet, although promising of 
 great results in the future. These germs are contagious in character 
 so that we now can explain why mjtny contmct consumption in whose 
 ancestral blood there never existed any tubercular taint. 
 
 We know that husband may impart the disease to wife and mother 
 to daughter if only the system is in a receptive state to offer a lode- 
 merit to the germs. These tiny but most enduring bacilli retahi 
 their life for an indefinite time in the midst of dust and other dried 
 secretions, so that a practical point is that all persons suffering from 
 tuberculous diseases should be exceedingly careful where they spit 
 and with whom they sleep. To raise the sputum into small paper 
 cups which may be burned is a common and very prudent custom 
 
 Ihis discovery, while not disproving the old theory of heredity 
 nevertheless explains many a case of acquired Phthisis, and clears uj 
 many an old-fashioned theory. 
 
 These are indisputable facts from which the medical profession at 
 present hope to derive practical benefit by the discovery of some 
 germicide which may be applicable and safe for internal administra- 
 tion. 
 
 Can Consumption be Cured ? — In many caaes it can. It may be 
 cured, first, by the absorption of the tubercles. The celebrated John 
 Hunter shows, in his work on the blood, that the absorbent vessels 
 have a sort of elective a#m«y, by which they take up and remove "all 
 adventitious new matter, as tumors" (tubercles are albuminous tu- 
 mors), more easily " than those parta which were originaUy formed " 
 Were this not so, an activity in these vessels equal to the removal of 
 tubercles would cause them to waste all the tissues, and aggravate 
 rather than cure consumption. Probably this does occur where 
 proper hygienic means are not used to quicken the excretions. This 
 hygienic treatment, to be spoken of hereafter, is not generally em- 
 ployed, -certainly not as effectually as it should be. Here is the 
 source of Laennec's fatal remark, so often quoted and so widely en- 
 dorsed, that nature's efforts towards effecting a cure are injurious, 
 and those of art are useless." Laennec's position cannot be true, if 
 Hunter s statement is correct. If the absorbents, by an elective in- 
 stinct, take up adventitious matter rather than the natural tissues, 
 filv^ reason why they reverse this rule in consumption is, that by 
 a weakened state of the constitution, the ultimate particles are not 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 241 
 
 1 tho early 
 il)8olute ne- 
 t stages, of 
 ig it at once 
 ie to much 
 ing out tlio 
 I shoit time 
 Tuberculin, 
 it time has 
 romising of 
 n character, 
 on in whose 
 
 and mother 
 offer a lodg- 
 lacilli retain 
 other dried 
 ffering froiu 
 re they spit 
 small paper 
 it custom, 
 of heredity, 
 nd clears up 
 
 )rofession at 
 pry of some 
 1 administni- 
 
 It may be 
 )rated John 
 mt vessels 
 remove "all 
 iminous tu- 
 [ly formed." 
 removal of 
 
 aggravate 
 3cur where 
 lions. This 
 [nerally em- 
 
 [ere is the 
 
 widely en- 
 injuriom, 
 
 be true, if 
 lelective in- 
 1ml tissues, 
 
 is, that by 
 lies are not 
 
 well put together^ and are more easily Uiken apart than those of the 
 adventitious tul)ercular tumors ; and if we would restore these vessels 
 to their natural activity, we must improve assimilation, and knit the 
 unloving molecules into a firmer brotherhood. We must make the 
 flesh hard, so that the absorbents cannot pick it to pieces. Do this, 
 and "nature's efforts to effect a cure" will not "bo injurious." 
 
 A second form of euro is the reestablisbment of the assimilative 
 function, the building up of the geneml health, the arresting of the 
 tubercular deposit, the reducing of tubercles already formed to an 
 indolent state ; and then, by a strict observance of the laws of health, 
 keeping them in that condition through life. 
 
 A third mode of cure is the healing of the cavities after the tuber- 
 cles have softened, broken down, and been expelled in the form of 
 expectoration. 
 
 A fourth method of cure is a change of tubercles to calcareous 
 matter. These calcareous tubercles, Laennec says, "are consequent 
 to tuberculous affections that have been cured" And Andral, at one 
 time, hoped to learn how to effect cures by changing tubercles to 
 " the calcareous phosphate." 
 
 I have had several cases of cure by this last method, and have 
 quite a collection of calcareous substances which my patients have 
 coughed up, — one of which was raised in my presence by a lady 
 who was a few years before in hopeless consumption, but is now in 
 good health. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be of two kinds, local and general. 
 
 The local treatment of consumption is by the inhalation of vapors 
 and powders into the lungs. It has been practised, more or less, by 
 individuals, for many yeai-s, particularly in Europe ; but for some 
 unaccountable reason, the profession generally have never used it, 
 and do not know much about it. I had the honor, some years ago, 
 to bring it freshly before the American public, in some articles writ- 
 ten for popular reading, since which time it has been rapidly gaining 
 public confidence, and is now attracting much attention. Convejdng 
 the rsmedy directly to the diseased parts, it strikes the common- 
 sense mind as eminently reasonable and necessary. 
 
 I shall speak of inhalation, therefore, very earnestly, not as a 
 palliative of consumption only, but as far more, as a remedy. After 
 long and patient use, my experience allows nie to say, that I know 
 it, in many cases, to be such ; and knowing this, I should be criminal 
 not to press it upon the public; for it is the great multitude of 
 sufferers, pressing fast through the gate of death, who need to hear 
 words of hope. 
 
 Consumption a General Disease. — It is not denied that con- 
 sumption is a general disease, needing constitutional treatment; but 
 it has also a local development in the lungs, first in the form of al- 
 buminous tumors, called tubercles, and then, after the softening. 
 
 I T t' 
 
242 
 
 DISEASF.S OF THE CHEST. 
 
 breaking down, and discharge of these, in the more formidable shape 
 of ulcerous cavities, whicli, beginning at the summit, devour thu 
 lungs down to the base. Can it be reasonable to api)ly no remedy 
 directly to this local disease ? Not so does our profession deal witli 
 other local diseases. To an inflamed skin we apply poultices, cold 
 compresses, solutiouK of acettite of lead, nitrate of silver, etc. ; to 
 leprous or scaly affections, sulphuret of potash, bichloride cf mer- 
 cury, zinc ointment, nitrate of mercury ointment, sulphur, creosote, 
 etc. ; to weak and inflamed eyes, sulphate of copper, sulphate of 
 zinc, nitrate of silver, and opium ; to chronic ulcers upon the skin, 
 tannin, pulverized rhubarb, opium, or cinchona ; and to an inflamed 
 tliroat, nitrate of silver and other articles. These are but specimens 
 of the thousand cases in which we use local remedies. Why, then, 
 when the mucous membrane, ,vhich lines the air tubes, becomes in- 
 flamed through all its branches, should we neglect, by the inhalation 
 of medicated vapor, to apply a remedy directly upon the whole in- 
 flamed surface ? Why, when tubercu' matter is l)eginning to be 
 deposited upon the surface of the air cells, and of the small bronchial 
 tubes, shouhl not the vapor go right to those parts, and cause, as it 
 woidd, the immediate expulsion of tliiu offending and dangerous 
 matter ? 
 
 Uneducated common sense sees the reasonableness of these sug- 
 gesvions at a glance. Many a person, with jjulmonary disease, dies 
 of suffocation, not because there is not muscidar strength to expel 
 the matter which is strangling him, but because the lungs below the 
 large pellets of mucus, which plug up the bronchial tubes, cannot be 
 inflated, and have therefore no means of driving out the offending 
 substance. Yet a proper medicated vapor, drawn in with the breath, 
 would either dissolve the mucus, or rouse up the expiring membrane 
 to cast it off. 
 
 If the reader were to place one end of a stethoscope directly over 
 the disease upon the breast of a person in the third stage of consump- 
 tion, and should then ask him to talk, the words spoken would seem 
 to rise up through the instrument, and enter, well articulated, into 
 his ear. This, in technical language, is c»X\edi pectoriloquy, — a word 
 signifying chest-talking. It implies a cavity in the lung. If now the 
 patient be asked to cough, a gurgling and splasliing sound will be 
 heard. This denotes that the cavity is partly filled with fluid, which 
 is dashed about by the air explosively driven through it by the portion 
 of lung below. Here we have an excavated ulcer, with aU its filthy 
 contents, composed of pus, mucus, serum, and dissolved tubercles, 
 lying in it day and night to aggravate its unhealthy condition. What 
 more reasonable, what more necessary, than that a soothing, altera- 
 tive, or astringent vapor should be drawn into this cavity, to cause 
 its sides to heal, and its absorbents to remove this fluid? A surgeon 
 who should permit an ulcer upon the surface of the body to remain 
 in that condition without a local dressing would be deemed unfit to 
 practise his profession. 
 
...M-.^ua^luari-' 
 
 V 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET {MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 |^|2.8 
 
 11.25 ■ U 
 
 v 
 
 2.5 
 
 M 
 12.0 
 
 1.6 
 
 /. 
 
 
 <. 
 
 .<.%^- 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 '^' 
 
 HiotogRsphic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 ""^ V 
 
 <e^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716)872-4503 
 
 .r>sr.,:- S'L.tA.:^ ,.Xt^.^' 
 
 v^ 
 
 ..^^....MiL, .^±1 . 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 248 
 
 Both in tubercular disease and in simple bronchitis, the bronchial 
 tubes almost always suffer some physical change. The raucous 
 membrane lining these tubes is generally softened. At other times 
 the tubes become enlarged through their whole length, so that many 
 of them, from tJie size of a quill, reach the bigness of the finger of a 
 glove. In still other caseS; the straining produced by coughing 
 causes a tube to belly out at some point, forming a sack, which is 
 generally filled with mucus or purulent matter. At still other times, 
 a tubercle will press against a tube so as to flatten it and convert it 
 into a musical instrument, the air, as it is diawn laboriously through, 
 producing a high or low note, according to the size of the pipe. 
 These physical changes are all produced by causes which the inhala- 
 tion of a suitable vapor, at tlie proper time, would almost infallibly 
 remove. How strange that this remedy, — so simple, so effectual, 
 so easily comprehended, — should have been so little used I 
 
 Right at this vital point in the lungs, where the blood runs in a 
 ceaseless current, — where the whole of it goes every two minutes to 
 renew its vitality by contact with atmospheric air, — we have, in 
 thousands of cases daily occurring, inflammation Avith roughening or 
 softening of membrane, with its consequent harsh breathing ; we have 
 mucus, tough or glairy, to impede and interrupt respiration ; we have 
 tubercles in the hard or soft state, adding to the general embarrass- 
 ment, and not only lessening the vitality of the blood, but disturbing 
 all the sympathies of the system ; — and yet the practice has been, 
 and is, to attack these central distm-bers of life only through the cir- 
 cuitous path of the stomach, lacteals, etc. 
 
 I have investigated faithfully the effects of the various substances 
 proposed for inhalation by European physicians, and have explored a 
 wide field of new remedies, not before used, several of which have 
 proved to have qualities of great remedial power. 
 
 The chief remedies I employ for inhalation are the following . 
 
 Alterative Inhalant, composed of iodine, six grains ; iodide of 
 potassium, twelve grains ; tincture of ipecac, one ounce ; tincture of 
 balsam of tolu, six drams ; ethereal tinctui-e of conium, one and a half 
 drams ; alcohol, half a pint. These are to be mixed. The dose is 
 one to two teaspoonfuls, to be inhaled ten or fifteen minutes, in 
 about a gill of hot water. 
 
 The ethereal tincture of conium is made by keeping a dram of 
 powdered conium in one ounce of sulphuric ether a week. 
 
 The above inhalant is used in the tubercular forms of consump- 
 tion, particularly that of the scrofulous kind, and in mauy cases of 
 bronchitis. 
 
 Expectorant Inhalant. — Take pleurisy root, half an 
 squill, one ounce ; ipecac, two drams ; black cohosh, two 
 queen's root, one ounce and a half; American hellebore, two drams; 
 diluted alcohol, one pint. Grind the roots, etc., and add the alcohol. 
 
 ounce ; 
 ounces ; 
 
244 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 Let the whole stand one week, shaking or stirring daily. Draw off 
 and filter through paper. Two teaspoonfuls make a dose, to be in- 
 haled same as preceding. 
 
 This is to be used when the cough is hard and dry, and the expec- 
 toration difficult. It makes the raising easy, lessening the soreness 
 of the chest, and the harshness of the cough. 
 
 Soothing, Febrifuge Inhalant. — Take belladonna leaves, half an 
 ounce ; black cohosh, two ounces ; American hellebore, half an ounce ; 
 poke-root, two drams ; aconite root, one ounce ; diluted alcohol, one 
 pint. Grind the roots, etc., add the alcohol. Let the whole stand 
 one week, stirring daily. Pour off and filter through paper. Dose, 
 one to two teaspoonfuls, to be inhaled as the preceding. 
 
 This is excellent in all cases where the skin is hot, the pulse 
 quick, the tongue and mouth parched, the chest sore, and the system 
 suffering during the whole or a part of each day, from a general 
 feverish condition. It is proper in all the forms of chest disease. 
 
 Astringent Inhalant. — Take of wild indigo, one ounce ; catechu, 
 half an ounce ; Peruvian bark, one ounce ; golden seal, one ounce ; 
 diluted alcohol, one pint. Mix, and let the whole stand one week, 
 stirring daily. Drain off, and filter through paper. Add two di-ams 
 of creosote. One to two teaspoonfuls to be inhaled as preceding. 
 
 This is to be used when the expectoration is profuse and easy, un- 
 attended by fever, either in the latter stages of chronic bronchitis, 
 when the mucous membrane of the tubes is in a relaxed condition, 
 or, in the third stage of tubercular disease, for the purpose of con- 
 stringing, cleansing, strengthening, and healing. 
 
 Antiseptic Inhalant. — Take wild indigo, one ounce ; belladonna 
 leaves, half an ounce ; diluted alcohol, one pint. Mix, and let the 
 whole stand one week. Pour off, and filter through paper. Then 
 add solution of chloride of soda two ounces. Dose, one to two tea- 
 spoonfuls, to be inhaled as the preceding. 
 
 This is used in cases of gangrene of the lungs,, generally distin- 
 guished by considerable expectoration having a very fetid smell. 
 
 Anti-Hemorrhagic Inhalant. — Take witch-hazel bark, two 
 ounces ; black cohosh, four ounces. Grind, and add one pint of 
 diluted alcohol. Let the mixture stand one week, stirring daily. 
 Pour off, and filter through paper. Add to this two drams of creo- 
 sote. Dose, one to three ieaspoonfuls, to be inhaled as preceding. 
 
 This is an excellent remedy for bleeding from the lungs. When 
 there is a tendency to bleed, it should be used for a long time. It 
 may frequently take the place of No. 4, as an astringent inhalant. 
 
 For immediate relief give strong solution of salt water. 
 
 Object of Inhalants. — Being vaporized and inhaled, these articles 
 enter every air-cell throughout the lungs. Their object is to soothe 
 and mollify inflamed mucous surfaces, to reduce enlarged bronchial 
 
 ■ >i nn* i<ii m i iijn ii (, M 
 
riSEASES OF THE 0HB8T. 
 
 24r 
 
 . Draw off 
 
 le, to be in- 
 
 i the expec- 
 ihe soreness 
 
 ves, half an 
 [f an ounce; 
 alcohol, one 
 ^•hole stand 
 per. Dose, 
 
 b, the pulse 
 [ the system 
 a a general 
 disease. 
 
 36 ; catechu, 
 one ounce; 
 I one week, 
 [ two dmms 
 eceding. 
 id easy, un- 
 bronchitis, 
 I condition, 
 lose of con- 
 belladonna 
 md let the 
 per. Then 
 to two tea- 
 
 :ally distin- 
 smell. 
 
 bark, two 
 ne pint of 
 ring daily, 
 ns of creo- 
 'eceding. 
 TB. When 
 time. It 
 nhalant. 
 
 ese articles 
 to soothe 
 bronchial 
 
 glands which press upon neighl)oring parts and ciiuse bleeding, to 
 stimulate the absorbents to take up and remove tubercles, to dissolve 
 tubercles out of the pulmonary tissue, to cause ulcerous cavities to 
 expel their mattery contents, and to stimulate their sides to take on 
 a healing process. They should be used from three to six times a 
 day, the inhalation continuing from ten to fifteen minutes. 
 
 Other Inhalants. — Great numbers of other articles have been 
 used, which I have not space to describe. I will mention, however, 
 that the following are sometimes employed with advantage : — 
 
 For an Expectorant Inhalant, take alcohol, four ounces ; tincture 
 of camphor, half an ounce ; tincture of tolu, two drams ; naphtha, 
 one dram ; benzoic acid, thirty grains ; oil of bitter almonds, four 
 drops. Mix. 
 
 For an Anodyne Inhalant, take alcohol, four ounces ; naphtha, one 
 dram ; benzoic acid, thirty grains ; chloroform, twenty-five drops ; 
 tincture of henbane, half an ounce. Mix. 
 
 For an Astringent Inhalant, take alcohol, four ounces ; naphtha, 
 one dram ; benzoic acid, thirty grains ; chloroform, one dram ; tannin, 
 eight grains. Mix. 
 
 Mode of Inhaling. — For inhaling these, a sponge is fitted into a 
 glass cup, to which a flexible tube is attached. A small quantity of 
 the mixture is poured upon the sponge, and the vapor arising is 
 drawn into the lungs through the tube. 
 
 To the expectorant inhalant may be added, occasionally, half a 
 dram of nitric acid. 
 
 These latter formulas are the principal ones used by those who 
 practice what is called cold inhalation. 
 
 A very common mode of inhaling volatile remedies is by saturat- 
 ing a little cotton, contained in a wire basket, with the desired oil or 
 fluid, and placing it over the mouth and nose. It is to be worn 
 throughout the day. Oil of peppermint, creosote, menthol, oil of 
 eucal3rptus, etc., etc., are among the more common remedies thus 
 used. 
 
 A good inhaler can be bought of any dealer in surgical instruments. 
 
 Constitutional Treatment. — The rapid breathing in consump- 
 tion creates too much oxydation of the blood, — so much, that the 
 muscles, especially the heart, are usually of a bright red. To prevent 
 the patient from being literally burned up by oxygen, the blood 
 must be de-oxydated as fast as possible. 
 
 While there is too much of oxygen, there is, at the same time, a 
 deficiency of carbon. Hence the cold hands and feet, and the gen- 
 eral inability to bear frosty weather. The little nutritive arteries, in 
 these thin-blooded persons, stand shivering and torpid with cold, un- 
 able to perform their allotte.1 function of nutrition. There is not 
 fire enough, and fuel must be had in the form of carbon. Hence one 
 of the advantages of cod-liver oil. This oil, too, as carbon, devoui-s 
 
246 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 the oxygen of the blood, and prevents its destroying the patient. 
 Phis idea also explains the fact mentioned by Beniiet and others, 
 that in their post-mortems they found the evidences of healed ulcei-s 
 in numerous persons who had been spirit-drinkers while living. Ami 
 Liebig helps the explanation by saying that alcohol, taken into the 
 system, circulates in a free state in the blood, and devours its oxygen. 
 To which I beg to add, that the malaria of intermittent and bilious 
 fever districts, has been pretty satisfactorily proved to be an instable 
 organic body, consisting of sulphur, carbon, and hydrogen, all of 
 which have an affinity for oxygen, and devour it in the system. 
 Consumption is not found in such districts 
 
 As I am here treating of the chemical effects of remedies (and to 
 this test most remedies must finally come), I will mention that tar- 
 trate of antimony and potassa arrests the circulation in the pulmonary 
 arteries, — which fact gives a complete and luminous view of its 
 power to prevent oxidation. But I am obliged to detract from its 
 merits, by stating that it also retards the circulation in the capillaries 
 of the system generally, and so hinders c?e-oxidation. 
 
 Phosphorlis. — There is an article which has more recently pre- 
 sented itself to the notice of the profession, to which I wish to invite 
 special attention. I refer to phosphorus. This agent, for a time, 
 challenged our notice in the shape of phosphate of lime ; but we could 
 never feel sure that this article was dissolved in the fluids of the 
 body. We now use, and with far more marked effect, the hypo- 
 phosphites of lime, soda, potash, and iron. These are used in tlie 
 form of the syrup of the hypophosphites. The dose is a teaspoonful 
 before each meal. The effect unon tubercular disease is immediate 
 and gratifying. 
 
 Need of Phosphorus. — Cerebric acid contains nitrogen and phos- 
 phorus, and is t'.ie peculiar component of the brain and nervous sys- 
 tem. By combustion and the changes of oxidation in the brain, the 
 phosphorus of cerebric acid is converted into phosphoric acid ; so that 
 every act of the brain produces phosphoric acid. How rapid, then, 
 must be the consumption of the phosphoric element of the cerebric 
 acid, in that highly active p,nd excitable state of the nervous system 
 which I have described as peculiar to consumption. And how neces- 
 sary, in order to save the brain from destruction, to meet this increased 
 demand for phosphorus, by introducing it into the system. 
 
 Mulder regards the fibrin of the blood as the carrier of oxygen; and 
 by this oxidation, the fibrin becomes converted into the binoxide r.nd 
 trioxide of protein, — its phosphorus and sulphur (for it ccitains 
 both) being converted into phosphoric and sulphuric acids. Adding 
 phosphorus and sulphur, therefore, as medicinal agents, would seem 
 to be the proper way to supply the fibrin with materials destructive 
 of its freight of oxygen. 
 
 It is well known that the salts of phosphoric acid are essential for 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 247 
 
 the patient. 
 t and othci's, 
 healed ulcers 
 living. And 
 ken into the 
 rs its oxygen, 
 t and hilioiis 
 )e an instable 
 rogen, all of 
 I the system. 
 
 edies (and to 
 bion that tar- 
 he pulmonary 
 3 view of its 
 ract from its 
 the capillaries 
 
 recently pre- 
 wish to invite 
 t, for a time, 
 
 but we could 
 
 fluids of the 
 ct, the hypo- 
 ! used in the 
 a teaspoonful 
 
 is immediate 
 
 jen and phos- 
 
 nervous sys- 
 the brain, the 
 
 acid ; so that 
 V rapid, then, 
 
 the cerebric 
 rvous system 
 
 d how neces- 
 this increased 
 3m. 
 
 oxygen; and 
 biuoxide r.nd 
 )r it ccatains 
 
 ds. Adding 
 
 would seem 
 s destructive 
 
 essential for 
 
 the formation of azotic compounds, — conii«)und8 wlii(^h are neces- 
 sary to sustain animal life. It should be reiuumbcrcd, too, as collat- 
 erally illustrating this fact, that the tribasic phosphates of potash, soda, 
 lime, and magnesia, j)lay an important part in the growth and perfec- 
 tion of plants. They are always found in the seeds of the cerelia, and 
 no mature grains are produced where phosphates are absent from the 
 soil. For the production of abundant grain-crops, it is necessary 
 that these salts should exist in the soil, or be applied to it in manures. 
 
 It is known, moreover, that in all chronic diseases distinguished by 
 wasting of tlie tissues, a much larger quantity of phosphates is ex- 
 creted by the kidneys than in the normal state. Hence there is no 
 healthful growth ; and the human organism, like the soil, exhausted 
 of its phosphates by successive croppings, brings nothing to perfec- 
 tion, and needs to have its drained salts re-supplied. 
 
 I cannot but call attention here to the inorganic substances found 
 in healthy human blood. According to very careful analyses, by 
 Schmidt : 
 
 1000 parts of blood-corpuscles, contain : 
 
 Chlorine 1.686 
 
 Sulphuric Aeki 0.066 
 
 Phosphoric Add 1.134 
 
 Potassium 3.328 
 
 Sodium 1.052 
 
 Oxygen 0.667 
 
 Phosphate of Lime 0.114 
 
 Phosphate of Magnesia .... 0.073 
 
 1000 parts of liquor sanguinis (serum 
 and fibrin), contain : 
 
 Chlorine 3.664 
 
 SulhuricAcld 0.115 
 
 Phosphoric Acid 0.191 
 
 Potassium 0.323 
 
 Sodium 3.341 
 
 Oxygen 0.403 
 
 Piiosphate of Llrao 0.311 
 
 Phosphate of Magnesia .... 0.222 
 
 Iron is omitted. Now, I venture the prediction, that out of these 
 figures, mainly, in connection with those which represent the consti- 
 tuents of the saliva, the bile, the gastric juice, the pancreatic secretion, 
 and the organic compounds of the blood and tissues, are to be evolved 
 within a few years a correct and partially demonstrative system of 
 medication. In consumption, all the inorganic bodies represented by 
 the above figures, with the exception of oxygen, are deficient in quan- 
 tity. By reflecting upon the proportions of these several bodies, par- 
 ticularly upon the large amount of clilorine and soda in the plasma, 
 and of potassium in the corpuscles, the mind can hardly fail to obtain 
 useful hints. I have not hesitated to make one of these hints the 
 ground of a very free use of alkalies, — particularly in the form of 
 bathing. 
 
 Sugar of Milk. — There is one other medicinal article which I deem 
 worthy to be mad prominent, and to be placed side by side with cod 
 liver oil and the hypo-phosphites. I refer to sugar of milk. It belongs 
 to that class of non-nitrogenized articles which Liebig has denomi- 
 nated supporters of respiration. Its great affinity for oxygen is well 
 worthy to be taken into the account, in considering its value in con- 
 sumption. So great is this attraction, that, with ammonia and other 
 alkalies, it has the power of reducing some of the metallic oxides. 
 
248 
 
 DISEASES OP THE CHEST. 
 
 When taken into the stomach, it is rapidly alworbed into the blood, 
 which, being an alkaline fluid, augments its great de-oxidating power 
 to a considerable degree. It unites rapidly with oxygen after enter- 
 ing the blood, forming carbonic acid and water. A part of it, how- 
 ever, does not enter the blood in an uncompounded state, but is 
 changed in the stomach into lactic acid ; and this, in the blood, be- 
 comes an alkaline lactiite. But the portion thus changed appears 
 also very useful ; for Lehmann says : " We know of no substance 
 which could better act in the blood as food for the respiration, than 
 the alkaline lact^ates." 
 
 Corroborative of these views is the fact that all those kinds of 
 milk, such as goat's, ass's, etc., which contain the largest amount of 
 sugar of milk, have at different times, and in various countries, ol>- 
 tained a reputation for curing consumption. Goat's whey, in which 
 this article abounds, and from which it is largely manufactured, has 
 been celebrated for its virtues in this line. Ancel speaks of it as an 
 excellent remedy ; and Pereira says, " Sugar of milk, in consumptive 
 cases and chronic 'diseases of the digestive organs, is a most valuable 
 aliment." 
 
 One of the best forms of taking sugar of milk is that of a gruel, 
 which is quite palatable, and may be freely eaten by consumptive 
 persons. 
 
 Creosote, Quaicol, etc. — Modern researches having proved that 
 consumption, as well as many throat and other diseases are propa- 
 gated by germs or bacilli, as explained on page 239, medical investi- 
 gators have for a long time been seeking some agent that would 
 destroy these germs without at the same time injuriously affecting 
 the human system. A few years ago Dr. Robert Koch, a celebrated 
 German scientist, who had long been investigating the consumption, 
 cholera, and other microbes, thought he had discovered a lymph that 
 would destroy or at least counteract the consumption bacillus ; but 
 unfortunately it proved a failure. Creosote, carbolic acid, guaicol 
 and similar drugs kill the germ when outside the body, and for this 
 reason most therapeutists of to-day use these remedies in as large a 
 quantity, and for as long a time as tho system will tolerate. At all 
 events, whatever may be the outcome of thecustom at present in 
 vogue, creosote certainly arrests the rapid proliferation of germ-life 
 in the lungs, improves the appetite and digestion, lowers the temper- 
 ature, and apparently helps the patient. The only offset to the use 
 of this class of remedies lies in the fact that one cannot thoroughly 
 disinfect the blood sufficiently to kill these germs completely. Creo- 
 sote made from beechwood, taken in three-drop doses with a wine- 
 glass of milk, after food, three times a day, is the usual form of 
 administration. This dose should gradually be increased till ten and 
 even twenty drops are taken at a time. The carbonate of creosote is 
 a more elegant and perhaps more effective form of the drug. This 
 medicine may also be procured in the form of capsules .and pills. 
 
 ■-~-i»<B«a>i iir«Mist'jtaitaw'< 
 
:he blood, 
 ng power 
 fter entei- 
 f it, how- 
 te, but is 
 blood, be- 
 d appeal's 
 substance 
 tiou, than 
 
 I kinds of 
 imount of 
 ntries, ol)- 
 , in which 
 tured, has 
 )f it as an 
 isumptive 
 t valuable 
 
 f a gruel, 
 isumptive 
 
 oved that 
 are propa- 
 al investi- 
 hat would 
 k affecting 
 celebrated 
 sumption, 
 onph that 
 lUus; but 
 d, guaicol 
 d for this 
 IS large a 
 . At all 
 resent in 
 germ-life 
 e temper- 
 ,0 the use 
 loroughly 
 y. Creo- 
 h a wine- 
 form of 
 I ten and 
 reosote is 
 g. This 
 pills. 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 249 
 
 By Dr. Cyrus Edison's recently discovered product &f carbolic 
 acid, iusepsin, it is claimed that seventy per cent of consumptive 
 oases can be cured. It can only be administered as a hypodermic 
 injection, however, at the hands of an experienced practitioner. 
 
 The Coug^h. — The best article I have ever used for this is the 
 "Pulmonic Cherry Cordial." I was five years in compounding this 
 article to suit me, and I believe it to be the very best cough prepa- 
 ration ever made. Dose, from one to two teaspoonfuls. 
 
 Pulmonic Cherry Cordial. — Wild-cherry bark, ground, 10 pounds 
 ipecac root, 20 ounces ; bloodroot, 24 ounces ; squill root, bruised, 12 
 ounces ; pulverized liquorice root, 5 ounces ; cochineal, bruised, 2 
 ounces ; anise seed, 32 ounces ; fennel seed, 8 ounces ; orange peel, 
 16 ounces ; acetate of morphine, 12 drams ; alcohol, 8 gallons ; water, 
 8 gallons ; pulverized white sugar, 40 pounds ; sulphuric acid, 1 
 ounce. 
 
 Directions for making. — Grind all the articles to a coarse powder 
 except those directed to be bruised or pulverized, and put them all 
 to the alcohol except the wild-cheriy bark, the water, the sugar, and 
 the sulphuric acid. Let them stand one week, shaking or stirring 
 thorouglily twice a day. Then, having kept the wild-cheny bark two 
 days in a covered vessel, with water enough ujjon it to wet it through, 
 place it in a percolator, and run eight gallons of water through it. 
 Add this to the alcohol and other ingredients. Let the whole stand 
 tliree days longer, stirring as before, twice a day. Draw off, and fil- 
 ter through paper. Now add the sugar, and lastly the sulphuric acid. 
 The acid is intended mainly to improve the color, by acting chemi- 
 cally upon the cochineal. The color is a fine cherry red, tinged with 
 orange. 
 
 I have given the directions for making sixteen gallons — this being 
 the smallest quantity in which I make it. Any person can easily 
 make the calculation for reducing the quantity. The assertion pre- 
 viously made that tliis is the " best cough preparation ever made," I 
 see no cause to modify in the smallest degree. Were it kept in 
 every apothecary shop, and were physicians to prescribe in pul- 
 monary complaints, adding a little syrup of squills or wine of ipecac 
 when a more expectorant effect is wanted, or a little morphine if 
 greater narcotism is sought, it would save them much trouble in com- 
 pounding cough syrups, and give them much more satisfactory re- 
 sults. I have compared its effect, again and again, with the best 
 other preparations in use, and I pledge my word that it will succeed 
 in twice as many cases as any other compound that may be chosen. 
 Let physicians try it; and I will be responsible for ever hair's 
 breadth in which they find this proportion of successful results 
 abridged. 
 
 When a more quieting effect is needed, a little morphine may be 
 added to this preparation ; if a more expectorant influence is required, 
 add a few drops of the tincture of veratrum viride. For the great 
 
 
 MM 
 
 mm 
 
 ■\ ■'» 
 
■ — "" ■>»" 
 
 250 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 majority of cases, it will l)e found to be right without any addition. 
 When this is notathand, my of the preparations (108), (112), (100), 
 (113), (110), etc., may be used. Another good preparation is Dr. 
 King's consumption cure. 
 
 Night Sweats. — The very best preparation for these sweats ia a 
 compound of the oxide of zinc, one dram ; extmct of conium, half a 
 dram ; to be made into twenty pills, of which one or two are to be 
 taken every night. The sponge bath also does much to check these 
 sweats, and vinegar baths (369). Atropia, ^U of a grain on retiring, 
 and especially Agaricin, ^ grain, will cause the sweats to stop abso- 
 lutely. 
 
 Diarrhoea. — This is a most exhausting symptom in the latter 
 stages of consumption. The only remedy which has much effect in 
 controlling it is the iris-nitrate of bismuth. This should be given in 
 doses of thirty grains immediately after, or at the time of each meal. 
 These doses are much larger than used to be given ; but they will 
 do no harm. Given to tliis extent, I find the bismuth very effectual. 
 
 Iron.— This preparation, in some of its forms (316), (73), (159), 
 (102), is almost always needed in consumption. If the scrofulous 
 habit be strongly marked, give syrup of iodide of iron, in thirty-drop 
 doses, three times a day. It should be taken in a glass of water. To 
 the feeble administer Gude's pepto-mangan in teaspoonful doses three 
 or four times daily. This is one of the simplest and most effica- 
 cious forms of iron we have. 
 
 External Irritants These are needed where there is much in- 
 flammation and soreness of the chest. Blisters should very seldom 
 be used. Croton oil, from two to half a dozen drops, rubbed over 
 the sore part, generally answers very well. Sometimes the mustard 
 paste, applied to the extent of producing redness, two or three times 
 a week, is sufficient. Nitric acid, reduced with water to a strength 
 a little above the strongest vinegar, answers a good purpose for 
 keeping up an irritation. 
 
 Atmospheric Inhaiation.-- -It has been said by Laennec and others, 
 that asthma has sometimes the effect of arresting tubercular consump 
 tion. Dr. Ramadge thought this was effected by an expansion of 
 the vesicular structure of the lungs ; and he reasoned that the same 
 expansion, by mechanical means, would secure a similar end. To ef- 
 fect this, he made his patients take long breaths through a tube con- 
 structed for the purpose. 
 
 It is manifest that the philosophy of atmospheric inhalation was 
 not understood by Dr. Ramadge, nor has it been by any of his fol- 
 lowers in this country. 
 
 Rokitansky thinks the tubercular habit depends upon the excess 
 of fibrin in the blood ; and says that the reason of consumption being 
 arrested by pregnancy is, that this condition offers a mechanical ob- 
 
 • •TmriiiiBHJSMMiSWi'''''''' 
 
' I 
 
 IHSEASKrt OK THK CHEST. 
 
 261 
 
 ly addition. 
 I2),(10!t), 
 ition is Dr. 
 
 sweats is a 
 lium, half a 
 ro are to Ihj 
 check these 
 
 on retiring, 
 ) stop alwo- 
 
 a the latter 
 ich effect in 
 be given in 
 f each meal, 
 ut they will 
 ry effectual. 
 
 :73), (159), 
 B scrofulous 
 
 thirty-drop 
 f water. To 
 I doses three 
 
 most effica- 
 
 is much in- 
 very seldom 
 rubbed over 
 the mustard 
 : three times 
 } a strength 
 purpose for 
 
 c and others, 
 lar consump 
 jxpansion of 
 lat the same 
 end. Toef- 
 1 a tube con- 
 halation was 
 ly of his fol- 
 
 a the excess 
 nption being 
 jchanical ob- 
 
 stacle to the transmission of blood tlu-ough the lungs, — thus pre- 
 venting its excessive oxidation, ai'd keeping it in a venous state. 
 This destroys the fibrinous condition, on which he thinks tuberculosis 
 depends. 
 
 Now this ift precisely what is done by atmospheric inhalation. The 
 trachea divides, on its entrance into the lungs, into two branches, 
 which again divide ana subdivide until the tubes become smaller 
 than can be seen, each terminating in a minute air-cell. Over this 
 entire surface the air is intended to be brought into communication 
 with the blood for the purjjose of oxidating it. By forcible inhala- 
 tion, the air-vesicles are inflated to the extent of their capacity, by 
 which means the extreme branches of the pulmonary arteries are so 
 flattened between these extended cells, as to be able to convey but a 
 small amount of blood, and but little is oxidated. This furnishes a 
 mechanical obstruction to the transmission of the blood, and secures 
 the defibrination of which Rokitansky speaks. 
 
 This is my view of the philosophy of atmospheric inhalation. The 
 benefit results, not from a larger amount of oxidation, as is generally 
 supposed, but from a smaller. Asthma does the same thing by pro- 
 ducing spasmodic contraction of the extreme bronchial tubes, and 
 preventing air fro.n entering the cells. 
 
 The same end is gained in part by certain kinds of employment, as 
 glass-blowing, playing upon wind instru .lents, and the like. Writers 
 of distinction mention cases of recovery from incipient consumption 
 by a vigorous use of the lungs in singing. Dentists subject their 
 lungs to a similar process of expansion in the use of the blow-pipe ; 
 the writer has known several instances in that profession, in wldch 
 recoveries have taken place. 
 
 The Conclusion to which I come is, that atmospheric inhalation 
 may be used with great advantage in some ciises, but should never 
 be resorted to. except under the direction of a competent physician. 
 In a congested state of the lungs, with hsemorrhagic tendencies, or 
 with inflammation and soreness, it is well fitted to produce fatal 
 bleeding and is of course dangerous. 
 
 External Use of Water. — As a relaxation from severe exertions, 
 the ancients had frequent recourse to bathing. Those who contended 
 in the race, throwing the javelin, and wrestling, at Rome, plunged 
 into the Tiber while warm and panting with their efforts. That this 
 promoted prowess and physical endurance, none can doubt. 
 
 Louis, the great French authority on pulmonary diseases, lays 
 down several rules to be observed by consumptive patients, and par- 
 ticularly mentions cold bathing. 
 
 Few things give tone to the capillaries of the skin like cold water, 
 systematically applied. It rallies the powers of the constitution, and 
 improves assimilation. And by it another object is gained of scarcely 
 less importance, — that of gfuarding the system against taking cold. 
 
 
 Mil 
 
 fc:JiKUIii^'^^- 
 
 ^^t£Uy,^'t^ 
 
 :?"fSm:.iZ^f^:^:'W^;gSl::rj 
 
352 
 
 DISEASES or THE CHEST. 
 
 Those in the daily habit of applying cold water to the whole perann 
 seldom suffer from colds ajul catarrhs ; they generally l)ecome har- 
 dened so as to endure the assaults ol the elements. 
 
 Consumptive persons should generally use the sponge bath, with 
 cold water, if it can be endured, otherwise the tepid bath, to be fol- 
 lowed, in all cases with brisli rubbing, with a coai-se towel. If a sense 
 of chilliness and discomfort fol'ows tlie bath, a large poition of the 
 water must be squeezed from the sponge, so as to use but very little, 
 and the washing must be speedy, and the rubbing more lively than 
 usual, — beginning with tepid water, and gradually lowering the 
 temperature till it can be borne cold. A large teaspoonful of salera- 
 tus to each quart of water should be used. 
 
 Diet. 
 
 The diet, like all other parts of the treutment, must have reference 
 to the present condition of the patient. If the disease take the bron- 
 chial form, and rapid breathing, and other conditions calculated to 
 carry fat out of the system have not yet supervened ; or if the pa- 
 tient have thii-st and hectic, the diet must be spare and simple, — 
 consisting chiefly of milk and farinaceous sulwtances. 
 
 But in all cases where the disease is tubercular, or, being bronchial, 
 has reached the stage of emaciation, the very earliest moment at 
 which the fever can be subdued should be improved to build up the 
 patient with a generous diet. I have seen cases where the stuffing 
 sometimes resorted to for fattening turkeys for Thanksgiving would 
 seem to be almost justifiable. A good rule is to give the most gener- 
 ous diet that can be taken without disturbing the stomach, or increas- 
 ing the feverish symptoms. Animal food with a good quantity of 
 salt should be f i eely taken. Pat meats, if well received by the stom- 
 ach (and they generally are if taken cold), are particularly useful. 
 The same is true of sweet butter and cream. 
 
 Out-Door Exercise.— Without exercise, as a general thing, the 
 consumptive patient will die. Exercise involves muscular exertion, 
 which is attended by the tension, compression, and greater compact- 
 ness of the muscles used. This compression of the muscles within 
 the sheaths (fasciae) which enclose them sends out their blood, and 
 pushes it forward towards the surface. Reaching the extremities of 
 the arteries, the blood passes through capillary tubes, almost incon- 
 ceivably fine, into the capillary veins of similar fineness, whence it 
 flows through larger and larger veins back to the heart. At the mo- 
 ment of its passage from the capillary arteries to the capillary veins, 
 it ceases to be red or arterial, and becomes purple or venous blood. 
 The oxygen in the arterial and the carbon in the venous blood unite, 
 forming a literal combustion, just such as we produce in our stoves 
 and grates by bringing together the carbon of the wood and the oxy- 
 gen of the atmosphere. By this combustion our bodies are warmed. 
 
 I 
 
olo person 
 come hiir- 
 
 batli, with 
 to be fol- 
 
 If a HCllHti 
 
 ion of tlie 
 very little, 
 ively than 
 ering the 
 I of salera- 
 
 ) reference 
 ! the bron- 
 3ulated to 
 if the pa- 
 simple, — 
 
 bronchial, 
 loment at 
 ild up the 
 le stuffing 
 ing would 
 lost gener- 
 or increas- 
 uantity of 
 the stom- 
 ■ly useful. 
 
 hing, the 
 exertion, 
 corapact- 
 es within 
 )lood, and 
 emities of 
 58 1 incon- 
 w. hence it 
 t the mo- 
 ary veins, 
 us blood. 
 )0d unite, 
 ur stoves 
 I the oxy- 
 warmed, 
 
 DI8KASK8 OK THE ClIKHT. 
 
 263 
 
 and the little secreting, exhalant, and other vessels, are raised to a 
 teniperaturo that enables them to work. 
 
 Every muscular contraction and compression helps push along the 
 venous blood in larger quantities to she right auricle of the heart, 
 which, receiving a fuller supply of its natural stimulus, contracts more 
 energetically, forcing the fluid into the right ventricl'^. From thence 
 it is expelled with increased energy likewise along its only pathway, 
 the pulmonary artery, into the lungs. Rushing in here in greater 
 volume than natural, a demand is made for deeper inspirations of 
 air to vitalize and fit it for its descent by the pulmonary vein, to the 
 left auricle. Coming here also as the natural stimulus, in larger 
 quantities than usual, it gives increased energy to its own j)ropulsion 
 into the loft ventricle, from whence it is driven out through the arte- 
 ries to all parts of the system, by the powerful strokes of that strong 
 muscle. 
 
 Thus it goes its round, u"ged on by exercise, parting with its oxy- 
 gen more and more freely in the capillaries, giving more activity to 
 the vessels of th^ skin and other tissues, increasing the depth and 
 strength of breathing by carrying more venous blood to the lungs ; 
 improving the digestion, carrying a better elaborated pabulum to the 
 nutrient arteries, and causing them to work it up more diligently in 
 renewing the tissues. 
 
 Nor is this all. Every wrench of a muscle forces some old, worn- 
 out particles from their places, tallowing none to remain except such 
 ii8 are firm, and able to bear the brunt of exertion. The flesh of those 
 who exercise much becomes hard and enduring. 
 
 I say then to the consumptive, if you would live and not die, exer- 
 cise, exercise, exercise. It is the first, second, and third thing. If 
 you ask for the modes of exercise, I say take it on foot, out of doors, 
 every day, to the extent of a small amoui. of fatigue. Don't be 
 frightened by a single cloud, or even by a cohort of them. You have 
 as good a right to be out as the clouds ; and they will not look more 
 angry, but rather more agreeable from finding you abroad in their 
 company. The elements of rature are at war with organic life. 
 Against them the vital principle has to maintain a perpetual struggle ; 
 and he who loses the power to meet and gain the victory over them 
 by out-door exercise, is beginning to die. 
 
 Go abroad, therefore, often. Try it again and again. Extend 
 your walk a little every day. Stretch it out to the distant fields. 
 Gather flowers from the top of the hills and from the bosom of the 
 valleys, and bring them home as trophies of your victory. 
 
 If not able to begin with walking, ride as often as possible in a 
 carriage. The jolting of a "ehicle will jog the blood along much 
 better than no exercise. 
 
 Horseback riding is still bet* It combines., in some measure, 
 the passive exercise of carriage iding, with the active exertion of 
 walking on foot. 
 
264 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 Numerous other modes of exercise may be resorted to with advan- 
 tage. Dumb-bells, adapted in size to the strength of the patient, 
 and used with caution, are highly serviceable. The battledoor, the 
 footb ill, bicycle riding, pitching quoits, and the athletic sports of the 
 gymniisium, all have their appropriate place. The greater the variety 
 the bettei", as by it all parts of the system are brought into play, and 
 both the mind and the muscles ;;3t the change which they need. 
 
 It is hard to impress patients with the importance of this subject. 
 Say what you will, they somehow or other get the idea that a mod- 
 erate amount ci: 'ixercise, taken when they feel like it, is all that is 
 required. Fatal mistake 1 Whatever the physician may do, the pa- 
 tient has a great deal to do for himself. He must strive to develop 
 Ids physical powers to the utmost. He must train himself as runners 
 and fighters do when preparing for their surprising feats ; for he is 
 running against the swiftest disease (or the surest winner) of our cli- 
 mate, and fighting with the elements. 
 
 If he regards life as not worth this exertion, of course he will not 
 make it ; but I beg him to consider that without it recovery will be 
 uncertain, and in many cases, impossible. Do as I have directed, and 
 if your medical attendant is skilful, the current of health will, in 
 many cases, begin to flow back to you. Life will renew to jou its 
 policy of insurance, and multiply your days. 
 
 Travelling: — Consumptive patients have generally been sent to a 
 southern climate. But where the case involves dyspepsia and affec- 
 tions of the liver, low latitudes are generally unfriendly. Liver com- 
 plaints are the bane of a southern climate, and a sallow complexion is 
 the inheritance of a southerner. 
 
 Tubercular persons, chilled by our northern climate, are sometimes 
 temporarily relieved by the warmer atmosphere of the south. But 
 the relief is only temporary ; for, having lost the powSr, as they im- 
 agine, to bear the frowns of our northern sky, they are dying, and 
 will die anywhere unless they recover this power. And the way to 
 retrieve a lost advantage over an enemy, is, not to retreat to a point 
 where recovery will be harder, but to meet him at once. If the con- 
 stitution cannot bear up against an enemy under the bracing of a 
 northern atmosphere, it will be still harder to do so under the wilting 
 of a southern. 
 
 After all, the objects aimed at should be change and travelling. 
 The exercise involved, the constant exertion required in getting from 
 place to place, the agreeable sensations produced by the motion of 
 cars and steamboats, the ever varying change of sights and sounds, 
 and the constantly increasing stock of one's ideas of men and things, 
 — these are what rally the constitution, and open anew the springs 
 of life. 
 
 Especially should all journeys for health be taken, if possible, with 
 an object in view. Let the consumptive start with the view of see- 
 ing the cave of Kentucky, the prairies of the West, tlie great lakes 
 

 
 1 advan- 
 patient, 
 loor, the 
 ts of the 
 3 variety 
 (lay, and 
 jed. 
 
 subject, 
 a mod- 
 [ that is 
 I, the pa- 
 develop 
 I runners 
 'or he is 
 i our cli- 
 
 will not 
 y will be 
 cted, and 
 \ will, in 
 I _j'ou its 
 
 sent to a 
 md affec- 
 iver com- 
 plexion is 
 
 ametimes 
 th. But 
 they im- 
 ying, and 
 le way to 
 ,0 a point 
 the con- 
 ing of a 
 le wilting 
 
 ravelling. 
 ting from 
 aotion of 
 I sounds, 
 id things, 
 springs 
 
 ible, with 
 w of see- 
 eat lakes 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 255 
 
 of the North, the falls of Niagara, the fortress of Quebec, the Sague- 
 nay river, the doctor, who he has reason to think will cure him, — 
 anything which he is willing to make exertion to see, and that he is 
 sure his eyes will rejoice in beholding. 
 
 I have thus spoken of consumption more at large than of other 
 complaints, becarse it is the great disease of the world, and is in- 
 creasing with the advancement of civilization. 
 
 Acute Bronchitis. 
 
 This is an acute inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the 
 air-tubes in the lungs. , It is generally quite a serious disease. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The sound upon percussion is generally good. 
 If there be any (' illness, it is commonly in the lower and back part 
 of the chest. This occui-s only in " Capillary Bronchitis." 
 
 The breathing murmurs are sometimes more, sometimes less in- 
 tense than natural. Occasionally they are almost extinct. 
 
 In the early stage, sibilous and loud rattles. 
 
 In the more advanced stage, mucous rattle. 
 
 Now and then sub-crepitant rattle accompanies the inward-drawn 
 breath. 
 
 General Symptoms. — The disease begins with chills followed by 
 fever ; tightness across the chest, difficulty of breathing, hoarseness, 
 loss of strength, costive bowels, and a quick and hard pulse. Water 
 runs from the eyes and nostrils, and there is a dry, harsh, croupy 
 cough. 
 
 After a few days, mucus begins to be raised. This expectoration 
 gradually becomes more copious, and is opaque, yellowish, or green- 
 ish, and occasionally streaked with blood. This mucus is verj' ropy 
 and adheres to the vessel. 
 
 There is more or less pain in the chest ; pain across the forehead, 
 which is increased by coughing; and a pale and anxious countenance. 
 
 In severe cases, the tightness across the chest is extreme, with a 
 sense of suffocation, causing the patient to call for the opening of 
 the windows. There is great diificulty of breathing ; a paleness and 
 lividity of the cheeks and lips ; a loud wheezing and rattling in the 
 throat, followed by cold sweat, insensibility and death. 
 
 In children the disease comes on like a common cold, attended by 
 a sore throat, a great desire to drink, but a disinclination to take 
 food. But two or three swallows of drink can. be taken at a time 
 for want of breath. The phlegm is frequently vomited up spon- 
 taneously. 
 
 Observations. — The loud and sibilous rattles are produced by 
 similar causes, namely, the passage of air along tubes whose interior" 
 is dry and rough from inflammation, or whose calibre Is contracted or 
 altered in form by the swelling of the membrane, effusion upon its 
 
 ■»■' 
 
 I: V- ■■' 
 
 
m 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 inner surface of a tough, mucous substance, or a pressure upon its 
 external surface of tubercles, swollen glands, aneurismal tumors, 
 etc. The two sounds differ mainly in the key upon 'which they are 
 pitched, — the sonorous, or low-keyed, conihig from the larger tubes; 
 the sibilous, or high-keyed, from the smaller, — just as the low notes 
 of an organ come from the large pipes, and ihe high notes from the 
 small ones. 
 
 . The sibilous rattle has been compared to the chirping of birds, the 
 squeaking of puppies, the whistling of air passing through a key- 
 hole, etcj; the sonorous, to the snoring of a sleeping person, tlie 
 cooing of doves, and the sound of the bass-string of the violoncello 
 rubbed with the finger. 
 
 Causes. — It is generally brought on by a sudden cold, by changes 
 of the weather, and by inhaling irritating substances. It is a second- 
 ary result, too, of scarlet fever, measles, small-pox, hooping cough, 
 and the remittent fever of infants. 
 
 Treatment. — In mild cases, give warm balm or flax-seed tea, hot 
 lemonade, or other similar drinks, — at the same time soaking the 
 feet in hot water, and, on retiring to bed, apply bottles of hot water 
 to the feet and sides, to produce sweating. If the bowels be costive, 
 some gentle physic, as rhubarb and magnesia, or salts and senna, may 
 be taken. 
 
 In the case of infants, an emetic of wine of ipecac, or compound 
 tincture of lobelia, should be given, and followed with slippery elm 
 and flax-seed tea. The compound tincture of lobelia, with tincture 
 of veratrum viride, may be continued for a time as an expectorant. 
 
 In more severe cases, both of adults and children, an active emetic 
 is required, — perhaps the compound powder of lobelia is as good as 
 any. This must be followed with tincture of veratrum viride, in full 
 doses, so as to reduce the pulse at once, and keep it down to the 
 natural standard. This is one of the very best articles in this com- 
 plaint, and will generally very much lessen its violence and duration. 
 
 If there is much difficulty of breathing, the air of the room must 
 be kept moist, as recommended in croup. 
 
 The room should also be kept warm, — decidedly warmer than in 
 the case of other fevers. 
 
 A gentle perspiration should be kept up by small doses of com- 
 pound tincture of Virginia snake-root, and by frequently bathing the 
 surface, or else by tincture of veratrum. 
 
 Mustard should be applied to the chest, and to the soles of the feet. 
 
 The cough may be managed by preparations (104), (106), (110), 
 freely given. 
 
 The diet should be confined to barley-water, toast-water, apple- 
 water, rice-water, and. a solution of gum-arabic. 
 
1 upon its 
 il tumore, 
 [1 they are 
 ger tubes; 
 low notes 
 from the 
 
 E birds, the 
 igh a key- 
 person, the 
 violoncello 
 
 by changes 
 18 a second- 
 ing cough, 
 
 eed tea, hot 
 loaking the 
 E hot water 
 } be costive, 
 senna, may 
 
 • compound 
 slippery elm 
 ith tincture 
 ipectorant. 
 ctive emetic 
 
 as good as 
 iride, in full 
 
 own to the 
 this com- 
 id duration. 
 
 room must 
 
 mer than in 
 
 ses of com- 
 bathing the 
 
 of the feet. 
 06), (110), 
 
 rater, apple- 
 
 mSEASES OK THE CHEST. 
 
 Chronic Bronchitis. 
 
 m 
 
 This is an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the air-tubes, 
 which continues a great length of time, without any sudden or re- 
 markable changes. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The percussion-sounds are similar to those of 
 acute bronchitis. When a bronchial tube is dilated, we sometimes 
 have dullness around the '»Led part. 
 
 The breathing murmur w always accompanied by a mucous, sono- 
 rous, or sibilant rattle, — sometimes by a subcrepitant. 
 
 When dilatation of the tubes exists, the intensity and duration of 
 the sound of the ingoing breath is decreased, — of the outgoing 
 increased. 
 
 In this state of the tubes, we also have cavernous breathing, bron- 
 chophony, sometimes pectoriloquy, and bronchial or cavernous cough. 
 
 General Symptoms. — A cough is generally present, which is in- 
 creased in wet weather, and by every slight cold. This comes on in 
 paroxysms ; is generally worse in the morning ; and is relieved by 
 raising freely. The matter raised is generally yellowish, but some- 
 times whitish and sticky; and in the latter stages is thick, and 
 sometimes very much like that of consumption. Indeed, the disease 
 often ends in bronchial consumption. • 
 
 Remarks. — The breathing is bronchial or cavernous when the 
 dilated portion of the tube is empty; if it contain fluid, the 
 mucous rattle will be heard. 
 
 Dullness on percussion will exist if a dilated tube press upon the 
 surrounding portion of lung so aa to condense or make it solid. 
 
 Dilatation of the tubes occurs only in chronic bronchitis of long 
 standing. Its physical signs are much like those of a cavity in ad- 
 vanced consumption. The examiner may learn to distingfuish them 
 by considering that in consumption, dullness precedes the cavity, while 
 in bronchial dilatations, 'the cavity precedes dullness. 
 
 The dilatation or swelling out at some point of a bronchial tube 
 is caused by obstructions to the passage of air through it, — just as 
 an India-rubber tube, partially closed up at a given point, will bulge 
 out just in front of the obstructed place, when air is forcibly blown 
 through it, and just as the left ventricle of the heart enlarges when 
 the blood is obstructed in its passage through the aortic valve. 
 
 Causes. — It often occurs as the result of acute bronchitis, and 
 also of measles, hooping-cough, etc. But taking cold, and damp and 
 changeable weather, are more frequently its causes. It most often 
 follows chronic inflammations of the throat, which, being neglected, 
 pfradually creep down the windpipe into the tubes, and become very 
 ol)stinate in their character. 
 
 
m 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 Fio. 94. 
 
 T iment. — Medicinal inhalation is one of the best remedies for 
 
 this complaint. The inhaling powder has, in many cases, great 
 
 efficiency. The dose is about what can lie on a ten-cent piece. It 
 
 should be used once a day, in an instrument represented in the cut. 
 
 This instrument I had constructed for my use. It consists mainly 
 
 of a glass tube and a receiver, — 
 the latter being something like a 
 tube-vial, pierced with fine holes 
 around the lower end. The pow- 
 der is poured into the receiver, 
 which is placed in the larger tube, 
 and twirled between the thumb and finger while inhaling. 
 
 When the powder cannot be easily got down into the tubes in the 
 lungs, — as often happens, — the inhalation of medicated vapor will 
 do better. If the expectoration be diflicult, the expectorant inhalant, 
 described under "consumption," should be used; if the expectoration 
 be too profuse and free, the astringent inhalant must be taken. 
 
 The cough preparations recommended for consumption, also (113), 
 (112), will be the proper ones in this complaint. 
 
 The daily alkaline bath, and brisk friction, are particularly service- 
 able. 
 
 Out-door exercise is almost as necessary in this disease as in con- 
 sumption. 
 
 Enlargement oi the Air-Cells. — Emphysema. 
 
 This disease consists in » Tgement of the air-cells, the oblitera- 
 tion of their vessels, and the wasting .:f their walls. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Thumping upon the chest gives a clearer and 
 louder sound than natural, — one which is tjonpanitic, or drum-head 
 like. 
 
 The murmur of the ingoing breath is diminished both in duration 
 and intensity, — of the outgoing breath, it is increased. 
 
 Dry, crepitant rattle attends the ingoing breath only; occasionally, 
 sibilous rattle. 
 
 Qeneral Symptoms. — Habitual shortness of breath, and very 
 great difficulty of breathing, occurring in paroxysms, which cause 
 the patient to rush to the open window for air. 
 
 There is generally a cough, and the matter raised is frothy, liquid, 
 and mucous, or watery. 
 
 The face has a peculiar dusky color, and the countenance an anx- 
 ious, melancholy expression. The nostrils are thick, and the lower 
 lip full. The muscles of the neck are large, and the gait of the pa- 
 tient is stooping. The strength is wasted in proportion to the diffi- 
 culty of breathing. 
 
 Emphysema tends to produce disease of the heart, Brighrs (liseisc, 
 and venous congestions in the head. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 259 
 
 medies for 
 ises, great 
 piece. It 
 n the cut. 
 8ts mainly 
 eceiver, — 
 iiig like a 
 fine holes 
 The pow- 
 B receiver, 
 arger tube, 
 
 ibes in the 
 vapor will 
 Lt inhalant, 
 pectoration 
 iken. 
 also (118), 
 
 rly service- 
 as in coQ- 
 
 sema. 
 
 le oblitera- 
 
 clearer and 
 drum-head 
 
 n duration 
 
 casionally, 
 
 and very 
 hich cause 
 
 thy, liquid, 
 
 ice an anx- 
 the lower 
 of the pa- 
 
 o the diffi- 
 
 il's disi'i-^i'. 
 
 Observations. — The tympanitic sound is caused by the increased 
 luuount of air in the cells. 
 
 The air-cells have lost their elasticity, the air., in a great degree, 
 remains in them, — not passing in and out, — hence the absence of tlic 
 vesicular nuirmur. 
 
 The crepitant rattle attends the ingoing breath oiily, and is sup- 
 posed to arise from the expansion of the lungs which are in a drier 
 state than natural. It has been compared to the sound producd by 
 blowing into a dried bladder. 
 
 Treatment. — To whatever extent the air-cells are destroyed, to 
 that extent, of course, the disease is incurable. It may, however, be 
 palliated and relieved to a great extent. 
 
 Generally, bronchitis exists in connection with emphysema ; and 
 when this is found to be the case, the remedies for that disease must 
 be employed. (370) often is curative. 
 
 The inhalation of tincture of stramonium, in one or two teaspoon- 
 ful doses, the same as the alterative inhalant is used, will be useful. 
 
 To be taken internally, an excellent preparation may be made by 
 uniting one dram of etheral tincture of lobelia with two drams of 
 tincture of ipecac, and two ounces of ammoniac mixture. The dose 
 is one or two tablespoonfuls. Half-grain to gi-ain doses of extract of 
 cannabis indica are excellent to relieve the difficulty of breathing. 
 
 Tne diet must be very carefully regulated, as overindulgence at the 
 table aggravates the symptoms. 
 
 Change of air is often highly beneficial ; but it is impossible to 
 predict its effect beforehand in each individual case. 
 
 Swelling of the Lungs. — Hypertrophy of the Lungs. 
 
 This can hardl}-^ be regarded as a disease. It jifenertilly takes place 
 in but one lung, and is the result of the inaction of the other. Thus, 
 when one lung is diseased, the other has to do the work of both ; and 
 being overworked, it enlarges, as the heart or an arm does when very 
 much exercised. 
 
 The only treatment required is to eat sparingly, and exercise Avith 
 great moderation, so aa not to increase the rapidity of the breathing. 
 
 Pulmonary Apoplexy. 
 
 This is generally the result of a disease of the heart, particularly 
 of the mitral valve. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Percussion yields a clear sound, except where 
 the en^'orgement of blood is large, and near the surface, — in which 
 case, it is dull. 
 
 TLe sound of breathing is feeble or absent over a limited space. 
 
2eo 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 Bronchial breathing is heard in some places, and bronchophony in 
 part, in the same regions. 
 Mucous rattle is also heard. 
 
 Observations. — In this disease the small air-tnbes and air-cells are 
 the seat of bleeding ; and the blood becoming coagulated here, closes 
 these vessels against the entrance of air. This explains the feeble- 
 ness or absence of the breathing murmur. 
 
 The fluidity of blood in the immediate vicinity gives rise to the 
 mucous rattle. 
 
 Qeneral Symptoms. — These are, difficulty of breathing, tightness, 
 and dull pain in the chest. The mucus raised is tinged or streaked 
 with blood. The blood raised is darkish, and dirty-looking. This 
 last symptom, the dirty look of the blood, is peculiar in tills disease. 
 
 Treatment. — The most important remedy is dry-cupping upon the 
 chest. This will often arrest the d'sease at once. Counter-irritation 
 by croton-oil is also useful. A free movement of the bowels by a 
 preparation containing croton-oil, or elaterium (31), (33), has an ex- 
 cellent effect. 
 
 Air in the Cliest. — Pneumothorax. 
 
 This disease consists in the presence of air in the cavity of the 
 pleura. Generally, there is also water in the pleural sac at the same 
 time ; the water, being the heavier fluid, occupying the lower part of 
 the cavity, and the air the upper part. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Tympanitic or drum-like sound over the upper 
 part of the side. Dull sound over the lower part. Breathing mur- 
 mur diminished or suppressed. Amphoric 1 reathing. Metallic tink- 
 ling. 
 
 Qeneral Symptoms. — Great oppression of the chest, and difficulty 
 of breathing ; generally attended by palpitation of the heart, and fre- 
 quently by severe pain under the breast-bone, on the affected side. 
 The patient generally has to remain in the sitting posture, and can- 
 not lie an instant on the sound side. 
 
 If, on percussion, one side of the chest sounds louder than the 
 other and the breathing murmur is heard distinctly on the side which 
 gives only a moderate sound, and is not heard at all on the loud- 
 sounding side, we may be sure it is a case of air in the chest. 
 
 Observations. — The metallic tinkling is like the sound produced 
 by dropping a pin's head into a metallic dish, or like the distant tink- 
 ling of a sheep-bell, or the gentle pulling of the string of a violin. 
 
 It is supposed that when the fluid in the cavity of the pleura hap- 
 pens to be higher than the orifice, the air, when it enters at each 
 in-drawn breath, forces its way up through the fluid, in the shape of 
 
DI8EA8K8 OF THE CHEST. 
 
 261 
 
 lO 
 
 phony 
 
 III 
 
 ir-cells are 
 here, closes 
 the feeble- 
 
 ■ise to the 
 
 , tightness, 
 r streaked 
 ing. This 
 lis disease. 
 
 g upon the 
 r-irritation 
 )wel8 by a 
 has an ex- 
 
 '^ity of the 
 t the same 
 fer part of 
 
 the upper 
 hing mur- 
 tallic tink- 
 
 i difficulty 
 rt, and fre- 
 icted side. 
 !, and can- 
 
 ■ than the 
 
 side which 
 
 the loud- 
 
 JSt. 
 
 produced 
 stant tink- 
 i violin, 
 leura hap- 
 ^ at each 
 B shape of 
 
 bul jlt's, and, bursting at the surface, gives the tinkling sound. This 
 sound is sometimeH produced, too, by the failing of drops of liquid 
 from the upper part of the cavity, upon the surface of t'^e fluid. 
 
 The amphoric breathing is like the sound produced by blowing 
 obliquely into an empty cask. One writer says he heard the same 
 sound when out shooting on a rough day, produced by the wind blow- 
 ing sideways into the guu-barrel. 
 
 Treatment. — I would recommend the use, two or three times a 
 (lay, of the antiseptic inhalant, mentioned under the head of con- 
 sumption. 
 
 To this should be added dry-cupping over the whole chest, which 
 generally gives great relief. Blisters may also be used. 
 
 Sweating must be encouraged in the manner recommended under 
 acute bronchitis. 
 
 For the difficulty of breathing, give half-grain doses of cannabis 
 indica, or five-drop doses of tincture of aconite, or one-sixth of a 
 grain doses of svapnia. Extract of belladonna, or of stramonium, is 
 I'lso worthy of trial. 
 
 Water in the Chest,— Hydrothorax. 
 
 This disease consists in a collection of water in the cavity of the 
 pleura. 
 
 Physical Signs. — There is a dull sound over the effusion. 
 
 The breathing murmur is diminished, and gradually disappear 
 altogether over the space occupied by the effusion. 
 
 Bronchial breathing is heard in the same part. 
 
 When the amount of fluid is small, egophony is heard in the mid- 
 dle regions of the chest. 
 
 Bronchophoi.y is heard when the effusion is larger. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Either upon lying down, or using active 
 bodily exercise, the patient finds his difficulty of breathing increased. 
 When in bed, he lies with his head and shoulders raised, which, by 
 causing the fluid to settle at the bottom of the cavity, prevents, in a 
 measure, its pressure upon the lungs, and gives him a little rest. 
 His sleep is interrupted by sudden starts with alarm and terror. The 
 pulse is hard, the thirst great, the urine scanty and high-colored, and 
 has a sediment. After a time the feet swell, the face is pallid and 
 livid, and the countenance expresses anxiety and alarm. There is a 
 short, dry cough. 
 
 When the quantity of fluid in the chest becomes large, the patient 
 cannot lie down at all, and only gets short and disturbed naps in the 
 sitting posture. 
 
 Of all the symptoms, the starting in sleep is the most cei-tain sign 
 ot the disease. 
 
 
 
 )^3i^^d&S^^M^-- 
 
262 
 
 niSKASKH OK THE 0HE8T. 
 
 Causes. — In some rare cases, this may occur .\n a primary disease, 
 — that is, as a disease not dependent U)>on any other m its cause. 
 The greater numlwr of cases, however, arc secondary. They arise 
 from organic disease of the heart, or liver, or stomach. Inflammation 
 of the pleura is a very frequent cause. 
 
 A plethoric, or full state of the systen., predisposes to this com- 
 plaint, — particularly in those persons who indulge freely at the 
 table. 
 
 It may arise, too, from the striking in of skin eruptions ; from the 
 free use of liquors ; and from frequent excessive bleedings or purg- 
 ings. 
 
 Treatment. — Dry-cupping is a valuable remedy, and should al- 
 ways be practised. 
 
 The chest should be painted with the tincture of iodine, and a 
 good degree of substantial soreness be kept up. 
 
 The internal remedies are purges (31), (14), (30), and diuretics 
 (123), (129), (130), (131) when the patient is not very weak. 
 
 The iodide of potassium, in doses of five or six grains, once in 
 three or four hours, is an excellent remedy. The following is a good 
 form of taking it: iodide of potassium, one ounce ; fluid extract of 
 pipsissewa, two ounces ; water, half a pint. Dose, one teaspoonful. 
 
 The skin should be bathed and rubbed daily, three or four times, 
 with much friction. Tapping the chest should be done when the 
 fluid persists any length of time, otherwise a simple hydrothorax may 
 become a doubly serious empyema or pus in the chest. 
 
 Pleurisy. — Pleuritis. 
 
 Pleurisy, or pleurisy fever, as it is sometimes called, is an in- 
 flammation of the pleura, or the membrane which lines the chest, 
 and, at the same time, is folded back so as to cover the outer surface 
 of the lungs. 
 
 The pleura, as is elsewhere explained, is a short sac or bag, whose 
 inner sides are kept moist, so that they may slide easily upon each 
 other as they are moved by the alternate contractions and expansions 
 of the lungs in the act of breathing, and whose outer sides are made 
 to grow, — one to the inside of the chest, and the other to the out- 
 side of the lungs. 
 
 Pleurisy and lung-fever, then, must be kindred diseases, and exist, 
 more or less, together. In truth there is almost always some affec- 
 tion of the pleura in lung-fever, and some affection of the lungs in 
 pleurisy. The pain in Iqng-fever is owing to some inflammation of 
 the pleura ; and the appearance of the rusty-colored phlegm in pleu- 
 risy indicates that the lungs have been reached by the inflammation 
 of the membrane which covers them. 
 
 Physical Signs Flatness on percussion, at the lower part of the 
 
 chest, which ascends as the effusion of water increases. 
 
 II 
 
 . tf.iiii« iiMimtrntin^ummmimmimmimm 
 
D18EAnE8 OK THR CHEST. 
 
 263 
 
 ly (lisoiiHp, 
 
 itH cause. 
 
 I'hey iiiise 
 
 lamination 
 
 this coni- 
 \y at the 
 
 from the 
 1 or purg- 
 
 should al- 
 ine, and a 
 
 i diuretics 
 lyeak. 
 LS, once in 
 ; is a good 
 extract of 
 aspoonful. 
 our times, 
 when the 
 liorax may 
 
 is an in- 
 the chest, 
 «r surface 
 
 ag, whose 
 3on each 
 
 xpansions 
 are made 
 the out- 
 
 and exist, 
 )me affec- 
 lungs in 
 mation of 
 a in pleu- 
 immation 
 
 art of the 
 
 If the efftised fluid is not great, tliere is puerile hreathing at the 
 top of the lung. 
 
 Friction sound is heard occasionally in first stage of disease. 
 
 Ego])hony is heard when the amount of fluid in the pl*)UiU is 
 small. 
 
 As the amount of water increases, bronchophony appears. 
 
 General Symptoms. ■ — This disease is most frequently introduced 
 by shiverinffs, which are soon succeeded by high fever, with a pecu- 
 liarly hard, resisting pulse; sharp, stabbinff pain in the side, — gener- 
 ally just below the ni[)ple, but sometimes extending to the shoulder, 
 arm-pit, and back ; hurried and intelrupted breathing ; and a short, 
 dry cough. 
 
 The pain is greatly aggravated by motion, coughing, or an attempt 
 to take a long breath. It holds the patient under constant and 
 powerful restraint. We find him lying upon his back, or his well 
 side; his countenance full of anxiety, — fearing to move, cough, or 
 even breathe needlessly ; and often crying out fro»n the keen torture 
 these necessary acts inflict in spite of all his caution. 
 
 At a more advanced stage, when the tenderness has somewhat 
 abated, he will prefei to lie on the diseased side, as this leaves the 
 healthy lung more o c liberty. 
 
 Observations. — The first effect of the inflammation of the pleura 
 is to dry up the moisture with.which its inner surfaces are lubricated, 
 or made smooth and slippery. As a consequence, these surfaces be- 
 come rough, and rub harshly upon each other, and produce a sound, 
 in the early stages of pleurisy, like that of rubbing two pieces of wet 
 leather together. It may be imitated by rubbing the finger back and 
 forth upon a table. It is sometimes a creaking noise, like that of 
 new shoes. 
 
 As the disease advances an important change takes place in the 
 state of things. Instead of an unnatural dryness, a watery fluid is 
 poured out copiously from the inflamed surfaces of the pleural sac. 
 This is called the period of effusion. This generally, though not al- 
 ways;, relieves the pain. But, by compressing the lung, causes dan- 
 gerous difficcl'cy of breathing. 
 
 The air-cells are compressed by the effused fluid, and are not 
 penetrated by air. Hence the al)sence of the breathing murmur. 
 
 The pouring out of water between the layers of the pleura, com- 
 presses the lung, and removes it from the walls of the chest. Hence 
 the dullness or deadness of sound upon percussion. 
 
 When listening with the stethoscope, the voice of the patient 
 sounds feeble and interrupted, like the bleating of a goat, and is 
 hence termed, egophony, or goat-voice. 
 
 This peculiar voice is heard only when the effusion of water has 
 been moderate in quantity, and only a thin layer of liquid lies be- 
 tween the ribs and lung. It is caused by the voice passing over this 
 
264 
 
 DISEASRS OK THE CHEST. 
 
 thin layer, which is thereby thrown into vihratiom, or wav}', quivering 
 motions. When thus agitated, the fluid reacts upon the voice, 
 making it sharp and tremulous. 
 
 When the effusion has become large, these effects cease ; but an- 
 other sign then shows itself, and distinguishes pleurisy from the 
 healthy state, and likewise from the solid, hepatized state of the 
 lung in lung-fever. It may be discovered thus : 
 
 If the hand be laid flat upon the chest of a healthy person, while 
 he is speaking, a vibration or thrill will be left. If, in like manner, 
 the hand be laid upon the chest of a person having lung-fever, with 
 hepatized lung, this thrill will be found still more perceptible. But 
 when the hand is placed over the place of watery effusion on the 
 chest of a person having pleurisy, there will be discovered, when the 
 person speaks, no thrill whatever. The absence of this thrill, then, is 
 one of the very best signs of pleurisy with effusion. 
 
 Persons recover from pleurisy sometimes very rapidly, before effu- 
 sion has taken place. It is then said they have had an attack of dry 
 pleurisy. When liquid has been poured out, even in considerable 
 quantity, it is sometimes reabsorbed, and the patient recovers per- 
 fectly. In other instances, it compresses the lungs, interferes seri- 
 ously with breathing, reduces his strength, and he sinks rapidly. 
 
 Treatment. — Pleurisy has been divided for description and treat- 
 ment into three stages, following the natural events of the inflamma- 
 tion. The first stage comprises the period from the first onset to the 
 time when effusion commences. The second stage, or stage of effu- 
 sion, extends to the time when the liquid begins to diminish ; and 
 the third stage consists of the period occupied by the absorption of 
 the liquid. 
 
 Should the quantity remain stationary or diminish very slowly 
 after the lapse of two or thi-ee weeks, the disease becomes chronic. 
 
 The indication for treatment during the first stage is to arrest the 
 progress ( f the disease, to diminish its intensity, to limit the amount 
 of morbid products, and to relieve suffering. 
 
 If the patient is robust, has a hard, frequent pulse, accompanied 
 with extreme pain and fever, blood-letting is indicated. The abstmc- 
 tion of ten to fifteen ounces of blood will give great relief and 
 diminish the intensity of the attack ; but if the patient is not seen 
 early, and is of a feeble constitution, some other measures should be 
 substituted for it. The mass of blood may be lessened by saline 
 cathartics, such as the sulphate of magnesia, or the bitartrate of 
 potash in combination with jalap. 
 
 The effect of a full dose of Epsom salts is equal to the abstraction 
 of a pint of blood from the system. Depletion is obtained this way 
 without the impoverishment of the blood. 
 
 The frequency and force of the heart's action may also be affected 
 by the nauseant sedatives, such as tartarized antimony and ipecacu- 
 aixha, and by the direct sedatives, such as the tincture of aconite and 
 
M8EA8KB OP THR CHEST. 
 
 265 
 
 iivering 
 I voice, 
 
 but aii- 
 
 •oin lilt! 
 
 of the 
 
 Q, while 
 manner, 
 er, witli 
 e. But 
 on the 
 irhen the 
 , then, 18 
 
 ore effu- 
 ik of dry 
 siderable 
 vers per- 
 eres seri- 
 idly. 
 
 md treat- 
 nflamnia- 
 »et to the 
 B of effu- 
 liHh; and 
 rption of 
 
 •y slowly 
 ihronic. 
 irrest the 
 amount 
 
 >mpanied 
 
 absti-ac- 
 
 [elief and 
 
 not seen 
 
 [hould be 
 
 by saline 
 
 irtrate of 
 
 3tra.ction 
 this way 
 
 affected 
 ipecacu- 
 lonite and 
 
 nf veratrum viride; therefore, if blood-letting is contra-indicated, the 
 tinit thing U) be done is to give the sulphate of magnesia, and follow 
 it with some diaphoretic like (130), to alleviate the painful stitch in 
 the side "nd to tmnquillize the system. 
 
 It is well to administer salicylate of soda in 10-grain doses every 
 three hours till a little ringing is heard in the eai-s, then once in four 
 hours. This drug increases the action of the skin anil kidneys and 
 overcomes the rheumatic element present in most if not all pleurisies. 
 The diet should be dry, all liquids Iwing excluded, that the abstrac- 
 tion of water from the chest may be favored. 
 
 Nothing gives so much and such immediate relief to pain as a 
 subcutaneous injection of morphine. Aconite also is a valuable 
 sedative in this stage. It may be given in half or whole-drop doses 
 every fifteen minutes for two hours ; then afterwards a drop, to be 
 repeated hourly till some impression is made upon the heart's action. 
 Smaller doses are to be given if the pulse becomes feeble. 
 
 In the second stage, if the acute symptoms have yielded to treat- 
 ment, as they usually do, the object of treatment is to promote the 
 absorption of the fluid. This is done by the judicious use of saline 
 cathartics and by diuretics, for the Iwwels and the kidneys are the 
 natural pumps of the system. 
 
 The application of counter-irritants is also of use for this purpose, 
 such as the tincture of iodine, and small blisters, which are to be 
 allowed to remain on till vesication, and then the blister is to be 
 dried up and a new one applied. If at any time during this stage 
 the effusion is rapid and excessive, so as to endanger life, it is to 
 be drawn off by puncturing the chest between the fifth and sixth 
 ribs on the side with a small trocar, and the fluid is to be drawn off 
 by suction. 
 
 Convalescence commences when the liquid begins to be absorbed ; 
 and active medication should then cease, and that course should be 
 pursued which will lead to the restoration of the general health. 
 This is done by tonics, a nutritious diet, and other hygienic means. 
 If the effusion ceases to be absorbed or the process takes place very 
 slowly, then that state of things exists which is called chronic pleu- 
 risy. Then the main objects of treatment are to effect the removal 
 of the fluid, and to develop and sustain the powers of the sjrstem. 
 Under these circumstances, it is better to discontinue remedies which 
 act upon the bowels and kidneys, at least for a time, and try general 
 treatment. This consists of tonics, stimulants, and general exercise 
 in the open air, and with this the surgical removal of the fluids from 
 the cavity of the chest. 
 
 The operation is now so much improved, and is so safe and simple 
 and attended with so little pain, that it has become an every-day 
 practice, and an operation which was only resorted to as an extreme 
 measure to save life, is now admissible whenever the pleural cavity 
 remains filled with liquid, after only a brief trial of the remedies 
 assigned to promote absorption. - 
 
 :-\" 
 
266 
 
 DIHRAHKH OK THK CHR8T. 
 
 Lung Fever. — Pneumonia. 
 
 This diHeoHe, by common uoago, has beon called a fever ; but by 
 physicians it is reckoned as one of the infiammationt. It is inflamma- 
 tion of thti lungn or liijhU ; and whatever fever there may be results 
 entirely from this local inflammation. 
 
 Signs and Symptoms. — A patient suffering with lung fever is 
 generally found lying upon his back, with some pain in the side ; 
 more or less difficulty of breathing ; a cough, at first dry, but soon 
 accompar.ied by raising a thick, sticky, rusty-colored matter, composed 
 of a mixture of phlegm and blood. As the disease increases in 
 severity, this matter will become more sticky and tenacious, so that 
 it will adhere to a spit cup turned upside down. There will be more 
 difficulty of breathing, greater prostration, and perhaps some delirium. 
 
 For the purpose of more clearly describing this complaint, it is 
 found convenient to divide it into three stages, or degrees of progress. 
 
 First Stage. — This is called the stage of engorgement. The lungs 
 during this stivge are engorged or crowded with blood. If we could 
 inspect them, we should find the inflamed portion redder, thinker, and 
 heavier than usual. We should find them weaker, that is, more 
 easily torn than in the natural state ; with less air in them, and con- 
 sequently crackling less upon pre.«jure, — yet not entirely destitute 
 of air and crackling, and not so heavy as to sink in water. Rapping 
 upon the chest at tliis period gives out a flatter, duller, or less hollow 
 sound than usual. On applying the stethoscope, we hear less of the 
 natural rustling sound of health ; and, either mingling with, or over- 
 coming it, we hear a minute crackling sound, as the air passes in and 
 out in breathing. 
 
 This crackling has been compared to that produced by fine salt 
 tluown upon red-hot coals ; or by that of rubbing a lock of fine hair 
 between the thumb and finger near the ear. It is caused by small 
 bubbles of air being forced along the moist and sticky sides of the 
 small tubes and air-cells. It is heard only while the breath is being 
 drawn in. 
 
 Second Stage. — If the inflammation advances to the second stage, 
 the swelling of the diseased lung increases so as to force out the air 
 entirely, and it becomes solid, and wholly useless for the purpose of 
 breathing. In solidity and general appearance, it resembles a piece 
 of liver. Hence it is said to be hepatized, or liverized ; and this is 
 called the stage of hepatization. 
 
 I As the lung grows more solid, its vitality and strength diminish ; 
 it is not near as strong as a piece of healthy liver, though it looks 
 like it ; it is soft and easily broken ; indeed it seems to be in a state 
 of commencing decay or rottenness. Hen je some writers, in order 
 to be more precisely correct, call this the stage of red softening. 
 
 frrrwapitti-.—je^.;^ 
 
 ■-s^-fsssmmm^ms^^sn^'- 
 
DIBBABr,S OF TIIR OIIEBT. 
 
 267 
 
 ; but by 
 nflamtna- 
 te resiulUi 
 
 fever is 
 the Hide ; 
 but soon 
 !omp08ed 
 reiVHes in 
 I, HO that 
 i be more 
 delirium, 
 lint, it Ls 
 progress. 
 
 rhe lungs 
 
 we could 
 
 taker, and 
 
 is, more 
 
 , and con- 
 
 dec'citute 
 
 Rapping 
 
 iss hollow 
 
 ess of the 
 
 or over- 
 
 les in and 
 
 fine salt 
 fine hair 
 by small 
 es of the 
 is being 
 
 >nd stage, 
 at the air 
 irpose of 
 !S a piece 
 this is 
 
 iminish ; 
 
 it looks 
 
 n a state 
 
 in order 
 
 ling. 
 
 With incrcouefl solidity, there is of course inoreasod dnllneM on 
 porcuHsion. When the stethoscope is applied to the (;hest, we hoar 
 no sound of air paHsing into and out of the diseased lung; no natural 
 rustling, or minute crackling; but in their stead, we have a kind of 
 whistling, produced by tlie air passing back and forth in the wind- 
 pipe and ita branches, but finding no entrance into the solidified air- 
 cells. The breathing sometimes sounds like a sort of puff, — owing 
 to the column of air rebounding when refused admission to the 
 closed-up cells. 
 
 The general symptoms now increase in severity. There is greater 
 difficulty of bFeathing ; the phlegm is more gluey ; perhaps some 
 delirium phows itself ; and the patient grows weaker. 
 
 Third S to *e. — At this period, the lung changes from red hepa- 
 tization or red toftening to gray hepatization or gray softening, and 
 matter is now found diffused through its whole substance. The 
 percussion sounds are much the same as in the second stage. On 
 listening, wc hear more of the rattling sound produced by disturbed 
 phlegm. The matter raised is thinner, — more like liquid ; and 
 looks like prune-juice. The symptoms generally indicate that the 
 patient is sinking. Patients may recover from the first and second 
 stages, but rarely from the third. 
 
 Treatment. — Pneumonitis has been divided into three stages, 
 corresponding to tlie inflammatory events of the disease: the first 
 stage is that of active congestion, the second, that of solidification, 
 and the tliird, that of t lution. The duration of the first stage is 
 from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, of the second from two to 
 four days, and the stage of resolution lasts from eight to ten days. 
 Different cases vary, however, in these times. These different stages 
 furnish different remedial indications. 
 
 The objects of treatment in the fii-st stage are to arrest the disease, 
 to lessen its intensity, to relieve pain, and to promote toleration of 
 the disease. 
 
 When high fever, a hard pulse, and extreme pain are present in a 
 robust constitution, the abstraction of blood from the arm is indi- 
 cated. These cases are not frequent, for lung fever mostly occurs 
 in patients with feeble constitutions, but when practised in the 
 proper cases, the relief to pain and embarrassment of breatldng is 
 often immediate and marked. In those cases where blood-letting is 
 contra-indicated, the same end can be secured, but more slowly, by 
 saline cathartics and sedative remedies. After saline purgation, if 
 the skin is hot and the pulse is frequent, tartar emetic may be given 
 in small doses as a nauseant sedative ; but it must not be carried to 
 the extent of distressing nausea. After this follows the use of vas- 
 cular sedatives, such as the tincture of aconite and the tincture of 
 veratrum viride, if not contra-indicated by the feebleness of the 
 patient with a tendency to depression. 
 
268 
 
 DISEAS7.S OF THE CHEST. 
 
 • Sometimes the sulphate of quinine, in a full dose of from twenty 
 to twenty-five grains at the onset, or within eight or ten hours, will 
 arrest the disease. It may be well to try it, as it can be administered 
 with perfect safety. Opium is of great importance also, to relieve 
 pain and tranquillize the system. 
 
 Cold or wai^n applications to the chest may be used according to 
 the preferences of the patient. Warm applications act as revulsents ; 
 the cold diminishes the determination of blood to the part, and re- 
 lieves the pain by obtunding sensibility. Counter-irritants are not 
 advisable in that stage. 
 
 The treatment of the second stage aims at the promotion of reso- 
 lution of the inflammation, the palliation of the symptoms, and the 
 maintenance of the powers of Hfe. 
 
 The tinctures of veratrum viride and aconite may be continued in 
 this stage, if there is considemble fever and there is no tendency to 
 asthenia ; but the leading measure is to support the system. 
 
 The rational use of veratrum viride, than which there is no better 
 drug in Pneumonia, consists in giving five-drop doses hourly till the 
 pulse reaches jixty per mii .ute, then just often enough to keep the 
 pulse in that neighborhood. 
 
 This course embraces the use of tonics, stimulants, and nutritious 
 diet. The use of alcohols is necessary in most cases, and sometimes 
 very freely. The diet should consist of milk, farinaceous substances, 
 and animal broths. Quinine in tonic doses is the best remedy in 
 this stage. 
 
 The preparations of opium are very useful, and only contra-indi- 
 cated by the accumulation of mucus in the bronchial tubes. 
 
 Digitalis is useful in five to ten grain doses three or four times a 
 day, when it is necessary to increase the heart's action. 
 
 The carbonat" of ammonia is necessary in cases of extreme pros- 
 tration. 
 
 The external application of the tincture of iodine is the best 
 counter-irritant in this stage. 
 
 During the third stage, all those hygienic measures which improve 
 the general health are to be pursued. 
 
 Typhoid Lung Fever. — Typhoid Pneumonia. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the lungs, differing from the preceding 
 only in the character of the fever attending it, which is of a low, 
 typhoid character. The disease, like typhoid fever, is characterized 
 by great debility and prostration. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are a combinat-.on of the symptoms of pneu- 
 monia and of typhoid fever. The disease begins mth great weari- 
 ness, lassitude, dizziness, pain in the head, back, and limbs. Soon 
 there is much difficulty of breathing, tightness across the chest, with 
 a dry, short, hacking cough. 
 
 Hmt aHJMMMM I IfcMMWBMi^ W 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 269 
 
 As the disease advances, the active syniptoms pass away ; there is 
 a dull pain across the chest ; drowsiness is very apt to come on, with 
 the various symptoms of sinking peculiar to typhoid fever. The 
 skin is harsh end dry, the temperature uneven, the tip and edge of 
 the tongue red, and the middle covered with ,i yellow or brown fur. 
 The bowels are tender, swollen, and drum-head like ; while there is 
 often a diarrhoja, — the discharges having a dirty-yellow color. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be like the treatment of pneumonia 
 and typhoid fever united. 
 
 Great care must be taken not to use reduc' remedies. While 
 active 'rging must not be used, yet, if there i*re symptoms of an 
 inactive state of the bowels, podophyllin and leptandrin (34), (39), 
 may be employed with advantage. 
 
 When there are symptoms of great depression, use tonics (46), 
 (48), (50), (63), (60), (64), (67), (73), taking care to keep the 
 cough loose by flaxseed, slippery elm, and marshmallow tea, and by 
 some external irritant. 
 
 f pneu- 
 
 it weari- 
 
 Soon 
 
 st, with 
 
 Broncho-Pneumonia. 
 
 This is an infectious inflammation, characterized by an exudation 
 from the blood-vessels, the formation of new connective tissue, and 
 the growth of bacteria. The disease involves the walls of the bronchi 
 and the air-spaces surrounding t"he inflamed tubes. It is frequently 
 called capillary bronchitis and catarrhal pneumonia. It is the ordi- 
 nary pneumonia of children, and is frequently seen in young people. 
 
 It comes on primarily, but is often secondary to measles, whooping- 
 cough, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the very young, the only symptoms are fever, 
 prostration, and rapid breathing. There is no cough, no physical 
 signs, but the disease is, almost ^ ways, fatal within a few da,y%^ time. 
 
 There is a great difference in the invasion of the disease in dif- 
 ferent cases, the severer cases being ushered in by one or more con- 
 vulsions, by rapid rise of temperature, vomiting, difficulty in breathing, 
 and delirium; the milder cases beginning with lower temperature, 
 moderate prostration and shortness of breath. 
 
 The height of the temperature is, as a rule, in proportion to the 
 severity of the disease. Temperatures of 106° and over are usually 
 fatal. The pulse reaches 160 to 170 in adults, and even higher in 
 children, — so high, in fact, that it cannot be taken. The respiration 
 varies from 40 to 80. Sleeplessness, restlessness, and even delirium 
 are frequently present. The face is flushed, the tongue coated, and 
 oftentimes diarrhoea and vomiting occur. Cough is usually present, 
 and in the ynng the sputum is swallowed. The urine is frequently 
 albuminoua and contains casts. 
 
 Between the second and fifth days the signs of consolidatioD and 
 
270 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 pleurisy appear, i. e., dullness on percussion, bronchial breathing and 
 bronchophony with crepitant rattles. 
 
 The duration of the disease in children varies : of the fatal cases 
 the majority die within the first fortnight. The cases which recover 
 vary from one to chree weeks, though many persist for six and eight 
 weeks. The softening and absorption whicii occurs in all pneumo- 
 nias that recover occupy a much longer period in broncho-pneumo- 
 nia than in lobar pneumonia. 
 
 Many cases of broncho-pneumonia are complicated by cerebral 
 svmptoms of convulsions, delirium, stupor, vomiting, etc., even before 
 any marked lesions in the lungs appear; as these subside the lung 
 symptoms appear. Many cases are protracted for a long time, and 
 though they may terminate favorably at last, yet they are apt to run 
 into a chronic hardening of the lung \>aich lasts for jears; or they 
 recover with a permanent consolidation of the lung. Some die of 
 exhaustion. 
 
 Treatment. — The use of hot fomentations and poultices over the 
 chest and the administration of small doses of ipecac and aconite at 
 short intervals soothe the bronchitis and pain. 
 
 For the cerebral symptoms, phenacetin and the bromides are very 
 useful. Aconite and digitalis are usually employed when the pneu- 
 monia stage comes on. As a rule stimulants are not required in 
 children, in whom the disease most frequently occurs. 
 
 In convaleaence, iron, q "nine, cod-liver oil, oxygen and a change 
 of air apj to be recommenaod. 
 
 Other Forms of Lung Inflammation. 
 
 Op the various other forms of lung inflammation which occur, 
 mention may be made of pneumonia dependent on Heart Disease ; 
 Interstitial Pneumonia, or the formation of new connective tissue 
 and obliteration of the air-spaces ; 1 abercular Pneumonia, which is 
 caused by the presence of tubercle bacilli ; Acute and Chronic Mi- 
 liary Tuberculosis, characterized by the presence of numerous minute 
 nodules called miliary tubercles ; Acute and Chronic Tubercular 
 Consumption^ Gangrene of the Lung, where a portion of the lung 
 has lost its vitality and the germs of putrefaction have entered. 
 
 Asthma. 
 
 Asthma may be defined to be great difficulty of drawing in the 
 breath, — coming on suddenly, sometimes gradually, -— accompanied 
 with a sense of extreme suffocation, and a desire for fresh air ; con- 
 tinuing for a longer or shorter period, and then passing away, and 
 leaving the patient a period of comparatively easy respiration. 
 
 Symptoms. — There are sometimes no premonitory symptoms, 
 the attack coming on suddenly, and without warnings but more fre- 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 271 
 
 ling and 
 
 »1 cases 
 recover 
 ad eight 
 pneumo- 
 pneumo- 
 
 cerebral 
 n before 
 ;he lung 
 ime, and 
 )t to run 
 
 or they 
 e die of 
 
 over the 
 conite at 
 
 are very 
 he pneu- 
 [uired in 
 
 i change 
 
 ih occur, 
 Disease ; 
 
 e tissue 
 [which is 
 Ionic Mi- 
 minute 
 
 bercular 
 
 ;he lung 
 
 ■ed. 
 
 in the 
 
 ipanied 
 
 |iir; con- 
 
 (ray, and 
 
 iptoms, 
 Lore fre- 
 
 quently there are, for some days before the onset, loss of appetite, 
 flatulence, belching of wind, irritability, languor, chilliness, oppres- 
 sion, and drowsiness. The hard breathing generally makes its 
 appearance in the night, — quite often at three or four o'clock in 
 the morning, when the nervous system is at its lowest ebb. There 
 is first a sense of tightness, or stricture, across the chest, which 
 seems to expand with difficulty. The patient can no longer remain 
 lying down ; he rises up, draws up his kn<>.es, and, leaning forward, 
 puts his elbows upon them, and his head upon his hands, and then 
 struggles hard to di-aw in his ^-"ath ; which, passing in slowly and 
 laboriously, produces a loud jzing sound. Sometimes he feels 
 that he must have fresh air, a., rushing to a window, puts his head 
 far out, to catch a stirring breeze. The hands and feet are cold, the 
 face haggard and distressed, — sometimes a little red and swollen, 
 but more generally pale and shrunk, — the body wet with perspira- 
 tion, the pulse irregular, feeble, and small, though sometimes not 
 disturbed. These symptoms continue for some hours, more or less, 
 when the breathing becomes more easy, and there is a little phlegm 
 raised, sometimes considerable. This cessation of difficult breathing 
 may be complete, or only partial ; and lasts for a longer or shorter 
 period, when the attack again recurs. 
 
 Causes. — It is well known that Asthma has its cause mainly in 
 the nervous system. The air-tubes are encircled with a series of 
 little bundles of fibres, which are, in fact, muscles, and like all other 
 muscles have the power of contracting or shortening themselves. 
 These muscles, too, like all others, have nerves distributed to 
 them ; and when these nerves become diseased or irritable, they will 
 become disturbed on certain occasions, and cause these small, circu- 
 lar puckering strings to contract and close up, the air-tubes near 
 their terminations, very much as the puckerihg-string closes the 
 mouth of the work-bag, so that very little air can pass into the air- 
 cells, and that little with great difficulty and slowness. When these 
 contractions take place, and the air is thus shut off, the result is a fit of 
 asthma. This disease may be brought on by any of those states of 
 the atmosphere which disturb or irritate the bronchial surfaces, or by 
 any of the numerous causes which mysteriously unbalance the 
 nervous system. A fit may be brought on by whatever disturbs the 
 mind. 
 
 Treatment. — The disease has been regarded as extremely diffi- 
 cult of cure. There are certain remedies, however, which have a 
 remarkable control over it, and, if skilfully used, will frequently 
 bring it to a complete termination, and, even in the worst cases, to a 
 state of very great mitigation and improvement. 
 
 Inhalation. — The most important and certain remedy is the use 
 of the Alterative Inhalant, described on page 243. 1! have with this 
 article alone effected some surprising cures ; yet it is well to combine 
 
272 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 other treatment with it. I have had several cases of a most distress- 
 ing character, — the attacks continuing night and day, — in which 
 the inhalation, judiciously administered, has caused the disappearance 
 of the complaint within twenty-four hours, and in which no return of 
 suffering has occurred for several weeks, and then only in a modified 
 form. This remedy should be used four or five times a day. 
 
 Iodide of potassium is a most valuable internal remedy in this 
 complaint; indeed, in a certain sense, it is silniost a specific. It 
 should be used (prescriptions 101, 138, 140, 151) at the same time 
 with the inhalation. The following preparation is a very good 
 remedy for this disease : Ethereal tincture of lobelia, two ounces ; 
 tincture of asafoetida, one ounce; grindelia, one ounce; iodide of 
 potassium, two ounces; simple syrup, four ounces. Mix. Dose, 
 from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, every hour or two. 
 
 Several other remedies are used for asthma, with more or less 
 success, such as electro-magnetism, smoking stramonium leaves, 
 burning paper dipped in a strong solution of nitrate of potash, and 
 inhaling the smoke, etc., — but none of these have as much value as 
 the tTTo remedies first named. 
 
 In as grave a complaint as a severe case of asthma, it is always 
 well to seek the aid of a physician. 
 
 Hay-Asthma. — Hay-Fever. 
 
 This is a very troublesome complaint, which seems to combine 
 the peculiarities both of asthma and of influenza. Fortunately, it 
 ftttacks but few persons, and those only at particular seasons of the 
 year, — namely, while hay is in blossom, and during hay-making. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are a combination of the symptoms of the 
 two diseases above named. There is great irritation of the eyes, 
 with sneezing, and a free discharge from the nose. There is 
 tightness across the chest, diflSculty of breathing, and a pricking 
 sensation in the throat These symptoms often appear in great 
 severity, making the complaint a really distressing one. 
 
 Cause. — This disorder appears to have but one cause, — namely, 
 some sort of emanations from the grasses, flowers, etc., while in 
 blossom ; which emanations come in contact with the mucous lining 
 of the eyes, nose, and throat, producing very great and teasing irri- 
 tation. 
 
 Treatment. — One of the best remedies for this troublesome com- 
 plaint is to avoid the cause, by removing, during the flowering and 
 haying seasor, to some large city, or, still better, close down to the 
 seashore, where flowers and hay do not grow. 
 
 Of medicines, the tincture of lobelia, taken in moderate doses, is 
 a very good remedy. Quinine and iron, given in combination (75), 
 are valuable preparations. Strychnine and nux vomica, in connec- 
 
 W;^Si,^I^S!iS. 
 
lost distress- 
 — in which 
 sappearaiice 
 110 return of 
 1 a modified 
 day. 
 
 ledy in this 
 speoific. It 
 I same time 
 very good 
 wo ounces; 
 i; iodide of 
 Aix. Dose, 
 
 lore or less 
 um leaves, 
 potash, and 
 oh value aa 
 
 t is always 
 
 to combine 
 •tunately, it 
 sons of the 
 making. 
 
 oms of the 
 i the eyes. 
 There is 
 a pricking 
 .r in gre&t 
 
 — namely, 
 1., while in 
 sous lining 
 easing irri- 
 
 esome com- 
 R'ering and 
 )wn to the 
 
 be doses, is 
 ation (75), 
 in connec- 
 
 DISEA8E8 OF THE CHEST. 273 
 
 t V^ .'l'.'" "'"^ "^'° ^ '^Wed in one of thesf solutions, and 
 
 hung about the apartments of the house. The hands and face may 
 
 likewise be washed, once or twice a day, in a weak solution. ^ 
 
 Ihe oxide of zinc and the extract of nux vomica, made into pills, 
 
 ornTtT '^'' ""' '" \^^^ " ^"^ °^ '^' extract to each pill,Cd 
 one pill taken morning and evening, should not be forgotten 
 
 m.?oi!^ '"T""' ^T^^ ^y "^^^'^^ °^ '' «^"^«1'« hair brush on the 
 
 aTd'^m-^igr t^lt^ ^°^^' '- ^- "-^ '^ «^-^ ^ P— y^- 
 
 rpJif;/°"T'i!^ formula is the most efficacious of this class of 
 reraediBs and should be painted onto the nasal mucous membrane as 
 high HP as possible ; its use maybe repeated several times till the 
 membrane becomes numb. 
 
 Cocaine 19 
 
 Antifebrin ok 5!* 
 
 Alcohol ... i^f- 
 
 Simple Elixir ...!.' ' tZ' 
 
 Mix and shake before using. 
 
 
 .W.|!l»^*,.^Jn^^■* 
 
HEART DISEASES. 
 
 Life rests upon a tripod, — the brain, the lungs, and the heart. 
 These are equally important to its we'1-being and continuance. 
 
 In substance, tbe human heart is a bundle of muscles, so put to- 
 gether as to bear the greatest possible amount of work. In size, 
 shape, and look, it is much like the heart of the hog. I wish it 
 never had a likeness to it in its moral nature. 
 
 The heart is enclosed in a case or sac, called the pericardium. It 
 lies between the two lungs, a little to the left side of the chest. Its 
 point is under the sixth rib on the left Ride, and its lower surface 
 rests on the diaphragm, — a horizontal partition between the chest 
 and belly. 
 
 The heart is double. It has four cavities, — two for receiving the 
 blood, which are called auricles, and two for driving it out, called 
 ventricles. 
 
 The venous, or dark blood, is brought from all parts below, and 
 emptied into the right auricle through the ascending vena cava, and 
 from all parts from above, and pour into the same cavity through 
 the descending vena cava. From this it passes into the right ventri- 
 cle, which contracts, and forces it through the pulmonary artery into 
 the lungs, where it becomes red, and passes into the left auricle 
 through the pulmonary vein, thence into the left ventricle, which 
 contracts, and throws it out through the great aorta to all parts of 
 the body. Fig. 95 gives a good idea of Ijie circulation through the 
 heart and lungs. 
 
 The heart is divided into two sides, which are separated from each 
 other by a muscular partition, — each side having an auricle and a 
 ventricle. 
 
 The auricles have comparatively thin walls, as they are only used 
 for reservoirs. The walls of the ventricles are much thicker, being 
 used, — particularly that of the left side, — for forcing the blood 
 over a large surface. 
 
 Between the auricle and ventricle on the right side, are three folds 
 of triangular membrane, called the tricuspid valves. Between the 
 auricle and ventricle on the left side, are three valves, called mitral. 
 
 At the beginning of the pulmonary artery, and the aorta, are three 
 half-moon shaped folds of membrane, called semilunar valves. 
 
 274 
 
 1 
 
 l t i i i ai»ftii)iiM i wiiwiiiwu»« Mi8ia»teBHia 
 
 B B W iis ^tsr!; 
 
HEART DISEASES. 
 
 276 
 
 The office of all these valves is, to close after the blood has gone 
 through, and prevent its flowing back while the cavity is being again 
 filled. They do the same duty, in fact, as the valves of a pump. 
 
 Through this heart, thus constructed, all the blood in the body, — 
 about twenty-eight pounds, — passes once in about one minute and a 
 half. This is rapid work ; and when we consider that the heart 
 works in this way through the whole life, resting not, day or night, 
 we cannot wonder that it gets out of order. 
 
 the heart, 
 lance. 
 
 so put to- 
 
 t. In size, 
 
 I wish it 
 
 ^m&^^ 
 
 irdium. It 
 
 chest. Its 
 
 wer surface 
 
 n the chest 
 
 eceiving the 
 ; out, called 
 
 below, and 
 
 la cava, and 
 
 ity through 
 
 right ventri- 
 
 artery into 
 
 left auricle 
 
 ricle, which 
 
 all parts of 
 
 ;hrough the 
 
 Id from each 
 iricle and a 
 
 16 only used 
 
 jicker, being 
 
 the blood 
 
 le three folds 
 between the 
 
 ailed mitral, 
 fta, are three 
 
 tves. 
 
 12 
 
 FlO. 96.; 
 
 The whole heart is seldom affectefi. The left side is more liable 
 to disease than the right. 
 
 Impulse of the Heart. 
 
 The ear, when placed over the heart, feels, at each beat, a slight 
 shock. This is felt at the same time the first sound is heard. This 
 impulse is caused by the apex or point of the heart being thrown up 
 against the ribs by the contraction of the ventricles. It is felt best 
 between the cartilages of the fifth and sixth ribs on the left side. 
 
 The Sounds of the Heart. 
 
 On appljring the ear to the chest just over the heart, two sounds 
 are heard. The first one is dull and slightly prolonged ; the second 
 is a shorter and smarter sound, having a sort of clack. These occur 
 in pretty rapid succession, and then comes a brief interval. And this 
 round of action, first a long and dull sound, then a short and smart 
 one, and then an interval, — called the heart's rhythm, — is repeated 
 continually. If the space of time occupied by the rhythm be divided 
 
276 
 
 HRART DISKA8EB. 
 
 into five parts, the first sound will take about two parts, the second 
 one, and the interval of repose, the remaining two, The first sound 
 is heard about the time of the contraction of the ventricles, and Ik 
 therefore called the 8i/»tolic sound ; the second is synchronous with 
 the opening of the ventricles, and is called the diantolic sound. The 
 syllables too-to — too-to, very fairly represent the two sounds of the 
 heart. These sounds are heard over the largest space in lean 
 persons. 
 
 Percussion Sounds. 
 
 If the ends of the fingers be struck upon the cheat over the heart, 
 a dull sound will be heard over a space from one and a half to two 
 inches square, — beginning at the fourth rib on the left side, and ex- 
 tending down nearly to the sixth. The dullness is diminished by 
 lying upon the back, and increased by leaning forward, and by taking 
 a full breath. The deadness of sound is caused by the heart being 
 a partially solid body. The lungs which surround it yield a clear 
 sound. 
 
 If a solid substance, as large as the heart, were placed on the in- 
 side of a drum, against the head, only a dead sound would be ob- 
 tained by striking on that spot ; everywhere else, the sound would 
 be louder. • 
 
 Altered Sounds of the Heart. 
 
 These sounds are changed by disease in a variety of ways, both as 
 to their character and duration. One or both sounds may be turned 
 into a noise like the blowing of a pair of bellows. This is called the 
 bellows sound. When this sound is very harsh, it may become like 
 the noise of a rasp, or file, or saw. These altered sounds are all pro- 
 duced by an altered condition of the valvular passages throucrh 
 which the blood passes. If you build an aqueduct of equal dim^;.;- 
 sions tliroughout, and smooth on the inside, you may send a certain 
 volume of water through, at a given speed, without noise. But if 
 you make sudden contractions in the aqueduct, or allow large stones 
 to project into it, and then attempt tc send through the same body 
 of water, at the same rate of speed, you will hear all sorts of noises. 
 
 Enlargement or Hypertrophy of the Ventricles. 
 
 This is simply a thickening, or an increase of bulk, in the walls 
 of the ventricles. The muscles composing the walls of one or both 
 of these cavities grow thick and large. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Impulse stronger than natural. When consid- 
 erable, it is accompanied with a lifting and heaving of the parts. 
 Dull sound on percussion over a larger space. First sound of heart 
 prolonged; second sound feeble. The interval of silence, shorter 
 than natural. In bad cases, the second sound is nearly extinguished. 
 
 ^m^ 
 
 ^^^ 
 
--^^^^' 
 
 HBART DISEASES. 
 
 277 
 
 he secoml 
 iret sound 
 les, and is 
 incus with 
 und. Tlic 
 ids of the 
 B in lean 
 
 ■ the heart, 
 ilf to two 
 de, and ex- 
 inished by 
 . by taking 
 eart being 
 Id a clear 
 
 on the in- 
 ald be ob- 
 iind would 
 
 lys, both as 
 
 be turned 
 
 called the 
 
 icome like 
 
 ire all pvo- 
 
 throuerh 
 
 lal dinivii- 
 
 a certain 
 
 But if 
 
 rge stones 
 
 ame body 
 
 of noises. 
 
 Tides. 
 
 the walls 
 ae or both 
 
 en consid- 
 the parts, 
 of heart 
 e, shorter 
 inguished. 
 
 Qeneral Symptoms. — Hypertrophy of left ventricle gives a strong, 
 prolonged, and tense pulse. I'alpitation more constant than in any 
 other disease of the heart. In advanced stivges, the patient is easily 
 out of breath. There is a rush of blood to the head on making exer- 
 tion or stooping, with more or less throbbing and lancinating head- 
 aches, which are aggravated by suddenly lying down or rising up. 
 There are vertigo, ringing in the ears, sparks of light and other illu- 
 sions before the eyes ; also a purplish, violet or livid color upon the 
 cheeks, nose, and lips. In many cases there is a dull, severe aching 
 pain in the region of the heart, and extending towards the shoulder 
 and the inside of the arm. 
 
 When the riffht ventricle is enlarged, there is a swelling of the ex- 
 ternal jugular veins. 
 
 Ca'ises. — The walls of the heart are thickened by overwork, in the 
 same way that the blacksmith's arm is made muscular and large. All 
 muscles gi'ow in the same way. More action sends more blood to 
 them, and this causes an increase of nutrition. 
 
 Whatever interposes an obstacle to the passage of the blood through 
 tlie valviilar openings, will cause the ventricles which force it through 
 to work harder. Hence, obstructions in the semilunar valves cause 
 hypertrophy of the ventricles. 
 
 Any excitement of the mind, or any great exertion, which causes 
 the heart to beat harder and faater^ if it be often repeated, will induce 
 a thickening of the ventricles. 
 
 Treatment. — First, remove, as far as possible, all causes of excite- 
 ment which produce palpitation. If the head is much affected, apply 
 wet cups to the back of the neck. The same may be applied over 
 the heart. This will generally improve the symptoms at once. A 
 blister placed over the heart will likewise make a favorable impres- 
 sion. 
 
 The meals should be taken at regular intervals, and should be very 
 light The food should be plain and simple, and composed much 
 more of vegetable than of animal food. In fact, the diet should be 
 80 spare as slightly to reduce the strength. 
 
 The patient should be careful never to take violent exercise, or, 
 indeed to be in a hurry about anything. In bad cases, walking up 
 hill, or against a strong wind, is often out of the question, and must 
 in any case be attempted with great caution. Staircases are to be 
 shunned as enemies. An attempt to run, even to avoid being left by 
 the cars, might, in some cases, prove immediately fatal. Carriage- 
 riding is not objectionable. 
 
 The passions must be held in the most thorough subjection. Ex- 
 citements of all sorts are dangerous, and must be avoided. 
 
 For the first week or two of treatment, active purgatives will be 
 useful. For this purpose, epsom salts and senna will answer a good 
 purpose, and should be used so as to procure two or three watery 
 stools a day. 
 
 
278 
 
 HEART DIHRASKS. 
 
 Ill addition to this, Homo sedative to lesson the force of the heart's 
 action is genemlly needed, especially when there is consideraltle 
 palpitation. For this purpose, tincture of black cohosh, and tiiuturc 
 of scuUcap, or the former with tincture of digitalis (285), (9-4), arc 
 quite useful. Three to ten drops of tincture of the American hel' j- 
 bore (venitruni viride) will reduce tlie action of the heart perhaps 
 more effectually than any other inodicine, for a. few days or weeks. 
 
 Dilatation of the Ventricles. 
 
 The several cavities of the heart hold about one and a half ounces 
 each. Dilatation is simply an enlaryement of these cavities, so that 
 they will hold more. And this increase in the size of the cavity in 
 simple dilatation is generally at the cost of the walls, which are made 
 thinner and weaker, — just as the walls of a bladder are made thinner 
 by blowing into it and increasing ita internal dimensions. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Impulse more abrupt, and less marked than natr 
 ural. Dull sound on percussion commensurate in extent with the 
 dilatation. The first l)eat of the heart, clearer, louder, and shorter 
 tiian natural, and more nearly resembling the second. 
 
 Qeneral Symptoms. — Difficulty of breathing; terrific dreams; 
 starting from sleep ; swelling of the feet and legs ; purple, violet, or 
 blue color of the cheeks, nose, lips, and especially around the eyes ; 
 feeble and oppressed palpitation ; various disturbances in the head ; 
 bleeding from the nose, stomach, bowels, and womb ; and frequently 
 eiUargement of the liver. 
 
 Explanations. — The first sound of the heart is short and not well 
 marked, in consequence of the muscular walls of the ventricles in 
 this disease being thin and in a weakened condition, so that every 
 stroke they make is short, quick, and spasmodic, instead of stron^ 
 and lifting, as in hypertrophy. For the same reason, the impulse is 
 a brief blow dealt the walls of the chest, which gives a slight shock, 
 but has not power enough to lift the chest up. The blow is quick, 
 because the muscle is thin and can contrect quicker than a thick one. 
 
 Dilatation, by thinning the walls of the cavities, enfeebles the heart, 
 and shows us an obstructed circulation. Accordingly the blood is 
 not transmitted by the left ventricle, and being retained in the lungs, 
 it causes a crowded state of the vessels, and difficulty of breathing ; 
 also congestion of the brain, with terrific dreams, etc. And. this en- 
 gorgement of the lungs, being propagated backwards to the right 
 heart, great vein j, and all their ramifications, produces dropsy of the 
 feet and legs, discoloration of the face, passive hemorrhages, and con- 
 gfestion of the brain, liver and membranes. Fig. 95 gfives an idea of 
 how all this happens. 
 
 Treatment. — As in many other diseases, search out the causes, and 
 remove them. If it be obs^uction of the circulation in the lungs by 
 
HEART DISEASES. 
 
 279 
 
 the heart's 
 iiHidemUe 
 id tiiK.tuie 
 , (94), aro 
 icim hel'a- 
 rt peilmpn 
 r weeks. 
 
 lalf ounces 
 as, 8o that 
 ) cavity in 
 1 are made 
 .de thinner 
 
 d than nat- 
 t with the 
 ,nd shorter 
 
 c dreams; 
 , violet, or 
 the eyes; 
 the head; 
 frequently 
 
 d not well 
 ntricles in 
 that every 
 
 of strong 
 impulse is 
 ght shock, 
 V is quick, 
 
 thick one. 
 
 the heart, 
 3 blood is 
 
 the lungs, 
 
 jreathing ; 
 
 id. this en- 
 the righi 
 
 jsy of the 
 and con- 
 
 an idea of 
 
 auses, and 
 lungs by 
 
 bronchitis or other complaint, that needs tho first attention. If it Im- 
 caused by violent exercise, by sti-ong enrntions of the mind habitually 
 indulged, or by drunkenness, or any other irregularity of lift), these 
 iiabita must be corrected without delay. 
 
 If it be caused by organic disease of the valves of the heart, relief 
 cannot be so readily obtained ; but even in these cases, it is to be 
 sought and expected. 
 
 The circulation is to be kept as tranquil as possible by a strictly 
 ([uiet and orderly life, and a plain, moderate, unstimulating diet. In 
 this disease, however, it should be more nutritious, and composed to 
 a larger extent of meats, than in hypertrophy. 
 
 In some cases the general health and tone of the system will need 
 to be improved by bitters (60), (67), (64), (69), (79), mineral acids 
 (60), iron (269), (61), and aromatics (115). The compound mix- 
 ture of iron is a good preparation when this mineral is called for by 
 a low state of the blood. 
 
 The stomach should be kept in the best possible condition, as a 
 very small disturbance of it, even from acidity, will set the heart to 
 l)eating very violently. 
 
 If hysterical symptoms are present, tho compound galbanum pill, 
 and valerian (97), and other nervines will be called for. 
 
 In attacks of great difficulty in breathing, immerse all the extremi- 
 ties in warm water, and throw a blanket around the patient to pro- 
 mote sweating, — at the same time admitting fresh air to satisfy the 
 desire for breath. Give a draught, composed of ether, camphor, 
 ammonia, etc. (1S5). This may be repeated two or three times, at 
 intervals of Iialf an hour, or an hour, according to the urgency of the 
 case. 
 
 Hypertrophy with Slight Dilatation. 
 
 This is one of the most common complications of heart disease. 
 It consists both in a thickening of t le walls of the he-.rt, and an en- 
 largement of the cavities, — the f '.rmer being more marked than the 
 latter. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Both sounds are louder than in any other dis- 
 ease of the heart, and are heard sometimes over the whole chest. 
 The impulse is strong and heaving, with an abrupt back-stroke. In 
 bad cases, the whole person, and even the bed, is shaken by it. The 
 dull sound on percussion covers a large space. 
 
 General Symptoms. — The same as those of the two diseases of 
 which it is composed, slightly modified by the action of each upon 
 the other. 
 
 Dilatation with Slight Hypertrophy. 
 
 This is an enlargement of the cavities of tne heart, with a slight 
 thickening of its walls ; the dilatation being the predominant disease, 
 or greater than hypertrophy. 
 
 
280 
 
 HIART DIBRA8ES. 
 
 Physical Slffns< — PorcuBHion giveH a dull Hound in the region nf 
 the heart, in proportion to it« nize. The first l)eat reHemblcr, the sec- 
 ond. The Houond Ixsat is loiidor than natural. 
 
 The impulHe i8 a short, quick stroke, which contrasts strongly with 
 the slower and heavior one of hypertrophy and dilat^ition. 
 
 The general Hynijjtoms and the treatment are a modification of 
 those of the two disease united in it. It is, however, to be kept in 
 mind that the dilatation takes the lead ; and, furnishing the predomi- 
 nant symptoms, is specially to l)e regarded in the treatment. 
 
 Aneurismal Tumors of the Heart. 
 
 When, from some obstruction in the valves, the blood cannot easily 
 pass out of an auricle or a ventricle, its inner walls may become 
 unable to bear the distending force, and giving way, let the blood 
 through against the outer coats, which stretch, and swell out into the 
 shape of a tumor, — the inside of the tumor becoming a regular sac. 
 Such a state of things constitutes an aneurism of the heart. Of 
 course it is a very grave disease. 
 
 Softening rf the Heart. 
 
 In this disease the substance of the heart becomes soft, and easily 
 broken. It is genemlly the result of some form of inflammation. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The contractions of the heart being weakened 
 by softening, the impulse is reduced in force, and both beats are 
 weaker, and often they are intermittent. The first beat becomes 
 short and flapping, like the second. 
 
 Qeneral Symptoms. — A quick, feeble, small, and faltering pulse, 
 great anxiety, and a disposition to faint. General languor ; a sallow, 
 bloodless, withered complexion, with a purple, livid tint of the lips 
 and cheeks, and frequently, general dropsy, from the inability of the 
 heart to propel its contents. 
 
 Treatment. — When accompanied by acute inflammation, softening 
 is to be treated on the same principles as inflammation of the heart- 
 case. 
 
 If it be a result of chronic inflammation, it calls for iron, bitters, 
 nutritious animal food, and good air. 
 
 Induration of the Heart. 
 
 The muscular substance of the heart sometimes undergoes a hard- 
 ening process. It is occasionally so much hardened as to sound, 
 when struck, like a hollow horn vessel. The disease is rare. 
 
 It increases the heart's impulse, like hypertrophy ; and it requires 
 about the same treatment as that disease. 
 
 i!c4*!:'.\V.av 
 
HBART DI8EA8IS. 
 
 28t 
 
 region of 
 :5 the sec- 
 
 mgly witli 
 
 ication of 
 le kept in 
 3 predomi- 
 t. 
 
 mot easily 
 ly become 
 the blood 
 it into the 
 jgular sac. 
 leart. Of 
 
 and easily 
 oatioD. 
 
 weakened 
 
 beats are 
 
 : becomes 
 
 ing pulse, 
 a sallow, 
 
 if the lips 
 ty of the 
 
 Hoftening 
 16 heart- 
 
 n, bitters. 
 
 38 a hard- 
 to sound, 
 
 3. 
 
 ; requires 
 
 Fatty Degeneration of the Heart. 
 
 The heart HometinicH Iwconies overloaded with fiit, which in depos- 
 ited between the hearUcuse and the mu8(;iihtr Huljotiince, — covering 
 the organ all over externally, and in some cases penetrating to some 
 depth into its sulmtance. The muscular walls themselves become 
 thin and flabby. 
 
 Symptom*. — The sounds of the heart are diminished, — especially 
 the first. The pulse is irregular. Pain, and a feeling of oppression 
 in the region of the heart, with general signs of retarded circulation, 
 such as congestion of the bnvin and liver. There is occasiouall} "d- 
 diness, loss of meuiory, and i iilpitation. 
 
 Treatment. — Exercise, mental excitement, and stimulating drinks 
 must be avoided ; and the patient must live for one or two yeare on 
 a very light diet, takiug but very little auimal food. 
 
 Bony and Cartilaginous Productions in the Heart. 
 
 Tfiese productions in the heart are fortunately rare. Yet they 
 occur; and the point of the heart, in its whole thickness, is some- 
 times changed to cartilage. The ventricles are sometimes so ossified 
 as to resemble the bones of the head. 
 
 The symptoms of these degenerations are . obscure ; and as such 
 cases are not curable, it is ol less consequence that we should Ikj able 
 to know their precise nature during the life of the patient. The 
 treatment can only afford temporary rel' ', and should be such us is 
 prescribed in other heart-diseases with similar symptoms. 
 
 Shrinking of the Heart. — Atrophy. 
 
 The heart, liko any other muscle, is liable to defective nutrition, 
 and in consequence of it may become Rmall. It shrinks, in some 
 cases, to the size of an infant's heart. 
 
 The complaint is generally caused by whatever reduces the general 
 flesh, as consumption, diabetes, chronic dysentery, cancer, and exces- 
 sive loss of blood. 
 
 It can hardly be called a disease. Persons who have it are less 
 subject to inflammatory diseases than others, though they faint from 
 slight causes, &n<} have nervous affections. 
 
 Treatment. — If its causes can be discovered, treait them; if not 
 the treatment should be the same as for dilatation. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Heart-Case. — Pericarditis. 
 
 The pericardium, or heart-case, is a membranous sac, in which 
 the heart is contained. It is composed of two layers. The outside 
 
 ••■ , 
 
282 
 
 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 one is fibrotis, dense and white ; the inside one is serous. The serous 
 liiyer forms the lining of the fibrous one, and then is reflected over 
 the heart and the roots of the large blood-vessels. 
 
 When the pericardium becomes acutely inflamed, it thi-ows out 
 both lymph and serum or water. The lymph often causes the two 
 layers of the sac to grow together. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The impulse is strong when the effusion of water 
 is small, — feeble and unequal when it is large. Percussion yields a 
 dull sound in proportion to the amount of fluid in the sac. 
 
 When listening with the stethoscope, a rough noise is heard, resem- 
 bling either the rasping of wood, the grating of a nutmeg, the rustling 
 of silk, or the crackling- of parchment. Sometimes it is softer, like 
 the blowing of a pair of bellows. Occasionally it resembles the 
 creaking of a new shoe-sole, or has a low creaking, like the tearing 
 of linen cloth. 
 
 When there is effusion, the ordinary beats of the heart sound dull 
 and distant. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Acute inflammatory fever, generally pre- 
 ceded by chills, with pungent pain in the region of the heart, shooting 
 to the left shoulder-blade, shoulder, and up: -^r arm. 
 
 Pain increased by taking a full breath, by stretching the left side, 
 by percussion, and by pressure between the ribs over the heart. 
 Sometimes the pain is in the epigastrium, or left hypochondrium. 
 Inability to lie on the left side. 
 
 Explanation. — The noises mentioned above are produced by the 
 rubbing together of opposite surfaces of the heart-case, made rough 
 by the exudation of lymph. The rasping is supposed to be caused 
 by firm and rugged lymph ; th« rustling and creaking, by soft and wet 
 lymph; the bellows muiinur, by soft and dry lymph; the creaking, 
 croaking, and crackling, by drg, tough lymph. These sounds may all 
 be imitated by rubbing a damp finger upon the back of the band, 
 while listening with the stethoscope applied to the palm. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Heart-Case. 
 
 When acute pericarditis runs for more than ten days or a fortnight, 
 it becomes chronic. It is chronic from the beginning, when it runs a 
 slow, insidious course, without marked or violent symptoms. 
 
 The symptoms are much the same in kind with those of the. acute 
 form, only less in degree. This low grade of the sjmaptoms of the 
 disease renders it more obscure than the acute. 
 
 Treatment. — In the acute form of the disease, apply wet cups 
 over the region of the heart, or apply from a dozen to forty leeches 
 to the same parts. 
 
 At the same time, move the bowels freely by an injection (247), 
 or by a purgative pill (31). 
 
HEART DISEASES. 
 
 283 
 
 The strength and amount of the remedies employed in each case 
 must be in proportion to the vigor of the patient's constitution. 
 
 It is of great importance that the treatment should be active and 
 prompt, and that the disease should be broken down early. 
 
 Diluent, cooling drinks (112), (129), (298), (299), should be al- 
 lowed as freely as the patient desires, in order to dilute the blood, 
 and render it less stimulating to the heart. 
 
 At the same time, five to fifteen-drop doses of tincture of veratrum 
 viride should be given every hour, to bring down the action of the 
 heart. Ten-drop doses of tincture of digitalis every four hours are 
 good. 
 
 Let the diet be wholly of barley-water, thin gruel, weak tea, or 
 arrow-root. 
 
 During recovery, the diet must be spare, and the greatest tranquil- 
 lity of mind and body be preserved. 
 
 In the treatment of chronic cases, when the cavity appears to con- 
 tain fluid, counter-irritation is suitable. Blisters, croton-oil, the com- 
 pound tar-plaster, and especially the tincture of iodine. The diet 
 may be a little more nutritious than in the acute form of the disease, 
 — embracing light animal food and broths. 
 
 (247), 
 
 Inflammation of the Heart. — Carditis. 
 
 This is an infl> mmation of the muscular substance of the heart. 
 When existing alone, it is a very rare disease. Being mixed up with 
 other forms of heart disease, it does not require any separate account 
 of ite symptoms or treatment. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Lining of the Heart. 
 
 Bhdocarditis. 
 
 The heart is one of the citadels of life. Disease attacks it on all 
 sides. In this complaint, it has entered the fort and taken possession. 
 The inflammation is on the lining membrane. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The impulse is violent, abrupt and regular, as 
 long as the circulation through the heart is free, but when this is im- 
 peded, it is at first a confused tumult (which generally happens when 
 a fort is first taken), and gradually sinks to a feeble flutter. 
 
 The dull sound upon percussion covers a space of from three to 
 seven square inches. 
 
 The beats of the heart are generally accompanied or marked by a 
 bellows murmur, the loudness of which depends on the strength 
 of the heart's action. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Inflammatory fever. The action of the 
 heart being generally violent and abrupt, the pulse corresponds with 
 it, and is strong, full and hard. 
 
284 
 
 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 Explanation. — The bellows sound is supposed to depend on the 
 inflamed and swollen condition of the valves. 
 
 The dullness on percussion will be slight when the circulation 
 through the heart is free ; — more distinct and marked when it is 
 obstructed. 
 
 Dr. Hope says the disease may be anticipated, if a person be »M(/- 
 denly attacked with these three signs : namely, fever, violent action 
 of the heart, and a murmur which did not exist before. 
 
 This disease, like inflammation of the hearlrcase, is often produced 
 by, and is intimately connected with, acute rheumatism, and is then 
 to be treated on same principles as rheumatic disorders. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Heart's Lining:. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The impulse more perceptible and diffused than 
 natural. 
 
 The dull sound upon percussion covers a .space of from four to 
 eight square inches. 
 
 There is a sawing, rasping, or filing sound. This sound may cover 
 one or both beats of the heart. Sometimes these unnatural sounds 
 are double ; in which case, the first is caused by an obstruction to the 
 natural flow of the blood forward ; the second, by the regurgitation 
 or retrograde flow of the blood from some defect in the valve, — just 
 as a pump-valve may get out of order, and allow the water which 
 has gone through to flow back. 
 
 Explanation. — A variety of organic changes occur in the valves, 
 which give rise to the murmurs. Inflammation of the lining mem- 
 brane of the heart reaches the valves, causing puckering, thickening, 
 vegetative, cartilaginous, bony and ft,t-like degenerations, which oh- 
 ttruet the blood in its onward flow, or prevent a closure of the valves, 
 and allow it to flow back ; the former causing the first sound, the 
 latter the second. If the unnatural noise be synchronous with the 
 first beat of the heart, it implies disease in either set of the semilunar 
 valyes, or an impossibility of closing the auriculo-ventricular open- 
 ings ; if it accompany the second beat, it signifies that either set of 
 the semilunar valves may be open. 
 
 A murmur attending the first beat of the heait must be caused by 
 a current of blood from a ventricle ; one attending a second sound, 
 by a like necessity, is produced by a current into a ventricle. • 
 
 Treatment. — The same as that for pericarditis. It should be 
 equally prompt and vigorous. It must not be forgotten that this dis- 
 ease leads to various organic diseases of the valves of a very grave 
 character, and that such mischiefs can only be escaped by cutting the 
 disease short in the very beg^inning. 
 
HEART DISEASES. 
 
 285 
 
 id on the 
 
 irculation 
 rhen it is 
 
 n be gud- 
 int action 
 
 produced 
 .d is then 
 
 ning. 
 
 'used than 
 
 n four to 
 
 may cover 
 al sounds 
 tion to the 
 urgitation 
 ve, — just 
 ,ter which 
 
 be valves, 
 ling mem- 
 xickening, 
 which 0^ 
 he valves, 
 ound, tlie 
 
 with the 
 iemilunar 
 
 ar open- 
 ler set of 
 
 laused by 
 sound, 
 
 lould be 
 this dis- 
 sry grave 
 tting the 
 
 Disease of the Semilunar Valves. 
 
 The inflammation of the lining of the heart makes sad work with 
 the valves. The semilunars are subject to various changes in their 
 structure. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Obstructive Murmur. — In disease of the semi- 
 lunars, the firat beat of the heart is accompanied or obscured either 
 by the bellows murmur, or a sawing, rasping, or filing sound. The 
 unnatural murmur, whatever it is, appears superficial or near. The 
 second beat is natural. 
 
 When the opening into the aorta is contracted, or in any way ob- 
 structed by unhealthy growths, so that the blood is subjected to more 
 than a natural degree of friction in passing, this sound will be heard. 
 It is called obstructive, because it arises from the obstruction of the 
 blood in its forward course. 
 
 Regurgitant Murmurs. — First beat of heart natural. Second 
 beat accompanied or replaced by bellows murmur. There is some- 
 times a musical murmur. 
 
 Explanation. — The regurgitant murmurs arise from the valves 
 being too small, or defective in some way, and allowing the blood to 
 flow back through the orifice. 
 
 This murmur is loudest opposite the semilunar valves, and is more 
 audible above these valves than below them. 
 
 When the aortic valves are contracted or shortened, and the open- 
 ings are not guarded by them, so as to prevent the backward passage 
 of the blood, there is a double bell vs murmur, — one when it is 
 driven through the orifice, and another when it flows back. 
 
 Disease of the Mitral Valves. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Obstructive Murmur. — First beat of heart 
 natural. Second beat accompanied or replaced by bellows murmiir. 
 
 Regurgitant Murmurs. — The first beat of the heart accompanied 
 by a ioud and rough bellows murmur. This sound is like sawing or 
 filing. It is loudest above or below the nipple, between the fourth 
 and seventh ribs. There is occasionally a musical murmur. The 
 second beat of the heart is natural. Sometimes there is a purring 
 tremor. 
 
 General Symptoms of Valvular Disease. — Cough, in many cases 
 with watery expectoration ; difficulty of breathing ; frightful dreams 
 and starting from sleep ; congestion of the lungs ; expectoration 
 stained with dark and grumous blood ; swelling of the jugular veins ; 
 a livid look of the face ; a feeling as if a cord were tied tight around 
 the lower part of the chest ; general dropsy, of the legs and feet in 
 
286 
 
 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 particular; passive hemorrhages from the mucous membranes; en- 
 gorgement of the liver and spleen ; congestion of the brain, with feel- 
 ings of oppression. When the mitral valve is contracted, admitting 
 regurgitation, the pulse is small, weak, irregular and intermittent. 
 These are the worst symptoms of an advanced stage. 
 
 Explanations. — The examiner will distinguish the various sounds 
 thus: 
 
 The murmurs generated at the origin of the arteries spread their 
 sonorous currents upwards along these arteries' 
 
 Those produced in the auriciilar orifices will be conducted into the 
 auricles, and propagated downwards towards the apex of the heart. 
 
 Which Set of Valves. — To learn in which set of valves it origi- 
 nates, therefore, find its seat, and trace its direction. 
 
 Finding the murmur to be in the aortic orifice, it is then known to 
 be obstructive, if the first sound is morbid, and the second sound natu- 
 ral ; and regurgitant, if the first sound is natural, and the second sound 
 morbid. 
 
 But if the murmur be in the mitral orifice, it is obstructive when the 
 first beat of the heart is natural, and the second beat morbid ; and re- 
 gurgitant when the first beat is morbid and the second beat natural. 
 
 The Pitch or Key of a murmur depends on the distance of its seat 
 from the ear of the listener, — nearness giving a high, and distance a 
 low key. Thus, a murmur seated in the orifice of the pulmonaiy 
 artery, being nearer the surface, has a higher pitch than any other. 
 It is on about the same key with a whispered «, — sometimes a little 
 lower, and depending somewhat on the strength of the current of 
 blood, a strong current elevating, and a weak current depressing the 
 tone. 
 
 The mitral orifice is situated opposite the junction of the cartilage 
 of the third rib with the left side of the breast-bone. The aortic 
 orifice is about half an inch to the right of this, and the same dis- 
 tance lower. It is known by the key being lower, — about like a 
 whispered r, which is the ordinary type of thr .awing sound. 
 
 Murmurs from pulmonic and aortic regurgitations are about two 
 tones lower, in consequence of the currents of the blood being weaker. 
 They are like whispering awe by inspiration and if the click of the 
 valve be heard, the sound will be changed to paw. 
 
 Murmurs in the mitral valve, being more deeply seated, are about 
 four tones lower, and are like a whispered who. 
 
 The tricuspid murmurs are higher than the mitral, because nearer 
 the surface. 
 
 The musical murmur has been compared to whistling, the cooing 
 of a dove, and the mewing of a kitten. It generally results from re- 
 gurgitation. 
 
 The purring tremor is caused, generally, by regurgitation through 
 the mitral valve. 
 
MMI 
 
 mm 
 
 HEAKT DISEASES. 
 
 -> 287 
 
 anes ; en- 
 with feel- 
 idmitting 
 littent. 
 
 U8 sounds 
 
 •ead their 
 
 d into the 
 heart. 
 
 i it origi- 
 
 known to 
 mnd natvr 
 mid sound 
 
 'e when the 
 I; and re- 
 itural. 
 
 of its seat 
 distance a 
 julmonaiy 
 any other, 
 les a little 
 jurrent of 
 •essing the 
 
 cartilage 
 'he aortic 
 same dis- 
 tut like a 
 
 4. 
 
 tbout two 
 g weaker, 
 ik of the 
 
 I are about 
 
 Ise nearer 
 
 |ie cooing 
 from re- 
 through 
 
 Other Symptoms Explained. — The difficulty of breathing, fright- 
 ful dieama, congestion of the lungs, hemorrhages, engorgements, etc., 
 mentioned above, all proceed from such valvular stiffenings, pucker- 
 ings, ossifications, enlargements, and contractions, as occasion a decid- 
 edly obstructed circulation. 
 
 The small, weak, irregular, and interrupted pulse, is caused by con- 
 traction of the mitral valve, which occasions an insufficient or irregu- 
 lar supply of blood to the ventricle, and causes the ventricle, by losing 
 the resistance of the valve, to expend its force in a backward as well 
 a forward direction, thus sending but little blood into the arteries. 
 
 Treatment. — The tendency of valvular disease is to produce hyper- 
 trophy and dilatation. The strong and ceaseless efforts of the ven- 
 tricle to drive the blood through an orifice obstructed by valvular 
 disease, will of course make the walls grow thick, which is hjrpertro- 
 phy ; and at the same time, the accumulation of blood which cannot 
 be driven forward fast enough, must tend to swell and enlarge the 
 cavity, — which is dilatation. 
 
 The great object of treatment, therefore, is to diminish the force 
 and activity of the circulation, — to induce the heart to cease striving 
 to do what cannot be done. 
 
 To accomplish this, give sedatives (285), (94), (124). The helle- 
 bore and cohosh will be found particularly serviceable. 
 
 The tincture of the American hellebore is about the best of 
 all. Purgatives may be given according to the strength of the 
 patient. 
 
 When there is dropsy, and a scanty secretion of high-colored urine, 
 diuretics, or medicines to increase the action of the kidneys, are very 
 important. For this purpose, digitalis and acetate of potash (130) 
 are excellent. Should this not succeed in reducing the dropsy, an 
 active purgative (31) may accompany it. 
 
 Diaphoretics, or medicines which promote perspiration, are also 
 useful. This opening of the skin, however, is generally brought 
 about by the hellebore, etc. (124), (358). 
 
 The diet should be unstimulating, and yet should be sufficiently 
 nourishing to prevent the patient from running too low. Animal 
 food of the most digestible kind may be taken once a day ; though 
 there are many cases requiring its entire rejection. 
 
 The passions should be kept in the most perfect subjection, and 
 the life should be as tranquil is possible. Nothing must be done in a 
 hurry. 
 
 Water in the Heart-Case. — Hydropericardium. 
 
 This disease is common as an attendant of general dropsy. 
 
 Physical 5igns. — The impulse is undulatory, as if transmitted 
 through a fluid, and it is not always of the same strength. 
 
 The dullness extends upward in a conical form, in proportion to 
 
 
288 
 
 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 the amount of fluid, — sometimes rising as high as the second rib. 
 The impulse does not coincide with the first beat of the heart. 
 
 General Symptoms. — The patient has a sensation of tw- heart 
 heintj in afioathuf state. The pulse is small, frequent, and intermit- 
 tent. 
 
 Explanation. — The reason that the impulse does not occur at 
 the same time with the first beat of the heart is, that the apex does 
 not immediately strike the walls of the chest, — some time being re- 
 quired to push it up through the fluid. 
 
 The l)eat8 of the heart sound more distant than natural in conse- 
 quence of the organ being pushed away from the walls of the chest 
 by the fluid. 
 
 Palpitation. — Nervous Palpitation. — Ansmic 
 
 Palpitation. 
 
 There is a great deal of palpitation of the heart dependent on 
 dyspepsia, hypochondria, hysterics, mental agitation, excessive study 
 with deficient sleep, venereal excesses, and masturbation. 
 
 Palpitations likewise occur from what is called anaemia, or a low 
 and deficient state of the blood. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The impulse is weak, fluttering, or tumultuous, 
 
 — generally increased by trifles. 
 
 The beats of the heart are increased in frequency, and sometimes 
 marked by intermission. Now and then they are accompanied by a 
 bellows murmur. There are musical murmurs in the jugular veins, 
 
 — loudest a little above the collar-bones. 
 
 General Symptoms. — The complexion is generally pallid and 
 bloodless ; the li[>s and the inside of the mouth partaking of the 
 same paleness; the pulse quick, small, weak, and jerking; and during 
 palpitation it sometimes has a thrill. Slight causes produce breath- 
 lessness and faintness. A dislike of animal food, and a fondness for 
 acids. The monthly discharge in females is deficient, and the whites 
 take its place. Sometimes the menses are too profuse, lasting for 
 several days, and consisting only of blood. In this state of things 
 there is great feebleness both of mind and body, with rushing noises 
 in the ears. 
 
 Explanations. — The murmurs depend on a lack of blood. The 
 conditions of their existence are, thinness of blood, a swift and spas- 
 modic circulation, and particularly an unfilled condition of the blood- 
 vessels. A brook is the more babbling in proportion as its water is 
 more shallow. It is a law in physics, that heaviness of freight gives 
 steadiness of motion ; and lightness of freight gives unsteady motion. 
 The fireman's hose trembles and vibrates when only half full of 
 water. In like manner the blood-vessels are agitated when imper- 
 IVctly filled. 
 
 II 
 
HEART DISEASES. 
 
 289 
 
 jond rib. 
 rt. 
 
 tw. heart 
 intermitr 
 
 occur at 
 pex does 
 being re- 
 in conse- 
 the chest 
 
 emic 
 
 ndent on 
 ive study 
 
 or a low 
 
 oaultuous, 
 
 jometimes 
 nied by a 
 liar veins, 
 
 )allid and 
 ng of the 
 nd during 
 ce breath- 
 ndness for 
 the whites 
 asting for 
 of things 
 ling noises 
 
 ood. The 
 t and spas- 
 the blood- 
 ts water is 
 eight gives 
 tdy motion, 
 alf full of 
 [ie» imper- 
 
 Treatment: — This is to be governed altogether by the cause of 
 the trouble. If it be dyspepsia, hypochondria, hysterics, etc., these 
 several diseases require their usual treatment ; when they are cured, 
 the palpitation will stop. 
 
 But when it is caused by alow state of the blood, then give for 
 several weeks, iron, the compound mixture, and (316), (310). 
 
 The food must likewise be nourishing, — tender meat, beef and 
 mutton, with broths, etc. 
 
 Gentle exercise will be required, and much exposure to a bracing 
 out-door air. 
 
 Neuralgia of the Heart. — Mgina Pectoris. 
 
 This is a strictly nervous disease. It begins with a sensation of 
 pain and constriction in the region of the heart. This pain is accom- 
 ])iinied with more or less pain and numbness in the left arm. In 
 females it is not uncommon for it to be attended by great sensitive- 
 ness and pain of the breasts. When the attack is violent, the pain 
 in the heart is excruciating, and even terrific. There is attending 
 this a feeling of great oppression in the chest, amounting, in the 
 worst cases, to a seiise of suffocation. The heart palpitates violently, 
 the brain is oppressed, and f^rinting sometimes occurs. 
 
 The disease is brought on, in nervous subjects, by over-excitement 
 of the heart. Walking up hill, against a strong wind, may bring it 
 (in. If walking at the time of the attack, the patient is compelled to 
 stop, and stand still till the pain subsides. 
 
 The disease is often connected with organic changes in the heart's 
 structure, such as ossifications and other alterations. 
 
 Treatment. — When the complaint depends on organic disease 
 of the heart, the treatment must be directed to the cure of these 
 diseases. 
 
 To relieve a severe attack, the patient should be instantly placed 
 in a quiet position ; wind in the stomach, if present, should be ex- 
 pelled by peppermint or anise water, or ether, or (115), or some other 
 aromatic. If there is acidity or sourness of the stomach, it must be 
 corrected by a teaspoonful of soda in half a tumbler of water ; and 
 if the stomach be full of undigested food, let the patient take a table- 
 spoonful of ground mustard, stirred up with a teacupful of warm 
 water. This will cause almost instant vomiting. 
 
 These things being done, give some quieting or antispasmodic 
 medicines, or one of the following prescriptions : (285), (97), (136), 
 (124). Inhale 5 drops of nitrite of amyl on a cloth frequently. 
 
 Greav relief is often obtained by sending a current of magnetism 
 through the region of the heart, by applying one pole of the machine 
 in front, and the other upon the back. 
 
 During the intervals, the general health is to be improved by a 
 wholesome, nourishing diet, gentle outrdoor exercise, and a careful 
 
 ^m^' 
 
290 
 
 HBAllT DISEASES. 
 
 control of all the passions. ,U of a grain of nitro-glycerine every 
 hour, while in pain, steadies and slows the heart. 
 
 Polypus of the Heart. 
 
 A PORTION of the fibrin sometimes separates from the blood in 
 the heart and large vesaels, and becoming more or less organized, 
 forms polypuses, which fill the cavities to which they are attached, 
 and seriously obstruct the circulation. 
 
 Physical Signs. — When the pulsations of the heart, previously 
 regular, become suddenly anomalous, confused, and obscure, so that 
 they cannot be analyzed, we may suspect a polypus. 
 
 aeneral Symptoms. —A sudden and great aggravation of the bad 
 breathing, without any visible cause, — the patient being in agony 
 from a sense of impending suffocation, and tossing about from side 
 to side, struggling for breath. The pulse small, weak, irregular, in- 
 termittent, and unequal; the surface and extremities cold; the face, 
 livid, — to which there is generally added nausea and vomiting. 
 
 Treatment. — When the polypus is once formed, the case is hope- 
 less. The treatment, therefore, can only be preventive. 
 
 The chief things to be done are, to keep the patient in a state . t 
 entire tranquillity, and to bring the circulation to the surface, by keep- 
 ing the skin warm, and excited by friction. This will call the blood 
 away f.ora the heart and great vessels, and lessen the chances of the 
 polypus. 
 
 Displacements of the Heart. 
 
 The heart may be misplaced from birth. I have seen a case in 
 which it lay upon the right side, and had always been in that posi- 
 tion. Its action was natural. 
 
 A variety of causes may tend to push it out of its place, as water 
 in the cavity of the pleura. In such cases, it will return to its place 
 when the water is drawn off or absorbed. 
 
 m ' ' ! S^,r ^^' :\'m^J ' ^^^^^IMl>^!i^LS ' -&'^ S!r£^ 
 
 wsmr^ 
 
ne every 
 
 blood in 
 n'ganized, 
 attaciied, 
 
 )reviou8ly 
 e, so that 
 
 of the bad 
 in agony 
 from side 
 egular, in- 
 ; the face, 
 liting. 
 
 Be is hope- 
 
 a state «f 
 ic, by keep- 
 . the blood 
 ices of the 
 
 •c :! 
 
 a case in 
 that posi- 
 
 e, as water 
 bo its place 
 
 m-^ 
 
PI 7 
 
 THE INTERNAL ORGANS OF THE HUMAN BODY. 
 
PI 7 
 
 DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Undkb the above head I shall consider most of the diseases which 
 occur in the great cavity below the diaphmgm, called the abdomen 
 or belly. These affections are quite important, and make up a con- 
 Hiderable part of the ills we suffer from disease. 
 
 Before speaking of these diseases, however, I will call the reader's 
 attention to a profile view of the 
 relative position of the several or- 
 gans lodged in this cavity. 
 
 In Fig, 9G, L is the liver, S the 
 Htomach, C the colon, R the rectum 
 l\ the bladder, P D the pancreas, 
 and I the intestines. The double 
 lines, folded back upon each other, 
 and surrounding most of the or- 
 gans, represent the peritoneum^ a 
 membrane which lines the g^at 
 cavity of which I am speaking. 
 
 It will be well, too, before pro- 
 ceeding further, to make the reader 
 acquainted witli the names of cer- 
 tain regions of the abdomen which 
 he will find constantly spoken of 
 in medical books. I have not 
 used these terms much in my 
 Ixjok ; but it will be convenient 
 to be acquainted with them. Phy- 
 sicians who are careless in their 
 readings are not always familiar 
 with their exact locality. 
 
 In Pig. 97, the abdomen is di- 
 vided into nine different regions 
 by the drawing of two parallel lines up and down, 2, 2, and 8, 8, 
 and two lines across, 4, 4, and 1, 1. This gives three regions above, 
 three in the middle, and three below. 
 
 In the upper row, 6 is the epigastrium or epigastric region, in which 
 are the left lobe of the liver, and a portion of the stomach ; 6, on the 
 
 291 
 
 FlO. 96. 
 
r 
 
 202 
 
 niSFARKS OK TIIR AnDOMINAI. CAVITY. 
 
 1 
 
 FlO 97. 
 
 right side, is the right hi/poi'liondrium, in which is Um rijjlij, |oIh> of ilm 
 
 livor ; iiiul f), mi tho h-t't Hidt;, is the lejt 
 hjipochondriumy which coiitniiis tho sphuMi, 
 and 11 portion of this Htomach and liver. 
 
 In the nii(Ullo row, 7 is tlio umbilical 
 m/ion, which contains tho small intestines. 
 On the right side, H is the rif/ht lumlxv 
 reyion, which holds tho right kidney and 
 tho ascending colon ; and 8, on tho left, is 
 the left liimliar re/jion, whi(!h contains the 
 left kidney and the descending colon. 
 
 In tho lower row, 9 is tho hi/pot/agt n'tim 
 or hi/pof/astrio rej/ion, which contains h 
 portion of the small intestines and hladdci . 
 On the right, 10 is the riffht iliac fima, 
 containing tho cceeiim or caput coli ; iiiul 
 10, on the left, is the left iliac fossa, con- 
 taining the sigmoid flexure. 
 And now I may as 
 
 well present, in Fig. 98, 
 
 a front view of many of 
 
 the organs, both in the 
 
 chest and abdomen: 1, 1, 
 
 1, 1, are the muscles of 
 
 the chest ; 2, 2, 2, 2, the 
 
 ribs; 3, 8, 8, the upper,/ 
 
 middle, and lower lobes] 
 
 of the right lung; 4, 4,1 
 
 the lobes of the left lung;1 
 
 6, the right ventricle of| 
 
 the heart; 6, the left ven- 
 tricle ; 7, the right auricle 
 
 of the heart; 8, the left 
 
 auricle; 9, the pulmonary 
 
 artery; 10, the aorta ; 11, 
 
 the vp "^^'a descendens ; 
 
 12, indpipe ; 18, 
 
 .*; 14, 14, 14, 
 
 .<3 pleura; 15, 16, 
 
 cho diaphragm; 16,16, 
 
 tne right and left lobes of 
 
 the liver; 17, the gall- 
 bladder ; 18, stomach; 26, 
 
 the spleen; 19, 19, the 
 
 duodenum ; 20, the as- 
 cending colon ; 24, the 
 
 transverse colon ; 25, the 
 
 descending colon; 22, 22, 22, 22, the small intestines; 28, 23, the 
 
 rio. 98. 
 
 I*. 
 
niBKAflFft np THK AHHOMINAI, riAVITY. 
 
 203 
 
 ■•14. 
 
 26 
 
 walls of till) Iwlly turned down; 24, the thorarir, diict, <>[)eiiing intr) 
 tho left Hnl)clavi>in vein (27). 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the LWer. — I Icpai His. 
 
 The liver is the largost gland in the l)ody. (See Fig. 81.) It lies 
 in the right side, and iit the top of the great ulxloniinal cavity, di- 
 rectly under the midriff, tnd lapping upon the stoniaoh. Fig, 90 
 showH itH relative position. Its otHuu woh HUppcsed to Iw to take tiiv 
 superabundant carbon out of the blood. TIuh carbon it unites vitii 
 other elements and forms bile, the peculiar bitter sul)8tance which is 
 poured into the upper bowel, and greatly aids digestion. 
 
 The liver is liable to become inflamed from several causes, such 
 as gravel-stones, external violence, suppressed secretions, hot climates, 
 intlammation of the duodenum, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are sympathetic fever, with pain, and a sense 
 of tension in the right side, inability to lie on the left side, difficulty 
 of breathing, a dry cough, vomiting, and hiccup. 
 
 The pain is acute and lancinating generally, though sometimes 
 dull and tensive. When sharp, it is like the stitch of pleurisy, and 
 it indicates that the peritoneum which covers the liver is inflamed. 
 When dull, it is the body of the organ which is suffering. When 
 the convex surface of the liver is the se.\t of the disease, the pain is 
 apt to run up to the right collar-bone, and to the top of the right 
 shoulder. Breatlung, coughing, and lying on the left side, increase 
 the pain. A soreness is felt by pressing over the liver. The pulse 
 is full, hard, and strong, tho bowels are costive, and the stools are 
 clay-colored, owing to not being tinged with bile, — this having 
 stopped flowing. The tongue is covered with a yellow, dark brown, 
 or even black coat, and there is a bitter taste in the mouth. 
 
 Explanation. — The bile, secreted by the liver, is poured into the 
 upper bowel, and gives the brown or yellow color to the contents 
 of the bowels. When the liver is inflamed, it cannot work, — it se- 
 cretes little or no bile, and the discharges from the bowels lose their 
 color. The bile is slightly laxative, and when it ceases to flow into 
 the bowels, they become bound or costive. When the liver does not 
 work, the bile has to be taken out of the blood by the kidneys, and 
 the urine becomes of a deep yellow color. Much of it goes out 
 through the skin, too, which is likewise yellow, and the sweat be- 
 comes so yellow as to stain the linen. 
 
 Treatment. — Flax-seed poultices applied over the liver are veiy 
 good. Purgatives will also need to be used pretty freely at iiiyt. 
 Those which produce watery stools (31), (247), (34), will be of the 
 greatest service. 
 
 After the cups and purgatives have been thoroughly used, blisters 
 will be useful, and it will be better to apply several in succession, 
 
I 
 
 294 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 rather than to keep the first one open. Or, in the milder cases, ;i 
 mustard poultice may be applied over tli ^ whole side, and even along 
 the dpine. 
 
 Frictions over the stomach and liver with dilute nitro-muriatic 
 acid, and a foot-bath of the same, will sometimes do well. The acid 
 should be reduced with water to about the strength of sharp vinegar. 
 Water a little soured with this same acid makes an excellent drink 
 for the patient. 
 
 Perepiration should be induced by the spirit vapor-bath, and kept 
 up ger " by the tincture of the American hellebore, from three to 
 ten divtps ?very hour. Or, the same thing may be done by prescrip- 
 tions (12fi;, (358). 
 
 When tb urine is small in quantity and red, ^,ive some diuretic, 
 as iafusioK ^^ marshmallow-root, pumpkin-seeds, or trailing arbutus. 
 
 The diet should be rice-water, gruel, and toast-water. While 
 getting up, it may gradually be improved, and some light tonics 
 (49), (58), (64) be added to it. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of tlie Liver. 
 
 Hepatitis. 
 
 Chronic 
 
 There are few chronic diseases for which the physician is more 
 often consulted than this. In the warm climate of the South, in 
 the bilious districts of the West, and indeed even in the Middle and 
 Eastern States, it meets us continually, and demands our attention. 
 That it is difficult to cure must be admitted; but a constant famil- 
 iarity with chronic diseases, for several years, has convinced me that 
 it is generally curable. 
 
 Symptoms A sense of fulness and weight in thp right side 
 
 with some enlargement, and shooting pains felt in the same region, 
 particularly when it is pressed, with pains in one or both shouldei-s, 
 and under the shoulder-blades ; uncomfortable sensations when lying 
 on the left side; yellowness of the skin, eyes, and urine; bowels 
 irregular, loose, or costive; appetite disturbed; sometimes a dry, 
 hacking cough; shortness of breath; tongue whitish, and brown or 
 yellow towards the root ; a bitter and bad taste in the mouth in the 
 morning. The urine deposits a sediment on standing. There is 
 generally a low and desponding state of mind, with irritability and 
 peevishness of temper. 
 
 The skin is often covered with yellow spots and with a branny 
 substance. The various symptoms of dyspepsia are often present. 
 The nervous system is generally much disturbed, and there is a dis- 
 inclination to apply the mind. There is frequently a great dread of 
 imagined evil, supposed to be impending. 
 
 Treatment. — This does not require *:o be as active as that for the 
 acute form of the disease. 
 
 ""steiHB 
 
DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 295 
 
 If there l)e much tenderness of the liver, begin with mustai-d 
 poultices, and the compound pills of podophyllin, or the compound 
 pills of leptandrin, or (36). 
 
 I have abandoned the use of mercury in this disease, as in most 
 others; but if any prefer to use it, the blue pill (52) will be found 
 the most useful form. 
 
 The compound tar-plaster placed over the liver, in bad cases, is 
 often very serviceable. 
 
 An alterative (138), (146) will be found useful. 
 
 The daily alkaline sponge-bath must on no account be omitted. 
 Vigorous friction must follow it. Vigorous constitutions will bear 
 the shower-bath; in such cases it may, occasionally, take the place 
 of the sponge-bath. 
 
 The diet must be simple, yet nourishing and wholesome, and 
 embracing but a small amount of fat, as this is composed largely of 
 carbon, and the liver is unable to remove what i^ already in the blood. 
 
 Especially and above all, out-door exc-cide must be taken to the 
 full amount of the strength, and the thoughts be occupied with 
 cheerful subjects. Let the hot sun be avoided, and the summer 
 exercise be taken in the cool hours of the day. 
 
 The recovery from this, as from all other chronic diseases, must 
 necessarily be slow. 
 
 Congestion of the Liver. 
 
 This is not strictly a disease, but the result of gastro-intestinal 
 disorders. There is an enlarged, congested liver, with a sense of 
 fulness and weight in the right side under the ribs. 
 
 The application of heat, and even leeches, to the side, and the ad- 
 ministration of saline laxatives, afford relief. The diet must be light 
 and farinaeeous. 
 
 Passive Congestion of tlie Liver 
 
 Results from mechanical obtruction to the outflow of blood from 
 the liver. When this condition has existed some time, there is a 
 sense of weight and fullness in the liver region when sitting up or 
 lying on the left side. The liver is enlarged and tender; the breath 
 is shortened, and pain may be present, extending to the shoulder. 
 
 Jaundice is usually preseno, but only to a slight degree. When 
 the heart is the cause of the obstruction to the outflow of blood, 
 there is often present an associa id gsistro-duodenal catarrh, in which 
 case loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting, belching of gas, and pain, 
 are also present. In the later stages of a ] rolonged case, ascites, or 
 dropsy of the peritoneal cavity, is present. 
 
 Prognosis. — The outcome of passive congestion of the liver is 
 usually grave, since it is the result of some structural disease else- 
 where, as of the heart, asthma, chronic pleurisy, tumors, etc. 
 
 
296 
 
 DISEASKS OF THK ABltOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 I 
 
 Treatment. — The indications for treatment are to strengthen the 
 lieait wilh digitalis, strophanthus, etc., increase the strength of tht; 
 patient with strong, stimulating food, and to deplete the portal circu- 
 lation by vegetable laxatives like podophyllin, rhubarb, aloes, etc.; 
 the salines also furnish an agreeable method of depletion, as for 
 instance, Crab-orchard water, Hunjadi, etc. It occurs usually after 
 middle life, and is more common in women than men. It is usually 
 secondary to cancer elsewhere, as in the bowels or stomach, rectum 
 and womb. The liver is increased in size, and is frequently studded 
 with cancerous nodules, which in well-marked cases may be felt 
 through the abdominal wall. 
 
 The disease usually gives rise to loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting, 
 constipation, emaciation and weakness. Pain over the liver is gen- 
 erally present, while jaundice exists in about fifty per cent of cases 
 Dropsy of the bowels exists likewise in about the same proportion of 
 cases. Hemorrhages from the nose, stomach and bowels occur in 
 the later stages of the disease. The temperature is usually lowef 
 than normal, and the pulse slow, especially if jaundice be present ; 
 the urine is diminished in amount and high colored. The disease 
 progressively advances to a fatal termination inside of a year. No 
 kuowu treatment is of avail in arresting the terrible malady. 
 
 Cirrhosis of the Liver. 
 
 This is a disease characterized by an excessive increase of the 
 fibrous tissue in the liver, whose later function is to contract and 
 squeeze out, so to speak, the softer, glandular structure of the liver 
 proper, thus causing its atrophy and diminution in size. The dis- 
 ease is caused mainly by the introduction into the portal system of 
 some irritant like alcohol. It is generally known as the gin-drinker's 
 liver, but it does not result especially from gin any more than from 
 any other spirit. It is, at all events, essentially a disease due to pro- 
 longed though moderate use of spirits of one sort or another, and 
 occurs between the ages of thirty and sixty, mostly in men. 
 
 The symptoms of this disease are at first those of gastric and intes- 
 tinal disorders due to alcohol, as nausea, flatulence, constipation and 
 looseness, etc. 
 
 Dropsy is finally the most pronounced symptom of the diseiise, but 
 hemorrhages from the bowels not infrequently occur. The disten- 
 sion of the abdomen by dropsy is sometimes enormous ; finally the 
 feet and legs become swollen, emaciation and weakness progress, and 
 the patient may finally die in coma or convulsions. The disease, when 
 suffisiently advanced to be recognized, is incurable. 
 
 Treatment. — The treatment is to be directed toward the removal 
 of all irritating food and alcohol. The diet should consist largely of 
 milk; green vegetables and fruit, beans, peas, eggs, lean meat, etc., 
 may be taken if well borne. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 297 
 
 The stomach and bowels .are to be kept in good condition, th«> 
 dropsy drawn off or removed by means of loose evacuations from the 
 bowels. 
 
 Hydrochloric acid in three-drop doses, well diluted, after meals, 
 may be of service, while bitter stomach-tonics are to be given before ' 
 eatiug. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Spleen. ~ Splenitis. 
 
 Thk spleen is in the upper part of the belly, on the left side, 
 opposite the liver. It is subject to acute inflammation, which is 
 known by a pain just under the short ribs on the left side, also by 
 swelling, soreness to the touch, and by more or less fever. The pain 
 often shoots ui) through the midriff and to the left shoulder. There 
 18 a short, di-y cough ; a feeling of tightness about the heart ; a sick- 
 ness at the stomach, and vomiting ; and a discharge frequently of 
 black blood from the bowels. The urine is scanty, is passed with 
 some difficulty, and is high-colored. 
 
 This disease appears most frequently in hot climates, and is often 
 connected with intermittent fevers. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Spleen. 
 
 This prevails most in fever-and-ague districts, and is a frequent 
 result of chills and fever. It is generally very stubborn, often lasting 
 many years. 
 
 Symptoms — A feeling of weight, tightness, and sometimes pain 
 in the left side, the pain being increased by pressure, or an attempt 
 to lie on the left side. The organ sometimes enlarges very much, so 
 that it can be felt by the hand. This enlarged mass passes under 
 the common name of " ague cake." There are sometimes numbness, 
 weakness of the legs, difficulty of breathing, palpitation of the heart, 
 inability to exercise much, otetinate constipation, vomiting of food, 
 piles, diy skin, tongue coated white or red, low spirits, and occasion- 
 ally dropsical affections. 
 
 During the chill in fever and ague, the spleen becomes enormously 
 loaded with blood. Surfeited and stretched in this way again and 
 again, it is not strange that the organ should become diseased. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be about the same as the treatment for 
 acute and chronic inflammation of the livei-. 
 
 After the active symptoms of inflammation are subdued, the warm 
 bath may be used one or twice a week. 
 
 In the chronic form of the disease, counter-irritation with the 
 compound tar-plaster, with mustard poultices, croton-oil, or tincture 
 of iodine, will be particularly needed. 
 
 Among medicines, muriate of ammonia (53"), has a high reputation. 
 
 ^^"WIIM 
 
298 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 To keep the lx)wel8 open, [)odophyllin, quinine, and mix vomica 
 (46), liave a fine effect. Iron may be given (73) when the patient 
 is bloodless and pale. 
 
 Jaundice. — Icterus. 
 
 The jaundice is a very common disease, and to be known needs 
 only to be seen ; but inasmuch as it may be but a symptom rather 
 than a disease per se, it behooves one to be careful that some hidden 
 disorder be not preying upon the system. Among the more common 
 affections which give rise to jaundice are gastro-duodenal catarrh, 
 frequently affecting children, obstruction of the gall-ducts by thick 
 bile or mucus, or by gallnstones ; cancer, chronic forms of liver com- 
 plaints, and some forms of blood diseases. 
 
 Symptoms. — The most prominent symptoms are, yellowness of 
 the skin and whites of the eyes, saffron-colored urine, and whitish or 
 clay-colored stools. So full is the urine of bile, that a piece of white 
 linen dropped into it receives a bright yellow tinge. 
 
 Besides these symptoms, there are impaired appetite, a loathing 
 of food, the sense of a load at the pit of the stomach, sourness of 
 stomach, sometimes sickness and vomiting, a bitter taste in the moutli, 
 disinclination to move about, sleepiness, a dull pain in the right side, 
 which is increased by pressure. 
 
 The entire body of a person who has died of jaundice, including 
 bones, muscles, and membranes, are found to be full of bile, and col- 
 ored yellow. 
 
 Explanation. — The bile flows into the upper bowel, a little below 
 the stomach, through a duct or tube about as large as a goose-quill. 
 This little tube or vessel receives the bile from a smaller tube, called 
 the hepatic duct, and from another which goes to the gall-bladder, 
 called the cystic duct. 
 
 These little tubes sometimes get obstructed or plugged up by 
 sticky, thickened, or hardened bile, or by gall-stones, formed in the 
 liver ; and the bile, finding no outlet through its natural channels, is 
 taken up by the absorbents, distributed over the system, and produces 
 the yellowness we witness. When these ducts and the gall-bladder 
 are filled and stretched by this thickened and hardened bile, they be- 
 come tender and sore. Hence the sore feeling in the side when 
 pressure is made. 
 
 There is another explanation of the way in which the yellowness 
 of jaundice is produced, and it mattei-s not whether it or the one just 
 given be adopted. It is this : The bile is formed by the blood, and 
 not by the liver. The office of the liver is to draw or strain off the 
 bile from the blood. And when this organ is inflamed, or irets slug- 
 gish and will not work, the blood is not relieved of its yellow freight. 
 The bile accumulates, and in attempting to escape through other 
 channels, it lodges in the various tissues, particularly in the skin. 
 
vomica 
 patient 
 
 n needs 
 (1 rather 
 
 hidden 
 common 
 
 catarrh, 
 by thick 
 ver com- 
 
 mmess of 
 hitish or 
 of white 
 
 loathing 
 irness of 
 le moutli, 
 ight side, 
 
 ncluding 
 , and col- 
 
 ,le below 
 ose-quill. 
 be, called 
 l-bladder, 
 
 id up by 
 d in the 
 
 annels, is 
 produces 
 l-bladder 
 they be- 
 de when 
 
 llowness 
 one just 
 lood, and 
 off the 
 rets slug- 
 freight, 
 gh other 
 skin. 
 
 V 
 
 DISKA8E8 OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 JM9 
 
 Treatment. — An infusion of thoroughwort, drunk freely every 
 day, is a valuable remedy. The inner bark of the barberry steeped 
 in cider, or this article compounded with others (286), (287), will 
 be found excellent. 
 
 The diet should be plain, wholesome, and nourishing, but com- 
 posed mostly of vegetable articles, particularly green vegetables and 
 berries when they are to be had. 
 
 Cold water should be the principal drink ; or drink and medicine 
 may be combined in the shape of three drops of murisvtic acid, and 
 two drops of nitric acid, dissolved in a tumbler of water slightly 
 sweetened. This is generally a pleasant drink, and will assist very 
 much in the cure. 
 
 The warm bath once or twice a week, and the alkaline sponge-bath 
 every day, with smart friction, must not be omitted. 
 
 When jaundice is caused by the passage of gall-stones through the 
 bile-duct, there is sometimes terrible pain and suffering, — the stone, 
 occasionally, being as large as a nutmeg, and forcing its way through 
 a quill-sized tube. So great is the distress that the patient sometimes 
 rolls upon the floor in agony. To alleviate this pain, large doses of 
 opium, laudanum, or morphine, are required. A large teaspoonful of 
 bicarbonate of soda dissolved in a tumblerful of hot water is an ex- 
 cellent remedy if drunk at a single draught. It relieves the acidity 
 of the stomach, and acts as a fomentation to the internal seat of the 
 pain. MusUvrd poultices, or warm fomentations, over the seat of the 
 pain, are required. The warm bath is excellent. 
 
 The acid bath, made by mixing three parts of muriatic acid with 
 two parts of nitric acid, and adding as much of this mixture to water 
 as will make it about as sour as weak vinegar, is valuable in jaundice. 
 Only a quart of water need be taken ; and the solution should be 
 applied with a sponge. It is of the right strength, if it produce a 
 slight tingling of the skin. 
 
 Qall-Stones. — Biliary Calculi. 
 
 These are brownish, ohocola -colored concretions which form 
 either in the gall-bladder itself, in the duct leading from the gall- 
 bladder, or in the common duct which is formed by the 
 union of the gall-duct and the hepatic duct which leads 
 from the liver. They are solid, generally have bodies of 
 irregular shape and size, and have facets cavised by the 
 stones being impacted ag^ainst one another. Fig. 99 
 shows their appearance. These concretions are formed 
 of inspissated bile and organic salts. When they settle into the ducts 
 their natural course is downward through the duct into the bowel, 
 where they are naturally carried off with the faeces. Their passage 
 through these ducts is accompanied often with extreme pain and 
 colic, the pain being the severest of any to which the system is sub- 
 jected, and generally requires an opiate. When once an attack of 
 
 ^ 
 
 a. 
 
 ^ 
 
 FlO. 99. 
 
800 
 
 PI8EASKS OF THE ABDOMINAI, CAVITY. 
 
 gall-fitones has occurred, the patient is liable to more, as they seldom 
 exist singly in the gall-bladder. These repeated attacks have lieen 
 the subject of a great deal of thought among surgeons. 
 
 Symptoms. — An almost constant uneasiness in the right hypo- 
 chondriac region, with spasms of pain, coming on suddenly, and last- 
 ing for a time with gi'eat severity, and then subsiding. The pain is 
 caused by a stono being suddenly forced into tlie duct and moving 
 forward in it, and it sulfides when the stone either stops, or gets 
 through the duct. When the stone reaches the bowels, it passes off 
 with the stools. 
 
 The patient generally has a pale, sallow complexion, a small, feeble 
 pulse, and often suffers from nausea and vomiting, and from restless- 
 ness and hurried breathing. 
 
 Treatment. — To reduce the spasm, give svapnia powder in full 
 doses, or chlorodine. Also, apply mustard over the right hypochon- 
 drium and stomach, and fellow it with hot fomentations with hops, 
 or use wet cups. 
 
 If the stomach is irritable, give the neutralizing mixture until it 
 moves the bowels. To relieve the intense pain, morphine should be 
 administered, together with hot baths and hot cloths over the abdo- 
 men. 
 
 Sweet oil was at one time advocated as a solvent of these bodies, 
 but experience has not proven the validity of the claim. Many 
 practitioners, however, still insist that oil in large doses hastens the 
 passage of the stones. 
 
 To remove the acidity on which the foi-mation of these stones so 
 often depends, a neutralizing preparation (338) may be given for a 
 long time, the diet, in the mean time, being well regulated. The 
 sponge-bath with saleratus and water, should be taken daily, followed 
 by brisk rubbing ; and free exercise in the open air should on no 
 account be omitted. 
 
 Of late years it is customaiy to treat this complaint surgically, 
 operating directly on the gall-bladder by incising it and removing 
 the stones. If the ducts become obstructed, they too are incised and 
 the stones dislodged, either by pushing them down into the bowel, 
 or otherwise, as maj' be most convenient. The gall-bladder is either 
 sutured to the abdominal wall, and a biliary fistula forms, discharg- 
 ing the bile upon the abdominal wall; or it may be drained off into 
 a bottle; or, as has been recently advocated, the bladder may be 
 sewn up tightly and replaced. Sometimes communication is estab- 
 lished between the gall-bladder, or the duct, and the duoden m, by 
 means of an ingenious device called " Murphy's Button." This 
 button, invented by Dr. Murphy of Chicago, is intended to di-aw to- 
 gether the parts to he connected, retaining them in that position. 
 A fter some days the walls slough away, and the button passes into 
 the bowel, and is thus removed from the system. By this means 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY 
 
 301 
 
 jy seldom 
 lave been 
 
 rlit hypo- 
 , and last- 
 le pain is 
 1 moving 
 8, or gets 
 passes off 
 
 all, feeble 
 n restless- 
 
 er in full 
 hypochon- 
 /ith hops, 
 
 e until it 
 should be 
 the abdo- 
 
 se bodies, 
 11. Many 
 astens the 
 
 I stones so 
 iven for a 
 bed. The 
 ', followed 
 lid on no 
 
 surgically, 
 removing 
 icised and 
 he bowel, 
 r is either 
 discharg- 
 d off into 
 r may be 
 I is ostab- 
 len m, by 
 n." This 
 3 di-aw to- 
 t position, 
 asses into 
 lis means 
 
 many stubborn cases of impacted gall-stone have been permanently 
 cured. 
 
 Abscess of the gall-bladder, inflammation of the surrounding 
 tissue, and even death are not infrequent results of the presence of 
 these foreign bodies. 
 
 For preventing the formation of gall-stones, see the articles on 
 Biliousness, Diet, etc. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Stomach. — Gastritis. 
 
 This is a rare disease. It is generally induced by irritating and 
 corrosive substances taken into the stomach. Poisons, as ai-senic, 
 aquafortis, corrosive sublimate, and the like, are the most common 
 causes of it. Blows, sudden stoppage of sweat, and excessive use of 
 ardent spirits, may also excite it. 
 
 Symptoms. — It is marked by burning pain in the stomach, thirst, 
 restlessness, anxiety, constant vomiting, prostration of strength, a 
 quick, hard, and small pulse, incessant retching, a sunken counte- 
 nance, hiccough, cold hands and feet, and a damp skin. 
 
 Treatment. — If the inflammation be excited by poison, the reme- 
 dies named under antidotes for poisons must be first employed. 
 
 The poison being neutralized or thrown off, the inflammatory con- 
 dition must be combatted with the remedies usual for such states. 
 Mustard poultices to the feet, along the spine, and particularly over 
 the pit of the stomach, will be among the first things to be employed, 
 and should be followed by hot fomentations of stramonium leaves or 
 hops, — both the fomentations and the poultices to be repeated as 
 occasion may require. Dry cupping over the region of the stomach 
 is useful. Small and repeated doses of bismuth, or |-grain doses of 
 cocaine, are generally very soothing to the stomach, and relieve the 
 terrible vomiting. 
 
 Drinks. — Cold water, bread-water, rice-water, arrow-root gruel, 
 infusion of slippery-elm bark, and of mai-shmallow. These should 
 be taken in very small qaantities, — say a teaspoonful at a time, — 
 about twenty drops of tincture of aconite-root being added to a half 
 tumblerful. Lumps of ice may be held in the mouth, and occasion- 
 ally swallowed. 
 
 Injections. — Emetics and physic are not proper, but injections 
 (248), (263), or simply soap-suds, will be required. 
 
 The remedies must be pursued until all tenderness has disappeared 
 from the pit of the stomach. 
 
 While the patient is recovering, great care must be taken not to 
 overload the stomach with food. Arrow-root, sago, and milk are 
 among the first articles to be allowed. After these, will come gnid- 
 ually beef-tea, chicken-broth, soft-boiled eggs, and beef-steak, until 
 the whole diet can be restored. 
 
 
 
302 
 
 DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Stomach. 
 
 This is a much more common disease that the preceding ; indeed 
 it is very common. Though it does not put life in immediate danger, 
 it perverts the feelings of the stomach, and causes many of the symp- 
 toms of indigestion. Dyspepsia, however, is a different complaint, 
 and not iiecessarily connected with inflammation. 
 
 Symptoms. — There is generally pain in the stomach, which is in- 
 creased by the presence of food, and by external pressure. The pain 
 is sometimes felt only during digestion. The fermentation of tlie 
 food in the stomach generates a gas, which is frequently belched up. 
 This is what is meant in common language by having " wind in the 
 stomach," and " belching wind." The meals are frequently vomited 
 up ; the appetite is lickle, sometimes voracious, and again nearly ab- 
 sent ; the thirst is likewise variant ; the tongue is white in the centre, 
 and red at the sides and tip, — sometimes smooth and red all over, 
 like a slice of raw beef. The urine is scanty and high-colored. 
 
 The disease is very liable, if badly managed, to lead to ulceration 
 of the coats of the stomach, and thence to a fatal end ; for an ulcer 
 may penetrate the walls of the stomach, and let its contents into the 
 abdominal cavity, which would excite an immediately fatal inflam- 
 mation. 
 
 Treatment. — If there be much tenderness, we may apply leeches 
 over the stomach. With less tenderness, counter-irritation will an- 
 swer,* — as blisters, croton-oil, mustard poultices, the compound tar- 
 plasters, or dry cups. 
 
 The skin of the whole surface should receive special attention. 
 The warm or the cold bath should be used often, according to the 
 strength of the patient. When the reaction ;is good, a cold compress 
 bound upon the stomach every night, will do much to bring relief. 
 
 The diet cannot be too carefully managed. While there is consid- 
 erable tenderness, the nourishment must be of the most simple and 
 unirritating kind, — consisting of little more than the most bland 
 nutritive drinks ; and even these should be taken in small quantities 
 at a time. Gum arable water, rice-water, barley-water, arrow-root, 
 gruel, tea, and toast without butter, will be amply sufficient to keep 
 soul and body together, and will, in two or three weeks, generally 
 starve the enemy out of his quarters. After this, a more nourishing 
 diet may gradually be resumed. Many of the recent proprietary 
 foods serve an admirable purpose in furnishing a large amount of 
 nutriment in small bulk, which is easily digested. Among these 
 may be mentioned proteinol, in teaspoonful to biblespoonful doses, 
 liquid peptonoids, malted milk, koumiss, matzoon,, etc. These latter 
 are milk preparations with the cooling and refreshing taste of soda. 
 
DISEA8KS OF THE ABDOMINAL UAVITY. 
 
 303 
 
 IndSgestion. — Dyspepsia. 
 
 Dyspepsia is a disease of civilization. Savages know nothing of 
 it. It is the costly price we pay for luxuries. All civilized nations 
 suffer from it, more or leas, but none so much as the people of the 
 United States. It is here, in the new world, that the disease has 
 become domesticated, and we, as a people, who have threatened to 
 monopolize its miseries. 
 
 Few disordere inflict upon their victims greater suffering; yet it is 
 not particularly dangerous, and it is even loubtful whether it tends 
 very much to shorten life, unless the lengv . of life be judged to con- 
 sist in the sum of happiness enjoyed, — in which case few complaints 
 shorten it more. 
 
 Symptoms. — These vary very much in different stages of the dis- 
 ease, and in different persons. In general the complaint begins with 
 a sense of fullness, tightness, and weight in the stomach, sooner or 
 later, after meals, and a changeable, diminished, or lost appetite. 
 Cooasionally, the app-tite is craving, and when, in obedience to its 
 promptings, a large meal is taken, there is pain in the stomach, with 
 general distress and nervousness, and sometimes vomiting. Flatu- 
 lency and acidity are common, with sour and offensive belching of 
 wind ; and very often there is a water-brash, or vomiting of a clear, 
 glairy fluid when the stomach is empty. Dizziness is a prominent 
 symptom. There is a great deal of what patients call an " all-gone " 
 feeling at the pit of the stomach, — a weakness so great at that par- 
 ticular spot, that it is very hard to sit up straight. There is a bad 
 taste in the mouth ; the tongue is covered with a whitish fur ; there 
 is headache, heartburn, palpitation at times, high-colored urine, and 
 tenderness, now and then, at the pit of the stomach. The bowels 
 are generally irregular, sometimes very costive, at other times loose, 
 when portions of food a^e passed off undigested. 
 
 Nervous Complication. — Such are the symptoms in a case of 
 simple disorder of the stomach, when no other part of the system is 
 materially involved. This is indigestion, well-marked, and distressing 
 enough ; but it is only a part of what is understood by a case of 
 modern dyapepna. In thia^ either the indigestion, in its course, dis- 
 turbs and involves the nervous system, or the nerves become them- 
 selves disordered, and produce the indigestic Sometimes one hap- 
 pens, sometimes the other, it matters not which ; both are present — 
 the affec :ion of the stomach and of the nerves — in a case of thorough 
 dyspepsia. To make out a full case, in its tormenting completeness, 
 we mast add to the above symptoms, great depression of spirits, 
 amounting at times to complete hopelessness and despondency; a 
 dread and fear of some impending evil ; a lack of interest in passing 
 events ; unwillingness to see company or to move about ; an irritable 
 iind fretful temper ; a desi.e to talk of one's troubles, and nothing 
 
 m 
 
304 
 
 DI8KA8KS OK THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 else ; a sallow, haggard, sunken, and sometimes wild expression of 
 countenance ; a dry, wrinkled, and harsh skin, with unreireshinp 
 sleep, disturbed by all sorts of annoyances and difficulties, such m 
 shipwrecks, falls down precipicps, and nightmare. 
 
 The man who bus all these symptoms, or any considerable portion 
 of tht'in, lias dyspepsia, and is about as miserable as if all the sorrows 
 of life were electrical currents, and were running through him con- 
 tinually. 
 
 Causes of Dyspepsia. — To healthy digestion, three conditions are 
 especially necessary, — that the footl should be well chewed and 
 mixed with saliva before it is swallowed ; that the stomach should 
 pour out and mix with it the right amount of healthy gastric juice ; 
 and that it should be well churned wliile in the stomach. 
 
 It is well known that tiie firat of these conditions, a thorough chew- 
 ing of food, is rare in this country. We eat too fast ; we do not 
 masticate our food ; we bolt it whole. 
 
 This Ls the first cause of dyspepsia, and it is tlie fruitful mother of 
 causes. It furnishes the occasion for eating too much ; for when the 
 food is swallowed with such rapidity, the stomach is taken by sur- 
 prise, as it were ; it cannot secrete gastric juice fast enough to bo 
 diffused through the fast-growing mass ; and the appetite does not 
 decline until a great deal too much is taken. The coats of the 
 stomach, lx;ing stretched unnaturally, do not pour out the gastric 
 juice at the right time, or as much of it as is wanted, and what there 
 is, is altered in quality. 
 
 Moreover, the stomach being overburdened, cannot tuni over and 
 e'liurn it contents properly. 
 
 To fast eating, we may add, high-seasoned dishes, too stimulating 
 fur the stomach ; eating between meals, and at unseasonable houre, 
 — particularly at bed-time ; excessive use of strong drinks and 
 tobacco ; habitually sitting up late at night : inactive habits of body ; 
 and excessive use of the mind. 
 
 No causes of dyspepsia are more active chan those which disturb 
 and fret the mind. It is surprising how suddenly any mental ag'ta- 
 tion will put an end to the appetite, and suspend digestion. And 
 when these mental disturbances are protracted, when care becomes a 
 daily and hourly companion, dyspepsia is almost sure to show itself. 
 Considering the numerous causes of unpleasant mental excitement 
 which we have in the politics, the business, the ambition, the family 
 jars, etc., of this country, it is a wonder that dyspepsia is hot even 
 more prevalent. It is hard for the sensitive to escape. 
 
 These causes may seem too simple to be the frequent origin of so 
 much misery, and yet whole volumes might be written on this one 
 subject. One cannot too forcibly nor too frequently remind the 
 reader of the importance of these simple and brief remarks. No 
 treatment will avail if they are not heeded. 
 
UI8RASKP OF THK ADDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 806 
 
 tBion of 
 I'reHhiiij^ 
 such aH 
 
 I portion 
 ) sorrows 
 liim con- 
 
 itions are 
 wed and 
 h should 
 ric juice ; 
 
 igh chew- 
 '^e do not 
 
 mother of 
 when the 
 3n by 8ur- 
 ugh to Ix! 
 does not 
 its of the 
 ;he gastric 
 what there 
 
 1 over and 
 
 timulating 
 ,ble hours, 
 rinks and 
 of body ; 
 
 [ch disturb 
 
 sntal ag'*^a- 
 
 ;ion. And 
 
 becomes a 
 
 [how itself. 
 
 ixcitement 
 
 the family 
 
 hot even 
 
 rigin of 80 
 In this one 
 }emind the 
 
 larks. No 
 
 Urinary DeposiU. — Before speaking of the treatment of dyspep- 
 sia, it will bo proper to take notice of certain deposits in the urine, 
 to which persons suffering from this complaint are liable, and the 
 discovery of wliioh will, in many cases, indicate the treatment. 
 
 Many dyspeptics have acid urine, which is loaded with cry»tah of 
 oxalate of lime. These persons are much depressed in spirit, and 
 look upon the dark side of everything. They are painfully disturbed 
 by small annoyances, are imtablo in temper, incapable of exerting 
 themselves, look with dread upon tlio future, and generally have the 
 (lark and dingy look of the face whioh indicates functional derange- 
 ment of the liver. 
 
 The most of these crystals are octahedral in form, and in the field 
 of a good microscope are beautiful objects for inspection. (Figs. 100 
 and 101.) To o'-tain them, take a portion of urine passed in the 
 morning (urina sanguinis}, and let it stand till a deposit takes place. 
 Pour off the upper portion of the urine ; put a part of the remainder 
 in a watc'ij-glass, and gently lieat it over a lamp. The heat will 
 cause a deposit of the crystals. 
 
 no. 100. 
 
 Fro. 101. 
 
 no. 103. 
 
 The oxalate of lime is frequently found in urine, the crystals hav- 
 ing the form of dumbells. When examined by polarized light, they 
 appear beautifully colored and striated. (Fig. 102.) 
 
 The urate of ammonia, and uric acid gravel, are likewise found in 
 large quantities in the urine of many dyspeptics. Some are ex- 
 hausted by them, and reduced almost to skeletons, and to a wretched 
 state of health, — having boils, eruptions, etc. 
 
 To find the urates, put a little of the urine containing the deposit 
 in a test-tube, and warm it gently over a lamp. If the deposit readily 
 dissolve, it is probably urate of ammonia (Figs. 103 and 104), and 
 may then be examined under the microscope, to make the matter 
 
 sure. 
 
 To find uric or lithic acid, let morning urine stand until a solid 
 deposit has sunk to the bottom ; then pour off the liquid, and place 
 some of the solid portion upon .. glass, and examine it with a micro- 
 scope, and if this acid be present, its peculiar crystalline forms 
 (Fig. 105) will he discovered, either alone, or mixed with urate of 
 ammonia. 
 
806 
 
 mSRASKS OF THR ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 In thofle cases in which there is a great prostration of the nervous 
 system, with ii Iokh of sexual power, ImuI feelings in the head, perhaps 
 pain and weakness across the loin:'*, and a tendency to consiuuption, 
 
 rio. 108. 
 
 FlO. KM. 
 
 
 we may suspect the presence of the triple phosphates in the urine. 
 Phosphorus m one of the elements of the hrain and nerves, and when 
 
 there is a constiint drain of this element 
 through the kidneys, the nervous system 
 is gradually exhausted. To find the triple 
 phosphatt^s, put some morning urine in a 
 glaiis vessel, and let it stand till a sedi- 
 ment has gone to the bottom. Put some 
 of the sediment in a test-tube, and warm 
 it gently over a lamp. If the warmth 
 do not dissolve the deposit, add to it a 
 little acetic acid; if the deposit dissolve in 
 the acetic acid, it probably consists of earthy 
 phosphates. This is then to be exam- 
 ined under the microscope to ascertain 
 whether it is the plio8{)hate of lime, the 
 triple phosphate, or a mixture of both. 
 
 Fig. 106 shows us the prismatic crys- 
 tals of the triple phosphate. In a few 
 rare cases, these are penniform (Fig. 107). Fig. 108 gives us an- 
 other specimen of the crystals of the triple phosphates, as they 
 
 7^ Ay^- 
 
 FlO. lOS. 
 
 FlU. 106. 
 
 FIO. 107. 
 
 -i^,v\ 
 
 FlO. 108. 
 
 appear under the microscope, mixed with amorphous particles of 
 phosphate of lime. If an excess of ammonia be added to the urine, 
 the crystals become star-like and foliaceous, as in Fig. 109. 
 
mSKASES OK TIIF AHPOMINAI, CAVITY. 
 
 307 
 
 the nervom 
 jad, perhaps 
 ^iwumption, 
 
 I the urine. 
 8, and when 
 ihis element 
 /OU8 system 
 lul the triple 
 ^ urine in a 
 I till a sedi- 
 
 Put some 
 5, and warm 
 the warmth 
 add to it a 
 it dissolve in 
 Ists of earthy 
 3 be exam- 
 to ascertain 
 of lime, the 
 e of both, 
 smatic crys- 
 
 In a few 
 fives us an- 
 ;e8, as they 
 
 lO. 108. 
 
 particles of 
 » the urine, 
 9. 
 
 Treatment of Dyspepsia. — Ah there are few cnmplaintH whicli 
 (listreHH the i Lient morn thiiii dyspepsi.., so tluiro are few which jjive 
 till! physioiai. lUore trouble, (it^norally our 
 art has failed upon it t)e(;ause too much ha.s 
 liet'ii required of us. We have not merely 
 been asked to euro the disease, but to do it 
 while the patient eontiuu(!s the indulgenec 
 (if his appetite, or his exces-sivo application 
 to business or study. It luislMsen ex[)ected 
 of us, that wii-ii medicine we should contra- 
 vene the laws of nature, and restore health 
 while the causes of the disease are in full ac- 
 tivity. 
 
 This complaint is often brought on by 
 not keeping the l:Kiwels open. To euro it, therefore, one of the first 
 things to })e done is to remove costiveness and regulate the bowels. 
 
 One of the very best articles I know of to remove constipation is 
 Mettauer's Aperient. I have placed it in the departmei ', of Phar- 
 macy ; it ought to be in the United States Dispensatory. Taken 
 immediately after meals, in doses of a teaspoonful, it corrects a(;idity 
 of the stomach, it gently opens the bowels, and when its action is 
 over, will be found to have diminished the costiveness, rather than 
 increased it, as most kinds of physic do. It is excellent in the bil- 
 ious forms of dyspepsia, — acting fiiiely upon the liver, — particularly 
 if a few drops of aqua rcgia in water be taken before meals, — the 
 iiperient being taken after. 
 
 If piles exist, this mixture will he objectionable on account of the 
 aloes, and the fluid neutiulizing extract may take its place. Sweet 
 tincture of rhubarb and soda (37), is sometimes preferable to the 
 aperient. 
 
 Several other preparations (38), (289), (39), (290), will be found 
 useful to remove costiveness and debility of the stomach. 
 
 For acidity, besides the remedies already mentioned, prepared char- 
 coal may be used, in teaspoonful doses, or carbonate of magnesia, or 
 fluid magnesia, or trisnitrate of bismuth. A good remedy is pulver- 
 ized gufaiacum, rhubarb, prepared charcoal, and carbonate of mag- 
 nesia, equal parts; also (28), (37), (38), (42). If crystals of oxa- 
 latb of lime be found in the urine, give a few drops of aqua regia, in 
 water, thrje times a day. 
 
 Hygienic Treatment. — The didt must be managed with great pru- 
 dence. Food must be taken in such quantities only as the stomach 
 can digest, however small that quantity may be ; and it must be taken 
 slowly, and well chewed. No article should be touched, or thought 
 of, which disagrees with the stomach. Costiveness may frequently 
 I* entirely removed by eating no bread except that made from un- 
 bolted wheat-flour, commonly called Graham bread (that made from 
 Franklin Mills flour), or by making one of the three daily meals of 
 
308 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 boiled cracked wheat, with milk or molasses. If the triple phosphates 
 be found in the urine, there is a special reason why the unbolted 
 flour, or the cracked wheat should be used. The wheat-grain abounds 
 in phosphorus, the largest portion of which is in the bran, and this 
 is much needed when the kidneys are robbing the brain of its phos- 
 phoric element. 
 
 Not too much Brain-work. — It is important that the brain and 
 nervous system should be relieved of the burden of too much work, 
 and that the thoughts should be turned into the most agreeable chan- 
 nels. If the patient would get well, the disinclination to move about 
 and see company must be resisted. In many cases, dyspeptics are 
 like sea-sick persons, — feeling as though they would rather go over- 
 board than move. In such instances, friends must not be harsh with 
 them, and frown upon their listlessness as if it were a fault ; but 
 rather treat them affectionately, and beguile them out by all sorts of 
 pleasing enticements. Exercise must be had, every day, and be con- 
 nected, if possible, with an object, so that it may be performed cheer- 
 fully. It is important to engage the mind in the exercise; and for this 
 purpose, some contested game is very useful, as playing at billiards, 
 rolling nine-pins, pitching quoits, or, where the strength will permit, 
 playing ball or riding the bicycle. 
 
 Cheerfulness. — Nothing does more to drive away dyspepsia than a 
 cheerful, lively, and even mirthful state of mind. All the nervous 
 influences sent from the brain to the stomach should be of the most 
 agreeable kind. Some people think it vulgar to laugh. Let such 
 stand with long faces in life's shadows, if they choose. As a general 
 loile, the best men and women laugh the most. Good, round, hearty, 
 side-shaking laughter, is health for everybody ; for the dyspeptic, it 
 is life. 
 
 Dyspeptics who have a taste for it, and can endure the expense, 
 should travel. A voyage to Europe, and a year spent in seeing the 
 wonders of the old world, will generally cure the most stubborn case 
 of indigestion. This, however, depends upon circumstances. For 
 those having the finer organizations and the higher natures, extensive 
 travelling is sometimes indispensable. The narrow circle of thoughts, 
 associations and things in tho:r own neighborhood, do not fill the 
 compass of their wants ; their many-sided faculties need to be drawn 
 on by the large variety to be found only in travel. Their large and 
 impressible natures want to be filled full in order to drive outdisease, 
 and it takes a world, or a considerable part of it, to fill them. The 
 dyspepsia of such natures is not comprehended by the multitude, and 
 even physicians are often amazed that their narrow prescriptions do 
 not reach it. 
 
 Heartburn. — Cardialgia. 
 
 This is a gnawing and burning pain in the stomach, attended by 
 disturbed appetite. It is generally caused by great acidity of the 
 
~ 
 
 DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 309 
 
 )ho8phates 
 
 unbolted 
 
 n abounds 
 
 I, and this 
 
 its phos- 
 
 brain and 
 uch work, 
 lable chan- 
 love about 
 eptics are 
 r go over- 
 harsh with 
 fault; but 
 dl sorts of 
 nd be con- 
 ned cheer- 
 nd for this 
 b billiards, 
 ill permit, 
 
 )sia than a 
 
 e nervous 
 
 the most 
 
 Let such 
 
 a general 
 
 id, hearty, 
 
 speptic, it 
 
 ! expense, 
 
 seeing the 
 
 aborn case 
 
 ices. For 
 
 extensive 
 
 thoughts, 
 
 ot fill the 
 
 be drawn 
 
 large and 
 
 ut disease, 
 
 em. The 
 
 itude, and 
 
 iptions do 
 
 bended by 
 ity of the 
 
 stomach, and is a symptom of dyspepsia, and often afliicts pregnant 
 women. Whenever too much food is taken, it is liable to ferment, 
 and become extremely sour, — causing heartburn. In such cases, 
 vomiting often occurs ; and what is thrown up is sour, and some- 
 times bitter. 
 
 Treatment. — Immediate temporary relief may be obtained by 
 swallowing a teaspoonful of soda, magnesia, or chalk, in a tumbler of 
 cold or warm water. Fluid magnesia, or lime-water, will answer the 
 same purpose. If there is wind in the stomach, as well as acidity, a 
 teaspoonful of the aromatic spirit of ammonia, or (135), will often 
 still the uneasiness in a moment. 
 
 To cure the complaint, the stomach must be strer Jiened by the 
 remedies directed for dyspepsia. 
 
 Spasm or Cramp in the Stomach. — Gastrodynia. 
 
 Though generally of shorter duration, this is more violent than 
 heartburn. It is attended by a sense of fullness, by anxiety, and by 
 great restlessness. In females, hysterical symptoms are often coupled 
 with it. Great quantities of air or gas are generally expelled, and 
 the pain shoots through to the back and shoulders. 
 
 Treatment. — A strong purg^ative injection (248) will often bring 
 immediate relief. The sweet tincture of rhubarb and soda (37), with 
 a few drops of tincture of cayenne mixed with it, will often bring 
 speedy relief. So will a mustard poultice laid upon the stomach. 
 The mustard poultice is a remedy of great excellence, in many cases. 
 It deserves to be called the poor man's friend. 
 
 Water-Brash. — Pyrosis. 
 
 This consists in a discharge from the stomach, generally in the 
 morning, of a thin, glairy, watery fluid, sometimes insipid, at other 
 times sweetish, and at still others sour. A burning heat or pain in 
 the stomach attends, and seems to be the immediate cause of the 
 discharge. The discharge appears to be the natural mucus of the 
 stomach, which is poured out in large quantities in consequence of a 
 kind of catarrh of its mucous lining. The amount thrown up varies 
 from a spoonful to a pint or more. 
 
 The complaint is caused by a poor, innutritious diet, or by what- 
 ever causes the blood to become thin and watery. 
 
 Treatment. — Ten or fifteen drops of water of ammonia, in half a 
 tumbler of water, will quiet tlie distress, and check the discharge. 
 The most effectual remedy I am acquainted with for breaking up the 
 discharge, is the trisnitrate of bismuth, taken at meal-times, in from 
 twenty to thirty-grain doses, three times a day. The compound pow- 
 der of kino is a valuable remedy. The compound tincture of senna 
 and the tincture of balsaiu ^i tolu, in equal parts, and administered 
 
 
310 
 
 DISKASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 in tablespoonful doses, are sometimes useful. The tincture of nux 
 vomica is a good remedy. 
 
 To restore the blood, some of the various preparations of iron (74), 
 (80), (78), (316), will be required. 
 
 The diet should consist of easily-digested, nutritious food, 
 soupsv broths, fresh meat, and unbolted wheat-bread. 
 
 aa 
 
 Vomiting*. 
 
 This occurs under a great variety of circumstances. It may be 
 induced by acidity of the stomach, by irritability of the stomach, by 
 distress of mind, by injury of the brain, by offensive odors, and by all 
 organic diseases of the stomach. 
 
 Treatment. — Generally, it is cured by treating the disease which 
 induces it. But in many cases it persists very obstinately, and may 
 become the chief thing to be attended to. In such cases, it may re- 
 quire a careful investigation of the cause to check it. But generally 
 some aromatic, as ginger, spearmint, peppermint, or spice-tea, will 
 put an end to it. Some cordial or stimulant, as brandy, champagne, 
 tincture of ginger, paregoric, elixir solutis, or cherry brandy, will 
 answer well. Strong coffee, without sugar or milk, will, in some 
 cases, act like a charm. If it is dependent on acidity, the remedies 
 are given under " dyspepsia." If caused by irritixbility of stomach, 
 a pill of extract of belladonna and ipecac (339) will do well. 
 
 While vomiting, the patient should lie still in bed, and in bad 
 cases, a mustard poultice should be placed upon the stomach. 
 
 The vomiting of children may sometimes be stopped by wetting a 
 piece of cloth with laudanum, and laying it upon the "t of the 
 stomach. 
 
 Seasickness. 
 
 This is the great terror of persons who, for the first time, croRs the 
 ocean. • It is said that dark-complexioned persons suffer more from 
 it than other;. 
 
 If it cannot be entirely prevented, it may be mitigated by lying 
 flat upon the back. To lie on deck, in the open air, is much better 
 than lying in the close air of tie cabin or stateroom. A wineglass 
 of brandy, or iced champagne, sipped now and then, will relieve the 
 sickness very much. For a child, it is sometimes sufficient to wet a 
 cloth with mustard, and lay it upon i\e pit of the stomach. Creo- 
 sote, one drop at a dose, made into a p;!1 h excellent. Ten drops 
 of hartshorn, in half a tumbler of water, is good for some. But the 
 best known i-emedy is chloroform, taken in doses of from forty to 
 eighty drops, suspended in water by means of a little gum-arabic. 
 Bromide of soda in large doses, daily, prevents it, or bromo-caffein 
 when it first comes on. Cocaine in one-eighth grain doses every 
 twenty minutes is usually very helpful. A spinal ice-bag placed 
 
 n^- ^j - wiw f ^ n ^ 'iyw 
 
mnm^mimmmm 
 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 311 
 
 opposite the stomach while the sufferer lies upon the back will do 
 more toward curing sea-sickness than any other single remedy. 
 These bags are about eight inches long, made of thin rubber, and are 
 to be filled with small pieces of cracked ice. When the ice melts 
 refill the bag. 
 
 Milk Sickness. 
 
 This disease prevails in the West, chiefly in the neighborhood of 
 level, heavily-timbered, rather wet oak-land. 
 
 The cattle, horses, and sheep, which range in this land, are fre- 
 quently attacked by a disease which the people call the trembles. It 
 is supposed to be produced by eating some plant growing upon those 
 lands, 88 cattle which feed in the neighboring regions are free from 
 it until they find their way into these low grounds. It has been sug- 
 gested that the offending plant may be the poison ivy (rhus toxicoden- 
 dron) . Be this as it may, the calves, soon after sucking cows which 
 have run in these grounds, are seized with trembling, and frequently 
 die of the disease. Dogs which lap the milk are affected in a similar 
 manner. Children drinking it leave the table and vomit. Upon 
 grown persons the effects are more severe, but not so sudden. The 
 eating of the beef, mutton, or veal, of affected animals, brings on the 
 same disease. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease sets 'in with sickness at the stomach, 
 which is preceded by general debility, more particularly of the legs. 
 There is nausea, vomiting, and the breath is so offensive and peculiar 
 that those acquainted with the complaint immediately recognize it 
 from this smell. 
 
 These existing for weeks, constitute, in some cases, the whole of 
 the symptoms. In other cases they are more severe, being attended 
 by chills and flushes, great oppression about the heart, anxiety, deep 
 breathing, heat in the stomach compared to fire and boiling water, 
 violent retching and vomiting, alarming beatings of the heart, and 
 throbbings of the large vessels, and cold extremities, — producing, 
 all together, extreme distress. 
 
 In most cases, the vomiting returns eVery hour or two, attended 
 by great burning at the pit of the stomach, the substance thrown up 
 having a peculiar bluish-green color, and a sour smell. As soon as 
 this discharge takes place, the patient falls back upon the pillow, and 
 lies easy until another turn comes round. . The tongue is covered 
 with a whitish coat, the bowels are obstinately costive, and the pulse 
 is small and quick. 
 
 Treatment. — It is believed that the neutralizing mixture, given 
 in tablespoonful doses every time the nausea and burning ciensation 
 are felt, is the most effectual remedy yet used. It relieves the 
 acidity, and seems well adapted to allay the irritation. Some anti- 
 bilious physic (40) to move the bowels should also be given. 
 
 MillJi 
 
 HMMMHBt^. 
 
312 
 
 DISEASES OP THE CHEST. 
 
 Besides these remedies, a mustard poultice should be put upon the 
 stomach, and hot bricks to the feet, and the patient be kept still for 
 some hours. The diet should be very mild, — only toast-water, rice- 
 water, or thin gruel. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Peritoneum. — Peritonitis. 
 
 This disease affects the extensive membrane which lines the whole 
 inside of the belly, an extenpion of which forms the omentum or 
 apron. It is an inflammation to which women are much exposed 
 after confinement, and is known, in such cases, as child-bed or puer- 
 pral fever. It is common among men also, and is a grave disease. 
 
 The accepted notions of no disease have undergone so much of a 
 revolution of late years as those relating to peritonitis. It was formerly 
 considered to be generally of spontaneous or idiopathic origin, whereas 
 now we know it to be the outcome of some one of se . o^al diseases, 
 but lately understood, as for instance, appendicitis, septicaemia or 
 blood-poisoning, inflammation of the fallopian tubes and ovaries, 
 tuberculosis, abscess of gall-bladder, strangulated hernia, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — Like other forms of fever and inflammation, it is 
 preceded by chills, with increased heat of surface, thirst, full, strong, 
 and frequent pulse, flushed face, and red eyes, dry tongue with red 
 edges, dry skin, restlessness, short, quick breathing, nausea and 
 vomiting. 
 
 The pain is increased by the patient sitting or standing up, — the 
 bowels being thus pressed against the inflamed membrane. Lying 
 upon either side is painful for the same reason. To lie flat upon the 
 back, with the feet drawn up, is the only endurable position. The 
 patient lies still, for all movements give pain. 
 
 The pain in this disease is generally sharp, cutting, and pricking, 
 but is not always equally intense. It is aggravated by the passage 
 of wind along the bowel, by which the inflamed membrane is slightly 
 stretched. 
 
 When the disease is advancing towards a fatal termination, the 
 belly becomes greatly swollen and tense, — having to the hand a 
 peculiarly tight, drum-head feeling ; the pulse is rapid and feeble ; 
 the countenance is full of anxiety, and is pinched and ghastly ; and 
 a cold sweat breaks out. 
 
 Treatment. — Small doses of antimony, lobelia, or ipecac, to pro- 
 duce nausea and a moisture upon the skin, are generally among the 
 first things given. The tincture of veratrum viride, in five to ten- 
 drop doses, repeated every hour, will accomplish the same thing more 
 effectually than any other known article. For such purposes, I give 
 it the first place among medicines. A large poultice of white bread, 
 rye-meal, or flax-seed, may be spread over the belly ; or cloths wet 
 with cold water will be still better, if the patient be full-blooded, 
 and naturally strong. The bowels should be moved at once by some 
 
T)I8EASE8 OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 313 
 
 active physic, as Dutteriuit, salts, magnesia, castor-oil, or cream of 
 tartar (20), (17), (18), (27),or by podophyllin, etc. (40), (41), (31). 
 
 The two main indications in the treatment of peritonitis after having 
 discovered and treated the causes, are the thorough draining of the 
 bowels of their watery secretions by some gentle saline which will 
 not stir them up ; and secondly to maintain them in a state of quiet and 
 rest. The first is met by magnesia in the form of the solution of the 
 citrate, say one-half bottle every four hours till copious watery move- 
 ments occur. Tliis drains the glands and causes a flow of the poi- 
 sonous effete material into the bowels and rids the system of so much 
 poison. The second indication is met by opium in some of its many 
 forms. It is often, however, a serious problem for even the physician 
 to decide, and should only be undertaken with his advice. 
 
 The drinks should be lemonade, soda-water, tamarind-water, cur- 
 rant-jelly dissolved in water, and preparations (298) and (299). 
 Indian-meal gruel, toast-water, barley-gruel, and the like, are the 
 only allowable diet. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Peritoneum. 
 
 When the acute inflammation of the peritoneal membrane is not 
 successfully treated, it may run on for a time, and then subsid" into a 
 lower grade of inflammation, called chronic, and in this state remain 
 for an indefinite time. But it often arises independently of the acute 
 disease, and attacks persons of both sexes, and of all classes and ages. 
 Scrofulous children have it, and, wasting away under it to mere skel 
 etons, are said to have consumpdon of the bowels. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are sometimes very obscure, and the advances 
 of the disease stealthy. At first there may be only a little soreness 
 of the belly, so slight, as not to be noticed except after hard work, or 
 upon some wrenching motion. Generally, there is a sense of fullness 
 and tension of the belly, although it may not be increased in size. 
 After a time, it enlarges a little, and its tension or tightness increases, 
 especially towards evening. By pressing carefully with the hand, a 
 deep-feeling tension may be detected, giving to the hand a sensa- 
 tion as of a tight bandage underneath, with the skin and integu- 
 ments sliding loosely over it. If water has been poured out into the 
 abdominal cavity, its fluctuation may be frequently detected by press- 
 ing upon one side of the belly with the palm of one hand, and strik- 
 ing the other side with the ends of the fingers. 
 
 As the disease goes on, the features become sharp and contracted, 
 and the countenance grows pale and sallow. Costiveness comes on, 
 sometimes chills and fever, with debility, loss of flesh, cough, difficult 
 breathing, hectic, and swelling of the legs. 
 
 Treatment. — Costiveness, if present, may be relieved by Mettauer's 
 aperient, or the neutralizing mixture, assisted by coarse bread, and 
 boiled cracked wheat. 
 
314 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Daily bathing is especially necessary, particularly the alkaline 
 sponge bath, with vigorous friction over the bowels. The warm bith 
 once or twice a week will be useful. In some cases, a wet towel 
 laid upon the bowels over night, and well covered by flannels, will 
 afford relief ; or the compound tar-plaster may occasionally be used. 
 
 If there be dropsy of the belly, iodide of potassium (138) should 
 be taken freely, and the skin made sore over the inflamed part, by 
 tincture of iodine, well rubbed in, once a day. 
 
 If the patient be pale and bloodless, give iron, quinine, etc. (74) 
 (76), and let the diet be nourishing ; and if nervous symptoms be 
 connected with the debility and paleness, add some nerve-tonic (93), 
 (81), (316). When the disease is known to be the outcome of a 
 deposit of tubercles on the peritoneum, it is now customary to open 
 the abdomen under antiseptic methods and wash out the cavity. The 
 effect of a mild sallrsolution and the light and air oftentimes arrests 
 the disease. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Bowels. — Enteritis. 
 
 By inflammation of the bowels is generally understood an inflamed 
 condition of the muc&us membrane which lines them ; but tliis, most 
 commonly, is only a part of the disease ; it involves more or less, 
 besides this mucous lining, the whole substance of the bowel. After 
 an inflammation has existed some time, and even, in severe cases, at the 
 start, certain poisonous substances are formed as the result of germ 
 invasion, called toxines. These are genuine poisons, and often 
 spread rapidly through the walls of the bowels by means of the 
 numerous lymphatic vessels to the peritoneum itself, — that delicate 
 membrane which we have seen covers all organs within the abdomi- 
 nal cavity. When this membrane once becomes poisoned, an acute 
 inflammation sets up, which masks all other symptoms, and is indeed a 
 veritable blood-poison. We have then to deal with peritonitis. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease begins with a chill, and with uneasiness 
 and slight griping pains, which increase in severity until they are in- 
 tense and burning. Pressure aggravates the pain, which is most 
 intense about the navel, but extends more or less over the whole- 
 bowels. 
 
 From the beginning there is sickness at the stomach, and some- 
 times vomiting ; there is loss of strength, costiveness, great anxietfy, 
 thirst, heat and fever, dry, furred, and red tongue, and but little urine, 
 with pain in passing it. The matters passed from the bowels are 
 dark and fetid ; and the whole belly is tender and sore to the touch. 
 The pulse is quick, hard, and small. 
 
 The stomach will be but little affected, comparatively, when the 
 disease is at some distance from it in the lower portion of the bowels. 
 Indeed, the nearness of the inflammation to the stomach, or its re- 
 moteness from it, may be judged pretty correctly by the degree of 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 315 
 
 disturbance in that organ. The length of time after drink and medi- 
 cines are swallowed, before they are vomited up, is a pretty good 
 measure, likewise of the distance of the disease from the stomach. 
 
 How to Discriminate This disease is liable to be confounded 
 
 with colic, and with inflammation of the peritoneum. It is impoitant 
 to distinguish it from colic, particularly, because the treatment for that 
 would aggravate this. In this disease the pain is increased by pres- 
 sure; in colic, it is not, but is rather relieved. In enteritis, the pain 
 remits, but never ceaaes wholly, as it does in colic. In enteritis, 
 the knees are drawn up, and the breathing is short; in colic it some- 
 times gives relief to stretch the feet down, and the breathing is not 
 altered. 
 
 To distinguish it from inflammation of the peritoneum, take notice 
 that diarrhoea is much more common than in this latter complaint, 
 while the pulse is not as quick, nor the pain as severe. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be very much the same as that recom- 
 mended for peritonitis. Perhaps in both diseases it might be veil 
 to begin with covering the belly all over with leeches. 
 
 The tincture of veratrum viride, in full doses, so as to keep up a 
 free perapiration, cold compresses, mustard poultices, hot fomentations, 
 poultices, blisters, soothing and quieting injections, and demulcent 
 drinks, as slippery elm, marshmallow, flax-seed, etc., if judiciously ap- 
 plied, will do about all that we have it in our power to accomplish. 
 
 In this disease it is well to inquire if the patient has a hernia, for 
 if so, it is liable to become strangulated without his knowledge. A 
 strangulation of the gut may be the cause of the disease. When this 
 happens, the complaint is very unmanageable. The bowel may pos- 
 sibly, in such case, be disentangled by applying a large dry cup ; or, 
 what is better, a number of small ones ; but the tenderness of the 
 belly makes the use of this remedy difficult. Here again magnesia 
 may be of signal benefit unless the movements are already too copious 
 and exhausting, in which case disinfectants or astringents must be re- 
 sorted to. The possibility of tuberculosis must not be ignored. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of tlie Bowels. 
 
 Like other chronic inflammations, this may follow the acute torm, 
 but it also results from various other causes, as unripe fruit, taking 
 cold, drastic physic, and improper treatment of other diseases. 
 
 Symptoms. — Red end and borders of the tongue, dull pain in 
 belly, increased by pressure and rough motion, abdomen either swelled 
 or flat, skin dry and husky, feet and hands cold, small frequent pulse, 
 thirst, loss of flesh, low spirits, urine scanty and high-colored, and 
 dirty, slimy discharges from the bowels, from one to four times a 
 day. 
 
 Treatment. — To begin with, blisters, or croton-oil, or mustard 
 
 _ll 
 
316 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 poultices, or dry cups, if the tenderness is not great, or leeclies if it is. 
 If the bowels are hot and feverish, bind a cold compress upon the 
 belly over night, covering it well with flannel. The warm bath 
 should be used twice a week. Salol, ten grains every three hours, 
 bismuth and opium, are in this case very valuable. Wasliing out the 
 lower bowel with hot water by means of a syringe often soothes and 
 heals. 
 
 The diet must be of the most simple, unirritating kind, beginning 
 with a solution of gum-arabic, rice-water, barley-water, arrow-root or 
 sago-gruel, and gradually rising, as the symptoms improve, to beef- 
 tea, mutton and chicken broth, tender beefsteak, etc. 
 
 When the strength will permit, gentle exercise must be taken in 
 the open air, but not on horseback, or in hard, jolting carriages. 
 
 As soon as the inflammation is subdued, some mild laxative (35) 
 may be given, in connection with an infusion of wild-cherry bark, 
 geranium, and Solomon's seal, equal parts. 
 
 Appendicitis. 
 
 This is one of the so-called modern diseases, — not that it has not 
 existed for a long time, but that not till lately has it been recognized 
 as a distinct ailment. Formerly it fell under the general category 
 of peritonitis or inflammation of the bowels. American physicians 
 have done more toward discovering its characteristics than others. 
 It is an inflammation of the appendix vermiformis, which is situated 
 at the end of the large bowel, in the right flank, close to the junction 
 of the colon witli the small bowel (see Fig. 60). This organ is a 
 small, round, tail-like body, about the size of a slate-pencil, and aver- 
 ages some three inches in length. It is hollow, lined with mucous 
 membrane, and covered like the bowel proper with a peritoneal mem- 
 brane. It secretes mucus. Its use is as yet unknown, being thought 
 by many to be a rudimentary organ like the uvula, without function, 
 and possibly analogous to the herbivorous stomach. Whenever small 
 seeds enter the cavity of this organ (which is in reality a rare occur- 
 rence) or whenever, from any cause, a catarrhal inflammation is de- 
 veloped in it, the secretion increases, and being confined, aggravates 
 the trouble. This catarrhal inflammation is generally mild and the 
 trouble often subsides either for good or to start up again sooner or 
 later. 
 
 The inflammation may, however, become purulent, the germs pen- 
 etrating the walls of the appendix and causing a general inflammation 
 of the peritoneal coat of the bowel. In these cases nature fights 
 hard to resist the invasion of the germ and throws out a large amount 
 of lymph and serum, which, when it hardens, often acts as a barrier 
 to the furtl ,.' progress of the peritonitis which has begun about the 
 appendix. These cases are characterized by a hard lump in the ap- 
 pendicular region, the inside of which contains pus as a rule, which 
 
 T>W l )^i i| »l » l il .,-V. i | | i,H,|ij.> ■ 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY 
 
 317 
 
 lies if it is. 
 upon the 
 i^arm bath 
 ree hours, 
 ig out the 
 jothes and 
 
 beginning 
 ow-root or 
 B, to beef- 
 
 i taken in 
 iages. 
 ative (35) 
 erry bark, 
 
 it has not 
 'ecognized 
 I category 
 physicians 
 an others. 
 is situated 
 e junction 
 )rgan is a 
 
 and aver- 
 ;h mucous 
 neal mem- 
 ig thought 
 , function, 
 ever small 
 are occur- 
 ion is de- 
 tggravates 
 i and the 
 sooner or 
 
 erms pen- 
 ammation 
 ure fights 
 je amount 
 } a barrier 
 about the 
 in the ap- 
 ile, wliich 
 
 has escaped from the bursting appendix. Cases of this class are ex- 
 tremely dangerou < and require the immediate aid of a surgeon, as 
 they are bound to give trouble sooner or later, even if the first attack 
 does not prove fatal. 
 
 There is still a third class of cases, called fulminating, because 
 from the very first they seem to be purulent, and spread lapidly into 
 a general peritonitis, death occurring within a few days from the ap- 
 pearance of the fiiBt symptoms. These cases are the most hopeless 
 of all, and must be operated on without the slightest delay, since im- 
 mediate evacuation of the pus, before a general infection of the ab- 
 dominal cavity supervenes, is the only possible hope of saving the 
 patient. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease, as generally observed, begins with lan- 
 guor and pain in the abdomen, with special soreness on the right 
 side, oftentimes nausea and vomiting, constipation, a slight rise of 
 temperature, and headache. As the disease progresses the tenderness 
 amounts to pain, a bunch may be felt by the medical attendant : the 
 temperature gets a little higher and symptoms of pus formation set 
 in. The case may hang in this initial stage (up to the point of pus 
 formation) for several days and finally subside, ^t being a more or 
 less catarrhal inflammation; but when pus has nice formed the pa- 
 tient cannot escape without an operation for the removal of the of- 
 fending body. Many surgeons at the present day even take the 
 ground that every inflamed appendix should be removed. 
 
 Treatment. — The medical treatment consists in giving magnesia 
 in form of the solution of the citrate, with a light diet, and keeping 
 the patient in bed. Poultices may be of some benefit. Opium should 
 not be used unless pain is extreme. 
 
 The operation for appendicitis, when performed between the attacks, 
 is a comparatively safe one in competent hands ; but it becomes a very 
 grave one if pus forms rapidly and invades the general abdominal 
 cavity. Between these two classes of cases there are all grades of 
 difiiculty and danger. 
 
 Cancer of Intestine. 
 
 This disease is much less frequent than cancer of the stomach, 
 constituting about five per cent of all cases of cancer. It occurs 
 usually about the middle period of life. We are in absolute igno- 
 rance of its causation in this region. The rectum is the most favor- 
 able part of the bowel for its development, the large intestine next, 
 and then the small intestine. 
 
 Symptoms. — Intestinal hemorrhage, pain ; emaciation, irregular 
 movements of the bowels, pain in the sacral region, radiating to the 
 genitals and down the course of the sciatic nerves (in case of rectal 
 cancer), are among some of the indefinite symptoms of cancer of the 
 
 
 
 
 
f 
 
 818 
 
 DIBKA8E8 OF THK ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 bowels. When well marked and when located favorably, a tumor 
 may he discovered by palpation, but often this cannot be felt and tlie 
 masses which at lirst seem to indicate cancer may afterward prove 
 to be merely fajcal accumulations. When the mass can be felt in 
 the rectum the diagnosis becomes clearer. The prognosis of the 
 disease is extremely unfavorable. 
 
 Treatment. — As for treatment, only in rare cases is much aid 
 ever procured. The formation of an artificial anus in the left flank 
 may avert for a while the final end. The injection of the new cancor- 
 serum is still of doubtful success. 
 
 Opiates to relieve pain, nourishing food frequently repeated, and 
 the use of antiseptic enemas, are, for the most jmrt, the chief meas- 
 ures that afford relief. 
 
 Intestinal Obstruction. 
 
 This is a mechanical interference with the movements of the fce- 
 ces, and is caused either by intussusception or invagination, con- 
 striction, twists, stricture or hernia. These conditions are frequently 
 produced by irregular movements of the bowels as a whole, and by 
 irregular movements in various parts of the same, there being an 
 increased peristalsis in one part and constipation in an adjacent part. 
 Many cases of intussuception occur at the ileo-ctecal valve, the small 
 bowel entering the large lx)wel and being driven downward. The 
 circulation of the bowels is naturally interfered with, and intense 
 congestion occurs, with swelling and final obstruction of the calibre 
 of the gut. Pain becomes paroxysmal and peritonitis ensues. Pain 
 increases, with vomiting and the discharge of mucoid stools ; finally 
 the patient dies of exhaustion. 
 
 Constriction of the bowel forms the larger proportion of cases and 
 is not infrequently caused bj' fibrous bands which are the result of 
 inflammation. Strangulation may be produced by a loop being held 
 down by such bands or by being twisted about it. Intestinal ob- 
 struction, ulceration, and even perforation are common results. 
 
 A twist or volvultis is also a cause of obstruction, though less com- 
 mon than the two causes just mentioned, and occurs generally near 
 the sigmoid flexure. 
 
 Stricture of the bowel usually occurs at the sigmoid flexure, or in 
 the rectum, and is not usually complete, some small amount of fiecal 
 matter still escaping. Tumors, like cancer, not infrequently cause 
 stricture by their compression. 
 
 Functional obstruction occurs chiefly in hysterical females, but also 
 in disease of the brain and spinal cord, as well as from peritonitis 
 and blows on the abdomen. It is the result of a paralysis of the 
 bowel. 
 
 Impaction of fauces is still another frequent cause of obstruction. 
 The contents of the bowels, especially in the rectum, become hard, 
 
 "" • 'mmMtt^Km . i i mm 
 
 Bi.mi i uAjn^j giftjt i w i j *» i i .^. ' i.u. i iu)mw!'. i ;.'Miu^ -— - — *-^r^ 
 
mSEASKS OF THK ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 319 
 
 iy, a tumor 
 felt and the 
 »rard prove 
 be felt in 
 osis of the 
 
 I much aid 
 le left flniik 
 uew cancor- 
 
 peated, ami 
 chief meati- 
 
 of the fee- 
 lation, con- 
 frequently 
 3le, and by 
 e being an 
 jacent part. 
 3, the small 
 vard. The 
 md intense 
 the calibre 
 ues. Pain 
 ols; finally 
 
 F cases and 
 e result of 
 being held 
 testinal ob- 
 sults. 
 h less com- 
 lerally near 
 
 ixure, or in 
 .nt of fiecal 
 ently cause 
 
 Bs, but also 
 peritonitis 
 ysis of the 
 
 ibstruction. 
 3ome hard, 
 
 blocking the passage till quite a perceptible bunch may be felt ex- 
 ternally. The channel is notalways blocked completely. Gall-stones 
 may become impacted near the ileo-cascal valve in their pasaage 
 downward, and form the starting point of the faecal accumulation. 
 These various causes produce either acute or chronic obstruction. 
 
 SymptomA. — In the acute variety, pain, vomiting and constipa- 
 tion are the prominent symptoms. There are at first some digestional 
 disturbances, with moderate pain. Afterwards the pain becomes 
 severe, even intense, and is usually located near the seat of the ob- 
 struction. It is at first colicky and intermittent, but finally becomes 
 continuous and severe over the whole abdomen. Vomiting sets in, 
 first of food, then later of bile, and finally stercoraceous if the ob- 
 struction becomes complete. Vomiting occurs whether the obstruc- 
 tion is in the large or small bowel. Before the close of the soenr 
 this vomiting a«sumes a ricewater-like character, perhaps attended 
 with hiccough. 
 
 There is an absence of the passage of wind, although at fii-st some 
 small amount of faecal matter may pass. In intussusception there 
 are usually bloody discharges in addition to constipation. The ab- 
 domen of course soon becomes tympanitic or swollen, and sounds of 
 water and gas may be heard very distinctly. 
 
 The general symptoms are those of a very grave disease, — restless- 
 ness, cold extremities, pinched features, and cold, clammy skin. The 
 pulse is small, the temperature generally subnormal, tongue dry, and 
 thirst very pronounced. 
 
 In the event of chronic obstruction, all these symptoms appear very 
 much more gradually. Pain is less severe, vomiting often absent tiU 
 the obstruction becomes complete. The faecal matter may often be 
 several feet long before the obstruction becomes severe. Long-stand- 
 ing constipation which does not respond to proper laxatives should 
 arouse suspicion. The stools themselves are often ribbon-like in 
 shape and very small, not infrequently resembling the faeces of sheep. 
 
 The prognosis of obstruction of the bowels is usually very grave, 
 and the duration of life varies from a few hours to ten or twelve days. 
 The higher up the obstruction, the worse the prognosis. Simple 
 faecal impaction perhaps offers the most hope; next those cases 
 amenable to surgical interference. 
 
 Treatment. — Opium to relieve pain and to stop the exaggerated 
 peristaltic movement in parts of the bowel above the obstruction is 
 surely indicated ; it also relieves the vomiting. Continued, large 
 enemas of suds and oil, and even the addition of turpentine, should be 
 resorted to at once as soon as the trouble has been made out. These 
 are best given with the hips elevated, and should consist of four to 
 six quarts of water ; they are to be given slowly and without much 
 force. Oftentimes an anaesthetic is needed. 
 
 If the obstruction is from fsecal impaction, small, repeated doses 
 
320 
 
 DI8EARK8 OF THK ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 of Bomo fliUine should bo used ; say two ouncos of tho solutir n of tho 
 citmtu of magnesiu every two hours. Castor-oil in teaApoonful (loses 
 hourly till movement occurs is also good. But if the olwtructioii is 
 from intussusception, twist, stricture, etc., all laxatives must Ikj 
 strictly interdicted. Finally, these simple means failing and the case 
 lie suspected to be due to impaction by foreign bodies, fibrous bauds, 
 etc., the abdomen must Imj opened and the seat of the obstruction 
 found and if possible removed. The operation in this class of cases 
 is not attended with a great percentage of recoveries, and yet the 
 fatal termination is much surer if left alone ; in many cases it is 
 brilliantly successful. 
 
 External methods of treatment by hot fomentations of turpentine, 
 and even of massage, often add greatly to a favorable termination. 
 
 The diet must be very light and nutritious, and in case of vomiting 
 must be given by the rectum. After Liie obstruction has been re- 
 lieved, one must be very careful about the diet and see that the bow- 
 els are open daily. 
 
 Wind Colic. — Platulent Colic. — Interalgia. 
 
 This is a severe and distressing pain in the bowels, — sometimes a 
 stoppage, and a swelling about the pit of the stomach and the navel. 
 What children call belly-ache is a mild form of it. The wind passing 
 from one portion of the bowel to another causes a rumbling noise. 
 The pain is not increased by pressure ; and this distinguishes it from 
 the pain of inflammation. It moves about, too, from place to place, 
 and is much relieved by the escape of wind up or down. 
 
 The complaint may be caused by a weakness in the digestive or- 
 gans, by eating indigestible food or unripe fruit, by costiveness, and 
 by taking cold. Some persons always have the colic excited by eat- 
 ing certain kinds of fruit. 
 
 Treatment. — When the complaint is caused by an indigestible sul)- 
 stance taken into the stomach, the offending matter should be thrown 
 off by an emetic as yoon as possible. If this does not bring relief, 
 let it be followed by a dose of salts, salts and senna, compound infu- 
 sion of senna, elixir salutis, elixir pro., or sweet tincture of rhubarb. 
 If there is no sickness of the stomach, a little essence of peppermint 
 or spearmint in hot water, or brandy, gin, or whisky, in hot water, 
 may prove sufficient to expel the wind, and relieve the pain. Ginger 
 and hot water does well with some. If there be costiveness, and the 
 pain is obstinate, let the bowels be unloaded by a stimulating injec- 
 tion (248), (249), (250). Inject one dram of ether in a little starch- 
 water into the bowels, and relief will often be instant. It can be 
 repeated every half-hour. The injection of a table-spoonful of tur- 
 pentine in suds can also be tried and repeated eveiy two hours. 
 
 ■ iW i ii wa »i| »M.W l t i VMI jrjmTJIIiMiflU tWKI 
 
 W»! l ' ' I ._WJJ,. J»-WJ ' >W-W ' !X». 
 
iticn of tlu! 
 
 on fill (loHCK 
 
 Htructioii JH 
 iH must be 
 nd the ca8(! 
 roiiH haiulH, 
 obstruction 
 
 188 of caBOS 
 
 md yet tlie 
 ca«es it is 
 
 turpentine, 
 nination. 
 )f vomiting 
 IS lieon re- 
 at the bow- 
 
 Igia. 
 
 ometimes a 
 1 the navel, 
 ind passing 
 iling noise, 
 hes it from 
 e to place, 
 
 gestive or- 
 ■"eness, and 
 ted by eat- 
 
 Bstible sul)- 
 '. be thrown 
 ring relief, 
 ound infu- 
 if rhubarb. 
 )eppennint 
 hot water, 
 in. Ginger 
 ss, and the 
 ting injec- 
 btle starch- 
 It can be 
 :ul of tur- 
 ours. 
 
 DI8KA8K8 OF Tl« ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 321 
 
 Air-Swelllngs. — Ti/mpaniteB. 
 
 It is quite common for persons in delicate health — particularly 
 females — to have their stomach and bowels swell up, sometimes 
 slowly, sometimes suddenly, so that they cannot bring their clothes 
 together. They do not know what to make of it; it sometimes 
 (ilarins them ; and they ask their medical adviser what it means. 
 
 These swellings may occur from an accumulation of air within 
 the bowels, and also within the abdominal cavity. This latter gives 
 the belly a peculiarly hard feel, like the head of a drum, and when it 
 is pressed upon with the finger no indentation remains. It usually 
 is the result of a weakened sympathetic nervous system, brought 
 about by some one of the many abdominal diseases. 
 
 Treatment. — If the air be in the intestinal tube, a stimulating in- 
 jection may bring away the wind. It may be composed of one pint 
 of infusion of peppermint, one gill of tincture of prickly-ash berries, 
 half a gill of tincture of castor, and a teaspoonful of ginger. The 
 l)owels of the patient should be rubbed for a long time ; and in all 
 forms of the complaint, it would be well to do this every day. Some- 
 times the wind may be drawn off by inserting into the rectum a long 
 rubber tube. Treatment often resolves itself into a cure of some 
 existing uterine or ovarian diseaae and the various phases of peri- 
 tonitis, in which latter case there is fever and other well marked 
 symptoms. 
 
 The best constitutional remedies are tonics, — iron, quinine, mineral 
 acids, and bitters, (48), (65), (59), (60), (62), (63), (64), (71), 
 (73). 
 
 Exercise in the open air, and a careful regulation of the diet, will 
 do much towards removing these troubles. Costiveness must be care- 
 fully guarded against. 
 
 Bilious Colic. 
 
 This is a dangerous disease. There is pain of a griping, twisting, 
 tearing kind, — what the ancients called atrocious pain. It is chiefly 
 about the navel, but sometimes tortures the whole bellv. It comes 
 and goes in paroxysms. Sometimes the abdomen is drawn in, at 
 other times it is swelled out, and stretched like a drum-head. At 
 first the pain is relieved by pressure ; after a time the belly is tender to 
 the touch. There is thirst and heat, and a discharge of bilious mat- 
 ter from the stomach. In the worst cases, the pulse is small, the face 
 pale, the features shrunk, and the whole body covered with cold 
 sweat. While the head is hot the feet are cold. In advanced stages 
 of the disease, the action of the bowels is sometimes reversed, and 
 the fecal matter forced up through the mouth, owing to impaction of 
 fteces or other obstructions of the bowel. 
 
822 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Causes. — Costiveness, irritating substances in the bowels, thick, 
 vitiated bile, long exposure to cold, torpidity of the liver and skin, 
 great unnatural heat, with dampness, obstruc' )d gall-duct, etc. 
 
 These attacks are usually the result of indigestion in the upper 
 bowel, near the bile-ducts, creating a thick mucus which obstructs 
 the passage of bile from the ducts into the bowels. A regulation of 
 the duct, small doses of podophyllin or the acids, with daily doses of 
 some mild bilious laxative, will prevent their return. Crab-orchard 
 water, sal-muscatelle, and other simple medicines answer every pur- 
 pose. 
 
 Treatment. — Administer an active purgative injection immediately 
 (251),(252). Internally, dioscorin, camphor, etc. (340), every fifteen 
 minutes until relief is obtained, at the same time 'covering the whole 
 belly with a large mustard-poultice. A strong decoction of the wild- 
 yam root, drunk freely, is a medicine of some value, — so is a decoc- 
 tion of scullcap and high-cranberry bark, eoual pai-ts. This latter 
 article is excellent in spasmodic affections, ou .vhich account it has 
 gained the name of cramp-bark. The sickness at the stomach may 
 frequently be allayed by effervescing drafts, to which twenty-five or 
 thirty drops of lavender are added. Croton-oil, given in one-drop 
 doses, done up with crumb of bread, will sometimes succeed well as 
 a purgative medicine ; or castor-oil and spirits of turpentine, equal 
 parts, in two great spoonful doses, may be tried before the croton 
 oil. 
 
 The warm bath is worth remembering, and trying, too, if the 
 means are at hand. Hot fomentations of the bowels with a decoc- 
 tion of poppy-leaves, stramonium-leaves, hops, wormwood, boneset, 
 or peppermint leaves, should not be overlooked. Bottles filled with 
 hot water, or hot bricks rolled in flannel, should be placed at the back 
 and feet to promote perspiration. 
 
 Persons subject to this complaint may derive advantage from one 
 pill composed of extract of high-cranberry bark, etc. (100), taken after 
 each meal for some months. At the same time a reasonable amount 
 of exercise should be taken out of doore, and a sponge bath, with 
 friction, be employed daily. Care should be taken not to be often 
 exposed to the hot sun. 
 
 Painters' Colic. — CoUca Pictorum. 
 
 This form of colic is caused by the slow introduction of lead into 
 the system, — generally the carbonate of lead. It passes under the 
 different English names of painters' colic, Devonshire 3olic, and dry 
 belly-ache. The first of these is the name by which it is most com- 
 monl}' known, f-om its frequent occurrence among painters, who use 
 white lead (carbonate of lead) a great deal in the preparation of their 
 colors. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease generally comes on in a very gradual 
 
 ,< i iW<l)ip, m i »,||l|i<HBIH Ii|ii| . ril lHH| i JI!ai i l l i l », i TO»Wl ' JUI ' HM«u i u > .,L. I - 
 
 l ' >"i!l,£ 
 
DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 823 
 
 )wel8, thick, 
 sr and skin, 
 st, etc. 
 
 1 the upper 
 jh obstructs 
 egulation of 
 lily doses of 
 yiab-orchard 
 ' every pur- 
 
 imraediately 
 ivery fifteen 
 g the whole 
 of the wild- 
 [) is a decoc- 
 
 This latter 
 ount it has 
 omach may 
 enty-five or 
 in one-drop 
 ;eed well as 
 titine, equal 
 
 the croton 
 
 too, if the 
 th a decoc- 
 )d, boneset, 
 1 filled with 
 [ at the back 
 
 e from one 
 I taken after 
 ble amount 
 bath, with 
 to be often 
 
 )f lead into 
 I under the 
 
 lie, and dry 
 
 most ccm- 
 
 rs, who use 
 
 ion of their 
 
 3ry gradual 
 
 way. At first, the appetite is impaired, there is a slight nausea, 
 belching of wind, languor, very obstinate costiveness, transient pains, 
 with a feeling of weight and tightness in the belly, and a disinclina- 
 tion to make any exertion. 
 
 By degrees, the pain in the bowels, and particularly about the na- 
 vel, becomes more severe, and has a twisting character. The belly 
 becomes hard, drawn in, and a little tender to pressure, and the stom- 
 ach very irritable. The pain occasionally slacks off a little; but 
 never, even in mild cases, entirely stops, as in other kinds of colic. 
 
 In some severe cases, the pain runs up to the chest, and down the 
 arms ; also down to the bladder, causing the urine to be passed with 
 pain and difficulty, and giving a sense of weight and liem ing down 
 a the lower belly. During the severest pains, the countt'nance is 
 pale, conti-acted, and full of suffering ; cold sweats break out upon 
 the face and limbs, and anxiety and agitation seize the patient. 
 
 When the disease is not seasonably removed, it degenerates into 
 the chronic form, the mental and physical energies become torpid, 
 the circulation in the small vessels inactive, the skin dry, harsh, shriv- 
 elled, pale, sallow, or of a leaden hue, the temper irritable, despond- 
 ing and gloomy, and the body wasted. Besides all this, the muscles 
 which lift up the lower arm become palsied, so that, when the aims 
 are niised, the hands hang down in a helpless condition. In some 
 cases, there is a blue line along the edges of the gums. 
 
 Treatment. — For relieving the pain and opening the bowels, the 
 treatment should be very much the same as that for bilious colic. 
 There is one article, however, which is thought to have some special 
 influence in cu' ^ng this disease, after it has become chronic ; it is 
 alum. Fifteen grains of alum, two of aloes, two of jalap, and four 
 of ipecac powder, may be mixed, and taken for a dose two or three 
 times a day. If the muscles of the arm be palsied, one thirtieth of 
 a grain of strychnine may be added to the above. The aromatic sul- 
 phuric acid, taken as a drink, fifteen drops to the tumblerful of water, 
 is always worthy of trial. 
 
 The use of the electromagnetic machine maybe tried for the palsy; 
 or a splint applied to the arm and hand, with vigorous friction once or 
 twice a day, will sometimes do much for recovering the use of the 
 muscles. 
 
 But the best remedy for the palsied muscles is iodide of potassium 
 (146), taken freely. The P'llphuret of potassa, one ounce dissolved 
 in a quart of water, au^ taken in teaspoonful doses, three times a day, 
 is also worth a trial. The affected arm should be soaked an hour, 
 once or twice a day, in the same amount of this latter salt, dissolved 
 in a gallon of water. 
 
 Means of Prevention. — The numei-ous persons wl 3 work in lead 
 should comb their hair with a fine comb, wash their hunds and face, 
 and rinse their mo^'th s dveral times a day, and also wash the whole 
 
824 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 person with soai) once or twice a week, and with clear water, or sal- 
 eratus and water, once a da3\ Their working clothes should be of a 
 kind to admit of being washed once or twice a week, and they should 
 be put off for others when out of the workshop. A paper cap should 
 be worn while at work. The food of the workmen should not be ex- 
 posed to the vapoi-s or floating particles of lead, and consequently 
 should not be carried into the shop ; and when much of the poison is 
 floating in the air of the workroom, it is a good plan to wear a mask 
 to prevent its being drawn with the breath into the throat and lungs. 
 It has been said that those who eat freely of fat meats, butter, and 
 other oily substances, are not attacked by the disease, though exposed 
 to the poisoA. I know not what protection this can give, unless the 
 skfn is in this way kept more oily, which prevents the absorption of 
 the poison. This would seem to afford a hint in favor of anointing 
 the whole person once or twice a week with sweet-oil. 
 
 Costiveness. — Constipation. 
 
 T?EW disorders are more common than costiveness. By this term 
 I mean a sluggish state of the bowels, which causes them to retain 
 the faeces longer than is warranted by health. In this complaint, the 
 discharges from the bowels are not always less frequent than they 
 should be, but they are less in quantity, are compacted and hard, and 
 are passed bj hard straining, and sometimes with considerable pain. 
 
 Symptoms. — Headache, dizziness, feverishnesa, bad feelings in the 
 head not easily described, loss of appetite, sometimes nausea, but 
 little desire to go to stool, a weight and heaviness about the lower 
 part of the belly, and a sense of confinement over the whole body. 
 
 Causes. — Sedentary habits, particularly when connected with close 
 application of the mind ; astringent articles of medicine ; stimulating 
 diet, composed chiefly of animal food ; various diseases, particularly 
 those of a nervous character, and especially, a neglect to evacuate 
 the bowels at proper periods. All these causes tend to weaken the 
 bowels, and gradually to arrest that peculiar undulatory movement, 
 or worm-like action, called the peristaltic motion of x,ne bowels. It 
 is this continual contraction of the muscular fibres of the intestines 
 from above downward, which pushes the contents steadily along; and 
 whatever weakens the force of this vermicular play of the intestinal 
 walls, brings on constipation. . 
 
 Treatment.- — One of the first things to be done is to establish the 
 habit of attemptinq to evacuate the bowels at a particular hour every 
 day. The best time for most persons is -soon after breakfast in the 
 morning. Whether successful or not, the attempt to procure an evac- 
 uation should on no account be omitted. This regularity will often 
 do much to break up the costive habit. 
 
 Diet. — To this should be added a careful regulation of the diet. 
 
DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 325 
 
 iter, or sal- 
 )uld be of a 
 they should 
 
 cap should 
 1 not be ex- 
 )n8equently 
 he poison is 
 rear a mask 
 t and lungs. 
 
 butter, and 
 igh exposed 
 , unless the 
 sorption of 
 f anointing 
 
 y this term 
 n to retain 
 nplaint, the 
 . than they 
 d hard, and 
 rable pain. 
 
 dings in the 
 musea, but 
 i the lower 
 ole body. 
 
 i with close 
 stimulating 
 particularly 
 » evacuate 
 weaken the 
 movement, 
 bowels. It 
 ) intestines 
 along; and 
 e intestinal 
 
 stablish the 
 hour every 
 fast in the 
 lire an evac- 
 will often 
 
 if the diet. 
 
 The quantity of food taken should be no greater than can be easily 
 digested. Full meals which distend the stomach and cause it to press 
 upon the bowels embarrass their movements. Bread made from fine 
 wheat flour is an abomination in this disorder. Eat only that from 
 unbolted flour. Cracked or rolled wheat, prepared as directed among 
 dietetic preparations, is excellent for the cure of costiveness. Fresh 
 vegetables, as peas, beans, potatoes, squashes, and ripe fruits, in their 
 season, are all wholesome, and help to relieve costiveness. But rich 
 pies, puddings, cakes, doughnuts, and all that sort of trash, increase 
 the disorder. 
 
 Water Injections, etc. — One of the best remedies is water, cold 
 or tepid, according to the condition of the patient, injected into the 
 bowels with the fountain syringe. Syringes for this purpose may be 
 obtained in any drug-store, and one should be in every family. 
 Water used externally, in the form of the sponge-bath, is also useful. 
 
 Medicines. — All the above measures having failed to give relief, 
 take Mettauer's aperient, or the neutralizing mixture. If these fail, 
 podophyllin, etc. (36), may have a trial. A cold decoction of thorough- 
 wort, drunk daily, sometimes has an excellent effect. It must be re- 
 membered that medicines may make mattere worse, and they should 
 be used cautiously. Cascara Sagrada taken in small, repeated doses, 
 say, half a grain once, twice or more times daily till the bowels move, 
 for some weeks, then gradually decreased, often yields excellent re- 
 sults. A glass of some aperient like Hunyadi Janos water, one-third 
 glass with one-half glass of plain water on rising, will then take the 
 place of the cascara ; and finally a glass of plain water will accom- 
 plish all that previously required the use of the cascara. Daily knead- 
 ing of the bowels, following the course of the large bowel, will add 
 greatly to break up the sluggishness of the muscular atony of the 
 bowel-walls. 
 
 Piles. — Hemorrhoids. 
 
 There are few complaints more common than the piles, and 
 scarcely any which cause more trouble and misery. They consist in 
 a fullness of blood, and languid circulation in the lower portion of the 
 lower bowel or rectum. In consequence of this congestion, either the 
 veins of the gut become enlarged or varicose, or the blood gets infil- 
 trated into the cells beneath the mucous membrane, and collects, so 
 as to form bloody tumora. 
 
 These tumors, which are seldom absent, are the leading features of 
 the piles. They sometimes appear externally, around the anus ; this 
 is external piles. At other times they are within the bowel ; the com- 
 plaint is then called internal piles. They are called bleeding piles 
 when blood is discharged, and blind piles when it is not. 
 
 Symptoms. — Usually there is a sense of weight and weakness in 
 the lower part of the back and lions, with a painful itching alxjut the 
 
../ 
 
 326 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 -•a I 
 
 ■ il 
 
 I 
 
 
 anus. On going to stool, there is a burning, cutting pain experienced, 
 which is followed by bearing down and tenesmus. If it be bleeding 
 piles, the little tumors will bleed at every motion of the bowels. 
 There are frequently disagreeable sensations in the head, general las- 
 situde, an irritable state of mind, and a sense of fullness and anxiety 
 in the stomach. The pains experienced range all the way from the 
 slightest twinges up to the most terrible sufferings, which appear like 
 tearing the body asunder. 
 
 Causes^ — Everything that irritates the lower bowel, and causes a 
 determination of blood to the part. All drastic physic has this effect, 
 
 — particularly aloes, which acts especially upon the rectum. Habit- 
 ual costiveness, straining at stools, riding much on horseback, sitting 
 a great deal, tight-lacing, high-seasoned food, and stimulation gener- 
 ally, lifting and carrying heavy weights, and indurations of the liver, 
 as well as a bilious indigestion. "^ 
 
 Females during pregnancy are much affected with piles, which are 
 induced by the costiveness so peculiar to their condition, and by the 
 pressure of the enlarged womb upon the veins of the pelvis. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be medicinal and dietetic. 
 
 Great care must be observed not to push medication too far. Ac- 
 tive purging will do great mischief. Yet costiveness must in some 
 way be corrected. For this purpose, no remedy that I have ever 
 tried has done better in this complaint than an electuary composed 
 of confection of senna, flowers of sulphur and cream of tartar (6), 
 taken in doses just sufficient to procure one natural motion of the 
 bowels each day. Pills made of extract of thoroughwort are said to 
 do well. If the liver be in a congested state, take some of the arti- 
 cles recommended in the chronic inflammation of that organ. 
 
 For the local treatment, nothing is better than two ounces of lard 
 and one dram of the flowers of sulphur mixed, and rubbed between 
 two plates of lead until they are well blackened. This ointment is 
 not only soothing but curative, both in the bleeding and blind piles. 
 An ointment of almost equal excellence may be made from one hand- 
 ful each of witch-hazel bark, white-oak bark, and sweet-appletree , 
 bark, boiled together in one pint of water down to one-third of a pint. 
 Then strain, and add two ounces of lard and simmer away the water, 
 
 — stining continually before and after removing from the fire, till it 
 cools. Witch-hazel suppositories are excellent, as is also an oint- 
 ment composed of 1 ounce stramonium ointment, 6 grains pulverized 
 opium, and 6 grains tannin. 
 
 If there is much inflammation and distress, an emollient and 
 soothing poultice should be applied, composed of slippery-elm 
 bark and stramonium or poke leaves. Steaming the parts is some- 
 times useful, by sitting over a hot decoction of hops, stramonium, 
 and poke. 
 
 Piles may often be cured by the use of the domestic syiinge. Daily 
 
 11 
 ^1 
 
 sem 
 
 mt 
 
 fffm$^^ 
 
DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 327 
 
 Jxperienced, 
 be bleeding 
 the bowels, 
 general las- 
 and anxiety 
 ay from the 
 appear like 
 
 ind causes a 
 i this effect, 
 im. Habit- 
 )ack, sitting 
 ition gener- 
 of the liver, 
 
 s, which are 
 and by the 
 vis. 
 
 10 far. Ac- 
 ist in some 
 ' have ever 
 y composed 
 
 tartar (6), 
 tion of the 
 
 are said to 
 jf the arti- 
 ^n. 
 
 ices of lard 
 jd between 
 ointment is 
 blind piles. 
 a one hand- 
 5t-appletree , 
 I of a pint. 
 r the water, 
 3 fire, till it 
 lo an oint- 
 pulverized 
 
 )llient and 
 iippery-elm 
 18 is some- 
 lamonium, 
 
 ige. Daily 
 
 injections of cool or cold water will do much to strengthen the bowel, 
 and restore the dilated veins to their natural condition. 
 
 The food should be of a laxative nature, corn-bread, rye-pudding, 
 bread of unbolted wheat flour, mealy potatoes, ripe fruit, pudding 
 and milk, buckwheat cakes, broths, and a little tender meat once a 
 day. 
 
 When the piles are very painful an ointment of cocaine, ten 
 grains, vaseline, one-half ounce, smeared well over them, is exceed- 
 ingly grateful. Five-grain iodoform suppositories are very effective 
 in reducing piles ; its odor, however, is quite objectionable to many. 
 Surgical treatment is often the only resource left for their cure. 
 
 Looseness of the Bowels. ^Diarrhoea. 
 
 Looseness, or relax of the bowels, is manifested by frequent, copi- 
 ous, and thin or unusually liquid discharges. The excessive dis- 
 charge may be caused either by irritating and unwholesome food, by 
 inflammation and ulceration of some portion of the bowels, or by de- 
 bility. 
 
 5yniptoins. — Rumbling noise in the bowels, with more or less 
 weight and bearing down and uneasiness in the lower part of the 
 bowels. This pressing down and uneasiness are relieved as soon as 
 the evacuation takes place, but returns when another is near at hand. 
 Griping is generally present, the strength is reduced, and the skin is 
 pale, dry, and, after a time, sallow. 
 
 Treatment.- — When the complaint is caused by irritating food, it 
 will generally stup as soon as the offending substance is removed, and 
 not much medicine will be required. 
 
 To neutralize any acidity, to remove wind, allay irritation, and 
 strengthen the stomach, the compound syrup of rhubarb and potassa 
 is well adapted, given in teaspoonful doses, every hour, till it oper- 
 ates. A little paragoric added to it occasionally, or essence of pep- 
 permint, or spearmint, may aid its good effects. 
 
 If nausea and vomiting are present, put a mustard poultice of one- 
 third strength upon the stomach, and give one-tenth grain of cocaine in 
 a teaspoonful of water every fifteen minutes. If there is much grip- 
 ing' give an injection (248), with twenty drops of camphor in it. 
 A common diarrhoea may generally be arrested at once by prescrip- 
 tions 159 or 162, in teaspoonful doses, after each discharge. 
 
 When there is inflammation and ulceration of the bowel, the treat- 
 ment must be similar to that for dysentery, — fomentations exter- 
 nally, and the occasional i se of starch injections, mild cathartics (9), 
 (10), and poultices externally. 
 
 Chronic Diarrhoea. 
 
 The acute form of diarrhoea, not being properly managed, oft«n 
 runs on, and becomes chronic, aiid is at times exceedingly difficult 
 to cure. 
 

 13 1 
 
 «1L 
 
 328 
 
 niSKASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Symptoms. — Frequent discharges, generally with some pain and 
 griping, restlessness, thirst, poor appetite, debility, loss of flesh, dry, 
 rough, and somewhat sallow skin, and tongue dry and dark-colored. 
 The food often passes through the bowels pretty much in the condi- 
 tion in which it was swallowed. The liver is generally out of order, 
 and the bowels are frequently afflicted with a low grade of inflam- 
 mation. 
 
 Treatment. — In this form of the disease, astringents and tonics 
 will generally be required. Sometimes a teaspoonful of brandy, in a 
 little sweetened water, or in clear water, several times a day, will 
 effect a cure. Good cherry brandy is a valuable remedy ; so is black- 
 berry brandy. Many of the worst cases have been cured by taking 
 no nourishment, for a long time, except milk, with a little lime-water 
 in it. 
 
 When the liver is involved in the complaint, as evinced by light- 
 colored stools, leptandrin, geranium, etc. (341), may be given with 
 advantage. 
 
 In some instances, when there is considerable debility, pills of 
 quinine, catechu, etc. (342), will do well. 
 
 A sponge-bath must be taken daily, and the skin be well rubbed 
 after it. 
 
 Cholera Morbus. 
 
 The above name is given to a disease common in warm weather, 
 and characterized by sudden attacks of bilious vomiting and purging, 
 with severe pain in the belly, cramps, and general fever and sul)se- 
 quent prostration. The great amount of bile secreted and discharged 
 has given it the name cholera, from choloa, bile. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease begins by sickness and distress at the 
 stomach, which is succeeded by violent gripings, with vomiting of 
 thin, dirty-yellowish, whitish, or greenish fluid, with discharges from 
 the bowels similar to that vomited. The nausea and distress, with 
 some few exceptions, continue between the vomiting and purging, 
 and the pain, at times, is intense. The pulse is rapid, soon becoming 
 small and feeble, the tongue dry, the urine high-colored, and there is 
 much thirst, though no drink can be retained on the stomach. It is 
 to be distinguished from diarrhoea by the bilious discharges. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply a large mustard poultice over the stomach and 
 liver, and give tablespoonful doses of compound powder of rhubarb 
 and potassa, every half hour, until the vomiting and nausea are 
 checked, adding to each dose five to ten drops of camphor, if neces- 
 sary. Perhaps it would generally be best, however, to give liberal 
 draughts of warm water, at first, or flax-seed tea, that all the solid 
 contents of the stomach and bowels may be washed out. 
 
 A teaspoonful of laudanum in a wine-glass of flax-seed tea, given 
 ns an injection, every two hours, will sometimes do excellently well; 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 329 
 
 le pain and 
 flesh, dry, 
 
 irk-colored. 
 the condi- 
 
 at of order, 
 of inflam- 
 
 and tonics 
 irandy, in a 
 a day, will 
 so is black- 
 l by taking 
 lime-water 
 
 d by light- 
 Sfiven with 
 
 y, pills of 
 
 ell rubbed 
 
 n weather, 
 d purging, 
 and subse- 
 discharged 
 
 ess at the 
 jmiting of 
 arges from 
 tress, with 
 1 purging, 
 L becoming 
 id there is 
 ich. It is 
 i. 
 
 omach and 
 •f rhubarb 
 lausea are 
 , if neces- 
 ve liberal 
 the solid 
 
 tea, given 
 ntly well; 
 
 or a tea made of ohamoniile flowers, or Colombo, and made sour by a 
 few drops of nitric or sulphuric acid, and given internally, will some- 
 times succeed better than most other things. One grain of svapnia 
 and thirty grains of bicarbonate of soda dissolved in an ounce of sweet 
 tincture of rhubarb, and given in teaspoonful doses, every half hour 
 will often have a fine effect. The prescription 162 is also valuable. 
 Hot-water bags should be applied to the feet, and warm flannels, 
 or other kinds of dry heat, to the whole body. 
 
 Asiatic Cholera. 
 
 Besides the above name, this fearfnl disease has been called epi- 
 demic cholera, malignant cholera, spasmodic cholera, and cholera 
 asphyxia. It first attracted notice in Bengal in 1817, whence it 
 spread westward through Europe, and in 1832 it reached Quebec, on 
 this continent. It has since then visited Asia and Europe several 
 times with great severity, and has even been present on our shores. 
 But at the present day the strict vigilance of sanitary boards has 
 done much to prevent its spread and mitigate its terrors. Through 
 the investigations of Koch and other.-; it is now known to be propa- 
 gated by a microbe, called the comma bacillus, and the efforts of 
 investigators is now being directed to the discovery of an agent that 
 will destroy this germ and thus control the disease. 
 
 Symptoms ^ First Stag^e. — The first, premonitory stage, is 
 
 mirked by derangement of the digestive organs, rumbling in the 
 bowels, pain in the loins or knees, twitching of the calves of the legs, 
 impaired appetite, thirst, and especially, a slight diarrhoea ; and these 
 symptoms continue from a few hours to several days. I should add 
 to these symptoms what is said to have been recently discovered, 
 namely, that for several days before the attack, the pulse is down to 
 forty or fifty heats in a minute. This, if it prove to be reliable, is a 
 veiy valuable symptom. 
 
 Second Stage. — This stage is marked by vomiting and purging a 
 thin, colorless fluid, looking almost exactly like rice-water ; by severe 
 cramps in the calves of tho legs, which soon attack the bowels and 
 stomach. These cmmpi are excessively painful, and draw the mus- 
 cles into knots. The tongue is pale and moist; the pulse feeble, 
 though sometimes full and firm ; the breathing hurried, with distress 
 about the heart ; great thii-st ; a feeling of internal warmth, and the 
 secretion of urine entirely stopped. 
 
 These thin, colorless discharges by vomiting and purging, are the 
 serum or watery portion of the blood, which oozes through the sides 
 of the blood-vessels, and runs off rapidly, leaving the crassamentum, 
 or red, solid part of the blood, stranded upon the inner surfaces of the 
 arteries and veins. When so much of this is discharged that the 
 blood cannot circulate freely, the patient sinks into the 
 
830 
 
 DI8EA8E8 OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 4' 
 
 Third Stage, which is characterized by great prostration ; pulse 
 hardly perceptible ; akin cold and clammy ; face blue or [)urple, and 
 eyes mnrh Huuken ; liandH dark-colored and sodden, looking like a 
 washerwoman's ; breathing short and laborious ; a sense of great heat 
 ill the stomach ; and intense thirst. Recoveries from this stage sel- 
 dom take place. 
 
 Treatment. — In the first stage, the diarrhoea should receive the 
 most prompt attention. From five to ten drops of laudanum, re- 
 peated a few times, every three hours, will generally put a stop to it. 
 Catechu (162) is also a suitable remedy. The compound syrup of 
 rhubarb and potassa, with some other articles (843), in tablespoonful 
 (loses, every hour, till it opei-ates gently, is worth a trial. The diet 
 should of course be very carefully regulated at such a time, though 
 not particularly changed, except to leave off any indigestible article 
 which is known to be injurious, and to be made a little more sparing 
 than in time of perfect health. 
 
 When the second stage has set in, or the stage of vomiting, purg- 
 ing, and cramps, the treatment must be energetic. The sinking pow- 
 ers must be sustained by chloroform, opium, and ammonia (119), or 
 by camphor, opium, and cayenne (344), giving one pill every hour. 
 Brandy may also be given freely. 
 
 The warmth o* the surface must be promoted by all possible means, 
 hot bricks and bottles, tincture of cayenne, friction, etc. 
 
 In the third stage, the remedies recommended above are to be pur- 
 sued with increased energy, particularly the stimulants, and the efforts 
 to promote the warmth of the surface. 
 
 f ( 
 
 Dysentery. — Bloody Flux. — Colitis. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the lower 
 or large bowels. The small bowels begin at the stomach, and are 
 eight or ten yards long ; being largest near the stomach, and dimin- 
 ishing in size as they approach their termination in the caecum. The 
 lower or large bowels are two or three times as large as the small 
 ones, and from their junction with the latter, they extend about six 
 feet to the outlet, or anus. The large bowels are composed of the 
 caecum, the colon, and the rectum. The rectum is about one foot in 
 length. 
 
 In most cases of dysentery, the rectum, and about half the adjoin- 
 ing portion of the colon, experience the chief force of the inflamma- 
 tion. Sometimes the whole of the colon and caecum are affected. 
 Sometimes the mucous membrane lining these is ulcerated, and, be- 
 coming wholly disorganized, passes off in shreds. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease comes on with loss of appetite, costive- 
 ness, lassitude, shivering, heat of skin, and quick pulse. These are 
 followed by griping pains in the bowels, and a constant desire to pass 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 881 
 
 ion; pulse 
 uiplt', and 
 ng like a 
 great heat 
 stage sel- 
 
 3ceive the 
 !anum, re- 
 stop to it. 
 
 syrup of 
 lespoonful 
 
 The diet 
 le, though 
 ale article 
 re sparing 
 
 ing, purg- 
 king pow- 
 (119), or 
 ^ery hour. 
 
 )le means, 
 
 to be pur- 
 ihe efforts 
 
 the lower 
 , and are 
 id dimin- 
 um. The 
 the small 
 ibout six 
 id of the 
 le foot in 
 
 le adjoin- 
 
 nflamma- 
 
 affected. 
 
 , and, be- 
 
 I, costive- 
 rhese are 
 ■e to pass 
 
 their contents. In general the passages are small, composed of mucus 
 mixed with blood. These passages are attended and followed by 
 severe gripings and inclination to strain, learnedly called tormina, and 
 tenesmus. They are sometimes, in the early stages, attended by nau- 
 sea and vomiting. The natural feces, which do not pass off much, 
 are small in quantity, and formed into round, campact balls, or irreg- 
 ular, hardened lumps. This tenesmus, or great desire to strain, will 
 continue, perhaps increase, for several days — the discharges being 
 mostly blood in some cases, and chiefly mucus in others. Having 
 generally but little odor at fii-st, these discharges become, as the dis- 
 ease advances, exceedingly offensive. 
 
 Causes. — Dysen tery is very frequently caused by sudden changes 
 from hot to cold, by which sweating is suddenly checked, and the 
 blood repelled from the surface. Hot climates, and dry, hot weather 
 are predisposing causes. All green, unripe, and unwholesome food, 
 and indigestible food of every sort, may induce it. 
 
 Treatment. — In mild cases give a tablespoonful of castor-oil and 
 two teaspoonfuls of paregoric, mixed, once a day. Sometimes, in 
 place of the above, a dose of rochelle powder, dissolved in water, and 
 eleven or twelve drops of camphor, may be taken. A moderate quan- 
 tity of flax-seed or slippery-elm tea, may be taken as a drink, and the 
 bowels be well emptied by an injection of starch. 
 
 When there is much pain in- the bowels a mustard poultice laid 
 upon them will have a good effect. The starch injections should, in 
 such case, have half a teaspoonful of laudanum mixed with it. The 
 compound syrup of rhubarb and pdtassa will often act favorably, 
 given in tablespoonful doses. 
 
 If there is reason to suppose the liver is affected, give podophyllin, 
 etc. (46). 
 
 The patient should not be allowed to sit up, and must be kept very 
 still, and be allowed only a very scant diet, as flour porridge, well 
 boiled, rice water, etc. 
 
 Chronic Dysentery. 
 
 When dysentery " runs on " for some time, it is liable to become 
 chronic. 
 
 Symptoms. — Looseness of bowels, — the discharges being un- 
 healthy, more or less bloody, attended by bearing down, or a desire 
 to strain, and being in number from two to forty a day. There is 
 great debility, the pulse is weak and quick, the tongue slightly furred, 
 the appetite lost, the face pale and sallow, the skin dry and parched. 
 Sometimes the relpx alternates with costiveness. 
 
 Treatment. — In this form of the complaint, astringents will be 
 necessary (169), (161), (162), (345), (346), (347). 
 
 Injections may be used, if necessary, composed of nitrate of sil- 
 
m 
 
 (I 
 
 4 
 
 
 382 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 ver, fifteen grains to the ounce of water, or an infusion of golden seal, 
 with a little tincture of prickly-ash berries added to it. 
 
 The diet must be very light, easy of digestion, and nutritious. In 
 Home cases, it should be composed chiefly of wheat porridge, or boiled 
 milk and boiled rice. In other cases, a little tender beef-eteak should 
 be taken once a day. 
 
 Worms. — Vermes. 
 
 The intestinal canal is subject to various disturbances from the 
 presence of worms. Of these troublesome tenants, there are three 
 principal varieties. 
 
 The Ascaris, or pin-worm, called also maw or thread worm, is a 
 small, wliite, thread-like worm from half an inch to an inch in length. 
 These worms live, in great number, in the rectum, where they excite 
 great irritation and itching. 
 
 The Lutnbricus, or atcaria lumbricoideg, is a round worm, about an 
 eighth of an inch in thickness, and from an eighth to a quarter of a 
 yard in length. Its color varies from a milky whiteness to a deep 
 red. It generally occupies the small bowels. 
 
 The Tenia Solanum, or tape-worm, is a flat worm, with four suck- 
 ers at the head, is from a few feet to some hundreds in length, and 
 full of joints. It dwells in the small bowels, and feeds on the chyle 
 as it comes along, before it is absorbed by the lacteals. In this way, 
 it robs the body of nourishment, and produces great loss of flesh, and 
 an enormous appetite. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the grown person the symptoms of worms are 
 qiiite obscure, except an intolerable itching within the anus, which 
 generally indicates pin-worms. 
 
 In children worms are indicated by paleness, itching of the nose, 
 grinding of the teeth and starting in sleep, irregular appetite, bad 
 breath, swelled upper lip, picking of the nose, hard swelled belly, and 
 one cheek constantly flushed. 
 
 Treatment. — For expelling worms various articles have been used. 
 Among these spirits of turpentine (165) has a high reputation. The 
 following preparation does well : Spirits of turpentine, half an ounce ; 
 essence of anise, half an ounce ; castor-oil, one ounce ; worm-seed 
 oil, one ounce. Mix. The dose for a child one or two years old is 
 ten to twenty drops, eveiy two or three hours. In two or three days, 
 a brisk physic should be given. The worm-powder is quite success- 
 ful. 
 
 One of the most popular remedies is the pink-root. It should be 
 united with a purgative. The following is a good preparation: Pink- 
 root and senna, each half an ounce ; bitartrate o^ potassa, one dram ; 
 pulverized jalap, half a dram ; cardamom seeds, half a dram ; extract 
 of liquorice, two drams. Mix, and add half a pint of boiling water, 
 liet the whole steep an hour. Give a tablespoonful or two, occasion- 
 ally, till the worms are expelled. • 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 388 
 
 An injoction composed of quassia (66), or aloes (22), or of simple 
 sweet-oil, is very effectual *in removing pin- worms from the lower 
 bowel. So is an injection composed of the red iodide of mercury, 
 one grain; iodide of potassium, half a grain; and two pints of 
 water. 
 
 Most of the above preparations are thought to be successful in ex- 
 pelling all kinds of worms ; but for the tape-worn .o other remedy 
 has yet shown itself as effectual as pumpkinrseeda. The seeds should 
 be well bruised, and steeped in water. This should be drunk freely 
 for several days, if need be. It is believed to be a sure remedy, oven 
 in cases of several years' standing. 
 
 In all cases of worms, the diet should be carefully chosen, and be 
 connected with proper exercise, pure air, frequent bathing, and all 
 those measures which tend to improve the general health. 
 
 After the expulsion of the worms, tonics should always be taken 
 to strengthen the bowels, that the same evil may not return. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Kidneys, — Nephritis. 
 
 Before speaking of this disease, I wish to give the reader a general 
 idea of a kidney, and shall do so by the use of two cuts. 
 
 Fig. 110 presents the external surface of the right kidney, with its 
 renal capsule mounted on top ; i, being its upper edge ; /, h, superior 
 and inferior branches of the emplgent artery ; c, d, e, three branches 
 of the emulgent vein ; a, the pelvis of the ureter ; b, the ureter. 
 
 Fig. Ill is the same kidney laid open ; 1, being the super-renal 
 capsule ; 2, the vascular portion ; 3, 3, the tubercular portion, consisting 
 
 FlO. 110. 
 
 Fio. 111. 
 
 of cones ; 4, 4, two of the calices receiving the apex of their corres- 
 ponding cones; 5, 5, 5, the three infundibula; 6, the pelvis; and 7, 
 the ureter. 
 The kidneys are glands, and their office is to draw or strain off 
 
 J 
 
A 
 
 M 
 
 v! 
 
 il 
 
 I 
 
 884 
 
 DIBRABRS OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITT. 
 
 from Lho l)ody those effete or worn-out particloH, or product* of deenif 
 which corUain nitroi/en, while the liver tukes away thoHO carhoiMceoum 
 matters whieh have no nitrot/en. These UHeless HulwtiinceH which jro 
 out tlirougit tiie kidneys are genenvUy in tlio form of urea. In citrry- 
 iiig off these matters, the kidneys may have more to do than properly 
 belongs to them; and may be so stimulated, or irritated, or injured 
 in some way, as to become inflamed. 
 
 Symptoms.— Like most other inflummatory disesBes, it iHjgins with 
 cold chills and rigoiv, especially in the back and loins, followed by 
 fever and pain. The pain frequently extends to the bladder, the loins, 
 and the thighs, and is of a severe, lancinating kind — though some- 
 times obtuse. Pressure, motion, straining, or ttvking a full breath, add 
 to its pungency. The urine is scanty, high-colored, sometimes bloody, 
 and can only be passed drop by droj). In the loins theie is a sense 
 of heat, gnawing, and constriction ; the bowels are either constipated, 
 or relaxed by diarrhoja. A numbness of the thigh, and drawing up 
 of the testicle on the affected side, are marked and peculiar symptoms. 
 In some cases, there are nausea, vomiting, oppression of the stomach, 
 faintness, hiccough, drum-head distention, and rumbling of the bowels. 
 The skin is hot and dry, the pulse hard and frequent. 
 
 Causes. — The use of cantharides, oil of turpentine, and other di- 
 uretics, taking cold, violent exercise, mechanical injuries, the transla- 
 tion of rheumatism or gout, the striking in of skin eruptions, and 
 gravelly formations in the kidneys or ureters. 
 
 Distinctions This disease is to be distinguished from colic by 
 
 the pain being increaeed by pressure, and by the frequent but difficult 
 discharge of red urine ; from lumbago^ from its being confined fre- 
 quently to one side, and also by the urinary troubles, and by the 
 nausea and vomiting; and from all other diseases, by the numbness 
 )f the thigh, and the drawing up of the testicles. 
 
 Terminations of the Disease. — It runs a rapid course, and may 
 terminate by resolution, or by suppuration. When the latter happens, 
 it is indicated by the decline of the more violent symptoms, a throb- 
 bing and a sense of weight, with chills, followed by flushes of heat, 
 and sweating. The matter formed, generally small in quantity, may 
 pass into the cavity of the kidney, and thence through the bladder to 
 a natural outlet with the urine. 
 
 Treatment. — Either put the feet into a hot mustaid-bath, or put 
 mustard drafts upon them. At the same time apply a large mustard 
 poultice upon the small of the back, and follow it up with hot fomen- 
 tations of stramonium leaves and hops, or stramonium and wormwood 
 or tansy. 
 
 Let perspiration be induced as soon as possible by five to ten- 
 drop doses of tincture of veratrum viride, repeated every hour, or by 
 teaspoonful doses of the compound tincture of Virginia snake-root, 
 given ever}' half hour. 
 
 aftnMoaR^HNBM 
 
^> 
 
 ^. 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 // 
 
 ,.^. 
 
 1^ Miy ./S^ 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 IS 121 
 
 150 l"^" 
 ^ 1^ 
 
 2.5 
 
 112.2 
 
 us 
 
 
 Ml 12.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.4 || 1.6 
 
 
 6" 
 
 ^ 
 
 K' 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WSBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiq 
 
 ues 
 
DISEASES OP THK ABDOMINAL CAVITY, 
 
 If costiveness exist, the bowels must be opened by epsom salts, 
 cream of tartar, or salts of tartar ; or by copious injections of warm 
 water, containing a few drops of the tincture of arnica-leaves. Such 
 injections not only unload the bowels, but act as a local bath, by lying 
 in the bowel near the inflamed kidneys. 
 
 The drinks must be mucilaginous and diuretic. The marshmal- 
 low root and peach-leaves, slippeiy-elm bark, flax-seed, mullein, elder 
 blows, hair-cap moss, and cleavers, are all valuable. If the disease is 
 caused by gravel, twenty drops of liquor potassse, largely diluted 
 with flax-seed and upland-cranberry tea, and taken freely as a drink, 
 is excellent. We recommend Poland water in large quantities. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Kidneys. 
 
 This is frequently the result of the acute form of the disease, but is 
 also produced by injuries and other causes. 
 
 Symptoms. — A weakness in the small of the back, and a dull, 
 heavy pain in the kidneys. The urine is passed often and in small 
 quantities. It is alkaline — sometimes white and milky — and has 
 in it deposits of phosphate of lime, and triple phosphates. 
 
 Treatment. — Infusions of pipsissewa, uva ursi, trailing arbutus, 
 wild carrot, queen of the meadow, buchu-leaves, or foxglove aie use- 
 ful diuretics, and may be taken with advantage. 
 
 The bowels must be kept open with some gentle physic (18), if 
 they are costive ; and the alkaline sponge bath, with friction, be used 
 daily. 
 
 An eruption may be brought out upon the small of the back by 
 rubbing on a few drops of croton-oil ; or, if the patient prefer it, a 
 mustard poultice may be applied two or three times a week. 
 
 The food should be nutritious, and easily digested, and a little ex- 
 ercise be t<aken daily in the open air. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Bladder. — Cystitis. 
 
 This disease affects the lining membrane of the bladder, — some- 
 times its muscular substance. It may attack the upper portion, the 
 middle, or the neck of this organ. It runs a rapid course. 
 
 Symptoms. — Burning, piercing, and throbbing pain in the region 
 of the bladder. The pain extends to the perineum, and in some 
 cases, to the testicles and thighs, and is much increased by pressure. 
 The perineum, the space between the fundament and testicles, feels 
 sore to the touch. The desire to pass urine is incessant, but the 
 effort to do so is mainly ineffectual. The water passes off drop by 
 tlrop, with great pain, or is entirely stopped, causing enlargement 
 of the bladder, and great distress. Mucus from the inflamed lining 
 of the bladder passes off with the water. Nausea, vomiting, and 
 
886 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 great anxiety are common. The bowels are bound, and when the 
 disease is on the side next the lower bowel, there is a desire to empty 
 the bowels ; and if the inflammation be in the neck, there is great 
 pain in the perineum, and frequently an entire retention of the water. 
 The pulse is full, hard, and frequent, the skin hot and dry, the thirst 
 urgent, and the patient restless and dejected. 
 
 Causes. — This disease may be produced by taking cantharides and 
 turpentine ; by irritating sutetances forced into the bladder with a 
 syringe, or by pushing bougies or catheters into it ; by gravel-stones 
 in the bladder ; by retained urine ; by external injuries ; by gonor- 
 rhoea ; and by cold applied to the feet, or to the lower portion of the 
 abdomen. 
 
 Treatment. — If the urine be rettiined, it is of the utmost impor- 
 tance that it be early drawn off with the catheter, lest a distention of 
 the bladder bring on mortification. Great care is required not to pro- 
 duce irritation by any roughness in introducing the instrument. 
 
 Leeches should be applied upon the lower part of the bowels, the 
 perineum, and around the anus. When these are removed, warm 
 poultices should be applied. Cold compresses will often do as well. 
 The bowels must be opened with epsom salts. Injections of warm 
 water, with a few drops of tincture of arnica-leaves, will act finely as 
 a local bath, — the water being retained as long as possible. 
 
 The tincture of veratrum viride will be required in five to ten-drop 
 doses, or the compound tincture of Virginia snake-root, to induce 
 perspiration. Ex. jaborandi may sometimes be used for the same 
 purpose. 
 
 Drinks must be taken very sparingly. A small amouint of cold in- 
 fusion of slippery-elm bark, or marshmallow and peach-leaves, or 
 cleavers. This mucilaginous drink must be the beginning and the 
 end of the diet during the active stage of the disease. Alkalis are 
 exceedingly useful in allaying the pain and smarting of urination, 
 perhaps the bestremedybeingliq. potass, citratis, in tablespoonful doses 
 every two hours. Suppositories of opium and belladonna in one-fourth 
 grain doses by the rectum every two to four hours allay the frequent 
 urination and pain and quiet the spasm of the neck of the bladder. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Bladder.— Cystirrhoea. 
 
 This is much more common than the active form of the disease. 
 It often arises from the same causes which produce acute inflamma- 
 tion of the bladder. 
 
 It often passes under the title of "catarrh of the bladder." It is 
 a chronic inflammation of the mucous lining of that organ, and is a 
 very common and troublesome affection among old people. 
 
 Symptoms. — Slight lancinating pains, with a feeling of heat in tlu; 
 region of the bladder, and a sense of weight and tenderness in the 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVIIV. 
 
 837 
 
 when the 
 to empty 
 B is great 
 the water. 
 , the thirst 
 
 arides and 
 ier with a 
 ivel-s tones 
 by gonor- 
 tior of the 
 
 lost impor- 
 stention of 
 . not to pro- 
 iment. 
 bowels, the 
 3ved, warm 
 do as well. 
 ns of warm 
 Lct finely as 
 le. 
 
 '. to ten-drop 
 I, to induce 
 ir the same 
 
 t of cold in- 
 leaves, or 
 
 ig and the 
 
 Alkalis are 
 urination, 
 
 jonful doses 
 
 one-fourth 
 
 le frequent 
 
 6 bladder. 
 
 hfstirrhcea. 
 
 the disease, 
 inflamma- 
 
 ier." It is 
 an, and is a 
 
 heat in tlx' 
 Iness in the 
 
 perineum ; frequent and tormenting desire to pass water, with occa- 
 sional spasmodic action of the bladder. The urine is loaded with 
 tenacious mucus, just as the expectoration has large quantities of 
 mucus in it when there is inflammation of the membrane lining the 
 windpipe and bronchial tubes. When the water has stood a while, 
 this mucus settles at the bottom of the vessel, leaving the fluid clear 
 above. Great quantities of this are son^etimes passed, — amounting 
 even to pints in a day. The triple phosphates of magnesia and am- 
 monia are often found in the water. 
 
 Frequently there are demngements of the appetite and digestive 
 functions, a white or brown fur upon the tongue, a harsh, dry skin, 
 with thirst and general debility, — especially in the back and loins. 
 Sometimes there id a little fever. 
 
 Treatment. — To reduce the inflammation, apply leeches, or mus- 
 tard, or croton-oil, or a cold compress every night. 
 
 As a diuretic, give an infusion of buchu, uva urei, trailing arbutus, 
 queen of the meadow, etc. Tincture of veratrum viride and sweet 
 spirits of nitre (125) is a good remedy. The compound infusion of 
 trailing arbutus is well recommended. So is the compound balsam 
 of sulphur. An infusion of the pods of beans has been well spoken 
 of. 
 
 An injection into the bladder, once a day, of a tepid infusion of 
 golden-seal root, with much care, may be of great service; or an 
 infusion of equal parts of golden-seal, witch-hazel, and stramonium. 
 It may be done with a gum-elastic catheter and a small syringe. 
 
 The bowels must be kept open with the neutralizing mixture, or 
 some other mild physic ; and the skin bathed with saleratus and 
 water once a day, and rubbed well with a coarse towel. 
 
 Should there be any scrofulous, or gouty, or rheumatic condition of 
 the system, the remedies for those complaints may be used in addition 
 to the above. 
 
 Disease of the Supra-Renal Capsules. 
 
 The supra-renal capsules are sm^ll bodies situated above the kid- 
 neys. (Fig. Ill, i.) Their office is not well understood. It has 
 been found of late that they are subject to a disorder having peculiar 
 symptoms. Tliis is a comparatively new disease. 
 
 Symptoms. — The most marked symptom is a peculiar change in 
 the color of the skin, called " bronzing." This bronzing process lo- 
 gins in patches on those parts exposed to the sun, and to friction, 
 as the neck, the bsicks of the hands, the fronts of the thighs, and the 
 arms. These patches look, in color, like spots upon a bronze statue, 
 deprived of their gloss. 
 
 Another marked symptom Ls a general debility, which comes on 
 witliout any apparent cause, — there being, generally, no evidence of 
 niganic disesise, and no loss of flesh, — and is attended with faint- 
 
838 
 
 DTSKASRS OF THK ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 ings, loss of energy both of body and mind, a peculiar flabbiness of 
 flesh, and an early death, apparently from sheer weakness. 
 
 The blood becomes depraved, and loses its coloring matter, as 
 shown by the paleness of the skin where there is no bronzing. 
 
 The pulse is generally very soft and compressible. The stomach is 
 irritable, the appetite is gone ; there is nausea and sometimes vomiting, 
 with pain and a sense of sinking at the pit of the stomach. Fre- 
 quently there is costiveness, sometimes diarrhoea, and pains in the 
 back and loins. In some cases there are epileptic fits, failure of 
 memory, change of temper, or a numbness of the fingers, legt, etc. 
 
 Treatment This disease is a peculiarly fatal one. As no mode 
 
 of treatment has yet proved successful, it is well to observe caution 
 in prescribing. 
 
 The treatment prescribed for chronic inflammation of the kidneys, 
 would perhaps be as safe as any that could at present be proposed. 
 
 Bright's Disease of the Kidneys. — Albuminuria. 
 
 This peculiar disease was first explained to the profession in 1837, 
 by Dr. Bright, of England, whose name it took. It consists of a dis- 
 order of the kidneys, — probably a congestion and an obstructed cir- 
 culation in them, from which arise two most important effects ; first, 
 albumen, an essential alimentary constituent of the blood, is secreted 
 and passed off, in larger or smaller quantities, in the urine ; and sec- 
 ondly, urea, the worn-out matters of the blood which the kidneys are 
 made expressly to carry off, is permitted to remain. If the urine of 
 a person having Bright's disease be examined, therefore, albumen, 
 which should not be there, will be found, and urea, a natural constitu- 
 ent, will be absent. The presence of albumen, however, while ab- 
 normal, is not necessarily indicative of Bright's disease, as it may 
 proceed from indigestion and blood disorders. 
 
 Method of Examination To discover albumen in urine suspected 
 
 to contain it, place a little in a test tube, and boil it over a spirit- 
 lamp. If albumen be present only in minute quantity, it may caupe 
 only a delicate opalescence ; if in larger quan- 
 tity, it may separate in curdy flakes, and fall to 
 the bottom as a more or less abundant white 
 precipitate. If very abundant, the liquid may 
 become nearly solid. 
 
 The albumen is the same as the white of an 
 egg, and the boiling has the same effect in 
 whitening and hardening it, as upon that sub- 
 stance. 
 
 no. 112. Albumen is sometimes found in the urine in 
 
 a coagulated state, and having the shape of tubes or worms (Fig. 
 112). This is quite common in Bright's disease. The deposit seems 
 to be made up of fibrous casts of the uriniferous tubes of the kid- 
 neys. 
 
 »;a:«sa 
 
 
abbiness of 
 
 matter, as 
 izing. 
 
 9 stomach is 
 J8 vomiting, 
 lach. Fre- 
 ains in the 
 
 failure of 
 legi, etc. 
 
 \8 no mode 
 rve caution 
 
 he kidneys, 
 proposed. 
 
 ninuria. 
 
 ion in 1837, 
 ists of a dis- 
 itructed cir- 
 fects ; first, 
 , is secreted 
 le ; and sec- 
 kidneys are 
 ;he urine of 
 re, albumen, 
 ral constitu- 
 sr, while ab- 
 3, afi it may 
 
 ae suspected 
 /er a spirit- 
 t may cause 
 arger quan- 
 , and fall to 
 idant white 
 liquid may 
 
 white of an 
 le effect in 
 jn that sub- 
 he urine in 
 i^orms (Fig. 
 sposit seems 
 of the kid- 
 
 DI8EA8E8 OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 339 
 
 Symptoms. — The two unnatural conditions mentioned above 
 give rise to the symptoms of Bright's disease. One of them, how- 
 ever, is itself the most constant and characteristic symptom of the 
 disease, namely, the presence of albumen. This, too, being one of 
 the nutritive constituents of the blood, its abstraction thins the 
 serous portion of the blood, and causes it to filter out of its vessels 
 into the cells, — causing dropsy of the cells, usually called cellular 
 dropsy, or anasarca. This general dropsy begins frequently in the 
 face, and spreads rapidly over the whole body and limbs. In addi- 
 tion to this, there are pains in the back and loins, a gradual failing of 
 strength, and a derangement of digestion. The skin becc mes drj, 
 with a pale and bloodless appearance, and theie are frequently thirst, 
 nausea and vomiting. The urine frequently has fat, blood, epithelial 
 scales, mucus, blood-discs, fibrous casts of the uriniferous tubes, and 
 saline sediments ; and is genenally lighter l)y weight than in health, 
 and less in quantity, and is apt to be red, brown, or dingy in color. 
 
 The retention of urea in the blood acts as a poison, and causes, 
 toward the latter end of the disease, when accumulated in large quan- 
 tity, drowsiness, convulsions, and apoplexy. 
 
 A frequent desire to make water, with a shifting back and forth 
 of the bowels between costiveness and diarrhaea, are common symp- 
 toms. 
 
 Treatment. — The results of treatment in this diseaso are often un- 
 satisfactory. Yet if biken in season, investigated with proper care, 
 and treated with due diligence, much mfiy be done for its cure. It is 
 one of those harassing complaints, which physicians in family prac- 
 tice seldom have the patience to investigate and manage with suffi- 
 cient care. 
 
 Let the healthy and active condition of all the vessels of the skin 
 be the first object aimed at. Tliis will relieve the laboring and falter- 
 ing kidneys of a portion of their burden. The alkaline sponge-bath 
 with vigorous friction every day will secure tiiis object. 
 
 In the next place, the skin being put in a working condition, should 
 be made to work by some internal diaphoretic, — as the tincture of 
 veratrum viride, in doses of from five to ten drops, or the compound 
 tincture of Virginia snake-root, in teaspoonfnl doses. 
 
 The kidneys may be still further relieved, especially when there is 
 considerable tenderness and other signs of inflammation, by cupping, 
 leeching, mustard-poultices and croton-oil. 
 
 The bowels should be regulated by some gentle physic, as cream of 
 tarter dissolved in flax-seed tea, lochelle powders, epsom salts, etc. In 
 some cases, podophyllin and leptandrin (40), or tho compound 
 powdei of jalap (41), ai-e useful. 
 
 When ithere is dropsy of the cells, elaterium may be used as physic 
 (31), or the kidmys may ,be jogged by digitalis (130), (129), its effects 
 being carefully watched. Cider, freely drunk, has been found useful 
 in some cases. 
 
340 
 
 To restore 
 the essential 
 the vegetable 
 be used daily. 
 
 Coffee, and 
 bread, high-se 
 nothing must 
 cannot easily 
 
 DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 the blood, iron (73), (93), (74), (75), (72). (71) is 
 article. When there is considerable debility, some of 
 bitters, as quinine, quassia, gentian, Colombo, etc., may 
 
 ail indigestible articles of food, as rich pastries, new 
 lujoned meat, and fats, must be avoided, — in a word, 
 
 be taken, either in kind or quantity, wliich the stomach 
 digest. 
 
 Diabetes. 
 
 This disease is a kind of diarrhoea of the kidneys. The amount 
 of urine secreted and discharged is large, sometimes enormous in 
 quantity, amounting even to seveial gallons in twenty-four houns. 
 Everything taken into the stomach seems to run off by the kidneys. 
 The food and drink being mostly converted into urine, do but little 
 good. The kidneys having got into an exalted state of action, do 
 too much, — just as the mucous membrane of the air-tubes does in 
 bronchitis. 
 
 Nature of the Urine — Not only is there too much urine discharged, 
 but, instead of being lighter than healthy urine, as in Bright's disease, 
 it is heavier, and instead of holding albumen in solution, it contains 
 grape-mgar. 
 
 To Detect Sugar. — Put a little of tlie suspected urin^ in a test- 
 tube ; add to it a drop or two of solution of sulphate of copper, which 
 will give the fluid a pale-blue tint. Now add liquor potassa in 
 excess : if sugar be present, this will throw down a pale-blue precipi- 
 tate (hydrated oxide of copper), which will immediately re-dissolve, 
 forming a purplish-blue liquid. Boil this over a lamp ; if there be 
 sugar, a reddish or yellowish-brown precipitate (sub-oxide of copper) 
 will be thrown down ; if no sugar, a black precipitate (common oxide 
 of copper) will fall to the bottom. 
 
 Another 7fe««.— Place a little urine in a tesUube; add to it half 
 its volume of liquid potassa, and boil five minutes. If there be sugar 
 present, the liquid will take a brownish or bistre tint. 
 
 Growth of Torula as a Teat. — Place a portion of saccharine mine 
 in a warm place, and a scum will soon rise, as 
 if a little flour had been dusted on it. This, 
 when examined under the microscope, proves to 
 be minute oval bodies. These expand and dilate 
 I the vesicle containing them into the form of a 
 ' tube. They still continue to erdarge, and pro- 
 ject from the parent bladder, like buds. The 
 whole then resembles a jointed fungoid growth 
 (Fig. 113), which finally breaks up, and falls to 
 the bottom, as a copious deposit of oval vesicles 
 or spores. 
 
 FIO. 113. 
 
 • 'iltTtitiiidinrriiifcTlir'"'"-'^"" ' 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL OAVITY. 
 
 841 
 
 )• (71) 18 
 
 , some of 
 may 
 
 etc. 
 
 tries, new 
 II a word, 
 a stomach 
 
 18 amount 
 )rmous in 
 )ur horn's. 
 8 kidneys. 
 I but little 
 action, do 
 BS does in 
 
 ischarged, 
 t's disease, 
 t contains 
 
 I in a testr 
 per, which 
 potassa in 
 le precipi- 
 e-dissolve, 
 : there be 
 copper) 
 laion oxide 
 
 to it half 
 be sugar 
 
 rine urine 
 )n rise, as 
 it. This, 
 proves to 
 and dilate 
 form of a 
 and pro- 
 lids. The 
 id growth 
 id falls to 
 il vesicles 
 
 Other 5ymptoms. — Great thirst, craving appetite, dry skin, a 
 sense of weiglit and uMea.sine8s in the stomach after eating, dry and 
 parched mouth, wliiU? and foul or clean and red tongue, wasting of 
 llt'sli, languor and aversion to exercise, debility, pain and weakness 
 ill the loins, co.>?tiveness, loss of the sexual feeling, and cold teet. 
 As the disease di-aws towards a fatal end, the gums become spongy, 
 the breath fetid, sometimes smelling like urine. 
 
 Treatment. — The skin should have about the same treatment as 
 that recommended in Bright's disease. Also, the same counter-irrita- 
 tion over the kidneys. The bowels must be kept open by some 
 gentle physic (13), (12), (15). 
 
 Tonics. — These will be required to restore the tone of the system, 
 particularly iron, — same preparations as recommended in Bright's 
 
 disease. 
 
 Astringents to check the flow of urine will be needed. Alum, in 
 tliree-grain doses, three times a day, or sugar of lead, or white vitriol, 
 or clear opium, will be serviceable. Creosote, in one or two-drop 
 doses, and tincture of cantharides, have each cured cases. 
 
 One scruple of Peruvian bark, one scruple of wild-cranberry leaves, 
 powdered, and half a grain of opium, mixed and taken three times a 
 day, is a good remedy. 
 
 All articles which contain sugar and starch must be forbidden in 
 the diet. Bread and potatoes contain a large amount of starch ; and 
 beets, parsni^^s, and some other vegetables, have sugar. It is best 
 to confine the patient almost entirely to tender, fresh meats ; and the 
 drink, notwithstanding the great thirst, must be restricted to a very 
 small quantity. Saccharin should be used to sweeten drinks instead 
 of sugar. 
 
 Bleeding from the Kidneys, etc. — Hcematuria. 
 
 By this I mean a discharge of blood from the urinary passage. It 
 may come from the kidneys, the ureters, the bladder, or the urethra. 
 
 Symptoms. — The passage of the blood is preceded by pain in the 
 region of the bladder or kidneys, and accom- 
 panied by faintness. There is generally heat 
 and distress in the loins, and tenderness upon 
 pressure in the region of the bladder or kid- 
 neys, according to the place from which the 
 blood comes. 
 
 It is sometimes difficult to decide whether 
 the coloring matter in the urine is really blood. 
 In such cases, the microscope will generally 
 detect the blood corpuscles, if present. They 
 commonly appear as in Fig. 114, having a yellow color, and being 
 pretty uniform in sxze. 
 
 op 
 o P 
 
 \o o 
 
 o \ o 
 
 O 
 
 Fl». 114. 
 
342 
 
 DISEASES OF THR ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Treatment. — This must of course vary according to the nature of 
 the case, and the immediate cause producing it. Where active bleed- 
 ing exists, the patient must have absolute rest in bed, with applica- 
 tions of cold to the hips and loins. If the patient l)e strong and full 
 of blood, w^et cups or leeches may be applied over the kidneys, or the 
 bladder. In such cases, too, the bowels must be freely moved with 
 some preparation of salts (14), (18), (20), (25). 
 
 Sugar of lead is a valuable remedy; but it should be given in large 
 doses for a short time, rather than in small doses for a long time. It 
 is best taken in form of solution (348), two great spoonfuls every 
 two hours, until five or six doses are taken. 
 
 But the best remedy is gallic acid. It seems to have extraordinary 
 power in this complaint. It should be given in five-grain doses, 
 mixed with a teaspoonful of mucilage of gum-arabic, and t'en drops 
 of tincture of henbane. 
 
 Suppression of Urine. — Ischuria Renalis. 
 
 This disease is, in one respect, just the opposite of diabetes. 
 While immense quantities of urine are secreted in that, none is se- 
 creted in this. In that, the kidneys do too much ; in this, they do 
 nothing. 
 
 This complaint is sometimes called paralysis of the kidneys. It 
 usually occurs in old persons, and those inclined to corpulency. 
 
 Symptoms. — The patient makes no water; and if the catheter be 
 applied, none will be found in the bladder. The patient feels unwell, 
 restless, anxious, with a slight pain in the loins and bowels, perhaps ; 
 but on the whole not illness enough to give any very good account 
 of it. After a little time, nausea comes on, and perhaps vomiting, 
 and soon drowsiness, wanderings of mind, incoherent talk," hiccough, 
 stupefaction, and death. These head symptoms are caused by the 
 shutting up, in the kidneys, the natural outlet of urea, of an excre- 
 mentitious matter, which acts as a poison to the nervous system. 
 Before death, the perspiration has a strong smell of urine. 
 
 Treatment. --The cause of this complaint not being known, the 
 treatment must necessarily be a little uncertain. We cannot go 
 amiss, however, in placing the patient immediately in a warm bath 
 for fifteen or twenty minutes. Then apply wet cups over the kidneys, 
 and follow these either by mustard poultices or by hot fomentations. 
 
 Let the bowels be opened by the compound powder of jalap, or by 
 elaterium (31). Epsom salts or cream of tartar might in some cases 
 be substituted for the above. A stimulating injection is also desira- 
 ble (246). 
 
 Diuretics, as sweet spirits of nitre, digitalis, queen of the meadow 
 and peach-leaves, equal parts, and marshmallow, are of course called 
 for. 
 
le nature of 
 ctive bleed- 
 ith applica- 
 ng and full 
 neys, or the 
 moved witli 
 
 ven in large 
 g time. It 
 nfuls every 
 
 traordinary 
 [rain doses, 
 1 t«u drops 
 
 lis. 
 
 )f diabetes. 
 
 none is se- 
 
 his, they do 
 
 idneys. It 
 idency. 
 
 catheter be 
 eels unwell, 
 Is, perhaps ; 
 jod account 
 a vomiting, 
 
 ,* hiccough, 
 ised by the 
 an excre- 
 3U8 system. 
 I. 
 
 known, the 
 cannot go 
 warm bath 
 
 the kidneys, 
 
 mentations. 
 
 jalap, or by 
 some cases 
 also desira- 
 
 he meadow 
 )ur8e called 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 343 
 
 Much of the poisonouM matter retained mayln^ got out througli the 
 skin, by a free use of the compound tinclun; of Virginia Hiiake-root 
 or tincture of vemtrum viride in full doses. 
 
 Although the symptoms, in the earlier stages of this (;omplaint, 
 may not attract much attention, or Iw thought worthy of notice, yet 
 the treatment should be prompt and energetic, as a fatal termination 
 is sometimes reached in the brief space of forty-eight hours. 
 
 Retention of Urine. 
 
 This disorder is often confounded with suppression of the urine, 
 but it is different in eveiy respect. In suppression, the urine is not 
 formed by the kidnej^ ; in retention, it is formed, and, in some cases, 
 poured into the bladder, but is retaintd on account of some inability 
 to pass it. 
 
 Ischuria. — This is one of the forms of retention. In this com- 
 plaint, the urine has passed from the kidneys to the bladder, but from 
 some cause, generally palsy of the muscles of the bladder, it cannot 
 be passed off. In this case, there is no pain, but the stream of water 
 flows off with slower and slower pace, — the patient having to make 
 tiresome efforts with the abdominal muscles to get the bladder 
 emptied. As the quantity discharged diminishes, the f'abire to uri- 
 nate grows more urgent. Pressure just above the pubes gives pain, 
 and the bladder feels under the hand like a large, hard tumor. 
 
 Dysuria. — In this form of the complaint, the water is passed to 
 some extent, but with pain and heat along the water-pipe. This is 
 generally caused by some inflammation along the urethra. 
 
 Strangury. — In this the water is only passed drop by di-op, and 
 with great burning, scalding, and tenesmus in the neck of the bladder. 
 When there is considerable inflammation, the skin becomes hot, the 
 pulse hard and quick, and the tongue covered with a white fur. 
 
 Causes. — These several f oi-ms of the complaint are caused by palsy 
 of the bladder, gonorrhoea, inflammation in the neck of the bladder 
 or the water-pipe, mechanical injuries of the bladder in child-bearing 
 or otherwise, by tumors pressing upon it, by irritation from gravel or 
 stone within its cavity, by stricture or partial closing up of the ure- 
 thra, by disease of the prostate gliind, by taking spirits of turpentine 
 or cantharides, or by the absorption of this latter article when used 
 as a blister. 
 
 Treatment. — It is obviously necessary in this complaint, that 
 treatment, in order to be of any avail, should be prompt ; for when 
 the retention is complete, the bladder will burst in from two to five 
 dayrs, and cause the death of the patient. 
 
 The treatment must vaiy according to the cause of the retention. 
 
 If it be caused by palsy of the bladder, the common flexible cathe- 
 
844 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 t«r miiHt b« 1186(1 daily until the muscular fibres recover their IohI 
 power. When much irritation is caused by introducing it, it is better 
 not to withdraw it, but to oIoho its oxtcrnal orifice with a Hinall i)luf,', 
 which the patient vnu remove an often aH necessary to let off the 
 urine. To remove the paralynis, the electro-magnetic machine is 
 woith a trial, the current being passed through the bladder. At 
 the Hame time let the patient bike stiychnia (Sh), (80), (83), (96). 
 Cantharides, in the form of tincture, or in connection with strychnia 
 (291), is ofter used. 
 
 If the retention is caused by inflammation of the neck of the blad- 
 der, leeches should l)e applied to the perineum, and three or four drops 
 of croton-oil may 1k^ rubbed on just above the pubes to bring out an 
 eruption. Warm fomentations will also be serviceable, and warm 
 hip-baths. Cooling diuretics, as infusions of marahmallow, cleavers, 
 pumpkin-seeds, buchu, sweet spirits of nitre, etc , must not b§ pmitted. 
 
 Inability to Hold the Urine. — Enuresis. 
 
 This complaint, generally called incontinence of the urine, is quite 
 common among children. In some cases the child has no ability to 
 hold it8 water at any time ; but generally it is only passed off invol- 
 untarily at night while in bed. In adult life it m less frequently met 
 with, except among the old. 
 
 Causes. — Irritation of the roots of the spinal nerves which go to 
 the bladder, mechanical injuries of the bladder, palsy of the bladder, 
 particularly in old people, debility of the neck of the bladder, a gen- 
 eral weakness of the nervous system, worms in the bowels, piles, 
 whites, gravel or stones in the bladder, long prepuce in boys, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — As a general rule, the change of constitution which 
 occurs at puberty cures this complaint. But as this does not always 
 happen, it is important that parents do everything in their power to 
 break it up earl^ , lest it become an affliction for life. 
 
 Children who suffer from this disorder are apt to drink largely. 
 This habit should be restrained. But little drink should be allowed, 
 whatever the desire for it. Care should be taken that the child make 
 water before going to bed, — also that it be aroused at a late hour for 
 the same purpose, and that the foot of the bed be elevated so as to 
 draw the urine away from the neck of the bladder. 
 
 The skin should be washed all over, every day, with cool, or cold 
 water, and vigorously rubbed with a coarse towel. This will cause 
 the excess of fluids to pass off thiough the skin, and lessen the action 
 of the kidneys. 
 
 In some instances children urinate in bed through carelessness, 
 being half conscious of what is occurring, but not caring enough to 
 rouse themselves. In such cases, they are often cured by some de- 
 cided correction, — the impending act of passing water connecting 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL UAVITY. 
 
 345 
 
 their IohI 
 b Ih Ixitter 
 [null i>lug, 
 3t off the 
 mchinu Ih 
 Ider. At 
 53), (95). 
 Htrychtiia 
 
 ■ the blad- 
 four drops 
 ing out an 
 ivnd warm 
 , cleavers, 
 1^ gmitted. 
 
 is. 
 
 16, is quite 
 
 ) ability to 
 
 off invol- 
 
 uently met 
 
 /hich go to 
 le bladder, 
 der, a gen- 
 vels, piles, 
 ys, etc. 
 
 tion which 
 lot always 
 r power to 
 
 k largely. 
 )e allowed, 
 lild make 
 te hour for 
 3d so as to 
 
 ol 
 
 or cold 
 will cause 
 the action 
 
 lelessness, 
 
 enough to 
 
 some de- 
 
 jonnecting 
 
 itself in their mind with the corrootion, and recalling them inHtaiiUy 
 to full coMsciouNucss. Of ('ourse this mode of relief should be resorted 
 to with great judgment and caution. 
 
 When the complaint proceeds from debility or rehxntioii of the 
 neck of the bladder, the compound infusion of trailing arbutus and 
 the isinglass custard found among dietetic preparations, may In; used 
 freely. The tincture of cantharides, from ten to forty drofw to chil- 
 dren, may be given, and increased gradually to a hundred, or until 
 slight difficulty is felt in puasing the water. Then stop, and give 
 the urticles mentioned al)<)ve. Spirits of turpentine is useful to some 
 extent, given also in stnall doses, and (tontinued for some time. 
 
 If the disorder be caused by irritation of the spinal nerves, cold 
 water douched upon the back, or croton-oil rubbed along the spine, 
 or a warm stimulating or irrittiting plaster upon the lower part of the 
 back, /ill be required. The electro-magnetic machine may do well 
 in some cases. Tincture of belladonna, given just as tincture of can- 
 tharides above, afternoon and at Ixidtime, gives best results usually. 
 Belladonna after a while troubles tlie eyes and must be stopped. 
 
 Urinary Deposits. — Gravel. — Stone. 
 
 Unnatural deposits in urine are to be regarded simply as evi- 
 dences of changes which disease is making in the body. As such 
 they are valuable, — more valuable, in many cases, than any or all 
 other symptoms we can study, and most valuable from the ease with 
 which they may be investigated. Yet but very few physicians, com- 
 paratively, pay any special attention to them, or make any effort to 
 acquire the small amount of knowledge needed for their detection. 
 
 Sources of the Urine. — The urinary secretion has three ; irces. 
 The largest bulk of it comes from the superabundance of drink taken 
 into the stomach. This is shown from the free flow of pale urine 
 after taking copious drafts of water or other fluids. Such quantities 
 of water as are often drunk, would embarrass the functions of animal 
 life, were it not pumped off by the kidneys. 
 
 A second source of supply for the urinary secretion is to be found 
 in the elements of imperfectly digested food, and also some abnormal 
 elements arising from incomplete assimilation. Oxalic acid is a 
 specimen of the latter, being sometimes largely excreted, in dyspep- 
 sia, soon after a meal. 
 
 The third source of urine is found in those old and worn-out atoms 
 of the system, which can serve no further useful purpose in the ani- 
 mal economy, and which cannot be got rid of by the lungs or skin. 
 It is only, however, one portion of the dead tissue, namely, that which 
 is rich in nitrogen, which goes out through the ♦• .1 strainer ; an- 
 other portion, which has a preponderance of inflai. lable elements — 
 carbon, hydrogen, and perhaps sulphur — takes the outward channel 
 t)i rough the liver, as bile. 
 
 I 
 
p5» 
 
 346 
 
 DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Characteristics of Urine. — Healthy uiihe has a light amber color, 
 is transparent, arul has different degrees of density, its specific gravity 
 varying from 1.003 to 1.030. It has an aromatic, violet-like smell, 
 and a bitter, disagreeble taste, like salts. 
 
 That which is passed a little time after drinking largely, is pale, 
 and has a low specific gravity, varying from 1.008 to 1.009, and is 
 called urina potus. That passed soon after 'he digestion of a full 
 meal, is called urina chyli, or urina cibi ; it has a specific gravity from 
 1.020 to 1.030. That which is secreted from the blood, and is passed 
 before eating or drinking iii ,.he morning, is called urina sanguinis; 
 and has a specific gravity of from 1.015 to 1.026. This is the best 
 specimen of the average density and nature of healthy urine. 
 
 Healthy urine contains urea, uric acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric 
 acid, lime, magnesia, phosphate of soda, etc. It; is only when these 
 are discovered in excess, that they indicate disease. 
 
 Examination of Urine^ — Let a piece of blue litmus-paper be first 
 dipped in the urine ; if it be acid, the color of the paper will be 
 changed to red,OT reddish-brown. Should the blue color remain un- 
 changed, then use 'yellow turmeric or reddened litmus paper ; 
 if the urine is alkaline, the turmeric will become brown, and 
 the reddened litmus will be changed to blue. If the color in 
 both cases remains unaltered, the urine is neutral ; that is, 
 neither acid nor alkaline. 
 
 This being done, let the specific gravity be taken. This is 
 easily done by the urinometer (Fig. 116). This instrument 
 is known also by the names hydrometer, and gravimeter. It 
 is generally made of glass. When placed in distilled water, 
 it will sink to a certain point; and as all bodies immersed in 
 fluid displace a bulk equal to themselves, it follows that in 
 a fluid denser than water, the instrument will not sink so 
 deep. The Space above the large bulb is marked off into de- 
 grees corresponding to different densities. When this instru- 
 ment is immersed in urine, and has come to rest, the number on the 
 graduated scale, which stands at the surface of the liquid, when 
 added to 1.000, will represent the specific gravity of the fluid. If, for 
 example, the surface of the liquid corresponds with 9 on the scale, 
 the specific gravity of the urine will be 1.009 ; if at 26, it will be 
 1.025. 
 
 By attending to the specific gravity of the urine, the physician may 
 often gain important information respecting his patient, as it may be 
 made to show him how much solid matter is daily carried out of the 
 body through the kidneys. This, at the bed-side, may often give 
 useful hints in regard to treatment. 
 
 The following table, constructed by Dr. Golding Bird, shows at a 
 glance the amount of solid matter in 1000 grains of urine of different 
 densities : — 
 
 FIO. 118. 
 
 i 1 1 ilnliiMiillilljWMlMliimHIMi 
 
 ^M^a^ 
 
m 
 
 mber color, 
 iific gravity 
 rlike smell, 
 
 ely, is pale, 
 009, and is 
 m of a full 
 [ravity f lom 
 1(1 is passed 
 
 sanguinis; 
 is the best 
 ine. 
 
 phosphoric 
 when these 
 
 iper be first 
 per will be 
 remain un- 
 ;mus paper; 
 brown, and 
 the color in 
 al; that is, 
 
 in. This is 
 
 instrument 
 
 dimeter. It 
 
 ;illed water, 
 
 mmersed in 
 
 ows that in 
 
 not sink so 
 
 off into de- 
 
 this instru- 
 
 mber on the 
 
 quid, when 
 
 aid. If, for 
 
 a the scale, 
 
 ), it will be 
 
 ysician may 
 
 18 it may be 
 
 I out of the 
 
 often give 
 
 shows at a 
 of different 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL OAVITT. 
 
 347 
 
 Speoiflo 
 Gravity. 
 
 Solids. 
 
 Water. 
 
 Speciflc 
 Gravity. 
 
 SoUdi. 
 
 Water. 
 
 Speoiflo 
 Gravity. 
 
 SoUd(. 
 
 Water. 
 
 Specific 
 Gravity. 
 
 Solldi. 
 
 Water. 
 
 1001 
 
 2.31'. 
 
 997.67 
 
 1011 
 
 26.63 
 
 974.37 
 
 1021 
 
 48.93 
 
 951.07 
 
 1031 
 
 72.23 
 
 927.77 
 
 1002 
 
 4.66 
 
 905.34 
 
 1012 
 
 27.96 
 
 972.04 
 
 1022 
 
 61.26 
 
 948.74 
 
 1032 
 
 74.66 
 
 926.44 
 
 1003 
 
 6.99 
 
 993.01 
 
 1013 
 
 30.29 
 
 969.71 
 
 1023 
 
 53.59 
 
 946.41 
 
 1033 
 
 76.89 
 
 923.11 
 
 1004 
 
 9.32 
 
 990.68 
 
 1014 
 
 32.62 
 
 9t)7.38 
 
 1024 
 
 55.92 
 
 944.18 
 
 1034 
 
 79.22 
 
 920.78 
 
 1005 
 
 11.6S 
 
 998.35 
 
 1016 
 
 34.96 
 
 !)65.05 
 
 1026 
 
 68.26 
 
 941.75 
 
 1036 
 
 81.66 
 
 'J18.46 
 
 1006 
 
 13.98 
 
 986.02 
 
 1016 
 
 37.23 
 
 962.72 
 
 1026 
 
 60.60 
 
 939.42 
 
 1036 
 
 83.88 
 
 916.12 
 
 1007 
 
 16.31 
 
 683.69 
 
 1017 
 
 39.61 
 
 960.39 
 
 1027 
 
 62.91 
 
 937.09 
 
 1037. 
 
 86.21 
 
 913.79 
 
 1008 
 
 18.64 
 
 981.36 
 
 1018 
 
 41.94 
 
 958.0(1 
 
 1028 
 
 65.24 
 
 934.76 
 
 1038 
 
 88.54 
 
 911.46 
 
 1009 
 
 20.97 
 
 979.03 
 
 1019 
 
 44.27 
 
 955.73 
 
 1029 
 
 67.67 
 
 932.43 
 
 1039 
 
 91.87 
 
 909.13 
 
 1010 
 
 23.30 
 
 976.70 
 
 1020 
 
 46.60 
 
 963.40 
 
 1030 
 
 89.90 
 
 930.40 
 
 1040 
 
 93.20 
 
 906.80 
 
 The mode of using the above table is this. Having learned the 
 density of the urine passed in twenty-four hours by means of the 
 urinometer (Fig. 115), a glanc at the table will show the proportion 
 of solid matter and water in 1000 grains of the urine. Then, by 
 weighing the whole quantity of urine passed in twenty-four hours, 
 the weight of solids drained off by the kidneys may be determined 
 by the simple rule of proportion. 
 
 Symptoms of Qravel. — A sudden attack of pain in the region of 
 the kidneys, so acute and severe, frequently, as to cause fainting and 
 even convulsions. The pain runs down to the groin and thigh, caus- 
 ing a numbness on the affected side, and a drawing up of the testicle. 
 The pain is excessive at times^, and then remits. Finally it stops 
 suddenly. 
 
 Leading from the kidneys to the bladder are two small tubes about 
 the size of a goose-quill, called ureters, — being the appointed chan- 
 nels of the urine. The pain, of which I have spoken, is caused, gen- 
 erally, by the passage of a stone along one of these small tubes. If 
 the stone happen to be a- little too large for the tube, or uneven or 
 ragged upon its surface so as to bruise and tear the delicate lining 
 of the ureter, severe pain is the result. The pain is intense when the 
 stone moves along ; remits when it stops ; and suddenly ceases alto- 
 gether, when it gets through, and drops into the bladder. 
 
 Sometimes there is no pain, the gravel being so fine as to pass 
 through the ureters very easily. It then passes through the urethra 
 also, and is found as a sediment of the urine at the bottom of the 
 vessel. 
 
 These urinary deposits are various, and quite unlike each other in 
 kind. They indicate different states of health, and require to be 
 spoken of separately. 
 
 Uric-Acid Qravel. 
 
 This form of deposit passes indifferently under the name of uric 
 acid gravel, or lithie acid gravel. The person who is in the habit of 
 passing this kind of deposit largely, is said to have the lithie or uric 
 acid diathesis or condition. 
 
 The urine of persons in this state lets fall, after it has stood awhile, 
 
 1 
 
84a 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 ' 
 
 a reddish sediment, like brickdust. This consists chiefly of urate of 
 ammonia (Figs. 116 and 117), tinged with certain coloring matters. 
 This coloring substance may be more or less abundant, anil give to 
 the deposit various shades, as dirt;y-white, yellow, pink, and red. The 
 
 FIO. 116. 
 
 Fig. 117. 
 
 pure uric acid sometimes appears as fine sand, or large crystals (Fig. 
 
 118). The urine is of a dark copper-color, about like brown sherry^ 
 
 and is more scanty than in health. It is 
 also highly acid, giving to litmus paper 
 a deeper shade of red. 
 
 Persons who pass this kind of gravel 
 largely are apt to be troubled with in- 
 flammatory complaints; with acidity of 
 the stomach and heartburn; and some 
 of them with gout and rheumatism. 
 
 Placed under a blowpipe, uric acid is 
 decomposed, and gives out an odor like 
 that of burnt feathers, combined with 
 the oil of bitter almonds, it is dissolved 
 by liquor potassa, from which muriatic 
 and nitric acids precipitate it; and by 
 sulphuric acid, from which it is precipi- 
 tated by water. Acetic, nitric, and mu- 
 FiG. 118. riatic acids, alcohol, ether, and water, do 
 
 not dissolve it. 
 
 Causes. — Uric acid is the form in which nitrogen and the effete 
 compounds which contain it are got out of the body. It is the result 
 of the decomposition of the tissues of the body. Its gravelly particles 
 are the sands of life daily washed out of us, — reminding us always 
 that we are wasting away. Whatever causes the body to waste 
 rapidly, produces it in excess. We find it, therefore, in the urine of 
 those who suffer from gout, rheumatism, dyspepsia, fevers, debility of 
 the genital organs, straining of the loins, etc., which produce loss 
 of flesh. 
 
 Treatment. —The remedies for this uric-acid gravel are the alka- 
 lies, bicarbonate of potash, bicarbonate of soda and magnesia. The 
 
 ite 
 
■• « l» " 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOlfflNAL OAVITT. 
 
 349 
 
 :)f urate of 
 
 g matters. 
 
 1^. give to 
 
 red. The 
 
 ■stals (Fig. 
 iwn sherry, 
 alth. It is 
 tmus paper 
 
 d of gravel 
 
 ed with in- 
 
 acidity of 
 
 and some 
 
 latism. 
 
 uric acid is 
 
 n odor like 
 
 bined with 
 
 dissolved 
 
 muriatic 
 
 ; and by 
 
 is precipi- 
 
 and mu- 
 
 water, do 
 
 the effete 
 the result 
 y particles 
 us always 
 to waste 
 \e urine of 
 debility of 
 oduce loss 
 
 the alka- 
 is'm. The 
 
 first named is generally the best. It may be used in the form of the 
 neutralizing extract, — especially if there be costiveness. If the bowels 
 do not need physic, let the potash be taken in the shape of lye made 
 from hard- wood ashes ^300). Fluid magnesia i& an excellent remedy ; 
 so is liquor potassa, taken in twenty or thirty-drop doses. The urine 
 must be w.itohed, and these remedies discontinued when it becomes 
 alkaline. Black coffee drunk freely every day is an excellent remedy. 
 
 At the same time the stomach should be. supported by some bitter 
 tonic, as the infusion of quassia, gentian, oolumbo, Peruvian bark, etc. 
 
 Iron is, in many cases, not to be ove: )ked. If the patient be 
 nale and bloodless, some of the preparations of this metal will be 
 needed (61), (73), (74). 
 
 Acid must be carefully avoided, both in food and drink. 
 
 The diet must be plain, digestible and nourishing, and quite mod- 
 erate in amount. The quality is of less consequence than the quan- 
 tity. 
 
 Exercise is of great consequence, and must be regular, and, if pos- 
 sible, in the open air. 
 
 The skin must receive daily attention in the shape of an alkaline 
 sponge-bath, with friction. This will throw upon the skin much of 
 the labor done by the kidneys. Poland Spring water used in large 
 quantities is good. 
 
 Phosphatic Deposits. 
 
 These deposits are indicated by a state of the urine just the oppo- 
 site of that which contains the uric-acid gravel. They are contained 
 in urine which is either alkaline when passed, or becomes so very soon 
 by standing. 
 
 As the urine cools, a white sand falls to the bottom, and frequently 
 a film forms upon the surface of the water. Looking at this film in 
 different lights, you may see in it the several colors of the rainbow. 
 Skira off this pellicle, place it upon paper, and let it dry ; and you 
 may then see the little shining crystals. This urine quickly grows 
 putrid and offensive. Sometimes it smells strongly of ammonia. 
 The more phosphates it contains, the sooner it becomes alkaline. 
 
 These deposits are generally the triple phosphates. Healthy urine 
 contains the phosphate of magnesia in a state of solution. Under 
 some circumstances, the urea of the urine is decomposed in the kid- 
 neys, anr^. ammonia is disengaged. This combines with the phosphate 
 of magnesia, and forms the triple salt of the phosphate of ammonia 
 and magnesia, which is not soluble. 
 
 Symptoms. — A sallow complexion, a languid, spiritless state of 
 mind, and an exhausted, debilitated condition of body. The urine is 
 pale, rather copious, slightly turbid, has a low specific gravity, and 
 smells unhealthy, having sometimes the faint odor of weak broth. 
 There is generally derangement of the digestive organs, windy stom- 
 ach and bowels, nausea, constipation, or diarrhoea, stools of various 
 
 iir 
 
360 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 colors, and sometimes, in diarrhoea, resembling yeast, and an aching 
 pain and weakness in the loins. 
 
 Causes. — These deposits are produced by great debility of the 
 constitution, by injuries of the spine, dyspepsia, defective assimila- 
 tion of food, bad diet, irritation of the neck of the bladder, and or- 
 ganic disease of the kidneys. But they are caused more especially 
 hy whatever wears and exhausts the nervovs system^ as heavy cares, de- 
 pression of spirits, sedentary habits, great; mental exertions, mastur- 
 bation, and venereal excesses. 
 
 Tre»tment. — These deposits being connected with great debility, 
 care i-ust be t^ken not to make the matter worse by taking active 
 purgatives, by extrexne fasting, or by any means which will incresise 
 the weakness. 
 
 On the contrary, the strength must be supported by all the means 
 that can be commanded. With this ^ iew, the citrate of iron (75) 
 may be taken. Arsenic combined with iron (80), to allay irritability, 
 and impart strength at the same time, may be used. The valerianate 
 of iron (93) is excellent for the same puipose. 
 
 Connected with a state of urine just the opposite to that which 
 holds the uric-acid deposits, this form of gravel calls for the opposite 
 remedies. Instead of the alkalies, the acids are wanted. The nitric 
 and muriatic acids, with a vegetable tonic (Tfi), may be used. Borax 
 is spoken of in high terms, and is thourht by some to have great 
 power in turning alkaline urine acid. T e compound balsam of sul- 
 phur is highly spoken of, and the compouii infusion of trailing arbu- 
 tus is also mentioned with approbation. 
 
 It is all-important to throw off care, and to give the mind a chance 
 to rise up with all the elasticity it has. To bring this about, journeys 
 and amusements are useful. The society of lively, laughing, witty 
 friends will do a great deal to give the spirits a lebound, and the 
 whole health an upward movement. Such persons are a blessing to 
 th^ world ; and he who reckons a few of them among his friends will 
 live the longer for it. 
 
 The skin should have the benefit of the daily tonic effect of a 
 sponge-bath, with water at first tepid, and afterwards cool ; and exer- 
 cise, out of doors, should be habitual, and connected, as much as pos- 
 sible, with objects of pleasure. 
 
 The drinking of hard water is highly injurious ; and if none other 
 can be had, it should be distilled, and then spread out to the atmos- 
 phere, in shallow vessels, that it may recover its pleasant taste by 
 reabsorbing air and carbonic acid. 
 
 Oxalic Deposits. 
 
 . Oxalate of lime a\ the urine is the cause of this kind of gravel, 
 It appears in the form of dumb-bells, and octahedral crystals. (Figs. 
 119, 120, and 121.) 
 
 
1 an aching 
 
 lility of the 
 ve assimila- 
 ier, and or- 
 B especially 
 f-y cares, de- 
 3ns, mastui- 
 
 eat debility, 
 iking active 
 irill increase 
 
 LI the means 
 f iron (75) 
 r irritability, 
 3 valerianate 
 
 I that which 
 the opposite 
 
 The nitric 
 sed. Borax 
 
 have great 
 [vlsam of sul- 
 railing arbu- 
 
 ind a chance 
 )ut, journeys 
 yhing, witty 
 nd, and the 
 blessing to 
 friends will 
 
 effect of a 
 1; and exer- 
 nuch as pos- 
 
 E none other 
 the atmos- 
 i,nt taste by 
 
 d of gravel. 
 T.h. (Figs. 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 351 
 
 The urine has a specific gravity of 1.015 to 1.025, and is genemlly 
 of a dark amber-color, and clear and bright ; it is generally acid, 
 
 Fio. iia 
 
 Fio. lao. 
 
 Fio. 121. 
 
 though occasionally alkaline or neutral. Urea is generally found in 
 
 it, and epithelial cells (Fig. 122). Unlike the 
 
 uric and phosphatic urines, it is quite free 
 
 from sediments, except, as often happens, there 
 
 is a large amount of urea in it, in connection 
 
 with the oxalate of lime. 
 
 When the urate of ammonia is combined with 
 the oxalate of lime, it often happens that the 
 latter has to be dissolved with a little liquor 
 potassa, before the former can be seen with the 
 microscope. *''*'• *^- 
 
 Symptoms. — Great depression of spirits, excitable state of the ner- 
 vous system, painful susceptibility to external impressions, dyspeptic 
 symptoms, and disturbances of the liver, a fear and dread of consump- 
 tion, emaciation, inability to make exertion, — the' smallest exertion 
 causing fatigue ; in men, a deficient sexual power, a pain and weight 
 across the loins, and some irritability of the bladder. 
 
 Causes. — These deposits are supposed to result, like most other 
 derangements connected with loss of flesh, in too great a degree of 
 oxidation. Vegetables produce oxalic acid by just the opposite pro- 
 cess, namely, deoxidation. 
 
 Whatever depresses the vital powers, may generate this deposit, 
 as mental depression, overwork of the brain, burdensome cares, idle- 
 ness of mind or body, masturbation, debaucheries, intemperance, vene- 
 real excesses, and injuries of the spine. 
 
 This deposit may also be produced by certain articles of diet, which 
 contain the oxalic acid. Among these may be named the rhubarb 
 plant, which in summer is largely used for tarts ; and sorrel. 
 
 Treatment. — The treatment for these deposits should be very 
 much like that for the phosphatic. The stomach and liver should 
 receive some special attention. A pill of leptandrin, podophyllin, 
 etc. (39), may be usvorl with advantage. The preparation of nitric 
 and hydrochloric acids (76) mu-^it generally be taken for some time. 
 In cases of great irr'tability, the sulphate of zinc (82) does well. 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 II 
 
 t 
 
352 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 
 The diet should be plain, digestible, and nourishing, — all articles 
 containing oxalic aoid being rejected, as the rhubarb plant, sorrel, 
 tomatoes, onions, etc. 
 
 For the rest, folJow the directions for the treatment of phosphatic 
 deposits. 
 
 Urate of Ammonia Deposits. 
 
 The urine which contains these deposits is generally pale, and of 
 low specific gravity, about 1.012. It becomes opaque on cooling, 
 from the deposition of a nearly white urate of ammonia. Instead of 
 falling down readily, tliis forms ropy masses in the fluid, and looks 
 like mucus or pus, or something between the two. Its real nature is 
 discovered by applying a little heat, which quickly dissipates it. 
 
 Microscopic Character. — Place a drop of this turbid urine te- 
 tween two slips of glass, and examine it closely with a microscope ; 
 you will see myriads of minute globules adhering together in lirear 
 masses. Now place a drop of the turbid urine in a watch-glass, and 
 gently warm it ; as soon as it has become clear, add a drop of hydro- 
 chloric acid to it, and when it is cold, examine it with the microscope. 
 The muddiness will be gone, and you will now see lozenges, or thick 
 cohering prisms of uric acid (Fig. 123). The explanation of this is, 
 that the hydrochloric acid combines with the ammonia, forming muri- 
 ate of ammonia in solution, and liberating the uric-acid crystals. 
 
 FiQ. 12a 
 
 FIO. 124. 
 
 Urate of soda (Fig. 124) is sometimes found in urine, which has 
 similar chemical reactions with urate of ammonia. 
 
 Causes. — These deposits are generally produced by some over- 
 eating, or derangement of the skin. 
 
 The treatment is the same as that for uric-acid gravel. 
 
 Hippuric Acid Deposits. 
 
 These deposits appear in the healthy urine of the cow and the 
 horse ; and also in that of human beings, but in such small quanti- 
 ties as to be scarcely appreciable. 
 
 They sometimes, however, appear in unhealthy proportions ; but 
 they never show themselves as a sediment, until after the addition 
 
 -atasmaaCMMHaMH 
 
■ all articles 
 >lant, Borrel, 
 
 phosphatic 
 
 pale, and of 
 on cooling, 
 Instead of 
 1, and looks 
 3al nature is 
 pates it. 
 
 id urine l)e- 
 microscope ; 
 er in lii;ear 
 sh-glass, and 
 op of hydro- 
 micro3coi)e. 
 ges, or thick 
 on of this is, 
 irming muri- 
 jrystals. 
 
 !, which has 
 some over- 
 
 ow and the 
 mall quanti- 
 
 )rtion8 ; but 
 he addition 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 85S 
 
 of a stronger acid. The urine containing them is generally slightly 
 acid or neutral, — sometimes alkaline, — having a low specific gravity, 
 
 from 1.006 to 1.008. The triple phosphates 
 are often found in it. 
 
 To detect these deposits, fill a large watch- 
 glass with urine, and evaporate it over a lamp 
 to a few drops. Then add to it about half 
 its* bulk of hydrochloric acid, and set it aside. 
 The addition of the acid produces a bright 
 pink color, and an odor like new hay. After 
 a few hours, if the hippuric acid be present, its 
 '*»• "»• peculiar crystals will be seen. (Fig. 126.) 
 
 Cause. — In man, this deposit is supposed to depend on the 
 absence of food having a good share of nitrogen. The urine of 
 vegetable-eaters contains it in largest quantities. 
 
 Treatment. — The only treatment required is a diet composed in 
 good proportion of animal food, a proper attention to the skin by 
 bathing, etc., and when debility exists, tonic medicines, as iron and 
 bittera, with out-aoor exercise enough to keep the muscles in working 
 order. 
 
 Cystine Deposits. 
 
 These do not occur in healthy urine, and rarely as an element in 
 diseased action. They contain twenty-six per cent of sulphur. 
 
 Urine which contains cystine is of a pale yellow color, and has a 
 low specific gravity. It frequently has an oily appearance, and its 
 smell is peculiar, resembling that of sweet brier. Sometimes its odor 
 is fetid, like putrid cabbage. On being kept for a short time, it has 
 its surface covered with a pellicle which looks oily, and consists of a 
 mixture of crystals of cystine and the phosphate of ammonia and 
 magnesia. 
 
 The cystine deposit appears to be diffused through the urine, which 
 is always turbid when boiled. It is a white or fawn-colored powder, 
 and falls to the bottom as a sediment. It undergoes no change by 
 warming the urine, and this distinguishes it from white urate of 
 ammonia. It is not soluble in diluted hydrochloric or strong acetic 
 acid, which distinguishes it again from the earthy phosphates. 
 
 To test this deposit, add liquor ammonia to a portion of it, and 
 shake them. If the deposit be cystine, it will dissolve readily. Allow 
 a few drops of the solution to evaporate on a slip of glass, and the 
 six-sided tablets of cjrstine will remain, which may be examined under 
 the microscope. (Fig. 126.) 
 
 It is to be remembered that occasionally the chloride of sodium or 
 common salt crystallizes in octahedral forms (Fig. 127), which, in 
 some positions, may look very much like cystine. The r-^ady solu- 
 bility of the chloride in water, and the absence of all color when they 
 are examined by polarized light, will prevent mistaking these crystals 
 
 I IH 
 
354 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL UAVITY. 
 
 for cystine. If urine containing common salt Ix' quickly evap«»mtod 
 on a slip of glacs, and be then examined, instead of the octahedrouH, 
 we find crosslets and daggers. (Fig. 128.) 
 
 no. 136. 
 
 FlQ. 127. 
 
 FlO. 128. 
 
 Cause«. — i\.n excess of sulphur in the tissues, a scrofulous consti- 
 tution, and hereditary predisposition, with defective oxidation, and 
 torpidity of the liver. It is often found in the urine of girls who 
 have the green sickness. 
 
 Treatment. — The great object is to improve the general health, 
 which is to be done by attending to the skin, and the administration 
 of iron and bitters, and also alteratives. The syrup of iodide of ij-on 
 is a valuable remedy. Podophyllin and leptandrin (34) are wanted 
 to regulate the liver. The nitro-muriatic acid (76) should be tried. 
 
 The daily sponge-bath, and daily exercise, as in most chronic com- 
 plaints, must on no account be neglected.- 
 
 Stone. — Calculus. 
 
 It often happens that the proper treatment for removing urinary 
 deposits is not adopted in season. In such cases, gravelly particles, 
 finding a lodgment for a time, in the kidneys or bladder, are apt to 
 draw other particles to themselves, which become fastened to them, 
 and form a layer quite around them. Over this, other layers form in 
 succession, until a stone is produced so large that it cannot pass off. 
 These grow to various sizes, — being sometimes so large as to fill the 
 bladder. 
 
 Uric-Acid Calculus. — The most common of these formations is the 
 uric-acid calculus. It is generally smooth or slightly tuberculated on 
 the surface, and varies in color from a pale yellowish-fawn to a red- 
 dish-brown. When sawn through the centre, its layers will be found 
 tolerably regular, but of different thickness. (Fig. 129.) 
 
 To test it, place a small fragment upon platinum foil under the 
 blow-pipe. If uric acid, it blackens, and gives out an odor like burnt 
 feathers mixed with the oil of bitter almonds. 
 
 Mixed Calculus. — These calculi are frequently composed of two 
 or more different kinds of matter arranged in irregular layers. Fig. 
 180 is a mixed calculus, — the dark layers being oxalate of lime, the 
 light ones uric acid. 
 
 mum 
 
DI8KA8E8 OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY, 
 
 855 
 
 ■ evapomtod 
 )ctahedronH, 
 
 •'la. 128. 
 
 iilous consti- 
 idation, and 
 of girls who 
 
 leral health, 
 [ministration 
 adide of ij-on 
 I are wanted 
 aid be tried, 
 jhronic com- 
 
 rmg urinary 
 ly particles, 
 , are apt to 
 ed to them, 
 yers form in 
 lot pass off. 
 as to iill the 
 
 In testing such, fragments of each ingredient should be separately 
 examined. 
 
 Urate of Ammonia Calculus. — We occasionally meet with a cal- 
 culus composed of the urate of ammonia. These calculi, whtn found, 
 are generally small in size, smooth or slightly tuberculated upon the 
 surface (Fig. 131), and of a pale slate or clay color. When heated 
 before the blowpipe, it gradually disappears. 
 
 FlQ. 129. 
 
 KlU. 130. 
 
 PlO. lUl. 
 
 Phosphate of Lime Calculus. — This has a smooth polished s'm- 
 face, and quite regular layers, which separate easily when the calculus 
 is cut asunder. It has a pale fawn or stone color. (Fig. 182.) 
 
 It chars before the blowpipe, and gradually becomes wliite as the 
 carbon burns away. Diluted nitric or hydrochloric acid dissolves it 
 without effervescence. 
 
 Oxalate of Lime Calculus. — ^ This is frequently met with uncom- 
 bined with others, but more generally its nucleus is uric acid or urate 
 of lime. It commonly has a brown, dark-olive, or dirty-purple color. 
 Its surface is irregular and somewhat rough. It looks like the fruit 
 of the mulberry, and is known as the mvlbenry calculus. (Fig. 138.) 
 
 It dissolves, without effervescence, in diluted nitric or hydrochloric 
 acid. When thus dissolved, the addition of a little ammonia will 
 cause it to fall to the bottom as a white precipitate. 
 
 lations is the 
 erculated on 
 wn to a red- 
 ^ill be found 
 
 ) 
 
 1 under the 
 
 or like burnt 
 
 osed of two 
 ayers. Fig. 
 of lime, the 
 
 FlO. 132. 
 
 FIO. 133. 
 
 FIO. 1S«. 
 
 Fusible Calculus. — This is a mixture of phosphate of lime and the 
 phosphate of ammonia and magnesia. It is the most common of 
 all the calculi, except the uric acid. It has an oval, irregular form 
 (Fig. 134), and is white, soft, and friable, like chalk. Sometimes it 
 is hard. ' 
 
 It may be known by the readiness with which it melts down before 
 the blowpipe, without being consumed. 
 
 Causes. — The causes of the different kinds of gravel have been 
 already explained. Generally atones of the bladder are formed in the 
 
366 
 
 DIBBASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 kidney, and descending through the uretere into the bladder, arc pr(>- 
 vented fi-om passing out through the water-pipe by an enhirged proH- 
 tate gland. Remaining in the bladder, they soon get encrusted over 
 by other matters in the nrine, and grow by ciccrotion to be stones. 
 
 Symptoms. — When a stone in the bladder reaches a certain size, 
 especially if it is rough, it always produces suffering. A dull, annoy- 
 ing pain is felt at the end of the penis. The desire to make water in 
 frequent, and there is a sense of weight in the perineum. Sometimes 
 the stream of urine is suddenly stopped by the stone falling on the 
 orifice of the urethra. As the bladder becomes nearly emptied, it 
 embraces the stone, and the pain is inci-eased. Jolting in a carriage 
 causes great pain. Mucus passes off with the urine, and sometimes 
 blood. After a time, the appetite fails, hectic sets in, albumen ap- 
 pears in the urine, and the patient sinks under inflammation of the 
 bladder. 
 
 These symptoms being found in diseases of the kidneys and blad- 
 der, no one is authorized to pronounce upon the existence of stone, 
 until the stone has been touched by a metallic sound introduced into 
 the bladder. 
 
 Treatment. — The only effectual treatment is a choice between 
 three operations, — lithotrity, lithotomy, litholopaxy. 
 
 The first consists in introducing an instrument, a kind of forceps, 
 into the bladder, through the urethra, taking hold of the stone, and 
 crushing it. The preparatory treatment consists in correcting the 
 unhealthy state of the urine, and the frequent introduction of bougies 
 or sounds to enlarge the water-pipe for the easy entrance of the 
 crushing forceps. The after treatment consists in diluent drinks to 
 increase the urine, injections of warm water to wash out the frag- 
 ments, with hip-baths, soothing injections, and leeches or cupping 
 upon the perineum. 
 
 Lithotomy consists in making an incision into the bladder through 
 the perineum, and taking out the stone or stones whole. 
 
 Litholopaxy consists in crushing the stone in ntu by means of the 
 lithotrite and syphoning out the debris. 
 
 Dropsy of the Belly. — Ascites. 
 
 This is a collection of water in the cavity of the belly ; sometimes 
 the fluid is outside of the peritoneum, and next to the muscles. 
 
 Symptoms. — An enlargement of the belly, with a sense of disten- 
 tion and weight, — particularly on the side on which the patient lies. 
 When the collection of water is large, .the breathing becomes short 
 and difficult, and the swelling is uniform over the whole abdomen. 
 
 In some instances the fluctuation of the water may be distinctly 
 heard when the patient moves about, — just as we may hear the 
 water in a half-filled barrel when it is rolled over. This sound of 
 the fluid, when heard, distinguishes the complaint from pregnancy. 
 
DIBEASES OF THK ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 357 
 
 iiiid Ifom the drum-head state of the bowels. This fluctuation nmy 
 Hometimes be produced by pressing ujKjn one side of the belly while 
 the patient is standing or sitting, and striking the other side with the 
 ends of the fingers of the other hand. 
 
 In some citses, there is loss of appetite, dry skin, eostiveness, scanty 
 urine, oppression of tho chest, cough, colic pains, and variable pulse. 
 
 Causes. — A frequent cause of this complaint is chronic inflamma- 
 tion of the serous membrane which lines the abdomen, — I mean the 
 peritoneum. It may also be produced by scarlet fever, fever and 
 ague, disease of the heart, particularly dilation of the right cavities, 
 and diseases of the liver, particularly the shrivelled, hobnail condition 
 of the liver, — in short, whatever causes a pressure upon the portal 
 veins, and obstructs the venous blood returning fi-om the intestines. 
 
 Treatment. — The remedies for this disease are mainly diuretics 
 and purgatives. The IwweLs may sometimes be reduced in a few 
 days from an enormous size, by medicines which excite the action of 
 the kidneys. Digitalis combined with acetate of potash, etc. (130), 
 forms an excellent preparation. The patient should have as a con- 
 stant drink, a strong infusion made from two parts of hair-cap moss, 
 and one each of juniper berries and dwarf-elder bark ; also an infu- 
 sion of queen of the meadow. 
 
 The purgatives used in this complaint are those which produce 
 watery stools. One of the best of these is elaterium. It will some- 
 times carry off the water with great rapidity ; combined with some 
 active catliartics (31), it will have all its good effects without the 
 griping it is apt to occasion alone. 
 
 Cream of tartar, taken in large doses, every day, will sometimes do 
 wt 11. Epsom salts produces watery stools, and is a good remedy. 
 
 For promoting absorption of the fluid, the iodide of potassium, 
 taken in from three to ten-grain doses, three times a day, is a valua- 
 ble medicine in many cases. The compound infusion of parsley is 
 said to be still better. 
 
 The skin must receive careful attention. The alkaline sponge 
 bath, with friction, will increase the tianspiration of fluid through 
 that organ. Exercise does much to keep up an active circulaticm, 
 and to lessen dropsical effusions. 
 
 The strictest temperance, both in eating and drinking, must be 
 olwerved. A light and nourishing diet, with water, tea, and the 
 diuretics named above for drinks ; beyond these the patient must 
 not go. 
 
 A kneading and shampooing of the bowels once a day has an 
 excellent effect ; it gives activity to the circulation in obstructed 
 veins. A bandage tied close ai'ound the bowels, and tightened as 
 the water diminishes, has an effect upon the sluggish vessels similar 
 to that of the laced stocking in varicose veins of the legs. It lessens 
 the liability of a return of the complaint. * 
 
358 
 
 IM.SKASKH OK THK AUDOMINAI. CAVITY. 
 
 Dropsy of the Cells. — General Dropsy. — Ananarra. 
 
 JuHT undcir tho Hkin in a ineniimino coinposed (^liiufly of colls, 
 called tho cellular inombraiie. When a ((mHideiablo part or tlio 
 whole of these celln are filled with a watery lluid, we call tho com- 
 plaint anaaarca, or cell-dropiiy. If, iMisideH this, there isi a eoUectiuii 
 of water in the large cavities, we give it tho name of general dropty. 
 
 Symptoms. — The dineaHe generally Iwgins with a swelling around 
 the ankle aiul leg, which is more visible at night after standing and 
 walking, and is less perceptible in the morning in consecjuence of 
 the horizontal position of the night. To tho touch of another person, 
 dropsical feet and legs feel a little colder than natural ; and when 
 hard pressed with the finger, a pit will be sunk ii: the flesh, which 
 remains some time before it fills u[). As tlie disease advances, the 
 skin of the legs becomes smooth, shining, and sometimes even cracks 
 open to let out the water. The limbs, and indeed tho whole person, 
 become stiff, heavy, and clumsy. 
 
 As the disease advances, and ascends to the belly and chest, there 
 is shortness of breath, a sense of suffocation on moving or lying 
 down, a tightness and distress across the epigastrium, thimt, dryness 
 of skin, wakefulness, loss of appetite, scanty and deep-colored urine, 
 and a slow fever. 
 
 Cause. — General dropsy is caused by whatever weakens the gen- 
 eral system, and by such circumstances as obstruct the circulation in 
 the veins. The most frequent causes, therefore, are certain diseases 
 of the heart and kidneys. 
 
 Explanation. — Modern physiology has demonstrated that the veins 
 do a certain part of the work of absorption. The serous membranes 
 which line the larger cavities of the body exhale watery fluid enough, 
 and no more than enough, to keep them moist, and cause the organs 
 within to play smoothly upon their surface. If the fluid were not 
 taken away as fast as it is poured out, the cavity, being a shut sac, 
 would become full, and we should have dropsy. It is the office of 
 the veins to absorb this fluid and convey it away in the general cur- 
 rent of the blood. 
 
 This is the method of their doing it : The walls oi the veins are 
 80 constructed as to permit watery fluids to pass through them, either 
 in or out. When they are comparatively empty, or only moderately 
 full, fluids on the outside pass in, and mingle with the contents. 
 This is called endosmosis. When they are very full, the watery 
 portion of the blood will filter through, and pass out. This is called 
 exosmosis. 
 
 Now, if the reader will thmk a little, he will easily see that if the 
 veins are bavaly full enough not to allow any fluid to pass in, the 
 natural exhalations of the shut sacs would bring on dropsy ; but if 
 
 - ' wwn. ' te'Xsfxt^.vi4stiMi i»t) B, sj^ ^gg0ggg0fij^ffgfii^^ 
 
 l« 
 
Hi II I'l 
 
 DlrtEAHRS OF THE ABDOMINAI, CAVITY. 
 
 369 
 
 I namrca. 
 
 y of coll8, 
 )art ur tlie 
 
 II tho coin- 
 i collection 
 tral dropmj. 
 
 iinfj around 
 niKling and 
 ■»e(juenco of 
 ;her person, 
 ; and when 
 llcsh, which 
 IvanceH, the 
 even cracks 
 lole person, 
 
 chest, there 
 iig or lying 
 ii-st, dryness 
 lored urine, 
 
 ens the gen- 
 irculation in 
 ain diseases 
 
 lat the veins 
 membranes 
 uid enough, 
 
 the organs 
 id were not 
 a shut sac, 
 le office of 
 general cur- 
 ie veins are 
 them., either 
 
 modei-ately 
 le contents. 
 
 the watery 
 his is called 
 
 3 that if the 
 pa89 in, the 
 psy; but i? 
 
 the veins are ho full as to ciuse water U^ Jlau' out, then the dropsical 
 accumulalion will Ixi still more rapid. 
 
 Such being tlu! ollico arid nature of tho veins, the reader may 
 learn how di.raxr of the rii/ht aide of the heart will vn\i»o droi^y. 
 When the right ventriclo is 8o dilated and weakened that it cannot 
 send tho blood forward to the lungs, of course the veins which bring 
 it to the right nide of the heart, will become full, and greatly distended. 
 Dxosmosis will then occur; the watery portion of the blood will 
 iwgin to run out, either into the larife cavities, or into the cells, and 
 dropsy, either general of local, will be the result. 
 
 Treatment. — Tliis niu ' be goverened very much by the cause of 
 the disease. 
 
 In dropsy from disease Oi' the heart, we may use diuretics and 
 such otlier methods as are recommended for dropsy of the belly. 
 If the urine is strongly acid, depositing the brick-dust sediment, 
 the alkalin(! diuretics will »," the best, as the acetate and bicarbon- 
 ate of potash combined, and dissolved in water. The bitartrate of 
 potassa. to act upon the bowels, is a proper remedy. If the disease 
 arise from general debility, the following powder will be useful: 
 (ligitalin, three grains ; cinchonia, half a dram ; phosphate of iron, 
 half a dram ; and white sugar, one dram. Mix, and triturate ; divide 
 into sixteen powders, and give one, iu pumpkin-seed tea, four times 
 u day. 
 
 ■^t:^ 
 
r 
 
 »'•■ I. 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 Op all the diseases to which flesh is heir, none bring so much 
 misery, moral and physical, as those called sexual or venereal. To 
 the physician, they are the source of the greatest anxiety and per- 
 plexity. They bring him into possession of the most delicate secrets, 
 — secrets which involve the peace of families and neighborhoods, — 
 secrets which his honor as a man, and his truth as a physician, compel 
 him to lock fast in his own breast, and hold sacredly apart even from 
 his nearest companions, — se'' "^ets which, if revealed would fill domes- 
 tic circles with unuttemble bitterness and heartburning's, and whole 
 neighborhoods with scandsil and immorality. These secrets are often 
 a burden to him. They are in his breast like undigested food in the 
 stomach, — disturbing the whole nature. 
 
 The patient, if a man of sensibility, suffers even more, of course, 
 than his physician. In many cases, he is a man of virtuous inten- 
 tions, and perhaps of religious habits, who has fallen in a momtint of 
 temptation ; and he fears that the effect of his sin will spread itself 
 through his whole system, and extend to the end of life ; or, still 
 worse, that having poisoned the fountain of his life, it will go down 
 as a heritage of misery to his offspring ; or, what he would deprecate 
 as almost equally calamitous, that the partner of his bosom may be- 
 come the innocent partaker of his disease. 
 
 In this state of apprehension, he turns to his physician, not merely 
 to keep his secret, but to cure his disease. How great a pity that, in 
 such circumstances, he does not always fly immediately to an honor- 
 able physician, instead of seeking the advice, as many do, of those 
 miserable quacks, who l",i-e liim to their dens only to get his money, 
 having no intention or ability to cure his complaint. 
 
 These diseases are divided into two great branches, characterized, 
 in part, by different symptoms, and generally held to be entirely dif- 
 ferent complaints. The first to come under consideration is- 
 
 Pox. — Syphilis. 
 
 This disease had a very early origin. It was knf^wn among the 
 Jews, as we learn very clearly from the fifteenth chapter of Leviticus. 
 Dr. Adam Clarke's Commentary upon this chapter, at least, makes it 
 apparent. David, the king of Israel, has unconsciously left on record, 
 in the thirty-eighth Psalm, a most graphic description of Tertiary 
 
 860 
 
 \\ 
 
E8. 
 
 80 much 
 jreal. To 
 jr and per- 
 kte secrets, 
 •rhoods, — 
 an, compel 
 even from 
 fill domes- 
 and whole 
 ts are often 
 [ood in the 
 
 of course, 
 lous inten- 
 moment of 
 iread itself 
 e ; or, still 
 1 go down 
 deprecate 
 m may be- 
 not merely 
 ity that, in 
 3 an honor- 
 o, of those 
 his money, 
 
 Uracterized, 
 ntirely dif- 
 iff 
 
 among the 
 Leviticus. 
 
 t, makes it 
 on record, 
 
 f Tertiary 
 
VKNEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 361 
 
 18 
 
 Syphilis, experienced in liis own person. Dr. Clarke says : " It 
 most likely the Psalm was written in reference to some severe afflic- 
 tion that David had, after his illicit commerce with Bathsheha ; but 
 of what nature, we are left to conjecture from the third, fifth, and 
 seventh verses." The Psalm is dated not quite a year after the act 
 alluded to, — about the right time for the terrible symptoms David 
 describes to make their appearance. 
 
 The term syplulis is from a Greek word signifying filthy. There 
 is one unvarying sign of this disease, — the existence of an ulcer or 
 ulcei-s, usually upon the genital organs. The French call this ulcer a 
 chancre. The common name is simply vet sore, or ulcer. A 
 
 pimple first appears ; on the summit of this t ,tule forms ; then the 
 rupture of the top of this brings to view the ulcer or sore. This ulcer 
 is shallow, more or less circular or oval in form, bounded by a perpen- 
 dicular and slightly jagged border, and furnished with a smooth, yel- 
 low base, moistened by an unhealthy secretion. The skin around the 
 sore is a little thickened and inflamed. This is a simple venereal 
 ulcer. It generally lasts about five weeks, and tiien heals. 
 
 But it is not always thus simple. It may be an inflammatory 
 chancre, attended by excessive inflammation. It may be what is 
 CitUed a doiighing chancre, characterized by the perishing and falling 
 off of large parts of flesh. It may be gangrenous, or marked by a ten- 
 dency to mortification. It may be phagedenic, or eating, — being dis- 
 tinguished by a rapid loss of substance, or eating away of flesh. Or, 
 finally, it may be indurated, — being noted for the peculiar liardness 
 of the base, and of the flesh immediately around it. 
 
 A venereal sore is the result of impure connection with a person 
 having the syphilitic disease. The poisonous secretion of a sore, 
 applied to the skin of a healthy person, produces inocidation, and a 
 new sore upon the previously healthy person is the result. This 
 chancre appears in a few days after coition, — a certain time being 
 required for it to produce its effect, as in the application of vaccine 
 matter to the arm. 
 
 Bubo. — The next symptom in the order of occurrence, which fre- 
 quently follows the ulcer, is the bubo. It is named from a Greek 
 word which means groin, from its usually appearing in that part. 
 It is a painful swelling of the inguinal gland in the groin, and is 
 caused by the absorption of virus or poisonous matter from the 
 chancre. This gland is one of the lymphatics, a class of vessels as 
 numerous, all over the system, as the veins and arteries. They are 
 likewise called absorbents. Those that originate from the private 
 parts absorb the poison from a venereal sore, and convey it to the 
 glands in the groin, which being poisoned by it, inflame and swell. 
 
 The bubo generally appears in from one to two weeks from the 
 appearance of the ulcer. It is usually upon the same side which the 
 chancre occupies upon the penis. When the bubo advances to oup- 
 puration, and becomes an open sore, it is then a glandular chancre. 
 
i 
 
 M 
 
 ■4 
 
 t', I 
 
 362 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 ^^egfetations. — These are peculiar growths appearing upon differ- 
 ent parts of the skin, which resemble certain vegetables. They are 
 found most frequently, in the male, on the head of the penis, and on 
 the membrane lining the foreskin. In the female, they are- found at 
 the entrance to the vagina, and not infrequently in the vagina itself. 
 They sometimes appear on the neck of the uterus. 
 
 Primary Disease. — Thus far, the diseases noticed are what are 
 dalled primary. If properly treated, and cured in season, the consti- 
 tution is not infected, and no subsequent troubles appear. But a 
 result so fortunate as this is not common. Generally, the treatment 
 is either too long delayed, or is too brief and superficial. The poison 
 is, in consequence, absorbed into the circulation ; the whole con- 
 stitution becomes infected ; the fluids and solids are so acted on and 
 altered, in fact, that a special constitution is created. For this reason 
 the affections of the skin, the mucous membranes, the bones, etc., 
 which follow, are called 
 
 Constitutional. — These constitutional diseases never appear im- 
 mediately, as the result of an impure connection, but only after those 
 affections already noticed. The primary diseases are local ; the con- 
 stitutional affections are general. 
 
 The first thing which strikes the eye in these constitutional com- 
 plaints is the color and appearance they give the skin. It has a red- 
 dish, coppery tinge, and a peculiarly dirty appearance. 
 
 The order in which the several parts are affected, are, first, the skin 
 and mucous membranes ; second, the hard substance surrounding the 
 bones, called periosteum, the tendons, and the bones themselves. 
 Those affections which appear upon the skin and mucous membrane 
 are usually called secondary, because they are the second to appear ; 
 while those affecting the bones, etc., are denominated tertiary, be- 
 cause, in the order of their appearance, they are in the third class. 
 
 Eruptions of tiie SIcin, and Ulcers. — Of the constitutional erup- 
 tions, there is a great variety, — so great that I cannot, in small space, 
 give a minute description of them. The breast and arms are not 
 infrequently the first to be affected. Attending these eruptions there 
 is little uneasiness, and no pain ; though there is sometimes a slight 
 itching. The first breaking out is usually of a copper color, some- 
 what paler than it subsequently is. The eruption is often in the 
 form of blotches, elevated only a very little above the skin. They 
 are composed of small pustules, ^vith a little fluid in them, which 
 soon dries away, and the whole may be rubbed off like bran. This 
 may leave the skin looking tolerably sound, and inspire the belief 
 that no further mischief is to be experienced. No hope can be more 
 delusive. Parts afflicted with this complaint show no tendency to heal. 
 The first crop of pimples is soon followed by a second, which pro- 
 duces a thicker crust, and yields a larger amount of bran. This 
 rubbed off, small ulcers appear underneath. 
 
 ''•fmmamiomm 
 
upon differ- 
 They are 
 snis, and on 
 ,re- found at 
 agina itself. 
 
 re what are 
 , the consti- 
 jar. But a 
 B treatment 
 The poison 
 whole con- 
 cted on and 
 ' this reason 
 bones, etc., 
 
 ' appear im- 
 j after those 
 al ; the con- 
 
 itional com- 
 't has a red- 
 
 irst, the skin 
 •ounding the 
 
 themselves. 
 3 membrane 
 
 to appear; 
 
 tertiary, be- 
 lird class. 
 
 itional erup- 
 small space, 
 :m8 are not 
 jtions there 
 nes a slight 
 color, some- 
 )ften in the 
 jkin. They 
 them, which 
 bran. This 
 e the belief 
 can be more 
 'Mcy to heal. 
 , which pro- 
 bran. This 
 
 VEKKREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 363 
 
 Vesicular Uruptions. — There is another syphilitic affection of the 
 skin, which appears in the shape of vesicles, like small-pox. These 
 dry and leave a scab. 
 
 5caly Eruptions. — There is still another affection, which is in 
 the form of scales, and one scale will be piled upon another. It 
 begins with an eruption of copper-colored blotches, which become 
 covered with scales ; these are succeeded by scabs, and when these 
 full off, shallow ulcers are left with copper-colored edges. (Fig. 
 135.) This is a stubborn form. 
 
 Fig. 136. 
 
 Tubercular Eruptions. — la another variety of the disease, broad, 
 red, copper-colored tubercles, or hard elevations appear, most com- 
 monly about the sides of the nose, or on the cheeks. Gradually they 
 suppurate, and are succeeded by deep ulcers, terminating in scars. 
 This is an unfavorable form of the disease, and usually appc i-s some 
 considerable time after the primary symptoms, in persons whose con- 
 stitution has been shattered. Plate V. 
 
 This rather belongs to the tertiary form of the disease ; and in addi- 
 tion to the above, patches of unhealthy inflanunation are apt to form 
 on the tongue, and after a time break, disclosing ragged, orange- 
 colored ulcers. Plate VI. Fig. 2. 
 
 Many other forms of eruption exist ; but in a popular work like 
 this, it would be useless to make the nice distinctions which their 
 description would require. 
 
 Some of the worst forms of the secondary affections are found 
 upon the mucous membrane of the mouth and throat. These corres- 
 pond, in number and size, with the affections of the skin. They 
 affect the lips, the internal sides of the cheeks, the tongue, the tonsils, 
 the pharynx, the soft palate, the nasal cavities, etc. They are terribly 
 destructive in their effects, forming gaping ulcers, and eating deeply 
 into the parts. They often make shocking work in the whole mouth 
 and throat; and, when attended with considerable inflammation, 
 make it almost impossible to swallow anything, or even to open the 
 mouth. I have often seen breaches through the palatine arch (Plate 
 VI, Fig. 1), and even the whole arch destroyed (Plate VI, Fig. 2). 
 Persons have often died from starvation, — not being able to swallow. 
 The ulcers sometimes take hold of the tonsils, and "dig them out as 
 if it were done with a punch." 
 
 These ulcerations affect the imicous membranes of the genital 
 organs. In the female, they often affect the vagina and the neck 
 of the womb, and thus may exist for a long time, as the cause 
 
364 
 
 VENEREAL OK SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 1 .1 
 
 of whites, without being suspected as such. They affect also 
 the mucous lining of the fundament and the large bowel. They 
 sometimes ex' ' in the ear, and more often in the eye. This latter 
 affection pai^ " ler the name of syphilitic iritis. In Plate V. 
 the artist ha; represented this form of constitutional disease in 
 
 the eye. 
 
 The disorder having, by frightful ulcers, run riot upon the delicate 
 structures of the skin and mucous membranes, advances boldly on- 
 wards, attacking the muscles, the tendons, the haid covering of the 
 bones and the solid bones themselves. No part of the human franie- 
 
 — not even the skeleton — can escape this devouring complaint. 
 The bones of the nose and face are generally the first to be attacked. 
 These perish slowly, — falling away piece by piece, — the nose, in 
 the mean time, sinking down nearer to a level with the cheeks. 
 From these parts the disease may spread to the bones of the whole 
 system. 
 
 These affections of the bones are attended by pains of almost 
 every kind and degree. These pains are sometimes fixed in one 
 place ; at other times wandering, the whole skeleton being painful. 
 In these latter cases, they seem to the sufferer to reach the very mar- 
 row. Sometimes when the pain is fixed in one place, the feeling is 
 such as might be supposed to be experienced if the bone were being 
 bored. These pains are most terrible during the night. 
 
 Upon those parts where the skin is near the bone, as the forehead, 
 or shin, syphilitic nodes or tumors often appear, which are hard, like 
 cancerous tumors. Besides the above, there are the loss of the hair 
 (alopecia), blindness, deafness, and various other mischiefs, resulting 
 from syphilis, which need not be described. 
 
 Is the Constitutional Disease Communicable ? — Many believe, 
 
 — even among those who are eminent in the profession — that the 
 constitutional forms of the disease are not communicable. A few 
 years ago, indeed, this latter opinion was generally received. It is 
 now quite extensively doubted, or rather disbelieved. Facts are con- 
 stantly occurring under the eye of unprejudiced physicians, which 
 make it very evident that the constitutional disease may be commu- 
 nicated from one person to another. 
 
 The Disease Hereditary — Xt is no small amount of suffering, 
 bodily and mental, which the individuals endure who contract this 
 disease. But the inflictions visited upon them, severe as they are, 
 are small compared with the aggregate of ills entailed by it upon 
 the long line of their posterity. Whether it be the man or the 
 woman whom the sphilitic virus has inoculated, if it be allowed to 
 be absorbed, so as to affect the constitution, it will be very likely to 
 be sent down to the children, and children's children. The divine 
 law which links the sins of the father with the sufferings of even the 
 third and fourth generation, is nowhere more painfvdly illustrated 
 
 '^!st;ssiaiti:tii9simm:giimm 
 
affect also 
 vel. They 
 This latter 
 Plate V. 
 1 disease in 
 
 the delicate 
 3 boldly 011- 
 ring of the 
 iman frarae- 
 coraplaint. 
 36 attacked, 
 the nose, in 
 the cheeks. 
 I the whole 
 
 8 of almost 
 xed in one 
 ing painful, 
 tie very mar- 
 ie feeling is 
 5 were being 
 
 ;he forehead, 
 
 re hard, like 
 
 of the hair 
 
 fs, resulting 
 
 any believe, 
 that the 
 
 ,ble. A few 
 ived. It is 
 cts are con- 
 
 cians, which 
 be commu- 
 
 bf sr.ffering, 
 Contract this 
 I as they are, 
 
 by it upon 
 man or the 
 
 allowed to 
 [ery likely to 
 
 The divine 
 
 of even the 
 ly illustrated 
 
 VENEREAL OH SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 865 
 
 than in the scourging descent, through many generations, of this ter- 
 rible disease. It may be passed down to posterity by either of the 
 parents ; but if both be diseased, the transmission will be more cer- 
 tain. If the mother be infected, she will infect the child while car- 
 rying it. If the father's constitution be poisoned, the child will 
 receive the infection from him, through the semen, and will be 
 likely, while in the womb, to infect the mother. I recollect but one 
 author of note (Ramsbotham) who has mentioned this mode of in- 
 fection. I have myself seen two cases of it. 
 
 This constitutional disease, whether it exist in the mother, or be 
 communicated to the child, and thence to her, by an infected father, 
 is a frequent cause of abortion. Throughout nature, blight is the re- 
 sult of a diseased parentage. Mature fruit is seldom obtained from 
 infected seed. 
 
 Is the Constitutional Disease Curable ? — No question connected 
 with the complaint possesses a greater interest than this. None is 
 pressed more earnestly upon the physician. In a certain sense the 
 disease i« curable. Its outward manifestation may be wholly re- 
 pressed. The health of the person suffering from it may be restored, 
 and become, in an important sense, good. But this cure ia iiever 
 brought about by nature ; it may he, and ia often effected by medicine. 
 I have never failed to effect such a cure in any case which has come 
 under my treatment. Such results may properly, in general terms, 
 be called cured. 
 
 Yet there is a sense in which a cure never occurs. It is a well- 
 attested fact, that a system once thoroughly pervaded by the poison 
 is never completely purged of it. It may be shorn of all its active 
 malignancies ; but it has too intimately permeated the tissues and 
 solid bones to bo wholly expelled. Pursue it as we will with the 
 remedial forces of our art, it still takes refuge in the most subtle pro- 
 cesses of animal life, — still infects the currents of being, and finds 
 expression in the scrofula, in the lupus, and in the scaly affections of 
 other generations. Dr. Erasmus Wilson, the great authority in skin 
 diseases, says : " I feel convinced that a considerable proportion of 
 those diseases which pass under the name of scrofula are the produce 
 of the syphilitic poison, — are, in fact, not scrofulous, but syphilitic." 
 Astruc thought the same, and suggested, what is doubtless true, that 
 the transmission of syphilis must occur through several generations 
 before it becomes scrofula. Bierchn, Campor, Stoll, Portal, Hufeland, 
 and Alibert, have all advocated the same opinion. 
 
 This is doubtless right, though there are many authorities on the 
 other side. He must be a poor observer who cannot discover a prob- 
 able filial relationship of scrofula to s\nphilis. 
 
 A variety of facts, admitted by the vvrhole profession, go far towards 
 <lemonstrating this relationship. Scofula is always herediiiuy. It 
 is a disease of the parent, imparted to the offspring. But there is 
 scarcely any disease so certainly sent dov/n to posterity as syphJiis. 
 
 i 
 
 ■%- 
 
866 
 
 VEMEBBAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 1 
 
 Scrofula is like syphilis in many of its characteristics. It is like it 
 in its power of propagating itself from parent to child. It is like it in 
 affecting nearly all the children of disesised parents. It is like it in 
 the variety of the structures it attacks,' — affecting the skin, tho 
 mucous membranes, the bones, etc. Like syphilis it produces hard 
 tumors, ulcefs of the skin, abscesses, and decaying of the bones. 
 And finally, the great remedy for tertiary syphilis, iodide of potas- 
 sium, is likewise the great remedy for scrofula; and, indeed, almost 
 every remedy which acts favorably upon one, is found useful for the 
 other. This could hardly occur were not the diseases identical in 
 nature. 
 
 We can scarcely be surprised tliat a disettse so widely diffused as 
 scrofula should be the product of syphilis, when we reflect how fright- 
 fully prevalent were the causes of this latter affection during the 
 earlier and the middle ages of the world. 
 
 To pass over the records of earlier times, with merely mentioning 
 Abraham, and Lot, and Jacob, and Reuben, and Samson, and David, 
 and Solomon, and numerous females, of whom some singular things 
 Are written in the older scriptures, and omitting all mention of the 
 incredible and almost universal debauchery and prostitution of 
 Greece, and Rdme, and Persia, and Media, and Egypt, I may say that 
 Europe, in the middle ages, wag well-nigh converted into a vast brothel. 
 
 Foremost in the race of profligacy were those in authority, kings, 
 and emperors. The licentiousness of Childeric knew no bounds. He 
 carried ofl' and violated the wives and daughters of his vassals, with- 
 out regard to any right, human or divine. His successors were gen- 
 erally a race of lecherous men, who spread debauchery on every hand. 
 The French monarchs, from Pepin and Charlemagne, were a race of 
 debauchees. Their coui-ts were national brothels, in which the finest 
 women in the land were trained in the arts of seduction and lust. 
 Francis I, in 1516, endeavored to invest prostitution with elegance 
 and chivalry, and even to ennoble it, by abandoning the public 
 women of the palace to his subaltern officers, and substituting for 
 them ladies of noble blood. In this movement, the nobles and the 
 officers gave the king their support. 
 
 * ' ' They are all gone aside ; they are altogether become 
 
 filthy; there is none that doeth good, no, not one." 
 
 Brantome justifies Francis in his selection of girls of noble blood, 
 on the ground that " they could not communicate the venereal dis- 
 ease to the noblemen of the courts, like the common prostitutes." 
 But the king, who was previously diseased, infected them; and these 
 noble women, so called, passing from the arms of the prince to those 
 of the courtiers, presented to them the fatal infection received from 
 the king. 
 
 The way in which Francis himself was infected illustrates, in a 
 most shocking manner, the morals of the times. His illicit loves with 
 
 &i 'Tr,ni»f«! lH« Mlil(i|iin|f li ll i i l t Mi i i 
 
I 
 
 VENKRKAL OK SEXUAL UI8EASEH. 
 
 367 
 
 It is like it 
 iH like it in 
 
 is like it in 
 e skin, the 
 )duce8 hard 
 
 the bones, 
 le of potiis- 
 leed, almoHt 
 leful for tlie 
 identical in 
 
 diffused as 
 
 . how f right- 
 
 during the 
 
 mentioning 
 and David, 
 fular things 
 ition of the 
 Jtitution of 
 nay say that 
 vast brothel. 
 ority, kings, 
 ounds. He 
 assals, with- 
 8 were gen- 
 every hand. 
 re a race of 
 the finest 
 [1 and lust. 
 ;h elegance 
 the public 
 ituting for 
 es and the 
 
 3me 
 
 oble blood, 
 mereal dis- 
 rostitutes." 
 and these 
 ice to those 
 eived from 
 
 trates, in a 
 i loves with 
 
 tlu! Bello FerroniiNro wore not concealed from her huKband, who, 
 tlidUgh obliged oiitwaitlly to regard the dalliiince of hia wife with 
 the monarch as an honor, was inwardly indignant, and determined 
 to become infected himself, and thus disease his wife, and revenge 
 himself upon the king. This plan was suggested to him by a noble 
 who had another motive, namely, that of punishing Francis for some 
 pei-sonal spite. " How," said the husband, when tlie suggestion was 
 made, " shall I give tliis disease to my wife, when we are both 
 Hound?" " (ro visit an infected girl," said the noble, "and to ren- 
 der the matter certain, as I am infected, I will see your unfaithful 
 wife." The result was such as the husband desired ; and in l/)47, 
 FniiKUS I, the gay and chivalric monarch, perished of the most foul 
 and loathsome of all diseases. 
 
 Debauchery did not die with him. It was cherished by his succes- 
 sor, Charles IX, and his mother, Catherine de Medicis, and bis grand- 
 son, Henry III. The reigns of Henry IV, Louis XIII, Louis XIV, 
 the Regency, and of Louis XV, were stained by the same licentious- 
 ness and disregard of public decency, until the wliirlwind of the revo- 
 lution came to purify the moral atmosphere. 
 
 The reader will now, I think, be in no mood to wonder that the 
 men and women, and many of royal progeny, whether the dishonored 
 occupants of thrones, or the more private recipients of the public 
 bounty, are a scrofulous and degenerating race. Nor need it be 
 much wondered at, that so large a portion of men and women every- 
 where have more or less scrofula in their frames. Happy are those 
 who can find no trace of this complaint in their constitution 1 They 
 should rise up and call their virtuous progenitors blessed. They 
 should especially thank God that they have sprung from the loins of 
 a race more noble and kingly in the eyes of Heaven than all the 
 ••oyal lines of the world. 
 
 Treatment of Syphilis. — In the treatment of this disease, the first 
 tiling which requires attention is the pimple, pustule, or sore. This 
 must be instantly touched with caustic. There should be no delay, 
 for if the sore be not syjihilitic, the caustic will do no harm ; and if 
 it be, the most terrible results may be averted. The general belief is 
 that poison remains in the sore for a time before it is absorbed into 
 the constitution. It is of the utmost importance that it be destroyed 
 Itefore the ab.-iorption takes place. 
 
 The caustics used are nitrate of silver (stick nitrate), nitric acid, 
 cliloride of zinc, potassa with lime, caustic potassa, and the painle.ss 
 (!austic. 
 
 The nitrate of silver is much used, but the best surgeons now re- 
 gard it as useless. It does not prevent the absorption of the poison. 
 The caustic potassa, the potassa with lime, and the painless caustic, 
 are the sure remedies, — that is, if applied in season. But they must 
 be employed with caution. It will not do to trust them in bungling 
 hands. A little vinegar and water must be immediately used to neu- 
 
 
 ■m> 
 
368 
 
 VKNKKKAL OK SEXUAL DISEA8K8. 
 
 ! 
 
 J 
 i 
 
 trolize the caustic when it has accomplished what we desire. After 
 the sore is cauterized, a piece of lint, dipped in a Holutioii of watery 
 extatict of opium, one dram to four ounces, should Ih) laid on it; and 
 the organ enveloped in another piece of lint soakt'd in tepid water, 
 and covered in oiled silk. The patient should remain at rest as much 
 as possihle, keeping the penis elevated, and repeating the opium 
 dressing tt) the wound, and the water dressing to the whole organ, 
 night and morning. In addition, the patient should take two pills 
 (19), to be followed, night and morning, for three or four days, with 
 a tablespoon! ul of (20). In some cases, a piece of lint, wet with the 
 tincture of muriate of iron, diluted and kept upon the chancre, will 
 cause it to heal kindly, and with safety to the patient. 
 
 If this treatment be adopted early and properly, the patient is 
 cured, and nothing further needed. But time is generally lost. The 
 poison is alworlKjd before the patient is seen by the physician ; and 
 the question then is, how it is to be driven out. 
 
 To accomplish this, the diet should be regular and unstimulatiiig; 
 alcoholic drinks and tobacco should be forbidden ; the mind should 
 be ke^>t at rest ; a cold or tepid bath should be taken daily ; the ac- 
 tion of the bowels and kidneys should be kept properly regulated. 
 These things will put all the expelling agencies in proper condition 
 for work ; and no single medicine will put them all into action like 
 mercury. For this reason, no other single drug has enjoyed a repu- 
 tation for curing pox so wide as this. 
 
 But it must be used with judgment. No remedy is more safe, if 
 judiciously employed, or more destructive, if abused. The profuse 
 and ill-considered way in which it was used in former times, raised a 
 prejudice against it which is un reasonably cherished at the present 
 day. Abuse made mercury a curse ; judicious use makes it a blessing, 
 — at least in this disease. 
 
 The blue pill is one of the best forms of it (148), combined with 
 extract of henbane. One pill at night is the usual amount to he 
 taken. Some prefer the mercury with chalk (149) ; others, the corro- 
 sive sublimate (160) ; others, the proto-iodide of mercury (136). 
 Some one of these should be given about five days, in the doses named 
 under the recipes, — being careful not to produce salivation. After 
 the fourth or fifth day we can generally increase the frequency of the 
 dose. Should salivation be accidentally induced, it should be arrested 
 by a solution of chlorinated soda (205), one part to twelve of water. 
 The mercurial treatment should continue for two years after the sore 
 has disa^^^icared; after this prolonged treatment iodide of potassium is 
 used for another year in as lurge doses as the patient can take with- 
 out producing ill effects. At the expiration of two years, if the 
 patient has taken his medicine regularly, he may be considered cured, 
 at all events, sufficiently so to marry and have children. 
 
 Water should be taken freely, and various diluent drinks. They 
 wash the poison out through the millions of avenues, called pores, 
 just as we wsish filth out of cities by pouring water into the sewers. 
 
 
flesire. After 
 tion of watery 
 aid on it; and 
 11 tepid water, 
 it rest as niucli 
 ng the opium 
 whole organ, 
 take two pills 
 our days, with 
 t, wet with the 
 ) chancre, will 
 
 the patient is 
 illy lost. The 
 hysician ; and 
 
 instimulatinfr; 
 mind should 
 daily ; the ac- 
 )rly regulated, 
 oper condition 
 nto action like 
 ijoyed a repu- 
 
 i more safe, if 
 The profuse 
 times, raised a 
 it the present 
 is it a blessing, 
 
 ;ombined with 
 amount to he 
 iiers, the corro- 
 orcury (136). 
 .e doses named 
 nation. After 
 squencyof the 
 lid be arrested 
 elve of water. 
 i after the sore 
 »f potassium is 
 3an take with- 
 years, if the 
 isidered cured, 
 1. 
 
 irinks. They 
 , called pores, 
 ;o the sewers. 
 
 t^mm 
 
k 
 
 a»Wi!,«--rfe^-cr.^-iSis.-iy;'titfe,;j$BtjgESWi^ 
 
YKi'tKUKAL OR 8BXUAL UIHKASU. 
 
 M» 
 
 I should mention that there are those who claim to cure the disease 
 with other remedies, without mercury, and I am not disposed to be 
 dogn.itical, and say it cannot be done. F'or tliis purpose, perhaps as 
 good a recipe as has been proposed is the compound syrup of stillin- 
 gia, tincture of poke-root, tincture of sheep-laurel, each four ounces, 
 mixed ; of which, from a teuspoonf ul to half a tablespoonf ul is to be 
 tiiicen three times a day. I think well of this remedy, especially if it 
 Ih) in connection with a small amount of mercury. If stillingia be 
 used, obtain McDade's stillingia comp., 1 dram three times daily. 
 
 The Bubo, if not attended with pain, may be treated with com- 
 pression, by a piece of plaster of ammoniac with mercury, or by 
 touching it with nitrate of silver. Should there be inflammation, 
 iiiid the formation of matter bo inevitable, the br bo should be opened 
 by touching it w'*,h the caustio potassa ; and thj resulting sore must 
 be treated with the solution of opium and water dressing. Should 
 the sore need stimiilating, it may be touched lightly with nitrate of 
 Hilver. 
 
 Eruptions upon the 5kin. — In treating the disease after it appears 
 upon the skin, etc., we shall derive great advantage from the use of 
 either the warm or the vapor bath once a day. With this, if the case 
 bo not very old, we may employ (148) or (150) ; but if the disease 
 be an old one, showing itself in the throat, or attacking the bones of 
 tiie face, we must give iodide of. potassium (188), combined with 
 compound decoction of sarsaparilla. This i& the great remedy for 
 tertiary syphilis ; but when the case is obstinate, it may sometimes 
 be discontinued, and the corrosive sublimate (139) be subotituted 
 for it. 
 
 It is to be observed that the older the disease grows, and the more 
 chronic its character, the more does mercury lose its control of it. In 
 the first attack, the blue pill is the best ; in the second, as a general 
 thing, the iodide or the biniodide of mercury : in the third, the cor- 
 rosive sublimate ; in the attacks subsequent to this, particularly in 
 the tertiary form of the disease, the iodide of potassium. When the 
 throat and nose are so ulcerated as to make a case absolutely terrible 
 to contemplate, it is surprising to see how rapidly the recovery will 
 often take place under the influence of this latter remedy. 
 
 For syphilitic iritis, apply frictions twice a day on the eyelids and 
 oyebrows with ointment (1T2), (173) ; and administer internally two 
 pills of (186) daily. 
 
 Clap, — Gonorrhoea. — Blenorrhagia. 
 
 The reader is aware that the nose, mouth, and lungs are lined 
 with a mucous membrane, which is liable to become inflamed from 
 \ iirious causes. This inflammation we call a cold or catarrh. During 
 its continuance, mucus and other matters, of different colors and 
 degrees of consistency, are more or less freely discharged. 
 
 • 
 
i 
 
 ■,j 
 
 870. 
 
 YEKSBEAL OR SEXUAL DISEASE& 
 
 The mucous membrane of the private parts of both sexes is just 
 like that of the mouth and throat, and subject to similar inflamma- 
 tions and discharges. But these inflammations of the private parts, 
 instead of being produced by change of weather, etc., generally result 
 from the application of tie specific poison or germ-microbe of 
 gonorrhoea. When r woman abandons herself to unlimited inter- 
 course with different men, the private parts become stimulated to so 
 unnatural an extent, that the secretions of the parts, which are largely 
 augmented, at length become altered in their nature, acrid, and finally 
 poisonous, — 80 acrid and poisonous that they cause inflammation of 
 the parts, and when brought in contact with the male organ, in the 
 sexual act, they poison and inflame that. The specific germ of 
 gonorrhoea is called the gonnococcus. 
 
 This is the shortest and plainest explanation I can give of clap. 
 From this explanation, one may learn why a man will sometimes take 
 a disease from a woman who has never had any evidenct of being 
 diseased herself. If she have indulged her sexual propensities un- 
 reasonably, though not enough to produce inflammation upon herself, 
 her secretions may yet have become acrid enough to poison one whose 
 organs are delicate and sensitive. And more than this, — the secre- 
 tions of a female may become acrid and poisonous from other causes 
 than excessive venery. The discharges in bad cases of whites will 
 sometimes irritate and inflame the male organ, and induce a disease 
 which has every appearance of gonorrhoea. A husband, in great 
 distress of mind, sometimes submits a case of this sort to the phy- 
 sician's inspection, and lays upon him the delicate and responsible 
 duty of deciding whether the wife has been unfaithful. No act in a 
 whole professional life can be more momentous than a decision of this 
 sort. If a man be well skilled in his art, he may give an answer in 
 Buch case, which shall dispel the most terrible apprehensions, and 
 save the peace of a loving family. 
 
 The poison, when communicated by a diseased person to the male 
 or female organs, requires a certain time for the germs to produce 
 their peculiar effect, — generally from three to eight days. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first symptom of the disease is uneasiness in the 
 end of the penis, accompanied, generally, with a little redness, and 
 diflBculty in passing water. The color of the first discharge may be 
 white or straw-colored. There is tenderness where the parts are red. 
 Scalding in passing water is sometimes, not always, present at fii-st. 
 
 This is the beginning, or first sfcige of clap. Now is the time to 
 cure it easily. But, unfortunately, the physician seldom sees a case 
 in this early stage. Before he is allowed to inspect it, the second 
 stage has generally appeared, which is known by violent scalding 
 when water is passed, by chordee, or painful erections of the penis, 
 and by an increased discharge of greenish matter often tinged with 
 blood, and coming from much farther down the urethra, or water- 
 pajsage. The matter sometimes comes from as far down as opposite 
 
 - ■>vvii'**fteifp 
 
 '-sMiMfiBaaNH 
 
 ii^HeSMMMB^', 
 
exes is just 
 tr inflamma- 
 rivate parts, 
 erally result 
 -microbe of 
 naited inter- 
 ulated to so 
 h are largely 
 [, and finally 
 tmmation of 
 rgan, in the 
 fie germ of 
 
 ive of clap, 
 letimes take 
 Cfc of being 
 tensities un- 
 pen herself, 
 a one whose 
 — the secre- 
 )ther causes 
 whites will 
 ce a disease 
 d, in great 
 tx) the phy- 
 responsible 
 No act in a 
 ision of this 
 1 answer in 
 nsions, and 
 
 to the male 
 to produce 
 
 iness in the 
 edness, and 
 rge may be 
 jrts are red. 
 at at fii-st. 
 the time to 
 sees a case 
 the second 
 at scalding 
 the penis, 
 dnged with 
 I, or water- 
 as opposite 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 371 
 
 the scrotum, or bag which holds the testicles. There is more or less 
 pain the loins and back. The whole body of the penis may become 
 affected, and abscesses form. 
 
 A third and more tenible stage of the disease begins when the in- 
 fl".mmation has reached the lowest part of tho water-passage, just 
 where it enters the bladder. Around this part of the passage, and 
 lying upon the bladder, is a gland in size and shape like the largest 
 chestnut. It is called the prostate gland. On either side of it lie the 
 receptacles of the semen, each of which sends its duct into the water- 
 piissage. When the inflammation extends through this gland, it irri- 
 tates the neck of the bladder, and causes a distressing desire to pass 
 water ; and from its proximity to the larger bowel, it sends its irrita- 
 tion thither likewise, and impels a terrible effort to evacuate the 
 bowels, called tenesmus. It is the same awful feeling experienced in 
 dysentery. Few things can be more terrible than these two distress- 
 ing feelings conjoined, — the desire to pass water and to empty the 
 bowels. Racked with terrible pains and awful tenesmic distresses, 
 and often with painful erections, the patient passes back and foi-th 
 between the bed and stool, — often vowing in the sincerity of his 
 heart, that if he can but recover from this, he will never be caught 
 again. The enlargement of the prostate gland may become chronic 
 and permanent, and be the affliction of a man's life. 
 
 Stricture. — One of the most troublesome and persistent conse- 
 quences of gonorrhoea is a partial closing up of the water-pipe, at- 
 tended generally by quite a serious obstruction to the passage of the 
 water. It is called stricture. The mucous membrane which lines 
 this passage, being long inflamed, becomes thickened and l6ss pliable 
 or elastic. The tissues which lie underneath this membrane also 
 become swollen and hardened, and, pressing upon the water-passage, 
 lessen it still further, making the stricture more difficult of cure. 
 
 In stricture, the stream of urine is altered in size, length, and force. 
 Its course is changed, when the stricture is lateral. The stream is 
 often flattened, like the blade of a pen-knife, or twisted like a gimlet, 
 or forked, one stream reaching beyond the other. In consequence 
 of obstruction, the bladder is not entirely emptied, and the desire to 
 urinate immediately returns, and is very urgent. 
 
 Qleet. — Another veiy troublesome result of gonorrhoea is gleet, — 
 a thin, colorless discharge, which persists, in a chronic form, after all 
 active inflammation has subsided. It is very annoying, and very ob- 
 stinate. It is often dependent on the altered conuidon of the mucous 
 membrane occasioned by stricture. 
 
 Orchitis. — Another very severe result of clap is swelling of the 
 testicles, called or'ihitis. . It begins frequently with chills and fever, 
 with a feeling of weight in the scrotum, and pains in the loins. The 
 swelling rapidly increases, and reaches its height in ham three to five 
 
 days. 
 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 ^iamitSmUmmm 
 
 ! 
 
 
 *m 
 
iSRx 
 
 372 
 
 VXNEBEAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 % 
 
 Besides the above, there are still other mischiefs which follow this 
 disease, such as inflammation of the prostate gland, already described, 
 of the bladder, and of the kidneys. 
 
 In the female gonorrhoeal inflammation affects the external geni- 
 tals called the vulvae, the water-pipe, the vagina, and the neck of tlie 
 womb, and often plays havoc with the ovaries and Fallopian tubes. In 
 women the disease is often fatal by ascending the tubes and penetrat- 
 ing to the abdomen, where an acute peritonitis is set up, with the 
 formation of pus. 
 
 There is a difference of opinion as to whether gonorrhoea ever pro- 
 duces secondary or constitutional symptoms. Ricord, the great 
 French authority on this subject, aflBrms, and with him a great num- 
 ber of followers, including most of the profession in this country, 
 that constitutional symptoms never follow clap ; that they never re- 
 sult from anything but a »yphilitio ulcer. Vidal, a French authority, 
 safer, in my judgment, than Ricord, though not as renowned, says, on 
 the contrary, that secondary and tertiary complaints do follow viru- 
 lent gonorrhoea. Wilson, the highest English authority, and many 
 others, agree with him. Unprejudiced observers feel well convinced 
 that this latter opinion is right. I have myself seen not less than 
 half a dozen cases of secondary and tertiary syphilis, which were 
 preceded by gonorrhoea, and nothing more. 
 
 Treatment. — In the first stage of the disease, there are two meth- 
 ods of treatment, either of which may be adopted with success. The 
 first, which has many advocates, is the local treatment. An injection, 
 with a glass syringe, is immediately made, of a solution of nitrate of 
 silver, of tho strength of five to ten grains to the ounce of water. It 
 should be retained from one to five minutes, by pressing the head of 
 the penis between the thumb and finger. If done before the third 
 day, this will generally cure the disease. 
 
 The physician should have entire control of the patient, and com- 
 pel him, if possible, to keep his room, and live for a few days on 
 crackers and water, or something equally simple. All meats and 
 stimulating drinks are to be excluded. 
 
 The other mode of treatment, which is perhaps the more commonly 
 adopted, is more general in its nature. It embraces the use of warm 
 baths, warm sweating drinks, and rest. If the patient is full of blood, 
 and strong, from five to fifteen leeches are applied to the space be- 
 tween the scrotum and fundament. These things, with a low diet, 
 will frequently reduce the disease in a few days. If the discharge 
 should continue, after a fair trial of the above, then copaiba and 
 cubebs (272) q,re to be used. Several articles are added in the above 
 prescription, to make the copaiba acceptable to the stomach. This 
 preparation can be taken by most persons, and generally produces 
 very gratifying results. Vidal strongly recommends an electuary, or 
 thick paste (278), of which a piece twice as large as a nutmeg is to 
 be taken in the course of the day. The prescriptions which contain 
 
- -•"•"~'T-"'°°iiftj|ifiitffTrr" 
 
 h follow this 
 dy described, 
 
 sternal geni- 
 B neck of tlie 
 in tubes. In 
 and penetrat- 
 up, with the 
 
 loea ever pro- 
 d, the great 
 a great num- 
 this country, 
 bey never re- 
 ich authority, 
 vned, says, on 
 
 I follow viru- 
 cy, and many 
 ell convinced 
 lot less than 
 , which were 
 
 ire two meth- 
 uccess. The 
 An injection, 
 of nitrate of 
 of water. It 
 r the head of 
 )re the third 
 
 mt, and corn- 
 few days on 
 
 II meats and 
 
 ire commonly 
 
 use of warm 
 
 full of blood, 
 
 ihe space be- 
 
 ;h a low diet, 
 
 he discharge 
 
 copaiba and 
 
 in the above 
 
 mach. This 
 
 illy produces 
 
 electuary, or 
 
 lutmeg is to 
 
 '•hich contain 
 
 VENERBAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 373 
 
 copaiba and cubebs are numerous ; but the above two are as good as 
 ii hundred. With these articles, the baths, the leeches, and the re- 
 pose, are to be united. 
 
 Vidal says he never resorts to injections fn-st, but employs the anti- 
 inflammatory course Hist. If that fail, then he uses the injection 
 (207), three or four times a day ; and if he employs the nitrate of 
 silver at all, it is only as an astringent (208). Prescription (304) 
 is a valuable injection. 
 
 When the second stage sets in, and the symptoms become more 
 violent, injections must not be used. For the very severe scalding in 
 passing water, which is now felt, take thirty drops of a solution of 
 potassa in half a tumblerful of water, twice or three times a day. 
 Persons of full habit, may be benefited by dissolving a grain or two 
 of tartar emetic in a tumbler of water, and taking to the extent of 
 producing a little nausea. Relief is occasionally obtained by holding 
 the penis for some time in warm water. 
 
 For the painful chordee, or erections, camphor and opium (120) ar*- 
 required, — from one to three pills a day. Thirty drops of laudanum 
 may be given when the patient retires. Cold applications to the gen- 
 ital organs, or walking barefooted upon the cold floor, will frequently 
 give relief. When other things fail, three pills a day may be taken 
 of extract of hyoscyamus, containing from one to four grains each. 
 The quantity of cVrinks must be diminished, and cold lotions must be 
 applied to the penis on going to bed, — the patient covering himself 
 lightly. 
 
 Qleet is generally very obstinate, and often requires a very pro- 
 tracted treatment. If there be any tenderness along the under side 
 of the penis, it is well to apply three or four leechet. Occasionally 
 recipe (272) will have an excellent effect. But gleet is an unhealthy 
 action, sustained by habit, and may often be cured by simply exciting 
 a new action which shall break the old habit. It is alwa}'s well, 
 therefore, to resort to injections. Sugar of lead and sulphate of zinc 
 (207) answer a good purpose ; or sulphate of zinc and tonnin (209) 
 may be tried. Chloride of zinc (210), does well in some obstinate 
 cases. 
 
 But gleet is often dependent on stricture, and when this is the case, 
 we must learn the location of it by exploring the water-pipe with a 
 bougie. When the instrument reaches the constricted part, the pa- 
 tient feels pain, or the surgeon meets an obstruction, — often both. 
 When the stricture is found, it is either to have the solid nitrate of 
 silver applied to it with an instrument called the parte cauatique, or a 
 solution of nitrate of silver (211), or of acid nitrate of mercury 
 (226), with a shower-syringe. When these means fail, we must pass 
 a small bougie gently through the stricture ; then a larger, and then 
 a still larger one, until the obstruction be removed. They should be 
 used once or twice a day, and not be retained long in the passage. 
 They frequently have to be used ten or twelve weeks, and should 
 
374 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 ! 
 
 i 
 
 not be discontinued till the cure is complete. Put no confidence in 
 those quacks who promise to cure these old troubles in a few da}s. 
 They want your money, but have no expectation or ability to cure 
 you at all. 
 
 For inflar'nation of the testicles, apply leeches at once. To this 
 should be ai led warm fomentations and poultices. If these means 
 fail, more serious measures are to be adopted, which it would be oul 
 of place to describe in this book. 
 
 Inflammation of the prostate gland is also to be treated with 
 leeches and poultices ; likewise a warm hip-bath. The water must 
 be drawn off with a catheter until it can be passed in the natural 
 way. 
 
 Prevention of Sexual Diseases. — I have several times been in 
 doubt as to the best method of presenting some of the topics which 
 the wide scope of this book has brought before me ; but no one sub- 
 ject has perplexed me like the one announced in the above head- 
 ing, — not that it is not easy enough to furnish the rules for 
 preventing venereal disease, but that it is a grave question in morals 
 whether to instruct the world in the methods of such prevention is 
 right. Is it proper to give any other advice than the simple direction 
 to abstain from all liability to disease ? That is the question. 
 
 If such advice would be heeded, of course no other should be 
 given. But it would not. If the person disregarding it would alone 
 suffer the penalty of the transgression, it might then be best to em- 
 body the whole advice in the simple imperative word, abstain ! But 
 this cannot be. The infection will be imparted to a third person, and 
 onward to thousands ; and many of these thousands will be innocent 
 wives, who will perish of the disease, or send the infection down to 
 the second, the third, the fourth, and to all generations ! While a 
 strict morality might seem, therefore, at first view, to forbid the in- 
 culcation of rules for avoiding infection, the good of the race would 
 appear to justify and lequire it. 
 
 The first requisite for prevention is cleanliness. Frequent washing 
 is of prime importance. 
 
 The precautions should not be the same before and after the vene- 
 real act, when a person is about to expose himself to risk. Before 
 the act, the parts should be carefully examined to see if there be any 
 break in the skin. The least breach in this covering of the penis 
 greatly promotes contagion. Before coition, there should be no wash- 
 ing with soap, for this deprives the parts of the mucus and oil, — 
 thus rendering the naked and exposed skin liable to infection. On 
 the contrary, to apply a solution of alum, tannin, or a decoction of 
 oak-bark, or aromatic wine, constringes or hardens the covering of the 
 organ, and rendere contagion more difficult. An article called con- 
 dom is often used to ward off disease. It is a sack made of gold- 
 beater's skin, and is drawn over the penis like a glove over the finger, 
 and thus protects it from contact with poisonous matter. 
 
 ^^><*^jfm^^Mi'^^^^memi^mismi^mmtm^mvmpm,-.-. 
 
iifidence in 
 . few days, 
 lity to cure 
 
 !. To this 
 lese means 
 )uld be out 
 
 eated with 
 ivater must 
 the natural 
 
 les been in 
 )pic8 which 
 no one sub- 
 tbove head- 
 i rules for 
 n in morals 
 ■evention is 
 )le direction 
 stion. 
 
 • should be 
 would alone 
 best to em- 
 dain ! But 
 peraon, and 
 be innocent 
 3n down to 
 While a 
 ■bid the in- 
 race would 
 
 jnt wflhing 
 
 sr the vene- 
 3k. Before 
 [here be any 
 
 the penis 
 I be no wash- 
 and oil,— 
 tction. On 
 lecoction of 
 jring of the 
 I called con- 
 Ide of gold- 
 
 the finger, 
 
 VENEREAL OB SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 375 
 
 Of still greater importance are prompt measures of prevention 
 nftp.r the act. Lotions should be immediately applied to every part 
 of the organ, and in the case of females, should be used as injections. 
 These lotions should be acids or alkalies. A mixture of vinegar and 
 water has been recommended as an excellent wash. Ricord recom- 
 mends aromatic wine; Malapert, corrosive sublimate (212), in the 
 form of solution. Probably the best preventive is composed mainly 
 of alcohol and soap (213), as recommended by Langlebert. 
 
 An exposed person, using any one of these solutions, particularly 
 the last, or, in the absence of all these, washing thoroughly with soap 
 and water, will be likely to escape contagion. 
 
 Medical Police. — What is called general prophylaxis, or preven- 
 tion, or medical police, is not a subject of legislation in this country. 
 The moral sense of the American people does not admit its necessity. 
 In Europe, the authorities watch over prostitution. They even go so 
 far as to regulate it. They appoint practitioner, whose duty it is to 
 act as a sort of medical police, and particularly to visit houses of 
 prostitution once or twice a week, and examine all the inmates. 
 When a girl is found diseased, she is immediately removed to a hos- 
 pital, and not permitted to return until she is well. 
 
 5elf-Pollution. — Masturbation. 
 
 There is probably no vice to which so many boys and young men, 
 and even girls and young women, are addicted, and from which so 
 many constitutions break down, as self-pollution. Small boys and 
 girls learn the vile practice of the larger ones at school, and generally 
 continue it up to maturity, without the least suspicion that they are 
 inflicting upon themselves either a moral or a physical injury. 
 
 This comes of the false modesty and bastard morality which with- 
 holds from the young all knowledge of the proper functions of their 
 sexual organs, and of the inconceivable mischief resulting from their 
 abuse. A gentleman of distinction lately said to me : "I instruct my 
 boys as faithfully on this subject as upon any other moral or physical 
 question, and I tell my wife it is her duty to do the same with the 
 girls." This is wise. Yet, how few parents ever speak to their boys 
 or girls on the subject, to give them the least reason to suppose there 
 is any better rule for their conduct than their own desires I 
 
 Symptoms. — These are very numerous. The principal are, head- 
 ache, wakefulness, restless nights, indolence, indisposition to study, 
 melancholy, despondency, forgetfuluess, weakness in the back and 
 private organs, a lack of confidence in one's own abilities, cowardice, 
 inability to look another full in the face, and, among females, hyster- 
 ics, wliites, and a desire for seclusion from society and solitude. 
 
 I have already spoken of the receptacles of semen, lying on each 
 side of the prostate gland. From the fore part of these receptacles, 
 the semen passes thixtugh two- ducts, about a finger's breadth in 
 
 i 
 
I 
 
 
 876 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 length, into the urethra or water-pipe, just in front of the prostate. 
 From excessive self-pollution, these ducts become very irritable, ami 
 also debilitated and relaxed, — so much so that they will not retain 
 the semen ; and during lascivious dreams, it flows off. These semi- 
 nal losses are called "nocturnal emissions." So constant is the drain 
 they keep up upon many young men who have abused themselves 
 excessively, that *the whole man, mentally, morally, and physically, 
 becomes a wreck. There are few objects more pitiable to behold 
 than a young man in this condition, — his nervous system feeble, 
 tremulous, and broken ; his memory weakened and fading out ; his 
 eye unsteady and incapable of looking a friend in the face ; his loins 
 and back weakened, giving him the feeble gait of old age ; his once 
 erect form cowed and bent; his high sense of manliness all oozed out 
 of him ; his mind taking up and dropping the simplest threads of 
 thought, losing its way in the plainest paths of reflection, and often 
 starting back affrighted at the glimpse of chaotic insanity opening 
 before him, — turning here and there for relief, but finding little hope 
 of recovery, except in marriage, and yet knowing himself unfitted to 
 be the husband of an intelligent woman I 
 
 Treatment. — Every kind of treatment, no matter how judicious or 
 well applied, will be unsuccessful, unless the vice which has produced 
 the diseap;:, be absolutely and entirely abandoned. This is the first 
 thing to be seciu-ed. It may be extremely difficult for the patient to 
 do this, with his mental and moral nature all broken and in ruins, — 
 with no heart to feel, nor will to execute ; and yet it must be done, 
 or a cure cannot be effected. 
 
 To bring this about, everything must be done by the physician to 
 strengthen the moral nature of the patient, and to raise his self-respect 
 and hope. The most careful directions must be given for restraining 
 the imagination. The patient must be directed and encouraged to 
 drive out from the mind, instantly, and upon all occasions, every 
 lascivious thought; to cultivate the society of the most intellect- 
 ual and virtuous females ; to make himself hv^y with useful and, if 
 possible, agreeable employment; to avoid solitude; and to sleep with 
 some friend. He should sleep on a mattress, and never on feathers ; 
 always on the side, never on the back. 
 
 Where there is considerable debility, tonics will be required, as the 
 mineral ids (GO), (62), (78), and bitters (77), (67), (66), (59), 
 and str>oimine (83), (95), (86), and iron (80), (93), (72), (73), 
 (71). In addition to some of the above preparations, the syrup of 
 the hypophosphites should be taken for some time. 
 
 The food should be nutritious and easy of digestion, and the cold 
 alkaline sponge-bath should be taken once a day, with brisk rubbing; 
 and the private parts should be washed daily with cold water, espe- 
 cially just before retiring. 
 
 In conclusi£>n, I say emphatically to parents, do not let your sons 
 and daughters remain ignorant on this subject. It is plainly your 
 
 38gaaa5^Kv; »aaihwtj.;^ifaM<aiiijiW>ia^^ 
 
VENEREAL OB SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 877 
 
 le prostate, 
 ritable, and 
 not retain 
 rhese semi- 
 is the drain 
 themselves 
 physically, 
 
 I to behold 
 tern feeble, 
 ig out; his 
 i ; his loins 
 >; his once 
 
 II oozed out 
 threads of 
 , and often 
 ity opening 
 ; little hope 
 unfitted to 
 
 iudicious or 
 « produced 
 is the first 
 ) patient to 
 in ruins, — 
 st be done, 
 
 lysician to 
 self-respect 
 restraining 
 ouraged to 
 ions, every 
 t intellect- 
 ful and, if 
 sleep with 
 a feathers ; 
 
 ired, as the 
 ■66), (59), 
 :T2.), (73), 
 e syrup of 
 
 id the cold 
 k rubbing; 
 rater, espe- 
 
 your sons 
 ainly your 
 
 duty to enlighten and to warn them. It is a matter in which young 
 peraons are generally disposed to do right, if rightly instructed. 
 Avail youi-self of your right to give counsel, and, if need be, to use 
 authority. 
 
 Says Ware: "The deleterious, the sometimes appalling conse- 
 quences of this vice, upon the health, the constitution, the mind itself, 
 are some of the common matters of medical observation. The vic- 
 tims of it should know what these consequences are ; for, to be ac- 
 quainted with the tremendous evils it entails, may assist them in the 
 work of resistance. 
 
 " To you, parents, on whose sho ilders is carried the weighty re- 
 sponsibility of rearing your children In a pure atmosphere, let me say 
 that to shut your eyes against the p; obabilities of youth is an error 
 and a sin. Let the mother learn to know the restlessness and ac- 
 tivity of youth ; let the father recall his early ambitions, his longing 
 for excitement, and his reaching out after life and activity in various 
 ways. Do not repress these natural instincts, but learn to guide them 
 into proper charmels. Keep at home the attractions of public places ; 
 have music and games, mirth and gayety ; invent amusement and 
 mirth, and banish dullness and apathy. Do not argue that your boy 
 is better than other boys and your daughter superior to your neigh- 
 bor's frivolous girls. The boys and girls guilty of this vice are 
 somebody's children, and thesq somebody's children are nine to one 
 your children. See that your children lead an active, physical life, 
 that out-door games and gymnasium exercises enter largely into their 
 lives ; keep them busy, give them something to do to occupy their 
 attention beside their studies ; let them study with a will when they 
 study, and play equally hard when they play. Do not be afraid to 
 talk on» these matters with your children, and explain in a rational 
 way what passion is, and how it is to be governed and how used. 
 If you have that unfortunate amount of prudery and false shame 
 so common to many people, and feel you cannot talk with your chil- 
 dren about such matters, send them to your family physician and let 
 him have a plain honest talk with the children. ' Well stated in- 
 formation never yet contributed to human inflammation.' Read 
 them Storer, Ware and Wilder on 'What Young People should 
 Know,' and make them realize tlxat a 'healthy knowledge is the 
 best preventive r gainst an unhealthy ignorance.' Do not wait till 
 the young have already grown up in the vice, — your admonitions may 
 then be too late, — nor fancy your children have not been thrown in 
 with influences which corrupt, and that by broaching the subject to 
 them you are informing them of a subject they may never otherwise 
 have heard of. Remember the statement: 'whether or not we 
 ought to hide this subject from the young, if we could, the truth is, 
 we cannot if we would.' " 
 
 To you, young men, in particular, let me warn you against a seem- 
 ing propriety on your part to keep your silence. If you are given 
 
I 
 
 378 
 
 VBNEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES 
 
 to the habit, however slightly, go to your father, your mother, your 
 family doctor. Confession will strengthen your will and purpose to 
 overcome the temptation. Do not lie to the family physician in his 
 inquiriea : he is your friend and wishes you only success ; he is ac- 
 quainted with these ailments and knows your temptations ; he ap- 
 preciates and respects your noble desire to rid youiself of the evil. 
 
 Do not, above all else, read the numerous pamphlets on Sexual 
 Debility, Lost Manhood, etc., or be duped into answering advertise- 
 ments in the public prints offering to send you literature on the 8u]> 
 ject. No man can afford to send you free publications and postage- 
 stamps unless he sees as an outcome a fee at the end of the book in 
 the shape of medicines and other promised help. Steer religiously 
 clear of these smoothly written books and these specialists in the art 
 of restoring lost manhood. Your experience with them will be 
 much like the countryman with bunco^teerers. 
 
 Make every honest endeavor to conquer an unruly passion while 
 it is young, and the more readily conquerable, but never despair of 
 being helped by suitable aid, however long the passion may have been 
 victorious over you. Do not ascribe your weakness in fighting temp- 
 tation to the Almighty, the sins of your parents, or the example of 
 your elders or associates, but go at the demon with a will and the 
 fight is yours. Having conquered the enemy, the results of the past 
 can be overcome by a pure life and the dictates of your physician ; 
 nay, I may even add. Nature restores herself if only she can be as- 
 sisted. In fact there is no specific for the troubles that arise from 
 this vice. The only rure is to absolutely stop the habit and imme- 
 diately thrust out all lascivious thoughts as soon as they enter the 
 mind. Build up the strength and in time nature and marriage will 
 do the rest. 
 
 i 
 
Tt i*yt^' 
 
 .'^ JStti. 
 
 nother, your 
 1 purpose t(i 
 iiciaii in his 
 8 ; he is an- 
 ions ; he ai> 
 i the evil. 
 i on Sexual 
 ig advertise- 
 3 on the 8ul> 
 and postiige- 
 the book in 
 • religiously 
 ts in the art 
 lem will be 
 
 assion while 
 r despair of 
 lyliave been 
 fhting temp- 
 example of 
 i^ill and the 
 i of the past 
 r physician ; 
 ) can be as- 
 ; arise from 
 and imme- 
 jy enter the 
 larriage will 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 In addition to the diseases common to both sexes, women are 
 subject to a class of distressing complaints peculiar to themselves, 
 and denominated, in general terms, female diseases. Involving con- 
 siderations of a delicate nature, these complaints have too generally 
 and too long been shut out from works intended for popular distribu- 
 tion. Hence there is a general ignorance of a class of diseases which 
 are fast unfitting woman for the high duty of continuing the race; 
 and the subjects of these maladies are generally themselves so unin- 
 formed of the true nature of their sufferings, that they are neither 
 prepared to seek relief in the proper direction, nor to submit to the 
 remedy if it chance to be proposed. 
 
 It is intended heie to speak of these disorders, as I have done of all 
 others, in a plain and simple way, to describe them, so far as the 
 present state of medicine permits, just as they are, and to make 
 known the modes of treatment which have been found available for 
 their cure. The sufferings of woman require this ; the interests of 
 humanity require it ; and the writer is impelled to it, as he thinks, 
 by a just sense of responsibility. 
 
 Physicians, in my judgment, are chargeable with a great wrong in 
 concealing within their own breasts information upon what are called 
 delicate subjects, — information which the good of the world requires 
 should be divulged, and which they ought to pour into the public 
 mind, and make common, and which they would thus popularize, but 
 for their stiff pride and conservatism. 
 
 The idea that our knowledge cannot be imparted to the world 
 without injuring the public morals, is simply absurd. We are more 
 afraid of bringing the common people too near to us, of letting down 
 our dignity, and of opening our profound secrets to popular eyes. 
 The result is as it should be, that unsophisticated people are apt to 
 give physicians a wide berth, and to have nothing to do with them 
 unless necessity compels. Let doctors strip off their reserve, and 
 while they remain gentlemen, become likewise companions, impart- 
 ing their knowledge freely and ic.miliarly to all, and the public con- 
 fidence, now considerably shaken, will be frankly restored to the pro- 
 fession. 
 
 It should be the object of a good physician to know all he can, and 
 
 . 379 
 
"^. I t . .^L l . l )f ' SJL ' l. 'I La ! TTC-: ., 
 
 380 
 
 FKMALK DI8EABKB. 
 
 to impart hia knowledge to as many as possible. Knowledge is nf»»i 
 merely power : it is happiness, it is wisdom, it is health, it is virtue ; 
 yes, it is always virtue, except in some rare instances, where the woret 
 natures pervert it. No physicians are so much loved as those who 
 are frank, and have no concealments. The day for mysterious nods 
 of the head, and rollings of the eyes, and shrugs of the shoulder, has 
 gone by. Men, and women too (or those of them who are wise), 
 wish to know distinctly what their diseases are, and what is necen- 
 sary, not to palliate and prolong, but to cure them. 
 
 Time when Female Diseases Begin. — Female coniplaints begin 
 to make their appearance at the period of life called puberty, — the 
 time when the girl passes from childhood to womanhood. This is the 
 period when menstruation is established, which consists of a discharge 
 from the genital organs, composed of blood and mucus, and which 
 occurs, when regular, every four weeks. Up to this period, the system 
 of reproduction has remained dormant. By the intervention of this 
 mjnsterious function, the young female becomes a new being. The 
 heart unfolds itself to new emotions ; the mind assumes a solidity 
 before unknown, and even the body acquires beauty from a sudden 
 rotundity of form. 
 
 This is the period when the great question of female health is very 
 apt to be settled once for all, and for life. The girl who is well 
 trained at this time, generally has a foundation laid for health and 
 character, which is worth more to her than riches. At no time does 
 the mother need so much wisdom and knowledge as now. To es- 
 tablish the health and develop the affections of the daughter at this 
 critical period, is a sacred trust which she can devolve upon no other 
 being ; nor can she meet her responsibilities at this time, unless better 
 informed than most mothers are. The general apathy in regard to 
 this maternal duty is deplorable. 
 
 False Delicacy. — The refmed delicacy which withdraws these 
 subjects from the public gaze is commendable, for it casts a beauti- 
 ful charm over society; but when carried so far as to cast a veil even 
 over the eyes of mothers, it is quite unnatural, and leads to the worst 
 results ; for in the bad management of girls at this critical period is 
 laid the" foundation of so many of the diseases which shatter the con- 
 stitution of so many women. For this bad management, it is not 
 mothers alone who are to be blamed. The neglect of the medical 
 profession to furnish the necessary information should come in for its 
 full share of reproach. 
 
 The Establishment of the Menses. — Nature always comes slowly 
 and by degrees to the inauguration or establishment of any of her 
 great functions. It is so in regard to menstruation, or, as it is va- 
 riously called, " the menses," " the courses," " the change," etc. For 
 some ti >ne btifore the flow begins, there are certain symptoms, or pre- 
 monitions, wliich to the eye of the physician plainly enough foretell 
 
 '€isi^^il£ 
 
 ttMWlHii 
 
VKMALK DISKA8RB. 
 
 881 
 
 [edge is nnf, 
 it is virtue ; 
 ire the woi-st 
 8 those will) 
 iterious noils 
 ihoulder, has 
 a are wise), 
 lat in neces- 
 
 plaints begin 
 berty, — the 
 . This is the 
 t a discharge 
 , and which 
 i, the system 
 ntion of this 
 being. The 
 BS a solidity 
 m a sudden 
 
 lealth is very 
 who is well 
 r health and 
 no time does 
 low. To es- 
 rhter at this 
 ij)on no other 
 unless better 
 in regard to 
 
 idraws these 
 sts a beauti- 
 jt a veil even 
 
 to the worst 
 ical period is 
 itter the con- 
 sni, it is not 
 
 the medical 
 ome in for its 
 
 comes slowly 
 f any of her 
 r, as it is va- 
 Te," etc. For 
 •toms, or pre- 
 jugh foretell 
 
 the impending change. To the mother these signs would be equal- 
 ly intelligible, were she as well informed as she should bt. It is 
 jilairly her duty to be intelligent enough to assist nature in the es- 
 tablishment of this important function. But how often, either from 
 ignorance or from false ideas of delicacy, does she fail to interfere, 
 and allow tlie daughter to be taken by surprise, and perhaus fright- 
 ened and thrown into convulsions 1 
 
 From inquiries made of about one thousand women, a distin- 
 guished English physician found that about one-quarter were unpre- 
 pared for the appearance o5 the menses. Some of the girls were 
 frightened and went into hysterical fits; others thought they were 
 wounded, and washed with cold water. The flow was stopped in 
 several cases, and in some never restored ; while the health of all 
 in whom it was interrupted was seriously impaired. 
 
 Symptoms of the First Menstruation. — A variety of symptoms 
 precede and foretell the first menstruatiou. Headache, dizziness, 
 sluggishness of thought, and disposition to sleep ; these occurring in 
 a girl, may be taken tvs hints that the " change " is at hand. If to 
 these be added pains in the back and lower limbs, the intimations 
 will be still more significant. 
 
 At tliis time a girl loses a relish for the society of children ; she is 
 apt to acquire a taste for solitude ; her temper becomes wayward and 
 fretful ; her eyes acquire a peculiar lustre ; she becomes a sort of 
 mystery to her friends and herself ; not her physical frame only, her 
 whole character is changed. She is about stepping into a new life. 
 Her emotions, thoughts, anticipations, retrospections, are all new to 
 her, and her outward manifestations are new to her friends. An in- 
 telligent mother will not fail now to prepare her mind for the impor- 
 tant event close at hand. 
 
 The age when this change takes place depends very much upon 
 a variety of circumstances. It occurs much earlier in warm than in 
 cold climates. It is hastened by high living ; by the whirl and bustle 
 and excitement of city life ; by reading novels which are full of love- 
 incidents ; by attending balls, theatres, and parties ; and by mingling 
 much in the society of gentlemen. 
 
 Early Menstruation not Desirable. — It is a law, both in animal 
 and vegetable life, that the later the period at which maturity is 
 reached, the greater the solidity of the body, i nd the longer it lives. 
 Girls who menstruate early do so because the body is weakened by 
 climate or luxury, and tht nervous system unduly developed by ex- 
 citement; while those who come late to womanhood have firmer 
 constitutions, enjoy better health, and live longer. Those mothers, 
 therefore, commit great errors, who are anxious and administer 
 " forcing medicines," because their daughters do not menstruate at 
 fourteen or fifteen. If girls are suffering from no special ill-health, 
 no anxiety need be felt if «♦ the custom of women " do not come to 
 
382 
 
 FBMALK DISRABSH. 
 
 ,them till the age of eighteen, or even twenty The delay should 
 excite thiiiikfulnoHH mtlier than re^rret. It hIiowh that the cuuHtitu- 
 tion has not in it the Heeda of early dissolution ; that it is fortifying 
 itself against future disease. 
 
 (lirls who (ionie thus tardily t*") maturity are much more "regular" 
 in after life. They Ixjar children with fewer iu;cidents, and are af- 
 flicted much less with female diseases. The duty of mothers is i)lain: 
 it is to bring their daughtera forward as late as possible, by refusing 
 their early admission to society, by withdrawing from them all excit- 
 ing reading, by prohibiting their early attendance at parties and 
 theatrical entertainments, by prescribing for them the most unstimu- 
 lating diet, and by requiring a large amount of exercise in the open 
 air. 
 
 A wide investigation has shown that the first menstruation occurs, 
 in hot climates, at the average age of thirteen years and nineteen 
 hundredths ; in temperate regions, at fourteen years and seventy-four 
 hundredths ; in cold latitudes, at sixteen years and fifty-three hun- 
 dredths. Under the hot-house culture of modern society, and espe- 
 cially among the wealthy classes, where indolence, luxury, and excite- 
 ment unite to weaken the constitution, this change is constantly oc- 
 curring at a more tender age. 
 
 How Female Diseases are Induced. — All living things have 
 their origin in germs. The germ from which the higher animals 
 spring, man included, is an ovum or egg. Every animal and every 
 vegetable is provided with an organ for the production of germs. In 
 woman, this organ is called an ovary. There are two ovaries, about 
 half an inch in length, one lying on each side of the womb, to which 
 they are attached by ligaments or cords. The ovarian bodies con- 
 tain vast numbers of vesicles, or cells, or eggs, which are the true 
 germs of human life, and the only sources from which it can spring. 
 
 Between the ages of fourteen and forty-five (speaking in geneml 
 terms), every healthy woman matures and deposits an ovum once in 
 twenty-eight days. This vesicle, some time before the monthly flow, 
 begins to germinate and swell, and after a time, like a grain of wheat 
 in the earth, it bursts its covering and springs forth. It then passes 
 through what is called ' - Fallopian tube into the womb, whence it is 
 cast o£f. 
 
 During the sv' a bui-sting of this vesicle or germ, the ves- 
 
 sels of the c Mii. womb, and particularly of the membrane 
 
 lining the woj i its neck, are so crowded with blood as to pro- 
 
 duce in the parvo a state of congestion. If the parts be examined 
 with a speculum at this time, they will lie found red, sensitive, and 
 almost inflamed. So great is this congestion, that the woman often 
 complains of pain in the ovaries and the womb, and a general 
 sense of heat, aching, and dragging down in the lower part of the 
 bowels. The pain often extends to the back, the groins, and the 
 thighs. 
 
 11 
 
VXMALK DI8KABKS. 
 
 388 
 
 lay should 
 
 le constitii- 
 
 fortifyitijj 
 
 " regular" 
 vnd are af- 
 I'sis plain: 
 
 y refuHiiijf 
 n all excit- 
 )artie8 and 
 t iinstimu- 
 n the open 
 
 iion ocoura, 
 1 nineteen 
 venty-four 
 three hun- 
 , and espe- 
 and excite- 
 stantly oc- 
 
 ings have 
 3r animals 
 and every 
 germs. In 
 ries, about 
 }, to which 
 )odies con- 
 8 the true 
 jan spring, 
 in geneiul 
 m once in 
 nthly flow, 
 n of wheat 
 hen passes 
 hence it ^^ 
 
 n, the ves- 
 membrane 
 as to pro- 
 examined 
 sitive, and 
 nan often 
 a general 
 irt of the 
 i, and the 
 
 This Condition Repeated Every Month. — When we consider 
 that this state of things is roiH^ated every four weeks, and that the 
 congested or crowded state of the vessels begins somo 'lays before 
 the monthly flow, and lasts, in all, some ten days, making about one- 
 third part of every month, we need not wonder that inflammation so 
 often supervencH, with all its attendant ill-health and suffering. 
 
 Increased by VariouA Causes If re reflect, further, that this 
 
 congestion is increased, among the wealthy, by high living, and 
 among all clasHcs, by over^itiniulation of the nervous system, and by 
 the lascivious morals of the age, we see stronger reasons for expect- 
 ing — what is reall}' occurring — a continually increasing amount of 
 suffering from female diseases. 
 
 And when we know, still further, that American females are care- 
 less of their health ; that they often attend balls and theatres at the 
 very time of suffering from this monthly visitation ; that they fre- 
 quently wet their feet, and otherwise expose themselves to colds, we 
 cannot feel surprise, even when we learn that from one-half to three- 
 fourths of all women in cities, and quite a large proportion of them 
 in the country, have inflammation of the ovaries, or of the womb, or 
 of the neck of the womb, or suffer some of the forms of displace- 
 ment of this latter organ. 
 
 Child-Bearing. — The inflammatory state of the Titerine organs is 
 often induced by injuries received in child-bearing, and by excessive 
 indulgence in sexual pleasures. 
 
 Wealcness of the SexuaP System The womb, moreover, like 
 
 any other organ, may be naturally frail, and easily affected by dis- 
 ease. This weakness of the sexual system is indicated by the diffi- 
 culty with which menstruation is established, and the presence of the 
 whites, both before and after each monthly flow. Women in whom 
 the generative organs are weak, are much more liable to inflamma- 
 tion of the womb, ^nd to all complaints peculiar to the sex. 
 
 Description of the Sexual Organs — Before describing the par- 
 ticular diseases to which the female generative organs are liable, it 
 is proper to give the reader a brief description of the chief of these 
 organs. 
 
 The Womb itself, in its healthy, natural state, is about two inches 
 long, and one inch broad — weighing a little more than an ounce, 
 and is in shape like a pear. It is lined with a mere rudimentary 
 mucous membrane. 
 
 The Necic of the Womb has a cavity distinct from that of the 
 body of the organ, and is lined with a mucous membrane well sup- 
 plied with follicles or glands. 
 
 The Fallopian Tubes open, one from each side of the base, or 
 largest end of the womb, and extend outward to the ovaries. 
 
 ■ ' Mjwwui-i o mmmMi 
 
 WS^ 
 
384 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 The Ovaries are glandular bodies lying one on each side of the 
 base of the womb. They are more particularly explained else- 
 where. 
 
 Fig. 136 gives some idea of these organs. A, is the body of the 
 womb ; B, the neck of the womb ; C, C, the vagina ; D, one of the 
 
 n 
 \ 
 
 ■ 
 
 FlO. 13S. 
 
 ovPTies ; F, F, the Fallopian tubes ; E, E, the fimbriated extremi- 
 tif i ; G, the small ligament attaching the fimbriated extremity to the 
 o'.ary. 
 
 Inflammation of the Neck of the Womb. — Inflammation of the 
 body of the womb is a comparatively rare disease, but inflammation 
 of the neck of this organ is so common that in nearly nineteen out 
 of twenty cases, when *->male8 seek relief for whites, for painful men- 
 struation, for stoppage of the menses, or even for what they suppose 
 to be a falling of the womb, a careful examination will show that 
 this pendant portion of the womb is in a state of marked inflamma- 
 tion, or of absolute ulceration. The whites, if they continue with- 
 out intermission from one menstrual flow to another, are almost al- 
 ways the result of one of these conditions of the uterine neck. 
 
 It would surprise most persons out of the medical profession, and 
 many physicians, to know how large a proportion of the more grave 
 diseases which inflict such terrible suffering upon woman, and so 
 completely shatter her constitution, are dependent for their exist- 
 ence upon a simple local inflammation, either in the neck of the 
 uterus, or in one or both of the ovaries. Many a female has for 
 years suffered agonies, greater than those of death itself, arising, as 
 she supposed, from a complication of ills which invade every part of 
 the system, while the whole of her troubles arose, in fact, from an in- 
 flammation of the neck of the womb merely. 
 
 Difficulties of Studying: Uterine Diseases The social rela- 
 tions of the sexes, and the great delicacy of the matters to be inves- 
 tigated, for a long time prevented direct examination and investiga- 
 tion, so that little knowledge was gained, and as little benefit con- 
 ferred. 
 
 4 
 
L side of the 
 :plained else- 
 body of the 
 ), one of the 
 
 kted extremi- 
 remity to the 
 
 nation of the 
 inflammation 
 nineteen out 
 painful men- 
 they suppose 
 II show that 
 ed inflamma- 
 )ntinue with- 
 'e almost al- 
 e neck, 
 ofession, and 
 more grave 
 man, and so 
 ■ their exist- 
 neck of the 
 nale has for 
 [f, arising, as 
 3very part of 
 ., from an in- 
 
 I social rela- 
 
 ; to be inves- 
 
 id investiga- 
 
 benefit con- 
 
B3i£^'«. 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Woman, always distinguished for her modesty, could not be ex- 
 pected to invite investigations which were not proffered, whatever the 
 extremity of her sufferings ; and man, scrupulously sensitive lest he 
 should make himself an intruder by stepping within delicate enclos- 
 ures, have both, in times past, mistaken their duty by misinterpreting 
 the demands of the highest delicacy. 
 
 Needful Examination not Indelicate Rightly viewed, no in- 
 quiries or examinations are indelicate which are necessary to a full 
 understanding of the nature of disease, and which are made with the 
 sole purpose of rendering its cure possible. I agree with Dr. Meigs, 
 the elder, that the delicacy or indelicacy of examining the persons of 
 females for the purpose of exploring disease, depends on the motive 
 with which it Is done. To pure-minded persons, it is never, I think, 
 a source of impurity. On the contrary, the self-restraint, the honor- 
 able feeling, and the nice sense of delicacy which it calls into exercise, 
 often heighten the tone of a man's virtue, and certainly increase a true 
 woman's respect for it. Unfortunately, there is now and then a gross- 
 minded man in the profession, who, in these investigations, will vio- 
 late the most sacred of all trusts committed to his hands; but such 
 monsters — few in number — soon find their level, and are shunned 
 as the most vile of the race. 
 
 It is now 80 well understood, that these investigations do not lead 
 to immoralities, that the most highly educated, intelligent, refined, 
 and virtuous females almost invariably raise the fewest objections to 
 such examinations as a physician of character may propose. 
 
 Methods of Investigating Female Diseases. — The symptoms of 
 these complaints will be spoken of in their proper place, as the 
 several diseases come under a brief review. I merely wish to allude 
 here to the methods of physical exploration which modern practice 
 has called to its aid. 
 
 Tile Toucii. — These methods consist, first, of what is called the 
 touch, which, is made either externally upon the bowels, or internally, 
 with the index finger, through the vagina, or passage, from the external 
 genital oi^ns to the neck of the womb. 
 
 Tlie Speculum. — In the 
 
 second place, of ocular in- 
 spection of the vagina and 
 neck of the uterus, through 
 an instrument called the spec- 
 ulum. By this instrument, 
 the eye, as well as the finger, 
 is made to assist in learning 
 the real condition of the parts. 
 The finger informs us 
 whether there is any devia- fio. 137. simi' speculum. 
 
 '^f 
 
I i 
 
 386 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 tion from nature in the bulk, the firmness, the smoothness, or the 
 sensibil' y of the parts ; while the sight, through the speculum, affords 
 absolute certainty as to 
 whether the parts are suf- 
 fering from inflammation, 
 ulceration, abrasion, or 
 eruption. 
 
 There are a variety of 
 specula in use by modern 
 physicians, but all are es- 
 sentially of two kinds ; first, a so-called Sims' 
 Speculum (Fig. 137), the end of which, when 
 inserted into the vagina and pulled upon, allows 
 the air to enter and balloons out the vagina so 
 that the parts can be readily seen. This specu- 
 lum necessitates what is known as Sims' posi- 
 tion, i. e. the woman's hips resting on the edge 
 of the bed or table, knees flexed, and chest rest- 
 ing on bed with left arm out from behind her. 
 
 The second variety of speculum is what is 
 known as the duck-bill pattern (Fig. 138). By 
 a separation of the two blades, the neck of the womb slips in between 
 them. The speculum is then fastened with a thumb-screw, leaving 
 the hands of the physician free. This speculum is used with the 
 woman on her back, and feet resting on the bed or table, with knees 
 flexed. 
 
 We also give an illustration of an older kind, which is still used 
 to some extent. The end is so shaped as to catch the neck of the 
 
 Fro. 138. 
 Dack-biU Speoolnm. 
 
 Fio. 189. 
 
 womb, and then by drawing the instrument forward slightly, the 
 diseased surface is presented for as perfect inspection as. if located 
 externally (Fig. 139). 
 
 Inflammation, Ulceration, and Enlars^ement of the 
 Neck of the Womb. 
 
 Inflammation of the neck of the uterus is very common ; ulcera- 
 tion and permanent enlargement (technically called hypertrophy), are 
 its resulte, when it is not arrested in due time. These affections- in 
 fact, and the same troubles as they affect the ovaries, make up the 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 387 
 
 mess, or the 
 ilum, affords 
 
 lo. 138. 
 
 >ill Speonlnm. 
 
 8 in between 
 srew, leaving 
 jed with the 
 , with knees 
 
 is still used 
 neck of the 
 
 slightly, the 
 as. if located 
 
 ;nt of the 
 
 non ; ulcera- 
 •trophy),are 
 iffections. in 
 nake up the 
 
 bulk of female diseases, — being the real causes of the most of those 
 symptoms which have passed under the name of whites, suppression, 
 painful menstruation, sterility, general debility, etc. 
 
 The ne(;k of the womb, when healthy, is soft and smooth. No 
 hardness or condensation of tissue can be felt by tlie finger c ""ss- 
 ing over it. It is elastic, too, and fef Is unctuous to the touch. This 
 latter sensation is communicated by the layer of mucus whicli covers 
 it. Pressure upon it produces no pain. 
 
 Inflammation, when found in this part, may begin in the mucous 
 membrane which covers the neck, or in that which lines its cavity, or 
 in the small glands in the body of the organ. 
 
 Symptoms. — Inflammation of the mucous membrane covering 
 the neck of the uterus destrojrs the unctuous feel which it has in 
 health. It also causes the neck to swell, its vessels being crowded 
 full of blood. If the body of the organ, as well as tlie surface, be 
 reached by the inflammation, it will be hardened and enlarged; and 
 in consequence of its increased weight, it is apt to drop down some- 
 what into the cavity of the vagina. In married ladies, it is often, by 
 physical pressure, pushed a little backward, or retroverted. Exami- 
 nation with the speculum shows the inflamed neck to be of a vivid 
 red, instead of a pale rose-color. It may be covered with red or 
 white pimples, which are glands enlarged with muco-pus. 
 
 In the healthy state, the mouth of the womb is so much closed as 
 to be just perceptible when the finger passes over it. Inflammation 
 causes it to be more or less open, and its lips to be parted. 
 
 Inflammation followed by Ulceration. — In a majority of cases, 
 inflammation of the neck of the womb and of its cavity is soon 
 followed by ulceration, which generally appears first around the 
 mouth, and just within the cavity of the neck. From thencu it 
 spreads both inward and outward. 
 
 Various Degrees of Ulceration, etc. — Of course, these inflamma- 
 tions and ulcerations mix and run into each other in all possible 
 forms, — presenting excoriations, or raw pl"'es; gmnulations, or 
 pimply surfaces; and indurations, or harde d parts. Sometimes 
 these pimply patches will be red and hard, and again the whole sur- 
 face will be spongy, and will bleed upon the slightest touch. 
 
 In many cases, these ulcerations make wretched work with the 
 mouth of the womb, eating deeply into the cavity, and giving it a 
 ragged and unsightly appearance. 
 
 Velvety Feel from Ulceration. — Ulceration generally gives to the 
 surface on which it exists, a soft, velvety feel, which the finger gener- 
 ally recognizes. This velvety sensation, with the open state of the 
 mouth, are the most important evidences we can derive from the 
 touch, of this form of disease. 
 
 The Discharge from these Ulcers is always Pus, or, in common 
 
 
 
388 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 language, matter. It is sometimes poured out scantily, at other tiiues 
 very freely. It may be thick and yellow, or thin, and of a lighter 
 color. 
 
 The inflammatory and ulcenited condition of the neck of the 
 womb often gives rise to pain ; and when the seat of the disease has 
 not been examined, as it should be, this pain has frequently been 
 called neuralgia. In this way, ignorance has compelled neuralgia to 
 stand sponsor for a great many pains with which it has had nothing 
 to do. 
 
 These Ulcers Disturb Menstruation. — Menstruation is generally 
 changed more or less in its character by the presei ^e of inflammar 
 tion or ulceration in the neck of the womb. It usually becomes more 
 painftd. In some cases it is made more profuse, in others more scanty. 
 It may come on more frequently, or it may be postponed, protracted, 
 or abridged in its continuance. There is generally pain of a dull, 
 aching kind, low down in the back. There is often a feeling of full- 
 ness, pain, and a sense of bearing down in the lower part of the 
 bowels ; sometimes the pain extends to the groins and thiglis. 
 
 Extensive Disturbances from these Inflammations, etc. — The 
 
 nerves with which the womb is liberally supplied belong to those of 
 the sympathetic system. Hence, the condition of the uterus influ- 
 ences a wide circle of sympathies. By these nerves this organ is 
 brought into close relationship with the organs of animal life. If the 
 former suffer, the latter suffers also. The stomach, being intimately 
 connected with the womb, physically, feels keenly these inflammations 
 and ulcerations of the uterine neck. At times, the pain, debility, 
 general disturbance, and dyspeptic state of the stomach are such as 
 to cheat both the doctor and the patient into the belief that this organ 
 is the seat of the disease. But in such cases, the symptoms of stom- 
 ach disease will all disappear the moment the local affection is re- 
 moved from the neck of the womb. 
 
 The liver, too, often participates in these troubles, and becomes 
 sadly deranged. It is sometimes even greatly enlarged and congested, 
 a,nd patients frequently have the various symptoms of what are called 
 liver complaints. 
 
 Severe pains are sometimes felt under the breast-bone, and over 
 the chest generally, making the patient apprehensive of disease of 
 the lungs ; and indeed consumption is not a very infrequent result 
 of uterine diseases. 
 
 Pains are often felt in the region of the heart, which organ is often 
 harassed with palpitations. 
 
 The flesh is apt to waste under the symptoms excited by these in- 
 flammatory and ulcerative processes in the uterine neck ; and even 
 the brain, though lying in some measure beyond the circle of influ- 
 ences set in motion by the organic nerves, suffers disturbance and 
 pain. 
 
at other tinioH 
 I of a lighter 
 
 neck of the 
 le disease has 
 jquently been 
 I neuralgia to 
 
 had nothiug 
 
 n is generally 
 of inflamma- 
 aecoraes more 
 8 more scanty. 
 d, protracted, 
 ain of a dull, 
 jeling of fuU- 
 r part of the 
 ihiglis. 
 
 J, etc. — The 
 
 g to those of 
 uterus influ- 
 this organ is 
 1 life. If the 
 ng intimately 
 nflammations 
 )ain, debility, 
 are such as 
 hat this organ 
 jOvciB of stom- 
 Eection is re- 
 
 and becomes 
 ad congested, 
 hat are called 
 
 )ne, and over 
 of disease of 
 jquent result 
 
 srgan is often 
 
 by these in- 
 ik ; and even 
 rcle of influ- 
 urbance and 
 
 rEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 389 
 
 Even the special senses of sight and hearing may be drawn into 
 this general vortex, and both be much impaired. And to crown this 
 catalogue of ills, it may be mentioned that those distressing things 
 called hysterical fits proceed from the same local disorders. 
 
 In brief, there is scarcely a point in the human body to which these 
 inflammatory and ulcerative conditions of the uterine neck may not 
 send theii- sympathetic pains and aches, and where they may not in 
 time induce real disease. This is the reason why so many women 
 suffering from these local complaints, tell the physician, when con- 
 sulting him, that they are " diseased all over." If asked where the 
 complaint is located, they will answer, " It is everywhere." In the 
 most earnest manner the assurance will be given, '■'■Doctor, there isn't 
 any well part about me." 
 
 Treatment. — It is just as unreasonable and useless to treat these 
 inflammations and ulcerations through the stomach, as it is an in- 
 flamed or ulcerated throat. They are local diseases, affecting a par- 
 ticular part, and the remedy must be local. 
 
 Like all other affections, these can only be managed intelligently 
 after their nature is well understood. Nothing can really be done to- 
 wards a cure until it is known what the matter is{ and no competent 
 physician will move a single step in the treatment of one of these 
 cases until he has made a thorough examination. He owes this to 
 himself and to his patient, the more so as the neck of the womb 
 may be as easily examined as the upper part of the throat, and the 
 local remedy may be almost as. readily applied in the former case as 
 in the latter. 
 
 If, upon the introduction of the speculum, the uterine neck be 
 found simply inflamed and enlarged, the application of ichthyol and 
 glycerin to the canal will reduce the swelling and inflammation ; 
 while a tampon of wool soaked in the same and placed beliind the 
 womb will reduce the entire swelling- of the womb by the watery 
 discharges which are produced. The patient must learn to lie down 
 most of the time. If this should not succeed (though it will in most 
 cases) then introduce a speculum, and when the neck of the womb 
 is fairly lodged in its extremity, drop in two or three leeches and al- 
 low them to fill. 
 
 One who is not accustomed to treat these affections in this simple 
 way, will at first be surprised at the rapidity with which the local 
 trouble will disappear, and with it the thousand and one aches and 
 pains which torment the whole body. As the terrible pains in the 
 whole face and head which are produced by a single tooth all in- 
 stantly come to an end when- the tooth is extracted, so do the bad 
 feelings all over the body subside as fast as the local ailments of the 
 uterine neck are cured. There is no exception to this rule, except 
 where the sympathetic affection has become fixed by long neglect 
 of the primary uterine disease. It is, therefore, surprising that so 
 many excellent women, whose lives are of the greatest value to them- 
 
■ j-fyir- yv^i^M 
 
 ■mnTrt^nti'ttfr I'tiiiTt-iMwtifirr > ^'.?'^Ll'-''V'«?i«;>i' il^.^.. 
 
 390 
 
 FEMALE DIBEA3KS. 
 
 ; 
 
 
 Helves and frieiitU, should be permitted to perisli of these ibilnionts, 
 when the cure is so simple, and many times so entirely within tlu! 
 reach of the most ordinary skill. It is a reproach to the pnifessioii 
 which should be wiped away. 
 
 If there are a Imndred motives for gaining the mastery over other 
 diseases, there are a thousand for learning to control these. More 
 than any other diseast or all othei-s, they make the homes of men 
 desolate, by robbing them of women, their ornament and solace. The 
 physician who neglects to make himself acquainted with all there is 
 to be known of these complaints, shows himself not only unfit for his 
 profession, but deficient in some of the prime elements which combine 
 to make a true man. 
 
 Hardening: of the Uterine Neck. — In many cases the uterine neck 
 is not only inflamed and enlarged, it is indurated and hardened. At 
 times it is enlarged and hardened on one side, and not much on the 
 other. In still other cases, there are enlarged spots, or nodes, giving 
 the whole neck a knotty feel under the finger. 
 
 These hardened conditions of the uterine neck proceed from vari- 
 ous causes, and are more difficult to cure than the ordinary inflam- 
 mation, or even ulceration. They sometimes indicate cancerous dis- 
 ease, and then, of course, involve the most serious considerations. 
 The glycerin tampon and the hot vaginal douche will do more for 
 this hardening than all else combined. 
 
 Uterine Syringe. — For applying the several remedies to the inter- 
 nal cavity of the uterine neck, I have contrived a silver syringe, which 
 is bent a little at the extremity, and pierced with fine holes all round. 
 With this instrument, the remedy is carried directly to the diseased 
 part, and applied instantaneously to every side of the cavity. 
 
 Besides these local applications, it is frequently necessary to resort 
 to soothing or astringent injections into the vagina, hip-baths, and 
 injections into the bowels, some mild physic, and rest in a horizontal 
 position. These matters will all be judiciously regctlated by the at- 
 tending physician, il he is master of his business. 
 
 Inflammation, etc., of the Ovaries. — Ovaritis. 
 
 The inflamed condition of the ovaries is indicated by increased 
 heat, and pain upon pressure. The pain in the ovarian region is 
 sometimes intermittent, sometimes constant, and occasionally passes 
 down to the loins and thighs. 
 
 There are acute and chronic inflammations of the organs ; but it 
 will be sufficiently accurate, in a work of this kind, to treat of them 
 as essentially one. 
 
 The effects of inflammation upon the ovaries, as upon other bodies, 
 are various, sometimes enlarging and hardening, at other times col- 
 lapsing and blasting them. This last effect, it is hardly necessary to 
 say, cuts off all hope of bearing children. 
 
 '--mmStSUti 
 
^•UfijiUK^"^'. i. y .' . . . ' i3tMtixr^i^ \^^\M 'ji 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 391 
 
 380 idlmonlx, 
 y within tlu-, 
 le prt)fe88ioii 
 
 •y over other 
 ihese. More 
 jmes of men 
 solace. The 
 h all there is 
 r unfit for his 
 lich combine 
 
 uterine neck 
 irdened. At 
 nuch on the 
 nodes, giving 
 
 3d from vari- 
 inary inflani- 
 ancerous dis- 
 msiderations. 
 do more for 
 
 s to the inter- 
 yringe, which 
 )le8 all round, 
 the diseased 
 ivity. 
 
 isary to resort 
 lip-baths, and 
 1 a horizontal 
 ed by the atr 
 
 Ovaritis. 
 
 by increased 
 ian region is 
 ionally passes 
 
 'gans; but it 
 treat of them 
 
 other bodies, 
 er times col- 
 r necessary to 
 
 The Causes of ovarian infiauunation are numerous. One of the 
 most impoi'tiint caiiHus hah already been noticed, namely, the congen- 
 tion of tht parts, for several days, at every menstrual period. This, 
 amounting iw it does almost to inflanimution, is often intensified by 
 other causes, such as wetting the feet, taking sudden colds, excessive 
 fatigue from dancing, and exciting drinks. 
 
 Sexual indulgence often proves a cause of inflammation ui these 
 bodies. It is particulary apt to have this effect in the newly-married 
 female, with whom it is a novel stimulus, and often applied with im- 
 moderate excess. In late marriages, when the stimulus i the ovaries 
 liiis long been denied, its sudden presentation is liable to jake an in- 
 flammatory impression. Its entire absence, too, in persons of strong 
 passions, may result in ovarian disease. 
 
 This inflammation may be produced by the new state of things 
 existing at the critical period called the turn of life, when it reacts on 
 the womb, producing the floodings which often bring menstruation 
 to a close. The congestion, too, which has been present every month 
 for many years, ''^es not immediatelv cease at this change ; and not 
 finding relief by the accustomed flo\^, the ovarian bodies are exposed 
 to inflammation. 
 
 In all large cities, the pest-houses of civilization, where the women 
 are more numerous than the men, there are many females whose vir- 
 ginity is a burden, and numerous others who give themselves up to 
 sexual excesses ; to both these classes, the turn of life is very liable 
 to promote these ovarian disorders. 
 
 There is another class of causes, which, though not so easily re- 
 cognized, are equally cogent in exciting this form of disease. I mean 
 all those excitements which arise from unbridled thoughts, from 
 books of questionable character, from music, social intercourse, and 
 stimulating food and drinks, — all which promote and intensify burn- 
 ing desires, which, though natural and proper in themselves, cannot 
 lawfully be gratified in a community where the female sex greatly 
 preponderates, numerically, over the male. When we consider how 
 powerful within a woman's breast the conflict often is between the 
 impulse of passion and the dictates of duty, and how strongly this 
 conflict must react upon the sexual organs, and especially upon the 
 ovaries, the centre of the sexual system, we can easily see in how 
 many cases they may become inflamed. 
 
 Another cause of this disease ia suppression of the men . The 
 engorged and crowded state of the vessels of the womb, of the ute- 
 rine neck, and ot the ovaries, not finding vent in the accustomed flow, 
 inflammation in any one of these organs is a very natural result. 
 
 The inflammation of these ovarian bbdies is a frequent result, too, 
 of a similar condition, previously existing in the neck of the womb. 
 In passing from the uterine neck to the ovarian bodies, the inflamma- 
 tory cofidition often fastens itself upon the broad ligament, the fallo- 
 pian tubes, and their fimbriated extreu^^ties. The whole, it will be 
 
I 
 
 1 - 
 
 392 
 
 FEMALR DISEASES. 
 
 seen, prusenlH an amount of diHeane which it in painful to contem- 
 plate. 
 
 The womb l)eing turned over, and pressini^ ai;^in8t one of the 
 ovaries, may cauHO it to inflame by mechanical irritation. Pessaries, 
 injudiciously used, may do the same tiling. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first and most obvious symptom is a pain a little 
 to the right or left of the womb. This pain is almost always increased 
 by walking, riding, or by external pressure. It is especially aug- 
 mented by straightening the thigh, by which the parts over the in- 
 flammation are put upon the stretch. When standing up, ladies 
 suffering from this disease are generally compelled to rest the foot 
 on a stool, so as to bend the thigh, and relax the muscles. The pains 
 radiate from the ovaries, and go down* to the loins and thiglis, and 
 sometimes to the fundament. They are of a dull, dragging, heavy 
 nature. 
 
 Sometimes the ovarian bodies become very much enlarged, and 
 dropping down somewhat, press upon the lower bowel, causing con- 
 stipation, or upon the neck of the bladder, creating a frequent desire 
 to urinate, and an inability to pass the water freely. 
 
 Treatment. — As inflammation of the ovaries is always increased 
 during the .nenstrual flow, it is not proper to meddle with it at these 
 monthly periods, lest the trouble be aggravated. Immediately after 
 one of the turns has passed, from six to eight leeches should be aj)- 
 plied over the diseased ovary. When the bites are healed, a blister 
 may be used in the same place. The scarf-skin should not be re- 
 moved, and the irritated surface must be healed as soon as possible. 
 The blister should be camphorated to prevent strangulation. The 
 part should next be rubbed for a few minutes, night and morning, 
 with an alterative and anodyne ointment (169). 
 
 After the next menstruation, the same things should he repeated, 
 and again after the next, and so on, for five or six monvii.^-, or even 
 longer, if need be. The already bloodless condition of the patient 
 may require, however, that the leeches should not be applied more 
 than once, or, at most, twice. 
 
 The bowels should occasionally be opened by some simple cathartic, 
 for the purpose of removing all hard substances which may press 
 against and fret the inflamed ovaries. The purgatives employed 
 should be of the most cooling kind, such as salts or oil ; while aloes, 
 and all harsh cathartics must be avoided. 
 
 Injections of tincture of belladonna and hyoscyamus are useful for 
 quieting neighboring parts, and warding off external disturbances. 
 They act like soft substances thrown upon the pavement in front of a 
 sick man's house. A piece of flannel soaked in hot laudanum, laid 
 over the ovary and covered with dry flannel, will give great relief and 
 enable the patient to sleep. 
 
 The patient should be kept, as much as possible, in the recumbent 
 
 ""^si 
 
FRMALR niSEASES. 
 
 398 
 
 1 to contem- 
 
 ; one of the 
 . Pessaries, 
 
 a pain a little 
 ays increased 
 pecially aug- 
 over the in- 
 g up, ladies 
 'est the foot 
 . The pains 
 . thiglis, and 
 ?ging, heavy 
 
 iilarged, and 
 causing con- 
 squent desire 
 
 lys increased 
 th it at these 
 jdiately after 
 lould be ai> 
 led, a blister 
 i not be re- 
 as possible, 
 lation. The 
 nd morning, 
 
 hs repeated, 
 tivii.^-, or even 
 f the patient 
 ipplied more 
 
 pie cathartic, 
 
 sh may press 
 
 es employed 
 
 while aloes, 
 
 ,re useful for 
 disturbances, 
 t in front of a 
 idanum, laid 
 3at relief and 
 
 le recumbent 
 
 position, lying upon tlio l)ed or the lounge, and should only bo i)er- 
 luitted to move about to such extent as will nou irritate the inflamed 
 parts. 
 
 Whites. — Leucorrhwa. — Fluor Albtia. 
 
 Leucorbhcea is from two greek words, Xivxoi' and /»«(», and^^uor 
 albus from two Latin words, alhut and Jluo, having jjrecisely the 
 same meaning as the Greek, namely, a white discharge. Flence, in 
 popular language, the disease is called the " whites "; it is also called 
 '■'■female weakness." 
 
 These terms are well enough, perhaps, if we have in mind that 
 they convey to us only the idea of a symptom of disease. They all 
 mean, with the exception of the last, a white discharge from the 
 female genital organs. They are slightly inaccurate, as the discharge 
 is sometimes yellow, or green, ur otherwise variant from whit«i. Any 
 discharge from the female genital organs which is not bloody, comes 
 under the term " whites." 
 
 A 5ymptom Only. — As the name of a disease, the term whites has 
 no specific meaning. It does not designate any particular complaint. 
 It is a symptom, just as the matter expectorated and raised in lung 
 diseiises is a symptom ; and as such only should it be regarded. 
 When persons cough and raise a great deal, they do not, on consult- 
 ing a physician, say they have got the expectoration ; but they say 
 they fear they have some disease of the lungs, because they expecto- 
 nite. They look upon the expectomtion as the sign or symptom of 
 disease. 
 
 So females, and phyBicians too, must learn to look upon the whites, 
 not as a disease, but as the sign or symptom of disease, which sign 
 they should become skilled in interpreting. 
 
 There is no reason why the discharge from the genital organs 
 should not be as well interpreted as the expectoration or discharge 
 from the throat. The parts from which it comes may be about aa, 
 easily and as well inspected. 
 
 No Female Ailments so Common. — There are no female troubles 
 to wliich the attention of the physician is so often called as these 
 annoying and debilitating symptoms called whites ; and there is no 
 department of medical practice in which the really able as well as 
 conscientious and painstaking physician is so well tested. If, re- 
 garding these discharges as they are, simply as signs, he searches 
 faithfully for their cause, he will be led to a treatment which in a 
 great majority of cases will be successful. And surely no success in 
 life can be more prized by a right-minded physician. It procures 
 health, the highest earthly boon, for suffering woman, and gratitude, 
 the most prized of all rewards, for himself 
 
 There are Four Kinds of Discharges from tiie female genital or- 
 gans, — mucus, pus, mucus and pus combined, and the watery. The 
 
i i 
 
 U. 
 
 394 
 
 FEMALK niBRASIS. 
 
 firet, inucuH, (Iooh not in itAelf imply diHeaHt; ; but when puH iH iHn- 
 (shargnd, wo know tlmt inflammation exiHtH, IxHiauHe huuIi a (;auH(; 
 alonu can produce it. 
 
 Seat of the Diseaae. — Ttie cuiue which produces the whites nmy 
 have itH seat either in the vagina, or in the neck of tlie womb ; and 
 in practice it iH of courue quite important to know where its location 
 ia. The character of the discharge generally settles this point. If it 
 be thin and watery, or thick and cream-like, it is from the vagina or 
 passage which leads to the womb ; if ropy, gluey or albuminous, like 
 white of egg, it is from the cavity of the uterine neck. 
 
 Treatment. — Some physicians always prescribe the same remedy 
 for the whites. They might as well liave but one proscription for 
 expectoration. The remedy must have reference to tlie cause of the 
 discharge ; until the cause be searched out, every prescription is a 
 mere trial at guessing, — a sort of practice well enough adapt^ed to 
 quacks, but not becoming scientific men. 
 
 When a case of whites is brought before a physician who under- 
 stands his business, he makes no prescription until he has discovered 
 what the disease is. Having determined this point, his remedies have 
 an intelligent bearing upon the case. 
 
 If the discharge be of a ropy, tenacious character, one of the best 
 remedies is a strong solution of nitrate of silver, used as an injection 
 with a female syringe, once a day (254). Of this, not more than two 
 teaspoonfuls should be used at a time ; and great care should be ob- 
 served not to stain the underclothes with it. When the discharge is 
 either yellow and thick, or lighter colored and watery, some one of 
 the following: (200), (202), (208), (207), (209), (220), (230), 
 (282), (248), (244), may be used with advantage as an injection, 
 twice a day. An infusion of the white pond-lily, one ounce to the 
 pint of water, makes a very excellent injection, which may be used 
 twice a day. A very simple injection, and sometimes quite effectual, 
 is a strong infusion of green tea. 
 
 Some one of the above remedies will generally afford some relief; 
 but if whites exist in a somewhat aggravated form, they furnish evi- 
 dence of some serious disease in the vagina or neck of the womb, 
 and the case ought to be submitted to a competent physician. 
 
 Absence of the Menses. — Amenorrhoea, 
 
 The absence of the menses is divided into two kinds, — retention 
 and mppreseian. It is retention when the montlily flow has never 
 appeared ; suppression, when, having been established, it is, by one 
 caxise or another, stopped. 
 
 Retention Explained. — The ovaries, as we have before said, are 
 the centre of the female sexual system. It is the swelling or ripening 
 
 r 
 
FKMALR niSK/lSKS. 
 
 395 
 
 II pus \H iVlH- 
 itUcil U CllUHO 
 
 le whituH liiiiy 
 3 womb ; and 
 '6 its lucatiun 
 I point. I f it 
 the vagina or 
 uminouH, like 
 
 same remedy 
 ascription for 
 a came of the 
 scription is a 
 h adapted to 
 
 1 who under- 
 1H8 discovered 
 remedies have 
 
 16 of the best 
 
 a an injection 
 
 more than two 
 
 should be ob- 
 
 le discharge is 
 
 r, some one of 
 
 ;220), (230), 
 
 an injection, 
 
 ounce to the 
 
 may be used 
 
 [uite effectual, 
 
 d some relief ; 
 3y furnish evi- 
 of the womb, 
 rsician. 
 
 hoea. 
 
 is, — retention 
 low has never 
 I, it is, by one 
 
 efore said, are 
 ing or ripening 
 
 of an ovum or egg, everv four weeks, which causes the large flow of 
 blood to the parts, and e consequent menstrual discharge. 
 
 But it Hometime.s happens that the ovaries are not dev«lo[)ed at the 
 usual time of life. The monthly evacuation does not then appear. 
 There is retention. There may be retention, too, from other causes, 
 lifter the ovaries are matured. Costiveness may sometimes occasion 
 it; so may a degenerated and low state of the blood. 
 
 There may be mechanical causes of retention. The mouth of the 
 womb may be entirely closed, or the neck may Im so constricted as 
 to close the passage through it, leaving no outlet for the montlily ac- 
 cumulation. The hymen, also, may have no opening through it. 
 When these mechanical obstructions exist, there are sometimes large 
 collections of fluid in the womb, which cause enlargenient of the body, 
 and in some instances, painful suspicions that the sufferer has com- 
 mitted imprudences, and is in the family way. Physicians should be 
 on their guard ogainst falling into such errors, and lending the sanc- 
 tion of their name to these oiasting mistakes. 
 
 Suppression Explained. — Suppression — a stoppage after flow 
 has been once established — may be caused by inflammation of the 
 ovaries, the blood, in this diseased condition, being drawn so entirely 
 to these swelling and genuinating bodies, that the accustomed flow 
 from the womb does not take place. 
 
 Inflammation in the neck of the womb may also cause a stoppage. 
 So may a fright, as from a fire occurring in the neighborhood, or a 
 cold taken by being raught in a shower. Girls sometimes, in their 
 utter thoughtlessness or ignorance, dip their feet in cold water, when 
 their courses are upon them, and bring on a suppression of a most 
 dangerous character. The most lovely and innocent girls have done 
 this for the purpose of attending a party ; and, in some instances, the 
 stoppage induced has ended in death within a few hours. The pro- 
 found ignorance of their own mechanism, and of the laws which gov- 
 ern it, in which girls are kept who are just budding into life, is a 
 serious reproach both to parents and physicians. 
 
 Suppression may be induced by whatever reduces the quantity or 
 quality of the blood, as consumption, or by great depression of spirits. 
 With somj rare exceptions, women have not their turns while in the 
 family way. 
 
 Treatment. — Before anything can be done in the way of treat- 
 ment, the case must be thoroughly investigated, and the specific cause 
 of the disease searched out. 
 
 If it prove to be retention, and arises from a bloodless condition 
 and an undeveloped state of the ovaries, iron is the proper remedy 
 (61), (73), (74), (76), with a generous diet and exercise out of 
 doors. If caused by an inflammatory state of the uterine neck or ova- 
 ries, the proper treatment has been already indicated. If from cos- 
 tiveness, relief may generally be found from prescriptions (5), (9). 
 
I 
 
 li. 
 
 I '' 
 
 i, y 
 
 f : 
 
 i ^ 
 
 896 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 The mechanical causes alluded to above, when found to exist, must 
 be removed by gently dilating the mouth of the womb or the uterine 
 neck, with bougies, beginning with the smallest, and increasing the 
 size, or by puncturing the hymen, as the case may require. Per- 
 manganate of potash, in capsules of 2 grains each, after meals, is 
 one of the best remedies. 
 
 In Treating Suppression* it should be borne in mind that at a cer- 
 tain time each month nature makes an attempt to restore the lost 
 function. Even when she is not successful, probably an ovum is ma- 
 tured and in some way disposed of. The intelligent physician will of 
 course avail himself of this favorable moment, to try his skill in bring- 
 ing about the desired regularity. When this time arrives, he should 
 order three or four leeches applied to each groin at night. The next 
 night, he should direct the use of a pungent foot-bath (242) ; also 
 (16) as a cathartic. 
 
 When suppression exists, it is not always proper to try in this 
 direct way to bring on the turns. There may be no blood to spare ; 
 and this may be the sole reason why the courses do not appear. 
 When this is the case, nothing is to be done but to build up the 
 health as rapidly as possible, and when this is sufficiently established, 
 the courses will be all right, 
 
 Profuse Menstruation. — Menorrhagia. 
 
 Menstrttation may. continue too long, or occur too often, or be too 
 profuse while it lasts; or all these irregularities may be experienced 
 by the same person. Any one of them will prove a serious irritation, 
 and a drain upon the constitution ; the whole together, if not arrested, 
 will undermine and destroy it. 
 
 Tlie Cause of tliis, like the source of all other female diseases, is, 
 in a great rr^jority of cases, overlooked. 
 
 It is not to be attributed, as so many suppose, to a congested state 
 of the womb ; but is rather the result, in a great many instances, of 
 the inflammatory or ulcerated condition of the uterine neck. 
 
 In still another large number of cases, it arises from a succession 
 of ovarian abortions. When the blood has Tvr. low, and nutrition is 
 defective, as in the consumptive habit, the ovarian vesicles fail to 
 reach maturity. Like other products of the economy, they become 
 blighted, and abort. And as these blights occur often, nature is busy 
 every two or three weeks casting them off. Hence, the menses 
 appear often. They come and go without order, because they spring 
 from a process which is a contraversion of nature's laws. 
 
 Profuse menstruation, like scanty menstruation, is a sjrmptom of 
 a variety of diseases. The quantity may be increased only on one or 
 more days, or be so great as to cause death from hemorrhage. At all 
 events, the amount of blood lost is often so great as to cause aneemia 
 
 :% 
 
 I 
 
 ^ w 
 
 I 
 
FEMALK DISEASES. 
 
 897 
 
 exist, must 
 the uterine 
 reasing the 
 [uire. Per- 
 )r meals, is 
 
 hat at a cer- 
 •re the lost 
 »vum is ma- 
 ician will of 
 dll in bring- 
 s, he should 
 The next 
 ^242); also 
 
 try in this 
 )d to spare ; 
 aot appear, 
 lild up the 
 established, 
 
 a. 
 
 n, or be too 
 experienced 
 s irritation, 
 lot arrested, 
 
 diseases, is, 
 
 nested state 
 nstances, of 
 ok. 
 
 succession 
 nutrition is 
 cles fail to 
 hey become 
 ture is busy 
 the menses 
 they spring 
 
 lymptom of 
 y on one or 
 age. At all 
 use aneemia 
 
 and impaired health for a long time. This is, however, usually the 
 result of continued free bleeding extending through a number of 
 months. 
 
 The local causes of uterine hemorrhage are fibroid tumor of the 
 womb ; inflammation of the wcmb, or metritis ; inflammation of the 
 lining membrane, or endometritis ; uterine congestions from any 
 source ; cancer of the womb in its early stages ; retroversion, or tip- 
 ping over backward of the womb onto the rectum ; polypus ; enlarge- 
 ment of the womb following labor or abortion ; the retention of pla- 
 cental tissue, etc., etc. These also are among the local causes of hem- 
 orrhage. But not infrequently the excess of flow is due to impaired 
 general health. Wasting diseases like phthisis or consumption caus*^ 
 the blood to be so thin as to render it unable to form a clot, thuc 
 facilitating the easy or profuse hemorrhage often seen in young girls 
 in the earlier stages of consumption ; later, amenorrhoea ensues from 
 utter lack of blood. This flowing often attends acute fevers, pur- 
 pura, Bright's disease, jaundice, heart-disease and debility. This 
 last cause is often seen in the case of young girls who have grown 
 rapidly since puberty and pursued a vigorous course of study with 
 little or no out-door exercise. The strain on the nervous system in 
 these girls is kept up constantly by sharp competition, and no heed 
 is paid to nature's demand for rest and relaxation at the menstrual 
 time. The claims of society on the young girl add no small share in 
 the production of this evil. 
 
 Explanation. -7- It is not easy to explain how inflammation and 
 ulceration of the uterine neck should in one case produce suppression, 
 and in another profuse menstruation. Yet it is a settled truth that 
 such opposite results do come from one and the same apparent cause. 
 Probably the explanation is to be found in the difl'erent degrees of 
 inflammatory action, in the varieties of 
 constitution, and in the variant degrees 
 of tenacity with which the vessels hold 
 the blood. 
 
 Bleeding from the female genital or- 
 gans may be produced by a variety of 
 causes which have nothing to do with 
 menstruation. Such bleedings are prop- 
 erly uterine or vaginal hemorrhc^es, and 
 not profuse menstruation. They are the 
 result of inflammations, or tumors within 
 the uterine neck (Fig. 140), or weak- 
 ness. The womb may bleed for days, or even months, from pure 
 debility. 
 
 Treatment. '■ — As profuse menstruation and uterine hemorrhage 
 spring from a variety of causes, so the remedies are various. Here 
 again we are confronted with the same lute necessity to investi- 
 
 .FlO. 140. 
 
f , 
 
 I ■ 
 
 ■5 
 
 f "^ 
 
 i I 
 
 398 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 gate accurately the true nature of the complaint before we venture 
 a single prescription. All the cases present one general feature. 
 There is too great a loss of blood; and the first thoughu is that 
 astringent medicines are necessary to arrest it. But if the bleeding 
 be occasioned by a polypus, or by inflammatory ulceration, astringents 
 would not arrest it, and might do great mischief. 
 
 When the immoderate flowing is caused by a general breakdown 
 of the nutritive powers, and by ovarian abortions, the great aim must 
 be to rally the vital powers by iron, quinine, porter, wine, a generous 
 diet, exercise on horseback and on foot, and warm and cold bathing. 
 When produced by local diseases of the ovaries and neck of the 
 womb, the treatment is to be local, — such as has been described. If 
 a polypus or other tumor be the cause, the remedy must be sought 
 for under the appropriate head. If the womb has become relaxed, 
 and bleeds from pure debility, — as it may, — something must be 
 found, if possible, which will condense its substance, making it 
 harder, smaller, and more solid. For this purpose, cold bathing, as- 
 tringent injections into the fi-ont passage, and acid drinks are useful. 
 But one of the best remedies is the wine of spurred rye (267). One 
 teaspoon ful should be taken three times a day. This article, by 
 causing the womb to contract, solidifies and condenses it, thus arrest- 
 ing the blood which oozes from its relaxed tissues. Of course, the 
 object of all treatment is twofold : the one to stop the hemorrhage 
 for the time being, the other to remove the cause. The physician 
 may have tb be called, and resort had to tampons in the vagina ; the 
 uterus itself might have to be packed with gauze ; hot douches of 
 115° to 120° F. will frequently quiet a stubborn hemorrhage, espe- 
 cially if rest in bed with the hips elevated be strictly enjoined. The 
 hot douche should be repeated every three hours. Besides the giving 
 of ergot, hydi'astis, hamamelis and atropia are also quite useful, as, 
 for instance : Fluid extract ei'got, fluid extract hydrastis, fluid extract 
 hamamelis, of each twenty drops, in water every three hours, with 
 the addition of jj^ graii of atropia at the same time. 
 
 Sedatives, like the bromide of soda, in ten-grain doses every hour 
 or two, will be of service if the hemorrhage be caused by fright, grief, 
 or injury. The treatment of the intervals must depend on the cause, 
 but generally some systemic tonics like iron or quinine are of great 
 service ; rest in bed is, par excellence, the ti "batmen t in most cases at 
 some stage of the flowing, generally during the flow itself ; but rest 
 from excitement and freedom from overv/crk are ^oiial?y important 
 when the hemorrhage is due to this cause. Out-*.":' jv exarcise, fresh 
 air and good food are none the less important for vvbary brains and 
 tired nerves. 
 
 Hemorrhage between the periods, or menorrhagia. — When hem- 
 orrhage from the womb occurs between the periods, it is called men- 
 orrhagia, and is more apt to occur in women past thirty years of age, 
 or, at all events, in married women. It is of more significance usually 
 
 1^1: 
 

 FEBIALE DISEASES. 
 
 399 
 
 we venture 
 3ral feature, 
 iighi, is that 
 the bleeding 
 I, astringents 
 
 [ breakdown 
 ;at aim must 
 J, a generous 
 jold bathing, 
 neck of the 
 [escribed. If 
 st be sought 
 jme relaxed, 
 ing must be 
 }, making it 
 L bathing, as- 
 £8 are useful. 
 (267). One 
 lis article, by 
 t, thus arrest- 
 f course, the 
 ) hemorrhage 
 'he physician 
 B vagina ; the 
 )t douches of 
 jrrhage, espe- 
 joined. The 
 ies the giving 
 te useful, as, 
 , fluid extract 
 a hours, with 
 
 es every hour 
 T fright, grief, 
 on the cause, 
 ! are of great 
 most cases at 
 self ; but rest 
 Ty important 
 sxsrcise, fresh 
 ,ry brains and 
 
 -When hem- 
 is called men- 
 years of age, 
 icance usually 
 
 than profuse menstruation, and almost alway8 proceeds from the womb 
 itself. This bleeding comes on often after the menopause, or "change 
 of life." The causes are quite similar to those just considered, but 
 local causes are oftener found. Some sloughing surface, as from 
 cancer, fibroid, erosion of the lining membrane, exists in half the cases. 
 Abortion, and the retention of small pieces of afterbirth, are frequent 
 causes of this kind of flowing. 
 
 This trouble demands the immediate attention of the family phy- 
 sician or the specialist, who will examine the uterus and ascertain the 
 cause ; and, as not infrequently, the cause consists in something to be 
 removed, a brief mention of the methods employed will not be out of 
 place. 
 
 The size, shape, position and firmness of the uterus and ovaries are 
 made out by the examining fingers of the left hand being pressed 
 into the abdominal walls above the bladder, while the fingers of the 
 right hand, with the knees drawn well up, are introduced into the 
 vagina and pressed against the neck of the womb. An endeavor is 
 then made to bring the womb between the two sets of fingers, which 
 maps out its locality, position, etc. The ovaries and ligaments are 
 likewise located. Any erosion of the mouth of the womb, foreign 
 growth there, malposition, excessive size, etc., can thus be readily 
 detected. To explore the inside, one of the various specula before 
 described are used, and the uterus dilated either with tents, so-called, 
 or more commonly with a steel dilator. If, then, there is found 
 aught to be removed, a sharp, spoon-like instruntent, called a curette, 
 is used to scrape away all diseased tissue or foreign growth, and the 
 womb then washed out with some antiseptic solution. The womb is 
 then often packed with gauze to still further disinfect its interior and 
 afford a means of draining away all oozing blood or forming mucus. 
 
 This operation called curetting is now frequently done as a regfular 
 means of treatment to do away with the causes of hemorrhage and to 
 restore the normal bulk and character of the womb, instead of resort- 
 ing to the slow, tedious, and less successful methods of former times. 
 It is, to be sure, a regular operation; but when done under so-called 
 aseptic methods, to be described later, is a perfectly safe and trust- 
 worthy treatment, far in advance of old-fashioned methods, which 
 8eem less heroic. 
 
 It necessitates rest in bed, nursing, and the disadvantages of sick- 
 ness; but on the other hand, it saves lives, stops disease, and renders 
 useful what otherwise might become useless and dangerous to life and 
 health. 
 
 Painful Menstruation. — Dysmenorrhoea. 
 
 Dysmenoerhcea is from three Greek words Sw, /a^ *^d pim which 
 mean, literally, a difficult monthly flow. These words do not pre- 
 cisely describe the complaint; for it consists not so much in a diffir 
 cult, as in a painful flow. 
 
400 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Symptoms. — This affection is always marked by more or less pain 
 while the courses are on, — especially during the first day or two. 
 The pain sometimes begins two or three days in advance of the evac- 
 uation. It extends over the whole lower part of the belly, running 
 down, at timea, to the thighs, and causing great distress in the back. 
 It is frequently so violent as to resemble the pains of labor, compel- 
 ling the sufferer to take the bed, and drawing from her tears and 
 groans, and occasionally throwing her into Rpasms most painful to 
 witness. So terrible are the monthly suffeimgs which some women 
 experience from this cause, that the anticipation of it destroys much 
 of their peace, even during the intervals of respite. 
 
 The Causes of this complaint are very numerous. There is, 
 doubtless, such a thing as pain in the womb from rheumatism, and 
 especially from neuralgia, though these are much rarer forms of the 
 complaint than many suppose. 
 
 Pains at the monthly periods are often induced by a displacement 
 of the womb. If the organ fall over backward or forward, its nerves 
 are pressed upon in an unnatural way, and when the parts are crowded 
 with blood, it is very natural for painful sensations to be excited. 
 In these cases, the neck of the organ is bent at right angles, and the 
 canal which passes through it is, of course, atrictured, so that the 
 evacuations are necessarily made with difficulty. 
 
 And this leads me to remark, that the passage through the uterine 
 neck becomes, occasionally, from inllammation or other cause, almost 
 closed. The result is, much difficulty and great paiu in passing the 
 monthly secretion. 
 
 There are no causes which excite painful menstruation more often 
 than inflammation in the uterine neck and the ovaries. An increased 
 flow of blood to an inflamed part always causes pain. An inflamed 
 foot or leg has to be laid up in a chair, because it aches when put 
 down. The reason is, that when hanging down it is more full of 
 blood, and the seutsitive nerves are painfully compressed. When the 
 finger is hot with inflammation, we assuage the pain by holding it up 
 for the blood to run down. For the same reason, the inflamed ovaries 
 and uterine neck ache when the blood flows to them in large quanti- 
 ties, at the menstrual period. 
 
 Congestion of the lining membrane of the womb itself is a frequent 
 cause of painful menses. It is a condition of the membrairxe of the 
 womb similar to thai, of the larynx in membranous croup. There is the 
 same pouring out of what physicians call coagulable lymph, which 
 forms itself into a membrane. This membrane the womb strives by 
 strenuous conti-actions to throw off, and linally succeeds in expelling 
 it, not whole and entire, but in shreds and patches'. These shreds, 
 which women sometimes call skinny substances, are characteristic of 
 the disease. The efforts to expel them cause pains very much like 
 those of natural lalwr, and sometimes almost as severe. 
 
 Treatment. — Painful menstruation, excited by the falling over of 
 
- yfU f-" ' i-f i> Ifiiilt i*iVitFili mUhiWii rrfi'<>-ic 
 
 FEMALK DISEASES, 
 
 401 
 
 or less pain 
 day or two. 
 of the evac- 
 lly, running 
 in the back, 
 bor, compel- 
 er tears and 
 b painful to 
 lome women 
 istroys much 
 
 There is, 
 matism, and 
 iorms of the 
 
 iisplacement 
 I'd, its nerves 
 1 are crowded 
 » be excited, 
 gles, and the 
 , so that the 
 
 h. the uterine 
 3au8e, almost 
 1 passing the 
 
 n more often 
 An increased 
 An inflamed 
 les when put 
 more full of 
 . When the 
 holding it up 
 amed ovaries 
 large quanti- 
 
 is a frequent 
 nbrmie of the 
 
 There is the 
 Lymph, which 
 mb strives by 
 J in expelling 
 rhese shreds, 
 iracteristic of 
 iry much like 
 
 ailing over of 
 
 the womb, backward or forwaic, is cured, of course, by putting the 
 organ back into its proper position. 
 
 Pains caused by stricture of the canal through the uterine neck, 
 are cured only by enlarging the passage. This is effected by intro- 
 ducing at first a very small bougie, and then a larger and a larger, 
 until the passage is of the usual size. It is a delicate operation, 
 quite successful in careful and skillful hands, but liable to produce 
 mischief when improperly conducted. 
 
 In all the forms of this disease, the treatment should aim, not 
 merely at palliation, but at a cure. And generally, I am happy to 
 say, a cure is attainable. Yet how many women suffer for years 
 until health has fled, and life has become a burden, receiving from 
 their medical attendant the assurance that palliation only is possible 1 
 
 It is necessary at each monthly turn to do something, in these 
 cases, to quiet the pain. For this purpose, twenty drops of spirits 
 ether in a wineglass of tepid water, thrown into the bowel, will be 
 liighly serviceable. For a like purpose, one pill (116) may be taken 
 twice a day, beginning one day before the menstrual flow. A bella- 
 donna ointment (170) maybe rubbed upon the neck of the womb 
 with great advantage, and a teaspoonf ul of viburnum compound taken 
 each hour. 
 
 In the congestive form of this disease, — that in which the membrane 
 is formed on the internal surface of the womb, and thrown off in f raff- 
 ments, — ■ the liquid acetate of ammonia, or spirits of Mindererus, is 
 a very valuable remedy taken in two-teaspoonful doses, in a table- 
 spoonful of cold water, three or four times a day, while the pain lasts. 
 
 Medicines almost innumerable have been put on the market for 
 this complaint, of which Hayden's viburnum, liquor sedans, diovi- 
 bumum, and a host of others, are examples. These are usually 
 harmless, and may be used. Gin, in goodly doses, is often service- 
 able by stimulating the circulation. Turpentine cloths, the hot-water 
 bottle, rest in bed, etc., also help amazingly. But whatever remedy 
 may be used at the time, even though the pain be severe enough to 
 require an anodyne, the cause must be sought and treated. 
 
 Chlorosis. — Green Sickness. 
 
 Before the age of puberty, the girl is only i child. She has 
 witiiin her only the elements of a woman. The change to which she 
 is destined brings with it a wonderful development both of body 
 and mind. 
 
 To effect this development, and bring out the new being iu the 
 perfection designed by the Creator, a large amount of hidden nerve- 
 power is required. She requires to have been born with a well-vital- 
 ized constitution, and to have been physically trained in a way to 
 harden and energize it. Without these antecedents, her development 
 at puberty will be feebly and imperfectly made. Her development 
 
 ":il 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 and evolution of germs will be so defective as to cause her menstrua- 
 tion to be only partially established, or to fail altogether. 
 
 Symptoms. — Where the inherent powers of the system are just 
 sufficient to bring about a first menstruation, it often happens that 
 they seem to be spent by the effort, and that the evacuation fails to 
 appear again for several months. Indeed, the whole organization 
 may break down at this point, and become blasted, as it were, like a 
 blade of wheat which has grown well for a time, but which fails to 
 develop the kernel. 
 
 The blood at this period may become impoverished, and fail to 
 distribute adequate nourishment and development to the various 
 tissues. When this occurs, it loses a part of its red globules, and 
 increases its watery portion. As a result, the skin becomes pale, and 
 sometimes of a yellowish hue,* the bowels become torpid and con- 
 fined ; the nervous system sensitive and weak ; the digestion is 
 impaired ; the appetite is either lost, or perverted, — longing for un- 
 natural food ; the tongue is white ; the heart palpitates ; the spirits 
 are depressed ; the temples and ears throb ; the head occasionally 
 aches and whirls with dizziness ; the sleep is disturbed and abbrevi- 
 ated, and hysterics are now and then superadded to close the cata- 
 logue of ills. 
 
 This is Chlorosis, briefly depicted in its origin and its symptoms. 
 The word is from the Greek x^<"P<'«» which means green and pale. 
 By nurses it is called the " green sickness." 
 
 Its Causes are quite numerous, among which may be reckoned 
 impoverished diet, damp atmosphere, sedentary habits, long confine- 
 ment indoors, overworking the mind in childhood, constipation of the 
 bowels, and an inherited feeble constitution. This disease is very 
 frequently met with in domestics emigrating to this country from 
 Ireland, Sweden, and the Provinces, and depends on the failure of 
 Nature to accustom herself to the new climate. These cases, how- 
 ever, all respond well to treatment, but when left alone, lapse into 
 consumption, Bright's and similar diseases. 
 
 Treatment. — Chlorosis, as a general thing, is connected either 
 with retention or suppression of the menses ; and in treating it, 
 physicians are too much in the habit of resorting indiscriminately to 
 forcing-medicines, called emmenagogues. From such practice great 
 injury often results. 
 
 It is not always sufficiently considered that a woman fails to men- 
 struate, or ceases to do so, because she is sick ; and if we would cause 
 her courses to return, we must restore her health. To do this, should 
 generally be the great object of treatment. Let the health be restored, 
 and the menses will come back. The only philosophical treatment is 
 that Avhich will invigorate the system. 
 
 In chlorosis, the vital powers are in a state of dilapidation. How 
 can they be roused? By exercise on horseback and on foot; by 
 
(ti^W' r':iJXi%Mf\AniL>uuMJij^\M^u^, kr^.. 
 
 FEMALB DISEABB8. 
 
 403 
 
 ler menstruii- 
 r. 
 
 stem are just 
 happens that 
 lation fails to 
 organization 
 it were, like a 
 i'hich fails to 
 
 i, and fail to 
 3 the various 
 globules, and 
 >mes pale, and 
 rpid and con- 
 ; digestion is 
 inging for un- 
 js ; the spirits 
 1 occasionally 
 I and abbrevi- 
 close the cata- 
 
 its symptoms. 
 'een and pale. 
 
 ' be reckoned 
 
 long confine- 
 
 tipation of the 
 
 iisease is very 
 
 country from 
 
 the failure of 
 
 3se cases, how- 
 
 »ne, lapse into 
 
 (ineSled either 
 
 ill treating it, 
 
 jcriminately to 
 
 practice great 
 
 n fails to men- 
 re would cause 
 do this, should 
 Ith be restored, 
 al treatment is 
 
 idation. How 
 d on foot; by 
 
 wearing clothing enough to keep warm; by a tepid bath two or 
 three times a week, and brisk rubbing with a coai-se towel ; and by 
 a generous diet, composed of tender meats, animal broths, etc. 
 
 This treatment, however, should be preceded by unloading the 
 bowels with prescription (35) or (40), according to choice. One 
 pill should be taken at night. When the liver is considerably de- 
 ranged, perscription (40) will be particularly serviceable. Half a 
 pint of tepid water thrown into the bowel, night and morning, will 
 help relieve costiveness. 
 
 The bowels having been well opened, give a tablespoonful of pre- 
 scription (59), two or three times a day; or of prescription (60), a 
 teaspoonful, the same number of times each day. 
 
 In the treatment of this disease, iron, in some form, is almost 
 always needed. Prescriptions (61), (71), (73), (74), (76), (80) 
 and (316), are suitable preparations. Among the more recent 
 remedies for building up the blood in chlorosis, perhaps none is more 
 successful than the combined pill of iron and manganese, called 
 Bland's modified pill, or, if preferred in liquid form, the same remedy 
 may be obtained in still milder and more physiological form in the 
 preparation known as Gude's Peptomangan. The peptonate of iron 
 is also one of the best modem remedies. 
 
 A girl suffering from this disease should always be taken out of 
 school. The mind should be divided between rest and recreation. 
 
 Cessation of the Menses. — Turn of Life. 
 
 There is probably no period in woman's earthly existence which 
 she approaches with so much anxiety as that which she is in the 
 habit of calling " the turn of life." The aniiety is not without some 
 reasonable ground for its existence. She has been accustomed, for 
 thirty years or more, to lose, every four weeks, a certain amount of 
 blood. When this evacuation stops, disturbancep of the system may 
 well be expected. So well is this understood, that this climacteric 
 has come by general consent, to be called the " critical period " in 
 female lif^ 
 
 If it be well and safely passed, the health is generally better than 
 before, and a " green old age " is likely to follow. But if the seeds 
 of disease are in the system, — if there be a tendency to cancer or 
 other malignant disease, which has been held in check by the monthly 
 fiow, it now takes up its destructive work, and shows itself ; or, if 
 there be a predisposition to apoplexy or congestion of any organ, it 
 is more likely to become active, now that the accustomed waste-gate 
 is closed. A distinguished writer has said that about half the deaths 
 among women, about the age of forty-four, are from cancer. 
 
 Nervous Complications It is the duty of the physician to look 
 
 carefully after those females who come under his care at this critical 
 time. For, in addition to the organic and malignant diseases which 
 

 404 
 
 n5MALR RISEASKS. 
 
 attivck her at this time, she in exposed to a host of nervous irritations, 
 which, if neglected or badly managed, make her life a cions and a 
 burden. The symptoms of these irritations are in number, legion. 
 
 Age at which the turn of life come«. — As a general rule, tlie 
 turn of life comes between the ages of forty and fifty ; but oycasion- 
 ally occurs at other periods, varying from thirty to seventy. If tlie 
 menses appear early in life, they terminate early. 
 
 Symptoms. • — When there is a tendency to corpulency at this 
 period, the symptoms are headache, dizziness, and a sense of suffocja- 
 tion. It is common, when the period of cessation approaches, for 
 deviations from regularity to occur. At one time the menstrual dis- 
 charge will be profuse ; at another, scanty. It will now disappear 
 for a time, and be replaced by the whites. Then it will appear for a 
 few times with considerable regularity. Next will come a suspension 
 for several months, to be followed by a flow of such profusion as to 
 amount almost to flooding. 
 
 Mixed up with these irregularities will be palpitations of the 
 heart, constipation of the bowels, a variable appetite, and broken 
 sleep, weakness and inquietude, timidity, a dread of impending evil, 
 irritability of temper, hysterical attacks, bad feelings in the head, 
 with sounds in the ears, as of the rolling of carriages, sparks before 
 the eyes, and an unsteady gait. 
 
 Treatment. — If there be, at this period, fulness of habit, with 
 dizziness, headache, sparks before the eyes, a sense of suffocation, 
 etc., there is a plain indication that the brain is oppressed with too 
 much blood. I am not much in favor of bleeding, but this is a case 
 in which from a gill to a half-pint of blood may, if ever, be drawn 
 from the arm with positive advantage. Cups applied to the back of 
 the neck will also be useful. Give at night, also, three of the com- 
 pound cathartic pills, and then keep the bowels regular with pre- 
 scription (18), — a wineglassful to be taken occasionally. The diet 
 should be spare, and strictly vegetable : to which should be added 
 much daily exercise. 
 
 For the flushes and sweats to which women are subject at this 
 time of life, ergot often answers admirably, in teaspoonful doses 
 every few hours. Atropia in -j^grain doses not infrequently helps 
 the sweating. 
 
 Purging should not, in any case, be carried too far. If nervous 
 affections show themselves, with disturbance of the digestion, and 
 general debility, even leeches would be improper, and physic should 
 be swallowed very sparingly. 
 
 When serious organic disease is suspected, as cancer, it is the duty 
 of the physician to inT stigate the case very thoroughly, and to give 
 the patient the advantage of the most prompt and decided treatment. 
 That treatment is spoken of in the proper place. 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 405 
 
 rous irritations, 
 ! a ciosH and ii 
 mber, legion. 
 
 meral rule, the 
 ; but occiwion- 
 sventy. If the 
 
 lulency at this 
 ense of suffoca- 
 approaches, for 
 } menstrual dis- 
 
 now disappear 
 rill appear for a 
 me a suspension 
 
 profusion as to 
 
 itations of the 
 te, and broken 
 impending evil, 
 fs in the head, 
 IB, sparks before 
 
 of habit, with 
 of suffocation, 
 )re88ed with too 
 it this is a case 
 ever, be drawn 
 1 to the back of 
 iree of the cora- 
 igular with pre- 
 lally. The diet 
 hould be added 
 
 subject at this 
 laspoonful doses 
 frequently helps 
 
 far. If nervous 
 e digestion, and 
 id physic should 
 
 er, it is the duty 
 [hly, and to give 
 cided treatment. 
 
 Hysterics. — Hysteria. 
 
 The name of this complaint is from a Greek word signifying the 
 womb. It took this name from the belief that this organ is the scat 
 of the irritation which produces the hysteric disturbance. 
 
 This belief is correct, if we include with the womb the ovaries 
 and the other sexual organs. The sexual system is doubtless the 
 centre of the reflex nervous derangement called hysteria. 
 
 It has been sufficiently demonstrated that hysterics are dependent 
 for their existence either upon organic disease, or upon simple irrita- 
 tion of the sexual organs. Sir Benjamin Brodie mentions cases of 
 the hysteric paroxysm, produced by pressing upon an inflamed and 
 tender ovary. 
 
 Symptoms. — An attack of hysterics is generally preceded by de- 
 pression of spirits, restlessness, and a frequent desire to pass water. 
 It is sometimes marked by convulsions, or fits ; at other times, it is 
 not. At times, the attacks are local, and are manifested by spasms 
 of the throat at the top of the windpipe, or in the bronchial tubes ; 
 the patient feels a ball rise up in her throat (globus hystericus), her 
 heart beats violently, and she laughs and cries by turns. 
 
 When the disease is more general, the muscles of the lim^js are 
 thrown into spasms ; the patient struggles violently ; rising up in a 
 sitting posture, and then throwing herself back ; twisting the body 
 from side to side, clenching the hands, and throwing the arms about, 
 so that she is with difficulty held by persons much stronger than 
 herself. Soon after these paroxysms, the patient generally passes a 
 large quantity of very pale urine. 
 
 The Causes of this complaint are as numerous as the causes of 
 female diseases, for in truth there is no female complaint which may 
 not produce it. Whatever develops and excites the sexual system, 
 and at the same time weakens the constitution, lays the foundation 
 of this malady. Nervous women are much inclined to it. In large 
 cities there is more of it than in the country, because there is more 
 excitement and luxury, and more of their consequences, — nervous 
 and female diseases. 
 
 Treatment. — To treat this complaint successfully, it is necessaiy 
 to search out its cause, and remove that. Like the whites, it is not 
 so much a disease in itself as a symptom. 
 
 The first inquiry to be made should have reference to the real 
 origin of the complaint. Is it dependent upon inflammation of the 
 f^varies or the womb, or to displacement of this latter organ ? or does 
 it arise from the low state of the blood, and the weakened condition 
 of the nerves, acted upon by some irritation or heightened sensibility 
 of the sexual organs ? 
 
 If dependent vpon inflammatory disease, that is to be treated ac- 
 cording to directions elsewhere ; if upon falling of the womb, no 
 
""Tmi.,^ 
 
 406 
 
 FEMALE DISSABES. 
 
 remedies will avail until t*>at is put in its proper place. If diluted 
 blood and weakened nerves be the cause, iron and quinine art! tin; 
 remedies. When the complaint arises from deficient menstruation, 
 iron and aloes (47) will be serviceable. The nervous spasni can 
 sometimes be broken up by pouring cold water upon the head, or 
 face, or limbs of the patient. 
 
 The Hysienlc and Moral Treatment are of great consequence. 
 The complaint is very much under the control of the will. Whatever 
 tones the moral nature and strengthens the will, tends to subject this 
 disorder to the control of the patient. Plain, wholesome diet, exer- 
 cise, bathing, and the enforcing, as far as possible, of a rugged, self- 
 reliant habit, generally go far towards breaking its force. 
 
 Polypus of the Womb. 
 
 This is simply a foreign body, or tumor, growing either within the 
 womb, or in the vagina, and attached to the uterine neck. It is 
 rather a serious affection. 
 
 These tumors vary in weight from half an ounce and less to many 
 pounds. They are, in color, whitish, red, brown, and even black. 
 They have almost every consistence, — being soft, spongy, gfristly, 
 and hard. 
 
 The Symptoms of poljrpus are various, resembling those of almost 
 every other womb-complaint. It is often mistaken for displacement 
 of the womb, for dropsy of this organ, and for pregnancy. 
 
 These tumors are apt to give rise to dangerous bleeding from the 
 womb, and other discharges which greatly weaken and derange the 
 system. They are liable to terminate in cancer. In pregnancy, they 
 may produce miscarriage. When they are suspected, therefore, the 
 utmost scrutiny should be employed to search them out. This is 
 especially desirable, since the fallen or inverted womb may carelessly 
 be taken for a polypus, and be operated on as such. 
 
 Treatment — This is of two kinds, medical and surgical. The 
 first consists in means of supporting the strength of the patient, and 
 checking the discharges by means of injections, rest, etc., and in en- 
 deavoring to cause the removal of the tumor by absorption. 
 
 This last object is sometimes effected by an unstimulating diet ; 
 and by the use of iodine (101) for some time. This treatnc^ent does 
 not often succeed, however, and cannot be relied upon. ■ 
 
 If the polypus be within the womb, of course it cannot be reached. 
 The only thing to be done, in such case, is to cause its expulsion. 
 This is sometimes effected by causing the womb to contract by the 
 use of spurred rye (267), or by the use of the electro-magnetic 
 machine. This latter remedy can do no harm, and had better be 
 tried first. 
 
 When the polypus is outside the womb, the methods of removing 
 
se. If diluted 
 iiiiiine are tin; 
 menstnmtioii, 
 )118 HpuNiii uaii 
 n the head, or 
 
 : consequence. 
 11. Whatever 
 to subject this 
 )me diet, exer- 
 a rugged, self- 
 
 ther within the 
 e neck. It is 
 
 d less to many 
 id even black, 
 pongy, gristly, 
 
 :hose of almost 
 r displacement 
 acy. 
 
 ding from the 
 d derange the 
 regnancy, they 
 , therefore, the 
 out. This is 
 may carelessly 
 
 jurgical. The 
 le patient, and 
 3tc., and in en- 
 )tion. 
 
 nulating diet; 
 breatn^ent does 
 
 lot be reached, 
 its expulsion, 
 ontract by the 
 ectro-magnetic 
 had better be 
 
r 
 
 i i 
 
 i I 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 407 
 
 it are various. Tt is HometimeH done by cauterization, or burning it 
 i)(T by bot ii'oM or ciiUNtiu. This iH a baixb inetbod, and not leHorted 
 to by Mkillt'ul HurgoonH. Another method iH that of crushing the tumor 
 with an inHtnmiont. Another still in that of torsion, or twisting it 
 off. And still another, that of applying a ligature, or tying a string 
 around the neck of the tumor, and strangling it by preventing the 
 blood from going to it. By this means it falls off in a few days. 
 There is one other method, that of cutting the tumor away with a 
 knife, or with a pair of curved scissoi-s. These three last methods 
 are the chief ones now used by skillful surgeons. 
 
 Uterine Hydatids. 
 
 This name is given to a bladder-liko substance, occasionally found 
 growing in the womb. It is filled with a white or yellowish fluid. 
 Sometimes a bundle of them grow together, like a bunch of grapes. 
 Some are elongated, like a bean, and have a sort of claw, by which 
 they are nttached; others are shaped like an egg. 
 
 Those with a claw are generally .supi)osed to be living beings, like 
 worms in the bowels. When expelled from the womb, they move 
 about if placed in warm water. 
 
 The Causes which produce these singular growths are obscure. 
 Probably whatever improperly excites or irritates the uterine organs 
 may produce these vesicular bodies. 
 
 The Symptoms may be easily mistaken for those either of preg- 
 nancy, or of water or inflammation in the womb. 
 
 From the growth of these bodies, the bowels may enlarge, the 
 breasts swell, and the menses stop. If to these symptoms be added 
 sickness at the stomach, the woman, if married, feels confident she is 
 in the family way. There is no certain method of correcting this 
 mistake, until the collection of bladder-like bodies is expelled from 
 the womb. 
 
 It is rare that these bodies appear in the virgin woman. They are 
 supposed to be connected, in some way, with imperfect conception. 
 
 Treatment. — We can seldom say absolutely that hydatids exist, 
 until we see them expelled. Whatever will produce contractions of 
 the womb, will cause their expulsion ; but it will not do to give these 
 remedies indiscreetly, lest the cause be one of real pregnancy instead 
 of hydatids. When once reasonably assured that hydatids do exist, 
 the only logical treatment consists in their removal. This is best 
 effected by the dilatation of the womb and a thorough curetting or 
 scraping as described under hemorrhages. Ergot often causes suflB- 
 cient contraction of the womb to drive out these masses, and may be 
 judiciously tried before resorting to the curette. It should be given 
 in teaspoonful doses every four hours till pains ensue. 
 
 iiliiMiki 
 
 
408 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 ■^ I 
 
 t 1 
 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 Inflammation of the Womb. — Metritis. 
 
 This disease very often follows delivery, and is connected with 
 child-bed fever. 
 
 Various Causes also produce it in the unimpregnated state. Im 
 flammation of the ovaries, or of the uterine neck, may extend to the 
 womb. Falling of the womb may caure it to be irritated by being 
 placed in a new position, and thus bring on inflammation. In some 
 temperaments, marriage may produce this disease ; in others, single- 
 ness. It may also be biought on by painful menstruation, by forcing 
 medicines, by constipation, by tight corsets, by solitary vices, and by 
 excited sexual feeling. 
 
 This is the most common variety of inflammation found in the 
 pelvis. It is often limited to the neck of the womb, and is then called 
 endocervicitis ; it may be limited to the lining membrane of the womb, 
 and is then called endo-nietritig, but practically it is all one and the same 
 disease, and sooner or later involves not only the mucous m • Torane 
 of the interior, but also the muscular structure of the womb itself. 
 It is now considered a germ-disease and rarely results in spontaneoxis 
 cure. It proceeds from the entrance of germs into the uterus either 
 at the time of labor or miscarriage, or from the entrance of the germ 
 of gonorrhoea ; germs, however, from the vagina, which are normal to 
 that region, may ofteu be carried into the cervix and there set up a 
 trouble. 
 
 Symptoms: — Pain in the back, nape of the neck, the right or left 
 iliac region ; leucorrhcea ; painful menses ; hemorrhage from the 
 womb; symptoms from neighboring organs (bladder, rectum) ; and 
 symptoms from distant organs, as stomach, heart, nerves, etc. 
 
 Ino disease gives rise to so many and so complex symptoms. Nau- 
 sea and vomiting, flatulence, constipation, palpitation, headaches, 
 cough, nervousness, loss of appetite, etc., are frequent symptoms of 
 the various forms of metritis. On examination a- hard, congested 
 womb is felt, with perhaps enlargement either of the neck or the en- 
 tire organ, erosions, ulcerations, eversion of the lips from a tear may 
 be found, while issuing from the mouth of the womb is seen a plug of 
 mucus which is either white, translucent and ropy, or yellow and 
 more pus-like. The womb is tender to touch, and this tenderness 
 may be transmitted to the appendages (tubes and ovaries). 
 
 Trea.ment. — This varies with the variety and the length of time 
 the disease has existed. If there is inside the uterus any retained 
 product of c inception, placental tissue or granulating surfaces, they 
 must be curetted out as descnbec' in a previous article. This process 
 is practically an operation and must be done thoroughly and under 
 ether. If there is active inflammation going on in the tubes or ova- 
 ries, this procedure must be postponed and milder measures used for 
 
 ly 
 
PEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 409 
 
 iritis. 
 onnected with 
 
 ted state. Ixv- 
 extend to the 
 tated by being 
 ion. In some 
 others, single- 
 ion, by forcing 
 J vices, and by 
 
 found in the 
 i is then called 
 6 of the womb, 
 le and the same 
 ous m • ibrane 
 16 womb itself. 
 in spontaneous 
 e uterus either 
 ce of the germ 
 1 are normal to 
 there set up a 
 
 [le right or left 
 lage from the 
 
 rectum) ; and 
 ,res, etc. 
 nptoms. Nau- 
 lon, headaches, 
 t symptoms of 
 lard, congested 
 neck or the eii- 
 rom a tear may 
 3 seen a plug of 
 
 or yellow and 
 this tenderness 
 tries). 
 
 length of time 
 
 15 any retained 
 r surfaces, they 
 . This process 
 rhly and under 
 
 16 tubes or ova- 
 lasures used for 
 
 the time being, such as painting the vagina and neck of the womb with 
 iodine and similar remedies. 
 
 Tampons of wool wet with glycerine are frequently used to de- 
 plete the engorged womb, applications of creosote and iodine will 
 often heal over simple erosions, while hard cicatricial masses are often 
 absorbed by applications of iron. Tampons are to be worn from 
 twelve to forty-eight hours, but should be removed whenever pain is 
 produced. Leeches applied to the neck of the womb often relieve a 
 congested state. The womb is to be thoroughly scraped and washed 
 out, and a good drainage kept for the escape of forming secretions 
 whenever there is severe inflammation oi' the body of the organ. 
 Lacerations of the neck, when extensive, are to be sewn up, but when 
 only moderate may be successfully treated with strong styptic iron. 
 Hot douches lot only serve a good purpose in reducing congestion 
 and inflammation, but are often very soothing. They are to be taken 
 in the recumbent position ; the water to be hot as can be borne — 
 110° to 112° F. — and as much as six quarts are to be used. One 
 should purchase for this purpose a large fountain syringe, or a tin pail, 
 and hang it two feet above the head ; it is to be used twice daily, and 
 may be used every three or four hours. Patients suffering with this 
 and similar diseases must not dance or take long walks, nor should 
 they use the sewing-machine ; neither should tliey stand long at a 
 time, but should have light exercise in the open air and general sys- 
 temic medicine ; they should' lie down every day from two to four 
 hours, and in severe cases must retain the recumbent position. The 
 bowels must be kept relaxed with cascara-sagrada or some morning 
 saline ; a teaspoonful of the aromatic cascara at night, or a half-glass 
 of Hunyadi Janos water on rising, are excellent for this purpose. 
 If the woman is pale, a prescription of some iron tonic will be useful, 
 such as the/owr chiorides or Aikevk% tonic pill, 
 
 Faliing of the Womb. — Prolapsus Uteri, 
 
 The womb is often found out of its natural and proper place. 
 There are certain ligaments and muscles intended to act as stayB, 
 and hold it up in its position. These, from various causes, become 
 relaxed. It then, losing its support, drops dovm into the vagina, be- 
 tween the bladder in front and the large bowel called the rectum, 
 behind. It is then said to be fallen or prolapsed. 
 
 The womb of a married woman is more apt to become prolapsed 
 than that of the unmarried, because it i-^j r^ore liable to have its weight 
 increased by congestions, enlarges, t, toin perineum, etc. 
 
 The Symptoms are dull pain in the small of the back, a dragging 
 sensation in the groin, and a feeling of fullness around tlie funda- 
 ment; dragging pain in the nape of the neck; headache, constipation, 
 etc. 
 
 . Treatment. — The complaint is easily cured if the remedies oe 
 
 wmmmmmmm 
 
I i 
 
 •f 
 
 |, ^«; 
 
 M 
 
 H 
 
 i 
 
 <i 
 
 410 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 applied early. If the prolapse be due to relaxed, weakened supports, 
 tonic constitutional remedies must be employed. The diet must be 
 full and easy of assimilation , exercise taken in the open air, proper rest 
 secured, and electricity be used. 
 
 If the womb be* tipped over, some support must for a while be used 
 in the shape of pessaries. If by i-eason of its increased size and weight 
 the womb hang too low down in the pelvic cavity, then it must be 
 made smaller and lighter by treating the coexisting inflammation and 
 subinvolution. If the floor of the vagina has been torn during labor, 
 thus allovnng the womb to sag, this must be sewn up and a new floor 
 formed. 
 
 In complete prolapse of the aged, the uterus often protrudes from 
 the vagfina. This condition in the middle-aged is best met by ampu- 
 tation ; while in the very aged a support may be adjusted after hav- 
 ing replaced the organ. 
 
 Falling Over of the Womb. 
 
 Anteversion. — The womb sometimes falls over forward upon the 
 bladder, towards € o pubes. This is called anteversion. The top is 
 turned forward to the bladder; the mouth, back towards the large 
 bowel. (Fig. 141, 6.) 
 
 a be 
 
 Retroversion. — When the womb falls over JatfAfwarof, between the 
 rectum and the vagina, it is said tc be retroverted (i). This is just 
 the opposite of being anteverted. In this displacement, the mouth is 
 turned forward, the top backward. 
 
 This displacement may occur suddenly or gradually. If the former, 
 there is generally great distress, and the organ should be immediately 
 put back in its place; if the latter, the pain will be less intense, and 
 the replacement must be e£fected by pessaries, — particularly with the 
 ring pessary, made of India rubber. 
 
 I 
 
 mi- m 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 411 
 
 tied supports, 
 iiet must be 
 r, proper rest 
 
 tvhile be used 
 56 and weight 
 a it must be 
 mmation and 
 during labor, 
 d a new floor 
 
 otrudes from 
 net by ampu- 
 »d after hav- 
 
 ard upon the 
 
 The top is 
 
 ds the large 
 
 , between the 
 This is just 
 the mouth is 
 
 ;f the former, 
 
 immediately 
 
 intense, and 
 
 arly with the 
 
 Anteflexion and Retroflexion. — When these occur, the womb is 
 dovhled upon itself, the mouth of the organ not being tilted up before 
 or behind, but retaining its natural position. These flexions are rep- 
 resented by a, tf, and e. 
 
 Besides these more common displacements of the womb, there are 
 several slighter deviations which it is scarcely necessary to describe. 
 There is the obliquity of the womb, which is simply a leaning of the 
 organ backward or forward, or to one side. 
 
 There are still other more serious troubles, which are so very rare 
 as not to require me to dwell upon them, such as the inversion of 
 the womb, or turning it wrong side out, like the finger of a glove ; 
 and the hernia of the womb (hysterocele), which is like that of the 
 bowel. 
 
 /^essaries. — Much might be said about pessaries : they are at 
 times of the greatest assistance in keeping a badly placed uterus in 
 its proper position ; on the other hand, they are serious hindrances 
 to health. By their pressure they often cause inflammation of the 
 ovaries and tubes and light up afresh old, quiescent chronic inflam- 
 mations. They often stretch unduly the uterine ligaments and 
 make a relaxed vagina. But it must be said that often, too, they 
 keep in place a simply misplaced womb with no trouble and little 
 expense to the wearer, thus avoiding long treatment and perhaps an 
 operation. TBey should always fit accurately and nicely and should 
 never cause pain or make the wearer conscious that she wears such a 
 thing. The soft rubber variety, or at least those made of wire and 
 covered with rubber, are the least likely to cause trouble ; but they 
 need, on the other hand, more frequent •inspection and cleansing. 
 The hard rubber are more easily kept clean, but are more dangerous. 
 Whenever a pessary is worn, it should be under the surveillance of 
 the family doctor, lest ulceration of tl^ vagina and undue pressure 
 on the internal parts ensue. Pessaries no doubt are very use- 
 ful in keeping in place a womb that has been replaced and in 
 warding off an operation otherwise indicated. They are of all 
 shapes and designs, so that a description of them seems superfluous 
 here. 
 
 Displacements. — The various displacements of the womb are 
 such common occurrences among womankind that they have always 
 received considerable attention by the gynaecologist. They result 
 from falls in young girls, from enlargement of the organ, from weak 
 uterine supports and poor health, from torn muscles of the vagina 
 during labor, and irom new growths in the womb. 
 
 The symptoms of a misplaced womb are from nothing to an amaz- 
 ing amount of trouble. Many a woman goes tlirough life with a 
 badly torn vaginal floor and retroflexed worab without the slightest 
 ill-effect, while her neighbor suffers intensely from a much less de- 
 gree of displacement. 
 
 warn 
 
 wmwukM i .M. .i. .unJMii ^^ ": ■",:.'!. ' ' u:.; , 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Operative Treatment. — When for any reason a pessary cannot 
 or ought not to be worn, and there is much inconvenience from the 
 misplacement, resort must be had to packing the vagina and reducing 
 the size of the womb, and allaying inflammation and pain before again 
 trying a pessary, or else some of the several operations must be per- 
 formed. Of these latter there are at the present day three principal 
 methods in vogue, viz. : — 
 
 Alexander's operation consists in cutting down on the little holes 
 in the lower abdomen, near the pubic bones, called the hernial rings, 
 through which in the male the cord and vessels of the testes run, 
 where hernia or rupture occurs, and through which in the female the 
 the round ligament of the womb runs. This ligament is a small 
 round cord attached to the anterior and top part of the uterus, acting 
 as a stay. This ligament is dissected out and pulled up taut on 
 either side (there are two, one on each side of the womb) till the 
 womb is brought up into its normal position and there fastened. 
 This operation is a very ingenious one, and answera well in simple 
 uncomplicated cases. 
 
 Ventral Fixation is a second method of fastening the womb in 
 place, and consists in opening the abdomen, lifting up the womb and 
 fastening it to the under side of the abdominal wall. This method 
 is tolerably free from danger, like the preceding, but has the advan- 
 tage of parting adhesions which may bind down the uterus and pre- 
 vent its rising, and of permitting the operator to see and correct any 
 existing disease of the tubes and ovaries which so commonly accom- 
 pany bad cases. 
 
 Vaginal Fixation is a third method, whereby the uterus is likewise 
 fixed, but this time to the vagina in front of the bladder. This last 
 method is at present receiving considerable attention ; but it may be 
 said that no one method is the best for all cases, the surgeon being 
 the best judge of the situatio». These operations are safe and effi- 
 cient, and forever do away with pessaries and the existing disease. 
 Women go on to term in labor quite generally after these operations. 
 
 Tumors of the Womb. 
 
 The womb is especially prone to be the location of foreign growths. 
 These occur mostly in middle life, and ai* commonly either of a 
 fibroid or cancerous nature. 
 
 The fibroid is a firm, hard mass of fibrous tissue, growing either on 
 the inside waU and suspended like a polypus, or developing in the 
 uterine muscle itself, or on the outside of the womb in the abdominal 
 cavity. They attain oftentimes huge proportions and weigh many 
 pounds. They are not necessarily fatal to life or detrimental to 
 health, but usually give rise to a train of symptoms which may be 
 annoying and fatal. Hemorrhage and profuse menstruation to such 
 an extent that the patient is rendered pale and almost blanched are 
 
3sary cannot 
 ce from the 
 nd reducing 
 tefore again 
 nust be per- 
 'ee principal 
 
 little holes 
 emial rings, 
 3 testes run, 
 d female the 
 b is a small 
 terus, acting 
 up taut on 
 mb) till the 
 re fastened, 
 11 in simple 
 
 16 womb in 
 e womb and 
 ^his method 
 8 the advan- 
 rus and pre- 
 correct any 
 lonly accom- 
 
 s is likewise 
 ■. This last 
 at it may be 
 rgeou being 
 ife and effi- 
 ;ing disease, 
 e operations. 
 
 gn growths, 
 either of a 
 
 ng either on 
 ping in the 
 e abdominal 
 iveigh many 
 brimental to 
 lich may be 
 tion to such 
 ilauched are 
 
 FEMALB DISEASES. 
 
 413 
 
 not infrequent. Pressure on the bladder and surrounding organs 
 often causes serious disturbance to urination and defecation; di- 
 gestion is interfered with, and pain is frequently present. When 
 these tumors, which are of slow growth, are small, painless and free 
 from trouble, they may be let alone ; but when large, bleeding freely, 
 and causing symptoms of. pressure, they must be dealt with. Many 
 gynaecologists of the present day claim that every fibroid should be 
 removed; but as this means the enucleation of the womb and ovaries 
 (hysterectomy), — a very severe operation, — we cannot endorse this 
 view, especially as hundreds of women go through life unscathed 
 even with large tumors. 
 
 The menopause, or " change of life," has a twofold effect on them : 
 some begin to atrophy and g^row small after the blood ceases to come 
 to these parts in regular mon- hly congestion, and they may even dis- 
 appear entirely : others are increased in size and even change their 
 structure into malignant gfrowths. Hence it will be seen that these 
 tumors require the supervision of the family doctor or specialist, that 
 their growth may be watched. It remains to be added that many 
 advocate the use of strong galvanic currents, applied according to 
 the method of Apostoli, a noted French savant, to diminish the size 
 of these tumors. Many cures are claimed, and at one time it seemed 
 as though this method was destined to supersede all others ; but now, 
 after a few years' trial all over the world, it is generelly conceded 
 that only certain varieties are amenable to this treatment, and that 
 the tumor does not entirely disappear. This method, however, ob- 
 viates the necessity for operating, and is in many cases an admirable 
 way of reducing and keeping in check what otherwise might threaten 
 life. It is still a much used, though often abused, method of treating 
 them, and appeals to tlia timid and obdurate. 
 
 Cancer of the Womb. 
 
 This is another but more dangerous growth of the womb, and oc- 
 curs mostly in women near middle life, especially in cases which have 
 a family predisposition to cancer, and when the neck of the womb 
 has been badly lacerated from labor or miscarriage. It usually be- 
 gins in the neck of the womb like a little bunch, which bleeds easily 
 on touch, and extends rapidly into the neck and finally up into the 
 body of the uterus. Its entire life-dumtion may not exceed one or 
 two years before death claims the sufferer. Hemorrhage and foul 
 leucorrhoea are often the only signs which attract the patient's notice. 
 Pain finally sets in, with breaking down of the cancerous tissue, and 
 then a very foul and peculiar odor commences. This odor is very 
 penetrating and is characteristic of the disease. Emaciation, loss of 
 appetite and strength, painful days and nights supervene, and finally 
 death comes to relieve the sufferer of one of the worst diseases to 
 which womankind is liable. 
 
1 1 
 
 414 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Treatment. — The only treatment, consists in the early detection 
 of the disease and the enucleation of the entire uterus by the vagina. 
 If it has been discovered early, before the cancer-cells have got out- 
 side of the womb, it may be successfully treated at least for a num- 
 ber of years. I can not better advise M^omen than by warning them 
 to consult a physician at once on the occurrence of any unusual 
 hemorrhage near the change of life. So many ascribe these slight 
 hemorrhages and aches to this broad mantle of ignorance, that pre- 
 cious time has been wasted and the golden opportunity passed for 
 curing the dread disease. Do not waste time and money, either on 
 nostrums or other quackish methods, nor listen to what Mrs. So-and- 
 So did, but proceed at once to the best authority you have at your 
 disposal. So much is being successfully done now for the relief 
 and cure of these growths, women owe it to themselves and their 
 families to take advantage of modern skill and knowledge. The 
 microscope will detect it earlier than the eye or finger, and th-is a 
 suspicion may be corroborated or a fear dispelled by timely advice. 
 
 Of palliative treatment, the application of styptics and the curette 
 cause a delay of the growth and a cessation of hemorrhage ; while 
 anodynes like morphine or opium in some of its forms will allay pain 
 and anguish. 
 
 Ovarian Tumors. 
 
 Ovarian tumors are rather frequent growths, occurring for the 
 most part as cysts and attaining a huge size ; not infrequently they 
 grow to such an extent that their weight far exceeds that of the en- 
 tire body. They are filled with a clear light-yellow fluid. Their 
 treatment consists in their removal through the abdomen (ovari- 
 otomy), and should be operated upon as soon as detected. The rate 
 of mortality following these' growths is not large. It was this oper- 
 ation, began in America in the forties, that was the beginning of a 
 new era for surgery of the abdomen. Only when neglected does one 
 now-a-days meet with these enormous growths. 
 
 When for any reason an operation is inadAasable, they may be 
 tapped and comfort received for a long time. ' 
 
 The ovary is likewise the seat of otiier growths both benign and 
 malignant. 
 
 Inflammation of tlie Fallopian Tubes. 
 
 To speak of this disease means to review the growth of gynsecolo 
 gical science within the last fifteen years. 
 
 The operation of laparotomy, or opening the abdomen, is now per- 
 formed so successfully by almost every surgeon, that it has taken its 
 place among the every-day mea-sures for relief, and frequent oppor- 
 tunities have of course been presented to the profession, of corrobo- 
 rating or refuting some old-time theories. Many a notion of inflam- 
 matiou of the bowels, or peritonitis, has become a thing of the past ; 
 
 : J .yjMKfwemK'V 
 
iKu. »i#Mffffj hr" rfHrifcrtlito.iUiH 
 
 PEMALK DISEASES. 
 
 415 
 
 rly detection 
 Y the vagina, 
 lave got out- 
 t for a num- 
 arning them 
 any unusual 
 
 these slight 
 ce, that pre- 
 ;y passed for 
 ey, either on 
 
 Mrs. So-and- 
 have at your 
 or the relief 
 '68 and their 
 rledge. The 
 , and tLv.s a 
 lely advice, 
 d the curette 
 rhage; while 
 nil allay pain 
 
 rring for the 
 jquently they 
 lat of the en- 
 fluid. Their 
 omen (ovari- 
 The rate 
 as this oper- 
 ^inning of a 
 sted does one 
 
 they may be 
 
 benign and 
 
 bes. 
 
 I of gynsecolo- 
 
 1, IS now per- 
 has taken its 
 quent oppor- 
 a, of corroho- 
 Lon of inflam- 
 of the past ; 
 
 many an unexplained death has been made clear, and many, many 
 lives have been saved by a timely recognition of the true state of 
 affairs within the pelvis. 
 
 Many cases of what formerly was regarded as peritonitis are now 
 known to have been either salpingitis, ovarian abscess, appendicitis, 
 etc. Of these diseases the most prolific of trouble, as well as the 
 most common, is salpingitis, or inflammation of the tubes which con- 
 duct the ovum to the interior of the womb, where it is f-uctificd by 
 the male germ. 
 
 These tubes are lined with a mucous membrane like that of the 
 interior of the womb, and continuous with it, so that whenever in- 
 flammation from whatever source is present in the cavity of the 
 womb, it is extremely liable to travel up the tubes, even to the ova- 
 ries and peritoneum. This inflammation may be merely catarrhal, 
 and only become bothersome by its chroaicity, or it maj' become 
 purulent and suddenly cause violent illness. 
 
 The catarrhal form begins very slowly and gradually from some 
 old neglected uterine disorder, or it may follow a labor where there 
 was some septicsemia or blood-poisoning; it may spring from venereal 
 disease, either contracted by the woman illicitly or given her by her 
 husband ; and it may come in several ways not of general interest to 
 the reader. At all events, it is essentially a germ-disease, and when 
 anyways severe has a tendency to spread and become worse. 
 
 Symptoms. — These little tubes, which are normally about the 
 size of a slate-pencil, become swollen, and very painful and tender, 
 causing inability on the woman's part to do a full day's work, and 
 even confining her to bed. The temperature is raised, the belly 
 bloated, the urine often being frequently passed ; the bowels are 
 constipated, appetite poor, and digestion bad; sleep is disturbed and 
 the nei-ves weakened. 
 
 On examination, the trained finger in the vagina feels a large, 
 swollen, tender tube on the affected side, and often a bulging of the 
 roof of the vagina. 
 
 Treatment. — Rest in bed, hot douches, painting the side with 
 tincture of iodine, and the using in the vagina, every night and 
 morning, of a suppository of five grains of ichthyol, with laxatives 
 and nerve sedatives, will do much toward reducing a slight and even 
 moderate attack. The disease, however, does not usually exist alone, 
 and therefore much time is generally necessary in eradicating it. 
 
 When the catarrhal form, however, gets worse, and pus forms, we 
 then have the so-called purulent salpingitis, or pus-tvbe. Pus gathers 
 here as elsewhere, stretching the tube more and more ; finally the 
 pus-germs work through the tube and out of the end, where they set 
 up an active inflammation, and new tissue forms about the tube, 
 shutting it off from the general cavity. Everj'thing in the neigh- 
 borhood becomes glued together, fixing the womb in an immovable 
 
 SBTiiBE&l 
 
 •'••Jiif^: - 
 
416 
 
 FEMALE DIBKA8ES. 
 
 position. The tube goes on stretcliing more and more, till finally it 
 becomes one large abscess-cavity. It may then, at times, be punc- 
 tured through the vagina and thus drained ; but generally an opera- 
 . tiou is required, either to remove the womb auu its appendages 
 through the vagina, or else to open the abdomen and take away the 
 large msiss of exudation, in the centre of which is the pus-cavity. 
 When matters Imve reached this stage, the patient is of course in a 
 very grave condition. There is a high fever, with sweats and perhaps 
 chills, loss of appetite, pallor, pain, and all the evidences of Imng 
 extremely sick. The patient either dies shortly or becomes bed-rid- 
 den, unless an operation can relieve her. This latter variety of the 
 disease is calle pyoaalpinx. 
 
 Acute Salpingitis is best treated by rest in bed, douches, saline 
 purgatives, and a liquid diet. It gradually subsides without serious 
 results. 
 
 Chronio Salpinitgis is the more common variety, is very protracted 
 iii its course, and rarely ends in spontaneous recovery. It requires 
 great patience on the part of both physician and patient, and often 
 can only be cured by the removal of the offending organ by lapar- 
 otomy. 
 
 It must be remembered that all these various forms of tubal dis- 
 ease are produced by one foi-m or another of bacteria or disease-germs, 
 and that in their treatment strict cleansing of the vagina by antisep- 
 tics is necessary. 
 
 Salpingitis is always preceded by some form of metritis or endo- 
 metritis, as, for instance, the gonorrhoeal metritis, that caused by 
 septicsQmia or blood-poisoning, tiie metritis following labor, etc. 
 
 Inflammation of the Vagina. 
 
 This may be produced by many of the same causes which induce 
 inflammation of the uterine neck. It may follow t-edious child-bear- 
 ing, especially if instruments have been used. Marriage is not an 
 infrequent cause of it, — so may a pessary be, if an improper one. 
 
 The Symptoms are pain in the groins, a feeling of heat and tight- 
 ness in the passage, and a difficulty in passing water. In a few days 
 a discharge, like gum-water, begins to flow, which gradually becomes 
 tliicker, like cream, and is green or yellow. Sometimes the disease 
 gets well in a few days ; at other times it degenerates into the chronic 
 forms, and lasts a long time. It should be cured as soon as possible, 
 lest the inflammation cause the walls of the passage to grow together, 
 and make a stricture, as in Fig. 142. 
 
 In this Figure, b represents the mouth of the womb; a is the 
 lower entrance to a narrow passage in the vagina, called a stricture. 
 It is caused by inflammation, which so thickens the walls of the 
 vagina as to bring their inner surfaces near together. In examining 
 a case of this sort, a practitioner needs to be on his guard lest he 
 
FKHALE DISEASES. 
 
 417 
 
 , till finally it 
 rnes, be yunc- 
 ftUy ail opera- 
 « appendages 
 take away the 
 he pus-cavity, 
 if course in a 
 ts and perhaps 
 nces of lieing 
 somes bed-rid- 
 variety of the 
 
 ouches, saline 
 rithout serious 
 
 ery protracted 
 •. It requires 
 ent, and often 
 rgan by lapar- 
 
 j of tubal dis- 
 disease-germs, 
 ina by antisep- 
 
 tritis or endo- 
 hat caused by 
 labor, etc. 
 
 i which induce 
 ious child-bear- 
 iage is not an 
 iproper one. 
 
 heat and tight- 
 In a few days 
 iually becomes 
 les the disease 
 nto the chronic 
 )on as possible, 
 grow together, 
 
 omb; a is the 
 
 led a stricture. 
 
 e walls of the 
 
 In examining 
 
 guard lest he 
 
 mistake the entrance to the stricture, a, for the mouth of the womb, 
 A, — a mistake wliich might lead to evil consequences as well as seri- 
 ously damage his professional character. 
 
 FIO. 143. 
 
 Treatment. — The diet should be light and unirritating. The 
 bowels should be kept open. A cooling wash (207), (218), should 
 be used several times a day, until the discharge becomes thick; then 
 employ injections (232), (202), (244), (243), of a more astringent 
 nature. Let the marriage-bed be abandoned till the recovery is com- 
 plete. 
 
 When the discharge arises from small granular elevations upon 
 the inner surface of the vagina, the whole diseased surface should 
 be painted over with a solution of nitrate of silver, twenty grains to 
 the ounce of water, — the disease being brought to view by the use 
 of a speculum. This may be done every other day, 
 
 Itching: of the External Parts,— Prurigo of the Vulva. 
 
 This complaint is apt to attack females about the cessation of the 
 menses, though they are liable to it at other periods. It is a most 
 annoying and distressing affection. So terrible and tormenting at 
 times is the itching of the external genitals, that the woman is una- 
 ble to avoid rubbing and scratching, and she is occasionally compelled 
 to absent herself from all society. She feels, as she says, as though 
 she could tear herself to pieces. 
 
 Sometimes this irritation of the sexual organs excites venereal 
 thoughts so dominant and controlling as to constitute a real mania, 
 called nymphomania, from the name of a part involved. 
 
 This complaint generally indicates some disease of the womb, or 
 its appendages, or of the bladder. When this is the case, of course 
 it cannot be cured without seeking out and removing the disease of 
 which it is a symptom. 
 
 Treatment. — To alleviate the local suffering, the lotion (228), 
 or the ointment (171), maybe applied to the parts several times a 
 day. I prefer the lotion. A weak solution of nitrate of silver (211) 
 
iii 
 
 418 
 
 FBMALK DISEASES. 
 
 r ^ 
 
 t : 
 
 %4 
 
 '«S3 
 
 will sometimes do well. A four per-cent solution of cocaine is the 
 best application. 
 
 When the disease is brought on by masturbation, as it sometimes 
 is, this habit must, of course, be broken off before a cure can ha 
 effected. In this cohc, also, moderately cold water must be applit-d 
 to the parts several times a day ; some of the preparations of iron 
 should be taken, and some active employment be engaged in, which 
 will absorb the energies of mind and body. 
 
 Tubal Pres:nancy. 
 
 Tubal or ectopic pregnancy is mentioned here in connection with 
 womb diseases, because it assumes the symptoms of certain uterine 
 affections, and must be so treated. 
 
 When, for any reason, the ovum cannot pass through the Fallo- 
 pian tube into the womb, where it is normally impregnated by the 
 male germ, but is arrested in the tube, it not infrequently happens 
 that the spermatozoon of the male travels upward through the womb 
 into the Fallopian tube, and there meets the impeded ovum. Fecun- 
 dation takes place, the ovum swells and grows, the tube stretches 
 more and more till it bursts, and then a hemorrhage occurs into the 
 abdominal cavity, from the leaking tube. A large clot of blood is 
 formed, which generally arrests further hemorrhage and causes the 
 death of the embryo, but not necessarily ; aftor a time, another 
 hemorrhage occurs, with pain, fainting, and even collapse, depend- 
 ing on the severity of the hemorrhage. If allowed to follow its 
 natural course, the hemorrhage finally causes the patient's death. 
 She dies suddenly, as if she were bleeding from a ruptured artery. 
 The cause of all this mischief lies in the diseased tube in which the 
 obstruction occurred. The Fallopian tubes are lined with a beauti- 
 fully constructed mucous membrar.e: on the ends of the cells are 
 small rod-like processes, which look (qnder the microscope) like a 
 field of grain swaying with the wind ; they move in one direction, 
 from an erect position toward the uterus, and then relax and straighten 
 up again to repeat the process ; thus the ovum which has been grasped 
 by the fimbriated ends of the tube from off the outside of the ovary 
 (see Fig. 136) is carried down into the interior of the womb, where 
 nature meant it should be impregnated. Now, when these tubes be- 
 come diseased by catarrhal, and especially by purulent inflammation 
 (see Salpingitis), the little rod-like extremities of the cells are de- 
 stroyed, and the ovum finds no ready way of getting into the womb. 
 An unusually active spermatazoon climbs up into the tube, because 
 it has the power of motion so long as it lives ; and thus the trouble 
 begins. 
 
 Symptoms. — A woman misses her menstruation, and goes on a 
 month ; possibly missing a second or even a third menstruation, 
 without many of the usual accompp.nying symptoms, till suddenly 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 419 
 
 cocaine is the 
 
 } it Bometimes 
 I cure can ixj 
 list be applied 
 •ations of iron 
 iged in, whicli 
 
 snnection with 
 ;ertain uterine 
 
 igh the Fallo- 
 ignated by tlie 
 lendy happens 
 )Ugh the womb 
 )vum. Fecun- 
 tube stretches 
 occurs into the 
 lot of blood is 
 and causes the 
 
 time, another 
 Uapse, depend- 
 i to follow its 
 jatient's death, 
 jptured artery. 
 be in which the 
 I with a beauti- 
 if the cells are 
 roscope) like a 
 1 one direction, 
 c and straighten 
 las been grasped 
 le of the ovary 
 le womb, where 
 
 these tubes be- 
 lt inflammation 
 ;he cells are de- 
 into the womb, 
 le tube, because 
 thus the trouble 
 
 I, and goes on a 
 I menstruation, 
 IS, till suddenly 
 
 she is seized with cramp-like pains in the lower bowel, and takes her 
 h«^(l ; she may get up from this first shock of pain (due to hemorr- 
 liiige), till a second, or even a third still severer attack ensues, when 
 the doctor is culled. If he is thoughtful, he at once examines and 
 li; 'Is a bunch in the pelvis, on the side of the pain. This bunch is 
 tilt! clot, and the contained sac with the foetus. Not every case is 
 taken alike, but many are crippled at the first onset of pain a 
 hemorrhage ; inflammation ensues, and sickness in bed attracts the 
 attention. Usually, there is some slight hemorrhage of blood 
 escaping tlirough the tube into the womb and out into the vagina. 
 
 Treatment. — This disease, like appendicitis, belongs to modem 
 surgery, as only recently has it been recognized, and treatment on 
 a sound basis been formulated. Death is sure, unless surgical aid 
 comes to the rescue. Laparotomy, or opening of the abdomen, must 
 he performed at once, the clots washed out of the abdomen, of which, 
 usually, there are a quart or more, the sac containing the embryo 
 removed, and the tube tied off. The successes are brilliant, and 
 lives are daily saved. I'le operation is a grave one, but not as much 
 so as many^ others performed on the abdomen. 
 
 Sterility or Barrenness. 
 
 It has doubtless occurred to every person who has thought upon 
 the subject, that there must be some special reasons why so many 
 women do not and cannot bear children. These reasons I propose 
 now to explain as simply and as plainly as the nature of the subject 
 admits. To tliis explanation I shall add some remarks upon treat- 
 ment ; for, in nine cases out of ten, barrenness is completely curable. 
 
 Reproduction. — Throughout nature, life is perpetuated by repro- 
 duction. The vegetable and the animal die; but before death comes, 
 they reproduce the germ of a new thing, or being, which lives after 
 them. The law of reproduction, throughout the realm of nature, is 
 one, and but one. All living things have male and female structures. 
 Every new being is evolved from an Qgg, the product of an antece- 
 dent parent. 
 
 Reproduction consists in the growth of an egg, or germ, in con- 
 nection with some living part, until it is capable of independent exist- 
 ence. This germ or egg is the product of the female parent, and will 
 abort or perish unless brought into connection with a fructifying ele- 
 ment from the male. Thus, two palm-trees, growing about forty miles 
 from each other, the one with stamens (the male organs), the other 
 with pistils (the female organs), bore no seed for many years; but 
 when they had risen in height above all intervening and obstructing 
 objects, ihe winds bore the pollen from the stamens of one to the 
 pistillate flowers of the other, which immediately began to produce 
 fruit. A knowledge of tliis great law, as applicable to all living 
 
 HOB 
 
 wsiamf 
 
420 
 
 FKMALU DISEA8RS. 
 
 ' I 
 
 'Si 
 
 f I I 
 
 things, enableH horticulturiBtA to raise Hiich varieties of fruit an tliey 
 wish, by shaking the blooming iniile branch, which liiis stumenH, uvor 
 the female flowers, supplied with pistils. Sometimes the male and 
 female flowers are upon the same plant, at other times, upon differ- 
 ent ones. The strawl^erry is of the latter kind, — the pollen being 
 found only on the plants which have the largest flowers, — the pistil- 
 late flowers Iwing only on the smaller plants. The pollen, or dust, 
 is carried from the male to the female plant, on the feet of honey- 
 bees, as they fly from flower to flower. It has been discovered that 
 the reason why many beds are unfruitful (strawberry beds, I mean), 
 is that the large maUvplants are allowed to monopolize the beds to the 
 exclusion of the smaller female plants. The plants with large flowers 
 should be thinned out, leaving only a few to furnish pollen for the 
 females, which are the real bearers. 
 
 A N TV Branch of Industry. — It is only comparatively recently 
 that tiiiB law has been understood in its wide applicability. How 
 wise and merciful an arrange Jient of Providence that an unseen 
 hand should turn for man the mystic leaves of knowledge at the very 
 time when he is most in need of the instruction imparted ! At this 
 very moment, the more complete knowledge of this great hiw is open- 
 ing a new branch of industry, and a new supply of food, and is thus 
 helping the solution of the great problem of how the increasing in- 
 habitants of civilized countries are to be worked and fed. I refer to 
 the propagation and culture of fish. 
 
 A <3ommittee appointed by the leg^lature of Massachusetts, re- 
 ported very ably upon this subject. The eggs of the fish may be 
 fecundated almost as easily ao the pistillate flowers of the plant. It 
 is only necessary, when the eggs of the female are mature, to hold 
 her over a basin of water, and make gentle pressure upon the belly, 
 when the eggs will pass freely into the water; then to pass the milt 
 of the male into the same water, and shake them thoroughly together. 
 By this means, the eggs are impregfnated, and fish may be raised to 
 any extent. 
 
 The egg of the higher animals is more difficult to fecundate, and 
 that of the human female most difiicult of all ; for in nature, as in 
 art, the more perfect structures are begun and reared with less ease. 
 
 Propriety of Impartins: this Knowledge. — Men are naturally 
 curious, and love to understand the myst«ry of their own origin ; 
 and yet there is scarcely any subject upon which they have so little 
 reliable information. It has been held that this is a kind of informa- 
 tion which it is not proper to impart to the multitude; that, the curi- 
 osity which seeks this knowledge is based upon improper feelings ; and 
 that to gratify it by imparting what is sought, would lead to imrao^ 
 ality. 
 
 I do not believe it. Such ideas are based upon a shallow philoso- 
 phy. They overlook the fact that nothing excites the imagination 
 
 ; 
 

 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 <i 
 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 ■-DM 
 
 2.5 
 
 
 B,l£ 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 1 1.6 
 
 — 1 = 
 
 
 .4 ^ 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 ^ 
 
 <^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 /} 
 
 
 ^"^ 
 '» 
 
 k- 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 -/ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 M 
 
 Wk 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical MIcroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
.^K*'s;5JS::,;.r:ci5fc:K 
 
 ^sm^mm.^m^-^^^ 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 421 
 
 like that which is covered with mystery. It is because the immensely 
 important subject of the procreation of the race is so carefully hidden 
 from the public eye ; because it is purposely buried so deep in obscu- 
 rity, that any allusion to it excites improper thoughts. If the subject 
 be properly viewed, it is no more indelicate to explain the mode of 
 reproducing a human being than to explain that of propagating a 
 plant or a fish. Both are effected in the same way, under precisely 
 the same natural law. 
 
 True, the propagation of the human being involves moral laws 
 likewise ; but these relate only to the social relations in which it may 
 take place, and do not affect in any way the propriety of making it 
 xmderstood by the people. 
 
 The Qerm Furnished only at Certain Periods. — These general 
 remarks bring me to the immediate subject in hand. Throughout 
 animated nature, the female furnishes the mature germ or egg only 
 at certain periods. The healthy 
 human female, — as I have al- 
 ready explained, — matures a 
 germ once in four weeks. These 
 germs or eggs are constantly 
 advancing, in succession, from 
 the rudest beginning to a state 
 of ripeness or maturity. Every 
 ' person must have seen the eggs 
 taken from a hen when killed 
 in the laying season. Fig. 143 
 furnishes a good illustration. 
 They are in all stages of progress, 
 from the invisible germ up to 
 the nearly mature egg. 
 
 Such is the progress of the 
 human egg, — only that it does 
 not attain to any such size.' So 
 far as the maturing is concerned, 
 it occurs in the same gradual way, 
 
 Conception or Impregnation can take place only when a germ or 
 egg is ripe ; and as an egg ripens, bursts, and passes into the Fallopian 
 tubes and thence to the womb only at the time of menstruation, it is 
 plain that conception must happen somewhere in the neighborhood 
 of this period. Intercourse with the male may take place at interme- 
 diate times ; but, except in some rare instfiuces, conception will not 
 occur, because there is no mature egg to be impregnated. 
 
 Now, as every healthy woman brings to maturity a germ or egg at 
 the time of every monthly flow, and as every ripened egg is capable, 
 under favorable circumstances, of being fecundated, it follows that 
 every woman who menstruates, and is well, can, under certain cir- 
 
 FlO. 143. 
 
'-.Vii 
 
 422 
 
 FEMALK DISEASES. 
 
 i'^ 
 
 cuinstanccs, Ito iniprcgnated. 'I'o effect it, it is only necessary that 
 the vivifying portion of llic male semen, ealled spermatozoa, come 
 into union with the ripened egg. 
 
 Tliis union (for, that men and women may have a ehanee to know 
 as much about themselves as they do about fishes and plants, I i)ro- 
 pose to make tlie whole subject plain) takes place in the following 
 way. In the act of copulation, the male organ penetrates the vagina, 
 and deposits the sperm, spermatic fluid, semen, or, as the scriptures 
 call it, the " seed," directly at tlie mouth of the uterine neck. Some 
 suppose that when the sensation of the female is at its height, the 
 womb opens to receive the injected semen. But this is uncertain. 
 This spermatic fluid is composed, in large part, of mucus. A 
 smaller ])ortion of it is secreted by the testi- 
 cles, and is the true semen, or life-giving prin- 
 ciple. Tills last portion is composed, almost 
 entirely, of fertilizing filaments or vesicles, 
 which look like small animals (Fig. 144), and 
 for a long time were supposed to be animal- 
 cules. They are generally called spermatozoa. 
 By some mysterious law of their nature, they 
 are endowed with the power of motion; and 
 when deposited near the mouth of the womb, 
 they immediately begin to move, as if by in- 
 a ripened egg. 
 
 FIO. 144. 
 
 stinct, in search of 
 Passing through the uterine neck, they 
 enter the womb. If an egg be found, 
 in its ripened condition, they imme- 
 diately embrace it, and, in some mys- 
 terious way, mingling their own con- 
 tents with the contents of the egg, 
 they impregnate or fertilize it. Fig. 
 145 shows the womb divided length- 
 wise. A, is the internal mouth (os in- 
 ternum), or point where the canal 
 through the uterine neck entei-s the 
 body of the womb ; B, is the external 
 mouth (os externum) ; the space be- 
 tween A and B, the passage through 
 the neck; and C, C, the points where 
 tlie Fallopian tubes begin. By looking 
 back now, and examining Fig. 136, the 
 whole thing will be undei-stood. 
 
 This is a very brief and simple ac- 
 count of impregnation. It is supposed 
 to be capable of taking place either a 
 little before or a little after the monthly 
 flow, and not at intermediate times, for the reason already stated. 
 
 
 — 
 
 I 1 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 -1 
 
 i-=- 
 
 no. 14S. 
 

 :i 
 
 FEMALK DISEASES. 
 
 423 
 
 ecessaiy that 
 iitozoii, (;oiiie 
 
 nice to know 
 plants, I i)ro- 
 he following 
 3S the vagina, 
 le scriptures 
 neck. Some 
 B height, the 
 
 uncertain, 
 mucus. A 
 
 by the testi- 
 !-giving prin- 
 josed, almost 
 
 or vesicles, 
 ig. 144), and 
 ;o be animal- 
 
 spermatozoa. 
 
 nature, they 
 motion; and 
 >f the womb, 
 
 as if by in- 
 
 ready stated. 
 
 There are some reasons for believing that the same egg or germ, if 
 fertilized just before the courses, will grow to be a male, while, if 
 fecundated after tlie tui-ns, it will be a female. One reason for this 
 su[)position is, that plants may be made to bear male or female 
 flowers by simply subjecting them to different degrees of heat. If 
 tliere be more heat than light, male flowers are produced ; if more 
 liglit tlian heat, female flowers are the result. The heat of the female 
 generative organs is raised to its highest degree about the time the 
 egg bursts its covering, wliich is just before the beginning of the flow. 
 It has been thought that the right ovary produces males, and the 
 left ovai y females ; but tills theory is not supported by any facts, and 
 is probably not true. 
 
 Causes of Sterility. — From what has been said, it would appear 
 that to ensure cliild-bearing it is only necessary that semen or seed, 
 containing spermatozoa, come in contact with a germ-vesicle or egg, 
 at the right time ; that there be no hindering disease ; and that the 
 parties cohabiting be adapted to each other. 
 
 It is evident enough that a want of adaptation between the parties, 
 physical or mor.al, or both, is often an absolute bar to conception. 
 A lack of moral adaptation was probably the obstacle in the case of 
 Napoleon and Josephine, — her marriage with a previous husband, 
 and his with a subsequent wife having both been fruitful. 
 
 It is certain that indifference on the part of the wife to.wards the 
 husband, and especially repugnance, may prove an obstacle. A mere 
 lack of sexual feeling does not necessarily prove a bar, though it 
 probably lessens the chances of a fruitful union. 
 
 Conception may fail to take place from the diminutivoness of the 
 male organ, — the semen not being deposited in the right place ; or, 
 from its excessive largeness, — penetration of the vagina being impos- 
 sible. In some rare cases, the womb is absent. The inflammation 
 of the ovaries often prevents the ripening of eggs. The Fallopian 
 tubes occasionally get diseased and plugged up, so that no egg can 
 pass to the womb. Inflammation in the cavity of the uterine neck 
 is probably the most frequent of all the causes of sterility. The 
 viscid, gluey matter which is secreted in inflammatory conditions of 
 this part, plugs up the passage, so that no spermatozoa can pass up 
 in search of the egg. The acrid discharges in most of the cases of 
 whites destroy the fertilizing spermatozoa, and render conception im- 
 possible. All the displacements of the womb may act as bars to 
 impregnation. If it fall over backward or forward, the mouth is 
 tilted up before, or down behind, and is not in the right position to 
 receive the semen. One of the most general causes is trying to avoid 
 pregnancy in early years of married life. 
 
 Treatment. — Judicious treatment will, in most cases, remove 
 sterility, and open that " well-spring of pleasure," which the poet 
 has so felicitously described as — "a baby in the house." 
 
 
424 
 
 FEMALK DISEASES. 
 
 The obstacles to conception, stated above, are chiefly those diseanes 
 which have been previously described. To cure those diseases is [,0 
 remove tlie obstacles. When it is dependent on the causes whicJi 
 produce j)aiiiful menstruation, or profuse menstruation, or a suppres 
 sion of menstruation, the remedies are the same as are pointed out 
 for those complaints. If inflammation of the ovaries be the cause, a 
 cure may be effected, provided the inflamed condition be removed 
 before the bundle of eggs be destroyed. If inflammation or ulcera- 
 tion of the neck of the womb be the obstacle, the remedy may be 
 found in the treatment recommended for those affections. 
 
 Sterility depending on the causes just mentioned, I have had the 
 pleasure of curing many times. When dependent on a lack of phys- 
 ical or moral adaptation between the parties, it does not, of course, 
 admit of relief. It is a misfortune to be borne in silence. It has 
 happened, perhaps, through a lack of judgment or care in selecting 
 a partner, and is one of the mistakes of a lifetime which a lifetime 
 cannot repair. When this want of adaptation is not complete, a rem- 
 edy may frequently be found. 
 
 Unfortunately, many females do not regard sterility as an evil to 
 be deplored, but rather as a blessing to be desired. Life, to them, 
 has no high aims or duties, — it is a round of fashion and pleasure. 
 To bear and rear children interrupts their frivolities, and they seek to 
 escape such abridgement of their pleasures. This is wrong. Life is 
 a great theatre, in which all should strive to act some worthy part, 
 and feel that, upon retiring, it would be wrong to leave their garments 
 upon the vacant stage, with none to put them on, and continue the 
 drama. 
 
 Midwifery. 
 
 A STOPPAGE of her courses is most commonly the first notice a 
 woman has of her being in the family way. This is perceived about 
 tk'.-ee weeks after conception, when she begins to experience other 
 feolings peculiar to the situation. These feelings are nausea and vom- 
 iting^ or a decided languor, in the morning ; swelled and sometimes 
 painful breasts ; the areolae, or colored rings around the nipples, darker 
 than usual ; pain in the lower part of the back ; and, occasionally, a 
 good deal of spitting of a frothy, cotton-like substance. 
 
 These symptoms are more or less severe in different cases, and 
 under different circumstances, according to the state of the patient's 
 bowels and her habits of exercise. Ordinarily, she suffers most dur- 
 ing the second and third months, on account of 
 
 Sinking Down of the Womb, which, from soon after the period of 
 conception, is gradually increasing in size and weight. As it grows 
 larger and heavier, it sinks lower in the cavity of th« pelvis, until 
 about the fourth month, when, becoming so large that it cannot longer 
 be accommodated within the narrow limits of this unyielding box cf 
 
 X\, 
 
 litwHlri' .-^J'-rii 
 
 '■•^' --fitilt-ftiiii II II III 
 
J^* 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 425 
 
 those (liseiwes 
 disen-sesj is U) 
 causes which 
 or a suppres 
 ! pointed out 
 e the cause, a 
 I be removed 
 ion or ulcera- 
 medy may be 
 
 18. 
 
 have had the 
 
 lack of phys- 
 
 ot, of course, 
 
 ence. It has 
 
 > in selecting 
 ch a lifetime 
 raplete, a rem- 
 
 as an evil to 
 Life, to them, 
 and pleasure, 
 i they seek to 
 'ong. Life is 
 
 > worthy part, 
 heir garments 
 
 continue the 
 
 first notice a 
 irceived about 
 )erience other 
 lusea and vom- 
 nd sometimes 
 lipples, darker 
 )ccasionally, a 
 
 3nt cases, and 
 : the patient's 
 Eers most dur- 
 
 the period of 
 
 As it grows 
 
 R pelvis, until 
 
 cannot longer 
 
 ielding box cf 
 
 honest, it is obliged to mount higher to find room in the ampler and 
 more distensible belly. This low position of the womb in the early 
 iiionthi of pregnancy occasions many disagreeble sensations, — iis 
 pain in the lower part of the back and sickness at the stomach. 
 
 The Costiveness, too, from which women suffer so much at this 
 time, is often caused, in part at least, by the pressure of the enlarged 
 womb upon the lower bowel. Costiveness, thus induced, at length 
 becomes itself a cause of serious mischief. The lower bowel, filled 
 and enlarged with its hardened contents, reacts upon the womb, 
 crowding it still lower in its narrow quarters, and greatly increasing 
 its excitability. The enlarged bowel and womb combined make 
 constant pressure, sometimes upon the urethra, or water-pipe, causing 
 pain and difficulty in making water, and always upon the ascending 
 veins, checking the return of blood, and producing congestion in the 
 lower bowel, manifested by troublesome piles. 
 
 Treatment of Pregnancy. — When the pregnant woman first rec- 
 ognizes her situation, she should determine to " observe moderation 
 in all things." Let her avoid violent and sudden exertion, and move 
 about more calmly and evenly than usual. By this is not meant that 
 she should give up her customary occupation ; but that she should 
 pursue it with becoming carefulness, resolved in no case to hazard 
 over-exertion, and rather leaning to the side of indolence. This 
 would not be real indolence, for she is doing a great work internalli/, 
 and should not unduly withdraw her energies to external affairs. 
 
 Let her not be too much in the erect position. If of delicate 
 constitution, and not in vigorous health, she should make it a point 
 to lie down several times during the day. The standing position, 
 continued for a long time, especially if it be under circumstances 
 to induce fatigue, greatly favors the descent of the womb, — while 
 a frequent rest in a horizontal position may enable it to keep its 
 place. 
 
 An Objection. — It may be objected by some, that a large majority 
 of the mothers in the world are wo'-king women, and obliged to con- 
 tribute by their industry to the support of their families ; and that 
 they cannot afford, therefore, to lie still, and mind directions. 
 
 To this it may be answered, that it is a great advantage to under- 
 stand the best way, so as to have the privilege of at least aiming at 
 it. Much is accomplished, in all circumstiinces, by aiming at doing 
 the best thing ; and few women are so situated that they could not 
 so favor themselves as to obey the laws of health a little more per- 
 fectly, if they thoroughly understood them. All can better afford to 
 avoid sickness, than to be sick. Many occupations, also, unless 
 money tempt to excessive application, become, when steadily fol- 
 lowed, comparatively easy and unexciting. Thus, most people can 
 go through their usual round of duties, because they have got v^ed 
 to it. Indeed, there is nothing but indolence itself, to which we may 
 
 1' 
 
 '1 '■>( 
 
426 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 not become accustomed. The difference between the laboring and 
 the privileged classes is more imaginary than real. All mujt work. 
 None can escape the primeval decree — " In the sweat of thy face 
 ahalt thou eat bread." 
 
 Many women, when they find themselves in the family way, will 
 observe no caution, but work all the harder, and even use other 
 means for the purpose of bringing on abortion, and preventing an 
 increase of children. This unnatural and wicked, but too prevalent, 
 disposition, results sometimes from a fear of the pains of cliild-birth, 
 sometimes from a desire to avoid the necessaiy care and confinement 
 connected with raising children, but most often from a wish to escape 
 the expenses which the prevailing fasliions and customs of society 
 connect with a large family. The cost of a shattered nervous sys- 
 tem, and of a body weakened and poisoned by powerful drugs, is not 
 considered, because not understood! Hence the success of those 
 quack advertisements, impudently professing to cure female diseases, 
 but whose chief object is disclosed by the insertion of the hypocritical 
 caution — " Be careful not to take this medicine during pregnancy, as 
 it will be sure to produce abortion." 
 
 It seems as if the world would never learn that God loves children, 
 although since Abraham's day he has said so much about them in 
 his Word, although His Son, sent into the world on purpose to 
 show the disposition of the Father, took them up in his arms, and 
 blessed thera, and although He has implanted a most wonderful 
 love of them in the soul of man. 
 
 Costiveness and Piles. — Let the pregnant woman use all proper 
 means to keep her bowels in order. She will thus greatly diminish 
 the distressing nausea, and may entirely prevent the accession of 
 piles. To accomplish this object, the saline aperients (7), (5), or, oc- 
 casionally, other mild cathartics (10), (12), (14), maybe used. But 
 more important than either or all of these is the frequent use of a 
 good self-injecting family syringe. An injection of half a pint of 
 cold water every morning will do much towards regulating the 
 bowels, and preventing or curing piles. 
 
 Nausea. — If, as sometimes happens, there should be persistent 
 nausea after the first three months, it will need to be combated by 
 mild tonics and stimulants, as chamomile tea, or clove tea (58), 
 (114), and by seeking a kind of diet which will be agreeable both to 
 the palate and the stomach. Ten grains of ingluvin after each meal, 
 and on arising, oftentimes prevent vomiting. Stretching the neck 
 of the womb moderately, and replacing a retroverted womb, are fore- 
 most in importance of treatment when structural causes demand such 
 interference. 
 
 The Nipplej. — During the last month, particular attention should 
 be paid to the nipples. Untold misery often results to the young 
 mother from sore nipples; and it is well worth her while to use every 
 
FEMALE DISKASES. 
 
 427 
 
 I laboring and 
 .11 mujt work, 
 sat of thy face 
 
 mily way, will 
 
 ven use other 
 
 preventing an 
 
 too prevalent, 
 
 of cliild-birth, 
 
 id confinement 
 
 wish to escape 
 
 oras of society 
 
 i nervous sys- 
 
 al drugs, is not 
 
 ccess of those 
 
 emale diseases, 
 
 he hypocritical 
 
 J pregnancy, as 
 
 loves children, 
 about tliem in 
 on purpose to 
 his arms, and 
 lost wonderful 
 
 L use all proper 
 reatly diminish 
 le accession of 
 (7),(5),or,oc- 
 
 be used. But 
 [juent use of a 
 
 half a pint of 
 regulating the 
 
 i be persistent 
 )e combated by 
 ;love tea (58), 
 ;reeable both to 
 iftereach meal, 
 ching the neck 
 womb, are forc- 
 es demand such 
 
 .ttention should 
 s to the young 
 lie to use every 
 
 precaution against them. The nipples are, of course, in an excitable 
 state during the whole period of gestation, and at length frequently 
 become irritable and tender. Let them be daily bathed, for three or 
 four weeks before confinement, with some astringent and cooling 
 lotion, as oak-bark decoction, borax water, alum-water, or a solution 
 of tannin (200), (201), (202), (203). 
 
 The object of treatment, in this case, is to toughen them and ren- 
 der them less susceptible, so that they may not be made tender by the 
 subsequent application of the child's lips. 
 
 When a woman is peculiarly liable to this trouble, the further pre- 
 caution of having them gently drawn by some friend, every day, 
 during this last month, would be of great service. 
 
 At all events, let no pains be spared to guard against this evil ; for 
 sore nipples make sore breasts, and sore breasts make broken breasts; 
 and broken breasts are terrible things. They make the mother sick ; 
 and if the mother is sick, the child is sure to be sick ; and all hands 
 soon get sick and worried, and the whole business of having children, 
 and taking care of them, is deprived of its peculiar joys and consola- 
 tions, and brought into undeserved disrepute. Whereas, under wise 
 and prudent management, there is something delightful to the young 
 mother in yielding sustenance to her dependent offspring. For, when 
 her nipples and breasts are in a healthy state, she can say with the 
 poet, as 
 
 " The starting beverage meets its thirsty lip, 
 'Tis joy to yield it, as 't is joy to sip." 
 
 Swathing:. — In advanced pregnancy, much assistance in supporting 
 the burden is sometimes derived from swathing the bowels. Healthy 
 and vigorous women, however, need no such assistance ; it is chiefly 
 appUcable to cases of debility, either constitutional, or resulting from 
 neglect, or from over-exertion during former pregnancies. 
 
 ■ Cramp In the Stomach is sometimes very severe, and if allowed to 
 continue, may kill the child. The best remedies are warm carmina- 
 tives (114), (115), or anodynes, et \ (121), (122), or antispasmodics 
 (90), (94). : ; 
 
 Headaches. — These maybe relieved by antispasmodics, etc. (90), 
 (94), or anodynes (121). 
 
 Palpitation of the Heart may prove very distressing to delicate 
 women. The remedies are the antispasmodics, with rest. Some- 
 times tonics are useful, such as the muriated tincture of iron (73). 
 The bowels should be carefully regxilated. 
 
 Fainting, which occurs before or at the time of quickening, is some- 
 times very troublesome. The proper treatment is the avoidance of 
 fatigue, and, during the fainting fit, the recumbent posture, cool air, 
 application of cold water to the face, and ammonia to the nose. 
 
 Cough is sometimes present. It is caused by the upward pressure 
 
428 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 of the diaphragm against the lungs, hy which they are irrita':ed and 
 convulsed. The remedies may be selected from tlie cough prepara- 
 tions among the prescriptions. 
 
 Varicose Veins. — These cannot be removed during pregnancy; 
 but they may be relieved by great care of the bowels, and by wearing 
 tight bandages, or elastic stockings. 
 
 Swelling of Lower Limbs is caused by pressure of the enlarged 
 womb upon the veins ; and may be relieved by care of tlio bowels, 
 and diuretics (130). 
 
 Itching of tlie Oentials may be much relieved by lx)rax, camphor, 
 etc. A four-per-cent solution of cocaine, painted on, gives most 
 relief, and is mobt curative. 
 
 Miscarriage. — Abor'ion. 
 
 When a woman in the family way throws off the contents of her 
 womb, or loses her child, during the first six months, the accident is 
 a miscarriage, or abortion ; when the same thing happens during tlie 
 last three months of her term, it is a premature labor. - 
 
 Symptoms. — If abortion occur during the first month after con- 
 ception, the symptoms may not attract much attention or, L.ay be 
 regarded only as an irregularity of menstruation. Occurring at later 
 periods, it is frequently indicated by some feverishness, coldness of 
 the feet and legs, a puffed-up condition of the eye-lids with purplisli 
 discolorations, shooting pains in the breasts, which become soft, pains 
 in the back, bearing-down pains in the lower part of the bowels, 
 which come and go, and at length take the character of real labor 
 pains. As these pains increase, blood begins to appear, and, sooner 
 or later, the bag of water breaks, and the faatus is thrown off. 
 
 Causes. — These are very numerous. Some of the principal are, 
 displacement of the womb ; ulceration of its neck ; syphilitic disease 
 of the foetus received from the parent ; too much exercise ; heavy 
 lifting ; falls, particularly when the woman comes down upon the 
 feet, and is heavily jarred ; emetics ; powerful purges ; and too much 
 nuptial indulgence. 
 
 I 
 
 Treatment. — Where the symptoms are but slight, nothing may 
 be required more than a little caution for a few days, and rest in the 
 horizontal posture, using cold drinks, and taking for two or three 
 nights, at bedtime, perhaps, a pill composed of one grain of camphor 
 and two grains of sugar of lead. Besides these remedies, it may be 
 well to put a mustard-poultice low down upon the back. 
 
 If, notwithstanding, flooding comes on, and the symptoms of mis- 
 carriage increase, a napkin wetted with cold water, or vinegar and 
 water, or a bladder partly filled with ice, should be laid upon the ex- 
 
 ii'w'»Tiffiii'ilil1 "frtril IT 
 
 H i il ^ 1 i h i iiJWl i m w fj " 
 
 Lijtf rt U>-*<.«w jiit lifM ili< HW ,il 
 
y'yp i w 
 
 »iw. 
 
 iim-it i ii i iir i - , 7Tm'»rnrTTff°fi'i' 
 
 ■■ijiSy-'^ 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 429 
 
 e irrit8':ed and 
 lOUgh prepara- 
 
 ig pregnancy; 
 nd by wearing 
 
 f tlie enlarged 
 of tlio bowels, 
 
 oiax, camphor, 
 n, gives most 
 
 ontents of her 
 the accident is 
 BUS during the 
 
 )nth after con- 
 )n or, L.ay be 
 urring at later 
 88, coldness of 
 with purplish 
 )me soft, pains 
 af the bowels, 
 ' of real labor 
 ir, and, sooner 
 iwn off. 
 
 principal are, 
 ihilitic disease 
 ercise ; heavy 
 own upon the 
 and too much 
 
 nothing may 
 nd rest in the 
 
 two or three 
 in of camphor 
 lies, it may be 
 k. 
 
 ptoms of mis- 
 ' vinegar and 
 1 upon the ex- 
 
 ternal genitals, and pulverized alum, mixed up with a little honey, 
 must 1h) given internally, every half hour ; and if the flooding still 
 increase, it may be proper in some cases to resort to the tampon or 
 Itlug. To do this, take either lint, or absorbent cotton, or a piece of 
 line sponge, and having soaked it full of a strong solution of alum, 
 or tannin, or, still better, Monsel's pei-salt of iron, one part to six 
 parts of water, fill the vagina full, and then place a fold of linen 
 in the genital fissure, and apply a bandage. This will generally stop 
 the flow; but the, plug must be removed in from five to ten hours. 
 
 If the abortion cannot be prevented, — especially in the lattei- 
 niontlis of gestation, — then the case is to be permitted to go on, 
 and to be treated the same as a natural labor. ■ 
 
 Abortion (Criminal). 
 
 Many married people who consider the bearing of children a bur- 
 den, and those who suffer from a lapse of virtue, are tempted to 
 commit abortion. 
 
 I wish it were possible for me to express to them the sin and folly 
 of such a course. The sufferings ahd evils that almost always follow 
 are far worse than any care or shame which come from letting nature 
 take its course. Any crime against nature is sure to be punished. 
 In this case, consumption, nervous prostration, and various womb 
 complaints are the usual accompaniments, ruining the future life or 
 usefulness of. the woman, until finally life becomes a burden to her- 
 self and friends ; it usually being impossible to obtain a cure, though 
 she seek it carefully and with tears. No conscientious physician will 
 commit abortion. She will be obliged to trust herself in the hands 
 of quacks and rascals, who commit the crime either with medicine 
 or instruments, in one case ruining the digestion, in the other the 
 womb. Nature has not provided any way in which it can be done 
 with safety, and it is justifiable in no case except when it will save 
 the life of the mother. 
 
 Prevention of Pregnancy. 
 
 There are many cases in which, on account of some contagious 
 or hereditary disease, it is not advisable for the wife to become preg- 
 nant. It is not always advisable for a wife to have children too fast, 
 the constitution not being strong enough to stand the strain of bear- 
 ing children, or the care of bringing them up. In such cases, while 
 it would' be wrong to commit abortion, it would be desirable to avoid 
 pregnancy. I do not agree with many of the fashionable women of 
 this age wh( . consider the bearing of children a burden, and who do 
 not know the joy of a baby in the house. How little they realize 
 that the happiness and pleasure of a family of children is far greater 
 than the care. That love makes labor light. It is hard for the 
 young to realize the lonesomeness of childless old age. 
 
 * 
 
430 
 
 KKMALR DIBKASRB. 
 
 While it may not be l)e8t to have children too fast when yoinig, 
 they must realize that if protective measures are carried on too Umjr 
 it will be impossible for the woman to become pregnant. Nature 
 has provided a reasonable way ; if there is no coition for ten days 
 after the courses, or three days before, the chances of pregnancy an; 
 much diminished. Douching with warm or tepid water (never on any 
 condition use cold water), immediately after coition, is perhaps the most 
 commonly used method to prevent conception. The addition of 
 carbolic acid (one tcaspoonful to the pint of water) is an extra safe- 
 guard. Two quarts of water is none too much to use, although a 
 pint might bo suHicient. The safest, least harmful method to the 
 woman with which I am acquainted, consists in the insertion into the 
 vagina, as high as possible, of a tampon of wool. This piece of wool 
 must first Ik; moistened with glycerine and ''ater, or vaseline, and 
 bound by a small string to its centre. It should be i.bout two inches 
 square, possibly a bit smaller for some women. It '"• most easily 
 iuserted by the woman when lying on her back. .After coition, tliis 
 wool is withdrawn by means of the string, and a warm douche taken. 
 This procedure is not only certain to prevent conception, but is abso- 
 lutely devoid of danger. 
 
 There are condoms made of fine rubber, which can be bought of 
 druggists, which are absolutely safe ; before use they should be wet 
 with soap-suds or vaseline. This is not a healthy habit, and I would 
 not advise its use, except where there is danger of a contagious dis- 
 ease, or where it would endanger the life of the woman by becoming 
 pregnant. 
 
 In conclusion, I would say, the nearer a couple live to nature, the 
 better and happier they will be. 
 
 Labor. — Delivery. 
 
 The expulsion, at full term, of the child, the after-birth, the mem- 
 branes, and the fluids, constitutes labor, or delivery. It is supposed 
 to occur about two hundred and eighty days after the last menstrua- 
 tion ; but authors reckon it differently ; in truth, it is not possible to 
 fix it exactly, for it evidently varies in different cases. 
 
 When the time of her lying-in arrives, let every woman meet it 
 with calmness and undoubting confidence. There is every reason to 
 encourage this state of mind. Think of the vast multitudes of peo- 
 ple in the world. Each once existed in the womb of a mother, and 
 had to pass through itn narrow portals to be admitted to the light. 
 Successful delivery is the rule, the worla over ; and it should be the 
 rule to confidently expect it. 
 
 In the midst of the pains of labor, nothing does more to bring to 
 favorable result than courage and patience. Patience is able calmly 
 to survey all the difficulties before her, because she never attempts to 
 encounter but one at a time. There is much philosophy in the story 
 
 
 ■Irt.li'iaJi^ftttTlii'ridi'iitfwi 
 
 ■i,dJit«tBiaa*Mki,ii. 'nfc.iW ;■>■>*« w- 
 
FKMALK 1)IHKA8K». 
 
 431 
 
 when younjj, 
 )d on too long 
 lant. Nature 
 
 for ten dajK 
 pregnancy arn 
 
 (never on any 
 rhai)8 the nioHt 
 e addition of 
 
 an extra safe- 
 ise, although ii 
 method to the 
 lertion into the 
 1 piece of wool 
 r vaseline, and 
 3Ut two inches 
 '' most easily 
 er coition, this 
 
 douche taken, 
 in, but is abso- 
 
 1 be bought of 
 should be wet 
 it, and I would 
 contagious dis- 
 \,n by becoming 
 
 } to nature, the 
 
 birth, the mem- 
 It is 8uppose«l 
 last menstrua- 
 not possible to 
 
 yoman meet it 
 every reason to 
 Ititudes of peo- 
 a mother, and 
 d to the light, 
 t should be the 
 
 lore to bring to 
 3 is able calmly 
 ver attempts to 
 jhy in the story 
 
 of the ^^digcontented pendulum" wlu(;h got discouraged, one morning, 
 from reflecting how many millions of tiihes it would have t(> swing 
 during succeeding yrai-s, but became reius.sured upon con.sidering that 
 a single stroke cost but a very triHing (iffort, and that it really had 
 to make but one at a time. So it is with labor; it« pains, which are 
 really severe and agonizing, will become comparatively tolerable, if 
 the whole attention of the woman Ih' confined to present sutfering, 
 and her whole stock of courage and patience be brought to l)ear upon 
 OTie pang at a time. 
 
 Lot her ri!sist the temptivtion to a feeling of haste. Nature will 
 often proceed more eveidy and more speedily if allowed to take her 
 own time. A hurry to get through is a great obstacle to successful 
 delivery; it always puts things back. 
 
 Symptoms; — One of the Hrat indications that lal)or is about to 
 iHjgin is, that the woman finds herself umaller, — the child having 
 sunk down lower in the abdomen, and she accordingly breathes 
 easier. The genital organs become relaxed and moist, and mucus 
 escapes, which is called " the shows." The woman finds herself dis- 
 posed to be nervous and fidgety, and perhaps a little depressed in 
 spirits. 
 
 When labor has fully set in, it is marked by lowness of spirits, 
 ttiishes of heat and cold, a great desire to empty the bowels and to 
 make water, and grinding, cutting pains, which grow stronger aud 
 more continuous, with intervals of ttju or fifteen minutes' ease be- 
 tween. Vomiting in the early sttiges of labor often occurs, and may 
 be regarded m favorable, — indicating the softening and opening of 
 the mouth of the womb. 
 
 Treatment of Labor. — When labor liegins, the attention should 
 be directed to the state of the bowels and bladder. The child's head 
 l)egins early to press upon t' -^ bladder and lower bowel, causing the- 
 desire to make water, etc. ; and these should be immediately emptied 
 to make room for the head to pass more easily. The bowel may be 
 freed by a dose of castor-oil (10), if there is time for it to operate, — 
 but more surely, and more satisfactorily, by an injection. Relief in 
 the bladder ma^ , perhaps, be obtained by a different position of the 
 woman in the act of making water. ■ It is the pressure of the child's 
 head upon the water-pi[)e which causes the trouble ; and to relieve it, 
 the woman shouh^ get upon her hands and knees, with her shoulders 
 lower than the hips, so as to throw the child upward and forward 
 towards the cavity of the abdomen. Thus situated, she may often 
 find it easy to make water, when in the ordinary position it would be 
 impossible. If, howevei-, this mantwuvre does not succeed, and the 
 bladder becomes greatly distended, the catheter must be used. 
 
 The B*^d and Habiliments. — In the next place, fix the bed and 
 
 the patient's ha' nents. Reject feather beds; use the mattress. 
 Cover this with rubber cloth, i.' convenient, and then with folded 
 
432 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 sheets to absorb the discharges, and protect the bed. Let the woman 
 be arrayed in the same garments she expects to wear after the com- 
 pletion of the labor, and let these be well tucked up under her anus, 
 and let the lower portion of her body, from the waist downwards, be 
 enveloped in a sheet. This sheet can be easily removed, and the 
 clean clothes pulled down without greatly disturoing the patient when 
 in the exhausted state which follows labor, and when it would subject 
 her to great iatigue to be obliged to sit up in bed to have her clothes 
 changed. Let her lie upon her Ifeft side, with her body shortened by 
 bending forward^ so that the muscles may be relaxed ; let her head 
 be placed in the middle of the bed, and her feet press against the 
 right foot-post. Around this post a shawl or towel may be faatened, 
 upon which she may be allowed to pull during the pains. 
 
 Antiseptic Dressings. 
 
 In one essential particular, the case of the modem woman differs 
 ■widely from that of our grandmothers. Childbed-fever, blood-poison- 
 ing, and other similar germ-diseases, have been from time immemo- 
 rial the hSte noire of the lying-in chamber, and the odium of the 
 medical profession. Since the discovery by Sir Joseph Lister, of 
 England, that these diseases were caused by the introduction of 
 germ bacilli into the living tissue, and that to prevent them it is 
 only necessary to kill these germs on all things which in any way 
 come in contact with the motlier's private parte, these diseases have 
 become very much less frequent in occurrence, and much less fatal. 
 We know now that the skin and vagina even normally contain living 
 germs which act as scavengers of dirt, and exert a beneficial influence 
 on health, so long as they remain in their natural abodes ; let them, 
 however, be introduced into the system through raw surfaces, tears 
 and excoriations consequent on labor, and the group of symptoms 
 generated by this poison is truly frightful to think of. 
 
 To avert such catastrophes, it must be the aim of the physician 
 and nurse, and even the patient, to use scrupulous care in keeping 
 away from the patient anything which has not first been rendered 
 absolutely clean or germ-free. 
 
 It thus becomes evident that, first of all, as soon as labor sete in, 
 the thighs and privates should be thoroughly washed with soap and 
 some antiseptic, as, for instance, a five per-cent solution of carbolic- 
 acid, or better, sulpho-naphthol solution, which may be made by adding 
 one-half teaspoonf ul of sulpho-naphthol, or " oil of milk," to a quart of 
 water ; l)etter still is a solution of corrosive sublimate of the strength 
 of one part in two or three thousand parts of water. This poison- 
 ous drug is best bought in tablet form, so that by adding one tablet 
 to two quarts of water, we have the required solution. During labor, 
 and even after, all napkins and cloths used to protect or wipe the 
 woman, must be wet in one of these solutions, or otherwise disin- 
 
rSMALG DISEASES. 
 
 433 
 
 et the woman 
 if ter the coni- 
 ider her arms, 
 ownwards, be 
 oved, and the 
 5 patient when 
 would subject 
 ive her clothes 
 J shortened by 
 let her head 
 38 against the 
 ly be fastened, 
 ns. 
 
 •woman differs 
 r, blood-poison- 
 time immemo- 
 odium of the 
 seph Lister, of 
 ntroduction of 
 ent them it is 
 ch in anyway 
 e diseases have 
 nuch less fatal. 
 J contain living 
 eficial influence 
 )des; let them, 
 r surfaces, tears 
 p of symptoms 
 
 i the physician 
 
 sare in keeping 
 
 been rendered 
 
 is labor sets in, 
 with soap and 
 ion of carbolic- 
 made by adding 
 k," to a quart of 
 ! of the strength 
 r. This poison- 
 Iding one tablet 
 During labor, 
 ;ect or wipe the 
 otherwise disin- 
 
 fected. Every examination by the physician or nurse must be made 
 only after thorough scrubbing of the hands with soap and some dis- 
 infectant. The napkins used may either be wrung out of these colu- 
 tions, or steamed an hour before using. 
 
 By such precautions we may expect to avoid blood-poisoning. The 
 nurse must always wash and disinfect her hands before giving a 
 douche or handling the patient's private parts. The douche is always 
 a source of vexation to nurses, a'.id the matter may here be thus 
 stated : unless there has been given an order hy the phjrsician to the 
 contrary, never use a douche after the baby is born. 
 
 Remember the principle of always keeping surgically clean, i. e. 
 germ-free, all objects which come in contact with the lying-in woman. 
 
 The Presentation. — An examination with the finger is to be made 
 to learn the presentation, — that is, to learn which part of the child 
 "omes first into the mouth of the womb. 
 
 Head Presentation If the head present, the labor will probably 
 
 go on without the need of medical aid. But in all labors there is a 
 liability to dangers from unforseen accidents, which renders the at- 
 tendance of an intelligent physician highly prudential. 
 
 Breech or Feet Presentation. — If the feet or breech present, it is 
 desirable to have the first part of the labor proceed slowly, so that 
 the passage may become well dilated, and prepared for a more rapid 
 delivery of the head. If the breech present, do not pull down the 
 feet ; let the child come double ; it will make more room for the head. 
 If the feet present, let there be no pulling upon them to hasten the 
 birth of the breech. 
 
 After the feet and breech have fully cleared the external orifice, 
 the delivery may be judiciously hastened for the purpose of prevent- 
 ing the death of the child from pressure on the umbilical cord, before 
 its head is brought to the air, and the act of breathing thus permitted. 
 For after the pulsations of the cord cease, the child must either 
 breathe or die. 
 
 In this kind of presentation, therefore, the child's life is in great 
 danger. After the birth of the lower half of the body, the cord ex- 
 periences severe pressure, gufficient to interrupt if not wholly prevent 
 its pulsations. It then becomes necessaiy to hasten the birth of the 
 upper extremities and head by ali prudent means. Violence is never 
 in order in midwifery ; but considerable force, skillfully directed, may 
 sometimes be safely used. After the shoulders are delivered, the pas- 
 sage of the head may be facilitated by carefully pulling down the 
 arms. Then, as soon as possible, introduce the finger into the mouth 
 of the child. Tins will serve the double purpose, perhaps, of per- 
 mitting a little air to make its way into the child's lungs, and of fur- 
 nishing a hold by which its head may be gently dmwn along into the 
 world. 
 
 If there is much delay at this juncture, perhaps in some cr.ses the 
 
 ri 
 
434 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 child's life may be preserved by inserting into its mouth one end of a 
 male catheter, — thus furnishing an open tube for the passage of air, 
 until more vigorous pains shall introduce it into the full liberty of the 
 atmosphere. While the head is yet undelivered, great care should be 
 used to keep the child's body warm by covering it with flannel, and 
 also to keep it in a correct relative position with the head. If the 
 body be incautiously turned round, of course the neck will be twisted ; 
 and the child's subsequent delivery with a broken neck will be the 
 miserable result, bringing confusion to the medical attendant, and 
 uuhappiness to all concerned. 
 
 Arm or Shoulder Presentation. — If the arm or shoulder present, 
 the child will probably have to be turned. In case this cannot be 
 effected, its chest must be opened and emptied of its contents, that 
 there may be room to bring down the head. It is barely possible to 
 avoid a resort to art in this presentation. 
 
 Flooding or Hemorrhage, occurring to an alarming extent, is hap- 
 pily one of the rare incidents or consequences of labor. But when it 
 does occur, it demands the most serious and prompt attention. 
 
 Profuse bleeding from the womb is most commonly owing to a 
 partial separation of the placenta, or afterbirth, from its attachment 
 to the internal cavity; and it has been observed that the flow 
 proceeds more rapidly from the detached portion of the afterbirth 
 than from the corresponding exposed surface of the womb. A knowl- 
 edge of this fact has an important practical bearing ; for if, in severe 
 cases of flooding, the partially detached afterbirth can be entirely 
 separated, the bleeding will often be speedily arrested. 
 
 The most dangerous floodings occur in cases of placenta previa, 
 when the aftt^rbirth is over the mouth of the womb. In such cases, 
 when the labor commences, and the womb begins to open itself, the 
 afterbirth of course must be partially separated. These cases, unless 
 promptly relieved by art, may prove fatal in a few minutes. Yet 
 there is ordinarily sufficient time, if it be improved, calmly to choose 
 and pursue the proper treatment. If the flooding be immediately 
 dangerous to life, the child must be turned and delivered, or the 
 tampon or plug be applied, as directed under the head of abortion. 
 This expedient is used when, through rigidity of the mouth of the 
 womb, the delivery is inadmissible. 
 
 Before Delivery In all cases of flooding, we prescribe quiet, the 
 
 recumbent posture, cold applications to the abdomen and the external 
 genitals, and the internal administration of astringents and anodynes 
 (151). 
 
 After Delivery, our object is to promote contraction of the womb 
 by cold applications and frictions externally, or, if necessary, by the 
 introduction of the hand into the womb, for the purpose of removing 
 the afterbirth, clearing out clots, or stimulating it to shut itself up for 
 
 
 '■TatiUliiitiitliiiitiMii'<n^^^^ 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 435 
 
 tth one end of a 
 5 passage of air, 
 nil liberty of the 
 t care should be 
 tritli flannel, and 
 e head. If the 
 ; will be twisted ; 
 leck will be the 
 1 attendant, and 
 
 boulder present, 
 
 this cannot be 
 
 ts contents, that 
 
 arely possible to 
 
 ig extent, is hap- 
 or. But when it 
 
 attention, 
 only owing to a 
 1 its attachment 
 jd that the flow 
 jf the afterbirth 
 vomb. A knowl- 
 ; for if, in severe 
 
 can be entirely 
 id. 
 
 • placenta previa, 
 In such cases, 
 ) open itself, the 
 lese cases, unless 
 y minutes. Yet 
 calmly to choose 
 
 be immediately 
 delivered, or the 
 lead of abortion. 
 16 mouth of the 
 
 ■escribe quiet, the 
 1 and the external 
 nts and anodynes 
 
 Lion of the womb 
 necessary, by the 
 rpose of removing 
 I shut itself up for 
 
 the expulsion of the offending substance. Until this contraction is 
 secured, the plug should not be used, lest internal bleeding into the 
 enlarged and expanded womb should be profuse, and fatally exhaust 
 the patient. 
 
 After the Child is Born, our first duty is, if possible, to see that it 
 breathes. In the vast majority of cases, the well-known cry which 
 salutes the ear gives proof that the duty is unnecessary. But some- 
 times we do not hear the welcome sound. The umbilical cord may 
 be once or repeatedly wound around the child's neck, and must be 
 immediately removed to prevent strangulation ; or, the child's mouth 
 may be filL with phlegm, or some sticky mucus, which must be 
 poked out with the ringer, and its exit favored by turning the face 
 downward; or, after tedious labors, the child may be bom in a very 
 feeble state, and may need the stimulus of cold water thrown sud- 
 denly, in small quantities, upon its chest and body, with considerable 
 rubbing, and perhaps the inflation of its lungs with air blown into its 
 mouth. 
 
 Tying the Cord When breathing is established, a piece of narrow 
 
 tape or common twine is to be tied tight around the navel-string, 
 about two inches from the child's navel, and the cord is then to be 
 cut off, with a pair of sharp scissors, from half to three quarters of 
 an inch outside the place where it is tied. The child is then to be 
 delivered to the nurse. 
 
 Washing the Child. — The child is now, while the physician is at- 
 tending to the mother, to be washed and dressed by the nurse. Its 
 skin is at this time covered with a suet>-like substance, called the 
 verniz caseosa. To remove this, it should be washed all over gently 
 with warm water and castile soap. It is not material that this coat- 
 ing should be absolutely all removed at the first washing ; but the 
 soap and water should be again gently applied in eight or ten hours 
 from their first use. It is improper to use spirits for this cleansing. 
 All rough rubbing must be avoided as injurious to the delicate skin 
 of so tender an infant. Washing with cold water would lower the 
 temperature to a dangerous degree, and should in no case be allowed. 
 
 Removal of the After-Birth. — The woman having rested fifteen 
 or twenty minutes, a little gentle soliciting or pressure on the womb 
 will generally bring away the after-birth. If, however, any serious 
 obstacle prevent its expulsion, it may be slowly and cautiously taken 
 away by the hand introduced. 
 
 Cleansing the Bed, and Applying the Swathe. — Upon the re- 
 moval of thu afterbirth, a disinfected napkin is immediately applied 
 to the external organs, a drink of water or tea administered, and 
 another rest of an hour or more allowed. The swathe may consist 
 of a towel pinned snugly around the body, or of a cloth, cut and 
 fitted exactly for the purpose. Its object is to afford a fii-m and 
 steady aupport to the contracting womb. 
 
 II 
 
436 
 
 FEMALE DISEASE& 
 
 The DressiniTS for the Child's Navel should be so fixed that the 
 navelHString or cord will not be left in contact with the healthy skin. 
 To effect this, make a hole large enough to admit the cord in the 
 centre of a piece of linen cloth four inches square ; pull the cord 
 through this hole, leaving the cloth lying flat upon the child's belly; 
 then, having bandaged the cord down to the belly, fold the cloth over 
 it, and appTj' the belly-band. The interposition of these dressings 
 will thus keep the cord, which is dead and in process of decomposi- 
 tion, from irritating, and perhaps excoriating the living flesh, with 
 which it must otherwise be in close contact. To wrap the stump of 
 the cord in fresh absorbent cotton is another neat, dry, and practical 
 method of treating it. 
 
 Nourishment of the Child, etc. — After being dressed, the child 
 should be kept next the body of the mother or nurse, that it may 
 receive the natural warmth thus to be derived. Its nourishment 
 shoi'ld be obtained exclusively from the mother's breast. If it is 
 hungry, be cure and keep it so. There is nothing more appropriate 
 than a hungry child all ready to take hold and exhaust the full and 
 almost bursting breast on the third day, when the milk has come. 
 Alas I How many children have been fed on sweetened water, and 
 on milk and water, till they have lost all instinctive idea of, and all 
 appetite for, nursing ! and how many bowel complaints and broken 
 breasts have been the miserable consequence ! But meddlesome 
 f^iend^ are afraid the " little dears " will starve ; and therefore thoy 
 must.i. st be made sick by unnatural diet, and then for their cure be 
 treated that filthy, harsh, and indecent substitute for medicine, 
 ehamber-c^ and molasses ! 
 
 But it may be asked, "must not the child be fed at all, if it is hun- 
 gry, and cries a great deal, and there is nothing in the mother's breast 
 for it ? " Such cases will be exceedingly rare, if the breasts have 
 been properly solicited from the first by a hungry child. When they 
 do occur, being themselves exceptions, their treatment must be ex- 
 ceptional; but, even then, only so far as is absolutely necessary. If 
 fed at all, the child should not be fed to satiety, but as little as the 
 circumstances will possibly permit. The great rule remains : keep 
 the child as hungry as possible till the milk comes. When it has to 
 be fed, imitate the mother's milk as nearly as possible in the prepar 
 ration of the artificial diet. A little sweet cream, warm water and 
 sugar, should be so mingled, that in warmth, richness, and sweetness, 
 the mixture may closely resemble human milk. (See page 447.) 
 
 Diet of the Mother. — For the first few days after confinement, the 
 most appropriate diet for the mother is gruel, cocoa, rice-water, crust 
 coffee, or some similar liquid nourishment. Different constitutions, 
 however, need somewhat different management. 
 
 A woman naturally robust, and of full habit, should confine herself 
 more strictly, and for a longer time, to this light diet, than one whu 
 
 I 
 
 Miiinu'wwiwmjittoi ft »!■■ 
 
 wmm n 
 

 FEMALK DISEASES. 
 
 437 
 
 10 fixed that the 
 the healthy skin, 
 the cord in the 
 ! ; pull the cord 
 the child's belly; 
 >ld the cloth over 
 these dressings 
 188 of decomposi- 
 iving flesh, with 
 rap the stump of 
 ry, and practical 
 
 Lressed, the child 
 irse, that it may 
 Its nourishment 
 breast. If it is 
 more appropriate 
 lUst the full and 
 I milk has come, 
 stened water, and 
 e idea of, and all 
 aints and broken 
 But meddlesome 
 id therefore thoy 
 I for their cure be 
 ute for medicine, 
 
 at all, if it is hun- 
 he mother's breast 
 the breasts have 
 hild. When they 
 nent must be ex- 
 ely necessary. If 
 it as little as the 
 lie remains: keep 
 When it has to 
 ,ble in the prepa- 
 , warm water and 
 iss, and sweetness, 
 See page 447.) 
 
 ir confinement, the 
 a, rice-water, crust 
 :ent constitutions, 
 
 lid confine herself 
 iiet, than one who 
 
 is more slender and feeble. In some cases, weakly women require 
 the juice of meat, and even wine or ale, as early as the second or third 
 day. If she be subject to canker, or nursing-sore mouth, a generous 
 diet is particularly serviceable. After the first week, she may gradu- 
 ally i-eturn to her customary diet. 
 
 Costiveness may be treated with the usual remedies. It was an 
 old rule to give a dose of castor-oil on the third day, when there is a 
 little increa.se of excitement in the system, from the filling of the 
 breasts. This is not always necessary, and in most cases an injection 
 would be far better. The mother should stay in bed from three to 
 four weeks, according to the state of her general health. A little 
 time now is a great gain later. 
 
 The Perpendicular Position During the first month, let the 
 
 woman avoid being often or long on her feet. This is a very essential 
 caution to avoid prolapsus, or falling of the womb, with all its atten- 
 dant weaknesses and pains, and to ensure a good " getting up," with 
 a sound womb, in the right place, and subsequent months of health 
 and enjoyment. 
 
 Milk Leg. — Phlegmasia Dolens. — Crural Phlebitis, 
 
 The Pv pular idea is, that in this disease the woman's milk has 
 fallen into her leg, which has inflamed. This is of course absurd. 
 As to the real nature of the complaint, there are various opinions, — 
 some holding it to consist in inflammation along the sciatic, crural, 
 and pubic nerves ; others, that it is an inflammation of the lympha- 
 tics of the groin which causes it ; others, that it is an inflammation 
 of the crural veins. The fact of the matter is that tliis disease is one 
 of the many evidences of septic matter entering the circulation and 
 setting up local trouble where it is deposited. It is, in other words, 
 a mild form of pre-existing blood-poisoning. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease begins in from two to seven weeks after 
 delivery, with pain in the lower bowel, groin, or thigh. The pain is 
 more violent when the thigh is extended. In a day or two, the pain 
 diminishes, and the limb begins to swell, frequently in the calf of the 
 leg first, thence extending upward ; but generally in the groin, and 
 extending gradually down. The skin becomes entirely white, smooth, 
 and glossy, does not pit when pressed, is painful to the touch, and is 
 hotter than the skin upon the other limb. In connection with this 
 local disease, there is general fever, with small and rapid pulse, thirst, 
 etc. 
 
 Treatment. — The patient must lie flat upon her biick, with the 
 swelled limb placed upon pillows, or a bolster, raised so that the foot 
 shall be a little higher than the hip, and then charged not to put her 
 foot down upon the floor until she is very nearly well. 
 
 Apply a narrow blister along the course of the crural vein. When 
 
 i.'-^ 
 
438 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 this is removed, take a large piece of flannel, — Dr. Meigs says an old 
 flannel petticoat, with the hem and the gathei-s cut oft', — and dip it 
 in vinegar and hot water, equal parfo. ; wring it out, and t;ovei- the 
 whole limb with it. I*ut a piec!^ of blanket or oiled silk over it to 
 keep it from wetting the bed. Repeat this and keep it up for six 
 hourd. When it becomes tedious to the patient, remove it, and bathe 
 the limb witli warm sweet-oil, two parts, and laudanum, one part, and 
 cover it with flannel. In two or three houi-s, return to the first appli- 
 cation of hot water and vinegar. Continue this for five or six hours, 
 and then take warm sweet-oil and laudanum : and thus pass front 
 one to the otiier until the inflammation is subdued, or, as Dr. Meigs 
 says, till the calf of the leg can be shaken. 
 
 If the bowels are confined, let them be gently moved by some 
 mild physic (13), (14), (18), (25), (27), (41). 
 
 In many cases, diuretics and cathartics combined will be proper 
 (302), or diuretics only (128), (130). 
 
 While the inflammation lasts, and there is fever, the tincture of 
 veratrum viride must not l)e forgotten. 
 
 If recovery does not take place after the active inflammation has 
 subsided, the limb should be bandaged from the toes to the groin. 
 
 Wrap up the leg in wet flannels, covered air-tight with rubber 
 cloth, and great quantities of water will exude from the leg. 
 
 Child-Bed Fever. 
 
 — Puerperal Fever. — Septiccemia. 
 Blood- Poisoning. 
 
 Few complaints more justly excite the dread of the practitioner 
 than this. It cuts down woman at a time when she can least of all 
 be spared by her young offspring, and at a moment when she most 
 excites the love and sympathy of her whole family. It is a terrible 
 disease. 
 
 Until after the discovery of the germ character of many diseases, 
 this feai'ful scourge was only suspected by medical men to be con- 
 tagious. It has, however, long since been found to be highly conta- 
 gious and propagated by the ordinary routes of travel by physician, 
 nurse, friend, etc., who come in contact with women about to be 
 confined or with people who have open wounds. 
 
 We know that when a woman is confined the germs which natur- 
 ally belong on the skin and in the vagina, if introduced into the 
 little lacerations and wounds which are liable to ensue during labor, 
 set up a violent form of blood-poisoning, which, for its severity, 
 rapidity of development, and direful consequences, surpasses all other 
 infectious diseases. Child-bed fever is purely and simply a germ- 
 disease, caused by unclean hands, unclean instruments, unclean nap- 
 kins, or, in fact, anything which contains germs, being brought in 
 contact with the mother. For a further understanding of this cau- 
 sation, see articles on Asepsis, Antisepsis, etc. 
 
 ■iiMMWMteiWMMn 
 
 ■■f*»S»r«iS*l* 
 
— ■ 
 
 1 
 
 FRMALE DISEASES. 
 
 489 
 
 says an old 
 - and dip it 
 d (!OV«r I he 
 t over it to 
 , up for six 
 it, and batlu; 
 me part, and 
 lie first appli- 
 or six hours, 
 18 pa«8 from 
 18 Dr. Meigs 
 
 ^ed by some 
 
 11 be proper 
 
 3 tincture of 
 
 mmation has 
 the groin, 
 with rubber 
 3 leg. 
 
 ticcemia. — 
 
 3 practitioner 
 ,n least of all 
 len she most 
 is a terrible 
 
 [lany diseases, 
 to be con- 
 highly conta- 
 by physician, 
 about to be 
 
 which natur- 
 uced into the 
 during labor, 
 
 its severity, 
 asses all other 
 mply a germ- 
 unclean nap- 
 y brought in 
 
 of this cau- 
 
 Tt becomes quite necessary for a woman to regard liei-self as about 
 1<) undergo a surgical operation when she is to be .ioniined, for the 
 simple reason that she should be pn^parcd for the labor just as the 
 piitient is for tlie operation, that she nia^ have all the advantivges of 
 skilled nui'sing and the many little antiseptic precautions which ren- 
 der not only operations but labor itself safe. 
 
 Symptoms. — The train of symptoms Iwlonging to this dreadful 
 iiiidady are too well known to many to repeat them in much detail. 
 Tlie first that one carefully observant of the sick one notices, is a 
 slijrlit rise of temperature, then perhai)s follows a chill, sweating and 
 liuiidache ; discharges begin to smell badly, the bowels enlarge from 
 the formation of gas ; the stomach is upset, and finally, if the diseiise 
 is not checked, the infection spreads to the tulxis and ovaries and 
 into the general abdominal cavity, when death soon steps in to end 
 tlie frightful scene. 
 
 Treatment. — The nurse should always be on the alert to discover 
 the least rise in temperature or any beginning odor ; it is just here 
 that valuable time is often lost. The womb has become infected, 
 but as yet the septic inflammation is only on the inside of the organ. 
 At this point vigorous measures must be at once inaugurated and 
 tlie womb thoroughly irrigated with some disinfectant solution, like 
 thecorroiive sublimate solution, with carbolic acid solution or sul- 
 pho-naphLlu)l solution. If this measure, rejjeated every eight to twelve 
 hours, doei not speedily correct the odor, lower the tempeiature and 
 improve afifairs at once, a thorough curetting of the entire lining of 
 the womb must bs made, as described under womb-diseases (page 
 399) and the organ daily irrigated or packed with iodoform gauze. 
 
 In many cases the womb and its l)elonging8 may have to be re- 
 moved entirely. Blood tonics must be employed from the first, and 
 the infection thoroughly removed lest subsequent womb troubles 
 'insue. 
 
 The chief preventive of this disease is extreme cleanliness and care 
 in warding off its causes. 
 
 Puerperal Convulsions. — Eclampsia. 
 
 During the latter part of pregnancy, and even during the lying-in 
 period, a pregnant woman may be suddenly seized with a convulsion 
 from which she may never recover consciousness. These fits gener- 
 ally last a few minutes, and complete consciousness follows with a 
 terrific headache ; from one to a hundred more attacks may ensue. 
 The urine usually is found heavily loaded with albumen, and contains 
 all the evidences of serious kidney disease. 
 
 Causes. — These disorders are supposed to be due to the pressure 
 on the kidneys and its vessels by the increasing growth of the child. 
 Some cases, however, remain still unsatisfactorily explained. 
 
 I III' I 
 I 
 
 
 I 
 
440 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 the womb must be immediately 
 pressure thus moved from the kidneys. 
 
 To avoid any such sudden nurprisea women should have their 
 urine examined every week or two in the luttyr part of pregnancy. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease is usually ushered in by some slight 
 frontal hoadache, by swelling of the feet, ankles and eyelids ; these 
 are symptoms of impending trouble, and precautions should at once 
 be taken to ward off tue consequent disease. The urine becomes 
 scanty, thick and smoky ; the face or eyelids twitch, and soon the 
 fit comes on, superinduced by the large amount of urea retained in 
 the blood in consequence of the crippled condition of the kidneys, 
 which normally throw off these poisonous products. 
 
 Treatment. — In most cases 
 emptied of the child and 
 
 which are stimulated to secrete freely. The fits are for the time 
 being controlled by tlio inhalation of ether or chloroform. Bleeding, 
 the free use of veratrum viride, and the use of chloral or even mor- 
 phine will materially aid the case toward recovery. 
 
 It is a very fatal disorder if left to itself, the patient not infre- 
 quently dying in tlie first convulsion, after prolonged unconsciousness. 
 
 Here again the early discovery of the disease will often be sufficient 
 to tui-n the tide in a favorable direction. 
 
 Flooding and Hemorrhage. — Placenta Praevia. 
 
 Sometimes during the latter months of pregnancy quite a little 
 hemorrhage starts up from the fact that the afterbirth, which normally 
 is attached to the side of the womb, becomes engrafted into the lower 
 segment so as to cover the opening into the womb. This latter is 
 often separated from its moorings and considerable hemorrhage en- 
 sues, which may vary from a small to an extremely large and fatal 
 amount. The physician should be summoned immediately and labor 
 induced at once, if this condition is really found to exist. 
 
 Flooding after labor is due to a relaxed womb or some open blood- 
 vessel. The womb is to be seized and squeezed together into a small 
 mass, driving out clots; one teaspoonful of ergot in a little hot water 
 is to be taken, and the foot of the bed elevated till the arrival of the 
 doctor. 
 
 Nursing Sore Mouth. 
 
 NxTRSiNG women sometimes suffer terribly with this complaint. It 
 begins with a scalding sensation upon the tongue, a pink color in the 
 roof of the mouth, and a hot, watery discharge from the mouth. 
 After a few days, small ulcers appear on the tongue, and in the 
 throat. Costiveness is generally present ; but when the ulceration 
 extends to the bowels, diarrhoea occurs. It comes to an end upon 
 weaning the child. 
 
 Treatment. — To relieve costiveness, give some gentle cathartic 
 (12), (15), (25), (84), (36). 
 
 
FKMALE DISEASES. 
 
 441 
 
 Id have their 
 i pregnancy. 
 
 )y some slight 
 eyelids ; these 
 ihould at once 
 urine becomes 
 and soon the 
 ea retained in 
 f the kidneys, 
 
 8 immediately 
 n the kidneys, 
 e for the time 
 :m. Bleeding, 
 i\ or even mor- 
 
 ient not infre- 
 nconsciousness. 
 ^n be sufficient 
 
 I Praevia. 
 
 y quite a little 
 which normally 
 I into the lower 
 This latter is 
 hemorrhage en- 
 large and fatal 
 [lately and labor 
 xist. 
 
 [)me open blood- 
 ther into a small 
 , little hot water 
 ae arrival of the 
 
 B complaint. It 
 )ink color in the 
 rom the mouth, 
 gue, and in the 
 1 the ulceration 
 to an end upon 
 
 gentle cathartic 
 
 Iron in some of iU forms and combinations is hiehlv necessary 
 ((il), (71), (73), (849). 
 
 Gargles will frequently do much good (227), (229), (230), (236), 
 (243), (244), (347), (350). ^ ^ '^ ^ 
 
 The diet must l>e simple, nourishing, and dit 'istible, consisting of 
 stale bread, tender beefsteak, broths, etc. 
 
 Inflammation of the Breast. — Broken Breast.— 
 
 Mammary Abscess. 
 
 The mammary gland, or gland which secretes milk in the human 
 breast, coiisists of a number of ducts, passing inward from their tei> 
 mination in the nipple, and then spreading around 
 like the roots of a tree, and terminating in minute 
 glands. The mammillary tubes are straight ducta, 
 ten or twelve in number, having their mouths at 
 the centre of the nipple, dilating at ita biuso into 
 larger reservoirs, which extend some distance into 
 the gland. (Fig. 146.) 
 
 When milk is first formed, after confinement, 
 these tubes and reservoirs sometimes get so full 
 and hard that they crowd and compress each other, 
 making it difficult to remove the milk, and under 
 these circumstances, the breast will inflame. 
 
 Symptoms The inflammation generally begins with a chill, fol- 
 lowed by fever, and pain of a shooting kind, which is much increased 
 by pressure. An examination will generally reveal a circumscribed, 
 hard, and painful tumor, even before there is any redness on the sur- 
 face. After a time, the swelling spreads, the skin becomes of a dusky 
 red, is hot and shining, will frequently pit a little on pressure, and 
 soon gives a sense of fluctuation. TTpon the formation of matter, the 
 breast is enlarged, and there is local tenderness and throbbing pain. 
 
 This complaint may be caused by taking cold, irregularities in 
 diet, or by mental emotion ; but more commonly it is caused by ac- 
 cumulation of milk within the ducts ; still more commonly by septic 
 matter from the uterus entering the circulation and causing a local- 
 ized blood-poisoning. 
 
 Treatment. — These afflictions may generally be prevented by 
 keeping the breasts well drawn. It is the duty of a nurse to look 
 well after this matter, and see that the breasts do not get l\rd and 
 distended with milk. 
 
 But when the inflammation has fairly set in, the first aim should 
 be to prevent, if possible, the formation of matter. 
 
 Active purging should be resorted to at once (29), (32). Sweating 
 should be encouraged by the tincture of veratrum viride. If the ob- 
 ject be to prevent the formation of matter, cold lotions, or cold water 
 compresses should be used freely j but if two or three days have passed 
 
 FIO. 140. 
 
 •iji; 
 
 lit 
 
 J 
 
442 
 
 FKMALR DISEASES. 
 
 
 before active treatment, tlie Hiippuration will go on, and it is better to 
 UHO warm upplicutioMt;. Dewees nays wann vinegar is the most liene- 
 ficial as woll as the most comforting. Poultices and warm fomentji- 
 tions are much used. Some apply Htimulating linimentH, made of 
 essential oils, etc. (195), (198). Leeches are often used with advan- 
 Uige. They should he applied, not upon the breast, hut just l)elow it. 
 
 Ddriug the 2)rogre8s of the disease, especially after the alwc'ss is 
 opened, the breast should be supported, and prevented fiom hanging 
 down, by long strips of adliesive plaster carried below and around it. 
 liy this means a gentle pressure is kept up by which the matter is 
 more easily evacuated. 
 
 The breast should be opened with a lancet as soon as the abscess 
 points, or fluctuation is discovered. Should the ulcer not heal, an 
 astringent wash, such as a weak solution of nitrate of silver (211), 
 may be applied to it once or twice a day. 
 
 During the discharge of matter, the system of the patient should 
 be supported by a nourishing diet, wine, tonics, etc. To lift up the 
 breasts, and at the same time gently compress them with a gauze or 
 thin flaimel bandage, is one of the best methods of treatment. 
 
 Sore Nipples. 
 
 Women suffering from excoriated nipples are apt to keep the infant 
 chiefly to the healthy breast, and only to apply it to the tender side 
 for the purpose of obtaining present ease from the pain of over-dis- 
 tension. In this way the ducts remain alwa}^ full, and are apt to 
 get inflamed. Sore nipples, therefore, are to be attended to as much 
 on account of the evils to which they lead, as of the suffering they 
 directly occasion. 
 
 The excoriation of the nipples begines as a chap. This shows no 
 tendency to heal; and the child's mouth being often applied, rubs 
 off the skin around the crack, and this naked surface soon becomes 
 an ulcer. These ulcers are sometimes only on the surface ; at other 
 times they are profound, going deep into the substance of the nipple. 
 
 Treatment. — These excoriations and ulcers might be easily healed, 
 were it not that the newly-formed skin is apt to be continually rubbed 
 off by the child's mouth in the act of nursing. Two things are there- 
 fore to be done, — to favor the healing, and to protect the tender part 
 from renewed injury. 
 
 For the first object, a strong infusion of green tea or port wine may 
 answer very well in ordinary cases. A little alum or borax, dissolved 
 in rosewater, or water (201), (202), is often used. A weak solution 
 of sulphate of zinc, or sulphate of copper, or nitrate of silver (209), 
 (211). But one of the very best articles is composed of glycerine 
 and tannin (306). 
 
 To protect the nipple from injury in the act of sucking, use a shield 
 made of India-rubber. When the infant is not at the breast, the 
 nipple should be covered by a shield. 
 
 
t is better to 
 e most bene- 
 irin fomentii- 
 iitH, luiulu of 
 I with lulvivn- 
 just ImjIow it. 
 lie ul)H(""S8 is 
 lom hanging 
 ml around it. 
 the matter is 
 
 18 the abscess 
 
 not heal, an 
 
 silver (211), 
 
 atient should 
 I'o lift up the 
 til a gauze or 
 tmeut. 
 
 eep the infant 
 le tender side 
 n of over-dis- 
 ind are apt to 
 ed to as much 
 iufiering they 
 
 rhis shows no 
 
 applied, rubs 
 
 soon becomes 
 
 face ; at other 
 
 of the nipple. 
 
 e easily healed, 
 inually rubbed 
 lings are there- 
 bhe tender part 
 
 port wine may 
 QFdx, dissolved 
 L weak solution 
 if silver (209), 
 jd of glycerine 
 
 ng, use a shield 
 the breast, the 
 
 MARRIED LADIES' PERPETUAL CALENDAR. 
 
 TiiK utility of those tablcH. servinp us n faithful and conflrtentinl friend in 
 matters <if urgent interent, cannot fail of lieing perceived. The young and 
 newly-married might be spared an unpieaHant amount of embarrasHment by 
 consulling the Calendar as to the time of conttnement, which, in nclconing 
 the full period of gestation "280 days from conception, may be very nearly ap- 
 l)roximated; or, in tiio event of the time of conception l)eing uncertain, from 
 the period of quickening, whicli she can usually note, she may reclton 140 
 (lays. It will be perceived that the Calendar luus three colunuis of Hgures, de- 
 noting tlie days of the months noted at the head of each. The first column 
 ;^ive9 the date of conception; the second, that of the period of quickening; 
 and the third, that of delivery. Thus, if a lady dates the period of conception 
 .lanuary 1, 189((, quickening will occur May 20, and confinement about the 8th 
 of October following; or, if she is ignorant of the time of conception, by con- 
 sulting the middle column as to the time of quickening, if it occurs May 20, 
 she may expect her confinement to occur about the 8th of October following, 
 or 140 days afti^r tlie period of <|uickening. The date in the first column is 
 that of Cvfuception; the corresponding date in the second column is that of 
 quickening; and the corresponding date in tho third column that of contine- 
 ment. 
 
 Jastjaey. 
 
 Pkbruart. 
 
 March. 
 
 
 April. 
 
 
 Vonetp- 
 
 ^uut- 
 
 Jkliv- 
 
 Conetp- 
 
 Quiek- 
 
 Veliv- 
 
 Concep- 
 
 Quick- 
 
 Deliv. 
 
 CoKCtp- 
 
 Quick- 
 
 Deliv- 
 
 tim. 
 
 eninQ. 
 
 try. 
 
 tion. 
 
 ening. 
 
 try. 
 
 tion. 
 
 ming. 
 
 try. 
 
 titm. 
 
 ning. 
 
 try. 
 
 •Tan. 
 
 May 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Feb. 
 
 June 
 
 Nov. 
 
 March 
 
 July 
 
 •Dec. 
 
 April 
 
 ^?f 
 
 Jan. 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 6 . 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 \ 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 <) 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 26 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 26 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 25 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 .30 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 19 
 
 
 July 
 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 
 June 
 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 13 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 13 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 i:< 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 31 
 
 19 
 
 14 
 
 31 
 
 19 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 21 
 
 
 Aug. 
 
 
 
 Sept. 
 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 15 
 
 ■ 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 26 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 25 . 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 ao 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 26 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 26 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 22 
 
 11 
 
 29 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 23 
 
 12 
 
 30 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 Dec. 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 
 
 Nov. 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 26 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 25 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 Jan. 
 
 
 
 Feb. 
 
 27 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 l(i 
 
 4 
 
 28 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 29 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 29 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 30 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 31 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 ■m. 
 
MAKKIKD LADIR8' PEBI'KTUAL CALKNUAK. 
 
 Oaiictp- 
 Him 
 
 M«y 
 
 3 
 3 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 H 
 
 1) 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 
 16 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 
 2fi 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 30 
 31 
 
 Mat. 
 
 tning. 
 Sent. 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 2(i 
 
 •n 
 
 28 
 29 
 
 :io 
 
 Oct. 
 1 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 7 
 8 
 9 
 10 
 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 10 
 16 
 17 
 
 Othr- 
 try. 
 
 Fob. 
 
 ft 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 H 
 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 IS 
 16 
 17 
 IH 
 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 20 
 20 
 27 
 28 
 March 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 
 JUNB. 
 
 
 Jdlt. 
 
 AUODIT 
 
 
 Cotiffih 
 
 Quick- 
 
 Dtliv- 
 
 Coticrp- 
 
 Qairt- 
 
 Otlir- 
 
 Conetp- 
 
 (JHiell- 
 
 DtHr. 
 
 ti.m 
 
 minff. 
 
 try. 
 
 lion. 
 
 mlng. 
 
 try. 
 
 lian. 
 
 thinf. 
 
 '•y. 
 
 June 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Marnh 
 
 July 
 
 Nov. 
 
 April 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Deo. 
 
 May 
 
 I 
 
 IH 
 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 IH 
 
 H 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 IH 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 ao 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 1» 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 2»i 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 2H 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 27 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 28 
 
 IH 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 19 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 
 18 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 19 
 
 13 
 
 ;«) 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 2f» 
 
 19 
 
 13 
 
 30 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 31 
 Nov. 
 
 21 
 
 14 
 
 30 
 Deo. 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 31 
 Jan. 
 
 21 
 
 1ft 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 \li 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 
 
 26 
 
 19 
 
 
 
 2ft 
 
 19 
 
 
 
 26 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 26 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 27 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 2H 
 
 22 
 
 H 
 
 29 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 28 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 29 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 30 
 
 23 
 
 » 
 
 29 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 ;«) 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 April 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 ■M 
 May 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 June 
 
 2fi 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 2H 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 'A) 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 29 
 
 in 
 
 :, 
 
 29 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 30 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 30 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 ■M 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 31 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 Skptkmbier. 
 
 :.\ 
 
 Conetp- 
 tion. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 
 6 
 7 
 8 
 
 g 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 
 15 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 
 24 
 26 
 
 20 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 30 
 
 Quick- 
 ning. 
 
 Jan. 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 Feb. 
 1 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 6 
 6 
 7 
 8 
 9 
 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 15 
 
 ir> 
 
 Dtlif. 
 try. 
 
 June 
 8 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 10 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 July 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 4 
 
 
 T)CTOBKR. 
 
 Conetp- 
 lion. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 
 13 
 14 
 15 
 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 
 25 
 2() 
 27 
 
 ;> 
 
 29 
 30 
 31 
 
 Quick- 
 ening. 
 
 Feb. 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 26 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 March 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 10 
 U 
 12 
 
 13 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 
 Dtliv- 
 ery. 
 
 July 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 10 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 !k 
 2-5 
 2(5 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 
 ;« 
 
 31 
 Aug. 
 1 
 2 
 
 3 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 NOVKMBBR. 
 
 Conetp- Quick- 
 lion, tning. 
 
 Nov. March 
 20 
 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 14 
 10 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 30 
 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 20 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 .30 
 31 
 April 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 
 13 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 
 Velir- 
 try. 
 
 Aug. 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 10 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 25 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 30 
 31 
 Sept. 
 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 
 Drcembbr. 
 
 Conctp- 
 lion, 
 
 Dec. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 )> 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 
 13 
 14 
 16 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 AS 
 24 
 
 25 
 2(i 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 30 
 31 
 
 Quid- 
 <nif.(;. 
 
 April 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 20 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 30 
 May 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 
 13 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 
 Driir- 
 try. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 16 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 25 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 30 
 Oct 
 1 
 2 
 
 3 
 4 
 
 6 
 7 
 
 a mm m amt t mim^ smsaiissnits 
 
Avovwt. 
 
 etp- 
 
 OMift- 
 
 tUtir- 
 
 an. 
 
 aiiint. 
 
 fy. 
 
 UK- 
 
 Dec. 
 
 May 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 H 
 
 a 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 a 
 
 ao 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 31 
 
 11 
 
 S 
 
 32 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 33 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 H 
 
 2n 
 
 15 
 
 « 
 
 •ifi 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 17 
 
 [1 
 
 28 
 
 18 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 19 
 
 [a 
 
 30 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 31 
 Jan. 
 
 21 
 
 Ifi 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 IB 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 to 
 
 5 
 
 26 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 27 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 29 
 
 2S 
 
 9 
 
 ;» 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 June 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 29 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 :» 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 31 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 Drcembbr. 
 
 nrep- 
 
 Qiiirl- 
 
 Driiv- 
 
 ion. 
 
 enihg. 
 
 *ry. 
 
 )eo. 
 
 1 
 
 A)rll 
 9 
 
 Sept. 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 B 
 
 23 
 
 It 
 
 )> 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 27 
 
 IB 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 12 
 
 30 
 May 
 
 18 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 21 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 18 
 
 (> 
 
 24 
 
 1!) 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 27 
 
 '*•» 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 ■J.'< 
 
 11 
 
 29 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 30 
 Oct 
 
 2ri 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 <> 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 ;» 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 31 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 CAKE OP CHILDREN AND THEIR 
 DISEASES. 
 
 Pure Air. — The first want of a child is a plenty of fresh air; and 
 this want never ceases to the end of life. Impure air kills thousands 
 of infants. Out of 7,660 born in the lying-in hospital of Dublin, 
 2,944 were destroyed by impure air within two weeks after birth. 
 
 Children should be kept in the open air as muoh as possible, and 
 ill well-ventilated rooms when indooi-s. It is wrong, when infants are 
 sleeping, to cover their faces with bedclothes, or draw curtains around 
 their cots, or to envelop their heads in blankets and shawls when 
 curried in the open air. 
 
 The Skin. — The health of infanta requires that their skin should 
 ba kept clean. Unless this is done they are liable to suffer much 
 from cutaneous and other diseases. The skin of a new-bom child 
 is cover: with a white, unctuous matter, called the vernix caseosa. 
 It is injurious to let this remain for any length of time after birth. 
 To remove tliis, Dr. Dewees recommends that the child be smeared 
 with hog's lard, and then washed with soap and water. Dr. Eberlp 
 says, smear with yolk of egg, and then wash with simple warm 
 water. 
 
 The young child should be washed every day with warm water, — 
 then, after a time, with tepid water, then with temperate, and finally, 
 after it is some months old, with cold water. This, if persevered in 
 through childhood and youth, will ward off a thousand ills and sick- 
 nesses to which the young are liable. 
 
 The Clothing: of Children should be so adjusted as to give their 
 limbs ample play, and should be thick enough to keep them warm. 
 They ought to have flannel next the skin in winter, and cotton in 
 summer. At the risk of wounding some nice people's feelings, I 
 must add that the fashion of a child's clothes is not important. 
 
 The Food. — The natural and proper food of a young child is its 
 mother's milk. To this it should be confined, unless prohibited W 
 imperative circumstances, until a portion of the teeth are cut. WL .. 
 the mother cannot nurse her child, the breast of a suitable nurse 
 should, if possibio, be supplied. If the infant need any more food 
 
 445 
 
 
 11 
 
 StSSSS^^ 
 
1 
 
 446 
 
 CAUE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 than is supplied by the breast, give cow's milk and water, sweetened 
 with a little loaf sugar. The nursing bottle, if used, must never U 
 permitted to get sour. 
 
 Health of a Nursing Woman. — During nursing the greatest at- 
 tention to health is required by the mother or the nurse. A woman 
 of a consumptive constitution should never nurse an infant. Nour- 
 ished at the breast of such a mother, the child, who has inherited her 
 constitution, will be the more likely to fall a victim to her disease. 
 
 Passions of a Nursing Woman. — Let the woman who nurses a 
 young child be careful of iier passions. An irritable disposition, giv- 
 ing rise to gusts of violent passion, may so alter the character of thu 
 milk as to throw the child into convulsions. Grief, envy, hatred, fear, 
 jealousy, and peevishness, unfit the milk for nourishing the child, and 
 often cause the child's stomach to be much disordered. 
 
 Tlie Diet of the Nurse shouhl receive strict attention. It should 
 be plain and wholesome, and the amount should never be excessive. 
 Her drink should be simply water and non-stimulating and nourisli- 
 ing drinks such as the various preparations of cocoa, etc. She should 
 take gentle daily exercise in the open air. 
 
 Wet Nurses. — If for any reason it should be necessary to wean 
 the baby, or the mother cannot nurse the child, then we must select 
 a food the most like that of the mother. 
 
 Wet-nurses formerly were quite popular among the well-to-do t« 
 supply this food ; but as in her selection there are so many exacting 
 requirements, she is fast becoming obsolete. There are three requi- 
 sites for a good wet-nurse : she must be of good health, of good moral 
 character, and be able to supply plenty of good healthy milk. 
 
 If she has any tubercular, scrofulous, syphilitic, insane or osseous 
 history; if she is menstruating, or pregnant, or is in anywise below par 
 in health, she is necessarily disqualified as a nurse for any child ; 
 only your phjreician may be able to detect these evidences and per- 
 haps not even he. If, on the other hand, she is occasionally given 
 to blues, has a violent temper, is jealous, or fretful, or worries about 
 har own child, or goes into dangerous^ company when away fi'om the 
 house, then you have added a second disqualification. Again, her 
 supply of milk must be good as shown by an analysis and the healtli 
 and growth of her own child. A nurse may pass muster to-day in 
 reference to this third requisite, but perhaps not in- a week from to- 
 day. 
 
 Seeing that the average wet-nurse comes from a lower stratum of 
 society, even if not from the criminal class, that she is in consequenci; 
 more liable to fcquired disease and contagion, that she is more than 
 likely to bring trouble into the household rather than to relieve the 
 household of it, it will be extremely difficult for you to find such a 
 person as can furnish all the required conditions of a safe wet-nurse. 
 
 mmtMimtm-mimeim 
 
-t^S;::a;'uj-^Jt.^->i^4-,.^„ 
 
 ESS. 
 
 water, sweetened 
 d, must never be 
 
 [ the greatest at- 
 lurse. A woman 
 m infant. Nour- 
 has inherited her 
 I to her disease. 
 
 lan who nurses a 
 ie disposition, giv- 
 e character of the 
 envy, hatred, fear, 
 ling the child, and 
 fed, I ^ 
 
 ntion. It should 
 iver be excessive. 
 ting and nourisli- 
 ,, etc. She should 
 
 necessary to wean 
 3n we must select 
 
 T the weil-to-do to 
 so many exacting 
 re are three requi- 
 alth, of good moral 
 althy milk. 
 , insane or osseous 
 anywise below par 
 rse for any child; 
 jvidences and per- 
 occasionally given 
 il, or worries about 
 hen away from the 
 ation. Again, her 
 ysis and the health 
 3 muster to-day in 
 in- a week from to- 
 
 a lower stratum of 
 le is in consequence 
 it she is more than 
 than to relieve the 
 you to find such a 
 jf a safe wet-nurse. 
 
 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 447 
 
 It has been found, therefore, that artificial feeding gives better satis- 
 faction and is quite as safe. 
 
 Nursing Bottles. — There are nursing bottles innumerable, few of 
 which are of practical value. A simple bottle with plain black nij)- 
 ple is all that is requi8\te for successful feeding cA the ' hands of a 
 careful and cleanly mo^Jier or nm-se. The] • should be several bottles 
 and several nipples, the latter to be kept in soda water or other sim- 
 ple alkaline solution when not in use. A pinch of soda to a cup of 
 water is of sufBcient strength. After a bottle lias been used it should 
 be thoroughly scalded with hat water and soda and finally set away 
 tilled to the brim with thi,3 sam'^ solution, till later in the day. 
 Meanwhile, a fresh bottle and /esh nipple is used, they having 
 tirst been cleansed with the above solution. The best bottle, how- 
 evei, for nursing in those cases, where for want of time and means 
 the bottle cannot be held by mother or nurse, is one called " The 
 Best." See Figs. 147 and 148, This bottle, like many others, al- 
 
 Fia. 148. 
 
 FlO. 147. 
 
 lows of its resting on the bed; but, unlike many others, it ic very 
 readily cleansed, is of easy suction and has a nipple which does not 
 collapse. The » jompanying cuts and description are worthy of at- 
 tention. The pec'iliar feature of the bottle is a valve or air-inlet 
 in the end admitting air back of the food, thus rendering suction 
 easy. This valve does not leak and cannot be pulled off by the baby, 
 but is easily cleansed and adjusted. Whatever else you may do with 
 the bottle, above all things keep it clean, not only to outward ap- 
 pearances, but by actually scalding and soaking in soda solution up 
 to the very time of its use. 
 
 Food for Infants. — It has been found that mother's milk, which 
 of course is the best food for babies, is composed on the average of 
 the following ingredients: water 87, fat, 4, casein 1, sugar 7, ash 1, 
 and slightly alkaline in reaction. 
 
 Now, c'dinary cow's milk has the following composition : water 
 87, fat H. r, casein 2.9, sugar 4.9, ash .4 ; it is slightly acid. 
 
 *6^, 
 
 teiiiSwSES 
 
448 
 
 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIK DISEASES. 
 
 We car therefore see that if we take cow's milk and dilute it with 
 water sufficiently, we diminish the amount of caaein to that of 
 mother's milk, and by the addition of cream, milk, sugar and lime- 
 water, we raise these constituents to the standard found in human 
 milk. This mixture, known among medical men as the "Meigs' 
 Cream Mixture," is the basis of all modern compouiuls for artificial 
 feeding. 
 
 Milk, as ordinarily received from the milkman, swarms with bac- 
 teria and germ-life which, under favorable conditions, quickly changes 
 the milk and renders it unfit for easy and proper digestion. Milk 
 from the mother is devoid of these germs, or, as medical men say, 
 it is sterile. This attribute then is in reality quite as important as 
 the proper constituency of milk. The process of making cow's milk 
 sterile is called sterilization^ of which we will speak shortly. 
 
 Temperature of Milk. — Mother's milk is of the same heat as the 
 body, or nearly so ; hence common sense dictates that the artificial 
 food must be of that degree of heat, or, about 98° Farenheit. 
 
 Quantity and Interval of Feedings. — The capacity of a baby's 
 stomach and the length of time food remains in it are matters of ex- 
 perience. Herewith is appended a table covering the general rules 
 of feeding infants and especially adapted to milk and cream mixture 
 of which we will now speak. 
 
 GENEEAL RULES 
 
 FOE FEEDING. 
 
 
 aob. 
 
 Inte*val. 
 Hours. 
 
 Feedings in 
 24 Hours. 
 
 Amount at 
 
 each Feeding. 
 
 Ounces. 
 
 Amount in 
 
 '2A Hours. 
 
 Ounces. 
 
 Istweek 
 
 Ist to 6th week .... 
 6th week to 6th month . . 
 
 At 6 months 
 
 At 10 months 
 
 2 
 
 2i 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 8 
 6 
 6 
 5 
 
 1 
 lJto2 
 3to4 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 12 to Ifi 
 18 to 24 
 
 36 
 
 40 
 
 —Dr. F. M. Eotch, Heating's Cyc. Dis, Children. 
 
 Based on the average analysis of mother's milk, i. e., 7 parts 
 sugar, 4 of fat, and 1 of albuminoids, we must take : cream 1 J ounces, 
 milk 1 ounce, water 6 ounces, lime-water ^ ounce, sugar of milk 3 
 to 84 drachms. 
 
 The milk-sugar is to be obtained at the druggist's. This gives an 
 eight-ounce mixture, so that for a baby four weeks old (see table) 
 we need to take about one-half or three-fourths more of this mixture ; 
 for a baby six months three times this amount, and so on. For a 
 child newly born, after the first few days, when only a little should 
 be -given, only slightly more of these ingredients should be used than 
 in above formula. 
 
 Of course, plain cow's milk one-third part, with boiled wal r twn- 
 thirds, will answer well for many babies, if the milk is steriliztd and 
 
CAKK OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 440 
 
 [id dilute it with 
 jein to that of 
 3ugar and linie- 
 oiind in human 
 as the "Meigs' 
 uls for artificial 
 
 warms with bac- 
 quickly changes 
 iigestion. Milk 
 nedical men say, 
 as important as 
 iking cow's milk 
 shortly. 
 
 same heat as the 
 lat the artificial 
 arenheit. 
 
 icity of a baby's 
 re matters of ex- 
 he general rules 
 d cream mixture 
 
 nnt at 
 
 Amonnt In 
 
 'eeding. 
 
 24 Honra. 
 
 ICM. 
 
 Ouncea. 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 to 2 
 
 12 to Ifi 
 
 »4 
 
 18 to 24 
 
 6 
 
 36 
 
 8 
 
 40 
 
 !yc. Dis. Children. 
 
 .k, i. e., 7 parts 
 cream 1 J ounces, 
 sugar 01 milk 3 
 
 . This gives an 
 s old (see table) 
 Bof this mixture; 
 d so on. For a 
 ly a little should 
 >uld be used than 
 
 xtiled water twn- 
 t is sterilizt'd and 
 
 a little sugar of milk and lime-water be added just before feeding ; 
 but tliis simple mixture, while quite sufficient for the average baby, 
 will not answer for all, nor is it as good for any as the cream mixture 
 given above. Should the former cause green stools or curdy masses, 
 the latter must be substituted. This mixture is very easy to prepare, 
 as the process of making it sterile is very simple, and any woman of 
 ordinary care and intelligence can successfully carry on this kind of 
 feeding till the eruption of the second or fouith tooi.h, when plain 
 cow's milk diluted with an equal quantity of oatmeal jelly and 
 sweetened, may be substituted. This food should be given at fii-st 
 once daily ; and later, twice, thrice, and finally it may be fed alto- 
 gether on mi' 'd oatmeal. 
 
 When the <. teeth, or molars, have come through, then, for the 
 fu-st time, breau, rice, and soft-boiled egg may be added. 
 
 Oatmeal jelly may be prepared by boiling a quarter of a pound of 
 oatmeal, in a quart of water, down to one pint. This mixture is then 
 to he diluted with an equal quantity of boiled water and strained 
 through a cloth. Should the oatmeal prove too laxative for the 
 child, barley jelly may be made in the same way. 
 
 Sterilization of Millc. — We have seen how much more important 
 than the kind of nursing-bottle that may be selected is the kind and 
 quality of food put into that bottle. To complete our consideration 
 of the best artificial food, we meat know how to render the milk free 
 from bacterial life ; this process is called sterilization, and may be 
 accomplished in a simple way as follows : into as many bottles, which 
 have been previously scalded and cleansed, as there are to be feed- 
 ings in the twenty-four hours, pour that quantity of the milk mixture 
 which is to be given at a feeding; place these bottles, with al)sorbent 
 cotton in the mouths, into a kettle filled with water up to the level 
 of the milk in the bottles, and allow the water to rise to 170° Faren- 
 heit, when the kettle is removed to a warm part of the stove and 
 covered for about half an hour. The bottles should then be kept in 
 a cold place till used, when they are to be heated just sufficiently to 
 correspond to the body heat. These bottles come ready made, 
 also a rack in which to rest them in the kettle. They should be, in 
 reality, specially made bottles, and are to be obtained at any drug- 
 store. They are ready for the baby's use after removing tlie cotton and 
 attaching the nipple. One may, however, sterilize the entire feeding 
 of the twenty-four hours, or for twelve hours, as thought best, in any 
 clean, thin bottle or jar, and pour out the given amount required at 
 each feeding ; but there is some danger of spoiling the st«rilization by 
 so much handling. Should it be desirable to prepare milk t4) keep for a 
 longer time, it will then be necessary to sterilize at a greater heat 
 (212°), and to repeat the process two or three times. Such milk is 
 supplied nowada)r8 in the larger cities by companies whn will express 
 it daily to one's address. By giving the age, quantity and kind of 
 feeding the baby ueeds, these companies send to you in neat straw 
 
450 
 
 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 baskets the number of bottles the baby will use in the next twenty- 
 four hours, containing the quantity required, and of the composition 
 found to agree best with the baby. The Walker-Gordon Laboratory, 
 203 Clarendon St., Boston, perhaps is the best known of these insti- 
 tutions, as it sends milk even to remote parts of the country, and in 
 sufficient quantities to last for a voyage to Europe, and even further 
 if needed. 
 
 To summarize, then, in reference to infant feeding, first in impor- 
 tance is the mother's milk ; second, the sterilized cream mixture ; 
 third, the sterilized milk and water; and in later months, the addition 
 of oatmeal jelly. 
 
 Weaning. — At the end of twelve months, the first set of teeth are 
 generally so far cut that the child can manage most kinds of plain 
 food ; and it may now be taken from the breast. Should the teeth 
 appear earlier, and the infant be healthy, it may be weaned even at 
 the end of the tenth month. Never take the child from the breast in 
 the midst of summer heat. A disordered state of the bowels, or 
 cholera infantum, would be likely to be the result. The spring and 
 the autumn are the proper periods for weaning. 
 
 If for some months it has been accustomed to other food besides 
 the milk of the mother, it may be taken suddenly from the breast. 
 It must not have any amount of solid food it may crave immediately 
 after weaning. It should still be kept, for some time, upon a simple, 
 bland, half-fluid aliment, taken in moderate quantities, and at proper 
 intervals. At first, the food should be bread and milk, boiled rice and 
 milk, soft-boiled eggs, oatmeal gruel, plain rice-pudding, preparations 
 of arrowroot, tapioca and sago, simple meat-broths, mixed with 
 crumbs of bread or grated crackers, or in which rice or barley has been 
 well boiled. From this it may pass gi-adually to a more solid diet ; 
 though, until the age of puberty, the principal part of the diet should 
 be milk, the farinaceous articles, and vegetables. Sugar has been 
 thought to be injurious to children. It is not so. If taken moder- 
 ately, at meal-times, it is wholesome. Lately a new form of choco- 
 late has come into use, called Kraft-chocolate, made in Germany. It 
 is prepared with cocoa-butter and comes in small cakes, is easily di- 
 gested, nourishing, and supplies sweets in a very acceptable and 
 strengthening form. 
 
 Whatever be the food allowed to children, it should never be taken 
 in excess ; and to prevent this, they ought not to take their meals 
 alone ; for they have very keen appetites, and if permitted to do so, 
 they will generally form habits of gluttony. Three or four light 
 meals a day is enough. 
 
 Their drink should be water simply, — nothing else. 
 
 If parents would observe these rules, and enforce them strictly, they 
 would confer blessings upon their children greater than riches. They 
 would send them into the world with health and good constitutions, 
 and would save them from untold misery and an early death. Such 
 
 •mm 
 
 i l l l Hl l 1 l l«i ,! l)».»W l W 
 
 H!Hiiim.iii'iii<l»»tliHiW»illM>IHiiii 
 
^■«* t ' l» - ^ftlH^W Ki. iH i ■ ^ b 'M il 
 
 CARE OF CHILDRRN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 4r.i 
 
 ! next twenty- 
 le composition 
 on Laboratory, 
 of these insti- 
 )untry, and iu 
 [I even further 
 
 first in impor- 
 eam mixture; 
 18, the addition 
 
 set of teeth are 
 kinds of plain 
 )uld the teeth 
 eaned even at 
 m the breast in 
 bhe bowels, or 
 "he spring and 
 
 r food besides 
 )m the breast, 
 ^e immediately 
 upon a simple, 
 , and at proper 
 boiled rice and 
 g, preparations 
 J, mixed with 
 )arley has been 
 3re solid diet; 
 the diet should 
 ugar has been 
 
 taken moder- 
 "orm of choco- 
 
 Germany. It 
 3S, is easily di- 
 icceptable and 
 
 never be taken 
 ke their meals 
 litted to do so, 
 I or four light 
 
 m strictly, they 
 I riches. They 
 1 constitutions, 
 y death. Such 
 
 a course would evince more love for their children than those weak 
 concessions which allow tea and coffee, and all sorts of food, in quan- 
 tities to suit, which occasion early disorders of the stomach and 
 bowels, and bring later derangements of the nervous system, with 
 all its regrets and horrora. 
 
 Sleep of Children. — During the first period of its existence, an 
 infant sleeps a large portion of the time. This is a wise provision of 
 nature. It withdraws the young child, for a time, from those outward 
 exciting agents, which would too nmch disturb the nervous system 
 of so tender a being. Whenever a young infant is restless or wakeful 
 much of the time, we may feel sure it has had too much food, or is 
 in some way disturbed by it, or by tight clothes, or that some other 
 cause is giving it uneasy sensations. Do not make the mistake of 
 thinking the child is hungry because it cries. 
 
 Its sleep should be the promptings of nature, and should never, 
 except iu rare instances, be brought about by opiates. It is wrong 
 and sinful for a mother or nui-se to put an infant to sleep with an 
 opiate, merely that she may gain time for pleasure, or even for other 
 duties. 
 
 The Infant should be kept Warm while Sleeping. — During the 
 fii-st few weeks it should '^leep with its mother, especially if the 
 weather be cold. After that, it may be in a cradle or cot. The 
 covering should be warm, but light, so as not to press heavily upon 
 its tender limbs. If laid upon its back, the fluid of its mouth and 
 throat may get into the windpipe, and obstruct the breathing, or 
 produce coughing. It is better, therefore, to lay the infant upon its 
 side, — taking care not to produce distortion of the spine or limbs 
 by always laying it upon the same side. 
 
 Children should not be allowed to sleen either with the aged, or 
 with siok persons. It is not healthful for them to breathe the exhala- 
 tions from the bodies of such. For a somewhat similar reason, some 
 kinds of plants, and flowers generally, should be excluded from their 
 sleeping-rooms. Their beds should be so placed as to turn their 
 faces away both from the sunlight which comes in at the windows, 
 and from the artificial light in the room. 
 
 They should be taught to retire early at night, and to rise imme- 
 diately after waking in the morning. This habit will be worth much 
 to them through life. Do not form the habit of rocking the child to 
 sleep. After the meconeum has passed, the bowels of an infant 
 should be opened from two to four times in twenty-four hours. If 
 the stools are less frequent than twice a day, or, if they are lumpy, 
 some gentle cathartic is called for. From one-quarter to one-half 
 teaspoonful of castoria, or a dessert-spoonful of mixture (24), an- 
 swers a good purpose. During childhood, the bowels should lie 
 moved once or twice a day. When a cathartic is required, a table- 
 spoonful- of mixture (25), or a teaspoonful of (17), will be found 
 excellent. 
 
452 
 
 CARK OF CTIILPRFN ANP TIIF.IIl DISEASKS. 
 
 Exercise. — During tho first few weeks of an infiuit's lifd it i'0(iiiircH 
 but little exeroist; ; indeed its organization is not sufficiently suttlod 
 and compacted to j)ermit much without injury. A little gentle rul>- 
 bing with the hand over the whole body is about all it needs or will 
 bear. To dandle and toss it about, and especially to set it upright, 
 is injurious and wrong. Its bones arc all soft, and will not endure 
 to be much twisted about, and its spine is not stiff enough to bear 
 up the weight of its head. 
 
 After a few months, riding in a carriage, by a careful and trusty 
 nurse, is both a healthful and pleasurable exercise for children. 
 
 Learning to Walk. — At the end of the ninth or tenth month, a 
 child may begin to learn to walk. It is not safe to teach it this 
 exercise much earlier than this, as the bones, being soft, may be 
 bent by the weight of the body, and the limbs be permanently 
 deformed. 
 
 As soon as the child has learned to walk alone, it should be allowed 
 perfect freedom of exercise. Thenceforward, the open air is its proper 
 place during the day ; and such an unrestrained use of its limbs as 
 its own instincts may dictate, is its proper calling. For five yeara 
 after it has learned to walk, it should do little else than to use its 
 limbs out of doors, as it pleases. The books and the school-room 
 will be in season after that. First compact the body, then bring out 
 the mind. The mind is of no use without the body, — the body must 
 be developed first, or never. 
 
 Moral Treatment. — We charge upon nature many of the bad 
 passions which we ourselves implant in children. The moral treat- 
 ment of children is generally bad. We are apt to begin by either 
 making them our masters or our slaves. Sometimes we do both, — 
 allowing them to govern us for a time, and then, getting into a pas- 
 sion, or a mood for playing the tyrant, we turn upon, and govern 
 them as if we were autocrats. We submit to their whims until we 
 grow irritable, and then, by way of retaliation, we compel them to 
 submit to ours. 
 
 This is all wrong. Children should be governed always, but with 
 an even, a gentle, and a loving hand. They should early be sulv 
 jected to habits of self-control, and of regularity in eating and sleep- 
 ing ; and should be taught absolute and continued obedience. All 
 this can be brought about only by firmness, self-control, and great 
 gentleness on the part of the parents.. If they would- make a child 
 cheerful and happy in its disposition, they must themselves be cheer- 
 ful, and never let it see anger, passion, and fretfulness, marring their 
 conduct. Nothing is more injurious to the health of a child than a 
 peevish, complaining, and soured disposition ; and these vices are 
 seldom acquired, unless seen in the lives of parents. 
 
 s 
 
 nmmrn 
 
 MH 
 
 ■ 
 
CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 463 
 
 life it ro(|niioK 
 ciently sotthid 
 tie gentle riil>- 
 ; needs or will 
 set it upright, 
 ill not endiue 
 nongh to bear 
 
 ul and trusty 
 shildren. 
 
 x;nth month, a 
 ) teach it this 
 ; soft, may be 
 i permanently 
 
 uld be allowed 
 air is its proper 
 of its limbs as 
 For five yeai-s 
 ;han to use its 
 lie school-room 
 then bring out 
 - the body must 
 
 my of the bad 
 he moral treats 
 )egin by either 
 we do both, — 
 ting into a paa- 
 on, and govern 
 vhims until we 
 ompel them to 
 
 Iways, but with 
 i early be suli- 
 iiting and sleep- 
 jbedience. All 
 itrol, and great 
 Id- make a child 
 selves be cheer- 
 9, marring their 
 E a child than a 
 these vices are 
 
 How to Nurse Sick Children. 
 
 As the education of the young, whether religious, moral, or intel- 
 lectual, is more important than that of adults, so is the care of their 
 physical life of more importance. Death aims to " out-Herod Herod," 
 and seeks the life of all infants, male and female, and in fact destroys 
 one-half of all below the age of five years. 
 
 But few know how to train and take care of children. It is a still 
 more rai-e gift to know how to nurse them when sick. No person 
 can properly nurse sick children who is in feeble health, or has a 
 fretful temper, or is low-spirited: for she can neither endure the 
 fatigue, nor bear the trials, nor hear the prattle which such a respon- 
 sibility would bring. Som^ will manage a well child very well, who 
 are not fit to have the care of a sick one ; for there is a great differ- 
 ence between a child when well, and the same child when sick. 
 When well, and full of fun and frolic and life, laughing and jump- 
 ing and shouting aloud for very joy at being alive, it is an easy thing 
 for a person of even a morose temper to attend upon them. But 
 when sickness comes, and the child's playfulness is all laid aside ; 
 when it becomes so fretful that nothing goes right with it ; when it 
 cries to be laid down, and then cries to be taken up ; stretches out its 
 hand for drink, and pushes away the cup when it is presented, — 
 apparently made more angry. by your attempts to serve it; — when 
 these things are repeated day and night, until the nurse is weary and 
 exhausted, and even a change of disease and amendment only brings 
 a cross and fractious temper, it is only by possessing peculiar qualifica- 
 tions that the nurse can maintain an even and unruffled disposition. 
 
 While passing through such scenes, it is hard for the nurse to re- 
 member that sickness does not destroy the little loving heart, but only 
 hides its affection for a short time. 
 
 Signs of Disease in Cliildren. — It is important that the nurse of 
 sick children should know what to observe, and the meaning of the 
 signs of disease. A baby has only cries to express its sick feelings. 
 To one person, these cries mean no more than that the baby has some 
 sort of illness. To another, with more experience and better powers 
 of observation, they point to the head, or chest, or stomach as the dis- 
 order. A baby with the stomach-ache utters long, loud, and passion- 
 ate cries, and sheds tears plentifully. Suddenly it stops for a moment, 
 and then begins again, drawing up its legs to the stomach, and as the 
 pain passes off, stretching them out again, and with many sobs, pass- 
 ing off into a gentle sleep. 
 
 If there be inflammation in the chest, it neither cries loud, nor sheds 
 tears, but after every long breath or hacking cough, it utters a short 
 cry, which is cut off before it is half finished, — apparently because 
 crying is painful. 
 
 If the disease be in the head, the cries will be sharp, piercing shrieks^ 
 
454 
 
 OARK OV CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 with low monnit and tvaih between. Or, there will lie (juiet dozing', 
 inten'upted by stiirtliiig jmuiih. 
 
 When a child is Uiken ill, whatever the diHoiuso which is impending, 
 there is always a change of some sort, whicii soon attnicts attention. 
 It eitlu'i" loses its apj)etitc, or is fretful, or soon tired, or sleepy, or 
 restless, or thii-sty, or has a hot skin, or, rather, has a number of i\\v.w 
 symptoms. It vomits, or is purged or lx>und in its bowels. It loses 
 its merry laugh and cheerful look ; it no longer watches its mother's 
 or its nuree's eye, as before, but clings to her more closely, and will 
 not be out of her arms a moment. If lulled to sleep in her arms, it 
 wakes immediately on being placed in its cot. 
 
 Such symptoms often continue a day or two before it can be de- 
 termined what disease is impending. An intelligent nurse may do 
 much towards 8olving*the question. It is frequently proper at such 
 times to place the child in a warm bath. When stripped for IIk; 
 bath, it should be carefully examined to see if there is any rash upon 
 its body. If it be a rash from which it is about to suffer, the bath 
 •will help bring it out. The rash should be looked for at least every 
 twelve hours, until the nature of the disease is determined. 
 
 The Appearance of the Different Rashes may be distinguished 
 with a little care and experience. Measles has a number of (lark-red 
 spots, in many places running into each other, and is generally seen 
 first about the face and on the forehead, near the roots of the hair, 
 and is preceded by running at the eyes and nose, and all the signs of 
 a severe cold. Scarlet fever does not show separate 3pots, but pre- 
 sents a general bright red color of the skin, much like a boiled lobster. 
 At first there is more of it about the neck and chest than on the face, 
 and it is preceded by a sore tlu-oat. Chicken-pox is .attended by 
 fever, but not so much running at the nose and eyes as in meaales, 
 nor is there so much cough. The spots, too, ar. smaller, and are not 
 so much run together ; and they come out more over the whole body. 
 They appear a few hours earlier on the body than elsewhere ; and in 
 a day or two they are found to be enlarged, and turn into little blad- 
 ders of water as big aa the head of a shawl-pin. (See table of com- 
 parison of these diseases.) 
 
 And now a few Words as to what should be Done in the sick- 
 room of a child. The room should be kept cool^ and its temperature 
 should be measured by a tliermometer. This instrument, when hung 
 away from the fire, should show a temperature of about 60°. That 
 is about the right degree of warmth. Sick-rooms are generally kept 
 too hot. The room should be darkened ; not made totally dark, but 
 its light shaded down by closing the outside blinds, or by dropping 
 the curtains, so as to give a kind of twilight ; and the cot should 
 always be so placed as to turn the little one's face away from the 
 light. The room should be kept quiet; and this requires attention 
 in the whole house, as well as among the persons in the room. Those 
 
 WHiHJ.IUI'1 
 
CARB OP CHILDREN AND THETR lUSEASKa 
 
 455 
 
 e quiet doziiip, 
 
 h is impending, 
 nicttt iittciition. 
 d, or sleepy, or 
 lumber of these 
 )wel8. It loHeH 
 lies it8 mother's 
 losely, and will 
 ) in her arms, it 
 
 re it can be de- 
 t nurse may do 
 • proper at siuli 
 itripped for the 
 i any rash upon 
 suffer, the biitli 
 )r at least every 
 tuined. 
 
 le distinguished 
 iber of <lark-red 
 8 generally seen 
 lots of the hair, 
 [ all the signs of 
 I jpots, but pre- 
 I a boiled lobster. 
 ;han on the face, 
 
 is .attended by 
 es as in measles, 
 Her, and are not 
 
 the whole body, 
 lewhere ; and in 
 
 into little blatl- 
 lee table of coni- 
 
 one in the sick- 
 its temperature 
 lent, when hung 
 bout 60°. That 
 •e generally kept 
 totally dark, but 
 , or by dropping 
 the cot should 
 e away from the 
 equires attention 
 the room. Those 
 
 present should never whisper, but speak in low and gentle tones, — 
 .sliDiild not walk on .tip-toe, !)ut move about carefully. There is a 
 fi(»Hi/ ({uietnens wliich disturbs the sick far more than noise. The 
 child must be spoken to, and roused from its slumbers, and turned 
 from side to side, and raised for its food or medicine, with a soothing 
 lenderness, and a delicacy which never forgets itself. 
 
 In applying leeches or cold to a child, judgment is needed to suc- 
 ceed well. The leeches should be put either behind the ear or on top 
 of the head, so that the child cannot see them. Cold is best applied 
 by means of a couple of ice-lmgs, half filled with powdered ice, and 
 wrapped in two large napkins ; one of them should be placed under 
 the child's head, the corner of the na{)kin being pinned to the pillow- 
 case to prevent its being disturbed, while the other is allowed to rest 
 upon tlie head, with the corner of the napkin again pinned to the 
 pillow, to take off the greater part of its weight. In this way the child 
 will not be wetttid, or irritated, as by the changing of wet cloths, 
 nor will the cold applications get displaced by its movements. 
 
 A word should be said respecting the nurping of children in cases 
 of lung-inflammation, — an affection from which they often suffer. 
 The lungs are much like two large sponges, and the air enters them 
 tlirough the windpipe ; and passing through smaller and yet smaller 
 tul)es, it comes at last into tiny cells, so small that they can only be 
 seen by a magnifying glass. When the lungs are inflamed, some of 
 the tubes become stopped up; and the very small cells are pressed 
 on by the flow of more blood than natural to the part ; and so the 
 air enters less easily, and in smaller quantities, than it should. If 
 now you let the child lie flat, it is not only less able to draw a deep 
 breath, and fill the lungs, but the blood also flowing to the inflamed 
 portion of the lung, returns less easily than if the child were propped 
 up in bed. When a whitlow is on the finger, if the hand be hung 
 down, the inflamed finger will become redder, and will beat and 
 throb so as hardly to be endured, while, if the hand be raised, the 
 pain will abate. The same increase of pain does not foUov," an accu- 
 mulation of blood in an inflamed lung, because the lung is not as 
 sensitive as the finger ; but the consequences are very serious. The 
 air-cells being more and more pressed upon, the admission of air is 
 more and more difficult, until, at length, a large part of the lungs is 
 rendered useless, and the child dies. 
 
 In this disease, the temperature of the room needs attention. The 
 air should not be quite so cool as in other diseases. From 60° to 65" 
 is about rig'nt. 
 
 Of course crying will irritate inflamed lungs, and it is all important 
 that a child sick with this disease should be soothed and quieted as 
 much as possible. Every good nurse knows how to do this better 
 than any rules can teach her. 
 
 Sometimes sickness and vomiting, from which a child may suffer, 
 are increased by want of judgment in giving food and drink. When 
 
 i; 
 
 i'i 
 
 ?! 
 
466 
 
 CARE OF CIianRKN AND THEIR DIHRASER. 
 
 there in niuisea, the HtomiK^h will licnr only very Hiinll qitaiititioH of 
 food at a time, while cold drinks are alnioHt always lK>rn(! niU(;h IhiI- 
 ter than warm. When there is nausea, it is In^st, for an hour or two, 
 not to attempt to give any food or drink. After the Htomach has iHtuu 
 thus completely rested, give a single teaspoonful of cold water. If 
 this is not thrown up, it may Ik<^ succeeded, in ten or fifteen minutes, 
 by n second or a third. If this is Imrne, give a little water thickened 
 with isinglass, or cold barley-water, or cold milk and water; and 
 then, with the same precautions, and in very small quantities, beef 
 tea, or chicken broth, or whatever else the doctor in attendance nmy 
 direct. The small ness of quantity, the coldness of the articles, and 
 the giving it without moving or disturbing the child, if possible, are 
 the important points to he attended to. 
 
 It is of great consequence that children suffering from diarrlia;a 
 should have their skin kept very clean. The pores should Ikj kept 
 well open, so that the fluid matter which is passing off by the bowels, 
 and through the mucous membrane or inner skin, may be diverted to 
 the outer skin. In this disease, the skin of children is apt to become 
 irritable, or even sore. In these cases, soap and water are quite apt 
 to increase the soreness, while a little starch, made as for use upon 
 clean clothes, though much thinner, will, if used in place of soap, 
 very much soothe the inflamed skin. 
 
 A child much exhausted by diarrhoea, or other disease, should Iw 
 moved or lifted out of its cot or cradle as little as possible. Sud- 
 denly, moving it when very weak may cause fainting, or even con- 
 vulsions. Let it bo sponged and cleaned by merely turning it, with 
 great gentleness, from side to side. 
 
 In such cases, too, the child should be supported with proper nour- 
 ishment. When worn down by diarrhoea, its desire for food may l)e 
 nearly lost. Though at one time it cried much, ar 1 seemed to suffer, 
 it will, in this condition, grow quieter, and doze, and even sleep on 
 for hours, appearing fretful only when roused. If, in such canes, the 
 child be allowed to go without food because it does not seek it, or 
 declines it when offered, it will sink into a deeper and deeper sleep, 
 and finally into a stupor which will end in death. To give a little 
 arrow-root, or broth, may now require trouble and perseverance ; but 
 it must be done, for upon it depends the child's life. The effort to 
 administer food must not be abandoned because once or twice, or 
 several times unsuccessful, for the food which is refused one minute 
 may be accepted five minutes after. 
 
 In the various rashes from which children suffer, there is a very 
 general fear of washing the surface lest the rash be driven in. There 
 is no ground for this fear, unless it be in measles ; and even in this 
 complaint there is no danger if lukewarm water be used. If only a 
 small part of the body be sponged at a time, there is nothing to fear 
 even from frequent washing ; and the passing of a wet sponge fre- 
 quently over the surface is a great comfort when the skin is burning 
 
 wmawjawaw iiiwMi'>iy<Muua 
 
OARR OF CHII.nRRN AND TIlRIIl niHRARK8. 
 
 487 
 
 quiuititicH of 
 rn! nuu!h 1h;1- 
 
 lutur or twn, 
 iDich hiis been 
 >ld water. If 
 teen tninuteH, 
 iter thickeiu;(l 
 d water; and 
 lantities, Ix'of 
 tendance may 
 9 articles, and 
 f possible, are 
 
 ;rom diarrhoea 
 lould he kept 
 by the Ixiwels, 
 be diverted to 
 apt to become 
 • are quite apt 
 for use upon 
 place of soap, 
 
 lase, should be 
 jossible. Sud- 
 , or even con- 
 uming it, with 
 
 ;h proper nour- 
 )r food may be 
 emed to suffer, 
 even sleep on 
 such caitcs, the 
 not seek it, or 
 1 deeper sleep, 
 give a little 
 severance ; but 
 The effort to 
 ce or twice, or 
 jed one minute 
 
 there is a very 
 riven in. There 
 id even in this 
 led. If only a 
 nothing to fear 
 vet sponge fre- 
 skin is burning 
 
 willi fever. Tlu) sanio remark applies to the changing of tlm linen. 
 ■|"ht' Hiimt' kind of objoction, and witli no lHitt4T reason, is ofU'n urged 
 against cohl water in feveix, tliough it is nioht refresliing, and if 
 taken in small <juantities, and often, never does harm, Init often much 
 good. 
 
 The Warm Bath. — The In^st method of giving a child a warm 
 liiitli is a nuitter of importance. There should Iw as little parade 
 iilK)ut it as possible. If the child sees the batl< prepared, is taken out 
 of k'd, undressed and put into it smoking l)efore its eyes, it may Im) 
 imich alarmed, and cry so passionately as to bo really injured by it. 
 Tlio bath should be prepared out of its sight, and brought to tlie bed- 
 side with a blanket spread over it to liide the steam. The child 
 should then be laid upon the blanket, and gently let down into tlio 
 water, and then set to play witli a couple of corks with feathera stuck 
 in them. 
 
 Inflammation of the Mouth. — Ery thematic Stomatitis. 
 
 This is a simple inflammation of the mucous membrane of the 
 mouth, and is very common during infancy. It may l)e confined to 
 the tongue, or spread over the whole mouth. It is sometimes very 
 severe, going down into the gullet and stomach, and into the wind- 
 pipe. It occasions redness and pain in the mouth and fretfulness of 
 the infant, causing it to quit the nipple suddenly when nui-sing. A 
 frequent result of tliis inflammation is the secretion and exudation 
 upon the surface of a white, matter-like curd. It appears in small 
 points and patches. This is the thrush, or what nurses call children's 
 sore mouth. It is commonly confined to the period of suckling. 
 
 Treatment. — For the simple inflammation of the mouth, a wash 
 made by infusing the inner bark of slippery elm in water answers a 
 good pui-pose ; and .n more severe caDos, a wash made of sugar of 
 lead (227) will hp found useful. 
 
 In some mild cases of curdy exudation, this last wash will do well, 
 if united with the daily use of the warm Imth, and i)roper care of the 
 diet. But in the more severe cases, a little pulverized borax and 
 white sugar or honey (274), (275), placed occasionally on the in- 
 fant's tongue, will do good service. A decoction of equal parts of 
 hlue cohosh and golden seal is a good remedy. When the curdy 
 patches are large, touch them with a mixture of hydrochloric acid 
 and honey (276). If the exudation have a look as if mortification 
 were taking place, use a wash of chloride of lime (228), or chloride 
 of soda, etc. (229), or creosote and mucilage (230), or alcohol and 
 vinegar (231), or nitrate of silver (211). When diarrhoea is present, 
 with acidity, give (26). In tl. ~ more severe cases, when appearances 
 of mortification are seen, quinine (69) should be administered. 
 
468 
 
 CARK OF CiilLUKKN AND THKIK DIHKAMKH. 
 
 Follicular Inflammation of the Mouth. — Aptlmr. 
 
 This diHoiwe iittiickH tlio little glantlH of the mouth, eiilleil I'oUich'H, 
 and nppeai-s alK)Ut the time of cutting teeth. Small white HpeclcH, a 
 little elevated, lirat show themselves on the lip8, iiwides of the cheek.s, 
 and under side of the tongue, etc. The specks enlarge, a whitish, 
 curdy matter flows out from their centre, and ulcers are formed, witli 
 elevated edges, surrounded hy a red, inflamed circle. Sometiiiics, 
 instead of curdy matter, a bloody exudation takes place, and dark- 
 colored crusts are formed which are mistaken for mortiflcation. In 
 bad cases, there is great restleHHiiesH, with hot mouth, dry skin, thirst, 
 and diarrhcea, with green stools, and sometimes salivation. 
 
 Treatment. — The milder forms of this disease are treated like 
 simple inflammation of the mouth. If there is thirst, give several 
 times a day, a spoonful of cold water, with a little gum arable dis- 
 solved in it. If the child Iw weaned at this time, its food sliould Im 
 barley or rice-water, sweetened with white sugar. An occasioniil 
 dose of magnesia, with or without a little rhubarb, will remove the 
 acid wluch alxjunds in the bowels. After ulceration has taken place, 
 l)orax (274) wi'' do well. When watery discharges from the bowels 
 and griping pains appear, preparation (28) should be used. If the 
 strength be reduced, give (69). 
 
 Inflammation of the Qums. — Gengivitis. 
 
 During the cutting of teeth, the gums are apt to be inflamed, red 
 or livid, swelled and painful. The child is languid, with a hot and 
 dry skin, small and quick pulse, little appetite, much thirst, and a 
 tongue covered with a thick, yellowish fur. When ulceration takes 
 place, and is allowed to go on, the teeth become loose, black, and 
 rotten, and often soft and pulpy; a flow of fetid spittle takes place, 
 the breath of the child becomes offensive, and its countenance pale 
 and callow. The gums bleed under the least pressure, and a profuse 
 diarrhoea fills up the list of ills. 
 
 Treatment. — In the first stages, mild washes to the gums, such as 
 (^227), will do well. Clear out the bowels at once with magnesia and 
 rlmbarb (26). After ulceration has taken place, use oak-bark (232), 
 or chloride of lime (227), or diluted hydrochloric acid (233). A 
 daily tepid bath. If the strength be reduced, use an infusion of 
 Peruvian bark, or quinine (69). 
 
 Qcngrene of the Mouth. — Canker. — Cancrum Oris. 
 
 This disease attacks weakly childi-en, of a lymphatic temperament, 
 and having inflamed gums. It often follows intermittent, reiriittent, 
 or bilious fever, and is also frequently connected with disease of the 
 stomach and bowels. 
 
 ,;?fes;»Lia»iK-*»»,(Sfft%;it?A>w-.j%«i(n.i^^ 
 
■.IVi I I 
 
 CAUK OF CIIILDRKN AND THKIK DIHKASKH. 
 
 460 
 
 I. — Aptlini\ 
 
 called foUic'li'K, 
 white HptickH, a 
 i of the cheeks, 
 trge, a whitish, 
 10 formed, with 
 0. SometimcH, 
 lace, and dark- 
 irtiflcution. la 
 dry skin, thinit, 
 ,tion. 
 
 tre treated like 
 8t, give several 
 fum arabi(! dis- 
 tood sliould liu 
 Au occaHional 
 will rwmove the 
 las taken place, 
 rom the bowels 
 9 UBed. If the 
 
 Symptoms. — It is attended with languor, listleHsncHS, indispoHition 
 to play or move alH)ut, thirHt, 1oh8 of apiMJtito, peevishncHH, and ina- 
 hility to Hleep. The countenance Ih pale and Hunken, and there in a 
 peculiar puckering of the checks about the corneni of the mouth. 
 The breath is bad, the gums have the app(;amnce of Halivation, the 
 teeth jjccome loose and fall from their sockets, or, if they remain, they 
 h(M:ome covered witli a thick coating of a dirty white o. ash coloi-. 
 A few ash-colored water-pimples apjxMir upon the gums, whifsh en- 
 large, »un together, and finally break, presenting a black appearance 
 of mortification. The gangrene, sooner or later, goes to the lips and 
 cheeks. 
 
 Treatment. — When bowel complaints exist, the re to lie treated 
 with *ho usual -emedies, such as (70) or (16(J). If there be active 
 inflammation Ci the gums, at first, leeches may l>e applied, after 
 which, the inflammation being subdued, a wash of oak-bark (232) 
 will be in place, with quinine given internally (Olt) to ward off the 
 mortification. As a wash, too, a strong solution of sulphate of cop- 
 per (284) is excellent; so is white vitiiol (285), and nitrate of sil- 
 ver (219), and creosote (28(5). 
 
 The diet should bo beef-tea, plain beef or mutton broth, with rice, 
 milk and rice, tapioca, sago, and the like. 
 
 xgwitis. 
 
 be inflamed, red 
 with a hot and 
 3h thirst, and a 
 ulceration takes 
 oose, black, and 
 tie takes place, 
 (untenance pale 
 a, and a profuse 
 
 e gums, such as 
 h magnesia and 
 oak-bark (232), 
 acid (233). A 
 an infusion of 
 
 "Hancrum Oris. 
 
 ic temperament, 
 ttent, reiTiittent, 
 h disease of the 
 
 Difficult Teetli-Cutting. 
 
 Tbeth<!U f TING generally begins between the ages of five and 
 seven months. It is indicated by redness, heat, and tenderness of 
 the gums, an increase ol oaliva, and, occasionally, redness of the 
 cheeks, watering of the eyes, thirst and fever, with fretfulness, dis- 
 turbed sleep, and more frequent motions of the bowels, a little more 
 fluid than usual, and sometimes of a greenish hue. As the tooth 
 comes near the surface, the child holds its fingers in its mouth and 
 presses the gums harder upon the nipple when nursing. Beside 
 these milder symptoms, there are sometimes ulceration of the mouth, 
 gangrene, extensive and long-continued diseases of the bowels, and 
 even disorders of the brain, convulsions, and palsy. 
 
 Treatment. — Watch the gums, and the moment they are swollen 
 by the teeth pushing them up, lance them at the elevated points, cub- 
 ting entirely down to the advancing teeth, — so that no tough mem- 
 brane shall cause pain by impeding their growth. These incisions 
 often prevent fatal disease of the brain, and sometimes almost in- 
 stantly relieve the most threatening symptoms. Before the teeth 
 are far enough advanced for lancing, some soothing wash may be 
 applied to the gums, or a leech or two to the angle of the jaw. For 
 obstinate diarrhoea, with watery .'itools and griping, use prescription 
 (157). If the child be drowsy and starts from sleep, .and has heat 
 and redness, with enlargement of the blood-vessels about the head, 
 
 ■Hri 
 
460 
 
 CAKE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 put three or four leeches behind the ears, and make cold applications 
 to the head. At the same time, open the bowels with castor-oil (17). 
 When there is difficulty of passing the water, give flax-seed tea ; and 
 if the pain be considerable, a sedative (351) ; one half teaspoonful 
 in as much water, every hour till quiet. 
 
 Croup. 
 
 This is one of the scourges of childhood. Croup is an inflamma- 
 tion of the mutious membrane of the laiyug. and windpipe. It causes 
 a peculiar fluid to flow out upon the surface of the membrane, which 
 stiffens into a membrane, or skin-like substance and adheres to the 
 inner surface of the windpipe, and sometimes extends through the 
 whole of the bronchial tubes. This is membranoua croup, — the worst 
 and most fatal form ot the disease. The ordinary form of croup con- 
 sists in a congestion of the vocal chords with oedema and swelling, so 
 that the voice is very husky and the cough very much like a hoarse, 
 tight bark. This form is the result of cold, and is usually quickly 
 amenable to treatment, although it is really quite frightful for 
 parents to hear. 
 
 The Symptoms of croup are, difficulty of breathing, hoarseness, 
 and a peculiarly loud and ringing cough, with fever. In. the mem- 
 branous and worst form of the disease, the breathing is not, at first, 
 so laborious, and the symptoms generally not so violent and alarm- 
 ing as in the less fatal but more inflammatory type. This latter kind, 
 though generally causing great alarm, like a highway robber, by the 
 sudden fierceness with which they seize the throat, are yet much 
 less fatal, and of course less to be feared, than the membranous form. 
 The disease is pretty much confined to children between the ages of 
 ^ one and eight years. 
 
 Treatment — The mild and ordinary form of croup, so frequently 
 experienced by young children at night time, is usually much allevi- 
 ated by small, oft-repeated doses either of the syrup or of the wine 
 of ipecac, say five drops (for a >hild two years old) every fifteen 
 minutes, till nausea, and even vomiting ensue, then much less often. 
 The inhalation of steam, and of many of the medicated vapors, is an 
 excellent method of treatment for the older children. One tea- 
 spoonful of the compound tincture of benzoin in a bowl of boiling 
 water inhaled through a tin funnel is a very simple thing and a very 
 efficacious one; this is to be repeated every twenty minutes. In 
 cases which do not yield to this treatment at once, the employment 
 of turpeth mineral, in one-half to one-grain doses every half-honr till 
 the child vomits,.will clear up almost any severe case. The accom- 
 panying bronchitis which often follows is to be treated as laid down 
 for that disease. Membranous croup is in reality diphtheria, and is 
 to be so treated, the exudation being in the windpipe rather than m 
 
 "'^'^?a''^'i''?i5f'VS-'^'Si#'i-'-^iti^'j'^^ 
 
-^mt 
 
 CARE OF CHILDUEN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 4t>l 
 
 old applications 
 castor-oil (17). 
 x-«eed tea ; and 
 lalf teaspoonful 
 
 is an inflamma- 
 pipe. It causes 
 lembrane, which 
 adheres to the 
 ds through the 
 >up, — the worst 
 •m of croup con- 
 and swelling, so 
 jh like a hoarse, 
 usually quickly 
 » frightful for 
 
 ling, hoarseness, 
 . In. the niem- 
 g is not, at first, 
 )lent and alarm- 
 rhis latter kind, 
 y robber, by the 
 t, are yet much 
 3mbranous form, 
 iveen the ages of 
 
 ip, so frequently 
 illy much allevi- 
 3 or of the wine 
 id) every fifteen 
 much less often, 
 ted vapors, is an 
 dren. One tea- 
 , bowl of boiling 
 thing and a very 
 ity minutes. In 
 the employment 
 ery half-hour till 
 se. The accom- 
 ited as laid down 
 iphtheria, and is 
 pe rather than in 
 
 the throat. As soon as the case is diagnosed, the child is to be quar- 
 antined in a room by itself, and all the precautions taken against 
 spreading the disease that would be employed in diphtheria proper. 
 The newly-discovered antitoxin, with which the world has now been 
 blessed for a year or two, has already saved hundreds and thousands 
 of lives by its timely use. Nothing is simpler, nothing more effica- 
 cious, and nothing less deleterious. (See Diphtheria, pagb 485.) 
 
 The inhalation of the vapor of water-slacked lime softens the 
 membrane and causes the little one to breathe with more ease. 
 Place a bucket under a tent made with a sheet spread over the crib, 
 into this bucket put a piece of lime the size of a turnip, and gradu- 
 ally add a Uttle water. The fumes produced are not hard to bear, 
 but an adult should also get under the tent, so that the little one 
 will not be frightened. Keep the room warm, with plenty of moisture 
 in the air. Liquid diet which is very concentrated, like beef-extracts, 
 milk and egg, etc., with stimulants, should be given every two houi-s. 
 Support the strength and heart by simple tonics like quinine, one- 
 half grain in powdered sugar, or in a tiny pill, every two hours. 
 
 Spasm of the Glottis. — Laryngismus Stridulus. 
 
 This disease consists in a sudden shutting up of the glottis, or 
 passage to the windpipe, which creates a feeling of strangulation, 
 /ind a difficulty of breathing- so great that the drawing in of the 
 breath causes a peculiar crowing sound. There is no fever. The 
 child, upon taking food or drink, or upon being irritated or teased, is 
 taken suddenly with an impossibility of drawing in its breath. After 
 struggling convulsively for a time, its head thrown back, its nostrils 
 dilated, its mouth open, its eyes rolled up, its face pale, its legs and 
 arms stiff, it begins to breathe with a shrill crowing sound. The 
 disease is sometimes mistaken for croup, and for hoopmg-cough. It 
 is strictly spasmodic in its nature. 
 
 Treatment. — During the paroxysm, set the child in an upright 
 posture, with the head leaning foi-ward, exposed to a full draft of 
 cool, fresh air, and sprinkle cool water upon the face. Let nothing 
 be tight about the neck. Slap the child slightly on the lt?-ck, and 
 apply friction along the spine. If these means do not succeed, place 
 it in a warm bath ; while in the bath, sprinkle cold water on the face. 
 
 When the fit is over, examine the gums. If they are swollen, lance 
 them down to the coming teeth. The bowels should be moved daily 
 with some gentle physic, but not irritated by severe purging. If the 
 stools are light-co:..jd, use the following prescription: Podophyllin, 
 one-half grain, alcohol, one ounce, elixir, one ounce, and take a tea- 
 spoonful in a teaspoonful of water, three times daily. 
 
 mamssssBoassm 
 
 tssisssms^memmsiimmi 
 
462 
 
 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 ^ Whooping Cough. — Purtussis. 
 
 This is a contagious disease, peculiar to childhood, and occurring 
 but once in the same individual. It is characterized by a convulsive, 
 paroxysmal cough, which is attended by long-continued hissing, con- 
 vulsive breathing, with rattling in the windpipe, which is succeeded 
 by several short efforts to expel the breath, following each other in 
 quick succession. The long, convulsive breathing, attended by the 
 whooping sound, is immediately repeated ; and these paroxysms con- 
 tinue unJl a quantity of thick, slimy, ropy mucous is thrown up, by 
 expectoration or vomiting, when the breathing is again free. These 
 paroxysms have all the appearance of impending suffocation, redness 
 of the face, shedding of teara, sweating about the head and forehead, 
 and such agitation of tlie whole body that the child lays hold of 
 something for support. Blood sometimes stjirts from the nostrils, 
 and the child involuntarily passes water or evacuates the bowels. In 
 spring and autumn the disease most prevails. It is not generally 
 dangerous. 
 
 Treatment. — First give an emetic, — say, two drams of wine of 
 ipecac. Afterwards, give small doses of ipecac and sulphur (277). 
 From six to fifteen grains of sulphur alone, three times a day, is an 
 excellent remedy, A liniment of olive oil, oil of amber, etc. (193), 
 applied to the spine, is useful. Belladonna (278) is a good remedy. 
 Prussic acid (96) is strongly recommended by many, and is worthy 
 of a trial. Lobelia (106) is a valuable remedy. Alum (279) is well 
 recommended. Sulphuric ether, a little being spilled in the nurse's 
 hand and held to the child's nose, generally shortens the paroxysm, 
 and frequently abridges the disease. A solution of nitric acid in 
 water, as strong as lemon-juice, and sweetened, is a very valuable 
 remedy, breaking up the disease in two or three weeks; The 
 child may drink it freely, a little further reduced with water. In- 
 halations of cresoline are the most useful to abridge aftd soften the 
 paroxysms. 
 
 There are remedies by the legion that have from time to time been 
 used against whooping cough, but few of them have survived their 
 infancy. Among the more modern drugs bromoform still holds a 
 prominent place. Given in one to six-drop doses in a tablespcwnful 
 of water, three times a day, and gradually increased to five and ten 
 drops, respectively, the drug exerts a marked impression on the 
 duration and severity of the disease. Antipyrin, in five- to ten-gi-ain 
 doses, according to age of child, given three or four times daily, 
 mitigates the paroxysm and shortens the disease. The burning of 
 cresoline, a coal-tar product obtainable at all drug-stores, is a most 
 valuable means of cutting short the; disease. This liquid should l)e 
 put in a tin box-cover and set over a lamp with very small blaze, — 
 just sufficient, in fact, to evaporate the cresoline. A lamp for the 
 
1 
 
 CAKE OF CHILUUKN AND TIIEIK UISKASES. 
 
 463 
 
 and occuriinp 
 r a convulsive, 
 i hissing, cnn- 
 h is succeeded 
 each oilier in 
 tended hy the 
 laroxysms con- 
 thrown up, hi- 
 ll free. These 
 ication, redness 
 
 I and forehead, 
 id lays hold of 
 
 II the nostrils, 
 ;he bowrels. In 
 
 not generally 
 
 anis of wine of 
 sulphur (277). 
 nes a day, is an 
 ber, etc. (193), 
 a good remedy. 
 r, and is worthy 
 m (279) is well 
 I in the nurse's 
 s the paroxysm, 
 f nitric acid in 
 a very valuable 
 le weekSi The 
 ath water. In- 
 i and soften the 
 
 me to time been 
 e survived their 
 rni still holds a 
 
 a tablespoonful 
 to five and ten 
 
 )ression on the 
 five- to ten-grain 
 our times daily, 
 
 The burning of 
 jtores, is a most 
 liquid should he. 
 Y small blaze, — 
 
 A lamp for the 
 
 purpose comes with the cresoline, but any ordinary lamp with ser- 
 rated lamp-chimney may just as conveniently be used. The odor 
 is strongly tarry. The vapor should be confined in the sleeping 
 chamber at night, but may also be burned both night and day. 
 
 Looseness of the Bowels. — Diarrhea. 
 
 Infants and children are more liable to diarrlupa than adults, and 
 this is the reason for speaking of the disease here as well as else- 
 where. It may be caused by inflammation of the stomach and 
 bowels, by irritation produced by too much or improper food, by cold 
 and damp weather, or by teething. The discharges from the bowels 
 may be more or less thin, of a dirty white color, of a curdled appear- 
 ance and acid smell, or they may be watery, yellow or green in color, 
 and often mixed with blood. Sometimes they are mixed with por- 
 tions of undigested food, are very acid, and when the looseness has 
 been caused by unripe vegetables and fruit, in a state of fermentation, 
 like yeast. At other times, especially while teething, they are a kind 
 of thick mucus, like jelly. 
 
 If pressure on the bowels causes pain, the diarrhoea is the result of 
 inflammation. When the disease has become chronic, the skin is dry, 
 harsh, and discolored, the face wrinkled, looking yellowish, dirty, 
 and old. 
 
 Treatment. — First, regulate the diet. This is very important. 
 In the case of older children, take away every kind of solid food, as 
 well as pastry, confectionery, sweetmeats, and fresh vegetables. Give 
 plain boiled rice and milk, — sometimes boiled milk, — water gruel, 
 crackers and milk, tapioca, etc. At the beginning of the attack, give 
 some mild physic, as ct.. "^or oil, or syrup of rhubarb. A warm bath 
 at this period is excellent. If the discharges are very sour, dissolve 
 a teaspoonful of bicarbonate of soda in half a tifmbler of water, and 
 give a teaspoonful every hour, or the same amount of lime-water, 
 mixed with an equal quantity of new milk, or prepared chalk and 
 ipHcac (158), some slight astringent being used also (159). But 
 better than all other astringents for this complaint is a decoction of 
 tlie eranesbill or spotted geranium with milk, or of the bark from 
 the root of the common blackberry, which is armed with strong 
 prickles. 
 
 The Summer Complaint of Infants. — Cholera Infantum. 
 
 This is confined to the North American continent. It occurs in 
 large cities during the hot season. Its subjects are infants between 
 the ages of four and twenty months, — occurring most frequently 
 about the time of cutting the fii-st teeth. It is one of the most fatal 
 diseases of infants. 
 
 Symptoms. — It begins with a profuse dian'ha>a, — the stools being 
 
 HW 
 
 MMIMBMBii BMfhmgiafiii«»w . 1f-W«BSS« 
 
464 
 
 CABE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 green or yellow, or more often light colored, and very thin. The 
 stomach soon becomes very imtable,T- rejecting everything with 
 violence. In some cases, vomiting and purging set in, — the dis- 
 charges from the bowels being without color or smell. The infant 
 rapidly loses flesh, and is soon reduced to great languor and prostra- 
 tion. The pulse in the beginning is quick, small, and often tense. 
 The tongue is covered with a white, slimy mucus. The skin is dry 
 and harsh. The head and belly are hot. The feet and hands are 
 either of the natural temperature, or cold. There is great thirst, and 
 towards evening, fever. The belly is .-iten a little swollen, and 
 tender to the touch. Occasionally there is delirium, as indicated by 
 wild and bloodshot eyes, violent tossing of the head, and attempts to 
 bite and scratch the nurse. 
 
 Treatment. — If possible, remove the child at once from the im- 
 pure and heated air of the city to the cooler and purer air of the 
 country. Or better, take it to the seashore or a short trip on the salt 
 water. This will often give immediate relief. Be careful the child 
 does not take cold. If this cannot be done, keep it in as large and 
 dry a room as can be had, and take it often into the open air in clear 
 weather. Confine the infant entirely to the breast, or, if weaned, let 
 its food be tapioca, pure arrow-root, rice flour and milk, and put it 
 daily in a warm or tepid bath, according as the skin is hot or cold. 
 Give it gum-water, or rennet whey, with a little gum-arabic added 
 to it. 
 
 These measures, if used early, will often cure the disease, without 
 medicine. If the vomiting be obstinate, camphor and sulphuric 
 ether (280) will generally give relief. When everything else fails, 
 in relieving the sickness, sugar of lead (160) is generally successful. 
 When the vomiting is stopped, the most prompt remedy for the dis- 
 ordered bowels is the compound syrup of rhubarb and potassa. 
 When the disease has become chronic, treat it the same as children's 
 diarrhoea. But if the discharges are sour, offensive and dark colored, 
 pulverized charcoal (42), with tartrate of ivon (71), will be suitable 
 remedies. Rhubarb, lept ^diin, etc. (28), will often answer a good 
 purpose. 4 
 
 Colic. 
 
 Infants are very much subject to colic, from over-feeding and 
 consequent acidity of the stomach, from giving them solid food at 
 too tender an age, and from some improper thing eaten or drunk by 
 the mother or nurse. They often suffer intensely from these pains, 
 tossing their legs up and down, and screaming vehemently. When 
 it arises from costiveness, the bowels are often hard and swollen. 
 
 Treatment. — When it arises from costiveness, give an injection 
 of a tablespoonful of castor-oil, and a half-ounce of warm infusion of 
 peppermint or spearmint. At the same time, administer internally 
 an infusion of one of the same herbs, with a small portion of bicar- 
 
S8. 
 
 CAKE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 406 
 
 very thin. The 
 Dverything with 
 et in, — the dis- 
 lell. The infant 
 juor and prostra- 
 and often tense. 
 The skin is dry 
 it and hands are 
 great thirst, and 
 tie swollen, and 
 , as indicated by 
 , and attempts to 
 
 bonate of soda dissolved in it, and sweetened with loaf sugar. Or, 
 if the bowels need to be acted upon, the syrup of rhubsirb, ir the 
 sweet tincture of rhubarb, with a little soda in it, will do well. Para- 
 goric generally brings relief, but should not be used, if simple car- 
 minatives will answer tlie purpose. Children are often relieved by 
 covering them with a hot flannel, laying them upon the belly on the 
 knee, and trotting them, at the same time tapping them gently upon 
 the back. This should be done cautiously ; for if unsuccessful, it 
 might increase the suffering ; and the infant has no language but 
 screams to tell its distress. Five drops of aromatic spirits of ammo- 
 nia, with same amount of spirits of lavender, in warm water, relieve, 
 if often repeated, most cases. 
 
 nee from the im- 
 
 purer air of the 
 rt trip on the salt 
 
 careful the child 
 t in as large and 
 
 open air in clear 
 or, if weaned, let 
 
 milk, and put it 
 in is hot or cold, 
 jum-arabic added 
 
 e disease, without 
 )r and sulphuric 
 rything else fails, 
 lerally successful, 
 smedy for the dis- 
 arb and potassa. 
 same as children's 
 and dark colored, 
 ), will be suitable 
 en answer a good 
 
 over-feeding and 
 bhem solid food at 
 saten or drunk by 
 from these pains, 
 hemently. When 
 d and swollen. 
 , give an injection 
 
 warm infusion of 
 ninister internally 
 11 portion of bicar- 
 
 Falling of the Bowel. — Prolapsis Ani. 
 
 In cases of long-continued looseness, the lower bowel of children 
 sometimes gets so weakened that it drops down, and projects through 
 the fundament. Occasionally, only the mucous membrane which 
 lines it comes down, in the shape of a small tumor, causing a sense 
 of bearing down and smarting. These fallings-down occur when the 
 child goes to stool. Whether it be the bowel or the lining membrane 
 which has come down, if it be allowed to remain long down, inflam- 
 mation will take place, and to return it will then be very diflicult. 
 
 Treatment. — Place the child upon his back, and, having smeared 
 the thumbs, or forefingers, with lard or sweet oil, press them gently 
 upon the tumor in such direction as shall t(Mid to return it within the 
 body. If this does not succeed, push the forefinger into the gut, so 
 as to relax the circular muscle which contracts upon and holds it. If 
 the falling is caused by straining at stool, made necessary by costive- 
 ness, some ripe fruit stewed in molasses, or rye hast3'-pudding and 
 molasses, should be given to the cliild daily, and it should be caused 
 to empty the bowels while standing up. To strengthen the bowel, 
 few things are better than cold water, applied to the fundament 
 several times a day. An astringent wash of oak-bark (232 ) is also 
 valuable. Should the bowel become so much relaxed that these 
 means fail, a tight bandage must be applied to support the funda- 
 ment. Be careful that some ignorant pretender does not — as has 
 happened — apply the ligature or the knife, and cut off the tumor, 
 instead of returning it into the body. Feed upon the simplest of 
 liquid food. 
 
 Qastric Fever of Infancy. 
 
 The inflammatory affections of the bowels, which happen after 
 teeth-cutting, are frequently accompanied by remittent fever, — the 
 fever showing itself very distinctly towai'ds evening, and subsiding, 
 or nearly disappearing, in the morning. It is a sympathetic fever, 
 
466 
 
 CARK OK t!llll,l)KKN ANI» THKIk DISKASES. 
 
 and is generally the result of a reaction produced by inflammation of 
 the stomach, or ileum, or colon. The attack is sometimes siifkleii, 
 though generally gradual. 
 
 Symptoms. — For several days, the child will be languid and 
 fretful, with loss of appetite, increased thirst, and some heat of skin. 
 Towards night these symptoms are more intense ; the skin is more 
 hot, the thirst and restlessness ai"e greater, the pulse more rapid. In 
 the morning, the skin is more moist and cool, and the child falls into 
 a short, disturbed sleep. Early in the attack, the bowels are consti- 
 pated, — though there is sometimes diarrhtea, or a frequent desire to 
 go to stool without mucli being passed. The evacuations are always 
 umiatural and very offensive. They are dark-colored, or clay-like, or 
 of the consistency of tar, — sometimes mixed with mucus, and occa- 
 sionally with blood. There is tenderness of the belly, and pressure 
 upon it causes pain. It is also hot to the touch, while the feet aie 
 cold. The face is flushed, and the breath has a decidedly sickly 
 smell. The stomach is irritable, and vomiting is frequent. The 
 tongue, after a time, becomes coated, diy, and pointed. 
 
 In the chronic form of the disease, there is, frequently, diarrhea, 
 the passages being unhealthy and fetid ; the tongue is covered with 
 a brownish-yellow mucus, the gums with sores ; the lips are parched 
 and cracked ; the urine is scanty and high-colored, with a white sedi- 
 ment; the skin, dry, harsh, and dirty-looking; the countenance con- 
 tracted and wrinkled ; and there is, frequently, a dry, hacking cough. 
 
 Treatment. — Regulate the diet. This is important. In recent 
 and acute cases, withhold all food, except some cold mucilaginous 
 fluid to drink, as rice-water, gum-water, infusion of slippery-elm bark, 
 or milk diluted with baiiey-water. Give a warm or tepid bath daily. 
 Purgatives should be used iparingly. The bowels, when costive, had 
 better, generally, be opened by injections of tepid water, or thin 
 gruel. If any laxative be used, let it be the compound rhubarh 
 powder, or either of the following (28), (281). When the discharges 
 have become healthy, and the tongue clean and moist, some light 
 bitter, as the infusion of Peruvian bark, or calumba, in combination 
 with diluted sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, may be given. These, 
 carefully given, with the daily tepid bath, and exercise in the open 
 air will soon restore the strength. 
 
 Mesenteric Disease. 
 
 This attacks scrofulous children between the ages of three and 
 ten years. Its symptoms are a prominent belly and loss of flesh, — 
 particularly upon the arms and legs. To be able to feel the enlaigi'l 
 and hardened glands through the walls of the belly is the surest 
 sign of this disease. When the complaint is long-continued, the 
 child loses all its flesh, and dies in almost a complete skeleton state. 
 
DARK OF CHILDREN ANP THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 467 
 
 nflammatiDii of 
 letimes sudden, 
 
 be languid and 
 me heat of skin. 
 he skin is more 
 more rapid. In 
 5 cliild falls into 
 jwels are consti- 
 ■equent desire to 
 itions are always 
 id, or clay-like, or 
 mucus, and occur 
 Uy, and pressure 
 vhile the feet are 
 decidedly sickly 
 I frequent. The 
 
 ,ed. 
 
 uently, diarrhoea, 
 .e is covered with 
 B lips are parched 
 with a white sedi- 
 countenance con- 
 i-y, hacking cough. 
 
 prtant. In recent 
 3old mucilaginous 
 slippery-elm bark, 
 r tepid bath daily, 
 when costive, hiui 
 id water, or thin 
 ompound rhubarb 
 len the discharges 
 moist, some hght 
 ba, in combination 
 )e given. These, 
 ercise in the open 
 
 ages of three and 
 md loss of flesh, — 
 to feel the enlargv-'l 
 
 belly is the surest 
 long-continued, the 
 ilete skeleton state. 
 
 Treatment. — If there is inflammation or other disorder in tlie 
 Htomach or bowels, attend to this fii-st. Tlicn put the patient on a 
 generous diet,«ach as meat-broths, etc. Give bicarbonate of potassa, 
 dissolved in the infusion of calumba or (luivssia, and when there is 
 costiveness, add rhubarb to the preparation. For tlio enlargement 
 of the glands, apply, externally, an ointment (1^-^) of the iodide of 
 lead, or of the iodide of potsissium (185). Give an ioduretted bath, 
 daily, which is formed by adding one grain of iodine and two grains 
 of iodide of potassium to each gallon of warm water. 
 
 The syrup of iodide of iron should be given, internally, three times 
 a day, in a little water, or the iodide of p()t4is8ium, and compound 
 infusion of gentian. Daily sponging the body in salt and water, and 
 exercisL in the open air, are important. 
 
 Rickets. 
 
 This is also a disease of scrofulous children. By some defective 
 process of nutrition in such children, there does not enter into the 
 hones enough phosphate of lime to harden them, and the weight of 
 the body, or the pulling of the muscles, o\ the pressure of the 
 clothing, bends and distorts them in all manner of ways. The heads 
 of the thigh-bones are pushed nearer together, making the lower belly 
 narrow; the backbone is so. curved as to lessen the height; the 
 slioulder-blades stand up like wings when flying is contemplated j 
 and the shoulders are so lifted up that the head seems only a little 
 higher than the elevations on each side. 
 
 Treatment. — A good, generous, wholesome diet, properly regu- 
 lated ; out-door exercise ; the tepid or cold salt-water sponge-bath, 
 with friction, and but little medicine. The hypophosphite of lime, 
 in two-grain doses, given in a little sweetened water, three times a 
 day, or the syrup of the hypophosphites, in half-teaspoonful doses, 
 three times a day, may be given with advantage. The pyrophosphate 
 of iron, combined with the lime, makes a good tonic for scrofulous 
 cliildren. 
 
 The Blue Disease. — Cyanosis. 
 
 This disease is known by a blue, purple, or leaden tinge over the 
 whole body. The warmth of the body is reduced, there is difficult 
 breathing, which is increased by quick motion or by crying. The 
 disease is generally fatal. The blueness is occasioned either by the 
 passage between the right and left side of the heart remaining open 
 after birth, so as to let the blue, venous blood run through and mix 
 with the red arterial blood, thus making the whole blue, or by the 
 obstruction of the pulmonary artery, which withholds the blood from 
 the lungs, and does not allow it to be arterialized and reddened. This 
 latter opinion is the more general one now. 
 
 
468 
 
 CARK OF ClIlLnKKN AND THEIU PIRKASES. 
 
 Treatment. — Keep the patient, as muoh as jioHHible, in a Htatt' of 
 rest, HO that the circuhition may not Ik; hniried. Allovv pure, frcsl. 
 air, easily-digested food, and protect the bn.ly fron. c^old and damp- 
 ness. Hold the infant near the fire, and apply gentle friction over 
 the head and body with a warm, soft cloth. 
 
 Fits. 
 
 Most persons have seen a baby in fits; anr^. it is a sad sight,— its 
 little face all distorted and livid, its eyes rolling and squinting fright 
 fully ; its hands clenched, arras bent, legs drawn up, body arched 
 backward, and limbs twitching violently, — itself insensible and un- 
 able to see or swallow or move. After a time, tlie fit cetvses, some- 
 times by degrees, at other times suddenly, the child fetching a deep 
 siffh, and then lying quiet and pale, as if it had fainted. From this 
 state it passes into a sleep, and, on waking, some hours after, seems 
 
 quite well. , „ • i -i 
 
 Fits may attack a child which is apparently well, occurring daily, 
 or even several times a day, and it may linger on for weeks. A 
 child may have fits from a great variety of causes ; they theretore, 
 have a different meamng in different cases. But they ahvayB show 
 that the brain has in some way been disturbed. 
 
 Treatment. — As fits are not a disease in themselves, but only a 
 Bymptom of some disease, the treatment must have reference to the 
 cause. Sometimes, while the fit lasts, it is wise to do nothing. But, 
 if a fit come suddenly, in the case of a child previously healthy, it is 
 aenerally safe to place it in a hot bath, and at the same time to dash 
 cold water on its face, or to pour cold water on its head, or hold on 
 it a large sponge dipped in cold water. The hot bath will draw the 
 blood to the skin, and away from the overloaded brain. It will quiet 
 the disturbance of the system, and if scarlet-fever or measles are 
 about to appear, it will bring them out. 
 
cs. 
 
 ble, in a Htatt' of 
 
 lUow pure, fresli 
 
 cold and dainp- 
 
 itle friction over 
 
 a sad sight, — its 
 squinting fright- 
 up, body arclied 
 isensible and un- 
 fit ceases, some- 
 i fetching a deep 
 nted. From this 
 lours after, seems 
 
 , occurring daily, 
 n for weeks. A 
 I ; they therefore, 
 they always show 
 
 selves, but only a 
 reference to the 
 lo nothing. But, 
 usly healthy, it is 
 same time to dash 
 . head, or hold on 
 )ath will draw the 
 vin. It will quiet 
 Br or measles are 
 
 DISEASES OP THE GENERAL SYSTEM 
 
 AND MISCELLANEOUS DISEASES. 
 
 Having now treated of those disorders which affect the skin, the 
 brain and nerves, the throat, the lungs and their appendages, the 
 lieart and its covering, the abdominal cavity and its lining membrane, 
 the sexual organs, and those complaints peculiar to females and chil- 
 dren, it remains to speak of those others — fewer in number — which 
 are not specially developed in any particular part, but disturb the 
 whole system. 
 
 Fever. 
 
 Fever is a disease which affects the system generally, and is char- 
 acterized by more or less excitement of the circulation, increased 
 heat, diminished strength, and, oftentimes, unnatural thirst. The de- 
 gree of excitement is measured by the state of the pulse. Of this 
 state, there are two characteristic indications : namely, frequency and 
 hardness. A pulse is frequent when its rapidity exceeds that of 
 health ; it is hard when its stroke resists the pressure of the finger 
 with unusual force. 
 
 In health, the pulse of an adult beats from sixty to eighty times in 
 a minute ; that of children is more frequent. The pulsations of the 
 heart of the unborn infant, as heard through the body of the mother, 
 are one hundred and fifty in a minute. After birth, the pulse varies 
 from one hundred and forty down to the standard of adult age. To 
 appreciate hardness of pulse, experience is absolutely necessary. 
 
 The great activity of the circulation, in fever, is intimately con- 
 nected with the heat and thirst, and tends directly to waste the ener- 
 gies and consume the strength of the patient. The heat of fever 
 lessens or dries up the secretions, or different fluids of the body, 
 which, in a state of health, are separated from the blood for various 
 purposes. This is the cause of the dry skin, scanty urine, etc. 
 
 A crisis of fever is that period in its course when unfavorable 
 symptoms give place to those of returning health. 
 
 A course of fever, or, in common language, a run of fevr, is dis- 
 tinguished by a great variety of symptoms, which. will be more par- 
 ticularly spoken of in the pages which follow. 
 
 469 
 
470 
 
 I»I8KA8K8 OK THK QFNRKAL 8YSTKM. 
 
 Typhoid Fever. 
 
 Ok tho (liffon^nt kiiKls of ftivcr, tliia is oiu) ot t!"' most coiuiunii 
 and widely prevahait. Tho niuno fi//>hoii/ is from two Greek words 
 which iiR'iin like ti/phuM,or similar to typhim. Tlio word ti//>hus, fmiii 
 a Greek word signifying ntupor, moans stupiil^ dull or line ; :uid, when 
 applied to a fever, imi)lieH that is /ow, or characterized by great neri'- 
 oua depreanihn. 
 
 Tyjjlius and typhoid fevers, if not identical, are ho siniiLir in IiIh- 
 tory and treatment as to make unnecessiiry their consideration under 
 separate heads. The following is one of the differences claimed to 
 exist between the two : namely, in typhus fever, the belly is flat ; 
 there is no marked disease of the bowels, and gcncjrally no diarrhd'ii 
 until the second or third week. In typhoid fever, on tiio coiitniiy, 
 some small glands, called y'eyer'* ^^a7trf«, situated i;; the lower part 
 of the small intestines, are always inflamed, and sometimes ulcer- 
 ated ; and consequently, among the symptoms most frequently no- 
 ticed, are diarrhoea, and drum-like swelling of the 'jelly, called tym- 
 panites. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease often lias precursory symptoms. For 
 several days before its actual beginning, tlie patient droops. He may 
 attend to liis various duties, but does not seem well ; he is low-8j)ir- 
 ited and Lmguid ; is indisposed to any exertion of body or mind ; has 
 pains in the head, back, and extremities ; loses his ajjpetito ; and 
 although dull and perhaps drowsy in the daytime, his sleep is inter- 
 rupted and unrefreshing at night. The immediate harbinger of the 
 fever is a chill, often so marked as to cause violent shiveri ig. 
 
 The history of the first week shows increased heat of the surface ; 
 frequent pulse ranging from eighty to one Inmdred a'ld twenty; 
 furred tongue ; restlessness and sleeplessness ; headache and pain in 
 the back; sometimes diarrhoea and swelling of the belly ;oid some- 
 times nausea and vomiting. 
 
 The second week is frequently distinguished by an eruption of 
 small, rose-colored spots upon the belly, and by a crop of little watery 
 pimples upon the neck and chest, having the appearance of minute 
 di'ops of sweat standing on the skin, and hence called sudamina, or 
 sweat-drops ; the tongue is dry and black, or red p.nd sore, the teeth 
 are foul ; there may be delirium and dullness of hearing ; and the 
 symptoms generally aie more serious than during the first week. 
 Occasionally, at this period, the bowels are perforated or eaten 
 through by ulceration, and the patient suddenly sinks. 
 
 If the disease proceeds unfavorably into the third week, there is 
 low muttering and delirium; great exhaustion; sliding down of the 
 patient towards the foot of the bed ; twitching of the muscles ; bleed- 
 ing from the bowels ; and red or purple spots upon the skin. 
 
 If, on the other hand, recovery takes place, the countenance briglit- 
 
DI8EA8ES OF THF, OENRIIAL 8YHTKM. 
 
 471 
 
 mOHt UUUlllKlll 
 
 (> Greek wnnls 
 nl ti/}ihis, fi'iiii 
 
 I by great iien'- 
 
 1 similar in liis- 
 ndenition under 
 iiicert clanued to 
 10 belly i» flat; 
 [illy no diiirrlui'ii 
 on the contnuy, 
 the lower part 
 ionietiines uleer- 
 ^t frequently iio- 
 H-Uy, called tyiii- 
 
 symptoms. For 
 , droops. He may 
 I; he is low-Bpir- 
 Kjdy or mind ; has 
 Ins appetite ; ami 
 bis sleep is inter- 
 
 barbinger of tlie 
 shiveri ig. 
 at of the surface ; 
 .red a'ld twenty; 
 kdaclie and pain in 
 
 belly; 01' dsome- 
 
 jy an eruption of 
 [op of little watery 
 karance of minute 
 filled sudamina, or 
 ]nd sore, the teeth 
 bearing; and the 
 g the first week, 
 [rforated or eaten 
 Mks. 
 
 lird week, there is 
 Jiding down of the 
 [be muscles ; bleed- 
 t the skin, 
 fountenancc bright- 
 
 cuh; th(! pulse nioderatcH ; tlie tongue cleans, and the (lischargcH 
 iisNunie the apjM'uraniM^ they have in health. 
 
 Treatment. — (iiv(^ tiie patient good air, and frequent s[)ongingM 
 with water, cohl or tepid, as Hhall Im! most agreeable to his feelings. 
 Keep the IkjwcIh in order; h\ which is meant, Ik) more afmid of 
 diarrliu'a than of costiveness. Diarrhwa should Ih) restrained by a 
 little lirimdy. 
 
 For costiveness, give injections, or the mildest aperients (7), 
 (10), (12). 
 
 To lessen the frequency of the pulse, reduce the fever, and pro- 
 duce perspiration, give from three- to ten-tlrop doses of the tincture or 
 fluid extract of veratrum virido every hour. This remedy has great 
 power in fever. 
 
 (Jreat wind-swelling of the bowels may he relieved by fomentii- 
 tiuns, or hot, steaming ap})lications. Sometimes the wind may be 
 let off by introducing into the bowels a long India-rubber tulxi, — 
 thus reducing the swelling, and greatly promoting the patient's com- 
 fort. 
 
 If pain in the head be severe and constant, let the hair be cut 
 short, and the head l)e frequently bathed with cold water. 
 
 Let the strength 1h) supported by light nourishment ; and in case 
 of bleeding fiom the bowels, or great debility, by broth and wine. 
 
 For foul mouth, the weakest possible infusion of old hyson tea is 
 valuable. Good nursing is eminently desirable. 
 
 If the fever runs a low course, the patient being much prostrated, 
 quinine, even in large doses, may be given from the beginning. 
 
 Be very sure the patient has absolutely no solid food during the 
 fever and for five days after. There is nothing so good as milk for 
 typlioid fever, — a glassful every two to three hours will be all the 
 food required. 
 
 Bilious Remittent Fever. 
 
 There are three principal varieties of periodical fever, which, 
 though varying considerably from each other in several particulars, 
 are yet essentially, in their substance, but one disease. These are 
 Bilious Remittent Fever, Pernicious Intermittent or Conyestive Fever, 
 aiul IrUermittent Fever or Fever and Ague. According to the custom 
 of most writers, I shall treat them separately, beginning with Bilious 
 Remittent Fever. 
 
 Symptoms. — The attack is generally sudden and well marked. 
 Some writers say it has no premonitory symptoms ; others that it 
 lias. The more general understanding is, that for a day or two, or 
 even longer, liefore the onset, there is a sense of languor and debility, 
 slight headache, lack of appetite, furred tongue, bitter taste in the 
 mouth in the morning, pains in the joints, and general uneasiness. 
 
 The formal onset is nearly always marked by a distinct chill or 
 
472 
 
 DI8EABKB OP THK OF.NBRAL 8Y8TRM. 
 
 rigor, — HoraetimoH Hlight hikI lu'iof; at othjr timeH Hev(!ru iind |irn- 
 longed. The chill may begin at tho f«et, or al)out the Hhniildci- 
 bludeH, ur in the buck, and thoncc run liko hiiiuII Mtruums of cdid 
 water poured in every direction through the whole lM)dy. There is 
 (jcnerally but one well-marked chill, the niturns of the paroxyHins (if 
 fever being Meldom, after the linit, precieded by the cold Htage. 
 
 At certain periodH of the day there is an increased intensity in the 
 Hymptoms of the disease, occasionally i)receded, though generally 
 not, by the cliill. Between this period of severity in the feverish 
 symptoms, and a similar period which follows it, there is generally a 
 decrease in tlie violence of the symptoms, during which the fjivtr 
 moderates, but does not, as in fever and ague, entirely go off ; hius 
 distinct remisaions, but not complete intermianionf. 
 
 During the liot stage, the pulse is up to one hundred and twenty, 
 or one hundred and thirty. There are pains in the head, back, and 
 liml)B, of a most distressing kind. 
 
 The tongue is generally covered with a yellowish or a dirty-white 
 fur ; and in bad cases in the advanced stage is frequently parched, 
 brown or nearly black in the centre, and red at the edges. There is 
 no appetite for food, and generally nausea and vomiting ; and usu- 
 ally there is pain and tenderness in the epigastrium. The bowels are 
 at first costive, but afterwards become loose, and there are frequent 
 evacuations of dark, offensive matter. 
 
 Causes. — This disease is produced by malarial exhalations from 
 the decomposition of vegetable matter. It is most prevalent in hot 
 climates, and in the summer and autumn. 
 
 Treatment. — If the fever be in the formative stage, and have not 
 fully developed itself, give an emetic (1), (2), and follow it with a 
 mild cathartic (7), (18). 
 
 If the disease be already developed, sponge the body all over sev- 
 eral times a day, with cold or tepid water, according to the feelings 
 of the patient^ and give cooling drinks (132), (133), (298), (299). 
 To moderate the fever, give three- to ten-drop doses of tincture, or 
 fluid extract of veratrum viride. The compound powder of ipecac and 
 opium is a valuable preparation for the same purpose. Give cold 
 water as drink if desired by the patient, or let him eat ice. 
 
 When fhe headache is very severe, let wet cups be applied upon 
 the temples or behind the ears ; and the same remedy to the pit of 
 the stomach, when there is great tenderness, is often desirable ; though 
 a mustard poultice will sometimes do better. 
 
 During the remissions of the fever, quinine and other tonics are to 
 be given, as in fever and ague. Quinine, in large doses, acts almost 
 as a specific for these diseases. 
 
gevore and jiro- 
 it the Hhouldci- 
 Htrtiums of colli 
 Ixxly. Thero in 
 he piiroxyHiiiH of • 
 old Htage. 
 1 intensity in llic 
 hougli generally 
 
 in the fevisrisli 
 ire is genei'iilly a 
 which the fnvor 
 irely go off ; has 
 
 Ired and twenty, 
 head, hack, and 
 
 I or a dirty-whito 
 quently parched, 
 edges. There is 
 niting; and nsu- 
 , The bowela are 
 here are frequent 
 
 exhalations from 
 , prevalent in hot 
 
 age, and have not 
 1 follow it with a 
 
 3ody all over sev- 
 ig to the feelings 
 8), (298), (299). 
 les of tincture, or 
 vder of ipecac and 
 rpose. Give cold 
 eat ice. 
 
 9 be applied upon 
 tnedy to the pit of 
 desirable ; though 
 
 sther tonics are to 
 doses, acts almost 
 
 DT8KA8ER OF THK ORNKRAL HY8TKM. 478 
 
 Malarial or Cons:estive Fever. 
 
 This is the jxjrniciouH or malignant form of malarial fever. It is 
 marked, either in the earlier or later stage, by a rush of blood towards 
 one or more organs, by which they are crowded full and conyented, — 
 lience its title of congestive fever. 
 
 Symptoms. — It may l)e intermittent or remittent, — more com- 
 monly, it is the former. It may assume any of the types of period- 
 ical fever, but it is most frequently quotidian or tertian. 
 
 The first attack does not differ very materially from a common 
 attiick of simple intermittent. The first paroxysm is simple, exciting 
 l)iit little attention. The second is always severe, producing great 
 coldness, and a death-like hue of the face and extremities. The ad- 
 vancement of the disease brings dry, husky, parched, and pungency 
 hot skin, followed, after a time, by a cold clammy sensation. Tise 
 eyes are dull, watery and sometimes glassy ; the countenance dull, 
 sleepy, distressed ; the tongue, at first white, changes to brown or 
 l)laok, and in usually tremulous; the breathing is hurried and diffi- 
 cult. Pressure over the liver, stomach or bowels produces pain. 
 The mind is often disturbed, and falls into lethargy and stupor, or is 
 delirious. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be very much like the treatment of the 
 bilious remittent fever. 
 
 While getting up from the fever, the diet must be light and nutri- 
 tious at first, but may be increased in quantity as the strength re- 
 turns. Exercise out of doora must not be omitted. If recovery be 
 slow, some mild tonic, or a little wine, or ale, or brandy may be taken 
 two or thi'ee times a dsvy. Ten grains of quinine, taken four hours 
 before the expected chill, will put a stop to these attacks like magic. 
 After a day or two the dose may be diminished. 
 
 Fever and Ag^ue. — Intermittent Fever. 
 
 This is a kind of fever in which there is a succession of attacks 
 with equal intervals and intermissions that are complete but unequal, 
 on account of the uncertain duration of each fit. 
 
 An interval is the period of time between the beginning of one fit 
 and the beginning of the next. 
 
 An intermission is the period of time between the close of one fit 
 and the beginning of the next. 
 
 The different varieties of ague take their designation from the 
 length of the interval in each case. 
 
 The interval of a quotidian, or daily ague, is twenty-four hours. 
 
 The interval of a tertian, or third-day ague, is forty-eight hours. 
 
 The interval of a quartan, ov fourth-day ague, is seventy-two hours. 
 
 _ ^aWtHnssrsKr. 
 
474 
 
 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease first develops itself by an ague-fit. This 
 luis three stages, the .cold, the hot, and the sweating. The cold 
 stage is very marked. The patient has a sense of debility, yawns, 
 stretches, has no appetite, and does not wish to move. The face and 
 extremities become pale, the skin shrinks, causing universal horripi- 
 lation, or goose-flesh ; the patient shakes, and his teeth chatter. 
 
 After a time, these symptoms decline, and the hot stage comes on, 
 which is characterized by high fever, with its various uncomfortable 
 sensations. 
 
 When this fever passes off, it is followed by the sweating stage, 
 during which a moisture breaks out, which increases, frequently, to a 
 profuse sweat ; the body returns to its natural temperature, the pains 
 and aches disappear, and a feeling of health comes back. 
 
 During the cold stage, the ''ood is driven inward from the sur- 
 face, and particularly oppresses the spleen, which, in cases of long 
 standing, becomes swelled and permanently enlarged. This swelling 
 may be plainly felt, and is often quite pei*ceptible to the eye. It is 
 called ague-cake. 
 
 Ague-fits begin at different hours of the day, and generally termi- 
 nate in the evening. 
 
 A quotidian usually begins in the morning; a tertian at noon ; and 
 a quartan in the afternoon. 
 
 The cold stag a is shortest in the quotidian, and longest in the 
 quartan. 
 
 Thus the longest fit has the shortest interval, and the shortest cold 
 stage ; while the shortest fit has the longest interval, and the longest 
 cold stage. 
 
 There are also double tertians and double quartans, wherein the 
 fits repeat themselves, — sometimes the same day, at other times on 
 alternate days. 
 
 To these varieties, the terms postponing and anticipating are ap- 
 plied, according as the intervals are growing longer or shorter. 
 When a person is recovering from ague, the interval may gradually 
 grow longer, the attack being put off, or postponed. But if the dis- 
 ease be increasing in severity, the attack may anticipate its usual pe- 
 riod, making the interval shorter. 
 
 Tertians are more common than either qilotidians or quartans. 
 
 Agues are more prevalent in spring and autumn. Fall agues are 
 most severe and dangerous. 
 
 Causes. — Exhalations from the soil, called malaria, arising from 
 decomposition of vegetable matter in new countries, or from low and 
 marshy districts in which tlie land is alternately covered with water, 
 and again left dry and exposed to the sun. 
 
 In districts where it prevails, high hills are exempt, and even the 
 upper stories of houses are more healthy than the lower. 
 
 Treatment. — Frnt clear the bowels with the fluid extract of 
 
DI8KA8E8 OF THR Qr>EBAL SYSTEM. 
 
 475 
 
 II ague-fit. Tliis 
 ng. The cold 
 lebility, yawns, 
 The face and 
 ihereal horripi- 
 
 chatter, 
 stage comes on, 
 
 uncomfortable 
 
 sweating stage, 
 frequently, to a 
 uture, the pains 
 ck. 
 
 ■ from the sur- 
 
 I cases of long 
 
 This swelling 
 
 the eye. It is 
 
 generally terrai- 
 
 m at noon ; and 
 
 longest in the 
 
 ;he shortest cold 
 and the longest 
 
 ns, wherein the 
 p other tinjes on 
 
 Icipating are ap- 
 yer or shorter, 
 may gradually 
 But if the dis- 
 ate its usual pe- 
 
 or quartans. 
 Fall agues are 
 
 •ia, arising from 
 or from low and 
 red with water, 
 
 pt, and even the 
 ver. 
 
 fluid extract of 
 
 senna (15), or the preparation (21). Then, in the cold stage, give 
 hot, and in some cases, stimulating drinks. Administer hot foot- 
 baths, and putting the patient in bed, apply bottles filled with hot 
 water to the feet, sides, and back, and in every way try to excite 
 warmth and comfort. 
 
 In the hot stage, give cooling drinks, and camphor (117), (118) 
 in decided doses; or, what is better, quinine (67) in two-teaspoon- 
 ful doses every half hour, at tiie same time giving five-drop doses of 
 tincture or fluid extract of veratrum viride every hour. 
 
 During the sweating stage, stop the veratrum, and rub the patient 
 with dry towels. 
 
 In the intermission, give quinine (62), in three-grain doses once in 
 three or four hours, and continue it, gradually decreasing the dose, a 
 fortnight after the cessation of the attacks. The following is a good 
 preparation : quinine, one scruple ; elixir of vitriol, one dram ; dis- 
 solve the quinine in the elixir, and add tincture of black cohosh, 
 fourteen drams. Twenty drops aie to be given, in a little water, o^ce 
 an hour. 
 
 Quinine is the one medicine which surely relieves and cures this 
 disease. 
 
 It is important, in fever and ague districts, to avoid the hot sun, 
 and the damp evening and morning air. 
 
 Yellow Fever. 
 
 This disease belongs to warm climates, being most prevalent in 
 Southern cities. It makes its appearance chiefly in the latter part of 
 summer, and disappears upon the approach of frosty weather. 
 
 Symptoms. — The complaint begins, generally, with a chill, which 
 is sometimes severe, though commonly moderate, of short duration, 
 and rcvrely repeated. 
 
 Following this chiU, there is moderate fever and a little heat of 
 surface ; but this rarely rises to any considerable height, and only 
 continues to the second or third day, when, in fatal cases, it gfives 
 place to coldness of surface, etc. In many cases there is sweating. 
 
 The pulse is peculiar, — not easily described, — generally not rising 
 above one hundred in a minute, — a kind of bubble under the finger, 
 which breaks and vanishes before it can be fairly felt. 
 
 The tonguf is moist and white in the first and second days, but 
 red, smooth, shining, and dry, as the disease advances towards the 
 closp having a d^y, black streak in the middle. 
 
 The most st iking symptoms are nausea and vomiting. The 
 vomiting, in fatal cases, is generally very persistent, and towards the 
 termination, the yellowish o: greenish matters thrown up give place to 
 a thin and black fluid, having a sediment looking like coffee grounds. 
 This is called the black vomit. 
 
 The bowels are generally costive, with frequent epigastric tender- 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 ness and distress. There is generally severe headache, and a peculiar 
 expression of countenance, in which the lips smile, but the rest of the 
 face is fixed and sad, sometimes wild. The patient continues wake- 
 ful night and day. There are discharges of blood, often, from tlie 
 nose, the gums, the ears, the stomach, the bowels, and the urinary 
 passages. 
 
 Treatment. — First, move the bowels with some mild physic (40), 
 (18), (19), (41), (37). , ^ . 
 
 During the chill, put the feet in.a mustard bath (242), give warm 
 cordial drinks, and apply hot bottles, etc., externally. 
 
 Cups may be applied to the back of the neck, or over the stomach, 
 according to circumstances. 
 
 During the second stage, or %tage of calm, nothing is to be done 
 but give some light stimulants, and to promote sweating by warm 
 drinks and tincture of veratrum viride; and also quinine (62). 
 
 The third and severest stage is to be met by stimulants, as bfandy, 
 freely given, with a continuartce of the quinine. 
 
 During the fever stage, and for the vomiting, give creosote, twenty 
 drops to six ounces of spirits of Mindererus, and alcohol enough to 
 dissolve the creosote. The dose is half an ounce every two hours. 
 Said to be excellent for putting a stop to the retching and vomiting. 
 Cleanliness, temperance, and cheerfulness are essential in warding 
 off the disease when one is exposed to its causes. 
 
 Rheumatism. 
 
 This is an inflammation of a peculiar character, being caused by 
 acid or poisonous matter in the blood, and having for its seat the 
 fihrou% tissue, or that thready texture which enters largely into the 
 composition of the cords and muscles of the human body. The 
 synovial, or lining membrane of joints, is also peculiarly subject 
 to rheumatic inflammation. Hence the terms, muscular rheumatism, 
 and synovial rheumatism. There are also acute and chrome rheu- 
 matism. 
 
 Acute Rheumatism 
 
 Is a very painful affection. It is most frequently brought on by 
 exposure to wet and cold after violent and fatiguing exercise of the 
 muscles. 
 
 Symptoms. — Its principal characteristics are, high fever, with a 
 full, bounding pulse; furred tongue; profuse sweat, which has a 
 sour smell, and seems to increase the weakness without relieving the 
 pain; scanty and high-colored urine, with brick-dust settlings; and 
 swelling of the joints, with slight redness, great tenderness, and 
 severe pain, which is particularly agonizing when the patient attempts 
 to move. 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 477 
 
 3, and a peculiar 
 t the rest of the 
 jontinues wake- 
 often, from the 
 md the urinary 
 
 ild physic (40), 
 
 !42), give warm 
 
 irer tho stomach, 
 
 ig is to be done 
 eating by warm 
 nine (62). 
 lants, as bfandy, 
 
 creosote, twenty 
 cohol enough to 
 ivery two hours. 
 [g and vomiting, 
 ntial in warding 
 
 being caused by 
 for its seat the 
 largely into the 
 man body. The 
 eculiarly subject 
 "ular rheumatism^ 
 tid chronic rheu- 
 
 y brought on by 
 I exercise of the 
 
 igh fever, with a 
 3at, which has a 
 LOUt relieving the 
 ist settlings; and 
 tenderness, and 
 3 patient attempts 
 
 This affection often changes suddenly from one part of the body to 
 another, or from one set of joints to another. This sudden shifting, 
 termed metaataaig, is peculiarly dangerous ; for sometimes the inflam- 
 mation, seeming to regard the constantly moving heart as a large 
 central point, suddenly seizes upon its lining membrane and occasion- 
 ally proves speedily fatal. 
 
 Treatment. — It is well first to open the bowels freely with the 
 oompound powder of leptandrin, or the compound powder jalap. 
 Tlien give tincture of black cohosh and tincture of veratrum viride 
 (124), and push the preparation to the extent of producing sweating. 
 This, if no evil effects seem to result from it, that is, no prostration 
 or bad feelings in the head, may be kept up till the violence of the 
 disease abates. 
 
 Sometimes opium, nitrate of potash, etc. (127), administered one 
 or more times, will have a g^^od effect. 
 
 The tincture of black cohosh root, two parts, and the tincture of 
 colchicum root, one part, and given in dbsos of forty drops, is a valu- 
 able remedy. 
 
 For articular rheumatism, some form of the salicylates must be 
 used and continued till all pain and soreness have entirely ceased for 
 several days. Omit all sweets, condiments, and much meat from the 
 diet. 
 
 It is a valuable treatment, -after clearing the bowels with salts and 
 senna, to give equal parts of wine of colchicum and spirits of turpen- 
 tine in doses of ten drops every two or three hours; and after a day 
 or two to give, in connection with the above, at intervals of five 
 hours, tincture of chloride of iron, ten drops, with ten to twenty drops 
 of laudanum. 
 
 Fomentations of hops and cicuta, or stramonium leaves, placed 
 upon the inflamed and swollen joints, will have a good effect in re- 
 lieving the pain. The recent leaves of stramonium pounded, mixed 
 with a little water, and laid upon the joints, are said to act very 
 favorably. 
 
 Salicylic acid and its salts, or salicin, the active principle of the 
 willow bark, when given at the commencement qf an attack, often- 
 times arrests the course of the malady as effectually as quinine 
 arrests the intermittent fever, or as opium and ipecacuanha arrest 
 dysentery. It exerts such a beneficial influence that it is recognized 
 by the profession as a specific. From ten to fifteen grains of salicylic 
 acid, or the salicylate of soda should be given every two hours until 
 relief is obtained. This usually takes place in from twelve to thirty- 
 six hours. In most cases the fever and swelling will abate within 
 the above time. If not entirely arrested, the disease is very much 
 shortened. 
 
 When the specitic effect is produced on the sysleui, it causes ver- 
 tigo, headache, ringing in the ears. These symptoms indicate that 
 
 ,-*iW"' 
 
478 
 
 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 the medicine should Vie given in smaller doses and with longer intor- 
 vals. For chronic rheumatism, Seawright's Lithia Water, drunk 
 in large quantities, is one of the best remedies. 
 
 IV 
 
 Chronic Rheumatism. 
 
 The chronic form of rheumatism may follow the acute as its con- 
 sequence, but is more often an independent disease. It is seldom 
 attended by fever, and in this differs from the acute rheumatism. 
 It often lasts a long time, and causes much suffering. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are various, but are generally understood, 
 even by the common people, to consist of pain, lameness, stiffness, 
 etc., in the joints and other parts. The joints are often swollen, but 
 not as much as in the acute disease. It is peculiar to this form of 
 the complaint, that when the patient remains at rest for a time, he 
 will have pain and stiffness in the affected part on beginning to move, 
 but as he grows warm both will disappear. 
 
 Treatment. — This complaint is often palliated, and sometimes 
 cured, by passing a current of electro-magnetism through the affected 
 part. The diet is all-important; no sweets nor fats should be allowed, 
 nor spices and other rich condiments are to be taken ; meat is to be 
 eaten but once a day. 
 
 The tincture or the fluid extract of black cohosh, taken in full 
 doses, is one of the best remedies. It may be taken alone or mixed 
 with the tincture of poke-berries, and a tincture of prickly-ash bark, 
 if convenient. 
 
 Opium and nitre (127) form a valuable remedy. Colchicum is 
 much used, and has a deservedly high reputation (292), (301) . 
 
 Liniments often have a good effect (190), (195), (196), 198). It 
 is well to wear a piece of oiled silk over the affected pait. It keeps 
 up a gentle perspiration from the rheumatic surface, and materially 
 hastens a cure. Iodide of potash in ten- to thirty-grain doses, with 
 one-third glass of water, after food, three times daily, is an old hut 
 very efficacious lemedy. The salicylates in this form are not without 
 their special value, but are not so useful as in the acute form. The 
 " Wonderful Wintergreen," lodia, Tongalin, are a few of the well- 
 known reliable preparations that may be found on the market, each 
 of which well deserve a trial in chronic rheumatism. . 
 
 To bathe the affected joint at bed-time with hot sweet oil, and 
 then envelop it in cotton batting, to be kept on through the night, 
 will often give much relief. Oil of cajeput relieves a largo propor- 
 tion of cases. 
 
 The bowels must be kept regular, and all exposure to wet feet or 
 clothes, and to currents of cool air whe i sweating, must be carefully 
 shunned. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CJENEKAL SYSTEM. 
 
 479 
 
 th longer iiiter- 
 Water, drunk 
 
 icute as its con- 
 B. It is seldom 
 lite rheumatism. 
 
 ally understood, 
 meness, stiffness, 
 'ten swollen, but 
 ,r to this form of 
 t for a time, he 
 ginning to move, 
 
 , and sometimes 
 3Ugh the affected 
 lould be allowed, 
 n; meat is to be 
 
 sh, taken in full 
 n alone or mixed 
 prickly-ash bark, 
 
 Colchicum is 
 
 92), (301). 
 
 (196), 198). It 
 
 part. It keeps 
 
 e, and materially 
 
 Train doses, with 
 
 y, is an old but 
 
 n are not without 
 
 cute form. The 
 
 ew of the well- 
 
 the market, each 
 
 ot sweet oil, and 
 irough the night, 
 !S a largo propor- 
 
 ire to wet feet or 
 must be carefully 
 
 Qout 
 
 Gout is rheumatism's cousin ; the parentage of l)oth belong to the 
 brotherhood of the acids. 
 
 A very acid state of the biood, or a state favorable to the forma- 
 tion t f acid, is supposed to be tlie cause of the inflammation peculiar 
 to both these disorders. In rheumatism, an acid wliich exists i:i sour 
 milk, and in cider, called lactic acid, is thought to be the disturbing 
 element. In gout, lithic or uric acid is known to be uncommonly 
 abundant, and to form a principal ingredient of those concretions 
 found in gouty joints and familiarly called chalk-atones. 
 
 The larger joints are most often affected by rheumatism ; while 
 gout prefers the smaller ones. In rheumatism, the pain is excrur 
 dating ; in gout, it is intolerable. There is truth in the hiimorous 
 Frenchman's description of the pains of these two complaints, whicli 
 is, in substance, as follows : Place your joint in a vice ; turn the 
 screw till you can bear it no longer ; that gives you an idea of rheu- 
 matism ; now give the instrument one more turn, and you have gout. 
 
 Symptoms. — A fit of the gout, as it is called, generally makes its 
 attack in the night. Its unsuspecting victim is first awakened, per- 
 haps an hour or two after midnight, by an intensely burning, wrench- 
 ing pain in the ball of the great toe, or some other small joint. This 
 pain, with its accompanying" symptoms of fever, continues with little 
 abatement for twenty-four hours. There is then a distinct remission, 
 when the sufferer may get some sleep. He has a similar experience 
 during several succeeding days and nights, when the disease, which 
 has been growing milder, leaves him. 
 
 After a considerable interval, there is likely to be another similar 
 visitation. The length of this interval is inversely as the number of 
 attacks, — that is, it diminishes in length as the attacks increase in 
 number ; in yet plainer and more homely terms, the attacks come 
 " thicker and faster " ; the space between them gradually shrinking 
 from three or four years to one or two months. 
 
 Recovery fron he first attack may be complete, — the skin peeling 
 off from the red and swollen joint, and leaving it strong and supple 
 iis ever. But, after several repetitions of the in- 
 flammation, the joint becomes stiff, its motions 
 being obstructed by the deposit of lithic acid con- 
 cretions, or chalk-stones, the limbs are sometimes 
 actually frosted over with crystals of urate of soda 
 (Fig. 149). Tliis form of urate of soda crysbvls 
 differs very materially from Fig. 124. Wlien these 
 cryst}\ls appear upon the surface, and deposits are 
 made in the joints, uric acid is not secreted as 
 usual by the kidneys, but accumulates in the blood. 
 
 But gout is a disease by no means entirely local in its character. 
 
 FIO. 149. 
 
4«0 
 
 D18KA8KS OK TIIK GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 i^ll 
 
 H^ 
 
 It vitiates the blood, affects the system generally, and is often lic- 
 trayed by general symptoms long before the loiuil mischief is indi- 
 cated by one of the attacks. Irritability of temper, unpleasant 
 sensations in the stomach and head, and various ur.comfortable feel- 
 ings of body and mind, have been considered iis premonitory of this 
 disorder. Many other organs also, besides joints, are subject te tlie 
 gouty inflammation. The stomach, heart, lungs, head, and even the 
 eyes, are known to have been thus affected. 
 
 Causes. — Luxury and indolence — particularly the former — are 
 regarded .as the principal causes of gout. But poverty and activity 
 will not always kec-> the disease away. Probably an improper diet 
 has more to do with the creation of gout than all else. Starchy fofxl, 
 sweets, etc., which cause an acid fermentation, are most likely to set 
 up the trouble. 
 
 Treatment. — Colchicum is the remedy for gout. It removes tlie 
 disease by exciting the kidneys to action, so that the poison is con- 
 veyed away in the urine. Perhaps it acts in some other unexplained 
 way as an antidote to the disease. One teaspoonful of the wine of 
 colchicum may be taken two or three times a day, until relief is ex- 
 perienced. It should then be continued, in ten-drop doses, for a few- 
 days longer, to prevent a relapse. The colchicum may be taken in 
 the form of prescription (301). 
 
 Coffee, d-unk freely every day, is said to be a sovereign remedy 
 for gout. 
 
 The bowels must be kept in order, but not actually purged (34), 
 (40). The diet must be simple and unstiraulating. 
 
 Let the inflamed joint be bathed often in a saturated solution of 
 bicarbonate of soda in soft, warm water. Cold applications should 
 not be made, as there is danger of provoking a sudden change of the 
 inflammation to some internal organ. 
 
 A regulation of the diet and open air exercise are the best meth- 
 ods of fighting the disease. 
 
 Scrofula. — King's Evil. 
 
 This disease was once thought to be peculiar to swine, and hence 
 derived its name from acrofu, a sow. It shows itself in various forms, 
 — as hip-disease, white swelling, rickets, salt-rheum, etc. Pei-sons 
 affected by it are subject to swelling of the glands, particularly those 
 of the neck. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the beginning of the disease, small, hard, movable 
 kernels appear about the neck, just undf the skin. These are lym- 
 phatic glands, and the swelling generally takes place long before there 
 is any soreness, or perceptible redness. They may be felt under the 
 skin, and, ,in the course of six months or a year, may grow to the 
 size of a filbert, or even a hen's egg. Sometimes they are much 
 
 IF" 
 
DISEASES OF THE OENEUAL SYSTEM. 
 
 481 
 
 mil is often bo 
 niachief is indi- 
 per, unpleiusaiit 
 omfortable feel- 
 iionitory of this 
 3 subject to tlic 
 kd, and even the 
 
 he former — are 
 rty and activity 
 n improper diet 
 !. Starchy food. 
 lost likely to set 
 
 It removes the 
 ,e poison is con- 
 ther unexplained 
 ,1 of the wine of 
 in til relief is ex- 
 p doses, for a few- 
 may be taken in 
 
 sovereign remedy 
 
 ally purged (34), 
 
 rated solution of 
 (plications should 
 den change of the 
 
 re the best meth- 
 
 swine, and hence 
 
 in various forms, 
 
 am, etc. Pereons 
 
 particularly those 
 
 nail, hard, movable 
 These are lym- 
 
 e long before there 
 be felt under the 
 may grow to the 
 
 les they are much 
 
 larger even than this, and very hard. They may appear in many 
 other parts besides the neck. 
 
 After a time, though very slowly, they come to a head and break, 
 — discharging a watery fluid, or a mixture like whey and curd. 
 They are seldom very sore. When they heal, they are apt to leave 
 a puckered condition of the skin, and ugly scars. 
 
 The scrofulous humor may sometimes affect the eyes, when the 
 lids will become red and thick, and discharge mucus and water ; — 
 the under lid sometimes turning out, and presenting a shocking 
 spectacle. 
 
 The scrofulous condition is generally supposed to be indicated by 
 a white, delicate skin, thick lips, light hair, and a delicate constitu- 
 tion ; but these signs are not worthy of much confidence. 
 
 Tlie disease often attacks the cellular tissue, causing numerous 
 suppurations and abscesses. It also affects the bones, producing 
 caries, necrosis, and other affections. It shows itself in certain in- 
 flammations of the eyes, in the formation of running sores in the 
 ears, and in various other ways. 
 
 Causes. — It is contended by some that scrofula is in all cases 
 inherited ; that we receive it from our progenitors, as we do their 
 other constitutional peculiarities ; that the disease is everywhere, and 
 in all time, one and the same, which shows it to come from within, 
 and not from without ; that w«re it dependent on external causes for 
 its existence, it would be greatly modified by temperature, climate, 
 and the peculiarities of the races affected by it. 
 
 They assert that though the causes which are usually assigned 
 for scrofula, such as living in cold, damp, and impure air, and the 
 lack of sufficient food, connected with filthy habits, often have a 
 powerful effect in developing scrofula already existing in the con- 
 stitution, and of aggravating it when already developed ; it never 
 produces it. 
 
 How far these statements are to be received, I will not undertake 
 to judge. It is certain that the disease is often inherited ; and if we 
 admit that the other causes named have some share in its production, 
 it is possible we may not go entirely astray. Yet my own strong 
 suspicion that scrofula arises from the animal poison of syphilis, fil- 
 tered through the blood of many generations, inclines me to the adop- 
 tion of the above views. 
 
 Treatment. — In olden times of superstition, this disease was be- 
 lieved to be cured by the patient coming into the presence of the 
 king, and being touched by his royal hand. The ceremony was 
 called the "sacred touch," It was from this that the disease took 
 its name of " king's evil." This superstition reached its height in 
 the reign of Charles II. After the Restoration, the numbers who 
 flocked to Whitehall and Windsor to receive the " touch," are said to 
 have been immense, — no less than ninety-two thousand in twelve 
 
 
 r«.^ 
 
482 
 
 DISEASES OF THE OENKEAL 8Y8TKM. 
 
 years ; and the writers of that day declare tlmt none failed to receiv<! 
 benefit. 
 
 In modern times, believing that the ceremony of the touch was 
 best adapted to the period when kings were thought to have Hiicied 
 persons, we rely for the cure of this disease upon rational medicine 
 and hygiene. 
 
 The medical treatment of it is constitutional and local. 
 
 Iodine is the great remedy for scrofula. Dissolve one scruple of 
 iodine and two scruples of iodide of potassium in seven teaspoonfuls 
 oi water. Of this, give ten drops three times a day, in a little water, 
 gradually increasing the dose to one aud a half or twice that amount. 
 The iodide of potassium, as in prescription (101), is a good remedy. 
 
 Where there is considerable debility, the iodide of iron, in doses 
 of twenty-five or thirty drops, i?' water, three times a day, is a good 
 preparation. The syrup of the iodide is the most agreeable fomi. 
 
 The compound syrup of yellow-dock root, and the compound 
 syrup of stillingia, taken sometimes alone, and at other times with 
 two to five grains of iodide of potassium in each dose, are both ex- 
 cellent medicines for scrofula. 
 
 The bowels must be kept open by laxative food, or in the failure 
 of this, by some gentle physic (12). 
 
 Medicinal springs, particularly those containing iodine, are ex- 
 cellent. Cod-liver oil benefits most scrofulous people. 
 
 Before the tumors become very sore, let them be bathed several 
 times a day with a solution of muriate of lime, or ammonia, or soda, 
 two drams to the ounce of water. When they are inflamed, apply 
 poultices of ground slippery-elm and powdered bayberry, equal parts. 
 Powdered poke-root, or blue-flag may be substituted for the bayberry. 
 If these things are not at hand, use white bread and milk, or flax-seed 
 poultices. 
 
 When the tumors have opened, and ulcers have formed, the ulcers 
 must be washed out with soapsuds, and dressed with salve made of 
 beeswax and swtet-oil ; or, when the ulcers are indolent, with the 
 red iodide of mercury ointment. Let the dressing be changed two 
 or three times a day. 
 
 Great attention should be paid to the improvement of the general 
 health. The diet must be ample and nourishing, — consisting of 
 fi-esh meat, poultry, broths, soups, milk, and wholesome vegettvbles in 
 such variety as the season allows. 
 
 The skin must be washed daily with cool water and spirit, or water 
 and saleratus ; and rubbed to redness with a coarse towel or flesh- 
 brush. Either flannel or silk should be worn next the skin, summer 
 and winter. 
 
 Exercise must be regular, and cheerfully performed, in the open 
 air. If the residence be in a damp and unhealthy air, it should lie 
 changed at once, if possible. In any case, a change of residence, from 
 time to time, when travelling is not possible, is much to be desired. 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENKKAL SYSTEM. 
 
 488 
 
 1 failed to rcceivt! 
 
 if the touch was 
 b to have Hiicved 
 •ational medicine 
 
 local. 
 
 one scruple of 
 3ven teaspoonfuls 
 , in a little water, 
 ivice that amount, 
 is a good remedy, 
 
 1 of iron, in doses 
 !8 a day, is a good 
 igreeable form, 
 id the compound 
 , other times witli 
 dose, are both ex- 
 
 , or in the failure 
 
 ig iodine, are ex- 
 
 o\)\e. 
 
 be bathed several 
 ammonia, or soda, 
 
 ire inflamed, apply 
 
 yl)erry, equal parts. 
 
 id for the bayherry. 
 d milk, or flax-seed 
 
 formed, the ulcers 
 
 ivith salve made of 
 
 indolent, with the 
 
 g be changed two 
 
 nent of the general 
 ig, — consisting of 
 3Some vegettibles in 
 
 and spirit, or water 
 irse towel or flesh- 
 ct the skin, summer 
 
 brmed, in the open 
 hy air, it should be 
 re of residence, from 
 auch to be desired. 
 
 Scurvy. — Scorbutus. 
 
 Owing to a better knowledge of this disease, and of itiii proper 
 treatment, it is much less common than in former years. It chiefly 
 affects seamen who make long voyages ; but is not entirely unknown 
 on land. 
 
 Symptoms. — Languor, loss of strength, and great depression of 
 mind, are among the first signs of scurvy. To one about being at- 
 tiieked, work and play are > ike burdensome. There is no heart even 
 to move. The face and th., whole skin look pale and bloated, and 
 the breath has a fetid smell. The gums are swelled, soft, red, and 
 spongy ; and they bleed upon the slightest touch, — sometimes the 
 blood oozes from them spontaneously. The teeth get loose, and 
 often fall out. The skin becomes covered with bluish or purple 
 .spots, — looking precisely like bruises. These spread and run into 
 each other, forming large patches of discoloration. 
 
 These spots appear to be formed by the bursting of the small capil- 
 laries Ox the veins and arteries, which have grown too weak and rot- 
 ten to hold their contents, and the infiltration of dissolved blood into 
 the cellular substance under the skin. 
 
 Ulcerous sores break out in various parts of the body, which smell 
 badly, and discharge a thin matter. These ulcers are covered with a 
 crust. Various parts of the body, the bones included, are twinged 
 with pains. The pulse is weak and soft. All the secretions, includ- 
 ing the urine, have an offensive smell, — as though the whole bocy 
 were approaching putridity. In truth, the whole man seems to be 
 disintegrating, decaying ; the flesh becomes soft, and dwindles ; and 
 the bones break easily, — being afflicted with a decay approaching to 
 rottenness. 
 
 In bad cases, blood is discharged from the bladder, bowels, womb, 
 nose, and mouth ; and the smallest exertion is followed by fainting, 
 and in many cases, by sudden death. 
 
 Causes. — The disease is owing to the use of food and drink begin- 
 ning to be decomposed, and to living long at sea without vegetables 
 eoutiiining certain acids. Its attacks are likewise encouraged by 
 whatever weakens and depresses the nervous system, as long expos- 
 ure to a moist, damp aii", part" larly when this is connected with 
 confinement on board a ship, unclean linens, occasional loss of the 
 usual rest, and great fatigue, as in storms. The force of these ^auses 
 is increased by the loneliness, the sadness, and the despondency of 
 the sailor's life. 
 
 Treatment. — Sailors are very much protected from the disease 
 now, by frequent returns to land, during long voyages, to procure 
 fresh meats, vegetables, and water. This practice is very generally 
 adopted, paiticularly by whale-ships, which make long voyages; 
 
!' ih 
 
 1 
 
 484 
 
 DIBKASES OF THE GKNEKAL HY8TKM. 
 
 and Ihu reuult iH, very littl» muirvy, and genural noaltli iiiiion^' 
 the men. 
 
 One of the best inedtcint'8 for tlie diHcoHo is ({uinine; it iiiiiy Im; 
 given in from one to two-grain doses twice or thiee times a diiv. 
 Gentian and qiniBsia are also Huitahle remedies ; so is the muriiitic 
 tincture of iron ^73). 
 
 But the best of all remedies are fresh and succulent vegetables, und 
 also fruits. Spinach, lettuce, dandelion, sorrel, cresses, and the like, 
 are among the very best things when they can be had. Lemon or 
 lime-juice produces the happiest effects. Potatoes are among tlio 
 very best remedies, — particularly if scraped and eaten raw. They are 
 also valuable when cooked. Spruce beer is a good antidote ; luid 
 may be made at sea from the essence. Many kinds of beer may bo 
 brewed at sea, which are valuable. 
 
 When the bowels are costive, cream of tartar, dissolved in water, 
 and drunk freely, will be found the best remedy. If there be loose- 
 ness of the bowels, morphine, laudanum, a tea made of logwood, or 
 geranium, or the tincture of catechu, will be suitable. 
 
 For the spongy gums, a solution of alum applied to them will Ik; 
 proper, or a mixture of equal parts of tincture of myrrh, catechu, 
 and Peruvian bark ; and ulcers may be washed with the same. 
 
 Vinegfar, which is an excellent preventive in this disease, may be 
 made at sea from molasses and Avater exposed to the sun. Two 
 ounces of nitre dissolved in a quart of vinegar, and given in table- 
 spoonful doses, three times a day, is said to be an excellent remedy. 
 
 Every ship, on going to sea, should be supplied with dried fruit, as 
 raisins, currants, whortleberries, prunes, etc. ; and should have peas, 
 beans, rice, flour, sugar and molasses. Beside these, ships should 
 have essence of spruce and lemon, and dried balm, sage, pennyroyal, 
 and other herbs. 
 
 Seamen, when dowi. with this disease, should be moved with care, 
 as the spark of life ma} he easily extinguished. 
 
 Purple Disease. — Purpura Hemorrhagica. 
 
 This has been sometimes ranked as an affection of the skin ; hut 
 it is not such ; it is rather a disease of the general system. 
 
 Symptoms. — The complaint is known by the appearance upon the 
 skin of two kinds of spots ; the one kind are small, round, bright-red 
 points even with the surface, and changing in a day or two to a pur- 
 ple or livid color, which are yellowish brown when about to disap 
 pear. This variety of the purples is quite simple, attacking, gener- 
 ally, young persons, and in warm weather. It is sometimes tedious in 
 its course, but never dangerous. It requires little treatment — pure 
 air, wholesome diet, with quinia and the mineral acids, make up the 
 chief part of it. It may be known by the spots not disappearing 
 when pressed upon by the finger. 
 
DISEASES OF THE r.RNKRAI. SYSTEM. 
 
 485 
 
 Health aiwm^ 
 
 line ; it miiy Ui 
 iO times ii diiy. 
 is the niuriiitii! 
 
 , vegetables, and 
 lea, and the like, 
 lad. Lemon or 
 are among the 
 ^mw. They are 
 d antidote ; ami 
 1 of beer may Iw 
 
 jsolved ill watei\ 
 i there be loose- 
 e of logwood, or 
 
 le. 
 
 to them will be 
 : myrrh, cateclni, 
 1 the same. 
 is disease, may be 
 D the sun. Two 
 id given in table- 
 xcellent remedy, 
 rith dried fruit, as 
 ihould have peas, 
 lese, ships should 
 
 sage, pennyroyal, 
 
 moved with care, 
 
 rhagica. 
 
 of the skin ; but 
 system. 
 
 peanvnce upon the 
 round, bright-red 
 y or two to a pur- 
 n about to disap 
 . attacking, gener- 
 netimes tedious in 
 treatment — p"i'« 
 icids, make up the 
 not disappearing 
 
 Tho otlirr and more dangerous variety of the disease is attended, 
 generally, by faintneHS, wandering pains, great debility, and the ap- 
 jiearance upon the legs, arms, and l>ody, it' dark-red spotM, and irreg- 
 ular, livid patches, looking just like the marks of re(!ent bruises. 
 These marks ai'e caused by tho effusion of blood in patches under the 
 skin ; and in this respect they are just like bruises, only they are 
 produced by different causes. 
 
 In the rapid progress of tho disease, (link venous blood frequently 
 oozes from the tongue, mucous nienibraiie of the mouth, nose, 
 breathing tubes, ears, vagina, wond), stoniacdi, etc. The other symp- 
 toms vary in different cases very much, but generally indicate great 
 disturbance of the system. 
 
 It often runs a very rapid course, but sometimc^s remains f(»r 
 months. The disease, as seen in this country, is oftentimes jussoci- 
 ated with rheumatism, it not infrequently being the forerunner of a 
 long and tedious rheumatic outbreak. 
 
 Treatment. — The Ix^wels are to be kept regular by gentle physjc 
 (26), (21), (12), (15). 
 
 Iron is a valuable remedy (73). 
 
 Astringents generally have a good effect (156), (159), (279), 
 (305). The best astringent in this complaint is gallic acid, taken 
 in tive-grain doses every three or four houi-s. 
 
 The sponge bath, twice a day, with tepid or cool water, and fol- 
 lowed with gentle rubbing with a coarse towel, will do much to 
 restore and equalize the circulation in the skin. 
 
 During the active stage of the disease, the diet should be very 
 light, — simple toast-water, rice and arrow-root gruel, and either alum 
 or wine whey. 
 
 While gettirig well, the patient may have a more nourishing diet, 
 consisting of tender fresh meat, brotlis, etc. ; and must tsike gentle 
 exercise in the the open air. 
 
 When associated with rheumatism, the latter disease should be 
 treated on the same lines laid down elsewhere for rheumatism. 
 
 Iron usually is the mainstay for building up the blood, and should 
 be given in some mild, unstimulating form, such as Bland's pills, or 
 pepto-maugau, peptouate or albuminate of iron, etc. 
 
 Diphtheria. 
 
 Diphtheria is an acute, contagious and infectious disease, whose 
 characteristic feature is the formation of a pseudo-membrane upon 
 a mucous surface. It is a comparatively recent disease in this 
 country, and only lately well understood as to its origin and pathol- 
 ogy. The excessive mortality of this diser^^e within the last fifty 
 years has been so gieat as to justly frighten all parents at its ap- 
 proach, and lead them to regard it as the most terrible of all modern 
 scourges. In New York city alone, over fifty thousand deaths have 
 
486 
 
 mSRASKS OF TIIK fiRNERAL 8Y8TKM. 
 
 
 occurred in twenty-llvo v<'<i'n- It ih oho of tlio nioHt fatal, as well us 
 Olio of tlu^ (■oiiiinoncHt of children's (liHiiiiscH. It is iniposHiltlc to khv 
 at the outhiit wheUicr tlu; typi; will prove to Im) a mild or kcvch' 
 one. A cius«! coinnieiKMng with Hudden, soveni conHtitntional .wmp- 
 toins and liij^h fever may jjo on to recovery; whiht ono with slow, 
 gradual development, and little Hystemic disturbanee, may proprcsH 
 gradua'.ly and end in death. Nor Ih theamonntof mcinlmmu present 
 in any case a guide as to the final outeomo of the ease. Many very 
 mild cases may not at first Ih) recognized as diphtheria until later, 
 when some })ost-<li[)htheritic paralysis or other complication ensues. 
 These mild cases are equally conuigious, and often the origin of a 
 severe and most malignant epidemic. 
 
 Cause. — True diphtheria is caused by a germ known as the 
 Klelw-Lieftler i)aeillus, either alone or in company with other germs; 
 it is originally u local disease, becoming general as the poisons ema- 
 nating from these germs are alworbed into the system. 
 
 Thisbifcillus is always present in diphtheria, and found only at the 
 site of the local infection, and when injected into animals prochutes 
 all the characteristic symptoms of the disease. 
 
 In doubtful cases, recourse is now had to the finding of these germs 
 by cultures made from little particles taken from the suspected mem- 
 brane. 
 
 There is, besides the true diphtheria, a pseudo-membranous inflam- 
 mation which runs a mild course, but which cannot be distinguished 
 clinically from the real disease, except by making these cultures in 
 the laboratory ; in the latter disease, the Klebs-Luiffler bacillus is 
 always absent. On the other hand, there are often seen cases of true 
 dij)htheria so mild in character, and showing so little membrane, as to 
 pass unnoticed, but which on bacteriological examination prove to 
 be the dreaded disease ; hence in all doubtful cases arises the neces- 
 sity, in these modern times of refinement in diagnosis and treatment 
 of disease, of having an examination made that the exact disease may 
 be properly diagnosed, and the appropriate treatment be speedily in- 
 stituted. The development of bacteriological science within the last 
 few years renders this a very practical and sure test of the presence 
 of the disease. Accepting the proven origin of the disease to be 
 microbic, still there are many circumstances influencing the develop- 
 ment or arrest of the germs when once introduced into the throat, 
 since it is one of the most variable and uncertain of the contagious 
 diseases. It is said that a normal throat wli. not be attacked by the 
 bacillus, while one with some slight abmsion, inflammation, or other 
 lesion, ceilainly offers a fertile field for its development. It is essen- 
 tially a disease of childhood, although it occurs at all ages. Cold 
 and dampness, and all unsanitary conditions, are knov,'n to favor the 
 germ development. 
 
 It occurs mostly in cold weather, as at this time catarrhal con- 
 ditions are present, favoring the rooting of the germ. 
 
niHKAHKS OF TUB QKNKUAh HYSTKM. 
 
 487 
 
 vtiil, as well ns 
 |i()Ssil»U' to Hiiy 
 iiild or huvere 
 utional Kyiiip- 
 )no with hIow, 
 , may pro^nesH 
 ubrane pn'seiit 
 a. Many very 
 iria until later, 
 icatiou eiiHiu's. 
 till) origin of a 
 
 known aa the 
 Lh other gernirt ; 
 he poisonH uaia- 
 
 1. 
 
 lund only at the 
 
 iiiraals proiluoes 
 
 ,g of these germs 
 suspected mem- * 
 
 nbranous inflam- 
 be distinguished 
 ihese cultures in 
 iiffler bacillus is 
 leen cases of true 
 membrane, as to 
 lination prove to 
 arises the neces- 
 |is and treatment 
 xact disease may 
 t be speedily in- 
 ■e within the last 
 v)f the presence 
 [he disease to be 
 ling the develop- 
 into the thioat, 
 (f the contagious 
 attacked by the 
 iraation, or otlier 
 lent. It is essen- 
 , all ages. Cold 
 lovm to favor the 
 
 le catarrhal con- 
 
 Propajfatlon. — The gorms aro introdncod for th(( moflt part by 
 till' air, iilthdiigh food may contain tliese bat illi. Domcstir animals 
 have been known to friMiuently convey the poison. All articles of 
 fiiriiitur*', clothing, the hands of attcndantM, etc., arc common carriers 
 (if till) di[)htlu'ritic germ, which is very tenacious of life, unless pre- 
 viously disinfected, hence the alwolnte necessity of the greatest caro 
 in tlioronghly cleansing everything which ha« come in contact with 
 a (hphtlieritic patient. The writer once had the diseasn. The mat- 
 tress on which he :dept was put away, after a simple cleaning, in the 
 attic for two years, luul when later on it was brought down to accom- 
 modate his two little brothers on one occasion, the disease wiut com- 
 municated to them and they both died. 
 
 Incubation Period. — This is quite uncertain in the ordinary case 
 of air inoculation, depending on the condition of the throat, but 
 probably it varies from one to twenty days. In the case of inoculo- 
 ti'"'. of the bacillus into the tissues of animals the period is only from 
 OHO to three days. 
 
 Location of Disease. — The tonsils, uvula, pharynx, nasal pas- 
 sages and the larynx are the ordinary locations where the membrane 
 is formed, but it may be found less commonly on the conjunctivae, 
 border of the anus, vagina, and respiratory tract. 
 
 All the internal organs may eventually become involved through 
 the absorption of the germ poisons, and at the autopsy show marked 
 lieiuorrhages, inflammations, congestions or fatty degeneration of their 
 tissues. 
 
 Symptoms and Diagnosis. — The characteristic feature is the 
 membrane, which is apt to be of a dull gray color, firmly adherent to 
 the tonsil or throat, spreading gradually and becoming thicker. To 
 distinguish it from simple follicular tonsilitis, which is so common, 
 is often difficult and frequently impossible without a bacteriological 
 examination. The membrane of simple tonsilitis is white, begin- 
 ning aa little white specks like the curd of milk, and is usually easily 
 removed without bleeding. The membrane of diphtheria spreads and 
 attacks the uvula and back of the throat, the adjacent tissues become 
 swollen, the neck increases in size, breathing becomes more difficult, 
 tlie pulse more r<ii)id and smaller, and prostration with drowsiness, as 
 a rule, more and more marked. 
 
 In simple cases, there is usually not much fever, but in severe 
 cases the temperature may run high, with great prostration and 
 languor; delirium and restlessness accompany the severe cases of 
 great absorption of poison. The heart usually is rapid, with feeble 
 pulse, but many severe cases have a very slow pulse, which ordinarily 
 is a bad symptom. The heart in diphtheria is always the uncertain 
 element, many cases dying suddenly and unexpectedly from heart 
 paralysis. Albumen often appears in the urine, and is usually an 
 evideuce of the involvement of the kidneys; this uephritis uiay 
 
488 
 
 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 become chronic iiiul i^eraist long after the convalescence from (lio 
 original disease, and may even j)rove fatal. When the membrane is 
 deposited in the nares, the breathing is more labored, and bloody 
 mucus may be seen in the nostrils, which hardens, forming crusts, 
 or may run down on to tlie lip and cause sore places. As the tonsils 
 grow larger and the nose becomes plugged, sleep is more and more 
 disturbed by snoring and inability to properly inspire the air, so that 
 the child tosses from one side of the bed to the other every few 
 minutes. Add to this an encroachment by the membrane on the 
 vocal chords or the larynx, and one sees a truly terrible malady, dis- 
 tressing in the extreme. The encroachment into the larynx is 
 suspected when the voice becomes husky and hoarse ; it finally may 
 be reduced to a whisper. The membrane may be limited to the larynx 
 alone, as in the so-called membranous croup, which is no more or less 
 than diphtheria of this region. The symptoms of this affection are at 
 first local, and 'is the disease progresses, become more and more 
 marked and distressing till death ensues from suffocation. The face 
 becomes blue, the chest heaves with the deep, labored respirations, 
 the nostrils dilate, and the little spaces below the collar-bones more 
 and more depressed and drawn in. 
 
 The severity of the case depends much on the amount of absorp- 
 tion from the throat, nose, or pharynx, of the toxines produced by the 
 growth of the germs on the one hand, and the ability of nature on 
 the other hand to resist the invasion. 
 
 The odor of the breath in diphtheria is characteristic, and when 
 once experienced is never forgotten. 
 
 Sequelae. — Besides the chronic catarrh which is left at the origi- 
 nal site of the membrane, and the anaemia (or paleness consequent 
 on the impoverished blood), the most frequent, and the most charac- 
 teristic sequel of diphtheria is paralysis, which comes on in from one 
 to five weeks after convalescence. This paralysis lasts from two to 
 six weeks, though it may last for months, and even for a lifetime. 
 It is in no wise, apparently, proportionate to the severity of the dis- 
 ease. It is seen in all parts of the body, particularly the throat and 
 nose, causing a nasal twang to the voice, and the regurgitation of 
 food through the nose. It may affect the muscles of deglutition and 
 speech, may attack the legs, arms, diaphragm, and the sphincter 
 muscles of the bladder and rectum. 
 
 Prognosis. — The prognosis varioa according to the age and 
 health of the patient, the severity of the aymptoras, place of attack, 
 and the character of the epidemic prevailing ; nasal and laryngeal 
 complications, as well as the large area of mucous membrane in- 
 volved, increase the risks of the patient. The mildest cases may termi- 
 nate fatally from relapse. The heart may give out at any time, and 
 death may be close at hand when apparently all is going well. Un- 
 favoaablc symptoms are pallor, prostration, vomiting, and inability to 
 
DISEASKS OF THE GENRRAL SYSTEM. 
 
 489 
 
 jcence from llm 
 the membrane is 
 red, and bloody 
 , forming crusts, 
 . As the tonsils 
 1 more and more 
 ■e the air, so that 
 
 other every few 
 lembrane on the 
 ible malady, dis- 
 n the larynx is 
 e ; it finally may 
 Ited to the larynx 
 s no more or less 
 is affection are at 
 
 more and more 
 jation. The face 
 )red respirations, 
 joUar-bones more 
 
 mount of absorp- 
 s produced by the 
 lity of nature on 
 
 eristic, and when 
 
 i left at the origi- 
 eness consequent 
 I the most charac- 
 es on in from one 
 lasts from two to 
 ren for a lifetime, 
 verity of the dis- 
 rly the throat and 
 ) regurgitation of 
 of deglutition and 
 nd the sphincter 
 
 to the age and 
 8, place of attack, 
 isal and laryngeal 
 0U3 membrane in- 
 jt cases may termi- 
 t at any time, and 
 
 going well. Un- 
 ig, and inability to 
 
 take much nourishment, weakness of pulse witli great rapidity or 
 slowness, hemorrhages into the skin, restlessness and delirium. 
 
 Prophylaxis. —The complete isolation of the i)atient in a room of 
 the top story, supplied with as little furniture as possible, is requisite. 
 All utensils and dishes should be thoroughly disinfected before taken 
 out ot the room. All discharges received into a vessel containing 
 corrosive sublimate. All clothing should be boiled when possible. 
 
 During the disease, some volatile oil, like eucalyptus, turpentine, 
 carbolic acid, etc., should be vaporized through the rooni. The 
 . nuree in charge should not be in communication with other members 
 of the household, nor children of the family allowed to play with 
 others in the neighborhood, although hey should be kept out of 
 dooi^ hbemlly, but carefully fed and .u every way protected from 
 catarrhal disorders. The patient after convalescence should be 
 thoroughly bathed with soap and water, and finally with corrosive 
 sublimate so ution, including the hair. As much as possible of the 
 uimture and other equipmenta that cannot be thorougldy cleansed 
 by boiling water, steam or corrosive sublimate, should be destroyed; 
 hnally the room and its contents should be fumigated with sulphur 
 fumes by burning three pounds of sulphur to every thousand cubic 
 leet of air space. 
 
 Members of the family should be kept from school and church and 
 other public places, and their. mouths and nostrils daily washed with 
 some disinfectant like carbolic-acid gargle. Only thin, washable 
 clothing should be worn in the sick room. 
 
 Treatment. —From the first the treatment should be supportive, 
 tonic, and stimulating. The temperature of the room should be kept 
 at abotit seventy degrees, and plenty of fresh air and sunlight ad- 
 imtted. The clothing and bedding should be changed frequently, 
 and the recumbent position without exertion be insisted on. The 
 diet should be liquid, and given every two to four hours, in definite 
 quantity, not exceeding what the child can easily digest. Beef-tea 
 milk and lime-watei-, egg and milk, Bovox or Bovinine in milk or 
 water, are samples of the class of foods to be administered. Alcohol 
 in the fonn of brandy, whiskey, champagne, etc., should be given 
 ireely ; there is more danger of giving too little than too much. The 
 more septic or poisoned the patient, the more the alcohol will be 
 tolerated and required. Very large amounts are taken in this dis- 
 ease, as well as in all sererely septic diseases. A five-year-old child 
 will easily take from two to fifteen ounces of whiskey a day. Other 
 valuable stimulant* are strychnine, digitalis, ammonia, camphor, etc. 
 
 h«.i,'''^'A n u " ^'^? ^^''''^^ ^ ^"^y^*^ ^y ''Old sponging or the cool 
 „,n ; 1. : ^«™?"'^g«S' diarrhoea, or other exhausting complications 
 must be stopped. Of internal treatment, perhaps none has stood the ' 
 test ot time better than that recommended years ago by Dr. Jacobi 
 of New York, of which the following is an illustration : L 
 
490 
 
 niSKASK8 OF THK GWNERAI, SYSTEM. 
 
 Corrosive sublimate, one-lialf grain ; wine of pepsin, four ounces. 
 Tetispoonful every two lioni-s, for a child five yeara old. This is an 
 antiseptic to tlie intestinal tract, and helps disinfect the system. 
 Locally, the throat is to be sprayed with a solution of peroxide of 
 hydrogen. If this smarts or excoriates the mouth, it may be diluted 
 even to equal parts with lime water. This solution may be injected 
 through the nose. It must be used freely and often. 
 
 To desti'oy the bacilli, a one part to one thousand solution of 
 corrosive sublimate in the form of spray may be used after the 
 cleansing with the peroxide of oxygen solution, or what has recently 
 been introduced as the Lceffler diphtheria spray, which consists of 
 several antiseptics. 
 
 The use of papoid, papayotin and other solvents of membranes, is 
 frequently very beneficial: they may be sprayed or swabbed on to the 
 throat. The sequelae are to be treated on general tonic principles; 
 the catarrh is to be treated by the application of mild nitrate of silver 
 solutions, and the paralysis by stxychnia, massage, electricity, and 
 general tonics. 
 
 These measures constitute the main essential points in treatment 
 in those cases which for any reason do not receive the modern 
 antitoxin treatment. 
 
 Since the better understanding of the Klebs-Loeffler bacillus, at- 
 tempts have constantly been made to produce an antidote to the 
 diphtheria poison, and it would now seem as if bacteriology had at 
 last revolutionized the entire treatment of diplitheria, for of late a 
 remedy called antitoxin has been found and successfully tested. The 
 death-rate of diphtheria has been reduced nearly one half ; apparently, 
 one of the greatest boons ever sent to humanity has been realized in 
 antitoxin. 
 
 For some time it has been known i '«,. the serum of animals immune 
 from diphtheria, when injected into susceptible animals, would prevent 
 the infection of cultures made from the Klebs-Loeffler bacillus ; and at 
 last the essential elements, or the antitoxin., has been isolated. 
 
 Not only has it been found *;hat the injection of a given amount of 
 antitoxin into the human subject would iill out the diphtheria, but 
 also that, when injected into ijhildren not yet taken down with the 
 disease, but who have been subjected to it, this antitoxin would 
 actually pr.ivent the occuirence of the disease in them, or, technically 
 speaking, reiider them immune. 
 
 For over a year now this modern blessing has been enjoyed by 
 thousands of I'-opl^ a); over the world. Reports are everywhere 
 published bypubi.--. institutions and private practitioners, speaking 
 in figures more convincing than any statement could be, of the 
 greatest advance in medicine that the last half centuiy has witnessed. 
 It is to diphtheria what Listerism was to surgery. 
 
 The essential features of this treatment consist in the injection into 
 some convenient part of the lx)dy, like the back, loins, or thigh, of a 
 certain amount of this liquid proportionate to the age of the patient, 
 
-r-», 
 
 DISEASES OF THE OENEUAL SYSTEM. 
 
 491 
 
 the severity of the disease, and the time elapsed since the outset of 
 the symptoms. 
 
 The dosage varies with all these conditions, and the particular 
 variety of antitoxin employed. The repetition of the dose depends on 
 the amount of improvement in the membrane. At first a reddening 
 about the diphtheritic patch is seen, then a thinning out of the mem- 
 brane and a general amelioration of the symptoms. To prevent the 
 occurrence of the disease, only quite a small amount ia required, and 
 it needs to be injected but once. The great advantage of this treat- 
 ment, outside of its favorable statistics, is the comfort derived by the 
 patient in not being so frequently disturbed by other auxiliary 
 treatment, as nothing else is required -to be done when the case is 
 seen early. As a matter of fact, cases are often seen so late, and the 
 poison has so successfully invaded the system as to render the anti- 
 toxin treatment less potent, that medical men employ local measures 
 to help out the antitoxin. The earlier the treatment is begun, the 
 less antitoxin will be required, and the surer the successful issue. 
 
 Like all great advances in medicine and surgery, this method is 
 not without its enemies, who will tell of the ill effects to the blood 
 experienced later in life. The only ill effects are certain rashes 
 resembling hives, or urticaria, situated generally near the site of the 
 punctures and due to local irritation. These all pass off in a few 
 days, and are only annoying at the very worst. Should abscesses 
 occur they may be put down as the result of an unclean syi'inge, or 
 ascribed to the neglect of proper aseptic precautions on the part of 
 the physician. 
 
 This antitoxin serum, taken from horses after repeated inoculation, 
 may now be obtained from local boards of health, and other similar 
 authorities, thus enabling the poor to be able to procure free of cost 
 this antidote against the most ravenous of diseases. 
 
 Canker. — Aptha Communis. 
 
 Vert few, if any, standard medical writers have treated of canker. 
 In truth, it is only a symptom of various complaints, and not itself a 
 disease. It has accordingly been shut out from medical books. It 
 afflicts — yes, »orely afflicts, numerous persons, who, though doubt- 
 less affected by some constitutional disturbance as its cause, are not 
 conscious of any complaint except this single manifestation — canker. 
 You find not only the disease, therefore, but complaints respecting it, 
 in almost everybody's mouth; "What shall I do for the canker?" 
 meets us at almost every turn. " I am sorely aiflicted with the 
 canker," says one. " I am literally sick with the canker," says 
 another. And a third says, " I can neither eat, nor converse, nor 
 take rest, I am in such pain from canker in my mouth." And these 
 complaints are not unnatural, for the sufferings occasioned by this 
 affection are indeed terrible. 
 
 f 
 
492 
 
 DI8KASE8 OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 Canker begfins in the form of small blisters, generally upon the 
 tongue, or inside of the cheeks or lips, or stomach, which, after a 
 time, break and form little ulcers, which are oftentimes very sore 
 and painful. These ulcers will, at times, not only multiply, but 
 spread themselves to large dimensions, going deep into the flesh, and 
 becoming painful almost beyond endurance. In many cases, tlu; 
 parts swell, and become so sensitive and tender that it is almost im- 
 possible to swallow the blandest food. The mouth will frequently 
 become fiUod with saliva, which runs involuntarily out, to the great 
 annoyance of the patient. , 
 
 Treatment. — Canker is frequently dependent on a deranged state 
 of the stomach and bowels. When this is the case the treatment 
 may begin with a dose of gentle physic (12), (15), (19), (26). If 
 the stomach be quite permanently deranged, let this be followed with 
 a somewhat prolonged use of preSvription (28) or (37), or of the 
 neutralizing cordial. If the mouth be veiy sore, use a tea of slippery 
 elm bark, or flax-seed, or a solution of gum-arabic ; and as the in- 
 flammation subsides, touch the ulcerated patches with the stick 
 nitrate of silver (lunar caustic) ; or use gargle (201), (202), (203), 
 (205), (208), (209), (232), (243), r244), or sulphate of copper, 
 eight grains dissolved in two ounces of water. A tea made of rasp- 
 berry leaves, or blackberry roots, may be freely used as a drink. 
 
 One of the best remedies is hamamelis. Of this a dessertspoon- 
 ful, may be held for a few moments in the mouth and then spit out. 
 A teaspoonful may be taken internally, once an hour until relieved. 
 Receipe 205 is not only useful as a gargle, but may be reduced by 
 adding one pint of water, and may then be swallowed four or five 
 times a day, in doses of two tablespoonfuls at a time. 
 
 The diet should always be carefully regulated, arid only the more 
 simple food taken, and at regular meals. 
 
 To rapidly heal a canker spot, touch it with a wooden tooth-pick 
 which has been dipped in a strong solution of carbolic acid. The 
 ulcer turns white, and in a few days is completely healed. 
 
merally upon the 
 ih, which, after a 
 mtimes very sore 
 ily multiply, but 
 nto tlie flesh, and 
 
 many cases, tlu; 
 it it is almost iiii- 
 h will frequently 
 
 out, to the great 
 
 1 a deranged state 
 Lse the treatment 
 ,(19), (26). If 
 
 be followed with 
 r (37), or of the 
 i a tea of slippery 
 
 ; and as the in- 
 i with the stick 
 1), (202), (203), 
 phate of copper, 
 tea made of rasp- 
 d as a drink. 
 \ a dessertrspoon- 
 ,nd then spit out. 
 ur until relieved, 
 ly be reduced by 
 wed four or five 
 e. 
 .rid only the more 
 
 /^ooden tooth-pick 
 rbolic acid. The 
 liealed. 
 
 DISEASES PECULIAE TO MODERN 
 
 TIMES. 
 
 In so short a space as we liave at our command the mere outlining 
 of this chapter is all that can be expected ; whole volumes might be 
 written, and that, too, much to the reader's profit and interest 
 
 Within the last fifty years diseases have assumed different aspects, 
 while many actually new or heretofore unrecognized diseases swell 
 the list of ailments. The "diathesis " of disease is the type of con- 
 stitution inherited from the parents. From time immemorial, almost, 
 there have been recognized five such types : the strumous, the ner- 
 vous, the bilious, the lymphatic, and the gouty. Diseases of modern 
 times tend greatly to the nervous type ; not only this, but individual 
 cliaracteristics are at times so pronounced as to form what are pro- 
 fessionally known as "idiosyncrasies." These idiosyncrasip con- 
 tinually increase, — so much so that what may be "food for one is 
 poison to another." The causes of this change of tendency in disease 
 are most numerous and espocially noticeable in young countries. 
 
 Born of busy, hard-working parents, whose lot in life has been to 
 struggle hard in new lands, or cast among neighbors whose life has 
 been one of hurry and excitement, the child receives a nervous im- 
 petus at an early age, and his precociousness is considered to be due 
 to an inheritance of unusual mental strength rather than to an over- 
 strained nervous system of the parents and a consequent nerve-debility 
 of the child. The child's early training is a rapid one, and at the 
 early age of five or six the youth begins a course of school instruc- 
 tion calculated to make a man or woman within a given time. The 
 already frail nervous system is overtaxed ; when he branches out into 
 business life, he already shows signs of mental feebleness, which 
 should be the concomitant of long years of hard labor only. Society, 
 too, claims so much of young people as unfits them for anything else 
 but its own exactions. Too long waking hours and too short sleep- 
 ing hours waste the surplus energy and call on the nervous system to 
 whip up the tired body. The wear and tear of business life, with its 
 constantly increasing complications and confinement to indoor work, 
 only add to the strain induced at dentition and puberty. In modern 
 times, when every business in rapidly growing towns and cities is 
 being more and more "cut up," and when, consequently, greater 
 
 493 
 
 m 
 
 ;v^PSBRMn 
 
494 
 
 DISEASES PECULIAR TO MOUEKN TIMES. 
 
 struggling for existence occui-s, greater speed and anxiety, and more 
 frequent disappointments are necessarily incurred. We rush tlu-ough 
 life nowadays. Advancing civilization is the cause of much of lliis 
 extra speed. The press, telegraph, telephone, and steam appliances 
 enable us to live faster, know and see more in a given time than ever 
 before. The temptation is too great, and we rush on, regardless of 
 tired bodies and exhausted brains, of overtaxed stomaclis and sleej)- 
 less nights, to keep up with the times. Climates which are dry, with 
 extremes of heat and cold, also cause much waste of nerve-force. 
 The upbuilding of a new country has much to do with our discuses. 
 At present the West exhibits that feverish eagerness for success in 
 life once exhibited in the East. Europe has passed that stage of 
 barometrical change in disease, due to advancing civilization, while 
 the United States is passing through it. The faults of Europe lie 
 in the direction of pleasure-excesses ; ours is an overworked nervous 
 system. Our American liberty, and freedom of personal ambition to 
 rise from the lowest station in life to the highest, from poverty to 
 riches, and from ignorance to intelligence and honor, will always act 
 as an excitant to the nervous system, and is the one cause of our 
 excessive activity. We must huny less ; give more time for Dame 
 Nature to repair the waste of the system and to store up potential 
 energy. We must divide more evenly our periods of sleep, recrea- 
 tion, and work, that our children may become the possessors of more 
 vital energy. We neglect too much old-fashioned methods of strength- 
 ening our bodies, as outdoor gymnastics and walks. Even our sports 
 tinge t<io much of speed and undue excitement, and partake too much 
 of "professional " knowledge. Let us have fewer " finely-cut " men, 
 and more robust ones. 
 
 Thus it is we inherit a greater diathesis to nerve disetises. This 
 diathesis means a greater susceptibility to stimulants and narcotics, 
 social evils and greater risks. The changes peculiar to this diathesis, 
 or those much increased by it, are the early and rapid decay of teetli, 
 neuralgia, premature baldness, and hay fever; nervous dyspepsia, 
 sick headaches, short-sightedness, St. Vitus's dance, sleeplessness, 
 hypochondria, hysteria ; cerebral, spinal, digestive, and sexual ex- 
 cesses ; inebriety, epilepsy and insanity. 
 
 The first signs of ascension or declension in the health of a nation 
 are seen in woman. The American woman of to-day offers a striking 
 contrast to the original female inhabitant of this continent. The 
 difference in the mental, moral, and social types m.ay be well worth 
 the cost, but we have sacrificed too much of the physical and nervous 
 strength to have gained the most out of our three hundred years or so 
 of existence. Womb troubles are almost the birthright of every 
 woman, — so much so that necessity has developed in America a 
 science for their relief, in a short space of time, as wonderful aw the 
 telegraph or telephone. The physician of to-day feels he must have 
 at least a knowledge of gynaecology, whatever else he may or may 
 not know. 
 
DISEASES PECULIAR TO MODERN TIMES. 
 
 495 
 
 mxiety, and more 
 
 We rush through 
 B of much of this 
 
 steam appliances 
 en time than ever 
 I on, regardless of 
 omaclis and 8lee[)- 
 diich are dry, with 
 te of nerve-force, 
 with our diseiises. 
 less for success in 
 ised that stage of 
 civilization, while 
 iilts of Euro[)e lie 
 erworked nervous 
 rsonal aiuhition to 
 ;, from poverty to 
 )r, will always act 
 
 one cause of our 
 >re time for Dame 
 store up potential 
 is of sleep, recrea- 
 possessors of more 
 ethods of strength- 
 Even our sports 
 
 partake too much 
 " finely-cut " men, 
 
 fe diseases. This 
 nts and narcotics, 
 ir to this diathesis, 
 pid decay of teeth, 
 lervous dyspepsia, 
 nee, sleeplessness, 
 e, and sexual ex- 
 health of a nation 
 ly offers a striking 
 s continent. The 
 nxay be well worth 
 ysical and nervous 
 lundred years or so 
 irthright of every 
 ped in America a 
 ,s wonderful as the 
 feels he must have 
 se he may or may 
 
 The terms nervous exhaustion, nervous prostration, neurasthenia, 
 etc., are of modern invention. Ancients knew little of the continual 
 noises of factories and teams, electric and steam appliances ; tlieir 
 wearied bodies were lulled to sleep by gentle sighing of the trees, 
 and refreshed by sweet air. The evident cure for these increasing 
 evils lies in a change in our national habits. We must cultivate the 
 restful out-door recreation of the Indians ; we must go through life 
 more slowly, eat less rapidly, and sleep longer. Cultivate the desire 
 to enjoy nature and art more. Do business only in business hours 
 and on business days. Indulge more in cool baths, rides, walks, and 
 natural sports. Learn to do less in amount, but better in quality. 
 
 m 
 
 \: 
 
^ 
 
 OLD AGE AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 
 Life, like the natural day, has its morning, its noon, and its even- 
 ing. Eacli period has its sunshine and its clouds ; its light and it« 
 darkness ; its fair weather and its storms ; its joys and its sorrows. 
 The old do not feel the exhilarating brightness of the morning of life, 
 nor the fervid strength of its noon ; but they often experience what 
 is better : a calm, quiet stillness, and peaceful repose, in its evening. 
 
 There is, perhaps, no one thing — certainly not many things — 
 which impress the reflective mind and tender heart with more sadness, 
 than to see an old man, bending low with years, with little or no self- 
 restraint ; the passions all untamed, except so far as age has quenched 
 their fires ; fretful, peevish, jealous, complaining ; distrustful of the 
 ways of Providence ; doubting the integrity of any human being ; 
 surrounded by clouds and dsirkness ; and stepping down gradually 
 and reluctiintly, amid a cold, drizzly, sleety, moral rain, into a dark, 
 uncheered, and unillumined grave. 
 
 On the other hand, how unspeakably pleasant it is to see the silver- 
 haired pilgrim, in the evening-time of life, cheerful, happy, trustful 
 in God and hopeful of men ; the winds and storms of life bringing 
 little or no disturbance of his peace ; baring the head reverently and 
 bowing it meekly in the presence of great afflictions, and lifting it 
 up rejoicingly when blessings fall upon it ; converting, by the soft, 
 subdued, and beautiful sunshine which he spreads around him, the 
 very unpromising elements of the latest autumn into the finest Indian 
 summer of life ; and finally sinking down peacefully to his rest amid 
 the golden evening sunlight, and leaving the sky, long after, tinted 
 with colorings more beautiful than artists ever conceived. 
 
 "Why weep ye, then, for him who, having won 
 The bound of man's appointed years, at last, — 
 Life's blessings all enjoyed, life's labors done,— 
 
 Serenely to his final rest has passed : 
 While the soft memory of his virtues yet 
 Lingers like twilight hues when the bright sun is set ? " 
 
 Besides these general reflections, it is proper in this chapter to 
 contemplate the old from several points of view. 
 
 They are experienced persons, and we may learn much from them. 
 To be sure, they have, in most cases, lost the acuteness of thoir 
 senses. They do not hear, or see, or taste as sharply as the young, 
 
OLD AGR AKD ITS DIflRASES. 
 
 497 
 
 .8ES. 
 
 )on, and its oven- 
 its light and its 
 and its sorrows, 
 le morning of life, 
 1 experience what 
 se, in its evening. 
 t many things — 
 vith more sadness, 
 th little or no self- 
 i age has quenched 
 distrustful of the 
 my human being; 
 ig down gradually 
 rain, into a dark, 
 
 is to see the silver- 
 •ul, happy, trustful 
 ns of life bringing 
 lead reverently and 
 ions, and lifting it 
 [erting, by the soft, 
 Is around him, the 
 [to the finest Indian 
 illy to his rest ainid 
 r, long after, tinted 
 iiceived. 
 
 |un is set ? " 
 in this chapter to 
 
 rn much from tliera. 
 [acuteness of thoir 
 (arply as the young, 
 
 or even always think as quickly ; yet their judgments are founded 
 on r large experience ; their decisions, though not as prompt, or 
 emphacic, or brilliant as those of younger persons, are more safe and 
 reliable. They are worthy, therefore, of our respectful confidence. 
 We may seek their counsel and advice, and in most cases follow it 
 with safety. True, they are apt to be conservative, and to distrust 
 new things and ideas ; but these new things and ideas are matters in 
 which they have had no experience — matters which belong to an 
 age subsequent to their time — matters, therefore, which lie outside 
 the sweep of their active life, and respecting which they should not 
 be expected to judge. It is no disparagement to them to say that 
 they are not fitted to judge of those new thoughts and discoveries 
 which have swarmed upon the world since the sun of their life has 
 been sinking low in the western sky. But in all those staple max- 
 ims and ideas which underlie human duties, in all ages, the old may 
 safely be taken as our counsellors. 
 
 Depositories of Family History. — They are the frail depositories 
 and keeper's of a vast deal of valuable family history, anecdote, and 
 reminiscences of events fast fading from human recollection. Few 
 errors of my own early life have been so much regretted by me as the 
 neglect to learn from my aged relatir es, when I had the opportunity, 
 some of the more important points in the history of my family. My 
 grandfather, Col. Gideon Warren, — a first cousin of Gen. Joseph 
 Warren, and a personal friend of Ethan Allen, — lived in some of the 
 towns of southern Vermont, and finally spent his last days and died 
 in Hampton, N.Y. There stands his tombstone to this day, with the 
 following beautiful words from Young's " Night Thoughts " engraved 
 upon it : — 
 
 <'An angel's arm can't snatch me from the grave; 
 Legions of angels can't confine me there." 
 
 These few facts are about the substance of what I know of his his- 
 tory. In what town his father settled, who was one of three brothers 
 who emigrated to this country, or who were his brothers and sisters, 
 or what became of them, I have not been informed, simply because I 
 did not obtain the information, now so much desired by me, as I 
 might ^easily have done, between thirty and forty years ago, while 
 spending a year in Hampton fitting for college. An uncle of mine, 
 Caleb Warren, was then living in Hampton, an old man. He had 
 learned from my grandfather the full history of the family; and 
 from him I might have derived knowledge which I should now value 
 above price — knowledge which I intend yet to acquire, if the pres- 
 sure of professional business shall ever be so lifted from me tliat I 
 can command time for the investigation. But I shall never cease to 
 remeihber the fact, or to lament my misimprovement of it, that from 
 this venerable relative I might have learned facts and put them on 
 record in one hour, which it will cost me weeks and months of cor- 
 respondence, travel, and the searching of records to acquire. I say 
 
 :,: 
 
 ^rWil 
 
 #^ 
 
498 
 
 OLD AOK AND ITS PTflRASKS. 
 
 to all young persons, value very highly the knowledge of your family 
 history, which you may easily learn from your parents, grandparent, 
 uncles, aunts, etc., and esteem those very highly who are able to 
 impart it to you. Soon these living records will 1x3 suddenly Wotted 
 by the hand of death ; and then no regret for past negligence will 
 enahle you to repair your loss, if you have not improved your oppor- 
 tunity. 
 
 The Fathers of our Race and the Founders of our Institutions.— 
 
 The aged people who yet linger among us are our fathers. We have 
 our existence, through God, from them, and from others who have 
 preceded them to the silent land. They educated the present race. 
 All that is valuable in the moral principle and mental culture of the 
 men and women of this genenition, has been derived from them. 
 Much of their lives was spent in training us, mentally and morally, 
 and fitting us for usefulness. 
 
 Not only the fine moral and intellectual characters which are found 
 everywhere, acting like salt and leaven in human society, are the 
 work of their hands ; but society, and government itself, have been 
 handed down to us by them, with much valuable instruction as to 
 the means of their preservation. We can scarcely conceive the 
 amount of obligation our fathers have laid upon us in giving us 
 these vast blessings. The men who have been the means of bringing 
 us into life ; who have educated and trained us ; who have preserved 
 our government and passed it into our hands unbroken ; who have 
 built and enlarged our colleges, established and improved our un- 
 equalled common schools ; have founded and endowed our charitable 
 institutions, and thus made our land famous throughout the world, 
 are certainly worthy — those of them who are yet among us — of our 
 constant regard and veneration. 
 
 Loneliness of the Aged. — The old are left, in some sense, alone 
 in the world. The age in which they have had their active being 
 has gone by. The world has slid from under them ; and they stand 
 far out, as it were, on a narrow neck of land between this world and 
 the next, from which they hear strange sounds doming to them from 
 the moving mass of beings of whom they are soon to take leave. 
 Most of the companions with whom they started in the journey of 
 life have, one by one, dropped away from their side, and the younger 
 and stirring multitude vho have come after them are moved by new, 
 and to them strange thoughts and aspirations. The throng of younger 
 men is driven forward by impulses which they never felt, and in paths 
 which they never trod. Manners, speech, dress, modes of doing busi- 
 ness — all have changed. The old-fashioned fire-place, the stage- 
 coach, the boy's bow and the girl's coui-tesy to strangers in the street, 
 these all — some of them useful and some of no further value — 
 have disappeared, never more to be enjoyed by thocv who so much 
 prized them in their day. 
 
OLD ACE AND ITS DIBEAaES. 
 
 490 
 
 (Ige of your family 
 ents, grandparents, 
 y who are able to 
 K) suddenly blotted 
 a«t negligence will 
 proved your oppor- 
 
 )ur Institutions.— 
 
 fathei-s. We have 
 tn others who have 
 )d the present race. 
 ental culture of the 
 ierived from them, 
 mtally and morally, 
 
 ters which are found 
 nan society, are tlie 
 snt itself, have been 
 (le instruction as to 
 arcely conceive the 
 on us in giving us 
 le means of bringing 
 who have preserved 
 inbroken ; who have 
 d improved our un- 
 iowed our charitable 
 iroughout the world, 
 it among us — of our 
 
 in some sense, alone 
 id their active being 
 hem ; and they stand 
 tween this world and 
 Coming to them from 
 
 soon to take ^ leave. 
 ,ed in the journey of 
 side, and the younger 
 m are moved by new, 
 rhe throng of younger 
 ever felt, and in paths 
 (, modes of doing busi- 
 
 fire-place, the stage- 
 strangers in the street, 
 I no f"rt.her value — 
 jy thoi^v who so much 
 
 What wonder if at times a sense of loneliness and desolation should 
 Kleal into the minds of tho aged? It is not without cause that they 
 often yield to nufluncholy reflections. The young have their com- 
 panioas and their sports. Tho companions of the old have mostly 
 gone ; and for sports they have no agility. Cut off from the present, 
 they are llirowu upon the past, and too often look gloomily to the 
 future. They should be sympathized with and encouraged. We 
 Hhould sit by their side, and tjvlk with them of the manners and 
 events of other days. Their convei-sation is often instructive as well 
 iw amusing. Would we engage in it with right feelings towards the 
 old, it would be to us a source both of profit and pleasure. To a 
 right-minded person, few things are more pleasurable than, to sit by 
 intelligent aged persons, cozily seated in a large armed-chair, and 
 listen to their tales of personal adventure and experience. They 
 enter upon such narratives with so much animatior and live over 
 tiie past with such evident satisfaction, that the benevolent person 
 would find pleasure in engaging them in that conversation for this 
 reiifion alone. 
 
 Helpless Dependence of the Aged. — No one thing should tendmore 
 to excite our pity, compassion, and kindly feelings for old people, than 
 tiieir helplessness and dependence. It is one of the best indications 
 of humanity to deal gently with the weak. The old are in their 
 second childhood. In their day, they have been strong and vigorous 
 — laboring, many of them, in season and out of season, to support 
 their families and gain a competence. They have felled the primitive 
 forests, and brought the soil under the dominion of the plough and 
 hoe; they have constructed turnpikes and built bridges; made ships 
 and sailed them over stormy seas, whitened every harbor with the 
 emblems of commerce ; filled every city with the beautiful creations 
 of art, and the useful productions of mechanical handicraft ; created 
 systems of education and philanthropy ; framed strong governments 
 and worked them, — in a word, have carried the world upon their 
 shoulders, without bending or giving tokens of exhaustion. But a 
 multitude of yeara have robbed them of the strength which did all 
 these things. They now totter like a young child. The brain which 
 conceived and the arm which executed are alike feeble. How proper 
 that much which is kindly should now be done for those who have 
 done so much for us and for the world ! Oh, let the old have a 
 warm place in the affections I Supply, as far as possible, all their 
 wants. Go with them, in spirit, into the shadows of evening, within 
 which they are retiring, and there hold them up. Be a staff to them 
 in their weakness ; and, if it be possible, when the shades deepen 
 around them, lift the curtains of the future and let in upon them, 
 though it be never so few, some raj^ of light from the heavenly world. 
 
 From these general remarks, I pass to consider — 
 
 
 ^vi i. ^,(;,JiMi , 'h: i i'K!j i tiJir ';i . \\-,»KiU'si i 
 
OLD AOR AND ITS DI8KA8E8 
 
 The Changes occurring In Advanced Life. 
 
 Growth, maturity, and decline are tho threw periods which divide 
 and measure human life. 
 
 During growth, the deposit of new matter takes place more rap- 
 idly than the decay or waste which is also going on. 
 
 During healthy maturity, waste and increase are exactly equal, 
 the one taking place just as rapidly as the other. 
 
 The decline of old age reverses the order of growth, and waste 
 outstrips addition. The newly deposited matter comes, but not ho 
 rapidly as the old is cast away. 
 
 Declining Age may be said to extend frorn fifty to sixty. 
 Incipient Old Age from sixty to seventy. ■ ^ 
 
 Ripe Old Age i'om seventy to eighty. 
 
 Decrepitude or 3econd Infancy from eighty to the end of life. 
 During all these periods, particularly during the latter, important 
 structural and other changes are occurring in the human system, 
 Piles, apoplexy, paralysis, diseases of the liver, kidneys, and bladder, 
 with organic changes of the heart, dropsy, chronic affections of the 
 breathing organs, gout, etc., frequently appear. 
 
 No fear of Death. — It is a wise and merciful provision of Provi- 
 dence, tlmt as old age advances, and the natural end of life draws 
 near, the dread of death diminishes. As the aged gradually lose 
 their hold upon life, they do so with less and less reluctance, until 
 finally they let go willingly, and part from it even with ]oy. Persons 
 passing from life at the age of eighty or upwards, generally look 
 forward to death with more of pleasure than of fear. It is one good 
 reason why it is desirable to live to great age, that life may come to 
 a close without those harassing fears which so many dread. 
 
 Preservation of Old People's Health. 
 
 It is proper here to speak of the hygiene of old age, or the means of 
 
 ^Til'^tufaftS^desfre atontinuance of life; and except in the case 
 of the extremely old, there is a geneial wish for its prolongation. 
 Those who are born of parents who have lived long, are more likely 
 to attain length of days than those who have descended from short. 
 lived ancestors ; yet the influence of correct habits may add quite as 
 many years to their lives. 
 
 Reeular Habits. — The old feel the evil influence of irregular 
 habits much more than the young. It is seldom that any changed 
 habit, long indulge s well borne by the aged. So true is this, tha 
 the attempt to correct some habits of evil tendency is sometimes 
 
OLD AOE AND ITS DI8EAHE8. 
 
 r.oi 
 
 need Life. 
 
 leriods which divide 
 
 es place more ta,\)- 
 on. 
 are exactly equal, 
 
 growth, and waate 
 comes, but not so 
 
 y to sixty. 
 
 the end of life. 
 
 he latter, important 
 the human system, 
 idneys, and bladder, 
 ic affections of the 
 
 provision of Provi- 
 
 1 end of life draws 
 aged gradually lose 
 ess reluctance, until 
 1 with joy. Persons 
 ards, generally look 
 fear. It is one good 
 lat life may come to 
 lauy dread. 
 
 Health. 
 
 1 age, or the means of 
 
 ,nd except in the case 
 for its prolongation, 
 long, are more likely 
 escended from shortr 
 aits may add quite as 
 
 nfluence of irregular 
 
 m that any change of 
 
 So true is this, that 
 
 indency is sometimes 
 
 (langermis to tho old, ho mnoh have tlioy lost tho power of adapting 
 ihcnmclvcH to clmngt^ Tlio diHcontinuaiicc of tliu hahilual uhi; of 
 spirit, or tobacco, or opium, l>y an old ptnHoii, tiiougli the itse of 
 eitiuT is of acknowledged evil tendency, will frucpK^ntly prove fatal. 
 It is ahiKMt necessary that the habits of the aged should remain as 
 they are. What an impressive lesson this fact gives the young on 
 the necessity of forming good habits in early life ! 
 
 Even the hours of taking meals should not be changed in the 
 decline of life. Kemoving to new (tlimates, and forming new social 
 relations by those advanced in years, is not favorable to length of 
 days. Old trees do not often take root and live long when trans- 
 ferred to a new soil. 
 
 Diet. — The food of old people should of courae Iks easy of diges- 
 tion. It is often the case that they bear made di.shes such as " hash," 
 so called, better than plain boiled or roasted meat. This can only be 
 explained on the ground that the meat is ohopped line, and is more 
 thoroughly cooked. 
 
 node ot Cooking fleatA. — Tliis leads me to speak of the best 
 methods of cooking meats so that they may be tender. 
 
 The flesh of all warm-blooded animals is identical in composition 
 with that of human beings. That the flesh of animals used as food, 
 therefore, may form flesh in the human body in the easiest manner, 
 none of its essential constituents or parts should l)e taken from it 
 during the process of cooking. If any one of its constituents is 
 extracted, it will no longer be like human flesh ; and that lost part 
 will have to be resupplied before it can become a part of the frame 
 of man. 
 
 Flesh is composed of two parts — that which can be dissolved, and 
 that which cannot. The separation between these two parts is more 
 or less completely effected in boiling, according to the amount of 
 water used and the length of time employed in the process. 
 
 In making soup, we have no objection to a separation between the 
 hard and juicy parts of the meat, because the latter passes ink) the 
 water and helps form the eoup. Hence the proper way is to put the 
 meat into cold water when it is put over the fire, and let it come to 
 the boiling point very gradually ; during which time the juicy part 
 lias a chance to dissolve out, and, uniting with the water, make lich 
 soup. 
 
 But when the meat is to be boiled simply, and eaten as boiled meat, 
 we should aim to retain the juice within it, that we may retain the 
 whole of it. To do this, we must put the meat into water which is 
 briskly boiling over the fire. The juice of the meat contains a large 
 quantity of albumen, a substance just like the white of egg; and 
 putting the meat suddenly into boiling water almost instantly hardens 
 this albumen all around the surface, just as boiling water hardens 
 white of Qgg, and this prevents all the juice of the inner portion of 
 
 
 I 
 
 --m^ssss^s^isiT^smsm^sm^s^m^? 
 
#' 
 
 502 OLD AGE ANT) ITS PISEASES. 
 
 the meat from running out into the water and being lost. Keep the 
 meat in the briskly-boiling water a few minutes, then pour in a little 
 cold water to reduce the temperature slightly, and keep it in thi.s 
 somewhat reduced temperature until it is done through. 
 
 Broiling and roiisting are pretty generally undentood, and are 
 done well enough where persons are disposed to take pains. Frying 
 is an abomination, and shoiUd be banished from all civilized house- 
 holds. 
 
 Milk is an excellent article of diet for old persons. Except in some 
 few cases where it disagrees with the stomach, it is among the very 
 best. Sometimes, when it disagreed with a weak £,tomach, a little 
 lime-water added to it will make all right. Artificial ass's milk, which 
 will generally sit well on aged people's stomachs, may be made by 
 dissolving one ounce of pulverized sugar of milk in one pint of 
 skimmed cow's milk. 
 
 Potatoes, beets, carrots, parsnips, and asparagus are healthful; 
 peas, beans, cabbages, etc., had better not be largely indulged in. 
 
 Ripe Fruits, taken in modeiation, are useful; but should be eaten 
 at meal-time, not between meals. Among these, ripe apples, pears, 
 peaches, plums, strawberries, currants, and grapes are luxuries in 
 which not even the oldest persons need fear to indulge to a reason- 
 able extent. 
 
 Plain Puddings and Pies are not entirely objectionable ; but all 
 rich and high-seasoned articles of pastry should be strictly rejected 
 by the old, as they should, in fact, by all classes. 
 
 Wine, etc. — If any persons in the a\ arid may indulge in a little 
 wine for their stomach's sake, it is the old. But even they, if they 
 have not been accustomed to its use, often get along very well with- 
 out it ; and when they can do so it is better, for various reasons, 
 especially that their example may have a good influence with others. 
 When the feeble vitality of the aged seems to require it, especially if 
 they have been in the habit of leaning upon it, they should be en- 
 couraged to use it. And if they chance to be poor, and cannot pro- 
 cure it themselves, for friends to withhold it from them on the ground 
 of economy,. or from the feeling of grudging stinginess, is nothing 
 less than inhumanity and cruelty. 
 
 To these remarks upon diet, I add : the old should never eat to 
 excess or repletion. They should eat slowly, and' chew their food 
 very thoroughly. 
 
 Susceptibility to Cold. — Aged people suffer very much from cold 
 hands and feet, and, indeed, from languid circulation and low tem- 
 peratui^ generally. The heart, like all their other muscles, has 
 become feeble, and sends the blood very lazily along the arteries. 
 The clothing of the old should be thicker and warmer than that of 
 younger people. We must prevent the escape of what little animal 
 
OLD AGE AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 -.03 
 
 g lost. Keep the 
 311 pour in ta little 
 
 I keep it in this 
 .ugh. 
 
 leiftood, and are 
 ce pains. Frying 
 
 II civilized house- 
 
 Except in some 
 
 among the very 
 
 stomach, a little 
 
 I ass's milk, which 
 
 may be made by 
 
 k in one pint of 
 
 us are healthful; 
 J indulged in. 
 
 it should be eaten 
 dpe apples, pears, 
 s are luxuries in 
 ulge to a reason- 
 
 ctionable ; but all 
 e strictly rejected 
 
 indulge in a little 
 jven they, if they 
 ig very well with- 
 r various reasons, 
 aence with others, 
 lire it, especially if 
 hey should be en- 
 r, and cannot pro- 
 hem on the ground 
 iginess, is nothing 
 
 ould never eat to 
 dchew their food 
 
 sry much from cold 
 tion and low tem- 
 ther muscles, has 
 ilong the arteries, 
 rmer than that of 
 what little animal 
 
 heat there is by flannel worn next to the skin, and by woollen clothes 
 (((norally — they being bad conductors of heat. Unless very fleshy, 
 tliey seldom suffer from heat, even when their flannels are continued 
 tlu'ough the summer. 
 
 It is during winter nights that the old arc apt to suffer most from 
 cold. On going to bed, therefore, they should be warm ; and on very 
 cold nights should have a hot-water bag at their feet. The commu- 
 nication of animal heat, particularly from the young, is better even 
 than this to support the vital energies of age; and some writers have 
 recommended that the vital warmth of the old should be kept up by 
 letting the young of our own species sleep with them. The human- 
 ity of this suggestion is very questionable The aged would doubt- 
 less be benefited by such a proceeding; but the young would be 
 injured. Whatever vitality should be gained by one would be lost 
 by the other. While a few might be added to the limited days of 
 the aged, many would be quite as likely to be subtracted from those 
 of the young. I would much sooner recommend that old people 
 attach to themselves, and take to their bed, au affectionate, clean, and 
 silken-haired English terrier dog. Such an animal, usually as clean 
 as a child, would impart warmth and vitality at night, and be a +- ae, 
 affectionate, and amusing companion during many a lonely hour of 
 the day. Whatever may be said against this recommendation, — and 
 of course some over-nice people will object, — I insist that it is in 
 every sense far more proper than the expedient adopted with King 
 David, when he " was old and stricken in years," and after " they 
 covered him with clothes, but he gat no heat." (1 Kings i, 1.) 
 
 Mortality in Cold Weather. — Far more of the old people die in 
 wmter than in summer, or, indeed, in any other season. For this 
 r-^ason, old people should be very careful how they expose themselves 
 auiing the coldest days of the winter. 
 
 If there be any change which the old are likely to bear with im- 
 punity or advantage, it is from a cold to a warm climate in their lat- 
 ter yeara. The wealthy Romans, when they grew old, were taken 
 to Naples. 
 
 Care of the Skin. — Attention to the skin, always important to 
 health, is very essentially so in the latter years of life. The scarf- 
 skin of the old tends to become dry, and peel off. This may be pre- 
 vented in a great measure by regular washing with tepid water, and 
 iiibb'< g. If the bath cannot be endured, not even the sponge-bath, 
 let friction alone be employed. For friction, either the naked hand, 
 a piece o* flar -il, or the flesh-brusl may be used. In rubbir- the 
 belly, the land should follow the course of the large bowel; t 
 m the region of the stomach pass across from right to left, dow m 
 the left, across on the lower parts of the bowels, up on the right, etc. 
 oy this method, constipation and a windy condition of the stomach 
 and bowels may frequently be removed, or rendered less distressing. 
 
504 
 
 OLD AOB AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 Exercise. — Always important, in all periods of life, exercise does 
 not lose its advantages in old age. But the aged should always exer- 
 cise with moderation. The violence used in youth would break the 
 bones, and do various kinds of mischief were it indulged by the old. 
 Carriage exercise is very suitable for old people, but the more active 
 exercise of horseback riding, walking, and even working in the gar- 
 den, should not be omi*ted — bearing always in mind that great 
 fatigue is injurious. 
 
 Sleep. — Aged people should get about as much sleep as nature asks 
 for. They should retire early, and not be in haste to rise with the 
 dawn. They require more sleep than persons in middle life. Eight 
 or ten hours in the twenty-four is not too much. 
 
 Sleeplessness. — Though the old require a good deal of sleep, it is 
 unfortunate that many of them can sleep but little. A large propor- 
 tion of persons far advanced in life, complain of inability to sleep. 
 Many old people deceive themselves, and really sleep much more 
 than they are aware. Yet they often persist that they sleep none at 
 all, night after night. Their case is illustrated by an old lady whose 
 doctor entered her room arid found her sleeping very soundly and 
 comfortably. The noise of a person entering the room awoke her 
 soon after, when, rubbing her eyes, she turned to the doctor, and said 
 all she wanted was sleep, that she had slept none for a month ; and 
 unless he could give her something to bring sleep, she must die. 
 
 Medical art, I am sorry to say, frequently fails to bring relief, when 
 there is real want of sleep. Narcotics should always be avoided if 
 possible. They do too much mischief ; yet it is necessary, sometimes, 
 to resort to them. Much may be done sometimes by taking an earlier 
 or a lighter supper. Early rising, and exercise in the open air, will 
 often bring sleep at night. Occasionally a glass of wine, or a little 
 spirit of any kind, taken just before retiring, will bring the needed 
 sleep. 
 
 Electricity. — In connection with sleep, the disturbing and the 
 tranquillizing influence of electricity and magnetism has received some 
 attention within a few years. A German philosopher contends that 
 terrestrial magnetism exerts on perf .is of a sensitive organization a 
 very soothing influence, when placed in proper relations with its cur- 
 rents, and a disturbing impression when otherwise situated. He 
 cit«s cases to show that lying from east to west is so intolerable that 
 persons of delicacy cannot endure it ; while the horizontal position 
 from north to south, with the head south, is more agreeable ; and most 
 agreeable and tranquilizing with the head to the north. A German 
 surgeon is mentioned in Reichen back's Memoirs, who always woke 
 early in the morning, and turning his head where his feet had been, 
 invariably fell into a sound slumber, which was more refreshing than 
 that of the night. When he chanced to omit this, he felt ill all day. 
 Observing that the head of his bed was directed to the south, Reich- 
 
ife, exercise does 
 ould always exer- 
 would break the 
 iilged by the old. 
 t the more active 
 rking in the gar- 
 mind that great 
 
 jep as nature asks 
 B to rise with the 
 iddle life. Eight 
 
 deal of sleep, it is 
 A large proper- 
 inability to sleep. 
 sleep much more 
 hey sleep none at 
 an old lady whose 
 very soundly and 
 room awoke her 
 le doctor, and said 
 tor a month ; and 
 she must die. 
 bring relief, when 
 lys be avoided if 
 essary, sometimes, 
 y taking an earlier 
 the open air, will 
 f wine, or a little 
 bring the needed 
 
 isturbing and the 
 has received some 
 )her contends that 
 live organization a 
 itions with its cur- 
 'ise situated. He 
 80 intolerable that 
 horizontal position 
 ^reeable; and mosJ 
 lorth. A German 
 who always woke 
 his feet had been, 
 )re refreshing than 
 , he felt ill all day. 
 the south, Reich- 
 
 IB 
 
 OLD AGE AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 505 
 
 enback persuaded him to turn it to the north ; and ever after he slept 
 soundly till the proper time to rise in the mo/ning. 
 
 Without pronouncing upon the correctness of this theory, I will 
 simply say that in my winter residence in town, the head of my bed 
 is to the south. I sleep toUrahly well ; but not m well as at my 
 summer residence a little out of town, where the head of my bed is 
 towards the north. How much the stillness of the country and the 
 greater purity of its atmosphere may contribute to this difference, I 
 will not pretend to decide. 
 
 Medical Treatment of the Old. 
 
 In prescribing medicine for old people, we should bear in mind the 
 difference between the sexes. Women in advanced life are less ex- 
 citable, and enjoy better health, frequently, than in early life. Old 
 men, on the contrary, are more nervous, in their latter years, and 
 consequently more easily affected. 
 
 The physician cannot rely on the reaction ot the system in old age. 
 He must do more by his remedies, and depend less upon nature to 
 help him out of straits. 
 
 The small power of rallying in the systems of the old, puts all 
 blood-letting, severe purging, etc., entirely out of the question. The 
 man is near enough to insanity who, except in some very rare case, 
 bleeds the young. He who takes a drop of blood from the old, should 
 be put in a straights-jacket and sent to the insane hospital. 
 
 Larger Doses. — The torpid condition of the system in old age 
 frequently requires larger doses of medicine to make an impression. 
 
 Fluid Medicines. — Pills and powders sometimes pass through the 
 stomach and bowels in the same state in which they entered. Fluids 
 are more readily appropriated — especially when the more active me- 
 dicinal ingredient is mixed with wine, or some stimulating tincture, 
 or aromatic water. These things rouse up the torpid stomach and 
 bowels, and cause the medicine to take effect. 
 
 Medicine by Rectum. — When the disease is situated in the imme- 
 diate neighborhood of the lower bowel, as the bladder, etc., it is 
 sometimes better to administer the medicine by injection inu) the 
 rectum. 
 
 Suitable Medicines for the Old The acids, the alkalies, and the 
 
 neutral salts are unsuitable to be administered much to old people. 
 All metallic medicines must be given sparingly, and with caution. 
 Iodine and iodide of potassium are not very well borne. Narcotics 
 must sometimes be used to some extent. Harsh and drastic purga- 
 tives are out of the question, except in some few instances in which 
 they may be given sparingly in connection with compound tincture 
 of gentian, or some other stimulating tonic. Sulphur is a valuable 
 
 MMMMM 
 
 J 
 
\ 
 
 506 OLD AGE AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 remedy for aged people. So are the stimulant tonics, bitters, astrin- 
 gents, gum-resins, balsams, etc., together with the various carmina- 
 tives, as anise, coriander, fennel, uascarilla, ginger, etc. 
 
 Surgical Operations. — Some of the smaller operations in surgery 
 need not be forbidden in the case of the old ; but great operations are 
 not to be thought of. There is not recuperative power enough to 
 bear them. 
 
 Diseases of the Old. 
 
 Most of the diseases which afflict aged people are of course much 
 the same as those which come upon people at all periods of life. 
 These having all been treated of in the previous pages of this book, 
 do not require to be gone over particularly again. There are a few 
 complaints, however, which are peculiar to the old, of which I must 
 briefly speak. 
 
 Bronchial Flux. — Bronchorrhoea. 
 
 A MORE than usual amount of mucous expectoration, accompanied 
 with cough, is very common with old people — so common that in 
 many cases they think very little of it, even when the expectoration 
 becomes very profuse. This discharge, however, from the mucous 
 surface of the bronchial tubes, is very apt to be attended by shortness 
 of breath on making even very slight exertion ; and the whole trouble 
 is aggravated in damp weather, and by constipation, and the stoppage 
 of leucorrhoea in females, or the interruption of insensible perspiration 
 through the skin. 
 
 Slow progress. — This complaint makes very slow progress, as a 
 general rule, often continuing many years without doing any great 
 mischief. It is apt, however, to degenerate into a mischievous con- 
 dition in the end ; and should, therefore, as a general thing, receive 
 some attention. 
 
 Treatment. — Attend carefully to the skin. Keep it in as healthy 
 a condition as possible, by regular and faithful bathing and friction. 
 This is of prime importance. 
 
 Care must be had not to suppress the discharge too suddenly. It 
 may be necessary, at times, to use some expectorant (see expectorants 
 among the prescriptions) to make the raising easier. But when it is 
 thoroughly loosened up, we should begin to suppress it by astringent 
 inhalations. For this purpose Inhalant No. 4 is excellent. It might 
 be well, however, to begin with the Inhalant No. 6, which is slightly 
 
 styptic. ,,11 1 
 
 'if ulcers on the legs have recently healed, they should be opened, 
 
 or blisters applied in their vicinity. 
 
 Removal to a dry climat« is a valuable i-emedy, provided tlxe ch- 
 mate is not too hot, and is healthful in every other respect. 
 
wumf i ia ii 
 
 ,-s 
 
 OLD AGE AND ITS DISEASES, 
 
 507 
 
 s, bitters, astrin- 
 irarious carmina- 
 tc. 
 
 itions in surgery 
 sat operations are 
 ower enough to 
 
 I of course much 
 [ periods of life, 
 ges of this book, 
 There are a few 
 of which I must 
 
 oea, 
 
 ion, accompanied 
 common that in 
 the expectoration 
 Tom the mucous 
 ided by shortness 
 the whole trouble 
 and the stoppage 
 isible perspiration 
 
 ow progress, as a 
 doing any great 
 mischievous con- 
 
 ral thing, receive 
 
 ep it in as healthy 
 liing and friction. 
 
 too suddenly. It 
 (see expectorants 
 r. But when it is 
 3S it by astringent 
 cellent. It might 
 , which is slightly 
 
 should be openetl, 
 
 , provided tlxe cU- 
 • respect. 
 
 Other Diseases. -— The other diseases with which old persons are 
 afflicted are so common to all ages, that I do little more than name 
 them, adding a few general remarks. . 
 
 Asthma. — The asthma, or intermittent difficulty of breathing of 
 the old, is connected with various other troubles, as chronic inflamma- 
 tion of the bronchial tubes, air in the lung-tissue, swelling of the 
 lungs, enlargement and dilatation of the heart, and diseases of its 
 valves, etc. It is also dependent on impurities of the blood, and is 
 connected with torpid action of the kidneys. It is impossible, some- 
 times, to say which of these conditions it is dependent upon. As far 
 as may be, however, the cause must be searched out; and then, while 
 the general remedies for asthma must be employed, the particular 
 tiling with which it is connected must also receive attention, especially 
 if it be connected with derangement of the kidneys. 
 
 Asthmatic old people are almost always dyspeptics. The stomach 
 and bowels, therefore, require particular attention. The warm pur- 
 gatives, combined with alkalies, are generally useful : aa rhubarb and 
 soda, equal parts, or Mettauer's Aperient, with a little tincture of 
 ginger or tincture of cayenne in it. A very valuable preparation is 
 compound tincture of gentian and tincture of calumba, two ounces 
 each, one-half ounce of tincture of ginger, and half an ounce of bi- 
 carbonate of soda. Mix, and take a teaspoonful as occasion may 
 require. 
 
 Apoplexy and Paralysis. — The nervous system being weakehed 
 iu aged people, the way is opened for greater frequency of attack 
 from apoplexy and paralysis. The exciting cause may be hypersemia, 
 too much blood ; or anaemia, too little blood. It may be general 
 debility, or gout, or a poisoned state of the blood. 
 
 The treatment is to be conducted much on the same principles as 
 when these diseases occur in younger subjects. 
 
 I pass over numerous complaints which may be said to be somewhat 
 more common in advanced life than at earlier periods. They are so 
 fully treated in previous pages of this book, that it is deemed needless 
 even to name them here. There is, however, one other class of dis- 
 eases occurring so very often in old age, and in so many cases mak- 
 ing advanced life a burden, that I cannot pass them wholly in silence. 
 I refer to 
 
 A 
 
 Diseases of the Urinary Organs^ — These afflict the old, not only 
 very commonly, but very severely. A man who reaches the age of 
 seventy or eighty without experiencing some serious trouble from 
 deranged kidneys, diseased bladder or prostate gland, or gall-stones, 
 or giavel, or unliealthy urinary deposits of some s.ort, may think him- 
 self greatly favored. 
 
 Treatment. — It is not necessary here to go over the whole ground 
 of treatment. That is done in other parts of the book. I will say, 
 
[ 
 
 508 
 
 OLD AGE AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 however, that a surgical operation for stone in the bladder is not often 
 to be thought of in the ca^e of old people. Other remedies must be 
 sought And among these, none hold out so good a chance of rehef 
 as the free drinking of the alkaline bicarbonates dissolved in water 
 This will frequently dissolve stones formed of unc acid, urate of 
 ammonal and\riple phosphates. Poland water in large quantities 
 is good. _ - ; 
 
 1 •■ 
 
'■■> ' ' < ll| - | t i |II T >| „ .. 
 
 adder is not often 
 remedies must l)e 
 a chance of relief 
 issolved in water, 
 ic acid, urate of 
 large quantities 
 
 ACCIDENTS. 
 
 Apparent Death from Noxious Vapors. 
 
 When persons become insensible from breathing foul air in a deep 
 well or other place where it collects, let them be immediately exposed 
 to the open air, cold water be sprinkled upon the face and head, 
 and strong vinegar be rubbed about the nostrils. As soon as there is 
 ability to swallow, give some drinks, as lemonade, or a few drops of 
 aromatic sulphuric acid, dropped into a tumblerful of water, and 
 slightly sweetened. A stimulating injection (246) may be given. 
 
 Apparent Death from Burning Charcoal. 
 
 Some persons very thoughtlessly attempt to warm their sleeping or 
 sitting rooms with a portable furnace, or open pan filled with burning 
 charcoal, or live coals from a wood fire. This is very wrong, as such 
 coals while burning throw off large quantities of carbonic acid gas, a 
 deadly poiaon. This being heavier than atmospheric air, falb to the 
 bottom of the room, and for a tim« may do no damage ; but, if there 
 be no chimney-draught, or open door or window, it will rise above 
 the heads of those in the room, and bring on asphyxia and death. 
 
 Let such cases be treated the same as the preceding, with the ad- 
 ditional measure of attempting to excite breathing, as in the case of 
 persons apparently dead from drowning. 
 
 To Recover Persons Apparently Drowned. 
 
 Of all the sad accidents that may often be avoided jby a knowledge 
 of their prevention, drowning seems the most lamentable. Its oc- 
 currence, too, is the most frequent. A knowledge, then, of how to 
 restore the drowning to life, and to renew the suspended animation, 
 is equally important to people as a knowledge of how to swim. 
 
 Drowning persons die by what is called asphyxia. The air being 
 sluit off from the lungs, breathing stops, and the immediate accumu- 
 lation of carbonic acid in the blood paralyzes the nervous system, and 
 insensibility immediately follows. The heart continues to beat, how- 
 ever, from five to twenty minutes after the occurrence of insensibility 
 and apparent death. 
 
 ' „.-■■■ 509 . ■ -•.■■.^: 
 
 MMIAiMIH^rJili. 
 
510 
 
 ACCIDENTS. 
 
 Recoveiy may take place at any time before the heart ceaaes to 
 beat, and has been brought about in some casea even after this organ 
 has become still. It has taken place, ir. some few instances, as late 
 as an hour after Ixiing under water, but it can scarcely be expected, 
 even under the best treatment, later than twenty minutes from i\w 
 time of submersion ; and even as late as this, the chances are nnich 
 against restoration. 
 
 Several main facts should never be lost sight of : remember, fii-st. 
 to empty the water out of the person's stomach and lungs ; second, 
 to remove the patient as little away from the spot where rescued as 
 possible ; third, to go to work at once, unless the atmosphere of winter 
 prevent ; remember, finally, to keep at work long after hope seems 
 gone, to many, of restoring the person to life. 
 
 PlO. 160. 
 
 Roll the patient over on to his stomach, with a parcel of clothing 
 (see Fig. 150), a barrel or box under him, and press firmly on his 
 back, while au assistant pulls forward the tongue and clears the 
 mouth of mucus. Repeat the pressure once or twice, and then roll 
 the patient on to his back (Fig. 151) with the clothes rolled up 
 resting under his lowest ribs. Loosen all clothing about the neck, 
 
 chest, and waist. c x, x. a 
 
 Let the assistant extend the arms in the direction of the body 
 above the head, bringing them as near together as possible, while 
 you blow into the patient's mouth. Now, straddling the body, re- 
 place the arms and press firmly with your own weight upon the 
 sides and front of the lower chest, as if to press out something from 
 
ACCIDENTS. 
 
 511 
 
 »e heart ceaaea to 
 m after this organ 
 T instances, as late 
 rcely be expected, 
 minutes from i\w, 
 chances are nuK^li 
 
 E: remember, fii-st, 
 ad lungs ; second, 
 
 where rescued as 
 [iiosphere of winter 
 
 after hope seems 
 
 a parcel of clothing 
 press firmly on his 
 gue and clears the 
 ;wice, and then roll 
 e. clothes rolled up 
 ng about the neck, 
 
 rection of the body 
 ir as possible, while 
 ddling the body, re- 
 m weight upon the 
 out something from 
 
 the lungs ; suddenly let go. Repeat these motions of the arms and 
 uhest peraeveringly, ten or fifteen times a minute. 
 
 While thus engaged, assistants should remove the wet clothing, 
 wipe the body dry, and, by vigorous friction of the skin, endeavor 
 to restore warmth to the surface. Hot-water bottles, if they can be 
 [iiocured, are very serviceable in securing this result. Neither the 
 weather nor place may allow of this warmth. When, however, the 
 iwphyxia has been relieved, warmth should be abundantly supplied 
 and light stimulants given. Avoid the warm bath. Rubbing with 
 coarse cloths answers well in the absence of hot-water bottles. 
 
 Ito. iM. 
 
 As soon as the patient can swallow, give warm milk, beef tea, or 
 coffee with a tablespoonful of some spirit. Volatile stimulants like 
 ammonia, held before the nose, are very serviceable, even before the 
 patient breathes. 
 
 Sleep should now be encouraged, but a watch must be kept, in 
 cases of prolonged asphyxia, lest a relapse occur. 
 
 How long a person may be under water and yet recover, is not 
 definitely known, although the duration depends on the amount of 
 air confined in the chest just prior to the immersion. 
 
 Unlesi you are well acquainted with heart or lung action, you 
 may be deceived as to the existence of life ; persevere, therefore, in 
 the worst oases, fully an hour, sinoo the heart may beat so feebly as 
 to escape your notice, and yet, finally, rally. 
 
 It is doubtful if a heart that has actually stopped for five minutes 
 can be resuscitated. 
 
512 AccmKNTS. 
 
 Apparent Death from Lightning. 
 
 A axnoKK of lightning will frequently produce asphyxia by par- 
 alyzing the muscles of respimtion. In such ca e, the same nicaiis 
 for locovery should be used as in apparent death from drowning. Or, 
 the apparently dead penson may be placed in a current of fresh air, 
 and cold water dashed upon the face, neck, and breast, and warm 
 frictiou be ai)pliod if the body is cold. 
 
 Apparent Death from Hanging. 
 
 Persons found hanging, who have committed suicide, are to ho nit 
 down instantly, and the same means employed to re-establisli Inoath- 
 ing as in cases of drowning. It may help to restore the breathin<r. to 
 bathe the forehead and face with vinegar, or tincture of camphor, and 
 to pass hartshorn frequently uuder the nostrils. 
 
 Clothes Catching Fire. 
 
 It is perhaps unreasonable to look for presence of mind when tliis 
 frightful accident occure, yet it is never more needed than at such a 
 
 tiine. ' 
 
 The instant a lady perceives her clothes to be on fire, and in a bme, 
 she should seize the nearest large rug, cloak, blanket, coverlet, or any 
 equivalent article, and, wrapping it tight around her, throw heitielf 
 flat upon the floor, taking care to keep the protecting covenng dom 
 to her until the fire is completely smothered. If she does this with 
 energy, and effectually, she will put out the fire instantly. 
 
 If she continue on her feet, the blaze will rapidly ascend, and burn 
 her vital parts. If she run to seek relief from others not present, the 
 motion of the air will fan the flame into a swifter work of destruc- 
 tion. 
 
 If it be a child that is on fire, let any person present treat it as 
 above. If it be badly burned before the fire is extinguished, put it 
 instantly into a tub of cold water, or dash cold water upon it, to 
 prevent the burn from becoming deep. 
 
 ■•'it- ; 
 
 r Accidents on the Water. 
 
 Ip upset in a boat, or otherwise thrown into the water, ftnd not 
 able to swim, draw the breath in well, and keep the mouth shut tight. 
 Do not struggle and throw the arms up ; but yield quietly to the 
 water, hold the head well up, and stretch out the hands only below 
 "the water. To throw the hands or the feet up, will pitch the head 
 down, and cause the whole person to go immediately under water. 
 Keep the head above, and everything else under water. 
 
 W' ,.^..^ - ir BirJUi'iifHi'iirtitiiii 
 
AOOIDENT& 
 
 613 
 
 tning. 
 
 ;e asphyxia by par- 
 e, tliri siiniu iiicans 
 OTi (Irowninf?. Or, 
 iirrt'iit of frosli iiir, 
 . broaat, and warm 
 
 ging. 
 
 luicido, are to ho rut 
 
 re-establisli broatli- 
 
 ire the breathiii<,', to 
 
 ure of camphor, and 
 
 ) of nrinrt when tliis 
 sded than at such a 
 
 n fire, and in a blaze, 
 iket, coverlet, or any 
 I her, throw hei'HeU' 
 cting covering done 
 I she does this with 
 instantly. 
 
 lly ascend, and burn 
 hers not present, the 
 «r work of destruc- 
 
 present treat it as 
 extinguished, put it 
 Ld water upon it, to 
 
 I r' 
 
 ) the water, ftnd not 
 ;he mouth shut tight. 
 yield quietly to the 
 he hands only helm 
 will pit<}h the head 
 idiately under water. 
 water. 
 
 Poisoning Accidents. — Antidotes of Poisons. 
 
 AcciDENTH from poiaons are of such common occurrence, that 
 every person should know the proper remedies, and not be obliged to 
 wait the arrival of a physician before the proper corrective is applied. 
 The most common remedies, with aq methods of applying themi 
 will i)e given under the proper heaud bfc.'ow. 
 
 Poisons may be claasified under two hmc'ji : viz., mineral and vetre- 
 tahle. ** 
 
 In the treatment, three objects are to be kept in view : first, to get 
 rid of the poison ; second, to stop ita action ; and third, to avert its 
 tendency to death. 
 
 The first indication is accomplished by the administration of eme- 
 ticH to cause vomiting, or by the use of a stomach pump. The 
 simplest way to provoke vomiting is to give large draughts of luke- 
 warm water, and to thrust a finger down the throat. 
 
 A teaspoonful or two of mustard in warm water is oftentimes an 
 effectual emetic. Some of the emetics are ipecacuanha, tartar emetic, 
 sulphate of zinc, and sulphate of copper. Sulphate of zinc in twenty- 
 grain doses is about the best. 
 
 The second indication is to use an antidote. The third ' ^dication 
 IS fulfiUdd by palliating the symptoms, and neutralizing U after- 
 effects on the constitution. 
 
 After copious vomiting, soothing liquids should be given, such as 
 oil, milk, beaten-up raw eggs. These are useful when the poison 
 has been of an irritating character. 
 
 If the patient be much depressed in mind or body, the hands and 
 feet cold, the lips blue, the face pale, a cold perspiration oi. the fore- 
 head and about the mouth, some stimulant may be administered, 
 strong, hot tea is the best, because it is a chemical antidote to many 
 poisons. Strong coffee is a good stimulant. Brandy and other 
 spints are sometimes necessary. Sometimes when the powers of life 
 are much depressed, artificial heat also is necessary. 
 
 ; Mineral Poisons. 
 
 Poisoning by Ammonia. 
 
 Water of ammonia, or hartshorn, if taken in an undiluted state, 
 acts as a violent poison. 
 
 When this accident happens, give vineffar instantly, mixed with a 
 little water. Vinegar is an acid, and ammonia is an alkali ; acids and 
 alkalies neutralize each other. 
 
 Poisoning by Antimony. 
 
 Tartar emetic, and wine of antimony, are sometimes taken by 
 accident in large doses, so as to act as poisons, and cause dangerous 
 vomiting and prostration. 
 
 
 
 MWaaiMM 
 
 mM 
 
 j. ' j<i.n i jnwiij^un i n) i» u T u »i | ii . j ff i Kmmj .i .n.n i I 
 
 muiuMitmMmm 
 
 J 
 
f 
 
 514 ACCIDENTS. 
 
 nlsd 
 
 Give a tea of slippery elm, flax-Heed, marshmallow, etc 
 syrup of poppies, paregoric, or laudanum in twenty-drop doses. To 
 neutralize the poison, give a strong solution of tannin, or an infusion 
 of oak-bark, or nutgalls. 
 
 Poisoning by Arsenic. 
 
 Use the 8tv'>mach-pump instiintly, if onb is to be had ; if not, give 
 twenty grains of sulphate of zinc (white vitriol) in a little warm 
 water; and pron tte'the vomiting by tilling the stomach with liiige 
 di-aughts of warm or cold milk, sweetened water, or flax-seed tea. 
 Or, vomiting may be induced still more quickly, by giving a large 
 tablespoonful of strong ground mustard, mixed with a teacupful of 
 
 water. 
 
 but the best antidote for arsenic is hydrated sesquioxide of iron. 
 Mix a Ublespoonful of this with water, and give this amount every 
 five or ten minutes, until half a dozen doses are taken. 
 
 Treat the inflammation of the stomach which follows, by blisters, 
 a bland liquid diet, mucilaginous drinks, etc. 
 
 Poisoning by Verdigris, or Acetate of Copper. 
 
 Cooking utensils made of copper never ought to be tolemted; 
 yet they are used ; and it is from the verdigris which forms upon 
 them that most of the casjs of poisoning by copper happen. 
 
 Give an emetic instantly, and then two teaspoonfuls of carbonate 
 of soda (baking soda) in a tumblerful of water, to be repeated in ten 
 minutes. White of eggs diffused in wat«r, and mucilaginous dnnks, 
 are proper. 
 
 Poisoning by Corrosive Sublimate. 
 
 This is the common bed-bug poison, and is often taken by 
 
 mistake. e u 
 
 Mix up quickly the whites of a dozen eggs, with two pints ot cold 
 water, and give a glassful of the mixture every two minutes till the 
 stomach can contain no more. If there are not eggs enough at hand, 
 take what there are, and make up the deficiency with milk. Wheat 
 flour, mixed with water, is a good remedy. Use the stomach-pump, 
 if it is at hand. Treat the resulting inflammation with leeches and 
 fomentations. 
 
 Poisoning by Sugar of Lead, or Acetate of Lead. 
 Give a ground-mustard or a sulphate of zinc emetic; then give 
 diluted sulphuric acid, or either epsom or glauber's salts. 
 
 Poisoning by Strong Lye. 
 
 Strong lye is sometimes swallowed by children. The remedy is 
 vinegar, or oil. Vinegar will convert the lye into acetate of potash, 
 and any of the oils will unite with it and form soap ; and neither 
 the acetate of potash nor soap will materially injure the stomach. 
 
 ,-- ,iiiiii"i>"<fe"r. TiitrririWiijiiaaiiiiaiiaM-' » ■ » ' « ■ " "— <■*— b— ibm 
 
,y.^-.-, _L,.->.--..A.'A*jaL-..f\. u 
 
 *.AK*.W»T*.JiW'^^A:..-^(.- .*,hi*-_^u»- 4'..... .-*■■.»)*«, 
 
 i^^ \^ai 
 
 %r^. ..'V^ 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 ^ 
 '% 
 
 // 
 
 O 
 
 A 
 
 
 .V A 
 
 
 f/. 
 
 
 ^. 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 l^|2B |2.5 
 
 ^ 1^ 12-0 
 
 lit 
 
 1.8 
 
 L25 111114 111.6 
 
 'Z 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
..^^» (.>.**-■**-• 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
IS 
 
 h, 
 er 
 
ACCIDENTS. 
 
 515 
 
 Poisoning by Nitric, Muriatic, or Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 When either one of these acids is swallowed, not a moment of 
 time is to be lost. Fill the patient /m« of calcined magnesia stirred 
 up in water. This is the best remedy ; but if it is not to be had, 
 give half an ounce of soap in a pint of water. If neither are at 
 hand, give chalk, or whiting, in water, or even pound fine some of 
 the plastering of the room, and give it in water. 
 
 Poisoning by Nitrate of Potash, called Nitre, or Saltpetre. 
 
 Induce vomiting by lukewarm water, and by tickling the throat 
 with a feather : but avoid irritating the stomach with the ordinary 
 emetics. 
 
 Poisoning by White Vitriol. 
 
 Provoke vomiting by warm drinks, and by tickling the throat, 
 and give freely carbonate of soda, in water. 
 
 Poisoning by Oxalic Acid. 
 
 This resembles epsom salts, and is liable to be taken for salts by 
 mistake. The two can always be distinguished by touching a little 
 to the tongue. Epsom salts taste bitter; oxalic acid, very sour. 
 
 In cases of poison from oxalic acid, give magnesia in water as 
 quickly as possible. When this is not at hand, give chalk, or lime, 
 or saleratus. Use the stomach-pump, if it is ta be had. 
 
 Vegetable and Other Poisons. 
 
 The vegetable poisons are quite numerous, and many of them 
 quite as virulent and rapid as any in the mineral kingdom. 
 
 Poisoning by Aconite. 
 Give an emetic of ground-mustard or sulphate of zinc, or use the 
 stomach-pump instantly, and then give stimulants, as brandy, gin, 
 whiskey, rum, etc. 
 
 Poisoning by Opium, Morphine, and laudanum. 
 
 Use the stomach-pump, if at hand ; if not, a powerful emetic of 
 sulphate of zinc, or sulphate of copper ; or, if these are not at hand, 
 a tablespoonful of ground mustard in a teacupful of warm water. 
 If vomiting is not induced at once, tickle the throat with a feather, 
 or with the finger. If sleep is impending, take the patient into the 
 open air, and keep him walking; dash water upon his face. etc. If 
 he still falls into sleep, and appears to be near dying, apply means 
 for artificial breathing as for persons apparently daad from drowning. 
 
 Poisoning from Belladonna, Hyoscyamus, Stramonium, and Conium. 
 These are all narcotics, and when accidentally taken in poisonous 
 doses, the treatment is to be the same as for poisoning by opium. 
 Strong coffee is said to counteract the effect of these articles. 
 
 aavi 
 
5ie ACCIDENTS. 
 
 I- 
 
 f'. 
 
 Poisoning by Dogwood, Ivy, etc. 
 Give some of the salts as a cathartic, and apply to the skin a solution 
 of sugar of lead, or still better, a decoction of witchhazel-haik or 
 lime-water. 
 
 Poisoning by Prussic Acid. 
 
 This is the most deadly of all known poisons. One drop of the 
 pure acid will cause immediate death. Give water of ammonia or 
 hartshorn, one part dUuted with six parts of water, freely. 
 
 Poisoning by Strychnine. 
 
 The same treatment as for poisoning by opium, excepting that 
 sweet milk should be freely admini.iered. This has been recom- 
 mended by one respectable physician, at least, who says he has found 
 it to be a specific. Camphor, two ounces dissolved in a quart ot 
 whiskey, and given freely, is also said to be an antidote. 
 Poisoning by Spanish Flies. 
 
 Give large draughts of sweet oil, sugar and water, milk, or flax- 
 seed tea. For the inflammation of the bladder which is produced 
 by it, apply leeches, and a liniment composed of camphor and sweet 
 oil. To relieve the strangury or scalding of the water, give camphor 
 internally. 
 
skill a solution 
 bhazel-bark or 
 
 ne drop of the 
 if ammonia or 
 jely. 
 
 excepting that 
 18 been recom- 
 s he has found 
 in a quart of 
 
 te. 
 
 ', milk, or flax- 
 3h is produced 
 phor and sweet 
 r, give camphor 
 
 SUBGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Modern Surgery. 
 
 To one educated in surgery a quarter of a century ago, the cus- 
 toms and theories of to-day must seem very odd, and the results of 
 to-day's surgical science must seem truly miraculous. Formerly pus 
 formation in a healing wound was regarded not only as unavoidable, 
 but really beneficial. Pus, or matter, was known as laudable or good 
 pus, and diseased, or bad pus. Wounds only occasionally healed by 
 primary union or first intention, — that is to say, skin growing to skin 
 and muscle to muscle as sewn, but they rather healed by a long, slow 
 process of granulation attended with pus-formation, called second in- 
 tention. The various surgical epidemics of contagious diseases were 
 extremely common in the very best hospitals under the guidance of 
 the very best men ; tliey wfere thought unavoidable. Hospital gan- 
 grene, erysipelas, and the various forms of blood-poison diseases, were 
 so common and spread so rapidly as often to render it necessary to close 
 a hospital. Major operations were attended by a mortality that now- 
 adays seems almost incredible. To amputate a leg, except under 
 the most favorable circumstances, meant almost sure death. The 
 late Dr. Pasteur of France first made known to the world that there 
 were such things as germs, or microscopic life, capable of transmitting 
 themselves and their spores almost ei-'dlessly. These germs were 
 soon found to be the outcome of dirt and disease, and that possibly 
 in their extermination lay a great future for surgery. It was Sir 
 Joseph Lister, of England, who first discovered the fact that certain 
 medicines, like carbolic acid, would kill these germs, and that in so 
 doing wounds would uu'te by first intention in the majority of cases. 
 This was the first great step toward the realization of the dreams of 
 our forefathers. 
 
 The study of bacteriology was then commenced, and it has pro- 
 gressed rapidly ever since, till to-day it has become a marvelous 
 science unfolding the life, nature and propagation of all sorts of 
 bacteria. 
 
 We now know that on the living skin there exist normally certain 
 germs whose function apparently is to use up the waste products of 
 the economy, but which, when introduced into the flesh, produce most 
 deleterious effects. 
 
 517 ' . 
 
 'wm 
 
518 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Germ-lifc is found everywhere, — on our hands and clothes, in tlu- 
 dust of tlu! air and in the water we drink. So long as the;/ keep to 
 their natural abodes no mischief is done. It is this germ-life wliicli 
 causes wounds to suppurate, erysipelas, blood-poisoning and gangrene 
 to occur. It is the annihilation of these germs about all wounds, 
 and on all objects which come in contact with wounds, that (Hstin- 
 guishes the newer from the older surgery. To-day the mortality 
 figures are revised as regards all important operations. Regions of 
 the body are invaded which fifteen or twenty years ago w ere thought 
 to be inviolate to the scalpel. Thousands of lives are now saved and 
 thousands of people rescued from becoming invalids. 
 
 The methods of treating germs have changed very materially since 
 Sir Joseph Lister first announced his antiseptic treatment and showed 
 the way to a new ei-a in surgeiy ; but the principles are much the 
 
 same. 
 
 Some germs have been found to be innocuous, even on wounded 
 surfaces ; others are deadly poisons. Some germs cause one kind of 
 disease, some another ; some are even antagonistic to others. They 
 are all endowed with great resistance to ordinary medicines and are 
 capable of propagation under adverse circumstances ; they are con- 
 tagious and infectious, and when carried from one person to another 
 cause their specific disease to start up. The so-called blood-poison 
 is a general name for many distinct varieties of germ-disease. 
 
 It matters not whether a simple wound is to be dressed, a leg am- 
 putated or a woman delivered, the one essential thing above all else 
 which protects life and allows the wounded surface to heal is to 
 make a clean field, to render the surfaces aeeptic. 
 
 Aseptic. Septic. — These are two terms which are daily becoming 
 the common property of the laity : the former means without poison, 
 germ-frei, or surgically clean ; the latter means poisonous, germ-laden, 
 surgica] iy dirtg. Let it not be supposed that the flesh looks to the eye 
 differently in these two conditions, — it is not so necessarily. These 
 bacteria are so minute that if a single rod-bacillus were enlarged fif- 
 teen hundred times it would then only reach across the head of a 
 pin. Nor is their virulence in proportion to their apparent numbers, 
 for in twenty-four hours a single germ may multiply to sixteen and 
 one-half millions 1 
 
 Surgical cleanliness is surgical morality, and consists not merely ni 
 washing off the rough, visible, outside dirt, but in rendering every- 
 thing which can possibly touch the wound, directly or indirectly, 
 germ-free. This condition is called asepsis; when, however, germs 
 have entered the wound and the consequent changes due to germ 
 life have developed, then the condition is called sepsis. 
 
 Antiseptics. — The important and practical question then is, ho^y 
 are these germs killed and how is the wound rendered aseptic? 
 Lister discovered in carbolic acid a germicide of no mean power, and 
 
 ■ 
 
SURCICAI, DISKASES. 
 
 51fl 
 
 I cloihos, ill tlic 
 118 thtr',' kct']) to 
 gerni-lifi! wliicli 
 ig and gangrene 
 DUt all wounds, 
 (ids, that distin- 
 yr the mortalitj' 
 [IS. Regions of 
 go w ere thought 
 B now saved and 
 
 materially since 
 neat and showed 
 s are much the 
 
 ven on wounded 
 Yuse one kind of 
 o others. They 
 edicines and are 
 8 ; they are con- 
 erson to another 
 led blood-poison 
 n -disease, 
 ressed, a leg am- 
 ig above all else 
 ,ce to heal is to 
 
 B daily becoming 
 18 without poison, 
 inou8, germ-laden, 
 1 looks to the eye 
 jessarily. These 
 /ere enlarged fif- 
 is the head of a 
 jparent numbers, 
 y to sixteen and 
 
 sts not merely in 
 rendering every- 
 ,ly or indirectly, 
 , how over, germs 
 ret, due to germ 
 sis. 
 
 tion then is, how 
 endered aseptic? 
 mean power, and 
 
 oven lo-diiy this acid is most (^xfensivtdy used for the clcanHing of 
 wouikIs and instruments. 'I'his pnxiess of killing germ-life is called 
 stcrUiztttion. 
 
 After carbolic acid came numberless other ilrugs, such as corrosive 
 sublimate, phenyl, sulpho-naphthol, etc. Of this group corrosive 
 sublimate is by far the most potent : it may be used in very weak 
 solutions as one part to three, five, or even ten thousand of water. 
 
 Heat. — By far the sim.plest, safest, and most economical method 
 of sterilization is by means of heat, either in the form of lioiling 
 water, dry oven-heat, or steam. Whatever can be baked lor an hour 
 at 140° of heat, or whatever can be steamed for an hour, and what- 
 ever can be boiled five minutes without impairing the integrity of 
 the object sterilized, can be rendered absolutely sterile. Germs and 
 their spores, which latter are more tenacious of life than the former, 
 yield readily to boiling water in a few minutes; while some germs 
 of the most virulent type may soak for houi-s in a tolerably strong 
 solution of the chemical sterilizers without being killed. The ten- 
 dency of the present is to substitute these natural means of steriliza- 
 tion for the chemical germicides. 
 
 Preparation for Operation. — Nothing withstands boiling; but 
 as the flesh cannot be baked, boiled, or steamed, it is the custom be- 
 fore an operation to make free use of green soap and a brush to scrub 
 off the external superficial- dirt and then to give the skin a good 
 scrubbing and soaking in corrosive sublimate, in the strength of 
 aljout one part to two thousand. This prepares the skin antiseptically 
 for the operation. The instruments and apparatus likely to touch 
 the flesh are boiled ; the hands and arms of the surgeon, assistant 
 and nurse are rendered sterile by repeated scrubbing with soap and 
 brush and some one of the several antiseptic processes in vogue. 
 This requires fifteen to twenty minutes. All dressings such as gauze, 
 cotton, etc., are steamed and neatly done up air-free and germ-free 
 ready for use. Sponges, generally made of gauze, have been sterilized 
 by steaming previous to the operation. Sutures, etc., have been boiled' 
 or steamed or soaked in some suitable disinfectant. The neighbor- 
 hood of the wound is covered with steamed towels or sheets, the 
 clothes of the operator covered with some sterilized coat, and in fact 
 everything and everybody that is likely to approach the wound is 
 fir.st thoroughly rendered aseptic. 
 
 In the subsequent dressing of a wound, and for all time till the 
 wound is healed, similar precautions are taken. Thus it is that by 
 shutting out all germ-life one succeeds in securing primary union, a 
 quick convalescence and a freedom from the risks of septicaemia and 
 other blood-poisoned diseases. 
 
 The change from the old-fashioned soap-and-water cleanliness to 
 the new antiseptic cleanliness has wrought marvellous results. 
 Brains are exposed, gall-bladders incised and stones removed, kidneys 
 
 11 HW 
 
 , ■•* 
 
 "^ssiti- 
 
 wmmm 
 
 mmd 
 
520 SUROICAL DISEASES. 
 
 removed, wombs and ovaries and huge tumors taken out witli a small 
 mortality rate. These same operations were but dreams in the pro 
 Listerian days. 
 
 . Inflammation. 
 
 On this pathological basis much of surgical disease rests. Surgical 
 inflammation is due in a great mecasure to tlie introduction into tlu' 
 tissues of germs which there multiply with great activity, forniiuir 
 as a result certain poisonous products called toxines. These toxines 
 are deadly poisonous to the system, and when absorbed cauae high 
 fever, chills and sweats, loss of appetite and strength, and generally 
 undermine the strength. It is as if so much mineral or vegetable 
 poison had been introduced into the stomach. Their activity is 
 astonishingly rapid when they are situated in tissues favorable to 
 their development, like the peritoneum and other serous membranes, 
 richly supplied with lymphatic vessels to convey the poison from one 
 point to another. 
 
 There are several conditions favorable to the development of germs 
 when introduced into the body, chief among wluch is moisture ; hence 
 to keep the wound dry and well drained is the constant aim of the 
 surgeon. When bacteria are introduced into the system through a 
 wound, they begin at once to put on their activity, and the produc- 
 tion of toxines commences. Nature rushes, so to speak, to the field 
 of the enemy, and a great fight at once occui-s. She throws out a 
 mass of lymph about the invaded portion of the flesh to surround the 
 enemy and cut off his base of supplies. She forms out of her ovi 
 blood antitoxines., so called. It soon becomes a question of which is 
 the stronger form, — the toxines of the germs, or the antitoxines of 
 the serum. This battle results in a thickened, congested, painfully 
 swollen and reddened area, which, if nature conquers, softens and 
 melts away, but which, if the enemy is victorious, breaks down and 
 forms pus. The result depends largely on the location of the strug- 
 gle, the strength of the patient, and the virulence of the germ. If 
 it be in a part poorly supplied with lymphatic vessels and soft struc- 
 tures, nature has the advantage, because the enemy cannot find easy 
 access to structures beyond the field of battle; but if the neighbor- 
 hood of the invasion is in soft structures, the enemy quickly seizes 
 on some short route to a neighboring lymphatic station and there 
 deposits its poison and thus extends its field till nature is over- 
 whelmed. The ability of nature to manufacture antitoxines quickly 
 and mobilize her forces to the rescue on the one hand, and the viru- 
 lence of the germ or its capability to develop its poison quickly, on 
 the other, are always deciding elements in the preservation or de- 
 struction of the part attacked. Much is now being accomplished 
 toward eradicating germ-diseases and germ-inflammation by the cul- 
 tivation of this natural antitoxine. Its special victory is seen j in the 
 diphtheritic antitoxine with which that disease is now so succeisfully 
 
 S W . -v^itffrt . M :\ ■ ^-tif flfe^iw . t i vw l. \ 
 
SURGICAL DI8EA8KS. 
 
 521 
 
 out with a smiiU 
 iams in the pro 
 
 rests. Surgical 
 luction into the 
 ictivity, foiiuiuLf 
 These toxines 
 rbed cauae liigh 
 h, and generally 
 ral or vegetabh; 
 'heir activity is 
 les favorable to 
 "ous membranes, 
 poison from one 
 
 jpment of germs 
 moisture ; hence 
 jtant aim of the 
 ?^stem through a 
 md the produc- 
 »eak, to the field 
 le throws out a 
 to surround the 
 out of her ovi 
 ition of which is 
 e antitoxines of 
 yested, painfully 
 3rs, softens and 
 reaks down and 
 ion of the strug- 
 f the germ. If 
 s and soft struc- 
 cannot find easy 
 if the neighbor- 
 ly quickly seizes 
 ation and there 
 nature is over- 
 itoxines quickly 
 d, and the viru- 
 ison quickly, on 
 servation or de- 
 ig accomplished 
 ition by the cul- 
 ry is seenun the 
 f so 8ucce| sfully 
 
 fought. This antitoxine wliich naturt; throws out is cultivated in 
 iiorses till such an amount is stored up that against it diphtheria no 
 longer has any influence ; this serum, so ricli in antitoxine, is then 
 introduced into the human subject as an antidote to the forming 
 toxines of the diphtheria. 
 
 And so it is with lockjaw, labies, and many other germ-diseases. 
 This therapeutic agency is yet in itw infancy, but much may be ex- 
 pected of it in the future. 
 
 But not all inflammation is necessarily of bacterial origin, at least 
 HO far as is yet proven. 
 
 Every part of the body which lias vessels and nerves is liable to 
 inflammation. Where there are no nerves, it cannot exist. Many 
 diseases are caused by it. Mechanical injuries, such m cuts, bruises, 
 and fractures, produce it. And many other disorders, not caused by 
 or causing it in the beginning, become entangled with it in their 
 progress. It is very important, therefore, to understand the nature 
 and management of inflammation. It is not always to l)e looked upon 
 iiH a disease ; it is frequently a simple process of repair, whereby 
 nature restores injured parts to health, in wliich there is no germ-life 
 present. 
 
 The Signs of Inflammation are redness, pain, heat, swelling and 
 loss of function, though in some cases these do not all appear. 
 
 Acute Inflammation. — When the redness, the pain, the heat, and 
 the swelling are clearly marked, and the infl'iramation is so rapid 
 that it either subsides in a few days, or quicklj^ brings on suppuration, 
 or ulceration, or mortification, it is said to be acute. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation. — When it is less painful, and flower in 
 its progress, beginning very gradually, and lingering a long time, it 
 is then chronic. 
 
 Common, or Simple, or Healthy Inflammation, is that which is 
 not mixed up with any disease, but is established by nature for some 
 salutary purpose, and is generally germ-free. 
 
 Unhealthy Inflammation is that which has been caused by some 
 other disease, like the poison from germ life, and is under its control. 
 
 Specific Inflammation is that which seems to vary from all ordi- 
 nary cases, being dependent on a particular state of the system, on an 
 animal poison, or a principle of contagion or infection, and a power 
 of propagation from one person to another, such as all germ-poisons. 
 
 Some of these produce such permanent effects, that those having 
 them are not liable to a second attack. 
 
 Inflammation is Primary, or, as the doctors say, idiopathic, when 
 it is the original disease. 
 
 Inflammation is Secondary, or Sympathetic, when it is tho re- 
 sult of some other disorder, which goes before, and produces it. 
 
 J 
 
'rrr 
 
 522 
 
 8UR01CAL 1)I8EA9K8. 
 
 V 
 
 It haH lieen explained clsewlicre that tlie different pails of tlic 
 body are connected l)y little threads or nervous strings which run 
 from one to the other. If one jjart of the body iKieonie injured or 
 disordered, it u os these nervous threads as telegraphic wires, to k'il 
 other, part-s of its misfortune ; and it sometimes happens that when the 
 intelligence conveyed is of a 8ad and alarming character, the part re- 
 ceiving the news is so excited and distressecl as to become inflamcii 
 Nothing can be more proper than to call this aympathetic inflannmi- 
 tion. 
 
 When the inflammation is violent, and is seated upon some impor- 
 tsint part, the sympathetic action is so great as to disturb the wliolu 
 (!onstitution ; and this general disturbance is sympathetic or symptom- 
 atic inflammatory fever On the other hand, it more frequently hap- 
 pens, especially in the light of modern surgical pathology, that the 
 lymphatic system, which is in reality a delicate railroad system for 
 ihe economy, leading toward the great citadel A life, the heart, 
 carries over its tracks to the nearest station some of these germs or 
 germ-poison from the primary wound or inflamed spot, thus spread- 
 ing the contagion to whatever lymphatic station the vessel happens 
 to run. 
 
 The Symptoms are quick and strong pulse, dryness and heat of 
 skin, parched mouth, great thii-st, scanty and high-colored urine, cos- 
 tiveness, disordered nervous system, loss of appetite, anxiety, restless- 
 ness, sleeplessness, headache, wandering and confusion of mind, and 
 sometimes delirium. This fever John Hunter called a univeraal 
 sympathy of the body with the disturbed condition of a part of it. 
 
 It is only by inflammation that a wound is healed, or a broken bone 
 repaired. 
 
 Upon the surface of a wound nature pours out a fluid called plas- 
 tic lymph. This is composed of fibrin, — the material of which flesh 
 is made, — united with a little of the watery part of the blood, chiefly 
 albumen. The watery part disappeai-s soon after it is poured out, 
 and the fibrin hardens into a kind of membrane. Through this, 
 nature sends small nerves, arteries, and veins, which she uses as 
 threads to sew up the womid. Fibrin being the chief material with 
 which nature constructs our bodies, she of course uses it to repair 
 them when wounded, just as a carpenter, who constructs a floor with 
 planks, uses planks to mend it when it is broken through. , 
 
 Buffy Coat of the Blood. — The effects of inflammation extend to 
 the blood. This fluid, when draw n from the veins of a person suffer- 
 ing from an inflammation active enough to disturb the constitution, 
 forms a clot in the basin more slowly than usual, but the clot is 
 harder ; and a layer of fibrin is left upon the surface, of a yellowish 
 buff-color, looking like size or glue, and called the buffy coat. The 
 clot is also scooped out in the centre, and the blood is said to be 
 cupped. . • 
 
 •^aaiaaMlWaK 
 
' ^1 
 
 SUIUilCAIi MSKAHKS. 
 
 523 
 
 •ent parts of I he 
 triiij^s \vlii(^li run 
 oonio iiijiinMl or 
 i)liic. wiroH, to k'll 
 ens that when the 
 icter, the part rc- 
 hecomo inflamed, 
 mthetic inflamiiia- 
 
 ipon some impor- 
 iisturb the whoh; 
 thetl<y or »ymptom- 
 e frequently hap- 
 thology, that tlie 
 ilroad system for 
 f life, the heart, 
 if these germs or 
 ipot, thus spread- 
 le vessel happens 
 
 yrness and heat of 
 !olored urine, cos- 
 , anxiety, restless- 
 iion of mind, and 
 ailed a univeraal 
 of a part of it. 
 , or a broken bone 
 
 I fluid called pla»- 
 
 ial of which flesh 
 
 the blood, chiefly 
 
 it is poured out, 
 
 3. Through this, 
 
 hich she uses as 
 
 ief material with 
 
 uses it to repair 
 
 tracts a floor with 
 
 irough. , 
 
 (imation extend to 
 of a person suffer- 
 b the constitution, 
 al, but the clot is 
 ace, of a yellowisli 
 e buffy coat. The 
 >lood is said to be 
 
 Coin Discs. — It is another i)eculiarity of inflamed blood, that if a 
 (hop of it 1)6 examined under a powerful microscope, it« globules, or 
 (lisi's, which are very numerous, will be found .standing on their 
 edges, and leaning against each other, like a row of copper or silver 
 coins. (F'ig. 152.) 
 
 Inflammation may end in one of four different ways. 
 
 I. By Resolution. — Suppose a large splinter of wood be ptuck into 
 Iho liand of a healthy man. It causes rcidness, lieat, swelling, and 
 j)ain ; and these combined are inflammation. The splinter is pulled 
 out, and the hand well done up with a disinfectant dressing, and 
 [)roperly cared for. The redness fades, the heat declines, the swelling 
 subsides, and the pain disappeai-s ; the inflammation is ended, and the 
 hand is well. Coming to a fortunate end in this way, iuflammatiou 
 is said to be resolved., or terminated by resolution. 
 
 O O 
 
 q o « 
 
 FlO. 1B2. 
 
 FIO. 163. 
 
 II. By Suppuration. — It does not always end so happily. The 
 splinter may be broken off below the skin, and not pulled out ; or, even 
 if removed, germs may have been introduced from the splint or from 
 ill! skin of the hand; these germinate rapidly and form pus, and 
 i!i lead of the inflammation abating, it will increase, and the centre 
 of the injured part will begin to rise up to a point, and grow white 
 oil the top. This shows that there is matter formed underneath, 
 wliich is lifting up the scarf-skin, and seeking to come through. Fig. 
 153 is a microscopic view of pus ooipuscles. 
 
 The pain is now very throbbing and pulsating — keeping time with 
 the beats of the heart. When the scarf-«kin can hold out no longer, 
 it breaks, and yellow, cream-like fluid runs out, ^v^hich we call pus. 
 The redness, pain, etc., now subside. This process we call suppuror 
 lion. 
 
 At this time, if the wound have been a severe one, attended by 
 sympathetic fever, and the discharge of pus be now large, there may 
 be a change in the fever, marked by frequent shiverings and chilli- 
 ness, followed by flushes of heat, which ends in sweating. We call 
 this heatie fever. 
 
 III. By Ulceration, or the formation of open, running sores. 
 
 iiil 
 
 mm 
 
 mM» 
 
D24 
 
 8UK0ICAI. DIHKAHKH. 
 
 IV. By Mortification. — If tho wounded part have l)eon bo mnoh 
 injured m gradually to destroy its vitality, it dies. The vivid red 
 of the inflammation changes to a purplish, or livid, or hlaek hiu'. 
 The strained condition of tho skin ceases, a bloody fluid liftH up tiu- 
 cuticle, the pain and feeling are all gone, — tho part is dead and 
 putrid, and gives out a peculiarly offensive smell. This process is 
 called mortification. 
 
 The mortified and dead part is called a dowjh; and it is seijarated 
 from the living parts l)y a peculiar vital i)rocess whi'jh has the name 
 of ulceration. 
 
 Treatment of Inflammation. — Though inflammation sometinies 
 ends kindly by resolution, and though it is often a salutary process, 
 yet it is frequently very destructive, ending in suppuration, uhsem- 
 tion, and mortification, thickening, hardening, soi'tening, and en- 
 larging parts affected by it; and doing these things in textures of 
 great delicacy, and of vital importance in tho economy of life. It 
 calls, therefore, for judicious, and, often, for very active treatment. 
 
 There are tliree principal things to be done, — to remove the cause, 
 if it be still active, to take the blood away from the inflamed part, 
 and to render the part aseptic, if possible. 
 
 If a bullet be lodged in the flesh, or a thorn, or a splint of wood, 
 or a piece of glass, it is the exciting cause of the inflammation whuli 
 follows, and little can be done to advantage till the offending sul)- 
 stance is extracted. If inflammation be excited in the bladder by 
 the irrittvting presence of urine which cannot be passed, this must be 
 drawn off with the catheter before relief can be had. If thestomacli 
 be inflamed by improper food, or too much of it, the diet nuist 
 cease to follow appetite, and ttike reason for its master. If ladies 
 have excited -nflammation in the bowels, or any of the internal or- 
 gans, by a dragging weight of skirts, they must either put off the 
 burden, or hang it upon tlie shoulders with straps. 
 
 The blood is removed from the inflamed part in two ways : — 
 
 Cupping and Leeching. — It is done directly by cupping and leech- 
 ing. These methods take the blood out of the small vessels, which 
 are so full and crowded as to produce pain. Cold water, ice, etc., 
 applied to the part cause these little vessels to contract, and squeeze 
 the blood out of themselves. These are very useful applications; 
 and they are to be pursued as long as there is any hope of breaking 
 up the inflammation, or causing it to end by resolution. But when 
 this is no longer to be expected, and it is found that it will go on to 
 suppuration, then apply warm fomentations and poultices. These 
 will mollify and soften the parts, and cause the suppurating to go on 
 more rapidly and with less pain. 
 
 Counter-Irritation. — The other method of removing the blood 
 from the inflamed part is by what is called counter-irritation. 
 
 People are apt to think it very absurd that inflammation fhould be 
 
 . ^.,.iij.ji.ji;.;iL»'-i^:a.-..J.:^.', . — j:aa._a^..iA.^ — —f^^ — ^-^ 
 
- . r^' 
 
 wo l)een ho mnrli 
 Tho vivid rcil 
 id, or black hiK;. 
 fliiitl lifts up tJH' 
 part is dead uiul 
 Thia piocetw is 
 
 iiid it is separated 
 lich has tho name 
 
 ■nation sometimes 
 I salutary j)rocoHs, 
 ppuration, uUieni- 
 nttoning, and eii- 
 igs in textures of 
 noniy of life. It 
 ctive treatment, 
 remove the cause, 
 bhe inflamed part, 
 
 a splint of wood, 
 iflamraation whiili 
 ihe offending sub- 
 n the bladder by 
 issed, this must be 
 I. If theBtomach 
 
 it, the diet must 
 master. If ladies 
 of the internal or- 
 either put off the 
 
 two ways : — 
 
 Rupping and leech- 
 lall vessels, which 
 Id water, ice, etc., 
 tract, and squeeze 
 eful applications; 
 hope of breaking 
 ution. But when 
 at it will go on to 
 poultices. These 
 )purating to go on 
 
 moving the blood 
 -irritation, 
 amation phould be 
 
 8UUUI0AL DIHKAHKS. 
 
 625 
 
 induced in one place to relieve or cure it in another. But it is not 
 iibsurd. It relieveH or cures on the principle of synipathy, wiiicli 1 
 have already explained. Wo put croton oil, or tartar emetic, or 
 Spanish flies, or cayenne jjep/ier, or mustard, tipon tlie surface of the 
 bowt'l.s wlien tho internal ps rts are dangerously inflamed, and what 
 is the result? Why, the terrible smarting >..ul pain alarms nature, 
 mid she ruslies up to the surface with a large amount of the blood 
 iiroiind the inflamed parts, and there, for hours, perhaps for days, 
 struggles to l)eat down tlio new mischief at the surface ; and, in tho 
 mean time tho internal partw, relieved by the removal to the surface 
 of so largo a quantity of hot blood, make a long stride towards re- 
 covery. 
 
 A popular orator is speaking to a multitude in a hall, which is 
 thronged to excess, and a few feeble persons faint, and are lik(dy to 
 be suffocated and trodden ui)on in the dense mass. A person at the 
 door, seeing what luis happened, cries "/re." The crowd rush out ; 
 the fainting persons get breath, and are saved. So, when the thou- 
 sand streams of blood rush througli their channelH upon an inflamed 
 and fainting internal organ, crowding and oppressing it, we set the 
 skin on fire wi*^h some inflammatory sul)stance ; the blood rushes to 
 tho now point of excitement, and the oppressed and fainting organ 
 recovers. 
 
 Cupping and leeching, which are often necessary, are not to be re- 
 Hoi'tefl to in very debilitiited constitutions. In some persons, leeching 
 produces erysipelas. 
 
 Costiveness is always produced by the symptomatic fever which 
 often results from inflamnuition. This should be removed by saline 
 purgatives, such as Rochelle, Ejwom or Glauber's salts, salts of tar- 
 tiir, tartrate of potassa, and the tartrate of soda (9), (7), (12), (14), 
 (18), (20), (25), (27), (41). So: itimes more active purgatives 
 are required, and then the compound extract of colocynth, etc. (29), 
 will Ije excellent, or two compound cathartic pills, at night, followed 
 by (299) may be used. 
 
 As a drink, cream of tartar (298) will be found cooling and re- 
 freshing. In all inflammations, the diet must be light and unstimu- 
 lating. 
 
 To allay the excessive fever and pain of inflammation, some of the 
 coal-tar products may h3 used, like ammonol or phenacetine, in ten- 
 grain doses, every two to four houra ; but it must be remembered 
 that inflammation is the result of poisons and not the cause of them, 
 hence these remedies are but temporary and palliative, and must be 
 used while the real cause is being fought by removal of the original 
 source of the trouble. 
 
 The third method of treating inflammation is the most important, 
 because generalu it str" i home. Inasmuch as most inflammation 
 which comes from outs j causes is the result of the introduction of 
 bacteria into the body, che most natunl thing to do is to disinfect 
 
526 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 at once the injured or diseased part. The bruised finger, the hole 
 made by the bullet, or the cut by the knife, all need to be bathed in 
 some antiseptic solution to kill all germ-life and arrest the develop- 
 ment of their poisons, which inevitably cause inflammation. Such 
 solutions should be injected into the vs^ound or freely bathed over 
 the surface. They are legion in number, but only a few may be 
 mentioned, such as corrosive sublimate, wliich one can buy in tablet 
 form of the druggist, and of which one is taken dissolved in two 
 quarts of water; strong carbolic acid is another disinfectant, and 
 may be used in strength of one teaspooiiful of the ninety-five \m- 
 cent acid to a pint of water. Sulpho-naphthol or oil of milk, is still 
 a third disinfectant, and is used in strength of one-half teaspoonful 
 to a quart of water ; this latter turns the water milk-color. Carbolic 
 acid on standing long or being exposed to the light turns reddish, 
 but is not impaired in efficacy. The sulpho-naphthol is the least 
 expensive, and may be used for sinks, drains, etc. It is perhaps the 
 safest and best to have in the house. 
 
 Suppuration and Abscess. 
 
 An abscess is the collection of pus or matter in the substance of 
 some part of the body. When the matter is poured out from some 
 part, the process is said to be suppuration ; when it collects in a tissue, 
 it is an abscess. When the matter collecting in some organ conies 
 towards the surface, and a place in the centre rises above the sur- 
 rounding skin, and turns white, the abscess is said to point. Some 
 abscesses point and break in a week ; others of a more chronic char- 
 acter vi'ill linger on for months. 
 
 Fluctuation. — Before an abscess points, a fluctuation may gener- 
 ally be felt in the swelling, which is one of tiie surest signs that it 
 contains pus. Sometimes this fluctuation may be felt even when the 
 matter lies very deep in the flesh. And when it is so deep that tt 
 cannot be felt, if a sudden cessation of the symptomatic fever should 
 occur, and shiverin^s or rigors should come on, attended by coldness 
 in the affected part, we may reasonably suspect that pus is formed. 
 It is not easy, at times, to say whether matter is really present ; and 
 great care should be used not to plunge in a lancet where none 
 exists. Chills and fever due to pus formation are caused by the 
 absorption into the system of the poisons of ptomaines, which are the 
 result of germ-life, and their propagation. 
 
 Treatment. — When the abscess is completely formed, and there 
 is no longer any doubt of the presence of matter, it should be opened 
 at once. To let out the confined pus alleviates the pain and lessens 
 the inflammation. If the matter lie close to a bone, the openiiit,' 
 should be made without delay. The opening should lie large enough 
 to let the matter out freely. It is a rule to keep the incision open 
 
TTil: 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 627 
 
 [ finger, the hole 
 d to be bathed in 
 ■rest the develoi)- 
 immation. Such 
 eely bathed over 
 ly a few may be 
 jan buy in tablet 
 dissolved in two 
 disinfectant^ and 
 e ninety-five per 
 il of milk, is still 
 -half teaspoonful 
 c-color. Carbolic 
 ht turns reddish, 
 ithol is the least 
 It is perhaps the 
 
 the substance of 
 }d out from some 
 ollects in a tissue, 
 ome organ conies 
 }S above the sur- 
 
 to point. Some 
 lore chronic char- 
 
 uation may gener- 
 jrest signs that it 
 3lt even when the 
 is so deep that \i 
 natic fever should 
 nded by coldness 
 at pus is formed, 
 ally present ; and 
 incet where none 
 ire caused by the 
 les, which are the 
 
 ornied, and there 
 should be opened 
 i pain and lessens 
 )one, the openiiit,' 
 \ lie large enough 
 the incision open 
 
 till the cavity of the abscess is so far filled up that another collection 
 of pus is not likely to occur. 
 
 If the matter do not readily get to the surface through the opening, 
 it may burrovr itself in the flesh, in a long narrow channel called a 
 sinm. To relieve this, the opening must be extended in such a way 
 as to give vent to the new collection. 
 
 An abscess is sometimes indisposed to heal at the bottom, and pus 
 continues to be formed a long time, pud is discharged through an 
 opening smaller than the sack whicn contains it. This is a fistula, 
 and tlie opening to it should be enlarged so as to let out the matter 
 more fre ly. A little soft lint may then be gently pressed into the 
 wound to prevent its healing before tlie cavity below. The cavity 
 should be freely scraped out to remove all germ-life, and then thor- 
 oughly disinfected and kept clean and aseptic by aseptic gauze pack- 
 ings, and in this way nature is bound to heal the wound. 
 
 Au abscess from acute inflammation requires to be poulticed for a 
 time after it has been opened. When the swelling and inflammation 
 are gone, the poultices are to be laid aside, and a bandage put on. 
 When the inflammation is gone, let the diet be improved; and if the 
 lUscharge of matter be large, give wine and tonics. 
 
 Mortification. 
 
 The complete death of a part of the body, and its change into a 
 black, stinking, cold, and insensible mass, with which the other parts 
 of the system have discontinued all organic connection, is what we 
 call mortification. That form of it which is most common is said to 
 be humid, on account of the moisture of the dead pai-ts. It is the 
 result of nature having walled oft" by her antitoxin the scene of the 
 battle, and while she has lost the original battle and the original 
 field, has nevertheless succeeded in keeping out the enemy from the 
 remainder of the system. The enemy feeds on the dead tissue, set- 
 ting up a putrid, stinking cesspool of filth. 
 
 Gangrene. — Before the mortified part is completely dead, and, 
 consequently, while its recovery is supposed to be possible, the con- 
 dition of the part is called gangrene. 
 
 Sphacelus is the name given to it after its entire death. 
 
 Sloughing is the process of separating the dead matter, and the 
 susbtance separated is a slough. 
 
 The causes of mortification are quite numerous. The most com- 
 mon are, stoppage of the circulation by inflammation, by mechanical 
 causes which obstruct the passage of the blood, by chemical agents 
 and poisons, and by local or general debility. 
 
 In a bad constitution, which l)ears diseiuse poorly, mortification is 
 vei-i/ dangerous. 
 
 I 
 
 'I 
 
528 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Treatment. — In treating mortification, three things are to be aimed 
 at, — to stop its progress, to promote the separation of the dead from 
 the living parts, and to heal tlie ulcer which is left after the separa- 
 tion. 
 
 To stop the progress of mortification, we must remove its cause. 
 If it be inflammation, treat that according to the principles laid down, 
 though leeching, purgatives, etc., should be used sparingly, as mor- 
 tification reduces the constitution so rapidly that it does not bear 
 reducing well, and sometimes not at all. As soon cas the inflamma- 
 tion has subsided, particularly if the system be weakened, tonic bit- 
 ters and a nourishing diet must be had. When there is fever, with 
 great excitement of the nervous system, delirium, picking of the 
 bed-clothes, etc., the patient should have anodynes (1^1) and anti- 
 spasmodics (87), (91), (90), drafts upon the feet, and such other 
 local remedies as the case may require. Here opium and stimulants 
 are of paramount importance. 
 
 It is of little use to pat anything upon the mortified part, except 
 with a view of lessening the stench. For this purpose, lay upon the 
 part lint soaked in a solution of chloride of lime or soda, or a solution 
 of pyroligneous acid, or of creosote. 
 
 Very little can be done to hasten the separation of the dead part 
 from the living ; but while it is taking place, a common flax-seed 
 poultice, mixed with a little powdered charcoal, may be kept on it. 
 
 The ulcer left after the separation is to be treated like other 
 ulcers. A dressing of bovinine and five per cent solution of carbolic 
 acid, equal parts, will be found to hasten the granulation. 
 
 Pyaemia. 
 
 This frightful afPection has been called the bane of surgery. It 
 is caused by a peculiar poison, resulting from the fermentation and 
 disintegration of the tissues of a wound, which is taken into the 
 system either by the veins or absorbents, and is usually accompanied 
 by the formation of collections of pus in the various tissues and 
 organs of the body. It follows very trifling as well as severe injuries, 
 and it is a frequent sequela of surgical operations, oftentimes of a 
 very slight character. The only tenable theory which can explain 
 the different phenomena of this diseah'e is, that the pysemic condition 
 is caused by the absorption of septic material, sometimes in a fluid, 
 sometimes in a gaseous state, which unfits the blood for the processes 
 of healthy nutrition, induces capillary stagnation and its conse- 
 quences, low forms of inflammation in different parts of the body, as 
 in the joints and serous cavities, and may finally produce those sec- 
 ondary deposits of pus, in any or all parts or organs of the body, 
 called metastatic abscesses. 
 
 When an internal organ is involved, the result is generally fatal. 
 When suppuration attacks the integuments or the extremities, there 
 is a fair chance of recovery. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 629 
 
 are to be aimed 
 
 the dead from 
 
 ter the separa- 
 
 love its cause. 
 
 pies laid down, 
 
 .ringly, as mov- 
 
 does not bear 
 
 the inflamma- 
 
 ened, tonic bit- 
 
 J is fever, with 
 
 picking of the 
 
 ;^l£t) and anti- 
 
 md such other 
 
 and stimulants 
 
 ed part, except 
 se, lay upon the 
 da, or a solution 
 
 I the dead part 
 mmon flax-seed 
 be kept on it. 
 ated like other 
 ution of carboUc 
 Eition. 
 
 of surgery. It 
 jrmentation and 
 
 taken into the 
 lly accompanied 
 LOUS tissues and 
 ,s severe injuries, 
 
 oftentimes of a 
 lich can explain 
 ysemic condition 
 Avaes in a fluid, 
 for the processes 
 and its conse- 
 s of the body, as 
 oduce those sec- 
 ins of the body, 
 
 generally fatal, 
 ixtremities, there 
 
 Thence the disease ntvs been divided into two classes : the internal 
 or acute, the external or clironic pyaemia. When pyaemia involves 
 the internal organs the coui-se is usually rapid and fatal. When it 
 attacks the external parts, it is slow in its course and may be recov- 
 ered from. 
 
 Duration of the Disease. — Sometimes its course is so rapid that 
 the patient may die in two or three days after the appearance of the 
 Hymi)toms. As a rule, however, bad cases terminate during the 
 second week. Some go on for six or seven weeks. In cases which 
 recover, the patient jjoes through a long illness and may be left per- 
 manently crippi. by secondary affections of the joints. As a rule, 
 tlie longer a patient lives the better the hopes of a successful ending. 
 
 Pyaimic symptoms generally make their ai)pearance after the fourth 
 day. The first symptom is a chill ; this is repeated at irregular 
 intervals, and is followed by profuse and exhausting sweats. 
 
 The hot stage which characterizes the malarial paroxysms of inter- 
 mittent fever is usually absent or but slightly marked. During the 
 course of the attack, the temperature of the body, which is naturally 
 98^° Fahrenheit, may rise six or eight degrees, and in ordinary cases 
 its fall is, as a rule, gradual. The greatest elevation of temperature 
 corresponds witli the period of rigor. During the sweating stage the 
 temperature falls again. Should the fall be sudden, a general break- 
 down of the powers of the patient is indicated. The pulse rate varies, 
 according to the violence of the attack, from ninety to one hundred 
 and thirty. The respiration is usually rapid, from forty to fifty a 
 minute, and in many cases a hay-like odor of the breath is present, 
 which is considered pathognomonic of the disease. The countenance 
 is flushed, the skin dusky, sallow, sometimes jaundiced and marked 
 with sudamina. 
 
 The tongue is coated, and there is a complete loss of appetite, and 
 often nausea and vomiting. The urine is frequently albuminous. 
 When the brain is involved there will be sleeplessness, or delirium 
 of a low, muttering kind ; some unconsciousness, from which the 
 patient can be aroused only to relapse. 
 
 Intense pain usually attends the secondary complications, though 
 it is sometimes remarkable how slight the symptoms often are when 
 severe local disease exists. 
 
 The wound becomes sauious, serous, and fetid ; sometimes the 
 secretions are arrested and the surface becomes dry and glazed; 
 sometimes absolute sloughing occurs. Union, if progressing, will 
 become disunion, and all reparative action ceases. As the disease 
 progresses, the symptoms become profoundly typhoidal, and the 
 patient may die comatose or from exhaustion. 
 
 The exciting causes of pyaemia are very obscure. It attacks the 
 healthy as well as the feeble, those surrounded by perfect hygienic 
 influences as well as those who are exposed to deleterious influences. 
 It is found not only in hospitals but in private practice; but it is 
 
 l-l:: ^ 
 
 M -H) 
 
530 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 more prevalent in unhealthy places, in the overcrowded wards, and 
 in those spots where ventilation and drainage is bad. It lurks among 
 the poorly housed and poorly fed and clad, and wherever those in- 
 fluences exist which are depressing to the vital powers. 
 
 The general treatment in these cases is of paramount importance. 
 It is the duty of the surgeon to see that the patient's room is well 
 ventilated, and that it ii5 frequently purified by cleansing and tUsin- 
 fectants. 
 
 Tlie wound is to be kept clean and well -drained. 
 The dressings should be changed as often as four times a day, and 
 saturated with disinfectant lotions. 
 
 When sloughing exists the charcoal poultice should be applied, and 
 every measure pursued which will insure the utmost cleanliness of 
 the patient and his surroundings. 
 
 The curative treatment is to be conducted on the same principles 
 which guide the surgeon in the management of all cases of atyphoid- 
 al character. 
 
 The bowels if constipated are to be opened hy a gentle laxative, 
 and the different secretory organs restored to a healthy action as far 
 as possible. 
 
 The vital energies of the patient are to be maintained or stimu- 
 lated, and everything that tends to lower them must be warded off. 
 Quinine is the most valuable remedy we have for the treatment of 
 pyaemia. Some su'geons give it in large doses and speak highly of 
 its effects. It is valuable in doses of four or five grains every three 
 or four hours. It may be combined with iron advantageously in 
 some cases. Tl ^lest combination is with the citrate of iron. Four 
 grains of each are lo be given four or five times a day. 
 
 Stimulants are also of great importance to maintain the powers of 
 life. In some cases it is necessary to employ them freely to keep up 
 the waning strength. 
 
 The diet should be as nutritious as the patient's assimilative powers 
 will bear. Milk and the animal broths are the best. 
 
 When the stomach rejects nourishment it must be given by the 
 rectum, enema of beef-tea and milk with brandy being administered 
 every four houre. 
 
 When the nervous system is disturbed by pain and want of rest 
 and sleep, some of the forms of opiates or anodynes are to be given, 
 small doses frequently repeated being better than large. 
 
 Should diarrhoea exist it is to be kept under control. It should 
 not be checked suddenly, as it appears to have an eliminative ten- 
 dency in cases of blood-poison. 
 
 Carbonate of ammonia in ten-grain doses five or six times a day 
 is a valuable remedy when other tonics cannot be tolerated. 
 
 When secondary 'abscesses fonn, they should be opened and kept 
 cleansed by some disinfectant fluid, such as carbolic acid or the solu- 
 tion of the chlorinate of soda, in their proper strength. 
 
 irhV''lirtitii(iiViirf"i''lr ' 
 
wded wards, and 
 It lurks among 
 lerever those in- 
 ers. 
 
 aunt importance, 
 snt's room is well 
 insing and tlisin- 
 
 times a day, and 
 
 Id be applied, and 
 )st cleanliness of 
 
 e same principles 
 iases of a typhoid- 
 
 a gentle laxative, 
 Ithy action as far 
 
 atained or stimu- 
 )t be warded off. 
 [" the treatment of 
 i speak highly of 
 rrains every three 
 .dvantageously in 
 ite of iron. Four 
 lay. 
 
 ;ain the powers of 
 freely to keep up 
 
 ssimilative powers 
 
 t. 
 
 ; be given by the 
 
 eing administered 
 
 and want of rest 
 38 are to be given, 
 large. 
 
 ontrol. It should 
 n eliminative ten- 
 
 r six times a day 
 tolerated, 
 opened and kept 
 c acid or the solu- 
 igth. 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 581 
 
 Ulcerations and Ulcers. 
 
 When the small particles composing tlie body have been used 
 a while, they wear out, and become useless. Over the whole body 
 are distributed a multitude of small vessels, called absorbents, whose 
 business it is to pick up these worn and loosened particles, aiid carry 
 them away. 
 
 There is another class of small vessels, having just the opposite 
 duty, — namely, to bring new particles of matter, and put in the 
 places of those taken away. These are arteries. They are the natu- 
 ral artisans, who construct oar bodies. The absorbents ara the 
 demolishers who pull them down. Under these two forces, our 
 existence is, for a time, a drawn game between life and death. The 
 absorbents, like myriads of hungry insects, eat us up, — the con- 
 structing arteries, like faithful builders, reconstruct us. The work 
 of the absorbents, is called absorption ; that of the constructing arte- 
 ries nutrition. 
 
 When nutrition partially ceases, and absorption continues una- 
 bated, we grow thin, or lose flesh. This happens in consumption. 
 If nutrition should stop altogether, absorption going on sii* usual, our 
 bodies would be quickly destroyed. We should be wholly devoured 
 by these little absorbent vessels. This would be ulceration applied to 
 the whole body. But it does not appear in so gensral a form. It 
 confines itself to particular parts. 
 
 When nutrition entirely ceases in any portion of the body, the 
 absorbents devour all the skin, flesh, and vessels of the part, — leaving 
 an open cavity. The process of taking away the flesh, etc., is ulcer- 
 ation, — the cavity left is an ulcer or sore. 
 
 Natural Surgery. — Ulceration sometimes acts the part of a nat- 
 ural surgeon. When a part dies from mortification, it is necessary 
 to have it removed ; so nature sets up, directly around it, an acute 
 inflammation, in which all nutrition stops, and absorption goes on 
 rapidly. In this way, a complete dike is in a short time made around 
 the dead mass, and it is as handsomely amputated, or cut off, as any 
 surgeon could do it. 
 
 When the ulceration is going on, and the blood-vessels are b3ing 
 cut off by it, the blood coagulates or curdles in them for a short 
 distance back from the breach, which prevents bleeding. This is as 
 good as tying the arteries. 
 
 Some textures ulcerate more easily than others, — the skin and 
 mucous membranes most easily of all. 
 
 Ulcers are divided into healthy., unhealthy, and specific. 
 
 A Healthy ulcer i.s a simple sore, not showing any bad symptoms, 
 but rather a kindly disposition to heal. It is generally small in size, 
 of a florid-red color, and has upon its surface little elevations, pointed 
 
 I 
 
 n 
 
532 SUKGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 like cones, i;iille<l (franulations, vvliioh are not so apt as in the ciuto of 
 unhealthy ulcers, to rise above the level of the surrounding skin. 
 
 Unhealthy Ulcers comprise those called irritable, indolent, pha- 
 gedenic, etc. 
 
 Indolent Ulcers are m iierous. The edges of the skin around 
 them are generally thick, prominent, and rounded. The granulatioiiH 
 are pale, smooth, large, and flabby, with a peculiar gloss upon tliem. 
 These ulcers form most often on the leg ; and the nearer they are to 
 the ankle, the harder they are to cure. 
 
 Phagedenic Ulcers are those which look as thcagh they literally 
 eat away the parts. Their surface has a livid appearance. The 
 matter formed is small in quantity, and is frequently tinged with 
 blood. 
 
 Specific Ulcers embrace scrofulous, cancerous, venereal, scarhutic, 
 and others. They are called specific because they are produced by 
 particular diseases and states of the system. , 
 
 Treatment. — The first thing to be done is to remove the exciting 
 cause. A venereal, or a scrofulous, or a scorbutic ulcer, cannot be 
 cured, unless we first lessen the force of the disease in the general 
 system. If the continuance of a sore depends on bad digestion, we 
 cannot expect to cure it till we put the stomach right. 
 
 Healthy ulcers need no treatment, except some simple dressing, 
 such as oxide of zinc ointment. It is well, in some cases, to touch 
 the granulations near the surface with lunar caustic. 
 
 Ulcers upon the legs and ankles do not heal well if the patient 
 walks about much, or even allows the legs to hang down a great 
 deal. The patient must be put to bed and the leg bandaged, especially 
 if the ulcers are the result of the breaking down of varicose veins, 
 which are so common a cause of leg-ulcers. 
 
 Indolent ulcers are to be touched by lunar caustic, or by diluted 
 nitric acid. The diluted ointment of the nitrate of mercury is also 
 often used with benefit. So is the compound tincture of benzoin, the 
 basilicon ointment, etc. Or, apply a bread-and-milk poultice to the 
 ulcer, and keep the patient twenty-four hours in bed. Then apply 
 the lunar caustic to the whole sore, and to the skin around it. After- 
 wards cover the ulcer with sticking plaster, and a bandage. 
 
 The following is the best plan. Lay upon the sore a number of 
 pieces of lint, soaked in the nitric-acid lotion (314), xand cover them 
 with a bread-and-milk poultice. Change these applications twice a 
 day, and continue them till the discharge looks healthy, and the gran- 
 ulations begin to appear. 
 
 If there is inflammation about tlie sore, give some of the prepara- 
 tions of salts to purge the bowels, and confine the patient to bed. 
 When the parts begin to look healthy, lay some pieces of lint upon 
 the sore, wet with nitric-acid lotion (214), or zinc lotion (216); and 
 
 
SUUGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 533 
 
 as in the ciwi- of 
 ounding skin. 
 
 W«, indolent, phor 
 
 the skin around 
 The granulatioiiH 
 gloss upon tlieni. 
 learer they are to 
 
 agh they Uterally 
 ippearance. The 
 sntly tinged with 
 
 wnereal, scorbutic, 
 are produced by 
 
 move the exciting 
 
 ulcer, cannot be 
 
 le in the general 
 
 bad digestion, we 
 
 :ht. 
 
 simple drcvssing, 
 e cases, to touch 
 
 ■» 
 .>• 
 
 ell if the patient 
 ing down a great 
 idaged, especially 
 of varicose veins, 
 
 itic, or by diluted 
 if mercury is also 
 ire of benzoin, the 
 k poultice to the 
 )ed. Then apply 
 iround it. After- 
 jandage. 
 
 ore a number of 
 , xand cover them 
 ilications twice a 
 thy, and the gran- 
 
 e of the prepara- 
 i patient to bed. 
 ices of lint upon 
 otion (215); and 
 
 then apply strips of adhesive plaster, one and one-half inches wide, 
 two-thirds round tlie limb, and extending an inch below the ulcer 
 and an inch above it, — at the same time drawing the edges of the 
 sore together with a gentle fonu;, and retaining them there with the 
 plaster. Put a compress of soft linen over tlie plaster, and ai)ply a 
 bandage over the whole, making it tighter below and a iittle looser 
 above, and extending to tlie knee. {Vig, 164.) 
 
 Surgeons frequently snip out little pieces of healthy skin from 
 some adjacent part and graft onto the ulcer, thus shortening the pro- 
 cess of healing. A dressing of bovinine and water in equal parts 
 hastens the growth of the flesh part. Whenever the fleslx is even 
 with the skin it should be kept at this level by some mild caustic, as 
 stated above. Then comes the time for transplanting skin. The 
 varicosities of the veins must be cured, or at least improved before 
 the ulcera will remain healed. Avoid the use of pork or lard. 
 
 Boils. — Ferunculus. 
 
 Underneath the skin is a layer of tissue composed chiefly of cells. 
 From this tissue there are small elevations, in the shape of cones, 
 which rise up into the substance of the true skin. Like those papillae 
 of the skin which become inflamed and produce copis, these eleva- 
 tions are subject to an inflammation, which causes boils. 
 
 At first, a tender knot or hardness is felt just under the skin, which 
 soon begins to look red. A painful tumor now begins to show itself, 
 of a dusky red or purple color, which acquires the size of a pea, a 
 hazel-nut or a walnut. Some time between the fourth and eighth 
 day it becomes pointed and white at the top, when the scarf-skin 
 gives way, and lets out a" little pus mixed with blood, and exposes to 
 view a mass of dead matter, called a core, which is too large for the 
 opening, and is not ready to come away, if it were not. This core is 
 a mass of mortified or dead flesh ; and nature is cutting a space 
 around it, that it may be thrown off. In two or three more days, it 
 comes away, leaving a cup-like cavity, which gradually fills up, and 
 the boil is over. 
 
 Some constitutions yield boils in successive crops. When this hap- 
 pens they are a terrible affliction. There are not many Jobs who can 
 bear them with patience. » 
 
\ 
 
 534 BURGIOAL DISEASES. 
 
 Treatment. — A boil will generally run its course. A five-priiin 
 blue-pill, tiikim at bed-time, wliun tbe boil is (irHt .sbowiiig itHoit', is 
 about the only tbing I know tbat will bliust it. And yet, my unwil- 
 lingness to encourage a general use of mercurials makes me iiesitile 
 to rev'ommend it. One pill, not to be repeated, can do no harm, how- 
 ever, and may safely be tsiken. 
 
 Boils may sonietimes be stopped by touching them with lunar 
 caustic. Water-tlressing, if used early, and persevered in, will some- 
 times prevent their growing larger than a pea. After the boil luus 
 oi)ened, apply poultices for a day or two, then some simple, stimula- 
 ting ointment, as Ixisilicon salve, or Turner's cerate, or nitric acid 
 lotion (814). If boils continue to come out in successive crops, give 
 alterative medicines, or sulphurous mineral waters, or liquor potassas 
 or bicarbonate of soda. General tonic treatment, with iron, quinine, 
 etc., is usually required (65), (75). A cupful of Indian meal soaked 
 in a quart of water for four hours, and the water drunk freely, will 
 often stop a boil if taken when it firat starts, and if continued will 
 prevent their returning. I would advise its trial, as it is often suc- 
 cessful. 
 
 Carbuncle. — Anthrax. 
 
 This is like a boil, only much larger and more painful. Instead 
 of one of the little cellular elevations being inflamed, as in the case 
 of the boil, the carbuncle begins with the inflammation of several. 
 Its surface is more flat than that of a boil ; its inflammation more 
 violent; and the constitutional symptoms excited more severe. It 
 has the breadth, sometimes, of the top of a quart bowl. Like the 
 boil, it appears most often upon the neck, the shoulders, the back, the 
 buttocks, the thighs, etc. It goes through the same process as a boil, 
 and ends in the same way, only discharging a vastly larger core. 
 
 Carbuncles most often appear in persons above middle age, and 
 indicate an impaired and broken constitution. They occasion great 
 suffering, and sometimes prove fatal. Upon the head or neck, they 
 are more dangerous than in other situations. They are now con- 
 sidered to be of bacterial origin. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply, constantly, during the formation of the car- 
 buncle, either fomentations and poultices, or cold-water dressing. I 
 prefer the latter. To stop both the local and the constitutional dis- 
 order, make two incisions in the form of a cross, cutting entirely 
 through the dead mass. Then apply a fermenting poultice, or one of 
 oatmeal, for two or three days, after which use the basilicon salve, or 
 apply daily a weak solution of lunar caustic, or the nitric-acid lotion 
 (314). During recovery, tonics are useful, such as quinine, tincture 
 of Peruvian bark, and sulphuric acid ; and morphine to procure rest, 
 at every stage when it is required. A piece of caustic potash the 
 size of a pea, dropped into the middle of the cross-cut, hastens the 
 suppumtion and subsequent healing of the wound. 
 
 BBilNBMiW ^MI Iil l I . mmrvn'WKmn mMaietism'tJ^ti ii W <i H i nmjJl^jfl|jaiJ 
 
c. A five-pniin 
 lowing itHolf, is 
 I yet, my uiiwil- 
 ikes mo iicsitjvto 
 o no harm, liow- 
 
 lem with lunar 
 id in, will 801110- 
 ter tlw boil luus 
 simple, stimiilii- 
 i, or nitric m'ul 
 ssive crops, give 
 • liquor potassa), 
 th iron, quinine, 
 ian meal soaked 
 •unk freely, will 
 ' continued will 
 9 it is often sue- 
 
 ainful. Instead 
 , as in the ciise 
 tion of several, 
 ammation more 
 lore severe. It 
 )owl. Like the 
 IS, the back, the 
 »roces8 as a boil, 
 larger core, 
 [niddle age, and 
 r occasion great 
 i or neck, they 
 sy are now con- 
 ation of the car- 
 ter dressing. I 
 nstitutional dis- 
 autting entirely 
 lultice, or one of 
 isilicon salve, or 
 litric-acid lotion 
 [uinine, tincture 
 to procure rest, 
 istic potash the 
 cut, hastens the 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 635 
 
 Malignant Pustule. 
 
 Tnia is one of the five diseases which man may take from animals. 
 The other four are the <;ow-pox, hydrophobia, (flandera, and vmlignant 
 carbuncle. This hist is what the French call nharbon, — pronounced 
 gharbo. My own mother and an elder brother came nb.>r losing their 
 lives by it, — having taken it by handling the flesh and tallow of a 
 dead cow. 
 
 Malignant pustule begins with a water-pimple, not bigger than a 
 millet seed. Underneath it is a hard point, surrounded with redness, 
 hke a flea-bite. This hardneas is soon attacked by mortification, 
 which spreads on all sides, and kills everything as it goes. Next, in 
 fatal eases, come great restlessness, faintings, sunken countenance, 
 dry skin, dry brown tongue, despondency, delirium, and death. It is 
 su[)i)08ed generally not to arise from constitutional causes, but to be 
 produced by a specific poison or bacterium applied to the skin, or by 
 eating the flesh of cattle which die of gangrenous diseases. The dit 
 order is probably the same as the malignant carbuncle. 
 
 Treatment. — Deep incisions, and the application of the most pow- 
 erful caustics, as the caustic potash, etc., and tincture of peruvian 
 hark, quinine, aromatic sulphuric acid, wine, ether and opium. Prob- 
 ably the best treatment is to surround the pustule with a thick layer 
 of ointment ; then to fasten mme lint to the end of a stick, wet it 
 with nitric acid, and press it upon the pustule. Now apply cloths, 
 wet with cold water, and when the slough comes off, dress with sim- 
 ple ointment, or touch occasionally with weak solution of nitrate of 
 silver (211). When once opened it should be thoroughly irrigated 
 with disinfectants like corrosive sublimate, in strength of 1 part to 
 2000 solution. 
 
 Chemical Injuries. 
 
 These are of two kinds, produced by causes of an exactly opposite 
 nature. The flret are 
 
 Burns and Scalds. 
 
 A bum is the effect of concentrated heat acting upon living tissues. 
 The effects are inflammation, and sometimes complete disorganization 
 and destruction of the parts. 
 
 A scald is an injury produced by applying hot water or other flui .1, 
 to the skin or mucous membrane. The natural temperature of the 
 human body is ninetj^-eight degrees ; that of boiling water, two hun- 
 dred and tv/elve degrees. Bringing the skin in contact with a fluid 
 heated so far above it, produces redness and pain ; and when nothing 
 is done instantly to ward off the injury, the scarf-skin is raised from 
 the true skin in the form of a blister, filled with water. 
 
 -'-«^5(51gS^ 
 
 ■^■tt 
 
586 
 
 SUKQICAL DISEASES. 
 
 The degree of danger from a burn or Hcald (htpcnds upon tlio ex- 
 tent oi the injured Hurfaee, and also u])on the depth ol the injury, aw 
 extensive scahl or hum may prove fatal in a few hours, — the padini 
 never i-allying from the first prostration. These injuries are most 
 dangerous when upon the head, neck, chest and belly. Old persons, 
 and those who are feeble and have shattered constitutions, will sink 
 under burns and scalds from which robust pereons will suft'er but 
 little. 
 
 Treatment. — For slight burns and scalds, make cold applications. 
 Put the injured part in very cold water, or lay upon it piecies of linen, 
 or lint, wet with vinegar and water, or rose-water and sugar of lead 
 (288), or diluted solution of acetate of ammonia. When these are 
 not to ])e quickly had, lay on scraped raw potatoes, which is one of 
 the best remedies to give immediate relief. The object is to reduce 
 the inflammation, and to prevent blistering. They must, therefore 
 be put on very soon. If the scald be extensive, and on the body,— 
 producing shivering, faintness, paleness and coldness of the skin, 
 and a small j)ulse, — cold applications are not propor. In such case 
 we may use warm fomentations, or, in the case of a child, the warm 
 bath. A liniment of spirits of turpentine, linseed oil, etc. (194), 
 makes an excellent application. Also (371). 
 
 Raw cotton, spread out thin, and laid upon a burn, is a good dress^ 
 ing, and one which is much used. So is flour sprinkled upon the in- 
 jured surface with a dredger. For loosening the flour when it is to 
 be taken off, poultices are useful. 
 
 Keep the air from the wound as much as possible. With this 
 view, do not remove the dressing often, and when a cold lotion is 
 used, merely pour it upon the rags, letting them remain undisturl)ed. 
 Stimidate and narcotize the patient if exhausted by the shock of the 
 burn. Nothing is more generally used than carron oil, which is com- 
 posed of equal parts of linseed oil and lime-water. It soothes, heals 
 and promotes granulation. 
 
 Effects of Cold.— Frost-Blte. 
 
 Cold is a relative term. The same temperature may be called hot 
 or cold, according as it is compared with a hotter or colder tempera- 
 ture. If we warm one hand by a fire, while we lay the other upon 
 ice, and then plunge them both into cold water, the water will feel 
 cold to the one which has been by the fire, and warm to the one taken 
 from the ice. 
 
 The warmth of the body being ninety-eight degrees, any tempera- 
 ture below this may be said, in a certain sense, to be cold. Yet a 
 temperature much lower than this, namely, from sixty to seventy, is 
 the most agreeable and invigorating, because it takes away the heat 
 just about as fast as it is produced in a healthy body. 
 
 The first effect of cold applied to the body is to weaken the circu- 
 
 ■MMMta 
 
 WMMIIIMM 
 
 ^^^ 
 
SURniCAL PISEASKB. 
 
 687 
 
 lends upon the ex- 
 of tho injury. .An 
 DUrH, — the piiliiiiL 
 injuries uro iiuxst 
 tUy. Old persons, 
 titutions, will sink 
 ins will suffer Imt 
 
 ) eold applications. 
 I it pieces of linen, 
 
 aiul sugar of lend 
 When these are 
 9, which is oiu) of 
 object is to reduce 
 ley must, therefore 
 md on the body, — 
 Iness of the skin, 
 por. In such case 
 
 a child, the warm 
 ed oil, etc. (194), 
 
 rn, is a good dress^ 
 nkled upon the in- 
 flour when it is to 
 
 (ssible. With this 
 n a cold lotion is 
 smain undisturlwd. 
 )y the shock of the 
 1 oil, which is com- 
 It soothes, beak 
 
 ite. 
 
 may be called hot 
 or colder tenipera- 
 
 ly the other upon 
 the water will feel 
 m to the one taken 
 
 yrees, any tempera- 
 lO be cold. Yet a 
 uxty to seventy, is 
 akes away the beat 
 )dy. 
 weaken the circu- 
 
 lation in the small l)lood-ves8el8 of the skin. When applied with 
 Hoino intctnsity, tlu; Ix^art and arteries in general an; weakened; .'.le 
 Iddod is delayed in tlio vessels near tlie Hiirface, and not In-in^L,' changed 
 to a red color in the lungs tis ftust us it should be, the lingei's, cans, 
 etc., l)ccomu blue or livid; and, if the cold Ih) continued sufficiently 
 long, the circulation stops in these parts ; heiit ceases to In; evolved, 
 and inortiiication or death is the consequence. Parts killed in this 
 way are said to he froat-bitteii. 
 
 A free circulation of red blood is essential to tlie continuance of 
 sen.sibility. Hence, when the circulation is seriously impeded by cold, 
 the body becomes nuniV), — it loses its feeling; the muscles act feebly; 
 a languor and torpor follows ; drowsiness comes on, followed by sleep, 
 from which there is no waking. Drowsiness, during exposure to ex- 
 treme cold, indicates great danger. 
 
 Treatment* — It is a great principle in restoring frost-bitten parts, 
 and pei-sons benumbed with cold, to coninmnieate heat in the most 
 gradual manner. It has been said that the degree of external heat 
 should be in proportion to the quantity of life. When life is 
 weakened and nearly destroyed by frost, therefore, the warmth must 
 he small, and rise no faster than life returns. 
 
 To rectore a frozen limb or part, rub it with snow, or place it in 
 cold water for some time. When feeling begins to return, still keep 
 it in cold water and let heat be added in a very gradual manner, by 
 pouring in, now and then, a very small quantity of warm water. 
 
 If a person be nduced by cold to insensibility, and apparently 
 frozen to death, take his clothes off, and cover him all over with snow, 
 except the mouth and nostrils. If snow is not to be had, put him in 
 water as cold as ice, and let him lie for some minutes. Then rub 
 him with cloths wet with cold water. When the body is thus thawed 
 by degrees, and the muscles begin to relax, dry the body, and placing 
 it in a cold bed, rub with the warm hands, only under the clotlies. 
 Continue this for houra. If signs of life appear, give a small injec- 
 tion of camphor and water, and put a drop of spirits of camphor on 
 the tongue. After a time, rub with spirit and water, and finally 
 with spii'it, and give tea, or coffee, or brandy and water, 
 
 Chilblains. 
 
 These are caused by exposure to cold, and affect the fingers, toes, 
 and particularly the heels, with a painful inflammatory swelling, of 
 a red, purple, or bluish color. The skin may be red in patches, and 
 slightly swelled, with itching, tingling, pain, and lameness ; or there 
 may be blisters, around which the skin is blue or purple ; or, worse 
 yet, there may be ulceration and sloughing. 
 
 Treatment- — Stimulating Imiments are the remedies usually em- 
 ployed for this complaint. One of the best consists of six parts of 
 
 wmd 
 
538 
 
 BUKOIOAL DIHRASKH. 
 
 floiip linimont, aiul ono piirt of tin.-turo of SpimiHh (Hch ; im»l iiiiollicr 
 excellent one is prescription J107. If tlioro is ulceration, use Tuiiht's 
 cerate, or the resin ointment. 
 
 Mechanical Injuries. 
 
 WouNns are divided into several kinds. 
 
 Incised Wounds are very common. Heing made with sharp in- 
 struments, they are cuts, and have no laceration or tearing about 
 them. 
 
 5tabs, or Punctured Wounds, form another class. They are made 
 with pointed weapons, as bayonets, lances, swords, and daj^gurs. 
 They are more dangerous than the former, because they penetrate 
 to a greater deptli, — injuring blood-vessels, nerves, bowels, and 
 other organs. 
 
 Contused and Lacerated Wounds form still another class. They 
 embrace gun-shot wounds, and all those produced hy blunt instru- 
 ments. They tear, and brui»e, and maiih the flesh. 
 
 Poisoned Wound* form yet another class. They are such as are 
 united with the introduction of some venomous p(>ison into tlie in- 
 cised, or punctured, or contused part. Stings and bites of venomous 
 insects and snakes are of this class, — also the wounds made hy 
 poisoned arrows. 
 
 Simple Wounds are such as are inflicted on a healthy subject with 
 a clean, sharp instrument. 
 
 Complicated Wounds are those inflicted when the state of the 
 whole system, or of the wounded part, is such as to make it neces- 
 sary for the surgeon to deviate from the treatment needed for a sim- 
 ple wound, — as, for example, when there is bleeding, or nervous 
 symptoms, or great pain, or locked-jaw, or much contusion, or ery- 
 sipelas. 
 
 Lacerated wounds are more dangerous than ircised ones, because 
 the parts are stretched and otherwise injured, besides being separated. 
 
 A very small wound upon the brain, the spinal marrow, the bowels, 
 or the heart, will often prove fatal, because the functions of these 
 parts are intimately connected with life. 
 
 Woundb of young persons heal much more rapidly and kindly than 
 those of old persons. 
 
 Septic Wounds. 
 
 Whenever a surface has been cut, lacerated, or in any way in- 
 jured, so that the surface can absorb germ-life from the instrument 
 inflicting the wound, from the dressings used to cover it up, or from 
 the diit of the skin itself, we are very apt to get in a few days what 
 used to be known as sympathetic fever, but which is no more or less 
 
 / 
 
 mum 
 
;>H ; iiikI iiiintlicr 
 ■»ti, iiKo Tuiiht's 
 
 with Hhar{) iii- 
 r tearing about 
 
 They aro inadt! 
 1, and daj^gors. 
 I they penetrate 
 BB, bowels, and 
 
 SUROICAL niBEABRS. 
 
 539 
 
 than the neptic fever, or the HyHteniio nianifefltation of gorm ubtiorp- 
 tion. Fever, Iohh of appetit(% hoadache, Hwelling and tunderneHH of 
 tlio wound, witli perhaps pu« formation, are the natural outcome of 
 Huch abHorption. Hence it will readily ho seen frotn what has Iwen 
 previously said alxiut nrpsis, that the lirst indication in all cuts is to 
 disinfect the area injured witli some one of the germicidal solutioiLs. 
 None is cheaper than (iorrosive snhlimato in the strength of one part 
 to two thousand. This, in many cases, is all that need l)o done. If 
 the cut is to he sewn up, the wound is fust cleaned with corrosive 
 sublimate or oil of milk solution (a half-teaspoonful to one quart of 
 water), and then sewn with needle ami thread that iiave been boiled 
 live minutes. The dressingii or bandage should be disinfecttid with 
 ..jeam before being applied. Druggists nowadays keep in stock I'-sep- 
 U'^ gauze meant for precisely this class of cases, lacerated wounds, etc. 
 
 J ■ 
 
 ler class. They 
 )y blunt instru- 
 
 ■ are such as are 
 ison into the iii- 
 tes of venomous 
 ounds made by 
 
 thy subject with 
 
 he state of the 
 a make it neces- 
 Beded for a sim- 
 ing, or nervous 
 antusion, or ery- 
 
 ed ones, because 
 being separated, 
 row, the bowels, 
 nctions of these 
 
 and kindly than 
 
 • in any way m- 
 1 the instrument 
 er it up, or from 
 a few days what 
 I no more or less 
 
 Incised Wounds. 
 
 V/hen the flesh is divided with a cutting instrument, the cut edges 
 separate, and the wound has a gaping a})pearance. This drawing 
 apart happens in consequence of the elasticity of the skin. It often 
 happens that vessels of considerable size are cut, so that bleeding is 
 the principal thing to receive attention. 
 
 Treatment of Hemorrhage. — Bleeding is stopped by the tourniquet, 
 by the ligature, by compression, by the application of cold water and 
 ice, and by astringents and styptics. 
 
 The Tour ^uet. — This instrument consists of a bjind and buckle, 
 a pad and two brass frames, the 
 upper of which is furnished with 
 two small rollers, and the lower 
 with four, over all of which the 
 band plays. When the handle is 
 turned to the right or left, the 
 band is tightened or relaxed to 
 just the extent required. (Fig. 
 155.) The band is buckled round 
 the limb in such a manner that 
 the pad is placed exactly over the 
 artery. When an artery is cut, it 
 is known by the blood being very 
 rerf, and spirting out in jets; and 
 in this case, the instrument must 
 l)e placed upon the limb above the 
 wound, or between it and the 
 heart. *"'o- »»• 
 
 The Ligature. — When an artery is divided, the surgeon lays hold 
 of the end of it with his forceps, and ties a thread tight around it, or 
 
 K % 
 
540 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 twists the end of the artery. This is called a ligature. By it, tlio 
 bleeding is instantly stopped, and long before the thread becomes 
 loose, the opposite sides of the vessel have grown together, and all 
 danger of a renewal of the bleeding is over. In all these procedures 
 the careful surgeon uses only disinfected instruments and ligatures. 
 
 Application of Water and Ice. — This is done by saturating witli 
 cold water several folds of linen rags, or lint pads, and applying them 
 to the wound, remoistening, and reapplying them as fast as they be- 
 come hot, till the pain and inflammation subside. 
 
 Compression. — When the blood does not come from any large 
 vessel, but from several small ones, compression is sufiicient. It con- 
 sists in placing the opposite sides of the wound together, if possible, 
 and then laying compresses over, and applying a bandage with mod- 
 erate tightness. 
 
 Astringents and Styptics. — These are spirits, tinctures of myrrh, 
 Peruvian bark, diluted mineral acids, solutions of tannin, alum, sul- 
 phate of copper, decoctions of white-oak bark, etc. These have the 
 po ^er to stop bleeding from small vessels. Monsel's salt is soid to 
 have more power than all the above. It is a preparation of iron and 
 nitric acid, and has been used with great success in stopping violent 
 bleeding. It is not a caustic or an irritant ; but it acts very power- 
 fully upon albumen and blood, — producing with the latter a large 
 clot, absolutely insoluble, which continues to enlarge for several houre 
 after the application, and becomes quite hard and firm, so that no 
 blood can get through ; but it leaves the wound filled with clots 
 which afterward decompose and often give rise to blood-poisoning. 
 The compress wrung out of some antiseptic solution is always the 
 best method when practical. 
 
 Beside these means, the application of the lunar caustic, potash, and 
 the hot iron, are used, particularly the first, quite often. 
 
 Union by the First Intention. 
 
 When the bleeding is stopped, all foreign substances removed, and 
 the wound properly cleansed, the next thing is to bring the opposite 
 sides c f the cut evenly together, and to keep them steadily in this 
 position till they have healed. If this method succeeds, the healing 
 takes place without the formation of any pus. This is called healini/ 
 by the first intention, or adhesion. The cut surfaces grow together. 
 For keeping the surfaces together, straps of adhesive plaster are used, 
 putting them at right angles across the cut, and leaving spaces be- 
 tween them. 
 
 Sutures. — Incised wounds are sometimes seived together by what 
 is called the interrupted suture. After the bleeding is stopped, a 
 a curved needle is threaded, and, the liijs of the wound being brought 
 together, is introduced through ' "le right lip, and then, being directed 
 
 ■v i« « ii r lw niaiWW>wwKi 
 
 mmm 
 

 i^-l*V^ ^ — — 
 
 •TOKWfJgiBliiV 
 
 ure. By it, tlio 
 thread becomes 
 )gether, and all 
 hese procedures 
 I and ligatures. 
 
 saturating witii 
 
 1 applying them 
 
 fast as they he- 
 
 from any large 
 ficient. It con- 
 ther, if possible, 
 dage with mod- 
 
 ctures of myrrh, 
 nnin, alum, sul- 
 These have the 
 i salt is soid to 
 ition of iron and 
 itopping violent 
 lets very power- 
 e latter a large 
 or several houre 
 irm, so that no 
 illed with clots 
 blood-poisoning. 
 1 is always the 
 
 Stic, potash, and 
 en. 
 
 1. 
 
 les removed, and 
 ing the opposite 
 steadily in this 
 eds, the healing 
 is called hcalimj 
 3 grow together. 
 plaster are used, 
 ving spaces be- 
 
 ogether by what 
 g is stopped, a 
 d being brought 
 1, being directed 
 
 SURGICAL DISKASRS. 
 
 541 
 
 across the wound, ia pushed through the left lip, from within out- 
 ward. It is now cut off, and tied in a bow. These stitches should 
 Iw at least an ijich from each other. These needles and sutures are, 
 of course, to be boiled or otherwise rendered aseptic before using, aa 
 well an the hands of the one doing the sewing. Needles and thread 
 come all ready i)ut up in glass tubes, Imving been fii-st sterilized, and 
 kept in alcohol c in a vacuum for any length of time perfectly germ- 
 free. 
 
 The first ]Ai. ;,ers and dressings should remain on the parts at least 
 three or four days, unless veiy great pain, bleeding, or some other 
 bad symptom, should call for their removal. 
 
 Useful Rules for Examining and Dressing Wounds. 
 
 Neveu givo the patient more pain from the mode of handling and 
 dressing the wound than is necessary for liis present good or future 
 safety. Never distress him by probing, squeezing, etc., to find things 
 diat will Ije of no use when learned. 
 
 Make all examinations ns soon after the accident as possible ; for 
 l)efore inflammation and swelling take place, the prol)e or finger in- 
 flicts nmch less pain. 
 
 In changing the dressing of a wound, let all the fresh ont i be ready 
 before the removing of the old. The sponge, warm water, adhesive 
 phisUir, lint, ointment, lotions, bandages, etc., should all be at hand, 
 and not have to be looked after wlien the wound is exposed. 
 
 Put the patient in the most easy position, that he may not l)e 
 needlessly fatigued during the dressing. 
 
 If the bandage, plaster, and other dressings, have become hard, and 
 glued together, and to the skin, by blood or matter, soften them with 
 warm boiled water, which is to be pressed out of a sponge, — a basin 
 being held below the part to catch the water as it falls from the 
 dressing. 
 
 The strips of adhesive plaster are to be removed by pulling gently 
 at one end, and then che other, — each to be drawn towards the 
 wound, so as not to pull lus lips apart. 
 
 In large wounds, take off one, or at most, two strips of plaster 
 at a time. Cleanse, wipe dry, and again eupport this part of the 
 wound with new strips of plaster, before any more are taken off. 
 Tbis will prevent the wound being torn open by the weight of its 
 parts. 
 
 If the wound be large and deep, its sides should be supported by 
 an assistant while changing the dressings. 
 
 If there are several wounds, dress but one at a time, that there 
 may be no needless exposure to the air. 
 
 Pay the utmost attention to cleanliness, asepsis and dryness. 
 
 T);a frequency of the dressing must depend (ju the amount and 
 qi'^.uty of the disclutrge, the situation of the injury, the climate and 
 
i ,t i i> w pi . i i ff ji^i i iii a (t» J i 
 
 542 
 
 SUKGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 season of the year, the effect produced by the dressing, and hy the 
 feelings of the patient- 
 Remember that the one great desideratum is to keep away all 
 germs from the wound and its vicinity. 
 
 Antiseptic Dressings. 
 
 Antiseptics have lately attracted a great deal of notice in the 
 treatment of inflammation, especially resulting from wounds. 
 
 The article most used at the present time for this purpose is car- 
 bolic acid. Lister is its chief advocate, and under his authority it 
 has established a position which deserves attention. 
 
 It is based upon the germ-theory of disease, which is founded 
 upon the observations of Pasteur. The theory supposes that animal 
 decomposition is due, not to the chemical action of oxygen, or any 
 other gas, but to the presence of organic germs floating in the atmos- 
 phere. Carbolic acid is used on account of its known destructive 
 effects upon low forms of organic life. 
 
 These low forms of vegetable organisms, which float in the air in 
 great abundance as constituents of the dust, are called by naturalists 
 bacteria, of which there are many varieties. Whenever they find 
 entrance into the body, there putrefaction is produced. " 
 
 These vegetable parasites are capable of a wonderful power of 
 multiplying their species, — a single germ producing in a few hours 
 many thour-nds. Once admitted into the body, they find their way 
 everywhere, — into the muscles, into the blood, into the different 
 organs of the body, — and they spread destructive fermentation and 
 putrefaction wherever they go. 
 
 In accidental wounds, it is fir»t necessary to kill any septic organ- 
 isms which may have been introduced from the air or from contact 
 with foreign bodies. We do this by thoroughly bathing the surfaces 
 with a solution of carbolic acid, of the strength of one part of the acid 
 to twenty of water. 
 
 When the wounds are made by the surgeon, the germs are de- 
 stroyed by means of a spray imbued with the acid. This spray is 
 produced by an atomizer, of which there are many kinds, and is 
 thrown continually on to the surface of the wound, until the comple- 
 tion of the operation, including the ligaturing of the vessels and the 
 final stitching together of its edges. 
 
 Lister also recommends the use of carbolized catgut for ligatures, 
 being of an animal substance and finally absorbed. 
 
 When the operation is fully completed, the antiseptic dressings 
 are applied. Besides these antiseptic precautions, in cases of large 
 and deep wounds a drainage tube is introduced to allow for the 
 escape of the serum. 
 
 The antiseptic dressings consist of — first, the protector ; second, 
 the cai'bolized gauze ; third, tlie mackintosh ; and fourth, another 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES 
 
 543 
 
 jssing, iuul l)y the 
 to keep away all 
 
 il of notice in the 
 m wounds, 
 lis purpose is car- 
 er his authority it 
 1. 
 
 Avhich is founded 
 pposes that animal 
 of oxygen, or any 
 ating in the atmos- 
 known destructive 
 
 I float in the air in 
 ailed by naturalists 
 i/'henever they find 
 uced.' 
 
 'onderful power of 
 cing in a few hours 
 they find their way 
 , into the different 
 e fermentation and 
 
 II any septic organ- 
 lir or from contact 
 lathing the surfaces 
 one part of the acid 
 
 the germs are de- 
 Lcid. This spray is 
 nany kinds, and is 
 d, until the comple- 
 
 the vessels and the 
 
 catgut for ligatures, 
 
 antiseptic dressings 
 IS, in cases of large 
 id to allow for the 
 
 protector; second, 
 iud fourth, another 
 
 layer of the gauze, and a bandage of tlie same to keep the whole in 
 place. For the purpose of protecting the cicatrizing parts from the 
 irritating effects of the gauze, a layer of oil-silk coated on both sides 
 with copal varnish, and afterwards brushed over with dextrine, to 
 eniihle it to become uniformly moistened when dipped into a watery 
 solution of the acid, is applied directly over the wound, the ends of 
 the drainage tube protruding about an inch from each extr»'mity of 
 the incision. The wound is then covered with a layer of ar.tiscptic 
 gaiixe dipped into a solution of one to forty of the acid. There are 
 then snperimposed six other layers of dry gauze ; then the mackin- 
 tosh or a piece of rubber cloth ; then an eighth layer of gauze large 
 enough to cover i ' the remainder, and finally a bandage of the 
 same. 
 
 When the dressings are renewed, it is to be done under the spray, 
 great care being taken not to admit any non-carbolized air. 
 
 The dressings are not to be changed until the discharge has begun 
 to soak through and appear below the edge of the rul)l)er cloth. 
 
 Tlie antiseptic gauze is made by impregnating cotton doth of open 
 texture with a mixture of carbolic acid one part, resin five parts, 
 paraffine seven i>arts. The resin acts as a vehicle for the acid, while 
 the paraffine is added to prevent inconvenient adhesiveness. 
 
 The Way in which Wounds Unite. 
 
 When the two surfaces of a wound are brought togethei", they be- 
 come impervious to the blood, but not to coagulable lymph, or fibrin. 
 Tliis, — the material of which all flesh is made, — flows out upon the 
 two surfaces, and becomes a bond of union between them. 
 
 Into this layer of fibrin, the small blood-vessels, — arteries and veins, 
 — which have been cut asunder, push themselves with open mouths, 
 and, meeting in the centre, they inosculate, or grow together, and the 
 blood resumes its circulation through them. 
 
 By this method, incised wounds of moderate size are often healed 
 in foity-eight hours. This method of healing by the f rst intention is 
 always to be brought about, if possible. 
 
 Punctured Wounds. 
 
 These are produced by swords, daggers, etc. 
 
 Great swelling and inflammation, large abscesses, erysipelas, the 
 wounding of large arteries, and the consequent extravasation of blood, 
 symptomatic fever, and lock-jaw, are the frequent results of punctured 
 wounds. They are, therefore, more dangerous and hard to cure than 
 cuts. , 
 
 Treatment. — For the first twenty-four lioui-s, use superficial dress- 
 ings of lint, wet with some disinfecting liquid, and a loose bandage. 
 If, after this, pain and swelling should increase, leeches may be ap- 
 
544 
 
 SURGICAI. mSEASKS. 
 
 IK 
 
 \ 
 
 plied to the neighborhood of the wound, and fomentations, or poul- 
 tices, be applied, placing a small linen rag or gauze, that has first been 
 soaked in the disinfectant, over the wound. When the pain and in- 
 flammation are great, saline purgatives (7), (18), (25), (27), and 
 opiates are often called for. 
 
 Contused and Lacerated Wounds. 
 
 These are produced by cudgels, stones, bullets, or Avhatever else 
 of a blunt nature tears asunder the muscular fibres, leaving jagged 
 and uneven surfaces. They are rarely healed without suppuration, 
 and are frequently followed by violent inflammation. They suppur- 
 ate and slough, but they do not bleed much, — not even, sometimes, 
 when large arteries are torn asunder. Whole limbs are occasionally 
 torn away without hemorrhage. In warm climates, lock-jaw is a fre- 
 quent consequence of them. 
 
 Treatment. — Draw the edges of the wound loosely together, and 
 retain them with a few strips of adhesive plaster. Sometimes a su- 
 ture, here and there, will be proper. If a great deal of inflammation 
 ensues, take away the adhesive plitster and the stitches, and apply a 
 poultice, or water-dressing ; and if there be much fever, restlessness, 
 or delirium, saline purgatives (18), (25), and opium (118), will be 
 needed ; but especially will it be necessary to again disinfect the 
 wound, and by every means passible render the field aseptic. 
 
 The wound having thrown off its sloughs, suppurated, become 
 clean, and formed granulations, the poultices are to be taken off, and 
 simple dressings substituted. These should be adapted to the con- 
 ditions of the sore, according to the directions for treating ulcers. 
 
 When the wound is so severe that extensive mortification will be 
 sure to follow, the limb must be immediately taken off, to save the 
 life of the patient. . . 
 
 Granulation and Scarification. 
 
 Suppurating wounds heal in the same way as ulcers. The 
 chasm is filled up by the appearance of little soft elevations of new 
 substance, which originate at all points, and meet at the centre, draw- 
 ing the sides nearer together, and raising the bottom towards the sui- 
 face This is called granulation, because these elevations look lilce 
 grains; and the result is a new tissue, of a peculiar character, wbicli 
 constitutes the cicatrix, on scar. 
 
 Reproduction of Lost Parts, 
 
 Among some of the lower animals, whole limbs which have been 
 destroyed are easily reproduced. It is not so with man ; though cer- 
 tain parts, when only partially destroyed, are sometimes regenerated. 
 Thus, portions of skin, of considerable extent, are often reproduceU; 
 
iT-i-iitiiiiri ' 
 
 8UKGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 646 
 
 sntations, or pnul- 
 that has first been 
 I the pain and in- 
 , (25), (27), and 
 
 inds. 
 
 , or Avhiitever else 
 BS, leaving jagged 
 liout suppuration, 
 in. They suppur- 
 ; even, sometimes, 
 )8 are occasionally 
 1, lock-jaw is a fre- 
 
 )8ely together, and 
 Sometimes a su- 
 alof inflamination 
 tches, and apply a 
 fever, restlessness, 
 um (118), will be 
 gain disinfect the 
 Id aseptic, 
 ippurated, become 
 be taken off, and 
 iapted to the con- 
 treating ulcers, 
 ortification will be 
 sn off, to save the 
 
 ion. 
 
 r as ulcers. The 
 elevations of new 
 it the centre, draw- 
 m towards the sui- 
 ilevations look like 
 ar character, which 
 
 ts. 
 
 s Avhich have been 
 \\ man ; though cer- 
 etimes regenerated. 
 I often reproduced ; 
 
 and so are the whole of some long bones, when destroyed by necrosis. 
 Tlie same is true, to some extent, of ligaments. But portions of 
 brain, and spinal marrow, and muscle, and mucous membrane, when 
 once removed, are never regenerated. 
 
 Gunshot Wounds. 
 
 At a time when fire-arras are so mucli carried about the person, 
 and so often used for purposes of duelling and murder, it is proper 
 that every peraon should know something of the modes of treating 
 gunshot wounds. 
 
 Treatment. — It is often proper to make a gunshot wound larger 
 at the orifice. When this is done, it is generally on the side where 
 the bullet has passed out, if it has gone entirely through. A bullet 
 is always to be removed, if it can be felt. 
 
 The dressings are at first to be superficial, light, unirritating and 
 aseptic. The common antiseptic dressing, covered with a piece of oiled 
 silk, is one of the best. Where suppuration occurs, because of the 
 introduction of germs into the wound, poultices may be called for, but 
 the douching and cleansing of the wound with hot oil of milk solu- 
 tion is often demanded and always grateful. 
 
 Poisoned Wounds. 
 
 To the bites and stings of various creatures man is exposed in 
 most climates, and in all seasons of the year. These may be divided 
 into three classes. 
 
 Bites of Mosquitoes and Spiders, and Stings of Bees and Wasps. 
 
 — For these, the best applications are a solution of common salt, or 
 water of ammonia, or sugar of lead (239), or laudanum, or tincture 
 of iodine. If none of these are at hand, at the moment, cover the 
 part with wet earth. Tincture of arnica (240) is a good application. 
 (See article on Bites, etc.) 
 
 Bites of Venomous Snakes. — Either instantly cut out a. piece 
 from the bitten part, or apply a dry cup, to prevent the absorption of 
 the poison. Suction with the mouth will sometimes answer the same 
 I)urpose. After doing one of these things, touch the part with caustic 
 potash. Internally, give Fowler's solution, twenty drops, in a little 
 water, every two hours. Also purgative injections, stopping the ar- 
 senic when purging is well established ; or drink freely of whiskey. 
 
 For the bite of the rattlesnake, the only known remedy is alcoholic 
 drink, taken in large quantities, and immediately. Gin and whiskey 
 are believed to be the liest. Fill the system full. When the poison 
 has begun to take effect, enormous quantities will be borne, before 
 intoxication can be induced. Keep the whole person saturated until 
 the symptoms decline. 
 
546 
 
 8UE0ICAL DISEASES. 
 
 
 Fractures. 
 
 The existence of a fracture is to be known by the symptoms. 
 TWb are DakT swelling, deformity from the limb bending to one 
 ride 8om tiCXrteni^gof the limb, or loss of power to use it, and 
 a crS oTiating sound or sensation from the rubbing of the ends 
 of tKokenW together. There are several kinds of fi^ctures. 
 
 They are 
 
 The Trav^etM Fracture, which is directly across the bone. 
 
 The Oblique Fracture, which runs from side to side, in an oblique 
 direction. 
 
 !Z%e Longitudinal Fracture, which runs lengthwise of the bone. 
 
 A Simple Fracture is one in which the bone is broken simply, with- 
 out any wound of the flesh with it. 
 
 A Compound Fracture consists of a simple fracture, and of an ex- 
 ternal wZnd in addition, caused by pushing the end of the broken 
 bone through the flesh. 
 
 A Complicated Fracture is one in which, besides tiie breaking of the 
 bone tS is the dislocation of a joint, the wounding of an artery 
 tre'xtnslve tearing of the soft parte, or the wounding of the bowels 
 or some other internal organ. 
 
 A G<mminuted Fracture is one in which the bone is broken into 
 several pieces. 
 
 Trentment of Fractures. — When a bone is broken, the first thing 
 toKrrste get t?e injured person to his home, or to the nearest 
 ho^e T^do this in a riugh or careless way might add much to 
 
 *^inf iSTarm which is broken, let it be placed in a broad sUng. 
 extending from^he elbow to the fingers. In this condition the pa- 
 tient!l?\i tolerable health, and the distance - -ot g^f ' -^^ ^"^ '' 
 easier to walk home, than to bear the jolting of a carnage. 
 ^S'^ lag or the thigh he hroien, then a hurdle of s^me^-^rt ( 1 ,, 
 
 soon as possible, and, being 
 covered with straw, or blan- 
 kets, or garments, the pa- 
 tient should be gently lifted 
 FI0.1B6. upon it by just persons 
 
 enough to raise him easily from the ground. This shoidd now b 
 canried bv four persons, two at each end, moving with great gently 
 ntr and keeping exact step with each other If these persoM 
 Shold of tL fnds of two poles, laid under the hurdle^ they J^l 
 find they can carry it much more easily. If no hurdle be at hand, 
 
 'V 
 
by the symptoms. 
 ,b bending to one 
 ower to use it, and 
 ubbing of the ends 
 cinds of fractures. 
 
 38 the bone, 
 side, in an oblique 
 
 rise of the bone, 
 roken simply, with- 
 
 ture, and of an ex- 
 end of the broken 
 
 i the breaking of the 
 nding of an artery, 
 inding of the bowels 
 
 bone is broken into 
 
 roken, the first thing 
 me, or to the nearest 
 might add much to 
 
 ed in a broad sling, 
 lis condition the pa- 
 lot great, will find it 
 a carriage. 
 Ueof some sort (Fig. 
 must be obtained as 
 i possible, and, being 
 
 with straw, or blan- 
 r garments, the pa- 
 lould be gently lifted 
 it by just persons 
 
 This should now be 
 ag with great gentle- 
 r. If these persons 
 
 the hurdle, they will 
 hurdle be at hand, 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 let four poles, two long ones, and two short ones, be laid across each 
 other at right angles, and fasten together with nails or strings. Then 
 lay u})on these an old door, or some loose boards ; and the injured 
 person may be easily carried upon this temporary structure. A 
 blanket fastened upon four poles, in the manner of a cot-bed, will 
 answer a good purpose. 
 
 Having placed the patient upon the hand-carriage, bring the sound 
 limb and the broken one snug together, and tie them to each other 
 with two or three pocket handkerchiefs ; this will support the broken 
 limb, and prevent its being shaken about and injured by motion. In 
 doing this, the limb should be laid as near as possible in the natural 
 position, so that the bones may not get out of place, and their ends 
 get pushed through the flesh. 
 
 The Reduction, or Setting of the Fracture, is the first thing to be 
 done. By this is meant the bringing of the ends of the broken bone 
 together, and adjusting them to each other in their natural position. 
 This is done by what surgeons call extension, counter-extension and 
 
 coaptation. 
 
 Extension means taking hold of the limb below the fracture and 
 pulling from the body. 
 
 Counter-Extension is pulling above the fracture towards the body. 
 These opposite puUings are done at the same time to overcome the 
 force of the muscles, which contract, and draw the ends of the bone 
 by each other and shorten the limb. 
 
 Sometimes no extension or counter-extension is necessary, the ends 
 of the broken bone not being pulled out of their place. When the 
 pulling is necessary, it should be gentle and steady. 
 
 Modern surgery has developed two simple mechanical means of 
 making extension and counter-extension for the purpose of overcom- 
 ing muscular spasm which rarely fail. One is by the use of elastic 
 rubber bands, and the other by the attachment to the limb of a cord 
 running over a pulley at the foot of the bed and sustaining a suitable 
 weight. The method of employing these will be given in detail in 
 connection with special fractures. 
 
 Coaptation means adjusting the ends of the bone to each other. 
 
 The next thing is to provide for keeping the ends of the broken 
 bone steadily in contact, so that nature may have a fair chance to 
 unite them. 
 
 To secure this object, mechanical contrivances are used, which are 
 simple, and may always be had without difficulty. 
 
 They consist of linen bandages, about the breadth of four fingers, 
 and from four to ten yards long ; and pads, made of old woollen cloth 
 or blankets lightly quilted together, or pillow-cases filled with tow, or 
 chaff, or cut straw, or even leaves ; and of splints, made of clapboards, 
 or thick shingles, four fingers wide, and in length corresponcUng with 
 
 pa NT 
 
548 
 
 SURGICAL DISKASKS. 
 
 that of the broken limb; or wheat straw laid sidn bysi(l(!, and (inilit-il 
 into a piece of ch)th to prevent them niovinjif alMiut. A very useful 
 splint may l)e made from the fresh hark of tree.s. 
 
 The pads are to Ikj placed under the splints, to prevent injuries to 
 the skin; and the bandages to bo bound over the whole. 
 
 A great point is to have the splints accunttely adapted in each case, 
 and the ability to affect this is an important element of success in tliis 
 branch of surgery. Wood may be generally cut into suitable shape, 
 but it is perhaps easier to use moulded splints of leather, felt, gutUi- 
 percha, or shellac cloth. Tlie starched or plaster bandage or guinined 
 paper may be effectively used ; and with a proper pair of shears, 
 sheets of tin or zinc may l)e cut into splints, which will answer ad- 
 mimbly. Woven iron wire splints are highly recommended. 
 
 For some hours after a limb is broken, the parts continue to swell, 
 and if bound up immediately with the pads, splints, etc., niiich 
 needless pain will be occasioned. It is best, therefore, not to put 
 these on under two or three days, but merely to lay the limb in a 
 natural position, and perhaps lightly bind one splint to it. Broken 
 ribs and collar-bones are exceptions, and should be bound up imme- 
 diately. 
 
 A broken arm lies easiest half bent, upon a pillow ; the thigh or 
 leg, upon the outside, with the knee bent. 
 
 When the apparatus is once adjusted, the less it is meddled with 
 the better. 
 
 In fractures of the shoulder or arm, u sling is a contrivance of great 
 importance. This, if well made and adjusted, keeps the broken bone 
 in its place, and at the same time allows the patient to take some 
 exercise by walking about. 
 
 Besides the above contrivances, there is the double inclined plane 
 
 FIO. 167. 
 
 (Fig. 157) for giving the leg the advantage of a bent position. There 
 are 2^so fracture-boxes (Fig. \b^)^waA fracture-cradles, — the latter to 
 keep the bed-clothes lifted away from the painful limb. Fracture- 
 beds are now brought to great perfection, and one should, if possible, 
 be procured when the patient is likely to be confined a long time 
 wiUi a compound fracture. The fracture-box represented by Fig. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 640 
 
 Hi(l(!, ami (jiiilii'il 
 A very usi'fiil 
 
 event injuries to 
 liole. 
 
 )ted in each case, 
 of success in this 
 to suitable sha[iu, 
 lather, felt, gutUi- 
 idage or gunuued 
 jr pair of shcare, 
 h will answer ad- 
 mtnended. 
 continue to swell, 
 dints, etc., much 
 refore, not to put 
 lay the limb in a 
 it to it. Broken 
 ) bound up imme- 
 
 ow; the thigh or 
 
 ; is meddled with 
 
 )ntrivance of great 
 )8 the broken bone 
 ent to take some 
 
 uble inclined plane 
 
 nt position. There 
 dies,— the latter to 
 il limb. Fracture- 
 should, if possible, 
 ifined a long time 
 epresented by Fig. 
 
 LIS, may Iw made from thin ImmimIs, l)y any r!arj)Pnter. It 1ms a 
 Iiirif(i; at the knt-r to enahlo it to i'liilil tlic double purpose ot a dnublu- 
 inolined plane and a fracture-lnix. 
 
 ma. 16M. 
 
 The Way in which Broken Bones Unite. 
 
 The union of broken bones is much slower than that of severed 
 flesh. The ends of the bone l)eing kept steadily together, they soon 
 become surrounded by a swelling of the soft parts, which change to 
 a sort of osseous substance, making a kind of bony hoop, to act as a 
 splint or support, — nature not being willing to trust the surgeon to 
 keep the fragments exactly in their place. This is called a provi- 
 sional callus, because it only has a temporary use. 
 
 This First Stage lasts about ten days. At the end of this time, a 
 spongy sul)stance appeal's between the ends of the bone. This sub- 
 stiince is not bone, but in the swelling around the fracture specks of 
 bone begin to be deposited; the fibrin here poured out becoming 
 first cartilage, and then receiving into itself phosphate of lime, it be- 
 comes bone. A similar work is going on within, in the part called 
 the medullary membrane. 
 
 Tliis Second Statue lasts from the tenth to the twenty-fifth day. 
 
 Tiien begins the Third Stage, which goes to the end of the sixth 
 or eighth week. During this period the external swelling, and the 
 internal medullary membrane, become completely ossified and firm ; 
 though the ends of the bone are not yet grown together. 
 
 Tlie Fourth Stage goes to the end of the fifth or sixth month. Dur- 
 ing this time, the external swelling, or provisional callus, becomes cov- 
 ered with a periosteum, and the ends of the Itones themselves are fas- 
 tened together by a bony union. 
 
 The Fifth Stage extends from the fifth or sixth to the twelfth month. 
 During this time, the ends of the bone become grown together so 
 strongly that the bony ring, or provisional callus, is no longer Avanted, 
 and it becomes absorbed, and disappeais ; in other words, having no 
 further use for it, Nature takes off her splint. The place where the 
 fracture was is now as strong as any other part. 
 
 til 
 
dkMiM* 
 
 :.50 
 
 ftUROICAL T)IHEA8R8. 
 
 
 Union in Compound Fractures. 
 
 Thk wnion of cuinpouiKl friiclurcs taki's pliu'i; in ii (lift'crent way 
 from that of a siinpli; fracture, jiistdem-riljed. 'IMit* Ix U(!h rotnaiii din- 
 united Heveral weeks, and tliere m no proviHioiial cal'iUH *^ornied; but 
 after some weeks tlie eiids of the Inme niiften and </ rami I ate, and tliCHe 
 granulatiouH are gradually changed into lK)ne. 
 
 In notliing have the benefits of antise|Mis been shown so vividly as 
 in the treatment of compound fractures. Twenty years ago a larji^c 
 percentage of all compound fractures either suppumted or caused the 
 death of the patient ; but now suppuration and high mortality are not 
 seen. The wound is treated exactly like any other wound, on ascptii' 
 principles, the Ixines being lield in phice as usiuil. Union thus resiiltH 
 without suppuration, and a cure is completed in one-half the time, with 
 over fifty per cent less moi-tality than was the case previous to the 
 introduction of aseptic and antiseptic surgery. 
 
 The first thing in event of a compound fmcture is to render the 
 parts aseptic as soon and lus completely as possible. This may Ik; done 
 by a thorough scrubbing with tincture green soap and water for live 
 or ten minutes, and then, after washing off the soap with alcohol, to 
 thoroughly scrub the skin adjoining the wound with sonie one of the 
 disinfectants mentioned under the heading of Sei^is and Asepsis ; as, 
 for instance, corrosive sublimate, one part to two thousand parts of 
 water. The wound is to be dressed precisely as any wound, and is 
 to be so arranged that access may be had to it for future dressings. 
 When skin and flesh are much torn they may be sewn together with 
 a needle and thread or silk which htvs l)een boiled five minutes. The 
 stitches are to be removed from the fourth to seventh day. The bones 
 are to be approximated just as in simple fractures, and splintu 
 applied. 
 
 Formerly the mortality of compound fractures was ve. - high, owing 
 to the invasion of the tissues by germ-life, but since the introduction of 
 antiseptic measures in surgery, the death rate has fallen so markedly 
 as to be a matter of great pride to surgeons and tlie world at large. 
 
 In cases where the wound does not allow of good coaptation, and 
 much mangling of the- tissues has occurre«l, it may be well not to sutine 
 the parts, but to dress them with some antiseptic gauze drainage, and 
 do them up like an open wound. 
 
 Time Required for Uniting Different Bones. 
 
 rRACTTTRKS of the arms unite sooner than those of the legs. 
 
 The ribs and collar-bone unite with tolerable firmness in about a 
 month ; those of the arm in six weeks ; of the thigh and leg in eiglit 
 weeks. I only mean the firmness derived from the provisional callus. 
 
 A broken bone will unite much sooner in a healthy person than in 
 an unhealthy one ; much sooner in a young than in an old person. 
 
 it^m^m 
 
liURniCAL niSRAHR.S. 
 
 661 
 
 15. 
 
 ii (liffovent way 
 i« lUiH reimiin tlis- 
 liiH 'orineil ; hut 
 nulaie, aiitl tlit'HH 
 
 iwn so vividly as 
 ears ayo a larj^c 
 ted or cauKt'(l the 
 mortality are not 
 vound, oil aKcptii' 
 nioii thiiH results 
 alf the time, with 
 previous to tiie 
 
 is to render the 
 This may Ik; done 
 ,nd water for five 
 ) with alcohol, to 
 li some one of the 
 1 and Asepsis ; as, 
 thousand parts of 
 iiy wound, and is 
 future dressings, 
 wn together with 
 ive minutes. The 
 hday. The bones 
 ures, and splints 
 
 8 ve.y high, owing 
 le introduction of 
 
 alien so markedly 
 
 e world at large. 
 
 )d coaptation, and 
 well not to suture 
 
 auze drainage, and 
 
 fit Bones. 
 
 I of the legs, 
 mness in about a 
 ;h and leg in eight 
 provisional callus. 
 thy person than in 
 n an old person. 
 
 As II goniT.il rule. I he apparatus shou'l 1h' kept on tliiriy days in 
 the I'iisf of I'liihlnii : forty (hiys in that of adults; and much hnigor 
 in that of aged pei'sons. 
 
 False Joint. 
 
 Thk union of a l)rokon Ikiiio is sometimes prevented by a frequent 
 n\i>ving of the liinh. The ends of tht- lK)ne, having faile(l to grow to- 
 gether, will sometimes t)econie nmnded and smoothed, uniting only 
 hy a kind of ligament, and aequire the habit of sliding U[)on each 
 other, and thus form what is called n false or artijinal joint, — the 
 limb IxMug permanently cajmble of landing to some extent, at the 
 place of the fracture. 
 
 Fractures of the Skull. 
 
 TnF.SE are always dangerous in tiieir nature, and the aid to be de- 
 rived from surgery is much less than in other fractures. If a fracture 
 of the skull produce deep sleep and snoring, and the patient does 
 not show any symptoms of pain when pinched, etc., we are to infer 
 that a piece of l)one is pressed down upon or into the brain. 
 
 In this civse, if the position of the iilow Im known, a cut is to be 
 made through the skin, two or three inches long, down to tlie bone. 
 If arteries bleed, they nuiirt Ik? taken liold of with a pair of forceps, 
 aiui tied with a silk thread, the ends of which are to be cut off. The 
 hone being well exposed by one or two incisions, the piece which is 
 l)ressed down upon the brain is to be raised with a clusel, or some 
 similar instrument, to a level with the other bones. The surface 
 nmst then be cleansed antiseptically, the hair around shaved off, the 
 .skin brought together, and the cut edg«;s reunited by sticking plaster. 
 
 When the inflammation ajjpeara, twenty-four hours after, it is to be 
 kept down by doses of from five to ten drops of tincture of vcratrum 
 viride, given every one or two houra. 
 
 Fractures '>f the Bones of the Nose. 
 
 In.tukies of this kind may generally be rectified by passing a strong 
 prol)e up the nostril, and pressing out the bones to their natural place, 
 at the same time using the fingei-s on the outside to prevent their 
 being pressed out too far. Inflammation must be kept down by cloths 
 wet in cold water and laid on, and by light diet. 
 
 Fracture of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 Tht8 usually takes place near the chin. It may occur also near 
 the angles of the jaw. It may be simple or compound, and is known 
 by the pain, the swelling, the inability to move the jaw, the indenta- 
 tion felt by the finger, the irregularity of the teeth, and the grating 
 sensation felt while moving the ja; • with the hand placed on the back 
 fragment. 
 
r>52 
 
 HUROICAL I)t8KA8E8. 
 
 Treatment. — T.^'ionc orltotli tInimliH Ih> int.ro<hico«l into the moiiili, 
 With lliuric, ku()p thu iKi)'l< |)iii'( ol' llir jiiw Htatitniiiiy, iiii<l pull Im- 
 
 wiinl tlu! fnn; purl with thi* tlii^ciH on thii 
 oiitHid*!. In thiH way the fnirlnr, cuii smiii 
 lit- put ri^ht. 'I'liis dom-, hIiuI thu nioiitli 
 lirnily, tuul piaci* a thick cnniprttHH of lint 
 ovor th(! l>rok(Mi part; ovctr tluH put a piwe 
 of paHtt>l)<)ai-(l, wetted ho aH to bend casilv 
 to the partH, and over tluH a Htronj^ band- 
 age of muHlin, two and a half in(;huH wide, 
 with a Hniall ba^r to fit and hoUl the chin; 
 all which is reprcHented in Fi^. 169. 
 For fi fortnij>ht tlie patient niust feed on gruel, broth, arrow-root 
 and milk, that the jaw may not be diuplacud by chewing. 
 
 Via. iBO. 
 
 Fracture of the Collar-Bone, or Clavicle. 
 
 This accident generally occurs about the middle of the lK)ne, and 
 is generally caused by falls on the arm and shoulder. 
 
 FlO. 160. 
 
 FIO. 161. 
 
 Symptoms. — Ptain and tenderness at the place of the injury, and 
 inability to lift the arm ; a small bunch or prominence at the point of 
 the fracture ; the distance from the pohit of the shoulder to the 
 breiiHtrlx)ne shorter than on the other side ; and the dropping down- 
 wards, forwards, and inwards of the shoulder. To make the case 
 sure, compare the two bones, and see whether they agree. 
 
 Treatment. — Place the knee between the shoulder-blades, and 
 gi'asping the round ends of the shoulders with the two hands, draw 
 them gently back till the ends of the bone come t<i their proper place; 
 or place the elbow of the patient close to the body, and a little for- 
 ward, and then push it upward. 
 
SUItOICAL DIRRASRH. 
 
 663 
 
 1(1 into lliA mouili, 
 a'y, an<l pnll I'ln- 
 ,li(^ lin^tTH on till! 
 
 fllirtliri Clin sniiii 
 
 I, hIiuI thu nioiitli 
 citniprnHH of lint 
 
 !!• tlllH put !l pilHL' 
 
 iiH to bond t'tiHily 
 lis II Htronjj hiimi- 
 liiilf indiuH wide, 
 lid hold the chin; 
 in Ki^. 159. 
 broth, arrow-root 
 iwiug. 
 
 Clavicle. 
 
 I of the lione, and 
 jr. 
 
 FlO. 161. 
 
 of the injury, and 
 ence at the point of 
 le shoulder to the 
 he dropping down- 
 To make the case 
 \f agree. 
 
 loulder-blades, and 
 
 le two hands, draw 
 
 their proper place; 
 
 dy, and a little for- 
 
 To retain the fihouldfiH in tliis npwiird and l)iickwiird position for 
 ::onu! wcekH, piiHM a llaniicl bundiigc. four inches wide, arnuiid tint 
 front of one Hhouldcr, under the iirni-jtit, acroHs the back, over th« 
 opposite Hhonldcr, under the other arm-pit, and a^ain acrosH the liaek, 
 in the form of the lif,'nre oo. 'i'o prevent the bandaj,'e from cutting 
 the Hkin, put pads under the arms. (Kigs. 160 and Itil.) 
 
 Fracture of the Shoulder-Blade. 
 
 When this accident happeiiH, the body of the l)one is generally 
 broken acrosH by some great direct violence. In a few in^ttances, the 
 end next to the collar-bone is broken. * 
 
 Symptoms. — Great i)ain in moving the shoulder, "d the ffratiruj 
 Hensiition wiiicdi may Ihj felt by placing one hand on upper end 
 
 of the l)one, and int ving the lower portion with the otiier. 
 
 Treatment. — A bandage must be passed round the chest, and a 
 few turns Iks made around the nj)per arm, so as to fasten it to the 
 side, and prevent all motion. Purging, low diet, and the tincture of 
 veratrum viride will be required to keep down inflammation. 
 
 Fracture of the Acromion, or the end of the scapula which unites 
 with the collar-lx)ne, may l)e known by the flattening of the shouhler, 
 — the l)roken part l)eing drawn down by the action of the deltoid 
 muscle. 
 
 Treatment. — It must be supported by the same bandages m are 
 used for a fracturi of the collar-lxme ; and the elbow must Im well 
 raised, so that the head of the upper-arm bone may l)e lifted against 
 the upper portion of thescapul", and act as a prop to keep it in place. 
 No pfld should be put in the arm-pit, for this would push the broken 
 part too much outward. Gentle motion of the arm may be begun 
 about the sixth week. 
 
 Fracture of the Upper-Arm Bone. 
 
 Thk bone of the upper-arm is most frequently broken near the 
 centie, though it may be fractured' near the ends. It may be known 
 by taking hold of the arm above and below the suspected fracture, 
 and attempting to move the ends of the upper and lower fragments 
 upon each other. If there be a fracture, the grating of the broken 
 ends against each other will either be heard or felt. The arm will 
 also be bent and helpless ; and if the ends of the bone be slipped by 
 each other, it will be shortened. 
 
 Treatment. — Let a powerful man take hold of the arm and pull 
 gently and gradually, but with considerable force, till the arm is 
 brought to its natural length, another man taking hold of the body 
 of the patient, and pulling in an opposite direction. In the mean 
 time, the surgeon is to adjust the ends of the bone to each other, and 
 
554 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Fio. 162. 
 
 apply a bandage, but not very tightly, from the elbow to the shoulder, 
 and over this, four splints, with pads under them ; one in front, roiuli- 
 ing from the shoulder to the bend of the elbow, 
 with a few turns of the bandage over it ; another 
 behind, reaching from the shoulder to the point 
 of the elbow, with a few turns of the bandage 
 around it also ; another on the inside, extending 
 from the arm-pit to the inner projection of the 
 bone at the elbow, also secured by a few turns of 
 the bandage ; and the fourth one on the outside, 
 reaching from thy shoulder to the outside knob 
 at the elbow. The whole is now to be secured 
 either by a bandage or tape. (Fig. 162.) The arm is to be confined 
 to the side, and the hand and fore-arm placed in a sling. In from 
 seven to ten days, the drest-ug should be taken off to see if all is 
 right. 
 
 Fracture of the Elbow. 
 
 This may be known by the patient being able to bend the arm, 
 but not straighten it, and by the grating which may be heard or felt 
 when the urm is moved back and forth by the operator, and also by 
 the severe pain felt in the fractured part. 
 
 Treatment. — First apply leeches and evaporating lotions to re- 
 duce the inflammation. When this is effected, straighten the limb, 
 and apply a bandage snugly from the fingers to the elbow. The 
 broken end of the bone must now be brought to its place, and the 
 bandage continued over it, and for a few inches above it. Secure it 
 here, and bring it back, — carrying it above and below the elbow for 
 several times ; and then extend it up to the shoulder. A splint 
 must now be applied to the inner side of the arm to prevent its being 
 bent, extending from the hand nearly to the shoulder, and another, 
 of similar shape, to the outside. The joint should be kept quiet for 
 four or five weeks, during which time the splints may be taken 
 off three or four times, to see if there is any chafing of the skin, or 
 any disturbance of the bones. * 
 
 Fractures between the Elbow and Wrist. 
 
 The part of the arm between the elbow and wrist, called the /ore- 
 arm, has two bones, — one extending from the elbow on the inside 
 to the wrist at the root of the little finger, called the ulna, and the 
 other on the side next the thumb, a shorter and a smaller bone, and 
 called the radius. 
 
 When both these bones are broken at the same time, the fracture 
 may be easily discovered ; when only one, the sound bone keeps the 
 other iu place, and the injury is not so easily made out. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 555 
 
 y to the shoulder, 
 ine in front, niiuh- 
 snd of the elbow, 
 1 over it ; another 
 ilder to the point 
 I of the bandage 
 inside, extending 
 projection of the 
 by a few turns of 
 le on the outside, 
 the outside knob 
 ow to be secured 
 1 is to be confined 
 a sling. In from 
 )fip to see if all is 
 
 to bend the arm, 
 ly be heard or felt 
 jrator, and also by 
 
 ting lotions to re- 
 raighten the limb, 
 
 the elbow. The 
 its place, and the 
 )ove it. Secure it 
 ilow the elbow for 
 loulder. A splint 
 ) prevent its being 
 ilder, and another, 
 
 be kept quiet for 
 its may be taken 
 ng of the skin, or 
 
 tid Wrist. 
 
 ist, called the /ore- 
 bow on the inside 
 . the ulna, and the 
 smaller bone, and 
 
 ! time, the fracture 
 nd bone keeps the 
 e out. 
 
 Treatment. — Relax the muscles by bending the elbow, and then, 
 by extension and counter-extension, put the ends of the bones in 
 proper place ; then place two splints, thickly padded in the centre, 
 one upon the front of the hand and forearm, and the other upon the 
 back of the hand and forearm, — ti;e palm of the hand beir\g turned, 
 not towards the chei t, but downwards. They are to be covered with 
 a bandage from the lingers to the elbow. The whole arm and hand 
 should be placed in a sling, and remain in this position four or five 
 weeks. 
 
 Fractures of the Wrist, Hands, and Fingers. 
 
 The setting of fractured bones in these parts is to be done by ex- 
 tension and counter-extension, as in the case of other bones. 
 
 If the wrist be broken, a splint should be applied in front and one 
 behind, and a bandage bound tightly from the hand half way to the 
 elbow. 
 
 In fracture of the bones of the hand, a pad or compress must be 
 put upon the palm of the hand, and a splint placed over this, with a 
 bandage extending from the wrist to near the ends of the fingers. 
 
 If one finger only be broken, apply narrow pasteboard splints on 
 four sides, and cover them with a narrow bandage ; and then bandage 
 the whole hand. 
 
 In all these fractures, place the hand in a sling. About three 
 weeks will be required for the bones to unite properly, and several 
 weeks more for the parts to acquire their natural usefulness. 
 
 Fracture of the Ribs. 
 
 This accident occurs either by blows, or by being crushed between 
 two opposing forces. One, two, or more ribs may be broken at a 
 time, according to circumstances. 
 
 Symptoms. — A fixed, piercing pain, made worse by breathing, 
 coughing, or any other motion, and also a grating sensation during 
 the taking of a long breath, the hand being laid upon the injured 
 part at the time. 
 
 Treatment. — The ribs are to be held steadily in their place by 
 pressure. To effect this, request the patient to draw in a long bieath, 
 and hold it. While the ribs are swelled out in this way, and the 
 broken ends are thus brought to their proper place, pass a woollen 
 bandage, five or six inches wide, several times tightly around the 
 chest, from the arm-j .' '.^ to the pit of the stomach. This will confine 
 the muscles of the chest, and the breathing will have to be done with 
 the muscles of the belly, and the ribs will thus be kept still, and 
 have a chance to grow together. 
 
 If the pleura he wounded, and inflammation follow from this or 
 other cause, the patient must be confined in bed, kept on a low diet, 
 
556 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 and his pulse be kept down by tincture of veratrum viride. The 
 bowels should be emptied by recipes 18, or 10, or 27, or 41, both to 
 subdue inflammation, and to give the diaphragm a chance to drop 
 down freely. 
 
 Fracture of the Breast-Bone. 
 
 Symptoms. — Thd injured part is frequently either sunk down or 
 raised up ; there is difficult breathing, cough, spitting of blood, pain, 
 inability to lie on the back, and a grating noise caused by breathing. 
 
 Treatment. — The same as that for broken ribs. Should the broken 
 part be pressed down upon the lung, so as to cause serious difficulty 
 of breathing, an incision may be made, and the broken piece raised 
 up with a chisel, or stiff case-knife, or some similar instrument. 
 
 
 Fracture of the Hatinch-Bones, or Pelvis. 
 
 These fractures are dangerous, — being often connected with some 
 other injury, as tearing of the bladder, lower bowel, or great veins or 
 arteries. Fortunately, however, they are only caused by some great 
 violence, and do not often occur. 
 
 Treatment. — Place the patient in the easiest possible position, and 
 keep him entirely at rest. Generally a catheter should be kept in the 
 bladder, that the water may pass off easily ; and the whole hips 
 should be bound round tightly with a flannel or calico bandage, and 
 made as firm and fixed as possible, to keep the broken bones together. 
 The most perfect rest must be ordered for six weeks or two months. 
 
 If the extreme lower end of the sacrum, the os eoccygU (Figs. 8— 3) 
 be broken, the separated portion must be put in its place by introduc- 
 ing the finger into the rectum ; and the bowels must be kept loose by 
 gentle physic, that the broken bone may not be pushed from its place 
 by tlie pressure against it of hard stools. 
 
 Fracture of the Thigh-Bone. 
 
 The points where this bone are broken are at its upper portion or 
 neck, and near its middle. The break at this latter place may be 
 straight across, or oblique, — partially lengthwise. When oblique, 
 the point of the bone may stick into one of the large muscles, and be 
 made fast by it. 
 
 Symptoms. — The fracture in the middle of the bone, if it be trans- 
 verse, may be known by some swelling or irregularity discovered by 
 running the hand along the thigh, and grasping it here and there ; 
 and if it be oblique, the ends of the lx)ne will be drawn by each other, 
 and the limb will be shortened. 
 
 Treatment. — Place the patient on his back, and let two strong 
 men use extension, — one taking hold near the hip, and the other 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 557 
 
 rum viride. The 
 27, or 41, both to 
 a chance to drop 
 
 le. 
 
 her sunk down or 
 ng of biood, pain, 
 xsed by breathing. 
 
 Should the broken 
 ! serious difficulty 
 oken piece raised 
 r instrument. 
 
 or Pelvis. 
 
 nnected with some 
 I, or great veins or 
 sed by some great 
 
 ssible position, and 
 )uld be kept in the 
 id the whole hips 
 alico bandage, and 
 ten bones together, 
 jks or two months. 
 occygia (Figs. 8— 3) 
 1 place by introduc- 
 st be kept loose by 
 shed from its place 
 
 ne. 
 
 ts upper portion or 
 atter place may be 
 e. When oblique, 
 rge muscles, and be 
 
 ! bone, if it be trans- 
 iarity discovered by 
 it here and there ; 
 rawn by each other, 
 
 and let two strong 
 hip, and the other 
 
 grasping the limb at the knee and pulling steadily and strongly till 
 the limb is of the proper length, and the ends of the bone are in their 
 place. The man who takes hold of the upper end of the limb may 
 hold it more firmly and with less fatigue by passing a folded sheet 
 around the groin. 
 
 The extending force being still continued, the operator is now to 
 apply the splints, which are to be four in number, — one in front, 
 reaching from the knee-pan to the groin ; one behind ; one on the 
 inside, from the upper part of the thigh to the inside of the knee ; 
 and a fourth one, about four inches wide, reaching from the arm-pit 
 to a distance of two or three inches beyond the sole of tlie foot. Cot- 
 ton must be placed under these splints to prevent their injuring the 
 skin, and they must be of a width to nearly, but not quite, touch 
 each other. These being properly adjusted, and the extension still 
 continued if the fracture is oblique, the bandage is now to be firmly 
 applied from the foot to the upper part of the thigh, and then passed 
 a few times around the body. This fracture is sometimes treated 
 without splints, as represented in (Fig. 163). 
 
 Fio. 184. 
 
 Six or seven weeks will be required for the bones to grow together, 
 during which time the patient will need to lie upon his back. But the 
 dressing may now and then be biken off and put on again. 
 
 Sometimes only a single long splint is used; sometimes no splint; 
 ni still other cases, four splints, — the outside one being short, and 
 the limb resting on a double inclined plane. 
 
558 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Fracture at the Neck of the Bone. — When the bone is broken at 
 the neck, close to the hip-joint, the injury is known by the knee and 
 foot turning outward, and by the limb being an inch or two shorter 
 than the other (Fig. 164). This is an accident to which old persons 
 are particularly liable. When the bone is broken here, it seldom 
 grows together again. The union which is formed is generally by a 
 ligament. 
 
 Treatment. — This requires a very Jong splint, reaching from the 
 armpit to beyond the sole of the foot, and bound firmly with a band- 
 age, as in fracture in the middle of the thigh. The limb should be 
 kept extended, and the injured one must be bound to the other by a 
 bandage, keeping both legs straight and immovable. A broad leather 
 strap, bound firmly round the hips and thighs will be serviceable. 
 
 Two or three months will be required for the injury to become re- 
 paired, so that the limb may be used. The patient must get up cau- 
 tiously, and be careful not to use the limb much so long as pain is 
 produced. 
 
 • Fracture of the Knee- Pan. 
 
 The knee-pan (patella) may be broken up and down, or across ; — 
 the latter fracture is the more common. It is a troublesome fracture, 
 and is very apt to leave a stiff knee. 
 
 Symptoms. — When the bone is broken across, the patient cannot 
 stand upon the limb ; the leg may be flexed or crooked, but cannot 
 be straightened , the upper part of the knee-pan is drawn up away 
 from the lower portion, leaving a wide gap, into which the fingers 
 may be laid, — at the top and bottom of which the rough edges of 
 the movable bones may be felt. 
 
 Treatment. — First, reduce the inflammation by tincture of arnica, 
 leeches, etc. Then straighten the limb, and put a well-paddgd splint 
 beliind, to keep the knee motionless ; place the patient's body in a 
 half-sitting posture, and raise the foot considerably above a level. 
 Put ^ bandage over the splint, beginning half way up the thigh, and 
 extending down to the knee-p -i, and being made very tight just 
 above the broken bone, so that it cannot easily slip under it. The 
 broken bones must now be brought together, and the bandage be 
 passed below and again above the knee several times in the form of 
 a figure 8, to keep the bones from parting. 
 
 The bandage, generally, may not be removed for a fortnight. After 
 this period, if everything has gone on well, the limb may be carefully 
 bent a little every day, to avoid a stiff knee. 
 
 Fracture of the Bones of the Leg. 
 
 The leg is that part of the limb between the knee and ankle, 
 has two bones ; the smaller on the outside, called the fibula ; 
 larger on the inner and front side, called the tibia, or shin-bone. 
 
 It 
 
 tlie 
 
bone is broken at 
 by the knee and 
 h or two shorter 
 ivhich old persons 
 1 here, it seldom 
 is generally by a 
 
 reaching from the 
 rmly with a hand- 
 le limb should be 
 to the other by a 
 . A broad leather 
 be serviceable, 
 jury to become re- 
 i must get up cau- 
 
 loug as pain is 
 
 1. 
 
 own, or across ; — 
 ublesome fracture, 
 
 the patient cannot 
 •ooked, but cannot 
 is drawn up away 
 which the fingers 
 16 rough edges of 
 
 T tincture of arnica, 
 well-paddsd splint 
 patient's body in a 
 bly above a level. 
 
 1 up the thigh, and 
 ,de very tight just 
 Lip under it. The 
 id the bandage be 
 nes in the form of 
 
 a fortnight. After 
 lb may be carefully 
 
 e Leg. 
 
 nee and ankle. It 
 led the fibula; the 
 (, or shin-bone. 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 659 
 
 Fig. 186. 
 
 One or both of these may be bioken at the same time. If both 
 are broken, it is impossible to walk upon the limb ; there is a change 
 in its shape ; it may be bent ; and the grating of the broken ends oi 
 the bones may be felt or heard. 
 
 Treatment. — First, adjust the bones by means of extension and 
 counter-extension, as in other fractures. 
 Then apply two splints, one on the out- 
 side from the knee to the solo of the foot; 
 the other u])on tlie inside. Over these a 
 bandage is to l)e firmly applied, reaching 
 from the toes to the knee. The leg may 
 rest upon the side or the back, as the com- 
 fort of the patient may require. Upon 
 the side is generally the easiest position, 
 with tlie knee a little bent (Fig, 165). 
 
 The dressing may be removed in six or seven days, to see that the 
 bones are in their proper place. Five or six weeks will be required 
 for recovery ; and at the end of this time, the dressing may be laid 
 aside. But the patient must use his leg very gradually. 
 
 In the treatment of fractures of the shafts of the bones of the 
 lower extremities, three indications should be fulfilled : Fii-st, coap- 
 tation and fixation of the fragments ; second, moderate extension ; 
 third, gentle compression and support. Provided these requirements 
 are carried out, it matters little what apparatus may be employed ; 
 bnt that which can be applied with the least disturbance of the 
 fractured bone, and is most comfortable to the feeling of the patient, 
 should be preferred. 
 
 The best mode of extension and counter-extension now in use is 
 by raising the foot of the bedstead about eight inches, by a block of 
 wood placed under each fore-leg. Tins makes an inclined plane, and 
 the body consequently tends to incline towards the head of the bed ; 
 this is the counter-extension. 
 
 Then extension is made as follows : A strong piece of adhesive 
 plaster, about two and one half inches wide and about three feet long, 
 is applied to the sides of the leg, extending from a little below the 
 knee, leaving a loop under the foot four or five inches long. This 
 is secured firmly in place by a bandage to the whole length of the 
 leg. A piece of cord is fastened to the loop and passed over a pul- 
 ley, which is fixed to the foot-board of the bed. To the other end of 
 this cord is attached a weight. This need not exceed ten or twelve 
 pounds. 
 
 In this way we get our counter-extension and extension : the body 
 IS drawir.g one way and the weight is pulling the other all the time. 
 
 Tliis is a simple and comfortable way of treating fractures of the 
 shafts of tlie bones of the lower extremities wliich require extension. 
 It may be applied to the different fractures of the neck of the thigh 
 bone, to fractures of the shaft, and also to fractures in the shafts of 
 the bones of the leg. 
 
 :i:^. r'.TFi it' -^^u.j. •:;»jr:.rjt'- tt-- 
 
560 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 w% 
 
 It is the best and most effectual way of preventing undue short- 
 ening that we have in use, and what is of as great importance to the 
 patient, a most comfortable way of keeping the painful limb in the 
 proper shape. 
 
 Fractures of the Bones of the Foot. 
 
 These are to be treated in the same manner with fractures of the 
 hand. They are often attended with much other mischief, as lacei-a- 
 tion of the flesh, ligaments, etc. Hence, cutting off the foot, or a 
 part of it, is often necessary. Pasteboard splints are frequently used 
 in these fractures. If matter forms, it must be let out by opening 
 the parts. 
 
 Compound Fractures. 
 
 When, in connection with a broken bone, there is a wound of the 
 flesh, which leads to, and communicates with the space between the 
 broken ends of the bone, the whole injury is called a compound frac- 
 ture. The wound in the flesh may be caused by the same force 
 which breaks the bone, as a bullet from a gun, or a cart-wheel, or 
 some machinery in which the limb is entangled. Quite often the 
 flesh wound is caused by one of the ends of the bone being forced 
 through the flesh and skin. 
 
 But, however caused, a compound fracture is of a much more 
 serious nature than a simple one ; and it is particularly dangerous 
 when a joint is involved. It is more serious above the knee and 
 elbow than below, and more to be dreaded in the lower limbs than 
 in the upper. 
 
 Treatment. — An attempt should always be made to preserve the 
 limb ; it should not be cut off, unless the compound fracture is of 
 the worst kind. But if there be no hope of saving the limb, the 
 amputation should be performed at once, while the constitution is 
 tranquil, and before it has been shocked and injured by suppuration, 
 abscesses, and sepsis, which sometimes follow such grave injuries. 
 
 But, suppose it be determined not to cut the limb off, — as it gen- 
 erally should be, — the first thing is, after the bone is set, to close the 
 wound against all entrance of air, and to cause it to heal by the first 
 intention, that is, without suppuration. To do this, one method is to 
 cover the wound with lint dipped in blood ; but the more usual mode 
 is, to bring the sides of the wound together, and secure them very 
 carefully by strips of adhesive plaster, in the same way as in common 
 cuts. The bandage should be kept wet with cold water, by squeez- 
 ing a sponge over it, or by sprinkling cold water upon it as fast as it 
 l)ecomes dry. 
 
 It will be necessary, in this case, to keep the l)ed-clothes away from 
 the limb while it is thus wet, which may be done by cutting a barrel 
 hoop in two, and nailing it to two pieces of lath. There should be 
 
ntrr-rr ■'"--'-■—^■°--' 
 
 8UROI0AL DISKASES. 
 
 661 
 
 y undue short- 
 portance to the 
 ul limb in the 
 
 Foot. 
 
 fractures of the 
 achief, as lacera- 
 S. the foot, or a 
 , frequently used 
 out by opening 
 
 g a wound of the 
 )ace between the 
 a compound frac- 
 y the same force 
 r a cart-wheel, or 
 Quite often ihe 
 )one being forced 
 
 of a much more 
 icularly dangerous 
 ove the knee and 
 
 lower limbs than 
 
 ide to preserve the 
 und fracture is of 
 ving the limb, the 
 the constitution is 
 •ed by suppui-ation, 
 h grave injuries, 
 mb off,— as it gen- 
 B is set, to close the 
 
 to heal by the first 
 lis, one method is to 
 he more usual mode 
 I secure them verj- 
 e way as in common 
 Id water, by squeez- 
 
 upon it as fast as it 
 
 Hl-clothes away from 
 
 ,, by cutting a 
 There should be 
 
 air circulating under the sheet, that the heat of the inflammation may 
 not keep the limb in a steam bath. 
 
 Should the wound heal by the first intention, the danger will soon 
 be over, and the treatment may be the same as for simple fracture. 
 But this, unfortunately, does not always occur. 
 
 It occasionally happens, that after three or four days, the patient 
 grows restless, has very short and disturbed sleep, is hot and thirsty, 
 has headache and shivering fits, is more ill towards evening, wanders 
 in his mind, or becomes delirious, and perhaps dies in ten days or a 
 fortnight from the sepsis or blood-poisoning that has taken place. 
 If the symptoms are a little less severe, the wound will at first dis- 
 charge a small quantity of dirty, bloody matter, which, if everything 
 goes well, \v'ill, by degrees, change to healthy matter, without smell, 
 of a straw-coi ^r, and about as thick as cream. 
 
 The fever, and other bad symptoms, will now subside ; the sleep 
 and appetite come back, and a new process begins, that of healing by 
 granulation, or the formation of new flesh to fill up the gap made by 
 the wound. 
 
 For old persons, or those whose health has been broken, this stage 
 is full of danger, and is apt to result in death, if the lower limb be 
 the injured part. 
 
 li the constitution proves unable to bear up against this stage of 
 the injury, alternate heat and sweating set in, the face is flushed with 
 a pink color, the pulse becomes weak and quick, the body wastes, the 
 appetite disappear, the tongue becomes diy and brown, restlessness, 
 wandering, and delirium follow in quick succession, and all are 
 speedily terminated by death. With the setting in of these symp- 
 toms, the wound stops discharging, or throws out only a thin, wateiy 
 and stinking matter. Quite often the skin and other parts mortify, 
 and if there be strength enough to throw off the dead parts, the 
 broken ends of the bone stick out, looking dead and white. 
 
 When the constitutional symptoms begin, open and thoroughly 
 disinfect the wound and provide for free drainage ; a poultice may 
 also be used if much pain be present. The poultice must be 
 contiimed till the wound is filled with new flesh nearly to the 
 surface. 
 
 It must be said in justice to modem surgery, that, if antiseptics 
 are used at the first dressing of the wound, we expect union by first 
 intention, and the avoidance of pus formation with all the dangers 
 this entails. The wound is to be treated just like other fresh 
 wounds, aseptically ; the limb may then be done up like a simple 
 fracture, but the dressings should be so arranged as to allow of sub- 
 sequent inspection. (See article on Asepsis, etc., p. 618.) 
 
 Dislocations. — Luxations. 
 
 The surfaces where two bones meet and glide upon each other for 
 the purposes of a joint, are called articular surfaces, and the union is 
 
662 
 
 SURQIOAL DISEASES. 
 
 said to be an articulation. These surfaces are covered hy a smooth 
 cartilage, to render their play upon each other easy. 
 
 The joints are held together by cartilaginous straps and ligaments, 
 which serve as pullies ; by the aid of these, the joints turn back and 
 forth, as a door opens and shuts upon its hinges. 
 
 When by some external violence, or the weakening of these liga- 
 ments, these surfaces are suddenly separated, or forced apart, there 
 is said to be dinlocation or luxation. 
 
 Joints are divided into two kinds, the ball-and-socket (orbicular), 
 which has a rotatory motion, as the shoulder, hip, thumb, — and the 
 angular, or pump-handle (ginglymoid), as the elbow and knee. 
 
 The ball-and-socket joints have a greater diversity of motion, and 
 are more exposed to dislocation. They are likewise more easily put 
 in their place. 
 
 In a Primary Dislocation, the bone is thrown at once into the 
 place where the surgeon finds it. 
 
 The Secondary Dislocation is one in which the muscles pull the 
 head of the bone still further from its natural place than it was 
 thrown by the first shock of violence. 
 
 A Dislocation is Simple when there is no wound penetrating the 
 synovial membrane. 
 
 it is Compound when attended by such a wound. 
 
 A Dislocation is Complete' when the articular surfaces are entirely 
 separated. 
 
 It is Incomplete when the separation is only partial. 
 
 Recent Dislocations are rectified with comparative ease. 
 
 Old Dislocations are hard to be repaired, and sometimes cannot be 
 reduced at all. 
 
 The Symptoms of Dislocation are, inability to use the joint ; the 
 head of the bone being felt in an unnatural place ; the limb shortened, 
 lengthened, or distorted ; a change in the shape of the joint, etc. 
 
 Simple dislocations are generally trivial. Compound dislocations 
 often render amputation necessary, and are always perilous. 
 
 Aged persons are less liable to dislocations than the young. 
 
 When a dislocation and a fracture occur at the same time, the 
 dislocation is to receive attention first. 
 
 A dislocation is to be reduced by a gradual and continuous extend- 
 ing force. The reduction is known by the limb recovering its natural 
 length, shape and direction, and by its being able to perform certain 
 motions which are not possible while in a dislocated state. The pain 
 is immediately reduced upon reduction taking place. In shoulder 
 and hip dislocations, the head of the bone makes a loud noise when 
 it slips into its place. 
 
 .i»»'..,ii«»iw.TK*-mSr •-,»,;*;.- !a«aht(itaB«PWiiM«iw<i«gaMiiiiBa<a^^ 
 
BUROIOAL DISBASBS. 
 
 563 
 
 rered by a smooth 
 
 Y- 
 
 •aps and ligaments, 
 
 ints turn back and 
 
 ling of these liga- 
 Porced apart, there 
 
 socket (orbicular), 
 thumb, — and the 
 )w and knee, 
 ity of motion, and 
 se more easily put 
 
 at once into the 
 
 I muscles pull the 
 place than it was 
 
 id penetrating the 
 
 irfaces are entirely 
 
 irtial. 
 Ave ease, 
 tmetimes cannot be 
 
 use the joint ; the 
 the limb shortened, 
 ' the joint, etc. 
 )ound dislocations 
 
 perilous. 
 
 the young. 
 16 same time, the 
 
 continuous extend- 
 overing its natural 
 to perform certain 
 i state. The pain 
 ace. In shoulder 
 k loud noise when 
 
 Dislocation of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 Gaping very wide is the usual cause of this. It hac been known 
 to result from a mere yawn. One or both sides may be disjointed. 
 
 Symptoms. — If but one side is dislocated, the chin is twisted to 
 one side, and immovable, and the jaws are partially open ; if both 
 sides, the mouth is wide open, the chin projects, there is a hollow in 
 fiont of each ear, great pain, inability to speak, and dribbling of 
 spittle from the mouth. 
 
 Treatment. — To effect a reduction, cover the thumbs with a towel 
 or a piece of wash-leather to prevent their being injured by a sudden 
 snapping together of the jaws, and then, standing in front of the 
 patient, introduce them into the mouth, press them upon the crown 
 of the back lower teeth, at the same time lifting the chin with the 
 fingei-s. 
 
 After the jaw is set, it should be kept bandaged for a few days, — 
 the bandage being merely passed once or twice over the top of the 
 head, and under the chin. No solid food requiring chewing should 
 be taken for a short time. 
 
 Dislocation of the Collar-Bone. 
 
 This may take place by the end attached to the breast-bone slip- 
 ping over or under that bone, or by the other end slipping above or be- 
 low the bone to which it is attached. "When the firat named end of 
 the bone slips over the breast-bone, it is said to be a forward disloca- 
 tion ; when it slips under the breast-bone, it is backward. In this 
 latter form of dislocation, the end of the collar-bone sometimes presses 
 upon the gullet, and prevents swallowing. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the forward dislocation of the inner end of the 
 bone, a bunch may be felt by the hand at the top of the breast-bone ; 
 in the backward dislocation, a depression or hollow. The upward dis- 
 location of the outer end of the collar-bone may be known by the 
 flattened and sunken condition of the shoulder. 
 
 Treatment. — To put the bone in its place in the first of these ac- 
 cidents, draw the shoulders back, by which means the collar-bone (clav- 
 icle) is drawn away from the breast-bone (sternum), and easily slips 
 into its place. To reduce the dislocation at the other end of the 
 bone, place the knee between the patient's shoulder-blades (scapulae), 
 and draw his shouldere backwards and upwards. After the reduction, 
 support the arm in a sling. 
 
 Dislocation of the Shoulder- Joint. 
 
 The head of the long bone of the arm (humerus) may be displaced 
 in three different directions, — dowmoard, into the arm-pit (axilla) ; 
 
664 
 
 BURGIOAL DISEASES. 
 
 fil 
 
 11 
 
 forward, under the muscles of tho breiist; and backward, uimhi ilu; 
 back of tlie Hhoulder-blivdc. 
 
 It is rccogniznd by the shoulder losing its roundners, iind becoming 
 flat; by the lengthening of the arm; by the head of the Ixme bring 
 felt in the arm-pit ; and by severe pain. 
 
 To effect the reduction in the fii-st form of displacement, put tlie 
 patient on a bed, or upon the floor. Put one heel in the arm-pit, 
 agfainst the head of the l)one. Then, taking hold of the arm alK»ve 
 the elbow, or at the wrist, pull steadily, and push with the li(;t'l. 
 (Fig. 166.) The extension may \re more steady and powerful by a 
 double towel arouud the surgeon's ueck. 
 
 Fio. tM. 
 
 If the reduction cannot be effected, relax the muscles by a warm 
 bath or by etherization. 
 
 A simpler method often succeeds and is the only one require*', in 
 certain forms of shoulder dislocation. Bend the elbow at right an- 
 gles and place it at the side of the body. Next rotate the fore-arm 
 outward as far as possible ; then carry the elbow, still flexed, inward 
 and upward onto the chest, and then allow the elbow to fall. The 
 head of the humerus often slips into place with the greatest of ease. 
 
 After the reduction, a sling will be required, and three weeks' or a 
 month's rest. 
 
 Dislocations of the Elbow-Joint. 
 
 Op these there are six varieties. In the first, both bones of the 
 fore-arm (radius and ulna) are thrown backwards ; in the second, both 
 are drawn backwards and inwards; in the third, both are thrown 
 backwards and outwards ; in the fourth, the vlna alone is forced back- 
 wards ; in the fifth, the radius is forced forwards ; and in the sixth, 
 the radius is thrown backwards. 
 
 In general, these dislocations are all easily set. In the first four, 
 
 ;'/ :■ 
 
. 
 
 BUROICAL niHKABKB. 
 
 Sfif) 
 
 akteard, iipoii llie 
 
 gi'«, ivnd lie(;()niiii^ 
 •f the Ikiiu! being 
 
 laconieiit, put the 
 1 in thu arm-pit, 
 )f the arm alM)ve 
 (h with tlie li(;t'l. 
 id powerful by a 
 
 inscles by a wa nn 
 
 y one require'', in 
 ilbow at rigiit aii- 
 )tate the fore-arm 
 till flexed, inward 
 bow to fall. The 
 3 greatest of ease, 
 thiee weeks' or a 
 
 int. 
 
 )oth bones of the 
 n the second, both 
 
 both are thrown 
 lone is 'forced back- 
 
 and in the sixth, 
 
 In the first four, 
 
 FtO. 167. 
 
 the knpo la to }^o. planed at the l)ond of the elbow, and the foro-ami 
 bout upon it, i\ui siirguon ^niHpiii^ the upper arm with one liaiid, 
 and tilt; fore-arm with the oUu^r. In tho (iiHlocatiuuH ol' tlu; rudiiiH, 
 tliu upper arm is to Ihj put in a foced condition, wiiiiu the Hur^i>oii 
 takes hold of the hand and pulls, at tho same time throwing the lM)iie 
 forward. If the luxation Ih» iNickwards, there must l)o tho same ex- 
 tension and couuter^jxtension, whde the fore-arm is bent. 
 
 Treatment. — The fore-arm must Ix) placed in n half-l)ent position, 
 and a splint should be bandaged npon the front of tlu; whole lind), 
 compresses being placed upon the head of the houvH opposiU- the di- 
 rection of the dislocation. This confinement must bo continued three 
 weeks. 
 
 Dislocations of tlie Wrist. 
 
 These are caused by falls upon the hand. Both the radius and 
 ulna may be thrown back- 
 wards or forwards upon 
 the wrist, causing a pro- 
 jection either in front or 
 behind. (Fig. 167.) The 
 bones are to be set by 
 pulling in opposite direc- 
 tions upon the hand and the forearm, and pressing laterally, if the 
 displacement be at the side of the wrist. 
 
 Treatment. — Put a straight splint on the front, and another on the 
 back of the fore-arm and hand, with compresses on both sides of the 
 wrist, and a Iwindage over the whole. Support the fore-arm in a sling, 
 and keep down inflammation by cold water, cooling lotions, etc. 
 
 Dislocatiokis of the Bones of the Hand. 
 
 Some one of the carpal bones may be pushed up out of its place, 
 80 as to form a projection on the back of the hand. To put it in its 
 place, press upon it simply, and then put compresses on the front anil 
 back.; with straight splints upon these and a bandage over all. Put 
 the hand in a sling. 
 
 Dislocations of the finger-joints may generally lie replaced by bend- 
 ing the displaced phalanx over the head of the bone from which it 
 has been disjoined. Sometimes a good deal of extension and counter- 
 extension are required, for which purpose a piece of cord may be 
 wound around the finger, — the skin being protected by covering it 
 with a piece of wetted buck-skin. 
 
 Dislocations of the Hip-Joint. 
 
 These are four in number, — upwards, downwards, bachvards and 
 upwards, forwards and upwards. 
 
 i^ 
 
560 
 
 StJRQICAL UISKASCfl. 
 
 To niduco tlu'HO, a jjroatcr amount of powoi- Ih needed iliiui in the 
 dislocations of any other lM)iie, — owin^ to the greater |)ower of the 
 niiiHclos wliieh are to \)f overcome. 
 
 DislocatioiiH of this joint are often (confounded with fracture of tliu 
 head and neck of tlie thigh bone. This hitter may he diHtinguishiil 
 from the luxation hy the grating sound t-) Iw he:ud, by the possiljility 
 of pulling the limb out to itH natural length, and by its Ixnng slmrt- 
 ened u]) again by the action of the muscles the moment the pulling' 
 is given up. 
 
 The Upward DiAlocatlon of the head of this l)one upon the lituk 
 of the haunch-lM»ne is known by the mliorteninif of the limb, and liy 
 the knee and foot turning inward, — the foot lapping over the oppo 
 jjite foot, and the great toe resting upon the other instep. (Fig. ItiH.) 
 
 The Dislocation Downward is known by the lenc/theniru/ of tliu 
 limb, the projection of the knee, the turniiui of the foot and knee out- 
 ward, and the bending of the body forward. (Fig. 1H9.) 
 
 FlO. 108. 
 
 FIO. 169. 
 
 The Dislocation Backward and Upward is distinguished by the 
 inclining of the foot and knee inward, the drawing up of the heel, and 
 the resting of the great toe against the ball of the great toe of the 
 other foot. (Fig. 170.) 
 
 The Dislocation Upward and Forward is known by the shorten- 
 
 J: ^4. 
 
!C(l«ll lllllll ill tlic 
 iifT poWtT ol tlu' 
 
 th fracture (»f tlic 
 ' Ih! ili8tinfj;uishcil 
 by tlio ixmsilnlity 
 y itH being sluirl- 
 ineiit the imHin^' 
 
 )no iijton the Uuik 
 
 the limb, iiiul by 
 
 ijT over the oppo- 
 
 nBtep. (Fig. ItiH.) 
 
 leru/thenin(/ of llu' 
 foot and knee out- 
 
 r:it>9.) 
 
 FIO. 169. 
 
 distinguished by the 
 y up of the heel, and 
 he great toe of the 
 
 own by the shorten- 
 
 BUIKilOAL lilHEASEH. 
 
 667 
 
 iiig of tho limb, and the turninq of the foot and knee outward. (Fig. 
 171.) 
 
 For replatiing tho l)one, put tho patient upon a tJible, on hiH Uvck. 
 Driiw a sheet l)et\veen iiis thiirlis, and extending it uj) by the side of 
 his lK)dy, let it Int fastent'd fo u Htiplc. I'ut a padded l)elt. with rings 
 uttuched, around the injured liml). jiiHt alxtvu tht* knee. To these 
 
 FlO. 170. 
 
 FlO. 171. 
 
 rmgs, fasten one block of a pulley, and attach the other to a post, 
 giving the pulley-rope to an assistant. The surgeon now, standing 
 on the injured side, directs gradual extension to be made, while he, 
 by his hands, or by a l)and passing around the injured thigh and over 
 his own shoulders, lifts the head of the bone, and guides it iuto its 
 socket. Etherization is not infrequently required. 
 
 Treatment. — Keep the patient in bed for two weeks or more, with 
 his knees tied together by a strip of muslin, and a broad belt around 
 his hips. 
 
 Dislocations of the Knee- Pan or Patella. 
 
 This bone may be thrown outward, causing a great projection on 
 the outside, and an inability to bend the knee. 
 
 It may be thrown inward, causing the same impossibility to bend 
 the knee, and a projection on the inside. 
 
 To restore the bone to its place, put the heel of the patient upon 
 
 I 
 
 :J 
 
 ■■■■ 
 
568 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 the shouLler of an assistant; then press down the edge of the knee- 
 pan which is farthest from the centre of tiie joint, thus tilting U[) the 
 other edge of the bone, when the muscles, aided by a lateral pressure, 
 will draw it to its place. 
 
 Treatment. — Put a straight splint upon the back of the limb, 
 and make moderate pressure upon the knee by a bandage. Cold 
 water, or cooling washes, should generally be applied. Keep the pa- 
 tient in bed two weeks. 
 
 Dislocations of the Knee-Joint. 
 
 There are four of these, — forward^ backward, inward and out- 
 ward. 
 
 They are readily corrected by extemion and counter-extension from 
 .he ankle and thigh, and pressure upon the head of the displaced 
 bone. 
 
 Treatment much the same as for displacement of the knee-pan. 
 
 Dislocations of the Ankle. 
 
 These may occur in a forward, backward, outward, and inward 
 direction. (Figs. 172 andl73.) 
 
 PlO. 172. 
 
 PlO. 173. 
 
 To rectify it, bend the limb, so as to relax the muscles on the back 
 of the leg; then, \7hile extension and counter-extension are made 
 upon the foot and thigh, press firmly on the dislocated bone, and thus 
 force it to its place. • 
 
 Treatment. — Confine the foot and leg in splints made of thick 
 
SURGICAL DISEASED. 
 
 669 
 
 ge of the knee- 
 is tilting up the 
 lateral pressure, 
 
 ick of the liml), 
 bandage. Cold 
 I. Keep the pa- 
 
 nt. 
 
 inward and out- 
 
 ir-extension from 
 of the displaced 
 
 the kneu-pan. 
 
 ard, and inward 
 
 iscles on the back 
 tension are made 
 ed bone, and thus 
 
 ts made of thick 
 
 pastelward, soaked in hot water and moulded to tlie shape of the 
 liinh, with a foot-pioce at right angles. Keep the patient in bed five 
 or six we«^ks, and when he begins to walk, support tlie ankle with a 
 roller bandage, or a laced gaiter. 
 
 Contusions. — Bruises. 
 
 When any blunt, hard substance comes in violent collision with 
 the soft parts of the l .y, without breaking the skin, the injury re- 
 ceived is called a bruise. One of these accidents generally ruptures 
 a great number of the very smallest blood-vessels, which let out 
 blood under the skin, producing '^ black and blue" or livid spots 
 (ecchymosis). What fist-fighters call a Mack eye is an example. 
 
 Treatment. — Cold applications at first to prevent the blood run- 
 ning out of the small vessels under the skin. After the inflammation 
 has subsided, stimulating applications, as vinegar and water, alcohol, 
 camphorated liniment, ammonia and alnohol, equal parts, and some- 
 times bandages. 
 
 Sprains. 
 
 A SPRAIN is a forcible wrenching and twisting of a joint to such a 
 degree as to stretch and more or less lacerate the ligaments of the 
 part, and sometimes to break a tendon, but without entirely displac- 
 ing a bone. Its symptoms- are, violent pain, swelling, and discolora- 
 tion of the parts from the blood running into the cells under the skin. 
 In elderly persons, the effects of sprains are very tedious, disabling 
 them for many weeks, or even months. 
 
 Treatment. — Elevate the limb, keep the joint perfectly quiet, 
 and apply cold lotions or fomentations. When the inflammation is 
 all past, apply stimulating liniments, and bandages, or shower the 
 part with cold water. 
 
 When first done, put the part, if possible, into as hot water as can 
 be borne and maintain it there for half an hour, then strap the part 
 moderately tight with plaster. An ice-bag applied over a joint when 
 the hot water cannot be obtained, or is inapplicable, is nearly as effica- 
 cious. 
 
 Ruptures of Tendons. 
 
 These accidents are known by a sudden snap, followed by pain, 
 loss of motion in the part, and swelling and discoloration. 
 
 Treatn.ent. — Ph. 3 the part in such a position as to relax the 
 broken tendon, the ends of which must be brought together, and re- 
 tained in contact till they grov together. They are to be sewn 
 aseptically and the wound treateu like any closed wound. 
 
 I 
 
570 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Diseases of the Bones. 
 
 The bones are supplied with blood-vessels and nerves ; and as they 
 live and grow like other parts of the body, so they become diseased 
 and die in like manner. 
 
 Ulceration of tlie Bones. — Caries. 
 
 Bones, like the soft parts, when attacked by violent inflammation, 
 may ulcerate, discharge matter, and heal by granulation ; or, having 
 lost a portion of their substance, may sink under entire disorganiza- 
 tion and death. ' This disease passes, in some parts of the country, 
 under the name of "fever sore." It is generally the result of poor 
 blood, scrofula and like disease, and. hence needs tonic, constitutional 
 as well as local treatment, cod-oil, iron, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply splints, and keep the part in a state of abso- 
 lute rest. Subdue the local inflammation by the usual means. If 
 the disease arise from scrofula or syphilis, use the remedies for those 
 diseases. 
 
 Death of the Bones. — Necrosis. 
 
 This is like mortification of the soft parts. It occurs from injuries 
 and inflammation of the periosteum. 
 
 It is known by dull, deep-seated— sometimes acute— pain; and is 
 followed by increase of size, from the formation of new bone around 
 the old, — the old being gradually broken into pieces, and discharged 
 through external openings. 
 
 Treatment. — Poultices and quieting fomentations. Resort will 
 generally be made to surgery. 
 
 Unnatural Growth of Bones. — Exostosis. 
 
 This disease consists either of a tumor of a bony nature, growing 
 upon and arising from a bone, or an enlargement of a bone. It 
 springs from the periosteum, or from the surface of a bone, or from 
 its spongy texture. The enlargement or the tumor may be white 
 and hard, like ivory, or dark-colored and spongy, or a mixture of the 
 
 two. , , . , 
 
 At first, a tumor of this kind is not attended with pain or incon- 
 venience. It comes on slowly, and sometimes remains nearly sta- 
 tionary for several years. 
 
 Treatment. — If the tumor be large and inconvenient, remove it 
 with the knife. If not, use local pressure with pads and bandages; 
 also leech, blister, and restrict the patient to a spare diet. 
 
 ■ftm^ 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 571 
 
 rves ; and as they 
 become diseased 
 
 Diseases of the Joints. 
 
 Some of these diseases begin in the cartilages, some in the synovial 
 membrane, and others in the heads of the bones. 
 
 anes. 
 
 ent inflammation, 
 ation ; or, having 
 ntire disorganiza- 
 3 of the country, 
 he result of poor 
 [lie, constitutional 
 
 in a state of abso- 
 usual means. If 
 remedies for those 
 
 osis. 
 
 3curs from injuries 
 
 ite — pain; and is 
 
 new bone around 
 
 es, and discharged 
 
 ions. Resort will 
 
 Exostosis. 
 
 ly nature, growing 
 mt of a bone. It 
 >f a bone, or from 
 mor may be white 
 >r a mixture of the 
 
 ith pain or incon- 
 emains nearly sta- 
 
 Lvenient, remove it 
 ids and bandages; 
 ire diet. 
 
 Disease of the Hip-Joint. — Coxalgia. 
 
 This generally consists in inflammation of the synovisil membrane 
 and capsular ligament of the hip-joint, ending frequently in ulceration 
 and destruction of the head and neck of the thigh bone. 
 
 The symptoms are fullness in the groin ; pain, which is increased 
 by motion ; aggnivated when the limb hangs without touching the 
 ground ; is more felt in the knee than in the hip itself ; and shoots 
 down along the inside of the leg, as far as the instep. The thigh 
 inclines forward, and the limb has the appearance of being longer 
 than the other, — though in the latter stages, it is really shorter. 
 
 Treatment. — Before suppuration takes place, apply leeches and 
 blisters, and enjoin perfect rest. After suppuration, keep the patient 
 upon his back, on a mattress, and mould to the parts thick paste- 
 board splints, with pads, and give tonics. Keep the bowels open with 
 senna and bicarbonate of potash, and rub the parts with iodide of 
 potassium ointment, or with preparations (282), (283), (195). The 
 disease being scrofulous, the iodide of potassium (140) may be taken 
 with advantage internally. The disease occurs for the most part in 
 children. They should be put on a long splint from the very first 
 and the joint kept immobilized. 
 
 White Swelling.— Synovial Degenerations. 
 
 There are several diseases of the knee-joint, characterized by swell- 
 ing and white color from tension of the skin, which have passed 
 under the common name of white-swelling. The diseases are not 
 strictly the same, but as they all affect the knee, and have symptoms 
 to some extent in common, it is well enough to group them under 
 the same title, — especially as one treatment is adapted to all. 
 
 One is a pulpy disease of the synovial membrane. It begins with 
 a trifling stiffness, and a slight swelling. The swelling increases by 
 degrees, and on touching the part there is a sensation as if it con- 
 tained fluid. By and by the caitilages ulcerate. The disease is in- 
 curable, as the synovial membrane is finally converted into a pulpy 
 substance, and the limb has to be amputated. 
 
 Another of these is inflammation of the synovial membrane, be- 
 ginning with ulceration of the cartilages. It Ixigins with pain in the 
 joint, which is severe at one point, and attains its height in a week. 
 In a day or two, the joint is swollen from a collection of water. 
 
 Treatment.— Splints and entire rest) as in all chronic diseases of 
 
572 
 
 SUUGICAL DISEASKS. 
 
 the joints. Also a generous diet, and whatever is calculated to huild 
 up the health. For the tubercular variety an injection of iodoform 
 dissolved in glycerine is most commonly used. 
 
 
 Bunions. 
 
 This is an inflammation, enlargement, and hardening on the inside 
 of the ball of the great toe. It is frequently connected with a distor- 
 tion of the toe, which seems partially out of joint. The projection 
 of the joint exposes it to great irritation from the shoe, and to re- 
 peated attacks of inflammation. It occasions great suffering. 
 
 Treatment. — Remove the pressure from the part, and when there 
 is inflammation, keep the foot quiet and elevated upon a chair, apply- 
 ing leeches, poultices, etc. Another method is to cover the bunion 
 
 with soap-plaster, spread on 
 thick, soft leather, or, put the 
 toe in a separate compartment 
 of the stocking, like the finger 
 of a glove. Then enclose it 
 in a separate part of the shoe, 
 which is contrived by fixing 
 a piece of firm sole-leather in the bottom of the shoe, so as to make 
 a separate compartment for the toe. By this means the pressure 
 against the side is removed. Sticking plaster may be spread on 
 wash-leather, and a piece cut out the size of the bunion. This will 
 take off a portion of the pressure of the shoe, and will hasten the 
 cure. 
 
 Fig. 174 represents a ganglion or tumor formed upon the syno- 
 vial sheath of the tendon which bends the finger. 
 
 FlO. 174 
 
 Whitlow. — Felon.— Paronychia. 
 
 This is an abscess of the fingers, of which there are three kinds,— 
 the first situated upon the surface of the skin, the secdnd under the 
 skin, the third within the sheath which contains the tendons of the 
 fingers, and sometimes involving the covering of the bone. 
 
 The latter form of the disease is the most terrible, and begins with 
 redness, swelling, and a deep-«eated and throbbing pain, which grad- 
 ually becomes so excruciating as to banish all sleep,, and nearly drive 
 the patient to distraction. Finally matter form>' and burrows in the 
 deeper parts of the finger, and at lengtli fina an opening, which 
 brings relief. 
 
 Treatment. — Carry the hand in a sling ; apply a leech or two, 
 and use poultices. A poultice made of equal parts of powdered slip- 
 pery-elm bark, poke-root, ground flax-seed aad lobelia^eeds, mixed 
 with hot ley, and changed twice a day, is an admirable application. 
 
 iii^iasE, 
 
 :iit:;;". 
 
 fs'^&£ism:mi 
 
fi lift 
 
 iloulatecl to build 
 bion of iodoform 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 573 
 
 When these methods fail to stop the progress of the abscess, the 
 finger should be laid open with the scalpel, cutting down to the bone. 
 This will give vent to the matter, and the wound may be dressed 
 with poultices, until the inflammation is subdued, and the healing 
 process is well established* when some simple salve may be applied. 
 
 ling on the inside 
 ted with a distor- 
 The projection 
 shoe, and to re- 
 suffering. 
 
 t, and when there 
 ion a chair, apply- 
 cover the bunion 
 aster, spread on 
 ather, or, put the 
 rate compartment 
 ng, like the finger 
 Then enclose it 
 I part of the shoe, 
 atrived by fixing 
 oe, so as to make 
 lans the pressure 
 ay be spread on 
 anion. This will 
 i will hasten the 
 
 i upon the syno- 
 
 via. 
 
 ire three kinds, — 
 secdnd under the 
 le tendons of the 
 le bone. 
 
 e, and begins with 
 pain, which grad- 
 »,.and nearly drive 
 id burrows in the 
 n opening, which 
 
 y a leech or two, 
 of powdered slip- 
 belia-seeds, mixed 
 able application. 
 
 Stiff Joint. — Anchylosis. 
 
 Tras is of two kinds, complete and incomplete, — complete when the 
 bones of the joint have become firmly united by bony matter, and 
 incomplete when the motions of the joint are very much interrupted, 
 hut not entirely destroyed. The first is the result of ulcerations of 
 the cartilages of the joints, and of the heads of the bones ; the latter, 
 of fractures, sprains, bruises, thickening of the synovial membrane, 
 and weakening of the muscles. 
 
 Treatment. — No treatment is of much use in the first-named form 
 of the disease. By sawing through the bone, piid then daily moving 
 the limb back and forth, a false joint may be made, but it is apt to 
 grow together again, and finally defeat the purpose of the surgeon. 
 When, however, stiffness arises from the weakening of the muscles, 
 and some other causes involving the ligaments and tendons, something 
 may be done by daily frictions with stimulating liniments, champooing, 
 and warm fomentations ; and by gently bending the joint back and 
 forth, several times every. day, as much as can be done without pain. 
 
 Tumors. 
 
 A TUMOR is a swelling which consists of a new production, not 
 constituting any portion of the original structure of the body. There 
 are several kinds of tumors ; but it is sufficient for my purpose to 
 follow Mr. Ferguson, and divide them into the malignant and non- 
 malignant. 
 
 Cancer. 
 
 This belongs to tl - class of malignant tumors. It has two stages. 
 The first is that oi induration or seirrhus, during which it has, 
 under the finger, the feeling of stony hardness. The second stage is 
 that of ulceration or open cancer. 
 
 Cancer most often attacks the female breast, tlie skin, the mucous 
 membranes, the tongue, the stomach, the neck of the womb, the lips, 
 etc. It rarely occui-s in subjects under thirty years of age, and not 
 often in persons under forty-five. 
 
 The Symptoms of Cancer, when it appeai-s in the breast, are, a " 
 puckered condition, and dull, leaden color of the skin ; a hard, knotty, 
 and uneven feel ; and occasionally sharp pains. When it attacks 
 the skin and mucous membranes, there is a hard, warty lump, which 
 
674 
 
 SURGICAL DISKASE8. 
 
 ulcerates, after a time, producing an open sore, with a hard base. 
 
 (Fig. 175.) 
 
 The sore of a cancer discharges an 
 irritating, excoriating matter, which has 
 a peculiarly fetid odor, so offensive and 
 so different from any other smell, that it 
 is seldom forgotten. The bones of a 
 cancerous person break with great ea«i!. 
 Unmarried females are much more liable 
 to the disease than the married. Tlie 
 cancerous growth is composed, in part, 
 of cells, rounded or caudate, containing, 
 as seen under the microscope, nuclei, 
 (Fig. 176.) 
 
 FlO. 175. 
 
 younger cells, and granules. 
 
 FIO. 178. 
 
 FIO. 177. 
 
 Fia. V9. 
 
 The difference between these cells and those of common pu8-glol>- 
 ules may be seen by comparing Fig. 176 with 177, — the latter being 
 pus-corpuscles highly magnified by a powerful microscope. Fig. 178 
 represents pus-globules not so much magnified. 
 
 Treatment. — There are but two methods of treatment which 
 promise any success. The first is to extirpate the tumor by a surgical 
 operation before the disease has so far invaded the constitution as to 
 be sure of returning. The other is that adopt' I by Dr. J. W. Fell, 
 an American physician, who was permitted tu try his remedies in 
 one of the English hospitals, and who drew from the surgeons in 
 , charge of it a favorable report of the results. 
 
 Dr. Fell's remedies are mainly blood-root and chloride of zinc (336) 
 made into a paste. The skin over the tumor is first destroyed, and 
 this paste, spread upon strips of linen, is applied. This causes an 
 eschar, into which incisions are made, half an inch apart, taking care 
 to avoid the living tissue. The same paste spread in a like manner 
 is then daily inserted into the furrows. By tbis means, which is 
 original with Dr. Fell, the effect of the cans to penetrates through 
 all parts of the tumor, causing the whole diseiised mass to fall off, 
 and leave a healthy, granulating surface. 
 
 In incipient cancer, where the disease has not made much progress, 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 575 
 
 dth a hard base. 
 
 er discharges an 
 natter, which has 
 so offensive and 
 ther smell, that it 
 The bones of a 
 ; with great ease. 
 much more liable 
 le married. The 
 omposed, in part, 
 udate, containing, 
 icroscope, nuclei, 
 
 no. ITS. 
 
 common pus-glol)- 
 , — the latter being 
 uoscope. Fig. 178 
 
 f treatment which 
 tumor by a surgical 
 e constitution as to 
 by Dr. J. W. Fell, 
 try his remedies in 
 >m the surgeons in 
 
 iloride of zinc (336) 
 first destroyed, and 
 d. This causes an 
 sh apart, taking care 
 id in a like manner 
 Ills means, which is 
 penetrates through 
 id mass to fall oS, 
 
 nade much progress, 
 
 Dr. Fell uses the above, which he calls a brown ointment (886), and 
 in connection with it an ointment of the iodide of lead (337), using 
 each twelve hours. With these, he claims that he cures incipient 
 cancers with great readiness. He also employs, internally, half-grain 
 doses of pulverized'blood-root (143), with arsenic and cicuta. 
 
 Dr. Fell claims that with these preparations, he has often cured 
 lupus, and has been very successful with them in treating indolent 
 ulcers. Of late a new treatment has sprung up — namely, the injec- 
 tion of anti-cancer serum, but as yet a definite opinion cannot be 
 given as to its results. 
 
 Soft Cancer. — Bleeding Cancer. 
 
 Medullary Cancer. — Encephaloid Tumor. — Fungus Hematodes. 
 
 This varies in size from that of a nutmeg to a child's head. Its 
 color varies from white to deep red. At times it is soft and elastic at 
 first ; at other times, it is firm and tense. The patient is wan and 
 pale from the beginning. The parts do not ulcerate, as in scirrhus ; 
 but after the skin is broken, a spongy, bleeding tumor protrudes. 
 
 Treatment. — Dr. Fell's method. 
 
 ) f 
 
 Black Cancer. — Melanosis. 
 
 This is an organic disease, in which the tissue of the disordered 
 part is converted into a black, hard substance, which is converted 
 into ulcerous cavities. This often appears in the lungs, and is met 
 with in the liver and other parts. 
 
 Its symptoms are, a sallow complexion, great debility, and dropsi- 
 cal swelling of the limbs before the termination. 
 
 Treatment. — When it appears externally, Dr. Fell's treatment is 
 worth a trial. When in the lungs, the inhalation of tincture of blood- 
 root and solution of chloride of soda (241) should be used. Two 
 teaspoonfuls may be put in a Vapor Inhaler, — the instrument being 
 filled half full of hot water, — and inhaled ten minutes, three times 
 a day; the blood-root pills (143) being taken at the same time. 
 
 Fatty Tumor. — Adipous Sarcoma. 
 
 This is the most common of all the forms of tumor. These bodies 
 generally have a soft and doughy feel, or as if filled with wool. 
 They are the least inclined to become malignant, and consequently 
 the least dangerous, of all the tumors. Whatever pain there is, is 
 caused by their size, weight, and pressure. They are occasionally 
 found a little below the point of the shoulder, in the deltoid muscle 
 of females, and are caused by the unreasonable pressure of the dress 
 at that point. - ' 
 
 
576 
 
 BTTROICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Trsatment. — They should be removed by an operation, wliicli is 
 easily performed, as they separate very readily from surrouuding 
 parts. 
 
 Polypus. 
 
 The polypi constitute a cl^s of tumors growing from mucous 
 membranes. They are of two kinds, — the toft, jellyAike polyjjus, 
 and Hiejlesht/ ox fibrous polypus. 
 
 The Soft Polypus, which grows from the nose, has not mucli feel- 
 ing, and is not particularly disposed to bleed. 
 
 The Fleshy Polypus is firmer and harder than the preceding, and 
 most generally connects itself with tlie womb. 
 
 Treatment. — Both kinds of polypi are either twisted off with a 
 pair of forceps, or strangled by puti'ng a string, called a ligature, 
 around their neck, which will cause them to fall off in a short time. 
 
 Piles, — Hemorrhoids, 
 
 Thesb venous swellings often cause so much pain and trouble, are 
 so often chronic and unyielding to medical treatment, that surgical 
 interference becomes now and then a necessity. The operation for 
 their relief and cure is an extremely common one, and nowadays is 
 limited to a very few different methods. 
 
 The carbolio acid treatment which has found favor with many 
 consists in the injection into the pile of a small amount of carbolic 
 acid dissolved in glycerine or water. The process is simple and 
 almost painless, especially if done after numbing the parts with a three 
 per cent cocaine solution. The carbolic coagulates the blood and al- 
 bumen of the tissues and causes a death of the parts with a subsequent 
 sloughing and puckering. The advantage of this procedure lies in 
 the ability of the patient to be up and about. The danger lies in 
 the risk of setting free a clot in the circulation, causing most serious 
 consequences and even death. It should be used only in selected 
 cases and then not too freely. 
 
 A second method, and by far the oldest, is to encircle the pile with 
 a ligature and allow it to eat through, thus destroying the pile and 
 causing it to heal behind the ligatures. This method is painful, re- 
 quires ether and necessitates rest in bed. A third way is to burr. 
 off the pile by means of a cavtery and clamp. It is far preferable to 
 the ligature, requiring but a few days' stay in bed, and is less painful. 
 A fourth, and the most scientific method, is one just coming into 
 prominence, and consists in distecting out the pile area and sewing the 
 flaps of mucous membrane and skin together. 
 
 Numerous washes, ointments, and lotions have been used to tem- 
 porize, but the only sure and thorough way to treat obstinate piles 
 which remain after continued and unsuccessful attempts to remove 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 577 
 
 operation, wliicli is 
 from BurrouucLug 
 
 iwing from mucous 
 1{, jelly-like polji)us, 
 
 I, has not much feel- 
 
 1 the preceding, and 
 
 r twisted off with a 
 
 g, called a ligature, 
 
 off in a short time. 
 
 pain and trouble, are 
 
 itment, that surgical 
 
 The operation for 
 
 ne, and nowadays is 
 
 • 
 
 id favor with many 
 I amount of carbolic 
 :ocess is simple and 
 the parts with a three 
 ites the blood and al- 
 i,rts with a subsequent 
 his procedure lies in 
 The danger lies in 
 causing most serious 
 used oiSy in selected 
 
 encircle the pile with 
 jtroying the pile and 
 nethod is painful, re- 
 third way is to burr. 
 It is far preferable to 
 led, and is less painful, 
 one just coming into 
 le area and sewing the 
 
 ve been used to tern- 
 ) treat obstinate piles 
 il attempts to remove 
 
 i\w, original cause, is to remove them once for all. The following 
 salve will be found useful: cocaine, eight grains; gall ointment, 
 half an ounce ; mix. Smear well over the jules i.nd then push them up 
 into the bowel. Piles should always l)e returned into the bowel 
 when po.s8ible ; this of itself, when practicable, oftentinies constitutes 
 a cure. 
 
 Whenever a small, round, hard pile is seen on the outside and is 
 very painful, it shouhl be incised, after numbing with a cocaine so- 
 lution, and the clot turned out. This simple and painless procedure 
 works gieat relief and often a cure. 
 
 The bowels are to l)e kept open daily by a solution of tlie citrate 
 of magnesia (one-half bottle^ which keeps the bowels loose and 
 causes no pain in defecation. 
 
 Wens. — Encysted Tumors. 
 
 The most common situation of these is under the skin of the head. 
 A wen is simply a sac full of various mattei-s, which, when examined 
 with a microscope, are found to be oil-globules, epithelial cells, and 
 crystals of stearine. These contents are secreted by the internal 
 surface of the sac. They sometimes look like curd or riQe, sometimes 
 like suet, and sometimes like honey. In other instances, they are 
 mere water, and they have been known to consist of hair or horn. 
 Those tumors are round, elastic, and movable, and are without pain. 
 They grow slowly, but steadily. 
 
 Treatment. — The attempt to excite inflammation and conse- 
 quently absorption, by punctures, setons, or injections, are danger- 
 ous, and ought not to be resorted to. If the tumor is small, its 
 opening, indicated by a small black spot, may be found, a probe be 
 introduced into it, and the contents of the sac be squeezed out ; and 
 this may be repeated as often as necessary. But the proper and only 
 real remedy for these tumors is their removal by a surgical operation, 
 which, under aseptic rules, is painless, easy and sure. 
 
 Fia. 179. 
 
 Aneurisms. 
 
 An aneurism is a tumor formed by arterial blood, and communi- 
 cating with an artery. A true aneurism is formed by the coats of aa 
 
 -■•jf" 
 
678 
 
 SURGICAL DI8RA8E8. 
 
 artery getting weakened by some cause, and swelling out so a« to 
 form a pouch or sac. (Fig. 179.) There are o^her kinds of aneu- 
 risms, which need not be described. 
 
 Symptoms. — An aneurism may be felt as a tumor somewlicre 
 along the coui-He of an artery, and it beats under the tiiiger liku tlie 
 pulse. The beating is caused by a fresh quantity of blood Ix-iiip 
 {)Ushed into this sac with every stroke of the heart. If it Ihj Hniull, 
 I)res8ure on the artery alx)ve it will so far shut off the blood from it, 
 that it will feel flaccid or soft. The patient will often say that the 
 tumor began to appear after some violent strain, when something 
 appeared to give way. In the chest, aneurism will produce an un- 
 natural pulsation felt by the patient. In the belly, it may generally 
 be felt as a tumor through the abdominal walls. 
 
 Distinction. — Tumors which lie directly over arteries are lifted 
 up every time the blood is driven along under them, and hence they 
 pulsate like aneurisms ; but they do not pulsate when small, whereiiH 
 aneurisms do from the begiiming of their growth. Aneurisms are 
 soft at first, and hard afterwards; whereas tumors are generally hard 
 at first, and finally soft. 
 
 Treatment. — In some few fortunate csvses, aneurisms get well 
 spontaneously. If the flow of blood through them can be stopped, tlmt 
 which is within them will coagulate, forming a hard tumor, wl;icli 
 will gradually waste away. To cure them, therefore, we must stop 
 the circulation through them ; and this may be done, in some cases, 
 by compression. The pressure upon the arteiy must of course he 
 above the tumor, and should not be so great as to stop the blood 
 altogether, but only very materially to diminish its flow. The pres- 
 sure is applied by an instrument having two pads, an arc of steel, a 
 joint in the middle, and a screw by which the padded extremities are 
 pressed together. (Fig. 180.) 
 
 When this mode of treatment is not practicable, the artery must 
 be tied between the aneurism and the heart. The patient should be 
 placed in bed, with the limb wrapped up to preserve its temperature, 
 and placed in an easy position. Nothing cold should be applied to it. 
 
 The force of the circulation should be reduced by the tincture of 
 veratrum. ,- , .. i. 
 
 Bronchocele. — Derbyshire Neck. — Goitre. 
 
 Bronchocele is what is called an endemic disease ; which means, 
 a disease which prevails in certain localities. This complaint is preva- 
 lent in Nottingham and Derbyshire. England, among the Alps, and 
 especially in the Tyrol and valley of the Rhone. It is thought to be 
 produced by the use of melted snow, and water impregnated with 
 lime and earthy matter. , 
 
 • Symptoms. — A prominent, soft, elastic tumor, occupying the front 
 
SUKOICAL DI8KA8K8. 
 
 579 
 
 ling out 8o as to 
 er kindB o£ uneu- 
 
 tumor somewliere 
 he finger like the 
 ty of blood k'ing 
 t. If it Ik) Hniivll, 
 the blood from it, 
 often say that the 
 1, when sometliing 
 11 produce an un- 
 >r, it may generally 
 
 arteries are lifted 
 
 m, and hence they 
 
 hen 8malU whereas 
 
 ti. Aneurisms are 
 
 are generally hard 
 
 ineurisms get well 
 can be stopped, that 
 hard tumor, which 
 fore, we must stop 
 one, in some cases, 
 must of coui-se be 
 to stop the blood 
 its flow. The pres- 
 9, an arc of steel, a 
 Ided extremities are 
 
 ble, the artery nnist 
 le patient should be 
 irve its temperature, 
 uld be applied to it. 
 i by the tincture of 
 
 k. — Goitre. 
 
 sease ; which means, 
 3 complaint is preva- 
 mong the Alps, and 
 It is thought to be 
 jr impregixated with 
 
 •, occupying the front 
 
 of the throAt, in the situation of the thyroi<l gland, and like it in shape. 
 It is not tender, and the skin is not discolored. In old cases, the 
 tumor Incomes hard. In Fig. 181 the tumor is so large as to have 
 pushed the gullet to one side. 
 
 FIO. IHO. 
 
 Treatment. — The usual and perhaps the best remedy for this dis- 
 ease is iodine. It may be given m iodide of potassium, with a bitter 
 or some other article (188), (145), (101). An iodine ointment may 
 l)e applied to the tumor (185). 
 
 'Jlie patient should move away from the infected district, and re- 
 side, if possible, upon the sea-coast. 
 
 Water in the Scrotum. — Hydrocele. 
 
 As the name shows, this is a collection of water in the scrotum or 
 bag which holds the testicles. 
 
 Symptoms. — It presents a swelling, shaped like a pear, smooth 
 on its surface, fluctuating if pressed, without pain, but causing a little 
 uneasiness by its weight. On placing a lighted candle on one side 
 of the scrotum, the light may be seen through it. 
 
 Distinction. — This complaint may be distinguished from a solid 
 enlargement of the testicle by its not being so heavy, solid, or pain- 
 ful, and by its fluctuating and being transparent ; from lupture, by 
 its forming slowly instead of suddenly, by the swelling beginning at 
 the lower part of the scrotum instead of the upper, and by the en- 
 largement not being increased by coughing as it is in rupture. 
 
 Treatment. — In children, strong scattering washes (353) are some- 
 times successful. But most commonly a number of punctures are 
 made with a larffe needle, to cause :\e fluid to escape into the cull 
 tissue of the scrotum, whence it is removed by absorption. 
 
 To effect a radical cure in grown persons, the surgeon is to grasp 
 
B80 
 
 BUItnlCAL DISEASRS. 
 
 the tumor Iw-hiiid, iiiid introduoe iv trorur iind canula into tlio hiio, — 
 iMtiii^ riiritful to [toiiit tlic iiiHti'iiiiutiit iiitWiudH, so uh not to wniiiiil 
 tin; tt!Hti(do. Tlu! trowir is tlnMi withdnuvii, — lliu (suiulii hriii;,' al 
 tliu Hiinit! tiniu ptiHlicHt veil into tliu auc, ho that nonu of tlio tlnid may 
 get into tlie cell-tisHUo outside the «ac. Tlic lluid runs oil' linnii^li 
 tlu! (;auul<i. When this Iihh nil cHuaped, Home Htiiiudiitiii^r tluid, -i^ 
 conunou liuie-water, or, still l)elti;r, tincture of iodine, is to In* injirUd 
 through tlie 'lanula into the emptied sac. After retaining tliis fidiii 
 two to (ive minutes, it is permitted to flow out. In'Hiimmaliou I'ol- 
 lows, wiiieh breaks up the secretion of water, and etTectM a cure in 
 two or three weeks. The amount of fluid thrown in should he aliout 
 one or two teaspoonfulsof a mixture of one part of tini^ture of iodine 
 and two j)artfl of water. If tim lirst operation does not efTeet a com- 
 pleto cure, it may be repeated. The most successful of all troatinentH, 
 however, is to open the scrotum and disstict out the greater i)ait of 
 the tiasue which coverti the teatidu uud which seuruteu the fluid. 
 
 Blood In the Scrotum. — Ilaematorele. 
 
 This is a collection of blood in the scrotum, from some injury. 
 
 Treatment. — If the quantity of blood effused be small, cold \\\y 
 plications may cause it to be ab8orl)ed. If it be large, make a punc- 
 ture, and apply a poultice for the blood to ooze into. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of Veins. — Phlebitis. 
 
 The veins are subject to attacks of acute inflammation, which con- 
 stitutes a very dangerous, and often fattvl, disejise. 
 
 Symptoms. — F'its of shivering, or perhaps fainting, a rapid pulse, 
 anxiety of countenance, lowness of spirits, catching (lains about tiie 
 heart, and xivelUng, redness, tenderness and hardness along the course of 
 the affected veins. Sometimes the tongue is furred brown or black, 
 the skin is sallow, there is bilious vomiting, low delirium, and death. 
 In ciises less rapid, there are great swelling and redness over the dis- 
 eivsed veins, and abscesses form, which, when opened, reveal clots of 
 blood mixed with pus. Or, the patient, while remaining low, with a 
 sallow countenance, and a yellow tongue, will complain suddeulv of 
 intense pain in some joint, as the knee or shoulder, — in which tliere 
 will be a rapid formation of pus ; a similar suppumtion will follow 
 in other joints, as well as in the lungs, etc., unt" the patient sinks, 
 and dies of exhaustion. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply leeches freely over the inflamed veins, — also 
 fomentations. Every abscess should be opened early. Keep the 
 bowels moderately open with some preparation of salts, and allay 
 pain and restlessness by morphia. Support the strength by beef-tea, 
 etc. ; and, if the pulse be feeble, give wine or quinine. 
 
8UKU1UAL OmKAHKS. 
 
 581 
 
 la into tlm n;xt\ — 
 as not to Wdiiiiil 
 I) ciiiiulii Ix^iii;,' iit 
 II! of tlio lliiiil may 
 niiiH olT tliniii^li 
 inuilatiii^r tliiid, iw 
 le, iH to lit! injfi ti'd 
 b'taiiiint^ tliis fnun 
 liitlaiMinatioii I'ol- 
 effecUK n cuin in 
 in should he ahout 
 f tinctun' of iodine 
 !H not effect a coiii- 
 il of all troatnitMiK 
 he j^ieater part uf 
 ruteu the fluid. 
 
 latorele, 
 
 )m some injury. 
 
 1 he small, eold a]> 
 aige, make a puuc- 
 tto. 
 
 - Phlebitis. 
 imation, which con- 
 
 iting, a rapid pidse, 
 \g pains ahout the 
 « along the course of 
 3d brown or hlack, 
 lelirium, and death. 
 ednesa over the dis- 
 ned, reveal clots of 
 naining low, with a 
 raplain suddeidv of 
 ■r, — in which there 
 >ui-ation will follow 
 ' the patient sinks, 
 
 flamed veins, — also 
 I early. Keep the 
 of salts, and allay 
 itrength by beef-tea, 
 iuine. 
 
 The suppuration may ho (dieoked, in thi« as in other complaints, 
 
 liy drinking freely of chamomile tea. The power to control suppum- 
 
 ion haa recently txjfn discovered as belonging to chamomile flowers. 
 
 Chronic Phlebitis. 
 
 This is a far less serious disease than the preceding. It generally 
 aft'ects the veins of the legs. 
 
 Symptoms. — Tenderness and hardness of the affected vein, with 
 
 swelling around it, and of the part* IhjIow; a general painfulness of 
 
 he limb. After tlie inflammation has sulwided, the vein feels hard, 
 
 like a cord, because the inflammation causes the blood within to co- 
 
 acrulate, and harden, so that notliing can pass through the vessel. 
 
 Treatment. — Leeches, fomentations or cold lotions, as the patient 
 may choose, purgatives and rest, with the limb elevated. Subse- 
 quently, when the inflammation seems completely subdued, friotiou 
 with camphorated oil and bandages. 
 
 Enlarged or Varicose Veh^s. — Varix. 
 
 The veins which lie near the surface, especially those of the legs, 
 are apt, by exhausting labor upon the feet, and by strains, to get 
 weakened, so that their valves lose their tone, and the r sides stretch 
 and give way in certain places, letting the blood bulge out, and form 
 purple bunches. These bags of blood, lying along upon the surface 
 of the limb, form knotty tumors, looking like blood-boils. They oc- 
 casion a kind of distress, but no sharp pain. 
 
 Persons of weak, soft and relaxed muscles and blood-vessels are 
 particularly liable to this complaint. It often attacks women in the 
 family way. 
 
 Treatment. — Where only a few veins are affected, it may be 
 sufficient, in some cases, to apply firmly over them a few strips of 
 leather, spread with soap-plaster. But generally it is better to sup- 
 port the whole limb with a good woolen bandage, or with a laced 
 stocking, which should be applied in the morning before the patient 
 is up. It is generally well, also, to use friction, with some liniment, 
 or iodine ointment. Lead-water, or alum-water, or an infusion of 
 white-oak bark, may be used with advantage. Burdock and plantain 
 leaves, bound upon the skin, and removed before they are dry, are 
 useful. Showering with cold water strengthens the veins. An elas- 
 tic silk stocking made for the limb is the best general measure. 
 
 Rupture. — Hernia. 
 
 Hernia signifies a protrusion of any internal organ from the cavity 
 where it belongs ; but the term is generally restricted so as to mean 
 no more than a protrusion of the bowel through the walla of the belly. 
 
 ji 
 
582 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 When the abdominal walls are weak, from any cause, no matter 
 what, — lifting, straining, or making violent muscular exertion of any 
 kind, will then often cause the bowel to force itself through at the 
 most debilitated spot ; and pushing the lining of the belly, the peri- 
 toneum, along before it, a bag or sac is formed, in which the project- 
 ing bowel is enclosed, forming an external tumor. 
 
 Divisions of Hernia. — Rupture may occur in several different 
 places, and has accordingly received different names. 
 
 Umbilicai Hernia is a protrusion of the bowel at the umbilicus or 
 navel. This is most common in children soon after birth; and 
 women who are often pregnant are liable to it. 
 
 Ventral Hernia is that which occurs at any part of the belly where 
 other forms of rupture do not appear. 
 
 Inguinal Hernia is that in which the bowel protrudes at the groins, 
 or through the abdominal rings. 
 
 Scrotal Hernia is that in which the bowel descends into the bag 
 or scrotum. 
 
 Femoral Hernia is the dropping down of the bowel behind what 
 is called Poupart's ligament, and appearing as a tumor at the upper 
 part of the thigh. 
 
 Reducible Hernia. — Rupture is said to be rediieible, when the 
 bowel may be put back into the cavity from which it came. 
 
 Irreducible Hernia. — Hernia is called irreducibh .vhen the pro- 
 truding bowel cannot be returned into the belly. 
 
 Strangulated Hernia is that form of the complaint in which the 
 bowel is so pressed upon at the point where it passes through the 
 walls of the belly that it is strangled or constricted so that its contents 
 cannot pass through. ■ . - . % ., 
 
 Symptoms of Hernia. — A soft tumor, which may be compressed, 
 appears somewhere about the belly ; and is increased in size when 
 the patient stands up. It also swells when he coughs, or makes any 
 exertion; and grows smaller, or entirely disappears, when he lies 
 down. 
 
 Treatment. — In a case of reducible hernia, the first thing to be 
 done is to put the bowel back in its place, which is accorapUshed by 
 gently pressing and kneading the tumor; and swaying it back and 
 forth, — b'^ing careful to use no violence, — until it can be pushed 
 within the abdominal walls. It is then to be kept in its place by the 
 use of a truss, made expressly to fit the case. This instrument should 
 be constantly worn by day, and by night, too, if not too irksome ; but 
 if worn by day only, it should always be applied before rising in the 
 morning. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 583 
 
 jT cause, no matter 
 liar exertion of any 
 slf through at the 
 the belly, the peri- 
 which the projectr 
 
 n several different 
 les. 
 
 at the umbilicus or 
 1 after birth; and 
 
 t of the belly where 
 
 trudes at the groins, 
 
 jcends into the bag 
 
 bowel behind what 
 tumor at the upper 
 
 redrmhle, when the 
 
 ch it came. 
 
 leihU A^hen the pro- 
 
 aplaint in which the 
 
 passes through the 
 
 I so that its contents 
 
 . may be compressed, 
 greased in size when 
 oughs, or makes any 
 ►pears, when he lies 
 
 he first thing to be 
 1 is accomplished by 
 waying it back and 
 bil it can be pushed 
 pt in its place by the 
 is instrument should 
 not too irksome ; but 
 I before rising in the 
 
 Irreducible Hernia may be palliated by wearing a truss with a hol- 
 low pad, whicli will so evenly and firmly embrace the tumor as neither 
 to irritate it, nor permit any further protrusion or enlargement. 
 
 Stranguiated Hernia. — If a person has worn a truss for some 
 time, and suddenly leaving it off, makes some violent exertion, either 
 the bowel or omentum is liable to be suddenly forced through a nar- 
 row aperture, and to become strangled. In such case, the patient 
 has flatulence, colicky pains, a sense of tightness across the belly, and 
 a desire to go to stool, but no ability to pass anything. Then follows 
 vomiting, first the contents of the stomach, then mucus and bile, 
 and, lastly, the fecal matters from the bowels, which are not per- 
 mitted to pass on to their natural outlet. The neck of the hernial 
 sac now becomes swelled, tender and pain ' , the countenance is anx- 
 ious, and the pulse small, hard and wiry ; and, after a time, the tu- 
 mor begins to mortify, the patient expresses himself free from all 
 pain, and soon after dies. 
 
 In the treatment, the bowel is to be returned if possible, lo do 
 this, the bladder should fii-st be emptied with a catheter, and the 
 patient should lie down with his shouldei-s raised, and both his thighs 
 bent towards the belly, and placed close to each other, so as to relax 
 all the ligaments and muscles of the ' jUy. The surgeon may now 
 work gently for half an hour, if necessary, trying to put the bowel 
 back, but must be very careful not to excite inflammation by any 
 violence. 
 
 If he does not succeed, efforts are next to be made still further to 
 relax the muscles, as well as to reduce the force of the heart's action, 
 and to diminish the size of the tumor. With the tincture or fluid 
 extract of veratrum viride, the heart's action and force of the circula- 
 tion may be reduced to any desirable extent. 
 
 To reduce the tumor, apply pounded ice in a bag, or a freezing 
 mixture (354.) If the pain be acute give large doses of opium or 
 morphia. Ether is generally required to reduce a hernia. 
 
 If all these remedies fail, there is then no hope but in relieving the 
 stricture by a surgical operation, which must not be deferred too long. 
 
 General DirectionA. — Rupture is an exceedingly common affec- 
 tion. Perhaps every third or fourth person suffei-s from it more or 
 less. Females, from motives of delicacy, are apt to conceal the mis- 
 fortune, and not seek advice. This exposes them to danger. Queen 
 Caroline, wife of George II, lost her life by such concealment. 
 
 A swelling coming on suddenly in the groin cr at the navel, after 
 considerable exertion, may be taken to be a rupture without nmch 
 fear of mistake. 
 
 The complaint being discovered, the bowel should be put back in 
 its place, and a truss be put on at once. In the case of young per- 
 sons, a truss may frequently effect a cure ; but, that it may do this, it 
 should not be taken off, night or day, except to cleanse it, and then 
 only when the — arer is in bed. 
 
 , 
 
584 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Those who can afford it should have two trusses of the same size 
 iuid strength, so that if one get out of order, the other may take its 
 place while it is being repaired ; for an hour's absence of the truss 
 might occasion a mischief which it would require months to repaii. 
 
 Persons having a rupture must be very careful to keep costiveness 
 at a distance ; for straining at stool is highly injurious. 
 
 Varicocele. — Cirsocele. 
 
 This is an enlargement or varicose state of the spermatic veins 
 and may be mistaken for hernia, inasmuch as standing and coughing 
 increase it. But it feels like a bag of worms ; and by this peculiar- 
 ity may be distinguished from rupture. 
 
 Treatment. — Wear a suspensory bandage. Have an operation 
 done if this fails to relieve. i 
 
 Deformities and Irritations of tlie Spine. 
 
 Lateral Curvature. — There are several varieties of curvature of 
 the spine. Some of them are caused by the destruction of some por- 
 tion of the spinal column by disease. It will not be necessary for me 
 to treat of these forms of curvature, as they can only be investigated 
 and treated by the most skilful surgeons. Those who will use this 
 book chiefly, would hardly think of meddling with them. 
 
 The curvature which arises from debility of the bones, ligaments,, 
 and muscles, and which is very common among females, has the tol- 
 lowing 
 
 cymotoms. — At first there is a projection of one collar-bone, or 
 ' *^ one side of the chest, or one shoulder is 
 
 considerably el«^^ated, and is popularly 
 thought to be y,omng out" On exami- 
 nation, the right shoulder and the right 
 side of the chest will be found, generally, 
 to be rounded and lifted up, while the 
 other is sank down p.nd concave. At the 
 same tim-:, the left 'lip sticks out, and the 
 loins on the right side have an inward 
 curve. The spinal column will have a 
 curve, as in Fig. 182. 
 
 Causes. — This affection is caused by 
 occupations which keep the body in a 
 laterally distorted position, and tax one 
 bide of the body more than the other. 
 It is produced in children who study 
 their lessons at school with one elbow 
 resting on a high desk. The muscles, 
 no. 182. too, get so weakened in many females of 
 
 iw 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 685 
 
 of the same size 
 ;her may take its 
 ance of the truss 
 aonths to repair. 
 ) keep costiveiiess 
 
 LOUS. 
 
 ,e spermatic veins 
 ling and coughing 
 I by this pecuUar- 
 
 lave an operation 
 
 he Spine. 
 
 es of curvature of 
 iction of some por- 
 e necessary for me 
 ily be investigated 
 J who will use this 
 I them. 
 
 ! bones, ligaments, 
 males, has the fol- 
 
 one collar-bone, or 
 )r one shoulder is 
 and is popularly 
 out." On exami- 
 der and the right 
 e found, generally, 
 'ted up, while the 
 I concave. At the 
 sticks out, and the 
 e have an inward 
 )lumn will have a 
 
 ction is caused by 
 jp the body in a 
 ition, and tax one 
 re than the other, 
 lildren who study 
 )1 with one elbow 
 isk. The muscles, 
 n many females of 
 
 luxurious, .sedentary and indolent habits, that they cannot hold tlie 
 hoiiy frame of the body in an upright position, and (ho jointed 
 (•(liiiiiin of bones, called the spine, sags down to one .side, iiiul" draws 
 tlic whole skeleton of the trunk out of shape. 
 
 Treatment. — The first thing to be done is to learn what particu- 
 lar attitude of the body has occasioned the distortion. This discov- 
 ered, every possible effort is to be niade to break up the habit, what- 
 ever it may be. If it be standing on one foot, or sleeping on one 
 side, or reading or writing with the elbow high, keep a constant 
 watch and strict rule over the patient. 
 
 Exercise in the open air should be free, and taken daily. The use 
 of the dumb-bells is excellent for both sexes }■ but girls should, in 
 addition, have all the variety of elegant exercise furnished by calis- 
 thenics. Wealthy parents, whose daughtera are tenderly bred, should 
 never let them grow up without the invigoration which these exer- 
 cises impart. 
 
 When the curvature is marked, and the debility considerable, these 
 vigoroiis exercises should be taken for a time with moderation, and 
 the patient should lie down and rest immediately after taking them. 
 
 In many cases considerable benefit is derived from the mechanical 
 sujjport afforded by supporters of various kinds. These are now con- 
 structed and adapted to the body, with considerable skill, by those 
 who make their construction a study and a business. 
 
 Spinal Irritation. — The spinal column is liable, at certain points, 
 to become congested, and consequently sore and irritable. 
 
 Sympto»n£. - The symptoms of this state of things are very varia- 
 ble and numerous, as all sorts of sensations of the skin, from utter 
 numbness and insensibility up to the most acute sensitiveness, de- 
 scribed as creeping, shooting, coldness, tingling and the crawling of 
 ^ ants. There may be neuralgic pains, spasm, cramp, trembling or 
 palsy of the voluntary muscles ; or a fixed pain and tenderness in 
 some joint or other part ; or palpitation of the heart, ^jjtziness and 
 wind and pain in the stomach. 
 
 When any of these symptoms appear, and cannot be traced to any 
 other cause, we are to suspect some irritability of the spinal column, 
 and to search, accordingly, in that direction. The proper method of 
 search is, to make firm pressure on each of the projections of the 
 spine, and to pass over the projections a sponge wrung out of hot 
 water. If there be trouble here, the patient will now be likely to 
 complain of severe pain at some one point. Or, the tender place 
 will generally be found sooner, by tapping with the ends of the fin- 
 gem, with quick and sharp strokes along upon the projecting bones 
 of the spine. The patient will be pretty sure to wince when the ten- 
 der point is reached. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply leeches, and follow them with a blister, or 
 stimulating liniment, or some strong, slightly irritating plaster, and 
 the tenderness will be very likely to disappear, as if by magic. 
 
086 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Wry Neck. — Caput Obstipum. 
 
 In this complaint, the head is drawn over towards one of the shoul- 
 ders, with the face generally turned towards the opposite side. This 
 is caused by the rigid contraction of a particular muscle. In some in- 
 stances, however, other muscles are affected, and the head may be 
 drawn in other directions, or be twitched about in various ways. 
 
 I had a singular case from New Hampshire, which, though not 
 exactly wry neck, was a kindred disease, and is worthy of being men- 
 tioned. The subject of it was a young lady of good physical develop- 
 ment, but inclined to nervous complaints. Her head was chiefly. 
 drawn over backwards, sometimes so as to lie for a short time flat 
 upon the back, with no power to raise it. She was obliged, ordinar- 
 ily, to let her head lean a little to one side, and rest upon the hand, 
 in order to keep it steady. When walkin j, with the head erect, with- 
 out this support, it was every few moments jerked over backward 
 and a little to one side, the chin being thrown up in a most unseemly 
 way. The case partook of the nature of chorea. 
 
 Treatment. — For the genuine wry neck, where the muscle wliich 
 draws the head to one side is rigid and inflamed, the treatment should 
 consist of leeches, poultices, purgatives, blisters and alteratives. When 
 the muscles causing the distortion are not rigid, electro-magnetism, or 
 the shower-bath may have a good effect. In some cases, strychnine 
 will do well. 
 
 The peculiar case mentioned above completely recovered, under 
 the use of the extract of St. Ignatius' bean (95), one pill three 
 times a day, and gradually increased to nine pills a day. She also 
 took iron, and was put upon a most energetic system of out-door ex- 
 ercise. Considering the stubborn and severe nature of the complaint, 
 her complete recovery was as unexpected to her friends as it was 
 gratifying. As the majority of wry neck cases are due to muscular 
 contrdction%f a rheumatic type, the remedies employed for that dis- 
 ease should be used here. In all cases the hot applications should 
 not be lost sight of. 
 
 Foreign Bodies in the Eye. 
 
 When a person complains of some substance in the eye, the inside 
 of the lower eyelid and lower portion of the ball should first be ex- 
 amined, the person being directed at the same time to look up. H 
 nothing be discovered there, the patient is then to be directed to look 
 downward. This will expose to view the upper part of the globe. 
 At the same time, the eyelashes should be taken between the thumb 
 and finger, and the lid turned upward over some round smooth thing, 
 as a pencil, which will turn the lid wrong side out, and bring to view 
 whatever is on the inner surface. Any foreign body discovered may 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 587 
 
 m. 
 
 B one of the shoul- 
 )po8ite side. This 
 luscle. Ill some iii- 
 the head may be 
 various ways, 
 which, though not 
 »rthy of being nien- 
 1 physical develop- 
 
 • head was chiefly 
 
 • a short time flat 
 IS obliged, ordinar- 
 jst upon the hand, 
 he head erect, witli- 
 :ed over backward 
 in a most unseemly 
 
 e the muscle wliich 
 le treatment should 
 1 alteratives. When 
 ectro-magnetism, or 
 le cases, strychnine 
 
 ly recovered, under 
 95), one pill three 
 is a day. She also 
 }tem of out-door ex- 
 re of the complaint, 
 sr friends as it was 
 re due to muscular 
 iployed for that dis- 
 applications should 
 
 n the eye, the inside 
 1 should first be ex- 
 me to look up. H 
 ) be directed to look 
 r part of the globe. 
 between the thumb 
 round smooth thing, 
 It, and bring to view 
 body discovered may 
 
 be removed by wiping it off with the head of a pin, having a silk 
 hai archief turned over it. If this fails to detach it, it may be 
 carefully picked up by running under it the point of a wet tooth-pick. 
 
 Stye. — Hordeolum. 
 
 A STYE is nothing more nor less than a small, painful boil at the 
 edge of the eyelid. 
 
 Treatment. — In severe cases, apply a poultice ; and open it as 
 soon as it begins to point. After it has discharged all it is likely to, 
 apply, on going to bed, for two or three nights, a little diluted nitrate 
 of mercury ointment. Tonics and alteratives are frequently required 
 to break up the formation of styes. 
 
 Inflammation of the Edge of the Eyelids. 
 
 Ophthalmia Tarsi. 
 
 This inflammation often involves the Meibomian glands, which 
 then secrete a sticky mucus, which, not being wiped away during 
 sleep, glues the lids together, so that, on waking in the morning, the 
 patient cannot get his eyes open. The complaint is generally chronic 
 and obstinate, lasting a long time. Weakly persons, with disordered 
 digestion, are most subject to it. In some cases the lids ulcerate, and 
 the lashes fall out. Generally the lids are considerably inflamed for 
 a few days, and then, the inflammation subsiding, branny sca^ s, 
 which may be brushed off, form along the borders of the lids, at the 
 roots of the lashes. 
 
 Treatment. — The health being generally disordered, needs first to 
 be improved by all possible means, as by alteratives, tonics, bathing, 
 exercise in the open air, travelling if practicable, and a generous diet. 
 
 While the lids are inflamed, they should be bathed by a wash com- 
 posed of sulphate of zinc, twelve grains ; laudanum, two drams ; and 
 soft water, twelve ounces. The redness and heat having subsided, 
 and the bowels being opened by a gentle dose of physic, an astrin- 
 gent wash should be applied once or twice during the day (208), 
 (209), and a small piece of the diluted nitrate of mercury ointment 
 be rubbed along the borders of the lid, with a pencil-brush at night. 
 This will generally effect an immediate improvement, and in time 
 will bring about a cure. . 
 
 Disorder of the Lashes. 
 
 Trichiasis. — This signifies a growing inward of the eyelashes. 
 
 Dystrichiasis. — This is a double row of eyelashes, one of which 
 grows inward. 
 
 Treatment. — Pull out the misplaced hairs, and continue to do so 
 as fast as they appear. 
 
 6 
 
 v*S! 
 
u 
 
 588 
 
 SUKGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 IHosis. 
 
 This is a falling down of the upper eyelid, from palsy of the tliiid 
 nerve. It is sometimes attended with headache and dizziness, and 
 may be the forerunner of apoplexy. 
 
 Treatment. — Begin the treatment with purgatives, and then us(> 
 every means to improve the health, especially exercise out of doors. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Lachrymal Sac. 
 
 When the mucous lining of the nasal duct gets thickened and 
 obstructed, the patient complains of great weakness of the eye, Avhich 
 is constantly weeping,— the nostril on the same side having a cones- 
 ponding drynesi. The tears not passing down through the obstructed 
 duct, collect in the lachrymal sac, and form a small tumor by the side 
 of the nose. By pressing the finger upon this, the tears may l)e 
 squeezed out through the upward passage, and glairy mucus along 
 with them. There is generally tenderness of the sac, and sometimes 
 redness of the skin. There is commonly inflammation of the mucous 
 membrane lining the eyelids, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — The acute inflammation of the sac must be treated 
 by leeches, purgatives, and cold washes. 
 
 Chronic inflammation of the sac requires a special attention to the 
 general health. The diet should be carefully regulated, and the alka- 
 line sponge-bath used every day, with brisk rubbing after it. When 
 the sac gets very full, the patient should try gently to force the con- 
 tents down into the nose by pressing upon the upper side of the 
 tumor ; and he may promote the same object by strongly drawing m 
 his breath often with his mouth and nostrils both tightly shut. Hie 
 so-called citrine ointment, fuU strength, may be applied to the eye- 
 lids at bed-time, and a little of prescription r211) may be dropped 
 once during the day into the inner corner of the eye. 
 
 Purulent Ophthalmia. —Egyptian Ophthalmia. 
 
 Owing to the glaring sunshine, and the particles of sand witli 
 which the air is loaded, this disease is endemic in Egypt. Hence its 
 name Egyptian ophthalmia. 
 
 Symptoms. — It begins with stiffness, itching, and watering d 
 the eyes, and a feeling as if there were dast in them. The lids are a 
 little swelled, and become glued together during sleep. The mucous 
 mambrane which lines the Hds and covers the ball is intensely red 
 and swollen, and discharges a copious quantity of pus. There is a 
 severe burning pain extending to the cheek and temple, with hea.l- 
 ache and fever. The eyes cannot be opened. It is both contagious 
 ^d infectious. 
 
t 
 
 SURGIOAL DISEASES. 
 
 589 
 
 1 palsy of the tliiid 
 and dizziness, and 
 
 tives, and then use 
 rcise out of doors. 
 
 tirytnal Sac. 
 
 jets thickened and 
 58 of the eye, which 
 ide having a corius- 
 3Ugh the obstructed 
 1 tumor by the side 
 I the tears may be 
 glairy mucus along 
 sac, and sometimes 
 ation of the mucous 
 
 sac must be treated 
 
 cial attention to the 
 iilated, and the alka- 
 ing after it. When 
 tly to force the con- 
 ) upper side of the 
 strongly drawing in 
 I tightly shut. The 
 applied to the eye- 
 1) maybe dropped 
 eye. 
 
 I Ophthalmia. 
 
 rticles of sand witli 
 1 Egypt. Hence its 
 
 ig, and watering (if 
 lem. The lids are a 
 sleep. The mucous 
 ball is intensely red 
 of pus. There is a 
 1 temple, with head- 
 It is both contagious 
 
 Treatment. — At the very beginning, apply a nitrate of silver wash 
 (211) twice a day. With this application, a low diet, and five to 
 ten-drop doses of fluid extract or tincture of veratrum viride, every 
 hour, tliis terrible complaint may often be broken up. 
 
 If the disease have reached its height, and there is great fever and 
 lieadache, the patient may be freely purged (81), and the pain bo 
 allayed by cocaine applied with a camel's hair brush. 
 
 The patient must he kept in bed, in a dark room, with the head 
 elevated. 
 
 The eyes should be frequently washed out gently with warm water, 
 or a decoction of poppies, containing one grain of alum to an ounce. 
 This must be done with a piece of fine sponge, or with a small 
 syringe. Once or twice a day, a few drops of solution of nitrate of 
 silver, two grains to the ounce of soft water, may be dropped in 
 the eyes from a camel's-hair pencil. As soon us the disease begins 
 to give way, the alum in the poppy decoction may be increased a 
 little. 
 
 Purulent Ophthalmia of Children. 
 
 This always begins within a short time after birth, — generally 
 on the third day. 
 
 Symptoms. — The edges of the lids at first become red, and glued 
 together, and the membrane lining them is red and rough. The eye 
 remains closed. The conjunctiva or membrane wliich covers the 
 globe, next becomes intensely scarlet, and so much swelled, at times, 
 that the lids turn out ; and it discharges a thick purulent matter. 
 The child is feverish and restless. 
 
 Causes. — Exposure to cold and damp, bad nursiug, omitting to 
 wash away from the eyes the cheesy secretions of the skin, and the 
 contact of gonorrl:oeal and leucorrhoeal secretions of the vagina at 
 birth. 
 
 Treatment. — Wash out the eye frequently, and gently, with a 
 weak astringent wash (207), (203), or put between the lids once a 
 day, a large drop, with a camel's-hair pencil, of prescription (208). 
 When the disease is declining, apply to the lids, with a camel's-hair 
 pencil, the ordinary citrine ointment of the druggist. 
 
 Catarrhal Ophthalmia. 
 
 Symptoms. — In this complaint, the white of the eye becomes in- 
 flamed and very red, the redness being superficial, so that the vessel 
 can be moved by pulling the eyelids ; generally there is a thin mu- 
 cous discharge, which, in sevei-e cases, becomes thick and purulent. 
 It is caused by cold and damp. 
 
 Treatment* — If there be considerable pain and headache, give 
 purgatives (31), (19), and continue them, once a day, till the symp- 
 
 
 
 ifimiiM 
 
 'itimatoSRni 
 
 ■iniUM** 
 
 m 
 
690 
 
 BUKUIUAL DIHKASKS. 
 
 toms of active inflainniatiou subside. Ai)ply to the eyes a poultice 
 of slippery elm, and bathe them frequently with a decoction of pitppy 
 leaves, lukewarm or cold, according to the choice of the patiuiit. 
 Smear the edges of the lids at night with fresh lard ; and when the 
 inflammation begins to decline, use diluted nitrate of mercury oint- 
 ment instead. Keep tlie eyes well protected from the light with a 
 shade. A large drop of a solution of jiitrate of silver, two to four 
 grains to the ounce of water, may be \)\it into the eye two or tiirco 
 times a day. Sometimes sulphate of zinc, four grains to the ounce 
 of water, will do well, or cocaine solution, 4 per cent. 
 
 When the disease reaches the chronic stage, — the pain and head- 
 ache having passed off, — some astringent applications will 1h^ re- 
 quired, as a very weak solution of nitrate of silver (208), or a drum 
 each of powdered witchhazel hmves and golden seal, steeped for ten 
 minutes in a gill of boiling water, and strained when cold. 
 
 Scrofulous Ophthalmia. 
 
 This disease is chiefly confined to childi-en under eight yeai-s of 
 age- 
 Symptoms* — Entire inability to bear light ; the lids are spasmoiU- 
 cally closed, and the head constantly turnel away from the light. 
 The blood-vessels of the conjunctiva are not particularly injected, 
 with the exception of one or two large ones which run towards the 
 cornea, and terminate in one or more small opaque pimples. The 
 cornea frequently ulcerates, and the complaint is very obstinate, — 
 being liable often to recur. 
 
 Treatment. — As in all scrofulous complaints, it is important in 
 this to look after the general health. No more physic is required 
 than to keep the bowels open ; and even this, if costiveness exist, 
 had better be done by bread made from unbolted wheat flour, by 
 injections of cool or tepid -water, and by exercise. The health must 
 be supported by iron, sarsaparilla, stillingia, and quinine. 
 
 The eye is to be strengthened by cold water applied to the lids, 
 the forehead, and the temples. The eyes may be bathed likewise with 
 a warm decoction of poppies, or of chamomile flowers or cocaine. 
 
 But one of the best applications. is a solution of nitrate of silver, 
 one or two grains to the ounce of water, a few drops being put into 
 the eye once or twice a day. Occasionally a solution of sulphate of 
 copper, of the same strength, may be used with decided advantage. 
 
 Both eyes should be protected by a shade. 
 
 Inflammation of the Cornea. — Comeitis. 
 
 Symptoms. — The cornea is rough, red, opaque, and generally 
 prominent. There is some pain and inability to bear light, but not 
 great. The pulse is frequent, and the skin dry. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 691 
 
 B eyes a poult i(;e 
 ecoction of poppy 
 e of the piiliiMit. 
 (1 ; and when the 
 I of mercury oint- 
 the light with a 
 ilvcr, two to four 
 eye two or tlueo 
 ains to the ounce 
 int. 
 
 he pain and head- 
 iations will l)e re- 
 • (208), or a dram 
 al, steeped for ten 
 len cold. 
 
 der eight years of 
 
 e lids are spasmodi- 
 a,y from the light, 
 rticularly injected, 
 h run towards the 
 (jue pimples. The 
 very obstinate, — 
 
 it is important in 
 ! physic is required 
 f costiveness exist, 
 jed wheat flour, by 
 The health must 
 quinine. 
 
 ipplied to the lids, 
 jathed likewise with 
 wers or cocaine, 
 jf nitrate of silver, 
 rops being put into 
 ition of sulphate of 
 lecided advantage. 
 
 - Corneitis. 
 
 ique, and generally 
 ) bear light, but not 
 
 Treatment. — If the inflammation be acute, use leeches, purgatives, 
 tincture of veratrum. Apply fomentations, and smear belladonna 
 ointmert on the eyebrows. 
 
 For ti.j chronic form, give quinine and other bitters, and put blis- 
 tei-s upon the nape of the neck, and behind the eara. The wine of 
 opium, and the diluted nitrate of mercury ointment, must be applied 
 to the lids, or cocaine. 
 
 Inflammation of the Iris. — Iritis. 
 
 Thk iris is covered with a serous membrane, and is very liable to 
 adhesive inflammation. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the first stage, the iris changes its color, and the 
 pup 1 is contracted. In the next stage, lymph is poured out upon the 
 surface in a thin layer, sometimes, which looks rusty, and sometimes 
 in larger quantities, filling the whole cavity of the aqueous humor. 
 
 Causes. — Injuries, or overworking the eye, but more frequently 
 a taint of the system from gout or syphilis. 
 
 Treatment. — If there be considerable inflammation, apply leeches 
 to the temples, and keep down the circulation by tincture of vera- 
 trum. To relieve pain, if any, paiiit with cocaine or morphia. 
 The strength is generally to be suppcvted by quinine ; and in many 
 instances, iodide of potassium is to be given as an alterative. A little 
 solution of atropia, one grain to the ounce of water, is to be dropped 
 into the eye once or twice a day, and a warm infusion of slippery- 
 elm bark, or of marshmallow, to be used as a wash. The bowels to 
 be kept open by gentle physic. 
 
 Weakness of Sight. — Muscw VoUtantes. 
 
 This is an affection to which persons of weakly constitution are 
 liable, and those who write much, or examine very small objects. 
 
 Symptoms. — Dimness of sight; uneasiness on exposure to a strong 
 light ; and specks floating before the eyes, — often looking like flies. 
 
 Treatment. — The complaint depends on debility, natural or ac- 
 quired; and tonics, as quinine and iron, and the shower or sponge 
 bath, and out-door exercise, are the proper remedies. 
 
 Imperfect Vision. — Amaurosis. 
 
 The complaint here referred to is dependent on some change in 
 the optic nerve or the brain, — most commonly the former. 
 
 Symptoms. — In some cases the sight becomes suddenly dim, and 
 is perhaps soon lost altogether; but more often it is impaired by slow 
 degrees, — being only defective at intervals, as when the stomach is 
 
 )^'mafmmmmtf9^im'imaMtimmm0iimt 
 
T 
 
 692 
 
 BUROIOAL DIBEABKS. 
 
 out of order, or the eyes have been fatigued. At one timo, it will 
 begin with objects appearing dim; at another, with their hcinp 
 double; at still another, with the ability to see only one Imlf of 
 objects. In some instances, the complaint begins with a crooked 
 or disfigured or discolored appearance of things looked at. AEraiii 
 it will begin as near-sightedness, or far-sightedness ; or the patient 
 cannot measure distances, and will miss his aim in pouring water 
 into a glass, or in putting a match to the wick of a lamp. The llamo 
 of a lamp will appear split. At times the eye does not l)ear lijjlit; 
 at other times it longs for it, and objects do not appear illuminated 
 enough. 
 
 Distinction. — Amaurosis may be distinguished from cataract hy 
 there being no opaque body to be seen behind the pupil ; and by the 
 light of a candle appearing discolored, split, or lengthened, or irides- 
 cent ; whereas in cataract vision m only clouded, and a lighted candle 
 looks as if surrounded with a mist. 
 
 Chances of Cure. — These are generally not very favorable, unless 
 the remedies employed very soon produce good effects. 
 
 Treatment. — Electro galvanism is one of the most promising reme- 
 dies. Bayberry root, dried and reduced to an impalpable powder, and 
 taken as a snuff, is occasionally useful. Cayenne, steeped in water, 
 one grain to one ounce of water, and a little of it dropped into the 
 eye, may stimulate the palsied nerve, and in some cases restore siglit. 
 
 Blisters may be applied behind the ears, or a seton may be tried 
 upon the back of the neck, with some promise of success. 
 
 But probably nothing will do better than cold bathing, — a shower 
 bath if it can be borne, — outnioor exercise vigorously pursued, and 
 an adherence for a long time — perhaps a year — to a strictly vege- 
 table diet, at the same time using nervine tonics, etc. (316). 
 
 Short and Long 5ight. 
 
 Short 5ight, called myopia, depends on too great a convexity of the 
 cornea, or crystaline lens, or vitreous humor, — one or all, — and tiie 
 consequent formation of the image of the object inspected a little in 
 front of the optic nerve, or retina, — as at a (Fig. 183), instead of ati, 
 
 Fig. 183. 
 
 where it should be formed. The rays of light are brought to n focus 
 before they reach the retina. 
 
S.-.^J!L-. 
 
 SUWilCAL DISKASKH. 
 
 5D3 
 
 it one timo, it will 
 witli their being 
 5 only one liiilf of 
 18 with a crooked 
 looked at. Ap;ain 
 38.S ; or the patient 
 I in pouring water 
 I lamp. The tlame 
 068 not bear liglit; 
 appear illuminated 
 
 hI from cataract by 
 9 pupil ; and by the 
 iigthened, or irides- 
 kud a lighted candle 
 
 ary favorable, unless 
 ffects. 
 
 nost promising rcnie- 
 ialpable powder, and 
 le, steeped in water, 
 it dropped into the 
 3 oases restore sight. 
 seton may be tried 
 [ success. 
 
 bathing, — a shower 
 )rou3ly pursued, and 
 — to a strictly vege- 
 1, etc. (316). 
 
 t. 
 
 eat a convexity of the 
 
 one or all, — and the 
 
 t inspected a little in 
 
 183), instead of at 6, 
 
 riiildrcn aro either l)orn with this defect, or it is brought on by too 
 clo.so study, or by long apidioation of the eyes to minute objects. 
 
 It may lie remedied frequently by exercising the eyes in looking at 
 distant objcc^ta. Children alllictcd in this way sliould liave their 
 studies abridged, and their exercise in the open air increased. Wiiilo 
 studying they should have some apparatus applied to them which 
 shall kv!ep the chin elevated, so that the head cannot be dropped too 
 low, and the eyes brought too near the book. And the book slould 
 each day be jilaced a very little further from the eyes. 
 
 Glasses worn by peraons having this defect of vision should Ims 
 concave, as at c. 
 
 Long Sight, or presbyopia, depends on the humora of the eye not 
 
 heiiiji convex enough. In this case, the image of the inspected object 
 , is formed beyond the optic nerve, as at d (Fig. 184). This is one of 
 tho earliest signs of advancing age. 
 
 ire brought to a focus 
 
 Ho. 184. 
 
 This defect is to be remedied by glasses which are convex, e. Per- 
 sons iu the early autumn of life must not resort to glasses too hastily, 
 or, indeed, until they are Compelled to, nor should they change those 
 fii-st used too soon. Ghisses should make objects look distinct and 
 bright, but not larger than natural. 
 
 Squinting. — Strabismus. 
 
 Ix strabismus, the eyes arie not parallel in their i)osition and mo- 
 tion. 
 
 It is supposed that one eye may become weaker tiian the other, or 
 that the visual axis of the two may not be adjusted alike, so that one 
 eye — perhaps the more defective one — turns aside to escape the 
 distorted vision, or possibly the injury to itself which would follow 
 the attempt to make eyes of unequal power work evenly together. 
 The opposing muscles lose their counterbalancing force, and the in- 
 ternal rectus, gaining the preponderance, draws the eye inward, — for 
 the squint is more often convergent than divergent; that is, the eye 
 turns in more often than out. Both eyes sometimes squint. 
 
 Treatment. — In recent cases there is some chance of curing this 
 coniplrtint without a surgical operation. The patient should not be 
 lu the society of other squinting pei-sons, so as to learn it by imitation. 
 
 Iu the first place care should be taken that the bowels are kept in 
 
 I 
 
 
 -, 
 
 ,i.-,a..:'ai.,^ 
 
 •AiiinMiatalMi^aiimHn-- 
 
 I ' JW WM u" tiJuiwi g wrm i ' 
 
504 
 
 HUltiilCAL DI8RA8F.H. 
 
 good condition, iind that the frunonil health is well fortified hy IhiUi- 
 iiig, tonics, and excrciMo. The patient Hhould be made to Htand 
 before a gliiHH, and while he cIohcs the Hound eye, look steadily at 
 Home ol)ject with the H(|uiiiting eye. Lot him do this till the eyn is a 
 little tired; then let him open Uie sound eye, when theHiiuintingone 
 will turn anide. But by compelling it, in this way, Hcvenil tim-M u 
 day, to wo'k in a Htraight line, it may, perhaps, be taught to remain 
 parallel with the other. 
 
 Nervine tonics, as strychnine (86), (94), (05), (816), will noimc- 
 times do good service ; and electro-gidvanism has l)een found iiscful 
 in many cases. 
 
 But in old and ol)stinate ciises, the only cure is found in diviiHiiir 
 the muscle which j)ulls the eye to one side, — the internal rectus, if 
 the eye is drawn in, — the external rectus, i£ it is drawn out. 
 
 I 
 
 Affet:tlons of the Ear. 
 
 Thehk are so common, that, in almost every family, they re(piiio 
 attention, at one time or another. And deafness, which so often 
 results from these disorders, is so serious a misfortune that every 
 affection of the ear should receive early attention. 
 
 Examination of tlie Meatus. — For examining the meatus, or ex- 
 ternal passage of the ear, there is perhaps no better instrument than 
 
 a simple silver or glass tube, of the size 
 and shape represented in Fig. 186. 
 
 To make the examination properly, 
 place the patient either in a sitting, 
 kneeling, or standing posture, as may \k 
 Fio. 186. ^ " most convenient, with the ear directly 
 under a good stream of gas- or lamp- or 
 sun-light. Then take hold of the ear with the thumb and finger, and 
 gently draw it outward and backward, and with the other hand in- 
 troduce the small end of the tube or speculum, and cany it forward 
 as far as it will go without producing pain. Then by gently swaying 
 the largo end of the tube back and forth, a stream of light may k' 
 made to illuminate all sides of the passage. If the lining of this 
 passage is smooth, dry, pearly-white, and shining, and is without wax, 
 it may be regarded as healthy. At the close of the passage, tiie 
 tympanum may be seen, and should be semi-transparent, dry, and 
 grayish-white. "Within this may be seen the handle of the malleus. 
 coLiing from above downward and forward. This bone runs about half 
 way across the tympanum, and divides it into an upper front, and 
 a lower back part. This lower back portion, when viewed through 
 the speculum, is more glistening than the upper and front part, ami 
 a bright spot of light is seen on its most rounded portion, which is 
 just below and Ixjhind the i)()int of the malleus. Inflammation causes 
 this innermost part of th( leatus to become thickened, vascular, or 
 
%- 
 
 8URUICAL IIIBRA8E8. 
 
 r)9r> 
 
 I fortified by biitli- 
 JO inudo to sUiiul 
 e, look Bteadily at 
 lluH till thi) eyo Ih a 
 I the stiuiiitinjj one 
 ly, Heveml tiinvs a 
 ) tiuight to remain 
 
 , (816), will Hoiiie- 
 l)een found u«oful 
 
 found ill dividing 
 I internal rectus, if 
 I drawn out. 
 
 'amily, they require 
 388, which so often 
 jfortune that t'veiy 
 
 g the meatus, or ex- 
 ,ter instrument than 
 438 tube, of the size 
 in Fig. 185. 
 imination properly, 
 ither in a sitting, 
 
 posture, as may l)e 
 
 ,h the ear directly 
 
 of gas- or lamp- or 
 
 lumb and finger, and 
 
 the other hand in- 
 and carry it forward 
 ;n by gently swaying 
 sam of light may be 
 [f the lining of tliis 
 , and is without wax, 
 
 of the passage, the 
 transparent, dry, and 
 indie of the malleus. 
 8 bone runs about half 
 
 an upper front, and 
 vhen Ariewed through 
 r and front part, and 
 ded portion, whioh is 
 
 Inflammation causes 
 hickened, vascular, or 
 
 granular, — like the conjunctiva of the cy«^ when it is inflamed: it 
 uIho cauHeM it to Hocrutu and diHchargc matter. 
 
 Inflammation of the Meatus. — Olorrhn'a. 
 
 This is quite a common complaint among delicate children ; and 
 may occur a8 the result of Hcarlet fever, or be excited by curreutti of 
 cold air, by rotten teeth, or by deranged stomach and lH)welH. 
 
 Symptoms. — Fever, headache, intense pain in the ear, and swell- 
 ing of the glands of the neck. After a time, a reddish, watery dis- 
 charge comes on, which soon grows thicker and mattery. The fever 
 disappears with the appearance of the thick matter. An examination 
 with the speculum shows the whole meatus to he swollen, vascular, 
 and covered with a slimy matter. 
 
 Unless great attention be given to cleanliness, the discharge be- 
 comes very abundant and fetid, and lasts for a long time ; and if 
 neglected, will be likely to lead to very serious consecpiences, even 
 the decay of some of the bones of the head. 
 
 Treatment. — While the inflammation is acute, and there is fever 
 and pain, the diet should be confined to mere liquids, — as rice-watei-, 
 gruel, etc., and the bowels should be opened with some preparation of 
 salts, the ear being gently syringed, occasionally, with warm water 
 or decoction of poppies, and being covered with a warm poultice of 
 flax-seed or bread and milk. In place of a poultice, a soft linen bag, 
 lilled with bran, and dipped in hot water, may be kept on the ear. 
 If tliere be great pain and headache, put leeches behind the ear. 
 
 The pain and fever being gone, and the mattery discharge having 
 come on, the case is to be treated like other chronic diseases of mu- 
 cous membranes in scrofulous constitutions, by tonics, alteratives, 
 warm baths, and out-door exercise. 
 
 The ear may now be gently syringed out with castile soap and 
 water, and immediately after with a weak solution of alum, or sul- 
 phate of zinc, one grain to a dram. This may be done twice a day. 
 Or, a little of a mixture of two drams of solution of sugar of lead 
 and half a pint of water may be dropped into the meatus, and, after 
 remaining two or three minuies, be allowed to run out. If the dis- 
 charge be very fetid, two drams of solution of chloride of lime, with 
 half a pint of wat«r, will make a suitable wr^h with which to syringe 
 it, applying, once a day, a solution of nitrate of silver, five grains 
 to the ounce of water. 
 
 Should the discharge stop at any time, and pain and fever come 
 on, lay aside these astringent applications, and go back at once to the 
 leeches, purgatives, poultices and fomentations. 
 
 ti^:- 
 
 
j3T 
 
 596 
 
 SUBOIOAL DISEASES. 
 
 Wax In the Ear. 
 
 The oar sometime.s becomes completely filled with wiix, mixed 
 with hairs and flakes of scarf-skin, impeding greatly the sense of 
 hearincr. 
 
 Treatment. — Let the ear be gently syringed each morning witli 
 warjn soapsuds, so as to thoroughly clear out the whole mass of 
 matter, after having dropped into the ear the night before four oi' iive 
 drops of oil. The water may be quite warm, and a little cotton sliould 
 be loosely inserted after the syringing. 
 
 Earache. — Otalgia. 
 
 Symptoms. — This is simply neuralgia of the ear, and comes on in 
 fiita of excruciating pain, which shoots over the head and face. It 
 may be distinguished from inflammation of the ear by the sudden- 
 ness and intensity of the pain ; by its not throbbing, not increasing 
 in intensity, not being attended by fever, and not coming and going 
 without apparent cause. 
 
 Treatment. — Fill or remove all rotten teeth, which may be sus- 
 pected as the cause of the suffering. Give iron, particularly the 
 citrate combined with strychnine (316). The core of an onion after 
 being baked, applied to the ear as hot as it ca:i be borne, will often 
 give relief. The onion is to be baked whole. The core then is taken 
 out while hot and inserted in the ear. 
 
 Inflammation of the Tympanum. — Deafness. 
 
 „ .,.,;^ :,,. , t,„...v. Otitis. .^. ^^■ •:"•."''.: '■?-.■ •';''-,. 
 
 Symptums. — In the acute form of the disease, there is violent 
 pain, ringing noises in the ear, and delirium. When the suppuration 
 takes place, there is a chill, and a heavy, tensive pain. 
 
 ' In the chronic form of the complaint, the lining membrane of the 
 tympanic cavity has its vessels a little enlarged, with blood sorae- 
 tim6s effused into its substance, or lymph upon its surface, or the 
 membrane is thickened, and sometimes covered with tuberculous 
 Qoncretions, or there are fibrous bands occupying nearly the whole 
 of the cavity. 
 
 Symptoms. - These are slight, — the first perceptible change being 
 generally deafness in one or both eaic. There may be a woolly sen- 
 sation, with noises or ringing, and slight aching pains. 
 
 Treatmenr — As the deafness in these cases generally depends on a 
 chrc lie inflammation of the tympanic membrane, the best remedies are 
 those which improve the condition of the digestive organs and gen- 
 eral health, as regular diet, bathing, pure air, and exercise, with tonics 
 
 >"„■-. 
 
 J 
 
SURQICAL DISEASES. 
 
 507 
 
 with wax, mixed 
 atly the sense of 
 
 ach morning witli 
 
 le whole msiss of 
 
 hefore four or live 
 
 little cotton sliould 
 
 r, and comes on in 
 ead and face. It 
 ar by the sudden- 
 ng, not increasing 
 coming and going 
 
 jvhich may be sus- 
 1, particularly the 
 B of an onion after 
 e borne, will often 
 i core then is taken 
 
 - Deafness. 
 
 e, there is violent 
 
 en the suppuration 
 
 )ain. 
 
 f membrane of the 
 
 with blood some- 
 its surface, or the 
 
 with tuberculous 
 r .nearly the whole 
 
 ptible change being 
 ly be a woolly sen- 
 ains. 
 
 lerally depends on a 
 le best remedies are 
 i^e organs and gen- 
 ixercise, with tonics 
 
 and alteratives. Occasionally, a leech or two, or a blister behind the 
 ear will be serviceable. But generally dry cupping behind and in 
 front of the ear will answer the purpose for calling the blood away 
 from the thickened membrane. 
 
 If the inflammation be acute, it must be combatted with purging 
 blisters, poultices and fomentations. 
 
 When deafness is caused by inflammation in the Eustachian tubes, 
 or from enlargement of the tonsils, etc., the tonsils mu3t be cut off, 
 and a solution of nitrate of silver, twenty grains to the ounce, must 
 Le thrown upon the mouths of the tubes with a shower syringe. 
 
 Bleeding from the Nose. — Epidaxis. 
 
 Treatment. — In full-blooded persons, with redness of face, and 
 subject to headache and dizziness, bleeding from the nose may be 
 salutary, and necessary to ward off apoplexy, and should not be too 
 suddenly stopped. 
 
 When the bleeding is such as to require to have it arrested, plug 
 the nostrils with the scraping from a fur hat, or with lint, dipped in 
 a strong solution of alum or tannin or Monsel's persalt of iron, one 
 part to ten parts of water. To give immediate relief, press up undor 
 the upper lips or apply something cold to the back of the neck. 
 
 Ingrowing Toe-Nail. 
 
 To most persons, the above words will suggest some unpleasant 
 associations, for there are few bat have had some painful experience 
 with this affection. It is usually^ like corns and some other trouble- 
 some things, the penalty inflicted for wearing tight shoes. It gener- 
 ally appears upon the great toe. The constant 
 pressure of a narrow boot or shoe against the side 
 of the toe, causes the edge of the nail to sink into 
 the flesh, producing inflammation and pain, and 
 finally ulceration. Nature, attempting to repair 
 the mischief, sends out granulations, which, being 
 perpetually irritated, shoot up into unhealthy 
 growths, called proud Jlesh. Thenceforward, the 
 sufferings of the patient become incessant ; and he 
 cannot now even compromise, as he would be glad | 
 to do, ^^ putting on shoes of ample dimensions, but' 
 is obliged to negotiate a peace by putting away the 
 shoe altogp+bcr, or by cutting a hole through it to 
 take off tn^ pressure. At the risk of giving the reader a few d: ' 
 twinges every time he looks upon this page, we place here, in 
 186, a good representation of this tormenting disorder, as a sale- 
 able warning against the folly of giving the toes narrow quarters. 
 
 Treatment. — Make a lye by putting half a pint of hard-wood 
 
 Fia. 186. 
 
 
 
 BMtti 
 
598 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 I^f^ 
 
 ashes into a quart of hot water ; bathe the toe in this, while warm, 
 twenty minutes, every day. Immediately after each bathing apply u 
 poultice made of ground slippery elm and weak lye, changing tlie 
 [)Oultice twice a day. As fast as the inflammation is subdued by 
 ♦this, press a little fine lint gently under the edge of the nail. At each 
 subsequent dressing, cut off as much of the nail as is raised out of the 
 tender flesh, with the keen poiit of a penknife. Continue to do this 
 till the whole offending portion is cut away. 
 
 If the above treatment does not reduce the inflammation and great 
 tenderness, spread some extract of belladonna upon lint, — lay this 
 upon the diseased part, and put a poultice over it. 
 
 When the disorder begins to make its appearance, it is a good plan 
 to scrape the nail very thin on top ; this will cause it to grow upon 
 the upper surface, and to give way at the tender part, so as to obvi- 
 ate, sometimes, the necessity of any other treatment. 
 
 The following is the best treatment. Wash the toe in warm water, 
 and m^ke the parts dry with cotton wool. Then gently press cotton 
 wool in between the toe-nail and the tender projecting flesh, and ex- 
 tend it along the groove back between the skin and nail. Next, wet 
 the end of a piece of nitrate of silver, and rub it thoroughly upon the 
 nail, close to the cotton, not allowing it to touch the tender flesh; 
 then put on a thin layer of cotton wool, and, in two or three hours, 
 a poultice around the toe. 
 
 In two dajrs, the nail will be perfectly black, and, aa far as the ni- 
 trate was we:l applied, will be separated from the parts underneath, 
 and may be taken off without pain. 
 
 If the nail is very thick., scrap off the black and deadened pai-t in 
 two days, and apply the nitrate again. This treatment is a vast im- 
 provement on the old and cruel practice of tearing off the live nail. 
 
 Chafing and Excoriation. 
 
 When the neck, arm-pits, thighs, etc., of children, get chafed or 
 excoriated, a remedy may be found by keeping the parts clean, and 
 by dusting them with powdered slippery elm, starch or talcum pow- 
 der. If this does not effect a cure, api'^y Turner's cerate, or wash 
 the parts with a solution of sulphate of zinc, or nitrate of silver, five 
 grains to the ounce of soft water. 
 
 Grown persons may treat these troubles very much in the same 
 way, ox by wearing cotton between the parts wliich rub together. 
 
 Foreign Substances in the Nose. 
 
 When any foreign substance gets lodged in the nose, close the 
 mouth and Uie opposite nostril, and then blow forcibly through the 
 obstructed side. If this is not successful, press the thumb against the 
 nose above the obstructing body, and then make a hook of a piece of 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 599 
 
 this, wliile ■warm, 
 ch bathing apply a 
 
 lye, changing tlie 
 ion is subdued by 
 : the nail. At each 
 is raised out of the 
 Ilontinue to do this 
 
 mmation and great 
 )on lint, — lay this 
 
 Be, it is a good plan 
 56 it to grow upon 
 part, 80 as to obvi- 
 snt. 
 
 toe in warm water, 
 gently press cotton 
 icting flesh, and ex- 
 nd nail. Next, wet 
 horoughly upon the 
 h the tender flesh; 
 wo or three hours, 
 
 nd, as far as the ni- 
 B parts underneath, 
 
 id deadened part in 
 ),tinent is a vast im- 
 ig off the live nail. 
 
 dren, get chafed or 
 the parts clean, and 
 irch or talcum pow- 
 aer's cerate, or wash 
 aitrate of silver, five 
 
 T much in the same 
 ich rub together. 
 
 Nose. 
 
 the nose, close the 
 forcibly through the 
 le thumb against the 
 a hook of a piece of 
 
 wire or knitting needle, and pressing it up over the offending sub- 
 stance, pull it down. 
 
 Foreign Substances in the Ear. 
 
 If flies and other insects get into the ear, fill the ear with sweet 
 oil, and then syringe it out with warm water. Sometimes it will be 
 sufficient to hold the head down on one side, and have the ear filled 
 with water, — remaining quiet in this position for a short time, when 
 the insect will rise to the surface. If any hard substance be got into 
 the ear, lie down quietly upon the affected side, and send for a phy- 
 sician. 
 
 Foreign Substances in the Outlet. 
 
 If the substance have not gone beyond the reach of the thumb and 
 finger, thiust them down as far as possible, and try to pull it out; or, 
 a small curved pair of forceps will reach still lower than the fingers. 
 Or, tliis failing, let some one place one hand firmly on the chest of 
 the choking person, and give him a smart blow or two between the 
 shoulders with the other hand. If the substance be down some way 
 in the gullet, it may be pushed along into the stomach by some 
 smooth, blunt instrument. 
 
 Foreign Bodies in the Windpipe. 
 
 Sometimes foreign bodies will remain a long time in the windpipe, 
 and will only create some inflammation and cough, but not any im- 
 mediately dangerous symptoms. When the body has gone entirely 
 below the epiglottis, l)ut little can be done, except to give a pinch of 
 snuff to cause sneezing, and to direct the patient to expel the air ex- 
 plosively from the lungs by a few energetic and sudden coughs. This 
 may drive the offending body out. 
 
 Bleeding from Wounds. 
 
 If bleeding occur from any part where a bone lies near the surface, 
 as the head or' face, it may generally be stopped by pressing firmly 
 against the bone with a finger, or a piece of cork, or by binding on 
 tightly a hard pad. If this does not succeed, lift up each edge of the 
 wound, and examine carefully to see if any small stream of blood is 
 spouting out in jets. If so, an artery is wounded, and the point of 
 small forceps or tweezers must be dipped in where the jets come 
 from; the spouting mouth taken hold of and drawn out; and a 
 strong silk thread passed aro'ind it, and tied below the forceps. The 
 white and gaping mouth of the vessel may then be seen. 
 
 If the bleeding be profuse from an arm, the whole current of blood 
 to that limb must be cut off, which may be done by some person 
 pressing a thumb firmly into the neck behind the middle of the col- 
 
 :^jtd.*^\£^: . '.■.-^.^^'^^^..-Si^.^ . ■^..^^.^■^.^■^t.^-.-r.-. -^.^i.^..: j^:.t'^. • .:•::.. :..^f^-:..J:^.- 
 
600 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 lar-bone. This will clam ap the blood in the great artery of the arm, 
 as it conies out of the chest. The handle of a door-key, wrapped in 
 several folds of linen, may be pressed upon this place for a long time 
 until medical assistance can be had. 
 
 Dangerous bleeding from the thigh or leg may often be stopped by 
 pressing the great artery just below tlie crease of the groin. 
 
 If the bleeding be below the middle of the upper arm, or middle 
 of the thigh, pass a handkerchief once or twice around the limb, as 
 far above the wound as possible, and tie it tightly. Slip a stiff stick 
 under thi^, and turn it round, like the handle of an auger, until tlie 
 handkerchief becomes so tight as to stop the bleeding. This arrange- 
 ment is called a stick-tourniquet, and is intended to answer the same 
 purpose as the instrument represented by Fig. 155. 
 
 One of the best methods now in use, of arresting hemorrhage in 
 cases of accidental injuries ol the large arteries of the extremities, is 
 by surrounding the limb above with two turns of a piece of rubber 
 tubing about three-fourths of an inch ia diameter, and tying it tiglit. 
 This safely and effectually controls all bleeding. 
 
 Advantage is taken of this elastic property of rubber in controlling 
 hemorrhage, in performing what is called bloodless operations of sur- 
 gery. It is called Esmarch's method, from the name of the origitiii- 
 tor. It may be resorted to in all operations on the extremities, whether 
 of amputations, che removal of tumors, or in the minor operations of 
 removing needles, and whenever the bleeding interferes with the per- 
 formance of the operation. 
 
 It is applied as follows : The limb should first be tightly bandaged 
 with an elastic rubber bandage about three inches wide, from below 
 upwards, and then surrounded at the highest 'point with a band or 
 tube of rubber in the place of a tourniquet. The bandage is then to 
 be removed, when the operation may be performed in temporarily 
 bloodless tissues. 
 
 An amputation of the thigh may be thus performed without loss of 
 any blood of consequence. 
 
 Anaesthetics. 
 
 In these days when so much wonderful surgery is done and when 
 everybody desires to have the advantage of all modern methods being 
 employed in the treatment of their case, a little knowledge of anses- 
 thesia will be of service to the reader. Before the discovery of ether 
 an operation meant torture to the patient. If you should visit some 
 of the old operating-rooms you would find rings in the floor to which 
 ropes tised to be attached in order to hold down the patient. Ether 
 is the most commonly employed anaesthetic, and is safe to inhale, sure 
 in its action and gives the least mortality. Something like one per- 
 son in 50,000 dies from the inhalation of ether against one in 15,000 
 to 30,000 when inhaling other anaesthetics. It is not over pleasaut 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 601 
 
 artery of the arm, 
 )r-kt:y, wrapped in 
 ,ce for a long time 
 
 [ten be stopped by 
 ,he groin, 
 er arm, or middle 
 round the limh, as 
 Slip a stiff stick 
 in auger, until the 
 ing. This arrange- 
 io answer the same 
 t. 
 
 ing hemorrhage in 
 the extremities, is 
 a piece of rubber 
 and tying it tight. 
 
 bber in controlling 
 s operations of sur- 
 ime of the origina- 
 xtremities, whether 
 minor operations of 
 rferes with the per- 
 
 be tightly bandaged 
 !8 wide, from below 
 »int with a band or 
 1 bandage is then to 
 ned in temporarily 
 
 •med without loss of 
 
 y is done and when 
 >dern methods being 
 knowledge of anses- 
 le discovery of ether 
 )U should visit some 
 in the floor to which 
 the patient. Ether 
 9 safe to inhale, sure 
 lething like one per- 
 gainst one in 15,000 
 is uot over pleasant 
 
 to inhale, as it is somewhat pungent and choky to breathe when first 
 inhaled. Tliis sensation soon passes off. A longer time is required 
 to produce anaesthesia with ether than with chloroform, but its greater 
 sjifoty overbalances this slight disadvantage. Vomiting more fre- 
 quently occurs after ether than after chloroform. 
 
 Chloroform is the next most commonly employed anaesthetic. It 
 is agreeable, quick in its action, and very little is required. It is 
 the common angesthetic in European practice, yet its greater mortality, 
 the sudden change in heart and lung action, render its usefulness 
 much more limited in this country than that of ether. It is employed 
 especially in cases complicated by lung and kidney disease in the 
 young and very old. 
 
 The A. C. E, mixture, so-called, is still a third anaesthetic, and is 
 composed of a mixture of alcohol, chloroform and ether, and is fre- 
 ^acntly given to start a case with, as its inhalation is pleasant and 
 its anaesthetic properties quick. Its mortality rate lies between that 
 of ether and chloroform. Some people take these anaesthetics with 
 perfect comfort; others, being timid, require a larger amount and 
 give in to its soporific effects very slowly. 
 
 Of late Cocaine has been introduced into medical practice as a 
 means of rendering the flesh numb and painless when injected under 
 the skin about the site of the part to be operated on. It has the great 
 advantage of maintaining the senses other than that of sensation and 
 pain perfectly intact. By its use large operations may be done, and, 
 in the case of minor operations, time and money are saved and bad 
 after-effects are avoided. Sometimes a temporary faintness occurs 
 from the use of a too strong solution, but this can always be avoided 
 by weaker solutions and overcome at the time by a little stimulant. 
 
 There is a popular feeling that ether and chloroform leave their 
 traces in the system for a long time afterward ; such is not the case, 
 however, and fear need never be entertained that the system will be 
 left the weaker for it. 
 
 In the use of anaesthetics proper, certain rules are to be observed. 
 Nothing solid is to be eaten for a number of houi-s previous to the in- 
 halation. All artificial teeth must be removed and all waist-bands 
 and tight clothing should be loosened if not removed. 
 
 A little strong coffee or a little brandy and hot water may be given 
 by mouth to prevent the subsequent vomiting and nausea. 
 
 Care of the Teeth. 
 
 Decay and loss of the teeth is common even among the young. 
 Few persons at the age of twenty have sound teeth, and the ten- 
 dency to decay is no doubt to some extent inherited; but with care- 
 ful attention they may be preserved in good condition till late in life. 
 Parents should inculcate in their children the habit of cleanliness of 
 the teeth. 
 
 Sf...; 
 
 » i r i,*h - * Uf . nt i 
 
i^i 
 
 602 
 
 SURGICAL PT£)EASE8. 
 
 Rotting of the Teeth.— Cams. 
 
 This is not confined to any age, temperament, or condition of 
 
 ^° The 'teeth become diseased, die, and drop away, while all the other 
 orcans are sound and active. 
 
 The Creator doubtless intended that all the members of the same 
 body should be equally durable ; but certain laws of nature, violated 
 by us habitually, turn upon us, as it were, in anger, and smite us full 
 in the face, breaking. our teeth, and robbing us of the means of pre- 
 serving the health which we do not appear to prize. 
 
 When rotting begins in the teeth, its progress is more or less rapid 
 and their destruction is certain, unless it is arrested by artificial 
 
 ™ Tlfe" enamel is nature's fortification to protect the teeth against ex- 
 ternal injuries. When this is broke., or worn away, the bone of the 
 tooth becomes exposed, and rotting begins immediately. Whateve 
 has a tendency to crack, break up, or destroy the enamel, therefore, is 
 to be carefully avoided. ' ^ 
 
 Hot Drinks, or hot food, coming suddenly in contact with the en- 
 amel, are liable to crack it, and expose the bony substance of the 
 tooth. The enamel is exceedingly brittle, much like glass in its 
 structure, and is easily cracked when exposed to sudden transitions 
 from heat to cold, and from cold to heat. 
 
 Luxurious Living often deranges the general health, and causes 
 acid and unhealthy secretions in the mouth, which act injuriously 
 upon the enamel. 
 
 Acids are injurious to the enamel; and when taken sb medicine, 
 should be well diluted, and in some cases, drunk through a tube, so 
 as not to come in contact with the teeth. Sugar is not directly inju- 
 rious to the teeth, as many suppose ; but i.f allowed to ^e^ about 
 and between them, it may generate an acid which is destructive to 
 the enamel. 
 
 A Crowded Condition of the teeth in the mouth causes the enamel 
 to wear away, and leads to rotting; in which case, early attention 
 and advice from a dentist is quite important. 
 
 Food Lodged Between the Teeth, and in their depressions, is a 
 cause of extensive decay. Animal and vegetable ."patter, j^hen ex- 
 nosed to warmth and moisture, soon generate an acid which corrooes 
 the enamel. The teeth, consequently, often begin to decay in parte 
 where one presses upon another, and in depressions, where food lodge^ 
 and remains. This shows the necessity of cleausiug the mouth and 
 teeth often, — particularly after meals. 
 
 /. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 603 
 
 nes. 
 
 t, or condition of 
 
 while all the other 
 
 mbers of the same 
 of nature, violated 
 
 r, and smite us full 
 the means of pie- 
 
 ;e. 
 
 } more or less rapid, 
 
 rested by artificial 
 
 he teeth against ex- 
 i^ay, the bone of the 
 iiately. Whatever 
 3namel, therefore, is 
 
 jontact with the en- 
 
 ly substance of the 
 
 ;h like glass in its 
 
 sudden transitions 
 
 L health, and causes 
 lich act injuriously 
 
 taken as medicine, 
 : through a tube, so 
 • is not directly inju- 
 ved to remain about 
 ah is destructive to 
 
 th causes the enamel 
 case, early attention 
 
 Bir depressions, is a 
 jle matter, when ex- 
 acid which corrodes 
 rin to decay in parts 
 ris, where food lodges 
 isiug the mouth and 
 
 Mercury, when taken to the extent of salivation, — whether it be 
 calomel, corrosive sublimate, blue pill, or any other form of it, — 
 causes inflammation of the membranes about the teeth, and indirectly 
 produces ctries. 
 
 Acidity of the stomach, the contact of decaying teeth and dead 
 stumps with sound ones, diseased and ulcerated gums, and, above 
 all, a filthy, unclean and unwholesome condition of the mouth, are 
 active causes of diseased teeth. 
 
 improper Tooth-Powders, us those containing gritty particles, are 
 to be avoided. 
 
 Tobacco, by deranging the general health, may be indirectly inju- 
 rious to the teeth. Smoking blackens the teeth ; and though chewing 
 may be useful in deadening the sensibility of the nerve of a decaying 
 tooth, this alone is not a sufficient reason for so uncleanly and disa- 
 greeable a habit, while so many agents may be found to produce the 
 same effect. 
 
 Tartar. — This is derived from the saliva, and is found, when ex- 
 amined by the microscope, to be composed of myriads of living 
 animals. When first deposited around the teeth, it is in a soft state ; 
 but, when not brushed away, it soon hardens, and changes from a 
 yellow to a brown, and sometimes to a black color ; and often in 
 children it becomes a dark green. It destroys the beauty of the 
 teeth, giving them a filthy and revolting look ; the setting of the 
 teeth in their sockets is weakened ; their appearance is elongated ; 
 the periosteum or covering of the fang becomes inflamed and tender ; 
 and, if the proper remedy be not applied, the teeth will become loos- 
 ened, and finally fall from their sockets. It causes the gums to be- 
 come inflamed, swollen, tender, and ulcerated, and loads the breath 
 with a disagreeable fetor. Its direct influence on the teeth is not 
 great ; but it vitiates all the secretions of the mouth, and is thus a 
 very efficient, though an indirect cause of decaying teeth. In all 
 cases, it should be immediately and carefully removed, and some 
 astringent wash, made from Peruvian or oak bark, be applied to 
 reduce the inflammation and swelling of the gums. 
 
 Tooth-Ache. 
 
 This is generally caused by an exposure of the nerve which fills 
 the internal cavity of the tooth. This exposure is caused by a frac- 
 ture, or, more commonly, by the rotting away of a part of the tooth. 
 This nerve is extremely sensitive ; and, by coming in contact with 
 the air and acrid substances, inflammation is excited, and tooth- 
 ache is the consequence. 
 
 Teeth sometimes ache when they are, to all appearance, perfr^ctl)- 
 sound. This may be caused by bony enlargements of the ends of 
 
 . I 
 
 ■:vi' 
 
 
604 
 
 8'JBaiOAL PI8KA8E8 
 
 y-A 
 
 the fangs, inflammation of the periosteum, a peculiar irritability and 
 ague of the face, which excite neuralgia, etc. 
 
 Pain of a sound tooth is sometimes caused by sympathy with a 
 decajdng one, by a disordered stomach, or by scurvy, pregnancy, tar- 
 tar, or whatever excites painful sympathetic action in the nerves of 
 the face. 
 
 Treatment Tooth-ache may bo quieted by placing a drop of oil 
 
 of cloves, or cajeput, or a drop of creosote upon a piece of cotton, 
 and inserting it into the cavity of the tooth, and. bringing it into con- 
 tact with the exposed nerve. A few drops of a five per cent solution 
 of cocaine placed in the tooth by means of absorbent cotton, or even 
 wiped around the gum, acts very beneficially and usually quiets the 
 worst tooth-ache. Chloroform likewise is often good. 
 
 Pains of the face and jaw, when not the consequence of rotten 
 teeth, may be relievul by holding brandy, or whiskey, or rum, or 
 diluted tincture of cayenne, or hot water, in the mouth, and by ex- 
 ternal applications of laudanum, Oliver's plaster, a mustard plaster, 
 or ho[)s steeped in alcohol, or a blister behind the ear. But for teeth 
 too much decayed to bo saved by filling, there is no remedy so proper 
 as extraction. 
 
 Filling Teeth. 
 
 There is no operation of the dentist of more real and lasting 
 benefit to the patient than that of filling rotten teeth. 
 
 A tooth that is well filled before its nef vp is exposed, is as service- 
 able as a sound one, and nearly as durable. Its preservation for 
 many years is perfect and complete. 
 
 It is necessary, in the performance of this operation, to remove 
 very carefully all rotten and foreign matter lodged in the cavity ; to 
 make the cavity of a dovetail shape, so as to retain the filling ; to wipe 
 it perfectly dry; and to press the gold in so as to make the cavity 
 perfectly water and air tight. A tooth filled in this way may be 
 preserved many years, and in many cases during life. 
 
 When decay has gone so far as to expose the nerve and render a 
 tooth' painful, the nerve, in all cases, should be destroyed before the 
 cavity is filled ; otherwise there may be soreness, and sometimes ex- 
 treme pain making the extraction of the tooth absolutely necessary. 
 
 A tooth filled after the nerve is destroyed is not as good as if filled 
 before the nerve was exposed ; the walls of the cavity are thinner and 
 weaker, and consequently are more liable to break and crumble away 
 when brought into contact with hard substances ; and the filling will 
 be more likely to be loosened. There is likewise some danger of ulcer- 
 ation and absorption at the root of a tooth, when filled in this condition, 
 which makes it very important that teeth should be filled early. 
 
 Gold foil is preferable to all other substances for filling teeth. H 
 it is properly dressed and polished, it will remain in the mouth for 
 many years without any sensible loss of its substance. 
 
SUUOIOAIi DIHKASKS 
 
 605 
 
 ,ar irritability and 
 
 ' sympathy with a 
 y, pregnancy, tar- 
 in the nerves of 
 
 icing a drop of oil 
 a piece of cotton, 
 inging it iiitocou- 
 ) per cent solution 
 nt cotton, or even 
 usually quiets the 
 lod. 
 
 leqnence of rotten 
 liskey, or rum, or 
 mouth, and by ex- 
 1 mustard plaster, 
 jar. But for teeth 
 ) remedy so proper 
 
 B real and lasting 
 
 5th. 
 
 josed, is as service- 
 
 3 preservation for 
 
 eration, to remove 
 i in the cavity ; to 
 the filling; to wipe 
 a make the cavity 
 
 this way may be 
 ife. 
 
 lerve and render a 
 stroyed before the 
 and sometimes ex- 
 isolutely necessary, 
 as good as if filled 
 ity are thinner and 
 and crumble away 
 and the filling will 
 ntie danger of ulcer- 
 ed in this condition, 
 m filled early. 
 )r filling teeth. If 
 
 in the mouth for 
 buce. 
 
 The First Teeth. 
 
 It is an imperative duty of parents to see that their children's teeth 
 have early and careful attention. 
 
 The health and durability of the permanent teeth depend materi- 
 ally on the healthy condition, regularity and durability of the tempo- 
 rary ones. It may seem strange that diseases of the first set of teeth 
 should influence the set which is to follow ; but wlien we consider 
 that the rudiments of the second set already exist when the first are 
 cut, it is not unreasonable to suppose they may inherit disease from 
 their predecessors. 
 
 Cleaning the Teeth. 
 
 The most important rule to be observed in the preservation of the 
 teeth is to keep them perfectly clean, and never to allow any foreign 
 substance to remain on or about them. A decaying tooth should 
 never be allowed to remain in the mouth ; it causes others to decay. 
 
 If tartar has been allowed to collect, have it removed immediately. 
 The teeth should be carefully and thoroughly brushed daily with 
 warm water, and the occasional use of a dentifrice that is impalpably 
 fine, and that contains no acid. 
 
 A Brush has no bad effect upon the teeth, as some suppose, for 
 the parts of the teeth most exposed to the friction of a brush are 
 never the first to begin to decay. This beginning of decay takes 
 place in their depressed surfaces, and where they touch each other. 
 A soft brush is better for the teeth than a stiff one, because the lat- 
 ter is apt to fret the gums, and cause them to recede, which gives 
 the teeth a lengthened appearance. 
 
 Teeth in a crowded condition should never be filed, unless they 
 begin to decay. 
 
 Tooth-Picks, made of quill, or wood, or ivory, should be used after 
 meals, and all particles of food lodged between the teeth should be 
 removed. 
 
 In Sickness., the rules for cleanliness of the teeth should be more 
 rigidly enforced than at any other time, as then they are more ex- 
 posed to destructive agents, and are liable to participate in the gen- 
 eral debility and disease of the system. 
 
 Influence of Diseased Teeth upon the Health. 
 
 The bad effects of a diseased and unclean mouth upon the general 
 health are of more serious consequence than most people are aware, 
 in twenty-four houi-s, we breathe twenty thousand times ; and what 
 must be the effect upon the delicate structure of the lungs, when, 
 for days, months and years, the air we breathe is drawn through a 
 
 iVfTSftfjuram^— 
 
 njAiiiim 
 
606 
 
 SUKOIOAI, D'SEASES. 
 
 1 
 
 s 
 
 depository of filth, and is poisoned by being mixed with effluvia 
 arising from decayed and diseased matter in the mouth. 
 
 The intermittent fevers of the West are caused by the eflla.iii 
 arising from the decaying matter of low grounds and marslies, which 
 can hardly be more pernicious than the effluvia from the impuiity 
 and corruption generated in an unclean mouth, filled with decayiii),' 
 teeth. Dr. Hays says " no species of animal matter is sc offensive to 
 the health and vitality of the adjoining substance, whether nerve, or 
 membrane, or any part or portion of the living body, as decaying 
 bone." 
 
 Dr, Ira Warren's Paracentesic Instrument. 
 
 PtTNOTDRiNO the chest for drawing off water in extensive pleuritic 
 effusion, as practised of late, has proved one of the most valuable 
 operations in modern surgery. Like most new operations, however, 
 it has been embarrassed by imperfect instruments. 
 
 The annexed cut represents an improved instrument which I have 
 just invented, by which this operation is made extremely simple and 
 easy. At the right hand is the puncturing instrument, including the 
 
 V 
 
 i 
 
 FIO. 187. 
 
 external canula, and the trochar inserted -in it. At the letter i is a 
 sliding guard which moves back and forth, and may be set at the 
 point of desired depth to which it is desirable to puncture, and made 
 fast by a screw. By this arrangement it may be driven home to the 
 desired depth, without any fear of going too far, or of falling short 
 of the mark. The guard also serves in a measure to keep the instru- 
 ment steady during the operation, and to prevent inflicting pain by 
 having it oscillate about. At 6 is a tubular attachment opening into 
 
•Wf 
 
 8lTR(iICAL IiIBEABES. 
 
 607 
 
 ixed with effluvia 
 louth. 
 
 ed by the efllu.irt 
 Did marshes, wliich 
 from the impurity 
 lied with decaying 
 31- is so offensive to 
 , whether nerve, or 
 body, afl decaying 
 
 strutnent. 
 
 extensive pleuritic 
 
 the most valuable 
 
 perations, however, 
 
 iment which I have 
 tremely simple and 
 ment, including the 
 
 the canula ; to this an india-rubber hose is attached, which connects, 
 lit the other end, with tlie cock a, upon the exhausted receiver o. 
 To a cock, c, on the other side of the receiver, another rubber hose is 
 fastened, which connects at the other end with an air-pump. 
 
 The mode of operating is exceedingly simple. First, exhaust tlie 
 receiver; then quickly, yet gently, plunge iu the instrument, and, 
 leaving the canula, withdraw the trocar till the point passes the con- 
 necting tul)e at b, when the water will ' mediately flow, in a full 
 stream, into the exhausted receiver o. lue working of the appara- 
 tus is extremely beautiful. Five pints of water may be taken away 
 with it in five minutes, — an amount which cannot be got with the 
 old instrument in much less than half an hour. If the patient can- 
 not bear to have it drawn so rapidly, the stream may be wholly or 
 partially arrested, at any moment, by entirely or partly closing the 
 cock a. 
 
 The reader will see that the apparatus is so arranged that the ad- 
 mission of air into the chest is entirely impossible. 
 
 The artist, in making the drawing for me, has inserted the instru- 
 ment much farther forward than the point usually selected. 
 
 My apparatus has a second puncturing instrument, a little larger 
 in size, for the purpose of operating in ascites, or dropsy of the belly. 
 
 This, or similar instruments, can be bought of any good dealer in 
 surgical instruments. 
 
 . At the letter i is a 
 i may be set at the 
 I puncture, and made 
 B driven home to the 
 r, or of falling short 
 re to keep the instrii- 
 nt inflicting pain by 
 ichment opening into 
 
A BRIEF TREATISE ON THE 
 
 HOM(EOPATHIC TREATMENT OF 
 
 DISEASES. 
 
 BY A. E. SMALL, M.D., 
 Pbmidint or tkb Hahnkm ann Mbdioal Collmb, OmoAoo. 
 
 I> 
 
 'in 
 
 In the following pages will be found a reliable guide in the ad- 
 ministration of homeopathic remedies for the various ills known to 
 occur in almost every-day life. Nearly every disease incident to the 
 human family is briefly considered, and the corresponding treatment 
 explicitly stated. It must be borne in mind that homceopatliic 
 remedies are addressed to vital forces, whose derangement may be 
 seen in the manifold forms of disease. But, in order to obtain the 
 desired effect from the administration of any remedy for a given case, 
 a certain principle must be observed in its selection. This princi- 
 ple is believed to be a competent guide in affiliating remedies to dis- 
 eased conditions. The discovery of a universal law of cure, which 
 points out the direct relationship between all diseases and their 
 remedies, is ascribed to Hahnemann, the founder of the homoeopathic 
 system of medicine. By numerous experiments with drugs upon 
 healthy individuals, he ascertained that diseases are curable by such 
 medicines as are capable of producing similai- characteristics : as, for 
 instance, chamomile will produce a colic, and will cure a similar one 
 from some morbific cause; hence, the formula, "«SV7ni7ia gimilibvs cu- 
 rantur," is the principle that guides in the administration of remedies. 
 Every medicine has a specific range of action in the body : one will 
 act on one set of organs, and another on another set ; some will direct 
 their energies so as to affect one locality, and others to another. 
 The only way, therefore, of ascertaining how a remedy will direct 
 its action to any local or general disease is by trying it first upon 
 healthy persons in order to ascertain its range of action. As disease 
 manifests its action by symptoms, so remedies show their action by 
 symptoms, in a similar manner ; and, when a disease presents itself 
 for treatment, a remedy must be selected whose pathogenetic effects 
 upon those in health resemble the phenomena of the disease. The 
 homoeopathic materia medica is made up of a collection oi remedies 
 that have been thus tried. Those employed in this treatise are of 
 this character, and are comprised in the following 
 
 608 
 
■^■^■ 1 '^f tM : " » •' ' I » }\ ■ ; i^'mk- i - « :- * ^ 
 
 j^.:-^iJim... ^4»d»A!& jtt3w£ 
 
 -.ii.«c.w.*a:-:^-.--i-<s-'— ^-*-*- — — ^ 
 
 If 
 
 /v V ^ m^ 
 
 .^% 
 
 V 
 
 /W" 
 
 %, # ^ wv 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 1.0 
 
 2.2 
 
 I.I 
 
 ^ US. 
 
 Ill 
 
 11.25 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
. JwMW<;.|.JiJfc:itt.W'0»ii,.'. 
 
 ..*^i.v. ■'«* i' 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 \ 
 
Wi:^' 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 m- 
 
 t 
 
-u>b.T<~ 
 
 HOMffiOPATHIC TREATMENT OF DISEASES. 
 
 600 
 
 . Acouite. 3. 
 , Aloea. 6. 
 , Alumina. 6. 
 
 Ammonium carb. 6. 
 , Antimonium crud. 6. 
 . Apis mellifica. 6. 
 , Arnica montana. 3. 
 
 Arseiiicum album. 6. 
 
 Aurum metallicum. 6. 
 
 Anacardium. 3. 
 
 Baptisia. 1. 
 
 Belladonna. 3. 
 . Bismutli subnit. 3. 
 
 B; yonla alba. 3. 
 
 Calcarea carb. 6. 
 
 Calendula. 1. 
 
 Camphora. 3. 
 
 Capsicum. 3. 
 
 Cantharis. 3. 
 
 Cannabis sat. 3. 
 
 (Jarbo animalis. 6. 
 
 Carbo veg. 6. 
 
 Causticum. 6. 
 
 Chamomilla. 3. 
 
 China, o. 
 
 Ciitilidonium maj. 3. 
 
 Ciraicifu^a racem. 1. 
 
 Cicuta virosa. 3. 
 
 Cina. 3. 
 
 Cocculus indicus. 3. 
 
 Coffea cruda. 6. 
 
 Colchicum. 3. 
 
 Colocynthis. 3. 
 
 Conium mac. 3. 
 
 Crocus sativa. 3. 
 
 Cuprum acet. 6. 
 
 ♦ LIST OF EEMEDIES. 
 
 37. Digitalis. 3. 
 t38. Dioscorea villosa. 2. 
 
 oO. Drosera rotundifolia. 3. 
 
 40. Dulcamara. 3. 
 t41. Elaterium. 3. 
 
 42. Euphorbium. 3. 
 
 43. Euphrasia. 3. 
 144. Ferrum redact. 3. 
 
 45. Gambogia. 3. 
 
 46. Gelsemium. 1. 
 t47. Graphites. 6. 
 
 48. Olonoinum. 6. 
 
 49. Holleborus nig. 6. 
 ISO. Ilepar sulpli. 6. 
 
 61. Hyoscyamus nig. 3. 
 
 62. Hamamelis. 1. 
 
 63. Ignatia amara. 3. 
 
 64. lodium. 6. 
 
 66. Ipecacuanha. 3. 
 
 66. Iris versicolor. 3. 
 t67. Kali carb. 6. 
 t68. Kali bichromicum. 3. 
 
 69. Lachesis trig. 6. 
 
 60. Ledum palustre. 3. 
 
 61. Laurocerasus. 3. 
 t62. Leptandria. 3. 
 
 t63. Lycopodium clav. 6. 
 
 64. Lobelia inilata. 3. 
 
 66. Mercurius corrosivus. 6. 
 t66. Mercurius vivus. 6. 
 t67. Mercurius iod. 3. 
 t68. Mercurius biniod. 3. 
 
 69. Mercurius sol. 6. 
 
 70. Mezerium. 3. 
 
 71. Moschus. 6. 
 
 72. Natrum muriat. 6. 
 
 73. Nitrum. 6. 
 
 74. Nitric acid. 6. 
 76. Nux vomica. 6. 
 
 76. Nux moschata. 6. 
 
 77. Opium. 3. 
 
 78. Oleander. 3. 
 
 79. Petroleum. 6. 
 
 80. Phosphorus. 6. 
 
 81. Phosphoric acid. 6. 
 t82. Platina. 6. 
 
 83. Phytolacca decandra. 1. 
 
 84. Pulsatilla. 6. 
 
 85. Podophyllum pelt. 3. 
 
 86. Rhus tox. 3. 
 
 87. Ruta graveolons. 3. 
 
 88. Sabina. 3. 
 
 89. Sambucus nig. 3. 
 
 90. Sanguinaria. 3. 
 
 91. Secale cornutum. 3. 
 
 92. Senega. 3. 
 
 93. Sepia succus. 6. 
 194. Sillcea. 6. 
 
 96. Spigelia. 3. 
 
 96. Spongia. 3. 
 
 t97. Stannum. 6. 
 
 98. Staphysagria. 3. 
 
 99. Stramonium. 3. 
 tlOO. Sulphur. 6. 
 
 101. Sulphuric acid. 6. 
 
 102. Tartar emet. 6. 
 
 103. Uva ursi. 1. 
 
 104. Urtica urens. 3. 
 106. Veratrum album. 3. 
 106. Veratrum viride. 1. 
 
 tl07. Zincum met. 6. 
 
 TINOTUEES FOR EXTERNAL USE. 
 
 1. Aconite. 
 
 2. Arnica. 
 
 3. Baptisia. 
 
 4. Calendula. 
 
 6. Cantharis. 
 
 6. Conium. 
 
 7. Causticum. 
 
 8. Hypericum. 
 
 9. Ruta gra-eolens, 
 
 10. Staphysagria. 
 
 11. Urtaoa urens. 
 
 mn 
 
 M& 
 
 I.. V 
 
 RULES FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF REMEDIES. 
 
 As specific dirsctions will be found in the treatment of each dis- 
 ease treated of in this work, only a few general rules are necessary. 
 
 1. In acute cases, the chosen remedy may be repeated every hour 
 or two hours, until a change occurs ; then it is prudent to wait awhile 
 for the result. 
 
 2. Tf there is no favorable reaction within a few liours, or in very 
 acute pain, within half an hour, select another remedy according to 
 the indications ; and, should no favorable reactign follow the adminis- 
 tration of this, select another, and so on. 
 
 3. When convalescence follows the administration of a remedy, it 
 need not be repeated unless the recuperation reaches a certain point 
 and then ceases ; in which event, select a remedy according to indi- 
 cations. 
 
 •The remedies marked t should bo bought as triturations. Ask the pharmacist to pre- 
 pare them all on the decimal scale, and so, also, the dilutions. The triturations may be 
 liiven dry on the tongue, a small powder the size of a pea ; or the same amount or more 
 dissolved in half a tumblerful of water, a teaspoouful at one dose, when it is desirable to 
 repeat the medicine at short intervals. 
 
 1 
 
 ■M 
 
610 
 
 HOMfEOPATHIC TRKATMENT OF DISEASES. 
 
 4. The same remedy may be repeated in case of continued con- 
 valescence becoming interrupted, provided there is no change other 
 than amelioration of symptoms. 
 
 5. A change of remedies is admissible in obstinate cases, when one 
 has been employed for some time without the desired effect. In 
 chronic cases, it is well to try the remedy at least a week before 
 
 changing. 
 
 6. In chronic diseases, the remedies need not be repeated oitener 
 than once or twice in twenty-four hours, and even at longer intervals. 
 
 FORMS OF MEDICINES FOR ADMIKISTRATION. 
 
 There are four forms in which homoeopatliic medicines are pre- 
 pared for rse : 1. Mother tinctures prepared from fresh plants; 2. 
 Triturations prepared from metals, salts, earths, and herbs ; 3. Dilu- 
 tions prepared from the tinctures;* and, 4. Globules medicated with 
 the solutions. The last two are generally employed, and the first 
 two occasionally, in household practice. When water is employed 
 as a medium for the administration of either form, five drops of the 
 tincture or dilution, or ten globules (use size No. 30), or three or 
 four grains of the trituration, may be thoroughly mixed in half a 
 tumbler of water, and a dessertspoonful of this mixture will suffice 
 for a dose. The tumbler containing the medicine should be care- 
 fully covered, and kept away from the light and from any cor- 
 rupting odor; and all other medicines, teas, tonics, and stimulants 
 are strictly prohibited during its administration ; and all medicated 
 poultices, lotions, and the like, must be avoided, because of their 
 interference with the medicinal action of the remedy. 
 
 KULES FOR PRESERVING THE PURITY OF MEDICINES. 
 
 1. The medicines should be kept in a small box or chest, exclu- 
 sively for this use, carefully closed, and in a cool place. Examine 
 the corks often to see that they are perfectly tight. 
 
 2. Be careful to keep the vials corked always with the same cork, 
 or one that has never been used for any other purpose ; and be par- 
 ticularly careful not to misplace the corks, or fail to replace the 
 identical one each time when a vial is uncorked for use. 
 
 3. Never put medicine into a vial that has been alieady used for 
 one of a different kind, unless it be thoroughly washed and baked. 
 
 4. Every vial should be labelled, to prevent mistakes ; and every 
 glass, spoon, or cup should be carefully cleansed before using it in 
 the preparation of a remedy. 
 
 6. Never use the same spoon in giving medicines of a different 
 kind to different persons sick in the same house. 
 
 • Dilations »re recommended to be prepared on the decimal «cafe. 
 
Ilfl! 
 
 ' 1 
 
 DISEASES. 
 
 I case of continued con- 
 there is no change other 
 
 obstinate cases, when one 
 
 , the desired effect. In 
 
 at least a week before 
 
 not be repeated oftenor 
 even at longer intervals. 
 
 IINI8TRATI0N. 
 
 latliic medicines are pre- 
 jd from fresh plants; 2. 
 rths, and herbs ; 3. Dilu- 
 
 Globules medicated with 
 J employed, and the first 
 When water is employed 
 jr form, five d'-ops of the 
 size No. 30), or three or 
 roughly mixed in half a 
 
 this mixture will suffice 
 medicine should be care- 
 light and from any cor- 
 as, tonics, and stimulants 
 ation; and all medicated 
 avoided, because of their 
 le remedy. 
 
 TY OP MEDICINES. 
 
 mall box or chest, exclu- 
 ti a cool place. Examine 
 ly tight. 
 
 Lways with the same cork, 
 her purpose ; and be par- 
 es, or fail to replace the 
 jrked for use. 
 has been already used for 
 whly washed and baked, 
 vent mistakes ; and every 
 sansed before using it in 
 
 r medicines of a different 
 house. 
 
 t on the itdmal fcale. 
 
 HOMCEOPATHIC TKEATMENT OF DISEASES. 611 
 
 ANTIDOTES TO MEDICINES. 
 
 In some exceeding impressible conditions, the remedy chosen may 
 produce intense aggravation of suffering, which may be relieved by 
 the administration of a drop of Spirits of camphor. If Belladonna 
 should provoke an aggravation. Aconite will antidote its effect, and so 
 will Camphor ; and this latter is regarded as the general antidote of 
 homoeopathic remedies, two of which should seldom be given in alter- 
 nation, because of the liability of their neutralizing the effects of 
 each other. For the same reason it will not do to change from one 
 remedy to another suddenly. A period of from four to six hours 
 should intervene in acute cases, except in emergencies of great pain, 
 and from one to two days in chronic affections. 
 
 EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS. 
 
 Compresses wet with cold water, covered with a dry bandage, are 
 always a convenient and successful resort for bruises, sprains, and 
 injuries in general. Tepid applications, or cold when agreeable, in 
 the same way, may be applied to local inflammatory affections. Warm 
 poultices, to hot and inflamed surfaces, will often exert a salutary 
 influence. The tinctures named for external use may at times be 
 employed in full strength ; but lotions made of a teaspoonful of any 
 one of them, to a cupful of cold water, is the usual form of applying 
 them. Mustard poultices may be employed, either in full strength, 
 or tempered by adding to the ground mustard a due proportion of 
 meal. Sintple cerate, cold cream, and healing salves may be em- 
 ployed when needed ; but any strongly medicated poultice, plaster, 
 salve, or ointment must not be used when taking homoeopathic reme- 
 dies. 
 
 BATHING. 
 
 Persons of debilitated constitutions should not bathe too frequently; 
 for those of robust constitutions, this luxury may be indulged in to 
 almost any extent. Bathing in very cold water is not recommended. 
 Tepid baths are the most beneficial, and should be taken regularly 
 throughout the year. Kot baths are weakening and relaxing. They 
 may be employed for children in convulsions, and to overcome rigid- 
 ity of the skin, or for a cold. Sulphur baths are sometimes recom- 
 mended for rheumatism; but they should be taken with caution ; and 
 this remark is applicable to all vapor-baths. Sea-bathing is good for 
 dyspepsia, and those inclined to biliary derangements. Consump- 
 tives derive but little benefit from any kind of bathing aside from 
 necessary ablutions. Tlie addition of salt to the water is recom- 
 mended in cases of debility. 
 
 B 
 
 I- If 
 
 m 
 
612 
 
 HOMOEOPATHIC TKEATMENT OK DISEASES. 
 
 DIET AND REGIMEN. 
 
 But little need be said about diet here, as that which is appropriate 
 is pointed out in the following pages, as a part of the treatment for 
 each individual case. It may be remarked simply that no medicinal 
 condiment or food, no stimulant or other medicinal beverage, can be 
 employed when taking homceopathic remedies ; and, further, all pa- 
 tients must be placed in the best possible condition for recovery. 
 They must have clean and well-ventilated apartments, and plenty of 
 fresh air. They must have clean and well-aired bedding. They 
 must have proper clothes and food to correspond with the appetite 
 and wants of the system. An experienced nurse is of great impor- 
 tance, especially in fevers. 
 
 For description of diseases, see first part of this book. It is unneces- 
 sary to duplicate the descriptions and symptoms, as they are the same 
 for any school of medicine, the remedies and manner of treatment 
 only differing. 
 
IM 
 
 DISEASES. 
 
 ;hat which is appropriate 
 art of the treatment for 
 imply that no medicinal 
 dicinal beverage, can be 
 es ; and, further, all pa- 
 condition for recovery, 
 partments, and plenty of 
 ll-aired bedding. They 
 spond with the appetite 
 nurse is of great impor- 
 
 this book. It is unneces- 
 )m8, as they are the same 
 id manner of treatment 
 
 DISEASES OP THE HEAD. 
 
 Headache. — Cephalalgia. 
 
 This affection is usually attendant on other difficulties, and must 
 Iw treated with reference to the cause. If from cold, affecting the 
 entire system, and accompanied by pains in the back, give Niix 
 vomica. If from heat, or determination of blood to the head, Bella- 
 donna. If from chilliness, Arsenicum. For rheumatic headache in 
 cold, damp weather, Bryonia. For that produced by constipation, 
 Nux vomica. Bilious, Merc. viv. Sick-headache, Iris versicolor, Sepia, 
 Pulsatilla, or Sulphur: Nervous headache, Coffea. For headache 
 caused by suppressed eruption, Calcarea or Sulphur. From sup- 
 pression of the menses, Pulsatilla. From a fall, or fatigue. Arnica. 
 From simple cold in the head. Aconite. A dose of four globules, of 
 any remedy selected, may be repeated every four hours until relieved. 
 
 Vertigo, Swimming of the Head. 
 
 This uncomfortable feeling consists in a sensation of the head 
 whirling around, causing one to stagger, and sometimes to fall. If 
 from a deranged stomach, Nux vomica. If from a cold, G-elsemium 
 or Arsenicum. From derangement of the biliary system, Aconite, 
 Pulsatilla, or Bryonia. Vertigo produced by rush of blood to the 
 head. Aconite or Belladonna. The remedy indicated may be repeated 
 in the usual dose every two hours. For vertigo from riding in a 
 carriage, Oocculus. From a shock or fall, Arnica. Dose and ad- 
 ministration as above. 
 
 1 "r 
 
 If 
 
 •tr ii 
 
 Ringworm of the Scalp. 
 
 This IS a pustular eruption, that begins at one or more points upon 
 the hairy scalp, and spreads sometimes so as to involve much of the 
 surface. When there are a number, they spread until they coalesce 
 and form a continuous eruption, from which exudes a greenish or 
 sanious matter, that mats the hair, and renders the whole appearance 
 of the head disgusting. Great care is required to keep the surface 
 clean ; and, for this purpose, no soap should be used. Water, softened 
 
 613 
 
 f j t 
 
014 
 
 mSKASES OF THE HEAD. 
 
 by tlie white of a raw egg, is a better wasli. Calcarea may be ad- 
 miiiistered in the usual dose every morning and evening. If this 
 remedy does not prove ellicient, give Sulphur in the same way, and 
 also ffepar mlph., or Lycopodium. The head may be, at the same 
 time, washed once or twice a day with a lotion made of twenty drops 
 of the tincture of Sulphur in a half-tumbler of water. 
 
 Scald-head. — Tinea Capitis. 
 
 This is also an eruption upon the scalp, that may be dry or humid. 
 •For the dry scald-head, Natrum muriaticum or Sulphur may be ad- 
 ministered twice or three times a day. For the humid scald-head, 
 Lycopodium, Arsenicum, Conium, or Graphites may be given twice a 
 day. The same restriction as to the use of soap must be observed, 
 and the same measures for cleansing may be recommended, as in the 
 case of pustular ringworm of the scalp. 
 
 • Ulcers of the Scalp. 
 
 In scrofulous children, these ulcers sometimes occur in the form 
 of small furunculi, or boils, exceedingly sore and painful. The best 
 remedies are Arsenicum, ffepar sulph.. Nitric acid, and Silicea. They 
 may be given as required in daily doses of four globules. The ulcers 
 may be wet with Hamamelis Virginica, after having been pricked with 
 the lancet. 
 
 Baldness. 
 
 When the hair falls from the head by reason of debility, the reme- 
 dies to be given are China and Ferrum ; when in consequence of 
 perepiration, Mercurius ; from the use of quinine, Belladonna, or 
 Pulsatilla; if from the abuse of mercury, Carbo. vegeta. ; if from 
 grief or trouble, Phos. acid. If baldness occurs after protracted 
 inflainmatory diseases, and nervous and typhoid fevers, give Calcarea 
 in daily doses, or ffepar sulph. and Silicea. For dandruff, give Ly- 
 copodium. 
 
D. 
 
 Ii. Calcarea may he ad- 
 y and evening. If this 
 ur in the same way, and 
 sad may be, at the same 
 in made of twenty drops 
 of water. 
 
 Capitis. 
 
 at may be dry or humid, 
 or Sulphur may be aJ- 
 f the humid scald-head, 
 ?« may be given twice a 
 soap must be observed, 
 recommended, as in the 
 
 Ip. 
 
 imes occur in the form 
 I and painful. The best 
 acid, and Silicea. They 
 ir globules. The ulceis 
 aving been pricked with 
 
 on of debility, the reme- 
 i^hen in consequence of 
 quinine. Belladonna, or 
 Oarbo. vegeta. ; if from 
 occurs after protracted 
 oid fevers, give Calcarea 
 For dandruff, give Ly- 
 
 DISEASES OP THE BRAIN AND NEBVE8. 
 
 Brain Fever. 
 
 This disease comes on with more or less pain in the head, attended 
 with heat and delirium ; the eyes also exhibit a red or fiery appear- 
 ance : and this pain, heat and delirium are sometimes followed by drow- 
 siness and inclination to vomit. The pulse is usually rapid and feeble. 
 In brain fever, there is loss of appetite, great restlessness, short, com- 
 atose naps, and frequent inclination to cry out with pain. Aconite is 
 useful to commence with, and this may be followed with Belladonna. 
 If respiration is hurried and labored, give Arsenicum. If brain fever 
 is brought on by a fall, or a blow upon the head, give Arnica ; and if 
 no relief follows in . twenty-four hours, Glonoin. If from trouble or 
 grief, Ignatia. If from intoxicating drinks, Kux vom. If at the men- 
 strual period, Pulsatilla. If from intense study, or close application 
 to business, Sulphur and Nux vomica. 
 
 Rush of Blood to the Head. 
 
 The signs of this occurrence are intense headache or vertigo at 
 first, which is followed by fainting, and of'^en with loss of conscious- 
 ness ; at times there will be twitching and spasms. The difficulty 
 may occur from various causes, and is common with females and 
 those of nervous temperament. Aconite, in solution, may be put iu 
 the mouth of the patient, and also the head may be wet with cold 
 water. The head should be laid a little lower than the body ; the 
 lower extremities should be rubbed, and friction should be applied to 
 the arms and hands. Belladonna may be given after Aco lite, or, in 
 grave cases, Glonoin. If the rush of blood has been caused by run- 
 ning and getting heated, give Arnica, and bathe the temples with a 
 solution of twenty or thirty drops in half a tumbler of water. If at 
 the menstrual period, give Pulsatilla. In plethoric persons, exposed 
 to the heat of the sun, give Nux vomica, and apply friction to the ex- 
 tremities. If in consequence of having drunk stimulating beverages, 
 Arsenicum and Nux vomica. If from indigestion, Pulsatilla. If from 
 fright, Aconite. If from exposure to winter cold, Camphora. The 
 
 616 
 
 II 
 
 ,1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 |ttV| 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 wu 
 
 * 
 
 m 
 
 
 fi 
 
 
 'Ik 
 
 1 
 
 m 
 
 
 ^ IP 
 
 ■ f 
 
 'Jf: 
 
 1 ; 
 
 H'-\ 
 
 
 m 
 
 m\ 
 
 u. 
 
 jfiiii 
 
 
 :« 
 
 
 ]i 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 ■l ' 
 
 '1 
 
 ^ii 
 
 i{ 
 
 ,1 
 
 |i 
 
 
616 
 
 PI8KA8E8 OF THE BRAIN AND NKHVES. 
 
 dose of any of the remedies selected may bo repeated every fifteen 
 minutes until the patient is better. 
 
 Sunstroke. — Coup de Soleil. 
 
 Protracted exposure to the heat of the sun will sometimes pro- 
 duce a sudden prostration of the nerves, and an intense headache, 
 causing blindness, vertigo, and extreme sensitiveness to the glare of 
 light, and sometimes a sudden chilliness and shuddering, extremely 
 alarming. This is termed sunstroke, and frequently is so intense as 
 to prove fatal in a few hours. The remedies that have been found 
 the most useful are Glonoin^ Belladonna, Phosphorus. These may be 
 given singly, and repeated, until relief is obtained, every thirty min- 
 utes. As soon as the patient recovers consciousness, give China, in 
 thf usual dose, several times a day ; or, if there be disturbance of di- 
 gestion and feeble voice, or entire loss of voice, Antimonium cnulum. 
 The patient, when convalescent, should be kept out of the sun, and 
 away from strong light. After one has suffered from sunstroke, it 
 may be several weeks before he really recovera. When it occurs in 
 summer, his system will be exceedingly impressible to the sun's rays 
 until cold weather, or until his nerves regain their normal vigor. 
 Great care should be exercised in reference to the diet. For after 
 treatment, Laohesis or Nitrio add often indicated. 
 
 Apoplexy. — Apoplexia. 
 
 This alarming disorder is the result of a sudden determination of 
 the blood to the head, which produces a rupture of some one or more 
 of the blood-vessels of the brain, and a hemorrhage in the nervous 
 centre. When only the left side of the brain sustains this injuiy, 
 the right, upper, and lower extremities are liable to paralysis. When 
 the right is similarly effected, the left side usually becomes paralyzed. 
 When both hemispheres of the brain become implicated in the hem- 
 orrhage, there usually occurs general paralysis, and the patient falls 
 entirely senseless. There are premonitory symptoms of this disorder, 
 which, if carefully heeded, may suggest a treatment that will ward 
 off the difficulty. These symptoms are vertigo, fullness, and dull 
 headache, and sometimes nose-bleed. When one feels an uncomfort- 
 able fullness of the head, under which he walks with an unsteady 
 gait, he may find relief by one or two doses of Aconite ; or if he finds 
 this uncomfortable fullness takes the form of a dull, stupefying head- 
 ache. Belladonna may be preferable, and is the leading remedy. If 
 there is vertigo and fullness, with prostration, Nux vomica is indicated. 
 In case of nose-bleed, give Aconite, Bryonia or Pulsatilla. These pre- 
 liminary symptoms may be made to disappear with these remedies, 
 when otherwise they might augment until an apoplectic attack set 
 in. Then is the period of danger. But few cases of sanguinary 
 
 v„_ 
 
NKKVE8. 
 )o repeated every fifteen 
 
 ! Soleil. 
 
 sun will sometimes pro- 
 nd an intense headache, 
 jitiveness to the glare of 
 d shuddering, extremely 
 equently is so intense as 
 38 that have been found 
 osphorus. These may be 
 tjiined, every thirty miii- 
 ciousness, give China, in 
 lere be disturbance of di- 
 ice, Antimonium cnidum. 
 :ept out of the sun, and 
 fered from sunstroke, it 
 ers. When it occurs in 
 ressible to the sun's rays 
 ^in their normal vigor. 
 
 to the diet. For after 
 cated. 
 
 oda. 
 
 sudden determination of 
 ture of some one or more 
 lorrhage in the nervous 
 ain sustains this injuiy, 
 ible to paralysis. When 
 ually becomes paralyzed. 
 i implicated in the hem- 
 lis, and the patient falls 
 mptoms of this disorder, 
 reatment that will ward 
 irtigo, fullness, and dull 
 
 one feels an uncomfort- 
 Bvalks with an unfeteady 
 )f Aconite ; or if he finds 
 
 a dull, stupefying head- 
 ;he leading remedy. If 
 
 Nux vomica is indicated, 
 tr PuUatilla. These pre- 
 ar with these remedies, 
 .n apoplectic attack set 
 :ew cases of sanguinary 
 
 DLSKASKti OK THE BKAIN AND NEKVES. 
 
 617 
 
 iipoplcxy arc cured ; and yet some do recover. When the clot pres- 
 sing upon the brain is of snuill si/,e, and ihe hemorrhage comparatively 
 light, an alworption of (he dot may take place, and the patient re- 
 cover; but, when the clot is loo largis to be disposed of by the pro- 
 cess of absorption, it becomes an obstacle in the way of recovery: 
 and yet active measures should in all cases be called into requisition. 
 Aconite Bho\x\il be placed in the mouth, and the face should be bathed 
 with it. The bowels should be moved l)y an enema, and cold appli- 
 cations, or rather applications of tejiid water, should bo made to the 
 liead. Friction should be applied to the surface of the entire body 
 and the extremities. Belladonna is also a remedy that may be ad- 
 ministered, if possible, and repeated every half-hour or hour. Ignatia, 
 m persons of lymphatic temperament, may be given in the same way. 
 Arnica may be administered internally and externally. The skin 
 may be rublxnl with it ; the usual doses may be given every hour, by 
 placing the globules in the month. If the attack follows the nose- 
 bleed, anil there is heavy or labored bieathijig, Arsenicum or Puhatilla 
 may be used. It is important to get an action on the bowels as soon 
 as possible. 
 
 Epilepsy, Fits. 
 
 This disease is termed the falling sickness, as, without warning, 
 the patient loses consciousness, and falls insensible to the ground or 
 floor, with convulsive motion of the limbs, distortion of the muscles 
 of the face, frothing at the moutli ; and sometimes the mouth, lips 
 and jaws are spasmodically closed, the hands clinched, and a general 
 rigidity of the muscles of the entire body. After a time, the rigidity 
 passes off, and all the muscles become relaxed ; the patient then aj> 
 pears to be in a deep slumber, and remains so for a longer or shorter 
 period, and then awakes to consciousness, feeling wearied, but totally 
 unaware of anything unusual having occurred. Confirmed epilepsy 
 is rarely, if ever, cured. When the disease is not congenital, the in- 
 cipient stage may be overcome. Sulphur, or Calcarea carb., may be 
 given when the first signs of the difficulty occur ; and this may be 
 followed with Belladonna, Hyoscyanms or Ignatia. When epilepsy is 
 brought on by intemperance, its first signs may be attacked with Nux 
 vomica, and the sooner the patient can be brought into a state of total 
 abstinence the better. Cuprum met. may be given to this class of 
 patients when there is pain in the head, and nausea, attending the 
 incipient stage. Opium, when there is inclination to sopor, may be 
 given every two hours. Stramonium, also, when there ij deep sleep 
 and loss of consciousness. When there is loss of memory following 
 one of these falling or unconscious fits, give Sulphur, China, Ferrum 
 and Nux vomica, — all are required to effect a cure ; the only hope 
 for which is in preserving the patient in a condition for the curative 
 action of the remedies. In all cases, between the attacks, no fat 
 food should be eaten ; but a simple, nutritious, and spare diet should 
 be adhered to. 
 
 Vi.'f, 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 ■ q(^» .«■■■'■■-' -■•^'■■'■■^-''.■i'<'-r.'^i''*\<'^j-f>'~. 
 
618 
 
 niHEASKH OK TlIK BltAIN ANIi NKIIVKS. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Spinal Cord.— Myeletis. 
 
 This is denoted by pain in th(! IkvcU, along the couim(! of the Hpinc. 
 which also effects the Mpinai nerves, and results in general sutt'eriiiir 
 of the trunk. When the cervical or neck portion of the cord is im- 
 plicated, there is pain and stiffness of the neck, and pain in the hack 
 pai't of the head ; and sometimes the accessory nerves become so af- 
 fected as to produce derangement of the organs of speech and deglu- 
 tition. Aconite is one of the remedies that must be employed to re- 
 move the inflammation when in this location. Hypericum is another; 
 and this may be used internally and externally three times a day. 
 Verat. viride is considered by some a speciflc remedy. When the 
 dorsal portion of the spinal cord is beset with inilammation, th'^-e is 
 shortness of breath, dyspncua, or fainting, and a sense of suffocation. 
 
 There is, at the sime time, i)ain in the back and chest, and rapid ac- 
 tion of the heart. The spinal accessory nerves, that supply the in- 
 tercostal muscles, partaking of the difficulty, renders the function of 
 lungs, diaphragm and heart, severtilly, impaired. Aconite, for the in- 
 flammation in this locality, may be given at first, and repeated every 
 hour; and a lotion of twenty drops of the tincture in half a tumbler 
 of water may be applied to the spine. Belladonna may Ik; given 
 when there is intense pain between the shoulder-blades. Bryonia is 
 quite essential when every motion of the patient aggravates the suf- 
 fering ; Oonium, when the pain is not so marked, but the respiration 
 is difficult ; Cocculus, also, when the pain in the biick affects the stom- 
 ach, producing nausea and prostration ; Pulsatilla, when this occurs 
 in young women and children, or in those of lymphatic temperament. 
 The patient should take but little exercise, if any. If only the lower 
 portion of the spinal column is affected, there will be pain in the 
 small of the back. The secretion of the kidneys may be diminished 
 or increased ; the bladder, also, may be implicated. The womb may 
 be subject to neuralgic pains ; the nerves accessory may implicate the 
 abdomen, and cause severe pains. Nux vomica, when the pain is the 
 most prominent in the small of the back, and when there is pain in 
 the bowels, and constipation. When the bladder is implicated, or 
 spasmodically closed, Hyoscyamus is the remedy. When there is too 
 great secretion of the urine, Nur vom. and Sulphvr will obviate tlie 
 difficulty. When this portion of the spinal co d is affected, the 
 womb may become subject to neuralgic pains. Belladonna, Cicuta, 
 Ignatia and Nux vom. are all valuable remedies. Conium, to remove 
 the inflammation of the cord, may be given every three hours, unti) 
 the pain ceases. If spasms attend the difficulty, j^ive Hyoscyamns 
 every two hours, as long a3 they last, or else Ignatia or Belladonna. 
 If the inflammation is brought on by a fall, or shock upon the nerves, 
 give Hypericum every two hours, and bathe the back with a lotion of 
 the tincture, — forty drops in hulf a tumbler of water. Bryonia is 
 
 ^OMMTOPWrall- 
 
'HF 
 
 NKUVKH. 
 
 lal Cord. — Myeletis. 
 
 r tilt' courso of the spine, 
 lilts ill gmioml suffuriiij,' 
 )rtion of the cord is im- 
 ck, and pain in the hack 
 loiy iiervea become ho ut- 
 aiiH of speech and deghi- 
 niust l)e enn)loyed to re- 
 llypericum ia aiiotht'r; 
 nally three times a day. 
 ific remedy. Wlien the 
 ih inlhimmation, th'u-o is 
 id a Sense of HufTocation. 
 k and cliest, and rapid ac- 
 ives, that supply the iii- 
 r, renders the function of 
 ired. Aconite, for the in- 
 first, and repeated every 
 incture in half a tumbler 
 iflladonna may l)e given 
 ulder-blades. Bryonia is 
 atient aggravates the suf- 
 uked, but the respiration 
 the biick affects the stoni- 
 Isatilla, when this occurs 
 f lymphatic temperament, 
 if any. If only the lower 
 ;here will be pain in the 
 idneys may be diminisheil 
 )licated. The womb may 
 cessory may implicate the 
 nica, when the pain is the 
 nd when there is pain in 
 bladder is implicated, or 
 fiedy. When there is too 
 Sulphvr will obviate tlie 
 inal CO d is affected, the 
 linfi, IfelladomM, Cicuta, 
 idles. Conium, to remove 
 L every three hours, unti) 
 ficulty, rrive Hyoacyamxii 
 le Ignatia or Belladonna. 
 jr shock upon the nerves, 
 the back with a lotion of 
 ler of water. Bryonia is 
 
 niSEAHKU OK TIIK IIKAm AND NKRVEH. 
 
 fil9 
 
 idso goo<l for inflammation of the cord in the Inmlwir region, and es- 
 pocially when motion augments the suffering. The diet for all per- 
 sons having the nervous centr«'8 implicated must bo simple and nu- 
 tritious. 
 
 Paralysis, Palsy. 
 
 Wrkn the whole muscular system becomes so feeble and trembling 
 Its to 1)6 no longer controlled by the will, it is a ciwe of palsy; and 
 tliia is brought on by some trouble in the nervous centres. It attends 
 apoplexy, epilepsy and other affections incident to the nervous cen- 
 tres. Inflammation of the spinal cord will often produce the affec- 
 tion. The palsy may affect only one hand or one cheek ; or it may 
 l)e more general, and all the muscles may Ixj smitten with paralytic 
 weakness. Belladonna is often indicated for rightrsided paralysis, 
 and is, perhaps, the l^est remedy, in the majority of cases. Pulsatilla 
 is one of the best remedies for this disorder : give a dose of it three 
 times a d\y. If this does not cure, give Ooc<ntliis, in the same way, or 
 Niix vomica, China or Ignatia. For palsy of the tongue, give Calcarea ; 
 for palsy of the ittce, Pulsatilla ; for palsy of the arms and legs, give 
 Mercurius viv., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla and Bryonia. If the palsy is the 
 result of a shock or fall, give Arnica. If great weakness and slow 
 fever, give Rhus iox. Strong tea and coffee are not advisable Ixjver- 
 ages for those threatened with palsy. Water, milk and black tea of 
 moderate strength may be allowed. 
 
 Lockjaw, Trismus. 
 
 One of the most painful affections that can assail human nature is 
 the shock upon the nervous system ^ oduced by a wound. Loclgaw 
 is a rigid stiffness of the muscles of the jaws, by some irritation from 
 a wound Injing first sent to the brain, and thence, by some nervous 
 channel, to the muscles that control the jaws ; causing them to as- 
 sume a painfully rigid ' ardness, closing them beyond the possibility 
 of opening them. Pain oftentimes is felt in other muscles, at the 
 same time causing them to be rigid. One of the common resorts to 
 control traumatic fever, or the fever produced by a wound, is brandy 
 or whiskey. It is said that large drafts of either will have no intoxi- 
 cating effect when this fever is present. Tincture of Opium, Black Drop 
 and Opium itself, have been given to antidote it, and sometimes with 
 success. One of the best remedies for traumatic fever, or that pro- 
 duced by a wound, is Arnica. It may be given every hour or two 
 hours, internally ; or applied, in the full strength of the tincture, to 
 the wound. TYr^e can "^^ no other remedy more likely to produce 
 pleasant results, unless, .n actual injuiy of some nerve, Hypericum 
 is rnade to take the plhiie of Arnica. If the patient is nourished 
 tlirough a quill, and the circulation is made vigorous by stimulants, 
 and the intensity of the pain is kept under by anodynes, the remedial 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 
 "^aWnDWfStfc*-. 
 
620 
 
 IJISEASKS OF THE BKAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 Lachesis has benefited 
 
 effects of Arnica and Hypericum may cure, 
 some cases. 
 
 Tetanus. 
 
 This is the general disease of which the foregoing is a part. A 
 wound either in the ball of the foot or palm of the hand may so for- 
 cibly transfer its irrit .bility to the brain, that the brain distributes 
 the effect to the whole system, producing that most painful of all mor- 
 tal sufferings, — the lockjaw or general tetanus. Belladonna, Nm 
 von.Ln, Ignatia, Mercurius viv. and Sulphur may be employed in the 
 general form of the disease, in addition to the treatment for lockjaw. 
 
 Delirium Tremens. 
 
 This disease is the sequel of persistent inebriation. When a man 
 forgets the extremity to which his appetite may lead, and keeps his 
 nervous system excited even to intoxication, after a while liis stomacli 
 will lose its tone, and become extremely irritablo ; his system conse- 
 quently gains but little support from food: and, what is still worse, 
 his strength leaves him ; his mind, operated upon by his weakened 
 nerves, is filled with fancies, and he is unable to sleep. Even before 
 he becomes delirious he has what in conmion parlance is termed " the 
 horrors," which seem to be a wretched, nervous agitation and fearful 
 foreboding of trouble. Finally, the mind becomes so unsettled as to 
 be totally deranged. Illusory pictures present themselves continu- 
 ally ; such as serpents and other reptiles, with other hideous sights 
 too numerous to particularize. Unless some remedial measures are 
 made available in procuring sleep, his life in this world will soon ter- 
 minate. Bryonia once cured a case of delirium tremens in an army 
 officer, who, in delirium, had passed eight successive nights without 
 sleep. Nnx vomica will often quiet the nerves, and bring about a cure. 
 Opium is a valuable remedy, and, in large doses, has been employed 
 for many years. Arsenicum is a valuable remedy to allay the irrita- 
 bility of the stomach ; Ignatia, also, when there is much inclination 
 to weep. The dose of any of the remedies may be four globules, or 
 from one to five drops of the dilution in a spoonful of water ; re- 
 peated at intervals of one or two hours. As soon as the patient can 
 eat, give him the lightest kind of food, gradually increasing its 
 strength until he is able to take full meals. 
 
 Neuralgia. 
 
 This disease is a simple pain in the nerves, and manifests itself in 
 various parts of the body, — most frequently in the face ; and may 
 be caused by decayed teeth, or any weakening influence, such as loss 
 of blood, diarrhffia or dysentery. A torpid liver or feeble digestion 
 may be the source of the pain. It is usually a stubborn disease, and 
 
 was«HMn***« 
 
NERVES. 
 
 Lachesis has benefited 
 
 foregoing is .a part. A 
 of the hand may so for- 
 at the brain distributes 
 most painful of all mor- 
 anus. Belladonna, Nnx 
 nay be employed in the 
 e treatment for lockjaw. 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BKAIN ANI» NERVES. 
 
 621 
 
 s. 
 
 ibriation. When a man 
 nay lead, and keeps his 
 iter a while his stomacli 
 ;able ; his system conse- 
 and, what is still worse, 
 
 upon by his weakened 
 3 to sleep. Even before 
 parlance is termed "the 
 >us agitation and fearful 
 jomes so unsettled as to 
 snt themselves continu- 
 ;h other hideous sights 
 
 remedial measures are 
 this world will soon ter- 
 um tremens in an army 
 ccessive nights without 
 and bring about a cure, 
 ses, has been employed 
 ledy to allay the irrita- 
 ire is much inclination 
 nay be four globules, or 
 spoonful of water ; re- 
 soon as the patient can 
 radually increasing its 
 
 , and manifests itself in 
 in the face ; and may 
 y influence, such as loss 
 ver or feeble digestion 
 a stubborn disease, and 
 
 proves in some cases an agony of suffering for years. It accompanies 
 .spinal irritation. It often follows miscarriages in females, and is too 
 frequently an accompaniment of other female diseases. When diseased 
 teeth are evidently the cause, Arsenicum or Belladonna may afford re- 
 lief ; or else let the tooth or teeth be extnacted. If from extreme de- 
 bility, Ohina and Arsenicum. Chamomilla, when there is a flushed 
 face and much restlessness and extreme inquietude. Coniiim, when 
 it accompanies spinal irritation. Sepif and Oalcarea, when depen- 
 dent upon uterine derangement. For neuralgia of the stomach and 
 bowels, give Cocculus, Ignatia or Pulsatilla. • That which occui-s after 
 miscarriage, dysentery or diarrhoea, requires China, Ferrum, Nitric 
 add or Sulphur. Avoid rich foods. Live on a plain, nourishing diet 
 and keep out of doors as much as possible. 
 
 St. Vitus's Dance, Chorea. 
 
 A DEBILITATED condition of the nervous system may show itself 
 in involuntary twitchings of the muscles of the face, extreme rest- 
 lessness of the limbs, involuntary movements of the hands, arms, and 
 the entire body. Nux vomica, Ignatia and Cocculus are remedies that 
 will cure a majority of cases. China is best for debilitated pei-sons ; 
 Belladonna, for those of nervous temperament ; Sulphur, when there 
 has been suppressed eruption. One remedy should be selected pnd 
 tried firat, and repeated every three hours until the patient is better ; 
 or, in caae of no change, select another, and so on. Children afflicted 
 with chorea should not be confined in school or be tasked with 
 studies. 
 
 Stammering. 
 
 This is but another form of chorea, affecting the organs of speech. 
 Belladonna, Sulphur, Hyoscyamus and Causticum have been employed 
 against this difficulty and with success. The training of young boys 
 or girls addicted to stammering, to be deliberate in their efforts to 
 express themselves, will often accomplish more than remedies. It is 
 remarked that stammerers can sing or utter any sentence in song. 
 This would indicate the propriety of enjoining upon all thus affected 
 to practise slow and delibei-ate speech. Cuprum met. is a remedy that 
 has cured many cases ; and so has Ferrum, Ignatia and Belladonna. 
 Employ each remedy singly and repeat eve*;y three hours. 
 
 Loss of Memory. 
 
 FoRGETPULNESS may be the result of nervous disease, as well as 
 of heedlessness. Great and debilitating losses often impair the mem- 
 ory; so does a resort to Opium to destroy pain. Excesses of any 
 kind may result in this difficulty. The remedies that have Ikhmi em- 
 ployed are Phosphoric acid, Sulphur, Nux vomica and Ignatia. Of 
 the remedy selected, prepare twenty drops in half a tumbler of w aoer 
 and give a tablespoonful twice a day. 
 
 M 
 
 ■%! 
 
DISEASES OP THE EYE AND LIDS. 
 
 stye. 
 
 This is a small tumor on the lid, about the size of a pea, which is 
 quite painfuL Aconite will often cure in a day ; Pulsatilla, also, af- 
 fords speedy relief ; Belladonna, when the inflammation of the stye 
 causes redness of the eyeballs; Staph, prevents their recurrence, 
 taken once daily for a while. 
 
 Inflammation of the Eyelids. 
 
 When the entire lids become involved in acute inflammation, 
 Aconite, in the usual dose, may be given every two hours until re- 
 lieved ; Puis., the same way, when there is burning, with flow of 
 tears. If the lids become congested, red and swollen, give Bella- 
 donna. If the inflammation is -chronic, give Calcarea once a day, 
 or else Sulphur or Hepar sulph. If dependent upon gastric or 
 bilious derangement, give Nux vomica or Mercurius every two hours 
 until relieved, the latter especially when there are cutting pains, 
 worse nights. 
 
 Iritis, Inflammation of the Iris. 
 
 The little circle in the front of the eyeball, which we call the iris, 
 is subject to inflammation. It may result from a cold, or from in- 
 jury, or from some impurity of the blood. When from a cold, Aco- 
 nite speedily affords relief. If very painful. Belladonna. If from 
 injury. Arnica or Aconite. The patient must be kept in a dark room 
 until the inflammation passes off. To relieve acute pain, resort has 
 been had to Morphine, in one-eighth of grain doses, repeated every 
 four hours if necessary. It is doubtful if any external applications 
 in iritis ever prove beneficial. If any are used, none are better than 
 water in which six grains of Opium to a gill has been boiled. 
 
 Scrofulous Sore Eyes. 
 
 In persons of a strumous constitution, a cold, or any undue ex- 
 posure of the eyes, may cause them to be the seat of scrofulous in- 
 
 1_ 
 
 h 
 
E AND LIDS. 
 
 DISEASES OF THE EYE AND LIDS. 
 
 623 
 
 flammation; in which event, there will be a redness of the eyeballs, 
 and swelling and ulceration of the lids, and a greater or less accumu- 
 lation of matter beneath the lids. This disease is often very painful, 
 and destructive to the coats of the eye ; and, what is worse, it be- 
 comes the fruitful source of cataract and blindness. When the eyes 
 fii-st become inflamed and burning, Arsenicum may be given ; when 
 tlie lids are implicated, give Calcarea ; when the inflammation passes 
 off, leaving white spots on the cornea, give Sulphur^ Hepar sulph. 
 or Conium. Daily doses of the remedy selected will be suflBcient. 
 
 
 the size of a pea, which is 
 I day ; Pulsatilla, also, af- 
 inflammation of the stye 
 >revent8 their recurrence, 
 
 Eyelids. 
 
 I in acute inflammation, 
 every two hours until re- 
 is burning, with flow of 
 and swollen, give Bella- 
 ive Calcarea once a day, 
 jpendent upon gastric or 
 fercurius every two hours 
 there are cutting pains, 
 
 f the Iris. 
 
 lall, which we call the iris, 
 
 from a cold, or from in- 
 
 When from a cold, Aco- 
 
 ful. Belladonna. If from 
 
 ist be kept in a dark room 
 
 eve acute pain, resort has 
 
 rain doses, repeated every 
 
 any external applications 
 
 used, none are better than 
 
 II has been boiled. 
 
 Eyes. 
 
 a cold, or any undue ex- 
 the seat of scrofulous iu- 
 
 Syphilitic Sore Eyes. 
 
 SoMETiMKS syphilis will affect the eyes and threaten the destruc- 
 tion of sight. The lids will inflame ; the cornea will be congested, 
 and of a bluish red ; the conjunctiva will become the seat of inflam- 
 mation, and sometimes of ulceration. Mercurius iod. may be given 
 first, while the patient is kept in a quiet and dimly illuminated room, 
 two doses daily. If the patient has already been treated with Mer- 
 curius, give Nitric acid or Repar sulph. If considei-able matter ex- 
 udes from under the lids, give Aurum once a day ; and if the eyes 
 itch continually, give Sulphur. 
 
 Cataract. 
 
 This film that obstructs the sight of the eye is undoubtedly the 
 sequel of scrofulous inflammation or injury of the crystalline lens. 
 It is simply an abnormal growth of a film over the pupil of the eye, 
 partially if not wholly obstructing the sight. Oonium mac, given 
 twice a day. Mere. iod. is also a good remedy ; Phosphorus, Causti- 
 oum or Sulphur may be indicated. Either may be repeated twice a 
 day when selected. 
 
 Rlieumatic Sore Eyes. 
 
 Rheumatism of an inflammatory character may fall with great 
 force upon the eyes, and produce severe pain and temporary blind- 
 ness. Nux vom.. Belladonna, Bryonia and Aconite are remedies that 
 may be consulted. Bryonia may be given three times a day, when 
 every effort to open the eyes is attended with pain; Belladonna, 
 when the pain is such as to give the sensation of the eyeball being 
 too large for the socket; and also when there is a feeling as if the 
 eyeball would buret. Sulphur, for dull pain in the eyeballs, and the 
 sight impaired. Ilhus when the eyes are pink and lame on moving 
 them. 
 
 Qonorrhceal Sore Eyes. 
 
 When the eyes become inoculated with gonorrhoeal matter, there 
 will he smarting, and then inflammation and swelling of the lids, and 
 
 n 
 
624 
 
 DISEASES OF TUB EYE AND L1D8. 
 
 
 such serious infiltration as to close the eyes; and, in a very brief 
 period, a perfect disorganization of the texture of the eye w?ii take 
 place. As soon as the character of the inflammation becomes known, 
 It is well to make some compresses of linen a half-inch thick, and 
 bind them tightly over the eyes, and then give Cannabi% every three 
 hours for two or three days; afterwards, give CanfAan's in the same 
 way ; and, after the smarting pain begins to cease, carefully remove 
 the compress, keep the patient in a dark room, and Sulphur, in daily 
 doses, may complete the cure. 
 
 Specks on the Cornea. 
 
 Little opaque spots on the cornea may be U;ft after scrofuloi^ in- 
 flammation has passed away. These may be removed by daily doses 
 of Sulphur or Euphrasia. 
 
 Watery Eyes. 
 
 When the eyes are watery, or prone to become so, from slight ex- 
 posure to wind or cold, the difficulty may be obviated with daUy 
 doses of Pulsatilla, Mercurius vivus or Lachesis. Blood-shot eyes 
 will be relieved by daily doses of Euphrasia. 
 
 Squinting, Strabismus. 
 
 What is tern -d cross-eyed in persons is usually the sequel of some 
 cerebral disturbai 'S that have deranged the normal action of the 
 little muscles thai gulate the position of the eyeballs, and give 
 them an abnormal or squinting appearance. Sometimes daily doses 
 of Hyoscyamus or Belladonna will entirely remedy the difficulty. 
 Short-sightedness may be remedied by daily doses of Sulphur, 
 Lyoqpodium or Pulsatilla, 
 
 
 ^'^■ ' liliiMIWi 
 
 " 
 
 Hl i ai lll 4 M»i < * W. «li^ i i..*» .W <..^-' <W »WIIII..I* W iWfcl. 
 
 'i> miit iii 
 
 I i i '« 'n i m< i n«> «8 inai>*» 
 
.-uiJafc- 
 
 ) LIDS. 
 
 res; and, in a very brief 
 ,ure of the eye will take 
 iimation becomes known, 
 3n a half-inch thick, and 
 ive Cannabis every three 
 ve Cantharis in the same 
 cease, carefully remove 
 jm, and Sulphur, in daily 
 
 DISEASES OP THE EAE. 
 
 rnea. 
 
 36 U;ft after scrofulous in- 
 )e removed by daily doses 
 
 become so, from slight ex- 
 y be obviated with daily 
 achesia. Blood-shot eyes 
 a. 
 
 smus. 
 
 usually the sequel of some 
 the normal action of the 
 of the eyeballs, and give 
 ). Sometimes daily doses 
 sly remedy the difficulty. 
 r daily doses of Sulphur, 
 
 Inflammation of the Ear. 
 
 When there is inflammation and swelling of the external ear, and 
 it has a red and fiery appearance, Pulsatilla may be administered 
 twice a day. If the swelling and inflammation extend within, so as 
 to close the external orifice, give Belladonna twice a day until the 
 difficulty passes away. If suppuration threaten, Hepar sulph. 
 
 Earache. 
 
 This may result from cold, or from gatherings within the ear ; or 
 it may possibly be neuralgia, or proceed from decayed teeth ; or, in 
 children, from teething. When from cold, give Chamomilla or Dul- 
 camara three times a day ; if from injury, Hypericum or Arnica; if 
 from gatherings, Hepar sulph. or Calcarea ; if from decayed teeth, 
 Mercurius viv. ; if in teething children, Pulsatilla, two doses a day; 
 if the pain is neuralgic, give Niix vomica or Belladonna. The core of 
 an onion baked, applied to the ear as hot as it can be borne, will often 
 give relief. 
 
 Running of the Ears. — Otorrhoea. 
 
 Otorbhcea may be occasioned by a cold, when there are no sores. 
 For this, give Pulsatilla; when from sores in the ears, Calcarea. If 
 this should fail to cure, try, in succession. Sulphur, Mercurius viv. 
 and Silieea. 
 
 Deafness, Hardness of Hearing. 
 
 To remedy this difficulty when produced by a cold, give iVkr vom- 
 ica eveiy night until relieved. For that which occurs after scarlet 
 fever, Calcarea, and for that after measles, give Pulsatilla ; from 
 hardened wax. Sulphur ; if from rush of blood to the head, or con- 
 gestion. Aconite or Belladonna ; Causticum, if these fail. The reme- 
 dies may be repeated every four hours until relieved. 
 
 626 
 
 {*T? 
 
 nM rr HM I Hl l il aiaaaWiilBil, 
 
626 
 
 DISEASES OF THE EAR. 
 
 Nervous Deafness. 
 
 When the nerves of the ear lose their vitality, and deafness re- 
 sults as the consequence, Photphorio add may be given, in drop 
 doses, twice a day ; or SiUphur maj^ be given every night, or Nux 
 vomica or Caiieticum, in like manner. When deafness occurs from 
 Rheumatism, Pulsatilla may be given three timed a day. Arsenicum^ 
 Nitrie acid, Calcarea and Mercuriua viv. may likewise be consulted. 
 If deafness occurs from suppressed eruption, the remedies are Sul 
 phur, Calcarea, Graphites or Causticum in daily doses. If deafness 
 is the sequel of malarious fevers, Phosphorus or Phosphoric acid, in 
 daily doses ; if from sudden check of nose-bleed, or discharges from 
 the nose or ears, Hepar sulphur or Lachesis ; if from enlargement of 
 the tonsils, Nitric acid, Mercurius or Aurum, 
 
 ^(~-»« 
 
 {.. 
 
 v 9K t*vf* r'^n m i ' ^mm \ . \ i, xs ui."m ' mjf i u m na m 
 
 MtlMMI— UWI llWilnniliB 
 
5. 
 
 itality, and deafness re- 
 may be given, in drop 
 en every night, or Nux 
 n deafness occurs from 
 inies a day. Arsenieum,, 
 ' Hkewise be consulted. 
 , the remedies are Sul- 
 aily doses. If deafness 
 t« or Phosphoric acid, m 
 ieed, or discharges from 
 if from enlargement of 
 
 DISORDERS OP THE NOSE. 
 
 Nose-bleed. — Epastaxis, 
 
 This trouble arises from various causes and must be treated ac- 
 cordingly. When it arises from arterial excitement, Aconite; from 
 an injury, Arnica ; from rush of blood to the head. Belladonna ; if 
 from inflammation of the lungs, Bryonia ; in typhoid fever, Rhu» 
 tax. ; if caused by worms, Qina or Spigelia; if from weakness or de- 
 biUty, China or Carbo veg. ; if from cold or coryza, Nux vomica. Dose, 
 three times a day. To give immediate relief press up under the up- 
 per lip or apply something cold to back of ueck. 
 
 Obstruction of the Nose. — Ozcma. 
 
 OzfENA is an entire obstruction of the nasal ducts, from thickening 
 of the mucous membrane or other causes. If from accumulation of 
 the mucus, Pulsatilla ; if from suppressed eruption. Sulphur, Lyco- 
 podium and Oalcarea ; if from scorbutic tendency, Bryonia ; if with 
 diy crusts, Aurum. The usual dose, three times a day. 
 
 Polypus of the Nose. 
 
 Not infrequently a morbid growth attached to the mucous mem- 
 brane of the nose will fill the entire nostril. This is termed a poly- 
 pus and is perfectly curable. Oalcarea, when the disease appears in 
 scrofulous subjects ; Sanguinaria, when a cold has been the exciting 
 cause ; Sepia, when there is a pain in the head and nausea ; and Star 
 physagria, when it is the sequel of other disorders. The medicines 
 may be given in the usual dose and repeated every four horn's. 
 
 627 
 
DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY 
 
 ORGANS. 
 
 
 The organs of respiration embrace the nose, larynx, trachea, bron- 
 chia, lungs, pleura, heart and their appendages. We will, therefore, 
 consider the diseases that affect them in their order. 
 
 Coryza, Cold in the Head. 
 
 When, from exposure to cold, the nose becomes stopped, and there 
 is an inclination to sneeze, and the eyes become more or less affected, 
 the following remedies, as indicated, will prove useful : Nux vomica at 
 night, should the coryza be more apparent in the afternoon or even- 
 ing, and particularly if it is attended with cold affecting the entire 
 system. Stibium^ or Tart, em., is a good remedy to lubricate the 
 stoppage of the nasal passages ; Hepar sulph. also, when this stop- 
 page is painfully disagreeable ; Arsenicum or Euphrasia, when there 
 is a thin, acrid discharge from the nose. Pulsatilla is best for chil- 
 dren and ladies when suffering from nasal catarrh. Coryza is syn- 
 onymous with acute catarrh, as both affect the mucous membrane 
 that lines the cavities of the nose. 
 
 Chronic Catarrh is much like the acute, only all the symptoms 
 have become persistent. Acute catarrh is often cured in a few days 
 by Mercurials, Nux vomica. Belladonna, Pulsatilla, Tart, em., Hepar 
 sulphuris and Sulphur; Mercurius, for stupefying headache with ca- 
 tarrh; iVki; vomica, when tlie catarrh occasions nausea; Belladonna, 
 when there accompanies the difficulty pain over and in the eyes; 
 Pulsatilla, when there is depression of spirits ; Tart, em., Hepar 
 sulph. and Sulphur, to remove obstructions in the nasal ducts, and 
 to subdue irritation and soreness of the external orifices of the ducts. 
 Doses as usual, repeated three times a day. 
 
 In the treatment of chronic catarrh, other remedies are called into 
 requisition. Aurum metallicum, if there is a heavy yellow discharge 
 from the nose, or crusts form- at night; Mercurius iodatus, in scrofu- 
 lous persons ; Aurum muriaticum, if there is any affection of the 
 vomer or partition of the nose ; Sulphvr and Hepar sulph. are both 
 valuable remedies, as are Arsenicum and Lachesis, when the peculiar 
 symptoms are such as to indicate their affiliation. The remedies for 
 
 628 
 
 ^m^m 
 
in 
 
 riREABES OF THE BESPIKATOKY OROANS. 
 
 629 
 
 8PIRAT0RY 
 
 (se, larynx, trachea, bron- 
 zes. We will, therefore, 
 ir order. 
 
 Head. 
 
 comes stopped, and there 
 me more or less affected, 
 ve useful : Nux vomica at 
 [1 the afternoon or even- 
 old affecting the entire 
 remedy to lubricate the 
 ph. also, when this stop- 
 r Euphrasia^ when there 
 uhatilla is best for cliil- 
 catarrh. Coryza is syn- 
 b the mucous membrane 
 
 5, only all the symptoms 
 ften cured in a few days 
 Isatilla, Tart, em., Mepar 
 jfying headache with ca- 
 sus nausea ; Belladonna, 
 1 over and in the eyes; 
 lirits ; Tart, em., Mepar 
 in the nasal ducts, and 
 rnal orifices of the ducts. 
 
 ' remedies are called into 
 I heavy yellow discharge 
 'ourius iodatus, in scrofu- 
 is any affection of the 
 d Hepar sulph. are both 
 cheats, when the peculiar 
 ition. The remedies for 
 
 the chronic form need not bt> repeated so often ; once in twenty-four 
 lioura, in the usual dose, is sufficient. 
 
 Inflammation of the Larynx. 
 
 The upper part of the windpipe or trachea is termeu :he "laryn^t" ; 
 and, when inflamed, it is said to be affected with lar}'iigitis : and this 
 may be acute or chronic. 
 
 Acute Laryngitis, or Infiammation of the Larynx. — This trouble 
 is denoted by cough, hoaraeness and sore throat, affecting the voice, 
 and rendering respiration somewhat difficult and conversation fa- 
 tiguing or painful. It comes on from a cold and may be the continua- 
 tion of a nasal catarrh. With the cough there is usually some expec- 
 toration, or else a dry, uncomfortable sensation and inclination to be 
 clearing the throat. If the pulse is febril or full, give Aconite in the 
 first stage ; and, if there is painful soreness of the larynx, give £eP- 
 donna. Aconite will remove the fever, and Belladonna the congestion 
 of the capillary vessels of the mucous membrane, which causes tlie 
 soreness. Mercurius viv. often follows Belladonna well. If, after the 
 employment of these remedies, expectoration of mucus occurs from 
 coughing, give Phosphorus or Sanguinaria. If the cough is tight, as 
 if the laiynx was closing up, give Sambucus. The remedies, in the 
 usual doses, may be repeated every two hours. The diet should be 
 simple, but nutritious. 
 
 Chronic Laryngitis, or Inflammation of the Larynx. — The 
 
 symptoms of this form of the disease are similar to those of the acute 
 variety, only the cough and irritation are constant and the expecto- 
 ration sometimes great. The disease becomes chronic from the 
 weakening of the organ after one or more acute attacks of the dis- 
 ease. It sometimes mitigates in warm weather, and returns again 
 in winter. Argentum metallieum is a good remedy for the chronic 
 form when characterized by soreness of the throat. Belladonna is al- 
 ways useful when the difficulty is aggravated by a cold ; Phosphorus, 
 when there is considerable collection of mucus, and Hepar sulph. 
 when there are excessive drjrness and hoarseness. Causticum is par- 
 ticularly useful when the inflammation is persistent, and the cough 
 constantly excited, and when it resembles a croupy cough, and comes 
 on spasmodically or in paroxysms. When chronic laryngitis is not 
 kept in check or cured, it soon runs into that formidable disease 
 known as laryngeal consumption or becomes attended vnth hectic 
 fever. In such a case, give Stannum or perhaps Sulphur ; but in no 
 case more than one dose a day. The patient should be warmly clothed 
 and should always provide for tempering cold air before it is inhaled 
 into the lungs. The diet must be nutritious, aad strictly non-medi- 
 oinul. 
 
 K if 
 
 ! 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
c:)0 
 
 Dlf RABEH OF TJIK ItKsMHATORY ORGANS. 
 
 Croup. 
 
 Crofp is of two kinds, spasmodic and membranous. The spiis- 
 medic is the result of a cold ; and it comes on with a hoarse, rouph 
 cough which is often Hpasmodic and suffocating. The catarrhal or 
 membmnous comes on like a cold, and then supervenes a crowing 
 cough and copious collection of mucus ; and sometimes an exudation 
 of a membranous character fills the larynx and upper portion of the 
 trachea. For spiwmodic croup, Tartar emetic is undoubtedly the best 
 remedy; Aconite, -when there is fever; Belladonna, xi the throat is 
 sore ; Ipecac, if the breathing is asthmatic. In membranous croup, 
 a resort must bo had to Aconite at first, to induce perspiration; if 
 this fails, give Bryonia, and then Spongia, Iodine, Bromine and Hepar 
 mlph., in the order mentioned. The usual doses may be given every 
 fifteen or twenty minutes when the symptoms are alarming. Croup 
 goes under the technical name of Cynanche Trachealis, because it im- 
 plicates both the larynx and windpipe. 
 
 Inflammation of the Windpipe. —Tracheitis. 
 
 There is some resemblance of this disease to croup ; and yet it 
 may occur and not manifest that peculiar character. It is denoted 
 by cough, sometimes exceedingly tight, at others looser, greater or less 
 obstruction of the breathing, and some pain and soreness of the throat 
 above and a tickling, raw feeling below, towards the bronchial tubes. 
 Aconite is essential in the treatment of this difficulty, and also Bella- 
 donna, Bryonia, Phosphorus, Causticum, Hepar, Sanguinaria and Span- 
 gia. It is to be observed, however, that only one of these remedies 
 must be given at a time ; five drops in half a tumbler of water and a 
 teaspoonful every thirty minutes. Diet simple and non-medicinal. 
 
 Acute Bronchial Inflammation. — Bronchitis. 
 
 As the name implies, the bronchial tubes become highly inflamed 
 in this disease, or rather, the mucous membrane that lines them. 
 There is much cough and expectoration. This disease is called ca- 
 tarrhal fever in its acute form ; and, when the substance of the lungs 
 becomes affected, it amounts to pneumonia. Acute bronchitis re- 
 quires, for the reduction of fever. Aconite or Bryonia ; Belladonna 
 may follow ; and when copious expectoration commences, give Phoir- 
 phorua ; and, some time after, give Hyoacyamua, especially for the 
 cough at night, and also Calcarea carb. for the soreness and cough 
 that may be created. Repeat the medicines, in the usual doses, three 
 times a day. Diet as in all febrile diseases. Barley or flaxseed tea 
 for drink and a light diet of toast is best. 
 
 
 u 
 
 'W»TMM Ww aB M P«tt'gatiiii*» j aB W i 
 
 a vm ^ Ktv^ itrnv sn. j Sf.)gg»* 
 
i ORGANS. 
 
 DlilEAHEH OF THK KKHPIKATORY UUUANH. 
 
 631 
 
 Tieinbranotis. The flpiw- 
 on with a hoarse, rough 
 ,tiiig. The catarrhal or 
 n supervenes a crowing 
 sometimes an exudation 
 ml upper portion of tlie 
 r is undoubtedly the best 
 \adonna, if the throat is 
 In membranous croup, 
 induce perspiration; if 
 line. Bromine and Hepar 
 loses may be given every 
 IB are alurming. Croup 
 rrachealis, because it im- 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Bronchia. 
 
 LiKR the acute form of the disease it has ito seat in the mucous 
 membrane that lines the bronchial tubes, and it is believed t^) l)e the 
 sequel of acute bronchitis. It is always accompanied by a cough, and 
 more or less expectoration ; now and then a paroxysm of fever. It 
 is a tedious and troublesome disease ; and, when not cured, is always 
 better in warm weather, and much aggravated in cold ; and this 
 would point to a perpetual warm climate as its cure. When there 
 are paroxysms of fever, give Aconite; if there is pain in the chest, 
 Belladonna ; profuse expectoration. Phosphorus or Lycopod.; hectic 
 fever, Stannum ; when the throat is sore, give Cnuatitmm. Great care 
 must be taken in the treatment of this malady, if a cure is expected, 
 or otherwise it will terminate in a lingering consumption. The most 
 generous living the patient's appetite will admit of must be supplied, 
 but free from medicinal condiments. 
 
 Ipe. — Tracheitis. 
 
 se to croup; and yet it 
 haracter. It is denoted 
 icrs looser, greater or less 
 nd soreness of the throat 
 ards the bronchial tubes, 
 iifficulty, and also Bella- 
 !r, Sangainaria and Spon- 
 y one of these remedies 
 I tumbler of water and a 
 pie and non-medicinal. 
 
 on. — Bronchitis. 
 
 become highly inflamed 
 nbrane that lines them, 
 'his disease is called ca- 
 le substance of the lungs 
 Acute bronchitis re- 
 or Bryonia; Belladonna 
 n commences, give Phos- 
 amu8, especially for the 
 the soreness and cough 
 in the usual doses, three 
 Barley or flaxseed tea 
 
 Lung Fever. — Pneumonia. 
 
 Lung fever is indicated by pain in the chest cough, flushed face, 
 quick pulse, rusty expectoration, headache, lo.s8 of appetite and op- 
 pressed breathing. Aconite or Bryonia may be given, in the usual 
 dose, every hour until the skin becomes moist ; Belladonna, if the 
 pain continues in the chest, every hour until relief or a change is 
 necessary ; Bryonia may follow Belladonna, if heat in the chest is a 
 prominent symptom ; and Phosphorus may follow Bryonia, provided 
 the expectoration has changed and a more plentiful secretion of mucus 
 is thrown off. Each medicine may be given in hourly doses when 
 called for. 
 
 This disease becomes typhoid pneumonia when the fever accom- 
 panying the inflammation is typhoid ; in which event Bryonia may 
 be given in the first stage and Belladonna if there is a manifest in- 
 clination to sleep. When the patient begins to cough up mucus 
 tinged with blood, give Phosphorus ; and, if very much prostrated, 
 give Mhus tox. As to diet in pneumonia, give the patient any light, 
 nourishing and soothing drinks, as jelly-water, barley-water, rice-water, 
 etc. Application of warm compresses to the chest is recommended. 
 
 Whooping Cough. — Tussis Spasmodica. 
 
 This disease often comes on like an ordinary cold and the victims 
 are observed to have frequent coughing fits ; and when there is no 
 fever or loss of appetite and the fits of coughing continue to be re- 
 peated, it may fairly be inferred that wliooping cough is progressing. 
 Soon the child or patient will begin to whoop and to experience fre- 
 quent paroxysms, and draw in a long breath or whoop, which is fol- 
 lowed by numerous short expirations. Drosera will mitigate the 
 
 k;::W: 
 
 W^W^^'^ 
 
632 
 
 niSKAHKH OK TIIK KKHPIUATORY OROANH. 
 
 
 HC'Vority of tlio i)iiroxyHniH, jind ho will Hj/oitni^amux, CoralUa ruhra, 
 Sanguinaria mid t'aiiHticum ; Chelidoniiiin, if thero are Hytn[)toiiiH of 
 pulmonary (;oii}((!Htion; but there it* no remedy known that will hn-ak 
 it up at once. Give a dose of the selected remedy immediately after 
 each paroxyBm. 
 
 Pleuritls. — Pleurisy. 
 
 Inflammation of the pleura Ih denoted hy sharj), shooting pains 
 in the sideH of the chest that interfere with respiration ; quick pulse, 
 ilushed face, great heat over the chest, etc. Aconite, in the usual 
 dose, may l)o given every twenty minutes, and a cloth compress of 
 warm water may be applied to the region of the pain. Avonite miiy 
 be followed with Phosphonm, given eveiy hour until relieved. Bryo- 
 nia is good. 
 
 Asthma. 
 
 DiFPiouLT and laborious breathing may be hereditary or be brought 
 on by a cold, overexertion or exposure of some kind. It comed on 
 in paroxysms tliat sometimes interfere with the respiration to so great 
 a degree us to oblige the patient to sit or stand in order to get breath. 
 Many cases are entirely curable with Ipecac, Arsenicum, Apis melli- 
 fica, Apocynum, Lobelia and Tart, emetic. When one remedy fails, try 
 the next until a fair waifare with the disease has been encountered. 
 
 Bleeding from the Lungs. 
 
 This trouble is occasioned by the rupture of some of the blood- 
 vessels in the bronchial tube, caused either by mechanical injury or 
 tubercles. If from the former, Arnica is the remedy ; if from the 
 latter, ffamamelis. In case of pain and inflammation, give Phospho- 
 rus ; and if motion aggravates, give Bryonia. Let the patient sit up, 
 if able, in an easy-chair until the bleeding ceases. If fever and ex- 
 citement of the circulation exist, give Aconite often. Once in a half 
 hour at first. To give temporary relief give strong salt and water. 
 
 Consumption. 
 
 This formidable disease may be hereditary or result from acci- 
 dental causes. When hereditary, it may not develop itself until adult 
 age ; and one of the first signs is extreme sensitiveness to cold, a 
 slight cough, defective nutrition and extreme emaciation ; night- 
 sweats come on subsequently, with hectic fever; and, at a later stage, 
 there may be diarrhoea, which resists remedial measures and exhausts 
 the life of the patient. That kind brought on as the sequel of pri- 
 mary affections usually supervenes upon bronchitis or some other 
 exhaustive disease that proves destructive to nutrition. In the first 
 stage, or wheu chilliness, debility and loss of flesh become apparent, 
 
OKOANH. 
 
 DISKASKS OK THE KKHI'IUATOUY OIUtANS. 
 
 033 
 
 ^cifamxH, Cornllia ruhnt, 
 ■ thertj me Hymptoiim ot 
 y known Unit will brciik 
 smedy immediately after 
 
 by shari), shooting pains 
 •cHpiration ; quick pulse, 
 . Aconite., in the usual 
 ,n(l a cloth compress of 
 the pain. Aconite may 
 lur until relieved. Bryo- 
 
 I hereditary or be brought 
 ome kind. It comea on 
 lie respiration to so great 
 id in order to get breath. 
 ;., Arsenicum.^ Apis melli- 
 hen one remedy fails, try 
 le has beep, encountered. 
 
 much l)enofit can Imi obtained from the use of good old Hnurbon or 
 rye V/'hiskey: from iialf to a whole winuglassful may Iks taken twit:e 
 11 day. The introduction of carlH)n into tiie syNtem in this way has 
 often pntved of great sorvit^e. When there is deei>-Heat(!(l pain in the 
 lungH, cHpecially in the upper i)urtion, Lycupodium ; tiio usual dose 
 may Ui given every day and continued as long as any benetit is per- 
 ceived. Lyeopoilium may bo followed by tStannum or iSulphur, pro- 
 vided there is any hectic fever; by t'arho animalitt when there are 
 night-sweats. If the cough becomes troublesome and the expectora- 
 tion nmco-purulent, J'hoH/ihonis in the usual <lo.s(? may be given 
 twice a day. If occasional hemorrhage, BeUaihmna may be given, if 
 tli-re is pain; Ipecac, if there is asthmatic breathing; and Hamame- 
 lis ir., if there is bleeding from the lungs without nnuih pain. For 
 thi- !. 4t stage of l)ronchial consumption, see the treatment directed 
 for bronchitis. After tubercles Income manifest, the same remedies 
 may be indicated as for the hereditary disease. The diet for (!on- 
 sum^^t'ves should be fish, game, beef, mutton and vegetables such as 
 potatoes, beans and egg-plant ; butter and (!ream, witli toast, are also 
 allowable. Let the diet be as generous us the patient cau take. And, 
 if possible, live iu the open air. 
 
 Lungs. 
 
 re of some of the blood- 
 by mechanical injury or 
 the remedy; if from the 
 lammation, give Fhospho- 
 !. Let the patient sit up, 
 leases. If fever and ex- 
 lite of ton. Once in a half 
 re strong salt and water. 
 
 itary or result from acci- 
 t develop itself until adult 
 le sensitiveness to cold, a 
 ireme emaciation ; night- 
 ever; and, at a later stage, 
 lial measures and exhausts 
 t on as the sequel of pri- 
 bronchitis or some other 
 to nutrition. In the first 
 of flesh become apparent, 
 
 . ?3i 
 
 i 
 
 
DISEASES OP THE URINARY ORGANS. 
 
 The urinary apparatus includes the bladder and kidneys, and their 
 appendages, all of which are subject to inflammation. 
 
 Inflammation of the Bladder, — Cystitis. 
 
 - /hen urination becomes painful and difficult, and the orifice of 
 the bladder seems to be insufficient for voiding the urine, we have 
 Stations of inflammation of the bladder; and also when there is 
 frequent inclination to urinate, with ability to pass but little at a 
 tSie. Aconite maybe given at first if fever attend the difficulty; 
 Belladonna might follow Aconite if there should be any congestion; 
 CaXris, howUr, is one of the best remedies, if there is tenesmus 
 or straining. Cannabis sativa, also, is a good remedy, and with old 
 people, Arfenieum is often beneficial. It is well to drink mucilagi- 
 nous drinks, and subsist mostly on gruel, until the severe symptoms 
 ZZde. All this trouble may pass from the acute to the chronic 
 ?ot; of the disease, and be an'entailed cUfficulty. The best way to 
 prevent it is to have the first acute stage well attended to. Ihe tre- 
 ^uent desire to urinate, which we sometimes And - aged pejus 
 may be due to chronic inflammation of the neck of the bladder 
 Sulphur, given every night, may mitigate the disease materiaUy; and 
 so ato aTcided benefit ma/be gained from the use of Comum 
 ZaTatum. The same diet found beneficial for the acute form of 
 this disease will be found beneficial for the chronic. 
 
 Strangury. 
 
 This affection consists in being unable to void the urine, and is 
 believed to be the result of inflammation of the ne«\ of the bkdd^^^^ 
 or some mechanical pressuro upon the urethra It often F^ves Jo 
 be quite painful, and attended with fever. ^<^omte m^y he guen 
 eve?y hou? when the skin is hot, dry, and feverish, ovSpints of Cam- 
 phor in drop doses every twenty minutes until relieved. ^W«!^« ^ 
 if the stoppage appears to be ""Attended with i^ever;/7«»«A«nMt 
 there is an ineffectual urging to urinate ; and Cannabis, also, when 
 
 -. 634 
 
 38t i<^9i Wi i r r.- 
 
DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 
 
 635 
 
 ARY ORGANS. 
 
 ler and kidneys, and their 
 immation. 
 
 Jer. — Cystitis. 
 
 fficult, and the orifice of 
 iding the urine, we have 
 ; and also when there is 
 ty to pass but little at a 
 irer attend the diificulty; 
 hould be any congestion; 
 jdies, if there is tenesmus 
 )od remedy, and with old 
 IS well to drink mucilagi- 
 antil the severe symptonis 
 
 the acute to the chronic 
 ficulty. The best way to 
 roll attended to. The fre- 
 nes find in aged persons, 
 the neck of the bladder, 
 he disease materially; and 
 
 from the use of Conium 
 cial for the acute form of 
 3 chronic. 
 
 e to void the urine, and is 
 of the neck of the bladder, 
 rethra. It often proves to 
 3r. Aconite may be given 
 feverish, or Spirits of Cam- 
 atil relieved. Hyoscyarmis. 
 d with fever ; Cantharis, if 
 ; and Cannabis, also, when 
 
 there is inability to evacuate the bladder. Dose and administration, 
 four globules every hour. 
 
 Stone. 
 
 When one is voiding urine, and some obstacle to its passage sud- 
 denly interferes, and the stream is cut short, we may infer that a 
 stone has interposed at the orifice of the bladder. The symptoms 
 lire like those of strangury. Oftentimes there is pain in passing 
 mine, inclination to pass it often, and straining to keep the stream 
 flowing. Against the ill effects of stone in the bladder, Cantharis or 
 Cannabis are among the prominent remedies. Li/copodium, Calcarea^ 
 nd Phosphorus are also good remed*' The two remedies first 
 iiamed may be given in drop doses every hour, and the three last 
 only three times a day. The patient should drink soft water, Poland 
 water in large quantities, if possible, and live upon a moderate non- 
 medicinal diet, avoiding malt and distilled liquors as a beverage. 
 
 Qravel. 
 
 This is indicated by violent, cutting, intermittent pains in the re- 
 gion of one or the other hip and kidney and extending down the 
 ureter to the groin or down the thigh, frequent but sea ity urine, 
 fever, and nausea. The most useful remedies, in the order of their 
 importance, are Uva ursi. Belladonna^ Chamomilla. and Nitrum, re- 
 peated often. 
 
 Retention of Urine. 
 
 This difficulty results from fever or some local irritation, and con- 
 sists simply in disinclination to evacuate the bladder, not from ina- 
 bility on account of inflammation, or some obstruction, but because 
 there is an irresistible proneness to retain tlie urinary secretion, 
 either from nervous weakness or spasm of the neck of the bladder. 
 The remedies found n 3t useful are Cina, Spigelia, Hyoscyamus, Bel- 
 ladonna, and Rhus tax. ^ither of these may be given and repeated 
 until the patient is relieved. Hyoscyamus and Gina are preferable. 
 With old people, Arsenieum or Secale. 
 
 Suppression of Urine. 
 
 In some fevers the kidneys do not perform their office, and the uri- 
 nary secretion is suppressed and thrown back upon the system ; and, 
 as a consequence, the blood fails of being defecated, and the result, in 
 a short time, must prove quite disastrous. A dose of Sulphur may 
 sometimes overcome this difficulty, and set the organs of secretion at 
 work. Baptisia, Nitrum, Pulsatilla, Bryonia, Rhus, Cantharis, and 
 nny of the remedies that act specifically upon the renal region, will 
 be likely to afford relief. The remedies may be repeated every two 
 
 'ti 
 
 ^sa w " 
 
£■ 
 
 636 
 
 DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 
 
 hours, and the diet should be mucilaginous drinks. Poland water 
 taken in large quantities is good in all cases of urinary diseases. 
 
 Incontinence of Urine. 
 
 Some persons cannot help urinating at once as soon as the bladder 
 fills. Their incontinence Ijecomes manifest when no opportunity 
 offers for immediate resort to the water-closet, and in many instances 
 becomes painfully mortifying, and renders the victim an object of 
 sympathy. Mercurius vivus may be given in the usual dose, three 
 times a day. If, after a trial of a few days, the patient is not im- 
 proved, give either Opium, China, Oalcarea, Caustimm, or Sulphur 
 in the same way. 
 
 Wetting the bed. — Nocturnal Enuresis. 
 
 Children addicted to this habit from some diseased condition may 
 be cured by daily doses of Sulphur or Carlo animalis, or perhaps 
 Silicea, or Caustioum. But some children get the habit and become 
 confirmed in it from no physical cause whatever ; and, if no measures 
 are taken to reform them, they will grow up under the impression 
 that they cannot help it. The best way to treat such is to impress 
 upon them that they can and must banish the habit. Let them be 
 impressed even to shame and a threat of chastisement if they keep 
 up the practice • and in most cases, this is all that is necessary. 
 
 Diabetes. — Immoderate Flow of Sweet Urine. 
 
 There is no disease that resists more stubbornly the action of 
 remedies than diabetes. It consists in a copious secretion of sweet 
 urine, that contains many grains of solid material passing away from 
 the tissues every twenty-four hours. This disease will emaciate a 
 fleshy subject in six week i, and give him a pale and sickly look. The 
 disease has been palliated, but never cured permanently that we find 
 any record of ; and yet Phosphoric acid, given three times a day, has 
 diminished the amount of the secretion from twelve to two quarts in 
 twenty-four hours ; and apparently this remedy, with Nitrate of ura- 
 nium, has effected temporary cures. Muriatic acid, Sulphur, and Kali 
 carb. have also been esteemed as valuable remedies, all of which may 
 be given in the usual doses, three times a day. I would also recom- 
 mend Poland water in large quantities. 
 
 Bloody Urine. 
 
 As gravel is believed to be one of the causes of this difficulty, and 
 inflammation of the bladder is believed to be another, the same reme- 
 dies applicable to the one will serve for the other. Arsenicum may, 
 however, be added to the remedies, particularly if there is any burn- 
 ing at the neck of the bladder and tenesmus. 
 
 ::ismi«e!msmmm^-'' 
 
DEUANS. 
 
 DISEASES OF THE URINAllY ORGANS. 637 
 
 } drinks. Poland water 
 of urinary diseases. 
 
 *ine. 
 
 36 as soon as the bladder 
 t when no opportunity 
 it, and in many instances 
 the victim an object of 
 in the usual dose, three 
 I, the patient is not ira- 
 i, Causticum, or Sulphur 
 
 rnal Enuresis. 
 
 5 diseased condition may 
 rbo animalis, or perhaps 
 et the habit and become 
 iver ; and, if no measures 
 up under the impression 
 treat such is to impress 
 the habit. Let them he 
 lastisement if they keep 
 11 that is necessary. 
 
 )/ Sweet Urine. 
 
 itubbornly the action of 
 jpious secretion of sweet 
 iterial passing away from 
 disease will emaciate a 
 3ale and sickly look. The 
 permanently that we find 
 3n three times a day, has 
 1 twelve to two quarts in 
 ledy, with Nitrate of ura- 
 te acid, Sulphur, and Kali 
 smedies, all of which ma}- 
 ay. I would also recom- 
 
 Inflammation of the Kidneys. 
 
 When there is pain in the back, and increased flow of urine, and a 
 desire to urinate frequently, and sometimes severe pain in the hip and 
 side, nausea, vomiting, and fever, there is undoubtedly inflammation 
 of the kidneys. In the treatment of this painful difficulty, we find 
 Arnica the best remedy if the inflammation has been produced by a 
 mechanical injury. If from a cold, Rhu^ tax. or Nux vomica. If 
 there is much fever. Aconite ; chilliness down the spine, Belladonna. 
 When there is obstinate vomiting. Bismuth. The patient should lie 
 in bed, and not try ercise much till the inflammation passes off. 
 
 The medicine shoul given every hour or two houre, according to 
 the severity of the innammation. Use Poland water in large quan- 
 tities. 
 
 ises of this difficulty, and 
 e another, the same reme- 
 ! other. Arsenicum may, 
 arly if there is any buni- 
 
 -TiEW» 
 
 ^■W 
 
DISEASES OP THE ORGANS OP 
 GENERATION. 
 
 The organs of generation in the male are the penis, testes, and 
 their appendages. Those of the female are the vulva, vagina, womb, 
 ovaries, and their appendages. 
 
 Inflammation of the Urethra. 
 
 The urethra is the common passage through which the urine passes 
 from the bladder, and the semen from the testes. When it becomes 
 inflamed from cold, or as the sequel of some acute disease, PuUatilla, 
 Cannabis, Mereuriua viv., or Sulphur may cure the difficulty by being 
 given every two or three hours. One remedy only must be given ; 
 if this fails, try another; but if the disease is the result of impure 
 connection, and is the gonorrhoea (or clap), give Cantharia, and after- 
 wards Cannabis. If there is painful smarting, give these remedies 
 every hour in alternation until the discharge ceases. Give Pulsatilla, 
 also, every hour, if the other remedies fail, and use a solution of 
 Hamamelii in water as an injection. 
 
 Syphilis. 
 
 Nearly allied to gonorrhoea is syphilis ; only the latter is a more 
 formidable result of impure connection, which inoculates the blood. 
 It becomes manifest iu discharge from the urethra, chancres, buboes, 
 etc. When there is a purulent discharge from the urethra, Mercu- 
 riu8 viv. may be given persistently for eeveral days, and this may 
 arrest the further progress of the disease; but should it not, and 
 chancres make their appearance on the prepuce or foreskin, or on the 
 glans, burn them with Nitric acid, full strength of the stores, and 
 then give Mercurius corrosivua every six hours for several days; 
 dressing the sores with lint wet with cold water and Calendula. If 
 the chancres heal, it is well and good, if they do not, give Mercurius 
 iodatus three times a day. Let the patient avoid drinking any in- 
 toxicating beverage whatever, and abstain from all medicinal articles 
 of diet. 
 
 638 
 
DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENEUATION. 
 
 639 
 
 IGMS OP 
 
 e the penis, testes, and 
 tie vulva, vagina, womb, 
 
 rrethra. 
 
 1 which the urine passes 
 stes. When it becomes 
 icute disease, Pulsatilla, 
 e the difficulty by being 
 dy only must be given ; 
 is the result of impure 
 ive Cantharia, and after- 
 ng, give these remedies 
 (eases. Give Pulsatilla, 
 , and use a solution of 
 
 nly the latter is a more 
 !h inoculates the blood, 
 rethra, chancres, buboes, 
 •om the urethra, Mercu- 
 jral days, and this may 
 but should it not, and 
 loe or foreskin, or on the 
 ngth of the stores, and 
 lours for several days ; 
 ater and Calendula. If 
 y do not, give Mercurivs 
 avoid drinking any in- 
 om all medicinal articles 
 
 Inflammation of the Testicles. 
 
 Sometimes a suppression of gonorrhoea will cause inflammation and 
 swelling of tlie testicles. Both may be implicated, and become ex- 
 ceedingly painful and enormously swollen. For the first stage be- 
 fore the swelling, Aconite may be given every two hours to reduce 
 the general febrile condition of the system. Afterwards Arnica may 
 he given to lemove the soreness, and Pulsatilla to remove the swell- 
 ing. Either of these remedies may be given every day, three times, 
 until the object for which they are given is accomplished. Let the 
 patient lie in bed, and apply warm compresses to the part. Let him 
 subsist upon a spare diet, and drink no exciting drinks. Let him 
 wait with patience for a subsidence of the swelling and inflamma- 
 tion. 
 
 Dropsy of the Scrotum. — Hydrocele. 
 
 Sometimes inflammation of the testes will result in hydrocele, and 
 the scrotum will become filled with water. Helleborus nig.. Apis mel., 
 and Arsenicum are remedies that have been employed to cure the 
 difficulty ; but sometimes remedies prove unavailing, and the water 
 has to be drawn off by a trochar, in which event consult an experi- 
 enced surgeon. But try the remediis first, and give each named in 
 succession (provided the first or second does not prove effectual), 
 every three hours during the day. 
 
 Inflammation of the Vulva. 
 
 This hiay occur from acrid leucorrhoea, or cold, or from gonorrhoea; 
 and, from whatever cause, it requires the application of warm water 
 and compresses, and a dose of Aconite or Belladonna every hour until 
 relieved. 
 
 Inflammation of the Vagina. 
 
 The vagina is lined by a mucous membrane, which sometimes 
 becomes inflamed ; and when from a cold, producing an ordinary 
 catarrh, give Nux vomica or Sulphur, night and morning, until better. 
 If from chronic irritation of the membrane there is a leucorrhoeal 
 discharge from the vagina, give Sepia night and morning. If this 
 fails, give Calcarea carh.; and if this fails, give Sulphur in the same 
 way. Leucorrhoea may be occasioned by falling of the womb, which 
 irritates the mucous membrane of the vagina, in which event Sepia or 
 Nux may be given every night, with full prospect of a cure. 
 
 Inflammation of the Womb. 
 
 This painful malady is often the result of protracted labor, and is 
 known by great thirst, pain over the region of the womb, and great 
 
 s-tsr 
 
 ,sS«* 
 
 S-aiUP! 
 
 — TSP- 
 
 wam^ 
 
640 
 
 DISEASES OF THK ORGANS OK GENERATION. 
 
 tenderness of the touch. Arsenicum, given every three hours at first, 
 and followed by Belladonna, generally proves successful ; but Brij- 
 onia and Rhus tox. or Verat. viride may be resorted to, and repeated 
 every three hours, if found necessary. Inflammation of the womb is 
 a painful difficulty and a dangerous one, and should be treated with 
 great care. Warm bran poultices, if the patient can bear them, may 
 be applied while giving the remedies. Injections of hot water, 110 
 degrees, taken at night, will often give great relief. Would recom- 
 mend patient to consult a physician. 
 
 Falling of the Womb. 
 
 The womb is said to fall, when from debility, or a relaxed condi- 
 tion of its ligaments, it sinks down into the vagina; and this is indi- 
 cated by pain in the back, and a dragging sensation over the hips, 
 and bearing-down pains. These are often attended with headaches 
 and other derangements, which must be considered. Nux vomica, 
 every night, is one of the most valuable remedies for prolapsus uteri. 
 Sulphur sometimes does well. Sepia every morning has often cured 
 and relieved the headache, nausea, and other concomitant symptoms. 
 Calcarea has relieved when the pain is most prominent about the hii)8; 
 Ignatia, when the difficulty has been brought on by grief. Patients 
 of this description should not drink coffee or strong green tea. Black 
 tea, cocoa, and milk may be allowed, with a moderately generous diet. 
 
 Inflammation of the Ovaries. 
 
 This difficulty is denoted by sharp pains, either in the right or left 
 side, or both, just front of the upper edge of the hip-bone. It some- 
 times is very painful, and requires rest and the best treatment and 
 nursing to subdue it. Conium, in daily doses, has relieved some ; so 
 has Pulsatilla, Belladonna, and Ignatia. Some remedies relieve for 
 a time, such as Bryonia and Rhv^s tox. Belladonna will cure when 
 the inflammation is attended with headache and considerable neu- 
 ralgic pain in the region of the glands ; if much fever attends the 
 affection, give Aconite three or four times a day. Now, as all these 
 affections disturb the nervous system, and give rise to various forms 
 of nervous complaints, such remedies as Pulsatilla, Ignatia, Hyoncy- 
 amus, Nux vomica, Moschus, and Oaulophyllin will be constantly 
 needed, and stimulants need to be taken with great caution. Cold 
 compresses in acute attacks. A piece of flannel soaked in hot 
 laudanum laid over the ovary, covered with a dry flannel, will give 
 relief and enable the patient to sleep. 
 
 Ulceration of the Womb. 
 
 Anything that irritates the mouth of the womb may occasion, first, 
 inflammation of the os tincae, and then ulceration. Frequent mis- 
 
lliiM^»l.< .> 
 
 ' GENERATION. 
 
 1 every three hours at first, 
 •oves successful; but Bry- 
 B resorted to, and repeated 
 iflammation of the womb is 
 md should be treated with 
 patient can bear them, may 
 njections of hot water, 110 
 ■reat relief. Would recom- 
 
 Vomb. 
 
 lebility, or a relaxed condi- 
 he vagina; and this is indi- 
 ig sensation over the hips, 
 n attended with headaches 
 » considered. Nux vomica, 
 emedies for prolapsus uteri. 
 ry morning has often cured 
 :her concomitant symptoms. 
 3t prominent about the hii»s: 
 aght on by grief. Patients 
 I or strong green tea. Black 
 a moderately generous diet. 
 
 e Ovaries. 
 
 18, either in the right or left 
 e of the hip-bone. It some- 
 and the best treatment and 
 doses, has relieved some ; so 
 Some remedies relieve for 
 Belladonna will cure when 
 ache and considerable neu- 
 ; if much fever attends the 
 }8 a day. Now, as all these 
 id give rise to various forms 
 » Pulsatilla, Ignatia, ffyoscy- 
 >phyllin will be constantly 
 n with great caution. Cold 
 5 of flannel soaked in hot 
 with a dry flannel, will give 
 
 DISEASES OK THE OKOAN8 OF OENEKATION. 
 
 641 
 
 carriages will so weaken the organ, and especially its ligaments, as 
 to admit of its being easily misplaced, or turned backwards or for- 
 wards. These misplacements are often the cause of ulcerations, and 
 almost always the source of weakening leucorrhoea. The medical 
 treatment of this difficulty is of the first importance. Sulphur every 
 night may commence the treatment. If, after using the Sulphur for 
 a week, the purulent discharge becomes less, and there is less pain 
 and soreness in the region, and still considerable pain remaining in 
 the back, give Nux vomica every night for a week. If these two 
 remedies fail of bringing about a cure, then drop twenty drops of the 
 tincture of Calendula (Marigold flowers) in half a tumbler of water 
 and inject it into the vagina every day, and at the same time take a 
 dose of Sepia every morning. Continue this treatment as long as 
 useful. Culcarea, taken every night, sometimes has a good effect. 
 Local applications to the ulcers are sometimes made, but this is the 
 business of the surgeon. 
 
 Leucorrhoea. — Whites. 
 
 When the mucous membrane lining the womb and vagina becomes 
 irritated or inflamed, it undergoes solution, and there is a white dis- 
 charge. This is of frequent occurrence, and in some instances is such 
 a drain upon the system as to weaken the function and tone of the 
 nutritive organs. Any treatment that will strengthen the whole 
 system will generally cure the derangement. China, Ferrum, and 
 Aurum are remedies that may be employed, either of which, in daily 
 doses, will prove sufficient. In the mean time, let the patient refrain 
 from over-exertion. A more aggravated form of leucorrhoea attends 
 falling of the womb, and this perhaps is the cause of the difficulty. 
 The remedies which will best meet this difficulty are Sepia and Cal- 
 earea earh. ; the former may be given every morning, and the latter 
 every evening ; or perhaps Nux vomica may be given in the evening, 
 and Oalcarea in the morning. If there is sick headache attending 
 this form of leucorrhoea, Sepia is still the remedy. If other biliary 
 derangements Nux vomica is equally applicable. Ladies afflicted 
 with any of these uterine difficulties must not drink strong tea or 
 coffee; but mild black tea, cocoa, and milk should be the chief 
 beverages, and. if the appetite permit, a moderately generous, but 
 non-medicinal diet may be added. 
 
 J Womb. 
 
 the womb may occasion, first, 
 ulceration. Frequent mis- 
 
DISEASES OP THE SKIN. 
 
 Boils. — Furunculi. 
 
 These are small, circumscribed, and painful tumore,. which hepin 
 in the form of a pimple, and then grow until they acquire the wize 
 of acorns. They are several days in coming to maturity; and some- 
 times their painfulness excites fever and chilliness, loss of appetite, 
 and other derangements. When suppurating, the pain in them is 
 intense and pulsating just before the crisis. As soon as they break, 
 the pain diminishes, and very soon the injury is repaired. Aconite 
 may be given two or three times a day to subdue any fever that may 
 be present. Belladonna also will remove the pain of congestion ; and 
 this may be given several times during the day. Arnica tincture may 
 be applied externally to remove the soreness, and with great advan- 
 tage it may be taken internally ; and in the same way Hamameli% Vir- 
 ginica may be employed. Wet a compress, and apply directly over 
 the boils, and renew several times a day, and the pain will be very 
 greatly diminished. Poultices, in case of very large boils, may prove 
 of pervice, — bread and milk or flaxseed ; and, when employed, give 
 at the same time Hepar sulpk, four globules, and repeat twice a day. 
 Amenicum often prevents their recurrence. When the uoil first ap- 
 pears drink quantities of Indian-meal water. It will usually blast the 
 boil and prevent others coming. 
 
 Carbuncle. — Anthrax. 
 
 The difference between a boil and a carbuncle is this : a boil is 
 circumscribed, but a carbuncle travels, or moves along the subcu- 
 taneous tissue ; and, when it breaks, it seems to have several open- 
 ings instead of one as in the case of the boil. Anthrax is a trouble- 
 some disorder; sometimes it is attended with active inflammatory 
 fever and sometimes with low fever. It is far more common among 
 old than young people and sometimes very diflficult of cure. A car- 
 buncle upon the back of the neck, accompanied by fever, requires 
 Aconite during the time of its development and afterwards Hepar 
 mlphuris. The effect of this latter remedy is to hasten suppuration. 
 Phosphorus is also employed to promote the same end. Bread and milk 
 
 64a 
 
mtna 'riifr'i 
 
 DISEASES OK THE SKIN. 
 
 643 
 
 S SKIN. 
 
 li. 
 
 riful tumors,. which hepiii 
 itil they acquire the size 
 g to maturity; and sonie- 
 liilliness, loss of appetite, 
 ting, the pain in them is 
 . As soon as they break, 
 jury is repaired. Aconite 
 abdue any fever that may 
 le pain of congestion ; and 
 lay. Arnica tincture may 
 js, and with great advan- 
 same way Haviamelis Vir- 
 i, and apply directly over 
 nd the pain will be very 
 ery large boils, may prove 
 ind, when employed, give 
 IS, and repeat twice a day. 
 When the ooil first ap- 
 , It will usually blast the 
 
 hrax. 
 
 irbuncle is this t a boil is 
 ■ moves along the subou- 
 ms to have several open- 
 »il. Anthrax is a trouble- 
 with active inflammatory 
 far more common among 
 difficult of cure. A car- 
 ipanied by fever, requires 
 mt and afterwards Mepar 
 (T is to hasten suppuration, 
 same end. Bread and milk 
 
 poultices may be employed; and a dressing of adhesive plaster, witli 
 ii[)erture8 for the pus to discharge, may Ixj applied after tlio poultice. 
 The sore should bo dressed every day ; and, if very painful, compresses 
 wet with llamameliH may be lesorttnl to. To remove great soreness, 
 Arnica may be used in the same way. Sometimes in aged people a 
 carbuncle becomes gangrenous ; and then Armenicum should be em- 
 ployed, a dose every three houra. When the disease, or carbuncle, 
 comes on the back, either to the right or left of the spine, it is liable 
 to make its way downwards; and, in order to prevent its doing* so to 
 any extent, compresses bound tightly beneath may keep them where 
 tliey begin. In all cases where there is active fever accompanying 
 carbuncle. Aconite may be necessary ; for so long as there is great 
 art«rial excitement, it will tend towards the carbuncle and greatly 
 augment its severity. Slow fever, or a lassitude and stupor, attends 
 the discrasia, give Bryonia and repeat every three hours ; or perhaps 
 Rhus tax.; Arsenicum, if the pus is of an offensive smell. Carbuncles 
 are supposed to originate from low conditions of the circulation, and 
 therefore a generous diet is suggested. Avoid medicinal food and 
 condiments, except salt. Animal food is most commended for a diet. 
 
 Abscesses. 
 
 Abscesses generally form in the subcutaneous tissue, but manifest 
 themselves through the skin. Generally there is some protuberance 
 or swelling upon the surface ; sometimes there is none. Frequently 
 there will be some redness to indicate that an inflammatory process 
 is going on ; and, at other times, there will be no indication of the 
 kind. An abscess, then, is simply a circumscribed collection of pus, 
 formed from broken-down tissues or blood corpuscles. They are sub- 
 ject to medical treatment. Calcarea, for abscesses in scrofulous per- 
 sons, may be given every day, and especially in cases of scrofulous 
 children. Accesses upon the arms or hands may be cured by the 
 use of Pulsatilla or Nux. Abscesses on the face require Bryonia and 
 Oalcarea ; abscesses from the bone require Silicea. Abscesses should 
 be relieved of their pus by the lancet as soon as sufficiently ripe. 
 They may bfe washed with Calendula tincture. Persons prone to 
 suffer from abscesses should sulwist upon a spare diet, and should 
 avoid rich gravies or great quantities of buuter. Bread, potatoes, 
 beans and peas, beef and mutton may constitate about the range of 
 diet ; and coffee, ale, cider and distilled spirits must not be touched. 
 
 Corns. 
 
 The feet appear to be the only locality affected by corns ; and they 
 occur frequently upon the toes. A com is simply hardened cuticle or 
 skin, rendered so by some pressure or irritation upon the surface, such 
 as a tight boot or shoe. Those who subject the feet to such treat- 
 
 ~SM9M^^^^^^' 
 
044 
 
 D18RASRB OF TIIR SKIN. 
 
 ment in U8t suffer tin- conHoquetices. Tlio lx?8t treatment for ii hi>ri' 
 onrii 18 to shave off tlie liimi Hkin and apply tlie tinctun* of Aniira 
 or perhaps the tincture of CaiiMaum. It is naid, however, that (h-K- 
 jthitt'K^ Silicea^ Sulphur and Aiitimonium cruii. are remodiert that may 
 Im) taken internally to cue corns. Either of the remed'es may Iw 
 taken in daily doseH. A .-orn-Malve is soinetimeH applied, made of 
 pine-pitch or diachylon. Any plastt'r that will protect the teudt-r 
 and irritated spot from the pressure of the hoot will \>e found useful. 
 
 Ulcers. 
 
 Ulcers are included among skin-affections hecatwe they break the 
 continuity of the skin and manifest themselves upon the surface. An 
 ulcer is formed generally hy the disorganizing influence of inflainniii- 
 tion which affects the membranes and skin. Ulceration of the sol't 
 parts and ulceration of the stomach and intestines are of frequent oc- 
 currence: and an ulcer is slow to heal and constantly discharges pus. 
 Ulcers of the legs, toes, feet, hands and arms are met with exlcii- 
 sively. Ulcers of the lower extremities or legs and feet can be cured 
 by a daily dose of Silicea or of Sulphur. Ulcers of tlie upper extrem- 
 ities, or the arras and hands, can be cured by daily doses of Calearea 
 and Oraphites. Ulcers of the soft parts require Phosphorus or China. 
 Ulceration of the stomach requires Coniurn or Phosphorus. Ulceration 
 of the bowels requires Arsenicum. Each of these remedies may Ih; 
 given in daily doses, and continued as long Jis observation teacht's 
 their utility. Ulcerations are supposed to result from low states of the 
 blood; and, therefore, stimulants must be employed to tone up the 
 system. A generous diet is generally to be commended. There is no 
 use in trying to heal over the surface of an ulcer ; for, in so doing, it 
 may work out deeper mischief in the economy. The only safe way Ih 
 to build up the most healthy stsite of the system, and let tue ulcer dis- 
 charge itself and heal from the bottom. Persons subject to ulcei-s are 
 evidently scrofulous or the victims of some i/ther tiiint. If scrofu- 
 lous, Arsenicum, Silicea or Calearea may benefit the condition. Ulcers 
 arise also from hereditary syphilitic taint. Mercurius viv., Mercurim 
 iodatua and Mereunus corr. are competent to eradicate this taint 
 from the constitution; so Ls Hepar sulph. or Nitric acid. If the ul- 
 cers arise from this taint, alcoholic stimulants must be avoided and 
 the most generous moat diet must take their place. Whatever l»e 
 the predisposing cause of ulceration known in a family, it should' be 
 carefully watched. Avoid eating pork and lard in any form. 
 
 Chilblains. 
 
 Frosted feet, as this complaint is termed, occurs mostly in cold 
 weather, and most frequently in persons susceptible from some con- 
 stitutional taint. It has been observed that chilblains will assume the 
 
 Till 
 
 Me 
 
N. 
 
 »OHt treatment for ii hcrt- 
 y tilt) tincture of ^\rtiii\i 
 said* howevrr, tlmt <fra- 
 if. are remodicH tlmt may 
 of the reined 't'« may Iw 
 letimcH applied, made of 
 will protect the tender 
 K)ot will Im3 found useful. 
 
 18 hecaUHe they break the 
 es upon the surface. A» 
 ii{r influence of intlanniui- 
 Ulceration of the soil 
 stines are of frequent oc- 
 onstantly discharges [ms. 
 rnus are met with exten- 
 gs and feet can be cuied 
 cers of tlie upper extrcm- 
 »y daily doses of Calcarea 
 lire PhoHj>hoTru» or China. 
 \r PhonphoruH. I'lceration 
 if these remedies may he 
 g as observation teaches 
 iult from low states of the 
 employed to tone up the 
 commended. There is no 
 ulcer ; for, in so doing, it 
 uy. The only safe way is 
 item, and let tne ulcer dls- 
 srsons subject to ulcere are 
 3 crtber tJiint. If scrofu- 
 efit the condition. Ulcers 
 Mereurius viv., Mercvrim 
 t to eradicate this taint 
 r Nitric acid. If the ul- 
 its must be avoided and 
 leir place. Whatever Iw 
 I in a family, it should be 
 lard in any form. 
 
 3d, occurs mostly in cold 
 sceptible from some con- 
 chilblains will assume the 
 
 DISEASES Of THK SKUf. 
 
 645 
 
 (;)iaracter of painful sores in those known to be of a scrofulous habit. 
 The feet l)eing very suHceptible to cold, l)ecomu ohilled, and after- 
 wards the heels, and sonietinies the toes, become painfully tender. 
 Croton tig. or Araenicum, in the usual dose, may be administered 
 twice a day when there is burning heat and swelling ; Nux vomica^ 
 ill the same way, wh^in attended with rheumatic pains. Pulmtilla is 
 a better remedy for females of delicate constitution and subject to 
 colds. Wher the chilblains iWHunie a bluish appearance, PhuHphoruii 
 and Sulphur may be given ; either of which, in the usual dose, may 
 lie given twice a day. Externally the tincture of Arnica may be aj)- 
 l)lied to remove soreness. Tincture of Cantharig, if there is an incli- 
 nation to blititer; Jihus tox.., if they are red and inflamed. A solution 
 ot glue, in warm water, has been found a good palliative us a foot- 
 bath. 
 
 Whitlow. 
 
 This is an inflammation and suppuration around the nails of the 
 fingers ; sometimes slight and at other times exceedingly jMiinful. 
 Hepar aulph. taken internally will hasten to a crisis ; Graphites or 
 MercuriuH is sometimes used for the same purpose; Silieea will has- 
 ten suppuration and a cure. Rhu» or Lachesin, if the sjrstem is in a 
 low condition. Either remedy may be administered twice in twenty- 
 four hours. 
 
 Itch. — Scabies. 
 
 This cutaneous eruption consists of small pimples, or piistules, 
 which make their appearance in clusters upon the skin and itch and 
 burn continually. They are believed to result from the acarus or 
 itch-mite imbedded in the cuticle. These pimples usually break out 
 between the fingers, on the hands and wrists, and over the body. StU- 
 phur has ever been found * salutary remedy, taken internally, and ap- 
 pHed as an ointment dp'.iy. In many cases, Calcarea, Hepar sulph., 
 Mercuritig and Rhus have been found useful. For what is termed the 
 j)rairie itch, which is very stubborn, Mercurius viv., taken internally, 
 and an ointment of the red oxide of mercury, used with care, exter- 
 nally, has proved effectual. Sulphur ointment has been in general 
 use, and is of great service if used sparingly and with caution. 
 
 Itching of the Skin.— fV-Mn^ro. 
 
 Sometimes there will be intense itching of the skin, without any 
 apparent eruption. Scratching or rubbing does not relieve ; every 
 attempt to relieve in this way aggravates the difficulty. There is no 
 disease of the skin apparently more superficial, nor yet more annoy- 
 ing. As there is no prominent syi^^ torn but itching, we would nat- 
 umlly suppose that some simple remedy would antidote it. But not 
 tio. In bilious temperaments, Mercurius is the best remedy. In sau- 
 
 "S^^'^^f^fr T '^"Jl^^!'^:-' 
 
'i46 
 
 DI8KA8KS OK TIIK 8KIN. 
 
 guiue teinperamentii, Nux vontUa, or |)erhfti« Sulphur. In tin- ner- 
 vous, PulmtiUiu J'/natia, Sepia, i'alrnrea and Conium. TIk ronicdy 
 selected to meet tlio case may Us fr'ivvn twice a day until relievtMJ, 
 unless there in found a necessity for change. 
 
 RlnSfWOrtn. — Herpes Circinnatus. 
 
 This troublesome disorder usually manifests itself upon the face, 
 and is, at first, a small circular eruption that enlarges in the form of 
 a ring. The cause is believed to be a minute itcli-mite which lives 
 in the skin and commits its circuitous mischief. Sometimes (tiily 
 one ring appears ; at other times there are several, each enlarging its 
 area until the face l)e<iome8 nearly covered. A frequent cause of 
 their appearing is by being shaved with a razor that communicates 
 the infection. A strong tincture of Uyo»cyamui» applied to the sur- 
 face, will generally extinguish them ; but there must be some consti- 
 tutional predisposition that favoi-s them; and therefore internal reme- 
 dies must be employed. In case of syphilitic taint, daily doses of 
 Mereurim viv. will be required. In those of strumous constitutions, 
 Calcarea, Arsenieum an \ Sepia. In those constitutionally inclined to 
 erysipelas, Rhus tax.., Duleamara, Hepar mlph. and Bryonia will be 
 found of use. Two or three doses of the remedy selected may l)e 
 administered every day; and, at the same time, the Hyoscyamu* 
 tincture may be applied externally. This treatment has been found 
 efficacious in most cases. A dilute tincture of Oantharis, applied 
 locally, is a specific. 
 
 Hives. 
 
 Small red blotches upon the skin, that bum, itch and sting, are 
 usually called hives. They are believed to result from some de- 
 rangement of nutrition, caused by certain articles of diet. But lit- 
 tle danger attends the difficulty, unless, by exposure to cold, the 
 eruption is made to recede, and it falls upon the bowels : this, some- 
 times, in children, results in diarrhoea. Pulsatilla may be given in 
 the usual dose, three or four times a day. In young children, who 
 may be teething, Chamomilla will be found useful. If there is any 
 nausea, give Bryonia or Ipecac^ and the derangement will be cor- 
 rected very soon, Vroton tig. is a fine general specific. 
 
 Varicose Veins. 
 
 The external veins upon the lower limbs sometimes become con- 
 gested and enlarged, and are termed "varicose." Inflammation 
 sometimes attends this difficulty, and terminates in varicose ulcers. 
 The best remedy known for simple varicose veins is Hamamelis Virg. 
 Pulsatilla is believed to be useful, and also Lachesis. Either of these 
 remedies may be administered three times a day. The Hamamelis 
 
IN. 
 
 |)H Sulphur. In tliH ner- 
 11(1 Coniuni. TIk n'tncdy 
 w\ce 11 (lay until I'uliuvtMl, 
 }. 
 
 'Jircinnatus. 
 
 feats itself upon the face, 
 ut enlarges in the form of 
 nute itch-mite which lives 
 liHchief. Sometimes only 
 Hevenil, each enlarging iU 
 id. A frequent cause of 
 razor that communicatcH 
 yamuD applied to the sur- 
 ihere must be some con.sti- 
 id therefore internal reiiie- 
 ilitic taint, daily doses of 
 of strumous constitutionH, 
 [Jonstitutionally inclined to 
 Iph. and Bryonia will be 
 3 remedy selected may Ixj 
 me time, the Hyoscyamm 
 treatment has been found 
 bure of Cantharis, applied 
 
 burn, itch and sting, are 
 [ to result from some de- 
 articles of diet. But lit- 
 by exposure to cold, the 
 on the bowels : this, some- 
 *ul8atilla may be given in 
 In young children, who 
 d useful. If there is any 
 derangement will be cor- 
 leral specifict 
 
 IS. 
 
 bs sometimes become con- 
 • varicose." Inflammation 
 minates in varicose ulcers. 
 le veins is Hamamelis Virg. 
 ) Lachesis. Either of these 
 38 a day. The Hamamelis 
 
 niHKAHKS OK TIIK .SKIN. 
 
 647 
 
 may 1)0 ftp[)lied oxteriially wImmi adniinistorcd inUrniilly For vari- 
 cose ul(;ei-s, Arnlcii may Im* given in {\\v. inlliunniatoiy stiigc, and 
 /lipitr tiulph.idU'r: wlnsn ulctMiilion lakes |»liice, /Irc.'^/iv/w and (Mr- 
 III! lU'ifetabUin may Ihj calhtd inti> \im\ A dose every day will hasten 
 a cure. 
 
 Felons. 
 
 Fklonr commence at the l)one, lieneath the periosteum or mem- 
 brune that surrounds it. They are very painful, and most commonly 
 make their appearance on the lingers or thumbs ; at first a prickling 
 sensation is experienced, as from a splinter, and then a sensation of 
 heat attended with intense pain, depriving the suff 'er of rest or 
 sleep. The skin becomes changed in color at the sur ts and there 
 is painful tinobbing and swelling. The most speedy cure for a felon 
 is to thrust in the 1 inoet to the bone, and give vent to the matter 
 jjeneath tiie membrane ; and, afterwa'ds, an application of warm flax- 
 seed poultices will keep the sore discharging. Previous to lancing, 
 resort has sometimes Injen had to soaking the part in hot water to 
 which Ammonia has been added, to ripen and prepare the way for 
 the matter to come to the surface. Hepar nulph., ttiken internally, 
 exerts a benelieial influence in hastening suppuration. After a resoit 
 to the lancet is had, Silicea is a valuable remedy to hasten a cure. 
 For the constitutional disturbance which felons excite, Aconite may 
 be given to reduce arterial excitement ; Arnica, to remove soreness ; 
 Niix vomica, to al '.ay an irritable condition of the stomach ; and Sul- 
 phur, to fortify the system against the recurrence of the difficulty. 
 It is always well to keep the l^-^iid at rest until the pain and inllam- 
 maticu has subsided. 
 
 Tetter. Salt Rheum.— Herpes. 
 
 Tetter is an inflammatory disease of the skin, which, for the most 
 part, appears upon exposed surfaces, — the hands and the face, — 
 though sometimes it comes on the arms and legs. It is a red, scaly 
 or burning eruption, very stubborn in its character, and painful. It 
 sometimes becomes complicated with constitutional erysipelas and 
 causes swelling and infiltration of the cellular tissues around the 
 eyes ; affects the ears and nose ; breaks out on the backs of the 
 hands and arms, and in the bend of the elbow-joint, causing the skin 
 to crack and become exceedingly soro. Sometimes the tetter is dry, 
 sometimes humid ; and at others scaly. For dry, burning tetter, Ar- 
 mnicum is a valuable remedy. If there is feverish heat in the skin 
 generally, Aconite and a lotion of tincture of Aconite may be a^)- 
 plied externally. When the skin cracks and is dry, it may be 
 anointed with the glycerole of Aloe». The burning may be some- 
 what allayed by applying, with a down-brush, a little rye-flour. Sepia, 
 Qalearea and Dulcamara are also valuable remedies for diy tetter. 
 
 ismssmM.^^^^^w^^^'^^mf^f^ 
 
648 
 
 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 
 
 The remedies, when selected, must be used persistently, two or three 
 doses a day. For humid tetter, Bhux tor., Conimn and Sulphur may 
 be employed. The Rhus tox. may be given at first and repeated 
 every six hours. A lotion of twenty drops of the tincture in half a 
 tumbler of water may be applied externally ; and a similar prepara- 
 tion of Conium may be used externally when this remedy is adminis- 
 tered internally. When humid tetter smarts, and the skin is broken, 
 cold cream may also be applied. For the scaly tetter, Calcarea carb. 
 may be given persistently three times a day ; if this fails. Sepia, es- 
 pecially if the face is implicated. When the eyes or ears are affected 
 and swollen Mhus tox. and Belladonna may be given alternately every 
 three hours until better. In all caaes of tetter of the furfuraceous 
 type, Natrum muriaticum may be found of service when other reme- 
 dies fail. Cantharis is account( ^ a general specific. All persons af- 
 flicted with the disease should refrain from the use of salt provisions, 
 pork, rich gravies and the like ; for these articles of diet heat the 
 blood and augment the suffering. 
 
 Scrofula. 
 
 This disease shows itself in swelling of the glands and sores upon 
 the face, neck and extremities. To rid the blood of this discrasia, 
 Arsenieum may be given when there are sores or ulcers affecting the 
 soft parts. Sores around the mouth and upon the faces of scrofulous 
 children may be cured with Pulsatilla or Bryonia. For swelling of 
 the glands, give Mercurius three times a day ; and, if there is a ten- 
 dency to suppuration, give Hepar mlph. In some children of scrofu- 
 lous taint, vaccination will bring out sores on the face, hands and 
 arms. This has been ascribed to impure vaccine matter ; but this is 
 not usually the case, as the best virus ever used will often be fol- 
 lowed with this result ; and, when it is, Calcarea carb. or Silicm may 
 l)e given in daily doses till the humor disappears. Ointments that 
 simply drive these humors from the surface are pernicious and often 
 result in producing worse forms of the dist ase. Great care in refer- 
 ence to diet is necessary when these sores break out upon children. 
 They should be fed mostly upon farinaceous food. Avoid pork in 
 all its forms. 
 
 Eczema. * 
 
 This is a disease of the skin, that may be brought on by working 
 in smelting-furnaces, where the victims are all the time exposed to 
 much heat, and are obliged to work among cinders and steam. The 
 appearance of this skin-disease is that of red and inflamed spots cover- 
 ing the entire body. The biliary system seems to be much deranged, 
 and nutritive system impaired. Persons thus affected become very 
 much prostrated, and suffer intensely from the burning and smarting 
 of the eruption. Almost any severe exercise that heats the blood of 
 
 IV 
 
DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 
 
 649 
 
 rsistently, two or three 
 7iiutn and Sulphur may 
 1 at first and repeated 
 f the tincture in half a 
 and a similar prepara- 
 this remedy is adminis- 
 and the skin is broken, 
 y tetter, Calcarea carb. 
 if this fails, Sepia, es- 
 lyes or ears are affected 
 given alternately every 
 er of the furfuraceous 
 rvice when other reme- 
 [)ecific. All persons af- 
 e use of salt provisions, 
 -tides of diet heat the 
 
 I glands and sores upon 
 blood of this discrasia, 
 1 or ulcers affecting the 
 
 the faces of scrofulous 
 onia. Fof swelling of 
 ; and, if there is a ten- 
 lome children of scrofu- 
 )n the face, hands and 
 iine matter ; but this is 
 used will often be fol- 
 rea carb. or Silicm may 
 pears. Ointments that 
 re pemiciious and often 
 e. Great care in refer- 
 eak out upon children. 
 
 food. Avoid pork in 
 
 brought on by working 
 11 the time exposed to 
 inders and steam. The 
 id inflamed spots cover- 
 is to be much deranged, 
 .8 affected become very 
 e burning and smarting 
 that heats the blood of 
 
 those usually forced to live upon an indifferent diet of unwholesome 
 food will become subject to eczema. To treat this difficulty success- 
 fully is, first to regulate the biliary system by three or four doses of 
 Nux vomica or Mereurius viv., for several days ; and then follow with 
 Arsenicum, Tartar emetic, Petroleum or Antimonium crudum, three or 
 four doses every day ; and, as soon as the appetite and stomach will 
 permit, furnish the patient with a generous diet, and let him change 
 liis employment for one of less exposure. 
 
 Liver Spots. — Maculce, Moss. 
 
 This affection consists of discolored spota upon the skin of the 
 face, sometimes covering the surface of the forehead with dark dis- 
 colorations of the skin. Derangements of the liver are believed to be 
 the cause ; and, although these discolorations are not painful (except 
 to the mind), they often mar the countenance and annoy those smit- 
 ten with these marks. They can be removed with appropriate reme- 
 dies. Sepia is one of the most prominent. Chelidonium, given the 
 same, is useful. A dose should be given morning and evening per- 
 sistently, until the color fades and the spots disappear. To facilitate 
 this, let the patient a^^oid coffee, milk, eggs and all oily food. An 
 animal diet, of the lean of well-fed beef and mutton, is preferable, 
 with bread. Potatoes, and esculents of every kind, may be allowed ; 
 but gravy and mutjh butter are pernicious ; as are stimulants, such 
 as malt liquors and highly seasoned soups. 
 
 Scurvy. 
 
 Persons so situated as to be obliged to subsist upon salt provi- 
 sions are liable to become affected by a disease termed " scurvy." It 
 manifests itself in scorbutic eruptions upon the skin, and by an in- 
 flamed and sore condition of the gums, which sometimes become so 
 much affected as to cause the teeth to become loose. The want of 
 fresh vegetables or lemons, oranges and other fruits, is believed to be 
 sufficient to cause the difficulty. To cure the disorder, a wholesome 
 diet must be provided, with plenty of fruit, fresh provisions and vege- 
 tables. The only remedy necessary to carry off the difficulty, after 
 providing the proper diet is Natrum muriatieum, three doses a day, 
 — morning, noon and night. Mercuriu9 viv.. Nitric acid and Muri- 
 atic add are also remedies that have been employed. 
 
 B&rber's Itch. — Sycosis Mentagra. 
 
 This is exclusively a disease of the male sex and occurs about the 
 time the beard begins to grow thick and hard. The disease is sup- 
 posed to be contracted by using bad soap upon the face, when shav- 
 ing or washing the beard. A dull razor, that pulls and irritates the 
 
 ; 
 
650 
 
 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 
 
 skin, may form the nucleus of the difficulty. In laboring people, ex- 
 posed to dust, especially of tobacco, and where there is not particulai 
 pains in washing out the dust frequently, the disease is likely to be 
 generated. The disease resembles, in some degree, the herpes of the 
 lips, makes its fii-st appearance on the chin in small clusters of red 
 pimples, or tubercles, each of which is perforated with a hair. These 
 pimples increase in size and disgusting appearance, though not pain- 
 ful, until arrested by some remedial means. Graphites, in daily 
 doses, has often cured. Mtrie acid, also, twice a day, has proved ef- 
 ficient. Aurum muriaticum, alone, will cure cases in those having 
 psoric or syphilitic taint. Silicea, Carbo animalia, Hyoseyamus tinc- 
 ture (externally), are also good remedies. Nitric acid may be ap- 
 plied in a diluted form, externally, and also Sulphur ointment. A 
 solution of Iodide of Potass., two grains to an ounce of water, applied 
 several times daily, cures stubborn cases. 
 
 i 
 
 I ' 
 
In laboring people, ex- 
 B there is not particular 
 ! disease is likely to be 
 legree, the herpes of lh( 
 n small clusters of red 
 ited with a hair. These 
 irance, though not pain- 
 Graphites, in daily 
 ce a day, has proved ef- 
 i cases in those having 
 maliB, Hyoscyamua tine- 
 Nitric acid may be ap- 
 
 Sulphur ointment. A 
 ounce of water, applied 
 
 DISEASES OP THE ORGANS OF 
 CIKCDLATION. 
 
 The heart, its appendages and valves ; the pericardium or mem- 
 brane that covers the heart ; the nerves that are distributed to the or- 
 gan, as well as the arteries and veins, — are embraced in the organs 
 of circulation. 
 
 Inflammation of the Heart. — Endocarditis. 
 
 When a sharp pain is sometimes felt in the region of the fifth rib, 
 with quick pulse, flushed face, and hurried respiration, there are in- 
 dications of endocarditis. Aconite in the usual dose may be given 
 every hour until the frequency of the pulse is diminished ; Verat. 
 viride, if Aconite fails to reduce the pulse in twenty-four houre. If 
 the disease has been brought on by a shock or injury, Arnica ; if from 
 excessive grief, Ignatia ; if from cold, Arsenicum ; if it is the sequel 
 of inflammatory rheumatism, Pulsatilla ; if the disease terminates in 
 dropsy of the pericardium or chest. Apis mellifica. Let the diet be 
 simple and easy of digestion. 
 
 Inflammation of the Pericardium. — Pericarditis. 
 
 AoiTTB inflammation of the pericardium is denoted by symptoms 
 much the same as those attendant on endocarditis, and may be 
 brought on by a cold, a sudden check of perspiration, or simultanb- 
 ously with a sudden attack of inflammatory rheumatism. Aconite re- 
 peated every hour. Pulsatilla or Bryonia may follow in the usual 
 dose, and be repeated every hour until a change occurs. The peri- 
 cardium, being a serous membrane, is liable to a profuse collection of 
 serum about the heart. Apis mellifica in the usual dose every two 
 hours will be likely to give relief; Apocynum and Helleborus niif. are 
 also remedies that may be employed in curing this trouble. If the 
 heart palpitates severely, give Pulsatilla or Digitalis. Diet simple 
 and nutritious and free from any exciting stimulants. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of tlie Pericardium has similar symptoms, 
 but not so severe. It often attends the gout, and is treated with the 
 same remedies. Colchicum is a valuable remedy, and may be given 
 three times a day, in usual doses. Sulphur is often useful. 
 
 661 
 
T 
 
 652 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF CIRCULATtON. 
 
 Chronic Perlcardltia may sometimes be cured by Calcarea or Ly- 
 copodium. Aurum muriaticum and Spigelia are called into requisi- 
 tion when there is irregulatity of the heart's action, Arsenicum when 
 there is a burning sensation accompanying the pain. Diet, if the 
 stomach will bear it, may be quite generous. 
 
 Dilatation of the Cavities of the Heart. 
 
 This trouble is manifest from a more perceptible action of the 
 heart than is normal; its motion being more violen; Lachesis when 
 there is a disposition to sigh ; Belladonna if there is a tendency of 
 blood to the head ; Digitalis if there is a quick, full pulse ; or Verat. 
 viride; Aconite if there is fever ; Pulsatilla if there is rheumatism of 
 the joints at the same time. 
 
 Imperfect Action of the Valves of the Heart. 
 
 A DIFFICULTY such as this is not denoted by any one set of symp- 
 toms, but it may give rise to various sufferings, such as fainting, 
 rush of blood to the head, apoplexy and convulsions. Fainting re- 
 quires Pulsatilla, China, Bryonia and Rhus. Rush of blood to the 
 head, Belladonna ; apoplexy. Aconite, Belladonna and cold applica- 
 tions to the head ; convulsions require Chamomilla, Belladonna, Hyos- 
 cyamus and Digitalis. Whichever remedy is selected may be given 
 every half-hour until relief is obtained, or change. Spasmodic pains 
 about the heart from some sudden excitement, Qelsemium. 
 
 Aneurism of the Aorta. 
 
 Thts 18 a rupture of some of the coats of the great artery, and 
 which so weakens the rest that they lose their tenacity, and bulge 
 out so as to impair its function. It often is very painful and pulsates 
 in a frightful manner. Aconite, Bryonia, Digitalis, Zinc, Lachesis 
 and Ehus tox. are remedies that may be consulted. Either will re- 
 lieve, under certain eonditions. Tl^d usual dose may be repeated 
 every two hours. 
 
 Inflammation of tlie Arteries may be relieved by the persistent 
 use of Aconite, and inflammation of the veins by Phosphorus, Rama- 
 melis or Rhus tox. Arteritis and phlebitis are both formidable dis- 
 eases, and require the attendance or care of a physician. 
 
3ULAT!0N. 
 
 red by Calcarea or Ly- 
 ire called into requisi- 
 iction, Arsenicum when 
 the pain. Diet, if the 
 
 f the Heart. 
 
 rceptible action of the 
 dolen ; Lachesis when 
 there is a tendency of 
 t, full pulse ; or Verat. 
 there is rheumatism of 
 
 > of the Heart. 
 
 by any one set of symp- 
 ings, such as fainting, 
 ivulsions. Fainting re- 
 Rush of blood to the 
 onna and cold applica- 
 milla, Belladonna, Hyos- 
 selected may be given 
 mge. Spasmodic pains 
 b, Q-elsemium. 
 
 trta. 
 
 if the great artery, and 
 leir tenacity, and bulge 
 ery painful and pulsates 
 Digitalis, 2jinc, Lachesis 
 isulted. Either will re- 
 dose may be repeated 
 
 Lieved by the persistent 
 8 by Phosphorus, Hama- 
 re both formidable dis- 
 i physician. 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING THE VAEI0U8 
 
 ORGANS. 
 
 Simple Fever. 
 
 This disease is a simple accelemtion of the pulse, with flushes of 
 heat ; and when brought on by fatigue, give four globules of Ami- 
 i-a ; if from cold. Aconite; if from grief, Ignatia ; if from indiges- 
 tion. Belladonna ; if from dampness and chill, Oelsemium or Rhus 
 tax. 
 
 Inflammatory Fever. 
 
 In most cases this disease commences with pain in the head and 
 full pulse, more or less thirst, loss of appetite, constipation of the 
 bowels and dry, hot skin. One drop of the dilution, or four globules, 
 of Aconite may be given in the first stage, every hour, until the skin 
 becomes moist, and the pulse somewhat reduced. Belladonna may 
 follpw Aconite, and be given in the same doses and intervals, until 
 there is a mitigation of the pain in the head ; or if the patient becomes 
 weak and subject to aggravation of suffering from the slightest 
 motion, give a drop, or four globules, of Bryonia, every hour, 
 until there is a change ; with restlessness and when from checked 
 perspiration, Mhus tox., same dose as Bryonia. In the case of uri- 
 nary obstruction give four globules of Cantharis; or of flatulent colic, 
 four globules of Ohamomilla. The diet should be farinaceous gruel 
 or toast. 
 
 Typhoid Fever. 
 
 In general, the commencement of this disease is denoted by lassi- 
 tude, headache and considerable acceleration of the pulse. Then fol- 
 low stupor or delirium, coldness of the surface and great prostration. 
 Four globules, or one drop, of Aconite may be given at first, every 
 two hours ; to reduce the pulse and moisten the skin (by many Bap- 
 tisia, in drop doses, hourly, of the tincture, is preferred to Aconite'), 
 Bryonia may be used after Aconite, a dose every three hours. If the 
 patient becomes drowsy, give Rhus tox. ; cleanse the surface of the 
 patient daily with a towel wet with tepid water ; and, if he will take 
 any nourishment, give him beef-tea or mutton-broth ; milk is allow- 
 able, and rice gruel. When convalescent, allow some light wine 
 
 653 
 
654 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 three times a ilay. For the diarrhoea of typhoid, Arsenicum^ four 
 globules, after each discharge, is good. 
 
 Bilious Remittent Fever. 
 
 This disease is so named because it comes on by considerable gan- 
 tric derangement, headache and fever, which appears to be subject to 
 elevations and depressions, without any distinct intermissions. In 
 the firat or inflammatory stage, pive four globules, or a drop, of the 
 dilution of Aconite, and follow it with a like dose of Ipecacuanha, and 
 repeat every hour, until the nausea and vomiting are bette/. If the 
 bowels are constipated, give Nux vomica at night, — a single dose of 
 four globules. If there is colic, give Colocynth. If there is vomit- 
 ing of greenish bilious matter, give Bryonia or Pulsatilla. Diet 
 same as in inflammatory fever. 
 
 Intermittent Fever. 
 
 The symptoms by which this fever is distinguished are yawning, 
 stretching, shuddering and chilliness, followed by heat, pain in the 
 back, limbs, head, etc.; and afterwards a copious perspiration, and 
 then an interim of complete intermission. Arsenicum, where the 
 chilliness and heat are simultaneous, and where, during the cold 
 stage, there is intense thirst for cold drinks ; Arnica, where there is 
 soreness of the flesh, as if bruised; Belladonna, where headache and 
 chilliness down the back ; China, where there is ringing in the ears ; 
 Sulphur, in cases of long standing, where much Quinine has been 
 given; Bryonia, where there are glairy vomitings during the chill 
 and fever, and where all the sufferings are aggravated by motion. 
 Apis, attacks chronic, and preceded by nettle-rash, — followed well 
 by Nat. mur., either to be given three times daily. All the medi- 
 cines may be administered in drop doses of the dilutions, or four 
 globules ; and repeated every two hours between the paroxysms. 
 
 Yellow Fever. 
 
 Common to the Southern States during the warm season. Nearly 
 all the symptoms of an ordinary bilious fever, in an aggravated form, 
 characterize this disease ; and the victims become so sallow, and the 
 surface so yellow, as to give rise to the name " yellow fever." When 
 the stage of febrile excitement exists, give Aconite. When the nose 
 bleeds, give Belladonna. When vomiting of black or dark bilious 
 matters occurs, give Arsenicum. For the prostration or diarrhoea, 
 give Carbo vegetabilis, and when the most offensive odor comes from 
 the breath, give Baptisia. Arsenicum and Carlo vegetabilis are the 
 most prominent remedies. The usual drop or four globule doses 
 may be repeated every two hours, and sometimes every hour. Diet, 
 — barley-water and gruel. 
 
iHlW It'r'iMlflBHBlfctr'^ 
 
 i ORGANS. 
 
 phoid, Arsenicum, four 
 
 5ver. 
 
 jn by considerable gas- 
 tppears to be subject to 
 inct intermissions. In 
 mles, or a drop, of the 
 ose of Ipecacuanha, and 
 ;ing are better. If the 
 ght, — a single dose of 
 ih. If there is vomit- 
 ia or Pulsatilla. Diet 
 
 it. 
 
 nguished are yawning, 
 3d by heat, pain in the 
 (pious perspiration, and 
 
 Arsenicum, where the 
 vheve, during the cold 
 ; Arnica, where there is 
 na, where headache and 
 e is ringing in the ears ; 
 nuch Quinine has been 
 litings during the chill 
 
 aggravated by motion, 
 le-rasb, — followed well 
 s daily. All the medi- 
 f the dilutions, or four 
 wreeu the paroxysms. 
 
 le warm season. Nearly 
 r, in an aggravated form, 
 scome so sallow, and the 
 e "yellow fever." When 
 icdnite. When the nose 
 of black or dark bilious 
 prostration or diarrhoea, 
 ffensive odor comes from 
 Oarbo vegetabilis are the 
 p or four globule doses 
 times every hour. Diet, 
 
 UISEASKS INVOLVING THE VARIOUS OUUANS. 656 
 
 Eruptive Fevers. 
 
 Nettle*Rash is a pale-red, stinging eruption, that sometimes is at- 
 tended with vomiting, and sometimes with some other derangement 
 of the stomach. Ipecac, and Nux vomica are indicated for the vom- 
 iting, and Apis mellifica, Rhus tox. and Sulphur for the burning, itch- 
 ing and stinging ; Croton tiff, cures nearly all cases, a favorite remedy 
 with physicians. Doses as usual, and repeated every hour or two 
 hours until relieved. 
 
 Scarlet-Rfish is the roseola, or red eruption, and is much like the 
 nettle-rash, only less annoying. Bryonia, Pulsatilla, are the ordinary 
 remedies ; and either may be given in doses of four globules every 
 two hours ; A jon., if wakeful and restless. 
 
 Scarlet-Fever usually begins with vomiting, quick pulse, sore 
 throat, headache and great restlessness. Belladonna, when there is 
 a bright, scarlet eruption ; Galcarea carhonica, when the child is of a 
 scrofulous habit ; Arsenicum, when there is great prostration ; Helle- 
 horus, when there are dropsical symptoms ; Bryonia, when the erup- 
 tion is slow coming out. Repeat the medicines in the usual doses 
 every hour. Diet, — nourishing drinks, toast and tea. 
 
 Measles come on with cough, pain in the head, sneezing, redness of 
 the eyes, and sometimes attended with nausea and vomiting. Bryo- 
 nia will hasten the appearance of the eruption ; Ipecac, should it 
 disappear too suddenly, with consequent increase of cough or vomit- 
 ing ; Phosphorus will obviate the inflammatory effect upon the lungs ; 
 and Drosera will cure the entailed cough. Diet, simple and light. 
 
 Erysipelas, either vesicular or phlegmonous, is denoted by a red, 
 Imrning and fiory appearance of the face, and sometimes by a bullar 
 eruption, resembling fly-blisters. Rhus tox.. Belladonna and Bryonia 
 are prominent remedies, — Belladonna, vfh.QXi the head and face are 
 most implicated; Rhus tox., when there is eruption on the extremities 
 and great weakness ; and Bryonia, when the suffering seems greatly 
 aggiavated by motion; Arsenicum, should there be great prostration, 
 thiist and restlessness, — one of the best remedies in severe cases. 
 Any of these remedies may be repeated every hour. Diet, — barley- 
 gruel, rice-water, beef-tea, mutton-broth, toast and tea. 
 
 Chicken-Pox. — A pustular eruption, attended with slight fever 
 and gastric derangement. One or two doses of Pulsatilla will gen- 
 erally remove all the suffering attendant on this disease. 
 
 Varioloid is another pustular disease, more severe, as it comes on 
 witli pain in the head and back, as if the latter would break ; and, be- 
 ing a near relation to small-pox, both may be considered under the 
 same head. 
 
666 
 
 DISEASES INYOLVIKO THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 Small-Poz, of which varioloid in a modification, comes on with in- 
 tense fever, spitting, pain in the head and back and lower extremi- 
 ties. All the sufferings are intense. Nux vomica will remove tlic 
 pain in the back ; Bryonia will hasten the eruption ; Pulmtilla will 
 aid in carrying it off. As soon as the appetite returns, feed the pa- 
 tient quite generously. In the small-pox delirium, you can give 
 Stramonium ; and to prevent pitting, break the pustules, and cover 
 them with Styptic Collodion. 
 
 Rheumatic Fevers. 
 
 Inflammatory l^heumatism is accompanied by pain in the limlw 
 inflammation of the joints, swelling of the same, and great pain and 
 difficulty in moving about. Aconite reduces the fever ; Bryonia re- 
 lieves the pain in moving about ; Pulsatilla^ the inflammation of the 
 knee-joints ; Colocynth, that of the hip-joints ; Nux vomica, the pain 
 and rheumatism of the back ; and Sulphur and Rhus, the stiffness 
 that ensues during convalescence ; Rhus is indicated if the cause be 
 check of perspiration or exposure to wet. Diet, — bread and butter, 
 steak and other meats in moderation. ' 
 
 Chronic Rheumatism is more confined to the muscles than tlie 
 joints, and is oft«n the sequel of the acute form. Sulphur is one of 
 the remedies much relied upon in curing this disease. Nux vomica 
 may be given after Sulphur, when there is pain in the back or sciatic 
 nerve, and Rhu^ tax. when there is a general stiffness of the limbs. 
 The medicines, in the usual doses, may be repeated every two hours. 
 
 Lumbago is simply rheumatism of the back, in the lumbar region, 
 and so stiffens one that he cannot stand erect. Sulphur, four glob- 
 ules at night, and Pulsatilla, four globules in the morning, will gen- 
 erally cure this trouble. Cimidfuga is a very valuable remedy, given 
 hourly, in water. 
 
 Sciatica is simply neuralgia of the sciatic nerve and may be cured 
 in a short time by a galvanic battery. Rhus is often useful. Bella- 
 donna, or its active principle, Atropin, is a valuable remedy to ad- 
 minister internally. The diet in all forms of rheumatism, whether 
 acute or chronic, may be generous. 
 
 Toothache. 
 
 When caused by a cold, Nua; vomica ; when from caries of the 
 tooth, Mereurius viv. ; at the menstrual period, Pulsatilla ; neuralgic, 
 Belladonna or Ohamomilla ; Aconite when there is heat in the gums. 
 Dose as Tisual, repeated every hour. 
 
-* -^- Mitiii I '<ifiiinii 
 
 itA'^ft-*\'- 
 
 as ORQANS. 
 
 •fttion, comes on with in- 
 ack and lower extremi- 
 vomica will remove the 
 iruption ; Puhatilla will 
 ite returns, feed the pii- 
 delirium, you can give 
 the pustules, and cover 
 
 PS. 
 
 led by pain in the limhs 
 }ame, and great pain and 
 I the fever ; Bryonia re- 
 , the inflammation of the 
 bs ; Nux vomica^ the pain 
 and Rhus^ the stiffness 
 indicated if the cause be 
 [)iet, — bread and butter, 
 
 to the muscles than the 
 form. Sulphur is one of 
 hia di8easi\ Nux vomica 
 >ain in the back or sciatic 
 ral stiffness of the limbs, 
 epeated every two hours. 
 
 ick, in the lumbar region, 
 ect. Sulphur, four glob- 
 in the morning, will gen- 
 ry valuable remedy, given 
 
 B nerve and may be cured 
 %s is often useful. Bella- 
 I valuable remedy to ad- 
 I of rheumatism, whether 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING TUK VAKI0U8 ORGANS. 
 
 657 
 
 when from caries of the 
 iod, Puhatilla ; neuralgic, 
 there is heat in the gums. 
 
 Diseases of the Alimentary Canal. 
 
 Inflammation of the Ton«ils is the result of a cold which affects 
 this locality, and causes a swelling and sometimes a suppuration of 
 these parts. When they fii-st begin to inflame, give Aconite, and fol- 
 low with Belladonna; repeat every two hours. Mercurius viv., 
 Lachesia and Mercurius iodatus are also good remedies. 
 
 Quinsy is the same as tonsillitis, and requires the same treatment. 
 
 Putrid Sore Throat comes on by little vesicles making their aj)- 
 pearance in the mouth and fauces, or throat, wliich soon, by reiwon 
 of a low constitutional fever, change color, run together, and consti- 
 tute the offensive sore mouth which we denominate putrid. Arseni- 
 cum, Mercurius vivus. Nitric acid and Sulphur or Sulph. acid, will gen- 
 erally cure. Dose and repetition as before. 
 
 Canker of the Mouth. 
 
 This troublesome disorder is caused by a disordered condition of 
 the stomach, and requires Arsenicum when the breath is foul, the 
 throat diy, and attended with much thirst ; Carbo vegetabilis, when 
 the system is in a low condition, and there is much coldness on the 
 surface of the body ; Dulcamara, when produced by a cold ; Hepar 
 sulph., when the canker seems indolent and slow in coming to a cri- 
 sis ; Natrum muriaticum, when it assumes the character of scurvy, or 
 Mercurius viv. 
 
 Dose and A^dministration. — Dissolve fiom two to five drops of the 
 dilution in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every two 
 hours. Diet, — • avoid salt provisions ; use meat-broths, toast and tea. 
 
 Inflammation of the Tongue. 
 
 The first indications of this difficulty are soreness and difficulty 
 in using the tongue in deglutition or eating. When caused by me- 
 chanical injury, or from accidental biting with the teeth, give Arnica, 
 four globules, and wash the mouth with a dilution of ten drops of 
 tmcture of Arnica in half a tumbler of water. If from other causes, 
 give Aconite or Belladonna in the same way. When inflammation 
 *j^*he tongue takes the form of ulcere, give Arsenicum; of blisters, 
 Mercurius or Lachesis ; when the tongue inflames and cracks, give 
 Nitric or Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Pharyngeal Sore Throat. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the pharynx or of the opening into the 
 upper portion of the passage from the mouth into the stomach. It is 
 sometimes quite serious, and is usually termed « quinsy sore throat." 
 
 ^^^^^l^^^n»^^^^^^^^^!iSS^S^^^4^S^?^^S^^^!?^t^^^^^^^ 
 
058 
 
 DISEASES INV(iI,VIN(! TIIK VAKIOUH OROANH. 
 
 Aeonite may be given at first, and thin may Ik) ff)llowe(l hy Belladovvu, 
 and this again by Mercuriun viv. Should it lx3come ovident that 8U|)- 
 puration mnst take place, give ffepar mlph. Whichevei rem»;dy ig 
 given, let it be repeated every hour until amelioration or change. 
 Baryta carb. is often the specific. 
 
 Dyspepsia, Indigestion. 
 
 Difficult digestion, whatever form it assumes, is termed dyspep- 
 sia, and must be treated in accordance with the symptoms, and the 
 cause that has produced them. Dyspepsia brought on by intemper- 
 ance in drinking intoxicating liquors requires Nvx vom. ; if from a 
 cold, and the patient is chilly and feverish. Belladonna, or perhaps 
 Bryonia ; if from eating fat meat or rich food, Pulsatilla ; if from 
 grief, Ignatia. Dose, one drop, or four globules, repeated evety three 
 or six hours, according to the degree of suffering. 
 
 Heartburn, or Waterbrash. — A burning at the pit of the stomach, 
 and a constant inclination to regurgitJite sour, acrid or bilious matter, 
 is termed waterbrash, and is but a form of dyspepsia, and indicates 
 Mercurius, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Arsenicum, Cimieifuga, etc., given 
 as above. 
 
 Cardialgia, or Qastralgia, is nearly allied to the above, only at- 
 tended with pain in the stomach, as well as burning, sour or acrid 
 risings. Arsenicum, Nux vomica, Bryonia, Calcarea, Ohamomilla, 
 Coffea, Oolocynth, and Pulsatilla are remedies indicated in this diffi- 
 culty ; and each may be gfiven and repeated every hour, iu the usual 
 doses, until relieved. 
 
 Dyspeptic Headache is simply a sympathetic action of the stoma.:h 
 upon the head, causing considerable pain. Bryonia, Belladonna. (Joe- 
 cuius, Nux vomica and Arsenicum constitute the group of remedies to 
 give relief or cure. When cold water, taken into tjie stomach, is 
 found to disagree with the stomach, either Nux vomica, Arsenicum, 
 Pulsatilla or China will afford relief. When any kind of food disa- 
 grees with the stomach, causing distress and headache, give either 
 Ferrum, Camphor, Chamomilla, Pulsatilla or Sulphur, in the usual 
 dose of one drop cr four globules. If caused by beer, Colocynth ; by 
 milk, Calcarea, Pulsatilla, Nux vomica. When animal food proves 
 difficult of digestion, or fat meat, gravies, or drawn butter, Pulsatilla, 
 lynatia, Nux vomica, Cocculus, etc. Dyspepsia is so common a dis- 
 ease, and afflicts so great a variety of temperaments and habits, we 
 will be explicit in pointing to specific treatment. For hypochondria- 
 cal persons. Sulphur, Nux vomica, Ignatia ; for hysterical persons. 
 Sepia, Pulsatilla, Hyoscyamux and Lachesis ; for those of a sanguine 
 temperament, Nux vomica ; for the 8ymj)athetic, Pulsatilla ; for the 
 bilious, MercuritiM viv.; and for the melancholic, Nitric and Fhoii- 
 phoriv acid, Aurum metallicum, etc. When those of a nervous tem- 
 
OUH OROANS. 
 
 followed by Belladnvmu 
 become oviuent that Hup- 
 h. Whichevex reintuly is 
 L amelioration or change. 
 
 jtion. 
 
 ssumes, is termed dyspep- 
 h the symptoms, and the 
 broujifht on by intemper- 
 ires Nux vom. ; if from a 
 ,h, Belladonna, or perhaps 
 food, Pulsatilla ; if from 
 jules, repeated every three 
 ffering. 
 
 ig at the pit of the stomacli, 
 ur, acrid or bilioud matter, 
 if dyspepsia, and indicates 
 -wm, Vimidfuga^ etc., given 
 
 lied to the above, only at- 
 as burning, sour or acrid 
 iia, Calcarea, Ohamomilla, 
 iies indicated in this diffi- 
 }d every hour, in the usual 
 
 uhetic action of the stoma ih 
 Bryonia, Belladonna. Hoc- 
 be the group of remedies to 
 taken into tjie stomach, is 
 ler Nux vomica, Arsenicum, 
 hen any kind of food disa- 
 and headache, give either 
 I or Sulphur, in the usual 
 ised by beer, Colocynth ; by 
 When animal food proves 
 or, drawn butter, PulmtHU. 
 Depsia is so common a dis- 
 mperaments and habits, we 
 atment. For hypochondria- 
 tia ; for hysterical persons. 
 «8 ; for those of a sanguine 
 :>athetic, Pulsatilla ; for the 
 slancholic. Nitric and Pho»- 
 len those of a nervous tero- 
 
 mSKASES INVOLVINC TIIK VARIorK OHOaNS. 
 
 (ir>9 
 
 peniniont are afHictcd with dyspcpsiii, we find I'nlcrian, /fi/osrifamun, 
 Pulmtilln, lynatia and Moschus good n^mcdies ; tliose of a Hcrofuhms 
 habit require Calcarea, Arsenicum and Sulphur; students atllictrd 
 with dyspepsia require Nux vomica, China and Ferrum. Dose and 
 repetition at} before. 
 
 5ea-5ickness. 
 
 There is no remedy that will prevent sea-sickness and no condi- 
 tion of health capable of always resisting it. Hut the effects of the 
 sickness, which are often distressing, (fan he removed by Coceulus, 
 Nux vomica and Ignatia. If there remains an inclination to retch 
 after the sickness has passed, give Ipecac, Petroleum is often taken 
 as a preventive with success. 
 
 Mucous Vomiting. 
 
 This is simply sickness at the stomach, which may arise from its 
 irritable condition, and result in vomiting of slime or mucus. The 
 remedies that will obviate the difficulty are Ipecac, Rheum, Pulsa- 
 tilla and Veratrum. ^ Usual dose and repetition. 
 
 Vomiting of Blood. 
 
 This may be caused by mechanical injury of the stomach, and re- 
 quires Arnica; if caused by pregnancy, Arsenicum ; if from retained 
 menses, Phosph. or Pulsatilla ; if from acrid humore, Arsenicum or 
 Ipecac. ; if from suppressed eruption, Sulphur, 
 
 Gastritis, or Inflammation of the Stomach. 
 
 This is indicated by severe pain in the stomach, continuous vom- 
 iting, heat over the region of the stomach, quick and feeble pulse, 
 cold feet and pain in the head. The remedies for gastritis are Acon- 
 ite, Bism. subnit., Arsenicum, Belladonna, Ipecac, Tart, emetic, Vera- 
 trum, Lobelia and Cocculus, and sometimes Nux vomica. Dose and 
 repetition as usual. 
 
 Qastrodynia, or Cramps in the Stomach. 
 
 A PAIN in the stomach, with cramp, is very distressing and can- 
 not be mistaken ; for the cramp is a sudden spasmodic action of the 
 muscles of the stomach, which seems like taking the breath out of 
 one. Pulsatilla, Nux vomica and Colocynth are the remedies. Any 
 one of them will be likely to afford prompt relief. Dioscorca is use- 
 ful. 
 
 ■ 
 
 T ^ri^ sjg a fc-i agBKSfeaMej ai te '' 
 
G60 
 
 DISBABr.8 INVOLVINO THE VAKIOUh OltOANR. 
 
 Inflammation of the Bowels. 
 
 A SEVERE pain in the bowels, with diatention, and euch soront-ss 
 to the touch that weight or pressure cannot Im) borne, hetokenH in- 
 flaramation. Anonite may be given in the usual doHe, every half- 
 hour at firet. If perHpiration occurs and the vomiting continucM, jrive 
 Bryonia in the same way. If there is tympanitis, or distensiun, mi 
 that percussion upon the bowels causes them to sound like a dniin, 
 Terebinthe, Araenvrum and MercuriuH must be coiwulted. If the dis- 
 charges from the l)owels, while the inflammation lasts, are acrid, give 
 Arsenicuyn, and follow with 'Bryonia. If there is strangury, or in- 
 ability to pass urine, Canthari». It would be better, in treatinj^ so 
 formidable a disease as this, to drop ten drops of the selected remedy 
 into half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonfui every half-liour, 
 or hour, until amelioration or change. Compresses on the aklonien 
 are indicated. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the BoweU. 
 
 Acute inflammation of the bowels sometimes passes off, leaving 
 them susceptible to entailed inflammation from trivial causes; the 
 mucous coat may have l)een left in a semi-ulcerated condition, fioiii 
 which there will be occasional vomiting and muco-purulent diarrlm-a. 
 The remedies *or this disease are Nitric and Sulphuric acid., Argeni- 
 cum. Sulphur and PhosphoruH. The doses may Ikj as usuP/l ; but the 
 remedy may not be repeated more than twice a day, 
 
 Inflammation of the Peritoneum. 
 
 Peritoneal inflammation is often considered in connection with 
 inflammation of the bowels, and requires nearly the same remedial 
 treatment. The disease is known by the extreme sensitiveness of the 
 abdomen to touch ; and the tenderness is so great as to be unable to 
 bear the weight of bed-clothes. Aconite given in the usual doses 
 every half-hour, until the skin becomes moist, and then Belladonna 
 or Verat. viride. If there is thxv^t., Arsenicum ; Pulsatilla; ii in fe- 
 males. Nux vomica, if the bowels are constipated. If dropsy of the 
 abdomen follow, give Hellehorus nig. or Apis mellifica. Diet, — a 
 very light gruel of corn-starch or farina. 
 
 Diarrhoea. 
 
 A looseness of the bowels, which may be watery, bilious, pappy, 
 painless or Mrith pain. A merely relaxed condition of the bowels 
 may be cured by a single dose of four globules of Pulsatilla ; or, if 
 not arrested by this, give Mercurius. A watery diarrhoea may be ar- 
 rested with Chamomilla, Nux vomica or Veratrum ; a bilious diarrhoja, 
 
 I.. 
 
ova UliOAMH. 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVINQ THE VAJtIOUS 0K0AN8. 
 
 661 
 
 Bowels. 
 
 lention, and euch Korcrn'Ms 
 ot Ihj bonie, hctokfiis in- 
 e usual dose, every lialf- 
 j vomiting continues, give 
 npunitis, or diHtensiun, so 
 m to sound like a drum, 
 be consulted. If the dis- 
 lation lii8t«, are acrid, give 
 there is strangury, or in- 
 be better, in treating so 
 ips of the selected remedy 
 ispoonfui every half-hour, 
 mpresses on the uklomen 
 
 the Bowels. 
 
 letimes passes off, leaving 
 I from trivial causes; the 
 -ulcerated condition, from 
 i muco-piuulent diarrho'a. 
 id Sulphur h acid, Arseni- 
 may Ikj as usual ; but the 
 ice a day. 
 
 eritoneum. 
 
 idered in connection with 
 nearly the same remedial 
 ctreme sensitiveness of the 
 jO great as to be unable to 
 given in the usual doses 
 loist, and then Belladonna 
 dcum ; Pulsatilla, ii in fe- 
 stipated. If dropsy of the 
 Apis mellifica. Diet, — a 
 
 ' be watery, bilious, pappy, 
 i condition of the bowels 
 Dbules of Pulsatilla; or, if 
 ivatery diarrhoea may be ar- 
 ratrum ; a bilious diarrhoea, 
 
 with Arsenicum and Mercurius ; a painless and involuntary diarrhcea, 
 with Phosphoric acid. Diarrhcea with colic requires Chamomilla and 
 Colocynth ; tinged with blood, Ipecac. ; with undigested food, Pulsa- 
 tilla. From fruit, often China. The dose and administration must 
 accord with the case. Either of the remedies may Ihj given in water, 
 a teaspoonful every hour ; five drops of the dilution, or ten globules 
 in half a tumbler of water, may be the mode of preparation. The 
 diet for persons uffering from diarrhoja may be mutton-broth, beef- 
 teu, boiled milk, or tuuut uud tuu, uu the [mtiuut may alect. 
 
 Dysentery. 
 
 One of the most formidable and prostrating diseases is dysentery. 
 It usually begins with a diarrhoea, though occasionally with constipa- 
 tion, after a season of lassitude, and increases until mucous discharges 
 from the bowels follow. The disease is characterized by much strain- 
 ing when trying to evacuate the bowels. This straining is involun- 
 tary and painful. Just before there is an inclination for a stool, there 
 is usually a sharp pain in the lower portion of the abdomen. Dysen- 
 teric discharges are mucus mixed with blood, or pure blood, or no 
 blood at all. For dysentery with no blood in the stools, and yet 
 mu(!h tenesmus. Gamboge ; when the tenesmus is low down. Aloes ; 
 when the mucus is tinged with blood, Mercurius corrosivus, the leading 
 remedy, especially if the tenesmus is painful. To aiTest a dysentery 
 where the discharges are pure blood, and very painful straining and 
 thirst, Arsenicum. For much tenesmus, and discharge of mucus 
 mixed with blood. Ipecac. Whichever remedy is administered, let 
 the usual dose be given immediately after each stool, until relieved. 
 The diet in this disease is somewhat important. Water cannot be al- 
 lowed in great quantities, but small bits of ice may be held in the 
 mouth of the patient; barley-water, flavored with lemon, may be al- 
 lowed as a drink ; rice-water ; and, if the patient has any appetite, 
 he may be allowed mutton-soup, beef-tea and lamb-broth ; but chicken- 
 broth must be entirely prohibited. Enemaa of cold water or rice-water, 
 after each diacharge, are beneficial. 
 
 Chronic Dysentery. 
 
 Symptoms much like those of the acute, but occurs frequently as 
 a weakness left after a protracted attack of the acute form. Sulphur, 
 Nulph. acid, Calcarea carb., Ferrum and Carbo vegetabilis are remedies 
 employed to overcome the difficulty. Sulphur may bo given in daily 
 doses for a while, and then Nitric acid or Sulph. acid or Calcarea, un- 
 til a cure is completed. Diet in chronic dysentery should be very 
 sustaining, and wine may sometimes be allowed. 
 
 
 mmm!^mim«j^fsm»:^i mi>f^ ' f«'m !f!!^^ 
 
662 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 i:^^ 
 
 Cholera Morbus. 
 
 This disease begins with severe pain in the stomach and bowels, 
 and then severe vomiting and purging, until seemingly there is noth- 
 ing left to be discharged from the system. Arsenicum and Verat. 
 alb. are the leading remedies ; Nux vomica may be given to stop the 
 vomiting; Ipecac, Tart, emetic, Podophyllum are severally good rem- 
 edies, and any one of them may complete the cure ; four globules 
 may be given every fifteen minutes until relief is obtained. 
 
 Asiatic Cholera. 
 
 MOBK formidable than cholera morbus is asiatic cholera, as its at- 
 jks are insidious : first, by painless uiarrhoea, which seems to indi- 
 cate that all the contents of the alimentary canal are in a soluble 
 condition. Floods of rice-water discharges pass from the bowels and 
 the same matter is vomited profusely. After a time, the lower ex- 
 tremities begin to cramp, and then the cramps come in the abdomen ; 
 and, if the disease is not arrested, the patient soon passes into collapse, 
 and then to the grave. The treatment of this disease in the early 
 stage is very important. Very few cases need to prove fatal, if timely 
 resort to the proper treatment is had. As soon as the patient is at- 
 tacked with diarrhoea, let him go to bed, and take Veratrum alb. If he 
 has great thiret, let him take Arsenicum. If without pain, Phospho- 
 ric acid. If with vomiting and purging and great prostration, Iris 
 versicolor. Other remedies, such as Materum, Secale comutum. Cam- 
 phor and Mercurius viv. may be consulted. Cuprum acet., if with 
 violent cramps. The medicines may be administered every thirty 
 minutes. In the collapse stage, give Muriatic acid, — ten drops in 
 half a tumbler of water, a teaspoonful every *-wenty minutes. But 
 little time can run to waste at any stage of the disease ; every mo- 
 ment requires vigilance and attention. Should the disease pass over, 
 and the patient is left, he must fii-st have a stimulating diet, and then 
 more and more generous, as he can bear it. 
 
 Constipation (Costiveness). 
 
 A CONFINED condition of the bowels is scarcely a disease by itself, 
 but a symptom that attends many maladies. In a torpid state of the 
 liver, it is generally manifest, and requires a treatment tending pri- 
 marily to affect this organ, and thence the bowels. When there is a 
 sense of fullness in the rectum, Bryonia ; when a tedious constipa- 
 tion, that indicates ^vesA. torpidity of the bowels, Lycopodium ; a 
 constipation following a diarrhoea requires Mercurius viv. or Sulphur ; 
 a constipation resulting from a collection of hardened faeces requires 
 Sulphur and Nux vomica, or Silicea. Two doses a day, of any of the 
 remedies, will be sufficient. A diet for those addicted to habitual 
 
 (> • 
 
us ORGANS. 
 
 niSEASES INVOLVING THE VAPIf.tUS ORGANS. 
 
 663 
 
 he stomaoh and bowels, 
 seemingly there is noth- 
 . Arsenicum and Verat. 
 lay be given to stop the 
 I are severally good reni- 
 the cure ; four globules 
 ief is obtained. 
 
 L. 
 
 asiatic cholera, as its at- 
 na, which seems to indi- 
 y canal are in a soluble 
 pass from the bowels and 
 er a time, the lower ex- 
 ps come in the abdomen ; 
 soon passes into collapse, 
 bhis disease in the early 
 1 to prove fatal, if timely 
 joon as the patient is at- 
 take Veratrumalb. If he 
 f without pain, Phospho- 
 id great prostration, Iris 
 m, Secale comutum, Cam- 
 [. Cuprum acet., if with 
 .dministered every thirty 
 atic acid, — ten drops in 
 ry <-wenty minutes. But 
 f the disease ; every mo- 
 uld the disease pass over, 
 stimulating diet, and then 
 
 ^eness). 
 
 carcely a disease by itself, 
 , In a torpid state of the 
 a treatment tending pri- 
 bowels. When there is a 
 when a tedious constipa- 
 bowels, Lycopodium; a 
 ^ercuriu% viv. or Sulphur ; 
 f hardened fseces requires 
 doses a day, of any of the 
 liose addicted to habitual 
 
 constipation is iniportiint : corn-meal mush, i)rown-bread or bran- 
 bread, prunes, apples and other kinds of fruit are recommended. 
 Give the new remedies now being used, such as Alonin, 
 
 In vermi nation ( Worms). 
 
 This trouble is indicated by the child picking its nose, and by vo- 
 racious appetite, restlessness at night, colic and sometimes diarrhoea 
 an pale expression of the face. The remedies for this difficulty are 
 Santonin, Cina, Spigelia, China and Sulphur. Santonin will suit bet- 
 ter for the long round worms, and Cina, Calcarea and Nux vomica 
 for the pin-worms. Dose and administration as usual, three times a 
 day. 
 
 Protrusion of the Intestine. 
 
 Falling of tlie bowels, as the protrusion is usually termed, is 
 caused by protracted diarrhoea, and stT.Ining at stool, while the intes- 
 tine is weak and relaxed. Podophyllum, Merciirius viv., Ignatia and 
 Aloes are remedies that will cure the difficulty. Either may be given 
 three times a day. 
 
 Inflammation of the Liver {Hepatitis) Acute or Chronic. 
 
 Denjted by pain in the right side, below the ribs, sometimes se- 
 vere and at others dull. If there is fever, give Aconite or Verat. vir- 
 ide, and follow with Mix vomica in acute hepatitis, and repeat every 
 hour until relief or change. If much thirst, give Arsenicum. In the 
 chronic form, a daily dose of Sulphur or Sepia, Mercurius viv., Nux 
 vomica, Pulsatilla or Podophyllin, will do as much for the patient as 
 any treatment in the world. 
 
 Jaundice. 
 
 When the gall-duct of the liver becomes obstructed, and the bile 
 is prevented from passing oif in the usual way, it seeks an escape 
 through the skin, and gives it a yellow color. This is jaundice. 
 Podophyllin, Chelidonium, Mercurius, Dulcamara, Leptandrin and 
 Nux vomica axe competent to cure the severest cases. Carbo vegetor 
 hilis, in a crude foim, may be given in massive doses when an offen- 
 sive odor comes frcm the mouth or breath. The {)atient, having no 
 appetite, must be supplied with some farina or rice, cooked in the 
 most delicwte way. 
 
 Inflammation of the 5pleen. 
 
 The spleen, being an associate purificatory organ with the liv^r, is 
 liable to similar alfections. When inflamed, it is manifest by pain in 
 the left side, below the ribs. The same remedies that affect the liver 
 
 .iiiBIKSlBSSW^^'"^"'- 
 
 -'^'gg,^?5a8s»gra» fli a «tf ? i'^ e^gg^ss 
 
664 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS 0BGAN8. 
 
 will also affect the spleen. For congestion of the spleen caused by 
 running, immoderate laughter, etc., Chinos a single ordinary dose, 
 will answer. 
 
 Painter's Colic. 
 
 The effects of lead upon the alimentary canal are sometimes disas- 
 trous ; and painters who work much in mixing the various prepara- 
 tions of white lead are liable to imbibe sufficient of its poisonous 
 quality to give them a most distressing colic : hence its name. The 
 remedies employed in antidoting the effects of the lead are Opiun> 
 and Alumina, or Oolocynth. Should the first-named remedy fail to 
 afford relief, try the next, and 30 on, in doses of three drops of tie 
 dilution in a spoonful of water. Olive oil, a wineglassful every three 
 hours, is good. 
 
 Piles {Hemorrhoids). 
 
 There occurs in the rectum a class of small tumors, caused by 
 congestion of the hemorrhoidal veins; and these sometimes become 
 so swollen as to protrude from the anus. Sometimes these protrud- 
 ing tumora are numerous, and resemble a bunch of grapes. They are 
 exceedingly painful, and destructive of comfort. To cure them is of 
 the utmost importance. Constipation being often one of the proxi- 
 mate causes, such remedies as overcome this condition must be called 
 into use. Nux vomica, taken at night, has often proved salutary. 
 Sulphur, when the tumors are painful and sting and burn so as to be 
 almost unbearable. For bleeding piles, Hamamelis Virginica is par- 
 ticularly recommended. For excessively burning piles, Arsenicum ; 
 and for those of a blue color, Oonium or Muriatic acid. Each of 
 these remedies may be employed in the liquid form, and three drops 
 of the dilution may be taken in a spoonful of water every night. 
 The tincture of Podophyllum is also a valuable remedy, and may be 
 administered as above ; and so also is Collinsonia. Hamamelis sup- 
 positories should be used in all cases. An injection of moderately 
 cold water will often give relief and cure the most obstinate cases. 
 Inject a quart, night and morning. Commence with a small amount 
 at first and gradually increase ; should be used with caution until it 
 is found to agree with the patient. To designate an appropriate diet 
 for one afflicted with piles requires a little care. Salt provisions 
 must generally be avoided. The free use of stimulating drinks is 
 pernicious. Bran-bread and fruits are commendable. Meats, not 
 highly seasoned, are allowable, and most kinds of vegetables. 
 
 Itching of the Anus, which sometimes is a concomitant of piles 
 and sometimes of worms, is cured in the first instance with Sulphur 
 and in the latter with Oina. The usual dose should be given night 
 and morning. j 
 
rs OKGANS. 
 
 )f the spleen caused by 
 a single ordinary dose, 
 
 ,nal are sometimes disas- 
 ing the various prepani- 
 fficient of its poisonous 
 : hence its name. The 
 of the lead are Opim> 
 jfr-named remedy fail to 
 s of three drops of tie 
 wineglassful every three 
 
 small tumors, caused by 
 these sometimes become 
 lometimes these protrud- 
 nch of grapes. They are 
 fort. To cure them is of 
 ; often one of the proxi- 
 
 condition must be called 
 s often proved salutary, 
 ting and burn so as to be 
 mamelis Virginica is par- 
 urning piles, Araenieum; 
 Muriatio acid. Each of 
 lid form, and three drops 
 ul of water every night, 
 able remedy, and may be 
 limonia. Hamamelis sup- 
 1 injection of moderately 
 the most obstinate cases. 
 lence with a small amount 
 used with caution until it 
 ignate an appropriate diet 
 tie care. Salt provisions 
 
 of stimulating drinks is 
 )mmendable. Meats, not 
 inds of vegetables. 
 
 is a concomitant of piles 
 irst instance with Sulphur 
 lose should be given night 
 
 DISEASES OP VARIOUS ORGANS 
 AND REGIONS. 
 
 Passage of Qall-5tones. 
 
 The passage of gall-stones is attended by severe pain in the region 
 of the stomach, obliging one to writhe in agony, and roll from side to 
 side. The strongest men become subdued when suffering from the 
 passage of these concretions. The pain resembles an intense colic ; 
 and sometimes the agony produced by biliary calculi goes under the 
 name of bilious colic. In addition to the pain occasioned by the con- 
 cretions, there may be vomiting, headache, cold extremities and sal- 
 low complexion. To relieve the suffering, resort has been had to 
 Morphine and Opium ; but these sedatives only prolong the difficulty. 
 They afford only temporary relief from pain and the use of them must 
 be discouraged. Cathartics, on the whole, have failed of accomplish- 
 ing the purpose, and only weaken the patient. Homoeopathic reme- 
 dies have sometimes afforded prompt relief ; but, as a general thing, 
 the success attending the most perfect affiliations of indicated reme- 
 dies has not been great. The most modern treatment for biliary cal- 
 culi is to administer to the patient from two to four ounces of pure 
 Olive oil, the laxative effect of which has gently moved the bowels, 
 and brought from the gall-duct large numbers of the concretions, 
 sometimes a dozen or more ; after which, the blackness of the coun- 
 tenance will begin to disappear, the indurations found in the region 
 of the liver become lessened, and the appetite returns. When attacks 
 of bilious colic occur, it is not always certain that the gall-duct is ob- 
 structed with stones. Therefore, Colocynth, in the usual dose, may 
 afford prompt relief ; even when gall-stones have been present, and 
 the suffering and agony are indescribably gfreat, Pulsatilla has cured. 
 When there is severe pain and induration in the region of the liver, 
 a dark, sallow countenance and black circles around the eyes, much 
 relief has been obtained by the use of Arsenieum. When there re- 
 main black spots or discolorations upon the face. Sepia, When there 
 is much vomiting during an attack. Ipecac. External applications 
 sometimes prove useful. Emollient poultices applied to the region 
 of the pain have proved beneficial. The pain attending the passage 
 of biliary concretions has sometimes been mistaken for chronic in- 
 flammation of the stomach ; and, on this account the remedies have 
 
 tJSWWiVSS?' 
 
 ■MiaMi tfiO W tfttCa^ ia^iBfcgltBJl^waiBtWwWt^^ ^iimffx^r- 
 
i 
 
 666 
 
 DISEASES OP VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 failed to control the suffering. Very many persons suffering from 
 chronic liver-complaint become victims to the suffering produced by 
 gall-stones, and should restrict themselves to a simple but nutritious 
 diet. After an attack, the olive oil should be taken for at least six 
 months, a tablespoonful on retiring, each night. 
 
 Cancer of the Liver. — Schirrm. 
 
 In the event of a constant suffering in the right side, with apparent 
 hard protuberances, while, at the same time, there are dark circles 
 around the orbits of the eyes, and when there are shooting or lancin- 
 ating pains darting from the indurated protuberances, a cancer may 
 be suspected. If not too far advanced, it may be cured by the use 
 of Arsenicum^ when there is much thirst and dryness of the mouth, a 
 white coating upon the tongue, and considerable prostration. Conium 
 maculatum nay be given three times a day when there is pain in the 
 right side, as if constricted by a band, or tearing and stretching in 
 the region of the liver, and colicky, abdominal spasms. 
 
 Cancer of the Stomach. 
 
 This formidable disease often comes on insidiously and the victim 
 supposes himself to be a sufferer from an aggravated form of dyspep- 
 sia. Severe anxiety and trouble are supposed to have a serious in- 
 fluence in the production of the disease. A constant irritation of the 
 mucous lining of the stomach may terminate in the difficulty. The 
 chief symptoms denoting the presence of cancer in the stomach are 
 great depression of spirits, a downcast countentance, a pinched ap- 
 pearance of the nose, with the corners of the mouth drawn down, and 
 also a constant inclination to retch and vomit dark matter, somewhat 
 resembling coffee-grounds, and also severe cutting or shooting pains 
 in the stomach, with intense thirst. Nux vomica has sometimes cured 
 cancer of the stomach. The indications for its use are intensely bit- 
 ter eructations, and spitting up of dark matter ; and also when the 
 eructations are followed by vomiting of sanious or bloody matter. 
 When the patient has suffered greatly from anxiety and d3rspepsia, 
 l^natia may be given, instead of Nux vomica. When the tumor can 
 be diagnosed or discovered by external manipulation, Arsenicum and 
 also Oonium may be given twice a day. Oocculus also may be given 
 when the nausea and vomiting are similar to that '-roduced by riding 
 in a carriage, or sea-sickness. When one has su ^ered many yeara 
 from dyspepsia, and then begins to emaciate and spit up this dark 
 matter, Nux vomica given persistently is most likely to be of service. 
 The patient should subsist upon broths, beef-tea and the most deli- 
 cate farinaceous diet. . 
 
 b " 
 
 • ^BK flsK-iaiB^.iV. 
 
Jt.-'. - -.- 
 
 1 REGIONS. 
 
 [)er8on8 suffering from 
 suffering produced by 
 
 i simple but nutritious 
 taken for at least six 
 
 t. 
 
 Schirrus. 
 
 ight side, with apparent 
 there are dark circles 
 are shooting or lancin- 
 berances, a cancer may 
 ly be cured by the use 
 dryness of the mouth, a 
 le prostration. Oonium 
 hen there is pain in the 
 iring and stretching in 
 il spasms. 
 
 lach. 
 
 aidiously and the victim 
 fravated form of dyspep- 
 d to have a serious in- 
 ionstant irritation of the 
 3 in the difficulty. The 
 icer in the stomach are 
 itentance, a pinched ap- 
 mouth drawn down, and 
 b dark matter, somewhat 
 itting or shooting pains 
 lica has sometimes cured 
 its use are intensely bit- 
 ktter ; and also when the 
 mious or bloody matter. 
 L anxiety and dyspepsia, 
 I. When the tumor can 
 ipulation, Arsenicum and 
 ecultis also may be given 
 ( that produced by riding 
 has su ered many yeai-s 
 ;e and spit up this dark 
 St likely to be of service, 
 if-tea and the most deli- 
 
 DI8EA8E8 OF VAKIOUS 0B0AN8 AND RKGI0N8. GfiT 
 
 Cancer of the Intestines. 
 
 The symptoms which denote the presenlBfe of cancer of the intes- 
 tines are constant pain in the bowe) "'^ acrid discharges of black- 
 ish stools, a very black or dark appearance of the countenance, down- 
 cast expression, a constant inclination to relieve the pain by pressure 
 of the hands and arms. This affection generally terminates fatally, 
 
 the result being perforation of the bowels. When autopsy, or 
 
 post-mortem examination reveals the fact, it is then called to mind 
 that the victim has worn the expression and complained for a long 
 time in a w.iy that might have excited suspicion of the trouble. To 
 note these symptoms when they first occur may suggest a treatment 
 that possibly might avert a fatal termination. Arsenicum may be 
 given when the patient has thirst, burning pain in the bowels, and 
 hot, acrid stools ; Oonium, when the pains appear to be of a neural- 
 gic character, and persistent ; Belladonna, when there is painful dis- 
 tention of the abdomen. The diet should be tlie same as that directed 
 for cancer of the stomach. 
 
 Cancer of the 5kin. 
 
 When inflammation of the skin, or any persistent irritation, ter- 
 minates in cancer, there is a rough, hard tumor of a bluish appear- 
 ance, at first about the size of a common wart. It sometimes grows 
 into the shape of a tumor, and is the seat of sharp, shooting pains. 
 The remedy that has apparently cured this affection is Silicea, in 
 daily doses. It is particularly indicated when there is painful sore- 
 ness or sensitiveness of the skin, and an itching of the whole body ; 
 and also when there is stinging in the sore. To prevent cutaneous 
 ulcers of the skin from becoming cancerous, the same remedy may 
 be used. To prevent horny excrescences from assuming a cancerous 
 character, Oonium or Oausticum may be given in daily doses. Almost 
 any persistent irritation may assume the character of a cancer. Icho- 
 rous ulcers, fetid sor . malignant boils or ulcers, should be carefully 
 treated and cured, oi otherwise they may take on a settled or consti- 
 tutional schirrous character. The skin should be kept clean ; a flesh- 
 brush should be frequently used, and exercise in the open air is com- 
 mended. Diet free from condiments, but nutritious. 
 
 Fig-Warts. 
 
 These are excrescences upon the skin in the shape of a fig, and 
 hence their name. Nitric acid and Thuja are remedies for these ex- 
 crescences. Thuja is more particularly indicated when they bleed ; 
 Nitric acid, when they are flat; Nux vomica, when they are dry. 
 When they suppurate, or are humid. Thuja ; when they split or 
 crack, Nitric acid. Of the remedy selected, give a dose every day. 
 
 ...^ 
 
 r*wsa^ttWtsS««*^sini^pi^^ 
 
668 
 
 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND RKGI0N8. 
 
 For Common Warts, Thuja is also the chief remedy, and should be 
 given every two or three days. 
 
 Qangrene. 
 
 When one has been so long sick as to acquire bed-sores, and these 
 become black and fetid and deathlike, they are said to be gangrenous. 
 They indicate a low condition of the system, and generally indicate 
 the employment of Amenicum in daily doses, or else Lachem. For 
 dry gangrene, give Arsenicum. For that which is humid, give Ohina. 
 For that which emits an oflFensive odor, give Secale cornutum. This 
 last remedy may be given for j. angrenous blisters. The patient, if 
 he take it, should have a generous diet. 
 
 Zona, or Shingles. 
 
 In some cases, there is a zone or belt of vesicles, four or six inches 
 in width, that extends half way round the body, on the right side, 
 over the region or the liver. These vesicles appear to be filled with 
 lymph, and are prone to burn and itch to almost an unbearable ex- 
 tent. It is believed to be a concomitant of chronic liver complaint, 
 and indicates an exceedingly low condition of the blood. Rhu% tox., 
 in daily doses, will generally cure the disease. Graphites may be 
 given after Rhus tox. When there is pain in the right side and a 
 sallow complexion, give Merourius. Bryonia will eliminate the 
 eruption, and aid materially in the invigoration of the system. If 
 there is much headache, give Belladonna. If the patient is scrofu- 
 lous, give Arsenicum or Galcarea. The diet of the patient, if his ap- 
 petite will permit, should be quite generous. A little wine every 
 day is recommended. Beef or mutton without condiments, and the 
 usual vegetables, are allowed. 
 
 Nasal Polypus. 
 
 This fungous growth in one or both nostrils someumes proves a 
 serious obstruction to respiration through the nose, and can be cured, 
 in most instances, with well-chosen remedies. When both nostrils 
 are affected, give a dose of Calcarea every twenty-four hours. When 
 the polypus is in the right nostril, give Pulsatilla ; when in the left, 
 give Sanguinaria. If the nostril seems plugged, give Sepia or Silicea. 
 
 Warts on the Nose. 
 
 Warts on the nose are sometimes quite annoying, as they not only 
 are inconvenient, but often painful. It is diflScult to iet one of these 
 excrescences alone ; and, by constant irritation, it may become can- 
 cerous ; therefore, prompt treatment when they make their appear- 
 ance is requisite. Caustieum, given at first, will soon relieve the 
 nose of this appendage. 
 
REGIONS, 
 remedy, and should Ik; 
 
 re bed-sores, and these 
 said to be gangrenous, 
 ind generally indicate 
 or else Lachesis. For 
 is humid, give China, 
 'ecale cornutum. This 
 sters. ' The patient, if 
 
 cles, four or six inches 
 dy, on the right side, 
 ppear to be filled with 
 lost an unbearable ex- 
 uonic liver complaint, 
 the blood. Bhtts tox., 
 le. Graphites may be 
 1 the right side and a 
 ,ia will eliminate the 
 on of the system. If 
 the patient is scrofu- 
 f the patient, if his ap- 
 A little wine every 
 it condiments, and the 
 
 ils some limes proves a 
 nose, and can be cured. 
 When both nostrils 
 mty-four hours. When 
 tilla ; when in the left, 
 i, give Sepia or Silicea. 
 
 e. 
 
 loying, aa they not only 
 cult to let one of these 
 )n, it may become can- 
 ley make their appear- 
 , will soon relieve the 
 
 DISEASES OF VAUIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 669 
 
 Warts on the Hands. 
 
 When warts on the hands are prone to grow thick and large, and 
 appear to be seedy, Thuja in the form of lotion may be applied exter- 
 nally, while the usual dose of the same may be taken internally. Cu- 
 prum asceticum also may be taken internally, and a wash of Cuprum 
 sulph., one dram to half a pint of water, may be applied externally. 
 
 Inflammation of Glands under the Arms. 
 
 A SOBE upon the back of the thumbs, and sometimes an irritable 
 sore upon the backs of the fingers and hands, may cause soreness and 
 inflammation of the glands in the arm-pits ; that is, the inflammation 
 may be transferred to this locality from the thumb, fingers or hands. 
 At first, a slight soreness is felt under the shoulder in the arm-pit, 
 and the glands will swell and become sore to the touch ; more or less 
 fever will manifest itself at the time ; and not infrequently pain, 
 throbbing and suppuration supervenes upon the inflammation. Aco- 
 nite may be given to subdue the fever and inflammation ; ffepar sul- 
 phuris may be given to promote suppuration ; Belladonna or Bryonia 
 to prevent it. Phytolacca, also, is a most useful specific, given every 
 three hours until relieved. 
 
 Inflammation of the Qroin, Inguinal Glands. 
 
 The inguinal glands are situated in the groin; and sometimes 
 sores of an irritable character upon the toes may operate so as to 
 transfer these influences to this region, causing swelling and suppur- 
 ation. If taken in time, this soreness may amount to nothing more 
 than an uncomfortable lameness, rendering it difficult to walk. If 
 not arrested, the inflammation will pass into suppuration. Sores or 
 chancres upon the integuments of the penis may also cause inflamma- 
 tion, swelling, and even suppuration, of the inguinal glands. When 
 caused by sores on the toes, poultices of bread and milk may be ap- 
 plied to them, to draw the inflammation from the groin ; and Nux 
 vomica may be given internally, to aid in curing the difficulty. When 
 this inflammation occurs in scrofulous persons, Arsenicum may be 
 given twice a day. When the inflammation proceeds from a chancre, 
 give Merc. iod. three times a day ; when from suppressed gonorrhoea, 
 give Sulphur. Mercurial ointment may be applied to the sores, when 
 of syphilitic origin. If they occur from syphilis, Merc. iod. may be 
 given internally three times a day. 
 
 Milk Leg. — Phlegmasia Dolens. 
 
 This affection frequently occurs one week after delivery. It con- 
 sists in a swelled condition of the thigh and leg of either the right 
 
 
 I 
 
.. 
 
 670 
 
 niHEASKW OK VAKI0U8 OKliANS ANU KKOIONH. 
 
 or left side. The skin Ixjcomes tense, sore to the toucli, cBdemalous 
 or dropsical, and very sensitive. It rarely affects botli limbs at tlio 
 same time, although in some instances such is the case. It inay 
 sometimes be arrested in the incipient stage by a single dose of Aco- 
 nite. In a more advanced stage, Belladonna will have a curative ac- 
 tion ; and, wiien there is great sensitiveness of the skin, Jthun tii.v. 
 When the victims of milk leg have been aflUcted with dropsy before 
 confinement, Arseaieum may be given. In cases where women aie 
 suffering from rheumatic pains in the knees, or where there is sup- 
 pressed lochia, Pulratilla. When the bowels are constipated, Lyco- 
 podium may be given, and not repeated for several days. 
 
 j:; 
 
 Stone Bruise. 
 
 By a stone bruise is understood an injury upon the plantar, or un- 
 der surface of the foot, which becomes inflamed, painful and siiji- 
 purative. It mostly occurs with boys and girls who run barefooti'd 
 thrdugh the warm weather ; and it is believed to be the result of stej)- 
 ping forcibly upon pebbles or other hard substances. Arnica given 
 once or twice internally, and a lotion of the same applied externally, 
 will often remove the pain speedily ; but, after suppuration has taken 
 place, the sooner the matter is let out with a lancet the better. 
 
 Bunions. 
 
 These protuberances upon the joint of the great toe, or upon the 
 side of the foot immediately back of the little toe, frequently grow 
 so large as to interfere with the wearing of a shoe or a boot, and so 
 painful ivs to interfere with the comfort of the patient. In order to 
 derive any benetit from treatment, all mechanical interference must 
 be removed, the boot or slioe must be shaped to favor the tumor, and 
 then wet the tumor a number of times during the day with Amirn. 
 Antimonium crud. may be gi\en internally, or else Calcarea, Sepia or 
 Sulphur. Give but a single dose of each remedy ; after which, wait 
 with patience. If the bunion is very painful, give Calcarea; and af- 
 ter two days, give Nitric acid. If the pains are stinging, Lycopodium, 
 Silicea or Sulphur. Give a single dose of either remedy, and wait 
 forty-eight hours. A weak solution of Nitric acid will often moder- 
 ate the severe pain of a bunion in dry weather ; Bryonia will do the 
 same in cold, damp weather. Silicea or Rhus tax. will afford great 
 relief when every change of weather aggravates the pain and suffer- 
 ing. In case of bunions becoming the seat of neuralgic pain, Bella- 
 donna may be given ; and when they aie made sore by chilblains, as 
 in scrofulous persons, Arsenicum must be given. The patient must 
 not walk much, but keep the feet dressed and warm until the soreness 
 disappears.. A ])oultice of bread aud milk will softeu and mollify tlie 
 aching during a sturni. 
 
 ii^ 
 
1 
 
 IV UEOIONH. 
 
 ,o the touch, (fidematnus 
 Efects botli limbs at tho 
 h ia the case. It may 
 by a single dose of Aco- 
 
 will have a curative ac- 
 8 of tho skin, Khux tor. 
 icted with dropsy before 
 
 cases where women aie 
 )8, or where there is suii- 
 is are constipated, Lyco- 
 ieveral days. 
 
 upon the plantar, or uii- 
 iamed, painful and sup- 
 'irls who run barefooted 
 I to be the result of step- 
 ibstances. Arnica given 
 
 same applied externally, 
 er suppuration has taken 
 a lancet the better. 
 
 he great toe, or upon the 
 ttle toe, frequently grow 
 a shoe or a boot, and so 
 the j)atient. In order to 
 lanical interference must 
 d to favor the tumor, and 
 ing the day with Amim. 
 or else Calcarea, Sepia or 
 jmedy ; after which, wait 
 il, give Calcarea ; and af- 
 are stinging, Lycopodium, 
 ■ either remedy, and wait 
 rie acid will often moder- 
 iher ; Bryonia will do the 
 lhu8 tox. will afford great 
 v^ates the pain and suffer- 
 , of neuralgic pain, Bella- 
 lade sore by chilblains, as 
 fiven. The patient must 
 id warm until the soreness 
 vill soften and mollify the 
 
 mSKASKS UV VAlilUUS OUGAMti AMD KEUIUNU. 
 
 671 
 
 Hectic Fever. 
 
 The importance of this fever is so great, that, instead of elabora- 
 ting upon it under the head of " fevers," it is introduced here, be- 
 cause it should riot be confounded with other febrile diseases. There 
 is a common impression that hectic fever and consumption are one 
 and the same thing ; but this impression will be corrected when we 
 consider briefly the origin of this fever. It is sometimes intermit- 
 tent, and sometimes remittent. Often a slight chilliness is felt some 
 time during the day; and this is 'oHowed by a febrile reaction, more 
 or less severe, and of a prostrating character. Extreme debility may 
 cause a fever of this kind to spring into existence ; and, under such 
 circumstances, it may take the form of a low nervous fever, very slow, 
 and wearing upon the nutritive system. But hectic fevers show 
 themselves where there are local chronic inflammations and suppura- 
 tions, as in the case of abscesses, carbuncles, etc. They are some- 
 times caused by grief, or emotions of any kind. They are caused by 
 the loss of nimal fluids ; or they may supervene upon any pros- 
 trated condition brought on by acute disease. They result also from 
 scrofula and syphilis, and from the poisonous influences of Quinia or 
 mercurial medicines. It is probable, therefore, that hectic fever, taken 
 in time, is curable, provided the organic lesions on which it depends 
 are not of a fatal or incurable kind. That which usually accompanies 
 pulmonary tubercles* can only be overcome by curing the tuberculo- 
 sis of the lungs. We will proceed to specify the treatment according 
 to particular indications. Those springing from debility, and with a 
 slow nervous fever, require the use of China and Ansenicum. Give 
 the China every time the fever remits or intermits, — a single dose, 
 (jive Arsenicum in the same way when there is extreme prostration 
 and thii-st. Give Phosphoric acid when there is diarrhoea. When the 
 fever attends local inflammation, Arsenicum may be given, when there 
 is great emaciation and debil'ty, with palpitation of the heart, hot, 
 dry skin, and night-sweats; Calcarea, when there is constant heat 
 and little thirst, frequent flushes of heat, especially in the evening, 
 with red cheeks. Calcarea is also indicated when there is loss of ap- 
 petite, great debility and emaciation, and also paroxysms of anguish. 
 China is indicated when there is great paleness, sunken cheeks and 
 eyes, great listlessness, dry and flaci skin, great hunger or else loss 
 of appetite, and a tendency to diarrhoea. For hectic fever brought 
 on by emotions or grief, give Phosphoric acid, followed by Capsict n 
 wlien there is painless diarrhoea, sad, oppressed mood, febrile heat in 
 the evening and sweat towards morning. Give Ignatia when the pa- 
 tient weeps during the fever, and has much heat in the palms of the 
 hands. Give Graphites when the patient is pale and the heart is 
 prone to palpitate. If the fever is produced by debilitating losses, 
 give China wher from hemorrhage ; give Nux vomica when from sex- 
 
 •I 
 
 i uii. ' . i |i,n,Hjma» ' i 
 
f.72 
 
 DIHKAHKS OK VARIOUS ORGANS AND UKC.IONH. 
 
 ual oxcesscH ; Phosphoric asid wlien from diarrhoeii, .\n<l there in hc 
 celerated |)u1ho, anguish, and HweutM in tlie morning. When the fever 
 comes on after dysentery or typhus fever or cholera, give Araenieiitn, 
 if there are dysenteric discharges, and if the patient is greatly eniu- 
 oiated, and has laborious breathing, witli debility and palpitation and 
 thirst, obliging him to drink frequently. Give Oocculua when hectic 
 fever sets in after typlius, when there is great debility, and trembling 
 after the least exertion, blue margins around the eyes, dry mouth, 
 and loss of appetite, oppression of the chest, and with greiit sadness 
 and anguish. Give Veratriim album when hectic comes on aftei' 
 cholera, if there is great weakness, or cramps, or pain in the btick dI' 
 the head during the fever. When syphilis is attended with hectic 
 fever, and if the imtient has taken much Merctiry, give Aurum viur. 
 or iStannum^ when there is great emaciation, and pains in the bones, 
 and loss of appetite. Nitric acid may be given when the hectic fever 
 has been brought on by mercurial medicines, and when there is great 
 dryness of the throat and varices of the tongue. In many cases of 
 hectic fever, springing up like those named above, a careful selection 
 of the remedy, and corresponding adaptation of diet and regimen, will 
 bring about a large proportion of cures. Persons suffering from any 
 form of hectic fever should be kept in an atmosphere of uniform tem- 
 perature, — from 68° to 70° Fahrenheit, and should be supplied witli 
 generous food when the appetite will take it, and in some cases the 
 best of grape wine. 
 
 Night-Sweats. 
 
 If nightrsweats break out in particular diseases, they do not require 
 any special consideration, unless it happens to be one of the most 
 prominent symptoms ; in which case, it may constitute an important 
 indication for the selection of a remedy. A profuse perspiration of 
 this kind which affords no relief indicates Mereurius or China. Ex- 
 hausting night-sweats in the case of peraons that have become weak- 
 ened by disease or other causes, point to Carbo. vegetdbilis., Veratrum 
 album. Sulphur. But there are individuals, who appea^" to be well 
 enough otherwise, who perspire copiously every night, and sometimes 
 so profusely as to wet the bed-clothing. It would seem that sleep 
 induced some kind of labor that wrought the system up to this pitch 
 of perspiration. It is said to be most common with corpulent per- 
 sons. Such cases as only exhibit the one symptom of sweating for 
 consideration, must be treated as follows : When one begins to sweat 
 as soon as he lies down to rest at night, Arsenicum, may be adminis- 
 tered. When he fails to sweat so long as he keeps awake, give Hepar, 
 if he is corpulent ; or Oalcarea if he finds the sweats to diminish his 
 strength. If exercise of mind sets him to perspiring after gettin}? 
 into bed, give Niix vomica, if there is a sanguine temperament. If 
 the person is a good feeder, and eats heartily, and has these prostrat- 
 ing sweats at night, let him eat less, and take Pulsatilla. Exhausting 
 
n — ' ' ^ 
 
 I) IlKlilUNM. 
 
 irrlKBa, .ind thero is ac- 
 )rniiig. When the fever 
 L'holera, give Ar»enieum, 
 I patient is greatly enia- 
 ility and palpitation and 
 ve Oocculus when hectii: 
 b debility, and trembling 
 id the eyes, dry nioutli, 
 
 and with great sadness 
 1 hectic comes on afU-r 
 8, or pain in the back nf 
 
 is attended with hectic 
 injury, give Aurum mm: 
 
 and pains in the bones, 
 en when the hectic fever 
 , and when there is great 
 rigue. In many cases of 
 vbove, a careful selection 
 of diet and regimen, will 
 rsons suffering from any 
 nosphere of uniform t«;ni- 
 . should be supplied with 
 b, and in some cases the 
 
 eases, they do not require 
 1 to be one of the most 
 / constitute an important 
 k profuse perspiration of 
 Mercurius or China. Ex- 
 j that have become weak- 
 irbo. vegetahilii, Veratrum 
 J, who appeal- to be well 
 irery night, and sometimes 
 It would seem that sleep 
 le system up to this pitch 
 mon with corpulent per- 
 symptom of sweating for 
 iVhen one begins to sweat 
 rsenicum may be adminis- 
 
 keeps awake, give Hepar, 
 he sweats to diminish his 
 
 perspiring after getting 
 nguine temperament. If 
 ly, and has these prostrat- 
 le PuUatilla. Exhausting 
 
 DIHKAHKB 09 VAItlOllS OIUiANS AND KKOIONS. 
 
 678 
 
 night^tweats that occur after fatigue require Arnica and China. If 
 after severe mental lal)or, give Cocculua or Nux vomica. If from no 
 cause that can be determined, Carbo. animalit. When no fever pre- 
 cedes one of thjse exhausting sweats, and there is great debility 
 after, China, Ferrum, and Oraphiten are appropriate remedies. For 
 the exhausting night^weats that occur after masturbation, China is 
 also the remedy. If there is uncomfortable feeling alwut the head, — 
 a (hill feeling, — give Phonphoric acid. Those nightrsweata that occur 
 aftt^r excessive sexual indulgence require China., Arsenicum, and 
 Qraphitea. For niorlud sweats in general, Arsenicvm., Arnica, Bry- 
 onia, China, Ferrum, Graphites, Helleborus niij., Hyoscyamus, Ignatia, 
 Mercurius, Nux vomica, and Sulphur may be consulted. 
 
 Pulmonary Consumption. 
 
 There is reason for a distinct monograph upon this disease. Much 
 that can be done to ward off the disease by domestic treatment should 
 be done ; and, therefore, to point out a plain description and treat- 
 ment of the incipient stage is at least desirable. The cause of con- 
 sumption may be hereditivry taint or overpowering influences that 
 break down the strongest constitutions. When hereditary, it fre- 
 quently exists as a predisponent in the system until aroused by some 
 exciting cause. It is therefore of the fii-st importance to become 
 familiar with the rrieans of protecting one thus disposed from sur- 
 rounding influences that may develop the hereditary taint. When a 
 child of consumptive parents appeare to thrive well and grow, be- 
 traying no signs of disease, it is well to keep him suriounded by such 
 atmosphere, food, and clothing, as contribute to his healthy develop- 
 ment, until the age of puberty. It is at this period that changes 
 occur, more or less fraught with danger. With the male, there is 
 danger of arousing any latent tendency to pulmonary tubercles ; with 
 the female, there is danger of the menstrual function becoming so 
 feebly developed, that it acts as an excitant upon any latent discrasia 
 of the blood. Treatment is therefore required at this period, not 
 only to ob\iate any derangement consequent upon its occurrence, but 
 to aid a burthened system in bringing about this physiological change, 
 so as to answer all the demands upon it. Separate beds should be 
 insisted upon. 
 
 For males at the age of puberty, children of scrofulous parents, 
 give a dose of Calc. carb. tvdce a week, and restrict them to a strictly 
 nutritious diet, free from fat or gravy. In case of their being chil- 
 dren of parents who had tubercular disease of the lungs, give them 
 Lycopodium twice a week, or perhaps Graphites, and direct for them 
 a good diet of aniiral and vegetal ^^ food; let them avoid exposure 
 to extremes of temperature ; . let them sleep in well-ventilated apart- 
 ments : and any hereditary tendency to consumption can be overcome. 
 Should a cough ensue upon the period of pubescence, give Lyco- 
 
 J 
 
M. 
 
 !.) 
 
 674 
 
 DIHEA8K8 OF VARIOUS OKCiANH ANU RKGI0N8. 
 
 podium or Calcarea ; if a short, htvckiiig cough, give Photphonm ; if 
 a tickling oough, give Pulmtilla or Sepia. By thus watcliiiig tlm 
 first development of cough, and by giving the appropriate remedy at 
 once, the same can be cured. In funialus, when there is great debility 
 of the chest, and sometinios a slight bleeding occasionecl by a trifling 
 cough, give Sauro cerasus. Thus, by noting the slightest (l«vel()|>. 
 nient of cough at this period, and by being prompt in selecting the 
 appropriate remedy, this incipient form of consumption can be cured, 
 and sound health be established, and will remain until some otliur 
 revolution occurs to unsettle the system. Any exccHSos on the part 
 of the male must be avoided. Whatever weakens or deteriorates any 
 of the functions may prove an exciting cause, so long as there is any 
 predisposing influence in the system. On the part of females, there 
 is danger at the period of the first pregnancy. This revohition will 
 either make further improvements in the direction of sound health, 
 or it will arouse unfavorable influences that depress and ruin it. Thus 
 it may seem plain that consumption may be successfully treated in 
 its incipient stage, whether it shows itself early or late in lift;. If 
 there is indication of its approach after a fever, give China ; if after 
 excessive fatigue, give Lycopodium or Stannum. If excessive venery 
 causes a development of consumptive symptoms, give Arsenicum or 
 China ; if the shock of labor produces depressing effects, give Arnica, 
 China, and ArBenicum / and if cough ensues, give Bryonia or Pho»- 
 phorus, and a well-regulated diet. It is believed, that, in a majority 
 of instances, hereditary consumption can be erased from the family 
 record by carefully waging a warfare upon the fitst approach of the 
 enemy. 
 
 But a different aspect presents itself in that form of consumption 
 which comes on by reason of a good constitution having been over- 
 taxed and worn out. A cold, badly treated, may leave behind a per- 
 manent irritation even upon the most naturally healthy constitutions. 
 A cough from a cold is not to be trifled with; therefore, attend to 
 the slightest cough. Nux vomica may remove a cough brought on hy 
 a cold, if given at once ; a dry, hollow, or hoarse cough may be cured 
 with ffepar sulph. ; a cough with heat of the chest and soreness of 
 the lungs may be cured with Bryonia. Long exposure to cold that 
 chills the whole system may be followed by a violent fever that fixt : 
 itself upon the lungs, producing violent inflammation ; and this, if 
 improperly treated, may end in consumption. Almost any acute dis- 
 ease, badly treated, m.ay terminate in fatal consuii^^ption ; therefore, 
 when any interruption occurs in the function of respiration, it is 
 more or less dangerous. The slighter the interruption the better, 
 and the more easily can it be removed. But it must not be neglected. 
 An exceedingly slight capillary congestion, if neglected, may become 
 chronic, and end in tuberculous consumption ; a slight bronchial dis- 
 turbance, not properly treated, may terminate in bronchial consumj)- 
 tion: in short, any of the ailments of a trivial character, which can 
 
II m i^iitkitmiu 
 
 11) UKOIONS. 
 
 jph, give PhotphoruH; if 
 Ily thus watching Uui 
 
 10 appropriate remedy at 
 leti there is great duhility 
 ^ oc(;asi()nt'(l by a triiling 
 ig the blightcHt (leveloj)- 
 
 prom[)t in selecting tho 
 Dusuniption can he cun^l, 
 remain until some otlier 
 Any excesses on the part 
 lakens or deteriorates any 
 je, so long as there is any 
 the part of females, there 
 cy. This revolution will 
 Lirection of sound health, 
 depress and ruin it. Thus 
 je successfully treated in 
 early or late in life. If 
 'ever, give China ; if after 
 iium. If excessive venery 
 ptoms, give Arsenicum or 
 essing effects, give Arnica^ 
 es, give Bryonia or Pho»- 
 lieved, that, in a majority 
 bo erased from the family 
 
 the fitst approach of the 
 
 that form of consumption 
 itution having been over- 
 jd, may leave behind a per- 
 rally healthy constitutions, 
 with; therefore, attend to 
 lOve a cough brought on hy 
 hoarse cough may !« cured 
 the chest and soreness of 
 jong exposure to cold that 
 )y a violent fever that fixt ; 
 inflammation; and this, if 
 on. Almost any acute dis- 
 al consu.i.ption ; therefore, 
 nction of respiration, it is 
 de interruption the better, 
 ut it must not be neglected, 
 n, if neglected, may become 
 tion ; a slight bronchial dis- 
 inate in bronchial consump- 
 trivial character, which can 
 
 DISEASES OK VAKIOUH 0KQAN8 AND KEOIONB. 
 
 675 
 
 bo made worse by neglect, may demand the most careful treatment, 
 otherwise they may terminate in consumption. 
 
 Influenza, or Qrlppe, comes on like a cold, with sneezing or snivel- 
 ling, pain in tho chest, and a g((neral appearance of catarrh. Too 
 froijuently it hiw been neglectecl in tho firat stage, and it hiw run into 
 tho chronic form of bronchitis, and thence into consumption. Sn<;h 
 l)eing the known tendency, it is well to seek the best of treatment 
 f(»r this disease at once. ArHenitmrn,'n\ the incipient stage, will re- 
 Hcvo some of the symptoms : it will relieve the thin discliarge from 
 the nose and eyes, the pain in the liml)s, and general aching in tho 
 bonus. Euphraxia relieves many cases in the beginning wliich re- 
 semble Arseniruni. MercuriuH viv. is also a tine remedy for tho stop- 
 page of the nose, eyes, and general restlessness of the whole system. 
 Intluonza has been reckoned among the causes of consumption, be- 
 cause, in many instances, it has been the means of calling into action 
 certain latent tendencies that have been dormant until set ui)on 
 by tl.io exciting cause. Influenza is but an acute form of bronchitis, 
 and as such it must be treated. Aconite ma; be given if there is a 
 quick, full pulse. After Aconite has softened the pulse, and pro- 
 duced moisture upon the skin, if the head continues to ache, give 
 Belladonna; if there is soreness of the throat, give Merc, viv.; if 
 much thirat, Ar»eni('um ; if pains in the back and loins, Nux vomica. 
 In females, Puhatilla may remedy many of the derangements which 
 influenza produces; If a sudden check of menstruation su[)ervene8 
 u[)on an attack of this disease, give Aconite^ and follow with Puhor 
 tilla ; and, finally, if influenza shows itself in an epidemic form, and 
 almost every man, woman and child become victims. Aconite^ Bella- 
 doHiia, Merourius, and Nux vom., or else Arsenicum, Apia met., Bry- 
 onia, Calcarea carb.. Phosphorus, and Sulphur, may constitute the 
 group from which is to be selected a remedy, according to symptoms. 
 It is an old saying, with regard to diet, " to starve a fever, and stuff a 
 cold;" but all proverbs are not true. There is, in every cold, some 
 degree of fever that must be heeded, because a too generous diet 
 would be likely to do harm. A moderate diet of black tea, rice, 
 barley, toast, and fruit, is best. Thus, by judicious medication and 
 an appropriate diet, there need be no sequel that causes the patient 
 to sink rapidly into the grave. If otherwise, it will arouse some con- 
 stitutional diathesis, and this will render the joint action formidable 
 in the extreme. As in tubercular consumption, or rather in that 
 which is hereditary, a constant vigilance is required to put in action 
 certain antagonistic influences to overpower the disease, so in bron- 
 chial consumption, or that which is generated by a succession of 
 ailments that implicate, in a lesser or greater degree, the mucous 
 membrane that lines the bronchial tubes, an effort must be made to 
 bring any and every assault upon the bronchia to a successful termi- 
 nation, — whether a common cold, a trivial cough, a slight soreness 
 upon the air-passages, or even pneumonia: let each be treated per- 
 
676 
 
 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 sistently, acicordiiig to symptcns, until perfectly cured, so as to leave 
 no entailment in the form of a sequel, to prey upon the conatitution. 
 Hygienic ^treatment must correspond with the administration of 
 remedies. Well-ventilated apartments, sufficient clothing, and good, 
 nourishing food, cannot fail of putting the system in a favorable con- 
 dition for recovery. Regular sleep, regular meals, and a well-regu- 
 lated temperature, are things indispensable. 
 
 Weakness of the Sight. — Amblyopia. 
 
 The term amblyopia signifies a weakness or morbid alteration of 
 sight ; and there is every grade, from mere dimness of vision to com- 
 plete blindness. A sense so important au that of sight is entitled to 
 a distinct consideration, inasmuch as a variety of causes may operate 
 to impair it. The difficulty may be attended with many morbid con- 
 ditions of the organism, and a variety of remedies may be required to 
 tr<3at the affection. We will therefore point out the treatment for 
 the various grades, in order. For Simple Weakness op Sight in 
 plethoric persons, give Belladonna ; for scrofulous individuals, Cal- 
 carea ; for weak or debilitated individuals, China ; for nervous per- 
 sons, Hyoicyamua. For those whose sight is impaired from biliary 
 derangement, Sepia or Sulphur. For Incipient Amaurosis, Aurum, 
 Sepia, Sulphur. For Complete Amaurosis, not incurable, give 
 Belladonna to persons of full habit; Calcarea to persons who have a 
 scrofulous tendency ; Mercurius, for those suffering from hepatic de- 
 rangement; Phosphorus, for those suffering from catarrhal affections; 
 and for those subject to sick headache, Sepia. For Torpid Weak- 
 ness OP Sight, Phosphoric acid. For weakness of sight brought on 
 by fine work, give Belladonna or Ituta. For that which occurs from 
 old age, give Baryta curb., Opium or Secale comutum. Where weak- 
 ness of vision occurs after suppression of the menses, or hemorrhoids, 
 give Pulsatilla or Lycopodium. For that occasioned by suppression 
 of measles, Causticum, Stramonium or Sulphur. For that supervening 
 upon rheumatism, give Belladonna, Pulsatilla or Bhus tox. For that 
 attendant on gout, give Nux vom. or Colchicum. For that caused by 
 the abuse of mercury, give Nitric acid. For that caused by worms, 
 give Cina. For that occasioned by diarrhoea, give Merc. viv. For 
 that brought on by loss of blood, China. For that produced by scrof- 
 ula, give Arsenicum, Calcarea or Nitric acid. When produced by cold 
 in the eyes. Dulcamara or Niix vomica. That produced by blows or 
 concussions requires Arnica, Ruta, Euphrasia. The remedies chosen 
 must not be repeated oftener than once a day. When weakness of 
 sight is attended with nervous headache, give Aurum, Belladonna, 
 Bryonia, Sepia or Sulphur. If by congestion of blood to the head, 
 give Belladonna, China and Phosphorus. For that attendant on 
 deafness or noises, give Ciouta, Nitric acid or Pulsatilla. The reme- 
 dies need not be repeated more frequently than once or twice in 
 
ND REGIONS. 
 
 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 677 
 
 ictly cured, so as to leave 
 ey upon the conatitutioii. 
 li the adiniuistratioii of 
 icient clothing, and good, 
 ystem in a favorable coii- 
 • meals, and a well-regu- 
 
 — Amblyopia. 
 
 or morbid alteration of 
 dimness of vision to com- 
 hat of sight is entitled to 
 ety of causes may operate 
 d with many morbid con- 
 aedies may be required to 
 nt out the treatment for 
 Weakness of Sight in 
 I'ofulous individuals, Calr 
 China; for nervous per- 
 is impaired from biliary 
 lENT Amaubosis, Avrum, 
 osis, not incurable, give 
 rea to persons who have a 
 suffering from hepatic de- 
 from catarrhal affections; 
 m. For Torpid Weak- 
 ikness of sight brought on 
 or that which occurs from 
 g comutum. Where weak- 
 le menses, or hemorrhoids, 
 occasioned by suppression 
 hur. For that supervening 
 ilia or JRhva tox. For that 
 icum. For that caused by 
 'or that caused hy worms, 
 •hoea, give Merc. viv. For 
 i'or that produced by scrof- 
 . When produced by cold 
 hat produced by blows or 
 sia. The remedies chosen 
 day. When weakness of 
 give Aumm, Belladonna, 
 tion of blood to the head, 
 For that attendant on 
 or Pulsatilla. The reme- 
 tly than once or twice in 
 
 twenty-four hours. If weakness of vision is attended by gastric or 
 abdominal ailments, give Cocoulun, Nux vom., Ignatia or Pulsatilla. 
 If attended by derangements of the womb, give Calcarea or Sepia. 
 If by pulmonary complaints, give Phosphorus, Lycopndium, Calearea 
 and Sulphur. If by disease of the heart, Laehesis, Phosphorus, Pul- 
 satilla, Sepia and Spiijelia. If by epilepsy, spasm or hysteria, Ht/os- 
 cyamiis. Opium, Stramonium or Sulphur. The remedy may be re- 
 peated, if necessary, every twenty-foift" houi'S. 
 
 The particular indications for several of the remedies may be stated 
 as follows : Aurum, for black spots or scintillations, or half-sighted- 
 ness, or tensive pain in the eyes, or in case of sudden attack after 
 scarlet fever, or during confinement after delivery. Belladonna for 
 dilated pupils or insensible pupils, spasmodi' ^witching of the lids, or 
 mist befora the eyes, aching and distensiv pains in the orbits and 
 forehead, and red face. Calcarea, for mistiness of sight, as if gauze 
 were before the eyes, especially when reading; for dilated pupils, and 
 for pressure or feeling of coldness in the eyes. Causticum, for sud- 
 den and frequent loss of sight, with sensation as if something wert 
 stretched over the eyes, or for dimrsiffhtedness, as if looking through 
 a veil or mist. China, for weak sight : the patient only sees the out- 
 lines of things near him; letters look pale, and appear to be sur- 
 rounded by white borders ; dilated and not very sensitive pupils ; 
 dimness of the cornea, as if the eyes were filled with smoke or black 
 motes. The eyes feel better after sleeping. Cicuta is indicated 
 when the sight frequently vanishes, and when there is vertigo or 
 absent-mindedness, or aching pains in the orbits. Cina, for dimness 
 of sight improved by wiping the eyes, and for pressure in the eyes 
 when reading, as if sand had got in. Cimicifuga, when there is ach- 
 ing pain in the centre of both eyeballs, and black specks before the 
 eyes. Drosera, for frequent vanishing of sight, or when the eyes are 
 dazzled with the glare of light or of fii-e. Gelsemium, when there is 
 a thirst for light after apoplexy or congestion of the brain. Hyoscy- 
 amus, for squinting, illusory sight and stupefying pains over the 
 eyes. Merourius, for paroxysms of momentary blindness, sensitive- 
 ness of the eyes to light or the glare of fire. Nux vomica, for red 
 face and sensitiveness of the eyes to light only in the morning. 
 Phosphorus, for paroxysms of sensations as if things are covered 
 with a gray veil. Pulsatilla, for paleness of the face, and disposition 
 to vomit, and a sensation as if dimness of sight could be removed hy 
 wiping; for frequent and copious flow of tears, and contraction of 
 the pupils. Buta, for mistiness of sight, and boring pains in the or- 
 bits, and the filling of the eyes with water in the open air. Sepia, 
 for dimness of sight when at work, stripes before the eyes and aching 
 pains in the eyel^lls, with sick headache. Silicea, paroxysms of sud- 
 den obscuration of sight, as if a colored veil were before the eyes. 
 Sulphur, for general mistiness of sight, as if looking through feather- 
 dust or black gauze ; great dryness of the eyes. Veratrum album. 
 
 ! 
 
 II <mtmm *)m 'r m 'mt ^ 
 
 J 
 
\ 
 
 m 
 
 678 
 
 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 for profuse shedding of tears, or the copious filling of the eyes with 
 water. Verntrum viride, when walking brings on blindness, with 
 fainting vertigo iind dilated pupils. When any one of the remedies 
 is indicated, let the dose be repeated only once in twenty-four hours. 
 In all affections of the sight, the patient should avoid hearty meals 
 or excessive overloading of the stomach; he should l)e regular in his 
 habits, and free as possible froiji mental anxiety ; and, above all, his 
 habits should be strictly temperate, and late hours should Ih) avoided. 
 In most cases of defective sight, the eyes require rest. An atteniiit 
 to exercise them in reading in any defective light is pernicious ; ami 
 so is prolonged reading in any light. 
 
 Paralysis of the Eyelids, — Blepharoplegia. 
 
 This affection sometimes occurs in children, but very rarely in 
 adults, and requires remedial treatment. The best remedies are Bel- 
 ladonna^ Spigelia, Sepia and Stramonium. Belladonna, if there is red- 
 ness of the face; Spigelia, if there is any sign of spasms ; Sepia, if it 
 follows severe headache and sickness of the stomach ; Stramonium, 
 if there is pale face, and inclination to sleep. Gavsticum for chronic 
 cases. 
 
 Whooping-Cough. — Tussis Spasmodica. 
 
 Among the diseases of children, we find this malady quite com- 
 mon. The cause is only conjectured. As it is a disease much 
 dreaded by parents, we shall not only be particular in describing the 
 disease, but also in pointing out the remedies for the various stages 
 and complications. The cough begins in the form of an ordinary 
 catarrh arising from a cold. The child has f^ryza and coughs; the 
 mother or nurse may be aware that the di.^ jtvoo commences in this 
 way, and their fears may be that it will turn out whooping-cougli. 
 The catarrhal stage may last ten days or two weeks, and then a dif- 
 ferent and characteristic cough sets in. This co'Jgh comes on in 
 paroxysms, in which a number of rapid expirations lollow each other, 
 as in the act of coughing, and with m'ach violence, and without any 
 intervening inspiration, till the patient turns black in the face, and 
 seems on tlie point of being suffocated; then one long-dn;.wn act of 
 inspiration takes piace, attended with that peculiar rough, crowing 
 noise, which is denouiinated a whoop, and gives the disease its name. 
 Immediately after this long-drawn inspiration, a series of short expir- 
 atory coughs, repeated 'ii the breath is almost exhausted; and 
 then a second whoop, unti: ?<■ white, glary mucus is thrown up, and 
 this ends the paroxysm. After a lapse of some little time, the par- 
 oxysm will be repeated. During the urgency of some of these par- 
 oxysms, the face becomes red and swollen, the nose bleeds, the eyes 
 start from the sockets, the little sufferer stiimps with impatience, and 
 clings to some object near him ; and tliis frenzy continues till vomit- 
 
ND REGIONS. 
 
 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 679 
 
 1 filling of the eyes with 
 ings on blindness, with 
 any one of the remedies 
 ice in twenty-four hours, 
 ould avoid hearty meals 
 
 should 1)6 regular iu his 
 iety ; and, above all, his 
 liours should l)e avoided. 
 quire rest. An attempt 
 
 light is pernicious ; and 
 
 Blepharoplegia. 
 
 dren, but very rarely in 
 he best remedies are Bel- 
 'elladonna, if there is red- 
 ^n of spasms ; Sepia, if it 
 e stomach ; Stramonium, 
 Cauaticum for chronic 
 
 s Spasmodica. 
 
 I this malady quite com- 
 Ls it is a disease much 
 ,rticular in describing the 
 es for the various stages 
 the form of an ordinary 
 
 pnryza and coughs; the 
 . jtvoj commences in this 
 urn out whooping-cougli. 
 wo weeks, and then a dif- 
 This co'igh comes on in 
 rations loUow each other, 
 .riulenca, and without any 
 IS black in the face, and 
 len one long-dn:.wn act of 
 , peculiar rough, crowing 
 [ives the disease its name. 
 )n, a series of short expir- 
 
 almost exhausted ; and 
 nucus is thrown up, and 
 some little time, the par- 
 ficy of some of these par- 
 the nose bleeds, the eyes 
 imps with impatience, and 
 enzy continues till vomit- 
 
 ing or expectoration ends the paroxysm. The victim pants a little 
 wiiile, and appears quite well again, and begin.s to have a craving for 
 food. The number of paroxysms that occur every twenty-four hours 
 varies in different subjects. Children are very susceptible to the dis- 
 ease, and it spreads by contagion. The ordinary duration of the dis- 
 ease! is from six weeks to three months ; but it may run its couree in 
 thi*ee weeks, and sometimes not for four or five months. 
 
 As long as this disease is uncomplicated, — unmixed with inflam- 
 mation, and therefore without fever, or with that slight inflammatory 
 condition proper to a mild catarrh, — it is not a dangerous disease. 
 Iu all probability, it will run its course under the most favorable cir- 
 cumstances. How much it can be abridged by appropriate remedies 
 is yet a question, but the violence of tliC disease may be moderated, 
 its sequel may be guarded against, and its complications may be tem- 
 pered, by the right use of remedies. The most favorable season for 
 the disease to rage is in the spring, when the weather is becoming 
 warmer. The most unfavorable is late in the fall, when the weather 
 is augmenting in coldness. Cold or damp weather is thought to pro- 
 tract the disease, and warm weather to abridge it. We have thus 
 been somewhat particular in describing this malady, in order to facil- 
 itate its treatment by mothers and nurses. We will now proceed to 
 direct the use of appropriate remedies. In the catarrhal stage, give 
 Aconite. If there is fullness of the nose, and headache, give Bella- 
 donna. In case of asthmatic breathing, give Ipecac. Aconite is the 
 remedy for a dry, wheezing cough, with fever or burning pain in the 
 larynx or windpipe. Belladonna is the remedy for severe paroxysms, 
 with coDgoation of blood to the head, expectoration of blood, and 
 bleeding from the nose, the eyes appear congested, involuntary stool 
 and urine, and also when the paroxysm is announced with crying, 
 which arises from pain in the stomach, but not accompanied by vom- 
 iting. Also, in the first stage, Carbo veg. may be given when the 
 cough is convulsive, especially in the evening, and when there is 
 great exhaustion after each coughing-spell. Dulcamara is a good 
 remedy when the cough is moist from the commencement. Ipecac. 
 for the incipient stage, when the child has coughing-spells so rapid 
 as not to be able to get his breath, and when the open air is requisite 
 to relieve him. Pulsatilla is useful when the cough is loose from 
 the beginning, and worse towards evening. In the second stage, 
 after whooping sets in, with vomiting, and bleeding from the nose 
 and mouth, give Caulophyllum. If without bleeding at the nose, give 
 Drosera. If the children suddenly become rigid, give Cina. This 
 remedy is specific when children are affected with the usual worm 
 symptoms, and the paroxysm is followed by a gurgling noise from 
 the abdomen. Corallia rubrum is believed to be a sure remedy for 
 violent spasmodic cough ; short, barking cough all day, and towards 
 evening becoming violent and spasmodic. Cuprum is indicated when 
 every paroxysm is attended with cataleptic fits, so that in most every 
 
 ; 
 
680 
 
 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 paroxysm the child appeai« as dead. Veratrum is very suitable after 
 Cuprum. Droaera is the remedy when the paroxysms come on at 
 midnight, and cease before noon, and are very severe and suffocating, 
 Veratrum album is indicated, after Droaera and Cuprum have been 
 employed, when the patient is very feeble, quick pulse, and with a 
 sort of hectic fever, and cold sweat upon the forehead, and great 
 thirst ; and also when the coughing causes an emission of urine, and 
 pain in the chest and loins, and when the patient, between the par- 
 oxysms, is in a comp,tose state, and cares not either to move or con- 
 verse ; and also when there is excessive weakness of the neck, so that 
 the victim is scarcely able to keep the head erect ; and also wlien 
 there is rash over the body, or face and hands. For the most severe 
 or convulsive stage of whooping-cough, give Belladonna^ when there 
 is pain in the head, or convulsions ; give Bryonia when the child 
 coughs immediately after eating or drinking, and vomits what he has 
 eaten, and returns immediately to finish hi^ meal, and then coughs 
 and vomits again ; give Chamomilla when the cough and vomiting are 
 more frequent during a meal, fretful disposition, and worse at night ; 
 give Caustieum when the cough is better, and when it is dry and hol- 
 low ; give Hyoicyamus when the patient is worse lying down, and bet- 
 ter on sitting up ; give Arnica when the patient feels sore from 
 coughing. After the cough subsides, and there is any sequel left 
 behind, give whatever remedy is indicated, as Aconite for fever, Nux 
 vom. for constipation. Phosphorus for catarrh, China for extreme weak- 
 ness, etc. If there is no loss of appetite, allow a substantial diet in 
 all the stages of the disease. Change of air is very beneficial, even if 
 but a short journey from home, especially to the searshore. 
 
 Diphtheria. 
 
 An exudative inflammation of the throat, during the progress of 
 which a dirty, grayish membrane is exuded upon the tonsils, and 
 often upon the pharynx and posterior nares. The disease is com- 
 monly ushered in by the following symptoms : chilliness, headache, 
 pains in the back and limbs, excessive prostration, fever, some diffi- 
 culty in swallowing, though not always, and offensive breath. Later 
 appear acrid lainning from the nostrils, or bleeding, as rather an un- 
 favorable indication ; swelling of the external throat ; and sometimes, 
 in very severe cases, vomiting or hoarseness, and other indications 
 that the disease is invading the larynx or trachea. 
 
 This disease is now almost universally considered in some degree 
 contagious, and for this reason the patient should be, so far as possi- 
 ble, isolated from those who are not in charge of the case. All his 
 excreta should be disinfected with a strong solution of Sulphate of 
 Iron at once. The room should be well aired constantly. The throat 
 should be gargled, to prevent decomposition, with glycerine and 
 water mixed, one part of glycerine to seven of water, to be used 
 
ND REGIONS. 
 
 um is very suitable aftt'r 
 paroxysms come on at 
 y severe and suffocating'. 
 and Cuprum have betMi 
 quick pulse, and with a 
 the forehead, and great 
 m emission of urine, and 
 )atient, between the par- 
 fa either to move or con- 
 cness of the neck, so that 
 id erect ; and also when 
 is. For the most severe 
 > Belladonna, when there 
 Bryonia when the child 
 •;. and vomits what he has 
 ;• meal, and then coughs 
 3 cough and vomiting are 
 tion, and worse at night ; 
 id when it is dry and hol- 
 i-orse lying down, and bet- 
 patient feels sore from 
 there is any sequel left 
 as Aconite for fever, Nux 
 , China for extreme weak- 
 llow a substantial diet in 
 is very beneficial, even if 
 o the seashore. 
 
 it, during the progress of 
 ed upon the tonsils, and 
 es. The di&eaae is com- 
 )m8 : chilliness, headache, 
 (stration, fever, some diffi- 
 d offensive breath. Later 
 bleeding, as rather an un- 
 lal throat ; and sometimes, 
 jss, and other indications 
 rachea. 
 
 onsidered in some degree 
 should be, so far as possi- 
 rge of the case. All his 
 g solution of Sulphate of 
 id constantly. The throat 
 tion, with glycerine and 
 ven of water, to be used 
 
 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 681 
 
 ever *^wo hours, or oftener in severe cases. Small pieces of ice al- 
 loweu to dissolve in the mouth have a favorable influenci;. The pa- 
 tient's strength should he sustained by nourishing liquid food, such 
 as broth of beef, lamb, mutton or fowl; milk, or milk and raw egg; 
 oatmeal gruel; oystere, in cold weather, are allowable. Stimulant^j 
 are not recommended, except as a gargle, as much as formerly ; 
 though in severe cases, with alarming sinking of vitality, brandy in 
 small doses may do good, when repeated often. 
 
 Dangerous symptoms have resulted fi-om the patient being allowed 
 to sit up too soon. The membrane should begin to disappear on or 
 before the fifth day, else grave symptoms may be apprehended, such 
 as delirium, epistaxis, vomiting, croup, or paralysis of the heart. The 
 urine should be watched carefully, as albuminuria is generally pres- 
 ent in a mild form, and sometimes complicates convalescence, induc- 
 ing dropsical swellings, etc. 
 
 In severe cases the patient should exercise care against a relapse 
 for at least three months. 
 
 Be sure that your house is properly drained. Local filth is the 
 most common exciting cause of this dread and fatal disease. 
 
 For the benefit of those who cannot secure the advice of a compe- 
 tent physician in this grave disease, the following brief but trust- 
 worthy indications for its treatment are given : — 
 
 For the premonitory symptoms, such as chilliness, flushed face, 
 headache, backache and fever, Gehemium, ten drops in half a tum- 
 blerful of water, a teaspoonful every half-hour until the fever uub- 
 sides. Should there be no improvement in twelve hours, give Cimi- 
 cifuga in the same way. This remedy has proved of great service in 
 the hands of physicians of both schools. For the throat symptoms, 
 the most frequently indicated remedies are the several preparations 
 of Mercuriua, the Mercurius hiniod. taking preference, in water, and 
 repeated hourly. This, or the Mercurius cyanuretum, may be alter- 
 nated with Cimicifuga or Gehemium, or, later, in obstinate continu- 
 ance of the membranous exudate, with Phytolacca decandra. When 
 the breath is very putrid early in the attack, and the membrane of- 
 fensive, with fever, darkly flushed face, delirium, Baptisia is better 
 than Gehemium or any other remedy. Should the tonsils swell rap- 
 idly, and the throat and external face have a puffy appearance. Apis 
 mel. is indicated, in place of the mercurial preparations. It should 
 be given in water, hourly. Should croupous symptoms begin, indi- 
 cated by hoarseness, whistling breathing, dusky complexion or doughy 
 pallor, croupy cough, Spongia or lodium will be the main reliance, 
 together with the inhalations of the vapor of boiling water. Lache- 
 sis has saved cases of a grave type, which have resisted the before- 
 mentioned remedies. When bleeding from the nose becomes trouble- 
 some and alarming, the best remedy is Carbo veg., together with a 
 free local use of ice. The remedies should not be changed oftener 
 than once in twelve houra, as it is a disease slow to show improve- 
 ment. 
 
 -'•^«---»«r'.B«fK^- ^tm^ t i f .ttrnMi* 
 
 (Ks*r— (^""^ 
 
682 
 
 DISEASES OF VAKI0U8 OHGANS AND KEGIONB. 
 
 Homoeopathic Treatment of Diphtheria. 
 
 Two views have been taken with regard to the intimate nature 
 and cause of diphtheria. Most physicians regard it as an essential 
 fever, and are of the opinion that the local affections of the throat 
 and air passages are secondary, and are but local manifestations of 
 the special condition of the system, and that they have the same ic- 
 lation that the local affections of the skin and mucous menibiiuics 
 have to the eruptive fevers. They, however, admit that the general 
 disorder is increased and intensified by the absorption of the septic 
 mattera of the local disorder, thereby producing the blood-poisoning 
 of septicaemia. 
 
 The other view is what is called the germ theory. According to 
 this view, the disease is caused by a vegetable organization, whiili 
 naturalists call sphero-bacteria or micrococci, which, finding access to 
 the throat through the nostrils and the mouth, fasten upon the mu- 
 cous membranes of the tonsils and fauces, and produce an infiani- 
 mation which is characterized by the effusion of a fibrinous exu- 
 dation called diphtherite. This is not all : under the conditions 
 favorable for their life and growth they possess an enormous power 
 of reproduction. From this centre of infection these germs find 
 their way into the different tissues of the body, and acting as fer- 
 ments, give rise to deleterious chemical products which destroy life. 
 These vegetable parasites, according to this theory, are as inseparable 
 from the diphtheritic process as the bacteria of decomposition are 
 from putrefaction and decay. Without bacteria there can be no 
 diphtheria. In grave cases, these parasites are found everywhere, in 
 the smallest patches of membrane, and in immense numbers in the 
 different tissues of the body. They are the cause of embolism, of 
 metastatic abscess, and the intensity of the disease increases with 
 their number. These are the theories of diphtheria. 
 
 The duration of the disease depends upon its severity. The period 
 of incubation occupies from two to eight days. In mild cases the 
 membrane commences to be shed on the fourth day ; in severe cases 
 not before the tenth or twelfth day, and it may take four or more 
 days to finish it. 
 
 The membrane is detached in the same way as any sloi\gh or ne- 
 crotic tissue, by the process of suppuration. Whatever theory is 
 adopted, the local treatment is of primary and equal importance ; for 
 the mucous membrane of the throat, if it is the avenue through which 
 germs find entrance to the body, is also the generator of those irritant 
 poisons, the absorption of which contaminates the system and de- 
 stroys life. The object of the treatment is, fij:st, to put a stop to the 
 spread of the disease, and to bring about a retrogression of the in- 
 flammatory process, with the removal of the membrane ; secondly, by 
 the most perfect disinfection and antiseptic cleansing of the moutli 
 
D UKGI0N8. 
 
 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 683 
 
 f Diphtheria. 
 
 to the intimate nature 
 egard it as an essential 
 affections of the throat 
 
 local manifestations of 
 t they have the same ic- 
 and mucous membranes 
 ', admit that the general 
 absorption of the septic 
 cing the blood-poisoning 
 
 a theory. According to 
 able organization, which 
 , which, finding access U> 
 th, fasten upon the mu- 
 and produce an inflani- 
 sion of a fibrinous exu- 
 l: under the conditions 
 sess an enormous power 
 fection these germs find 
 body, and acting as fer- 
 ducts which destroy life, 
 theory, are as inseparable 
 ria of decomposition are 
 )acteria there can be no 
 are found everywhere, in 
 immense numbers in the 
 he cause of embolism, of 
 le disease increases with 
 phtheria. 
 
 I its severity. The period 
 days. In mild cases the 
 arth day ; in severe cases 
 t may take four or more 
 
 (vay as any slough or ne- 
 lon. Whatever theory is 
 ,nd equal importance ; for 
 the avenue through which 
 generator of those irritant 
 nates the system and de- 
 , first, to put a stop to the 
 a, retrogression of the iu- 
 B membrane ; secondly, by 
 c cleansing of the mouth 
 
 and throat, to prevent the absorption of injurious products of decom- 
 position from the surfaces of the diseased tissues. 
 
 In order to accomplish the above results, the local treatment by 
 the application of disinfectant and antiseptic remedies is now in vogue. 
 
 Cauterizing substances are considered hurtful and but seldom used. 
 I'lie most common remedies now resorted to are carbolic acid, sali- 
 cylic acid, permanganate of potash, chloral hydrate, sulphite of soda, 
 benzoate of soda and chlorate of potash. These various substances 
 iiave be(!n applied in solutions by means of a sponge or a brush, in 
 the foiin of spray, and in the form of a powder, taken dry into the 
 mouth combined with sugar. 
 
 I think that the best way to treat the throat is by the frequent in- 
 halation of a liot steam, applied in hourly sittings of about fifteen 
 minutes' duration. These may be medicated with chloride of sodium, 
 or the chlorate of potash, about twenty grains to the ounce. Such 
 fluids, steadily flowing over the surfaces of the mucous membranes, 
 wash away masses of mucus, remnants of food and other products of 
 decomposition. They assist nature's work of promoting suppuration, 
 which is the legitimate way in which these pseudo-membranes are 
 shed ; and by combining this treatment with the use of strong gar- 
 gles, composed of the solution of any of the above disinfecting sul>- 
 stances, we more completely prevent septic absorption than by any 
 other treatment ever used. The steam may be generated in any or- 
 dinary kettle, and conducted to the patient's mouth through any 
 suitable tube. Being careful not to have it too hot, an atomizer is 
 much better. The general treatment of the patient is, aa in every 
 other infectious disease, to be sustaining. 
 
 Tonics, sucli ?is sulphate of quinine and the tincture of the muriate 
 of iron, are also always indicated. 
 
 It has been claimed tliat alcohol conjoined with quinine, given 
 freely from the firet, is an effective curative agent. Alimentation is 
 an essential part of the treatment. The diet should be highly nutri- 
 tious ; milk and animal broths are of this class. 
 
 Patients affected with this disease should be at once isolated. 
 Thorough disinfection of the dejections, and of all articles which 
 have have been in contact with patients, and of the apartments which 
 they have occupied, is to be recommended, and all defects of drain- 
 age must be remedied. 
 
 In case of an attack of diphtheria no time should be lost, but a 
 physician should be called at once. In first stages I would advise a 
 trial of the Anti-Toxine treatment. 
 
 

 DROPSIES, HYDROPSIES. 
 
 A GENERAL swelling of the whole exterior snviace of the hody, 
 and a sensation of weakness, is termed general dropsy, because the 
 water infiltrates into the cellular or subcutjineous tissue all over tlie 
 body. Local dropsies' may affect the chest, abdomen, head, womb 
 and testes. 
 
 General Dropsy, Anasarca. 
 
 This is caused by cellulitis and infiltration of water into the areo- 
 lar tissue, causing one to swell all over the body. There is generally 
 some thirst and fever that ushers in general dropsy. Arsenicum m 
 the usual dose may cure the disease when it seems to arise trom a 
 low state of the system. When it is the sequel of scarlatina or ery- 
 sipelas, give Hellehorm nig. three times a day. If after a bilious 
 fever, give Mercunm viv. Following scarlet fever, Apu or Terebinth. 
 
 Dropsy of the Belly. — Ascites. 
 When inflammation of the peritoneum terminates in dropsy of the 
 abdomen. Apis mellifica may be given, (3very three or four hours, for 
 several days. If it fails of effecting a cure, Apocynum may be given 
 in the same way, and in like manner, Bryonia, Hellehorus mg. and 
 Arsenicum. Tapping is sometimes necessary, when the peritoneal 
 sack is filled with water, and does not yield to remedies. 
 
 Dropsy of the Chest, or Hydrothorax. 
 
 The cause of this affection is intlammation of the pleura, causing 
 an accumulation of serum in the pleural cavity. Apis mellifica in the 
 usual doses, repeated at intervals of three or four hours, will otteu 
 effect a radical cure, and so will Apocynum. If these fail, use ^ui- 
 phur. 
 
 Dropsy of the Heart. 
 
 This is an accumulation of water around the heart, in the cavity 
 of the pericardium. Spigelia or Apis mellifica will generally cure. 
 Sulphur is efficient in many cases. Bryonia, if from pericarditis or 
 
 rheumatism. 
 
 681 
 
 -O 
 
DROPSY, IIYbKOPS. 
 
 685 
 
 PSIES. 
 
 IT surface of the body, 
 sral dropsy, because the 
 leous tissue all over the 
 ;, abdomen, head, womb 
 
 sarca. 
 
 n of water into the areo- 
 ody. There is generally 
 L dropsy. Arsenicum in 
 b seems to arise from a 
 [uel of scarlatina or ery- 
 day. If after a bilious 
 fever, Apia or Terebinth. 
 
 — Ascites, 
 
 rminates in dropsy of the 
 ' three or four hours, for 
 
 Apocynum may be given 
 mia, Hellehorus nig. and 
 ,ry, when the peritoneal 
 
 to remedies. 
 
 iydrothorax. 
 
 )n of the pleura, causing 
 ity. Api% melUfica in the 
 or four hours, will often 
 . If these fail, use Sul- 
 
 art. 
 
 [ the heart, in the cavity 
 lifica will generally cure. 
 a, if from pericarditis or 
 
 Dropsy of the ^tsAn.— Hydrocephalus. 
 
 Inflammation of the brain may terminate in an effusion of serum 
 in the arachnoid cavity, and is often fatal, ffi/ogci/amua in the usual 
 dose, repeated four or five times a day, may prove beneficial. Apin 
 mellifiea has been employed in the same way, also Hellehorm. 
 
 Dropsy of the \Womh,—Hydrometra. 
 
 Inflammation of the womb often terminates in this affection. 
 Belladonna, Apis mellifiea., Arsevicum and Hellehorus nig. have been 
 eipployed against it. 
 
 Dropsy of the SctoiMm.^ Hydrocele. 
 
 This consists in the scrotum becoming filled with serum or water, 
 after inflammation and swelling of the testes. It may be caused by 
 gonorrhoea or it may be the sequel of scarlet fever. The same reme- 
 dies employed in other local dropsies may be employed ; or, these 
 failing, the water may be drawn off, and a weak solution of iodine 
 may be injected into the sack by a surgeon. 
 
 Ovarian Dropsy. 
 
 Inflammation of the ovaries is the cause of this diflficulty. Ar- 
 senicum yiSS. generally have a good effect, and so will Gonium and 
 also Apis melUfica and Pulsatilla ; either remedy in the usual dose 
 may be administered every three tours, with the prospect of relief. 
 
 "■ aMHMimJ t-'a».g""a -'' 
 
"_!■■ 
 
 1/ •',■:"" 
 
 INSIDIOUS DISEASES. 
 
 Malignant Pustule. 
 
 There is sometimes a low and vi Jated state of the blood, and so 
 powerfully predisposed to take a malignant, if not a fatal tendency, 
 that a very slight exciting cause will arouse a disturbance not easily 
 quelled. Such is believed to be the origin of what is iisually termed 
 " the Malignant Pustule, a small pimple upon the face, regarded of 
 little account by the person, who, unconscious of the vitiated condi- 
 tion of his blood, pinches it and irritates it. It begins to inflame ; a 
 determination of all the subtle impurities of the fluid takes place at 
 this spot ; and a malignant and disorganizing fever pervades the en- 
 tire economy, and, if not arrested, it runs a rapid course, and termi- 
 nates fatally often in a single day, or before any remedial agent can 
 be brought to bear to arrest the process. Pimples upon the face 
 should never be pinched or squeezed, for fear of inviting inflamma- 
 tion to the spot, that might react in calling up or setting fire to a 
 discrasia of a malignant quality. Individuals apparently well in the 
 morning have gone to business, and, ere another morning came round, 
 have found themselves fatally prostrated by this disorder. As soon 
 as suspected give Arsenicum every hour for three or four hours, and 
 then follow with Nitric acid ; and, if there is any indication of change 
 for the better, well ; if not, give Muriatie acid, or Lachesis. Just as 
 soon as any pustule upon the face begins to inflame like a boil, and 
 there are chilly rigors running down the back, retire to bed, take 
 Arsenicum, and a chp.nge in the febrile condition may take place for 
 the better, and the life of the patient may be saved. When the face 
 begins to swell and there is delirium, give Belladonna every half- 
 hour to hold in check, if possible, the tendency to the brain. After 
 Belladonna, give Ithus tax. Very many cases of "Malignant 
 Pustule " have been cured by a timely resort to proper remedies. 
 But celerity of action is required ; one moment's unnecessary delay 
 may be too hazardous for the patient. It is believed that the brain 
 and nervous centres elsewhere are most liable to speedy implication. 
 A resort to such remedies as will guard against these will undou^* 
 edly furnish the best protection. Consult Arsemcu/my Apis iruv., 
 Bell., Graphites, Merc, Gonium, and Sidphur. 
 
 68fi 
 
 u 
 
>aic>.iSK 
 
 INSIDIOUS DISKAUKS. 
 
 687 
 
 18E8. 
 
 le. 
 
 ate of the blood, and bo 
 if not a fatal tendency, 
 I a disturbance not easily 
 oi what is usually termed 
 )on the face, regarded of 
 lus of the vitiated condi- 
 It begins to inflame ; a 
 f the fluid takes place at 
 ig fever pervades the en- 
 rapid course, and termi- 
 I any remedial agent can 
 Pimples upon the face 
 ar of inviting inflamma- 
 ig up or setting fire to a 
 vis apparently well in the 
 ther morning came round, 
 r this disorder. As soon 
 three or four hours, and 
 1 any indication of change 
 cid, or Lachem. Just as 
 inflame like a boil, and 
 back, retire to bed, take 
 dition may take place for 
 36 saved. When the face 
 fe Belladonna every half- 
 lency to the brain. After 
 ly cases of " Malignant 
 esort to proper remedies. 
 »ment's unnecessary delay 
 is believed that the brain 
 ible to speedy implication, 
 gainst these will undou^^* 
 lit Arsenictm^ Apis tn^i'-, 
 ur. 
 
 Spotted Fever. — Fehris Petechialis, 
 
 This fever usually begins with great lassitude ; the patient feels 
 fatigued, and unable to l)e about ; and then a headache ensues, without 
 much fever ; the pulse is not much accelerated, the tongue is coated 
 with a dark or brown coating, nutrition becomes interrupted, and 
 rapid emaciation takes place. After a while, the patient begins to 
 Buffer from intense pain in the back and limbs; a cold chill comes 
 over him, and a febrile reaction, that is cliamcterieed usually by great 
 thirst, entire loss of appetite, and inclination to vomit. During the 
 fel.ile excitement, the skin becomes discolored, and red or purple 
 8i)ois appear in great numbers upon the surface of the body. This 
 is believed to be the crisis, and affords an indication of the malignant 
 character of the disease. For the most part, the patient lies in stu- 
 por, or perhaps at times evinces a low, muttering delir \m, and 
 inclination to pick the bed-clothes. The cause of this fever is sup- 
 posed to be some malaiious poison acting upon the blood. The prog- 
 nosis, or prospect of the result, is by no means favorable ; yet many 
 such cases recover under proper treatment. In the first stiage, when 
 the patient is complaining of great weariness and lassitude, give Arnica 
 every three hours. When the head begins to ache, give Belladonna, 
 and especially if there is any twitching of the muscles, or redness of 
 the eyes. If there is any derangement of the kidneys, following 
 checked perspiration, give Rhus tox. For the intense pain in the 
 back, give Belladonna, and follow with Verat. viride. When the cold 
 chill ensues, and the countenance looks pallid and sunken, give Carbo 
 vegetahilis. When the fever appears, and there is thirst, and incli- 
 nation to vomit, give Arsenicum, or perhaps Veratrum album, and 
 repeat the remedy every three hours. When the low, muttering de- 
 lirium shows itself, give Stramonium. Let the surface of the body 
 be rubbed gently with a crash or Turkish towel, and wet with tepid 
 water. If the patient becomes quiet, and the spots gradually begin 
 to disappear, and the coating upon the tongue begins to break up, 
 and a normal secretion upon the tongue begins to show itself, — 
 these are signs of convalescence ; and then it is well to give China, 
 and supply the patient with beef-tea or broth in moderate quantities, 
 and then with something more substantial, as he can bear it. 
 
 Cold Fever. 
 
 In some parts of the country, there has prevailed endemically a 
 kind of fever which at first makes its appearance with general pros- 
 tration and coldness of the surface of the entire body. The face ap- 
 pears as cold as marble, the nose pinched, the eyes sunken in their 
 sockets, the tongue covered with a thiijk white coating, no appetite, 
 Itut intense thirst. This cold stage lasts for a longer or shorter 
 period; and then it is followed by a febrile reaction, and the entire 
 
r>88 
 
 INfliniOUS DIBRASRS. 
 
 h(»(ly becomes intensely heated, the pulae becomes quick and feeble, 
 the head and back bticomu the seat of pain for a while; and then all 
 these symptoms disappear, and another cold, sunken condition of the 
 system ensues, and sometimes the body is covered with a cold perspira- 
 tion, which lasts for an indefinite period, and then a more fierce febrile 
 reaction conies on again, and elevates the pulse and temperature of 
 the skin, giving a flushed appearance of the countenance, redness of 
 the eyes, and heat of the head; when a warm perspiration terminattis 
 the febrile heat, and then there gradually appears the coldness of the 
 surface again. These alternations of the extremes of temperature 
 upon the surface go on until a crisis occurs that terminates the life 
 of the patient, or the disease begins to wane. But, to mitigate the sev- 
 erity of the disease by treatment, in the cold stiige, give Carho. ve(/. 
 every four hours until the reaction commences, and then give Bryonia 
 or Rhus ; and these remedies raay moderate the reaction. If, in the cold 
 stage, the patient is stupid, y\\Q Belladonna ; after Carlo veff., and 
 and for the cold perspiration, ^rive Carbo animalia. At the recurrence 
 of the fever upon the surface, give Arsenicum and Bryonia. If the 
 patient has much heat in the liead, and is delirious, give Belladonna ; 
 and, until the coating upon the tongue begins to disappear, do not 
 thrust any food other than light gruel upon the patient, but as soon 
 as the natural secretion of saliva appears upon the tongue, give beef- 
 tea or good mutton soup, a little wine, and other nutritious stimu- 
 lants ; and as the appetite returns, increase the strength of the diet. 
 The same process of rubbing must be employed as in the Spotted 
 Fever. If the urine is turbid, give iVkc vom. If the feet swell dur- 
 ing the convalescence, give Artenioum, Apia met,, or Eellebore. 
 
 Putrid Fever. 
 
 This fever, as its name implies, emits an unpleasant or fetid odor. 
 It comes on much like those just described, only the breath appeal's 
 to be tainted with something of a putrid character, and very often 
 there are patrid discharges from the bowels. The urine has a putrid 
 odor ; and when there is any perspiration upon the surface, it has the 
 same smell. The disease comes on unobserved, and is attended with 
 lassitude and inappetency. There is seldom any noticeable cold 
 stage, and yet there is very little if any heat upon the surface. 
 The tongue becomes coated with a dark brown coating, and sordes 
 collects upon the teeth in large quantities. The pulse is feeble and 
 quick , the skin, for the most part, is dry and of low vitality. There 
 is often more or less pain in the bowels, and a distension of the ab- 
 domen. The urine is thick and high colored, and of an offensive 
 odor. The patient rejects all kinds of food and drink, except water ; 
 and this uniformly has to him a disagreeable taste. His nose is dry 
 and sore, and his lips become dt md cracked ; and sometimes a black 
 or dark-colored saliva runs out ux the corners of his mouth, which dis- 
 
-i^AMftMUitaMi^ 
 
 iNflimons msKA8E& 
 
 689 
 
 ecomes quick and feeble, 
 for a while ; and then all 
 , sunken condition of the 
 irered with a cold perspini- 
 [ then a more fierce febrile 
 julse and temperature of 
 i countenance, redness of 
 m perspiration terminattts 
 )pear8 the coldnes-s of the 
 extremes of temperature 
 that terminates the life 
 But, to mitigate the sev- 
 )ld stiige, give Carho. veij. 
 jes, and then give Bryonia 
 )he reaction. If, in the cold 
 %a ; after Carho veg., and 
 umalis. At the recurrence 
 rum and Bryonia. If tlu; 
 ielirious, give Belladonna ; 
 egins to disappear, do not 
 n the patient, but as soon 
 pon the tongue, give beef- 
 id other nutritious stimu- 
 the strength of the diet, 
 ployed as in the Spotted 
 »m. If the feet swell dur- 
 it's mel,^ or Sellehore, 
 
 a unpleasant or fetid odor, 
 id, only the breath appeai-s 
 character, and very often 
 Is. The urine has a putriel 
 ipon the surface, it has the 
 3rved, and is attended with 
 idom any noticeable cold 
 ly heat upon the surface. 
 brown coating, and sordes 
 i. The pulse is feeble and 
 md of low vitality. There 
 md a distension of the ab- 
 )lored, and of an offensive 
 )d and drink, except water; 
 ble taste. His nose is dry 
 ced ; and sometimes a black 
 ers of his mouth, which dis- 
 
 colors them, and gives to his pale and sunken countenance a distress- 
 '"K appearance. The progress of this fever is slow and low, and 
 often terminates in ulceration of the bowels. There is from the first 
 a labored respiration and a putrid breath. For the conuuencing 
 stage give Arnica ; if this fails to relieve the symptoms in twenty-four 
 hours, give Baptisia ; when the mouth becomes dry and the lips 
 (tracked, and the sordos collects upon the teeth, give Nitric acid, and 
 follow with Argenicum ; when the patient complains of pain in the 
 bowels, and there are putrescent discharges from them, give Phos- 
 phorus ; if there is involunttvry and painless diarrha-a, give Phos- 
 phoric acid ; in case of great prostration, give Arsenicum, followed in 
 twelve hours, if no relief, by Muriatic acid. Putrid fevers are often 
 fatal, and especially where a putrid diarrhoea is kept up by the fever. 
 For the distension of the abdomen, give Nux ; for the thick and of- 
 fensive urine, Sulphur, Carbo vet/., or Arsenicum ; should the putrid 
 stiige pass off, leaving the patient prostrate, give China, wine, egg- 
 nog, and even a little brandy to keep up the vitality of the system. 
 The sooner any one recovering from this fever can take light, solid 
 aliments, tho better. 
 
-.,-»::. ij^-i: ..'TtOf 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS DISEASES. 
 
 Relapsing Fever. 
 
 A FEVER has lately made its appearance in some of our large 
 cities, having all the characteristics of a common typhoid tha. appar- 
 ently passes through all its stages, and then reproduces itself, 
 and the same round occurs again. 7 ach siege lasts about se. 'en 
 davs Several of these in succession make the condition ot the pa- 
 tient precarious, and the prognosis unfavorable. The treatment is 
 with stimulants, and the usual remedies for low fevers, such as Ars., 
 Carbo vegetabilis, Bryonia, and Rhus tox. Doses as usual, and repe- 
 tition of the remedy selected, every three hours. A stimulating diet 
 always required. 
 
 Black Tongue. 
 
 In warm climates and in a low country, there are biliary derange- 
 ments, accompanied with low fever, and a black coating upon the 
 tongue. This is what is termed the Black Tongue. Carho veg. has 
 been given freely, even the crude powder, a teaspoonful at a dose. 
 
 Black Vomit. 
 
 This is another bilious disease, that results from superabundance 
 of carbon in the blood, and a wretched derangement of the liver and 
 stomach, which causes copious vomitings of black bile. ArBmicum, 
 given every hour, has remedied this difficulty. After the vomiting is 
 arrested by the use of Arsenicum, give Carbo veg., China, Khm, or 
 Bryonia. Whichever remedy is selected by the indications should 
 be repeated every hour or two hours, until complete recovery takes 
 placef As soon as the patient can take nourishment, give beet-tea 
 and other nourishing soups, and then more solid aliments. 
 
 Nightmare. — Incubus. 
 
 The characteristic symptoms of this distressing condition are semi- 
 consciousness, and a sense of inability to extricate one s sell trom 
 some imaginary weighs, or seizure. It may be caused by some detect 
 
 690 
 
MISCELLANEOUS DISEASES. 
 
 691 
 
 8EASE8. 
 
 r. 
 
 ce in some of our large 
 imon typhoid, that appar- 
 then reproduces itself, 
 siege lasts about se^'en 
 ! the condition of the pa- 
 rable. The treatment is 
 low fevers, such as Ars., 
 Doses as usual, and repe- 
 ours. A stimulating diet 
 
 there are biliary derange- 
 , black coating upon the 
 
 Tongue. Carbo veg. has 
 J, teaspoonful at a dose. 
 
 lilts from superabundance 
 angemen\; of the liver and 
 f black bile. ArsHnicim, 
 ty. After the vomiting is 
 hrbo veg., China, Rhus, or 
 by the indications should 
 1 complete recovery takes 
 [lourishment, give beef-tea 
 3 solid aliments. 
 
 cuhus. 
 
 ressing condition are semi- 
 extricate one's self from 
 y be caused by some det'ei;l 
 
 in the circulation or indigestion. The sufferer is generally supposed 
 to be asleep ; but in some cases, he knows when persons are about 
 him, and yet, unless he is spoken to or moved, or by effort himself 
 can voluntarily move his foot or hand, he is liable to remain spell- 
 bound, under a sense of weight or oppression. To relieve one when 
 thus affected, turn or shake him. The remedies that may be em- 
 ployed to prevent nightmare are Aconite, when there is a feverish 
 condition of the system ; Nux vomica, when there is indigestion ; and 
 also Pulsatilla and Sulphur, 
 
 Hysteria. 
 
 This is a name applied to a great variety of nervous derangements, 
 that for the most part are dependent upon nervous debility. It may 
 manifest itself in an irresistible inclination to weep or laugh ; some- 
 l/iraes in fainting and spasms, shortness of breath, screeching and a 
 sensation of choking. Aconite will sometimes quiet the nerves ; Ig- 
 natia, if there is an inclination to weep ; Hyo»cyamu», if inclined to 
 laugh ; Pulsatilla, if connected with the menstrual period. For hys- 
 teric mania, Hyoscyamus, Stramonium or Belladonna. Either of the 
 remedies may be given in the usual dose, and repeated every two Ox 
 three houi-s until relief is obtained ; and it is also recommended that 
 such persons ride out in the open air and seek change of scene. 
 
 Hydrophobia. — Babies. 
 
 The bite of rabid dogs is productive of this disease. The poison 
 communicated by the bite may remain in the system for an indefinite 
 period ; and then all at once, the sight of water or some polished 
 meta^ will throw the victim into indescribable distress and madness, 
 which are apt to increase and terminate in death. A dread of water 
 is an unmistakable sign of the disease. When one is bitten by a rab- 
 id animal, the effect may be extinguished by an immediate resort 
 to cauterization. A heated poker brought as near to the wound as 
 possible without contact is l^lieved to be effectual in destroying the 
 poison ; or the application of Nitrate of Silver immediately may also 
 have the same effect. Hydrophobia has been cured by the persistent 
 use of Belladonna in the usual dose, repeated every hour or two 
 hours for several days ; Hyoscyamus may also be employed in the 
 same wp" ; Cantharis has been recommended as an antidote to rabies. 
 Lachesis, and even copious draughts of whiskey, have been found 
 useful. Nothing however, has been found more salutary as an im- 
 mediate resc. t than dry or radiating heat, unless the patient is 
 immediately under the Pasteur treatment, which operates on 
 theory that rabies is a germ-disease, and has proved very successfi.. 
 Tliere is a special hospital for the Pasteur treatment in New York 
 City 
 
 ( 
 
AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND. 
 
 It is well known to physiologists, that soundness of mind, as well 
 as entire soundness of body, indicates a condition of perfect health. 
 The two are so intimately blended, that one can hardly exist without 
 the other, and vice versa. An unsound condition of the physical sys- 
 tem is often attended with manifest unsoundness of mind. It is not 
 intended to include the mental phenomena frequently attendant on 
 acute fevers, as in nervous, scarlet and other fevers, but such only as 
 appear to exist as the chief symptom of disturbance in the entire sys- 
 tem ; and we will begin with simple 
 
 Mental Derangement. 
 
 What is understood by mental derangement is a disordered mind, 
 which may have been occasioned by one or more of a variety of causes. 
 It is indicated by irrational expressions of illusory notions, incoherent 
 ideas, strange fancies, and not infrequently by vicious inclinations. 
 There is, nevertheless, some specific cause for every case of mental 
 alienation that occurs ; and the treatment has to be adapted with 
 reference to the cause, when there is a chain of circumstances that 
 indicates it. Nevertheless, the cause is not always apparent, and 
 therefore particular symptoms must be our guide in affiliating reme- 
 dies. When insanity takes the form of rage, and the patient appears 
 to be governed by angry and revengeful feelings, and is inclined to 
 utter imprecations and threats towards his best friends, give Aconite 
 in daily doses. If his face appeai-s flushed, an^ his eyes suffused, and 
 exhibit a fiery red appearance, give Belladonna. If in a scrofulous 
 subject, give Caloarea. If strange fancies seem to beset the patient, 
 or complaints are made of illusory sights, give Hyo%cyamu». If the 
 patient is inclined to run away from home, or hide in soi-ic secret 
 place, give a dose of Sulphur, and follow with a few doses of Stra- 
 moniwm every three or four hours. If the patient seems depressed, 
 and sighs frequently, give Laehesis. If much distress is evinced, 
 and there is defective nutrition, give Nux vomica. For violent rage, 
 followed by soporific sleep, give Opium. If the patient laughs and 
 talks continually, give Hyoscyamus ; or if given to crying, sobbing or 
 constant weeping, give Ignatia. If the patient is subject to cold 
 
 692 
 
 .1^,:', 
 
AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND. 
 
 693 
 
 [E MIND. 
 
 undness of mind, as well 
 dition of perfect health, 
 can hardly exist without 
 ition of the physical sys- 
 iness of mind. It is not 
 frequently attendant on 
 r fevers, but such only as 
 irbance in the entire sys- 
 
 lent. 
 
 lent is a disordered mind, 
 lOre of a variety of causes, 
 lusory notions, incoherent 
 r by vicious inclinations, 
 for every case of mental 
 has to be adapted with 
 lin of circumstances that 
 lot always apparent, and 
 guide in affiliating renie- 
 B, and the patient appears 
 jlings, and is inclined to 
 best friends, give Aconite 
 m^ his eyes suffused, and 
 m,na. If in a scrofulous 
 seem to beset the patient, 
 rive Hyo%cyamu8. If the 
 I, or hide in sOiie secret 
 ith a few doses of iitra- 
 patient seems depressed, 
 luch distress is evinced, 
 omica. For violent rage, 
 f the patient laughs and 
 iven to crying, sobbing or 
 atieut is subject to cold 
 
 sweats, give Veratrum. If thirsty, give Arsenicum. If there is great 
 weakness and prostration, give China. If, during p-iroxysms of rage, 
 there is intense perspiration, give Mercurius. Disposition to suicide, 
 Aurum. None of the medicines need be repeated oftener than twice 
 a day. Great care should be taken to keep the stomach of the pa- 
 tient at ease, by furnishing for it light but nutritious food. 
 
 Mania ProduceU by Depression of Spirits. 
 
 Protracted Qrief. — Extreme mortification or chagrin, or intense 
 anger, may end in mental derangement. When grief wears out the 
 ^ind, and strange fancies begin to show themselves, give Ignatia. 
 When great mortification on account of some exposure to censure or 
 on account of some humbling of family pride, give Pho». acid. When 
 disappointment unsettles the mind, and chagrin gives rise to insane 
 imaginings, give Pulsatilla ; or, if there is a manifest inclination to 
 hide away from friends, give Sulphur, and follow, in four or six 
 hours, with a dose of Hyoscyamus. If the face is red, and the temples 
 beat and throb, give Belladonna. When excessive anger and general 
 moroseness of spirit ensue, with general antipathy towards every one, 
 give Sulphur^ and, in six hours, follow with a few doses of Nux vomica. 
 
 Mania from Excited Emotions. . 
 
 The mind is often beset with emotions of one kind or another, that 
 often tend to unsettle and derange it. Anguish or foreboding often 
 has this disastrous effect, and one of the principal remedies is Aconite. 
 If there is an attending inclination to weep, give Ignatia. If there is 
 dullness or stupor, give Opium, or if in females, give Pulsatilla. If 
 mania is produced by fright, give Aconite, Coffea or Nux vom. When 
 fear unsettles the mind, give Lachesis, Hyoscyamus, Gelsemium, Opium 
 or Pulsatilla. When excessive joy produces derangement of the men- 
 tal faculties, and gpives rise to strange fancies, give Coffea, Opium or 
 Punatilla. When homesickness unsettles the mind, give Phos. 
 acid. When fancied neglect of friends distracts the imagination, 
 give Causticum or Capsicum. For unhappy love, and the derange- 
 ment of mind consequent thereon, give Hyoscyamus, Ignatia or Pho»^ 
 phoric acid, or, perhaps, Coffea or Nux vom. 
 
 If disappointed affection or any cause produces the mania of sui- 
 cide, give Aurum. If excessive jealousy ends in mania, give Hyos- 
 cyamus. If rage ensues upon insults, give Veratrum alb.. Belladonna 
 or Chamomilla ; if upon contradiction, give Aconite, and afterwards 
 Ignatia or Nux vom. For thj concomitant symptoms of insanity 
 from excited emotions, give Aconite when there is headache, feverish 
 heat or tendency of the blood to the head. Give Belladonna when 
 there is loss of consciousness, or constant anxiety, with fear, weeping, 
 howling and malice (in children), and also when Aconite and Opium 
 
 J 
 
694 
 
 AFFECTI0K8 OF THB MIND. 
 
 had proved insufficient for the consequences of flight Gi^ 3 Bryonin 
 when there is chilliness and shuddering over tlie whole body, gieat 
 tendency to vehement anger, loss of appetite, nausea, vo iting und 
 bilious state in consequence of anger. Give Cajmeum fo- sleepless- 
 ness caused by homesickness, with heat and redness of iie cheeks. 
 Give Chamomilla when anger produces bitter taste of lae mouth, 
 nausea, disposition to start, and vomiting of bilious mati;er. Give 
 Coffea when there is much nervous excitement after great joy. Give 
 Ooloeynth when chagrin or mortification produces spasmo^nc colic or 
 cramps. Should this condition persist, give Causticum. » Hve Hyo»- 
 cyamui when fear produces stupefaction or convulsions, :' nvoluntaiy 
 laughter during sleep, or a desire to run away. Give Ignatia for 
 grief, disappointment, or unhappy love, when there is deep, gnawing, 
 irresistible grief, vomiting, headache, vertigo, pale face, convulsions 
 or epilepsy, and in children when they occur from the sho'k of fright 
 or fear. When homesickness, fright or mortification is atl '. nded with 
 great anguish, restlessness and trembling, or sudden stii ting from 
 sleep, or accelerated circulation on the least exertion, si aplessness 
 and inability to bear the warmth of the bed, great ner /ousness, a 
 disposition to be quarrelsome, and to complain of everyl ody as being 
 hateful, and the patient takes a dislike to his own family, and wishes 
 to leave them, and also when there is shivering and night-sweats, 
 give Mercurius. Give Nux vomica, when, after an angry fit, there is 
 chilliness'without heat. Give Opium when diarrhoea follows exces- 
 sive joy or fear, or when a sudden start or fright produces sudden 
 and involuntary diarrhoea, with heaviness of the abdomen. For 
 chronic diarrhoea from fright, Oehemium. Give Phosphoric acid in 
 all cases after deep grief, homesickness, or unhappy lov<^. when the 
 patient is taciturn, dull or listless, and has a constant de^ .le to sleep, 
 and has night-sweats towards morning, after hectic fever sa the even- 
 ing. Give Pulsatilla when fear produces cold hands and feet. Give 
 Veratrum album when any emotional excitement produces diarrhoea 
 or involuntary evacuations from the bowels, with coldness of the 
 whole abd.omen. 
 
 Morbid Emotions. 
 
 A CELKBRATED writer on insanity considers all morbid emotions 
 under this head, £.nd for this reason : that all morbid states of the 
 mind may become so augmented as to result in complete mania or 
 monomania. It is, therefore, well to understand the best method of 
 bringing remedial action to bear upon the first departure from sound 
 health of any faculty or emotion of mind. For anguish or anxiety, 
 no remedy seems better adapted than Arsenicum, to be given morn- 
 ing and evening, or perhaps, Pulsatilla for females at the menstrual 
 period, or Veratrum album for very weak and exhausted persons. 
 For apprehension or fear, give Aconite morning and evening, espe- 
 cially if the ^ufEerer is a plethoric, full-blooded person. Give Bdlor 
 
IND. 
 
 AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND. 
 
 695 
 
 of fright. Gi\ iBryoin'ii 
 er the whole body, git'at 
 te, nausea, vo iting iiiid 
 e Capsurum fo- sleepless- 
 d redness of tie cheeks, 
 tter taste of me mouth, 
 of bilious maioer. Give 
 ent after great joy. Give 
 )duces spasmo'-ic colic or 
 
 Causticum. < Hve Hyos- 
 
 convulsions, involuntary 
 
 away. Give Ignatia for 
 
 m there is deci), gnawing, 
 
 JO, pale face, convulsions 
 
 r from the sho'k of fright 
 
 tification ia ati'. nded with 
 
 or sudden stii ting from 
 
 ist exertion, si oplessness 
 
 bed, great ner .'ousness, a 
 
 ain of everyl^ody as being 
 
 is own family, and wishes 
 
 ivering and inght-sweats, 
 
 after an angry fit, there is 
 
 diarrhoea follows exces- 
 r fright produces sudden 
 
 of the abdomen. For 
 
 Give Phosp^tric acid in 
 [• unhappy lov -. when the 
 a constant de .ve to sleep, 
 r hectic fever va the even- 
 sold hands and feet. Give 
 ioment produces diarrhea 
 els, with coklness of the 
 
 IS. 
 
 iders all morbid emotions 
 ; all morbid states of the 
 ult in complete mania or 
 rstand the best method of 
 first departure from sound 
 , For anguish or anxiety, 
 miavm, to be given mom- 
 ' females at the menstrual 
 k and exhausted persons, 
 orning and evening, espe- 
 oded person. Give Bfll<tr 
 
 donna to one who suffers much from ht-adache, or rush of blood to 
 the head ; or Bryonia if there is anxiety, with heat of the chest and 
 difficult respiration ; or Hyoscyamus for anxiety about one's safety, or 
 religious anxiety; or Opium for a kind of anguish and depression of 
 spirits that confuses one's ideas, and is attended by a stupidity and 
 headache. When one is constantly vexed and irritable, it may be in- 
 ferred that a corresponding physical condition requires Arsenicum 
 once or twice a day, or perhaps Nux vomica. Jynatia is suitiible when 
 there is a tendency to be vexed, and to Aveep on account of trifles. 
 For one always in hiiste to get angry without reason, give Aurum or 
 Sulphur. When one is morbidly suspicious and distrustful, and, in 
 fact, is a hater of his fellow-men, and wishes to avoid every one, and 
 to spend his time in seclusion, give Arsenicum^ Hyoscyamus, Pulsa- 
 tilla or Rhus tox. For nervous excitement, which may lead to men- 
 tpl derangement, give Aconite or Pulsatilla; and especially if there 
 is great tendency to start. For a morbidly malicious disposition, 
 give Belladonna^ Hyoscyamus and Lachesis. For a disposition to kill 
 somebody, or to commit acts of violence, give Stramonium, Bella- 
 donna or Veratrum alburn^ morning and evening until a change. For 
 a morbid disposition to be audacious or impertinent, give Ignatia, 
 
 Opium or Sulphur. For headstrong obstinacy and disposition to be 
 quarrelsome, give Belladonna, Nux vomica, Ignatia, Lachesis and 
 
 Veratrum. For an artful disposition or an involuntary disposition 
 to practise deception with no definable motive, give Lachesis and 
 Nux vomica. When the mind is either beset with fancies or fixed 
 ideas, give Belladonna, Cocculus, Stramonium or Sulphur. For sad 
 and melancholic fancies and forebodings, give Calcarea, China or 
 Pulsatilla, and Petroleum. For a morbidly serious, silent and un- 
 talkative disposition, give Belladonna, Hyoscyamua and Pulsatilla. 
 For morbid indifference and apathy, give Arsenicum morning and 
 evening, or else Phosphoric acid. Sepia and Sulphur, in daily doses. 
 Moaning and lamenting without any special cause indicates a degree 
 of insanity that demands prompt attention ; and Hyoscyamus may be 
 given three times a day, or else Chamomilla, Coffea or Ignatia. De- 
 spondency, despair and being tired of life, as well aa an inclination 
 to suicide, are severally affections of the mind that are subject to 
 medical treatment. Arsenicum may be given morning and evening 
 for despair. Lachesis for despondency, especially where there is sigh- 
 ing, as if something awful was weighing upon the mind. For incli- 
 nation to commit suicide, give Aurum and Arsenicum, especially if 
 there is great anguish, melancholy and morbid disgust of life. For 
 one simply tired of life, and anxious to get out of this world by natu- 
 ral death, give China., Lachesis or Nitric acid. For illusions and illu- 
 sory notions, showing mental difficulties, give Lachesis, China or Pul- 
 satilla. Many of these mentjvl difficulties are the result of selfishness 
 or mortified self-love, and can be overcome by strong determination 
 of the will and moral training, which, of couree, involves more or 
 less of self-denial. 
 
 \ 
 
696 
 
 AFFECTIONS OF TllK MIND. 
 
 » 
 
 Religious Mania. 
 
 Tms mental affection is simply a morbid excitation of religious 
 sentiment and feelings, producing strange and fanciful ideas of God, 
 heaven and the importance of certain missions to which the victims 
 believe themselves specially called. Religious mania is characterized 
 by morbid inclination to be always singing, praying, preaching and 
 performing religious rites, out of time and place, and in a discon- 
 nected and incoherent manner. The cause of this mental affection 
 may be excitement upon religious t-opics, or during what is ordinarily 
 tenned religious revivals. The effect of anything of the kind is to 
 unsettle the healthy condition of the nerves and that of the nutritive 
 system. For religious mania in general, give Hyoscyamus or Stra- 
 monium ; for that which is attended with indigestion, give Nux vom- 
 ica; for that which is accompanied by torpidity of the liver and mel- 
 ancholic temper, give Arsenicum, Mercuriv%, Podophyllin and Ignatia. 
 Let the patient avoid all surroundings calculated to unsettle the mind 
 or emotions. 
 
 Hypochondria. — Hypochondriasis. 
 
 Pixel classes hypochondria among the various forms of insanity, 
 as it is characterized by morbid imaginings concerning one's health. 
 Sometimes the victim imagines himself void of strength, or sadly dis- 
 eased at the heart ; he fancies he sees death staring him in the face, 
 and believes himself often in a dying condition, when, in fact, there 
 is not the slightest reason for such apprehension. In the future, all 
 is darkness : the next hour, the next day, week or year, is believed by 
 him to be pregnant with something awful. He never enjoys a laugh, 
 for everjrthing is 'clothed in gloom. If the subject is of a bilious 
 temperament, and has black hair and eyes, give Mcrcurius ; if of a 
 lymphatic temperament, and inclined to obesity, give Pulsatilla ; if 
 of a sanguine temperament, and has red hair and blue eyes, g^ive Nux 
 vom. ; if addicted to the use of intoxicating liquors, give Arsenicum 
 or Nuz vom. ; if of a downcast countenance, and subject to indiges- 
 tion, give Ifux vomicoj Lycopodium or Petroleum. If caused by sex- 
 ual abuse, give China or- Sulphur ; when caused by sedentary habits, 
 Nux vomica and Sulphur, or if by derangement of the abdominal func- 
 tions and constipation, give Calcarea, Lachesis or Lycopodium ; for 
 one suffering from languor, mental dullness, or mental distress and 
 discouragement, give China. If the victim has the fixed idea that 
 he is unhappy and has no friends, and imagines himself surrounded 
 by enemies, China is also the remedy. For a hypochondriac troubled 
 with weak digestion and distension of the abdomen, ill-humor and 
 indolence after eating, give China ; when he laments on account of 
 the future, and desires to be alone, give Natrum muriaticum ; when 
 he is beset with ill-humor, despondency and aversion to life, give Nux 
 
AFFECTIONS OF THK MIND. 
 
 697 
 
 excitation of religious 
 i fanciful ideas of God, 
 18 to which the victims 
 I mania is characterized 
 praying, preaching and 
 place, and in a discon- 
 ►f this mental affection 
 aring what is ordinarily 
 thing of the kind is to 
 nd that of the nutritive 
 ve Hyo»cyamu8 or Stra- 
 ligestion, give Nux vom- 
 ity of the liver and mel- 
 °odopkyllin and Ignatia. 
 «d to unsettle the mind 
 
 ondriasis. 
 
 nous forms of insanity, 
 loncerning one's health, 
 of strength, or sadly dis- 
 staring him in the face, 
 ion, when, in fact, there 
 sion. In the future, all 
 k or year, is believed by 
 le never enjoys a laugh, 
 
 subject is of a bilious 
 ^ive Mereurius ; if of a 
 38ity, give Pulsatilla; if 
 
 and blue eyes, give Nux 
 
 liquors, give Arsenicum 
 !, and subject to indiges- 
 \eum. If caused by sex- 
 ised by sedentary habits, 
 it of the abdominal func- 
 e%is or Lycopodium ; for 
 , or mental distress and 
 
 has the fixed idea that 
 ines himself surrounded 
 k hypochondriac troubled 
 
 abdomen, ill-humor and 
 3 lamfents on account of 
 itrum muriatioum ; when 
 aversion to life, give iVkr 
 
 vomica ; when with painful anxiety of mind and lowness of spirits. 
 Sulphur ; when he has great dread of death, and is in restless, whin- 
 ing mood, give Aurum; if indifferent about his business or his own 
 family, give Sepia. Any of the remedies named may be given three 
 times a day. 
 
 Weak Memory. 
 
 There are many conditions of the physical system that may oper- 
 ate to impair the memory ; the most prominent of which are those 
 that produce debility, — such as loss of blood and other animal fluids, 
 and intense application of the mind. When occasioned by the former, 
 give China, Nux vom. and Sulphur, in daily doses ; when by the lat- 
 ter, Nux vom., Pulsatilla or Sulphur; if caused by external injuries. 
 Arnica or Rhus; if by inebriation, Arsenicum, Opium or Nux vom.; 
 if caused by violent emotions, as fright, grief or anger, give 
 Aconite, Opium, Phos. acid ; if caused by dampness, give Oarbo vc;/., 
 Rhus, Veratrum album; if by rush of blood to the head, give Bella- 
 donna. In nearly all instances of weakness of the memory, it is con- 
 nected with some form of debility. That following epileptiform dis- 
 ease requires Sulphur; that following childbirth requires China; and 
 also weakness of memory following an acute fever, or any other 
 prostrating disease, requires China, Ignatia, Nux vom, and Arsenicum. 
 Give the remedy selected twice a day. 
 
 Hysteric Derangement. 
 
 The ordinary forms of hysteria sometimes degenerate into insan- 
 ity. The nervous system becomes shattered, and such patients be- 
 come tormented with all kinds of fancies, — sometimes sexual, frivo- 
 lous and even foolish. For hysteric insanity in general, give Ignatia, 
 Phosphorus or Platina ; or, if attended with uterine derangement, 
 give Aurum, Crocus or Sepia; for those tormented with excessive 
 sexual fancies, give Phosphorus, Pulsatilla or Platina ; if the patient 
 acts foolishly, with much frivolity and levity, give Apis mel.; if fitful, 
 laughing at one time and crying at another, give Crocus or Stramo- 
 nium; if there are marked heavings of the chest, give Phosphorus; 
 and if the bowels are constipated, persistant and tedious, give Lyco- 
 podium; if in any way connected with the menstrual function, give 
 Pulsatilla ; if the patients are prone to lie and deceive, give Veror 
 trum- album; wlien they evince an insane paasion for work, give 
 Lachesis and Hyoscyamus ; when full of suspicion and distrust, give 
 Hyosnyamus, Mereurius and Pulsatilla ; if excited excessively in body 
 and mind, give Aconite and then Nux vomica, after which give Phos- 
 phorus or Lachesis ; if disposed to be imperious, and exliibit a passion 
 to order their friends about, give Lycopodium or Cuprum; if they 
 betray a tricky and malicious disposition, give Nux vom. ; if there is 
 great obstinacy, give Belladonna, Ignatia ; if disposed to hide or be 
 
 I 
 
698 
 
 AFFECTIONS OF THK MIND. 
 
 alone, give Calcarea ; if on the contrary there is a mania for company, 
 and a dread of being alone, give Arsenieum^ Lycopodium, Phoaphorun 
 and Belladonna ; for great loquacity, give Stramonium; if excessive 
 mirthfulness, give Hyoscyamus ; if there is a disposition to obscenity, 
 and a great want of modesty, give HyoHeyamus, Phosphorun or Vera- 
 trum; if there is a great disposition to sing, warble or whistle, give 
 Belladonna or Stramonium ; if there is a disposition to make faces 
 and cut antics, give Cuprum or Stramonium ; if there is a disposition 
 to scold or swear, give Lycopodium ; if given to self-importance and 
 pride, give Cuprum to men and Platina to women. Let whatever 
 remedy is selected be administered twice a day. Diet should be 
 moderate, and easy of digestion. 
 
 Imbecility. 
 
 Loss of mind, as well ais the derangement of its faculties, comes 
 under the head of mental difficulties. There are several causes that 
 may operate to destroy the intellect. Epileptic fits will in time ren- 
 der the brain an unfit organ for the mind, and consequently there can 
 be but little power or force in the mental manifestation. A soften- 
 ing of the brain that may supervene upon inflammation is also at- 
 tended with imbecility. Self-pollution is also a fruitful source of 
 mental weakness. Congenital idiocy results from causes not possible 
 to describe ; but many a bright child has become the victim of idioiy 
 by the mal-treatment it has had in tlie nursery. To quiet crying 
 children resort has been had to a variety of sedatives, instead of ex- 
 ercising patience, to initiate them into sleep and quietness. How of- 
 ten do nurses give poppy or lettuce-tea, to put a crying infant to 
 sleep, little dreaming that they inflict a permanent injury upon the 
 mind of the child. The effect of paregoric, soothing-sirup and poppy- 
 cordial is often disastrous, and the source of spasms, fits or convul- 
 sions that impair the tender textures of the brain so much, that, even 
 if the children live, they are apt to be the victims of imbecility. 
 Fear and fright also are causes of imbecility. If epilepsy is the cause, 
 give Cuprum or Sulphur in daily doses, or else Belladonna^ Ifelleborus, 
 Lachesis, Hyoscyamus or Opium. If caused by a softening of the 
 brain, there is not much hope of the patient deriving much benefit 
 from remedies. There is only a bare possibility that the difficulty 
 may be arrested. Hyoscyamus, Sulphur and Apis mel. may do some- 
 thing to ward off total and hopeless idiocy. When imbecility is 
 caused by onanism, give Arsenicum or China twice .a day ; when by 
 sexual excesses, give Nux vomica every evening, and Sidphur every 
 morning ; when from the effects of opium, a persistent coui-se of I'e- 
 storative treatment must be decided upon. Give Coffea, in usual 
 doses, every three hours ; give also Sulphur, in the full strength of 
 the tincture, in drop doses ; also, give Ammonia curb., and when from 
 the use of other narcotics, give J^ux vomica or Jgnatia, 
 
ND. 
 
 3 is a mania for compiiny, 
 
 Lycopodium, Phosphorus 
 
 Stramonium; if excessive 
 
 i disposition to obscenity, 
 
 mu8, Phosphorus or Vera- 
 
 T, warble or whistle, give 
 
 lisposition to make faces 
 
 ; if there is a disposition 
 
 en to self-importance and 
 
 o women. Let whatever 
 
 a day. Diet should be 
 
 nt of its faculties, comes 
 sre are several causes that 
 eptic fits will in time ren- 
 id consequently there can 
 manifestiition. A softeu- 
 . inflammation is also at- 
 also a fruitful source of 
 3 from causes not possible 
 jcome the victim of idiocy 
 lursery. To quiet crying 
 f sedatives, instead of ex- 
 p and quietness. How ol- 
 io put a crying infant to 
 jrmanent injury upon the 
 soothing-sirup and poppy- 
 of spasms, fits or convul- 
 ) brain so much, that, even 
 the victims of imbecility. 
 y. If epilepsy is the cause, 
 ihe Belladonna^ ffelleborus, 
 jed by a softening of the 
 int deriving much benefit 
 isibility that the difficulty 
 id Apis mel. may do sorae- 
 ocy. When imbecility is 
 ina twice .a day ; when by 
 /ening, and Sidphur every 
 , a persistent coui-se of re- 
 on. Give Coffea, in usual 
 Mr, in the full strength of 
 monia curb., and when from 
 ?a or Jgnatia, 
 
 AFKKCTI0N3 OK TIIK MIND. 
 
 Monomania. 
 
 699 
 
 This term signifies insanity upon a single matter, when in every 
 other respect the mind is sound. ♦When a single idea seizes the mind, 
 and morbidly dwells there, however erroneous, it is difficult to dis- 
 lodge it. Sometimes a most singulaf and absurd idea will be cher- 
 ished ; as that one is dead. Dr. William Rush once had a patient in 
 Pennsylvania hospital, who claimed to be dead ; and, after exhaust- 
 ing his ingenuity to convince him of the contrary, he told him ab- 
 ruptly that he was dead, and should be buried ; for he would not 
 have his stinking remains there to pollute the room any longer. This 
 had the tendency to fire up the anger of the pretended dead man ; 
 and, on cooling down, this singular illusion left him. The treatment 
 of monomania is for the most part moral. It. is never prudent to con- 
 tradict the patient, or to show disfavor to any absurd idea that may 
 be besetting him, but rather to indulge him in it. A celebrated 
 French writer on this malady says of a case at the Mnison des Inva- 
 lides, that he fancied that if he urinated, it would cause a flood ; 
 and, after finding that the patient must die unless there was an evac- 
 uation of the bladder, the attendant hit upon the idea of crying 
 " Fire ! " and exclaiming at the top of his voice that the city was on 
 fire, and wanting in water to extinguish it, said to the patient, " to 
 let the flood come " ; it was wanted to save the city from ruins ; and 
 this appeal had the desired effect. For a mania to kill some one per- 
 son, under the idea that it must be done, Arsenicum has apparently 
 proved to be a remedy. In a case quite similar, Lachesis proved of 
 great service. For some of the fixed ideas in monomania, remedies 
 may have a good effect. When one has the idea of being great above 
 all created beings, give Aconite or Conium. When orte has an idea 
 that he is hated, and his mind appears sound in other respects, give 
 Aurum or Ignatia. When he is tormented with the idea that his 
 family or friends are all conniving against him, and appears sane on 
 other subjects, give Sulphur and then Nux vom. If he seems right 
 on all questions, except that his mind is cogitating theft, so that he 
 has an irresistible inclination to steal when occasion offers, give Sul- 
 phur^ Pulsatilla. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Concussion of the Brain. 
 
 This is the result of a fall or blow, and may be relieved by Arnim, 
 usual dose, and repeated if necessary. Should stupor and uiability 
 to retain food persist, try Glonoin. 
 
 Concussion of the Chest. 
 
 This may be produced bysome sudden mechanical injury. If there 
 is fever, give Aconite every three hours. If from having been com- 
 pressed mechanically, Arsenicum may prove serviceable ; and so may 
 Arnica, PuUatilla, and Nux vomica, Bryonia, and Ohma. Any ot the 
 remedies selected may be given in the usual dose every three houi-s. 
 In all cases let the diet be simple, and use friction externally; and 
 when there has been a blow upon the head causing the concussion, 
 pour a stream of cold water from a small pitcher or cofiee-pot tor 
 thirty or forty seconds. 
 
 Sprains. 
 
 A SPRAIN may be more or less severe. Sometimes it may impli- 
 cate only the muscles, and at others the ligaments, involving the ap- 
 paratus of the joints. A sprain of the wrist requires Arnica, inter- 
 nally and externally at first, and then a compress of tepid water, 
 covered with a dry bandage. A sprain of the hip-joint or shoulder- 
 joint requires Ledum, with a lotion of the same of twenty drops to 
 half a tumbler of water, applied by means of wetting with it a com- 
 press, covered with a dry bandage. A sprain of the knee-joint should 
 be treated with Arnica, externally and internally, as above, and also 
 with Pulsatilla after. Sprains of the ankles are soonest cured by 
 applying compresses of cold wat«r, and dry bandages over them, and 
 by the administration of Ledum internally. Should this fail, use 
 Bryonia. 
 
 Injury of a Nerve. 
 
 The place which Arnica has in surgery in the treatment of ordinary 
 bruises and sprains is of no greater importance than that of Hypen- 
 
 700 
 
8UKOICAL DI8KASE8. 
 
 701 
 
 ASE8. 
 
 Brain. 
 
 nay be relieved by Arnim, 
 luld stupor and inability 
 
 Chest. 
 
 lechanical injury. If there 
 [f from having been coni- 
 3 serviceable ; and so may 
 I, and China. Any of the 
 x\ dose every three hours. 
 
 friction externally; and 
 ,d causing the concussion, 
 
 pitcher or coffee-pot for 
 
 Sometimes it may impli- 
 jaments, involving the ap- 
 ist requires Arnica, inter- 
 compress of tepid water, 
 the hip-joint or shoulder- 
 same of twenty drops to 
 of wetting with it a com- 
 m of the knee-joint should 
 ernally, as above, and also 
 ties are soonest cured by 
 ■f bandages over them, and 
 ly. Should this fail, use 
 
 rve. 
 
 a the treatment of ordinary 
 bance than that of Hyperi- 
 
 sionlf'f '''"'t? ''PP^''^ ^"'^""^^y ^ ^"J""«« involving the nerves 
 Shocks upon the nervous system, injuries to the sninf, or fronTex 
 
 ruTdCandluor ^ ^^^^^'-^ ^"^-"^ -^ «--4"in the 
 
 Wounds. 
 
 WotjNDs are of various kinds ; such as incised, lacerated Duno- 
 tured, gun-shot wounds, etc. A simple incised wound Ss on Ivtht 
 sides pressed together, and compressed with a strirT adhes ve 
 planter. The application of Calendula externally will^acilitate he 
 
 T^T ^\"^.r'r^ ^'"""l^« ^'^^"'^^ «"^«f"l adjusLent and dressing 
 and then let the Iressing be wet frequently with a dilute tinctuTof 
 Oalefula; and where it is supposed the trunks of ne^es are -mP" 
 cated use Ilypencum. Any of these remedies may be used intemX 
 in the usual dose, three times a day. Contused wounds reSe com 
 
 cZZ^^^i'"'-'^' ^""^ ^m^ca/ while Arnica, Muta, ^TLpZ- 
 cum may be administered in the usual form internally. ^^ 
 
 Hemorrhage from Wounds. 
 
 nJ^/^J^^I protracted hemorrhage from wounds, give Amicd or 
 (7afeni«/a internally, and, with a lotion of forty dr^p^ of eiTher L 
 half a tumbler of water, wet compresses, and apply externally 
 
 Hernia, or Rupture. 
 
 There are two kinds of rupture met with among peraons One is 
 termed the femoral, and is near the groin; and fnSr i^ termed 
 umbilical, and is near the navel. There is a third kind whme the 
 Trnif T.^ into the scrotum; and it is temed scrSl or tig^^^^^^^ 
 hernia When either has been of long standing, well-adjusted trusses 
 must be worn or else for scrotal hernia, a susp;nsoiy £kg^ 
 recent inclination to rupture. Aconite will subdue any inflammato^ 
 symptoms. Arnica, if caused by a strain ; Nux vomica TZl.?f 
 constipation of the bowels. The^emedies ^sSca ed i; be^ven 
 m the usual dose three or four times a day. For stranguTted hSZ 
 iVk...m every half-hour; and if this affords no relif,^^^^^ 
 same. Lycopodzum and Sulphur follow these well, given thfeeTiiZ 
 daily. Ihe patient should be in a recumbent post^fe uporflhe Zt. 
 
 Luxations, or Dislocations. 
 
 These consist in the removal of the head of the bone from its cor- 
 
 a th?i?"^ "t'J'/'i"". *^" ^''^'- ^f*- dislocatToilsT 
 duced, the joint may be bathed with a lotion of forty drops of the 
 
 tincture oi Aconite in half a tumbler of water, whi Jfour^gloUes 
 
 may be used internally to allay any febrile excitement. " Arnica lotion 
 
 ' '.iiafe«ajfi!««*se'«- 
 
 ».*•,-»•-'■■—■ 
 
702 
 
 SURGICAL DIHKASES. 
 
 ' 
 
 prepared and used in the same way will relieve the soreness. The 
 usual dose of this remedy may be administered internally, and re- 
 peated two or three times a day. To remove the pain and suffering 
 of luxations in general, Arnica, Aconite, and Rhus tox. may be given 
 - as required. 
 
 Fractures. 
 
 When there is a separation of bony fibres, either simple or com- 
 plicated, and the fracture has lieeu properly reduced and bandaged, 
 and splints have been culled into requisition to aid the system in re- 
 covery from the shock, give two or three doses a day of Arnica in- 
 ternally, and wet the bandages with a lotion of the same. If there is 
 fever, give Acoriite or Bryonia. 
 
 % 
 
 Bums and 5calds. , 
 
 By a bum is understood a sore or blister caused by dry heat. By 
 scald is understood that produced by some heated fluid, as water, 
 spirits or oil. The former is soonest relieved by the application of 
 cotton, provided the skin is not broken. The latter by cotton dipped 
 in lime-water. If the skin is broken, it will be necessary to use, in 
 each instance, a salve made of lard and finely preiwired carbonate of 
 lime. In all cases of burns or scalds, internal remedies are required; 
 Aconite, in case of much fever ; Arsenicum, or Qantharia, if there is 
 much burning, smarting, and thirst; Apis mel., if there is swelling, 
 and inflammation following as a sequel. 
 
 • 
 
 5nakc Bites. 
 
 These are to be treated somewhat after the manner of the bites 
 of rabid animals : that is by dry or radiating heat at first, and then 
 by cauterization ; internally, Lacheais, Apis mellifica and Hyoscyamus. 
 Either may be given every two hours ; at the same time, there is 
 good authority for drinking copiously of whiskey or other alcoholic 
 spirits. Several drops of tincture of Iodine, repeated every fifteen 
 minutes, have saved some cases. 
 
 Stings of Insects. 
 
 Aconite, Belladonna, Merc, viv., are remedies for internal adminis- 
 tration, either of which may be given three times a day ; Arnica lo- 
 tion, weak solution of Nitric acid, or Lemon juice, may be applied 
 externally. Dilute Aqua ammonia is a good antidote iis a lotion. 
 
 The Removal of Tumors. 
 
 Nearly all tumors require removal with the knife. It is not our 
 purpose to specify tne nature of the operation, but rather to point out 
 
^W|i"l"J,"'M|_lWlJMfH^II 
 
 '™r"^'#^Tr 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 12.2 
 
 - J^ 
 
 a, U4 
 
 ■■^1 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 L^ IIIU 11.6 
 
 /. 
 
 
 % ?^Jl' 
 
 L. 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 •/ 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 ■ 
 
,_:sr^^ 
 
 % 
 
 t,' 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical MIcroreproductions / Instltut Canadian de microreproductlons historlques 
 

 i^_^ 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 703 
 
 a treatment to be pursued after their removal. When cancerous 
 tumors are removed, Arsenicum should be persistently given, every 
 three or four hours, with the view of preventing the cancerous dia- 
 thesis, or condition from reproducing the same. Where fibrous tu- 
 mors are cut out, give Calendula three or four times a day, and apply 
 it to the wound. Adipose tumors require, after their removal, Pul- 
 satilla, three or four times a day. Fungous tumors require, after re- 
 moval, Oaioarea. The fungoid or medullary tumors are mainly 
 subject to medical treatment, and various remedies may aid in curing 
 them. Oonium, Arsenicum, Sulphur, Cuprum met, and Calcarea may 
 be consulted. Encysted tumors are embedded in the skin, and re- 
 quire dermic treatment. Nitrum, Natrum muriaticum, and Natrum 
 carh. may be employed, internally and externally. Scrofulous tu- 
 mors require Arsenieum, Graphites, Juglans regia, and Calendula, 
 The two last named may be used internally and externally. Scrof- 
 ulous tumors require Arsenicum, Graphites, and Calendula. The 
 two last named may be used internally and externally, several times 
 a day. 
 
 Lumbar Abscess. 
 
 A VERY malignant sore, that discharges a cheesy matter, and from 
 which very few recover. Calendula, Hepar sulph. and Mereurius 
 may be given internally, and Calendula, Baptisia, and Arnica may 
 be used in the form of lotions, to apply externally. 
 
 Ulceration of the Bone. 
 
 Fob bone ulcers, Aurum met., Silicea, and Calcarea may be g^ven in 
 daily doses, — one remedy only at a time: Aurum met, for bone 
 ulcers caused by syphilis ; Silicea, if from injury ; Calcarea, if from 
 scrofula. For idceration of the hip-joint, Arsenicum, three times a 
 day ; of the knee-joint. Sulphur, or perhaps Pulsatilla, twice a day. 
 
 Rickets. — Rachitis. 
 
 DisOBDEB of the nutritive functions may end in distortion of various 
 parts of the S3r8tem, and give rise to various deformities of the head, 
 trunk, and extremities. Remedies directed to the digestive system 
 must first be employed, in order that a healthy nutrition may be es- 
 tablished. Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Ferrum and China, either of which 
 may be given in the usual dose three times a day ; after which, Cal- 
 carea carh. may be given in daily doses peioiatently, followed by 
 Silicea Good animal food may be allowed ?a a diet. Frequent 
 bathing with s<alt water, and friction, are also to be commended. 
 
 White Swelling. 
 
 This is a form of scrofula, and requires the same remedies used in 
 other scrofulous complaints. Arseniown, Jodium, Calcarea and Sul- 
 
704 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 phur may be employed ; and whichever remedy is selected may be 
 gfiven twice in twenty-four hours. Pulsatilla, Bryonia and Nux vom., 
 in like manner, may be gfiven, one at a time, and repeated every four 
 hours, when there is any pain in the affected joints. 
 
 Dropsy of the Joints. 
 
 Friction externally, and some kind of soap liniment, and then the 
 application of compresses. Apia meUifica may be given internally, 
 every four hours, or else Pulsatilla, Arsenicum, Bryonia or Conium, 
 
 5tiff Joints. — Anchylosis. 
 
 This diffioully involves the tendons, ligaments, and bones, which 
 in some instances become united at their extremities. These joints 
 may be showered with cold water, rubbed with a stiff brush, bathed 
 witili soap liniment ; while Sulphur, in daily doses, may be given in- 
 ternally, or else Aurum mur.. Nitric acid, or Jodium. 
 
 Aneurism. 
 
 Aneitbisms are pulsating tumors formed of arterial blood. Aconite 
 is a good remedy to administer, three or four times a day ; Digitals, 
 also, in the same way ; Valerian, in the usual dose, when the tumor 
 appears to be in the abdomen. For Vabicosb Aneurism, bandaging 
 is required, while Samamelis virg. may l^e administered internally. 
 
 Varicose Veins. 
 
 When lihe entire lower extremities are involved, bandaging with 
 a roller, or lace stocking, must be employed, while Hamamelis Virg. 
 is administered several times a day, internally. Pulsatilla, for preg- 
 nant women thus affected, and follow with Lycopodium, after three 
 weeks. 
 
 Qoitre. — Bronchocele. 
 
 This is an enlargement of the thyroid gland, and causes a swelling 
 of the neck. Jodium, externally and internally, is said to be a sure 
 remedy. Kali hydriodicum, the usual dose three or four times a day, 
 may also be used. Spongia is also a valuable remedy, and so also are 
 Merc, tod., Merc, hiniod. The remedies must be used persistently 
 until the goitre disappears. 
 
 Wry Seek. — Torticollis. 
 
 Tma is owing to the contraction of some of the cervical muscles. 
 Stimulating liniments may be employed externally, while Nux vom,, 
 Rhus, Sulphur, Bryonia^ or PuttatiUa may be administered inter- 
 nally. 
 
^sEa 
 
 r remedy is selected may be 
 satiUa, Bryonia and Nuz vom.^ 
 time, and repeated every four 
 :eoted joints. 
 
 Joints. 
 
 )f soap liniment, and then the 
 fica may be given internally, 
 aenioum, Bryonia or Conium. 
 
 inchylosis. 
 
 , ligaments, and bones, which 
 sir extremities. These joints 
 jed with a stiff brush, bathed 
 daily doses, may be given in- 
 d, or Jodium. 
 
 n. 
 
 aed of arterial blood. Aconite 
 r four times a day ; JDigitalk, 
 i usual dose, when the tumor 
 BI0O8E Aneurism, bandaging 
 \>e administered internally. 
 
 eins. 
 
 are involved, bandaging with 
 iloyed, while Hamamelis Virg. 
 emally. Fulaatilla, for preg- 
 Mrith Lyoopodium, after three 
 
 ichocele. 
 
 d gland, and causes a swelling 
 internally, is said to be a sure 
 dose three or four times a day, 
 luable remedy, and so also are 
 3S must be used persistently 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Fistula in Ano. 
 
 705 
 
 This difficuliy requires Silicea, Calcarea, or Sulphur, in daily 
 doses. If an operation has been performed, and the Sphincter ani 
 has been divided, Arnica may be given three or four times a day, or 
 perhaps Calendula ; after whioh, consult Pulsatilla and Niix vom. 
 
 
 '^orticollis. 
 
 some of the cervical muscles. 
 1 externally, while Nux vom^ 
 I may be administered inter- 
 
 :. Iri 
 
DISEASES OP INFANTS. 
 
 Crying. 
 
 When a youtiff infant is inclined to cry continually, and sleeps 
 but little, give it one or two globules of Uoffea or Chamomtlla and 
 repeat every four hours. 
 
 Colic. 
 
 FoK infantile colic, which maybe caused by flatulence, give Cham- 
 omilla; put one or two globules upon its tongue. If this does not 
 relieve, give a globule of Nux ; if restless, and throws up its food, 
 after th^ Nux, give a globule of Coffea. (Terat album is an excellent 
 remedy for infantile colic, and Dio^corea has a great reputation. 
 
 Infantile Diarrhoea. 
 
 There will generally be a diarrhoea after an infant has nursed the 
 first-fruits of the breast. If excessive, give one or two globules of 
 Puluatilla; if attended with colic, give the same of ChamomtUa ; it 
 the diarrhoea is acrid or scalding, give Arsenicum, one or two glo- 
 bules ; if with excessive vomiting, give Ipecac. 
 
 infantile Dysentery. 
 
 When young infants are observed to strain, and have frequent 
 stools, and sometimes pass mucus and blood, give Ipecac., one globule, 
 or else Mercurius. If they cry out after each stool, and the intestine 
 protrudes, give one or two globules of Ignatia If they refuse the 
 Ct, giy! Aconite. In case of heat in the head, give Belladonna. 
 
 Inability to take the Breast. 
 
 Some infants are congenitally opposed to nursing the breast; and 
 all the coaxing and trying which a patient perseverance can supply 
 avails but Uttle. Such infants require to l^ fed; and to devise toi 
 them a good and wholesome nourishment is sometimes ditticu t. 
 The nursing-bottle must taKe the place of the breast, and the child 
 
 706 
 
^ 
 
 DISEASES OF INFANTS. 
 
 707 
 
 IPANTS. 
 
 cry continually, and sleeps 
 Ooffea or (Jhamomilla and 
 
 jd by flatulence, give Clmmr 
 
 tongue. If this does not 
 
 38, and throws up its food, 
 
 V'erat. album is an excellent 
 
 has a great reputation. 
 
 'hcea. 
 
 fter an infant has nursed the 
 rive one or two globules of 
 the same of Chamomilla ; if 
 Arsenicum^ one or two glo- 
 Ipecac. 
 
 itery. 
 
 o strain, and have frequent 
 
 lod, give Ipecac., one globule, 
 
 each stool, and the intestine 
 
 Ignatia. If they refuse the 
 
 the head, give Belladonna. 
 
 he Breast. 
 
 d to nursing the breast ; and 
 !nt perseverance can supply 
 bo l>e fed ; and to devise foi 
 went is sometimes difficult, 
 of th3 breast, and the child 
 
 must be nourished by it. One of the best preparations of food for 
 young infants is a thin gruel made of a tiible-spoonfiil of unbolted 
 flour to a quart of water, to he boiled half an hour, and then strained 
 through a tine strainer, sweetened, and put into a nursing-bottle suf- 
 ficiently thin to flow through the tube. This food may be enriched 
 with a little good milk, as the child requires it. Nothing has so uni- 
 formly answered as a substitute for the breast, though many of 
 the so-called Infants' Foods are good, such as Mellin's or Nestl^'s. It 
 is often necessary to try several before one is found that will per- 
 fectly agree with the infant. 
 
 Infantile Jaundice. 
 
 Young infants sometimes become yellow, and their skin affords 
 evident signs of jaundice. One or two globules of Mercurim viv., 
 followed by one or two of Pulsatilla, will change this condition. If 
 frequent discharges from the bowels occur after these remedies, give 
 one or two globules of Arsenicum. 
 
 Snuffles. 
 
 In cold weather, young infants are prone to take cold easily, from 
 the slightest change ; and they will show it by sneezing and snuff- 
 ling : occasionally there will be indications of fever, and heat in the 
 head. One or two globules of Aconite may be given tirst, and then 
 one or two of Nux vomica. If there is thin discharge from the nose, 
 give a globule or two of Arsenicum. Sambucus, twice daily, is a good 
 remedy. 
 
 Sore Mouth. — Aphthae. 
 
 Considerable uneasiness is manifest in young children from a per- 
 ceptible inflammation of the mucous membrane of the mouth. It 
 will look red and inflamed, and there will be perceptible some little 
 points or pimples of a whitish character. Give one or two globules 
 of Mercurius or Bryonia, and wash the mouth with warm tea, or 
 milk and water. Some have introduced into their mouths a little 
 powdered Borax. This difficulty is generally of brief duration, and 
 is but a trifling malady. 
 
 Thrush. 
 
 This is also a sore mouth to which infants are subject, and a little 
 more serious in its character. The child first has fever, and then 
 refuses to take its food. On examining the mouth, it is found to 
 contain a number of white blisters that have a sore and inflamed 
 appearance. One or two globules of Phosphorus will often cure the 
 trouble. Bryonia has also been used. Mercurius viv. may also be 
 used. A decoction of black tea may constitute a wash ; also a weak 
 
 if!; : H 
 
708 
 
 mSKASlS OF INFANTS, 
 
 solution of Borax. Good nursing, and care to prevent taking cold, 
 are essential. If with this kind of sore mouth there is diarrhoea, give 
 one or two globules of Arsenicum. If the child cries much from 
 colic, one or two globules of Ooloeynth may afford relief. 
 
 Red Qum. 
 
 When an infant is one or two days, or a week old, there occurs 
 an eruption all over the body of a bright red appearance, that prob- 
 ably itches, and causes the child some suffering. A couple of glob- 
 ules of Pii/satt'^^a night and morning will suffice to cure the difficulty. 
 
 Retention of Urine in Young Infants. 
 
 This difficulty occasionally is observed, and is attended with much 
 restlessness and inquietude. An infant should urinate eight or ten 
 times in twenty-four hours ; and, when there is a failure in this le- 
 spect, give one or two globules of Hyoscyamus, and repeat every three 
 or four hours until the derangement is obviated. When Hyo»cyamu% 
 fails, give a globule or two of PuhatiUa or AconiU. 
 
 Teettiing, Dentition. 
 
 Whxn an infant has attained the age of four or six months, the 
 period of teething commences. The child begins to drool, and is rest- 
 less and uneasy, and frequently cries out with pain. At times the 
 cheeks will be red, and the head will be hot ; or else there will be 
 diarrhoea, and the food will pass the bowels undigested. The child 
 is geuiBrally fretful and uneasy. The most effectual remedy for the 
 restlessness and irritative fever is Chamomilla. Two or three glob- 
 ules may be given three times a day. When the head is hot, and 
 the child thrusts its fingers into its mouth, give it two globules of 
 Belladonna ; when the food passes undigested, give two globules of 
 PuhatiUa. When there is a general heat of the body, and demnged 
 condition of the stomach, give two globules of Aconite ; if this fails 
 to relieve in twenty-four hours, give Qimicifuga every hour. 
 
 Summer Complaint, Cholera infantum. 
 
 During the heat of the summer, teething children are proue to be 
 affected with a prostrating diarrhoea, sometimes watery, at others 
 dysenteric, when the stools are tinged with blood. In the first stage, 
 when there is considerable fever and watery discharges from the 
 bowels, two or three globules of Aconite may arrest the difficulty, fol- 
 lowed by Tartar emetic ; if the discharges are profuse and frequent, 
 Veratrum album ; if there is much thirst, Arsenicum. For discharge 
 of mucus, gfive Mercurius; when tinged with blood, give Ipecac. 
 The dose of either is two globules. When there is coldness of the face 
 
DISEASES OF INFAKTS. 
 
 709 
 
 and extremitieB, give Carlo veg. If, in spite of these remedial meas- 
 ures, the disease nonti»iues, let t.ho child be taken into the open air, or 
 into the country, or better, to the seanshore. A trip upon salt water in 
 a steamboat has frequently resulted in a favorable change in the con- 
 dition of the child. The diet, aside from nursing, should be mutton- 
 broth and beef'tea, or perhaps arrowroot or farina gruel. 
 
 Marasmus, Extreme Emaciation. 
 
 FKOMthe combined effects of teething and interrupted nutrition, and 
 aleo from diarrhoea, the child will lose its flesh in a remarkable degree, 
 and nearly all the adipose or fatty tissues will soon disappear. The 
 bones of the face will become prominent ; the eyes will sink into their 
 sockets ; the skin will be shrivelled and loose over the entire body, and 
 very marked upon the upper and lower extremities. The most 
 prominent feature of the disease is interrupted nutrition ; and often 
 the cnild's stomach rejects the simplest kind of food. When there 
 is continual retching, give Ipecac.., to allay the irritable condition of 
 the stomach ; and then give Calcarea ; or if, at first, there is no nau- 
 sea, but thirst, give Aneniemn. Svlphur is a valuable remedy, and 
 also Ferram. When either beef-tea, or barley-gruel, or any other 
 kind of light soup or g^el, fails of being retained upon the stomach, 
 a gruel made of the flour of the yelk of a hard-boiled Qgg has supplied 
 the want of nourishment, and promoted the recovery of marasmus 
 pctients. When the child is old enough to feed himself, the yelk, 
 boiled hard, may be broken in a saucer, and seasoned with a little 
 salt ; and the child will pick it up a little at a time and eat it. But 
 if otherwise, to a pint of boiling water add a half-pint of fresh milk 
 and the flour of one yelk, seasoned with salt, and sweetened. This 
 makes a gruel that will flow through a nursing tube. 
 
 Hiccous^h. — Singultus. 
 
 This annoying difficulty reisults from the irritation of the dia- 
 phragm and the oesophagus, or passage from the mouth to the stomach. 
 Nux vomica. Ipecac, Pulsatilla, and Sambueus, have been employed 
 as remedies. A single dose of two globules of either may be admin- 
 istered when infanta are so affected. 
 
 Convulsions, Fits. 
 
 Thebe may be various causes of these convulsions in infants. A 
 fever, an irritable stomach, teething, or cold, may produce them ; 
 when from fever, give two globules of Aconite, and in two hours fol- 
 low with a dose of two globules of Belladonna. When from an ill- 
 conditioned stomach, give Ohamomilla, Ipecac., or Ignatia ; when from 
 
710 
 
 DISEASES OP INFANTS. 
 
 colli, Nux vomica, or Sulplmr. When tho convulsion comea on with 
 vomiting, Ipecac. ; when from colir, Puhatilla or Colocynth ; wlien 
 with inclination t(> sleep, Opium,o perhaps Stramonium : when from 
 the sudden disappearance of any rush or eruption. Cuprum. 
 
 Excoriations. 
 
 The tender and delicate skin of infants is liable to become excori- 
 ated from the slightest causes. To relieve the pain and suffering 
 attendant upon it, give two globules of Chamomilla, Menrurius viv., 
 or Pulsatilla internally, and wash them with a weak solution of Arn- 
 ica or Uamamelit externally. Should this condition persist, give 
 Sulph daily. 
 
 Soreness behind the Ears. 
 
 When a chil(^ is teething, and there is considerable of the fever of 
 dentition, an eruption is liable to show itself behind the ears ; and, 
 although this eruption is believed to be effectual in preventing more 
 serious disease of the head, it is, nevertheless, an uunecessary disease. 
 Graphites may be given to remedy the difficulty, a single dose in 
 twenty-four hours; and, in like manner, Arsenicum^ Calearea, and 
 Baryta Carb.^ may be employed. 
 
 Prickly Heat. 
 
 DURIKG intensely hot weather, children are liable to break out 
 with prickly heat. The stomach at first seems slightly deranged, 
 and the eruption upon the surface appears to be an elimination of 
 some internal disorder. There is sometimes much fever and head- 
 ache ; for this, give two globules of Aconite. If the child is teething, 
 give Chamomilla. If the surface becomes red and inflamed give Ehu» 
 tax. If burning and smarting, give Arsenicum. In case of severe itch- 
 ing, give Sulphur. When children are taken out by their nurses on a 
 hot day, they must not be exposed to the heat of the sun : shade 
 should be sought for them, where, if any air is stirring, they can get 
 the benefit of it. 
 
 Millc-Crust. — Porrigo. 
 
 This is a scabious eruption upon the scalp of nursing infants, which 
 at first appears to be a hurtiid scurf. It collects as a slight humor, 
 and begins to enlarge, involving more and more of the surface, until 
 that of the scalp is entirely covered. It is a source of annoyance to 
 mothers and nurses. There appears to be great difficulty in keeping 
 the affected surface clean, and consequently a hasty resort to some 
 drying wash has wrought disastrous effects. When milk-crust is 
 suppressed, the irritation is apt to fall upon internal organs, and 
 produce worse affections. The tar and sulphur ointments, which 
 
DI8EASE8 OF INFANTS. 
 
 711 
 
 have l)een too frequent a reaoi-t, have had the effect, in some measure, 
 to diHsipate the eruption ; but the usual sequel to this are convul- 
 sions, or fatal brain diseases. It is, therefore, recommended as the 
 most prudent course, to depend upon the internal administration of 
 riMnedies such as eliminate the humor, and keep it upon the surface. 
 The purer the blood can be kept, the sooner will the disease disap- 
 pear. If no attention is paid to the use of external agents, the en- 
 tire difficulty will be eliminated and dissipated in the course of a few 
 months. Two globules of Aconite may be given when there is fever, 
 and this may be followed for a while with daily doses of Mhux tox. 
 and Bryonia. In scrofulous cliildren, give Calcarea, Arsenicum, or 
 Sulphur. In debilitated constitutions, give Oraphites, Ferrum, Hepar 
 sulph. and China. Lycopodium, three times daily, has cured most 
 obstinate cases. All oily food should be withheld. Butter is not 
 allowable. After children have been weaned, and still tlie milk-crust 
 remains, a farinaceous food is best. 
 
 Scurf of the Head. 
 
 This is an accumulation upon the scalp, of an oily and dirty 
 appearance, which, in many cases, is the result of not being particu- 
 lar in washing and wiping the head dry. Soap should never be used 
 upoa the scalp, and strong alkaline solutionf, are injurious. Water 
 softened with corn or rye meal will answer all the purposes for cleanli- 
 ness. As the difficulty does not penetrate below the external skin, 
 Rhi» tox., Pulsatilla, Calcarea, and Silicea are remedies, either of 
 which, in daily doses, will be all that is required. 
 
 Scrofulous Swelling: of the Salivary Glands. 
 
 This is a disease somewhat common to children of scrofulous par- 
 ents ; and it is of the utmost importance to understand well its charac- 
 ter and treatment. When these child).-en take cold, the glands are 
 apt to become excited, and there is a perpetual flow of saliva from 
 the mouth ; at the same time there will be soreness of the throat, stiff- 
 ness of the neck, and swelling of the glands externally. Sometimes 
 children will carry their heads to the right or left shoulder, when 
 laboring under the difficulty ; and, in spite of the best efforts to re- 
 lieve them of suffering, they will continue indisposed a long time. 
 Two or three globules of Aconite will subdue the initial fever. Mer- 
 eurius viv. may then be given two or three times a day. If this fail 
 to arrest the salivation, give Nitric acid for a day, at intervals of six 
 houra. Belladonna also may be given to remove any congestion of 
 the throat. Silicea may be given afterwards to aid in softening the 
 glands. Also, Nuz vomica and Sulphur may prove to be useful rem- 
 edies. The children should be kept in a room of moderate tempera- 
 ture, and not be allowed at any time to be exposed to extremes of 
 heat and cold until they have fully recovered. 
 
 
 ■I 1 
 
 
712 
 
 DISEASES OF INFANTS. 
 
 Sleeplessness of Infants. 
 
 Infants are sometimes Hinitteii with inability to sleep, as well as 
 adults. The cause is not always known. It is believed, however, 
 to be the result of some disorder acting upon thdir delicate nerves ; 
 suck as indigestion, excoriation, or overloading their stomachs. If 
 from an irritable stomach, give them Chamomilla or Coffea every 
 night. If from any excoriated surface, that burns and smarts, give 
 two globules of Arsenicum, and then "apply to the excoriated surface 
 a little rye-flour, or Lyeopodium powder, aud soothe them to sleep in 
 a quiet and noiseless room. If the sleeplessness is produced by re- 
 tention of urine, give Hyo»cyamu»; if by worms, Cina. If the head 
 is hot, give Belladonna. If the sleeplessness is from feeding the 
 child too much, give two globules of Pulsatilla, if from constipa- 
 tion of the bowels, give Nux vomica or Lycopodium at night. Tf 
 these remedies fail, a tepid bath will often consummate the desired 
 result. 
 
DISEASES OP WOMEN. 
 
 Deratig:enient of the Function of Menstruation. 
 
 From the age of puberty until the change of life, the health of 
 the female system depends upon regular menstruation, varying in 
 intervals from twenty-six to twenty-nine days. With this standard 
 in view, the irregularities as to time are easily noted. By the period 
 of puberty is understood the age capable of bearing children, which 
 is denoted by menstruation taking place. 
 
 Ailments at the Ag:e of Puberty. 
 
 Immediately preceding the first menstmal period the breasts 
 inci-ease in size, the voice is changed, the system becomes rapidly 
 developed and the wind matured. There may be headache, dullness 
 of the eyes, pains in the lower abdomen, lassitude, capricious appe- 
 tite, and, not unfrequently, a premonitory leucorrhoea. To relieve 
 these ailments. Aconite ; four globules may be given first ; Puha- 
 tilla may be given after Aconite, to remove the pains in the abdomen, 
 and to promote menstruation. If there is much pair and the func- 
 tion is tardy in making its appearance, give Calcarea or Sulphur, and 
 then follow with Puhatilla every four or six hours until the period 
 commences. In case of considerable leucorrhoea, give Sepia, or per- 
 haps Qraphites. When the periods become established they should 
 last from three to five days. If scanty at first, give Ferrum, and 
 follow with Puhatilla ; if there is intense headache give Belladonna ; 
 if there is hysteria and much agitation and suffering, give Hyoscya- 
 mu8 ; and during the interim let the youag lady take strengthening 
 food until signs of the recurrence of another period. If it comes on 
 normally, it is well ; but if tardy or painful, resort again to Puha- 
 tilla, Hyoioyamus, Belladonna and Graphites, as they may be indi- 
 cated ; and continue this treatment from time to time until regularity 
 is established. If tardy, with pains in the back, Kali carb. 
 
 Interrupted Mens'' nation. 
 
 This may be caused by cold, fright, fovers, diarrhoea and dysen- 
 tery, and by pregnancy. When by cold or getting the feet; wet^ 
 
 713 
 
 
 ■"fF- 
 
714 
 
 DISEASES OF .WOMEN. 
 
 Aconite, at first, to remove any febrile excitement or neadache, and 
 then Pulsatilla. If this fail to remove the obstruction, give Calcarm, 
 and follow with Nux mosehata ; should this fail, try Sulphur. 
 When menstruation is interrupted by fright, and there is intense 
 headache, give Aconite, and follow with Belladonna or Ignatia, and 
 finally with Pulsatilla. When fevers weaken and depress the system, 
 so as to interrupt the function, first .educe the fever, and then, by 
 properly nourishing the patient, the period may return. The same 
 rule may be observed ia treating the interruption caused by diar- 
 rhcea or dysentery. These diseases should be treated and cured by 
 appropriate remedies, and the period will be likely to return sponta- 
 neously. If otherwise, resort may be had to Pulsatilla, Belladonna, 
 Sepia, Oalearea, and other remedies, according to indications. 
 
 Excessive Menstruation. 
 
 When the flow is excessive or weakening. Ipecac, and China may 
 be employed, — the first to regulate, the last to strengthen the sys- 
 tem ; and this treatment will be found necessary at each period, until 
 duly regulated. Calcarea should be given once daily between the 
 periods. 
 
 Menorrhagia, or Profuse Bleeding from tlie Womb. 
 
 This indicates a want of tone in the uterus, if not a state of dis- 
 ease, and is usually attended with fainting, pain in the back, nausea, 
 and hysteria. When from a want of tone, or debility, China or 
 Ferrum may arrest the diificulty; if from disease or inflammation, 
 Belladonna or Arsenicum ; when there is fainting and nausea. Ipecac.; 
 pain in the back, Nuz vomica, Nux moschata, or Ignatia, especially if 
 the flow is dark or almost black, with fainting and drowsiness ; for 
 hysteria give Hyoscyamus. The patient should lie in bed until 
 relieved, and should begin sitting up with great caution. A generous 
 diet, easy of digestion, should be supplied patients of this description. 
 When the strength will permit, this class of patients should seek 
 fresh air, and should avoid warm baths. Bathing with tepid water 
 is far better. 
 
 Painful Menstruation. — Dysmenorrhoea. 
 
 Some ladies suffer intensely at every menstrual period. They 
 have chills, headache, fever, colic, and most excruciating pains in the 
 womb. Aconite must be given for the fever. Belladonna for the 
 chills ?ud headache, Colocynth for the colic, and for the pains in the 
 uterus, Hyoscyamus, Pulsatilla, Oimieifuga, or Rhus. 
 
 Ailments attending Change of Life. 
 
 This occurs about the forty-fifth year of life, and is denoted by 
 irregularities, -— profuse menstrual periods, great irregularities, pain 
 
 ' I 
 
 
 .V 
 
HM 
 
 DISEASES OF WOMEN. 
 
 716 
 
 in the head, melancholy, mania, loss of memory, and great nervous 
 depression. For profuse menstruation at this period, give Arnica or 
 Lachem; for headache. Belladonna or Sepia; for intense pains in the 
 womb, Arsenicum and Conium ; for Melancholy, Lachem, or per- 
 haps Petroleum; for mania, /Stramonium; for loss of memory, 
 Sulphur, China, or Qalcarea. 
 
 Ailments during Pregnancy. 
 
 Some ladies are troubled much with morning sickness in the early 
 stage of pregnancy, and this is often cured with Oooculu% or Nvx 
 vomica; if- with heartburn, Oimicifuga or MercuriouB viv. ; if with 
 water-brash of a hot or acrid nature, Arsenicum. Sometimes these 
 derangements are so stubborn that no remedies seem to relieve. 
 pimple syrup, by the wineglassful, has been taken by some, chamr 
 pagne wine by others, ,i,ard cider by others. The simple resort will 
 sometimes relieve ; and at others nothing seems to afford relief. 
 Discharge of blood from the uterus may be cured with China. 
 Leucorrhcea, very profuse and debilitating, requires Sepia twice a 
 day; corroding discharges, Calcarea twice a day; for rheumatic 
 pains, Caulophyllum ; for paiinful breasts, bathe with Phytolacca; 
 for threatened miscarriage. Ipecac., Sabina, China, Arsenicum, and 
 Belladonna; for sleeplessness, Nux vomica or Ars., and a light diet 
 at night ; for nose-bleed, Carho veg.. Aconite, Belladonna, Lacheaia^ 
 and Mercurim, a dose of any one of them twice a day. 
 
 vJ 
 
 ■■■I 
 

 LABOR, PARTURITION. 
 
 
 False Pains. 
 
 These is a kind of pain that afflicts parturient women, thai? 
 simply aggravates and unsettles the nerves. Cimieifuga or Cavlo- 
 phyllum will usually control this. When true labor pains commence, 
 they may be regarded as normal if they come at regular intervals, 
 and increase in force and frequency as the labor progfresses. No 
 medicine is needed ; and waiting, with patient labor, will accomplish 
 the object. After the child is born, a dose of Fuhatilla will aid in 
 expelling the placenta. If there is hemorrhage, elevate the hips and 
 depress the head, and give a dose of Secale comutum ; if anything 
 more complicated occurs, call on an experienced midwife. 
 
 Milk Fever. 
 
 About the third day after labor, there is a struggle in the system 
 to fill the breasts with milk, attended with fever. Give Bryonia or 
 PulaatUla ; if the milk is tardy in coming, give Oaloarea. 
 
 Difficult Urination. 
 
 After labor, there may be a difficulty in passing u-ine, which 
 Arsenicum or Hyoscyarmis will usually relieve, if aided with cloths 
 wrung out of warm water applied to the region of the bladder ; or 
 else Aconite may be used instead of Hyosoyamus, and sometimes 
 PiUaatilla, or Oantharis. 
 
 Soreness after Delivery. 
 
 A PAINFUL soreness of the muscles after delivery may be relieved 
 by the internal administration of drop doses of Amiea in a spoonful 
 of water, while at the same time a towel wet with Arnica tincture 
 may be applied to the abdomen. If there is soreness of the vagina, 
 forty drops of the tincture of Calendula, in half a pint of tepid water, 
 may be used as an injection. 
 
 716 
 
..M? 
 
 LABOR, PARTURITION. 
 
 717 
 
 Constipation of the Bowels. 
 
 This condition after labor may be removed by one or two doses of 
 Nvs vomica, or perhaps by the use of Lycopodium ; if they fail, the 
 bowels should be moved by an enema of warm salt water. 
 
 Excoriated Nipples. 
 
 Soon after the breasts fill with milk, and the child begins to nurse, 
 tlie nipples are apt to become r^'itive, and sometimes exceedingly 
 sore. For a little sensitivent^s, or slight irritation, bathing the 
 breasts with a solution of Arnica will help them ; or perhaps a solu- 
 tion of powdered Borax will do as well. If the soreness amounts 
 to a decided inflammation, and the exterior of the nipples crack and 
 bleed, a more careful and efficient treatment is needed. When put- 
 ting the child to the breast excites great pain in the gland, and 
 severe after-pains at the same time, the internal administration of 
 Belladonna is necessary, — two or three doses during twenty-four 
 hours ,■ and, at the same time, wet a compress with Amida tincture^ 
 and apply to the nipple. Arnica also may be given internally. 
 When Belladonna faik, Bryonia, when the pains are worse in damp, 
 cold weather. As an external application, a decoction of Oak-bark 
 has been found useful, and also the same of the Apple-tree root. A 
 solution of Alum, Tannin, or Sulphate of zinc, has been employed ; 
 but if the skin is cracked, and blood oozes out every time the child 
 nurses, it is of little service. A weak solution of Mtric acid is 
 better, two drops to an ounce of water. The best external applica- 
 tion for healing the cracks is the CHycerole of aloes, which is made 
 by dissolving one ounce Aloe» in four .ounces of Glycerine. This is 
 the best preparation known to heal an inflamed and cracked surface 
 on any part of the body. At the same time, Sulphur, Hepar mi- 
 phuris, Oalcarea, and Nitric acid may be administered internally. It 
 is hardly necessary to add, that whatever lotion is used externally 
 must be carefully washed off with ^arm milk before the child is al- 
 lowed to nurse. 
 
 Suppression of the Milk. 
 
 After the breasts have once filled with milk, and it disappears, a 
 return may be promoted by the internal use ol Oalcarea carhonica, 
 followed with Ptdeatilla, or Phytolacca, while the patient is required 
 to drink chocolate, or table-bee m. 
 
 Induration of the Breasts. 
 
 When the breasts cake, or portions of them seem hard, like a po- 
 tato, rub them well with lard, and give mtemally Oarbo aninuUi*. 
 
I 
 
 718 
 
 LABOR, PARTURITION. 
 
 In a majority of instances, these hard cakes will disappear if care- 
 fully attended to. When lard fails to soften, try dry rubbing with 
 the hand. If the breasts ache, give Belladonna ; if there is fever, 
 Aconite^ or Phytolacca. If inflammation sets in, and cannot be scat- 
 tered, give Hepar mlph. to hasten it to a crisis. Poultices of flax- 
 seed meal may also be applied to hasten suppuration. If it is found 
 necessary to lance the abscess, let it be done with an opening in the 
 direction of the milk-ducts, and not across them ; for, when once 
 severed, the parts never unite perfectly again. After the matter 
 has discharged, some emollient calve spread on chamois skin may be 
 applied, for the double purpose of protecting the breasts and healing 
 the sore. 
 
 Suppression of the Lochia. 
 
 The flowing after delivery is termed " lochia," and should con- 
 tinue for ten days or two weeks. If, through any unfavorable influ- 
 ences, the flow is suppressed, 'he whole system will be more oi less 
 disturbed. If simply arrested, Pulsatilla may be given every two 
 hours, for.at least a day ; and, if there is no return, give Secale cor- 
 nutum. If stiil the suppression seems stubborn, and the head begins 
 to feel light, and the nerves become unstrung, give ffyoseyamus, and 
 repeat every three houra until better, or there is indication of a 
 change. Sulphur will sometimes remove the difficulty. If the light- 
 headedness be very marked and maniacal, and there is no inclination 
 to sleep, a decided advantage mv > be found in the use of Belladonna, 
 If the lochia should finally ret. rn, and be of offensive odor, give 
 Rhvx tox. ; if much thirst and dr} ss of the throat, Arsenicum ; in 
 case of diarrhoea, Arsenicum and Jh.. ourius viv., repeated every two 
 hours. The application of tepid cloths to the abdomen is recom- 
 mended, until the lochia returns. Should the lochia continue too 
 long, — that is, beyond the seventeenth day, — Bhu*. 
 
 Child-bed Fever. 
 
 A LOW form of fever frequently sets in about the fourth or fifth 
 day after confinement, sometimes severe enough to prostrate the pa- 
 tient for weeks. Every day she will suffer from pain in the head 
 and copious perspiration ; the hair falls out. This fever sometimes 
 continues until a diarrhoea sets in, and the patient sinks into a typhus 
 and expires. Therefore, at the first manifestation of this fever, 
 Bryonia should be given every three hours ; and this may be fol- 
 lowed with Rhus tox.,, in the same manner. In case of diarrhoea and 
 prostration, give Arsenicum or Veratrum album. If there is sallow- 
 ness of the complexion, give Mercurius viv. A very light mutton- 
 broth may be given for nourishment. Should there be a general 
 pain, and aching of the whole body, give Phosphorus two or three 
 times, and especially if the diarrhoea should be dark and watery. If 
 
 ^P W ' H wi ^a — n iw 
 
'••••••••••^^^'''iiiii'i'iiiiiiiiii^immmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm 
 
 LABOR, PARTURITION. 
 
 719 
 
 the fever should be subdued and convalescence established, allow the 
 patient a little wine and water, beef-tea, and a gradual ajjproach to 
 more substantial, aliments. Should the above remedies fail, and ty- 
 phoid symptoms present themselves, Baptisia, hourly. 
 
 Leucorrhoea after Confinement. 
 
 A FLTTX of this kind may result from general debility, and requires 
 for its removal a good nourishing diet. China may be given three 
 or four times a day at first, and afterwards Sepia or Calcarea. 
 
 Falling of the Womb. 
 
 In some cases, after child-birth, there will be falling of the womb. 
 This may be the result of a weakened condition of the muscles that 
 retain the womb in its place. When this trouble is of an aggravated 
 form, and is attended with copious leucorrhoea, Niix vomica may be 
 given every evening. The patient should allow herself to be as little 
 upon the feet as possible, — rest being one of the essential conditions 
 for gaining strength and for obviating the diflBculty. 
 
 Hemorrhoids, or Piles. 
 
 Fob the piles consequent upon a tedious labor, Amioa may be 
 given every morning and evening, or perhaps ffamamelis, if they are 
 inclined to bleed; also Ntix vomica and Sulphur, when there is severe 
 constipation and hemorrhage at every stool. Sulphur in the morn- 
 ing, and Nux vomica in the evening. In all cases use ffamamelis 
 suppositories. Stewed prunes, Graham toast, and chicken soup, may 
 enter into the diet. 
 
 m 
 
 
 1 
 
 i 4j 
 
 i 
 
SPECIFIC INDICATIONS FOB BEMEDIES 
 
 IN FEVERS. 
 
 Tn giving speoiflo indications for the selection of remedies in 
 fevers, a large ground is covered, inasmuch as nearly all the dis- 
 eases to which flesh is heir are attended by some specifically charac- 
 terized fever, which calls for the proper remedy. It is therefore 
 deemed important to state, in connection with the names of the im- 
 portant remedies, the particular characteristic symptoms that they 
 represent. 
 
 Aconite is indicated for violent heat and chill, heat about the head 
 and face ; and red cheeks, palpitation of the heart, pleuritic stitches, 
 anguish, sadness or ill-humor, despondency, and dread of death, bodily 
 restlessness. 
 
 Antlmonium is indicated when there is little thirst, yellow ooat^ 
 ing upon the tongue, bitter taste in the mouth, eructations, nausea, 
 loathing, vomiting, and other gastric derangements ; constipation or 
 diarrhoea. 
 
 Arnica is indicated when there is thirst before the chill, and when 
 the chill comes on in the evening after considerable aching of the 
 bones ; and also when there is constant desire to change one's posi- 
 tion during the fever ; for apathy, and pains in the stomach ; for 
 want of appetite, and aversion to meat when the fever has gone off. 
 It is particularly indicated when there is weariness, listlessness, yel- 
 low color of the skin, and bitter taste, and following a blow or con- 
 cussion. 
 
 Arsenicum album is called for when the chill and heat set in 
 simultaneously, or when they rapidly alternate with each other, or 
 when there is internal chilliness and external heat, and vice versa; 
 also for burning heat, as if boiling water was flowing through the 
 veins ; no sweat until the commencement of sleep, oppression of the 
 chest, anguish and uneasiness, pressure in the head, vertigo, pains in 
 the liver and spleen, great debility, burning pain in the stomach, and 
 disposition to vomit, great uneasiness and anguish in the region of 
 the heart, violent psdns and lameness of the extremities, and tendency 
 to dropsy. 
 
 790 
 
BPEOIFIO INDICATIONS FOR REMEDIES IN FEVERS. 
 
 721 
 
 Belladonna, when the fever comes on with violent headache with 
 stupefaction, marked chilliness and slight heat or the opposite ; red- 
 ness of the face, with heat and throbbing of the temporal arteries and 
 carotids ; entire absence of thirst, or the reverse ; and also when the 
 patient is irritable and in a whining mood. 
 
 Bryonia, for coldness, chill with red cheeks, heat about the head, 
 and yawning ; or when the heat prevails with subsequent chilliness, 
 heat of the chest with slight pains indicating pleurisy ; or when there 
 is a coated tongue, or headache and vertigo during the heat, nausea 
 and faintness on sitting up. 
 
 Calcarea carbon ica, for heat in the face, then chills; or with cold 
 hands, heaviness of the head and limbs, pains in the small of the back, 
 and restlessness ; cold, sour-smelling sweat on the head. 
 
 Capsicum, when there is thirst during the chill and fever, and 
 much mucus in the mouth, throat and stomach ; also when there is 
 diarrhoea with slimy and burning evacuations ; and when the patient 
 in irritable, anxious and oppressed during the chill, and when the 
 chill begins in the back. 
 
 Carbo veg., when the chill occurs in the evening or at night; thirst 
 during the chill only, which is foUov/^ed with fever and copious sweat 
 and chilliness ; afterwards rheumatic pains in the teeth and limbs 
 before or during the fever ; and when there is vertigo, nausea and 
 red face during the heat. 
 
 Chamomilla, when there is pressure in the pit of the stomach, hot 
 sweat on the forehead, despair, tossing about or bilious vomiting, 
 diarrhoea and colic, — the thirst, heat, and sweat prevailing, frequent 
 urination. 
 
 China is indicated when there is nausea, canfne hunger, headache, an- 
 guish, palpitation of the heart, or other ailment previous to the parox- 
 ysm; when there is thirst generally before or after the chill and heat, 
 or during the sweat; when there is no thirst, but tendency of blood to 
 the head, headache, red face, uneasy sleep and yellow complexion. 
 China is also indicated when there is drowsiness, pains in the liver and 
 spleen, bilious or dropsical symptoMS, or enlargement of the liver 
 and spleen. 
 
 Cina, for vomiting and canine hunger, both before and after the 
 paroxysm of fever ; the face is pale during the fever, and a tendency 
 to emaciation exists, and dilated pupils. 
 
 Ferrum is indicated when the fever comes on with chill and 
 thirst, headache and tendency to congestion of various orgfans ; swell- 
 ing of the external veins, swelling of the face, especially around the 
 eyes ; great debility, vomiting of the food when partially digested, 
 and laborious breathing. 
 
722 
 
 SPECIFIC INDICATIOKR VOK KKMKDIE8 IN FEVRKS. 
 
 Isnatia, when there is thirst only during the chill, and when tluM 
 is moderated by external heat, or when there is external heat with 
 partial internal shuddering ; nauseu and vomiting, pale color of the 
 skin, and pains in the back during the chill ; and also when there is 
 no thirst, with headache, vertigo and delirium, and particularly when 
 there is paleness of the face, or else alternately pale and red, or only 
 one cheek red during the heat ; great lang"or, deep sleep, with snor- 
 ing ; after or during the fever, eruption ou the lips and in the comers 
 of tiie mouth. This remedy is also indicated for the fever attending 
 nettle rash and other eruptions of the skin. 
 
 Ipecacuanha is indicated for a fever of much chilliness and little 
 heat, or vice versa, and when the chill is increased by external heat, 
 or when there is little or no thirat during the chill, and great thirst 
 during the heat ; and also when there is nausea and vomiting, and 
 other gastric symptoms, previous to, or during and between, the 
 paroxysms of fever; and when there is a coated tongue and an 
 oppression of the chest. 
 
 Lachesis is particularly indicated when chills occur after a meal 
 in the latter part of the day, with violent pains in the limbs, and 
 pleuritic stitches, oppression of the chest, and • convulsive motions ; 
 and when there is violent headache during the heat , delirium, burn- 
 ing thirst, red face, restlessness, internal shudderings during the 
 heat, livid complexion, debility, prostration between the paroxysms, 
 heat especially at night, sweat after the heat, and when the fever is 
 easily excited by eating lemons or other sour things. 
 
 riercurius is indicated when heat and sweat appear together, and 
 when there is violent thirst, pains in the right side, acid stomach, and 
 regurgitation of sour or bilious matter from the stomach , and when 
 there are pains in the bones, and an aching of the limbs. 
 
 Nux Vomica is suitable for a fever that comes on with great debil- 
 ity, then chill and heat ; constant desire to be covered, even during 
 the heat and sweat j and when, during the chill, the skin, hands, 
 feet and face are blue ; and when there are pains in the chest and 
 abdomen, back, and particularly in the small of the back, or drawing 
 in the limbs , and when there is headache, buzzing in the ears, dis- 
 tress in the chest, heat about the face, red cheeks and thirst during 
 the chill and heat ; and also when there are gastric or bilious symp- 
 toms, vertigo, anguish, and constipation. 
 
 Opium is called for when there is sleep during the heat, and even 
 during the chill, with snoring respiration with the mouth open ; con- 
 vulsive twitchings, warm sweat, suppression of the secretions. This 
 remedy is suitable for old people and children. 
 
 Pulsatilla is wanted when there is no thirst during the fever, or 
 thirst only during the heat, and when there is an aggravation in the 
 afternoon or evening, with headache, anguish, and oppression during 
 
 \A' 
 
SPECIFIC mriOATlONS FOR RKMEPIKB IN FEVKHB. 
 
 723 
 
 hen this 
 5at with 
 r of the 
 there is 
 rly when 
 , or only 
 ith snor- 
 B corners 
 attending 
 
 • 
 
 ind little 
 nal heat, 
 eat thirst 
 ting, and 
 veen, the 
 ) and an 
 
 «r a meal 
 Lmbs, and 
 motions ; 
 um, burn- 
 uring the 
 aroxysms, 
 e fever is 
 
 ether, and 
 tnach, and 
 and when 
 
 reat debil- 
 en during 
 in, hands, 
 chest and 
 )r drawing 
 B ears, dis- 
 rst during 
 ious symp- 
 
 and even 
 open ; con- 
 Dns. This 
 
 le fever, or 
 tion in the 
 ion during 
 
 the entire period of the fever ; and when there is a rod and bloated 
 face, sweat in the f^'-e, 'i:iti bliuclderinE' aa soon .in the palieiil recov- 
 ers himself; and also when there are gastric or bilious symptoms, 
 bitter taste in the mouth, bilious, slimy, or sour vomitings, or 
 diarrhoea, alternating with constipation, oppression of th3 chest, moist 
 cough, or headache. Puhatilla is frequently suitable after Lachesia, 
 or when the fever comes on ^gain after overloading the stomach in 
 any way. Often beneficial after the abuse of Quinine. 
 
 Rhus tox. is suitable for an evening or night fever, when the 
 chilliness and heat both make their appearance simultaneously, and 
 a copious sweat comes on after midnight or towards morning; and 
 when, during the chill, there are pains in the limbs, headache, vertigo, 
 or toothache ; or when, between the paroxysms, there are convulsive 
 twitchings of the limbs, nettle-rash, colic, diarrhoea, and gastric de- 
 rangement; or when there is jaundice, sleeplessness, and tossing 
 about, thirst at night, palpitation of the heart, with anguish and 
 pressure in the pit of the stomach. 
 
 Veratrum, when there are external chill and cold 8wer\ or inter- 
 nal heat, with dark-red urine, delirium, and flushed face ; or when 
 there is chill, with nausea, vertigo, pains in the small of the back and 
 back ; or when there is chill alternating with heat, constipation, or 
 vomiting with diarrhoea ; and when there is thirst during the chill 
 and heat 
 
 With the above remedies, or any of them, the following remedies 
 maybe employed: as CantJiaris, when the urinary passages are in- 
 volved ; or Goceulus, when the patient is nervous and threatened 
 with spasms, cardialgia,and constipation. When the fever for which 
 any of the remedies are indicated is in sensitive persons, made rest- 
 less by great nervousness, give Coffea ; and especially when there is 
 sweat with thirst, soft stools, or diarrhoea. Give Droaera, when there 
 is violent chilliness with cpld face, icy cold hands and feet, nausea 
 and bilious vomiting, headache and spasmodic cough during the heat, 
 and gastric symptoms between the paroxysms. Give Jlepar, when 
 the patient has coryza, cough, or distress in the chest, or chill and 
 thirst, preceded by bitter taste, followed by heat and sleep. Give 
 Hyo»cyamu9^ when the fever is atteided by cough at night, or even 
 epileptic attacks. Mercurius, sour and fetid sweat, with palpitation 
 of the heart. Sulphur, when the fever is from suppressed Itch, with 
 chilis every evening, heat and sweat towards morning, fever with 
 palpitation of the heart, and violent thirst even before the chill. 
 
 In case of any fever occurring with symptoms described as being 
 particular indications for the employment of any one remedy, always 
 select that remedy ; and, iu all probability, but few doses will be re- 
 quired to effect a cure, provided the patient is placed in the most 
 favorable condition for recovery ; for this is as essential as the em- 
 ployment of remedies. 
 
r 
 
 724 
 
 SPECIFIC INDICATIONS FOK REMEDIES IN FEVERS. 
 
 In many instances, only a single symptom may present itself, while 
 in other respectx the patient may lie well. A brief oonsideration of 
 some of these may be useful ; as, — 
 
 Aversion to Food. — Anwexia. 
 
 When this exists as a mere symptom, or dislike for food, give 
 Tart, emetic. If after gastric affections, give China. For aversion 
 to food, accompanied with hunger, give Bryonia or Rhu9 tox., or elsu 
 Ignatia or Nnx vomica. For complete loathing of food* give Ipecac. 
 or Pulaatilla. 
 
 . Loss of Smell. — Anosmia. 
 
 This S3rmptom may show itself independently, and consists in a 
 mere insusceptibility of the olfactory nerves, which may be quickened 
 by one or two doses of Belladonna, Calcarea, or Sanguinaria. If 
 from paralysis of the olfactory nerves, give Nux vomica or Sepia. If 
 from catarrh, give Calcarea, Separ, Silicea, or Sulphur. 
 
 Loss of Taste. — Agustia. 
 
 Fob the absense of this sense, independently of other affections, 
 give Natrum mur. and Silicea. For loss of taste from purely nervous 
 causes, such as paralysis of the gustatory nerves, give Hyo»cyamu», 
 Nux vom., or Sepia. For the same attended with catarrh, coryza, 
 and other effects of cold, give Pulsatilla or Sulphur, or else Hepar or 
 Sepia. Give the usual dose, and repeat twice a day as long as is 
 necessary. 
 
 For alterations of taste, viewed as mere symptoms, the following 
 remedies may be employed ; Aconite, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Bry- 
 onia, Mercurius, Rhua, Pulsatilla, etc. For bitter taste, g^ve Aconite, 
 Bryonia, Mercurius, or Nux vomica. For the taste of blood, give 
 Ipecac, or Sulphur. For the taste of i^us, Pulsatilla. For clayey 
 taste, China, Hepar, Pulsatilla. For flat, watery taste, or insipid, 
 give Bryonia or China. For the taste of bad eggs, cheese, etc., give 
 Arnica, Rhus, or Sulphur. For greasy taste, Caustieum. For metal- 
 lic taste, give Calc, Lachesis, Nux vomica, or Rhus. For clammy or 
 slimy taste, Arnica or Belladonna. For rancid taste, give Bryonia 
 or Ipecac. For salt taste, Arsenicum, Carho veg., or Sulphur. For 
 sour taste, give Calc, China, Nux vomica, or Sulphur. For other 
 forms of illusory or bad taste in general, give Nux, Pulsatilla, or 
 Sepia. For sweetish taste, give Belladonna, Bryonia, China, Merc, 
 or Pulaatilla. When food tastes bitter, give Colocynth. For bitter 
 taste after eating and drinking, Bryonia, China, Pulsatilla. When 
 food has a salty taste, give Carho veg. When it tastes sour, give 
 Calc. or China. When there is a sour taste after eating, Nux vom. or 
 Pulsatilla. Sour taste after drinking. Sulphur. If after drinking 
 
 'mrmnnmn^ 
 
BPKOIFIC INDICATIONS rOK RKMEDIEB IN FEVERS. 
 
 milk, Nux vomica. When bread tastes sweet, give Mercuriiia, When 
 those w'lo use tobacco imagine that it has an acid taste, Staphytagria. 
 VVhen there is an illusory taste of sweetness of h^fur, Pul»atilla. 
 For nauseous taste, Ipecac. A single dose of the remedy indicated 
 for illusions of taste will generally correct the disorder. Nearly all 
 these departures i-ora the normal condition of the sense mey be indic- 
 ative of some peculiar derangement of the animal or organio func- 
 tions, that the chosen remedy may avert or correct. The value of 
 th. } isolated symptoms in pointing to remedies that may be used 
 as timely preventives of more serious derangements can hardly be 
 appreciated. As, for instance, a bitter taste may forebode a serious 
 biliary derangement, that Aconite may prevent. And so with all the 
 other varieties of illusory taste : what might follow, if neglected, no 
 one can tell. It is better to prevent than to cure a malady : and 
 when the sentinels of taste and smell stand ready to guard against 
 the approach of diseases, it is always best to give need to their 
 admonitions. 
 
POISONS MD THEIK ANTIDOTES. 
 
 SUBSTANOES which derange the vital functions, and produce death 
 by an action not mechanical, are denominated poisons; and distin- 
 guished writers have noted three classes of these substances, which 
 may be noted as follows : - - 
 
 Ist. Irritant Poisons, or those which produce irritation or inflam- 
 mation, as mfneral acids, Arsenic, Copper, etc. 
 
 2d. Narcotic Poisons, or those which produce stupor or delirium, 
 and other affections of the brain and nervous system, as Opium, 
 Prussia acid, etc. 
 
 8d. Narcotic-acrid Poisons, or those which sometimes produce irri- 
 tation, and sometimes narcotism ; sometimes both together. These 
 are all derived from the vegetable kingdom ; as Strychnia, Nux vom- 
 ica, etc. 
 
 As almost everybody is obliged to be so situated, that, through mis- 
 take or accident, poison of one or another of these classes may be 
 taken into the system, it seems desirable to be well instructed in the 
 use of antidotes, and the treatment of the supervening irritation or 
 inflammation. 
 
 If, through mistake or accident, either sulphuric, nitric, or hydro- 
 chloric add is taken into the stomach in poisonous doses, give Chalk 
 or Magnesia ; or, if this is not at hand, beat down the plaster from the 
 wall, and make into a thin paste with water, and give this. Soap-suds is 
 another antidote. Drink freely of any mild fluid, or milk, both before 
 and after the antidote is administered. For the supervening inflam- 
 mation, such remedies may be employed as in Gastritis from any 
 other cause: Aconite, in case of much fever; Bryonia, if glairy 
 vomitings ; Nux vomica, if there is sense of weight, etc. 
 
 In case of Oxalic acid being taken into the stomach by mistake, 
 as this may occur from its resemblance to Epsom saltu, it will be nec- 
 essary to excite vomiting at once by tickling the throat with a 
 feather, or by an emetic ; and, after, to administer Chalk or Magnesia 
 in large doses suspended in water. These not being at hand, break 
 off the plaster, and make a paste as before. Alkalies will not answer, 
 as they would only form neutral salts. For the after-symptoms, 
 give Aconite dissolved in water, — a tablespoonful after every par- 
 oxysm of vomiting, until they cease ; and give the victim at the 
 
 726 
 
P0IBON8, ANI> THKIK ANTinOTKS. 
 
 727 
 
 giiine timo, frooly, inuoilagiiioiis drinks, uiid iilmi ('ojfnt iiikI Opium 
 UN luitidotes. 
 
 For /witoniiit/ with Arnenie^ tho lirnt thing ne(!OHHary is to thor- 
 (»ii|,'lily evacuate tho 8toiimch ; and, for this purport*!, give an onietiu, 
 mid then follow with iron-runt, or the Senqui-oxld of Iron, hugely dif- 
 fused in water; and let tho patient drink freely of inucilaginouH, 
 furiiiaceous, or albuminous drinks, and milk. The suljsequent in- 
 tlanimation must Iw treate<l with Aaonitf, — a dose every two hours 
 until the nausea entirely disappears ; Nux vomira, also, for the inflam- 
 mation and soreness of the gastric region , Bri/onia, if the slightest 
 motion produces pain ; and Pulmtilla or Nux vom„ if the most deli- 
 cate kinds of food aggravate the suffering. 
 
 For Poiaoniiuj ivith Mennirif, and Corronive Sublimate. — This is 
 the usuid form oi Mercury employed for committing suicide ; and, as 
 it is used for hed-^ \ poison, it is liable to be taken through careless- 
 ness or mistake. It is therefore requisite to point out some antidote 
 the nearest at hand, (live whiten of egija in abundance, or Oluten if 
 eggs cannot Iw haa, )r else milk. The most usual form of the sup- 
 ervenuig irritation is salivation or mercurial fever. For these, give 
 Nitric acid, Hepar sulph,, and obtain for the patient fresh air and 
 a nourishing diet as soon as possible. 
 
 For Poitoniny with Copper. — The blue vitriol, or Sulphate of 
 Copper, and Verdigris, are the forms in which this poison is most 
 common ; and, when tivken into the system, the most ready antidote 
 is tlie white of eggs. Great care should be taken to exclude vinegar, 
 for tiiis acid would Kid virulence to the poison. To allay or cure 
 the remaining irritation, give Sulphur twice a day. 
 
 Poisoning with Antimony o, fart, emetic, is liable to occur, as this 
 suljsUmce is somotimes used in medicine as an emetic. When given 
 to excess, it produces vomiting, attended with burning pain at the 
 pit of the stomach, followed by [)urging and colic, stricture of the 
 throat, and cramps. As an antidote, give large draughts of warm 
 water, and tickle the throat with a feather to induce vomiting ; also 
 the decoction of any bark containing tarmin, as oak, hemlock, or 
 cherry-tree bark. For the subsequent ailments, give Sulphur, China, 
 Nux vomica, or Opium. 
 
 For Poisoning toith Zinc, or white vitriol, which is denominated by 
 violent vomiting, sunken eyes, and pale face, cold extremities, and 
 fluttering pulse, give the infusion of any of the substances contain- 
 ing tannin, and feed the patient with cream, butter, and chalk quite 
 freely. 
 
 For Poisoning with Lead. — Red lead and white lead, aa well as 
 sugar of lead, are liable to be taken by mistake ; and their poisonous 
 effects are denoted by obstinate colic, spasms of the muscles, and 
 sometimes apoplexy. As an antidote, give water of ammonia, or 
 hartshorn, or pearlash-water, or any of the earthy sulphates, as lime, 
 etc. For lead paralysis, give Sulphur, and afterwards Nux vomica. 
 For colic. Opium. 
 
 ■iri 
 
728 
 
 POISONS, AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 
 
 ^or Poisoning with Cantharides, which is denoted by intense burn- 
 ing in the pit of the stomach, and pain in the lower abdomen, feeble 
 voice, laborious breathing, strangury, and tenesmus of the bladder, 
 headache, and delirium. To remove the Cantharis from the stomach, 
 excite vomiting in the quickest and most speedy way, — by tickling 
 the throat with a feather, or drinking a strong mustard-tea, or by 
 taking snuff upon the tongue. Give Aconite to allay the fever ; give 
 Nux vomica and Pulsatilla to allay the irritability of the stomach, and 
 Arnica to relieve the tenesmus, or straining; or else spirits of Camphor. 
 This is believed to be the best antidote. 
 
 For Poisoning with Morphine, which is denoted by giddiness and 
 stupor, the person becomes motionless, and insensible to external im- 
 pressions, breathes slowly, and -lies quite still, with the eyes shut and 
 the pupils contracted, the whole expression of the countenance being 
 that of perfect repose. As the poison advances, the features become 
 ghastly, the pulse feeble and imperceptible, the muscles excessively 
 relaxed ; and, unless assistance is speedily called, death soon ensues. 
 The first thing necessary is to remove the poison from the stomach, 
 which is by inducing vomiting If soon after taking the morphine, 
 give mustard-wate^ freely, or injaot in the stomach some Sulphate of 
 Zinc, if the patient is too insensible to take it otherwise. After 
 vomiting is induced, arouse the victim, make him walk up and down 
 the room for hours, until the in<ilination to sleep is superseded by 
 nausea, headache, and vomiting, and then give him strong coffee ; and 
 afterwards to remove the entailed symptoms, give Nux vomica. 
 
 For Poisoning with Prussic Aeid, when not fatal, resort to cold 
 shower-bath, and inhalation of diluted water-of-ammonia vapor ; give, 
 also, solution of Carbonate of potash. 
 
 For Poisoning with Charcoal 0-as, as from the fumes of burning 
 charcop.l m a close room, resort to cold affusion, and give Aconite, in 
 drop doses, in a spoonful of water. The same treatment may be 
 resorted to in case of poisoning with any of the poisonous gases, as 
 svlphureted hydrogen and carbonic add. 
 
 Poisoning by Strychnia, or Nux vomica, is denoted by convulsions, 
 with much anxiety and agitation during the fits. The whole body 
 is stiffened or straightened ; the legs pushed out and forced wide 
 apart; no pulse or breathing can be perceived; the face and hands 
 livid, and the muscles violently convulsed. Nux vomica, or Strychnia, 
 in poisonous dosee, generally proves fatal, in spite of treatment. If 
 emetics are given, and the stomach is made to disgorge its contents 
 sufficiently early, and the patient is not attacked with convulsions in 
 two hours, he will generally be safe. 
 
 In treating any case of poisoning, two things are required : 1st, re- 
 moval of the exciting cause ; 2d, treatment of the effects that remain. 
 The removal of the poison should be done, if possible, with little vio- 
 lence, and by the simplest and most innocent method, either with the 
 finger, or in case the poison has been a long time swallowed, excite 
 
 i.i.'Wi;»a.' i ' ii 
 
POISONS, AND TUEIK ANTIDOTES. 
 
 729 
 
 vomitir^ or stool by the simplest means. Copious administration of 
 tepid water, irritating the fauces by means of a leather, or something 
 similar, or by salt, mustard, and snuff, or injections of tobacco-smoke; 
 and neutralize the poisons by means of albumen, vinegar, lemonrjuice, 
 coffee, camphor, milk, oil, soap, mucilaginous drinks, tea, wine, sugar, 
 or, as it has been seen, with ammoniacal gax, ironrrust, charcoal, 
 kitchen salt, Epsom salt, potash, and starch. 
 
 It is well to be familiar with these antidotes of poisons, and to 
 bear in mind the particular indications, or poisonous substances that 
 call for them, as follows : — 
 
 Albumen, or whites of eggs, antidotes such metallic substances as 
 quicksilver, ' orrosive sublimate, verdigris, tin, lead %nd Sulphuric 
 acid, when 1 victim complains of violent pains in tie stomach, with 
 tenesmus, or diarrhoea, and pains at the anus. 
 
 Vinegar antidotes alkaline poisons, and obviates the ill effects of 
 aconite, opium, poisonous mushrooms, belladonna, etc. 
 
 Coffee. — Strong black coffee, made of the berry lightly roasted, 
 and drunk hot, is an antidote to opium, nux vomica, belladonna, nar- 
 cotics, mushrooms, poisonous sumac, bitter almonds, and all those 
 substances containing prussic acid. It must be borne in mind, how- 
 ever, that the cause must be removed, if possible, first. 
 
 (7ampAor antidotes the ill effects of poisonous insects, and especially 
 cantharis, whether administered internally or externally. Camphor 
 also antidotes the toxical effects of phosphorus, spigelia, and santonin. 
 It is also useful for the after-effects' of acids, salts, metals, etc., after 
 the poisonous substance itself has been removed from the stomach by 
 means of vomiting, etc. 
 
 Milk is frequently alluded to as an antidote for poisons ; but it has 
 no real merit. Mucilaginous substances are better, and much to be 
 preferred. 
 
 Olive Oil ranks with milk, and is much less useful than is believed. 
 It is useless in metallic poisons, and even hurtful in poisoning with 
 arsenic. It is of some service, however, in case of poisoning either 
 with Nitric, Sulphuric, or Phospho' j add. Olive oil and vinegar, 
 administered in alternation, has proved lerviceable in cases of poison- 
 ing with alkalies. 
 
 Soap. — Castile soap, dissolved in four times its bulk of hot water, 
 and drunk, will antidote many cases of poisoning with Corrosive sub- 
 limate and also with arsenic, or with any of the numerous forms of 
 lead. Soapsuds is likewise a valuable antidote for poisoning with 
 Sulphuric and Nitric acid. Soap is hurtful in cases of poisoning with 
 alkalies. 
 
 Sugar, or sugar-water, is quite as good as any of the antidotes, and 
 much to be preferred in cases of poisoning with paint, verdigfris, cop- 
 per, sulphate of copper, alum, etc. In cases of corrosive sublimate, 
 in solution, being taken into the stomach by mistake, as it has been, 
 8ugar*water iu^y be given before the white of an egg. Sugar is also 
 
730 
 
 POISONS, AND THEIR ANTIDOTKS. 
 
 
 an excellent antidote in cases of poisoning with Arsenie. The other 
 antidotes are, — 
 
 Ammoniacal gas, or the volatile odor of spirits of hartshorn, for 
 poisoning with alcohol, bitter almonds, or prussic acid. 
 
 Iron-rust, or the sesqui-oxide of iron, for poisoning with arsenic, 
 freshly-prepared. 
 
 Epsom salt, for the various alkaline poisons. 
 
 dharooal, for poisoning with putrid fish, meat, mushrooms, or 
 mussels. 
 
 Kitchen salt, for poisoning with nitrate of silver, and poisonous 
 wounr . 
 
 Magnesia, for poisoning with any of the mineral acids. 
 
 Potash and Sweet Almond oil are also good antidotes for acids. 
 
 Starch, in solution, is the best antidote for poisoning with iodine. 
 
 Strong tea is a good antidote for poisoning with honey ; and so is 
 
 Wine, for noxious vapors and poisonous mushrooms. 
 
 And here it may be repeated, that the first thing we have to do, 
 in treating cases of poisoning, is to remove the poison by vomiting, 
 and then to administer the suitable antidotes. In case we should 
 not be able to ascertain what kind of poison has been swallowed, we 
 should first administer the white of egg ; and in case there should be 
 stupor, give coffee, quite strong, made of the lightly-roasted kernel. 
 But if we should know the poison to be mineral or metallic, the first 
 resort may be to white of Q^g, sugar-water, soap-water, or soap-suds, 
 and for the remaining effects Hve Sulphur, which has been ascer- 
 tained to be a real antidote to tae effects of metallic poisons. If it 
 should be kuown that acids or corrosive substances have been taken, 
 give Castile soap mixed with four times its bulk in warm water, or 
 magnesia dissolved in water, or powdered chalk stirred up in water, 
 or a solution of saleratus, pearlash, or super-carbonate of soda, in 
 spoonful doses, after each paroxysm of vomiring, as long as it con- 
 tinues; and afterwards give mucilagino'is drinks, and, alternately, 
 coffee and opium, in the form of homoeopathic remedies ; and for the 
 remaining ailments, give Pulsatilla. After the antidotes have been 
 administered, give Pulsatilla for sulphuric acid, Bryonia for muriatic 
 acid, and Aconite for other acids, and especially for crab-apple vin- 
 egar. In case it should be known that alkaline substances have been 
 swallowed in poisonous quantities, vinegar and water may be given 
 in large quantities, and also lemon-juice or cranberry-sauce, without 
 sugar, or sour milk ; and for the secondary effects of poisoning with 
 potash, give Ooffea or Oarho veg. If the poisoning is known to be 
 the effects of spirits of hartshorn, give ffepar sulph. ; if it should be 
 known the patient had been inhaling noxious vapors, bathe the 
 patient freely with vinegar and water, and let him inhale the vapor 
 of a solution of hydrochloric acid; and, after a return to full con- 
 sciousness, give a strong decoction of partially-charred coffee, or a few 
 doses of Opium or Belladonna. 
 
 ■Twr — ; — •^SFT 
 
POISONS, AND THEIB ANTIDOTES. 
 
 781 
 
 The vapors of coal, when having a poisonous effect, may be anti- 
 doted by copious draughts of vinegar and water ; and for poisoning 
 by any substance not mentioned, first follow the rule of removing the 
 poison from the stomach by vomiting, and, for the irritation or in- 
 flammation left behind, affiliate any homoeopathic remedy that may 
 meet the case. If there is much fever or arterial excitement, give 
 Aconite, every hour ; if severe burning at the stomach, and thirst, 
 give Arsenicum or Mercurius ; if there is great soreness of the mus- 
 cles, give Arnica, and let the patient be bathed with a lotion of the 
 same; if it is known that any of the animal poisons have been taken 
 into the stomach, give a teaspoonful of powdered charcoal in half a 
 tumbler of water at a dose, and i ^ after each vomiting until the 
 stomach becomes quiet ; and if jison of this kind fias come in 
 contact with the eyes, give Aconite; and, finally, to guard against the 
 infection of poisonous wounds, when torched with the fingers or 
 hand, let them be held in strong heat, as strong as it can be borne, 
 for ten or fifteen minutes, and afterwards wash them with soap. 
 
 lU:' 
 
 jmmm 
 
^F^ 
 
 PB0CE88E8 OP THE HYDEOPATHIC 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 Fob the description of the hydropathic appliances contained in the 
 following pages, I am indebted, in substance, to the " Hydropathic 
 Family Physician," by Joel Shew, M. D., author of several popular 
 works upon the principles and practice of hydropathy. I have not 
 uniformly adopted his exact language, which is not always the best 
 he might have chosen to express his thoughts. 
 
 Priessnitz is admitted to have been the originator of the hydro- 
 pathic modes of treating diseases. He was an unlearned man, though 
 he had origina,l powers of mind ; and, imperfect as the treatment is, 
 he benefited his race by conferring it upon the worid. 
 
 At first, and for some time, baths were made too cold, and were 
 continued too long ; the result was much injury to the patient in 
 many cases. Time and experience have brought a better adaptation 
 of the temperature and continuance of the water appliances to the 
 symptoms, constitution, and temperament of each patient. Formerly, 
 weak, exhausted, and nervous persons, not less than the full-blooded 
 and strong, were put into the wetsheet pack, and reduced near to 
 death's door; and there is reason to believe that in some cases where 
 the practice is in ignorant hands, this barbarity is not wholly discon- 
 tinued. The practice, however, is now mainly in better hands ; and 
 although I by no means admit its sufficiency as a system of remedial 
 agencies, I am persuaded it is doing some good. Used in connection 
 with the ancient system of regular medicine, which is the joint prod- 
 uct of time, science, and experience, the water treatment, moulded 
 and modified to the circumstances and strength of the patient, is an 
 auxiliary of no mean power. As such, I accept it. As such, it is re- 
 ceived by hundreds and thousands of regrular practitioners through- 
 out the world. Further than this, it never can or will be generally 
 received. By pushing it beyond this, its rightful and honored sphere, 
 its friends only limit its progress and injure its influence. 
 
 . Division of Baths. 
 
 On no one subject connected with hydropathy has there been more 
 "confusion of tongues," than concerning the temperature of baths. 
 
 73a 
 
L5iB»^..j a.=.^VAj^:L^4^<■i:^^*jittf^ir^ ' o^^;£j.^'l>:^tfaMa i k;'aK 
 
 PR0CE88K8 OP THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 733 
 
 Both in books and in popular language, among physicians as well as 
 laymen, have, words been used, sometimes confusedly, and at other 
 times without any meaning whatever. Orthodox medical works, as 
 well as the unorthodox, come under the same category of error. A 
 few simple explanations on this head, properly made, will be sufficient 
 for all practical as well as scientific purposes. 
 
 The simplest and most natural division of baths is into cold, tepid, 
 warm, and hot. These are all terms of every-day life, and are fully 
 sufficient to guide us in the selection of any and aU the multiform 
 uses of water which hydropathy teaches. I admit, however, that 
 when we wish to be especially explicit, the actual thermometrical 
 temperature should be mentioned. Sot baths, I maintain, have no 
 proper place in hydropathic practice. He who resorts to them either 
 does not at all understand the true principles of the Water-Cure, or 
 is guided merely by the whims or caprices of those who employ him. 
 
 But whatever words we use to designate the different baths, there 
 is one objection, which is, that all such terms are necessarily arbitraiy 
 in a greater or less degree. What appears to one person cold, may 
 to another appear tepid, or warm, or even hot. Thus it is said that 
 on a road over the Andes, at about half way between the foot and 
 the summit, there is a cottage in which the ascending and descending 
 travelleis meet. The former, who have just quitted the sultry val- 
 leys at the base, are so relaxed, that the sudden diminution of tem- 
 perature produces in them a feeling. of intense cold ; while the latter, 
 who left the frozen summit of the mountain are overcome by dis- 
 tressing sensations of extreme heat. If on a cold winter's morning 
 we go from a warm bed to a bath of sixty to seventy degrees Fahr., 
 the water appears cold. If we then plunge immediately into water 
 which is at about the freezing point, and then return again to the 
 water at sixty to seventy degrees Fahr., it appears warm. When the 
 temperature of the atmosphere is at fifty-five degrees Fahr., in No- 
 vember or October, in this latitude, and the body of a comfortable 
 degree-of warmth, and we take three basins of water at sixty, seventy, 
 and eighty degrees Fahr., placing one hand in the water at sixty de- 
 grees, the other in that at eighty degrees, letting them remain thii-ty 
 seconds in each, and then immerse them both in the water at seventy 
 degrees, it appears to one cold, to the other warm. 
 
 But we can arrive at rules which approximate so nearly to the ac- 
 tual truth, that they will serve us, as before remarked, for guides in 
 all practical and scientific purposes. 
 
 The Cold-Bath. — With a majority of persons, and at most seasons 
 of the year, water at from seventy to eighty degfrees Fahr. downward, 
 gives, when immersed in it, a sensation of coldness. The spring- 
 water of all countries furnishes what may therefore be called a cold- 
 bath, although there will be a i-ange of many degrees variation in 
 what we term oold. 
 
734 
 
 l'liOCE88E8 OF MIK HYUKOPATHIO TKEATMENT. 
 
 The Tepid Bath. — The word tepid is from the Latin tepeo, to be 
 warm. The true English meaning of the term, however, is, according 
 to Mr. Webster, moderately warm, or lukewarm; in other words, 
 water which, when a person is immersed in it, gives a kind of inde- 
 fini ' ^1 sensation, o^ie which, coming properly under the term neither 
 eol "arm, is said to be tepid. This temperature will be found 
 
 to 1. at from eighty to ninety-two degrees Fahr. 
 
 The ^arm Bath. — The term warm is generally well understood. 
 It means that temperature of water which is peculiarly agreeable to 
 the sensations. Fresh-drawn milk or blood we say are warm. The 
 temperature of water which will cause this sensation varies from 
 ninety-two to ninety-eight degrees Fahr. 
 
 The Vapor Bath. — The temperature of the vapor of simple water 
 varies from about ninety degrees Fahr. upward, according to the heat 
 of the water, and the space through which the vapor passes. 
 
 The Hot Bath. — The term hot is also expressive of ifs proper 
 meaning. If the body is immersed in water above blood-heat, it 
 causes an uncomfortable sensation, which we designate as hot. Hot 
 water is a disturber of the vital functions, particularly if the whole 
 body is immersed in it. Hot baths, therefore, should be used, if ever, 
 only in a most urgent necessity. Hot water, iu no form whatever, 
 entered into any part of Priessnitz's treatment. 
 
 Having thus explained the temperatures of the different divisions 
 
 of the bath, it is proper to state them in a tabular form, the better to 
 
 aid the memory. They are as follows : — 
 
 Oold-bath, from freezing point, . . 32 to 85° F. 
 
 Tepid " 80 to 92° 
 
 Warm " 92 to 98° 
 
 Vapor " 90° and upward. 
 
 Hot " above 98°. 
 
 I now propose to explain somewhat minutely, and at the same time 
 with a due regard to the needs of the non-professional reader, the 
 physiological effects of each of the several kinds of bath, and I here 
 respectfully premise that any one who attempts to practise the water 
 treatment without having in his mind clear notions upon this subject 
 is, to say the least, as much a "groper in the dark " as he who attempts 
 the practice of drugs of which he knows nothing, upon the living 
 body of which he knows less. How can a man be trusted in water 
 treatment if he cannot tell beforehand what effect a bath is to have; 
 and this he cannot, if he does not fully understand the meaning of 
 the terms which I have here explained. 
 
 Effects of the Cold Bath. — The effects of the cold bath are properly 
 spoken of under two heads, the primary and the secondary. The 
 terms are sufficiently expressive of their meaning. The first are 
 those which take place at the time of the immersion ; the second, 
 those that occur later, constituting what we understand by the term 
 reaction. 
 
 L.'jAV.-JiiS3t'.'.;5i^.^- 
 
i ■^^M^M^fMB*mtti*\itLj^'ih9,x-A^*\'t\\*s^'.^:iii^^ Y . 
 
 J(*3fc*.'h- Mil^alU!Mi;fAt;lBjic>«w.^ 
 
 PK00E8SE8 OF THK HYDROPATHIC TKKATMKNT. 
 
 735 
 
 Immediately on immersion in cold water, the bather experiences 
 some acceleration of respiration and the heart's action, .although the 
 pulse becomes at the same time smaller and weaker. Very soon, 
 liowever, the panting^ if I may so call it, passes off ; the temperature 
 of the body is found diminiahed, tlie surface paler tlian natural, tlie 
 skill taking on that form of appearance known as "goose-flesh." 
 
 The first effect of cold water applied to the l>ody, generally, is to 
 abstract a certain amount of heat from the surface, to constringe the 
 capillary vessels, and to force the blood inward. Now, as the living 
 body possesses the remarkable property of maintaining its tempera- 
 ture at very nearly the same point, whether it is in a colder or hotter 
 medium than itself, the vitals at once set to work in restoring the 
 caloric abstracted by the contact of the water ; and as the functions 
 of circulation and calorification go necessarily together, the vital 
 power, acting through the heart and blood-vessels, attempts a return 
 of the blood that had been forced inward by the coldness of the 
 water. 
 
 This is what we call reaction. If the individual is 8u£Sciently 
 strong and well stocked with vitality, the blood is quickly returned 
 to the surface and to the extremities (which are always most liable 
 to become cold, being farthest from the heart), constituting what is 
 termed good, or vigorous reaction. But if the surface and extremities 
 continue to remain unwarmed by this return of the blood to them, 
 as happens in the case of feeble persons, there is said to be poor, or 
 imyfficient reaction. It would then be necessaiy to give some warm- 
 ing medicine to start the blood circulating. 
 
 Effects of the Tepid Bath. — The tepid bath, which we have seen 
 mnges from eighty to ninety-two degrees Fahr., produces effects 
 analogous to those of the cold bath, only not so lasting and perma- 
 nent. It is especially useful in the treatment of infants and children, 
 and in all cases where the reactive energy is feeble. If in any case 
 we are in doubt as to whether the cold bath is admissible, the tepid 
 form will be a milder measure, and at the same time serve as a test 
 in venturing upon the cold. The tepid bath may be continued longer 
 at a time, which in some cases will be found an advantage. 
 
 Effects of the Warm Bath. — There is among hydropathic physi- 
 cians, if I am not mistaken, too gi-eat a fear of warm applications on 
 the part of some, while others go to the opposite extreme, Mark, I 
 speak of warm applications. Hot, as before remarked, have no proper 
 place in hydropathy, — a rule to which the exceptions are few. 
 
 The warm bath, as before remarked, ranges from ninety-two to 
 ninety-eight degrees Fahr. It is not the most useful of the hydro- 
 pathic resources, but one of the most useful, aa I shall endeavor here- 
 after to show. 
 
 Among the ancient Romans the warm l)ath was not considered as 
 a means of luxurious indulgence that tended to weaken the vital 
 
 U 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 Jf ^i 
 
 :;ii 
 
asm 
 
 ■wi 
 
 736 
 
 PROOESSKS OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 powers, but a means of refreshment for the wearied traveller, and of 
 preparing him for the repast and the enjoyment of other rites of 
 hospitality. -The effect of the warm bath is not one of debility, as 
 many suppose, but, on the contrary, it is a sedative, lowering the 
 heart's action and the circulation, and tending to repose rather tbaii 
 excitement. 
 
 Effects of the Hot Bath. — The hot bath, l)efore remaiked, is one 
 whioh is above the temperature of the blood, ninety-eight deprives 
 Fahr. It was laid down as a precept by Hippocrat^es, that a bath en- 
 feebles when the heat exceeds that of the body immersed in it. The 
 truth of this precept has often been verified in practice. 
 
 I do not wish to be understood as aflBVming that hot applications 
 can never be made with benefit to the body ; on the contrary, heat 
 applied to a part locally may be of service, although I am inclined to 
 believe that even in those cases where heat acts in a beneficial way, 
 some other form of hydi-opathio appliance can be used more bene- 
 ficially. I make, it will be remembered, a broad distinction between 
 the terms hot and warm. 
 
 Sea-Bath ins;. 
 
 As regards temperature, sea-bathing comes under the general head 
 of cold baths. Sea-water, however, at those seasons of the year when 
 sea-bathing is resorted to, is of a moderate degree of coldness, vary- 
 ing in this latitude not much from seventy degrees Fahr. 
 
 In order to appreciate fully the effects of sea-bathing upon the sys- 
 tem, a number of things are to be considered. 
 
 Sea-water differs in its effects from common water by its possessing 
 greater density. This circumstance, however, is not of so great im- 
 portance as that of the stimulating nature of the minerals it contains. 
 The saline ingredient is a powerful stimulant and even irritant of the 
 skin. On account of this property, it is found that an exposure to the 
 action o' ^alt water is not so liable to cause ill effects as that to fresh. 
 The sail causing a degree of heat upon the surface somewhat higher 
 than that of the natural state, the system is for the time shielded 
 from the action of cold. It does not follow from this, however, that 
 a pei-son could live longer immersed in sea than in common water, 
 any more than it follows that because alcohol for a time increases the 
 animal temperature, life can, under circumstP^ces of great exposure 
 to cold, be the longer preserved. This it is now well known, is not 
 the case. 
 
 An advantage of sea-bathing in the hot season is, that the air at 
 the sea-shore is cooler than on land. That our climate in summer \s 
 too hot for the most favorable development of health is proved by 
 the great increase of mortality, not only in our cities, but in othei' 
 parts, during the hot season. The European cities, with all their 
 numbers of inhabitants, dampness, narrow streets, intemperance, 
 
\u.iiiittJmi£^Li^j.:>Cj&iuiuM.: t niiix.iit.uytbtiiigiuvk,- jkiljil-^ 
 
 PKO0K88E8 OF THE HYDROPATHIC TBKATMENT. 
 
 737 
 
 pauperism, etc., would naturally be expected to show a higher range 
 of mortality than our American cities, but such is not the fact. Even 
 New York, with all its natural advantages, is as sickly, probably, as 
 any of the British or European cities. This, it is agreed on all 
 hands, must be owing in great part to the intense heat of our summer 
 months. 
 
 The manner of taking the salt-water bath has some peculiarities 
 which are favorable to health. It is, in the first place, in the open 
 air, which, if the weather is favorable, that is, neither too hot nor too 
 cold, is always a great advantage. Other things being equal, a bath 
 in the open air is always attended with a betterreaction and a greater 
 degree of invigoration than one within doors. 
 
 In the second place, sea-bathing is usually and almost necessarily 
 conn :cted with exercise both before and after the bath, circumstances 
 which are always highly favorable to the action of cold water. So 
 beneficial, indeed, is exercise taken in this way, that it would be dif- 
 ficult to determine which of the two — the exercise or the bathing — . 
 is the more beneficial. In connection, the two act reciprocally upon 
 each other, each rendering the other doubly beneficial. 
 
 Injections. 
 
 The term injection implies the act of throwing a fluid into some 
 cavity of the body. 
 
 In Water-Cure we inject water more frequently into the bowels 
 than any other cavity. This kind of injection is also called enema^ 
 or clyster. 
 
 Most people have so little confidence in simple water, that if a 
 clyster is administered to them, thay have no idea that it can operate 
 in so effectual a way as it usually does. Years ago, when the water 
 treatment was much less known than at the present time, I have 
 been suspected of having secretly put some cathartic substance in the 
 water, " for," said the patients, " how is it possible for water to act in 
 this way?" 
 
 A gi-eat variety of injection-instruments have been invented. Some 
 of these are very convenient and useful ; others are got up on mere 
 speculation, and are but little worth. Every family, at least, ought 
 to have a good injection-instrument. A lady's toilet is never com- 
 plete without it. A gfood article is either manufactured or sold by 
 most surgical-instrument makers and druggists. 
 
 M 
 
 
 Modus Operandi of Water. 
 
 It is often objected to hydropathy, that water, being but one agent, 
 cannot be made useful in all diseases. I propose here to make some 
 remarks on the modus operandi of water., in which I shall endeavor to 
 explain, not only to the scientific scholar, but to the ordinary reader, 
 
788 
 
 PR0CK8HKS OF TIIK HYDKOPATIIIC TRKATMENT. 
 
 that water is capable of being iiiiulu available iim a remedy, — uiid 
 that powerfully too, — in a great variety of ways. It then acts: — 
 
 1. By its Presence. — Water, as we have seen elsewhere, com- 
 poses the larger part of the living l)ody, and that without its prcsoiicj 
 in a large proportion in the living syti'cem, the vital processes cannot 
 for a moment go on. 
 
 2. By its Coldness. — Cold, within proper limits, preserves tmd 
 ttugmenta life, while heat tends to debility and decay. In propdrtidii 
 as tlie animal heat is diniiniHhed in the different classes of aiiiiniils, 
 the less is the want of air felt. If in a puppy the eighth pair of 
 nerves be divided, producing a closure of the glottis so that no air 
 can ent«r ita lungs, the animal dies in half an hour, if kept at an or- 
 dinary temperature. But if the animal is benumbed with cold it 
 survives the operation for a whole day. Frogs, in the summer, when 
 the temperature of water is elevated, are obliged to come often to the 
 surface for air. But in winter, when the water is colder, they live 
 almost entirely under its surface. A cholem patient in collapse, a 
 person who has been stifled by foul gases, one in the sinking stage of 
 a fever, or fainting from loss of blood, or in any way asphyxiated, 
 desires always coldness rather than heat. It may not be possible in 
 the present state of science to explain these phenomena; but luide- 
 niably we have the facts. 
 
 3. By Endosmosis and Exosmosis. — Animal membranes have the 
 power of absorbing liquids, — called enc^osmom, or imbibition^ and of 
 throwing them out, exosmosis, or transudation. 
 
 If we take a portion of the intestine of a chicken, tie one end, 
 nearly fill it with milk, then tie the other end, and lastly immerae it 
 in a tumbler or other vessel of pure water, we find that in a sliort 
 time the milk passes out of the intestine into the water, and the 
 water inwardly mingling with the milk. This' process goes on till 
 the fluid within and without the intestine becomes one and the same. 
 This is a familiar illustration of the principle in question- 
 
 4. By Dilution. — Water is the greatest diluent in nature. There 
 is no substance which is at all comparable to it for penetrating the 
 myriads upon myriads of capillaries that exist in all parts of the 
 living structure. When the fluids become thick, viscid, and filled 
 with impure matters, as is usually the case to a greater or less ex- 
 tent, in disease, it is an important object to dilute these matters. 
 For this purpose water is the only available remedy. 
 
 6. By its Tonx Effect. — Water is the greatest of all tonics, and 
 possesses the valuable property, not of wearing out, but of increasing 
 in its good effects. 
 
 0. By its Excitant or Electrical Power. — A man feels dull and 
 stupid from excessive bodily or mental labor, from excessive alinien- 
 
 'M^msSKtiTsmmm 
 
 «■ 
 
PKOCKH8KW OK THK HYnKOPATHIO TRKATMRNT. 
 
 739 
 
 ly,— ami 
 acts: — 
 
 lere, com- 
 lea caimot 
 
 srves and 
 )r<»p(irti()ii 
 [ animuls, 
 Lh pair of 
 liat no air 
 t at an or- 
 th cold it 
 mer, when 
 f ten to the 
 , tliey live 
 collapse, a 
 ig stage of 
 phyxiated, 
 possible in 
 but unde- 
 
 es have the 
 ion, and of 
 
 3 one end, 
 immerae it 
 in a short 
 5r, and the 
 [oes on till 
 I the same. 
 
 re. There 
 trating the 
 arts of the 
 and filled 
 or less ex- 
 je matters. 
 
 tonics, and 
 increasing 
 
 lis dull and 
 jive alimen- 
 
 tjiti<tii, or spirit, "P tea and coflfoc drinking, with the blood all crowd- 
 ing up into bin head. We apply the well-wrung rubbing wet sheet 
 one, two, or three times, to his surface, according ivs he may need, 
 and he at once perceives a most wonderful change for the better. Or 
 a man feels of a morning dull and stupid, with his muscles sore ; he 
 has the rubbing wet sheet, the plunge, shower, or douclie, and in- 
 st4intly his troubles vanish. Or he may have a lumbar abscess, which 
 has run him down so low that when he wakes in the moniing he finds 
 ho cannot walk. Two or three gallons of cold water are poured over 
 him, upon which he walks readily. Now these elfecta of water, re- 
 markable as they are, arise simply from its excitant or electrical 
 power. 
 
 7. By it« Temperature. — In acute disease, in all fevers and in- 
 flammations, of whatever name or grade, the great power of water to 
 regulate the temperature of the body is one of the most striking of 
 all the phenomena cognizable by man. By the use of cold water we 
 can always vary the heat of the body and the velocity of the heart's 
 action to any desirable extent. 
 
 8. By Purifying tlie Blood. — Water accomplishes one thing which 
 no drug, no other substance in nature can. It purijies the blood. It 
 does this because it penetrates every lane and alley of the system, 
 however minute. No capillary is so delicate that it does not pene- 
 trate lis smallest possible paii;. It purifies the blood, because as long 
 as the vital principle lasts, the tendency of nature is to preserve the 
 vital fluid in a healthy state; and penetrating every tissue of the 
 body as water does, it assists nature in the purifying process as no 
 other substance can. 
 
 9. By AuKmenting the Vital Pofce. — No fact in science is better 
 established than that water possesses the power of actually increas- 
 ing the amount of vitality in the system. This is, in fact, the prime 
 effect of water. It aids the system in throwing ofic disease in the 
 same way that inci-easing a merchant's cepital aids him in throwing 
 of? debt. 
 
 The foregoing propositions are sub.aitted as elucidating some of 
 the leading principles concerned in the action of water upon the liv- 
 ing body. I do not claim, however, that the whole of the philosophy 
 of the effects of water is yet understood by any one. Doubtless 
 those who know most about it have yet much to learn. 
 
 Rules for Using: Water. 
 
 The Time of Day. — In general, the more powerful applications 
 should be made in the early part of the day. At this time the calor- 
 ific powers and the circulation are more vigorous, and, consequently, 
 the body more able to resist powerful applications of whatever kind. 
 
 The Meals. — Ordinarily, no powerful bath shoiUvl be taken within 
 
 ,i 
 
 f/c-'it'i 
 
740 
 
 PR00R88ES OF THX RYDHOPATHIO TKRATMKMT. 
 
 tihree to foui' Iioufh iiftcr a meal. A full stomnch and cold water do 
 not at all agree. Hut in certain diseaHed oonditiomi, as feverislinciH, 
 intlanimatiou, colic, cramp in the Htuniiich, cholera morbus, and utliur 
 sudden attacks, water appliances are to be commenced without refer- 
 ence to hours or meals. The syniptoniH then are oiir only guide. 
 
 The Lighter Baths. — If there is doubt as to which application to 
 make, the well-wrung rubbing wet sheet, the tepid shallow bath, or u 
 warm bath should first be taken. 
 
 Reaction. — Within a reasonable time after a bath, the body in all 
 its parts should become naturally warm. If the feet and hands re- 
 main cold, and the nails and lips blue, the bath has, to say the least, 
 done no good. In some cases of fevers and other inflammatory dig- 
 eases, it is better to keep the body chilly than to allow it to become 
 too warm. 
 
 Ulceration. — If any part of the body, as the extremities, lungs, 
 bowels, etc., is undergoing any considerable ulceration, veiy cold 
 baths are inadmissible. 
 
 NervousnesA. — With some persons who are highly nervous, and 
 part^^<".ularly with nervous females, much cold bathing, althougli it 
 appears to agree well, and to be the best for a time, is in che end 
 ht^mful, rendering the nervousness and general debility worse. 
 
 Exercise. — For the douche, plunge, cold sitz, and foot hatha, and 
 all others that abstract a lai'ge amount of caloric from the system, 
 the body should be fully warm, and the circulation somewhat acceler- 
 ated by exercise. Exercise should also be taken after the bath, 
 until the heat and circulation are fully restored. But if exercise is 
 impracticable either before or after the bath, friction should be made 
 to take its place. 
 
 Increased Heat. — Elevation of temperature constitutes no objec- 
 tion to bathing, provided the body is not excessively fatigued. The 
 reason why overheated persons sometimes lose their lives by plunging 
 into or drinking largely of cold water, is, that the vital force has 
 been too much exhausted. Mere heat is an advantage. 
 
 Perspiration. — Neither does this constitute an objection to bath- 
 ing or water-drinking, if the foregoing rules are observed. 
 
 The Air. — Bathing in the open air is always preferable to in-doors, 
 provided the extremes of heat and cold are avoided. 
 
 The Head. — It is well always to wet the head with cold water, 
 both before and after a bath. Douches and the shower should never 
 be taken on this part Simple pouring or affusion is the only mechan- 
 ioal force of water that .should be allowed on the head. 
 
 Pregnancy. — This, as abundant experience proves, forms no ob- 
 jection to bathing, or any form of properly regulated water treat- 
 
 KaMadjSj^.; 
 
 .-jji8m3i«m!.ja&!KaaMiaa B aaiM 
 
 .^ ^- 
 
I 
 
 l>R0OKH8KS or Till HYDROPATHIC TKItATMRNT. 
 
 741 
 
 1 Wllt«'l lid 
 
 /emliiusM, 
 uiid otlit'i- 
 iiout refer- 
 guide. 
 
 lication to 
 Uith, or u 
 
 body in all 
 I hands re- 
 r the least, 
 aatory dig- 
 to become 
 
 ties, lungs, 
 very cold 
 
 TV0U8, and 
 ithough it 
 in the end 
 rcTse. 
 
 baths, and 
 ;he system, 
 bat acceler- 
 the bath, 
 exercise is 
 d be made 
 
 a no objec- 
 
 ued. The 
 
 y plunging 
 
 force has 
 
 )n to bath- 
 
 X) in-doors, 
 
 jold water, 
 ould never 
 ly mechan- 
 
 pms no ob- 
 ^ater treat- 
 
 ment. Cold Imthing iiiul wat«r-driiiking lire of tlie greatCMt aervice 
 (luring this period. 
 
 The Season. — If the liingH are not extensively disoasod, and if 
 there is no considerable ulceration going on in any part of the Hys- 
 teni, the cool and cold seasons are preferable for a coui-se of bathing. 
 W'itli right luanagemeiit, a patient gains two or three timeH as much 
 ill a given time during the cold months as he does in the hot. 
 
 Days of Reat. — One day in seven water-treatment sliould h& dis- 
 continued, with the exception of u simple ablution in the morning. 
 Six days' treatment in the week is worth more than seven, because it 
 Ih a law of nature that, if a remedy is continued steadily and without 
 change, it loses much of its good effect. This is as true of water as 
 of any other agent. Those who do wisely will omit the treatmen 
 on Sunday, whatever their religions convictions may be. 
 
 Internal Use of Water. — The same general rules apply here as in 
 the external applications. Thirst should for the moijt part be grati- 
 fied whenever it is experienced. Aa a rule, the less water drank at 
 meals the better. For the tonie effect, it is to be taken while tlie 
 stomach is empty, and it is better that exercise should accompany it. 
 From six to twelve tumblers per diem is a fair allowance for average 
 patients. 
 
 Quality of Water. — For all remedial as well as hygienic purposes 
 water should be as pure and soft as can be obtained. With proper 
 care and ingenuity in the construction of cisterns, filters, etc., this 
 desirable end can be everywhere accomplished. Lead, and lead 
 pipes, should be avoided, except where the water runs freely and 
 constantly. 
 
 The Swev.tlnir Process. — Formerly it was much in vogue to sweat 
 patients in the blanket pack, but latterly the practice has quite gone 
 into disrepute. For several years of the latter part of Priessnitz's 
 career he was vory averse to using the process. It was a remark of 
 his, that the cures by sweating were not permanent. 
 
 Wet Bandas:es, Compresses, etc. 
 
 These, as we have already seen under the head of wounds and in- 
 juries, are of great value in water treatment. They are used of any 
 desirable size, upon any part of the body, and produce different effects 
 accordingly as they are used. Cooling wet compresses are such iis 
 are changed or rewet frequently, and for the most are left uncovered. 
 The warming or stimulating are covered and left upon the part until 
 it becomes as warm or warmer than natural. Warm fomentations are 
 useful in certain cases, but the hot should, as a rule, be discarded. 
 
 The wet girdle is one of the most useful of all medical appliances. 
 Two and a half or three yards of good toweling, with tapes arranged 
 at one end, the comers of which have been turned over and sewed so 
 
 vA 
 
 ' V: 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ii^ii,^ 
 
742 
 
 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 as to form a point, forms a good girdle. It should pass usually three 
 times about the body, one-half having been wet. This brings two 
 thicknesses of wet on the abdomen and one upon the back. At 
 Graefenberg, this application was worn by every patient, and, as a 
 rule, all of the time. It is useful in a great variety of ailments, both 
 acute and chronic. The same form of application is also useful for 
 thd arms, legs, etc., the tapes being used in preference to pins. 
 
 The wet jacket, or chest wrapper, is also a valuable resort in dis- 
 eases of the chest. Oiled silk and other similar articles, as I have 
 elsewhere observed, are not to be used upon these local applications. 
 
 The following is the substance of Dr. Show's description of hydro- 
 pathic appliances. 
 
 The Wet-Sheet Pack. 
 
 In this process a coarse linen or.cotton sheet is used, long enough 
 to reach from the patient's bead to the soles of his feet, and al)out 
 two yards in width. The bed is stripped of all its covering, one or 
 two pillows only being left for the head. One or two comforters are 
 then spread upon it, and over these the same number of woollen 
 blankets, which are less injured by wet than cotton comfortables. 
 The sheet having been pretty well wrung out of cold water, — always 
 pure and soft, if such can be had, — is then spread out smoothly upon 
 the blanket. The patient being undressed, lays himself upon the 
 sheet, and, his arms being held up, an assistant laps one side of it 
 over the body and lower limbs ; when, the arms being dropped at the 
 side, the other part of the sheet is, in like manner, lapped over. The 
 blankets are then, one by one, brought over the person in the same 
 way, and tucked under from head to foot. Comfortables may be added, 
 if necessary. • 
 
 It is always best to place a wet towel, covered with a dry one, on 
 the patient's head while he is packed. If too much chill is not pro- 
 duced, the dry one may be left oflP. 
 
 This is the ordinary way of taking a pack in chronic disease. 
 
 The wet sheet is one of tho most soothing and agreeable of all the 
 water appliances. Hence it is that it is so often misu'^ed. It is so 
 delightful, and tends so much to produce slumber, that the patient 
 never feels ready to get out of it But this slumber, — ■ so profound 
 and sweet as it often is, — he should remember, may be only an apo- 
 plectic stupor, which leaves him with a swimming head, attended with 
 faintness, perhaps, and ending in a severe headache ; giving him, in 
 short, a congestion of the brain. All this happ)enB in consequence of 
 robbing the skin too long of the air it should breathe. 
 
 There has bden a notion at some of the establishments that the 
 wet sheet is to be used for sweating ; and to this end, the patient has 
 been literally stewed hour after hour, in some cases, even four, five, 
 and sir hours in succession, with the view of sweating him. All 
 such practice is hurtful. If the patient gets better under it, it is in 
 
 ,::!-l!Maa!iii!K^,;:,, . —rSaSH 
 
 SB S^flSWBi Vi'n i aii i 'iiist i^ea jJtl i M I W 
 
 ^^^m 
 
PROCESSES OF THE IIYPROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 743 
 
 consequence of the good effects of water used in other ways, coui>]ed 
 with the ever-important adjuncts, air, exercise and diet. In later 
 times, Priessnitz never sweat patients at all, much less in wet sheets. 
 If a man must sweat, leave off the wet sheet assuredly, as that only 
 hindere the operation. Use the blanket pack or the vapor bath. 
 
 How Long shall the Pack Contiiue? — Here, too, there has been, 
 and still is, much error in hydropathic practice. "Stay in the pack 
 till ycu get warm," has been the old doctrine. But some get warm 
 at firat, and afterward get cold ; — so at least they feel. What is to 
 1)6 done? 
 
 One of Priessnitz's improvements was to give short packs. " Re- 
 main enveloped for fifteen or twenty minutes only," he said. " If you 
 are not able to bear the pack in that way, take the rubbing wet sheet 
 and the lighter processes until you are." In some cases he gave two 
 or three of these short packs in succession, the patient rising between 
 each to take an airing, a rubbing wet sheet, or other bath, and then 
 returning to the pack. 
 
 Thus far the wet sheet has been spoken of as used in chronic dis- 
 eases. In acute attacks it is managed differently, according to the 
 case. If the object be to abstract caloric from the body, we cover the 
 sheet but little, — with a single dry sheet, or a blanket or two, or, per- 
 haps, with none of these. 
 
 We know that if we keep a wet towel about a keg of water on a hot 
 day, the water will be made cooler by evaporation. In the same way, 
 when a patient is hot and feverish, we keep one, or, still better, two 
 wet sheets around him, without other covering, and thus bring down 
 the heat and circulation to any desirable degree. We sprinkle water 
 upon the sheets, or rewet them as often as is necessary, — in some 
 extreme cases of fever continuing them a whole week or more. Ex- 
 perience teaches that the continuous application of the wet linen is, 
 in such cases, a most serviceable application, and one that tends most 
 powerfully to induce in the dermoid structure its natural and health- 
 ful state. 
 
 The Wet Sheet Acts by Absorption. — It draws morbific matter 
 out of the body, as any one may see who applies the sheet for a short 
 time, and then washes it. Observe, too, wiiat an odor comes from 
 the sheet when a diseased patient has been packed. At the same 
 time, it absorbs the pure water into its finest tissues on a large scale, 
 thus supplying that fluid which of all substances the system, under 
 such circumstances, most needs. This moist warmth of the sheet also 
 acts as a most soothing poultice. 
 
 The Wet Dress. 
 
 A MODIFICATION ©f the wet sheet, and in some respects an improve- 
 ment, is the "wet dress," so called. 
 A coarse linen or cotton dress is made with large arms, so that one 
 
 "■5 
 
 
744 
 
 PK0CESSE8 OF THE HYDBOPATHIO TREATMENT. 
 
 may take the application without help. The dress being wet and ap- 
 plied, the patient lays himself upon blankets, in which he wraps him- 
 self just sufficiently to become comfortable. Or, he may have dry 
 flannel dresses to put on over the wet one, and then lie in a common 
 bed. In this application, the air is not excluded from the surface to 
 anything like the same extent as in the common tight pack. Hence, 
 a patient may remain in it a half, or the whole of the night, if he 
 choosos, — being careful to becomo neither too warm nor too cold. 
 Rewetting once or twice in the night will be of service. Often in a 
 single night a bad cold may be thrown off in this simple way. 
 
 The Half Pack. 
 
 Many patients have so little reactive energy, that while they can 
 bear a half pack, so called, the entire sheet woidd abstract so much 
 caloric from the body as to injure them. In such cases, the sheet is 
 to be applied so as to extend' only from the arm-pit, or at most, from 
 the neck to the hips, leaving the lower extremities, as it were, in the 
 dry pack. Sometimes the sheet is allowed to extend to the ankles, 
 not including the feet Packing the trunk of the body in wet towels 
 acts upon the same principle as the partial or half pack, and is, ux 
 many cases, a valuable preliminary measure. It is well to take these 
 preparatory steps when a patient who has suffered long from chronic 
 disease is beginning with the envelopment. 
 
 The Folded Wet Sheet. 
 
 In domestic practice, a modification of the wet sheet may be had 
 by folding four-double a common coarse sheet, for enclosing the trunk 
 from the armpits down. Two thicknesses of this are wet in cold 
 water to come next the body. 
 
 This is a valuable application in a host of ailments, as pleurisy, 
 inflammation of the lungs, inflammation of the bowels, colic, cholera, 
 cholera morbus, rheumatism, painful menstruation, after-pains, etc. 
 This remedy, which can be applied in five minutes, will often soothe 
 a patient quietly to sleep, whose lot, without it, would be a night of 
 agony. One advantage of this application is, that if a patient is too 
 weak to lise, the sheet may be opened in front, so that fresh water 
 may, when needed, be sprinkled upon it, and wet towels inay be 
 added under it upon the abdomen, if necessary. 
 
 In all the methods of applying the wet sheet, there can be no pos- 
 sible objection to using warm bricks, bottles, et^j., for the feet when 
 cold. 
 
 Bath after the Pack. — It is the practice generally to take some 
 form of the bath after the pack. If the patient is too feeble to rise, 
 
 -^mMMMSB:: ' 
 
 i ii ii i i jj i i i .ia. iiii m (> i«Mn| i J ill 
 
PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 746 
 
 an ablution is performed while he is in bed. In other cases, a wet- 
 sheet rubbing, shallow, plunge, towel, or other bath, is resored to, 
 but not strictly of necessity. It is better however, as a rule, to make 
 the process a compound one, tliat is to take some form of bath after 
 the pack. This should also be followed by exercise in the open air, 
 if it can possibly be taken. A pack, followed by a faithful turn at 
 work, or by exercise in the open air, is always worth much more 
 than when followed by rest witiun doors. 
 
 The Rubbing Wet Sheet. 
 
 The rubbing wet sheet, too little appreciated, and too seldom used, 
 is one of the most valuable of all the hydropathic resources. There 
 is probably no other single application of water, in all the multiform 
 modes of hydropathic medication, that can be made, on the whole, as 
 useful as this. It is a tonic, a stimul&nt, a sedative, an antispasmodic, 
 a derivative, or a febrifuge, according to the circumstances under 
 which it i« applied. 
 
 We take a coarse linen sheet, — although cotton answers a very 
 good purpose, — large enough to throw around the body like an In- 
 dian's blanket. It is wrung more or less, according to the demands 
 of the case. Thereupon, it is thrown 
 quickly around the patient's body, who,' 
 if strong enough, is in the standing pos- 
 ture ; and then both patient and assistant 
 set vigorously to work, rubbing over the 
 sheet, not with it, as some do, three, four, 
 or more minutes, until the surface becomes 
 thoroughly warm (Fig. 188). 
 
 If there is fever, less friction is required. 
 After the ivet sheet, comes a dry one, to be 
 used in the same manner. Those who have 
 suflScient reactive energy, — and most have, 
 — may dry the body simply by fanning it 
 with the drj'- sheet, the windows at the 
 same time being open. TTiis sort of air-bath exerts a highly pleasurable 
 efPect upon the skin. Instead of giving one a cold, it helps greatly 
 to ward it off. This method of drying the body was one of Priess- 
 nitz's later improvements. 
 
 The rubbing wet sheet, it should be remembered, is not a tingle 
 application, capable of producing only one effect. It is used in three 
 different gradations, and to produce very different results. It is well 
 wrung, or only modemtely wrung, or left quite wet and dripping. 
 If a person is fatigued, or has a low degree of reactive energy, the 
 first form is the one to adopt; if there is not much fatigue, and good 
 reactive energy, the second ; and if the patient is feverish, and the 
 
 FlO. 188. 
 
■*M^II< 
 
 746 
 
 PU0CK88ES OP THE HVUnOPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 object is to alwtiact heat simply, we use the sheet quite wet and drip- 
 ping; and we repeat it as many times in succession as the case may 
 need. One great advantage is, that we give it before or after a wet 
 pack, when no bath is at hand ; we also give it in connection with 
 any other bath wo may choose. 
 
 See how admimble a remedy the rubbing wet sheet is, when prop- 
 er V understood! A patient, —a child, perhaps, — is so feeble in the 
 reactive power, that almost any form of bath we can give it sends 
 the blood from the surface, making the lips and nails pale or blue, and 
 the extremities cold, showing congestion of the internal organs. 
 When a bath produces such effects, it is very apt, to say the 1 t, to 
 do more harm than good. But we can apply the rubbing wet sheet 
 in such a way as to cause none of these ill effects ; besides, it may be 
 repeated many times in the day, so as to give tlie patient the advan- 
 tage of a strong treatment ; for a light treatment, which can be easily 
 borne, is made a %tr<yn^ one by the frequency of its repetition. 
 
 A wet sheet, well wrung, holds perhaps a pint of water ; or, at 
 most, a quart. Now, it must appear plain, that a pint or quart of 
 cold water, spread over so large a surface as the whole skin, must 
 become very easily warmed by the body's heat. Besides, if there is 
 ireM delicacy of constitution, we may wring the sheet out of water 
 at seventy, eighty, or even ninety degrees, gradually lowering it as 
 the patient can bear it. 
 
 The domestic availability/ of this application is also to be spoken 
 of. In every dwelling, however humble, there is the coarse sheet, 
 and the bucket of water. How useful, therefore, as a resort, in 
 home practice! 
 
 The rubbing wet sheet appears a tiifling application, — one which 
 is not capable of producing any great result. But when we remem- 
 ber the myriads of nerves of animal life, spread over the skin, and 
 derived from the brain and spinal cord, it need not surprise us that 
 its application should so invigorate the body, take off bodily and 
 mental depression, remove languor and fatigue, expel flatus from the 
 bowels, remove thirst, gfive appetite, and cause a feeling of calmness 
 and relief which can be appreciated only by those who experience it. 
 A minister, for example, preaches three times on ^ Sunday, and gets 
 his brain so excited that he cannot sleep. A cold bath would be too 
 powerful, and opiates would only act as stimulants, making the mat- 
 ter worse. Two or three successful applications of the rubbing wet 
 sheet, with powerful friction, bring the blood so much to the surface, 
 that his brain becomes relieved, and he very soon falls into a soimd 
 and refreshing sleep. So, too, when a man has been long wet and 
 drenched on a rainy day, and comes home, virith the surface and ex- 
 tremities cold, and the blood pressing hard upon the brain and other 
 internal organs, — the well-wrung rubbing sheet is applied, with plen- 
 tiful friction, and at once the oppressed organs are set free. 
 
 In using the rubbing wet sheet, as in all other forms of general 
 
PBOCEB8E8 OF THE HYDROPATHIC TBBATMENT. 
 
 747 
 
 bath, it is well to wwsh the hands and face in cold water, both before 
 and after it. There is no need of throwing it over the head, as some 
 have thought it necessary to do. A patient needs to breathe freely 
 when he takes a bath. 
 
 This application is not always the most pleasant one. It does, in 
 fact, require a good degree of moral courage to enable one to endure 
 the first shock. The sensations produced by it are worse, if possible, 
 than those from a plunge into cold water ; I mean the first touch of 
 the sheet to the body. Nervous ladies sometimes tell us they cannot 
 take the rubbing wet sheet, when, at the same time, they take the 
 cold plunge, which is far more powerful, and perhaps too powerful 
 for their case. This unpleasant feeling does no harm, for it vanishes 
 in a moment or two after the sheet touches the body. 
 
 rm 
 
 ■ i 
 
 ■ J 
 
 The Douche Bath. 
 
 This is the most powerful, but not the most useful of all the 
 hydropathic appliances. A common douche consists of a stream of 
 water from one to two inches in diameter, with a fall of five to ten 
 feet. But douches may be arranged of any desirable size and height. 
 
 (Fig. 189.) 
 
 This remedy is useful in paralysis, stiff joints, gout, rheumatism, 
 tumors, and old swellings of various kinds. Those who have weak 
 limgs, stomach, or other abdominal organs, should not resort to the 
 douche without the best of medical advice. 
 
 The Shower Bath. 
 
 This is also one of the more powerful of the hydropathic appli- 
 ances, and needs judgment in its use. It consists in fact, of a vast 
 number of small streams or douches, and hence is a powerful refrig- 
 erant, as well as excitant, to the system. It is useful to commence 
 this bath, for a time at first, only upon the limbs. It is used by all 
 gymnasts. 
 
 The Cataract Bath. 
 
 This also is one of the more powerful of the hydropathic processes, 
 and is to be classed with the two preceding baths. Like them it may 
 be said to be stimulant, tonic, and alterative, while it is also highly 
 sedative as far as animal heat is concerned. 
 
 The Hose Bath. 
 
 Through the modem improvements in Indiarrubber, gutta-percha, 
 leather, etc., it is easy, whenever there is a small fall or head of 
 water, to arrange what is called a hose-bath. It is in principle a 
 
 I 
 
 ^>i : 
 
 ■^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
748 
 
 PK00ES8ES OF THE HYDKOPATHIO TBEATMENT. 
 
 (louche, with the additional advantage that it can be made to act 
 upon any part of the body," and from whatever direction we choose. 
 Rightly applied, the hose bath is a valuable remedy. (Fig. 190.) 
 
 FlO. 189. 
 
 FlO. 190. 
 
 The Pail Douche. 
 
 The process which passes under this name is taken thus: The 
 patient seats himself in an empty, shallow, or other bathing-tub, and 
 crosses his hands over his chest. As many pails of water as are 
 ordered are then dashed over him suddenly, one after another, before 
 and behind alternately, — not poured, but thrown with some force, 
 by first a backward and then a forward motion of the pail. 
 
 A better method of using it is, for the patient to stand in an 
 empty bathing-tub, while an assistant takes two pails of water, one 
 ten degrees warmer than the other, and empties the warmer half upon 
 the chest and half upon the back, and then bestows the colder pailful 
 in the same manner ; and then dries with friction. 
 
 The Wave or Sluice Bath. 
 
 Tras is taken at the sluice-way of an undershot mill-wheel, or in 
 any similar place. The patient takes hold of a rope, or something by 
 which he can maintain his position, and then, lying down, subjecte 
 his body to the action of the water. This is, on the whole, a pleasant 
 and agreeable bath, and in its effects somewhat resembles the douche, 
 being, however, milder and safer. 
 
 The Half Bath. 
 
 This bath may be used as one of the mildest of the water-cure 
 processes, or as one of the most powerful. An ordinary bathing-tub 
 is a very good apparatus for the purpose. A good-sized washing-tub 
 will answer very well, if there is nothing else at hand. The water 
 should generally be quite shallow in this bath, — from three to six 
 
1 
 
 PKOOESSES OF THE UYDKOPATHIO TREATMENT. 
 
 749 
 
 inches. Priessmta's half-baths were made of wood, four or five feet 
 long, about two and a half feet wide, and twenty inches deep. This 
 simple contrivance is one of his most powerful remedial means, — 
 that by which some of his highest triumphs are achieved. 
 
 The water is generally used of moderate temperature, at sixty to 
 • seventy degrees Fahr., and, when long continued, is changed, as it 
 becomes warm from t\).e heat of the body. 
 
 This bath may be used. 
 
 First, as a means of cooling the mass of the circulation in the hot 
 stages of fever, and in inflammatory attacks of every kind. 
 
 Secondly, as a revulsive, or means of drawing blood in congestions 
 or inflammations of the nobler organs, the brain, lungs, stomach, 
 
 liver, etc. 
 
 Thirdly, as a means of r( suscitation in the shock of serious acci- 
 dents, sun-stroke, and before, during, or after apoplectic and other 
 fits. In drunkenness and delirium tremens, the half bath is a sover- 
 eign remedy. 
 
 Fourthly, as a middle means^ and preparatory to the general bath 
 in weak constitutions. 
 
 In the latter of these indications, the bath is generally used but for 
 a few minutes after the wet sheet, or at other times, as may be de- 
 sired. In the former, much practical knowledge is necessaiy in order 
 to proceed always with safety, and to obtain the best results. Thus, 
 six, or even nine hours may be required, with the greatest persever- 
 ance, the patient being thoroughly rubbed over the whole surface, 
 and this to be kept up constantly by relays of assistants, the pa- 
 tient's head and shoulders, meanwhile, being supported. 
 
 The Plunge Bath. . 
 
 In sea, river, and lake, as well as by artificial means, and as a 
 matter of luxury, religious observance, purification, and the preven- 
 tion and cure of disease, the plunge bath has, in all periods of time, 
 and in all parts of the world, been a favorite resort. So efficacious, 
 indeed, has this simple means proved in healing the sick, that not a 
 little superstition has been mingled with it. Springs and wells have 
 often been supposed to possess some mysterious power, and for that 
 reason has been named after some patron saint. In tJiis respect, the 
 world has loved mystery and inarvellousness rather than the pure and 
 simple truth. 
 
 In hydropathic practice, the plunge is much used; but many pa- 
 tients are not able to bear it. Those who are not sufficiently strong 
 for it at first, should practise the lubbing wet sheet, the half-bath, 
 drinking, exercise, etc., until the pi unge can be borne. It is :i favorite 
 remedy at 0.II the establishments, to be taken directly on coming from 
 the wet-sheet pack. 
 
 ■■■I 
 
 ■Hi 
 
760 
 
 PB00K8UES OP TUB HYDROPATHIC TUKATMENT. 
 
 The Head Bath. 
 
 FboM time immemorial, oooling applications to the head have been 
 much depended upon in that violent and dangerouu disease, inflam- 
 mation of the brain. All other known means failing, certain o))sti- 
 nate affections of the head have been known to give way to affusion 
 of cold water upon the part. In headache, drunkenness, delirium 
 tremens, the delirium of fever, epilepsy, rheumatism of the head, dis- 
 eases of the eye, earache, deafness, loss of smell and taste, and in 
 nose-bleed, this highly energetic remedy is brought to bear. In 
 taking it, the patient lies down, placing the back of his head in a 
 shallow dish, filled only an inch or two with water. (Fig. 19l.) 
 
 no. 193. 
 
 no. in. 
 
 The Leg Bath. 
 
 This is useful in cases of ulcers, swellings, eruptions, gout, rheu- 
 matism, sprains, wounds, etc., of the leg or thigh. The relief and 
 strength obtained, often by a single application of this remedy, is 
 truly wonderful. A variety of apparatus may be contrived for ad- 
 ministering the leg bath. A common wooden tub, contrived for the 
 purpose, l&e that represented in Fig. 192, answers a good purpose. 
 In such a vessel, he covei's the inflimaed limb iutroduoed, and cools 
 the blosd flowing to it. 
 
 The Sitz-Bath. 
 
 CoKVENiEKT tubs, woodcu or metallic, are constructed for this 
 bath, but an ordinary wash-tub answers very well. The vessel should 
 be la' enough to permit the motion of the arms in rubbing the 
 abdot^mdn, sides, and hips, first with one hand, and then with the other. 
 Water enough should generally be used to pretty nearly cover the 
 belly. The more movement and friction while in this bath the better. 
 It is more conveniently administered when the tub is elevated two 
 or three inches from the floor. Some undress the patient completely, 
 and place a blanket or sheet over the upper part of the body ; but 
 
 a^ aSgwgawwttia 
 
PROCESSES OF THK HYDROPATUIO TREATMENT. 
 
 751 
 
 hftve been 
 \se, iuflam- 
 "tain olwti- 
 to affusion 
 3, delirium 
 I head, dis- 
 te, and in 
 bear. In 
 head in a 
 . 191.) 
 
 oftener only those parts are uncovered which are to be exposed to the 
 water. (Kig. 198.) 
 
 In a variety of ailments, this bath is highly valuable. It may be 
 made one of the most powerful of all the hydropathic modes. Like 
 uU other powerful applications, it should be taken only when diges- 
 tion is nearly or quite completed. 
 
 As a tonic to the stomach, liver, bowels, womb, spine, etc., this 
 bath is highly useful. In constipation and other irregularities it is 
 famous. Those of sedentaiy habits will find its use of rare service. 
 For the tonic effect, ten, twenty, twenty-five, or thirty minutes. If 
 continued for some length of time the water is to be changed once or 
 more, as it would otherwise become too warm. 
 
 \ 
 
 PlO. US. 
 
 ria. iM. 
 
 jout, rheu- 
 relief and 
 remedy, is 
 ed for ad- 
 red for the 
 1 purpose, 
 and oools 
 
 )d for this 
 3sel should 
 ibbing the 
 
 the other. 
 
 cover the 
 the better. 
 vated two 
 ompletely, 
 body; but 
 
 The Wash-Tub Bath. 
 
 Under a great variety of circumstances, the wash-tub bath is an inval- 
 uable remedy. For example, a patient is feverish ; by setting him in 
 a wash-tub half filled with water, and at the same time, if we choose, 
 putting his feet in a pail of water, cold or warm, according to the 
 case, we may give him any desirable amount of cooling. We cannot, 
 indeed, too highly pri? e this simple contrivance for using water, — a 
 means which every family possesses. (Fig. 194.) 
 
 The water, as a general rule, should be tepid, ranging from 72° to 
 90°, and may be prolonged from two to fifteen minutes, according to 
 the strength of the patient. It should never be carried to the extent 
 of producing blueness of the nails. The patient should be dried with 
 towels, or the dry rubbing sheet. 
 
 This bath is useful in the treatment of eruptive fevera, bilious 
 remittents, the hot stage of intermittents, and in hectic and typhoid 
 fevera. It is often used after the wet sheet pack, in chronic affec- 
 tions, and may then have a little cooler temperature, or else be fol- 
 lowed by pouring a pad of cooler water over the shouldera to tone 
 up the skin. 
 
 ^ 
 
752 
 
 FUUUKUtiKS UK TUK llYUKOl'ATUIO XHKATMKNT. 
 
 The Affusion. 
 
 The patient stands in a wash-tub, bathine-tub, or other convenient 
 place, when, by means of a pail, pitcher, or basin, the ansiutant pours 
 water upon the head, neck, etc., either upon the whole of the bo(])> 
 or only upon a part. The water is used in quantity and tempenv- 
 ture according to the necessities of the case. The affusion ii> one of 
 the best of hydropathic modes. 
 
 Fifty years ago Dr. Currie, of England, performed great cures in 
 fever by the affusion, sometimes tepid, at others cold, according to 
 the strength and heat of the patient. li' there was great heat, the 
 water was used cold ; if not, the reverse. In a variety of febrile 
 diseases, such as typhus fever, scarlet fever, small-pox, measles, 
 tetanus, convulsions, etc., he used this remedy With remarkable 
 success. 
 
 Towel and Spons:e Bath. 
 
 With one or two coarse towels and a quart or two of water we 
 may take a very good bath almost anywhere, even in a carpeted room, 
 at a hotel, or wherever we may be, without spilling a drop of the 
 water. After a person becomes accustomed to this form of ablution, 
 none but the most indolent will be willing to do without it, unless 
 they can have some other form of bath. A daily towel ablution, 
 thoroughly performed, is an excellent prevention against colds, helps 
 the appetite and digestion, and is a good means of preventing con- 
 stipation. 
 
 Some are in the habit of sitting in a half-bath or a sitz-tub, and 
 with a large sponge making the water pass freely upon the head, 
 neck, shoulders, and other parts of the body. At the same time the 
 bather may pour water from a cup, basin or pitcher, upon the head, 
 neck, etc. This is a mild affusion, and stronger in effect than the 
 towel-bath. 
 
 Wash-Down. 
 
 The process to which this name is given by Dr. Edward Johnson 
 is practised as follows : " The patient stands in an empty sitting- or 
 wash-tub, beside which stands a pail of cold water with two coarse 
 towels soaking in it. The bath attendant, taking his place behind 
 the patient, lifts one of the towels all loaded with water, and lays it 
 quickly on the patient's head. The patient immediately seizes it, 
 removes it from his head, and rubs himself rapidly with it, — his face, 
 his thioat, shoulders, arms, chest, stomach, bowels, thighf* and legs. 
 having gone rapidly over the whole body once, he droiw his towel 
 into the pail again, which the bath-man presses down to the bottom 
 of the water, then lifts it out, and places it on his head again. As 
 
^^SSE^SSBSSSSS^^^SHMk 
 
 Bonvenieni 
 itant pours 
 ' the boclj 
 I temperiv- 
 n is one uf 
 
 it cures in 
 oording to 
 b heat, thu 
 ■ of febrile 
 :, measles, 
 remarkable 
 
 water we 
 letedroom, 
 "op of the 
 if ablution, 
 b it, unless 
 1 ablution, 
 iolds, helps 
 nting con- 
 
 bz-tub, and 
 the head, 
 
 8 time the 
 
 the head, 
 
 than the 
 
 Johnson 
 sitting- or 
 two coarse 
 ace behind 
 nd lays it 
 y seizes it, 
 — his face, 
 
 and legs. 
 
 his towel 
 le bottom 
 gain. As 
 
 PK00K88KH OK THE HYDROl'ATHIO TBRATMKNT. 
 
 753 
 
 before, the patient seizes it, and goes all over the same ground onoe 
 more, and tiien drops it into the water again, when the bath*man 
 again lifts it and places it on tho head to be a third time removed by 
 the patient, and applied as before, rapidly, actively and energetically, 
 all over his body in front. The bath-man is industriously occupied 
 all the time l)elund in the same manner, from the back of the neck to 
 the back of the legs, wetting his own towel as often as he wets that 
 used by the patient, viz., three times. This is called a wash-down of 
 three towels. The patient is then diied in a dry sheet. It is a more 
 powerful bath than the common towel-bath, but not in all respeots so 
 coavenient to take. 
 
 The Cold Foot-Bath. 
 
 Oms of the first things people who are troubled with cold feet do 
 is to plimge them into cold water. Nor is the assertion, put forth 
 in some of the hydropathic works, that the cold foot-bath was pre- 
 scribed by Priessnitz for the same purpose that the faculty order 
 warm ones, correct. When the feet are already cold, neither Priess- 
 nitz nor any one in his sober reason would prescribe cold water, which 
 can only make the parts colder. To obtain the good effect of the 
 cold foot-bath, so far as the feet are concerned, they should be warm 
 whenever it is taken. For a tendency to coldness of the feet, — a 
 very common symptom in these days of so-called luxury and refine- 
 ment, and one that indicates a state of things in the system incom- 
 parably more to be dreaded than the mere coldness of the feet, — 
 this is the remedy. It may be taken at any convenient time ; just 
 before the morning walk is a very suitable occasion, the parts being 
 usually warm early in the day. 
 
 At other times, if cold, they should, if at all praotioable, be warmed 
 oy exercise and friction before subjecting them to the action of cold 
 water. But in cases of old age, great debility, etc., the warm foot- 
 bath and other warm applications may be resorted to before the cold. 
 Thus with cold, exercise and friction, accustoming the feet daily and 
 frequently to cold water, will beget in them a habit of remaining warm. 
 In a great variety of ailment^ such as toothache, rush of blood to the 
 head, headache, earache, inflammation of the eyes, gout, rheumatism, 
 hemorrhage, etc., the cold foot-bath is a valuable remedy. It is or- 
 dered deep or shallow, and of duration according to the nature of 
 the case. 
 
 Wadins Foot- Baths. 
 
 I HAVB often directed patients to wade in water in some conven- 
 ient place as a means of hardening the system and of giving tone to 
 the nerves. Delicate ladies who were not able, as they supposed, to 
 endure cold water applied to the feet, have by degrees, wetting the 
 feet but little at first, become so accustomed to the coldest water that 
 
 i 
 
 
704 
 
 rUOUEHHKS or TIIR HYDKOPATHIC TKRATMKNT. 
 
 in a few weeks they could bear ud much aa any one would dusiru. 
 Caution and perseverance should be the mle. 
 
 It is partly by Hyini)athy and partly by the abe>traotion of heat, that 
 foot-lmths and wetting the feet act in ho beneficial or deleteriouH a 
 manner as we know them to do. The principle of Hympathy is an old 
 one in the medical art, but none the worse for that. 
 
 The Warm Poot-Bath. 
 
 I AM aware that some who consider themselves genuinely hydro- 
 pathic object to the use of this remedy. Having truth for my ubjecl, 
 tiowever, I care not for such objections so far as I myself am concerned, 
 and without stopping here to argue the question, I simply remark 
 that warmth under some oiroumstances is as natural an applicutioti 
 for the living body as cold under other circumstances. I have already 
 remarked, under the head of the cold foot-bath, that putting the feot 
 into warm water is often a good preparatory process to that bath. It 
 is good also, now and then, for soothing divers aches and pains, and 
 also for warming the feet of old and weakly people, who cannot 
 exercise sufficiently. Soaking the feet in hot water for twenty min- 
 utes, and taking five or six dro|« of spirits of Camphor in a tea- 
 spoonful of sugar will often break up a cold, if taken in season. 
 
 The Nose-Bath. 
 
 Ik a variety of ntuKil ailmentc, catarrh, colds in the head, inflam- 
 mation and ulceration of the nasal passages, nose-bleed, etc., the 
 no^e-bath is a salutary rempdy. The water is used either tepid or 
 cold, according to the case. It should be drawn back, if possible, 
 so that it is ejected by the mouth. Those who have injured the 
 nasal cavities by much snuff-taking will find advantage from sniffing 
 water freely into the nostrils. If one is determined to leave off snuff, 
 as every one addicted to it, if he regards either health or bodily 
 comf(M-t, ought, he will find it useful oft«u to take cold water in- 
 stead of the abominable weed. 
 
 The Eye and Ear Bath. 
 
 "^^ contrivances may be brought to bear in applying water 
 
 ^ a and ear. Light, ascending douches and showers are 
 
 . for various diseases of the parts. There should not be much 
 
 oe used in this way. Immersing them also in water is often useful. 
 
 The water should not, in general, be very cold, tepid or warm being 
 
 often the best. 
 
 iH* 
 
PKOCBHHKH OK THK HYUKOPATHIU TREATMENT. 
 
 755 
 
 mid desire. 
 
 f heat, that 
 ileteriouH u 
 ly U an old 
 
 neli/ hydro- 
 my object, 
 I concerned, 
 ply remark 
 application 
 live already 
 iig the feot 
 t bath. It 
 paiiiH, and 
 rho cannot 
 iventy min- 
 r in a te&- 
 eason. 
 
 Mouth, or Oral Bath. 
 
 For inflammation of the gumn, mouth, throat, and palate, in slimy 
 seca'tioiiH from the throat and utomach, in tootlmuhe, cabirrh, coUIh, 
 and uiironiu hoarsenenH, gargliugs and batlu for the mouth are of 
 great Hervice. Pauley, a merchant of Vienna, has been thought 
 HJnguhir for his zeal in recommending this bath. Clergymen and 
 otliers wlio suffer hoareeueHS bv much speaking will find that hold- 
 ing very cold water in the mo ith until it l)egin8 to grow warm, and 
 then ejecting it, and by frequently repeating the process, much 
 l)enefit will be obtained. Coughs and tightness of the chest may 
 often be essentially relieved by this bath. In mucous secretions 
 from the throat and stomach, by ejecting the water a number of 
 times, it will surprise tho,se who have not v/itnessed file remedy to 
 see the amount of slimy secretion thrown off. 
 
 ad, inilam- 
 1, etc., the 
 sr tepid or 
 if possible, 
 njured the 
 ora sniffing 
 e off snuff, 
 I or bodily 
 d water in- 
 
 : ^* .P 
 
 ying water 
 lowers are 
 jt be much 
 ften useful, 
 yarm being 
 
 \h.\ 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OP THE SICK 
 
 EOOM. 
 
 Choice of the Sick-Room. etc. 
 
 Sleeping Apartment. — In every case of disease, however slight 
 its nature, the sleeping apartment of the sick should be airy and well 
 ventilated; but, when Providence visits any member of a family with 
 disease of a serious and protracted description, all other considera- 
 tions giving way to the necessity of the case, an apartment should be 
 chosen and arranged in a special manner for the reception of the in- 
 valid. It should be one calculated to administer to his temporary 
 comfort, as well as to aid his recovery. It is not time, when the 
 alarm is sounded and the danger is already urgent, to think of such 
 arrangements; forethought must be put in requisition; every want 
 anticipated; and whatever is likely to be required should not only 
 be provif'^d, but so armnged that it can be instantly found when it 
 is needed. 
 
 The sick-room should be large, lofty, and, if possible, with a north- 
 em aspect, in order to avoid the heat of the mid-day, or the after- 
 noon sun; the windows should be capable of being opened by 
 drawing down the uppermost sash? If possible, choose a room with 
 an open fireplace or a ventilator opening into the chimney in the 
 upper part of the room. No article of unnecessary furniture should 
 be permitted to remain in the room; and that which is left in it 
 should be of a description fitted to administer to the convenience of 
 the invalid. 
 
 Two tables are sufiScient. One of them may be small, to stand 
 near the bed, for the immediate use of the patient: namely, to hold 
 his jug of barley-water, or toast-water, or other beverage; --a small 
 tea-pot, or what is preferable, a half-covered cup with a spout, to 
 enable fluids to be administered without raising the sufferer in bed;— 
 his medicines for the day; — and any other thing which he may fre- 
 quently require. 
 
 The other table should be large, for the accommodation of medi- 
 cines not in immediate use, and also for spare glasses, jugs, cups, 
 spoons, both large and small, and other necessary articles. This 
 
 756 
 
' 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE BJCK-ROOM. 
 
 767 
 
 5 SICK 
 
 ever slight 
 ry and well 
 fomily with 
 considera- 
 t should be 
 1 of the in- 
 temporary 
 , when the 
 nk of such 
 every want 
 [d not only 
 nd when it 
 
 ith a noiiih- 
 ' the after- 
 opened by 
 room with 
 iney in the 
 ture should 
 ) left in it 
 irenience of 
 
 1, to stand 
 ily, to hold 
 ; — ^ a small 
 i spout, to 
 r in bed;— 
 le may f re- 
 
 n of medi- 
 jugs, cups, 
 ;le8. This 
 
 table should have one drawer, at least, which ought to be furnished 
 with the following articles: broad and narrow tape; two or three 
 half-worn ribbons ; a bundle of old, soft linen ; a sponge ; a few 
 ounces of lint ; scissors, large and small ; a bone spatula for spread- 
 ing ointment; a couple of rolls of muslin, and the same quantity of 
 flannel bandage two inches broad ; a pin-cushion well supplied with 
 pins; needles and thread; and about half a yard of simple adhesive 
 plaster. 
 
 A Sofa or Reclining Chair. — A sofa, if the apartment be suiB- 
 ciently large to admit of it, is a very important piece of furniture in 
 the sick-room; the erect or the sitting posture being injurious in 
 many diseases ; and, when the sick-bed requires to be made, a sofa 
 affords the means of removing the patient from the bed with as little 
 inconvenience to him as possible. 
 
 If there is not a space for a sofa, there should be an invalid or re- 
 clining chair; and, when circumstances will permit, it should be of 
 that kind which is susceptible of a variety of changes, so as to vary, 
 at pleasure, the position of the patient. There should not be moi-e 
 than two other chairs in the room. If there is a looking-glass in the 
 apartment, in a situation which adm'.cs of the patient seeing himself 
 in it as he lies in bed, its place should be changed, or it should be 
 altogether removed from the room. A chest of drawers is essential ; 
 but none of the drawers should be appropriated for the reception of 
 dirty linen, which ought never to be allowed to remain a moment in 
 the sick-room. One drawer should be especially allotted for towels, 
 of which an ample supply is, in every case, necessary. The washing- 
 stand will require two additional iMwins ; an additional water-bottle 
 and a tumbler; and a large water-pitcher, under the table, always 
 full of water. 
 
 No Cookins In Sick-room. — There should be no kettle, nor any 
 implement of cooking, in the sick-room ; even in winter, and when a 
 fire is required. In general, a fire in the sick-room is only necessary 
 for the comfort of the attendants. The lamp termed a Night^urse, 
 consisting of a water-bath placed over a lamp in a wire-worked cylin- 
 der; a small tin kettle which enters the top of the cylinder; and a 
 covered earthenware vessel which fits into the water-bath, are use- 
 ful for keeping fluids warin, and at the same time for preserving a 
 light in the room, when an unshaded lamp or a candle would be 
 hurtful. 
 
 In ro itinued fevers, the sense of hearing is often so morbidl;y acute 
 that o/dinary sounds ^come cau^^es of pain. In this case, if the 
 floor of the sick-room be not w? jlly carpeted, every precaution to 
 lessen the intensity of the sound should be taken. One of the most 
 effectual is to have a couple or more pairs of :irge list shoes outside 
 the door, into which the feet, even of the doctors, may be advanta- 
 geously thrust, when their shoes make a creaking noise, or when a 
 
758 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 visitor or muse treads with a heavy foot. On the same account, 
 when more than one nurse or attendant is required to he in the room 
 at the same lime, no conversation, although it may be carried on in 
 a whisper, should be permitted. Whispering, indeed, is apt to ex- 
 cite delirium, and to augment it when it is already present. 
 
 Beds and Bedding. — Beds without curtains are those best adapted 
 for the sick-room. In every case of disease, indeed, especially when 
 it is attended by fever, the patient should be kept cool, and the most 
 perfect freedom be given to the breathing ; the hair mattress should 
 be used, never a feather bed, and the pillows be firm and elastic. 
 The coverlets, which are spread upon beds during the day, and often 
 retained at night, are heavy, and calculated rather to increase than to 
 subdue fever ; consequently they should be wholly discarded from 
 the sick-bed. Indeed, when the disease is fever, and when it is 
 accompanied with great restlessness, owing to the evening exacerba- 
 tion, if the bedroom be sufficiently large, two beds should be placed 
 in it; or if two adjoining bedchambers can be obtained, a bed ought 
 to be put in each, so that the patient can be moved from one bed to 
 the other every morning and evening. This both aids sleep, and it 
 also tends greatly to insure the personal cleanliness of the patient. 
 The Ijedclothes of the bed from which the patient is moved, should, 
 on his removal, be immediately turned down and fully exposed to the 
 air ; a precaution which will set aside the necessity of so frequent a 
 change of linen as would be otherwise required. When there is 
 only one bed, and when the disease is fever (unless the patient is too 
 ill to permit his being moved), the sheets which have been used at 
 night should be replaced by others in the morning, and hung up in 
 the free air during the day, to be again used at night. But, when it 
 can conveniently be done, in every case of continued fever, especially 
 of an infectious kind, the sheets should be changed once in twenty- 
 four hours ; a practice which is likely to prevent the fumes of in- 
 fection from being communicated to the blankets, or to any of the 
 furniture of the room. 
 
 Ventilation is always of primary importance ; and that period, 
 happily, is gone by, in which air was carefully excluded from the 
 chambers of the sick, even when they were suffering under febrile 
 disease. 
 
 Ventilation is particularly demanded in those fevers in which 
 miliary eruptions display themselves; under no circumstances is it 
 so essential as in febrile diseases of an infectious kind. It may, how- 
 ever, be consolatory to those whose duty it is to attend such cases, to 
 know that infection communicated through the air rarely extends 
 above a few feet from the body of the patient ; and even in the most 
 malignant diseases, with the exception of confluent small-pox, and 
 malignant scarlet fever of the woiBt kind, its influence does not ex- 
 ceed a few yards, if the room be well ventilated. On the contrary, 
 
 iiiiiiiii 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OP THE SICK-ROOM, 
 
 769 
 
 if ventiliition l)e neglected, the power of infection becomes greatly 
 augmented from its concentration in coJifined and quiescent air ; it 
 even settles upon the clothes of the attendants, and on the furniture 
 of the room ; and these imbibe it most readily when their texture is 
 wool, fur, or cotton, or any loose or downy substance capable of re- 
 ceiving and readily retaining the air. Smooth and polished surfaces 
 do not easily receive or retain infectious matter; consequently the 
 nurses and attendants, in cases of infectious diseases, should have 
 glazed gowns, and aprons of oiled silk. 
 
 In no infectious diseases are these rules more essentially necessary 
 than in small-pox and scarlet fever. It is well known that, if the 
 bedclothes of a patient laboring under either scarlet fever or small-pox 
 be closely folded up, they will letain the infectious matter, and com- 
 municate the disease at a great distance of time ; but the influence of 
 free ventilation is so great, that medical practitioners who are attend- 
 r.g small-pox patients, and who go from them into the open air, do 
 not spread the disease. Indeed, all infection is weakened by dilu- 
 tion with air. The danger of infection is augmented, if, along with 
 bad ventilation, the atmosphere of the room be moist from any cause. 
 
 It is further consolatory to know that the infectious matter, even 
 of the most virulent description, is not poisonous to everyone who 
 is placed within the sphere of its influence. A predisposition of the 
 body to receive the infection must exist before it can be communi- 
 cated; a condition which is augmented by fatigue and watching, 
 defective nourishment, mental depression, or anything which can 
 lower the vital powers. The necessity, therefore, of maintaining 
 these powers by attention to rest, a sufficient quantity of good and 
 generous diet, and cheerfulness of mind, need not be insisted upon. 
 
 In every case of infectious disease, the attendants, even in the 
 best ventilated rooms, should stand on the windward, or on that side 
 of the sick-bed from which the current of air comes ; as, by neglect 
 of this rule, and by standing in the cunent which has passed over 
 the patient, the infectious exhalations are blown upon them in a direct 
 stream from the body of the patient. The attendants should never 
 lean over the sick, nor should they receive their breath. The health 
 also of the nurses should always be supported by nutritious and gen- 
 erous diet ; but not by brandy, nor any other ardent spirit. 
 
 The term infection, in its most extensive signification, implies some 
 deleterious matter, originating from any source, and transmitted 
 through the air, which is capable of causing diseases in the human 
 body. When this matter is emanated from the diseased bodies of 
 men, the term is frequently regarded as synonymous with contagion; 
 but. in strictness of language, the latter refers only to the communi- 
 cation of disease by contact. Whatever may be the matter of infec- 
 tion, it may enter the body through the medium of the lungs, which 
 is the most ready inlet, or by the saliva, or even through the surface, 
 if the skin be abraded, or if any ulceration be present. The iuflu- 
 
760 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SIOK-ROOM. 
 
 ence of infectious matter is evidently exerted on the nervous system, 
 displaying itself by debility, inertness, dislike to motion, great sus- 
 ceptibility of cold, irritability and despondency of mind, and by the 
 production of a disease similar to that of the person from whom the 
 infectious matter has proceeded. The infection may be supposed to 
 have taken effect, and to have produced the actual disease, when the 
 pei-son who has been exposed to its influence is attacked with giddi- 
 ness, pain in the head, irregular heat and chills, nausea, and, if the 
 infectious disease be small-pox, convulsions. These symptoms are 
 sufficient to denote the necessity for immediate medical advice. 
 
 Temperature. — Next to ventilation nothing is of more importance 
 than the regulation of the temperature of the sick-room, avoiding both 
 extremes of elevation or of depression ; but much depends on the 
 nature of the disease. 
 
 The best general temperature of a sick-room is 60° (Fahr.) ; and 
 it is preferable to regulate this rather by the thermometer than by the 
 sensations of the patients or the attendants. Under some circum- 
 stances, however, the feelings of the patient, and his susceptibility of 
 impressions upon the skin, should not be overlooked. Thus if the 
 temperature be a little above that of summer, and the patient, never- 
 theless, feel chilly, it should be raised five or six degrees. This chil- 
 liness is very apt to be felt in a dyspeptic state of the habit, and 
 more especially when it is accompanied with hypochondriasis. It dif- 
 fers from that more severe but transient coldness which accompanies 
 intermittent fevers, and some other periodical affections ; and it 
 requires an elevated temperature of the air for its removal, whilst the 
 cold stage of intermittent diseases is best relieved by the warm bath, 
 either general or local. 
 
 So important is the regulation of temperattire, especially in fevers, 
 that it often does more good than any other remedial measure. I 
 have seen patients laboring under high delirium in a close, ill-venti- 
 lated room become rapidly quite collected by merely lowering the 
 heat of the apartment twelve or fifteen degrees. 
 
 In convalescence, as the air of the sick-chamber should be fre- 
 quently renewed, the temperature in spring and autumn ought to be 
 maintained as near as possible at 55° to 60° (Fahr.) ; and it should 
 be very gradually lowered as the invalid acquires strength, so as to 
 enable him to bear with impunity the varying temperature of these 
 seasons in the open air. Even then, if the previous disease has been 
 pulmonary, the air admitted to the lungs should be tempered by the 
 use of the Respirator, or a muslin handkerchief tied around the mouth. 
 When the invalid first ventures out of doors, nothing, indee is so • 
 essential, in a prophylactic point of view, as avoiding extremes and 
 sudden transitions of temperature. 
 
 Cleanliness. — Although cleanline»a in the sick-room is essential, 
 yet it may be carried so far as to become an annoyance to '>A'.k invalid, 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMKNT OP THE 8I0K-UOOM. 
 
 761 
 
 and consequently to prove injuTious. It is not requisite to sweep 
 the room daily, nor to dust and arrange the furniture eveiy morning, 
 provided order be preserved in the room, and nothing but what is 
 immediately necessary for the comfort and convenience of the invalid 
 be permitted to remain in it. It is truly distressing to observe the 
 confusion which prevails in some sick-rooms ; evervthing being out 
 of place, and to be searched for when it is wanteu. 
 
 The period chosen for ' leaning and arranging the sick-room should 
 be the morning, as after a night's rest the patient is mort able to 
 bear the little noise and bustle which it always more or less occasions. 
 The carpet should be sprinkled with moist tea-leaves, or newspaper 
 torn in small pieces and wet, and lightly swept. 
 
 It is scarcely requisite to insist on the necessity of the utmost 
 attention to the cleanliness of everything in the sick-room. The 
 moment after any vessel or implement is used by the invalid, it should 
 be removed from the apartment, and returned as soon as it is cleaned. 
 Nothing in the form of a slop-basin or slop-pail is admissible ; they 
 only administer to the laziness of nuiBes. 
 
 The necessity of cleanliness in the vessels used for the food of in- 
 valids is strikingly illustrated in the bad effects arising from the 
 neglect of it when an infant is brought up by hand. In such a case, 
 if the feeding-bottle which is employed be not instantly cleansed after 
 the meal has been given, the small portion of the pap or food which 
 remains in the vessel becomes sour, and taints the whole of the fresh 
 food mixed with it, causing colic and convulsions in the infant. The 
 same risk of injury occui-s in the sick-room, if the vessels used for 
 administering food to the invalid be not instantly and well cleansed 
 after every time they are used. 
 
 It is too common, also, to use one glass or cup for administering 
 medicines, and to leave it unrinsed from time to time, — a custom 
 which may prove as deleterious as a defect of cleanliness in vessels 
 employed for food. Some medicines, when they are exposed to the 
 air, rapidly undergo changes which alter their properties ; and this 
 alteration having been undergone by the small portion which is always 
 left, in the glass or cup, communicates the disposition to be decom- 
 posed to that which may be next -loured into the cup. An active 
 medicine maybe thus rendered i..ort; or one which is mild in its 
 operation may be so changed as to operate with hazardous energy. 
 The same precaution, as to cleanliness, is also requisite as to the 
 minim measure, when medicines are directed to be administered 
 in a form which requires its employment. 
 
 Darkening the Sick-room. — It is a common error to imagine that 
 a sick-room should always be either partially or wholly darkened. In 
 some diseases, as, for example, fevers, when the eyes are acutely sen- 
 sible to lipfht, so that they remain half-closed, and the eyebrows are 
 contracted, the greatest relief is experienced from darkening the 
 room. When delirium is present, a certain degree of darkening is in 
 
762 
 
 DOMKUIIO MANAI.KMKNT OF THE BICK-UOOM. 
 
 some instances serviceablo ; whilst in others, especially when the de- 
 lirium is accompanied with visual illusions, nothing so readily dispels 
 these, and consequently abates the delirium, as the admission of the 
 full daylight into the sick-room. Theie is much difficulty, however, 
 in determining which state of the apartment is likely to l^e must ser- 
 viceable in any particular case. Observation of the effects of light 
 and darkness, in the individual case, must be our guide. 
 
 These illusions of the sight are generally the result of former im- 
 pressions,' renewed at a moment when the brain is in such a disturbed 
 condition as to set aside the exercise of judgment. In this condition 
 of the brain, the renewed conceptions are not readily corrected, as in 
 health, by impressions received from the external world; hence, they 
 become more vivid in the mind of the invalid when the sick-room is 
 darkened, and all visible objects are shut out. They are usually dis- 
 pelled by new impressions on the organ of sense chiefly implicated ; 
 on which account, those which are connected with sight seldom occur 
 during the day, when real objects are presented to the eye, unless the 
 brain be so over-excited as to bring the conceptive faculty into in- 
 tense exercise, sufficient to awaken those false perceptions wliich 
 create a belief of the prbscnce of individuals not only not present, 
 but who have been long dead. This state of the mental organ is 
 similar to that on which depend the spectral illusions of the insane, 
 but differing from it in its transient nature. I have frequently wit- 
 nessed the conversation with one of these spectral beings instantly 
 terminated, and the whole illusion dispelled, on opening the window 
 curtains of the room ; whilst the invalid has thus expressed himself : 
 
 " Bless me ! I thought I was talking with Mr. , just now ; I 
 
 must have been dreaming; for now I recollect he has been dead many 
 years." A twilight obscurity in the sick-room is often more produc- 
 tive of these illusions tiian darkness. 
 
 Fumigation. 
 
 After every contagious disease, like diphtheria, scarlet fever, etc., 
 the room, furniture, bed, etc., are to be thoroughly disinfected, to pre- 
 vent the development and spreading of the germs. 
 
 Sulphur fumes have been used for many years for this purpose, 
 but this method is not secure, agreeable nor efficient. It no doubt 
 kills many germs exposed any length of time to its fumes, but never 
 destroys their spores. So much so-called fumigation, as usually prac- 
 tised, is useless, that it might as well not have been doue, as it 
 gives a false impression of security. Most virulent germs are capa- 
 ble of reproduction and dissemination years after their original occu- 
 pation of a house. Old bedding and clothing, brought out months 
 after the so-called fumigation, have caused the death of many a little 
 one, and the dangerous sickness of others. 
 
 Sulphur and its allies have been found to be so altogether uncer- 
 tain and untrustworthy that boards of health are no longer willing 
 to endorse its usefulness. 
 
 ■H^i 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE 8ICK-K00M. 
 
 763 
 
 ion tli(! (le- 
 lily (li8i)els 
 sion of the 
 U however, 
 le most ser- 
 ta of light 
 
 former im- 
 a disturbed 
 s condition 
 acted, a£i in 
 hence, they 
 ick-room is 
 usually dis- 
 Lmplicated ; 
 Idom occur 
 ), unless the 
 ilty into in- 
 lions wliich 
 lot present, 
 al organ is 
 the insane, 
 uently wit- 
 ^ instantly 
 ;he window 
 sd himself: 
 ist now; I 
 dead many 
 ore produc- 
 
 b fever, etc., 
 jted, to pre- 
 
 lis purpose, 
 [t no doubt 
 J, but never 
 isually prac- 
 done, as it 
 DS are capa- 
 iginal occu- 
 out months 
 lany a little 
 
 sther uncer- 
 iger willing 
 
 The only reliable, practical measure against the life of contagious 
 germs is the same as now used in ciujc of surgical diseases. Corro- 
 sive sublimate, carbolic acid, boiling water, steaming, and baking are 
 sure aud safe remedies. 
 
 Of this xiwashev corrosive sublimate is easily the leader in efficiency. 
 It u not the dangei'ous drug to use as commonly supposed, since the 
 quantity necessary to kill cannot be collected in a room subjected to 
 ite use. Every piece of furniture and all woodwork, even the paper 
 of the wall, can be safely washed in a solution of this drug, made by 
 dissolving one tablet in two quarts of water, and fear need not be 
 enlertahied, either, of its efficacy or its harmfulness. Doors, windows, 
 and other woodwork should be thoroughly washed with it. Carpets 
 should be first wet with it from a sprinkler, dried and beaten. The 
 piper need not be removed, if only it can be wiped with this solution. 
 Bedding should be steamed, bed-clothing boiled, and all articles not 
 readily washed may be likewise steamed. A solution of carbolic acid, 
 1 pait to 40 of water, is likewise efficient. The great danger of 
 doing poor work in the matter of fumigation lies in the practice of 
 carrying things out of the room during the illness, before fumigation 
 has been commenced. The nurse or mother travelling from one 
 room to another may carry in her clothing germs sufficient to infect 
 a whole neighborhood. The attendants of such a case should wear 
 some tliin linen, cotton, cambric, or other washable dress, that may 
 now and then be put into the boiler, and thus thoroughly cleansed. 
 
 The hair of patient and attendaint should be thoroughly washed in 
 the corrosive wash on leaving the room, before disinfection of same. 
 Hands are to be scrubbed in soap and water, and then washed in 
 corrosive solution on leaving the room, and finally the room is to be 
 thoroughly aired. 
 
 K the work is done well and care has been exercised not to have 
 contaminated other portions of the house except that occupied by 
 the patient, all will be well. Frequently during the illness sheets 
 wrung out of the corrosive solution are hung up on one side of the 
 door to filter the air passing out of the room. It has-also been found 
 that the evaporation of some mild antiseptic in the room during the 
 sickness not only modifies the virulence of the germ, but is actually 
 beneficial in the treatment of these diseases. Of these drugs the 
 following is an excellent combination, which may be evaporated in a 
 tin dish-cover placed over a light, a stove, or other heated surface. 
 It should be burned during the continuance of the disease. 
 
 Carbolic Acid, . 1 oz. 
 
 Turpentine, 1 oz. 
 
 Oil of Eucalyptus, 1 oz. 
 
 Alcohol, 1 pint 
 
 Let the rate of evapomtion be very slow, and, if much carbolic acid 
 be used in case of children, see that the drug is not absorbed into the 
 system to such extent a-s to cause black urine or a'backache. 
 
764 
 
 DOMKSTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SIOK-ROOM. 
 
 m Si 
 
 Sulphur Fumigation. — This mode of fumigating ohambera after 
 measles, scarlet fever, and diphtheria is perhaps the most common, 
 and, while not an ideal method, it is very easy of application, and 
 quite practical. 
 
 Buy two sulphur candles for every room to be fumigfated, and, 
 having lit them, shut up all windows and doors, and stuff all crevices 
 in the doors with coi,tcn batting. Allow the fumes to penetrate 
 every closet and drawer for twenty-four hours. The room may then 
 be occupic'l. 
 
 Nitric Aclfd Fumigation. — Tho efficiency of nitric acid in the form 
 of gas, in arresting contagion, and in cleansing infected rooms, shiix, 
 and other places, is well established. To obtain the gaa, pour one 
 ounce of sulphuric acid upon two ounces of nitrate of potash in a 
 large tea-cup, — the cup being placed in a basin containing hot water. 
 The gas or vapor will be immediately disengaged. 
 
 This quantity will thoroughly cleanse a small apjirtment, but if 
 used in a sick-room, should be placed at some distance from the pa- 
 tient. In a large room two cups will be required ; and if a whole 
 house is to be fumigated, let several be placed in various apartments, 
 and the doors and windows be closed for half an hour. 
 
 Cliioride of Zinc. — A solution of the chloride of zinc has great 
 power in arresting contagion, and in cleansing infected places. A 
 small quantity of it will, in a few minutes, cleanse the most offensive 
 apartments. 
 
 Chloride of Lime. — This is one of the most powerful disinfecting 
 or cleansing agents known. To prepare it for use, add four gallons 
 of water to a pound of the chloride of lime ; stir the mixture well, 
 and after allowing it to settle for a short time, pour off the clear solu- 
 tion, and keep it in well-corked bottles. 
 
 Chloride of Soda. — This, in disinfecting power, is about equal to 
 the chloride of lime. In order that it may retain its properties, it 
 must be kept from the light, in a well-stopped glass bottle. When 
 used, it must be mixed in the proportion of one ounce, or two large 
 spoonfuls, to the pint of water. It is excellent for cleansing car- 
 buncles, gangrenous sores, bad ulcers, ulcerated soro throat, and fetid 
 discharges of every kind. A weak solution should be frequently 
 applied. [ 
 
 Uses of Chlorides of Lime and Soda. — These articles almost in- 
 stantly destroy every bad smell, and all effluvia arising from animal 
 and vegetable decomposition, and entirely prevent their bad influ- 
 ence. 
 
 While infectious or contagious diseases prevail in large towns or 
 cities, the rooms should be sprinkled, morning and evening, with 
 some of one of these solutions. Some of it should be placed in the 
 different rooms, in shallow dishes, — the small bed-rooms Jbeing par- 
 ticularly remembered. 
 
DOMESTIC MANAUEMKNT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 765 
 
 It must he remembered that whatever can be boiled, like linen 
 sheets, towels, etc., and whatever can be subjected to prolonged 
 steaming, or the presence of boiling water, can be made absolutely 
 clean and germ-free. No fear need be caused after such a disinfec- 
 tion. 
 
 In houses where there are typhoid and putrid fevers, and infectious 
 complaints, it is highly proper to sprinkle the solution about the 
 rooms, and occasionally upon the bed-linen ; and the air of the room 
 should be frequently renewed. A wineglassful added to the cham- 
 ber-vessel or the bed-pan will remove all smell. The most frequently 
 used disinfectants for the stools of typhoid patients is carbolic acid, 
 in the strength of one teaspoonful to the p'lt of water; of this use 
 half or third of the quantity for each stool. 
 
 Before sending the bed and other linen to the wash, let it be im- 
 mersed, live or six minutes, in one of these solutions, diluted, as mere 
 washing will not always remove the infection. But the linen should 
 be immediately rinsed in pure water after the immersion ; to allow it 
 to dry without such rinsing might injure it. 
 
 By pouring a quart of one of these mixtures, added to a pailful of 
 watp*-, into drains, sewers or cesspools, and repeating the application 
 as may be required, wil. destroy all their offensive effluvia. 
 
 Meat will keep for some time without any taint, and without the 
 molestation of flies, if immersed in one of these solutions for an in- 
 stant, and hung up ; and all tainted meat, fish, game, etc., will be 
 rendered sweet by a little sprinkling of the same. 
 
 To purify water in cisterns, and destroy the animalcules in it, add 
 to every one hundred gallons about a pint of one of the solutions. 
 
 The washing of bedsteads with one of the solutions, and putting 
 it into all the crevices, will destroy bugs. 
 
 A room just painted may be slept in safely, if one of the mixtures 
 be sprinkled about, and left in shallow dishes. 
 
 Stables, slaughter-houses, hog-sties, privies, and all places from 
 which offensive smells arise, may be thoroughly purified by these 
 mixtures ; or, still better, by the use of sulphur-naphtha, " oil of 
 milk," which is to be diluted in the proportion of one teaspoonful to a 
 quart of water, and used very freely. This is one of the most excel- 
 lent wound dressings now known, but should be used in one-half 
 strength solutions. 
 
 Being guardians of the public health of such wide application, and 
 of so great utility, it is surprising that they are not more used. 
 
 Freezing Mixtures. 
 
 In treating wounds, inflammation, etc., it is often quite important 
 to have ice, where it is not to be obtained without manufacturing it. 
 Accordingly, I« give here a few directions for its imaiediate produc- 
 tion. 
 
 ...'■rtfWi. 
 
 
 ti ^j^idSiSwi^i^* • 
 
766 
 
 <0ME8TI0 MAMAOEMKNT OF THE BICK-ROOM. 
 
 The salta U8«d should be in a ciystallized state, with as much water 
 in them as possible without being damp. They should be coamely 
 pulverized at the time of using, and put into the water oontainvd in 
 a basin, or other suitable vessel. The water to be frozen should l)e 
 inclosed in a thin vessel, and immersed in the freezing mixture. To 
 obtain extreme degrees of cold, the ingredients and the vessel should 
 be cooled by one mixture before being mixed for another. 
 
 To five drams of pulverized hydrochlorate of ammonia, and five 
 drams of pulverized nitrate of potash (nitre), add two ounces of 
 water, in a tin, stone-ware, or glass vessel, and you may freeze 
 water, sea-water, milk, vinegar, or oil of turpentine. It will cause 
 the thermometer to sink from 60° above zero to 10° above ; that is, 
 forty degrees. 
 
 A mixture of five drams of sulphate of soda, and four drams of 
 diluted sulphuric acid, will sink the thermometer seven degrees lower 
 than the above, namely, down to 8° above zero, or twenty-nine degrees 
 below the freezing point. 
 
 If six drams of sulphate of soda, four drams of hydrochlorate of 
 ammonia, two drams of nitrate of potash, and four drams of diluted 
 nitric acid be put together, the mixture will lower the thermometer 
 60° ; that is, to 10° below zero, or 42° below the freezing point. 
 
 Besides the above the following combination may be used : 
 
 Muriate of ammonia, five ounces ; nitrate of potash, five ounces ; 
 water, sixteen ounces. Mix. 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia, four ounces; crystalized carbonate of soda, 
 four ounces ; water, four ounces. Mix. 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia and water, equal parts. Mix. 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia and nitrate of potash, five parts each ; sul- 
 phate of soda, eight parts ; and water, sixteen parts. Mix. 
 
 Phosphate of soda, nine parts ; diluted nitric acid, four parte. 
 Mix. 
 
 Sulphate of soda, eight parts ; muriatic acid, five parts. Mix. 
 
 Sulphate of soda, six parts ; nitrate of amiaonia, five parts ; diluted 
 nitric acid, four parts. Mix. 
 
 Freezing Mixtures with ice. — Snow or pounded ice, two parts; 
 salt, one part. Mix. This will sink the thermometer to 5° below 
 zero. 
 
 Snow or pounded ice, four parts ; salt, two parts ; muriate of am- 
 monia, one part. In this mixture the thermometer will go down to 
 12° below zero. 
 
 Snow or pounded ice, twenty-four parts ; common salt, ten parts ; 
 muriate of ammonia, five parts ; nitrate of potassa, five parts. Mix. 
 Gives 18° below zero. 
 
 Snow or pounded ice, twelve parts; common salt, five parte; 
 nitrate of ammonia, five parts. Mix. Gives 25° below zero. 
 
 Snow, eight parts; muriatic acid, five parts. Mix. Gives 27° 
 below zero. 
 
 niSKl !*!'••»'»'■ 11 vTJf»i 
 
 ^ 
 
DOMESTIC MANAOBMKNT OP THE SICK-UOOM. 
 
 767 
 
 1() 
 
 of soda, 
 
 Snow, sev uii parte ; diluted nitric acid, four parte. Mix. Gives 
 80° below zero. 
 
 Snow, four parte ; chloride of calcium, five parte. Mix. Gives 
 40° below 7A)ro, 
 
 Snow, three parte ; potassa, four parte. . Mix. Gives 61 ° below 
 zero, or 88° below the freezing point. 
 
 The NuMe. — When all the arrangemente are completed in the 
 HJck-room, little l)enefit can 1h! anticipated if a proper nurse be not 
 obtained to render tlieni available to the invalid. Every female who 
 wishes to act as a sick-nurse should 1x3 obliged to serve a certain 
 time as nn assistjuit nui'se in one of the pulilic hospitals, and to re- 
 ceive a certificate of her efKciency before she leaves the establish- 
 ment. The advantages which tlie public derive from a body of nurses 
 ediK ited in this manner must be obvious to every one. 
 
 in hiring a sick-nurse, the qualifications which should regulate our 
 choice refer to a; «, strength, healthy temper, disposition, habits and 
 education. 
 
 Age. — She should not be under twenty-five, nor above fifty-five 
 years of age. This period is fixed upon on account both of the 
 physical powers and tlie moral conduct of the individual. Under 
 twenty-five, the strength of a woman has not reached ite maturity, 
 and is scarcely adequate for lifting patiente in and out of Led, and 
 for many other duties which require strength, connected with tlje 
 office of a nurse ; but the strength and the muscular power in females 
 begin to fail after fifty-five, when the natural transition from maturity 
 to decay takes place. 
 
 Strength. — The foregoing remarks respecting age render it almost 
 unnecessary to say that a woman of a naturally delicate frame of 
 body is unfit for a sick-nurae ; at the same time, a coarse, heavy, 
 and masculine woman is, for many reasons, objectionable. Whilst 
 strength is requisite, the fi-ame should be such as to indicate activ- 
 ity. 
 
 Mealth. — None of the qualifications of a sick-nurse are of more 
 importance than health. An individual who herself requires atten- 
 tion is iil-calculated to attend upon others. A woman who is asth- 
 matic, or has any difficulty of breathing, or a habitual cough ; who 
 is rheumatic or gouty, or has any sptismodic affection ; who is af- 
 flicted with palpitation ; or suffers from periodical headache, vertigo, 
 or a tendency to paralysis ; or who is consumptive, or scrofulous ; or 
 has defective sight or hearing; or anything which causes decrepitude, 
 18 disqualified for a sick-nurse. It is important, also, to ascertain that 
 there is no hypochondriacal or hysterical tendency, nor predisposition 
 to mental depression. 
 
 Temper and Disposition. — It is scarcely r [uisite to say that an 
 attendant upon the sick should possess a happy, cheerful, equal flow 
 
768 
 
 DOME8TI0 MAMAUKMKMT OK TUK HIOK-KOOM. 
 
 of Bpirite ; a tuinper not easily rufHed ; and kind and Hym|)ntlu>tic 
 feelings ; but, tit the Hnine time, not hucIi as to intcrfeix) witli linn- 
 nesB of oharucter. The expi-ession of the countenanue sliould Iw 
 open and winning, so as to attriict the good-will and confideneu ut' 
 the invalid : a pleasing and gentle manner being more likely to },'iuii 
 esteem, and insure obedience to the ordei-H of the physician, than tliu 
 most persnasive arguments wiiiuh can be addressed to the under- 
 stiinding of the patieni. 
 
 A collected, cheerful expression of the countenance, in the attend- 
 ant on the sick, is likely to inspire hope, and to aid tlie efforts uf the 
 physicicji for the recovery of his patient. 
 
 The general disposition of a sick-nurse should be obliging. Every 
 little office, which the invalid may require to be done, should be per- 
 formed at once, and without the smallest apparent reluctance, even 
 when the necessity for its immediate performance is not absolute. 
 There is also an earnestness of manner, which should, if possible, l)e 
 obtained or acquiesced in by the sick-nurse, as it impresses the idea 
 that she feels deeply interested in the case ; a circumstance whicli is 
 always highly appreciated by the patient. 
 
 Finally, it is unnecessary to say that a nurse should be honest, as 
 no description of servant has so much in her power. But the hoiieHty 
 of the nurse is not to be measured by her respect for property ; she 
 must be above imposing on the physician, with respect eitlier to 
 nitedicines or to diet. Iler religion, also, should be sincere, but not 
 Pharisaical ; and although she may occiisionally persuade her cliarge 
 " to put hia trust in God, the fountain of hesilth," * yet she must rec- 
 ollect that preaching is not her province ; and, when mistimed, even 
 the best advice may prove not only profitless, but injurious; and this 
 is especially likely to be the result when the doctrines she professes 
 are of a controversial kind. 
 
 With respect to gossiping, it is a detestable habit under any cir- 
 cumstances; but in a nurse it may be productive of the greatest 
 danger, produce family feuds, und a thousand other evils. 
 
 In her Habits, a sick-nurse should be sober, active, orderly, and 
 clean, and neat in her person. 
 
 The first of these habits — namely, sobriety — is so essential a 
 qualification in every attendant in the sick-room, that it requires no 
 comment. Happily, the desire for ardent spirits is now less frequent 
 than formerly, when women were seldom employed svs nurses until 
 they were nearly superannuated, and until their liabits, good or bad, 
 were too firmly rooted to be removed. 
 
 The Activity essential for a good nurse does not imply a bustling or 
 fidgety manner, but a quiet, steady method of proceeding in the per- 
 formance of her duties, equally devoid of fluster, turbulence or noise. 
 This activity is generally associated with orderly habits ; a most valua- 
 
 ♦PuUer. 
 
DCMRSTIO MANAnRMKNT or TUB 8I0K-ROUM. 
 
 76'J 
 
 mpiithntic 
 with tiriii- 
 hIiouUI lit- 
 fidt'iico of 
 Ay to },'iiiii 
 I, than tin; 
 ;he uiider- 
 
 'Aie attcnd- 
 ort« uf the 
 
 g. Every 
 iild be pur- 
 ance, even 
 t abBohite. 
 )0H8ible, Iw 
 98 the idea 
 je which is 
 
 honeHt, as 
 he honesty 
 perty ; she 
 t either to 
 re, but not 
 her charge 
 B must rec- 
 imed, even 
 s; and this 
 
 ) professes 
 
 er any cir- 
 le greatest 
 
 [•derly, and 
 
 Bssential a 
 equires no 
 )8 frequent 
 ir8e8 until 
 od or bad, 
 
 justling or 
 in the per- 
 e or noise, 
 nost valua- 
 
 ble qualification, and without which the Hick-room IwcnmeH a scene of 
 confuHion and diHguat. Kvery medical iniin must have witneHHed thJH 
 Mtiite of disorder with regret, when, on viHiting his patient, he Hnds no 
 ehair to Hit U| n until Home article of bedding or of clothing he re- 
 moved from i and the Heat duHted with the apron of the iiurHc; and 
 when a former prencription, dt anything else, is wanted, he niUHt 
 wait until the nurxe rummagcH out half a dozen of drawero in search 
 of it. 
 
 Another quality, UHUally conjoined with activity and orderly habitH 
 in a nurse, is cleanliness in her own person and in that of her charge, 
 as well as that of the Hick-room. The dress of a nurse should be 
 Himj)le and nea*^, without vrimmings. Nothing is more out of place 
 tlian a fine lady attempting to |>erform the duties of a nurse. 
 
 Education. — It niay appear a refinement to talk of, the education 
 of a nurse; but there is not a greater diffei-ence between noon-day 
 and midnight than Initween an educated and an ignorant nurse. The 
 former is often an aid to the physician, not only in carrying his op^iers 
 into effect, but by observing and informing him of symptoms of great 
 importance which h..ve occurred during his absence; whereas the lat- 
 ter is a source of constant anxiety, and too often assumes ohe privi- 
 lege of acting in direct contradiction to his orders, and according to 
 her own opinion. 
 
 Unhired Attendants. 
 
 The selection of a good nurse, however eminently qualified she 
 may be for her duties, does not supersede the attendance of a rela- 
 tive or friend in the sick-room ; on the contrary, I can conceive no 
 condition so deplorable as that of an invalid left altogether to the care 
 and management of a hireling. It is, nevertheless, too true that few 
 ladies, even those who are wives and mothers, have any acquaintance 
 with the arrangements of the sick-room, and the management of the 
 invalid ; they are, consequently, too often forced to be guided by, and 
 to rely for instruction on, the nurse, instead of being able to superin- 
 tend her conduct, to ascertain that she performs her duty, and to 
 correct her failings. 
 
 The degree of intelligence which is demanded in a nurse is very 
 different from that wliich is requisite for a wife or a relative in the sick- 
 ••oom. The intelligence of the nurse is directed to supply the wants 
 of tl.3 invalid, to administer to his comforts, and to obey the instruc- 
 tions of the physician ; that of the friend or relative involves the 
 power of discriminating disposition and temper ; of watching the 
 progress of the disease, and judging of the propriety of not pursuing 
 I'ertiiin measures, which, although indicated by the symptoms at the 
 1 luie of prescribing, yet may require to be altered, and consequently 
 detailed to the physician, whose presence maybe retjuisite before his 
 next intended visit. It is of the utnjost importance, also, that rela- 
 
 a 
 
770 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SIOK-KOOM. 
 
 tives attending in the sick-room should be able to control their feel- 
 ings in the presence of the invalid. 
 
 Nothing is more essential, in the domestic management of diseases, 
 than a knowledge of the natural disposition and temper of the inva- 
 lid. An irritable or a passionate man requires a very different man- 
 agement from that which is proper for a man of natui-ally mild and 
 easy disposition. Disease awakens, in an augmented degx ee, the irri- 
 tability of the former ; he becomes impatient of contradiction ; and 
 every time his opinions are injudiciously opposed, the turbulent agi- 
 tation of the nervous s^-stem Which follows either increases the dis- 
 ease or weakens the influence of the remedial agents. On the other 
 hand, a mild and gentle disposition often leads to extreme sensitive- 
 ness, when disease attacks the body ; a word, a look, is sufficient to 
 touch some sympathetic cord: to unstring the whole nervous system; 
 and to augment the morbid susceptibility already present in the habit 
 to a degree that is not always devoid of danger. Much discretion 
 and judgment, therefore, are requisite in both instances ; in the one 
 case, to present ebullitions of temper; in the other, to refrain from 
 anything that might be construed by the invalid into harshness ; and 
 yet at the same time, in each case, to maintain that influence over 
 the patient which the treatment of every disease demands in an at- 
 tendant on the sick. 
 
 Prejudice and Antipathies. — In those who are imperfectly or erro- 
 neously educated, the judgment is apt to be biassed by prejudice and 
 antipathies ; and, under the influence of these, it is misdirected in a 
 manner of which the individual is often wholly unconscious ; thence 
 the necessity of freedom from prejudice in the attendants in the sick 
 room, and the farther importance of the friends or relatives of the 
 sick being able to superintend the conduct and the management of 
 hired nurses. On the other hand, the judgment, even in the well- 
 educated, is apt to be misled by the affections, the influence of which 
 is as much opposed to the healthy exercise of discrimination as the 
 prejudices of the ignorant. Self-control, therefore, is also an essen- 
 tial qualification of the sick-room. 
 
 It is only from knowing that the attendants of the sick are pos- 
 sessed of intelligence and self-control, that a physician can rely upon 
 having his orders correctly and duly executed ; when those qualities 
 are absent, he has to dread, on the one hand, the presumption of 
 ignorant prejudice ; and on the other, the improper yielding of sensi- 
 tive indulgence. To the invalid, also, it is important to know that 
 the directions of his physician are filled by an intelligent person; 
 for, even in the most severe diseases, as long as the mental faculties 
 remain unaffected, a sick man is capable of detecting ignorance, or 
 the effects of prejudice, in his attendants ; and, when he is convinced 
 of the existence of either, all the influence of the individual, whether 
 nurse, or friend, or relative, is at an end. 
 
 Were the business of the sick-room findependent of the wants and 
 
DOMESTIC MANAfiEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 771 
 
 >1 their feel- 
 
 i of diseases, 
 of the inva- 
 ffereut man- 
 ly mild and 
 fi ee, the irri- 
 liction ; and 
 irbulent agi- 
 Eises the dis- 
 )n the other 
 ne sensitive- 
 sufficient to 
 ous system; 
 in the habit 
 h. discretion 
 ; \n the one 
 refrain from 
 ■shness ; and 
 fluence over 
 Is in an afr 
 
 sctly or erro- 
 rejudice and 
 irected in a 
 ous; thence 
 in the sick 
 tives of the 
 lagement of 
 in the well- 
 ice of which 
 lation as the 
 30 an essen- 
 
 ?ick are pos- 
 m rely upon 
 ose qualities 
 sumption of 
 ing of sensi- 
 ) know that 
 :ent person; 
 tal faculties 
 gnorance, or 
 is convinced 
 ual, whether 
 
 le wants and 
 
 (•(iniforts of the invalid) confined to the mere observation and collec- 
 tion of facts — namely, the noting of the symptoms of disease — and 
 reporting them to the physician, it would be superfluous to urge the 
 necessity of superior intelligence in its superintendent ; but many of 
 its duties require not only a well-regulated understanding, but an 
 equally sound condition of the moral feelings and the benevolent 
 affections, with a recognition of the authority of conscience in the 
 whole operations of life. In the period of sickness, under the direc- 
 tion of the judicious and discreet, an invalid may be led to the in- 
 vestigation of his moral and religious condition, and to review his 
 past conduct, with the determination of turning the result to his 
 future welfare, should he happily recover and re-enter society. Surely 
 such important duties as these cannot be intrusted to the unqualified, 
 or the ignorant, or the hireling ; nor can more be requir ^o demon- 
 strate the importance of adding to the other branches at female edu- 
 cation a knowledge of the various important duties of the sick-room, 
 which females, whether as mothers or daughters, or wives or friends, 
 are likely to be called upon to fulfil. 
 
 Prognostics. 
 
 In every disease the medical attendant is naturally called upon to 
 deliver his opinion of the degree of danger which hangs over the 
 patient : hence, it is unnecessary to enter into any minute details on 
 the subject of prognostics. But, as in many diseases changes occur, 
 in the absence of the practitioner, which ought instantly to be ex- 
 amined into, in order that the danger likely to accrue from them may 
 be averted, it is important that the friends and ordinary attendants 
 of the sick should be aware of their presence, so as to obtain the im- 
 mediate assistance of the medical attendant. Were this information, 
 also, morft generally diffused, many unnecessary visits would be saved 
 to the physician, and much unfounded suspicion of danger prevented 
 from distressing and touturing the minds of the friends of the sick. 
 
 In Fevers delirium alone should excite no alarm, unless it be very 
 high, or of the low, muttering, incoherent kind. In jaundice, and in 
 diseases of the chest, it is alarming ; and in the latter stages of pul- 
 monary consumption, its presence always indicates the approach of 
 death. 
 
 Great confusion of thought, loss of recollection of the most recent 
 occurrence, a restless, wandering eye, and a correspondent vacancy 
 or confusion of countenance, are always to be dreaded in fevers and 
 in diseases of the brain. An expression of great anxiety is equally 
 alarming in all acute diseases ; and a presentiment of death is still 
 more to be di-eaded. 
 
 Hoarseness, with constant spitting, oocui'ring at an early period 
 in small-pox, is very unfavorable. 
 
772 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE 8I0K-R0OM. 
 
 Squinting in affections of the head ought to be particulaily noticeu, 
 and mentioned to the attending practitioner; and the same remark 
 applies to a greatly contracted^ or a dilated, or an immovable condition 
 of the pupil of the eye ; or the turning up of the pupils under the 
 upper eyelids. 
 
 Deafness is not an unfavorable occurrence in continued fever; hut 
 a sudden attack of headache in pulmonary diseases ought instantly 
 to 1)8 mentioned to the physician. 
 
 The Sudden Disappearance of Pain in inflammatory affections of 
 the bowels is always to be dreaded ; but it does not in every instance 
 portend the existence of mortification. 
 
 Cough, depending on inflammation of the bronchial membrane, 
 suddenly supervening on a suppressed eruption, is always to be 
 dreaded. 
 
 In Croup, when the breathing is audible, or when there is a crow- 
 ing sound in inspiration, or a cooing or croaking respiration, danger 
 is present. 
 
 In Whooping-Cough, when the paroxysms suddenly increase in 
 violence, and the face becomes livid, and the thumbs are drawn 
 across into the palms of the hands, the appeamnce of convulsions 
 may be anticipated : hence immediate notice of these symptoms 
 should be communicated to the medical attendant. 
 
 Rigors invariably excite alarm ; but they are only dangerous in 
 chronic internal diseases, in which they often indicate the formation 
 of pus, or the existence of suppuration. 
 
 Pallidness of the countenance, with a slight degree of lividity,wt 
 sjonptoms of hazard in inflammation of the lungs. 
 
 The Position of the Patient as he lies in bed, especially in fevers, 
 is of much importance. Constantly lying on his back, with a ten- 
 dency to sink to the bottom of the bed; a propensity to keep the 
 arms and the feet out of bed, and to uncover the trunk ; or to pick 
 the bed-clothes ; tremors ; twitching of the tendons ; grindir.g of the 
 teeth, and sleeping with the eyelids half open, fcud the white of the 
 eyes only seen ; are all justly regarded as symptoms of great danger. 
 
 Fainting (^Syncope ) is to be considered alarriing in diseases of the 
 heart, or during profuse bleeding from the nose, or from any other 
 part: deep sighing, also, under cuch circumstances, is most unfavora- 
 ble, and often indicates rapid uis^OiUt'.on. 
 
 Hiccup, in the advanced stages oi ''ther acute or chronic diseases, 
 is invariably alarming. 
 
 Difficulty of Swallowing, also, in the advanced stages of fever, 
 palsy, and affections of the head, always indicates extreme danger; 
 
 ^iiMttiiiiii^^ '"^f ti i iiij ii ii iiii 
 
 mm 
 
 wM 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 773 
 
 Illy noticeu, 
 Hue remark 
 le condition 
 1 under the 
 
 i fever ; but 
 it instantly 
 
 iffections of 
 ery instance 
 
 membrane, 
 ways to be 
 
 •e is a crow- 
 ion, danger 
 
 increase in 
 
 are drawn 
 
 convulsions 
 
 ) symptoms 
 
 mgerous in 
 e formation 
 
 lividity, are 
 
 ly in fevers, 
 with a ten- 
 » keep the 
 or to pick 
 tding of the 
 irbite of the 
 :eat danger. 
 
 eases of the 
 n any other 
 jt unfavora- 
 
 lic diseases, 
 
 es of fever, 
 ne danger; 
 
 vomitinff, on the contrary, is not unfavorable, unless it be very severe 
 and protracted; but, if the ejected matters be putrid, or feculent, 
 then the vomiting is always to be dreaded. 
 
 Coma, or an irresistible propensity to sleep, following the sudden 
 suppression of gout, or the cessation of periodical bleeding in piles, 
 or the healing of old sores, is always alarming, and requires prompt 
 medical assistance. 
 
 Convulsions without fever or any affection of the head seldom 
 prove dangerous ; but they are never free from danger when they 
 are accompanied with stupor or coma. They are also dangerous 
 when inflammatory fever is present. They are less dangerous in 
 women than in men, in the young than in advanced age. In infancy, 
 convulsions aie more to be dreaded in the robust than in the delicate 
 and irritable child. 
 
 Diarrhoea is, under every circumstance, an unfavorable eventf 
 when it occurs either in fevers, or in the termination of chronic dis- 
 eases; and the passing of involuntary stools, when scarcely any 
 diarrhoea exists, is equally to be dreaded. 
 
 Retention of the Urine, as well as its involuntary discharge, is 
 always an unfavorable symptom. 
 
 Purple Spots appearing on the skin, livid lips and cheeks, oozing 
 of blood, svdden flushings followed by pallor, are unfavorable symp- 
 toms ; and the appearance of oedematous swellings of the legs and 
 skin in the last stage of organic diseases always indicate approaching 
 death. When purple spots, also, appear in small-pox, with flattening 
 of the pustules on the trunk of the body, and a white, pasty aspect 
 of the eruption in the face ; and if, at the same time, the extremities 
 ' become cold, any hope of recovery can scarcely be entertained. 
 
 Great and continued or progressing emaciation in chronic diseases, 
 and what is termed the fades Hippocratiea, are to be dreaded. 
 
 Excoriations on the parts on which the body rests, — for example, 
 the haunches, or the lower part of the back, — especially if these 
 become livid and sloughy, always indicate extreme danger. 
 
 Great Difficulty of Breathing, even to a feeling of suffocation, is 
 not necessarily hazardous in asthma; for although few diseases are 
 so little under control by the interference of the physician, yet 
 asthma seldom proves fatal, unless it tends to the production of 
 other diseases. 
 
 In Consumption, partial sweating, as of the head, the chest, or the 
 limbs, is always an unfavorable symptom. 
 
 When pregnancy occurs in a woman laboring under consumption, 
 the disease is arrested until after delivery, as if Providence threw a 
 shield over the mother for the safety of the offspring. 
 
 
 i 
 
774 
 
 nOMESTIC- MANAfiEMENT OF THE SICK-HOOM. 
 
 The Sudden Disappearance of Swellins: of the Legs, in chronic 
 organic diseases, is indicative of ft,pproaching death. 
 
 When a child, instead of rallying after any acute disease, becomes 
 emaciated, and the belly is large and tympanitic, there is always 
 much danger. 
 
 Bed-Sores. 
 
 The danger of bed-sores is often in proportion to the carelessness 
 of the nurse, although the condition of the patient has much to do 
 with it. They attack fii-st the skin at the end of the spine, the hip- 
 joints, knees, elbows and heelp. 
 
 Debility from continued fever, from paralysis, old age, continued 
 pressure, unclean bedding, and the untidy habits of the nurse, are 
 the immediate cause. 
 
 The first appearance of a bed-sore is to be noticed in redness of 
 the skin ; soon a blister forms, the skin breaks away, leaving the sur- 
 face raw and moist. Decomposition sets in very qu'ckly if the 
 symptoms are neglected, and the blister becomes an open sore. 
 
 The outcome of the disease depends upon the condition of the 
 patient, and the removal or non-removal of the cause. 
 
 Treatment. — If there is much debility, tonics should be given. 
 The various places of the body which are likely to become soie 
 should be rubbed four times a day, from five to ten minutes, with a 
 stimulating mixture like spirits of camphor or olive-oil and brandy ; 
 a good liniment is alcohol or weak bay rum. Be careful not to irri- 
 tate the skin, — simply cleanse and harden. The prominences of bone 
 may be covered with surgeon-plaster if tliere is sweating of the body. 
 Unless a blister forms, the part should be relieved of pressure by air- 
 cushions. Collodion should be applied, and the parts kept dry. 
 
 If the blister turns to an open sore, use poultices until it is open 
 and the matter discharged, then use stimulating cleansing washes of 
 borax-water or weak carbolic-acid. Peruvian balsam on cotton- 
 wool is a good remedy. 
 
 The best preventive measures are careful nursing, dry, smooth 
 sheets, air-cushions, frequent changes of position. The bedding and 
 night-x'obe should be absolutely clean, dry and smooth and frequently 
 changed. 
 
 Ovarian Disease. 
 
 Or, as it is usually termed, ovarian dropay^ has hitherto, proved 
 incurable; but it is relieved by tapping; and, if the powers of life 
 be sustained by proper food, and carriage exercise in the open air ; 
 and if all medicines be let alone, except such as are required to 
 regulate the bowels, life may be sustained for many years. 
 
 All diseases not involving organic changes are, with a few ex- 
 ceptions, more or less under the control of medicines, and are conse- 
 quently curable. But some diseases, in which no organic changes 
 
 ^MrfM 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 776 
 
 have been discovered, are nevertheless incurable. This is the case 
 with spasmodic of hma, which haa rarely been cured. 
 
 It is true that i .ctional disturbances are not unfrequently as'soci- 
 ated with orgainc diseases ; but, under such circunistivnces, it is tlie 
 province of the attending physician to point out to the friends of the 
 patient the greater or the less degree of danger in these complica- 
 tioiis. 
 
 Diet, etc., in Disease and Convalescence. 
 
 In numerous instances, much hazard often exists after disease has 
 disappeared, and when the patient is declared convalescent ; and as 
 this period in the removal of diseases is left to the management either 
 of the patient himself or of his friends, some general remarks re- 
 specting it, and also in reference to particular diseases, are requisite. 
 
 In every recovery from sickness, whether external or internal, be- 
 fore the salutary advantages obtained from the treatment be confirmed, 
 the organ or part which has suffered must be either left at rest or be 
 used, according to the nature of the case. Thus, if any part have 
 suffered from inflammation, it must not be used for some time after 
 the inflammation is subdued. If the eyes have suffered, the person 
 must neither read nor write, nor expose the eyes to the heat of the 
 fire, nor to a strong light, until some days after every trace of the 
 disease has disappeared. If the arm has been affected it must be 
 kept at rest ; and if the leg, not . only should walking be refrained 
 from, but the limb should be placed mther higher than the trunk of 
 the body. If the previous disease has affected the brain, every men- 
 tal exertion must be avoided ; and so on, whatever may be the ergan 
 which has especially suffered. Even when the exercise of the organ 
 is resumed, it should not be carried to fatigue, nor, on any account, 
 should it be such as to produce excitement. At the same time, it 
 must not be forgotten that, in the treatment of external injuries, when 
 it has been necessary to keep the limb long in a sling, in one position, 
 — as, for instance, in fractures, — the muscles which bend the arm 
 acquire from the habit a contraction which cannot be overcome by 
 the antagonist muscles, owing to the length of time they have been 
 on the stretch, weakening their contractile power. The arm, there- 
 fore, should be frequently taken from the sling, and, being rested upon 
 the elbow, a moderate weight should be held in the hand, and friction 
 with oil employed upon the contracted muscles. It is true that sur- 
 geons usually give directions for this operation, before they quit the 
 management of the case ; but surgeons, as well as physicians, are 
 sometimes dismissed b.foi'e the convalescence is complete ; on which 
 account, arms and limbs have remained contracted for life, from a 
 want of the knowledge necessaiy to counteract the evil at an early 
 stage. I say nothing respecting the continuance of remedies during 
 convalescence from many diseases, except urging the necessity of 
 regulating the bowels. 
 
776 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-BOOM. 
 
 The most important part of the management of convalescence cer- 
 tainly refers to air, exercise, and diet. The erroi-s daily commitUMJ, 
 in all these matters, exert the most powerful influence in retarding 
 complete restoration to health ; and often, indeed, induce evils of a 
 more formidable kind than the diseases from which the patients have 
 just emerged. 
 
 1. Air. In every convalescence, whatever may have been tlie 
 nature of the disease, if it has been so severe as to wear down tlie 
 strength of the invalid, countiy air is essential. The benevolent 
 Author of our existence has made medicinal the hills, the vales, tlie 
 groves, and all the harmonies of nature ; and in the repose of these 
 man finds a balm, not only for a wounded spirit, but for his stricken 
 body. 
 
 In selecting a country residence for a convalescent, care must be 
 taken to ascertain whether any source of malaria exists in the neigli- 
 borhood; as, in that case, even if all other circumstances be favorable, 
 the place is exceptionable. 
 
 2. Exercise. In convalescence, much caution is requisite in apnor- 
 tioning the exercise to the degree of returning strength. When the 
 convalescent is still too feeble to take sufficient exercise on foot, tlie 
 best substitute for it is riding horseback; but, as soon as walking 
 can be borne, it should be preferred to either horse or carriage exer- 
 cise. 
 
 3. Diet, In health, diet may be left, in a great degree, to the in- 
 clination or the taste, as far as regards the quality of the food ; and, 
 although diseases occasionally originate from repletion, yet, in gen- 
 eral, the appetite may be considered as the best regulator of quan- 
 tity, when the food is simple, and the appetite is not pampered by 
 high seasoning and rich sauces. In disease, however, a very opi)o- 
 site rule is to be observed ; the regulation of both the quantity and 
 the quality of the food is of the utmost importance. The taste is 
 often so perverted as to desire that which would prove injurious ; 
 and were appetite to be the guide of quantity, diseases would fre- 
 quently not only be increased in severity, but life itself would be 
 brought into .jeopardy. 
 
 As soon as solid animal food can be taken with impunity, that 
 which is most digestible should be selected. An opinion has gener- 
 ally prevailed that gelatinous matters, and meats which readily yield 
 jelly, — such, for example, as veal and lamb, — are the most easily 
 digested, and at the same time are also the mo;t nutritive. This is 
 a mistake ; for, with the exception of poultry, the flesh of young ani- 
 mals is stringy and of a lax fibre, and is even less easily digested than 
 that of too old animals, which presents great density of texture. 
 The middle-aged animals afford the most digestible food. 
 
 Nothing tends to lessen the density of the fibre of eveiy kind of 
 animal food so much as kee[)ing it for a certain time before it is 
 cooked. In this case the tenderness is the result of incipient decora- 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMKNT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 777 
 
 scence cei- 
 
 jommitted, 
 
 retarding 
 
 evils of a 
 
 iients have 
 
 been the 
 • down tlie 
 benevok-nt 
 ! vales, tlie 
 je of these 
 is stricken 
 
 re must be 
 
 the neigli- 
 
 ) favorable, 
 
 je in api)or- 
 When the 
 m foot, the 
 as walking 
 riage exer- 
 
 , to the in- 
 food; and, 
 et, in gen- 
 )r of quan- 
 mpered by 
 very op»o 
 lantity and 
 ?he taste is 
 
 injurious ; 
 would fre- 
 
 would be 
 
 lunity, that 
 has gener- 
 adily yield 
 nost easily 
 J. This is 
 young ani- 
 jested than 
 Df texture. 
 
 3iy kind of 
 )efore it is 
 ent decom- 
 
 position or putrefaction ; but the utmost caution is requisite to pre- 
 vent this from advancing so far as to present the slightest trace of 
 taint in the food of the convalescent. In the low state of vitality in 
 convalescence, the change which commencing decomposition (putre- 
 laction) causes, renders animal food in that condition a source likely 
 to occasion either a relapse into the disease from which the patient 
 has recovered, or to form a new disease. 
 
 In examining the relative value of other articles of diet adapted 
 for the sick and convalescent, the first which presents itself to our 
 notice is 
 
 Milk. — As milk is the food of almost all young animals, its diges- 
 tibility appears at once evident ; and there can be little doubt that it 
 is very digestible, when it is drunk immediately after it is drawn 
 from the udder of the cow or the goitt, before its components have 
 time to separate. When this separation is effected, either spon- 
 tivneously by time, or by means of rennet or other agents, its prop- 
 erties are altered, and ita digestibility is lessened. 
 
 Cream, when intimately united with the other components of 
 milk, — namely, the curd, or the caseous part, and the whey, — is 
 not the same substance as after its separation. In the milk, it is 
 more easily digested, and is the most nutritive part of the milk. But 
 in its separate state it is ill adapted either for the sick or convales- 
 cent except in the form of butter, which is not unwholesome unless it 
 be eaten in excess or be melted. • Although cream is not as digesti- 
 ble as milk, yet it is much less liable to turn acid in the stomach ; it 
 is often beneficial to dyspeptics, either alone or diluted with water. 
 In the same manner the separate eurd is indigestible ; and whey 
 itself, although highly nutritive, yet is flatulent ; nevertheless, it is 
 an excellent demulcent in many cases of diseasfe. But none of the 
 components of milk are equal to milk itself. It is often necessary, 
 in convalescence, to dilute it with water. 
 
 Eggs. — It is not uncommon to hear that the yolk of a raw egg, 
 beaten up with water and sugar, with the addition of a small quan- 
 tity of white wine, is a light and nutritive aliment in convalescence, 
 and even in some states of disease ; but eggs aro much less digestible 
 in this form than when they are lightly boiled. In jaundice, however, 
 arising from viscid mucus obstructing the orifice o^ the common 
 duct, the yolk of a raw egg beaten up with cold water is serviceable. 
 
 Fish, at least the white kind, stimulates much less than the flesh 
 of land animals; hence it is a proper food for those laboring under 
 some acute diseases ; and also for convalescents, when a sudden re- 
 turn to more stimulating food would prove hurtful. But it is not 
 adapted for convalescents when the object is to bring up rapidly the 
 strength of debilitated habits. 
 
 Raw oysters have been erroneously supposed to be both easy of 
 digestion and nutritive. The latter opinion is, in some degree, true; 
 
778 
 
 DOMKSTIC MANAOKMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 but the former U erroneous. Raw oyslurs are less di^'csliMc! than 
 plainly-cooked oysters. Both are inij»rt)iHM' for the sick iiiid for eariy 
 convalescents. Lolwters, crabs, prawns, cray-fisli, scallops, and other 
 shell-fish, are still more objectionable. 
 
 If fish of any kind be admissible, it shouhl be simply boiled; fried 
 fish is even worse for invalids than the outside or tlie brown of roasted 
 meat. 
 
 Vegetables. — In reference to vegetahle diet, it is only the mildest 
 description of esculent roots that are fitted for the use of the sick. 
 In preparing all of them for the sick room, they should be well boiled 
 in two distinct waters, until they are soft and very soluble, and in a 
 state not to leave undissolved anything which could act as a mechani- 
 cal irritant on the intestinal canal. When properly cooked, they are 
 moderately nutritive, and free from any stimulant properties ; and 
 they are well adapted for the stomach of the sick, unless in cases in 
 which the torpor of the organ is such as to permit them to run into 
 acetous fermentation and to prove flatulent. 
 
 Fruits. — With respect io fruits, they produce the most diversified 
 effects ; and, consequently, are more or less proper for invalids, ac- 
 cording to circumstances, either connected with themselves or with 
 the condition of the patient at the time. The stone-fruits., with the 
 exception of the ripe peach, or the nectarine, are to be rejected. The 
 apple tribe, except very soluble pears, are still less admissible. The 
 apple, however, when roasted, and when the seeds and the hard cen- 
 tral parts, as well as the skin, are removed, is less objectionable ; and, 
 as it possesses laxative properties, the roasted apple is well adapted 
 for the sick, when food is at all allowable, and wiien the bowels are 
 torpid. The orange, if fully ripe, is grateful and wholesome to all 
 invalids, and is only equalled in these qualities by the grape ; but in 
 using the orange, the pulp should be rejected. The juice of the 
 grape-fruit is good and refreshing, but care should be taken not to 
 use any of the pulp, on account of its bitter taste. Care also should 
 be taken not to swallow either the skin or the seeds of the grape. 
 Strawberries are a little stimulant, of easy digestion, and more cool- 
 ing than the other small fruits ; mulberries are also unexception- 
 able ; but currants and gooseberries, and even raspberries, are not 
 free from objection for invalids laboring under acute diseases. 
 
 With the exception of oat and wheaten hread, especially that 
 made from Franklin Mills flour (see receipt), all the varieties of 
 farinaceous aliments may be regarded as modiflcations of starch, 
 containing little nutritive matter, and therefore well adapted for the 
 sick-room. It has been supposed that arrow-root, sago, tapioca, and 
 similar substances, are very nutritive, because they form mucilages 
 with boiling water; but this is not the fact; and were they very 
 nutritive, they would be ill adapted for invalids. Rice, in every case 
 where the stc ^ach is in an acescent state, is preferable to the other 
 farinacesB, because it is less fermentable. 
 
 ^^^ 
 
nmtmatmtSA 
 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAQKMENT OK THE 8ICK-U00M. 
 
 779 
 
 The farinaceous food which is ordered in the convalescence of 
 children from acute diseases, is often made of bread so as to consti- 
 tute pap. No description of food has a greater tendency than this 
 to become sour; a ^^nantity only sufficient for a single meal, there- 
 fore, should be made at a time ; for what remains is always sour 
 before the next meal ; and even if the quantity be small, and it be 
 mixed with fresh pap, it communicates its faculty of becoming sour 
 to the whole mass. 
 
 Fluid Aliments. 
 
 Water. — The best and the most universal beverage for the sick 
 is water : but the qualities of water differ, according to the sources 
 whence it is procured. The fewer foreign ingredients it holds in so- 
 lution the greater are its diluent properties. Distilled water, or rain 
 or river water filtei-ed, and that of soft-water springs which filtrate 
 through silicious strata, are the only kinds proper for the use of the 
 sick-room. Hard water, under whatever name it is found, whether 
 as spring water, or pump water, or well water, should be excluded. 
 The impurities of river and min water are merely held in suspension ; 
 consequently, they are readily removed by filtration. 
 
 Water itself is aliment ; many individuals under certain circum- 
 stances have lived for a considerable time upon it alone. Those 
 who live chiefly on animal food require more drink than those who 
 eat much vegetable matter. 
 
 The influence of water on the animal economy may be regarded in 
 two points of view : 
 
 As an article of diet. 
 As a medicinal agent. 
 
 As an article of diet, in health, water is the beverage provided by 
 nature for all animals, man not excepted. The sensation of thirst is 
 the natural call for fluids, either to assist digestion, or to allay a dry, 
 hot condition of the mouth and the gullet. The consequence of not 
 satisfying this call is fever of a nervous kind; and, if it be long re- 
 sisted, inflammation of the air-passages. On the other hand, too 
 nmch fluid is injurious ; for although the vital powers of the stomach 
 counteract the tendency which it affords, by over-diluting the gastric 
 fluid, to the fermentation of the aliment in the stomach, yet when it 
 is in excess, those vital powei"s languish ; hence spontaneous chemi- 
 cal changes in the contents of the stomach take place, and induce 
 dyspepsia. For all the purposes of dilution in health, water is ade- 
 quate, and it is the only truly wholesome beverage. 
 
 As a medicinal agent, water is demanded in every disease in which 
 a dry skin and an elevation of the natural heat of the surface, con- 
 stituting fever, are present. In this case, the desire is for cold water 
 or cooling fluids; and it should always be indulged. The degree of 
 temperature, however, must be regulated by the condition of the in- 
 valid; but the best medium temperature is between 50° and 60° 
 
 mn 
 
 tg0 
 
 i 
 
780 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAOEMENT OF THE BIOK-KOOM. 
 
 Fahr., although even 60° is too low, when the debility ot the fiame 
 is Gonsidemhle. 
 
 The qualities of the various kinds of beverages proper, and gene^ 
 ally employed in the sick-room, should be known. 
 
 Toast-water, when properly prepared, which it seldom is, forms a 
 useful beverage in the sick-room. It is slightly nutritive, owing to 
 its containing a small portion of gluten, in conjunction with fecula 
 and sug^r. It is one of the oldest and one of the best diluent de- 
 mulcents ; diluting at the same time that it softens the acridity of 
 the secreted juices of the stomach, in febrile diseases. 
 
 Qruel, whether made of grroats or of oatmeal, is less mild and de- 
 mulcent than barley-water ; and it is more likely to undergo the ace- 
 tous fermentation in the heat of the stomach ; a circumstance which 
 is greatly favored by the sugar and butter which is sometimes added 
 to it. Unless gruel be very thin, it can scarcely be regarded as dilu- 
 ent ; and when thick, it is too heating an aliment for patients labor- 
 ing under febrile symptoms. 
 
 Tea, in the form in which it is usually taken, is too stimulant and 
 astringent to be a good diluent : and, when it is strong, the narcotic 
 property which it possesses renders it improper for most invalids, 
 whatever may be the nature of their diseases. As it is, nevertheless, 
 agreeable to most palates, and very refreshing, it may be taken in 
 moderate quantity, provided it be not strong, without any hazard. 
 
 Sas^, balm, and mint teas, are often substituted for common tea. 
 Each of them undoubtedly allays the irritability of the stomach in 
 some cases ; but, as general beverages in disease, they are less useful 
 than toast-water. Raspberry vinegar, lemotiade, tamarind tea, apple 
 tea, and similar compound diluents, should never be administered 
 without the consent of a physician. If a patient be taking an anti- 
 monial, they will excite vomiting ; if a mercurial, gi iping ; and they 
 are equally incompatible with many other medicines, and with many 
 conditions of the stomach in disease. They are a description of 
 beveragfe greatly recommerded and largely distribn^ >d by the Lady 
 Bountifuls in the country, and have frequently been productive of 
 serious mischief. 
 
 Coffee is more heating, aud connequently less ad" issible than tea ; 
 it may, however, be taken, if it be largely combined ' /ith milk. Cocoa 
 and chocolate are still more objectionable than eithrr tea or coffee in 
 the sick-room. Shells i're good and nourishing. 
 
 With respect to the Number of Meal?, and ihe periods best 
 adapted for taking them, it is scarcely requisite x) remark, that, 
 although in health three moderate meals, at proj ir intervals, are 
 customary, and well adapted for the support of the irame, yet, under 
 the changed condition of the system in disease, it would be improper 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF TUB 8I0K-BOOM. 
 
 781 
 
 to take any regular number of meals, or to observe any stated periods 
 for takinnj tl^em: hence no general rules can apply. 
 
 As a general rule, in the decline of diseases, and on the approach 
 of convalescence, when the desire for taking food rctuins, the test 
 time for the principal meal, dinner^ is about two hours after noon. 
 If the breakfast be taken at nine o'clock, and the evening meal at 
 seven, the hour of two is the middle period of the day ; so that, when 
 dinner ia taken at that time, the intervals between breakfast and 
 flinner, and between dinner and suppei', are not only ecjual, but 
 neither is too short to limit the complete digestion of the previous 
 meal, nor too long to injure the powers of the weakened stomach 
 by protracted fasting. 
 
 AH acute d'.^eases require more or less abstinence, especially when 
 the object of 'he treatment is to lower the system ; and in some 
 chronic affections, abstinence is almost essential. If this be true, the 
 necessity of the strictest observance of the directions of the physician 
 oil this subject must be obvious. It is one, however, which is not 
 only neglected, but is often combated lx)th by nurses and friends; 
 and indulgences, which are supposed to be of too trivial a nature to 
 cause any injury to the sick, have often been followed by fatal effects. 
 
 But, although abstinence be requisite during the existence of an 
 acute disease, yet it is injurious when it is too rigidly maintained 
 after convalescence is actually established : it often induces a new 
 train of symptoms, not very nplike those for which it was properly 
 prescribed and the removal of which it has aided ; namely, accelera- 
 tion of the pulse, increased impetus of the heart, headache, and even 
 delirium. 
 
 General Diseases. 
 
 Happily, in febrile affections, the appetite of the invalid is not in 
 a condition to desire food ; and no stronger demonstration can be 
 required of the impropriety of forcing it upon him under such circum- 
 stances. Simple fluids, such as diluents, are all that he desires, all 
 that the stomach can bear ; and such alone should be administered in 
 fever, before that low condition of the system, which demands the 
 use of wine or other stimulants, supervenes. In these cases, when 
 the patient desires more nourishment than is usual, animal food 
 ought not to be given, unless by the direct recommendation of the 
 physician. Indeed, in general, the inclination of the invalid happily 
 revolts from animal food, as much as experience condemns its ad- 
 ministration. 
 
 While febrile symptoms are present, farinaceous matters, little 
 nutritious, such as barley-water, gruel, arrow-root mucilage, or sago, 
 acidulated with lemon-juice, and sweetened to the taste of the patient, 
 are most suitable ; but even these should be given in small quantity, 
 and at considerable intervals. The beverage generally most agree- 
 able, and also most salutary, to those suffering under fever, is cold 
 water. * 
 
78S 
 
 DOMKHTIO MANAdKMKNT OV THE HICK-K(J(>M. 
 
 In the decline of fevera, even, oh I have alreiidy remarked, ftltlioiigli 
 the severity ruH^Hiutiug diet Hhuiihl be relaxed, yrt much diiiigei may 
 result from miHtnken kindneHS and over-zeal, in urging aiiinuil uiul 
 stimulant food at too early a period of the uonvaltMcence. Imlci'd, 
 the necessity of caution at IIiIm time is greater than during tli" con- 
 tinuance of the fever; and the more acute tlie disoaae has been, tliu 
 greater must be the caution in the convah Hcciice, enpecially if the 
 treatment Iuvh Imjoii of an evacuant and lowering description. 
 
 The first change of di(it, in the decline of fevers, should be to an- 
 other article of the same kind of food which wiw allowed in tlio din- 
 ease ; for example, from simple arrow-root mncilaye to arrow-root and 
 milky or to some other of the farinaceous compounds ; whilst, at the 
 same time, agsee^ milk may l>e given in small quantity in the morn- 
 ing. Rice, one of the furinacete, is generally supposed to be aHtrin- 
 gent, but this is a mistake. It forms an excellent diet in all cases of 
 early but decided convalescence. It should be well-boiled, and mixed 
 either with bioth and beef-tea, or gravy which has been cooled, and 
 the fat taken from it. In the transit on to animal food, heef-tea, 
 chicken-broth, and mutton-broth, and othtr liquid animal decoctions, 
 should he first resorted to; then ff/»7«jiv'«A, simply cooked ; for, al- 
 though fish is more digestible than animal food, yet it affords nmcli 
 less stimulant nourishment; it is therefore betti>r iitted for the early 
 stage of convalescence. When convalescence is completed, a more 
 generous diet is admissible. 
 
 With respect to beverage, water, toast-water or lemon-peel^ater, 
 is sufficient, until the medical attendant declares that a little wine is 
 requisite. 
 
 In convalescence from /et>«r, it is an error to permit the patient to 
 get up too soon. He should not leave his bed until his strength be 
 considerably advanced. No danger can result from too strict an 
 observance of this rule ; whereas much risk may be incurred by its 
 neglect. 
 
 If the head has been much affected, every mental exertion should 
 be refrained from dunng the convalescence ; and, according to the 
 degree of suffering in any local organ, precautions must be taken to 
 guard that part of tlie frame against a fresh attack of disease. 
 
 Eruptive Fevers require more i)recaution in convalescence than 
 general fevers, both as regards diet and exposure to sudden alterna- 
 tions of heat and cold. This is more especially essential after measles 
 and scarlet fever. 
 
 Measles are often followed by a distressing cough, and other sjTnp- 
 toms of piilmonary inflammation ; or by a harassing diarrhoea, which 
 wears down the strength ; or by inflamed eyes, catai'rh, or obstinate 
 toothache. In infants, canker of the mouth occasionally makes its 
 attack, and pioves fatal. All these affections, aftt^r measles, might 
 generally be prevented by taking care not to allow too soon a return 
 
nOMKHTIO MANAORMRNT Off THE HICK-ROOM. 
 
 788 
 
 (1, ivltliougli 
 liiiigfi nmy 
 iiiiiiiiil iind 
 3. Indeed, 
 rig tiut coil- 
 S 1)6011, tlio 
 
 ially if the 
 on. 
 
 (I 1)0 to ftll- 
 
 iii tliu dis- 
 ow-root ami 
 lilst, ut the 
 
 the niorn- 
 1)0 astrin- 
 nil cases of 
 
 and mixed 
 cooled, and 
 )(1, heef-tea, 
 decoctions, 
 3(1 ; for, al- 
 ords much 
 )!• the early 
 ted, a more 
 
 \rpeel^water, 
 ttle wine is 
 
 } patient to 
 itrength l)e 
 o strict ai< 
 rred by its 
 
 bion should 
 ling to the 
 be taken to 
 sase. 
 
 icence than 
 len alternar 
 ter measles 
 
 (tlier syrap- 
 ;ioea, which 
 »r obstinate 
 makes its 
 sles, might 
 m a return 
 
 to the use of animal food, or too early an cxpoHur« to cold or to night- 
 iiir. Kvcn in summer, flannel should Ih) worn next the ukin for some 
 weeks after the disease has disappeared. 
 
 Scarlatina is frequently followed by dro{>sical symptoms ; which, 
 however, might generally ho avoided by tht* same attention to diet 
 and regimen as after measles. 
 
 Small-Pox, when severe, and especially when confluent, is very apt 
 to awaken into activity the dormant seeds of sciofula, if any lieredi- 
 tary taint exists in the constitution ; hence al)sces8es, ulcers, and 
 swelled glands make their appeamnce. These demand the aid of 
 the physician or tlie surgeon. But if the convalescent be properly 
 dieted, and recourae he had to a change of air as soon as his strength 
 will permit, tliese evils may be avoided. 
 
 Erysipelas not unfrequently attacks convalescents from small-pox 
 and other eruptive fevers. When it occurs, independent of any prior 
 disease, the same attention to diet and regimen is requisite as in other 
 eruptive fevers. 
 
 Convulsions, it is well known, are not unfrequently the result of 
 errors in diet, in individuals with an irritable condition of the stotn- 
 ach and bowels. Advice should always be demanded respecting the 
 diet of those who are liable to, and who suffer from, convulsions ; but 
 it must not be supposed that when they occur in children and have 
 l)een subdued, a system of starvation is necessary to prevent their 
 recurrence. As far as regards convalescence in such cases, it will be 
 proper to bear in recollection the following rules : 
 
 1. When the patient is of a. full habit, has a short neck, and a ten- 
 dency to diseases of the head, the diet should be spare. The use of 
 animal food, indeed, in BU(di a habit, should be wholly prohibited in 
 childhood, and very sparingly employed by adults ; whilst vegetables, 
 farinaceous matters, milk and weak broths, may be allowed. 
 
 2. When the habit of body is spare, and when languor and chilli- 
 ness are present, the diet, although free from stimulus, yet should be 
 nourishing, and consist of the lighter kinds of animal food ; namely, 
 poultry and fish, with a moderate share of vegetable matters. 
 
 3. Under all circumstances, and at every period of life, fermented 
 liquora and wine should be either wholly avoided, or very sparingly 
 used, in almost all convulsive diseases connected with affections of 
 the head. 
 
 In convalescence from some varieties of convulsive diseases, the 
 nature of the diet must depend on circumstances which cannot be 
 judged of by the attendants of the sick-room; hence it should be 
 referred solely to the medical attendant. In St. Vitus^a Datice 
 (chorea), for example, although a tonic plan of treatment may have 
 l)een successfully pursued, yet the diet may be required to be mild, 
 and wholly free from stimulut}. 
 
 ^^P^-: 
 
 mmm 
 
784 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF Tl'E SICK-BOOM. 
 
 Attention to diet in Hysteria is most important. When the disease 
 is connected with indigestion, the meals should be moderate : and 
 rest in the horizontal posture should be indulged for an hour after- 
 wards, and then moderate exercise taken. Fluid food, such as broths 
 and gruel, are improper ; yet animal food should be eaten only once 
 a day. Tea and coffee should be very sparingly taken ; and the sim- 
 plest beverages, even water and toast-water, should be taken in great 
 moderation after a meal, and should not be drunk during dinner. 
 
 In convalescence from hysteria, change of scene and air are abso- 
 lutely requisite. The mind should be directed to solid studies, and 
 everything which can cherish morbid sensibility of the nervous system 
 avoided. 
 
 Dropsy. — An opinion was long maintained that fluids are to be 
 withheld from dropsical patients. No opinion was ever founded on 
 more erroneous principles. Dropsical patients, indeed, should be 
 allowed the free use of fluids. With respect to diet, it should, gen- 
 erally speaking, be light and unstimulating : but much depends on 
 the causes of dropsy. There is, however, less n*- ^essity for a rigid 
 adherence to low diet in this than in other inflammatory affections. 
 
 In Palsy, abstinence from all stimulating food, solid or fluid, must 
 be rigidly observed ; and the restriction should not be discontinued 
 in convalescence. At the same time, change of air and of scene is al- 
 ways of decided advantage. In every instance, an easy state of mind, 
 and freedom from every source of irritation, as well as from the anxi- 
 eties of business, are indispensable. 
 
 Qout and Rheumatism. — In no diseases affecting the general 
 habit are abstinence and repose more essential during the attacks than 
 in the two which head this paragraph, when they assume an acute 
 form. When they occur in weakened or in biuken-down habits, it is 
 too often supposed that the opposite plan of diet is to be pursued, 
 and that stimulating food and a liberdl supply of wine should be in- 
 dulged; but nothing is more likely to prove injurious. 
 
 When the paroxysm subsides, it is too customary to permit the in- 
 valid to glide into his usual habits with respect to diet and regimen ; 
 consequently the plethora which originated the disease gradually re- 
 turns ; aad the same plan being continued, paroxysm follows after 
 paroxysm, at shortening intervals, until scarcely any interval occura, 
 and life is sacrificed on the altar of self-indulgence. 
 
 For some weeks after the paroxjram of gout has subsided, in a 
 young or middle-aged man, animal food should be sparingly taken, 
 and fermented liquors altogether avoided. 
 
 Chlorosis, or Qreen Sic*'nes5, in a state of the habit which seems 
 to depend on an i'npa.red condition of the blood itself. Its treatment 
 is well understood, and recourse to medical advice should never be 
 neglected j otherwise it may terminate either in mental demngement 
 
 '^V'i^-\J^' 
 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE BICK-ROOM. 
 
 785 
 
 or in sudden death. In convalescence from it, the diet should be 
 mild and light, but nutritious ; the exercise should be much within 
 the limits of fatigue, and consist of both walking and horse exercise, 
 dailv, in the open air ; the body, more especially the lower extrem- 
 ities", should be warmly clothed ; the mind ought to be amused ; all 
 sedentary occupations thrown aside; and confidence placed in the 
 honor of the physician, who should be made the repository of any 
 mental anxiety, especially connected with the tender passion, which 
 may be preying upon the vital energy of the body. 
 
 
 Affections of the Head. 
 
 Whatever may be the cause of Apoplexy, no disease requires more 
 prompt and energetic treatment : the alarming nature of the symp- 
 tf 03 is always sufficient to prevent any time from being lost by at- 
 tempts to relieve the sufferer without medical assistance. Should 
 the attack not prove fatal at the time, and should it not be followed 
 by palsy, still the utmost caution is requisite to prevent a recurrence 
 of the disease. It is scarcely necessary to insist on the strictest ad- 
 herence to temperance, both as to meat and to drink ; and the impor- 
 tance of daily exercise, when the attack is over, and indeed for the 
 remainder of life. Prolonged study and intense thinking must be 
 given up ; the violent and exciting passions should be subdued ; and 
 even the pleasurable moderated. 
 
 Inflammation of the brain is one of those diseases which require, as 
 observed respecting apoplexy, the most energetic treatment. When 
 convalescence has fortunately been established, the attention of the 
 physician is still requisite, during several weeks, until complete re- 
 covery be fully confirmed ; for the brain, after suffering from inflam- 
 mation, is very ap to relapse into the same stats, from the excite- 
 ment of too full a meal, or over-exercise, or even slight mental exer- 
 tions or emotions. On this account, the convalescent must be kept 
 perfectly quiet, and completely free from the smallest excitement, 
 and the strictest regimen observed. His diet should not only be mild 
 and unstiraulating, but small in quantity. 
 
 Inflammation of the eyes requires the same caution when convales- 
 cence is secured as other inflammatory affections ; namely, quiet, 
 great moderation in diet, and avoiding exposure either to much light, 
 heat or cold, or whatever can stimulate the still highly excitable 
 organ. 
 
 Affections of the Chest. 
 
 Inflammation of the Lungs (^Pneumonia). — In convalescence 
 from this disease, the temperature of the room in which the patient 
 sits should not exceed 60° F. ; and it should be free from currents of 
 air ; but at the same time it should not be close. The necessity for 
 continuing the same elevated position of the siuuildei-s '^hen in bed, 
 
 !P jilASBSiiMis:.mmj:^)!..:': ^9rsiem 
 
 immmtf- 
 
* '■-. 
 
 786 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT Or THE 8I0K-R00M. 
 
 which 18 demanded during the existence of the disease, remains even 
 when the convalescence is advanced. The patient should be pre- 
 vented from talking, and from exerting sChy muscular motion that 
 can accelerate the circulation. The diet should be of that descrip^ 
 tion which will support the strength without exciting or producing 
 repletion. As the convalescence advances, and exercise is permitted 
 by the medical attendant, it should be regular, but not hurried nor 
 violent ; and evening air should be sedulo' sly avoided. 
 
 Pleurisy. — Inflammation of the lining membrane of the chest re- 
 quires the same attention to diet and regimen during convalescence 
 as the last-mentioned disease, except that a greater strictness with 
 regard to abstemiousness in food is requisite ; the least deviation 
 being likely to bring on a renewal of the inflammation. When the 
 disease assumes a chronic character, and when the object is to remove 
 fluid effused into the cavity of. the chest, and pressing upon the lungs 
 so as to circumscribe their action, the same degree of strictness with 
 respect to diet is not necessary ; but, as in this condition of the habit 
 the physician must continue his attendance, the regulation of the diet 
 devolves upon him. 
 
 Angina. — In that condition of the habit which is connected with 
 a predisposition to gout, but in which, instead of a regular paroxysm, 
 the heart and the pulmonary organs become affected, and the disease 
 assumes that form which has been denominated diaphragmatic gout 
 (^Angina pectoris^ the regulation of diet is of vital importance ; and 
 it should be of as low a standard as the constitutional powers will 
 admit. It should not be of a description either to nourish much, or 
 to augment or to cause fullness of habit ; mild animal food, in mod- 
 erate quantity, may be allowed ; but the staple should be of a farina- 
 ceous kind: every stimulant, whether solid or fluid, should be 
 avoided ; and wine and malt liquors regarded as poisons. The in- 
 valid himself should be made aware that whatever tends to excite 
 or to hurry the circulation is calculated to bring on a paroxysm ; 
 nor is it sufficient that he avoids all stimulating viands and beve^ 
 ages ; he should also be instructed that the same deleterious effects 
 are likely to follow a full meal, even of the most proper and mildest 
 food. 
 
 The same attention to diet, both as regards quantity and quality, 
 is essential in palpitations depending upon organic disease of the 
 heart. 
 
 Asthma. — In no affection of the chest is attention to diet so im- 
 portant as in asthma. Sir John Floyer, who himself suffered from 
 the disease, recommends almost a degree of abstinence; which is 
 correct in reference to quantity ; but the diet, although of a light, 
 yet should be of a solid, kind. This is especially necessary when 
 dyspepsia is present to aggravate and excite the disease of the lungs. 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 787 
 
 jmams even 
 uld be pre- 
 motion that 
 hat descripi 
 r producing 
 is permitted 
 hurried nor 
 
 ihe chest re- 
 nvalescence 
 ictness with 
 Jt deviation 
 When the 
 is to remove 
 )a the lungs 
 ictness with 
 of the habit 
 n of the diet 
 
 nected with 
 r paroxysm, 
 [ the disease 
 Tmatic gout 
 rtance; and 
 powers will 
 jsh much, or 
 >od, in mod- 
 I of a farina- 
 , should be 
 IS. The in- 
 Is to excite 
 , paroxysm; 
 i and bever- 
 rious effects 
 and mildest 
 
 and quality, 
 lease of the 
 
 3 diet so im- 
 iffered from 
 e; which is 
 I of a light, 
 lessary when 
 of the lungs. 
 
 In Whooping-cough, the diet, whether the patient be an adult or a 
 child, should be of the mildest description ; and jjerhaps no nutri- 
 ment is so well adapted to support the tone of the bod}', v ithout 
 exciting it, as milk. In infancy, nothing but the breast sliould be 
 given ; the system of the nurse, at the same time, being kept as cool 
 as possible by mild diet, and her mind in a tranquil state. If cou- 
 vulsions occur, these sometimes depend on the nature of the milk : 
 in which case the nurse should be changed. It is still customary 
 with non-profe3sional persons to consider change of air essential in 
 whooping-cough ; but it is only after the malady has run its coui-se, 
 and convalescence is progressing, when the cough remains as a 
 kabit, that change of air is really beneficial. It is unnecessary to 
 combat the absurd opinion, that a change even to a worse air is 
 salutary. 
 
 Affections of the Stomach and Bowels. 
 
 Although acute inflammation of the stomach rarely occurs, yet 
 there is a chronic form of that disease, in which, during its actual 
 existence, and also in convalescence from it, much of the safety of the 
 invalid depends upon domestic management. Every source of excite- 
 ment should be avoided ; the sick-room should be airy, and its tem- 
 perature that of summer. The food should be of the blandest kind, 
 given cold, or iced, and in small quantity: even when the 
 convalescence is established the diet should consist of farinaceous 
 matters, mixed with small quantities of beef-tea, or weak broths ; 
 and this severe diet should be pei-sisted ija for a considerable time 
 after recovery. 
 
 Enteritis. — When inflammatory action extends to, or exclusively 
 exists in, the mucous lining of the bowels, constituting this disease, 
 the diet, during the early stage of it, should be confined to cold 
 water, or iced almond-emulsion ; after which, milk and barley-water, 
 or weak chicken or veal-tea, may be given in small quantities; namely, 
 two or three tablespoonfuls, at intervals of three or four hours. 
 Nothing stronger should be ventured upon, unless expressly ordered 
 by the medical attendant. 
 
 Atonic dyspepsia, or simple indigestion. — During the attack, ab- 
 stinence, to a certain degree, is necessary ; but, if this is not essen- 
 tial, the diet should be somewhat stimulant, but simple ; namely, a 
 small cup of moderately strong coffee, with little sugar or milk ; or 
 beef-tea, with a small quantity of dry toast ; and, as the stomach 
 begins to regain its tone, a little animal food of easy digestion, such 
 as mutton or poultry. 
 
 During the intervals of the paroxysms of indigestion, attention to 
 diet is of the first importance. As a general rule, the patient should 
 be confined to a spare animal diet, with a moderate share of well- 
 boiled vegetables, and a oonsiderable restriction with respect to the 
 use of fluids. 
 
 ■wawiiiiiiii 
 
788 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 Dysentery, which impUes inflammation, acute or chronic, of tlic 
 same membrane as in enteritis, but confined to the larger and lower 
 bowels, requires the diet to consist of the mildest farinaceous matters, 
 strictly avoiding all solid animal food. It should be given in small 
 quantity at a time, and the whole allowance for the day should be 
 moderate. The farinaceous food should not be either solid, nor yet 
 altogether fluid ; the former may prove injurious as a mechanical 
 irritant ; the latter is liable to excite griping, from the extrication of 
 much flatus. 
 
 Diarrhoea. — Much of the domestic, as well as the medical man- 
 agement of diarrhoea depends on the nature of the attack, and its 
 causes ; but too much attention cannot be paid to the regulation of 
 the diet. It should be both small in quantity, and mild in quality. 
 In the early stage, and the acute form of the disease, barley-water, 
 arrow-root made with water, rice or grit-gruel, and light broths, are 
 proper. In chronic diarrhoea, rice, properly boiled, and mixed with 
 a small quantity of beef-tea, forms an excellent diet, as it nourishes 
 moderately, and leaves scarcely any feculent matter behind it. 
 
 In Cholera, convalescence is often tedious ; and nothing is so hkely 
 to cause relapse as even slight irregularities of diet. For weeks after 
 the feverish symptoms have disappeared, the diet should consist of a 
 very moderate quantity of vegetable matter only. The feet should 
 be kept especially warm and the whole body clothed in flannel, to 
 prevent that irregular distribution of blood which so strongly charac- 
 terizes the disease. 
 
 After inflammation of the lining membrane of the cavity of the 
 belly (peritonitis) has been subdued, the invalid should still observe 
 the strictest diet and regimen. He should return very gradually to 
 the use of animal food and wine. The bowels should be moderately 
 and daily opened, the feet kept warm, and the skin maintained in a 
 healthy condition by wearing flannel next to it, for a very considera- 
 ble time after every trace of the disease has disappeared. 
 
 Diseases of the Liver. — In all cases of recovery from these dis- 
 eases, whether inflammatory or otherwise, every precaution should 
 be taken to guard against the deleterious influence of alternations of 
 temperature, and also of damp, by clothing in flannel next the skin. 
 Errors in diet should be avoided ; and fermented liquors and stimu- 
 lating '>everages of every kind refrained from. When pains of the 
 side continue, after all the other symptoms of the disease have dis- 
 appeared, the introduction of a seton, if prescribed, should not he 
 objected to ; as the greatest benefit has often followed that mode of 
 counter irritation. 
 
■Mi 
 
 nr -mminssuammmB, 
 
 onic, of tilt' 
 r and lower 
 0U8 matters, 
 veil in small 
 y should be 
 alid, nor yet 
 mechanical 
 xtrication of 
 
 ledical man- 
 ack, and its 
 3gulation of 
 [ in quality. 
 )arley-water, 
 . broths, are 
 mixed with 
 it nourishes 
 nd it. 
 
 J is so likely 
 ' weeks after 
 consist of a 
 feet should 
 a flannel, to 
 ingly charac- 
 
 avity of the 
 still observe 
 gradually to 
 ! moderately 
 itained in a 
 y considera- 
 
 m these dis- 
 tion should 
 ernations of 
 xt the skin. 
 and stimu- 
 )ains of the 
 le have dis- 
 )uld not he 
 txat mode of 
 
 COOKEEY FOR THE SICK-BOOM. 
 
 It was said by the distinguished Dr. Rush, in his lectures before 
 his class, that a physician ought to spend six months in a kitchen be- 
 fore beginning practice. A knowledge of dietetic preparations fitted 
 for the sick, and for those recovering from disease, however ap- 
 parently unimportant, adds much to a physician's power over his pa- 
 tient, and to his popularity and usftfulness. 
 
 In giving nourishment to the sick, who are suffering from low dis- 
 ease?, it is an important rule which should never be forgotten, to give 
 but little at a time, and to repeat that often. In cases of great proGtra- 
 tion from disease, life may at times bo endangered by a dela.y in giv- 
 ing nourishment of even a few minutes beyond the proper time. 
 
 Barley-Water. 
 
 Peakl barley, two ounces ; boiling water, two quarts. Boil to 
 one-half, and strain. A little lemon-juice and sugar may be added, 
 if desirable. To be taken freely in inflammatory diseases. 
 
 Rice- Water. 
 
 Rice, two ounces ; water, two quarts. Boil an hour and a half, 
 and add sugar and nutmeg. 
 
 Rice, when boiled for a considerable time, becomes a kind of jelly, 
 and, mixed with milk, is a very excellent diet for children. It has in 
 some measure a constipating property, which may be increased by 
 boiling the milk 
 
 Decoction of Bran. 
 
 New wheat bran, one pint ; water, three quarts. Boil down one- 
 third, strain off the liquor, and add sugar, honey, or molasses, accord- 
 ing to the taste of the patient. A bran tea may be made by using 
 Iwiling water, and suffering the mixture to stand in u covered vessel 
 for three or four hours. 
 
 7W 
 
 ii|j(jB58«»isiia*!W»*5S~5^'^^'^'i*^^ 
 
 .r ,< B ' i"Hi'< ' J. 
 
790 
 
 COOKKKY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 Sage Tea. 
 
 Dried leaves of sage, half - an ounce ; boiling water, one quart. 
 Infuse for half an hour, and strain. Add sugar and lemon-juice as 
 required by the patient. Balm and other teas are made in the same 
 manner. 
 
 The above infusions form agreeable and useful drinks in fevers, and 
 their diaphoretic powers may be increased by adding a little sweet 
 spirits of nitre. 
 
 Barley Coffee. 
 
 Roast one pint of common barley in the same way in which coffee 
 is roasted. Add two large spoonfuls of this to a quart of boiling 
 water; boil five minutes. Add a little sugar. 
 
 Lemon- Water. 
 
 Put two slices of lemon, thinly pared, into a ttrpot, a little bit of 
 the peel and a bit of sugar. Pour in a pint of boiling water, and 
 cover it close two hours. 
 
 A Refreshing Drink in Fevers. 
 
 Put a little sage, two sprigs of balm, and a little sorrel into a stone 
 jug, having first washed and dried them. Peel thin a small lemon, 
 slice it, and put in with a small piece of the peel ; then pour in three 
 pints of boiling water. Sweeten, and cover it close. 
 
 Anotlier. 
 
 BoHi an ounce and a half of tamarinds, three ounces of cranberries, 
 and two ounces of stoned raisins, in three pints of water, till the 
 water is reduced to two pints. Strain, and add a bit of lemon-peel, 
 which must be removed in an hour, as it gives a bitter taste if left 
 too long. 
 
 A Very Pleasant Drink. 
 
 Put a teacupful of cranberries into a cup of water, and mash them. 
 In the meantime, boil two quarts of water with one large spoonful of 
 corn or oatmeal and a bit of lemon-peel ; then add the cranberries, 
 as much fine sugar as shall leave a smart flavor of the fruit, and a 
 wineglassful of sherry. Boil the whole gently for fifteen minutes, 
 and strain. 
 
 Crust Coffee. 
 
 Toast slowly one or two slices of brown or white bread, pour boil- 
 ing water over it, and drink hot or cold, according to preference. 
 
 :ai.V 
 
COOKEHY FOR THK SICK-ROOM. 
 
 791 
 
 one quart. 
 on-juice as 
 n the same 
 
 fevers, and 
 ittle sweet 
 
 hich coffee 
 of boiling 
 
 ittle bit of 
 ivater, and 
 
 nto a stone 
 all lemon, 
 ur in three 
 
 ranberries, 
 3r, till the 
 emon-peel, 
 ste if left 
 
 lash them, 
 poonf ul of 
 ranberries, 
 :uit, and a 
 I minutes, 
 
 pour boil- 
 irence. 
 
 Infusion of Malt. 
 
 To one pint of ground malt add three pints of scpldiiig water, that 
 is, water not quite brought to the boiling point; infuse two hours, 
 and strain. Add sugar or lemon juice as desired. An excellent 
 preparatiou in inflammatory fevers. 
 
 Lemonade. 
 
 Fresh lemon-juice, lour ounces ; thin peel of lemon, half an ounce ; 
 white sugar, four ounces ; boiling wattir, three pints. Let them stand 
 until cold, and strain. When used in fevers, a little nitrate of potash 
 or sweet spirits of nitre may be added. It may bfc further diluted to 
 the tF,8te of the patient. 
 
 Water Gruel. 
 
 Oat or corn meal, two tablespoonfuls ; wat«r, one quart. Boil for 
 ten or fifteen minutes, and strain, adding salt, and sugar if desired by 
 the patient. 
 
 Milk for Infants. 
 
 Cowe' milk, one part ; water, two parta ; sweeten slightly with loaf 
 sugar. 
 
 It is necessary, when children are to be rained by hand, to di- 
 lute the milk. The above proportions may be altered ap the child 
 advances in age. 
 
 Rice Qruel. 
 
 Grottxd rice, one heaping tablsspoonful ; ground cinnamon, one 
 teaspoonful; water, one quart. Boil gently for twenty minutes, add- 
 ing the cinnamon near the conclusion. Strain and sweeten. Wine 
 may be ?^dded in some cases. 
 
 Panada. 
 
 Whtte ^read, one ounce; ground cinnamon, one teaspoonful; 
 water, one pint. Boil them until well mixed, and add a little sugar 
 and aytmeg. Wine or butter may also be added, if desirable. 
 
 Compound 5alep Powders. 
 
 Sat^EP,, tragacanth, and sago, each four ounces ; cochineal, half a 
 dram ; prepared oyster shells, one ounce. Mix, and divide into pow- 
 ders of one dram each. Stir one of these powdei-s into a pint of milk, 
 and boil for ten or fifteen minutes. To be drunk freely in diarrhoea 
 and dysentery. 
 
792 
 
 COOKKHY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 Another. 
 
 Gum arable, tragacanth, maranta, sago, tapioca, each two draiim. 
 Mix them well together, and boil in a pint of milk, flavored with nut- 
 meg or cinnamon. To be used as a diet in dysentery, diarrhoia, etc. 
 
 Sag:o Qruel. 
 
 Sago, two tablespoonfuls ; water, one pint. Boil gently until it 
 thickens, frequently stirring. Wine, sugar, and nutmeg, may Iw 
 added, according to circumstances. 
 
 Arrow- Root Qruel. 
 
 Arbow-ROOT, one tablespoonful ; sweet milk, half a pint ; boiling 
 water, half a pint. To be sweetened with loaf sugar. Excellent 
 aliment for children when the bowels are irritable. 
 
 Tapioca Jelly. 
 
 Tapioca, two tablespoonfuls ; water, one pint. Boil gently for 
 an hour, or until it assumes a jelly-like appearance. Add sugar, 
 wine, and nutmeg, with lemon-juice to suit the taste of the patient, 
 and the nature of the case. 
 
 Jelly of Irish Moss. 
 
 Irish moss, half an ounce ; fresh milk, a pint and a half. Boil 
 down to a pint. Remove any sediment by straining, and add the 
 proper quantity of sugar and lemon juice, or peach-water, to give it 
 an agreeable flavor. 
 
 Isinglass Jelly. 
 
 Isinglass, one roll. Boil in one pint of water until it is dissolved. 
 Strain, and add one pint of sweet milk. Put it again over the fire, 
 and let it just boil up. Sweeten with loaf-sugar, and grate nutmeg 
 upon it. When properly made, it resembles custard. 
 
 This forms an excellent diet for persons recovering from, sickness, 
 and is well adapted to the bowel-complaints of children. 
 
 Apple Water. 
 
 Cut two large apples in slices, and pour a quart of boiling water 
 on them. Or, pour the same amount of water on roasted apples. In 
 two or three hours, strain and sweeten slightly. 
 

 COOKKKV KOK THE SICK-IIOOM. 
 
 793 
 
 two drams. 
 d with imt- 
 irrhcea, etc. 
 
 tly until it 
 3g, may Iw 
 
 nt; boiling 
 Excellent 
 
 gently for 
 !\.dd sugar, 
 the patient, 
 
 half. Boil 
 id add the 
 r, to give it 
 
 8 dissolved, 
 ^er the fire, 
 ate nutmeg 
 
 ra sickness, 
 
 iling water 
 apples. In 
 
 Milk-Porridge. 
 
 \Vheat flour, cornmeal, or oatmeal, two tablespoonf uls ; milk, 
 one pint; water, one pint. Mix tho flour or meal with cold water, 
 to form a thin paste ; put the milk and water over the fire, and when 
 they come to the boiling point, add the paate, carefully stirring. 
 
 French Milk-Porridge. 
 
 Stir some oatmeal and water together ; let the mixture stand to 
 clear, and pour off the water. Then put more water to the meal, 
 stir it well, and let it stand till the next day. Strain through a fine 
 sieve, and boil the water, adding milk while so doing. The propor- 
 tion of water must be small. With toast, this is a good preparation 
 for weak pei-sons. 
 
 Qround-Rice Milk. 
 
 Boil one spoonful of good rice, rubbed down smooth, with a pint 
 and a half of milk, a little cinnamon, lemon peel, and nutmeg. 
 Sweeten when nearly done. 
 
 Boiled Flour. 
 
 Tie up as tight as possible, in a linen cloth, one pound of flour ; 
 and, after frequently dipping it in cold water, dredge the outside 
 Avith flour till a crust is formed round it, which will prevent the 
 water from soaking into it while boiling. Place it in water and boil 
 it until it becomes a hard, dry mass. 
 
 Two or three spoonfuls of this may be grated, and prepared in the 
 same manner as arrow-root gruel, for which it is an excellent substi- 
 tute. 
 
 Vegetable Soup. 
 
 Take one turnip, one potato, and one onion, let them be sliced 
 and boiled in one quart of water for an hour. Add as much salt as 
 is agreeable, and pour the whole upon a piece of dry toast. 
 
 This forms an agreeable substitute for animal food, and may be 
 given when the latter is inadmissible. 
 
 Beef-Tea. 
 
 Lean beef, cut into shreds, one pound ; water, ohe quart. Boil 
 for twenty minutes, taking off the scum as it rises. When it grows 
 cold, strain. 
 
 Essence of Beef. 
 
 Lean beef sliced. Put a sufiicient quantity into a porter-bottle to 
 fill up its body, cork it loosely^ and place it in a pot of cold water. 
 
 •mssmmm^i^y 
 
 ••Ij^tosfK'/i; 
 
794 
 
 COOKERY FOR THE 8I0K-R00M. 
 
 attaching the neck, l)y iiiuanH of a string, to the ha lie of the veHHul. 
 Boil this for an hour and a half or two houre ; t^en pour off the 
 liquor and skim it. 
 
 To this preparation may be added spices, salt, , tie, brandy, etc., 
 acoording t(> the taste of the patient, and nature of '':e disease. 
 
 Calf S'?eet Jelly. 
 
 Take two calf's feet, and add to them one gall(<:. of waiter. Boil 
 down to one quart. Strain, and when cold, skim ! the fat. Add 
 to this the white of six or eight eggs well beaten, a pint of wine, half 
 a pound of loaf sugar, and the juice of four lemonB, and let them be 
 well mixed. Boil the whole for a few minutes, stirring constantly, 
 and then pass it through a flannel strainer. 
 
 This forms a very nutritious article of diet for the sick, and for 
 those recovering from disease. The wine may be c»mitted or added 
 according to choice. 
 
 Chicken Water. 
 
 Take half a chicken, divested of all fat, and break the boifes ; add 
 to this half a gallon of water, and boil for half an hour. Season 
 with salt. 
 
 Suet Ptisan. 
 
 Sheep's suet, two ounces ; milk, one pint ; starch, half an ounce. 
 Boil slowly for half an hour. This may be used aa a common drink 
 in dysentery. 
 
 Rennet Whey. 
 
 New milk, one quart; rennet, a large spoonful. Heat the milk, 
 and then add the rennet. Boil until the curd separates, which is to 
 be taken off. To many persons, this forms an agreeable nutriment. 
 
 Vinegar Whey. 
 
 Milk, one pint; vinegar, one tablespoonful. Boil for a few 
 minutes, and separate the curd. 
 
 Tartar Whey. ' 
 
 Milk, one quart ; cream of tartar, one dessert spoonful. . Boil, 
 and separate the curd. 
 
 Mustard Whey. 
 
 Bruised mustard^eed, one tablespoonful ; milk, one pint. Boil 
 together for a few minutes, and separate the curd. 
 
 This has been found a useful drink in dropsy. A teacupful may 
 be taken at a time. 
 
 TsnsE-?Hrs^ 
 
 v'W^'?**^ ' 
 
';-^- V 
 
 COOKERY FOB THE 8ICK-K00M. 
 
 795 
 
 i[ 
 
 Alum Whey. 
 
 Alum, one teaspoonful ; milk, one pint. Boil together, and strain, 
 to Heparata the curd. 
 
 Orange Whey. 
 
 Milk, one pint ; the juice of an orange with a portion of the peel. 
 Hoil the milk ; then put the orange to it, and let it r' id till coagu- 
 lation takes place.. Strain. 
 
 Sweet Whey. 
 
 Skimmed milk, two quarts; a piece of prepared calf's rennet. 
 Mix and put in a warm place till coagulation takes place ; then 
 strain. 
 
 Whey with Tamarinds. 
 
 Milk, boiling, one pint ; tamarinds, two ounces. Boil them to- 
 gether till coagulation takes place. 
 
 Wine Whey. 
 
 Milk, two thirds of a pint ; water, one third of a pint ; Madeira, 
 or other wine, one gill ; sugar,- one dessert spoonful. Place the 
 milk and water together in a deep pan on the fire, and at the moment 
 when it begins to boil, pour in the wine and the sugar, stirring assidu- 
 ously whilst it boils, for twelve or fifteen minutes. Lastly, strain 
 through a sieve. This is excellent in all forms of fever, given in 
 small quantities. It may be drunk either cold or tepid, a wine- 
 glassful at a time. 
 
 Milk and Soda Water. 
 
 Heat nearly to boiling a teacupful of milk ; dissolve in it a tea- 
 spoonful of refined sugar ; put this into a large tumbler and fill with 
 soda water. This is an excellent mode of taking milk when the 
 stomach is charged with acid, and is oppressed by milk alone. 
 
 Sippets. 
 
 On an extremely hot plate, put two or three slices of bread, and 
 pour over them some of the juices of boiled beef, mutton, or veal. 
 If there be no butter in the dish, sprinkle over them a little salt. 
 
 Restorative. 
 
 Take two calf's feet, one quart of water, and one quart of new 
 milk ; place all in a close-covered jar, and bake three hours and a 
 
 
796 
 
 OOOKKRY FOK THE 8I0K-R00M. 
 
 half. When cold, remove the fat. Any deaired flavor may lie given, 
 by adding lemon-peel, cinnamon or maoe, .while baking. Add sugar 
 afterwar«ls. 
 
 Coffee-nilk. 
 
 Boil a dessertHpoonful of ground coffee in nearly a pint of milk, 
 for a quarter of an hour, then put into it a shaving of isingliws, and 
 clear it. Let it boil a few minutes, and set it beside the fire to 
 clarify. Sweeten with loafnsugar. 
 
 Nutritive Fluid. 
 
 Tare two teaspoonfuls of lump magnesia, one teaspoonful of sal- 
 eratus, one tcaupoonful of salt, two teaspoonfuls of flour, half a pint 
 of milk, and one pint of water. Put the milk and water, united, 
 over the fire, and rub up the flour with a little cold water to make a 
 thin paste. Just when iho milk and water begin to boil, stir in the 
 paste. This will make a thin porridge, which should boil about five 
 minutes. At the end of this time remove from the fire and pour 
 into a pitcher. Now add the magnesia, pulverized, and mixed with 
 the salei-atus and salt. Sweeten to suit the taste. 
 
 This may be drunk freely, several times a day, so as to produce 
 two evacuations of the bowels in twenty-four hours, in those cases of 
 dyspepsia attended by acidity of the stomach, and in many debilitated 
 conditions of the system in which there is a tendency to loss of flesh. 
 
 This is one of the leading fluids used by those who pursue what is 
 called the " Nutritive Sy%tem " of treating disease, and is really a 
 valuable preparation, having the effect often to increase the flesh, even 
 while it acts as a cathartic. 
 
 Franldin Mills Bread, 
 
 OB GERM-WHEAT BREAD. 
 
 One quart milk or water ; one quart white flour ; one-half yeast- 
 cake ; one-half cup sugar ; one-half teaspoon salt ; one quart Frank- 
 lin flour. 
 
 Put the white flour in the mixing-bowl, then add the milk and 
 yeast gradually, until smooth. Cover; let it rise in the bowl all 
 night. In the morning, if light, add sugar, salt and Franklin flour, 
 R little at a time ; then let it rise again until light. Fill the pans 
 two-thirds full, and rise. Bake one hour. 
 
 Indian-Meal Qruel. 
 
 Two tablespoonfuls of commeal to one quart of boiling water; 
 one teaspoonful of salt. Cook about thirty-five minutes. If too 
 thick, thin with milk or cream. 
 
 ' i'< 
 

 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 7 
 
 // 
 
 ,.<i' 
 
 
 /. 
 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 mm 
 
 u 124 
 
 us 
 Itt 
 
 IS 
 
 ■ 40 
 
 2.2 
 
 IIII2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 L25 IlilU. 11.6 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 -y 
 
 r 
 
 m 
 
 l\ 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 irfk. 
 
£^' •- .r^"jir'*^w*wflBUP»***j^ii 
 
 ZP.. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 R' 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Instltut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 ^^^t,. 
 
 %. 
 
 ■^■^ 
 
COOKERY FOn THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 797 
 
 Oatmeal Qruel. 
 
 Take one quart of boiling water, three tablespoonfuls of oatmeal, 
 one-quarter teaspoon salt ; cook two hours, strain and add milk or 
 cream. 
 
 Floui Qruel. 
 
 Take two teaspoonfuls of white flour, one cup of boiling water, 
 one-half teaspoonful of salt. Make a smooth paste of the flour and 
 salt before adding to boiling water. Strain and thin with milk or 
 cream. 
 
 Mutton Broth. 
 
 Boil one pound of juicy mutton in two cups of cold water. Cook 
 slowly for half an hour ; strain, and after it is cold, remove the fat, 
 and serve with boiled rice. The rice should be boiled separately and 
 added to the broth when it is warming. 
 
 Beef Tea. 
 
 Take one pound of round steak, remove the fat, and cut fine, and 
 place the meat in a self-sealing jar without water ; cover closely, heat 
 gradually in a kettle of water, one hour, or until there is no color in 
 the moat. Press with a spoon all the juices from the meat. Serve 
 with salt. 
 
 Broiled Beef Essence. 
 
 Place one pound of round of steak in the broiler and broil until 
 the juice begins to flow. Cut into fine pieces and squeeze the juice, 
 using a lemon squeezer. .Salt to taste. 
 
 Flaxseed Lemonade 
 
 Take two tablespoonfuls of whole flaxseed, and pour over it one 
 pint of boiling water. Steep one hour and a half ; add the juice of 
 one lemon and sweeten to taste. Excellent for colds. 
 
 Clam Broth. 
 
 ^VA8H the clams ; put in kettle with enough water to cover; boil 
 antil shells open, and serve hot. 
 
 Egg-Nog. 
 
 Take one tablespoonful of sugar and the yolk of one egg, and 
 b<iat together ; add one-half oup of milk ; teat the white separately, 
 and mix in lightly ; add brandy or wine. A little nutmeg is used to 
 flavor. 
 
 I ;• 
 
DIETING IN REGARD TO HEAITH. 
 
 I" 
 
 How to Grow Fat. 
 
 It is often as annoying to many to be thin as it is in others to be 
 fleshy. Here again the remedy consists in overcoming tlie natural 
 or per .liar forces at work predisposing to the paucity of fat accumu- 
 lation, and first of all to grow fat means for the tliin peraon to grow 
 lazy and good-natured. Worry, cares, much work and short hours 
 for sleep, must be overcome. Clean skins, clean clothes, clean air 
 and plenty of sunshine are the sine qua non for thin people to observe. 
 
 Little work, long houits of sleep, plenty of rich food well digested, 
 a merry disposition, i-egular hours for meals, with naps between 
 times are also i-equisite principles to observe for him who would grow 
 fat. * 
 
 Drink plenty of water, say one or two glasses of pure water on 
 arising and again on retiring. Do not overload the stomach with 
 water, but drink all it will comfortably stand. Ride in the open air 
 often, enjoy the sunshine and fresh air, and bathe in cool water, 
 especially sea-water when practicable. 
 
 It will be found much more difficult for some than for othei-s to 
 observe all these principles, and again much more difficult for some 
 to benefit by them than others; yet everybody can add pounds to 
 their present weight if only they will peraevere in all these instruc- 
 tions. 
 
 Of the food necessary to avoid, the chief articles are acids, spices, 
 and condiments generally. 
 
 Of those most productive of fat are the cereals and starchy food 
 like potatoes, oatmeal, bread, puddings, etc. Again, fatty meats, 
 cream, butter, and milk, chocolate, oils, etc., supply fat directly to 
 the system. Sweets are also conducive to fat formation, like sugar, 
 beets, custards, etc. Sweet wines and porter are likewise fattening. 
 
 It must be borne in mind, however, that these very classes of food 
 are often the cause of indigestion, which makes people tliin, hence a 
 gfjod appetite and a good digestion are prerequisites for this sort of 
 a dietary. It is often a benefit for those with weak stomachs to eat 
 a little six times a day, say a light breakfast, dinner, and supper, and 
 a glass of milk in the middle of the forenoon and afternoon. 
 
 798 
 
 ■■''■^'iniiih iMlitf iiii«i<iii»^ii 
 
 ''irl lif-lT1lli «r>ririll l) VM l l ir i ' i -- |i 
 
ihers to be 
 he natural 
 it accumu- 
 )n to grow 
 liort hours 
 i, clean air 
 to observe. 
 1 digested, 
 i8 between 
 rould grow 
 
 3 water on 
 mach with 
 16 open air 
 ool water, 
 
 othere to 
 
 for some 
 
 pounds to 
 
 SB instruc- 
 
 ids, spices, 
 
 archy food 
 ;ty meats, 
 directly to 
 ike sugar, 
 
 fattening, 
 jes of food 
 n, hence a 
 
 lis sort of 
 ichs to eat 
 
 upper, 
 
 and 
 
 1. 
 
 DIETING IN KEGAKD TO HEALTH. 
 
 To Reduce Flesh, 
 
 1S)0 
 
 CoiiPULKNCE or obesity is generally more annoying (o most 
 people than the opposite extreme. Ifc is, however, as natural for 
 some people to be fat as it is for others to be thin. 
 
 To reduce flesh, however, is legitimate within certain limits. The 
 functions of the body should not be interfered with nor weakened by 
 any sort of treatment directed to the reduction of flesh. There have 
 alwcays been kept on the market for sale medicines whose sole aim is 
 to render people thinner, but most of them are neither trustworthy 
 nor safe. 
 
 Of new medicines the most reliable is Phytolene. The thyroid 
 gland of the sheep, taken in five-grain doses on retiring, has quite 
 recently ^leen extolled as a reliable and harmless medicine against 
 obesity. This medicine has been on the market for only a short 
 time, but it is known to be perfectly harmless. 
 
 Corpulence. 
 
 All people are not formed in the same mould, some ai'e as fat as 
 others are lean. This is owing to a number of causes, namely : 
 the easy digestion and absorption of food stuffs ; easy dispositions 
 coupled with easy work and nourishing food ; the preponderance of 
 fatty, sweet or starchy food in the diet list ; a certain hereditary pre- 
 disposition, etc., etc. The style of one's diet (starchy), and the 
 natural tendency in some to put on fat, have probably more to do 
 with corpulency than any other two factors. This condition ofteur 
 times is so distressing as to amount to disease. The heart walls and 
 sac become so infiltrated with fat as to impede the easy action of the 
 heart-muscle, as to retard slow, deep respirations and render all exer- 
 tions a labor. One may die quite suddenly of fatty heart. The con- 
 dition at all events often calls for treatment. 
 
 To Reduce Flesh. 
 
 The so-called Banting Treatment consists in the abptinence from 
 all fats, sweets, and starchy food. Banting of England, after having 
 tried all other procedures, very rationally invented this treatment. 
 Whatever else may be tried, this plan of dieting stands pre-eminently 
 in the foreground, and must be persisted in, either alone or as an 
 adjuvant to other treatments. 
 
 The following general rules will serve as a guide in the selection 
 of proper foods : — 
 
 Avoid starchy food, sugar and fat, milk, coarse cereals, pork or 
 lard in all its forms. 
 
"^•""V^'T^W"^ 
 
 ^ '1' ; ' ii ' .iM''"'" - 
 
 I ■ 
 
 I' 
 
 V 
 
 UOO 
 
 DIKTING IN KBGAUD TO HEALTH. 
 
 Can eat : — 
 
 Of So tips : Mutton, chicken and clam broths, beef-tea. 
 
 Of Fish : All kinds except salt or fatty, like bluefish and mackerel. 
 
 Of Meats : The lean of mutton, beef or chicken in small quantities. 
 
 Of Vegetables : All kinds but potatoes, turnips and parsnips. 
 
 Eggs, bread, cornmeal, etc. All kinds of fruit and berries. 
 
 Weak coffee with little sugar or milk, light wines, and the various 
 mineral waters. Poland, Vichy, Londonderry, Hunyadi, etc., can 
 be taken. 
 
 Moderate gentle exercise is to be indulged in. The bowels are to 
 be kept loose with some saline aperient each day, like Carlsbad salts. 
 
 Recently cases have been reported of marked success in the use of 
 the extract of thyroid glands in tablet form ; one each night, at the 
 same time using Garfield Tea. Iodide of potash in ten-grain doses 
 taken in one-half a glass of water three times daily, has been for a 
 long time the favorite remedy in the treatment of this disease. TliLs 
 dose should be increased every third day till twenty grains are taken 
 as a dose. If the mouth tastes very badly in the morning, or pimples 
 on the face or back appear to any very annoying degree, the medicine 
 may be discontinued for a short time, although these symptoms do 
 no harm. 
 
 a*ita 
 
 
' ' ' 
 
 L mackerel. 
 
 quantities. 
 
 nips. 
 
 ies. 
 
 ;he various 
 
 , etc., can 
 
 vvels are to 
 Isbad salts. 
 the use of 
 ght, at the 
 rrain doses 
 been for a 
 ase. This 
 i are taken 
 or pimples 
 ^ medicine 
 iptoma do 
 
 DIETING IN DISEASE. 
 
 In Dyspepsia, great care should be taken not to overload the 
 stomach. It is better to eat often, and take smaller quantities at a 
 time, and at regular intervals. Dyspepsia assumes so many different 
 forms that experience should teach each patient what agrees with 
 him best. Regularity is of importance, and in no case should a meal 
 be eaten in a hurry or when the mind is disturbed. It is hjst to 
 avoid pork in all forms, rich, fatty and highly-seasoned focds or 
 liquors. Plain foods with few condiments are the best. A little 
 warm water or milk taken with the food is hetU.r than tea or coffee. 
 Vichy, Apollinaris, or Poland water are good drinks. 
 
 The following is usually a safe diet in ordinary dyspepsias: 
 
 Plain soups ; oysters, raw or roasted ; fish, except fatty varieties and 
 blue-skinned fish. Fish should be boiled or broiled. Lobster, blue- 
 fish, mackerel and salmon, are the most difficult of digestion. 
 Meats : mutton, roast or broiled ; chicken, beef, sweet-breads, tripe. 
 Eggs can generally be taken. The various vegetables, if well 
 cooked, —with the exception of boiled potatoes. Only stale bread 
 should be eaten. That made from the Franklin Mills flour is the 
 best. The various coarse cereals are good. It is best to avoid pud- 
 dmgs and pies. Fruits of different kinds are good, especially apples 
 and grapes. It is beneficial in some cases to drink hot water imme- 
 diately on rising, and in others cold water, — experience is the best 
 teacher. 
 
 Dyspepsia accompanied by much gas and belching of wind is 
 remedied oftentimes by avoidance of starchy food, such as bread, 
 potatoes, etc. Dyspepsia of the small bowel, coming on one or two 
 hours after meals, means less starchy food, and avoidance of heavy 
 vegetables, fruits, cereals, etc. ; in other words, the patient should 
 live on an animal diet of meat, eggs, milk, etc. 
 
 For Consumptives, and those in an anaemic state, the diet should 
 be generous and and easily digested ; food should be taken in small 
 quantities and often. It is best to take some light nourishment 
 lietween meals and before retiring, such as Mellin's Food and milk, 
 malted milk and egg-nog. In consumption, oils and fatty foods are 
 beneficial if they can be digested. Various preparations of cod-liver 
 
 801 
 
 f 
 
 ! , >■ 
 
 li^; : 
 
 n 
 
 i: 
 
 i^' 
 
 
 M4 
 
802 
 
 DIBTINO IN DI8EA8K. 
 
 oil are excellent. The patient should avoid pork in all fornvs, fried 
 foods, pies and pastry, and all starchy or sweet foods. 
 
 Can take soups and broths, oysters, fish and eggs, if not fried, beef, 
 jjoultry, game and mutton,— , roasted or boiled; fresh vegetables; 
 coarse cereals and stale bread. Desserts : baked apples, prunes, sago,' 
 tapioca and custards. Best to avoid strong tea or coffee. Vicliyi 
 Poland and ozonized waters, milk. Malted milk and koumiss are 
 good drinks. 
 
 In Albuminuria. — Do not eat to excess, or overload the stomach 
 in any way. Eat the most easily digested food, such as plain soups, 
 codfish, haddock, clamj and oysters raw. Of meats, chicken and 
 game, avoiding those that have most blood in them. Vegetables of 
 all kinds, especially those of green variety. Laxatives, coarse cereals 
 and stale bread. 
 
 Do not take of pastry or rich dishes of any kind, sweets, coffee, 
 tobacco or liquors. Avoid eggs and an excess of meats. Can take 
 tea, milk, koumiss and large quantities of water, Poland if possible. 
 
 For Qouty and Riieumatic People a generous diet is best. Tbey 
 should avoid all foods that have a tendency to acidity of the stomach, 
 such as those of a starchy or sweet nature. 
 
 Can take plain soups, broths, beef-tea, fish, — except fatty kinds, — 
 and oysters ; meats, with the exception of pork, in small quantities ; 
 fresh vegetables, — onions, cauliflower, celery, lettuce, spinach, peas 
 and baked potatoes. Also various coarse foods and stale bread. 
 
 For desserts avoid all rich puddings and pastry and sweets. Can 
 eat baked or stewed fruits, lemons, oranges and baked apples. 
 
 Should drink plenty of water and milk, rather than tea or coffee. 
 Vichy, Poland and Lithia water are the best. 
 
 For Diabetes. — Take easily-digested food, avoiding as much as 
 possible sweet and starchy varieties. Avoid the use of sugar 
 altogether, and substitute saccharin, both in the preparation of foods 
 and for tea and coffee. Use meats, fats, oils and butter, cream and 
 water especially, say one pint of cream daily. Use few or no potatoes, 
 and those baked. Mai/ eat all kinds of soup, and various shell-fish ; 
 fat meats and fresh vegetables that are not starchy. Various fruits, 
 nuts, gluten bread, etc. Saja-bean meal contains only one per cent 
 of starch, and is very well adapted to diabetes, — much better than the 
 ordinary gluten flour, which, after all, is somewhat starchy. 
 
 For beverages : weak tea or coffee without cream or sugar, milk, 
 koumiss, ales and various mineral waters. It is well to avoid flours, 
 coarse cereals, fruits and vegetables. 
 
 'Kr 
 
orms, fried 
 
 fried, beef, 
 vegetables ; 
 uiies, sago, 
 e. Vichy, 
 Dumiss are 
 
 le stomach 
 lain soups, 
 licken and 
 getables of 
 irse cereals 
 
 eta, coffee, 
 Can take 
 I possible. 
 
 est. Tbey 
 le stomach, 
 
 ;y kinds, — 
 
 quantities ; 
 
 in.ach, peas 
 
 bread. 
 
 eets. Can 
 
 lies. 
 
 a, or coffee. 
 
 s much as 
 of sugar 
 )n of foods 
 cream and 
 lo potatoes, 
 shell-fish ; 
 ious fruits, 
 16 per cent 
 er than the 
 
 • 
 
 igar, milk, 
 roid flours, 
 
 BATHING, 
 
 WITH ESPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE TURKISH AND RUSSIAN BATHS 
 AND THEIR USE AT HOME. 
 
 Bathing, as practised both for pleasure and cleanliness, has been 
 the instinctive custom of every nation. Records date to the bathing 
 in the Nile and Ganges. Jews, Greeks, Egyptians, and Assyrians 
 were all lovers of the bath. 
 
 The Romans surpassed all others in the variety and luxury of their 
 baths, but to an excess of them may be ascribed much of the final 
 effeminacy and physical degeneration of the Roman people. 
 
 The Roman bather first entered the warm-air room or "tepida- 
 rium," where he sweated with his clothes on ; here he was anointed, 
 after which he passed into the ".calidarium " or hot room, in one end 
 of which was a bath ; here he sweated more freely, and afterwards 
 had plenty of cold water thrown over him from above his head : first 
 warm, then tepid, and after, cold. Succeeding the bath, he was 
 scraped and rubbed most briskly and again anointed. The popular- 
 ity of these baths caused structures to be erected in every part of the 
 city, and in a style of architecture which surpassed all other art 
 buildings. The immensity of these buildings may be imagined from 
 the fact that ruins of the baths of Titus and Caracalla extend one- 
 fourth mile on each side, while one room of the bath of Diocletiuii 
 has been "converted into a church of imposing proportions. The 
 baths of Diocletian contained 3,200 seats for bathers. To such a 
 pitch of luxury did the Romans reach in their bath-houses, that Sen- 
 eca said they were dissatisfied unless they trod on gems in their 
 bath. These structures finally were also equipped for all literary 
 pursuits, for sports and games. 
 
 These facts show how a simple custom of bathing became a national 
 system of luxurious living. The Roman hour for bathing was one 
 clock (before dinner), as it was supposed to promote the appetite, 
 as It does. But these baths which gave such invigoration to the 
 body, and which were synonyms of the highest art and culture, finally 
 were one great means of Roman degeneracy. 
 
 To such excess did they carry their hot baths, that the nation 
 finally exchanged its manly vigor for Eastern effeminacy. Un- 
 
 808 
 
 1' 
 
 ^11 
 
 11 
 
 1:: 
 
 :=:i 
 
804 
 
 TURKISH AND RUSSIAN BATHS. 
 
 bounded license in social evils took the place of gynmattic training 
 and philosoi)hical study. I mention these facts at length to show 
 how Imthing may he a most healthful practice and a most injurious 
 custom. Modern baths are more or less the outcome of the old 
 Roman hath, through the agency of the Mahometans, Turks, Rus- 
 sians, and Crusadei-s. The Turkish bath is a modified Roman bath, 
 while the Russian bath, so far as its vapor is concerned, was j)mcticed 
 among the Indians. 
 
 The Russian bath is essentially a vapor bath. In the centre of 
 tlie building is an open space where one undresses. Around this 
 space are doors opening into small rooms filled with vapor. In the 
 centre of efoch room is a series of steps leading nearly to the ceiling. 
 The bather lies on the lowest one of these steps and gradually ascends 
 to higher and hotter ones. The first sensation is that of suffocation, 
 the breathing is difficult, but soon perspiration bursts through the 
 pores and breathing is ea«y -ind agreeable. These steps vary in heat 
 from 96° to 110° F., and in olden times the temperature ranged very 
 much higher than this. Bath attendants then flog the bather with 
 birchen twigs or coarse towels, lather well with soap, and rinsing the 
 latter off, the bather is rubbed down and put under a shower bath of 
 ice-cold water. The shock is great, but the sensation is pleasant 
 after a few moments. In olden times the bather was made to rush 
 out, steaming hot, and roll in the snow. Milder customs, of coui-se, 
 prevail to-day, yet the Russian bath is not to be indulged in by all 
 people at all times with impunity. When tliere is any tendency to 
 heart disease, palpitation, vertigo, or fulness of the head, the vapor 
 bath should be indulged in with caution or not at all. 
 
 The Turkish bath differs from the Russian bath in that the atmos- 
 phere is dry. The Lather first enters the "frigidarium," or cooling 
 room, where he undresses and passes into the " tepidarium," or warm 
 room, the temperature of which ranges from 110°tol40°F. The 
 object of this room is to bring on a gentle perspiration, and to pre- 
 pare the system for exposure to a still higher temperature. This is 
 attained in the "calidarium," the temperatuie of which varies from 
 140° to 200° F. In this room the bather undergoes the operation of 
 kneading or shampooing. To get the full benefit of this bath this 
 process should never be omitted ; the hands alone being the sole 
 means of friction. After sweating, shampooing, and soaping, the 
 bather passes into the " lavatorium " or wash room. In this room he 
 begins with a warm shower-bath, which is gradually changed to cool, 
 and then to cold. This not only washes off perspiration and soap, 
 but also closes the pores and causes a vigorous reaction. 
 
 The feeblest people react readily. The bather then returns to the 
 cooling-room, where he lounges, wrapped in a sheet, to await the 
 secondary perspiration. 
 
 The Turkish bath is one of the most invigorating and refreshing 
 institutions we have. It is devoid of danger almost to all, if used 
 
 na 
 
"V^f, 
 
 If! 
 
 TURKISH AND RUSSIAK BATHS. 
 
 805 
 
 ic training 
 h to hIiow 
 t injuriouN 
 )f the old 
 urks, Rim- 
 )man biitli, 
 8 practiced 
 
 ) centre of 
 round this 
 r. In the 
 -he ceiling, 
 lly ascends 
 uffocation, 
 iroiigh the 
 iry in heat 
 inged very 
 lather with 
 rinsing the 
 ver bath of 
 is pleasant 
 ide to rush 
 of coui-se, 
 d in by all 
 endency to 
 , the vapor 
 
 the atmos- 
 
 or cooling 
 
 ," or warm 
 
 ° F. The 
 
 ind to pre- 
 
 i. This is 
 
 aries from 
 
 peration of 
 
 bath this 
 
 y the sole 
 
 aping, the 
 
 is room he 
 
 ed to cool, 
 
 and soap, 
 
 rns to the 
 await the 
 
 refreshing 
 il, if used 
 
 in moderation. Veiy hot^ir rooms, as well as very hot baths, are 
 uiiiiucessary and dangerous to many, as the heart Ijegins to lul)or and 
 the blood-vessels rapidly dilate. 
 
 Fear is often expressed about passing from the hot-air room to the 
 cold-water bath. There is absolutely no danger in passing into cold 
 water while in a state of profuse perspiration. Adverse changes are 
 brought about through the nervous system of the skin ; when this is 
 elevated above the normal condition, cold water causes no shock ; 
 hut when the power of the nei'vous system is depressed by being 
 ciiilled, weary, or by disease, then it is that ill results are apt to ensue. 
 
 Precautions must always be taken in indulging in any bath. Never 
 take a bath ou a hungry stomach, as did the Romans, nor immediately 
 
 Fio. i»6. Method of taking a VaporBath. 
 
 after meals ; no more should a bath be taken when one is very weary 
 or exhausted. 
 
 Warm baths simply relax and cleanse ; but after all others, whether 
 hot air, vapor, or sea bath, a good glow of the skin should follow. 
 
 Elderly people should use tepid baths and mild Tuikish baths; 
 cold bathing chills the skin and depresses the nervous system. Cold 
 sponge-bathing is a useful adjunct to other health measures in the 
 young and middle-aged, often being the best preventive against 
 catching cold. 
 
 The duration of a bath may last from fiftepn minutes to two hours. 
 Too much bathing, especially with soap, deteriorates the skin by de- 
 priving it of its oily matters. The continued sweating of many 
 water-cures causes bad eruptions and boils, which are difficult of cure. 
 These " humors," so called by many hydropathists, are not evidences 
 that bad blood thus escapes from the body, but that the system .has 
 
 • , 
 
 il. 
 
806 
 
 TURKISH AND RU8BIAN BATHS. 
 
 been much debilitated by too frecjiient bitliing, or too proloiigod 
 sweating. Part* exposed like the face and hands niUHt be frequoiitly 
 scmped and bathed, while the rest of the body needs soap and Iwith 
 mueh less Ireciuently. 
 
 Searbathing should not be indulged iu by the very old or yoiuiL'; 
 by those whose circulation is languid; by {)ereon8 who have \mu[ 
 disease, chronic lung disorders, brain trouble or local congestions. 
 
 A full reaction and a good glow must ensue, and not much time 
 spent in the watar. Don't cool off before plunging in the water ; all 
 the body warrith is needed for a full reaction ; no hesitancy should 
 be harbored alx)ut plunging in at once, as less heat is thus lost from 
 the body, and the consequent shock to the nervous system ib thereby 
 much diminished. 
 
 For home use both the Turkish and Russian bath may be mucli 
 simplified. 
 
 The vapor for the Russian Imth may be improvised as follows: 
 The peraon sits on an open-work chair, preferably a stool made for 
 
 Fio. iw. 
 
 the purpose, and is surrounded by a water-proof sheet fitting closely 
 about the neck. Hot water is then poured over heated bricks placed 
 underneath the chair. For more prolonged steaming, a hose may be 
 run to the top of a boiler, on the stove, from whose tin cover pro- 
 jects a tin pipe, to which the hose may be attached. (Fig. 195.) 
 
 The shampooing and soaping and cold douche may then be taken. 
 
 For Turkish bath, hot air may be obtained by burning an alcohol- 
 lamp under the chair and using the covering mentioned aibove, or 
 alcohol may be mixed with salt in a pan. (Fig. 196.) 
 
 The shampooing and kneading of the muscles should be done by 
 an assistant. Rubber tubing attached to the hot and cold-water 
 faucets of the bath-room will readily furnish the requisite shower-bath 
 of warm, tepid, and cold water, as one or both of the lubber tubings 
 are used. The essential features of both baths may thus very easily 
 be procured by almost every household. 
 
 't- 
 
proloiigtMl 
 frequoiitlv 
 i) atid Iwth 
 
 or young; 
 havf liead 
 eHtions. 
 «uch time 
 water ; all 
 icy Khould 
 i lost from 
 i'6 thereby 
 
 y l)e much 
 
 H follows: 
 made for 
 
 ng closely 
 iks placed 
 86 may be 
 lover pro- 
 195.) 
 be taken. 
 II alcohol- 
 a.bove, or 
 
 B done by 
 old-water 
 3wer-bath 
 r tubings 
 jry easily 
 
 PROOFS OP DEATH. 
 
 The universal dread of l)eing buried alive leads us to give an 
 epitomized account of the various signs of death. 
 
 AMence of Circulation. — The heart cannot be heard pulsating 
 by one trained to the proper use of the stethoscope. If a band be 
 tied around a toe or finger no change results; but if the circulation 
 still exists, after a few minutes a livid hue will be noticed at the 
 end of the member. 
 
 Absence of Respiration. — A cold miiTor placed against or close 
 to the lipa does not detect the presence of moisture. A flake of 
 fine cotton or a feather similarly placed reveals no motion imparted 
 by exhaled air. 
 
 Cooling of the Body. — After death the body temperature falls 
 rapidly to that of the surrounding media. As a rule the corpse 
 becomes cold in from, six to twelve hours after death, the viscera, 
 however, requiring much longer time. 
 
 Rigor Mortis. — Post-mortem rigidity is one of the most ^ositive 
 signs of death, and seldom occurs later than twenty-four hours after 
 death. 
 
 Putrefaction is, of course, absolute proof of death, but it does not 
 occur early. The abdomen becomes green, a d finally the whole 
 body assumes this livid green color, with a sickish, putrid odor. 
 These are the chief signs of death, although several minor ones 
 might be mentioned. It may be said in general, that burial almost 
 never takes place until death is sure. The evidences of apparently 
 suspended animation, of the body turning in its casket, etc., may be 
 explained otherwise. 
 
 807 ■%' ■•■■'■'■'.' ■■'■■■'•, '■ 
 
 !■ 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Materia Medica. 
 
 That department of medicine which treats of remedies, their doses, 
 modes of using, and influence upon the constitution, is called materia 
 medica. The agents employed in the treatment of disease are taken 
 from three kingdoms of nature, — the vegetable, the animal, and the 
 mineral. 
 
 The largest portion of medicinal substances are taken from the 
 vegetable world. They consist of leaves, flowers, seeds, barks, and 
 roots. These lose much or all of their medicinal powers unless 
 gathered at the right seasons of the year, and are properly cured. 
 The different parts of a plant are to be gathered when their peculiar 
 juices are most abundant in them. 
 
 The Roots of Annual Plants are best supplied with their- juices 
 before they are in flower ; they should be gathered at this time. 
 
 The Roots of Biennial Plants should be gathei-ed in the autumn, 
 after the first year's growth. 
 
 The Roots of Perennial Plants should be gathered in the spring, 
 before vegetation has begun. 
 
 Before they are dried, the solid parts of these roots are to be cut 
 in slices, after being washed, and the small fibres, unless they are the 
 parts used, are to be thrown away. 
 
 Bulbous Roots are to be gathered at the time their leaves decay. 
 Their outer covering being rejected, they must be sliced, strung upon 
 threads, and hung in a warm, airy room to dry. After being dried, 
 roots should be packed in barrels or boxes, and kept as free as possi- 
 ble from moisture. 
 
 Barks, whether of the roots, trunk, or branches, must be gathered 
 in autumn, or early in the spring, when they peel off most easily, and, 
 the dead outside and all rotten parts being separated, they must be 
 dried in the same manner as roots. The most active barks are gen- 
 erally from young trees. 
 
 Leaves are to be gathered when they are full grown, and just be- 
 fore the fading of the flower. 
 
 Those of biennial plants are not to be collected until the second 
 year. For drying, they should be thinly spread on the floor of a 
 
 808 
 
 1 
 
 
T 
 
 .TI0N8. 
 
 their doses, 
 led materia 
 e are taken 
 lal, and the 
 
 n from the 
 barks, and 
 vers unless 
 erly cured, 
 eir peculiar 
 
 ;heir- juices 
 i time. 
 
 t»e autumn, 
 
 the spring, 
 
 •e to be cut 
 bey are the 
 
 ives decay, 
 trung upon 
 leing dried, 
 ee as possi- 
 
 )e gathered 
 easily, and, 
 jyniust be 
 ks are gen- 
 
 nd just be- 
 
 the second 
 floor of a 
 
 MEDICINES AND TUEIK PREPARATIONS. 
 
 809 
 
 room through which a current of air passes. For preservation, they 
 should be packed in vessels, and kept free from moisture and insects. 
 
 Flowers must generally be collected about the time of their open- 
 ing, — either a little before or just after. 
 
 They should be dried as rapidly as possible, but not in the sun, and 
 may be packed away in the same manner as leaves. 
 
 Fruits, Berries, etc., may be spread thinly upon the floor, or hung 
 up in bunches to dry. 
 
 Articles to Accompany a Medicine-Chest. 
 
 It is advisable for families who prepare their own medicines to 
 supply themselves with scales and graduated glasses, as the medi- 
 cines in this book are prescribed in this way. Still, in many instances, 
 meaauring with spoons will answer. 
 
 The following articles shouid be kept in the medicine-chest : — 
 
 1. A spatula for mixing ointments and pills, and for spreading 
 plasters. 
 
 2. A piece of smooth marble on which the above articles may be 
 mixed, divided, and spread. 
 
 3. A glass funnel. 
 
 4. A domestic syringe for injection. 
 6. Adhesive or sticking plaster. 
 
 6. Lint. ' 
 
 7. Scales and weights. - 
 
 8. A glass or wedgewood mortar and pestle. 
 
 9. A graduated wineglass for measuring teaspoonfuls and table- 
 spoonfuls of liquids. ". 
 
 10. A graduated minim measure. 
 
 11. A two-ounce graduated measure. 
 
 3 Dram. Minims. 3 Ounce. 3 Dram. ,.\ 
 
 Fio. 196. Minim Heasurb. 
 
 FlO. 198. TWO-OCNCB MBABURB. 
 
 The minim measure is represented by Fig. 196, and contains one 
 fluid dram, or sixty minims, which is divided by twelve lines, — each 
 line representing five minims. A minim is considered about equal 
 to one and a half drops. 
 
 The two-ounce measure is represented by Pig. 196, and is divided 
 off from half a dram upward. 
 
 ^Hiniii'ii ■ ) 
 
 -laiEsiesiiStifiWiE!, 
 
810 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Doses, Weights, etc. 
 
 Apotheoaby's weights, by which all medicinal preparations ought 
 to be weighed, are divided into pounds, ounces, scruples, drams, and 
 grains. 
 
 The characters marked on weights and graduated measures are 
 explained as follows : — 
 
 §j one ounce, 
 f f j one fluid ounce. 
 fss half an ounce. 
 3j one dram. 
 
 f3j one fluid dram. 
 388 half a dram. 
 9j one scruple. 
 9s8 half a scruple. 
 
 The grain weights are stamped with punch-marlcs. 
 
 60 drops make-one fluid dram. 
 8 drams make one fluid ounce. 
 13 ounces make one pint. 
 
 20 grains make one scruple. 
 3 scruples make one dram. 
 8 drains make one ounce. 
 
 By apothecary's weight: — 
 
 lb The pound is equal to 12 ounces. 
 § The ounce is equal to 8 drams. 
 
 By apothecary's measure : — 
 
 3 The dram is equal to 3 scruples. 
 3 The scruple is equal to 20grain8. 
 
 O 
 
 3 
 
 The pint is equal to sixteen ounces. 
 
 The dram is equal to ninety drops, or sixty minims. 
 
 The marks and words used by physicians and apothecaries may be 
 a httle more fully explained by the following table : — 
 
 B; stands for recipe, and means take. 
 da stand for ana, and mean of each. 
 lb stands for libra vel librce, and means a pound or pounds. 
 I stands for uncia vel vncim, and means an ounce or ounces. 
 3 stands for drachma vel drachmce, and means a dram or drams. 
 3 stands for scrupulus vel scrupuli, and means a scruple or scruples. 
 O stands for octarius vel octarii, and means a pint or pints. 
 f| stands for ftuiduncia vel Jluiduncioe, and means a fluid ounce or 
 fluid ounces. 
 
 f3 stands for fluidrachma vel fluidrachmm, and means a fluid dram 
 
 or fluid drams, 
 m stands for minimum vel minima, and means a minim or minims. 
 Chart, stands for chartula vel chartulm, and means a small paper or 
 
 papers. ^ *^ 
 
 Coch. stands for cochlear vel cochlearia, and means a spoonful or spoon- 
 fuls. '^ 
 CoUyr. stands for collyrium, and means an eye- water. 
 Conflr. stands for conguis vel conguii, and means a gallon or gallons. 
 Decoct, stands for decoctum, and means a decoction. 
 Ft. stands tot flat and means make. 
 Garg. stands for gargarysma, and means a gargle. 
 G^r. stands for granum vel grana, and meanfi a grain or graiTiB. 
 Gtt. stands for gutta i)el giUtoe, and means a drop or drops. 
 
MKDICINE8 AND THEIR PREPAKATI0N8. 
 
 811 
 
 ions ought 
 irams, and 
 
 lasures are 
 
 ram. 
 
 1. 
 
 1^ 
 
 pie. 
 
 lid dram, 
 iiid ounce, 
 int. 
 
 3 scruples, 
 o 20 grains. 
 
 Hauat. stands for haustua, and means a draught. 
 
 Infua. stands for infuaum, and means an infusion. 
 
 M. stands for miace, and means mix. 
 
 Afass. stands for maaaa, and means a mass. 
 
 Mist, stands for miatura, and means a mixture. 
 
 Pil. stands for pilula vel pilulce, and means a pill or pills. 
 
 Pulv. stands for pulvea vel pulverea, and means a powder or powders. 
 
 Q. S. stands for quantum aufficit, and means a Bufflcieut quantity. 
 
 S. stands for aigna, and means write. 
 
 Sa. stands for aemia, and means a half. 
 
 Domestic, or Approximate Measu> . — A tablespoon contains 
 about four drams ; a teaspoon, one dram ; a dessertspoon, three 
 drams ; a wineglass, two ounces. Spoons vary so much in size, that 
 they should not be used as measures in giving powerful medicines. 
 
 Spoons can also be used for measuring solid substances, but are 
 not as accurate, as the solid substances vary very much in weight, 
 so that I would not advise their use in measuring powerful drugs. 
 
 One dram, or 60 grains, to a teaspoonful. • 
 
 Four drams, or half an ounce, to a tablespoonful. 
 
 The spoon should be level full for solids. 
 
 IS. 
 
 es may be 
 
 ms. 
 sruples. 
 
 [ ounce or 
 
 luid dram 
 
 aims. 
 
 i paper or 
 
 or spoon- 
 iUons. 
 
 The Approximate Value of French Decimal 
 
 Weights. 
 
 One centigramme is equal to J grain. 
 
 Two centigrammes " |^ grain. 
 
 One demi-decigramme " 1 grain. 
 
 One decigramme " 2 grains. 
 
 One gramme " 18 grains. 
 
 One gramme and three decigrammes is equal to 1 scruple. 
 
 Two grammes " | dram. 
 
 Four grammes " 1 dram. 
 
 One decagramme is equal to 2 drams and 36 grains. ' 
 
 Three decagrammes and two grammes is equal to 1 ounce. 
 
 Demi- kilogramme " 1 pound. 
 
 Kilogramme ^ ," 2 pounds. 
 
 The following table shows the relative doses for young people of 
 different ages : — 
 
 The dose for a person of middle age being 
 That of a person from 14 to 21 years will be 
 
 " 7 to 14 
 
 " 4 to 7 
 
 " 4 
 
 ♦' 3 
 
 " 2 
 
 *♦ 1 
 
 t« 
 u 
 «i 
 M 
 
 (( 
 it 
 (( 
 (( 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 
 1 or 1 dram, 
 f or 2 scruples. 
 I or I dram. 
 } or 1 scruple. 
 I or 15 grains. 
 ^ or 10 grains. 
 I or 8 grains. 
 ^ or 5 grains. 
 
 In administering medicines, it is always well to begin with the 
 
812 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PKEPAKATI0N8. 
 
 smallest dose mentioned and gradually increase until the desired in- 
 fluence is produced. 
 
 The dose given should not only vary with the drug, but also with 
 the condition, age and sex of the person. 
 
 In giving medicine to children, care should be taken as to the 
 amount administered. (See foregoing table.) 
 
 It is 01 course necessary in all cases that the strength and con- 
 dition of the patient should be taken into consideration. Especially 
 where powerful drugs are used, it will be better to give smaller doses 
 than mentioned in ti^e table. ^ , . 
 
 Tinctures. 
 
 Thk preparations called tinctures are made by grinding or bruising 
 the roots, leaves, or barks used, to a coarse powder, placing it in the 
 proper amount of either alcohol or diluted alcohol, letting it stand 
 from seven to fourteen days, — shakiii each day, — and, finally, 
 filtering through paper. A large proportion of tincture3 are made 
 by taking one ounce of the medicinal substance to one pint of the 
 spirit ; and whenever tinctures are spoken of in this Materia Medica, 
 and the quantities are not named, the above proportions are to be 
 presumed. When a larger proportion of the medicine is to be used, 
 I shall simply indicate the proportions in the fewest words, as under 
 Black Cohosh, — " this tincture, four ounces to the pint of alcohol," 
 meaning thereby, that the tincture is made by using four ounces of 
 the root to the pint of alcohol. Most flui ' extracts have the same 
 strength, ounce for ounce, with the roots, bai leaves, etc., of which 
 they are made. Tinctures may therefore be iuade w^th very little 
 trouble, by substituting, in each case, the same number of ounces of 
 their fluid extracts to the pint of alcohol, which I name of the gross 
 substance, or, when no quantity is named, one ounce to the pint. " 
 
 Infusions. 
 
 These doses are for adults : — 
 
 For young people from 15 to 21, give | of dose. 
 *' children' " 7 to 15, " i »« 
 
 " infants, i " 
 
 In administering medicines of all kinds the strength and condition 
 of the patient should be taken into consideration. 
 
 Infusions are solutions of vegetable medicines, generally obtained 
 by pouring boiling water upon the substance, and letting it stand till 
 it cools. When a more prolonged application of heat is desired, the 
 vessel may stand for a while by the fire, but must not be permitted 
 to boil. The vessel should usually be covered. 
 
 As in the case oi' tinctures, I have uniformly, while writing this 
 Materia Medica, briefly named the quantity to be used to the pint, 
 whenever it varies from one ounce. 
 
MEDICINES AMD TUEIB PKEFAKATIOMS. 
 
 813 
 
 desired in- 
 
 t also with 
 
 as to the 
 
 h and con- 
 Especially 
 aller doses 
 
 >r bruising 
 : it in the 
 g it stand 
 d, finally, 
 are made 
 int of the 
 ia Medica, 
 are to be 
 o be used, 
 , as under 
 ^ alcohol," 
 ounces of 
 i the same 
 , of which 
 very little 
 ounces of 
 the gross 
 pint. ■ 
 
 condition 
 
 ' obtained 
 stand till 
 isired, the 
 permitted 
 
 itiug this 
 the pint, 
 
 Acetic Acid. — This is a clear liquid, without color, and has a 
 strong, sour taste, and an agreeable smell. When held to the nose, 
 its fine, pungent odor often relieves headache. A piece of cambric 
 wetted with it and applied to the skin, excites heat and redness, and, 
 very soon, a blister, — for which this acid may be substituted in in- 
 flammatory sore throat, and other cases requiring speedy action. 
 Applied to corns and warts, with a camel's-hair brush, it destroys 
 them. 
 
 Citric Acid. — This acid is extracted from lemon or lime juice ; it 
 is also present in the cranberry, currant, strawberry, raspberry, tama- 
 rind, and is very abundant in the red elderberry. It is refrigerant 
 and antiseptic, and is chiefly employed as a substitute for lemonade. 
 Nine and a half drams of the crystals, two drops of oil of lemon, 
 and one pint of water, answers a good purpose in place of lemon- 
 juice. 
 
 Diluted Nitric Acid. — This, in the undiluted state, passes under 
 the name of aqua-fortis. It is tonic and antiseptic. Largely diluted 
 with water, it forms a good drink in fevers, especially typhus. Taken 
 in large doses, it is a powerful poison. One-half dram of this prepai-a- 
 tion, thirteen ounces of soft water, and one ounce of simple syrup, 
 make a good drink in fevers, of which half a wineglassful is a dose. 
 Excellent in cases of whooping-cough. Use with care. 
 
 Nitro-Muriatic Acid* — This acid, when properly diluted, has a 
 tonic and stimulant influence. It is much used as a foot-bath in 
 affections of the liver, and in deficient secretions of the bile. 
 
 Diluted Hydrochloric Acid. — This is known by the name of 
 diluted muriatic acid. It is tonic, antiseptic, and diuretic, and is 
 used in typhus, eruptions of the skin, and with other articles, as a 
 gargle in inflammatory and putrid sore throats. Dose, from five to 
 twenty drops, in a wineglassful of water. It is given in scarlet and 
 typhoid fevers, about ten drops being put into a bowl of barley- 
 water or gruel. 
 
 Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid This is commonly known by the 
 
 name of prussic acid. It is sedative and antispasmodic, and is useful 
 in spasmodic coughs,, asthma, whooping cough, nervous affections, 
 hiccough, palpitation of the heart, initable stomach, and dyspepsia. 
 Dose, from two to five drops, in a glass of water or tea of Peruvian 
 bark. It is an active poison, and should only be taken when pre- 
 scribed by a physician. 
 
 Diluted Sulphuric Acid. — This acid, known by the name of 
 diluted oil of vitriol, is tonic, antiseptic, refrigerant, and astringent. 
 It is useful in dyspepsia, diabetes, nienorrhagia, haemoptysis, erup- 
 tions of the skin, hectic, and dianhcea. It is often given Avith some 
 bitter infusions, as rascarilla, Colombo, Peruvian l)ark, or quassia. 
 The aromatic sulphuric acid is often used in place of it, being some- 
 
 (:i; 
 
814 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PKEFABATIONH. 
 
 V 
 
 times considered more grateful to the taste. Dose of each, from five 
 to ten drops. 
 
 Tannic Acid. — This is an astringent preparation, and pasHes 
 under the name of tannin. It is prepared from galls. It is used in 
 diarrhoea, dysentery, passive hemorihagea, and diabetes. Dose of 
 the powder, from one to three grains. 
 
 Tartaric Acid. — This is refrigerant and antiseptic, and ia used in 
 inflammatory affections, fevers and scurvy. It is much need in pre- 
 paring what is called lemon syrup, and forms an agreeable and 
 healthful drink. 
 
 Alcohol. — Alcohol is the result of the fermentation of the juices 
 of many vegetables. It is the intoxicating constituent in whiskey, 
 rum, brandy, gin, wines, porter, ale, beer, and cider. Its principal 
 use in medicine is in the preparation of tinctures, essences, and 
 extracts. One part of pure alcohol to one part of water forms the 
 diluted alcohol of the shops. 
 
 Almonds. — The Amygdalus communis, or almond tree, grows in 
 the south of Europe and Asia, and yields the sweet and bitter almond. 
 The oil of the sweet almond is used as a demulcent, in coughs, etc. 
 A dose is a teaspoonful. The oil of the bitter almond is poisonous, 
 and is occasionally used as a valuable sedative. Its taste is like that 
 of a peach-kernel. Dose, one-quarter of a drop. It owes its poison- 
 ous properties to hydrocyanic acid. Cakes, etc., are sometimes 
 flavored with an essence prepared from it. Do not confound the 
 sweet with the bitter. 
 
 Aloes. — This is the hardened juice of the leaves of several species 
 of the aloe-tree, in North and South Africa, in the south of Europe, 
 and in the island of Socotra. Aloes is purgative, acting chiefly upon 
 the rectum, or lower bowel, in which it frequently produces irritation, 
 and is apt to aggravate and induce piles. It is much used to excite 
 the flow of the menses, and should never be given to women during 
 pregnancy. It produces griping of the bowels, which may be dimin- 
 ished by combining it with carbonate of potash. 
 
 Alum (^Alumen^. — The cheminal name of this is sulphate of alu- 
 mina and potassa. In ordinary doses, alum is astringent and anti- 
 spasmodic. In large doses, it is purgative and emetic, and is used 
 both externally and internally. It is often used in solution as a gar- 
 gle in sore throat, and falling down of the uvula, and as an injection 
 in leucorrhoea. In doses of twenty or thirty grains, it acts as a pur- 
 gative, and used in this way is useful in painter's colic. When 
 exposed to heat in a vessel till it ceases to boil, it becomes dry, and 
 is then called burnt alum, which, when pulverized, is applied with 
 advantage to canker spots in the mouth, and to proud flesh. 
 
 American Hellebore ( Veratrum Viride). — This plant grows in 
 many parts of the United States, usually in swamps, wet meadows, 
 
, from five 
 
 nd passes 
 
 is used in 
 
 Dose of 
 
 i« used in 
 Bed. in pre- 
 ;eable and 
 
 the juices 
 1 whiskey, 
 i principal 
 ences, and 
 
 forms the 
 
 3, grows in 
 ;er almond, 
 oughs, etc. 
 poisonous, 
 is like that 
 its poison- 
 sometimes 
 ifound the 
 
 feral species 
 pi Europe, 
 biefly upon 
 I irritation, 
 d to excite 
 aen during 
 f be dimin- 
 
 late of alu- 
 b and anti- 
 md is used 
 in as a gar- 
 n injection 
 6 as a pur- 
 ic. When 
 >8 dry, and 
 plied with 
 
 grows m 
 meadows, 
 
 MEDICINES AMD TIIEIK PREPAKATIONS. 
 
 815 
 
 and on the banks of mountain streamlets. The root is the part used. 
 It is sUghtly acrid, alterative in a marked degree, very decidedly 
 and actively e: ^ectorant and diaphoretic, and it is an excellent 
 nervine, though not narcotic. But its most marked and valuable 
 quality — that in which it has no rival — is its sedative action upon 
 the circulation. In suitable doses, it can be relied upon to bring the 
 pulse down from a hundred and fifty beats in a minutu to forty, or 
 even to thirty. In fevers, therefore, in some diseases of the heart, 
 in acute rheumatism, and in many other conditions which involve 
 an excited state of the circulation, it is an article of exceedingly 
 greau value, because it is always reliable. Use under physician's 
 directions only. 
 
 Preparatioii,%. — Veratum is used chiefly in the form of tincture, 
 six ounces to the pint of diluted alcohol, or of fluid extract. The 
 dose of each of these preparations, for a grown person, is two or 
 three drops every hour or two, in a little sweetened water, and grad- 
 ually increased, if necessary, till the pulse comes down to sixty or 
 seventy. If taken in so large a dose as to produce vomiting, or too 
 much depression, a dose of morphine or laudanum in a little brandy 
 or ginger, is a co'iuplete antidote. 
 
 Veratrin, the t'ctive principle of veratrum, is also used, iu doses 
 of one-fourth to one-third of a grain. 
 
 American Ipecacuanha (^Euphorbia Ipecac). — This plant is per- 
 ennial and grows in sandy soils in the Middle and Southern States. 
 When cut or broken it gives out a milky juice. The root is the 
 medicinal part. It is emetic, cathartic, and diaphoretic. Dose, as a 
 cathartic, eight or ten grains; as a diaphoretic, three or four grains, 
 every three or four hours. 
 
 American Ivy (^Ampelopsis QuinquefoUa). — This vine grows in 
 all parts of the United States. It is known by the names of false 
 grape and wild woodbine. It is alterative, tonic, astringent, and ex- 
 pectorant. Used in scrofula a id syphilis. 
 
 Water of Ammonia (^Liquor Ammonice). — This preparation, called 
 hartshorn, or spirits of hartshorn, is formed by the union of water 
 with ammonia gas. It has a powerful ammoniacal odor, and an alka- 
 line, caustic taste. Taken internally it is stimulant, sudorific, and 
 antacid, and applied externally, it is rubefacient. It stimulates par- 
 ticularly the heart and arteries, without very much exciting the brain. 
 It is an excellent remedy in heartburn, and for sick headache de- 
 pendent on sourness of the stomach A dose is from ten to twenty 
 drops, largely diluted with water. United with oils, or with alcohol 
 in about equal proportions, and applied externally, it reddens the 
 skin, and, if the cloth wet with it be covered with oiled silk or with 
 flannel, to prevent evaporation, it will sometimes quickly raise ablister. 
 Ill cases of fainting, it is frequently applied to the nostrils, to excite 
 the brain, and rouse the system. Aromatic spirit of anjijonia is a 
 better preparation. 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 i-n\m 
 
mm t l ^^ fv 
 
 i^mjiumM ri»irii ifjUn i giaiwii t,wtm laMMhfci'Mi^Ht.iPi'w^iiiM. 
 
 ai6 
 
 MKUICINES AND TUKIH PUKPAKATIONS. 
 
 Carbonate of Ammonia. — This is a white, moderately hard, crj> 
 talline salt, having a pungent, ammoniaoal smell, and a Kharp, 
 penetrating tatite. When exposed to the air, it loses some of its 
 ammonia, becomes a bicarbonate, and falls to powder. It is stimu- 
 lant, diaphoretic, antispasmcJic, powerfully antacid, and, in liirge 
 doses, emetic. Internally, it is more often used than water of ammo- 
 nia, and for similar purposes.. Coarsely bruised, and scented with 
 oil of lavender, it constitutes the common smelling salts, so much 
 used in fainting and hysterics. For internal use, the dose is from 
 five to ten grains, taken in the form of pills, every two, three or four 
 houre. 
 
 Muriate of Ammonia (^Sal Ammoniac.^ — This, also called hydro- 
 chlorate of ammonia, is a white, translucent, tough, fibrous salt, in 
 large cakes, about two inches thick, convex on one side, and concave 
 on the other. 
 
 It has a saline, pungent taste, but no smell, dissolves in one part 
 of boiling water, and three parts of cold. Taken internally, it is 
 stimulant and alterative. It is a valuable remedy in chronic bron- 
 chitis, pleurisy, and inflammation of the serous and mucous mem- 
 branes generally. But it must only be used after the first violence 
 of these inflammations has abated. Pulverized, and placed over a 
 spirit lamp in a tin cup, the fumes which arise when it sublimes may 
 be inhaled five or ten minutes, once or twice a day, with great ad- 
 vantage in chronic bronchitis, and in chronic inflammations generally 
 of the air-passages. A solution composed of one ounce of the salt 
 dissolved in nine fluid ounces of water and one of alcohol, may be 
 used as a wash for bruises, indolent tumors, and ulcers. 
 
 Solution of Acetate of Ammonia (^Liquor Ammonice Acetatis). — 
 This is known by the common name of spirit of Mindererus. The 
 taste is saline, and is like that of a mixture of nitre and sugar. It is 
 a valuable diaphoretic, and is much employed, alone or mixed with 
 sweet spirit of nitie, two parts to one, in fevers and inflammations. 
 It is a valuable external application iu mumps, applied hot upon a 
 piece of flannel. One-half ounce mixed with seven ounces of rose- 
 water and two drams of laudanum, forms a valuable wash for the 
 eyes in chronic ophthalmia. The dose is from two to three drams 
 mixed with sweetened water, every two or three hours. 
 
 Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia (^Spiritus Ammonice Aromaticus).-— 
 Taken internally, this answers the same purpose as other prepara- 
 tions of ammonia, and is much used on account of it agreeable taste 
 and smell. It is valuable as an antacid in sick headache. Dose, 
 from twenty to thirty drops, sufficiently diluted with water. 
 
 Anise (^Pimpinella Anisum). — This is a perennial plant, and grows 
 in Egypt. Its fruit is called anise-seed. It is aromatic and carmi- 
 native. It is much used to allay nausea, flatulency, and colic, par- 
 tioularly in children. It is frequently added to other medicines to 
 
 
hard, crj> 
 il a sharp, 
 lome of itH 
 .t is etimu- 
 d, in large 
 iT of ammo- 
 iented with 
 ts, so much 
 lose is from 
 bree or four 
 
 ailed hydro- 
 'ous salt, la 
 and concave 
 
 iu one part 
 irnally, it is 
 lironic hron- 
 ucous mem- 
 rst violence 
 laced over a 
 ublimes may 
 ith great ad- 
 (ns generally 
 3 of the salt 
 jhol, may be 
 
 Acetatis). — 
 irerus. The 
 sugar. It ia 
 
 mixed with 
 flammations. 
 
 hot upon a 
 ices of rose- 
 vmh for the 
 
 three drams 
 
 tmatictii)- — 
 ler prepara- 
 reeable taste 
 tche. Dose, 
 ter. 
 
 it, and grows 
 c and carmi- 
 d colic, par- 
 medicines to 
 
 
 ■f 
 
 ' ■tim 
 
 m 
 
 ; 
 
 I J... 
 
 
 i 
 
9Cmm lu^^i.wUm* 
 
 I .1 .1 nwiwa)— ^WM^J^wmnbi 
 
MEDICINK8 AND THEIR PUEPAKATI0N8. 
 
 817 
 
 make them more agreeable, and to lessen the griping effects of physio. 
 The oil extracted from the seeds, diusolved in alcohol, an ounce of 
 thii former to a pint of the latter, forms what is called the essence of 
 niilHe. Dose of the essence, from thirty drops to a dram in sweetened 
 water. Anise forms a vry valuable siddition to cough preparations. 
 
 Arnica (Arnica Montana.) — This is a perennial plant, growing in 
 moist, shady places in Silwria, etc. It is often called leopard's bane. 
 It is much .. jed externally as a. stimulating application to bruises, local 
 infliimmaticm, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — It is chiefly used in the form of tincture, or fluid 
 extract. Dose, ten to thirty droi»8. Half an ounce of tincture, five 
 and a half ounces of boiling vinegar, and two drams of carbonate of 
 ammonia, used warm, make in some cases a valuable fomentation. It 
 is one of the leading homoeopathic remedies. 
 
 Arrowroot. — This is prepared from the Maranta arundinaoea, a 
 plant of the West Indies. It is chiefly used in forming dietetic pre- 
 parations, and belongs to the first or saccharine group of food-articles. 
 
 Assafoetida. — This is the hardened juice from the root of a Per- 
 sian plant. It is stimulant, antispasmodic, and expectorant, and is 
 much used in nervous complaints. A dose of the powder is from 
 five to ten grains, and of the tincture, made by macerating two ounces 
 in a pint of diluted alcohol, from thirty to sixty drops. 
 
 Balm (Melissa Officinalis'). — This is a perennial plant, growing in 
 Europe and this country. It is moderately stimulant and diaphoretic. 
 The warm infusion causes perspiration, and is used to relieve painful 
 menstruation. 
 
 Balm of Qilead {Populus Candicans'). — This is a tree growing in 
 tlie northern parts of our country. A tincture made from the buds, 
 in doses of from one to four fluid dmras, is useful in affections of the 
 kidneys, in scurvy, and rheumatism. Steeped in lard they form a 
 useful ointment for some purposes. 
 
 Balmony (Chelone Glabra). — This is a perennial plant, common 
 to the United States. It is tonic, cathartic, and vermifuge. It is 
 used in indigestion, debility, and derangements of the liver. A dose of 
 the powdered leaves is one dram ; of the tincture, two fluid drams ; 
 of the decoction, one or two fluid ounces ; of the active principle 
 called chelonin, one or two grains. A decoction of balmony com- 
 bined with tincture of assafoetida foims a valuable injection for 
 worms. An ointment made from the fresh leaves is valuable for 
 piles, inflamed breasts, tumors, and painful ulcers. 
 
 Balsam Copaiba. — This is obtained from a South American tree 
 called the Copaifera Officinalis. It is a clear yellowish fluid, about 
 the consistency of honey. It is a stimulating diuretic, and is much 
 used in chronic gonorrhoea, gleet, irritable conditions of the bladder, 
 
'^ 
 
 818 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 and ohrouio bronchitis. In some penonn it causes an eruption ou the 
 skin, with itohing, etc. 
 
 In large doses, it acts as a cathartic. 
 
 Balsam Tola. — This is the juice of the tree Mymtpfrmim Tolui- 
 ferum, growing in South America. It is soft, U'lmtiiouH, luul of ii 
 piile brown cok)r; and, like balHam copaiba, is soluble in alcohol, 
 ether, and volatile oils. It haH Iwun used in asthma, (;ough, broii- 
 cliitiH, etc. Dose, from ten to thirty grains, in mucilage or syrup. 
 
 Barberry (^crAm« Vulgarity). — This shrub gro^s along the At- 
 lantic coiist, from Canad.i to Virginia. The parts used are the Itark 
 and berricH. It is tonic and laxative, and, in doses of a teaspoonful, 
 powdered, is useful in jaundice, chronic diarrhoea, and chronic dyHen- 
 tery. A decoction of tlie berries forms an agreeable acid drink in 
 fevers, cholera infantum, etc., and as a gargle it is useful for ulcers 
 of the mouth, etc., as a wash, for chronic inflammation of the eyes, 
 and as an injection for leucorrluva. 
 
 Bay berry (^Myrica Cerifera, Fig 197). — This is found in danip 
 
 places, in many parts of the United States, 
 and is very abundant in New Jersey. The 
 bark of the root is the part used. It is astrin- 
 gent and stimulant. Pulverized, and com- 
 bined with powdered blood-root, it forms an 
 excellent application to indolent ulcers. In 
 the form of poultice, combined with powdered 
 slippery elm, it is a useful application to 
 scrofulous tumoi-s or ulcers. The decoction 
 is a good wash for soie mouth, and spongy, 
 bleeding gums. It is chiefly used in the form 
 of tincture, dose, half an ounce ; fluid extract, 
 dose, one or two drams ; and the active prin- 
 
 Fio. m batbekrt. ciple, myricin, dose, two to ten gmins. 
 
 Bearberry ( Uva Urn, Fig. 198). — This plant, also called upland 
 cranberry, has a wide range, being found in the northern parts of Asia, 
 Europe and America. It flowers from June to Sep- 
 tember, and ripens its berries in the winter. The 
 leaves are the only medicinal parts. It is astringent 
 and tonic, and acts particularly upon the urinary or- 
 gans, for complaints of which it is generally used. It 
 is specially valued as an antilithic in gravel, and as a 
 remedy for chronic inflammation of the kidneys, ul- 
 ceration of the bladder, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one-third of a 
 dram to a dram ; solid extract, dose, five to fifteen j,,^ jgg 
 
 grains; tincture, dose, one to two ounces. beabberhy. 
 
 Beef's Qalls {Fel Bovinum). — This being dried by evaporation, is 
 
 l 
 
^ 
 
 MEDI0INK8 AND TIIRIK HHKPAHATIONS. 
 
 819 
 
 laon on the 
 
 lum Tolui- 
 , and of a 
 in alcohol, 
 ugh, bron- 
 r Hyrup. 
 
 rig the Atr 
 L' the iMik 
 iospoonful, 
 Dnic dyHen- 
 id drink in 
 for ulcers 
 E the eyes, 
 
 d in damp 
 ted States, 
 rsey. The 
 It Ib OHtrin- 
 , and com- 
 t forms an 
 ulcere. In 
 h powdered 
 ilication to 
 e decoction 
 nd spongy, 
 in the form 
 lid extract, 
 votive prin- 
 lins. 
 
 led upland 
 [•te of Asia, 
 
 )omtiou, is 
 
 fiomotimeH u«e<1 as a tonio and laxative, in torywr of the livor, jaun- 
 dice, indigestion, uiid coHtivonesH, in (Iohoh of from one to ten graiuH. 
 Throe drams of ox-gall, one dram of extract of oonium, two draiuH of 
 soda soap, and one ounce of sweet oil, make a valuable preparation, 
 which, when applied externally, has a Kurprisingly rapid etl'cci in 
 reducing enlargement and hardening of the breasts, glandular tumors, 
 particularly enlargement of the tonsils, and is useful in hypertrophioH 
 generally. For application to the tonsils, the gall may Ihj rubbed up 
 with water to the consisteuce of an ointment, and may be applied with 
 a caniel's-hair brush. 
 
 Benzoin. — This is the hardened jnioe of a tree of Sumatra and 
 lioriico. It is very brittle, of a reddish brown color, and is soluble in 
 alcohol and ether. It is ('iefly used for inhalation in chronic laryn- 
 gitis and bronchitis. Wh n used for this purpose, it may be added 
 to l)oiling water, and the va^)or iidialed; or it may be burned upon 
 coals or a hot shovel, the fumes being inhaled. 
 
 Benzoic Acid. — This is nrepared by heating benzoin, and causing 
 it to sublime. It consists of b'.lky, feathery crystals, which are white 
 and soft. It has been found useful in the phosphatic vaiiety of 
 gnivfal. A convenient way of giving it is to unite one part of it with 
 four parts of phosphate of soda, the dose of which is from ten to 
 twenty grains. 
 
 Betliroot (Trillium Pendulum). — A perennial plant, growing in 
 rich soils, in the Middle and Western States. The root is used, and 
 is astringent, tonic, and antist.ptic. It is useful in bleeding from the 
 lungs and kidneys ; also in excessive menstruation, cough, asthma, 
 and difficult breathing. Boiled in k. .k, it is used, in the western 
 country in diarrhoea and dysentery. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to three drams ; trilliin, 
 dose, four to eight grains ; infusion, dose, two to four ounces ; decoc- 
 tion used as a local application to ulcers and sore mouth, and as an 
 injection in leucorrhoea and gleet. A poultice made from the root 
 is useful for carbuncles, indolent tumors, buboes, foul ulcers, and for 
 stings of insects. 
 
 Bitter-root (^Apocynum Androscemifolium, 
 Fig. 199). — An indigenous plant, growing in 
 rich soils in the United States and Canada. The 
 root is the part used, and is laxative, tonic, 
 diaphoretic, and alterative. It is employed in 
 chronic affections of the liver, syphilis, scrofula, 
 interraittents, and the low stage of typhoid fe- 
 vera. Forty to fifty grains will cause vomiting 
 without much nausea. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, as a 
 tonic, '»n to twenty drops ; as a diaphoretic, 
 fifteen co twenty-five drops j as an emetic, half fio. i9b. bittkr-root. 
 
 I : 
 
 '><<! 
 
^ 
 
 820 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR FBEPARATI0N8. 
 
 
 a dram to « dram. Solid extract, dose, two to eight grains ; apocy- 
 nin, the active principle of the root, dose, half a grain to two grains ; 
 tincture, dose, two to three drams ; infusion, dose a wine-glassful, 
 three times a day. 
 
 Bismuth. — The principal preparation of this metal used in medi- 
 cine, is the trisnitrate of bui.mth, also called nitrate, aubnitrate, and 
 white oxide of bismuth. It is a white powder, without smell or taste. 
 It is used for various irritable and painful affections of the stomach, 
 when there is no acute inflammation. It is particularly useful in 
 chi'onic diarrhoea, more especially the diarrhoea of the latter stages of 
 consumption, over which it has more control than any other known 
 remedy. To show its best effects in this form of diarrhoea, it should 
 be given in large doses, not less than fifteen to twenty grains, imme- 
 diately afttjr each meal. The small doses usually given are compara- 
 tively useless. Given in these full doses, it is also almost a specific 
 in heartburn and water-brash. 
 
 Bittersvv^eet (^Solanum Dulcamara'). — This is common in Europe 
 and North America. It is a woody vine, the roots and stalks of 
 which are used in medicine It is slightly narcotic, and has altera- 
 tive and diaphoretic properties. It is used in scaly and syphilitic 
 affections of the skin. It is said to have antaphrodisiac properties, 
 and is serviceable in mania connected with strong venereal propensi- 
 ties. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, daie, three to eight grains ; infusion, dose, one to three 
 ounces, three or four times a day. 
 
 Black Alder (^Prinos Verticillatus). — This shrub is common in 
 the United States , its bark and berries are used. It has been found 
 useful in jaundice, diarrhoea, intermittent fever and other diseases 
 connected with debility. Applied locally in the form of a wash or 
 poultice, and given internally, it is popular in chronic eruptions of 
 the skin, and in flabby, ill-conditioned ulcers, and mortification. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, do^e, two drams; tincture, dose, 
 two to four drams. 
 
 Two drams of the fluid extract of black alder, one dram of the 
 fluid extract of golden seal, and one pint of water, mixed, and taken 
 in doses of four fluid ounces, three or four times a day, are valuable 
 in dyspepsia. 
 
 Blackberry (Rvhus Villosus). — There are many species of this 
 growing in the United States. The bark of the root is the part used. 
 It is tonic, and strongly astringent, and is a valuable remedy in diar- 
 rhoea, dysent3ry, cholera-infantum, relaxed condition of the bowels 
 of children, and the passive discharge of blood from the stomach, 
 bowels, and womb. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, four tp six grains ; tincture, dose, two to four d^ms ; inf u- 
 
 •wsrssMmwi^ 
 
n 
 
 MEDICINES AND TH£IK I'KEPARATIONS. 
 
 821 
 
 ms; apocy- 
 ;wo grains ; 
 ne-glasst'ul, 
 
 ed in medi- 
 nitrate, and 
 bU or taste, 
 le stomach, 
 y useful in 
 sr stages of 
 tJier known 
 a, it should 
 ains, imme- 
 re compara- 
 )t a specific 
 
 1 in Europe 
 d stalks of 
 
 has altera- 
 i syphilitic 
 
 properties, 
 il propensi- 
 
 Iram; solid 
 e to three 
 
 ommon in 
 been found 
 er diseases 
 ■ a wash or 
 ruptions of 
 jation. 
 iture, dose, 
 
 ram of the 
 
 and taken 
 
 re valuable 
 
 ies of this 
 part used, 
 jdy in diar- 
 the bowels 
 e stomach, 
 
 ram ; solid 
 ,ms; iufu- 
 
 rio. 900. 
 
 Black Cohosh. 
 
 sion, dose, one ounce. This last preparation i.s also useful as an injec- 
 tion in gleet, leucorrhoea, and prolapsus of the rectum and womb. 
 The syrup of the blackberry-root is also a valuable preparation ; so 
 also is blackl)erry brandy, so called, which is the juice of the fruit 
 mixed with brandy. This is excellent in summer complaints. 
 
 Black Cohosh ( Cimicifuga Racemo»a, Fig. 200). — This grows in 
 rich soils throughout the United State-s. The 
 root is the part used. It is slightly narcotic, 
 sedative, antispasmodic, antiperiodic, and exerts 
 a marked influence over the nervous system; 
 being useful in St. V'tus's dance, epilepsy, ner- 
 vous excitability, as la, delirium tremens, and 
 many spasmodic affections. It has an especial 
 affinity for the uterus. 
 
 It reduces the arterial action very materially, 
 and hence is useful in palpitation of the heart. 
 It has been used successfully in acute rheuma- 
 tism, but more particularly in chronic rheuma- 
 tism. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a 
 di-am to two drams ; solid extract, dose, four to 
 eight grains ; tincture, four ounces to the pint of 
 alcohol ; dose, one to three drams ; cimicifugin, the active principle, 
 dose, one to six grains. 
 
 Black Willow (Salix Nigra). — This tree is found in the Northern 
 States, along the banks of rivers, especially in New York and Penn- 
 sylvania, and is known by the common name of pussy-willow. It is 
 a bitter tonic, and is sometimes used in fever and ague. A decoction 
 made from the buds is said to be a powerful antaphrodisiac, and is 
 accordingly useful in the treatment spermatorrhea. 
 
 Bloodroot (^Saaguinaria Canadensis., Fig. 201). — A perennial 
 plant, growing in light, ric' soils, in most parts of 
 the United States. The rv,jt is the part used. It 
 is emetic, narcotic, expectorant, alterative, escha- 
 rotic, and errhine. It is used in typhoid pneumonia, 
 bronchitis, rheumatism, dyspepsia, etc. Three to five 
 grains stimulates the digestive organs, and accele- 
 rates the pulse. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to fifteen 
 drops ; solid extract, half a grain to a grain and a 
 half ; tincture, twenty drops to a dram ; sanguina- 
 ria, the alkaloid principle, from one-twentieth to one- 
 tenth of a grain. 
 
 Four-grain pills, made of sanguinarin, twelve 
 grail, s, caulophyllin, twelve grains, solid extract of 
 cimicifuga, twelve grains, are said to be efficacious 
 in amenorrhoea, dysmenorrhoea, and other female disorders. 
 
 
 V ;■' ; ^-^ 
 
 ■i^^r 
 
 '" ». iOl. 
 rLoonBooT. 
 
 II 
 
 
[^ 
 
 822 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 \'-' 
 
 Blue Cohosh {Caulophyllum Thalictroidea, Fig. 202) A peren- 
 nial plant, growing in low, moist grounds in most parts of the United 
 States. The root is the part used. It is antispasmodic, diuretic, 
 diaphoretic, alterative, emmeuagogue, anthelmintic, parturient, and 
 tonic. It is used in rheumatism, dropsy, epilepsy, hysterics, cramps, 
 amenhorrhoea, dysmenoirhoea, chorea, leuconhoea, hiccough, to hasten 
 delivery, and to relieve after-pains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, fifteen to thirty drops ; sohd 
 extract, dose, one to three grains ; tincture, dose, half a dram to a 
 dram ; infusion, dose, two to three ounces ; caulophyllin, the active 
 principle of th*^ '-oot, dose, one-quarter of a grain to a grain. 
 
 In cases of protracted labor, occasioned by fatigue or debility, the 
 infusion is said to be fully equal to ergot in hastening delivery. A 
 wash made by combining one ftunce of fluid extract with one ounce 
 of the fluid extract of golden seal, and eight ounces ui water, is very 
 excellent for apthous sore mouth. 
 
 FiQ. 302. Bluk Cohosh. 
 
 Fio. 203. BLue Flag. 
 
 Blue Flag (Iris Versicolor, Fig. 203). — A perennial plant, grow- 
 ing in damp places, in most parts of the United States. The root is 
 the part used for medicinal purposes. It is cathartic, alterative, sia- 
 lagogue, and diuretic. It acts particularly on the glandular system ; 
 in large doses, it evacuates and exhausts the system, acting on tlie 
 liver, and fulfilling the purposes of mercury. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to forty drops ; solid 
 extract, one to three grains ; tincture, one to two drams. Iridin, tiie 
 active and resinous principle, dose, half a grain to three grains. 
 Equal parts of blue flag, mandrake, and prickly-ash bark, mixed, and 
 given in five- to ten-grain doses, every two or three hours, will act as 
 a powerful alterative, and cause free salivation, without making the 
 breath offensive or injuring the gums. Three grains of iridin, five 
 grains of leptandrin, an.^l twenty grains of bitartrate of potassa, form 
 an excellent cathartic in dropsy, producing free watery stools. 
 
n 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PKEPARATIONS. 
 
 823 
 
 — A peren- 
 the United 
 3, diuretic, 
 urient, and 
 08, cramps, 
 1, to hasten 
 
 rops; solid 
 dram to a 
 , the active 
 in. 
 
 ebility, the 
 
 ilivery. A 
 
 one ounce 
 
 ,ter, is very 
 
 lant, grow- 
 The root is 
 jrative, sia- 
 ar system ; 
 iug on tlie 
 
 pops; 
 
 solid 
 
 Iridin, the 
 ree grains, 
 mixed, and 
 will act as 
 ciaking the 
 iridin, five 
 tiissa, fonn 
 lols. 
 
 Blue PHI (^Hydrargyri Piluloe). — This mercurial preparation, gen- 
 erally known by the common name of blue viaas, or blue pill, is made 
 by rubbing mercury, confection of roses, and pulverized liquorice-root 
 together until all the mercurial globules disappear. The mass is di- 
 vided into pills when wanted. It is the mildest of all the mercurial 
 preparations, and the least liable to produce salivation or irritivtion 
 of the system. But even this should be used sparingly, and with 
 caution, and I do not recommend its use. 
 
 The blue mass is alterative and cathartic, and is considerably 
 given to stimulate the action of the liver, and to produce an altera- 
 tive effect upon the digestive organs. The leotandra and the podo- 
 phyllum have become its rivals, and will, 1 si ly hope, finally take 
 its place. 
 
 Boneset (^Bupatorium Perfoliatum, Fig. 204). — An indigenous 
 plant growing in most parts of the United States. The tops and 
 leaves are medicinal. It is tonic, diaphoretic, expectorant, and, in 
 large doses, or when taken as a warm infusion, emetic and aperient. 
 
 Preparations^ — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; solid ex- 
 tract, dose, five to fifteen grains ; tincture, dose, one to one and one- 
 half ounces ; infusion, dose, one to two ounces. Eupatorin, dose, one 
 to three grains. 
 
 Two soiuples of eupatorin, cne scruple of xanthoxylin, and one 
 grain of strychnia, mixed, and made into twenty powdere, is excellent 
 for torpor of the liver or kidneys, and for rheumatism ; one powder 
 being taken three or four times a day. 
 
 I'lQ. 204. BONKSKT. 
 
 KlO. a06. BUCBU. 
 
 Buchu {Barosma Crenata, Fig. 206). — It grows at the Cape of 
 Good Hope. The leaves are the medicinal portion ; they are stim- 
 ulant, diuretic, antispasmodic and tonic. Buchu is chiefly given in 
 complaints of the urinary organs, attended with increased uric-acid 
 gravel, chronic inflammation or morbid irritation of the bladder, 
 urethra, and prostate, and retention or incontinence of urine. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams ; 
 tincture, dose, two to five drams ; infusion, one to five ounces. A 
 combination of fluid extract of buchu half an ounce, acetate of 
 
 in 
 
 IHM 
 
 ^ 
 
824 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 potash two drams, and water eight ounces, taken in doses of four 
 ounces three or four times a day, is a valuable diuretio. 
 
 This combination, however, may be improved by the addition of a 
 little sweet spirits of nitre. 
 
 Buckhorn Brake (^Oamunda Regalia). — This is a ferng^wing in 
 moist grounds in most parts of the United States. The root, which 
 is the medicinal part, should be gathered in the latter part of May, 
 and in August, and very carefully dried, to prevent moulding. It 
 is mucilaginous and tonic, and is used in coughs, diarrhtjea and 
 dyBentery, and as a tonic while getting up from exhausting disease. 
 One root infused in a pint of hot water for half an hour will convert 
 it into a thick jelly. This mucilage may be sweetened with sugar, 
 and freely taken. 
 
 Buckthorn (Bhamnua Catharticus). — This plant grows in Europe, 
 where it is much esteemed by practitioners. The berries and juice 
 are actively medicinal. It is a powerful cathartic, producing large 
 watery discharges. It is seldom used alone on account of the severity 
 of its action. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one dram; syrup of buck- 
 thorn, made by uniting four ounces of fluid extract with twelve 
 ounces of simple syrup, dose, two drams. 
 
 Bugle weed (^Lycopun Virginicm). — This grows in shady and 
 wet places throughout a greater part of the United States. The 
 whole herb is used. It is a mild narcotic, sedative, sub-astringent, 
 and styptic. It is a valuable remedy in bleeding from the lungs, 
 incipient consumption and pneumonia. It quiets irritation and 
 allays cough and nervous excitement. 
 
 PreparatioTM. —¥\u\di extract, dose, one to two drams; infusion, 
 dose, two to four ounces. 
 
 Burdock (Lappa Minor"). — A native of Europe, and growing in 
 the United States. The root is used, which is useful in scurvy, 
 syphilis, scrofula, gout, leprosy, and disease of the kidneys. It needs 
 to be used for a long time. It is said io be useful for persons 
 afflicted with boils, stye, etc. An ointment prepared from it is 
 serviceable in some diseases of the skin, and obstinate ulcers. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one dram ; solid extract, dose, 
 five to fifteen grains ; tincture, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Burgundy Pitch. — This is the concrete juice of the Norway pine, 
 Abies excelsa, growing in Europe and Northern Asia, and of the silver 
 fir-tree of Europe, Abies picea. It gently excites the skin, and is 
 used chiefly in the form of plasters, either alone or mixed with other 
 gums and resins. 
 
 Butternut (Juglans Cinerea). — This is a forest tree, growing in 
 various parts of this continent, known also by the names of oilnut 
 
wes of four 
 ddition of a 
 
 i growing in 
 root, which 
 irt of May, 
 mlding. It 
 arrhcea and 
 ing disease, 
 ivill convert 
 with sugar, 
 
 8 in Europe, 
 BS and juice 
 ucing large 
 the severity 
 
 p of buck- 
 ^rith twelve 
 
 shady and 
 
 bates. The 
 
 ^astringent, 
 
 the lungs, 
 
 itation and 
 
 3; infusion, 
 
 growing in 
 [ in scurvy, 
 1. It needs 
 for persons 
 from it is 
 ers. 
 
 Ktract, dose, 
 ounce. 
 
 orway pine, 
 }f the silver 
 skin, and is 
 ; with other 
 
 growing in 
 }s of oilnut 
 
 wgm- 
 
,^u. 
 
 MEDICINES AND TUEIK PKEPAKATI0N8. 
 
 825 
 
 and white walnut. The inner bark of the root is used, and is a mihl 
 cathartic, being useful in cases of constipation. It is much employed 
 by families as a domestic remedy, in intermittent and remittent 
 fevers. It evacuates the bowels without debilitating them. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams; solid ex- 
 tract, dose, five to fifteen giains ; juglandin, the active principle, dose, 
 one to three grains. A very good pill is made by mixing one and a 
 quarter drams of the solid extract of butternut, three-quarters of a 
 dram of the solid extract of jalap, and ten grains of soap, and divid- 
 ing the whole into sixteen pills. Two or three may be taken for 
 a dose. 
 
 Calcined Deer's Horn (ComM Cervince Ustum). — The horns of 
 the deer are said to be in velvet between August and December, and 
 (luring this period those which fall are collected, coarsely rasped, and 
 [ilaced in an iron vessel, which is tightly covered and placed in an 
 oven, or elsewhere, and subjected to a heat of 200° F., which is con- 
 tinued until the rasped horn becomes of the color of roasted coffee. 
 When cooled, it is reduced to powder by trituration, and preserved 
 in closely stopped vials. It is a powerful styptic, taken in teaspoonful 
 doses every half-hour ; or, a teaspoonful added to a gill of hot water, 
 and a tablespoonful of this taken every five or ten minutes. It has 
 much efficacy in floodings from the womb, and in excessive menstru- 
 ation. 
 
 Calomel {Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite). — This is prepared from 
 mercury, sulphuric acid and common salt. It is alterative, antisyphi- 
 litic, and anthelmintic, and, in large doses, purgative. It is much 
 used in venereal diseases and chronic affections of the liver, combined 
 with opium ; in dropsies, combined with squill, foxglove and elate- 
 rium; and in rheumatism and leprosy, combined with antimonials, 
 guaiacum, and other sudorifics. In the beginning of fevers and other 
 complaints, it is often combined with purgatives, as gamboge, scam- 
 mony, jalap and rhubarb. Given in small doses, not large enough to 
 purge, it gradually excites salivation. Dose, from one to three 
 grains. 
 
 The tendency of this article to produce salivation, to injure the 
 gums, loosen the teeth, etc., has given rise to much prejudice against 
 it in the public mind ; and, indeed, it must be confessed that it has 
 been used by many, from time immemorial, with great indiscretion. 
 In the hands of sensible and prudent men, it is very serviceable in 
 some cases; but the podophyllum and leptandra have so fine an 
 action upon the liver, that they are fast taking the place of calomel 
 and other mercurials, and possibly may in time wholly supersede 
 them. I have not prescribed it in this book, and do not recommend 
 its use. -< : 
 
 •tri 
 
826 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIU PREPAUATI0N8. 
 
 Fio. S06. Oamphob Tree. 
 
 Camphor (Fig. 206). This is obtained from an evergreen tree, 
 growing in tho EiiHt Indies, — Launis aim- 
 phora. It is a white, sliiny, crystiUlino sub- 
 stance, extnicted from tlit- wood and roots of 
 the al)ove-nanied tree hy boiling them, and is 
 subsequently jjurified by sublimation. It lias 
 a j)enetniting, peculiar diffusible odor, and a 
 pungent, cooling taste. It is moderately stim- 
 ulant, diaphoretic, and antaplirodisiac. Dose, 
 from one to ten grains. 
 
 Canada Balsam. — This is the fluid ob- 
 tained from the fir-balsam, Abies balsamea, of 
 Canada, Maine, etc. It is a stimulating diu- 
 retic, and, in large doses, cathartic. A dose is 
 from ten to fifteen drops, two or three times 
 a day, in pills, or in emulsion. It forms a part of several ointments 
 and piasters. It is used to mount objects in microscopic invesii- 
 gfiitions. 
 
 Canada Fleabane (Urigeron Ccenadense). — An annual plant, grow- 
 ing in the Northern and Middle States. It is diuretic, tonic, and 
 astringent, and has been found useful in droj)8ical complaints and 
 diarrhoea. The dose of the powder is from thirty grains to a dram ; 
 of the infusion, from two to four fluid ounces ; of the solid extract, 
 from five to eight grains ; to be repeated, in each case, every two or 
 three hours. 
 
 Canella (Canella Alba). — This is the bark of a South American 
 tree, and is an aromatic stimulant and a gentle tonic, and useful in 
 debility of the stomach. 
 
 Caraway ( Carum Cami). — This biennial plant grows in Europe. 
 The seeds are the part used, and are aromatic and carminative ; tliey 
 are used in wind colic, and to improve the flavor of other medicine. 
 The dose is from t i to sixty grains. The dose of the oil of caraway, 
 extmcted from the seeds, is from one to five drops. 
 
 Cardamom (Alpinia Cardamomum) This plant grows on the 
 
 mountains of Malabar. The seeds, which are the medicinal parts, 
 are aromatic and carminative, and are used to expel wind, and to 
 flavor medicines. Dose, from ten grains to two drams. The volatile 
 oil obtained from them has similar properties. 
 
 Cascarilla, — This medicine is the bark of the West India shrub, 
 Croton eleuteria. It has an aromatic odor, and a warm, spicy taste. 
 It is a pleasant aromatic and tonic, and is used in dyspepsia, chronic 
 diarrhoea and dysentery, wind colic, and other debilities of the stom- 
 ach and bowels. It counteracts the tendency of cinchona to produce 
 nausea. 
 
 Preparations Fluid extract, dose, twenty to twenty-five drops ; 
 
 ,iJii.j>iiUiijmu;. 
 
 J. 
 
Tgreen tree, 
 Launis mm- 
 Htiillino Kub- 
 iml rot its of 
 -hem, jiiid is 
 ion. It liiiB 
 odor, mid a 
 irately stini- 
 ttiuc. DoHe, 
 
 le fluid ob- 
 balaamea, of 
 lulating diu- 
 . A dose is 
 three times 
 l1 ointments 
 opic investi- 
 
 plant,grow- 
 B, tonic, and 
 iplaints and 
 i to a dram ; 
 )lid extract, 
 ivery two or 
 
 |;h Ameiican 
 id useful in 
 
 s in Europe, 
 ative ; tliev 
 r medicine, 
 of caraway, 
 
 0W8 on the 
 cinal pnrtfi, 
 ind, and to 
 The volatile 
 
 ndia shrub, 
 spicy taste, 
 sia, chronic 
 f the stom- 
 to produce 
 
 •five drops ; 
 
 MEDICINES AKD THEIR PREPAKATIONS. 
 
 827 
 
 tincture, dose, one dram ; infusion, dose, one to two drams. An alka- 
 line infusion, composed of fluid extract, three ounces ; carbonate of 
 potiissa, two drams; and water, ten ounces, is excellent in weak 
 stomach, with acidity. Dose, one dram. . 
 
 Castor (Catitorevm'). — A peculiar substance obtained fiom the 
 beaver. It is antispasmodic and enuneiiagogue. It is used Id 
 typhus, hysterics, epilepsy , retention of the menses, and in many 
 other nervous diseases. Dose, from ten to fifteen grains. A medi- 
 cine of no great value. 
 
 Castor Oil ( Oleum Ricini). — This is obtained by expression from 
 the seeds of the castor-oil bush, Ridnus communin. When exposed 
 to the air, it becomes rancid and spoils. 
 
 As a mild cathartic this oil is extensively used, but may be ren- 
 dered less offensive by being mixed with a few drops of oil of winter- 
 green, peppermint oi cinnamon ; and its bad taste may be nearly 
 destroyed by rubbing it up to a thick batter with carbonate of mag- 
 nesia. Or, if boiled a few minutes with a little sweet milk, sweet- 
 ened with loaf sugar, and flavored with essence of cinnamon or 
 peppermint, it may be easily taken. Dose, for an adult, one io two 
 tablespoonfuls ; for a child, one, two or three teaspoonfuls, according 
 to its age. 
 
 Catechu. — This is a solid extract, made from the wood of the 
 Acacia catechu^ a tree growing ■ in Asia. It is in dark, brown, and 
 brittle pieces, and is soluble in alcohol. It is a powerful astringent, 
 and is. used in chronic diarrhoea and chronic dysentery. . It makes a 
 useful gargle in some forms of sore mouth, in elongated uvula, 
 spongy gums and sore nipples. The dose of the powder is from ten 
 to twenty grains, and of the tincture, from one to two teaspoonfuls. 
 
 Catnip {Nepeta Cataria). — A native of Europe, and widely nat- 
 uralized in this country. The tops and leaves are the medicinal 
 part, and are carminative and diaphoretic when drunk as a warm 
 infusion. It is useful in fevers, in wind colic, nervous headache, 
 hysterics, and nervous irritability. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose two to three drams ; infusion, 
 dose two to three ounces. Fluid extract of catnip, two ounces ; and 
 the fluid extract of saffron, one ounce and a half, united, make a 
 popular remedy for colds, and the rashes of children. In nervous 
 complaints, a combination of fluid extract of catnip, six drams ; fluid 
 extract of valerian, four drams ; and fluid extract of scuUcap, four 
 dmiiis, is a valuable remedy. Dose, one to two drams. 
 
 Cayenne Pepper {Capsicum Annuum, Fig. 207). — This plant 
 grows in hot climates, and is known by the common name of red 
 pepper. The berry, which is the part used, has an intensely hot and 
 pungent taste. It is a powerful, diffusible stimulant, and is about the 
 
 
 tmd 
 
828 
 
 MKDICINKH AND TIIRIK PHKrAUATIONK. 
 
 no. W7. Catkmnb Pkffbr. 
 
 only stimulus which the Htomach will bear in certain formH uf dyg. 
 peptiia. It is useful in all cases uf diminished vital action, and ih fre- 
 quently united with other medicines, either to promote tluiir action, 
 
 or to lessen the severity of their opemtioii. It 
 is much used in colds, hoarsenesM, etc., iw it 
 pn)nu)te8 a free discharge of nnumN iiiui 
 phlegm. Taken in smal! doses, it has a tine 
 effect upon the mucou.^ membrane of tliu 
 stomach and bowels, lessening very much the 
 severity of piles, and sometimes curing them. 
 li may be sprinkled daily upon the food, or 
 taken in the form of cayenne lozenges; it \» 
 frequently useful as a gargle in sore throatH, 
 scarlet fever, etc. Dose of the powder from 
 one to eight grains. 
 
 Preparatiotis. — Fluid extract, dose, five to 
 ten drops ; tincture, dose, half a dir.m to a 
 dram, used in low forms of fever, and gastric 
 insensibility; infusion, dose, one to two drams. A valuable gargle 
 in R'^a' lot fever may be made by combining fluid extract of cayenne 
 one ounce ; common salt, one dram; boiling vinegar, one pint; boil- 
 ing water, one pint. 
 
 Celandine (^Chelidonium Maju%). — This plant is indigenous to 
 Europe, and is extensively naturalized in the United States. It is a 
 drastic purge, producing watery stools, and is equal to gamboge ; it is 
 useful in affections of the liver, and particularly in those of the 
 spleen. In the form of a poultice it is effective in scrofula, indolent 
 ulcers, skin diseases, and piles. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to fifteen drops ; solid ex- 
 tract, dose, five to eight grains ; tincture, dose, half a dram to a dram ; 
 infusion, dose, two and a half to four drams. A very good hydra- 
 gogue cathartic is made by compounding two and a half drams of 
 fluid extract of celandine with half a dram of fluid extract of hen- 
 bane, one ounce of sulphate of potassa, one grain of tartar emetic, 
 six ounces of elder-water, and ounce of syrup of squill. 
 
 ChaFk. — On account of its gpritty particles, it is unfit for medicinal 
 use intil it has been levigated, after which it is cnlled prepared chalk. 
 This is the only form in which it is used in medicine. It is an ex- 
 cellent antacid, and is admirably adapted to diarrluiea accompanied 
 with acidity. The most convenient form of administering chalk is 
 that of t' chalk mixture, which consists of prepared chalk, half an 
 ounce ; sugar and powdered gum-arabic, two drams each ; cinnamon- 
 water and water, four fluid ounces each, and rubbed together in a 
 mortar till they are thoroughly mixed. Dose, a tablespoonful fre- 
 quently repeated. 
 
-r— T" 
 
 ormH of (lyg. 
 311, and ih Ire. 
 
 tluiir action, 
 npemtioii. It 
 JHtt, etc., m it 
 
 n)ncu8 iind 
 , it has a fine 
 )rane of ihu 
 ery much tliu 
 curing them. 
 
 the food, or 
 zenges; it in 
 sore throatH, 
 powder from 
 
 dose, five to 
 i dir.m to a 
 , and gastric 
 uable gaigle 
 t of cayenne 
 e pint; boil- 
 
 idigenous to 
 ites. It is a 
 mboge ; it is 
 hose of the 
 ala, indolent 
 
 ps ; solid ex- 
 n to a dram ; 
 good hydra- 
 alf drams of 
 ract of hen- 
 rtar emetic, 
 
 3r medicinal 
 pared chalk. 
 [t is an ex- 
 ocompanied 
 ng chalk is 
 alk, half an 
 ; cinnamon- 
 )gether in a 
 joonful fre- 
 
 MEDIOINRH AMI) THKIK PUKl'AUATIONB. 
 
 829 
 
 FlO. 908. CHAMOIIILK. 
 
 Ca4«la-Bud«. — This spice is a product of China. It consista of 
 the calyx surrounding the young germ of one or more species of cin- 
 namon. CaHsia buds have some resemblance to cloves, and are com- 
 pared to small nails with round heads. They may be used for the 
 same purposes as the ciiinamon-bark. 
 
 Chamomile (Anthemis Nobility Fig. 208) — This perennial plant 
 grows in Europe, and its flowers, the white:;t of which are best, are 
 considerably used in medicine. They are 
 cfently tonic, and are generally used in cold 
 infusion, in cases of weak stomach, dyspej)- 
 sia, etc. In large doses, the wai-m infusion 
 will act as an emetic. 
 
 Preparation*. — Fluid, extract, dose, half 
 a dram to a dram ; solid extract, dose, four 
 to fifteen grains; infusion, dose, half an 
 ounce to an ounce. For dyspepsia, wind in 
 the stomach, etc., thirty pills may be made 
 by combining one dram of solid extract of 
 chamomile with five grains of the solid ex- 
 tract of rhubarb and ten g^rains of assafoe- 
 tida, and taken, one pill at a time, two or 
 three times a day, with advantage. 
 
 Charcoal {Carbo Ligni). — Prepared charcoal is antiseptic and ab- 
 sorbent, and is employed with great advantage in certain forms of 
 dyspepsia, attended with bad breath and putrid eructations ; it has a 
 good effect in correcting the fetor of the stools in dysentery : it is 
 considerably used, and with much advantage, as an ingre(Uent in 
 poultices. Dose, when taken internally, from one to three teiiepoon- 
 fuls. 
 
 Chloroform (^Chloroformum). — This is an anasthetic, used to pro- 
 duce insensibility during surgical operations. A t^aspoonful or more 
 is poured upon a handkerchief, which is held tr the patient's nose, 
 but not so closely as to prevent the admission ct »ir. The numerous 
 sudden deaths which have occurred from its use prove it to be an 
 unsafe agent, and it is now seldom employed by careful surgeons. 
 Taken internally it is sedative and narcotic ; applied externally, com- 
 bined with other articles, it is useful in painful affections, as nervous 
 headache, rheumatism, neuralgia, etc. The dose when taken inter- 
 nally is from ten to twenty drops, in flax-seed tea. 
 
 Cinnamon. — This is the bark of trees growing in Ceylon, Mala- 
 bar, and Sumatra. It is a very grateful aromatic, being warm and 
 cordial to the stomach ; it is also carminative and astringent. 
 
 It is not often prescribed alone, but is chiefly used as an aid to less 
 pleasant medicines, and enters into a great number of pre'^arations. 
 It is peculiarly adapted to diarrhcea ; and in treating this complaint 
 
 ■:1 
 
 m: 
 
880 
 
 MEDICINK8 AND TIIRIK PREPARATIONS. 
 
 it in often joined with chalk and iiHtringenUt. DoHe of the bark, from 
 ten to fifteen grains. The oil has propertieH Hiniilar to thoue of the 
 bark. 
 
 Cleavers (Galium Aparine). — An annual plant, common to thiH 
 country and Euroi>e, having an acid, SHtringent taste. The whole 
 herb i.s UHed in infuHion,aH a cooling diuretic, in Hcalding of the uriiu;, 
 inflammation of the kidneys and bladder, in gravel, suppression of 
 the urine, etc. 
 
 It is hIho used in fevers and all acute diseaseH. The infusion is 
 made by adding two ounces of the herb to a pint and a half of warm 
 water. It should stand three or four bout's, and be drunk freely when 
 cold. Equal parts of elder-blows, cleavers, and maidan-hair, infused 
 in warm water, make a refreshing drink in scailut fever and other 
 eruptive diseases. 
 
 Clove« (^Caryophylluit Aromatiem). — The flowew of this tree, a 
 native of tropical climates, collected before they are fully developed, 
 form cloves. They are highly stimulant and aromatic, and are used 
 to give tone to the digestive organs, particularly when flatulency 
 exists, and to relieve nausea and vomiting. They are more generally 
 employed to improve the taste and modify the tuition of other medi- 
 cines. The dot. in powder is from five to eight grains. The oil of 
 cloves has similar propei+'ei ; dose, one to three Irbps. A little cot- 
 ton moistened with the oil, and pressed into a decayed tooth, will 
 frequently relieve the toothache. 
 
 Cochineal ( Coccug Cacti). — An insect found in Mexico, inhabit- 
 ing different species of cactus. They are gathered for use by detach- 
 ing them from the plant with a blunt knife, and dipping them, en- 
 closed in a bag, into boiling water. Cochineal is anodyne, and has 
 been used with advantage in whooping-cough and neuralgia. It is 
 much used for coloring tinctures and ointments, and the color called 
 carmine is prepared from it. A tincture is prepared by macerating 
 two ounces of cochineal in one pint of alcohol for seven days, and 
 filtering through paper. Dose, from twenty to twenty-five drops, 
 twice a day. 
 
 Cod'LiverOII {Oleum Morrhuoe). — This is obtained from the 
 livers of codfish, and is nutritive and alterative. It is a popular rem- 
 .edy in consumption and scrofula, and in those complaints genendly 
 in which there is impaired digestion, assimilation, and nutrition. 
 Dose, a tablespoonful three times a day. 
 
 Inability to digest this oil, to eat fat meats, or to take fats in any 
 form, is an unfavorable indication in consumption. 
 
 Collodion. — This is gun-cotton diF^solved in ether. It is applied 
 with a camel's-hair brush, to cuts, burns, wounds, leech-bites, etc., 
 over which it forms a thin pellicle or skin, protecting the injured part 
 from the atmosphere. It should be kept in well stopped bottles, to 
 prevent its evapomting and becoming iinfit for use. 
 
 ria 
 
MEDICINKS AKD THKIR PRKPAKATION8. 
 
 831 
 
 ^ bark, from 
 those of the 
 
 nmon to this 
 The wholo 
 f the uriiit!, 
 •pressioii oi 
 
 infusion in 
 lalf of wiirni 
 
 reoly when 
 mir, iiifuHed 
 
 and other 
 
 tliis tree, a 
 developed, 
 
 nd are used 
 flatulency 
 
 le generally 
 
 other medi- 
 The oil of 
 
 A. little cot- 
 tooth, will 
 
 ico, inhabit- 
 by detach- 
 g them, en- 
 ne, and has 
 Jgia. It is 
 color called 
 macerating 
 I days, and 
 ■five di'ops, 
 
 from the 
 jpular rem- 
 I generally 
 
 nutrition. 
 
 als in any 
 
 is applied 
 bites, etc., 
 jured part 
 bottles, to 
 
 Colocynth {^Cucumi» Colocifnthin). — A native of northern Africa. 
 The part used in medicine is the fruit deprived of itH rind. It in a 
 powerful drastic, hydragoj^ue cathartic ; causing, by its harsh action, 
 g.iping, vomiting, and sometimes bloody discharges ; from the severity 
 of its operations, it is mrely used alone. Useful in dropsy, derange- 
 ments of the hmin, and for overcoming torpid conditions of the di- 
 gestive and biliary organs. 
 
 I'repamtionit. — Solid extract, dose, two to twenty gi'ains; com- 
 pound extract, dose, two to twenty grains. 
 
 Colombo (CocouluH Palmatuit). — A perennial climbing plant, 
 growing in East Africa, and cultivated in the Isle of France. It is a 
 pure, bitter tonic, and is used in dyspepsia, bilious vomitings which 
 attend pregnancy, and during recovery from exhausting diseases. 
 
 Prepnrationtt. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to thirty drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, four to eight grains ; tiiicture, lose, one to three drams ; 
 infusion, dose, three drams to an ounce. A compound infusion made 
 by uniting one dram of fluid extract, four dnuns of orange-peel, and 
 one ounce of water, is useful in a weakened state of the bowels, 
 showing itself in a diarrhcea. Dose, two drams every hour. Fluid 
 extract of Colombo, one ounc«\ ; fluid extract of ginger, two drams, 
 and water, one pint, also make a useful compound foithe same pur- 
 pose. Fluid extract of Colombo, one dram ; fluid extract of rhubiirb, 
 one dram ; fluid extract of ginger, half a dram ; water, one pint, — 
 this is useful for a like purpose. The following is also a very good 
 preparation for a similar use ; fluid extract of Colombo, half an ounce; 
 fluid extract of cascarilla, two drams ; I'ucture of orange-peel, two 
 drams ; syrup of cinnamon, one ounce ; water, six ounces. Dose, one 
 dram every hour. 
 
 Coltsfoot (^Tussilago Farfara). — A native of Euro^jb, and natural- 
 ized in this country, especially in the Northern States. It gprows in 
 wet places and low meadows. The leaves are principally used. 
 They are emollient, dci.iulcent, and slightly tonic ; used in coughs, 
 asthma, and whooping-cough ; and externally in the form of poultice 
 for scrofulous tumoi-s. 
 
 Comfrey {Symphytum Officinale), — A perennial European plant, 
 cultivjited in 'his country. The root is the part used. It is demul- 
 cent, and slightly astringent, and is serviceable in diseases of the 
 mucous tissues, and in scrofulous habits ; also in diarrhoea, dysen- 
 tery, coughs, bleeding from the lungs, whites, etc. It may be taken 
 as an infusion, or as a syrup, one ounce to a pint of water ; the dose 
 being one to three fluid ounces, three to four times a day. The fresh 
 root bruised forms a valuable apjilication to ulcers, bruises, fresh 
 wounds, sore breasts, and white swellings- 
 Common Silk- Weed {Asclepias Syriaca). — This is a perennial 
 plant, common tliroughout the United States. It gives out a milky 
 
 .Ji 
 
mOim 
 
 832 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 juice upon being wounded, and hence is often called milk-weed. 
 The loot is diuretic, alterative, emmenagogue, and anodyne; and k 
 sometimes used in dropsy, retention of urine, suppressed menstrua- 
 tion, scrofula, and rl. umatisra. Dose of the powder, from eight to 
 twenty grains ; of the decoction, from one to two fluid ounces. 
 
 Copper (C'ttjorwrn). — The following are the principal salts of cop- 
 per used in medicine : — 
 
 Subacetate of Copper (^Cupri Subacetas), — This is known by the 
 name of verdigris, and is used as a detergent and escharotic ; it is 
 applied to warts and fungous growths, and to foul ulcers and ring- 
 worm. When reduced to a fine powder, by trituration in a porcelain 
 mortar, the finer parts of this are separated, and called prepared 8ul> 
 acetate of copper; this is the preparation used for the purposes above 
 named. 
 
 Sulphate of Copper (^Cupri Sulphas). — In small doses, the sul- 
 phate of copper is astringent and tonic ; in large ones a prompt 
 emetic. It is given in small doses in hysterics, epilepsy, and inter- 
 mittent fevers ; and in large doses, to produce speedy vomiting in 
 croup, and to eject poisons from the stomach. A weak solution is 
 sometimes usecl for syphilitic ulcers, and as an injection in gleet. 
 Dose, as a tonic, one-quarter of a grain to one grain in pill ; as a 
 rapid vomit, from two to five grains, in two ounces of water. The 
 medicines which are incompatible with copper, are alkalies, earths 
 s»nd their carbonates, borax, salts of lead, acetate of iron, and astrin- 
 gent vegetable infusions, decoctions, and tinctures. 
 
 Corrosive Sublimate. — This, in chemical language, is the bichlo- 
 ride of mercuiy. It is one of the milder mercuriar preparations, 
 although when taken in large doses, it is a violent poison, and oper- 
 ates very quickly It is less apt to salivate than any other mercurial, 
 except blue pill. It is much used as a remedy in syphilis, particu- 
 larly in the secondary stage, in which, in many cases, it does much 
 good. It is also popular in many skin diseases, as leprosy. When 
 employed for this purpose, it is generally associated with alterative 
 and diaphoretic medicines, such as the compound decoction or syn o 
 of sarsaparilla, preparations of yellow dock, etc. In order to avoia 
 its irritating effects, it is often united with opium, or extract of con- 
 ium. Dissolved in water, it is valuable as a wash in some skin dis- 
 eases. It is an ingredient in many of the quack nostrums -which are 
 extensively advei'tised. It is the most powerful antiseptic known. 
 
 Cotton (^Q-os»ypium Herbaceum). — Cotton is chiefly employed in 
 cases of recent burns and scalds, — an application of it which sur- 
 geons have learned from popular use. It diminishes the inflamma- 
 tion, prevents blistering, and hastens the cure. It is applied in thin 
 and successive layers. The absorbent should be used. The inner 
 bark of the root is said to be emmenagogue, parturient, and abortive. 
 It is excellent in chl'^rosis. 
 
 Preparatian. — Fluid extract, dose, three drams. 
 
 ^m 
 
milk-weed. 
 y»e; ajui iy 
 
 d menstrua- 
 om eight to 
 ances. 
 
 salts of cop. 
 
 lown by the 
 rotic; it is 
 and ring. 
 
 a porcehain 
 epai-ed sul> 
 loses above 
 
 les, the sul- 
 8 a prompt 
 
 and inter- 
 
 omiting in 
 
 solution is 
 
 in gleet. 
 
 pill ; as a 
 ater. The 
 ies, earths 
 and astrin- 
 
 the bichlo- 
 3parations, 
 I and oper- 
 mercurial, 
 s» particu- 
 oes much 
 i- When 
 alterative 
 I or syn d 
 to avoiu 
 it of con- 
 skin dis" 
 ^ hich are 
 £nown. 
 
 loyed in 
 lich sur- 
 iflammfi- 
 1 in thin 
 le inner 
 ibortive. 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPAKATTONS. 
 
 833 
 
 KlO. 209. CRAME8BILI.. 
 
 Cranesbill (^Geranium Maculatum, Fig. 209). — An indigenous 
 plant, growing in all parts of the United States, in the open woods. 
 The root is the medicinal part. It is a powerful astringent, similar 
 to kino and catechu, and a valuable substi- 
 tute for those articles, because less expensive. 
 It forms an excellent gargle in sore throat* 
 and uI(;erations of the mouth, and is valuable 
 for treating those discharges arising from de- 
 bility, after the exciting causes are removed. 
 It has no unpleasant taste, and is therefore 
 well adapted to infants and persons of deli- 
 cate stomachs. As an injection, it is used in 
 gleet and whites. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a 
 dram to a dram ; solid extract, dose, three to 
 ten grains ; geraniin, the active principle, 
 dose, one to three grains ; tincture, dose, two 
 and a half to three drams ; infusion, dose, one 
 to two ounces. A valuable astringent wash 
 for sore mouth, etc., and as an injection in leucorrhoea, etc., is made 
 by uniting fluid extract of cranesbill, half an ounce ; fluid extract of 
 black cohosh, half an ounce ; fluid extract of golden seal, half an 
 ounce ; fluid extract of witch-hazel, half an ounce ; and water, one 
 quart. Geraniin, dioscorein, and caulophyllin, united in equal pai-ts, 
 and given to an adult in six-gmin doses, every fifteen or twenty min- 
 utes, have an excellent effect in diarrhoea and cholera-morbus, when 
 there is much pain and rumbling of the bowels. 
 
 Crawley ( Corallorhiza Odontorhiza'). — A perennial plant, growing 
 on barren hills and hard clay soils in New York. The root is the 
 part used. It is sedative and diaphoretic, and is used in inflamma- 
 tory diseases, and in typhoid fever; also in flatulency, cramps, hectic 
 fever and night-sweats. When the liver requires to be acted upon, 
 it should be combined with mandrake or Culver's root. The pow- 
 dered root should be kept in well-stopped vials; its dose is from 
 twenty to twenty-five grains, in warm water, every hour or two. 
 
 Creosote (^Creosotum^. — This is obtained by the distillation of 
 tar. It is irritant, narcotic, styptic, antiseptic, and moderately escha- 
 rotic. It has been given in diabetes, epilepsy, hysterics, neuralgia, 
 bleeding from the lungs, and chronic bronchitis. It is an excellent 
 remedy for arresting nausea and vomiting, when not dependent on 
 inflammation. The dose, when given internally, is one or two drops. 
 It is most easily taken in the form of pill. In some forms of bron- 
 chitis, the vapor of creosote is inhaled with advantage. It may some- 
 times be applied with excellent effect, to indolent or ill-conditioned 
 ulcers, in which case, two, four, or six droj)s may be dissolved in an 
 ounce of distilled water. In some cases the solution is mixed with 
 
 ^W.vrraOl^HP ■* 
 
834 
 
 MKUICINE8 AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 poultices. One or two drops of pure creosote, introduced into a hol- 
 low tooth on a little cotton, is generally a speedy remedy for tooth- 
 ache, but great care must be taken that it does not come in contact 
 with the tongue or cheek. 
 
 Croton Oil {Oleum Tiglii). — This is obtained from the seeds of 
 the Croton Tiglium, a plant growing in the East Indies. It is a 
 powerful cathartic producing watery stools, and is used in torpidity 
 of the bowels, dropsy, apoplexy, mania, inflammation of the brain, 
 hydrocephalus, coma, and wherever a powerful revulsive action is 
 needed to call the blood away from the brain. A drop placed on the 
 tongue of a pei-son in the comatose state, will generally operate. Two 
 to six drops, rubbed upon the skin, produce an eruption of pimples 
 in twelve houi-s. In this way, it is used in diseases of the throat and 
 chest, and some other affections. If the skin is very sensitive, let it 
 be combined with an equal quantity of sweet oil. Use only under 
 the direction of a physician. 
 
 Cubebs (Cubeboe). — A climbing perennial plant, growing in the 
 East Indies. The berries are the medicinal part. They are stimu- 
 lant, purgative, and diuretic, acting particularly upon the urinary 
 organs and arresting discharges from the water-pipe, and much used 
 in the treatment of gonorrhoea and gleet. It should not be used dur- 
 ing active inflammation. Dose of powdered cubebs, from thirty to 
 forty grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram and a 
 half ; ethereal fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; solid extract, 
 dose, two to twenty grains ; tincture, dose, one to two drams. A 
 compound, made of fluid extract of cubebs, five drams ; fluid extract 
 of ergot, one and a half drams ; cinnamon water, half a dram ; and 
 powdered loaf-sugar one dram, may be taken with advantage in 
 gonorrhoea, gleet, and leucorrhoea ; dose, one dram. 
 
 Culver's Root (^Leptandra Virginica.) — A perennial plant growing 
 throughout the United States in limestone districts, and flowering in 
 July and August. The root is the medicinal part. It is frequently 
 called black root. When dried, it is tonic, cholagogue, and laxative, 
 and is a very valuable remedy in affections of the liver, as it acts 
 upon this organ with energy, without puigation. It is also useful 
 in typhoid fevers, and in dyspepsia, diarrhoea, and dysentery. A 
 powder is made from it, containing its active principle, and called 
 leptandrin, which has a fine effect in diarrhoea, cholera infantum, ty- 
 phoid fever, some forms of dyspepsia, and in all diseases connected 
 with derangements of the liver. 
 
 Preparationx. — Fluid extract, dose, one-third of a dram to a dram ; 
 leptandrin, the active principle, dase, in acute cases, one-fourth of a 
 grain to one grain ; in chronic cases, one to two grains ; tincture, two 
 ounces to a pint of alcohol, dose, one dram to one-half ounce. 
 
 '■■m'S'ii-xi.'ii 
 
 :CA.3;.«^.>.sa..-i'^.W«riase^^ 
 
 ^■A 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIK PREPARATIONS. 
 
 835 
 
 into a liol- 
 for tooth- 
 Ill contact 
 
 e seeds of 
 '• It is a 
 torpidity 
 the brain, 
 5 action is 
 ced on the 
 •ate. Two 
 >f pimples 
 throat and 
 tive, let it 
 nly under 
 
 ng in the 
 ire stimu- 
 e urinary 
 luch used 
 used dur- 
 thirty to 
 
 am and a 
 extract, 
 rams. A 
 id extract 
 ram ; and 
 antage in 
 
 t growing 
 wering in 
 lequently 
 laxative, 
 IS it acts 
 so useful 
 iteiy. A 
 ad called 
 ntum, ty- 
 onnected 
 
 D a dram ; 
 irtli of a 
 ture, two 
 
 3. 
 
 Dandelion (^Taraxacum, Dens Leoms.) — This perennial her!) is 
 tliuretic, aperient, and tonic, It is generally thought to act especially 
 upon the liver. Used in dyspepsia, diseases of the liver and spleen, 
 and in debilitated and irritable conditions of the stomach and bowels. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; compound 
 fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; fluid extract of dandelion and 
 senna, dose, one to two drams ; solid extract, dose, ten to fifteen 
 grains; infusion, two ounces to one pint of water, dose, four to five 
 ounces. In dropsical affections, the following compound infusion 
 will be found useful : fluid extract of dandelion, six drams ; fluid 
 extract of rhubarb, one and a half drams ; fluid extract of henbane, 
 twenty-four drops ; bicarbonate of soda, half a dram ; tartrate of 
 potassa, three drams ; water, three and a half ounces ; take one-third, 
 three times a day. For jaundice and diseases of the liver and kid- 
 neys, the following pills have much elficacy : Solid extract of dande- 
 lion, one dram; solid extract of bloodrnnt, one dram; leptandrin, one 
 scruple ; podophyllin, five grains ; oil of peppermint, five minims ; to 
 be divided into fifty pills, and one or two taken three times a day. 
 
 Deadly Nightshade. — (Atropa Belladonna, Fig. 210). — A per- 
 ennial plant, growing in Europe and this country, and having a faint 
 odor, and a sweet, nauseous taste. It is narcotic, diaphoretic, and 
 diuretic ; is a valuable remedy in convulsions, neuralgia, whooping- 
 cough, rheumatism, gout, paralysis, and many diseases having their 
 seat in the nervous system. "It has been much praised as a preventive 
 of scarlet fever, though its powera for this purpose are doubtful. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to eight drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, one quarter to one grain ; tincture, two ounces to a pint 
 of diluted alcohol; dose, from thirteen to thirty drops. The solid 
 extract is used, mixed with lard or with other .. dwtances, as a local 
 application for relieving pain, dilating the pupil of the eye, for re- 
 moving stricture of the urethra, the anus, rigidity of the mouth of 
 the womb. etc. 
 
 Pio. 210. Deadly Nightshade. 
 
 Fio. 211. Dogwood. 
 
 mi 
 
 !i 
 
 Dogwood (ComM* Florida, Fig. 211). — This is a small tree 
 growing most abundantly in the Middle States. The Kark is used 
 as a medicine. It is tonic, astringent, antiperiodic and stimulant.- 
 
 BBsr 
 
886 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIK PREPARATIONS. 
 
 It increases the frequency of the pulse and elevates the teraperatuie 
 of the body. It has been substitiited for Peruvian bark in intei- 
 mittent feveis. Dose of the powdered baik, from ten to sixty grains. 
 Preparadong. — Fluid extmct, dose, half a dram to two di'ams; 
 solid extract, dose, live to eight grains ; tincture, four ounces to a 
 pint of alcohol, dose, one to three di-ams ; infusion, two ounces to a 
 pint of wal dose, half an ounce to two ounces; comin, the active 
 principle, dose, one to eight grains. 
 
 Dwarf Elder (Aralia Hispida). — A perennial under-shrub, grow- 
 ing from New England to Virginia. The bark of the root is diuretic 
 and alterative. An infusion made from it is used in gravel, suppres- 
 sion of the urine, and dropsy; to be taken in wineglassful doses, 
 three or four times a day. 
 
 Elder (Sambucus Canadensiti). — The flowers, berries and inner 
 bark of the elder are used in medicine. A warm infusion of the 
 flowei-s is diaphoretic, and gently stimulant. A cold infusion is diu- 
 retic, alterative and cooling ; used in ei-ysipelas, liver affections of 
 cliildren, rheumatism, scrofula, and some syphilitic diseases. The 
 bark, pounded with lard, forms a useful ointment for burns and 
 scalds, and so»ne diseases of the skin. 
 
 Elecampane (Inula Helenium). — This perennial plant is a native 
 of Europe and Japan, and is cultivated in this country. The root is 
 stimulant, tonic, diuretic and expectorant, and is used in chronic 
 affections of the lungs and air-passages. It is said a decoction from 
 the root forms a good application for the itch and other skin diseases. 
 Dose of the powdered root, from a scruple to a dr»m; of the infusion, 
 one fluid ounce 
 
 Electro-Magnetism. — Within a few years, electro-magnetism has 
 been employed extensively as a remedial agent, particularly in the 
 various forms of nervous disorders. That it is a valuable agent in the 
 treatment of disease, few thinking physicians doubt ; yet, like most 
 other new things in medicine, it has had its enthusiastic admirers, 
 who have claimed for it remedial powers beyond what it realty has, 
 and who have applied it to purposes beyond its sphere of usciulness. 
 
 Feverfew (^Pyrethrum Parthenium) . — In warm infusion, this herb 
 is valuable in i-ecent colds, flatulency, worms, irregular menstruation, 
 hysterics, and suppression of the urine. The cold infusion is a 
 tonic. A poultice made of the leaves soothes and alleviates, pain. 
 
 Figwort (Scrophdaria Nodosa). — The leaves and root are diu- 
 retic, alterative, and anodyne, and in some places are used in liver 
 complaints, scrofula, dropsy, and diseases of the skin. Applied 
 externally in the form of ointment, or fomentation, it is said to be 
 useful in piles, painful tumors, bruises, ringworm, and inflammation 
 of the breasts. Dose of the infusion, from two to three fluid ounces, 
 three times a day. 
 
temperature 
 n'k in iiitei- 
 iixty grains, 
 two di-ams; 
 Junces to a 
 ounces to a 
 , the active 
 
 hrub, grow- 
 'tis diuretic 
 'el, suppres- 
 ssful doses, 
 
 i and inner 
 ision of the 
 Lsiou is diu- 
 ffectious of 
 iases. The 
 burns and 
 
 ' is a native 
 The root is 
 in chronic 
 Dction from 
 in diseases, 
 le infusion, 
 
 ;netism has 
 arly in the 
 ^ent in the 
 , like most 
 a admirers, 
 really jjag, 
 us^xulness. 
 
 ti, this herb 
 nstruation, 
 fusion is a 
 es pain. 
 
 )t are diu- 
 d in liver 
 Applied 
 said to be 
 lammation 
 lid ounces, 
 
 SS" 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPABATI0N8. 
 
 837 
 
 Fio.212. Foxglove. 
 
 Flax«eed (Linum Usitatissimum). — This is demulcent and nutri- 
 tive, and is much used in couglis, bronchial diseases, intlammation of 
 the urinary organs, bowels and lungs; chiefly taken in the form of 
 flaxseed tea. The infusion is sometimes used as an injection in dys- 
 entery and piles. Linseed oil is prepared from flaxseed. 
 
 Foxglove (^Digitalis Purpurea, Fig. 212). — A biennial plant, grow- 
 ing in the temperate parts of Europe. The leaves, 
 in proper doses, are sedative and diuretic, reducing 
 the pulse, and increasing the flow of urine. In 
 large doses, they are a narcotic poison. The medi- 
 cine has been much used in . inflammatory diseases, 
 palpitation of the heart, and in dropsy connected 
 with diseased heart or kidneys. When taken for 
 some time, it is liable to accumulate in the system, 
 and suddenly to manifest poisorious and alarming 
 symptoms, as if a large dose had been taken. The 
 American hellebore is sometimes used in its place. 
 
 Dose of the powdered leaves of foxglove, from 
 one to three grains ; of the tincture, from eight 
 to ten drops. 
 
 Frost weed (^Helianthemum Canadense). — This 
 herb, also known by the name of rockrose, is tonic, 
 astringent, and alterative, and has been considerably used in scrofula; 
 combined with turkey-corn and queen's-root, itis said to have effected 
 cures in secondary syphilis. A decoction forms a useful gargle in 
 ulcerations of the mouth and throat in scarlet fever and other dis- 
 eases, and as a wash in scrofulous inflammation of the eyes. Dose of 
 the fluid extract, one to two drams, three or four times a day. 
 
 Qalls. — These are the unhealthy excrescences found growing on 
 the young boughs of the dyer's oak, QuercuB infeotoria, growing in 
 Asia. They are powerfully astringent. In the form of infusion, or 
 decoction, made in the proportion of half an ounce to a pint of water, 
 they are useful as an astringent gargle, wash, or injection ; and finely 
 powdered galls, one part to eight parts of lard, make a valuable oint- 
 ment for bleeding piles. Dose of powdered galls, from ten to fif- 
 teen grains. 
 
 Qamboge. — The hardened juice of trees growing in Siam and 
 Cochin China. This gum-resin is a hydragogue cathartic, acting 
 severely and harshly upon the bowels, and hence is not often used 
 alone. On account of the severity of its action, it is improper to use 
 it during inflammation of the stomach or bowels, piles, pregnancy, 
 diseased womb, or excessive menstruation. Combined with cream of 
 tartar and jalap, it is a valuable remedy in dropsy. The dose is one 
 or two grains. 
 
 Qarlic (Allium Sativum). — The bulb is the part used. It is stim- 
 
 "I 
 
 I 
 
 .^iftic 
 
f 
 
 838 
 
 MRDICINKH AND THEIK PREPARATIONS. 
 
 V 
 
 ulant, diuretic, oxpoctorant, and mbcfacioiit ; useful in couglis, 
 hoarsenesH, whooping-oough, and in the iiervuus 8pii.8iuudiu couglhs of 
 cliildren. Dose, from twenty grains to tliree drams ; dose of the 
 juice, mixed witli sugar, half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful. 
 
 The bruised bulbs are sometimes usefully applied as a poultice to 
 the chests of young children having inflammation of the lungs, and 
 as drafts to the feet in inflammation of the brain, fevers, etc. 
 
 Qentian ( Qentiana Lutea). — It grows among the Alps, Apennines, 
 and Pyrenees. The root is the part used, and is brought to this 
 countiy from Germany. This medicine has long maintained its rejt- 
 utation, having, it is said, derived its name from Gentius, king of 
 lUyria. It is a pure and simple bitter, exciting the appetite and 
 invigorating the digestive powers. It may be used in all cases 
 dependent on pure debility. It is much employed in dyspepsia, and 
 during recovery from exhausting diseases. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; com- 
 pound fluid extract, dose, half a dmra to a dram ; solid extract, dose, 
 three to ten grains ; tincture, four ounces to one pint of diluted 
 alcohol, dose, two to three drams. A valuable preparation is made 
 by uniting fluid extract of rhubarb, two ounces ; fluid extract of 
 gentian, half an ounce ; diluted alcohol, two pints ; dose, half an 
 ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Ginger {Zingiber Officinale'). — This is a native of Hindostan, and 
 is cultivated in all parts of India. The root is the part used. It is 
 a grateful stimulant and carminative, and is much used for dyspep- 
 sia, wind in the stomach, colic, gout, etc. It is an excellent addition 
 to bitter infusions, and is much used to disguise the taste of nauseous 
 medicines. Dose, from ten to twenty grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; tincture, 
 four ounces to one pint of diluted alcohol, dose, two to four drams ; 
 infusion, dose, one to two ounces ; syrup, dose, one to two drams. 
 
 Ginseng (^Panax Quinquefolium, Fig. 213). — A perennianl plant, 
 growing in the Middle and Southern States. It is 
 a mild tonic and stimulant, and has some reputa- 
 tion for improving impaired appetite, and for ner- 
 vous debility, weak stomach, etc. Some persons 
 are in the habit of chewing it, and it is consid- 
 erably used in this way. Dose of the powdered 
 rr from ten to forty grains ; of the infusion, from 
 J to three fluid ounces. 
 
 Glycerin. — This is the sweet or sugary portion 
 of oils, and is obtained from them during the man- 
 ufacture of lead plaster. It is demulcent and an- 
 Fio. 218. GnrsBNo. tiseptic, and has been recently recommended and 
 used to some extent in place of cod-liver oil, in 
 It has been still more used, however, as a soothing 
 
 consumption. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 839 
 
 in couglis, 
 
 ic COUgllN of 
 
 dose of tlio 
 ful. 
 
 i poultice to 
 ) lungs, and 
 etc. 
 
 . Apennines, 
 lUght to this 
 ined its reih 
 ius, king of 
 appetite and 
 in all cases 
 spepsia, and 
 
 dram ; com- 
 xtract, dose, 
 t of diluted 
 ion is made 
 : extract of 
 ose, half an 
 
 idostan, and 
 used. It is 
 for dyspep- 
 3nt addition 
 of nauseous 
 
 n; tincture, 
 four drams ; 
 o drams. 
 
 nianl plant, 
 bates. It is 
 ome reputa- 
 nd for ner- 
 me persons 
 b is consid- 
 3 powdered 
 'usion, from 
 
 ary portion 
 ig the man- 
 ent and an- 
 lended and 
 iver oil, in 
 a sootking 
 
 and emollient external application in skin-diseases, and also in place 
 of lard in the preparation of ointments. 
 
 Qold. The chief salt of gold used in medicine is the chloride or 
 
 muriate of gold and soda. It is diuretic and alterative. It ia used 
 in scrofula, skin diseases, goitre, scirrhous tumors, ophthalmia, dropsy 
 and 8yi)hilis. Also in the Keeley cure for inehriates. It will, in 
 many cases, take away the craving for liquor, hut we think there is 
 great danger of the patient becoming insane and having a desire to 
 commit suicide. The dose is from one-thirtieth to one-twelfth of a 
 grain, and is given dissolved in water, or made into pill with starch 
 or gum-arabic. 
 
 Oolden Seal {Hydrastis Canadensis, Fig. 214). — A perennial plant, 
 growing throughout the United States, par- 
 ticularly in the West. The root is the me- 
 dicinal part. It is a tonic, having especial 
 action upon diseased mucous tissues, and is 
 particularly beneficial during recdvery from 
 exhausting diseases. It is used in dyspepsia, 
 chronic affections of the nervous coats of the 
 stomach, erysipelas, and remittent, intermit- 
 tent and typhoid fevei-s. United with gera- 
 nium, it has u tine effect in chronic diarrhoea 
 and dysentery. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half 
 a dram to two drams ; solid extract, dose, 
 two to three grains ; hydrastin (resinoid), 
 dose, one-half to three grains ; hydrastin 
 (neutral), dose, two to five grains; hydras- 
 tina (alkaloid), dose, onfe to three grains ; 
 tincture, three ounces to one pint of dilut- 
 ed alcohol, dose, from half an ounce to an 
 ounce. For varipus forms of sore mouth and ulcerated sore throat, 
 the following is a useful gargle : fluid extract of golden seal, half 
 an ounce ; fluid exti-act of blue cohosh, half an ounce ; fluid ex- 
 tract of witch-hazel, half an ounce ; pulverized alum, one dram ; 
 honey, three dmms ; water, one pint. As a stimulant for a sluggish 
 liver, and as a tonic in enfeebled mucous membrane in epidemic dys- 
 entery, and other complaints, the following powders are valuable : 
 hydrastin, twenty grains ; leptandrin, twelve grains ; podophyllin, 
 two grains ; pulverized cayenne, two grains ; sugar of milk, or pul-. 
 verized loaf-sugar, one dram ; rub together thoroughly in a mortar, 
 and divide into twenty powders ; give one every two hours. 
 
 Ground Ivy (Nepeta Gfhihoma). — A perennial herb, common to 
 the United States and Europe ; in some places known as gill-over-the 
 ground. The leaves are the part used, which are stimulant, tonic, 
 
 Flo. 814. QOLDEM SEAL. 
 
 \im 
 
 r;!? 
 
 \}^ 
 
 nut" 
 
840 
 
 MKDICINES AND THEIU PRKPAIIATIONH. 
 
 mid pectoral ; considered useful in jaundice, iiMthma, and diHeatitiH of 
 the kidneys and lungs. 
 
 Quaiacum. — This medicine is the simvings or chips of the wnoil 
 of a tree growing in the West Indies, also resin obtained from the 
 same tree. It is stimulant and alterative, and is used in chronio 
 rheumatism, diseases of the skin, scrofula, and venereal complaints. 
 The tincture of the resin is valuable as an emmenagogue. Dose nf 
 the tincture, from one-half to two teaspoonfuls, to be taken with 
 milk. The wood is much used att an ingredient in alterative prepar- 
 ations of sarsaparilla, etc. 
 
 Oum-Arabic. — This is the hardened sap of trees growing iii 
 Egypt, Arabia, and other tropical countries, being several variotieH 
 of the acacia. It is demulcent, and a combustive nutritive, and '\n 
 much used in forming mixtui-es for hoaraeness, cough, sore throat, 
 gonorrhceea, inflammation of the bladder, strangury, bronchitis, and 
 irritations of raucous membranes generally. Mucilage of gum-arabic 
 is a preparation made by dissolving four ounces of powdered gum in 
 a pint of boiling water. 
 
 Qum, Hemlock. — This is the hardened juice of the hemlock, Abies 
 Canadensu, a tree growing in Canada and Maine. This gum is a 
 mild rul)efacientv and like burgundy pitch, chiefly used to make plas- 
 ters, etc., for which purpose it is very valuable. A tincture of the 
 gum is diuretic and stimulant. The oil of hemlock is valuable, in 
 combination with other oils, in preparing liniments. The bark is 
 astringent, and is much used in tanning leather. 
 
 Hcemastasis. — This word is used to imply the retention of the 
 venous blood in the limbs by ligatures. A cord or common handker- 
 chief is tied round the upper part of the arhis, or thighs, and a piece 
 of wood being slipped under the cord, is twisted round until the cord 
 is so tightened as to prevent the return of the venous blood, but not 
 to prevent the outward passage of the arterial blood. In this way, 
 the blood passing out continually in the arteries, and not returning 
 by the veins, the vessels of the liml)8 become filled to their utmost 
 capacity, and a great quantity, for the time being, is withdrawn from 
 tlie trunk. This process is useful in bleedings from the lungs, stom- 
 ach and womb, and inflammation of the brain, lungs, bowels, etc., 
 and in whatever case it may be thought desirable, for the tipie being, 
 to lessen the blood in the head or trunk, without debilitating the 
 patient. 
 
 Hair-cap Moss (Polytriehum Juniperum). — An evergreen plant 
 growing on poor, sandy soils in the Northern States. A strong infu- 
 sion of it is powerfully diuretic. In dropsical cases, two fluid ounces 
 of the infusion should be taken every half hour. It is useful in 
 fevers, iiiflammations, gravel, etc. * 
 
 ite 
 
MKDICINKH AND TIIEIK PUKI'AKATIONB. 
 
 841 
 
 MiseaHWH of 
 
 of the wo(Mi 
 ed from tlie 
 1 in chroiiio 
 coHiplaijitH. 
 -'• DoHe of 
 taken with 
 itive prepur- 
 
 growing ill 
 '•ill varioticH 
 itive, and m 
 sore throiit, 
 iicliitis, and 
 gum-arabic 
 3red gum in 
 
 nlock, Abies 
 i« gum is a 
 » make plas- 
 iture of the 
 valualile, in 
 'lie bark is 
 
 tion of the 
 on handker- 
 and a j)iece 
 til the cord 
 od, but not 
 1 this way, 
 t retaining 
 leir utmost 
 Imwn from 
 lings, stom- 
 owels, etc., 
 ;iqie being, 
 itating the 
 
 reen plant 
 
 rong infu- 
 
 lid ounces 
 
 useful in 
 
 tiBrdflBCk (Spint-a Tomentom, Fig. 21')). — Tliirt is a iM-aiitifitl 
 sliriib, eoniniou in the L'niUtd StutuM. ItM leaves are of a dark green 
 color above, and white underneath. It is tonic; and im- 
 triagent, and is muc.ii used in chronic diarrhuta, eholera 
 infantum, etc. It agrees well with the stomach, and is 
 deservedly a popular remedy in summer complaints of 
 children. 
 
 A fluid extract of it is the Ixsst preparation ; dose, four 
 to twenty drops. It is much used in the form of infusion. 
 The green herb boiled in milk forms a valuable preparation 
 in clironic diarrhcea, when attended with much debility. 
 
 Hardleaf Qolden-Rod (^Solidago Riyida). — A {)eren- 
 nial plant, growing throughout the United States, espe- 
 cially on the western prairies. It is tonic, astringent and 
 styptic, and useful to arrest bleeding from the nose, lungs, 
 utomach, and bowels. The powder and infusion are used, HAKDHAuk. 
 both externally and internally. 
 
 Helonia« {Helonias Dioica). — This herb is common in the United 
 States, and is known by the name of faUe unicorn plant. The root, 
 which is the part used, is tonic, diuretic, and vermifuge. In large 
 dose's it is emetic, and when used fresh, sialagogue. In five or seven 
 grain doses, three times a day, it relieves dyspepsia, restores the appe- 
 tite, expels worms, and relieves colic. It is a valuable womb-tonic, 
 gradually removing debility of that organ, and curing whites, pain- 
 ful menstruation, and a tendency to habitual abortion. Dose of the 
 decoction, from two to four fluid ounces. The decoction is said to 
 kill insects, bugs, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to three drams ; helonin, 
 the ac'ive principle, dose, one-fourth to one-half a grain. 
 
 Hisnbane (^Hyoscyamus Niger, Fig. 216). — This plant grows abund- 
 antly in Great Britain, and on the continent 
 of Europe, and is rare in this country. All 
 the parts are active. It is narcotic, gently ac- 
 celerating the circulation, increasing the gen- 
 eral warmth, occasioning a sense of heat in 
 the throat, and after a time inducing sleep. 
 It is often used in the place of opium, because 
 it does not bind the bowels. Used in rheu- 
 matism, gout, bronchitis, asthma, consump- 
 tion, whooping-cough, hysterics, and spas- 
 modic affections generally. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to 
 fifteen drops ; solid extract, dose, half a grain 
 to a grain ; tincture, two ounces to one pint 
 of diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram ; hyoscyamin, the ac- 
 tive principle, dose, one-eighth to half a grain. In neui-ulgia, rheum- 
 
 FIO. !16. HEKBAKE. 
 
 ' i! 
 
MKni(;iNK8 ANI» TUKIH I'KKl'AKATIONS. 
 
 843 
 
 OIK) ])int<)f water, domi, Iwo to throo ouiicus ; lupuliii, dosu, hIx to eiglit 
 iM'iiiiiH; tinutiirt) of liiiiuUn, two ouiicoh to one pint of iilcohol, doHt;, 
 olio to two (IniniH, in Hweeteiied water ; fifteen to twenty fjriiiiis of 
 lii|)uliii, well rubbed up with white Huj^iir in ii inortiv, ia very efficii- 
 fious in priiipisni, ehonlee, and Hpennatorrho'a. 
 
 Horscmint (Monarda Punctata^. — This well-known plant, which 
 is common to the United States, is stiniidant, carminative, and diu- 
 retic. A warm infusion maybe used .i flatulence, nausea, and vom- 
 iting. If the Inxly bo kept cool while takinjj it, it will act lut a din- 
 nitic. The oil of hoi-semint is used for similar purposes with the 
 plant. Dose, from two to five droj)s on suj^ar. Dose of the essence, 
 from ten to twenty drops in sweetened water. The oil is frequently 
 used as an ingredient in liniments. > 
 
 Horseradish (^Coahlearia Armoraoia). — The fresh root of this 
 well known perennial is stimidant, diuretic, antiscorbutic, and rulx)- 
 faciont. It is useful in rheumatic, paralytic, scorbutic, dropsical, and 
 dyspeptic affections. It is said that a warm infusion of the fresh root 
 in cider, drunk freely every night, will cause perspiration and a free 
 flow of urine, and will consequently cure dro{)8y. The fresh root 
 grated in vinegar, and eaten with meat at dinner, strengthens the 
 stomach and promotes digestion. 
 
 houseleek {Sempervivum Trctorum). — The bruihed leaves of this 
 perennial form a cooling application to burns, stings of insects, ery- 
 sipelas, and other inflammations ; valuable also for ringworm, shin- 
 gles, and other skin diseases. 
 
 Hydrangea {Hydrangea Arhoreseeng). — This grows abundantly 
 in the Southern, Middle, and Western States. Its root is medicinal. 
 It is diuretic, and has been much praised for its power of relieving 
 the excruciating pain caused by the passage of stone through the 
 urethra, as well as for infallibly removing such stones from the blad- 
 der, provided they are not already too large for passage through the 
 water-pipe. A concentrated decoction or the fluid extract may be 
 taken in teaspoonf ul doses several times a day, — care being taken 
 not to push the medicine to the extent of dizziness or oppression of 
 the chest. 
 
 Hyssop (Hyasopus Officinalis.^ — This is a native of the continent 
 of Europe, and is cultivated in this country. The tops and leaves 
 are the parts used. They are stimulant, aromatic, carminative, and 
 tonic. The infusion has been much employed in chronic bronchitis 
 of old people, and those of debilitivted habits. It makes the raising of 
 mucus more easy. The infusion may be combined with sage and 
 alum, and sweetened with honey. The fresh leaves bruised, and 
 applied externally, relieve the pain and dispense the spots and marks 
 caused by contusions. 
 
'r\: 
 
 844 
 
 MEDIOINKS AND THEIlt FKKPAKATIONS. 
 
 Iceland floss (^Cetraria Islandica). — This plant is found in the 
 northern latitudes, both of the old and new world, and is abundant 
 or the mountains and in the sandy plains of New England. It re- 
 ceived its name from its prevalence in Iceland, in which country, as 
 well as in Lapland, it serves, in consequence of the gum and starch 
 it contains, as food for the inhabitants. It is demulcent, tonic, and 
 nutritious, and is well fitted to relieve affections of the mucous mem- 
 branes of the lungs and bowels, connected with debility of the diges- 
 tive organs; it is given therefore in Tihronic bronchitis and other 
 affections of the chest, attended with copious expectoration, especially 
 when the matter :' V'harged is purulent; also in dyspepsia, chronic 
 dysentery, and r^. n-h.^ea. It is usually employed in the form of de- 
 coction; and \a Mucii used in the common article of diet called 
 blanc-mange. ^ 
 
 Ice'Plant (^Mbnotropa Unifiora). — This perennial plant, found in 
 various parts of the country, is snow-white, resembling frozen jelly, 
 and is juicy and tender, dissolving in the hands like ice. The flowers 
 are in shape like a pipe; hence it is called the pipe-plant. The root 
 V? the medicinal part, and is tonic, nervine, and antispasmodic. It 
 ' as also been considered sedative and diaphoretic ; and the powder 
 nas been sometimes used in the place of opium. It is said to be 
 valuable in epilepsy, chorea, and other spasmodic affections. Dose of 
 the powdered root, from thirty to sixty grains, two to three times a 
 day. » 
 
 Indian Hemp {Avocynum Cannabinum). — This perennial plant 
 resembles bitter-root, and grows in similar situations. The root is 
 powerfully emetic, and in decoction, diuretic and diaphoretic. It 
 diminishes the frequency of the pulse, and produces drowsiness. It 
 has great eflficacy in dropsy. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, as a tonic, five to ten drops ; 
 as an emetic, twenty to twenty-five drops ; solid extract, dose, one 
 to three grains ; tincture, dose, one to two drams, as a tonic, half an 
 ounce to an ounce, as an emetic ; infusion, half an ounce to a pint of 
 water ; dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Indian Turnip (^Arum Triphyllum) This is a perennial plant, 
 
 growing in damp places in North and South America, and known by 
 the name of dragon-root. The root when chewed is excessively acrid, 
 producing a biting sensation which may be somewhat relieved by 
 milk. The fresh root is acrid, expectorant, and diaphoretic, and has 
 been used in asthma, whooping-cough, chronic bronchitis, chronic rheu- 
 matism, and colic, and externally in scrofulous tumors, scald head, 
 and other skin disorders. Dose of the gratsd root, in syrup or muci- 
 lage, ten grains, three or four times a day. 
 
 Iodine {lodinurn). — This is prepared from the ashes of kelp, or 
 sea-weed, and is in small bluish-black, shining scales. It is alterative, 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR I'REPARATIONS. 
 
 845 
 
 3und in the 
 is abundant 
 and. It re- 
 country, as 
 and starch 
 t, tonic, and 
 1UC0U8 mem- 
 of the diges- 
 s and other 
 n, especially 
 psia, chronib 
 form of de- 
 diet called 
 
 mt, found in 
 frozen jelly, 
 The flowers 
 t. The root 
 lasmodic. It 
 I the powder 
 is said to be 
 ins. Dose of 
 ibree times a 
 
 rennial plant 
 
 The root is 
 
 phoretic. It 
 
 owsiness. It 
 
 to ten drops ; 
 act, dose, one 
 tonic, half an 
 le to a pint of 
 
 rennial plant, 
 md known by 
 essively acrid, 
 ,t relieved by 
 iretic, and has 
 , chronic rheu- 
 8, scald head, 
 lyrup or muci- 
 
 les of kelp, or 
 t is alterative, 
 
 tonic, and somewhat diuretic. It has been chiefly emjloyed in dis- 
 eiises of the absorbent and glandular system, particularly scrofula, 
 goitre, and glandular tumors generally. Dose, in substance, half a 
 grain, two or three times a day, in form of pill ; in form of tincture, 
 thrbe to five drops. 
 
 Iodide of Potassium (^Potmsii lodiduni). — This is one of the prep- 
 arations of iodine, and is sometimes improperly called hydriodate of 
 potasm. It is formed by decomposing the iodide of iron by carbonate 
 of potassa. It is used for the same purposes as iodine, but chiefly as 
 an alterative in tertiary syphilis, for which it is a specific ; also in 
 some forms of chronic rheumatism, and in leprosy. Dose of the salt, 
 from two to fifteen grains. It is much combined with bitter tinctures, 
 and particularly with the compound preparations of sarsaparilla, yel- 
 low dock, and queen's-root. The acids and metallic salts are incom- 
 patible with it. 
 
 Ipecacuanha. — This is a small perennial plant, growing tr^ moist 
 woods, in several countries of South America. The ^oct is the part 
 used. It is a very valuable emetic, in large doses j in smaller doses, 
 it is sudorific and expectorant. Used to prr iuce vomiting in the 
 commencement of fevers, inflammatory diseases, swelled testicles, and 
 before the paroxysms of ague ; and to excite nausea in dysentery, 
 asthma, whooping-cough, various hemorrhages, and inflammation of 
 the lungs ; and, combined wdtu opium, to produce diaphoresis in 
 rheumatism, gout, and febrile complaints. Dose, as an emetic, from 
 fifteen to thirty grains ; to excite nausea, from one to three grains ; 
 and to produce diaphoresis, two to six gmins, with one grain of 
 opium. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, as an expectorant, five to eight 
 drops ; as an emetic, half a dram to a dram ; tincture, half an ounce 
 to an ounce ; wine of ipecac, three ounces to one pint of sherry wine, 
 dose, a quarter to half a di-am, as an expectorant ; two and a half to 
 three drams as an emetic. The following is a useful expectorant for 
 young children : fluid extract of ipecac, two drams ; syrup of tolu, 
 five drams ; mucilage of gum-arabic, one ounce ; sherry wine, three 
 drams, — mix. Dose, one dram. 
 
 Iron (Ferrum). — As this is the most abundant, so is it the most 
 useful of all the metals. It is widely diffused through the mineral, 
 the vegetable, and the animal kingdoms. It is an essential constitu- 
 ent in the blood of man, and as a medicine it has great value, being 
 a powerful tonic. In most cases wh'^re the blond is thin and reduced, 
 iron is our best remedy; it raises the pulse, p.omotes the secretions, 
 and gives color, body, and nutritive qualities to the blood. It is 
 much used, in some one of its prepared forms, in clironic ana nia, chlor- 
 osis, hysterics, whites, rickets, chorea, dyspepsia, neuralgia, and par- 
 ticularly consumption. Care should be taken in using the various 
 preparations of iron, not to let the remedy touch the teeth. It is 
 
846 
 
 MKDICINE^ AND TH"IU PREPAKATI0N8. 
 
 V 
 
 well to take them, when not in pill form, through a gliws tube. The 
 following are most of the chemical preparations of iron used in medi- 
 
 cine; 
 
 Ammonia-Citrate of Iron (^Ferri Ammonio Citras). — This is in 
 the form of thin scales, of a beautiful garnet-red color, and has a 
 slightly acid taste. It is very soluble in water. Its great solubility 
 gives it some advantage oyer the citrate. The dose is five grams, 
 three times a day, in solution. 
 
 Black Oxide of Iron (Ferri Oxidum Nigrum). — This is a dark, 
 grayish-black powder, unchangeable in the air, and having magnetic 
 properties. It is a valuable chalybeate, and may be given in five to 
 ten-grain doses. 
 
 Citrate of Iron (Ferri (7t«ra«). — This is a valuable preparation of 
 iron. It is soluble in water. Usually given in the form of pill, in 
 two to three-grain doses, three times a day. 
 
 Citrate of Iron and Quinia (Ferri et Quinioe Citras). — In the 
 form of shining scales, garnet^jolored, and soluble in water. Au ex- 
 cellent antiperiodic and tonic. Given in intermittents, when the 
 blood is low, etc. Dose, five to eight grains, two or three times a 
 day. ' , , 
 
 Citrate of Iron and Strychnia. — It is a valuable preparation, and 
 combines the properties of iron and strychnia, and has proved an 
 efficacious remedy in atonic dyspepsia, absence of the menses, St. 
 Vitus's dance, green-sickness, hysterics, etc. It is a beautiful salt, 
 looking like citrate of iron, except that it is a little darker. Three 
 grains of the iron are combined with one-sixteenth of a grain of 
 strychnia. 
 
 Hydrated Oxide of Iron (Ferri Oxidum Hydratum'). — This is in 
 a reddish-brown, moist mass, not much used in medicine, except as 
 an antidote to the poison of arsenic, for which it is very valuable. It 
 should be given in tablespoonful doses, often repeated. 
 
 Iodide of Iron (^Ferri lodidum,'). — The iodide of iron is a crystal- 
 line substance, of a greenish-black color and styptic taste. It has 
 tonic, alterative, diuretic, and emmenagogue properties. It is em- 
 ployed chiefly in scrofulous complaints, swelling of the glands of the 
 neck, chlorosis, absence of the menses, and leucorrhoea. In obstinate 
 syphilitic ulcers, and in secondary syphilis, occurring in scrofulous 
 and debilitated subjects, it has been used with success. Dose, three 
 grains, gradually increased to five. It should never be given in the 
 form of a pill, but preferably in combination with simple syrup (see 
 Syrup of Iodide of Iron). 
 
 Lactate of Iron (Ferri Xac«a«). — This has the general medicinal 
 properties of the ferruginous preparations. It increases the appetite 
 m a marked degree, and has been used with decided benefit in clilo- 
 
MED1CINK8 AND THEIR PREPAKATI0N8. 
 
 847 
 
 58 tube. The 
 used in medi- 
 
 — This is in 
 }r, and has a 
 reat solubility 
 ,8 five grains, 
 
 'his is a dark, 
 fing magnetic 
 ven in five to 
 
 preparation of 
 jrm of pill, in 
 
 'as). — In the 
 '^ater. An ex- 
 nts, when the 
 three times a 
 
 ■eparation, and 
 las proved an 
 le menses, St. 
 beautiful salt, 
 iarker. Three 
 of a grain of 
 
 I. — This is in 
 cine, except as 
 :y valuable. It 
 
 on is a crystal- 
 taste. It has 
 ies. It is eni- 
 e glands of the 
 . In obstinate 
 f in scrofulous 
 J. Dose, three 
 be given in the 
 aple syrup (see 
 
 leral medicinal 
 ies the appetite 
 benefit in clilo- 
 
 rosis. Dose, one to two grains, three times a day. The dose may 
 be gradually increased. Given in the form of solution, pill, or 
 lozenge. 
 
 Phosphate of Iron (Ferri Phosphas). — This is a slate-colored 
 powder, insoluble in water. It is a valuable remedy in consumption, 
 cancer, and nervous diseases, accompanied by a low state of the blood. 
 Dose, one or two grains, three times a day. 
 
 Persalt of Iron {MoniseVs Styptic'). — Thui is a most valuable 
 styptic, and is used with success in restraining violent bleedings. It 
 produces no irritant effects upon the tissues, and may be used with 
 safety both in slight and extensive surgical operations. Physicians 
 should have it by them, and will find it very serviceable in sudden 
 emergencies of bleeding. It is prepared in solution and in the form 
 of diy salt. The solution is the most convenient and eligible form, 
 and may be applied as prepared. 
 
 Powder of Iron (^Ferri Pulvis). — This is what is often called iron 
 by hydrogen, or Qu^venne's iron. It is an impalpable powder, and 
 of an iron-gray color. If black, it is worthless. It is used in anaemia, 
 and in all those conditions characterized by deficiency of coloring- 
 matter in the blood. The best metallic iron for medicinal use. Dose, 
 from two to five grains, several times a day; to be given in the form 
 of pill. 
 
 Precipitated Carbonate of Iron (Ferri Subcarbonaa.) -— This is a 
 reddish powder, insoluble in water. It is tonic, alterative, and em- 
 menagogue, and is used in neuralgia, chorea, chlorosis, anaemia, epi- 
 lepsy, scrofula, etc. Dose, five to twenty grains, three times a day, 
 to be taken in a little water. 
 
 Protoxide of Iron (Ferri Protoxiduni). — This is of a dark-blue 
 color, and has a tendency to absorb oxygen from the air, which con- 
 verts it into the sesquioxide. It is a valuable preparation of iron. 
 Dose, from two to five grains, tliree times a day. • 
 
 Solution of Protoxide of Iron. — The protoxide of iron is more 
 readily absorbed and assimilated, and agrees better with the stomach 
 than any other preparation of this metal. It is prepared in the form 
 of a syrup, of which the dose is from one to two teaspoonf uls , three 
 times a day. 
 
 Solution Protoxide Iron, with Rhubarb and Colombo. — This is 
 a composition of protoxide of iron with vegetable tonics. As a 
 remedy in many forms of dyspepsia, it must prove of great value. 
 
 Solution Protoxide Iron, with Quinine. — This has become a 
 remedy of established reputation. Quinine combined with iron, par- 
 ticularly with the protoxide, must have great advantages as a chaly- 
 beate tonic. Each tablespoonful contains half a grain of quinine. 
 
848 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPABATIONS. 
 
 V 
 
 >. 
 
 Solution Protoxide of Iron, witli Iodide of Potassa. — In this 
 
 preparation the valuable alterative propeities of iodide of potassium 
 are connected with iron. It is therefoi-e alterative and tonic, and 
 may be used in scrofulous and other weakened conditions of the sys- 
 tem. It is a remedy of decided merit. Three grains of the iodide 
 of potassium are contained in each tablespoonful. 
 
 Sulpliate of Iron (^Ferri Sulphas). — This is in the form of transpa- 
 rent crystals, of a pale, bluish-green color, and efflorescent in the air. 
 It has a styptic taste, and is soluble in about twice its weight of 
 cold water, but insoluble in alcohol. It is astringent and tonic. In 
 large doses it produces nausea and griping of the bowels. Useful 
 in scrofula and as an astringent in passive hemorrhages, sweats, dia- 
 betes, chronic mucous catarrh, leucorrhcea and gleet. As a tonic it 
 is useful in dyspepsia. 
 
 Syrup of Iodide of Iron (^Syntpus lodidi Fern). — This is an 
 elegant preparation of iodine and iron, and is given in all debilitated 
 conditions of the system, when there is a taint of scrofula. Dose, 
 from twenty to sixty drops, well diluted, at the moment of taking, 
 with water. 
 
 Syrup of iodide Iron and flanganese. — This is of a light straw- 
 color, prepared from protosulphate of iron, protosulphate of man- 
 ganese, and iodide of potassium. It is a remedy of unsurpassed 
 efficacy in anaemic, scrofulous, syphilitic, and cancerous affections. 
 It is considered superior to the syrup of iodide of iron. Dose, from 
 ten to thirty drops. 
 
 Tartrate of Iron and Potassa (Ferri et Potaasce Tartras. — This 
 is in the form of beautiful shining scales, of a dark ruby color, of a 
 slightly chalybeate taste, and very soluble in water. It is one of the 
 mildest of the salts of iron, and is considerably used in scrofula, weak- 
 ness of the bowels, general debility, etc. It is much used as a remedy 
 for syphilis, both externally and internally. The dose is ten to twenty- 
 five grains in solution. 
 
 Tincture of Muriate of Iron (Tinctura Ferri Ghloridi'). — This 
 has a reddish-brown, yellowish color, a sour and very styptic taste, 
 and an odor like muriatic ether. It is one of the most active and 
 certain preparations of iron, generally agreeing with the stomach, and 
 much employed for purposes for which iron is used. It is useful in 
 scrofula, gleet, and leucorrhcea ; also in hemorrhages from the womb, 
 kidneys, and bladder, of a passive character. Dose, from ten to twenty- 
 five drops, gradually increased to one or two drams, two or three 
 times a day. It should be given diluted with water. 
 
 Valerianate of Iron. — This salt is in the form of a dark-red pow- 
 der, having a faint odor, and a taste of valerianic acid. It is soluble 
 in alcohol, and insoluble in water. Given in hysterical affections, 
 complicated with chlorosis. Dose, one grain, several times a day. 
 
a. — In this 
 'f potassium 
 i tonic, and 
 s of the sys- 
 f the iodide 
 
 a of transpa- 
 it in the air. 
 is weight of 
 i tonic. In 
 !l8. Useful 
 sweats, dia- 
 k.8 a tonic it 
 
 This is an 
 
 debilitated 
 
 ula. Dose, 
 
 of taking, 
 
 light straw- 
 te of man- 
 msurpassed 
 affections. 
 Dose, from 
 
 •as. — This 
 color, of a 
 one of the 
 f ula, weak- 
 is a remedy 
 to twenty- 
 mo.— This 
 'ptic taste, 
 active and 
 )mach, and 
 8 useful in 
 the womb, 
 to twenty- 
 J or three 
 
 k-red pow- 
 is soluble 
 affections, 
 3 a day. 
 
 mr 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 849 
 
 Isinglass (Ichthyocolla). — A gelatinous sul)8tance, prepared from 
 the bladder of fishes. It is soluble in alkaline solutions and diluted 
 acids. In boiling it dissolves and forms a jelly upon cooling, in which 
 form it is chiefly used as a nutritive diet for the sick. 
 
 Jalap (Ipomcea Jalapa). — This is a Mexican plant. Its root is 
 an active cathartic, producing liquid stools, more or less griping. 
 United with cream of tartar it becomes a hydragogue, and is useful 
 ill dropsy. The dose is from fifteen to twenty-five grains. 
 
 Preparations Fluid extract, dose, a quarter to one dram ; solid 
 
 extract, dose, three to five grains ; tincture, two ounces to the pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, one to two drams ; jalapin, the active principle, 
 dose, one to two grains. 
 
 Juniper {Juniperu Communin). — This evergreen shrub is a native 
 of Europe, and is naturalized in some parts of this country. The 
 berries, which are the parts used, are wrinkled, of a dark-purple color, 
 about the size of a pea. They are gently stimulant and diuretic, and 
 have been used in scurvy and inflammation of the bladder, chiefly in 
 connection with more active diuretics. The oil of juniper obtained 
 from the berries is used for similar purposes. Five minims of the 
 oil mixed with one fluid dram of sweet spirits of nitre, and given 
 three times a da}', is valuable in dropsy. Dose of the berries, from 
 one to two drams ; of tlie oil, from five to ten drops. 
 
 Kino. — This is the hardened juice of an East Indian tree, Ptero- 
 carpus Marmpium. There are several varieties of it. It is a power- 
 ful and valuable astringent, and is much used in diarrlioea, not 
 attended with inflammation. Opium is often united with it, and it 
 is a favorite addition to chalk-mixture. It is also used in chronic 
 dysentery, leucorrhcea and diabetes. It may be used in the form of 
 powder, infusion, or tincture. Dose of the powder, ten to twenty 
 grains ; of the tincture, one or two fluid drams ; the infusion is use- 
 ful as an injection in leucorrhcea and gonorrhoea. The powder is 
 sometimes sprinkled with advantage on indolent and flabby ulcers. 
 
 Ladies' Slipper (^Cypripedium ^ubescens. Fig. 
 218). — The fibrous roots are the parts used of this 
 plant. It is tonic, nervine, and anti-spasmodic, and 
 is employed in nervous headache, and other ner- 
 vous affections, as excitability, hysterics, neuralgia, 
 etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a di-am 
 to a dram ; solid extract, dose, five to ten grains ; 
 tincture, two ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, 
 dose, half an ouuce; cypripedin, the active prin- 
 ciple, dose, two to three grains. The following is 
 a useful preparation for producing sleep, in wakeful 
 and excited conditions : fluid extract ladies' slipper, j.,q 
 
 one ounce; fluid extract pleurisy root, one ounce ; la»ii!,c'"slippek. 
 
 m 
 
 21ft. 
 
#r 
 
 850 
 
 MBD1CINE8 AND THEIR PRKPARATIONS. 
 
 fluid extract skunk-cabbage, one ounce ; fluid extract, scuUcaj), one 
 ounce ; mix ; dose, half a dmni to a dram, three times a day. 
 
 For sick and nervous headache, dependent on an acid stomach, 
 the following is useful: fluid extract ladies' slipper, half an ounce; 
 fluid extract catnip, half an ounce ; fluid extract scullcap, half an 
 ounce ; water, one pint ; mix ; dose, one and a half to three drams. 
 
 Lead {Plumbum). — Lead acta upon the system as a sedative and 
 iwtringent. Internally, it is used for the purpose of reducing tlm 
 force of the circulation, and for restraining impioper bleeding and 
 other excessive discharges. Externally, it is employed to sulKlne 
 inflammation. • It should not be excessively used, for, if taken in- 
 ternally for a long time, it injures the nervous system, and brings on 
 apoplexy, palsy, and particularly lead colic. Nature generally gives 
 notice when it is doing mischief, by drawing a blue line around the 
 edge of the gum». The preparation of lead chiefly used in medicine 
 is the following : — 
 
 Acetate of Lead {Plumbi Acetas). — This is known by the name 
 of mgar of lead and is a white salt, crystallized in brilliant needles. 
 It has first a sweetish, and then an astringent taste. In medicinal 
 doses, it is a powerful sedative and astringent; in large ones an 
 irritant poison. It is principally used internally for bleeding from 
 the lungs, bowels, and womb. The dose is generally two grains, 
 united with half a grain to a gnain of opium, in the form of pill. Ex- 
 ternally, it is employed in form of solution and applied to inflamed 
 surfaces witli cloths. Four grains of sugar of lead and four of pul- 
 verized opium to the pint of water, make a good lotion for various 
 purposes. 
 
 Lemon (Citrus Limonum). — This is a well-known tropical fruit, 
 the juice of which has a grateful acid taste, and is much used in 
 fevers and inflammatory complaints, forming the agreeable drink 
 called lemonade. The oil of lemon, obtained from the fresh rind of 
 the fruit, is chiefly used in perfumery, and to render the taste of 
 medicines more agreeable. 
 
 Lettuce (Lactuca Sativa). — The medicinal properties of this 
 garden-plant are contained in the milk. It is given when opium 
 disagrees with the patient, to allay cough and irritability. It is one 
 of the most wholesome vegetables for the table. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams; 
 solid extract, dose, two to five grains. The following is a useful 
 compotind syrup : fluid extract lettuce, two ounces ; fluid extract 
 poppy, four ounces; simple syrup, ten ounces; mix; dose, half a 
 dram to a dram. 
 
 Life- Root (Seneeio Aureus). — This is a perennial plant, growing 
 on the banks of mai-shy creeks in the Northern and Western States, 
 and sometimes called ragwort. Both the root and herb are diuretic, 
 
MEDICINKB AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 851 
 
 BcuUciiji, one 
 . (lay. 
 
 cid stomach, 
 If an ounce; 
 leap, half an 
 hree drams. 
 
 sedative and 
 reducing ilm 
 bleeding and 
 d to suhdne 
 if taken in- 
 nd brings on 
 nerally gives 
 e around the 
 I in medicine 
 
 by the name 
 iant needles. 
 In medicinal 
 irge ones an 
 leeding from 
 
 two grains, 
 of pill. Ex- 
 
 to inflamed 
 
 four of pul- 
 i for various 
 
 ropical fruit, 
 luch used in 
 eeable drink 
 fresh rind of 
 the taste of 
 
 'ties of this 
 wlien opium 
 y. It is one 
 
 two drams; 
 ; is a useful 
 fluid extract 
 dose, half a 
 
 mt, growing 
 stern States, 
 are diuretic, 
 
 pectoral, diaphoretic, and tonic, considerably vabied as a remedy in 
 gravel and other urinary affections, particularly strangury. It is 
 useful for promoting menstrual discharges. 
 
 PrepiiratioiiH. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; infu- 
 sion, dose, one to three ounces; senecin, the active principle, dose, 
 three to five grains. For chlorosis, accompanied by absence of the 
 menses, the following is a useful preparation : senecin, aletrin and 
 sulphate of iron, four grains each. Mix and divide into two-grain 
 powdera. Six gmins each of senecin and geraniin, mixed and tivken 
 in doses? of two to four grains, has a good effect in restraining an 
 immoderate flow of the menses. In painful menstrua 'on, the follow- 
 ing is a good pill : senecin, two grains ; quinine, six grains ; solid 
 extract belladonna, three grains ; make into ten pills, and take one 
 every three hours till the pain is subdued. 
 
 Lime (^Calx). — This is one of the alkaline earths, and is an abun- 
 dant natural production. It is used in several forms in medicine, of 
 which the following are the chief : — 
 
 Chloride c' t-ime ( Calx Chloirnata'). — This is a moist, grayish- 
 white substsmce, having the odor of chlorine, and possessing powerful 
 bleaching properties. Externally used, it is disinfectant, and, dis- 
 solved in water, is applied with advantage to ill-conditioned ulcertf, 
 burns, chilblains and eruptions of the skin ; also as a gargle in putrid 
 sore throat, and as a wash for ulcerated gums, and to purify the 
 breath. It has been used with advantage in dysentery, both by mouth 
 and injection, to correct the fetor of the stools. 
 
 Lime- Water {Aqua Calcis). — This is made by dissolving four 
 ounces of lime in a gallon of water, and letting the solution stand 
 in a covered vessel, and pouring off the clear liquor when it is wanted 
 for use. It is antacid, antilithic, tonic, and astringent, valuable in 
 all complaints attended with acidity of the stomach. United with 
 milk, and used as the scile diet, it is sometimes the only remedy for 
 chronic diarrhoea of long standing. Dose of lime-water, half an 
 ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Liquorice (Glycm'rhiza Q^labra'). — This grows in the south of 
 Europe and Asia. The root is the pari used. It is demulcent and 
 expectorant, and is useful in cough, chionic bronchitis, and irritations 
 of the mucous surfaces generally. The pulverized root "nited with 
 an equal amount of sulphur and a little molasses, is a \iviaable pre- 
 paration for coughs. The black extract may be used for the same 
 purposes as the root. 
 
 Liverwort (^Bepatica Americana). — An indigenous plant, growing 
 in woods, upon the sides of hills and mountains. The leaves with- 
 stand the cold of winter, and the flowers appear early in the spring. 
 The whole plant is medicinal. It is a mild demulcent tonic and 
 
 Hf 
 
 MBH 
 
852 
 
 MEDICINES AND TIIRIK PRKPARATIONS. 
 
 FlO. 219. LOBKLIA 
 
 oHtringent, and has been used in fevei-H, liver-complaints, bleeding' 
 from the lungn, and coiighH. 
 
 Pri'parntioHK. — Fluid extract, dose, two to three drams; infuHion, 
 four ounces to the pint of water, to be taken freely. 
 
 Lobelia {Lobelia Infiata^ Fig. 219). — Thib weed grows throughout 
 the United States ; both its seeds and leaves are used in 
 medicine. The plant is emetic, expectorant, sedative 
 and aiitispa^tmodic. As an emetic it is generally 
 used in combination with other articles for that pur- 
 pose. It is of great advantage in spasmodic asthma, 
 as well ivs in bronchitis, croup, whooping-cough, and 
 other throat and chest affections. Whenever relaxa- 
 tion is re(]uired to subdue spasm, or for other pur- 
 poses, lobelia will l)e found useful. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extmct, dose, as an ex- 
 pectorant, ten to fifty drops ; as an emetic, one-fourth 
 of a dnvni to a dram ; tincture, two ounces to a pint 
 of diluted alcohol, dose, as an expectorant, one to 
 three drams, as an emetic, half an ounce ; infusion, 
 dose, an ounce every half hour till vomiting ensues; 
 lobelin, the active principle, dose, half a grain to a grain and a half. 
 The following mixture will be found excellent, as an expectorant 
 and sudorific in spasmodic croup, whooping-cough and asthma, and 
 for subduing mucous inflammation about the throat and air-passages: 
 tincture of lobelia, half an ounce ; tincture of bloodroot, two ounces ; 
 oil of spearmint, half a diam ; empyreumatic syrup, five ounces ; 
 dose, half a dmm every two hours. A poultice made of lobelia, elm- 
 bark and weak lye, relieves sprains, bruises, rheumatic pains, erysip- 
 elatous inflammations and poison from ivy or dogwood. 
 
 Logwood (^Hcematoxylon Oampechianum). — This tree is a native 
 of tropical America. The wood is used in medicine. It is tonic and 
 astringent, and is used with advantage in diarrhoea, dysentery, and 
 in the relaxed state of the bowels after cholera infan^vni. Used 
 freely with other treatment, it also benefits constitutions broken down 
 by disease or dissipation. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dmm to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose» five to twenty grains ; infusion, half an ounce to a pint 
 of water, dose, four drams every three or four hours, in diarrhoea. 
 
 Magnesia (Magnesia Ustd). — Calcined magnesia is obtained from 
 carlxinate of magnesia, by exposure to a strong heat. It is a white, 
 inodorous, light powder, of a feeble alkaline taste. It is antacid and 
 laxative, and is much used in dyspepsia, sick headache, gout, and in 
 other complaints attended with sour stomach and costiveness ; like- 
 wise a favorite remedy in complaints of children. Dose, as a laxative, 
 from thirty to forty grains ; as an antacid or antilithic, ten to twenty- 
 five grains, once or twice a day. 
 
 I 
 
} 
 
 MKDICINES ANP HEIK PRKPAKATIONS. 
 
 853 
 
 nts, bleeding 
 ■ni8 ; infiiHioii, 
 
 vn througliout 
 /es are u.sed in 
 rant, sedative 
 is gejiemily 
 for that |)ur- 
 lodic aatluna, 
 g-cough, luid 
 never relaxa- 
 or other pur- 
 
 N as an ex- 
 ic, one-fourth 
 ices to a pint 
 Jraiit, one to 
 ce; infusion, 
 iling enwues; 
 n and a half, 
 expectorant 
 asthma, and 
 air-jjassages: 
 , two ounces ; 
 five ounces ; 
 ■ lobelia, elm- 
 pains, erjKip. 
 
 i is a native 
 ; is tonic and 
 sentery, and 
 it\au. Used 
 broken down 
 
 dram ; solid 
 ice to a pint 
 diarihoea. 
 
 bteined from 
 t is a white, 
 antacid and 
 fout, and in 
 eness; like- 
 8 a laxative, 
 I to twenty- 
 
 Carbonate of Magnesia (Mafln-'nice Carhoruu). — This is prepared 
 from Hulpliiiti! of magnesia, \)y carbonate of soda. It is antacid, and 
 when it meets with acid in the stomach and bowels it is laxativo. 
 
 Sulphate of Magnesia {Magnetia Sulphas). — Obtained from sea- 
 water. This is the well-known EpLJm salts and is purgative und 
 diuietic. Used in all cases which require purgatives. It generally 
 operates without griping, and, when united with an acidulated infu- 
 sion of roses, will remain on the stomach when all other things are 
 rejected. The less it is diluted the better and more easily it oper- 
 ates, provided a draught of warm water be taken an hour afteinvards. 
 It may be made to act as a diuretic by keeping the skin cool, and 
 walking about after it has been taken. 
 
 Male Fern (^Anpidium Filix Mas). — This perennial plant is found 
 in both Europe and America, also in Asia and northern Africa. The 
 root, which is the medicinal part, should be gathered during summer, 
 as thu active principle is more abundant at that season than any 
 other. It is also said to deteriorate by age, and become nearly worth- 
 less in two years. It is slightly tonic and astringent, but its chief 
 value consists in its power to destroy and expel the tapeworm. 
 
 Preparations. — Solid extract, dose, nine to twelve grains. The 
 following compound pills are adapted to the destruction of the tape- 
 worm : solid extract male fern, two scruples ; gamboge, fourteen 
 grains ; calomel, fourteen grains ; scammony, eighteen grains. Mix, 
 and divide into twenty pills. ' Dose, two to three pills. 
 
 Mandrake (Podophyllum Peltatum, Fig. 220). — This is exclu- 
 sively an American plant. The root is the 
 
 medicinal part. It is cathartic, alterative, 
 anthelmintic, hydragogue, sialagogue, and, 
 in large doses, emetic. It stimulates and 
 quickens the action of the liver and kidneys, 
 promotes expectoration and determines the 
 blood to the surface. Combined with cream 
 of tartar, it produces watery stools and is use- 
 ful in dropsy. It is used in jaundice, dysen- 
 tery, diarrhoea, bilious, remittent, and inter- 
 mittent fevers, puerperal fever, typhoid fever, 
 and all glandular enlargements. But it has a 
 more particular action upon the liver, and is ^^°- ^^O- mandrake. 
 especially useful in derangements of that organ. 
 
 The severity of its action seems to be the only objection to its very 
 extensive use. Its harshness, however, maybe much lessened by its 
 combination with alkalies, ginger, or caulophyllin. 
 
 Preparations Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; com- 
 pound fluid extract, dose, one to two dr.ais ; solid extract, dose, three 
 to twelve grains ; tincture, three and a half ounces to one pint of al- 
 cohol, dose, one to three drams ; podophyllin, the active principle, 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
864 
 
 MEDICINEH AND I'HKIK PKKf AUATIONH. 
 
 dose, iw un alterative, ono-eighth t4) a (juiirtui' uf a grain ; uh a ciitli- 
 artic, one to two gruins. 
 
 Manna. — Tliis is the concrete juice of the tree called OniuH 
 Europcea, growing in Sicily, Calabria, and Aj.nlia, as well as of 
 soveml other species of tree. Manna is a gentle laxative, operating 
 mildly, though sonietinu's producing wind and pain. It is consider- 
 ably used as a gentle physic for children and women in the family 
 way. The usual way of prescribing it is in connection with senna, 
 rhubai'b, magnesia, or the neutral salts. Being sweet, it conceals the 
 taste of these remedies in some measure, while it adds to their pur- 
 gative effect. Dose of manna, for a grown peition, from one to one 
 and a half ounces ; for a child, from one to four drams, according to 
 age. 
 
 Marsh-Rosemary (^Statice Caroliniana). — This plant grows on 
 the coast from Maine to Georgia. The root of it is the medicinal 
 part. A decoction of it is much used in diarrhoea, dysentery, etc., 
 also ivs a gargle in ulcenited sore mouth and the throat affection of 
 scarlet fever, and as an injection in gleet, whites, and falling of the 
 womb and bowel. Dose of the decoction, one or two tablespoonfuls 
 every hour or two. 
 
 Marshmallow (^Althcea Offieinalis, Fig. 221). — A perennial plant, 
 growing in salt marshes and other moist places in 
 Europe. The root is the medicinal part, and its 
 properties are those of a demulcent. A decoction 
 of it is used in irritations and inflammations of 
 mucous membranes, sis in inflammation of the 
 lungs, stomach, bowels and bladder, and some 
 affections of the kidneys. The powdered root, 
 and also the leaves and flowers, are sometimes 
 employed in the form of poultice. 
 
 Mastic. — This is the hardened gum or resin 
 which flows from incisions in the small tree or 
 shrub pistacia lentiiscus, growing upon the borders 
 of the Mediterranean. It is not much used in 
 medicine, but is chiefly employed in manufactur- 
 ing a brilliant varnish. I introdu(5e it here principally for the pur- 
 pose of recommending the following use of it in carious teeth,— 
 particularly in those new parts of the country where dentistry is not 
 much known. Dissolve, in a well-stopped bottle, four parts of 
 mastic in one part of sulphuric ether. Saturate with this solution 
 a small piece of cotton of the size of the cavity in the tooth, and then, 
 having cleansed and dried the cavity, gently press the cotton into it. 
 The ether will soon evaporate and leave the gum to attach itsolf to 
 the sides of the tooth, and protect its inner surfaces from the action 
 of the air aud food. 
 
 
 FlO. 831. 
 HAB8HUALLOW. 
 
mi ; iiH H ciitli- 
 
 called Ormm 
 lus well as of 
 live, operiiiing 
 It is coiiHider- 
 in the fiiinily 
 m witli seiiim, 
 t coiieealH the 
 
 to their pur- 
 [)m one to one 
 I according to 
 
 ant grows on 
 the medicinal 
 ysentery, etc., 
 it affection of 
 'ailing of the 
 ^blespoonfuls 
 
 ronnial plant 
 loist places in 
 part, and its 
 A decoction 
 immations of 
 ation of the 
 er, and some 
 •wdered root, 
 fe sometimes 
 
 gum or resm 
 small tree or 
 n the borders 
 inch used in 
 manufactur- 
 for the par- 
 ous teeth, — 
 atistry is not 
 ur parts of 
 this solution 
 th, and then, 
 3tton into it. 
 ich ittsolf to 
 m the action 
 
 i31b/mmttm»i^mmtm 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 855 
 
 Matico (^Piper Angustifolium). — The leaves of this plant are 
 styptic and somewhat stimulant and tonic. The leaves brought in 
 contact with a bleeding wound, have considerable power to arrest 
 the flow of blood. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; tinc- 
 ture, four ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, two drams to one 
 half ounce ; infusion, half ua ounce to a pint of water, dose, one to 
 one and a half ounces. 
 
 Meadow-Saffron (Colchicum Autumnale, Fig. 222). — This is a 
 native of the temperate parts of Europe, where it 
 grows wild in moist meadows. The roots and seeds 
 are used. Colchicuin is justly regarded as a valuable 
 remedy in gout and rheumatism, in which it is much 
 and chiefly used. It is thought, also, to act upon the 
 nervous system, allaying pain and producing other 
 sedative effects. When not carried off by the bow- 
 els, it {)roduces sweating, and is occasionally diuretic 
 and expectorant. Dose of the dried root, from two 
 to eight grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract of root, dose, three fio. 222. 
 
 to ten drops ; fluid extract of seeds, dose, five to ten meadow.saffbon. 
 drojjs ; tincture, four ounces to twelve ounces diluted alcohol, dose, 
 ten drops to half a dram ; syrup, two ounces to fourteen ounces sim- 
 ple syrup, dose, one third of a dram to a dram; wine, three ounces 
 of root to a pint of sherry wine, dose, twenty -five to thirty-five drops. 
 
 Monkshood (^Aconite). — This is anodyne, sedative and diapho- 
 retic. The leaves and roots are generally used separately. It is 
 useful in inflammatory diseases, neuralgia, epilepsy, paralysis, gout, 
 and particularly in fevers. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two to five drops ; solid ex- 
 tract, dose, one quarter of a grain to a grain ; tincture, eight ounces 
 of the root to a pint of alcohol, dose, three to five drops. 
 
 A preparation composed of one dram of the tincture of aconite- 
 root, and two ounces of the tincture of black cohosh, and taken in 
 doses of one teaspoonful every four hours, has great power in reliev- 
 oig the various forms of neuralgia, and also chronic rheumatic pains, 
 particularly among old people. 
 
 For nervous headache, irritability, restlessness and wakefulness, 
 the following combination of aconite is useful : — 
 
 Solid extract of aconite, half a dram ; solid extract of stramonium, 
 four grains ; valerianate of quinia, one scruple. Mix and divide into 
 sixty pills, of which one is to be taken every two, three, or four hours, 
 according to symptoms. 
 
 Motherwort (ieo«ttr«« Oardiaca). — This perennial plant is sup- 
 posed to be a native of Tartary, and introduced into this country. It 
 IS considerably used in domestic practice for nervous complaints and 
 
 ill 
 
856 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 many chronic disorders attended with restlessness, disturbed sleep, 
 pains of the nerves, and affections of the liver. A warm infusion of 
 the tops and leaves is useful in restoring menstrual suppression from 
 colds. 
 
 Preparations. — Solid extract, dose, three to five grains. Com- 
 bined with blue cohosh and skunk-cabbage, the solid extract is a 
 nervine, antispasmodic and emmenagogue. 
 
 Mountain Laurel {Kalmia LatifoUa, Fig. 223). — The laurel is 
 
 found in most parts of the United States, on hills 
 
 and mountains, flowering in June and July, and is 
 
 very ornamental. It is sometimes called big ivy, or 
 
 calico-bush. The narrow-leaf laurel, or sheep-laurel, 
 
 kalmia angustifolia, is also common, and similarly 
 
 medicinal. The leaves of these plants are used in 
 
 medicine, and produce, when taken in large doses, 
 
 vertigo, dimness of sight, etc. In medicinal doses, 
 
 they are sedative and astringent. The saturated 
 
 no. 228. tincture is the best form of administration, which 
 
 MoTOTAw LAHBEL. ^^^ j^ taken in ten to fifteen-drop doses, every 
 
 two or three hours, in syphilis, active hemorrhages, hypertrophy of 
 
 the heart and jaundice. 
 
 Mullein (^Verbascum Thapsus'). — The leaves and flowers of this 
 biennial plant are antispasmodic, diuretic and demulcent. The in- 
 fusion is frequently used in domestic practice, and is useful in colds, 
 coughs, bronchitis, etc. ; and may be drunk freely. The leaves are 
 sometimes boiled in milk, sweetened, and taken for bowel com- 
 plaints. The leaves dipped in hot vinegar and water are very useful 
 applied as a fomentation in mumps, acute inflammation of the tonsils 
 and malignant sore throat ; a handful of them may also be placed '" 
 a teapot with hot water, and the steam be inhaled tlu-ough the spo^c, 
 in the same complaints. 
 
 Mustard. — The seeds of the white mustard, Sinapis alba, were a 
 few years ago much recommended as a cure for constipation of the 
 bowels ; and, swallowed whole in teaspoonful, or even, in some obsti 
 nate cases, in tablespoonful doses, they afford a wholesome stimulus 
 to the bowels, and accomplish some good. The ground mustftrd is a 
 valuable condiment to eat in small quantities, at dinner, in dyspeptic 
 cases. It finds its most important uses, however, as a prompt and 
 almost instantaneous emetic in cases of poisoning, and also as a valu- 
 able counter-irritant, when applied extetn?l}y. T'ne ^'jlatile oil of 
 mustard, one part, and ten pails of sweet oil, nit;- be a^)plied to the 
 skin instead of the mustard poultice, and with similar results. 
 
 Myrrh. — The tree Balsamodendron myrrha, growing in Arabia, 
 etc., yields a juice which hardens into a gum-resin, called myrrh. 
 This pleasant, aromatic gum is stimulant, tonic, antiseptic, emmena- 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 857 
 
 isturbed sleep, 
 rm infusion of 
 ppression from 
 
 Efrains. Coin- 
 i extract is a 
 
 The laurel is 
 itates, on hills 
 I July, and is 
 led big ivy, or 
 r sheep-laurel, 
 and similarly 
 ts are used in 
 ti large doses, 
 dicinal doses, 
 'he saturated 
 iration, which 
 doses, every 
 •pertrophy of 
 
 owers of this 
 int. The in- 
 ef ul in colds, 
 le leaves are 
 bowel com- 
 e very useful 
 of the tonsils 
 be placed •" 
 jh the spo^c, 
 
 alba, were a 
 tation of the 
 I some obsti 
 me stimulus 
 mustftrd is a 
 in dyspeptic 
 prompt and 
 30 as a valu- 
 tlatile oil of 
 plied to the 
 
 lUltB. 
 
 X in Arabia, 
 lied myrrh, 
 ic, emmeua- 
 
 ffogue and expectorant. It is employed in chronic bronchitis, con- 
 sumption, chlorosis, absence of the menses, etc. It is generally 
 combined with iron and other tonics, and in amenorrhoea it is fre- 
 quently combined with aloes. Locally, it is considerably used as a 
 wash to improve spongy gums, ulcers of the mouth, etc. The dose is 
 from ten to twenty grains, to be given in pill or in powder suspended 
 in water. The tincture uf myrrh is a useful external application. 
 
 Naphtha. — This belongs to the class of native inflammable sub- 
 stances, called bitumens. It is a transparent, yellowish white, very 
 light and inflammable liquid, and is found abundantly in Pereia. 
 Said to have been used with advantage in Asiatic cholera. It is 
 composed exclusively of carbon and hydrogen. Dose, from ten to 
 twenty drops, given in half a glass of wine or mint-water. During 
 the formation of coal-gas, an artificial naphtha is obtained, which, 
 when purified, has the property of dissolving India rubber. 
 
 Medicinally, it is chiefly used for purposes of inhalation in affec- 
 tions of the chest. 
 
 Naphthalin. — This is obtained from a distillation of coal-tar. Is 
 is soluble in ether, alcohol, naphtha and oils, but not in water. It it 
 an excellent expectorant, particularly in cases of impending suffoca- 
 tion of old persons from chronic bronchitis ; also in asthma and other 
 pectoral affections. Being stimulating, it is improper in acute bron- 
 chitis, and pulmonary inflammation. The dose is from ten to twenty- 
 five grains, given in emulsion, or syrup, every fifteen minutes, until 
 abundant expectoration takes place. A scruple of naphthalin mixed 
 with five drams of lard, makes a good ointment for psoriasis, dry 
 tetter and leprosy. 
 
 Nitrate of Silver (^Argenti Nitras). — Nitrate of silver is a solu- 
 tion of silver in nitric acid, and commonly passes under the name of 
 lunar caustic. It is both in the form of small cylindrical rods and 
 of crystals, the latter being more pure than the former. 
 
 As an internal remedy, nitrate of silver is tonic and antispasmodic 
 and is given chiefly in nervous diseases, as epilepsy, St. Vitus's dance 
 and neuralgia of the heart ; also in some forms of dyspepsia, attended 
 with pain in the stomach and vomiting. The dose is from one-fourth 
 to half a grain in the form of pill. It should never be taken regu- 
 larly as an internal remedy more than two months, as it is apt, after 
 long use, to change the skin to an indelible slate-blue. Use only 
 under the direction of a physician. 
 
 But nitrate of silver is most used as an external remedy in pharyn- 
 gitis, laryngitis, tracheitis and other chronic and acute inflammations 
 of mucous membranes. For reducing these inflammations, it is very 
 nearly a specific ; certainly, it is altogether the best remedy we have. 
 It fails in some cases ; but when skilfully used it never does harm. 
 The solutions to be applied to the throat require to have a strength 
 of from fifteen to a hundred grains to the ounce of soft water. A 
 
858 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 
 solution containing one to four or more grains to the ounce of water 
 is often used in inflammations of the eye, gonorrhoea, etc. 
 
 Nitre (^Potassa; Nitra%). — Nitre, which also passes under the name 
 of nitrate of potassa, and saltpetre, is both a natural and artificial pro- 
 duction. As a medicine, it is refrigerant, diuretic, and diaphoretic, 
 and is much used in inflammatory diseases. It increases the secretion 
 of urine and sweat, and lessens the heat of the body and the frequency 
 of the pulse. United with tartar emetic and calomel, it forms the 
 well-known nitrous powders, which promote most of the secretions, 
 particularly those of the liver and skin. One of these powders, con- 
 stituting a dose, to be given every two or three hours, is composed of 
 eight grains of nitre, one-eighth of a grain of calomel, and one-eighth 
 of a grain of tartar emetic. Use with care. 
 
 Sweet Spirit of Nitre (Spiritus jM:heris Nitrici). — Sweet spirit 
 of nitre is diuretic, diaphoretic, and antispasmodic. It is deservedly 
 much esteemed as a medicine, and is extensively employed in febr- ■ 
 diseases, either alone or in union with taitar emetic, or with spirit of 
 Mindererus. It is often a grateful stimulus to the stomach, relieving 
 nausea and vomiting, and promoting sleep. It acts especially upon 
 the kidneys, augmenting the secretion of urine, and is often given in 
 conjunction with squills, digitalis, and acetate of potassa. The dose 
 is a teaspoonful, given in water every two or three hours. 
 
 Nutmeg (Myristica Moschatd). — The nutmeg is from a tree grow- 
 ing in the Molucca Islands. It is stimulant and carminative, and 
 somewhat used to remove flatulency, as well as to render other med- 
 icines palatable ; it is most employed, however, to flavor drinks, and 
 articles of diet. In large doses it is poisonous, producing stupor and 
 delirium. 
 
 Nux Vomica (Strychnog Niix Vofnica, Fig. 224). — The tree which 
 produces nux vomica grows in Bengal, Malabar, 
 on the coast of Coromandel, and in other re- 
 gions. The seeds are the medicinal part. 
 
 Nux vomica is an emphatic excitant of the 
 brain and spinal cord, and in large doses is an 
 active poison ; frequently repeated in small 
 doses, it is tonic, diuretic, and slightly laxa- 
 tive. 
 
 Given in full doses, it is apt to produce mus- 
 cular contraction, as in lockjaw, together witli 
 frequent starts and twitches, as if from electric 
 shocks. It is much employed in treatment of paralysis, and is more 
 beneficial in general than in partial palsy. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two to seven drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, half a grain to a grain ; tincture, four ounces to the pint 
 of alcohol, dose, five to ten drops ; strychnia, commonly called strych- 
 nin, the active principle, dose, one-sixteenth to one-eighth of a grain. 
 
 Fio. 824. Nux Vomica. 
 
 aim 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PKEPARATIONS. 
 
 859 
 
 unce of water 
 Lc. 
 
 ider the name 
 artificial pro- 
 l diaphoretic, 
 I the secretion 
 ihe frequency 
 it forms the 
 le secretions, 
 powders, con- 
 1 composed of 
 lid one-eighth 
 
 Sweet spirit 
 is deservedly 
 l^ed in febr'; 
 with spirit of 
 ich, relieving 
 )ecially upon 
 ften given in 
 a. The dose 
 •8. 
 
 I a tree grow- 
 ainative, and 
 !r other med- 
 " drinks, and 
 g stupor and 
 
 le tree which 
 gal, Malabar, 
 in other re- 
 lal part, 
 itant of the 
 3 doses is an 
 sd in small 
 lightly laxa- 
 
 )roduce mus- 
 Jgether witli 
 from electric 
 and is more 
 
 Irops ; solid 
 >s to the pint 
 ailed strych- 
 h of a grain. 
 
 Oil of Cajuput ( Oleum \iuput%). — This oil is obtained from the 
 leaves of the East Indian je cajuputi. It is diaphoretic and anti- 
 spasmodic, and a powerful diffusive stimulant. Given in cramps 
 of the stomach and bowels, colic, flatulency, hysterics, and chronic 
 rheumatism. It is considerably used as an ingredient in liniments, 
 to be applied externally in rheumatism and neuralgia. Dose, from 
 one to three drops, on sugar. . 
 
 Oil of Turpentine ( Oleum Terebinthince). — This is generally called 
 spirits of turpentine, and is obtained by distilling turpentine. As a 
 medicine it is stimulant, cathartic, diuretic, anthelmintic, and astrin- 
 gent. In large doses it causes strangury and other unpleasant symp- 
 toms. The dose is from five to twenty drops, repeated every two or 
 three hours. Fifteen drops, taken every fifteen minutes or half hour, 
 powerfully restrains bleeding from the lungs, and is, perhaps, the best 
 remedy we have for this frightful accident. 
 
 It is also very efficacious in checking other hemorrhages. Exter- 
 nally, it is used considerably as an ingredient in liniments and rube- 
 facients, in rheumatism, paralysis, etc. Combined with linseed oil, 
 it is much used for burns and scalds. 
 
 Olive Oil ( Oleum Olivce). — This oil, often called meet oil, is ex- 
 pressed from the fruit of the olive tree, Olea Huropcea. It is nutri- 
 ent and emollient, and, in doses of one to two fluid ounces, laxa- 
 tive. It is much employed as a constituent of cerates, liniments, and 
 plasters. 
 
 Onion (^Allium Gepd). — The medicinal properties of the onion are 
 much like those of garlic. The juice, mixed with sugar, is used to 
 some extent as a remedy for the coughs and colds of infants. Roasted 
 onions, applied as a poultice, hasten the suppuration of boils, tumors, 
 etc. They are also useful, in some cases, applied as drafts to the 
 feet. 
 
 Opium.— This is the hardened juice of the unripe seed of the 
 poppy, Papaver Somniferum. It is a stimulant narcotic. A moder- 
 ate dose increases the fulness and frequency of the pulse, augments 
 the warmth of the skin, invigorates the muscular system, quickens 
 the senses, animates the spirits, and gives energy to the mental facul- 
 ties. Its operation is directed with special force to the brain, which 
 it sometimes excites to intoxication and delirium, which excitement 
 subsides in a short time, and is followed by a delightful calmness and 
 placidity of mind, all care and anxiety being banished, and the thoughts 
 yielded to the control of pleasing fancies. At the end of an hour or 
 more, this reverie is succeeded by sleep, which, at the end of eight 
 or ten hours, passes off, and is followed by headache, nausea, tremors, 
 and other nervous disturbances. Large doses are followed by 
 shorter periods of exhilaration and excitement, and by more protracted 
 sleep. 
 
 Opium is used in medicine to produce gentle perspiration, relieve 
 
860 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPAKATIONS. 
 
 V. 
 
 pain, and lessen nervous excitability in all febrile and inflammatory 
 diseases ; also as an antispasmodic in hysterics, colic, convulHions, 
 coughs, etc. It should not be used in cases of constipation of the 
 bowels. A solution, composed of two grains of opium to one ounce 
 of water, is sometimes a valuable injection in gonorrhoea and spas- 
 modic stricture. Dose, as a stimulant, one-quarter to one-half a 
 grain ; as a narcotic, one to two grains ; in some spasmodic aflfections 
 it is given in very large doses. Use only under the direction of a 
 physician. 
 
 Morphia, generally called morphine, is one of the alkaloid princi- 
 ples of opium. It is used under the various forms of sulphate, muri- 
 ate, acetate, and valerianate of morphia, — all having the general 
 properties of opium, and are given for similar purposes, in doses of 
 one^ighth to one-quarter of a grain. One-sixth of a grain is equal 
 to one grain of opium. 
 
 Strong coffee is an excellent antidote to the poisonous effects 
 both of opium and morphia. A solution of morphia may be made by 
 adding ten grains of the salt to one fluid ounce and a half of distilled 
 water, and half an ounce of diluted alcohol, and then adding two 
 drops of sulphuric acid, if it be the sulphate of morphia, or two drops 
 of acetic acid, if it be the acetate of morphia, or two drops of muri- 
 atic acid, if it be the muriate of morphia. The effects of morphia 
 may be obtained by sprinkling some of it on a blistered surface. 
 
 Orange-Peel (Aurantii Cortex). — The orange is the fruit of a 
 tree belonging to the tropical climates. Orange-juice is a pleasant 
 refrigerant, useful in fevers, and particularly in scurvy. Siok per- 
 sons sucking the juice of the orange, should be careful not to swallow 
 any of the skinny portion, or the peel. The peel of the orange is 
 chiefly employed to give a pleasant flavor to other medicines, and to 
 prevent their nauseating properties. It is a mild tonic, carminative, 
 and stomachic, and improves the bitter infusions and decoctions of 
 gentian, quassia, Colombo, and Peruvian bark. Orange-peel should 
 never be given in substance. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams ; 
 tincture, one ounce and three-quarters to a pint of diluted alcohol, 
 chiefly used as an addition to infusions, etc. ; syrup, two ounces fluid 
 extract or tincture to a pint of simple syrup, used with water as an 
 agreeable drink. 
 
 Origanum (Origanum Vulgare). — A perennial herb growing in 
 Europe and this country. The warm infusion of it causes perspirar 
 tion, and promotes the menstrual discharge, when interrupted by a 
 cold. The oil of origanum is a very useful ingredient in several 
 stimulant and rubefacient liniments. 
 
 Parsley (Petroselinum Sativum). — The root of this biennial plant 
 is aperient and diuretic, and is used in dropsy, scarlet fever, and 
 diseases of the kidneys ; also in retention of the urine, gonorrhoea. 
 
 
 ^ 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIK PREPARATIONS. 
 
 861 
 
 inflammatory 
 , convulsions, 
 pation of the 
 
 to one ounce 
 oea and spas- 
 to one- half a 
 >dic affections 
 direction of a 
 
 kaloid princi- 
 ulphate^ muri- 
 the general 
 , in doses of 
 fi-ain is equal 
 
 )nous effects 
 y be made by 
 If of distilled 
 adding two 
 or two drops 
 ops of muri- 
 I of morphia 
 surface. 
 
 le fruit of a 
 8 a pleasant 
 . Sick per- 
 )t to swallow 
 ihe orange is 
 3ine8, and to 
 carminative, 
 ecoctions of 
 peel should 
 
 two drams ; 
 ted alcohol, 
 ounces fluid 
 ivater as an 
 
 growing m 
 
 es perspira- 
 
 'upted by a 
 
 in several 
 
 mnial plant 
 
 fever, and 
 
 gonorrhoea, 
 
 and strangury. The dose of the infusion is from two to three fluid 
 ounces, two or three times a day. 
 
 The bruised leaves are applied with advantage to contusions, 
 swelled breasts, and enlarged glands. 
 
 Partridge Berry {Mitchella Repem). — This perennial evergreen 
 creeping herb grows in dry woods and swampy places throughout 
 the United States, and has white, fragrant flowers in June and July. 
 It is parturient, diuretic and astringent, and is used in dropsy, sup- 
 pression of urine, and diarrhcea. It acts as a tonic upon the repro- 
 ductive organs, giving tone and vigor to the. womb, and making 
 labor less tedious. Dose of the decoction, from two to tliree fluid 
 ounces, two or three times a day. 
 
 Peach (^Amygdalus Persica). — The leaves of the peach are seda- 
 tive and slightly laxative, and are used in inflammations of the 
 stomach and bowels ; likewise in irritable bladder, whooping-cough, 
 sickness at the stomach, and dysentery. They are used in the form 
 of cold infusion, a tablespoonful being a dose, to be taken every hour 
 or two. A good tonic is made by adding four ounces of the bruised 
 kernels to a quart of honey. 
 
 Pennyroyal (ffedeoma Pulegioides, Fig. 225). —Pennyroyal is a 
 gently stimulant aromatic ; it relieves wind colic 
 and sick stomach, and qualifies the action of other 
 medicines. Like most aromatic herbs, it has the 
 property, when given as a warm infusion, of pro- 
 moting perspiration and of exciting the menses 
 when the system is already disposed to the effort. 
 In cases of recent suppression, it may be given at 
 bedtime as a warm tea, after bathing the feet in 
 warm water. The oil of pennyroyal has the prop- 
 erties of the herb. 
 
 Peppermint (^Mentha Piperita). — The pepper- 
 mint is a native of England, where it is largely 
 cultivated, as it is to some extent in this country, 
 for the sake of its essential oil. It is a valuable 
 herb, having a strong aromatic smell, and a pun- 
 gent, warming taste. It may be used in the form of tea, which, 
 when largely drunk, imparts warmth to the system. It is valuable 
 in colds, flatulent colic, hysterics, spasms, cramps in the stomach, 
 nausea and vomiting, and to disguise unpleasant medicines. 
 
 The peppermint furnishes an essential oil, which, dissolved in al- 
 cohol, forms the essence of peppermint. The dose of this is fifteen to 
 twenty drops, on a lump of sugar, or in sweetened water, warm or cold. 
 
 Persimmon (^Diospi/ros Virginiand). — Tliis is a tree growing in 
 the Southern and Middle States. The bark and unripe fruit are used 
 in medicine, — being astringent and tonic. Pei-sinimon has been 
 found useful in chronic diarrhoea, chronic dysentery, hemorrhage 
 
 
 f/ \i!'. 'y ) -. 
 
 Fio. 225. 
 Pennvroval. 
 
862 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 from the womb, and fever and ague. It is used in the form of infu- 
 sion and syrup, in doses of a tablespoonful every two or three horn's. 
 The infusion is also used as a wash and gtvrgle in sore mouth and 
 thi'oai, and as an injection in whites. 
 
 Peruvian Bark (^Cinchona, Fig. 226). — This valuable bark is 
 derived from several species of the cinchona tree, on the western 
 coast of South America. The remedy is said to have been first in- 
 troduced into Europe in 1640, by the Countess of Cinchon, wife of 
 the Viceroy of Peru, on her return to Spain. 
 
 There are three varieties of this bark : the pale, the red, and the 
 yellow. The pale bark is least liable to 
 offend the stomach, and is perhaps the best 
 as a geneml tonic ; but for the treatment 
 of fever and ague, the red and the yellow 
 are both preferable to the pale, and the red 
 is considered better than the yellow. 
 
 Cinchona is tonic and antiperiodic, and 
 is much used, and with great success, in 
 all periodical diseases, as fever and ague, 
 remittent fever, neuralgia and epidemic 
 diseases ; also in chronic diseases attended 
 with debility, as scrofula, dropsy, and affec- 
 tions of the skin. Dose of the powdered 
 bark as a tonic, from ten to fifty grains; 
 as an antiperiodic, from twenty to seventy- 
 five grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; com- 
 pound fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram; tincture, four 
 ounces to one pint diluted alcohol, dose, one to four drams ; infusion, 
 dose, one to one and a half ounces. A good compound infusion of 
 cinchona is made by combining one ounce fluid extract with half an 
 ounce of fluid extract of snakeroot, two drams of fluid extract of 
 orange-peel, one dram of fluid extract of cloves, one dram of carbon- 
 ate of potassa and one pint of water. Dose, one to one and a half 
 ounces. The following is a good nervine and tonic for persons of 
 nervous temperaments : fluid extract of cinchona, one ounce ; fluid 
 extract of valerian, one ounce ; essence of cardamom, two drams ; 
 dose, one dram every tlu-ee hours. 
 
 Cinchon ia is a white crystalline substance obtained from the Peru- 
 vian bark. It is sometimes used as a substitute for quinia, in doses 
 of from one to three grains, thi-ee times a day. 
 
 Sulphate of Quinia is snow white, and in satin-like crystals, 
 having an exceedingly bitter taste. It is completely soluble in water 
 or alcohol, by adding a few drops of sulphuric acid. It is the chief 
 active principle of cinchf m, and has similar properties, namely, feb- 
 rifuge, tonic and antipe; iodic ; it is, however, less apt to nauseate 
 
 Fio. 226. Peruvian Babk. 
 
» form of infu- 
 or three liouw. 
 »re mouth and 
 
 luable hark is 
 •n the western 
 ! been first in- 
 nchon, wife of 
 
 i red, and the 
 
 RUVIAH BaBK. 
 
 I dram ; com- 
 ;incture, four 
 018 ; infusion, 
 i infusion of 
 
 with half an 
 id extract of 
 ini of carbon- 
 i and a half 
 )r persons of 
 ounce ; fluid 
 
 two drams; 
 
 om the Peru- 
 nia, in doses 
 
 ke crystals, 
 ble in water 
 ; is the chief 
 namely, feb- 
 to nauseate 
 
 Peppermint. 
 
L- 
 
MKDIOINES AND THKIK PKKrAKATIONS. 
 
 863 
 
 ami oppress tlie stomach. In the treatment of intermittent fevei-8, it 
 liiis ainioft entirely superseded the use of the bark. 
 
 Valerianate of Ou In la. — This is a eomhiniition of quinia and 
 valerianic acid. It is tonic, febrifuge and sedative. It is used for 
 heailaciio of a periodic cJiaractci, and for nervous iiritahility, wake- 
 fulness, restlessness, etc. Dose, from half a grain to two grains. 
 
 Petroleum or Rock-Oil is a dark brown or greenish liquid found 
 altnndiintly in the upper strata of the earth in various parts of the 
 world. Before the discovery of the deep deposits of the oil by arte- 
 sian wells, the Indians of New York used to collect it where it 
 oozed from the ground, and sold it jus a family medicine niuler the 
 name of "Seneca Oil." It has been used externally for chilblains, 
 chronic rheumatism, iiseases of tlie joints, and skin affections. 
 Taken internally, it is stimulating, anti-spasmodic, and sudorific, and 
 liiis lieen recomin.Muled for lung troubles. At present it is used in 
 various rtiodified forms. 
 
 Phosphorus. — This is a semi-tianaparent solid, is flexible, and 
 lias a waxy lustre. It is extracted from bones by sulphuric acid. 
 As a medicine in small doses, it acts as a powerful general stimulant ; 
 in large doses, as a violent, irritant poison. Wlien taken in snl)- 
 stance it causes irritation of the stomach, and should, therefore, 
 always be administered in solution ; and even in this form it is ob- 
 jectionable ; it is better to resort to the phosphates and the hypo- 
 ])hosi)hites. Phosphorus, Ijcrng an element in the composition of the 
 brain, has l)een given with advantage in the various forms of ner- 
 vous debility, as consumption, typhus fever, amaurosis, paralysis, and 
 the general breakdown of the vital powers. Phosphorus b-.mis when 
 exposed to the air, and should therefore be kept covered with water. 
 
 Pink-Root (Spiff elia Marilandica, Fig. 227). — This perennial 
 herb grows in rich soils in the Middle and Southern 
 States. The root is the medicinal part. It is a 
 powerful anthelmintic, and is but little used except 
 for expelling worms. 
 
 Preparation)!. — PTuid extract, dose, half a dram 
 to a di-am ; compound fluid extract, dose, half a 
 dram to two drams ; fluid extract of pink-root aiid 
 senna, dose, half a dram to a dram ; infusion, half 
 an ounce to a pint of water, dose, two to six 
 ounces. • • 
 
 P\ps,\ssaw a ( Cldmaphila Umhellata, Fig. 228). — 
 This is a small evergreen plant, growing in the 
 United States, and in Northern Europe and Asia. 
 It is known by the name of princes pine. The 
 whole plant is Conic, diuretic and astringent, and 
 has proved itself useful in dropsy, general debility, 
 rheuf ..dm, chronic disorders of the kidneys, bladder, urethra, etc. .■ 
 
 Fio.227. Pink-Root. 
 
864 
 
 MKDIOINKH AND THKIK PKKHAKATIONH. 
 
 Preparatiov.». — Fluid extract, dose, one dram ; solid extract, (lose, 
 ten to fifteen grains; infusio.-j, dose, two ouiiie*. 
 
 Plantain (PlatUago M<y'or). — This jicriju- 
 nial herb grows both in Europe and America. 
 A strong decoction of the tojw and the roolH Ih 
 highly spoken of for syphilis and scrofula ; the 
 dose [mug from two to four fluid ounces, two 
 or three times a day. But the bruised leaves 
 are most useful when a]iplied to wounds, ulcere, 
 bites of ])oisonous insects, erysipelas, etc. 
 
 Pleuri«y-Root (^Asclepian Tuberosa, Kijj. 
 229). — This perennial plant is abundant in 
 the Southern States. The root, which is the 
 part used, is carminative, tonic, and diuretic ; 
 used in pleurisy, bronchitis, inflamruation of 
 the lungs, acute rheumatism and dysentery. The warm infusion 
 promotes diaphoresis, without raising the tempeiature of the body. 
 United with the warm infusion of wild-yam root, "t is excellent for 
 flatulency and wind colic. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams; 
 tincture, four ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, three to five 
 drams; infusion, dose, one to four ounces; asclepidin, dose, one to 
 five grains. Ascelpidin and dioscorein, united in equal parts, make 
 a valuable preparation for flatulent and bilious colic ; dose, two to 
 three grains. 
 
 rio. 398. PIPBIBBKWA. 
 
 Fia. 339. Pleurist-Boot. 
 
 Fia. iSO. Poison Hemlock. 
 
 Poison Hemiock (Conium Mamlatnm, Fig. 230). — This biennial 
 plant is a native of Europe and Asia, and is naturalized in this coun- 
 try. The leaves and the seeds are used in medicine. Conium is 
 narcotic, anodyne, antispasmciic and deobstruent; used in neuralgia, 
 asthma, syphilis, chronic rheumatism, and various other affections. 
 
 Preparation. — Fluid extract, Mose, five to fifteen drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, half a grain to two grains ; tincture, three ounces to a 
 pint of diluted alcohol, dose thirty drops to a dram ; infusion, half 
 
 iii 
 
I M I iii nn Bilfti* 
 
 MEDIOINRH Am) THEIR PRKPAKATIONH. 
 
 865 
 
 i<l extract, dose, 
 >st!, two ounces. 
 
 — 'i'his j)iTL'n. 
 '•' imd iVnierica. 
 mid the roots \n 
 1(1 Hcrofulii ; the 
 iiid ounces, two 
 
 bruiHftd leaves 
 wounds, ulcere. 
 )ela8, etc. 
 
 Tuberosa, Fip. 
 is abundant in 
 t, which JH the 
 , and diuretic ; 
 iflanin^ation of 
 warm infusion 
 ve of the body, 
 is excellent for 
 
 to two drams; 
 le, three to five 
 1, dose, one to 
 lal parts, make 
 ; dose, two to 
 
 liniLooK. 
 
 This biennial 
 in this coun- 
 . Conium is 
 I in neuralgia, 
 r affections, 
 drops ; solid 
 e ounces to a 
 infusion, half 
 
 an ounce to a pint of water, mainly used as a wash for malignant 
 nlvrn, etc. Use with care. 
 
 Poison Oak (^Rhu» Tnricodendron). — The leaves are the medicinal 
 jiiirt of this creeping shrub, which is common in this country. The 
 lorni of using this mfulicine is that of a saturated tincture, made 
 from the fresh leaves, and io l)e kejjt in well-corked vials. It has 
 Iwen found useful in paralysis of the bladder and recituni, in diseases 
 (»f the eyes and skin, and in chronic rheumatism. Dose of the tinc- 
 ture, from five to seven drops, three times a day. Large doses should 
 Iw avoided. 
 
 Poke {Phytolacca Perandra, Fig. 281). — A perennial plant, 
 growing in nearly all parts of the countiy, and 
 called (target^ pigeon-berry and m'oke. The root 
 i.s the part used. It is emetic, cathartic, alteia- 
 live and sligiitly narcotic. It excites the whole 
 glandular system, and is used in 8y[)hilis, scrof- 
 ula, rheumatism and affections of the skin. 
 The root, buried in hot ashes until soft, is 
 then mashed and api)lied as a poultice for 
 felons and vaiious tumors. Dose of the pow- 
 dered root as an emetic, twelve grains to half 
 a dram; as an alterative, from two to five 
 
 grams. 
 
 Fio. 281. Poke. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluiw extract, dose, ten to 
 twenty drops ; solid extract, dose, one to 
 three grains ; tincture, four ounces to a pint 
 of diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram ; syiup, two ounces to 
 fourteen ounces of simple syrup, dose, one to two drams ; phytolaccin, 
 the active principle, dose, one quarter to one grain. For mercurial 
 and syphilitic pains in the bones the following pill is useful: solid 
 extract of poke, two drams ; solid extract of stillingia, one dram ; 
 solid extract of stramonium, eight grains. Mix, and divide into sixty 
 pills, of which one pill is to be taken every two or three houra. 
 
 Potassa. — This is used in medicine under the name of caustic 
 liotiissa. It is made by boiling a solution of potassa in a clean iron 
 vessel until ebullition ceases, and the potassa melts, and then pouring 
 it into cylindrical moulds ; when cold it is to be kept in well-stopped 
 bottles. It is a very powerful escharotic, quickly destroying the flesh 
 which it touches, and extending its action deep under the surface. It 
 differs in this respejt from nitrate of silver, which only acts upon the 
 surface, and is not, properly speaking, a caustic. 
 
 Caustic potassa is used for forming issues. The method of using 
 it for this purpose is to cut in a piece of adhesive plaster a hole as 
 large as the desired issue, and then, having stuck this upon the skin, 
 to apply the end of the caustic, previously moistened, to the opening. 
 This application is to be continued till the life of the part is destroyed. 
 
866 
 
 MEDICINKS AND THEIh PllEPARATlON,?. 
 
 when the caustic must be neutralized b}' vinegar, oj- carefully wiislied 
 off with a wet sponge. 
 
 The following preparations of potassa are used in medicine : — 
 
 Acetate of Potassa (^Potassce Acetas). — This is made by the un on 
 of acetic acid and carbonate of potassa, and in consequence of it« 
 extreme deliquescence when exposed to the air it is kept in ciosely- 
 stopped bottles. It is diuretic, deobstrueiit, and mildly catlmrtic. 
 It is used in febrile diseases, several skin disea^ses, such as psnriiisis, 
 eczema, and lej>ra, and particularly in dropsical affections. Dose, iis 
 a diuretic, from ten to twenty grains ; as an aperient from one to two 
 drams. 
 
 Bicarbonate of Potassa {Potassce Bicarbonas). — This is a solu- 
 tion of carbonate of potassa, saturated with carbonic acid. This acid is 
 diuretic, antacid, and deobstruent; used in dropsy, acidity of tl.c 
 stomach, and glandular obstructions. Dose, ten to twenty grains. 
 Twenty grains dissolved in eight fluid ounces of water, and mixed 
 with four fluid drams of lemon-juice, forms a good effervescing 
 draught. 
 
 Bitartrate of Potassa (Pota»»ce Bitartras). — This salt is better 
 known as cream of tartar, undi nupertartrate of potaam. It is formed 
 from the matter deposited on the bottom and sides of casks, during 
 the fermentation of sour wines. As a medicine it is diuretic, cathartic, 
 and refrigerent. In ^■mall doses it acts as a cooling aperient, gently 
 opening the bowels ; in large ones as a hydragogue cathartic, causing 
 free, wateiy stools. This property, as well as its power of acting upon 
 the kidneys, causes it to be much used in dropsical complaints. Dis- 
 solved in boiling water, allowed to cool, and then sweetened with loaf 
 sugar, it forms a cooling, pleasant, acid drink. This kind of solution, 
 with a little fresh lemon-peel added to it, forms the drink called im- 
 filial. Combined with sulphur, it is often used in skin diseases. 
 Dose, as an aperient, a dram or two ; as a hydragogue cathartic, half 
 an ounce to an ounce ; as a diuretic in diopsical complaints, a dram 
 and a half to two drams several times a day. Cream of tartar, pow- 
 dered rhatany, and myrrh, mixed in equal propt)rtions, form a good 
 preparation for cleansing the teeth. 
 
 Carbonate of Potassa (Pota%»a> Carho'nai<). — Carbonate of j)otii8sa 
 is purified pearlanh, and is frequently called mlt of tartar. Carbonate 
 of potassa has the same medicinal properties with the bicarbonate, and 
 is used for similai- purposes. • 
 
 Chlorate of Potassa. — This is prepared by passing an excess of 
 chlorine through carbonate of potassa. It is refrigerent and diuretic, 
 and is given in scurvy, scarlet fever, etc., and as a wash in canker in 
 the mouth, and varitnis unnealthy ulcers, and as an injection in 
 leucorrhcea and gleet. 
 
I) ft win liW, I rill,- 
 
 irefiilly wiished 
 
 neilicine : — 
 
 deby theun on 
 equence of its 
 kept in riosely- 
 lildly catliiirtic. 
 jh as psnriiisis. 
 ions. Dose, as 
 rem one to two 
 
 'his is !i solu- 
 id. This acid is 
 acidity of tl;c 
 twenty grains, 
 xjr, and mixed 
 d effervescing 
 
 salt is better 
 It is formed 
 
 casks, during 
 •etic, cathartic, 
 )erient. gently 
 hartie, causing 
 of acting upon 
 nplaints. Dis- 
 ;ened with loaf 
 nd of solution, 
 •ink called im- 
 
 skin diseases, 
 cathartic, half 
 laints, a dram 
 >f tartar, pow- 
 
 form a good 
 
 late of potiissa 
 ir. Carbonate 
 iarbonate, and 
 
 an excess of 
 t and diuretic, 
 ti in canker in 
 
 injection in 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 867 
 
 Citrate of Potassa {Potasscn Citrus) . — A grateful, cooling diapho- 
 retic, long and much used in fevere, chiefly in the forms of the neutral 
 mixture, and effervcscinff draught. 
 
 Solution of Citrate of Potassa {Liquor Fotassce Gitratis). — This 
 is prepared by taking half a pint of lemon-juice, and adding bicarbonate 
 of potassa gradually to it until it is saturated, then filtering. This 
 passes under the name of neutral mixture, saline mixture, and efferves- 
 cing dratight. It is a valuable refrigerent diaphoretic, well adapted 
 to tlie hot stage of remittent and intermittent fevers, and indeed to 
 almost all cases of fever, with a dry, hot skin. The dose is a table- 
 spoonful, or half a. fluid ounce, which should be well diluted when 
 taken, and be repeated every two or three hours, according to the 
 necessities of the case. 
 
 Sol uti. n of Potassa (^Liquor Po«a8«flB).^— This is a transparent, 
 caustic fluid, which requires to be kept in green bottles, tightly corked. 
 Jt is antacid, antilithic, and diuretic. It is used in some affections of 
 the skin, and scrofula, but more particularly for scalding of the ure- 
 thra, in gonorrhcea ; in this case, it is well to unite a few drops of 
 laudanum with it. The dose is from fifteen to twenty-five drops, two 
 or three times a day, in half a tumblerful of water. In dyspeptic 
 cases, attended with acidity of the stomach, it may be associated with 
 some simple bitters. 
 
 Sulphate of Potassa (Potassoe Sulphas). — This is a mild purga- 
 tive, operating without irritation or pain. As an aperient, it should 
 be given in doses of from a scruple to a dram. Ten grains of rhubarb 
 and one dram of carbonate of potassa, united, and divided into* six 
 powdei-s, is an excellent alterative cathartic for children having defec- 
 tive digestion and nutrition, and a tumid state of the abdomen. One 
 powder may be given at a time, as often as may be necessary to open 
 the bowels gently. 
 
 Tartrate of Potassa (Potassce Tartras). — This often passes under 
 the name of soluble tartar. It is a mild, cooling purgative, operating, 
 as most of the neutral salts do, without much pain, and producing 
 watery stools. It is useful in fevers. Combining it with senna destroys 
 its tendency to produce griping of the bowels. The dose varies from 
 a dram to an ounce, according to the effect desired. 
 
 Potassium. — This is a soft, bluish- white metal. Its union with 
 oxygen, in the proportion c ■ one equivalent of each, forms potassa or 
 potash. The following preparations of it are used in medicine : — 
 
 Bromide of Potassium (^li. ssii liromidum}. — This is a perma- 
 nent, colorless salt, having a pungent, saline taste, a little more acrid 
 than common salt, yet similar to it. As a medicine it is alterative and 
 resolvent, and is used occasionally for secondary syphilis, scrofula, and 
 enlarged spleen. Dose, from three to five grains, three times a day, in 
 pill or solution. One dram of the bromide of pot£;88ium, rub »ed up 
 
 
 'yg^Xp'^iV^" 
 
 J 
 
868 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 
 with an ounce of lard, luakcH an ointment which has hevu useil witli 
 some good effect in goitre and Hcrofulous affections. 
 
 Cyan u ret of Potassium (Potassii Cyanur,etum). — This is emi- 
 nently poisonous, acting both as a medicine and as a poison, like 
 hydrocyanic acid. It has therefore been recommended as a substitute 
 for that acid. The dose is one-eighth of a grain, dissolved in half a 
 fluid ounce of water. 
 
 Sulphuret of Potassium {Pota%8ii Sulphuretum').—^T\\\& is called 
 liver of sulyhur, and hepar, being composed of sulphur and potassium. 
 It has been used in chronic bronchitis, asthma, whooping-cough, and 
 rheumatism. Half an ounce to an ounce of it, dissolved in several 
 gallons of warm water, makes a valuable sulphur bath for several 
 skin diseases, as itch, prurigo, etc. 
 
 Prickly Ash (Xanthoxylum Fraxineum). — This shrub grows in 
 various parts of the United States. The leaves and capsules have 
 a pleasant, aromatic smell. Its medicinal properties 
 are in the bark and berries. The bark is stimulant, 
 tonic, alterative, and sialagogue. It is used to rouse 
 ar>d excite the system, when in a languid state, and for 
 derangements of the liver, rheumatism, and chronic 
 syphilis. It stimulates and strengthens mucous mem- 
 branes, and is a valuable tonic in low typhoid fever. 
 Applied externally, it improves indolent and malig- 
 nant ulcere. Dose of the powdered bark, from ten to 
 twenty grains, three times a day. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, fifteen to 
 
 twenty-five drops ; tincture, four ounces to a pint of 
 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram ; infusion, 
 
 half an ounce to a pint of water, dose, half an ounce 
 
 to two ounces ; xantioxylin, the active principle, dose, 
 
 two to five grains. 
 
 For chronic rheumatism the following is a good preparation : xan- 
 
 thoxylin, one dram ; cimicif ugin, one dram ; apocynin, one dram ; 
 
 diluted alcohol, one pint ; dose, three drams, three times a day. 
 
 Prickly Ash Berries are carminative, antispasmodic, and stimulant, 
 and have a special direction to mucous membranes. The tincture is 
 excellent in nervous diseases, spasms of the bowels, flatulency, and 
 diarrhoea ; and, combined with the tincture of poke-berries, is very 
 serviceable in chronic rheumatism and sjrphilis. It is said to have 
 been used with great success, in the West, in Asiatic cholera. Dose 
 of the tincture, from ten drops to a fluid dram, in sweetened water. 
 Dose of the oil of prickly-ash berries, from two to seven drops, on 
 sugar. 
 
 Prickly Elder (Aralia Spinota). — This is a tree which grows m 
 the Southern and Western States, and is called Southern prickly ash, 
 and toothache tree. The bark is stimulant, alterative, and diaphoretic. 
 
 FIO. S82. 
 Pricklt Abh. 
 
 I 
 
•|>iftirfi'flw,i. 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIK PREPARATIONS. 
 
 869 
 
 t-'t'ii used will, 
 
 This is enii- 
 t poison, like 
 as a substitute 
 'Ived in half a 
 
 This is called 
 nd potassium, 
 ig-cough, and 
 ed in several 
 h for several 
 
 rub grows in 
 
 iapsules have 
 
 lal properties 
 
 is stimulant, 
 
 used to rouse 
 
 state, and for 
 
 and chronic 
 
 mucous mem- 
 
 yphoid fever. 
 
 Qt and malig- 
 
 c, from ten to 
 
 , fifteen to 
 3 to a pint of 
 •m; infusion, 
 lalf an ounce 
 ■inciple, dose, 
 
 iration : xan- 
 1 one dram; 
 3 a day. 
 d stimulant, 
 le tincture is 
 tulency, and 
 Ties, is very 
 aid to have 
 ilera. Dose 
 tened water, 
 n drops, on 
 
 ih grows m 
 prickly ash, 
 diaphoretic. 
 
 The fresh bark, emetic and cathartic. The tincture is serviceable in 
 skin diseases, syphilis, and chronic rheumatism. The bark is siala- 
 gogue, and in small doses, powdered, is said to relieve the dry and 
 parched condition. of the throat, in many diseases. 
 
 Pumpkin-Seeds — The infusion of pumpkin-seeds, made by plac- 
 ing them in water without bruising them, is mucilaginous and diu- 
 retic, and is used in inflammation of thei stomach and bowels, scald- 
 ing of the urin§, strangury, etc. But this infusion is more particularly 
 valuable for its power of expelling the tape-worm. It may be drunk 
 freely. The oil of pumpkin .seeds, obtained by expression, has similar 
 properties, and may be taken in doses of six to ten drops, several times 
 a day. 
 
 Quassia (^Picroena ExceUa). — This is the wood of a tall tree grow- 
 ing in Surinam and some of the West India Islands. It is an intensely 
 bitter tonic, febrifuge, and anthelmintic, possessing in the highest de- 
 gree the properties of the simple bitters. It invigorates the digestive 
 organs, without producing much excitement of the circulation. It is 
 well adapted to dyspepsia, and the debility of the stomach which suc- 
 ceeds acute disease, and indeed all complaints where simple bitter is 
 required. Its generic title perpetuates the name of the negro Quassi, 
 of Surinam, who first discovered its medicinal virtues, about the mid- 
 dle of the last century, and who became famous for treating malig- 
 nant fevers with it, as a secret remedy. 
 
 Preparations, — Fluid exrtract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, three to five grains ; tincture, dose, four to eight di-ams ; 
 infusion, two drams to a pint of water, dose, two to three ounces. 
 
 Queen of the Meadow (^Uupatorium Purpureum) . — This peren- 
 nial herb grows in low, swampy places, in many parts of the country. 
 It is called trumpet weed, and, from its fine medicinal effects in com- 
 plaints of the urinary organs, gravel-root. It is an excellent diuretic, 
 tonic, and stimulant. Used in gout, rheumatism, hematuriu, chronic 
 diseases of the urinary organs, strangury, gravel, and dropsical affec- 
 tions. The decoction h the form in which it is most used ; the dose 
 being two to three ounces, two or three times a day. 
 
 A preparation called eupurpurin is also extracted from it, which, in 
 three-grain doses, is a powerful diuretic, occasioning, in some cases, it 
 is said, an enormous flow of urine. 
 
 Queen's Root (^Stillingia Sylvaticd). — This perennial herb grows 
 in sandy soils in the Southern States. The root is medicinal, being, 
 in large doses, emetic and cathartic ; in small doses, an alterative of 
 considerable value in skin diseases, rlieumatism, syphilis, and scrofula, 
 and in such other complaints as require alteratives. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to ten drops ; compound 
 fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; tincture, two ounces to a 
 pint of diluted alcohol, dose, one to three drams ; infusion, dose, one 
 to one and one-half ounces. In clironic bronchitis and similar com- 
 
 
m 
 
 MKDICINES AND THKIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 plaints, the following syrup is well recommended : fluid extra<i of 
 stillingia, two ounces; fluid extract of blootlroot, two ounces; Huid 
 extract of cherry biiik, two ounces; balsam of tolu, one ounce and a 
 half; syrup, two and a half pints. Dose, one to two drams. 
 
 Red Chickweed {Anagallu Arveu»l%}. — An annual plant, com- 
 mon in Europe and this country. It has small scarlet flowers in June 
 and July, it has been used in nervous diseases, as mania, delirium, 
 epilepsy, and partieulaiiy hydrophobia. Old and ill-conditioned ul- 
 cers are improved by its use, in the form of poultice. 
 
 Red Root ( CeanothuH Americanu»). — This shrubby plant has the 
 names of New Jersey tea and wild snowball, and is found in all parts 
 of the United States. Tlie bark is antispasmodic, sedative, astringent, 
 and expectorant, and tastes and smells like the peach-leaf. A decoc- 
 tion is useful in dysentery, diarrhoea, whooping-cough, and chronic 
 bronchitis, in doses of a tablespoonful three times a day. It makes, 
 likewise, a very good injection in leucorrhoea and gleet, and gargle 
 for ulcerations of the mouth and thi'oat. 
 
 Red Clover (^Trifolmm Pratenxe). —The blossoms of this very 
 common biennial plant are medicinal, and are highly recommended 
 in deep, ragged, and cancerous ulcers, as well as in badly condi- 
 tioned burns. They are soothing and detergent, and promote health- 
 ful granulation. Taken in large doses for a year or so, it is said to 
 be good for cancer. 
 
 Preparation. — Solid extract, to be used as an external applica- 
 tion, chiefly in tlie form of ointment, made by uniting four ounces of 
 it with half a pound of lard. 
 
 Red Rose (^Rosa Gallica). — The petals of the rose are slightly 
 tonic and astringent, and are considerably employed in chronic in- 
 flammations of the eye. Rose-water, distilled from the petals, is 
 used for similar purposes. 
 
 Red 5aunders (^Pterocarpus Santalinus). — This is a large tree 
 growing in Ceylon, the wood of which imparts a red color to alcohol, 
 ether, and alkaline solutions, but not to water. It is almost solely 
 used for imparting color to tinctures, etc., having little or no medi- 
 cinal properties. 
 
 Rosin. — This is the solid resinous matter which remains after 
 the distillation of turpentine. It is much used as an ingredient in 
 ointments and plastei*, but is never taken internally. The vapor 
 which arises from heating it upon some hot surface is sometimes in- 
 haled with great advantage in chronic bronchitis, and other chronic- 
 affections of the air-tulies. 
 
 Rhatany (Krameria Triandra). — This is a native of Peru, grow- 
 ing in dry, sandy places. It is a powerful astringent, and a gentle 
 tonic. It is given with advantage in excessive menstruation, vom- 
 
MKDICINE8 AND THEIR I'REPAHATIONS. 
 
 871 
 
 'iiid extra<t, of 
 ' ounces ; fluid 
 ne ounce and a 
 drams. 
 
 al plant, corn- 
 flowers in June 
 lania, delirium, 
 jonditioned ul- 
 
 r plant has the 
 nd in all {tarts 
 ive, astringent, 
 eaf. A decoc- 
 :h, and chronic 
 ay. It makes. 
 Jet, and gargle 
 
 of this very 
 recommended 
 
 badly condi- 
 romote health- 
 o, it is said to 
 
 ernal applica- 
 Four ounces of 
 
 e are slightly 
 in chronic in- 
 the petals, is 
 
 a large tree 
 lor to alcohol, 
 almost solely 
 e or no medi- 
 
 ^mains after 
 ingredient in 
 The vapor 
 ometimes in- 
 ther chronic 
 
 w- 
 
 : Peru, gro 
 md a gentle 
 uation, vom- 
 
 iting lit' hlood, chronic diarrluua, Uuicorrh(jea, and inability to retain 
 the urine ; likewise, as a local Huplication in falling of the l)owel. 
 It is valuable also for nosebleed, and bleeding gums. Dose of the 
 powder, for internal use, from ten to twenty-five grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a diam ; solid 
 extract, dose, five to fifteen grains ; tincture, three ounces to a pint 
 of diluted alcohol, dose, three to five drams ; infusion, two ounces to 
 a pint of water, dose, half an ounce. 
 
 Rhubarb (Rheum Palmatum). — This root is derived from several 
 species of rheum, and passes under the various names of European., 
 Miissian, Chinese, Hast India, and Turkey rhubarb. The variety 
 called Russian or Turkey rhubarb (for they are the same) is consid- 
 ered the best. Rhubarb is cathartic, astringent, and tonic. It is 
 much used in mild cases of diai-rhcea and cholera inf an tum ; likewise, 
 as a stomachic and j^tntle tonic in dyspepsia, accompanied with a 
 debilitated state of the digestive organs. It is a valuable remedy in 
 the complaints of children, and is deservedly much used in treating 
 them. It acts upon the muscular coat of the bowels, producing thick 
 rather than watery stools. It is therefore not adapted to the treatment 
 of dropsical complaints. Its astringency may be increased by roasting 
 it, or diminished by combination with an alkali. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; aro- 
 matic fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; fluid extract of 
 rhubarb and senna, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid extract, dose, 
 two to eight grains ; tincture, an ounce and a half of fluid extract, 
 and half an ounce of essence of cardamom, to a pint of diluted alcohol, 
 dose, half an ounce to an ounce and a half ; infusion, one ounce fluid 
 extract and two ounces spirit of cinnamon to a pint of water, dose, 
 one to three ounces ; sjTup, three ounces of fluid extract to fourteen 
 of syrup, dose, two to five drams. 
 
 Rosemary (5o««mannM8 Officinalis).— This evergreen shrub grows 
 on the borders of the Mediterranean, and is cultivated in Europe and 
 this country. It is stimulant, antispasmodic, and emmenagogue. It 
 is not used in this country, however, except to perfume ointments, 
 tinctures, and syrups. 
 
 Round-Leaved Pyrola (^Pyrola Rotundtfolia'). — This perennial 
 shrub grows in various parts of our country, and beans white flowers 
 in June. It is called canker-lettuce, pear-leaf wintergreen, etc. Its 
 medicinal properties are those of a tonic, astringent, antispasmodic, 
 and diuretic. Used in decoction for epilepsy and other nervous dis- 
 order's ; also for gravel, and other diseases of the bladder and kid- 
 neys. The decoction may be used, too, as a wash for ulcerations of 
 the mouth, indolent ulcers, and chronic ophthalmia. The decoction 
 may likewise be used in making poultices for painful swellings, boils, 
 and carbuncles. It may be taken in doses of from one to four 
 ounces. 
 
 \ 
 
872 
 
 MEDICINKS AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Rue (Ruta Oraveohnft). — Rue luu* the medicinal virtues of the 
 Hiiti8pa»nic)(lic», authelininticb, and emmenagogucH. In large dusts 
 it is poisonous. It is useful in wind-colic, worms, hysterics, epile|i,s\, 
 etc. Dose of the leaves, from ten to fifteen grains ; of the infusion, 
 from one to two ounces. Use with care. 
 
 Saffron (Crocus iS'atiws). — This is a native of Greece and Asia 
 Minor; it is also cultivated in Fmnce, England, and America, as 
 well as in other countries. It has been thought to be stimulant and 
 antispasmodic in small doses, relieving pain, and producing sleep ; in 
 large doses, giving rise to headache, and producing stupor. In the 
 general judgment of the profession it is now considered, however, as 
 having very little activity. It is accordingly not much used, except 
 in domestic practice, where it has some reputation among nurses for 
 its power to bring out measles, and other eruptions. It is also thought 
 to be beneficial in amenorrhcea, dysmenorrhoea, chlorosis, and hys- 
 teria. It is chiefly used at present to impart flavor and color to 
 tinctures. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to forty drops ; tinc- 
 ture, dose, half a dram to a dnim ; infusion, one dram to a pint of 
 water, dose, one to two ounces. 
 
 Sage (^Salvia Officinalis'). — The tops and leaves of this well known 
 garden plant are aromatic, astringent, diaphoretic, and slightly tonic. 
 The infusion is useful in debilitated conditions of the stomach, at- 
 tended with flatulence ; it frequently relieves nausea ; the cold infu- 
 sion, checks and sometimes entirely removes the night-sweats of 
 hectic. The infusion is useful as a gargle in inflammation of the 
 tiiroat, particularly if united with a little honey and alum. Dose of 
 the infusion, from one to three fluid ounces. 
 
 Sarsaparilla {Smilax Officinalis'). — Grows in swamps and hedges 
 in the Middle and Southern States. The root has long been held in 
 esteem as an alterative, diuretic, and demulcent, being used in scrof- 
 ula, chronic rheumatism, and affections of the skin ; but its most ex- 
 tensive and useful application has been found to be in the treatment 
 of secondary and tertiaiy syphilis ; and especially in the broken con- 
 dition of the system which follows the use of mercury in these 
 affections. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one dram ; fluid extract of sar- 
 saparilla and dandelion, dose, one dram ; solid extract, dose, five to 
 twenty grains ; infusion, dose, two to three ounces. 
 
 Sassafras (Laurus Sassafras). — This tree is common in theUnited 
 States. The bark of the root, which is the medicinal part, is altera- 
 tive diuretic, diaphoretic, and a warm aromatic stimulant. It is 
 mainly used to improve the flavor of other medicines, and also as a 
 constituent ^f those compounds which are recommended in chronic 
 
 i 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIK PKEI'ARATIONS. 
 
 873 
 
 virtues of tlic 
 »i large ilosijs 
 «ncH, epile|),s;, 
 the infusioii, 
 
 eece and Asia 
 America, as 
 stimulant and 
 cing sleep ; in 
 jpor. In the 
 , however, as 
 used, except 
 ng nurses foi- 
 8 also thought 
 wis, and hys- 
 and color to 
 
 ' drops ; tine- 
 to a pint of 
 
 is well known 
 Jlightly tonic, 
 stomach, at- 
 the cold infu- 
 "ht-sweats of 
 lation of the 
 im. Dose of 
 
 8 and hedges 
 been held in 
 ised in scrof- 
 
 its most ex- 
 he treatment 
 
 broken eon- 
 iry in these 
 
 ctract of sar- 
 iose, five to 
 
 n the United 
 % is alterji- 
 iant. It is 
 1 also as a 
 in chronic 
 
 I'lieninatism, syphiloid affections, eruptions of the skin, and 
 scurvy. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; tincture, 
 six ounces to a pint of alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce ; in- 
 fusion, two ounces to a pint of water, to be drunk as desired. 
 
 Savin (Jtmiperua Sabina). — An evergreen shrub, growing in 
 Europe and North America. The tops and leaves are diuretic, dia- 
 phoretic, emmenagogue, and anthelmintic. The warm infusion pro- 
 motes menstruation, and destroys worms. Care should be taken nevor 
 to administer this medicine during pregnancy, its effects being violent 
 and dangerous. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to twenty drops; solid 
 extract, dose, one to three grains ; tincture, four ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram and a half ; infusion, half 
 an ounce to a pint of water, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. The 
 following mixture is useful in anienorrhcea : fluid extract of savin, 
 iialf a dram ; fluid extract of ginger, one dram ; sulphate of potassa, 
 two drams. Mix. Dose, half a dram twice a day. The oil of savin 
 has properties similar to those of the leaves. Dose, from two to five 
 drops, on sugar. 
 
 Scammony (^Convolvulus Scammonia) . — This plant is a native of 
 Syria and the neighboring countries. The medicinal part is the har- 
 dened juice of the fresh root. It is an energetic cathartic, producing 
 griping, and sometimes operating with decided harshness, on which 
 account it is generally combined with other medicines which lessen 
 the severity of its action. The dose is from five to fifteen grains. 
 
 Scullcap (Scutellaria Lateriflora, Fig. 233). — An indigenous plant, 
 flowering in July and August. The whole herb is used. It is a valuable 
 
 nervine, tonic, and antispasmodic; while it 
 gives support to the nerves, it imparts both 
 quietness and strength to the whole system, 
 and does not, like other nervines, leave the 
 patient excited and irritable. It finds its use 
 in the treatment of neuralgia, chorea, con- 
 vulsions, lockjaw, and most other diseases of 
 the nervous system. 
 
 . Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a 
 dram to a dram ; compound fluid extract, dose, 
 half a dram to a dram ; tincture, four ounces to 
 a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, one to two 
 drams; infusion, dose, a wineglassful three 
 times a day ; scutellarin, the active principle, 
 dose, two to five grains. 
 
 Seneka (Polygala Senega^ An indigenous plant, commonly 
 
 called snakeroot, the root of which is used in medicine. It is a stim- 
 
 Fia.288. SCDLLCAF. 
 
874 
 
 MRPICINKS AND TIIEIU I'HEI'AKATTONS. 
 
 r.lating di'v retic and exiMU'toiant, anil in large doses an emetic ami 
 (■atlmrtic. It excites all tlu; sucretions. it is useful in ciinniii' 
 bi'onchitis, and in other chronic affections of the hreathing-tuln's. 
 
 PreparatioriH. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty- to twenty-five drops; 
 infusion, dose, one ounce to an ounce and a half; syrup, four ounces 
 of fluid extract to twelve ounces simple syrup, dose, half a dram to 
 a dram. The following is a very good expectorant cougli prepara- 
 tion : fluid extract of seneka, three drams ; fluid extract of squill, 
 half a dram ; syrup of tolu, two drams ; paregoric, two drams ; car- 
 bonate of ammonia, twenty grains ; water, four and a half ounces. 
 Mix. Dose, one dram. 
 
 Senna ( Cassia Acutifolia.^. — Grows abundantly in Upper Egypt. 
 The leaves are the medicinal part. It is a mild, active, and certain 
 cathartic, and is much used in combination with other medicines, 
 jiarticularly epsom salts. The addition of cloves, ginger, cinnamon, 
 and oth^T aromatics, removes all its tendency to griping, and makes 
 it a safe and gentle yet active purgative, calling for an evacuation 
 of the bowels. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; fluid extract 
 of senna and jalap, dose, half a dram t,o a dram ; solid extract, dose, 
 three to five grains ; tincture, three ounces to thirteen ounces of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce ; infusion, two ounces 
 to a pint of water, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Shrubby Trefoil (Ptelea Tr\foliata). — This shrub, which grows 
 in the West, is called wafer-ash and wmg»eed. Its bark and root 
 have tonic properties, and are used in intermittent and remittent 
 fevers, and wherever nature needs a lift in getting up from exhaust- 
 ing complaints. The medicine, like other tonics, improves the ap- 
 petite and digestion. Dose of the solid extract, from three to five 
 grains, three or four times a day ; of the cold infusion, a tablespoon- 
 ful every two or three hours. 
 
 The oleo-resinous principle of the crude bark is called ptelein, and 
 is a powerful tonic. Dose, one or two grains three or four times a 
 day. 
 
 Skunk-Cabbage {Symplocarpm Fcetidus, Fig. 284). — A peren- 
 nial plant, growing in moist places thi-oughout the United States ; 
 sometimes called meadow-cahbage. The root is stimulant, expectorant, 
 antispasmodic, and slightly narcotic. It is given for pulmonary and 
 bronchial affections, epilepsy, hysterics, asthma, whooping-cough, 
 and irritable nerves. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to fifty drops ; tinc- 
 ture, three ounces to a pint of alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram ; 
 infusion, dose, one to one and a half ounces ; syrup, two ounces of 
 fluid extract to eight ounces of simple syrup, dose, two to three drams. 
 For asthma and cough, and to promote expectoration and remove 
 
MED1CINK8 ANlJ TIIKIK PUErARATIONS 
 
 875 
 
 "1 eiiictic iiiid 
 f»l in cliioiii,. 
 
 thing-tulH'H. 
 
 Biity-five (Irups; 
 
 lip, four ounces 
 mif a (iriuii to 
 
 cougli prepai-a- 
 
 tract of squill, 
 
 vo drains; cnr. 
 
 a half ouuces. 
 
 Upper Egypt. 
 ve, and certiiiu 
 ;her medicines, 
 ger, cinnamon, 
 ng, and makes 
 an evacuation 
 
 i; fluid extract 
 
 extract, dose, 
 
 Ben ounces of 
 
 on, two ounces 
 
 which grows 
 3ai-Jc and root 
 and remittent 
 from exhaust- 
 iroves the ap- 
 tliree to five 
 a tablespoon- 
 
 d ptelein, and 
 four times a 
 
 • — A peren- 
 rnited States ; 
 ■, expectorant, 
 ulmonary and 
 )oping-cough, 
 
 drops ; tinc- 
 tn to a dram ; 
 vo ounces of 
 ' three drams. 
 
 and remove 
 
 tigliinesH across tlie chest, the following is a very good compound 
 preparation: one ounce each of the fluid extract of skunk-cabbage, 
 l()l)elia, bloodroot, pleurisy-root, and ginger, one pint of water, anil 
 tliiee pints of alcohol. Dose, two to three drams. 
 
 KIO. 234. SKCNK-CabBAOE. 
 
 KlO. ,05. Sl-IPPKKY KLM. 
 
 Slippery Elm (^Ulmun Fulva, Fig 236). — The inner bark of 
 tiiis well-known tree is nutritive, demulcent, emollient, and slightly 
 expectorant and diuretic. It is valuable as a demulcent drink in in- 
 flammations of the lungs, stomach, bowels, bladder, and kidneys ; 
 also for coughs, strangury, dysentery, and the summer complaints of 
 infants. It makes a valuable poultice for various purposes. 
 
 Small 5plkenard (Aralia NudicauHs). — This plant grows 
 tlnoughout the United States, from Canada to the ('arolinas, in 
 rocky woods. It is called false sarsaparilla and wild sarsaparilla. 
 The root is a gentle stimulant, diaphoretic and alterative. It is used 
 in domestic practice, and by some physicians, in rheumatism, syph- 
 ilis, and cutaneous diseases. The American spikenard, Aralia raoe- 
 mom, resembles the small spikenard in medicinal jjroperties. Either 
 of these roots is valuable in chronic affections of the lungs and air- 
 tubes. 
 
 Soap (Sapo). — Soap is laxative, antacid, and antilithic, and is 
 much used in combination with cathartics, to lessen the severity of 
 their action. In mesenteric fever, advantage is derived from rubbing 
 the tumid belly of children with a strong lather of soap, morning and 
 evening ; and few things are more effectual in removing hardened 
 feces from the rectum in cases of obstinate costiveness than an injec- 
 tion of soapsuds. Soap is now made out of so many kinds of fat 
 that care should be taken to use as medicine only the best Castile. 
 
 Sodium. — This is a soft white mebil. .United with oxygen in 
 the proportion of one efjuivalent each, it forms the alkali, ioua. The 
 loUowing are the principal preparations of soda usei^. iu medicine: — 
 
 t 
 
876 
 
 MBDIOINES AN!) THEIR PRKPAKATIONS. 
 
 Bicarbonate of Soda {Sodce £icarhonan). — This in a wliito, inodor- 
 ous powder, sometimes called super carbonate of soda. Il is arit<u;icl, 
 antilithic, and slightly diuretic. It is chiefly used in preparing what 
 are called soda-powders, and in various preparations of medicine, when 
 an antacid is required. It is also taken simply dissolved in water, 
 for acidity of the stomach. 
 
 Borate of Soda (Sodcp Boras). — This is everywhere known l)y Iho 
 name of borax. It exists naturally formed in various parts of the 
 world, and is likewise manufactured. It is a mild refrigerent and 
 diuretic ; also emmenagogue, promoting menstniation, facilitating par- 
 turition, and favoring the expulsion of the after-birth liy its specific 
 influence upon the womb. It has considerable reputation in the treat- 
 ment of urinary diseases, particularly those connected with an excess 
 of uric acid. The dose is from twenty to twenty-five grains in solu- 
 tion. Combined with rose-water, honey, and various other thingiS, 
 according to circumstances, borax makes a valuable wash for inflam- 
 matory affections of the mouth and throat, skin-diseases, etc. 
 
 Chloride of Sodium (^Sodii Chloridurn). — This is the chemical 
 name of muriate of soda or common salt. In small doses, it is tonic, 
 alterative and anthelmintic. It checks bleeding from the lungs, when 
 taken in teaspoonful doses. The dose as an alterative is from ten to 
 sixty grains. As moderately used in food by most civilized people, 
 it promotes digestion and improves the general health. 
 
 Sulphate of Soda (^Sodce Sulphas'). — This has a very pretty 
 name, but it will not sound half as well to thousands of young per- 
 sons, when they are told that it is the well-known Glauber's salts. 
 From half an ounce to an ounce of it dissolved in half a tumblerful 
 of water acts as a cathartic ; a smaller dose, as a laxative and diu- 
 retic. Its nauseous and bitter taste may be somewhat concealed by 
 a little cream of tartar or lemon-juice. 
 
 Sulphite of Soda (aS'oc?^? Sulphis'^. — This preparation is in the 
 form of transparent crystals, and is very soluble in water. In doses 
 of sixty grains, this is said to have been used with success in frothy 
 vomitings ; it is also well spoken of as a remedy in acute rheuma- 
 tisir, and as a wash in thrush and some diseases of the skin. 
 
 Tartrate of Potassa and Soda (Sodce et Potasses Tartras). — This 
 is one of the mildest and most cooling purgatives among the salts. 
 It is known as Rochelle salt, and generally agrees well with irritable 
 and delicat* stomachs. Dose, from four drams to two ounces, in a 
 tumblerful of water. The gentle physic called Seidlitz powders is 
 composed of two drams of rochelle salt and two scruples of bicarbon- 
 ate of soda in a blue paper, and thirty-five grains of tartaric acid in a 
 white paper. The contents of each paper is dissolved in half a tum- 
 bler of water by itself ; one solution is then poured into the other, 
 and the whole is drunk during the effervescence. 
 
MEDIOINKH AND THKIU PKKI'ARATIONH. 
 
 877 
 
 H wliito, iiiodor- 
 h is antacid, 
 >i t'lJiiritig wlmt 
 inutJiciiie,wht'ii 
 olved in wutt-r, 
 
 V 'cnown iiy the 
 18 parts of the 
 •efrigerent and 
 "acilitating par- 
 
 '•y its specific 
 ion in the treat- 
 with an excess 
 grains in solu- 
 
 other thing.s, 
 ash for inflam- 
 38, etc. 
 
 the chemical 
 
 ses, it is tonic, 
 
 he lungs, when 
 
 is from ten to 
 
 vilized people, 
 
 very pretty 
 of young per- 
 rlauber's salts. 
 f a tumblerful 
 itive and diu- 
 concealed by 
 
 ion is in the 
 ter. In doses 
 Jess in frothy 
 cute rheuma- 
 skin. 
 
 tras). — This 
 ng the salts. 
 with irritable 
 ounces, in a 
 te powders is 
 i of bicarbon- 
 aric acid in a 
 n half a turn- 
 to the other, 
 
 5olomon's Seal (^Convalaria MuUifiora). — This is one of our own 
 
 TK-rennial plant**, and is found in various parts of the country. The 
 root is tonic, mucilaginous and HMtringeut. It acts especially upon 
 mucous tissues, and has therefore found its use in chronic dysentery 
 and piles, and in chronic inflammation of the stomach and bowels. 
 Dose of the decoction, or infusion, from one to four fluid ounces, 
 three or four times a day. Large doses purge and vomit. The de- 
 coction applied locally, relieves the inflammation caused by the p^^'son 
 ivy. 
 
 Solution of Arsenlte of Potassa (^Liquor Potasscp Arsenitis). — 
 This is known under the names of arsenical solution and Fowler's 
 solution. It is a tran8{)arent liquid, having the color, taate and 
 smell of spirits of lavender. It has the general action upon the 
 human body of the arsenical preparations. It is the preparation 
 generally resorted to where araenic is given internally, and is used 
 with considerable success in intermittent fever, leprosy and several 
 other skin diseases, St. Vitus's dance, periodical headache, and some 
 other complaints. The dose is from three to five drops, three times 
 a day, given in water ; generally, it is better not to go beyond five 
 drops. Sometimes it disturbs the stomach and binds the bowels, 
 producing headache, dizziness and confusion of mind. When such 
 effects follow its use, it must be laid aside and a purgative given. 
 After an interval of two weeks, it may be resumed in smaller doses. 
 It often requires to be used for several months. 
 
 Spanish Flies (^Gantharis Vesicatoria^. — These insects are of a 
 beautiful, shining, golden-green color. They attach themselves to 
 such trees, in Franco, Spain and Italy, as the white poplar, elder, 
 privet and lilac, upon the leaves of which they feed. They make 
 their appearance in swarms upon these trees in May ar>d June, and 
 are shaken off in the morning while torpid with the cold. Internally 
 administered, they are a powerful stimulant, exercising a peculiar 
 influence over the urinary and genital organs. In large doses, they 
 excite violent inflammation of the alimentary canal and urinary or- 
 gans, strangury, irritation of the sexual organs, headache, delirium, 
 and convulsions ; also painful priapism, vomiting, bloody stools, sali- 
 vation, fetid breath, hurried breathing, and difficulty of swallowing. 
 They are given internally for chronic gonorrhoea, leucorrhoea, seminal 
 weakness, and paralysis of the bladder. Dose of the powder, from 
 half a grain to a grain ; of the tincture, from twenty to fifty drops. 
 Solution of potassa given every hour, in thirty-drop doses, is a 
 remedy for strangury produced by cantharides. Spanish flies are 
 used externally, in the form of blistering plaster ; also in the form of 
 tincture, mixed with various solutions, to produce irritation and red- 
 ness of the skin. 
 
 Spearmint (Mentha Vtridis') This has carminative, diuretic 
 
 and antispasmodic virtues. The warm infusion of it is much em- 
 
 i 
 1 
 
878 
 
 MKDIOINKS AND THBIR PKBPARATIUNB. 
 
 ployed in domestic, pmctice to produce perspinitioii after takinjr col,], 
 Hud while sufforiiiif from feverish symptoiiiH from various cauHi'n. 
 The oil of spearmint hiw similar properties with the herh, and nmy 
 be taken in five- to eight-drop doses, on sugar. One ounee of the oil 
 of spearmint dissolved in a pint of alcohol, constitutes the essence uf 
 spearmint. 
 
 Spermaceti {Cetaceum'). — This is a white crystalline sulistaiice 
 obttiined froni the head of the spermaceti whale. In househeld prac- 
 tice, it is considerably used for the coughs 'ind 'iolds of children, 
 \mng generally simmered with molasses or wUte sugar. It forms a 
 part of several cerates and ointments. 
 
 Spider's Web (^Tela Aranecp). — The web of the black or brown 
 spider, gathered in barns, cellars, etc., is sometimes given in fivi- or 
 six-grain doses, in pill form, and it is said with good effect, in peri- 
 odical headache, hysterics, St. Vitue's dance, asthma, and fever and 
 ague. It is likewise applied externally to check bleeding. Care 
 shouh' ''« taken to have it clean and free from dust. 
 
 Spirit of Nitric Ether (^Spirittia j^Etheris Nitrici). — The general 
 reader will know this article better under the name of sweet spirttn of 
 nitre. It is diuretic, diaphoretic, antispasmodic and stimulant, and 
 in large doses, a narcotic poison. It is much used in diseases of the 
 urinary organs, either alone or combined with sedatives, and other 
 diuretics. Dose, from twenty to thirty drops, to be taken in water, 
 three or four times a day. 
 
 Sponge (^Spongia). — When burned, this is used as an alterative in 
 scrofula, scrofulous tumors, goitre, and obstinate diseases of the skin. 
 It is much employed by homoeopathic physicians, though it has much 
 less remedial power than iodine. Dose, one to two drams, mixed 
 with honey or syrup. 
 
 Spurred Rye (Secale Gomutum). — This is a diseased product of 
 rye, known by the name of ergot. This article has a peculiar effect upon 
 the womb, causing it to contract with great energy, when given in full 
 doses. It should never be given, however, continuously, for a great 
 length of time, as it has been known, when so used, to produce dry 
 gangrene, typhus fever, and nervous disorders connected with con- 
 vulsions. Such were its effects in certain provinces of P^rance, in 
 consequence of the use of rye bread contaminated with it. It is use- 
 ful in excessive uterine hemorrhage, which it arrests by causing the 
 womb to contract, and thus to condense its tissue and close up its 
 bleeding vessels. It has also been successful in bleeding from the 
 lungs. 
 
 PreparatioiiH. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram; tinc- 
 ture, four ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, two and a half to 
 five dmms j infusion, dose, one to two ounces ; wine, five ounces of 
 
 mm 
 
^.T ^WiiZ^lM-.i 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 Ett 1^ 12.? 
 
 ^ Hi ™^ 
 
 lAo Hill 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 n 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 m iiiu 11.6 
 
 «' 
 
 23 WE^T MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 , srt 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical MIcroreproductions / Instltut canadJen de mJcroreproductlons historlques 
 
L„,...^:i_, 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIK PREPARATIONS. 
 
 879 
 
 fluid e3:tract to a pint of sherry wine, dose, two to thi-ee drams, in 
 cases of labor ; for other purposes, one to two drams. 
 
 Squill {Seilla Maritima), — A perennial plant growing in coun- 
 tries on the Mediterranean. In large doses it is emetic and purga- 
 tive ; i:,! small doses expectorant and diuretic. It is used in pulmonary 
 affections to increase expectoration, and in dropsical complaints to 
 augment the secretions of the kidneys. Dose of the dried root, one to 
 five grains, generally to be united with nitre or ipecac. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, as an expectorant and diuretic, 
 two to six drops ; as an emetic, twelve to twenty drops; compound 
 fluid uxtl^ct, dose, ten to twenty drops ; tincture, two ounces to a 
 pint of diluted alcohol, dose, twenty to thirty drops ; syrup, dose, 
 a quarter to half a dram. 
 
 StarsQrass (^Aletri» Farinom, Fig. 236). — This plant is found in 
 dry soils throughout most parts of the United 
 •States, and called uniconirroot^ ague-root, and 
 crow-corn. The root is an intensely bitter tonic, 
 and is used to improve the tone of the stonnch, 
 and for flatulent colic and hysterics. It is said 
 also to give tone to the female generative organs, 
 affording a protection against miscarriage. Tlie 
 Eclectics call it one of their best agents in chlo- 
 rosis, suppressed menstruation, engorgement and 
 falling of the womb, and painful menstruation. 
 Dose of the powdered root, from five to ten 
 grains, three times a day. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to 
 twenty drops ; tincture, two ounces to a pint of ^'°- ^^- stah-gkabb. 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram ; infusion, two drams to 
 a pint of water, dose, one or two ounces ; syrup, dose, one to two 
 drams ; aletiidin, the active principle, dose, one to three grains. 
 
 St. Ignalius' Bean (^Faba 3ancH IgnatW). — The seeds are the 
 part used, and are the product of the Ignatia Amara, — a tree of 
 middle size, growing in the Philippine Islands, and is a species of the 
 istrychnoa. These seeds possess a large amount of strychnine, and 
 consequently, in medicinal doses, are a pov/erful nervine tonic, and 
 are used for improving the digestive functions, and for rousing and 
 strengthening the whole system when prostrated by nervous com- 
 plaints. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to ten drops ; solid ex- 
 tract, dose, half a grain to a grain and a half. 
 
 Storax (^Styrax Officinale). — This is the hardened juice of the 
 storax, a native of the countries along the Mediterranean. It is a 
 stimulant and expectorant, and is used for chronic bronchitis, laryn- 
 gitis, and cough. The liquid storax is sometimes employed instead 
 
 fii, 
 
 '■' > 
 
I ,\ «,l^*MI|ilJ|i| f 
 
 8M MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 of copaiba in gonorrhoea and gleet. The dose is from ten to Pfteen 
 grains. Storax is a constituent in the compound tincture of benzoin. 
 
 Stramonium (Datura Stramonium, Fig. 287).— This annual 
 plant is most known in this country by the 
 name of Jamestown iveed ; in England by that 
 of thomapple. The leaves and seeds are med- 
 icinal. Stramonium is a powerful narcotic ; it 
 is also antispasmodic, anodyne, and sedative. 
 It is used in various nervous affections, as 
 chorea, epilepsy, palsy, tetanus, and mania. 
 It is much used for relieving acute ^ains, etc. 
 Taken in large doses, it is a powerful poison. 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to 
 Fio. 237. 8TBAM0NIUM. fif^gn drops ; solid extract, dose, half a grain 
 to a grain ; tincture, two ounces to a pint of alcohol, dose, half a 
 dram to a dram, and to be gradually increased. Use w ith care. 
 
 Sulphur. — This is considerably used in medicine, being laxative, 
 diaphoretic, and resolvent. It is chiefly used for piles, chronic rheu- 
 matism, gout, asthma, and those affections of the breathing organs 
 not attended with acute inflammation. Externally and internally, 
 it is much employed in skin-diseases, particularly for itch, for which 
 it is a specific. In these affections, it is frequently applied in the 
 form of sulphur baths. The dose of sulphur is from one to three 
 drams, mixed with syrup, molasses, or milk. When sublimed, 
 this article is called flowers of sulphur, which is the form in which 
 it is chiefly used in medicine. 
 
 Sumach (^Bhus Glabrum}. — Found in almost all parts of the 
 United States in old, neglected fields, and by the side of fences. The 
 bark and berries are astringent, tonic, antiseptic, and diuretic, and 
 are used in diarrhoea, dysentery, gonorrhoea, whites, hectic fever, 
 and scrofula. The berries make a valuable gargle in quinsy and 
 ulcerations of the mouth and throat, and also a useful wash for 
 ringworm, tetter, and ulcers. The excrescences' which grow upon 
 the leaves have nearly as much astringency as galls, and when pul- 
 verized and mixed with lard, have a similarly soothing effect upon 
 piles. 
 
 Preparations — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams; tincture, 
 four ounces to thirteen ounces of diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce 
 to an ounce. 
 
 Sunflower (ffelianthus Annuus) The seeds and leaves of this 
 
 plant are expectorant and diuretic, and are useful in several 
 pulmonary affections. The seeds yield a fixed oil, in which their 
 \^ ' medicinal virtues are chi(jfl3' found. In doses of t.n or fifteen drops, 
 
 this oil acts favorably upon inflamed mucous surfaces, and in doses 
 twice as large it greetly augments the flow of uriae. 
 
 \: 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 sai 
 
 : 
 
 ten to Pfteen 
 ire of benzoin. 
 
 This annual 
 juntry by the 
 gland by that 
 leeds are med- 
 il narcotic ; it 
 
 and sedative. 
 
 affections, a.s 
 3, and mania, 
 ute ^ains, etc. 
 .^erful poison. 
 I, dose, five to 
 }, half a grain 
 , dose, half a 
 ith care. 
 
 •eing laxative, 
 chronic rheu- 
 ithing organs 
 ad internally, 
 tx;h, for which 
 pplied in the 
 I one to three 
 len sublimed, 
 oTva in which 
 
 parts of the 
 f fences. The 
 diuretic, and 
 hectic fever, 
 1 quinsy and 
 ful wash for 
 sh grow upon 
 nd when pul- 
 r effect upon 
 
 ms; tincture, 
 half an ounce 
 
 eaves of this 
 
 in several 
 
 n which their 
 
 fifteen drops, 
 
 and in doses 
 
 Swamp Dogwood (^Gornvs Sericea). — This is found in damp 
 places, and along the banks of rivers, in various parts of our cotintry, 
 and is known as red osier,, red willow and rose willow. The bark is 
 tonic, stimulant and astringent, and has been used for similar pur- 
 poses with dogwood-bark ; it is well spoken of, also, for dyspepsia, 
 diarrhoea, malignant fevers, and as an external application to foul 
 and ill-conditioned ulcers. Dose of the powdered bark, from 
 twenty to fifty grains; of the infusion, from two to three fluid 
 ounces. 
 
 Swamp Milkweed (Asclepias Incamata). — This is a native of 
 the United States, and bears red flowers from June to August. It 
 has the name of white Indian hemp. The root is emetic, cathartic, 
 and diuretic, and is useful in asthma, bronchitis, rheumatism, syphilis, 
 and worms. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to thirty drops ; 
 solid extract, dose, three to five grains ; tincture, two ounces to a 
 pint of diluted alcohol, dose, one and a half to three drams ; infu- 
 sion, dose, three to five drams ; syrup, four ounces fluid extract to 
 twelve ounces simple syrup, dose, half a dram to a dram. 
 
 Sweet Fern (Comptonia Asplenifolia^. — This shrub, growing in 
 stony pastures in New England and Virginia, is tonic, astringent, 
 alterative and aromatic, and is used in diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera- 
 infantum, rheumatism, and debility after fevers. Dose of the decoc- 
 tion, from one to three fluid ounces, three or four times a day. 
 
 Sweet Flag {Acorus Calamus). — Found in damp places, in most 
 parts of the world. The root is stimulant, tonic, and aromatic; 
 useful in wind colic, weakened conditions of the stoibach, and dys- 
 pepsia. Dose of the root, from twenty to sixty grains ; of the infu- 
 sion, from two to three fluid ounces. 
 
 Sweet Gum {Liquidamher Styraciflua'). — This tree grows in the 
 Middle and Southern States. Being wounded, it yields a yellowish- 
 white, honey-like balsam, which hardens into a gum. This, melted 
 with equal parts of lard or tallow, forms an ointment which is used 
 in some parts of the country for piles, ringworm of the scalp, fever- 
 sores, and other complaints. Used internally, it has very neany 
 the same effects as storax. 
 
 Tag Alder (Alnus Rubra). — This shrub grows in swamps and 
 other damp places, in northern United States. The bark is altera- 
 tive, emetic, and astringent. It is used in scrofula, secondary 
 syphilis, herpes, impetigo, and other skin-diseases. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; ' infusion, 
 two ounces to a pint of water, dose, one to one and a half ounces ; 
 alnuin, the active principle, dose, one to two grains. 
 
 Tansy (^Tanacetum Vvlgare) — Tansy is a perennial herb, having 
 tonic, emmenagogue, and diaphoretic properties ; the cold infusion 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
882 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 ■ :.'^ 
 
 being tonic, and useful in dyspepsia, wind in the stomach, jaundice, 
 and worms ; the warm infusion, diaphoretic and emmenagogue. 
 Dose of the infusion, from one to three fluid ounces, two or three 
 times a day. 
 
 Tar (Pix Liquida). — The medicincil qualities of tar are like those 
 of turpentine, and it is sometimes used in old chronic coughs and 
 bronchitis. The vapor of boiling tar was once thought to be very 
 serviceable in bronchial diseases, when inhaled. Doubtless it is 
 useful in some cases, but its virtues have been extolled above their 
 merits. In the form of ointment it has real efficacy in scald head 
 and tetter. 
 
 Thimbleweed (JRudbeckia Laciniata). — The whole of ohis herb 
 is balsamic, diuretic, and tonic, and in the form of decoction, used 
 freely, is said to have been found useful in some urinary complaints, 
 as Bright's disease, strangury, etc. 
 
 Tobacco {Nicotiana Tahaoum). — The leaves of tobacco are acrid, 
 narcotic, and poisonous, and are chiefly used in the form of oint- 
 ment, in skin diseases, etc. Its poisonous qualities, however, render 
 it dangerous when much used, even externally. Nervous people 
 should not smoke. Chewing is not only an unhealthy, but a dis- 
 gusting habit. 
 
 Trailing Arbutus (Upigicea Repens). — This grows in sandy 
 woods and rocky soils, its flowers appearing in early spring, and ex- 
 haling a spicy fragrance. The leaves are diuretic and astringent, 
 and are very useful in gravel, and most diseases of the urinary 
 organs, being regarded in some cases superior to uva-ursi and buchu. 
 
 Preparations — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; infusion, 
 dose, two to three ounces. 
 
 Tapioca (Janipha Manihot, Fig. 238). — This plant grows in the 
 West Indies and Brazil. It is cultivated 
 chiefly on account of the root, which is large- 
 ly used as an article of food, particularly for 
 the sick, or rather for those recovering from 
 sickness. The starch which it contains is 
 separated by washing, scraping, grating, and 
 grinding, and is in the form of hard, white, 
 rough grains. It is prepared for use by boil- 
 ing; ?,nd, in debility and low forms of disease, 
 may have tte addition of wine, nutmeg, or 
 other aromatics. 
 
 Fio. 888. TAPIOCA. 
 
 Tulip Tree (Liriodendron Tulipifera) . — 
 This is a large and elegant tree growing in 
 many parts of the country, and called poplar and white poplar. 
 The bark of the root is aromatic, stimulant, and tonic, and in warm 
 infusion, diaphoretic. It is used in fever and agra, chronic rheuma,- 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 883 
 
 lach, jaundice, 
 
 iinmeuagogue. 
 
 two or three 
 
 • are like those 
 ic coughs and 
 ht to be veiy 
 }ubtless it is 
 jd above their 
 in scald head 
 
 B of chis herb 
 ecoction, used 
 ry complaints, 
 
 acco are acrid, 
 form of oint- 
 Dwever, render 
 3rvou8 people 
 hy, but a dis- 
 
 )W8 in sandy 
 pring, and ex- 
 id astringent, 
 : the urinary 
 •si and buchu. 
 kins ; infusion, 
 
 grows in the 
 is cultivated 
 vhich is large- 
 articularly for 
 overing from 
 contains is 
 , grating, and 
 f hard, white, 
 )r use by boil- 
 :ms of disease, 
 le, nutmeg, or 
 
 t 
 
 'hilipifera). — 
 e growing in 
 white poplar. 
 and in warm 
 ronic rheuma- 
 
 tism, and chronic diseases of the stomach and bowels. Dose of the 
 powdered bark, from a scruple to two drams ; of the infusion, from 
 one to two fluid ounces. 
 
 Turkey Corn {Corydalis Formosa). — This perennial plant is 
 called wild-turkey pea and »tagger^weed, and grows in rich soils in 
 the Southern arul Western States. The tuber, which is the medicinal 
 part, should only be collected when the plant is in flower. It is tonic, 
 diuretic, and alterative. It is much valued do « remedy in syphilis 
 and scrofula. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to thirty drops ; tincture, 
 three ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to two 
 drams ; corydalin, the active piinciple, dose, half a grain to a grain. 
 A valuable alterative for syphilis is made by uniting eight grains of 
 corydalin with ten grains of hydi-astin, and dividing into twelve 
 powders. Dose, one powder three or four times a day. 
 
 Turmeric (CwrcMwa Longa"). — This is a native of the East Indies 
 and Cochin China. The root is a stimulant aromatic and tonic, 
 somewhat like ginger, employed in debilitated states of the stom- 
 ach, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two or three drams ; tincture, 
 two ounces to twelve ounces of diluted alcohol, dosf one and a half 
 to two ounces ; infusion, dose, two to four ounces. 
 
 Valerian ( FaZer«a«rt Officinalis). — This is a European plant, 
 flowering in June or July. The root is tonic, nervine, and antispas- 
 modic, and is much used in cases of iiregular nervous action, partic- 
 ularly morbid nervous vigilance, or hypochondria, epilepsy, lowness 
 of spirits, and nervous headache. 
 
 Preparations Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 
 extract, dose, three to eight grains ; tincture, four ounces to a pint 
 of diluted alcohol, dose, two to tlu-ee drams ; infusion, half an ounce 
 to a pint of water, dose, two to three ounces ; syrup, four ounces of 
 fluid extract to \ pint of simple syrup, dose, two to three drams. 
 
 Vervain (^Verbena ffastata}. — A perennial plant, common in the 
 United States. The root is tonic, emetic, expectorant, and sudorific. 
 It is used in intermittent fevers, colds, and obstructed menstruation, 
 in the form of warm infusion. The cold infusion is a good tonic in 
 loss of appetite, debility, etc. Dose of the powdered root, one or two 
 scruples ; of the infusion, from two to three ounces, three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 Vinegar (Aeetum) This is refrigerant, diuretic, astringent, and 
 
 tonic ; used in fevera and inflammatory complaints, likewise in 8cui"vy 
 and typhus, as an antiseptic. It has been found useful in dysentery 
 and scarlet fever, saturated with common salt. Externally, it is ap- 
 plied to bruises, inflammations, sprains, and swellings. It sometimes 
 hfis a good effect as a gargle in putrid sore throat, etc., and as a 
 cooling wash in headache during fevers. 
 
884 
 
 MKUIOINES AND THKIK I'KKI'AltATIONS. 
 
 Virsinia Snake-root (^Arittolochia Serpentaria^ Fig. 289). — Tliis 
 is a perennial lierb of the Middle and Southern States. The root is 
 stimulant, tonic, and diaphoretic. It is used in typhoid fevers, when 
 the system needs support, but cannot bear active stimulation. Com- 
 bined with Peruvian bark, it is also used in intermittent fevers. The 
 cold infusion is employed in some forms of dyspepsia ; likewise as a 
 gargle in malignant sore throat. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extmct, dose, one-quarter to half a dram ; 
 tincture, thiae ounces to i pint of diluted alcohol, dose, one to two 
 drams ; infusion, half an ounce to a pint of water, dose, one to two 
 ounces, in low forms of fever. The following is a good compound 
 tincture : half an ounce each of fluid extract of snake-root, fluid ex- 
 tract of ipecac, fluid extract of saffron, fluid extract of ladies' slipper, 
 together with half an ounce of camphor, and one and a half pints of 
 diluted alcohol ; dose, a dram to a dram and a half. 
 
 VM. 239. VlKGIMIA SNAKK KOOT. 
 
 FlO. 240. Watbh-Hobehounu. 
 
 Water-Horehound (Fig. 240). — This article has been described 
 under Bugle-Weed (Lycopus Virginicus). See Bugle-Weed. 
 
 Water-Pepper (^Polggonum Punctaturn). — This annual plant is 
 called smartr^eed, and grows throughout our country, in low grounds, 
 and along ditches and brooks. It has a pungent, biting taste, and is 
 stimulant, diuretic, emmenagogue, antiseptic, and vesicant. It is 
 used in coughs, colds, gravel, and womb-complaints. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to forty drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, two to three grains ; tincture, four ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to two drams ; infusion, half an 
 ounce to a pint of water, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Wahoo (Muonymu^ Atropurpureus). — A small shrub growing 
 in woods in many parts of the United States. The bark of the root 
 is a bitter tonic, laxative, alterative, diuretic, and expectorant, and is 
 advantageously used in pulmonary affections, dropsy, constipation, 
 torpidity of the liver, dyspepsia, and intermittent fevers. 
 
MKTITClTnilfl AND THKIR PRRPAKATI0N8. 
 
 88r. 
 
 r. 239).— This 
 1. The root is 
 id fevers, when 
 Illation. Com- 
 nt fevers. The 
 ; likewise as a 
 
 I half a dram; 
 se, one to two 
 se, one to two 
 ood compound 
 i-root, fluid ex- 
 ' ladies' slipper, 
 a half pints of 
 
 BB-HOBEHOUND. 
 
 been described 
 -Weed. 
 
 nnual plant is 
 in low grounds, 
 ng taste, and is 
 /^esicant. It is 
 
 J drops ; solid 
 ces to a pint of 
 'usion, half an 
 ince. 
 
 shrub growing 
 ark of the root 
 lectorant, and is 
 J, constipation, 
 srs. 
 
 Preparationa. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; tinctuns 
 four ounces to twelve ounces of diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce 
 to an ounce. 
 
 Wax. — The yellow and white wax are chietly used as ingredients 
 of plastera and ointments. 
 
 White Hellebore {Veratru,ii Album). — This is a European 
 perennial plant, the root of which ia a violent emetic and purgiitive, 
 and in large doses is poisonous ; not often used, except externally, 
 in the fonn of ointment or decoction, for the cure of itch and some 
 other skin-diseases. 
 
 White Oak (Quercus Alba'). — The inner hark of the white oak 
 is astringent, tonic, and antiseptic, and has been used in intermit- 
 tent fever, chronic diarrhoea, chronic mucous discharges, and passive 
 hemorrhages. As a wash aj)plied externally it sometimes arrests 
 night-sweats, and as an astringent gargle and injection its use is com- 
 mon for relaxed palate, spongy gums, leui.* rrhauv falling of the 
 bowel, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, ten to fifteen grains; tincture, two ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 White Pond-Lily (iV//mpA(Bof Odoratd). — This grows in ponds 
 and marshes in many parts of our country. The root is demulcent, 
 anodyne, astringent, and alterative ; used in dysentery, diarrhcea, 
 gonorrhoea, whites, and scrofula. An infusion is sometimes used as 
 a gargle in ulcei"s of the mouth and throat, and as an injection in 
 leucorrhoea. Dose of the infusion, from two to three fluid ounces. 
 
 Wild Cherry (Prunus Virginiana). — This tree grows extensively 
 in the American forests, flourishing wheie tlie soil is fertile and the 
 climate temperate. The inner bark is tonic and stimulant to the 
 digestive organs, and -sedative to the nerves and the circulation. It 
 is much used in consumption, scrofula, and dyspepsia. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two to three drams, compound 
 fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; infusion, half an ounce 
 to a pint of water, dose, one ounce ; syrup, three ounces of fluid 
 extract to thirteen ounces of simple syrup, dose, two drams to an 
 ounce. 
 
 Wild Cucumber (^MomordicnMaterium). — This, sometimes called 
 squirting cucumber^ is a native of the south of Europe, and is culti- 
 vated in Great Britain. It is a powerful hydragogue cathartic, and 
 in large doses causes nausea and vomiting. On account of the 
 watery stools it produces it is much used in dropsical complaints, 
 though the severity of its action foibids its being used alone. Dose, 
 a quarter to half a grain, repeated every hour till it operates ; of 
 elaterin, from a sixteenth to a twentieth of a grain, given in solution. 
 
88fi 
 
 MEDICINEH AND THEIR PHEPAUAT10N8. 
 
 '■^^N ' 
 
 
 Wild Qinger (^Amruiii (^anadeiMP) — This JH known by tho iiivineM 
 of roUitfoot and Cunaitii xnake-roof, nml is common in all parts of tlif 
 country. The root is tonic, stimulant, aromatic, expectorant, and 
 dia|)horotic. It is used in pains of the stomach, colic, etc. Dose of 
 the powder, half a dram ; of the; tincture, half a dram to two drams. 
 
 Wild Indigo (^Bapiuia Tinctnriu, Fig. 241). — This perennial 
 sliriil) is found in most j)art« of the country. 
 The hark of the root is purf>;ative, emetic, stimu- 
 lant, astrinjvent, and antiseptic. It is chiefly 
 used for its antiseptic [jroperties. For external 
 ust^ it is viilnahle as a wtush oi' gargle for vaiious 
 uhjcrs, nien^vuial sore mouth, and scrofulous 
 and syph'litic ophthalmia. 
 
 PrvparatlonH. — Fluid extract, dose, a quarter 
 to half .'• dram ; tincture, two ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, two to four drams ; infu- 
 sion, (lose, half an ounce; baptisin, the active 
 Fio. 241. WILD iNwdo. p,.i„eiple, a quarter to half a grain ; gargle, four 
 ounces of fluid extract tt) "twelve ounces of water, to be used as 
 occasion requires. . . 
 
 Wild Yam {Dioxcorea ViUom). — A perennial vine, Ton nd mostly 
 at the South. The root is antispasmodic, and is successfully used in 
 bilious colic. It is said to bring relief in the most violent Ciiscs of 
 this complaint. It allays nausea and spasms during pregnancy. It 
 is given in the form of decoction, two or three fluid ounces every 
 thirty or forty minutes. Dose of the tincture, from a quarter of a 
 dram to a dram ; of dioscorein, the active princi[)le, one to three 
 grains. 
 
 Willow {iSalLr Alba). — The willow is common in Europe and 
 America. Its bai-k is tonic and astringent, and is used, occasionally, 
 as rt substitute for Peruvian bark in intermittent fever. It is also 
 (Mnployed in the treatment of chronic diarrhoea and dysentery. 
 Uose of the powdered bark, one dram ; of the decoction, one to two 
 fluid ounces. Salicin, the active prino'.ple, is given, sometimes, in 
 place of quinine ; dose, from two to eijht grains. 
 
 WIntergreen (OauUheria Prommhenti). — This evergreen grows 
 in mountsiinous, barren regions, throughout our country. The leaves 
 are an agreeable stimulan,, aromatic and astringent. Used for 
 chronic diarrhn;a, and as an emraenapogue. The oil and essence are 
 useful in flatulent colic ; dose of the oil, from five to eight drops, on 
 sugar ; of the essence, twenty to thirty drops. Much used to flavor 
 other medicines. 
 
 Witch-Hazel (^HamamellH Virginica, Fig. 242). — This derives its 
 name from its having fruit and flowers together on the same tree. 
 It is found in most parts of our country. The bark and leaves are 
 
by tlui iiiunoK 
 1 partH of the 
 3ct()i-iint, iiiiii 
 )tc. Doso ol 
 o two drams. 
 
 lis peronnial 
 the cou'iitry. 
 
 iinctic. Htimu- 
 
 It iw chiefly 
 
 For extoriial 
 
 le for various 
 
 1(1 Hcrofulous 
 
 ose, a quarter 
 es tt) a pint of 
 drams ; infu- 
 in, the active 
 ; gargle, four 
 « be used iis 
 
 found mostly 
 sfuUy used in 
 lent Ciist'8 of 
 •egnancy. It 
 ounces every 
 (juarter of ii 
 one to three 
 
 Europe and 
 occasionally. 
 It is also 
 dysentery. 
 1, one to two 
 ometimes, in 
 
 rgreen grows 
 
 The leaves 
 
 Used for 
 
 I essence are 
 
 ht drops, on 
 
 ised to flavor 
 
 iLs derives its 
 same tree, 
 id leaves are 
 
 c 
 
 MEDIOINES AND THKIR PRKPAUATI0N8. 
 
 887 
 
 tonir, aHtringent and .sedative. It is used in bleeding from the lungs 
 iinil stomach, and in diarrlxpa, dyst-ntcry, 
 iiMil excessive mucous discihargos. it is 
 also used in incipient consumption, and 
 for Hore mouth, e*';. 
 
 PreparntionH. — Fluid extract, dose, one 
 to two dmms ; infusion, dose, three drams ; 
 svi'Up. four ounces of lluid extract to twelve 
 ounces bf simple syrup, dose, one to two 
 drains. 
 
 Wolfsbane (Aeonitum Na/tflliix, Fig. 
 243). — This haa already been deseiibed 
 under its other common nuiiie, whieli is 
 monkshood. See " Monkshood " for its 
 description. 
 
 Wormseed (Ohenopodium AntheJmintunivi) This perennial is 
 
 CA\\tidiJeruHalemoak,a.i\(x is found in waste places all over the United 
 States. An oil is extracted from the seeds, whi?b. in doses of from 
 three to five drops, morning and evening, for a child, destroys worms. 
 A strong infusion of the tops has a similar effect. The remedy 
 should be used four or five days, and be followed by a purge. 
 
 FIO. 242. WITCH-HazKL. 
 
 Fro. 248. WULFSBANB. 
 
 Flo. 244. Wormwood. 
 
 Wormwood {Artemisia Absinthium^ Fig. 244). — The tops and 
 leaves of this perennial are tonic and anthelmintic ; used in inter- 
 mittent fever, jaundice, and worms. It restores the appetite in a 
 weakened state of the digestive organ?, and is also useful in amen- 
 orrhcea. It is excellent applied as a tincture, or in the form of fo- 
 mentation, to biuises, sprains, and local inflammations. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one-third to two-thirds of a 
 dram ; solid extract, dose, three to five grains ; tincture, two ounces 
 to fourteen ounces of diluted alcohol, dose, two to three drams; 
 
 1"*^ 
 
888 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PKEPARATIONS. 
 
 syrup, two ounces fluid extract to six ounces of simple syrap, dose, 
 one to two drains. 
 
 Yarrow (^Achillea Millefolium). — A perennial herb, common to 
 the Old World and New, and growing in old fields and along fences. 
 It is tonic, astringent, and alterative, and has been used in intermit- 
 tent fever, bleeding from the lungs, excessive menstruation, wind 
 colic, and chronic dysentery. Dose of the infusion, a wineglassful 
 three or four times a day. 
 
 Yeast ( Cerevisice Fermentum). — Yeast is slightly tonic and stim- 
 ulating, and has been used with advantage in typhoid fever ; also in 
 scarlet fever, and in all diseases where there is a disposition to 
 putridity. The dose is from one to two fluid ounces ewery two or 
 three hours. It makes an excellent antiseptic poultice for imhealthy 
 and fetid ulcers, especially if combined with powdered slippery ^lm 
 bark and charcoal. ' 
 
 Yellow Dock {Rumex Crisjms, Fig. 246). — The root of this 
 perennial plant is alterative, tonic, diuretic, and deter- 
 gent, and is regarded as very valuable in the treat- 
 ment of scrofula, syphilis, leprosy, scurvy, and other 
 skin diseases. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid exti-act, dose, one to two 
 drams ; solid extract, dose, four to five grains ; syi'up, 
 four ounces of fluid extract to twelve ounces of simple 
 sjrrup, dose, half an ounce to an ounce ; rumin, the 
 active principle, dose, two to three grains. 
 
 Yellow Jessamine ( Qelseminum Sempervirens). — 
 This abounds in the Southern States, where it is cul- 
 tivated as an ornamental vine. The root is a power- 
 ful febrifuge, narcotic and relaxant, conti-oliing and 
 subduing fever, quieting nervous irritability and ex- 
 citement, equalizing the circulation, promoting perspiiution, and. recti- 
 fying the secretions. It is much used by the Eclectics of the West- 
 ern States, but the general judgment of the profession is that it is 
 too powerful a remedy to be safe. My own opinion is, that the 
 American hellebore is equally effective with the yellow jessamine, 
 and that its general use involves far less danger. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two to ten drops ; tincture, 
 four ounces to a pint of alcohol, dose, fifteen to thirty drops, and in- 
 crease ; gelseminin, the active principle, dose, half a grain to a grain 
 and a half. 
 
 * 
 
 Yellow Ladies' Slipper ( Cypripedium Pubescens'). — This perennial 
 plant is called American valerian, nerve-root, etc. The fibrous roots 
 are tonic, nervine, antispasmodic and diaphoretic, and are used in 
 nervous headache, nervous excitability, hysterics, neuralgia, and St. 
 Vitus's dance. Dose of the powder, from ten to twenty grains. 
 
 Fio. S45. 
 Yellow Dock. 
 
 V 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 889 
 
 syrup, dose, 
 
 ), common to 
 [ along fences, 
 i in intermit- 
 ruation, wind 
 I wineglassful 
 
 )nic and stim- 
 fever ; also in 
 disposition to 
 every- two or 
 for unhealthy 
 slippery ^lm 
 
 root of this 
 tic, and deter- 
 in the treat- 
 vy, and other 
 
 one to two 
 'rains ; syiup, 
 ices of simple 
 ; rumin, the 
 
 18. 
 
 ipermrens). — 
 here it is cul- 
 5t is a power- 
 jntrolimg and 
 .bility and ex- 
 tion, andrecti- 
 of the West- 
 m is that it is 
 . is, that the 
 ow jessamine, 
 
 )p8; tincture, 
 irops, and in- 
 ain to a grain 
 
 rhis perennial 
 fibrous roots 
 are used in 
 
 algia, and St. 
 
 jr grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, five to ten grains ; tincture, two ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce ; syrup, four ounces 
 of fluid extract to fourteen ounces of simple syrup, dose, two to three 
 di-ams ; cypripedin, the active principle, dose, two to three grains. 
 
 Yellow Parilla (^Menispermum Canadenae). — This is a perennial 
 plant, grov ing in woods and near streams, throughout the country. 
 The root has the properties of a tonic, laxative, alterative, and diu- 
 retic. It is valued in the treatment of scrofula, syphilis, skin dis- 
 eases, gout, rheumatism, dyspepsia, general debility and chronic 
 inflammation of the stomach and bowels. Dose of the decoction, 
 from two to three fluid ounces, three times a day ; of the solid ex- 
 tract, from two to three grains. 
 
 Zinc. — Several preparations of this metal are used in medicine, 
 as follows: — 
 
 Acetate of Zinc (^Zinei Acetas). — This is used as an external 
 remedy only, generally as an astringent wash for inflammations of the 
 eye, and as an injection in gonorrhoea, but only after the acute stage 
 of these diseases has past. The strength of these solutions gen- 
 erally should be one or two grains to a fluid ounce of soft water. 
 
 Chloride of Zinc (Zinci Chloridum). — This is a powerful escharo- 
 tic, and is epiployed as an external application to cancera and obsti- 
 nate ulcers. A weak solution of it is occasionally employed in old 
 chronic gleet, also in whites and purulent discharge from the neck 
 of the womb. 
 
 Iodide of Zinc (^Zinci lodidum). — This is in the form of white 
 needles, and is tonic and astringent. It is not much used, except 
 externally, being applied in a solution of twenty grains to a fluid 
 ounce of water, to enlarged tonsils, by means of a camel's-hair pencil 
 or a piece of sponge tied to the end of a stick. 
 
 Oxide of Zinc (^Zinci Oxidurn). — This is an inodorous white 
 powder, insoluble in water and alcol il. It is tonic and anti- 
 spasmodic, and is given in chorea, epilepsy, whooping-cough, and 
 other similar diseases ; but it is more especially employed to arrest 
 the night-sweats of consumption, for which purpose we have at 
 present no other article of equal efficacy. It is sprinkled externally 
 upon excoriated surfaces, and is used in ointmentM. Dose, from two 
 to five grains, in the form of pill. 
 
 Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc (^Zinci Carbonas Prcecipitas.') — 
 This is employed for the same purpose as prepared calamine, being 
 adapted only to external use. 
 
 Prepared Calamine (Calamina Prmparata). — This is in the 
 form of a pinkish or flesh-colored powder, of an earthy appearance. 
 It is employed only as an external application, being dusted on ez- 
 
 illii^" 
 
890 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIK PKEPAKATI0N8. 
 
 conations and superficial ulcerations, as a mild astringent. It should 
 be a very fine powder. 
 
 Sulphate of Zinc {Zinei Sulphas). This is a colorless, transpar- 
 ent salt, crystallizing usually in small four-sided prisms. It is tonic 
 and astringent, and ui large doses, a prompt emetic. Used as a tonic 
 in cases of debility attended with irritation. In obstinate intermix 
 tents, it is sometimes conjoined with sulphate of quinia ; it is chiefly 
 employed, however, in such spasmodic diseases as epilepsy, chorea 
 and whooping-cough. As an astringent, it is used externally, being 
 applied in solution to bleeding surfaces, as a wash in ophthalmia, 
 and as an injection in whites and chronic gonorrhoea. 
 
 Valerianate of Zinc (Zinei Valerianas). — This is in white, 
 pearly scales, with a faint odor of valerianic acid. It is tonic and 
 antispasmodic, and is used in the various nervous affections which 
 accompany chlorosis. Dose, one or two grains, several times a day, 
 in the form of a pill. 
 
 Vaseline {Petrolatum). — This is a transparent, fat-like substance, 
 obtained in the distillation of crude petroleum. It is very exten- 
 sively used in the domestic materia medica, in the treatment of colds 
 and many other ailments. Its eflScacy has been, however, much 
 overrated, its chief utility being that of a neutral, simple unguent, 
 and as a vehicle for the application of more active remedies, for 
 which purpose it is preferable to the animal fats generally employed. 
 
 . 
 
 ie~-^ 
 
.uiut^' 
 
 t. It should 
 
 ess, transpar- 
 It is toniu 
 led as a tonic 
 late intermits 
 ; it is chiefly 
 lepsy, chorea 
 srnally, being 
 ophthalmia, 
 
 is in white, 
 
 is tonic and 
 
 ictions which 
 
 times a day, 
 
 ke substance, 
 3 very exten- 
 nent of colds 
 ivever, much 
 pie unguent, 
 •emedies, for 
 ly employed. 
 
 PEEPAKATIONS. - PHARMACY. 
 
 The preparation of medicines for use constitutes the art of phar- 
 macy. It is the peculiar business of the apothecary. It will not be 
 necessary in these pages to describe liis art, in all particulai-s, but 
 merely as many of the preparations wliich it is his duty to prepare 
 as are really needed in the treatment of disease. In doing this, I 
 shall classify the preparations alphabetically, and begin with 
 
 Cerates. 
 
 These substances have a degree of hardness midway between 
 ointmeiitB and plasters. They may be spread iii)C)ii leather or linen, 
 without the use of heat, and they do not melt and run when applied 
 to the skin. They are made of wax, or spermaceti, combined with 
 lard or oil. The articles are melted together by a very gentle heat, 
 and during the process of cooling the whole should be well stirred. 
 
 Calamine Cerate. — Prepared calamine and yellow wax, each 
 three ounces; lard, one pound. Melt the lard and wax together. 
 When the mixture begins to thicken, on cooling, gradually stir in the 
 calamine. 
 
 This is called Turner' 8 CeraU, and is useful for burns, excoriations, 
 superficial ulcers, and sores. 
 
 Qoulard's Cerate. — Take of solution of subacetate of lead, two 
 fluid ounces and a half ; white wax, four ounces ; olive oil, nine fluid 
 ounces; camphor, half a dram. Mix the wax, previously melted, 
 with eight fluid ounces of the oil ; remove from the tire, and when 
 the mixture begins to thicken, gradually pour in the solution of 
 subacetate of lead, stirring constantly, with a wooden spatula, till it 
 becomes cool. Then add the camphor, dissolved in the remainder of 
 the oil. 
 
 This is the cerate of subacetate of lead, and is used for excoriations, 
 inflamed burns, scalds and chilblains, and for eruptions of the skin. 
 Excellent for blistered surfaces, indisposed to heal. 
 
 Half an ounce of this preparation united with half an ounce of 
 simple cerate, and one dram each of calomel and powdered opium, 
 makes a very valuable remedy for various eruptions of the skin, of a 
 local nature. 
 
 ■■', I 
 
 fl 
 
 '<M;i' s 
 
r 
 
 892 
 
 MKDICINES AND THEIR PRKPARATIONS. 
 
 Resin Cerate. — Take of resin, five ounces ; lard, eight ounces ; 
 yellow wax, two ounces. Melt together with a gentle heat, and stir 
 till cool. 
 
 This is known as hcmlicon ointment, and is used as a gentle stimu- 
 lant to blistered surfaces, indolent ulcers, burns, scalds ftnd chilblains. 
 
 Compound Resin Cerate. — Take of resin, suet, and yellow wax, 
 each a pound ; turpentine, half a pound ; flax-seed oil, half a pint. 
 Melt together, strain through linen, and stir till cool. 
 
 • This, under the name of Deshler^s salve, is popularly used for sim- 
 ilar purposes with the resin cerate. 
 
 Savin Cerate. — Take powdered savin, two ounces ; resin ce- 
 rate, a pound. Mix the savin with the cerate, previously softened. 
 Used as a dressing for perpetual blisters. 
 
 Simple Cerate. — Lard, eight ounces ; white wax, four ounces. 
 Melt together and stir till cool. 
 
 Used for dressing blisters, wounds, etc., where it is desirable sim- 
 ply to preserve the moisture of the part, and to exclude the air. 
 
 Spanish Flies Cerate, known as blistering plaster. Take finely 
 powdered Spanish flies, a pound ; yellow wax and resin, each seven 
 ounces ; lard, ten oimces. To the wax, resin and lard, previously 
 melted together and strained, add the Spanish flies, and, by means 
 of the most gentle heat, keep the mixture in a fluid state for half an 
 hour, stirring occasionally, then remove the heat and stir till cool. 
 
 This can be easily spread without the aid of heat, and is used for 
 the purpose of drawing blisters. It is now, however, supeiseded in 
 a great degree by various preparations, composed for the most part 
 of cantharidin, either dissolved in oil, and applied to the skin by 
 means of a piece of paper saturated with it, or incorporated with wax 
 and spread in a very thin layer upon fine waxed cloth, silk, or paper, 
 constituting the blistering cloth, blistering paper, etc. 
 
 Confections, Conserves and Electuaries. 
 
 These are soft solids, in which medicinal articles are incorporated 
 with sugar, syrup, honey, or some other saccharine matter, for the 
 pui-pose both of preserving the mass, and of rendering the medicine 
 more palatable and convenient for use. 
 
 Aromatic Confection. — Take of aromatic powder, fivp and a half 
 ounces ; powdered saffron, half an ounce ; syrup of orange-peel, six 
 ounces ; clarified honey, two ounces. Rub the aromatic powder with 
 the saffron ; then add the syrup and honey, and beat the whole to- 
 gether in a mortar till they are thoroughly mixed. 
 
 Given in debilitated states of the stomach, as a vehi le for other 
 medicines. Dose, ten grains. 
 
sight ounces ; 
 heat, and stir 
 
 gentle stimu- 
 \nd chilblains. 
 
 i yellow wax, 
 , half a pint. 
 
 used for sim- 
 
 ses ; resin ce- 
 asly softened. 
 
 four ounces. 
 
 iesirable sim- 
 3 the air. 
 
 Take finely 
 n, each seven 
 d, previously 
 -nd, by means 
 te for half an 
 ;ir till cool, 
 id is used for 
 superseded in 
 he most part 
 I the skin by 
 ted with wax 
 iilk, or paper, 
 
 ries. 
 
 incorporated 
 atter, for the 
 the medicine 
 
 v^ and a half 
 
 mge-peel, six 
 
 powder with 
 
 the whole to- 
 
 n; 
 
 le for other 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 893 
 
 Compound Confection of Catechu. — Take of compound powder 
 of catechu, five ounces ; simple syrup, five fluid ounces. Add the 
 syrup gradually to the powder, and mix them well. 
 
 To be given in diarrhoea and chronic dysentery, in the dose of half 
 a dram to a dram. 
 
 Confection of Senna, otherwise called lenitive electuary. Take of 
 senna, eight ounces; coriander seeds, four ounces; bruised liquorice- 
 root, three ounces; figs, a pound; pulp of prunes, pulp of tamarinds, 
 pulp of purging cassia, each, half a pound ; refined sugar, two pounds 
 and a half ; water, four pints. Rub the senna and coriander together 
 and separate ten ounces of the powder with a sieve. Boil the residue 
 with the liquorice-root and figs, in the water, to one half ; then press 
 out the liquor and strain. Evaporate the strained liquor, by the 
 most gentle heat, to a pint and a half ; then add the sugar and form 
 a syrup. Lastly, rub the pulps with the syrup, added gradually, and, 
 having thrown in the sifted powder, beat all together till well mixed. 
 
 This is a pleasant and admirable laxative, being well adapted to 
 the habitual costiveness of pregnant women, and those affected with 
 piles ; for this latter purpose, it is still better combined with cream 
 of tartar and sulphur, as described in No. 6 of the prescriptions. 
 
 Decoctions. 
 
 These are solutions of vegetable medicines, obtained by boiling 
 them in water. They differ from infusions, in being subjected to a 
 greater degree of heat, the water during their preparation being kept 
 up to the boiling point. The process should bb conducted in a 
 covered vessel, and the boiling must not be continued for a very long 
 time. ^Medicines whose active principle is volatile are not proper 
 for decoctions, the active principle being driven off by heat and lost. 
 
 The usual proportion of vegetable substances used in making de- 
 coctions is one ounce to a pint of water, and the dose of the decoction, 
 from one to three ounces. 
 
 Essences. 
 
 These are generally prepared by dissolving one ounce of the 
 essential oils of plants in one pint of alcohol. The oils of lemon, 
 peppermint, sassafras, etc., are made in this way, and their properties, 
 of course, are similar to the oils from which they are prepared. They 
 are generally taken in a little sweetened water, in doses of ten drops 
 to a teaspoonful. 
 
 Extracts. 
 
 These are soft solids, obtained by evaporating the tinctures, or 
 solutions, of vegetable substances. The active principles of dried 
 vegetables can only be extracted by some liquid ; this, for prepariii;^ 
 
 t 
 
 n 
 
804 
 
 MSDICINES AND THEIK PUEPAKATIONS. 
 
 extracts, is either water or alcohol, or a mixture of the two. Those 
 obtained by the use of water are called aqueouy or watery extracfs ; 
 those by means of alcohol, alcoholic extracts ; and those by both 
 alcohol and water, hydro-alcohol extracts. . '^ 
 
 Fluid Extracts. 
 
 These are concentrations, into a small bulk,Jn liquid form, of 
 the active principles of medicinal substances. They are a valuable 
 class of remedies, being in some wuses preferable to tinctures, having 
 less alcohol : and better than extracts or decoctions, because not ho 
 often injured by heat in their preparation, and not requiring to be 
 taken in large doses. Great skill is required in their preparation, 
 and they should always be obtained from those who have the repu- 
 tation of making reliable articles. 
 
 • : r Fomentations. 
 
 Fomentation is a sort of partial or local hot bath, and consists 
 either in the application of cloths dipped in hot water, or some hot 
 medicated decoction, and applied to the affected oart, or of bitter or 
 anodyne herbs steeped in vinegar or water, and tnen, while hot, en- 
 closed in a muslin bag, and laid upon the diseased place. In either 
 case, whether the cloths wet in a decoction of the herbs, or the herbs 
 themselves, slightly steeped, be applied in a bag, the application 
 should be as hot as can be borne, and not so moist as to wet the bed 
 or clothes of the patient. 
 
 Fomentations act by their warmth and moisture chiefly: and 
 8lightl3% in some cases, by their medicinal virtues. Their object is 
 to lessen pain and inflammation, by relaxing the parts, and relieving 
 tension and spasm. They may be prepared from equal parts of hops, 
 tansy, and wormwood, or from equal parts of hops, lobelia, and stra- 
 monium, etc., etc. 
 
 , Infusions. 
 
 Those made of one article only are sufficiently referred to in pre- 
 vious pages. It will only be necessary here to insert such compound 
 infusions as are deemed important. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Catechu. — Take of powdered catechu 
 half an ounce, bruised cinnamon a dram; boiling water a pint; mace- 
 rate for an hour in a covered vessel, and strain. An elegant mode 
 of administering catechu. Dose, from one to two fluid ounces three 
 or four times a day. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Qentian. — Take of bruised gentian half 
 an ounce ; dried oninge-peel and coriander-seeds, bruised, each a dram ; 
 diluted alcohol, four fluid ounces ; cold water, twelve fluid ounces. 
 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 895 
 
 e two. Those 
 itery extractx ; 
 hose by both 
 
 iqaid form, of 
 ire a valuable 
 ictures, having 
 •ecause not so 
 squiring to l)e 
 r i)reparation, 
 lave the repu- 
 
 i, and consists 
 ', or some hot 
 or of bitter or 
 while hot, en- 
 ice. In either 
 », or the herbs 
 he application 
 to wet the bed 
 
 chiefly : and 
 
 !'heir object is 
 
 and relieving 
 
 parts of hops, 
 
 lelia, and stra- 
 
 rred to in pre- 
 iich compound 
 
 iered catechu 
 ri pint; mace- 
 elegant mode 
 i ounces three 
 
 i gentian half 
 I, each a dram ; 
 fluid ounces. 
 
 First pour on the diluted alcohol, then, three hours afterward, the 
 water. Let the whole stiind twelve houre, and strain. An excel- 
 lent foi-m for using gentian. Dose, one fluid ounce three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 Compound l.ifusion of Qeranium. — Take of geranium root, 
 sweet bugle-leaves, golden-seal root, witch-hazel bark, each, in coarse 
 powder, one ounce ; boiling water, four pints. Mix, and allow all 
 to stand in a covered vessel two hours, applying a gentle heat; 
 then strain. Two drams of alum may or may not be added. 
 
 Used in chronic diarrhoea and dysentery, in one or two tablespoon- 
 ful doses, every two or three houra ; also as an injection in gleet, 
 whites, falling of the bowel, etc. ; and as a gargle in ulcerations of 
 the mouth and throat. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Parsley. — Take of parsley roots and 
 seeds and subcarbonate of iron, each two ounces ; horseradish-root, 
 one ounce ; squill, juniper-l>erries, white mustard-seed, mandrake 
 root, and queen of the meadow root, each half an ounce ; coaraely 
 bruise these articles, and place them in boiling cider, and expose 
 them for twenty-four hours to a very gentle heat, in a covered earthen 
 vessel. The cider should be sparkling and tart. Let the articles 
 stand in the cider. 
 
 Useful in dropsy. Dose, one or two fluid ounces three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 Compound Infusion of 5enna. — Take of senna and manna, each 
 one ounce ; jalap, <jream of tartar, and caraway seeds, bruised, 
 each two drams ; boiling water, one pint. Add all the ingredients 
 to the water, in a covered vessel, and let them stand twelve hours. 
 Then add four ounces of elixir salutis. 
 
 This is a valuable, and not disagreeable, gentle jthysic for various 
 purposes. Dose, from one to three ounces. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Trailing: Arbutus. — Take of queen of 
 the meadow root, dwarf-elder bark, marshmallow root, and trailing 
 arbutus, each, coarsely bruised, half an ounce ; add to them one pint 
 of boiling water and one pint of Holland gin, and steep by the fire 
 four hours, in a closely covered vessel. Strain, and sweeten with 
 honey. 
 
 Excellent for gi-avel, suppression of urine, scalding of urine, and 
 various other disorders of the uiinary organs. Dose, from an ounce 
 to a winegliissful, with more or less frequency, according to the ur- 
 gency of the case. 
 
 Injections. — Chjsters. 
 
 These are preparations to be introduced into the lower bowel by 
 means of a syringe. A sufficient number of them are given among 
 the recipes. It is not necessary to repeat them here. 
 
896 MBDIOINKti AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Liniments. 
 
 T7r»*?E are liquid preparations, generally a little thicker than water, 
 and thinner than oils, intended only to be applied to inflamed, piiin- 
 ful, 01- swelled parts. They are designed to soothe, or quiet, or 
 stimulate, or make red the part to which they are applied ; and are 
 rubbed on with the hand, or a piece of flannel or cotton, and fre- 
 quently in connection with heat, by sitting or standing before a 
 fire. 
 
 A large number of liniments are given under the head of recipes. 
 To those I add a few valuable ones here. 
 
 Camphor Liniment. — Take six drams of camphor, and dissolve it 
 in one fluid ounce of chloroform, and add to this one fluid ounce of 
 olive oil. 
 
 For Bpiains, neuralgia, rheumatism, etc. 
 
 Compound Camphor Liniment. — Take two ounces and a half 
 of camphor, a fluid dram of oil of lavender, seventeen fluid ounces 
 of alcohol, and three fluid ounces of strong solution of ammonia, 
 dissolve the camphor and oil in the alcohol ; then add the ammonia, 
 and shake till they are mixed. 
 
 To be used as a rubefacient and anodyne for local pains, particu- 
 larly rheumatism. 
 
 Compound Liniment of Ammonia. — Take five fluid ounces of 
 strong water of ammonia, two fluid ounces of tincture of camphor, 
 and one fluid ounce of spirit of rosemary. Mix them well together. 
 
 This is used as a prompt and powerful rubefacient, or even vesi- 
 catory, in neuralgia, rheumatism, gout, spasms, and inflammations. 
 
 Croton Oil Liniment. — Take one fluid ounce of croton oil and 
 seven fluid ounces of oil of turpentine. Mix, and shake them well 
 together. 
 
 A good rubefacient and pustulating preparation to apply to the 
 chest and other parts. 
 
 Liniment of Opium. — Take six ounces of Castile soap, an ounce 
 and a half of opium, three ounces of camphor, six fluid drams of oil 
 of rosemary, and two pints of alcohol. Macerate the soap and opium 
 in the spirit for three days ; then filter, and add the oil and camphor, 
 and shake briskly. 
 
 This is a useful anodyne and rubefacient liniment for bruises, 
 sprains and pains of a rheumatic and gouty nature. 
 
 Liniment of Spanish Flies. — Take an ounce of powdered Span- 
 ish flies, and half a pint of oil of turpentine. Mix, and apply gentle 
 heat to them, in a covered vessel, for three hours. Then strain. 
 
 Employed with advantage externally in the sinking stage of ty- 
 phoid fevers. If so powerful as to cause blistering, it may be weak- 
 ened by adding flax-seed or olive oil. 
 
 .-:T>i-»r< ?i^<Vf ^■•^"v«*»w»«*»"-y^ Xl^Kl^lGCA 
 
MUDICINKB AMD THKIU PREPARATIONS. 
 
 897 
 
 jker than water, 
 inflamed, paiii- 
 le, or quiet, or 
 )plied ; and are 
 Botton, and Tre- 
 nding before ii 
 
 [lead of recipes. 
 
 *, and dissolve it 
 I fluid ounce of 
 
 ices and a half 
 en fluid ounces 
 on of ammonia, 
 d the ammonia, 
 
 I pains, particu- 
 
 fluid ounces of 
 lire of camphor, 
 n well together, 
 it, or even vesi- 
 inflaramations. 
 
 croton oil and 
 ihake them well 
 
 to apply to the 
 
 e soap, an ounce 
 iiid drams of oil 
 ) soap and opium 
 oil and camphor, 
 
 aent for bruises, 
 
 powdered Span- 
 and apply gentle 
 Then strain, 
 ing stage of ty- 
 it may be weak- 
 
 Llniment of Turpentine. — Take half a pint of oil of turpentine, 
 and a pound of resin cerate. Melt the cerate, and add the oil to it, 
 mixing them well. 
 
 This is a valuable remedy for scalds and burns, and should be 
 applied soon after the accident, and be discontinued when the inflam- 
 mation excited by the fire < removed. The buined or scalded sur- 
 face should be covered with lint wet with the liniment. • 
 
 Opodeldoc. — Take three ounces of white bai- soap, sliced, an 
 ounce of ca iphor, a fluid dram each of oil of rosemary and oil of 
 origanum, and a pint of alcohol. Digest the soap in the alcohol by 
 means of a gentle heat until it is dissolved ; then add the camphor 
 and oils, and when they are dissolved pour the whole into broad- 
 mouthed vials. 
 
 This is the camphorated soap liniment, and is used as an anodyne 
 application to sprains, bruises, painful tumora, ate. 
 
 Medicated Waters. 
 
 Those preparations consisting of \vater impregnated with some 
 medicinal substance are called medicated watera. They are pre- 
 pared from volatile oils by triturating in a mortar a dram of the oil, 
 more or less, with a small quantity of carbonate of magnesia, and 
 then very gradually pouring on one quart of water, while the tritura- 
 tion is continued. At last the preparation is filtered through paper. 
 The quantity of oil, magnesia, and water, used for each preparation, 
 is as follows : 
 
 Oil of bitter almonds, sixteen minims; carbonate of magnesia, a 
 dram ; water, one quart. 
 
 Oil of cinnamon, half a fluid dram ; carbonate of magnesia, a 
 dram ; water, one quart. 
 
 Twenty minims of oil of roses, a dram of carbonate of magnesia, 
 and one quart of water. 
 
 Oil of fennel, half a fluid dram ; carbonate of magnesia, a dram ; 
 water, a quart. 
 
 Peppermint-water, speai-mint-water, and pennyroyal-watei, are 
 all prepared from the same quantities of their several oils as cinna- 
 mon-water. 
 
 The dose of these waters is half a fluid ounce to two fluid ounces, 
 except the bitter almond water, which if one or two fluid drams. 
 
 Camphor Water — Take two drams of camphor, forty minims of 
 alcohol, four drams of carbonate of magnesia, and one quart of 
 water. Rub the camphor first with the alcohol, afterwards with the 
 carbonate of magnesia, and lastly with the water, gradually added. 
 Then filter through paper. 
 
 ^ ' ii^-ifmii^'mi.ie^& ' .d:.:,^ !^ 
 
i 
 
 898 
 
 MKUICINES A..D THEIK PKEPAKATI0N8. 
 
 Medicated Wines. 
 
 Wines are used in making certain preparations, because the al(!o- 
 hol they contain will extract from plants, etc., some medicinal pioi)- 
 erties which water will not, and at the same time is less timulutiiig 
 than the tinctures, etc., made from alcoholic spirit*. 
 
 Compound Wine of Comfrey ( Rptstorative Wine bUten). — 'i'like 
 one ounc(! each, bruised, of comfrey, Solon, n's seal, and spikenard ; 
 and half an ounce each, bruised, of chamomile flowers, columbo, and 
 gentian. Cover these with Imiling water, and let them stand twenty- 
 four houm in a covered vessel. Then add two (piarts of sherry wine. 
 Macerate fourteen days, express and strain. 
 
 Valuable in leucorrhcua and other female complaints. Dose, from 
 half a fluid ounce to two fluid ounces, three or four times a day. 
 
 Compound Wine of Qolden Seal. — Take one dram each, bruised, 
 of golden seal root, tulip-tree bark, and bitter-root, half a dmm of 
 pulverized cayenne, and two quarts of sherry wine. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, with occasional shaking ; then express and strain. 
 
 This is a pleasant bitter tonic in dysi)ep8ia, etc. Dose, from half 
 a fluid ounce to two fluid ounces, three times a day. 
 
 Wine of Ipecacuanha. — Take two ounces of bruised ipecai;, and 
 one quait of sherry wine. Macerate fourteen days, with occasional 
 shaking. Then express, and filter through paper. 
 
 This is a valuable emetic preparation, — especially for children. 
 Dose, as an emetic, for an adult, one fluid ounce ; as an expectorant, 
 from ten to thirty minims ; for a child two years old, as an emetic, 
 one fluid dram, repeated every fifteen minutes till it operates. 
 
 Mixtures. 
 
 Thesk i>re prepamtions in which medicinal substances whicli 
 cannot be dissolved in water are suspended in it by means of 
 some vi8(;id matter, like sugar or gum-arabic. Their object is to 
 conceal the taste, prevent the sickening effect, and make it more easy 
 to take disagreeable medicines. To make a perfect mixture requires 
 skill. Generally, the medicines to be suspended should be tritur- 
 ated in a mortar with the sugar, gum-aiabic, etc., before the water is 
 added. 
 
 Almond Mixture. — Take half an ounce of sweet almonds, half a 
 dram of powdered gum-arabic, two drams of sugar, and eight fluid 
 ounces of water. ' Soak the almonds in the water, and, having re- 
 moved their external coat, beat them with the gum-arabic and sugar 
 in a mortar, till they are thoroughly mixed ; then rub the mixture, 
 gradually adding the water, and lastly, strain. 
 
 This i's an agreeable, nutritive demulcent, in bronchial, dysenteric, 
 an 1 uiinary affections. It must be u*ed freely, the dose being from 
 two to five fluid ounces. 
 
 wwtjMw'wrmn 
 
 J 
 
MRDIC1NK8 AND THBIR PHRPARATTONS. 
 
 899 
 
 iecHU8» the al(!o- 
 rnedicinivl pioj)- 
 le»8 tiinulutiiig 
 
 Hhter»}. — Tii\n' 
 and Hpikeiianl ; 
 IS, coluinbo, and 
 Jill stand tweiitv- 
 8 of sherry wine. 
 
 nts. Dose, from 
 times a day. 
 
 [vm each, bruised, 
 half a dram of 
 !. Macerate for 
 38 and strain. 
 Dose, from half 
 
 lised ipecai!, and 
 with occasioiiiil 
 
 dly for children. 
 < an expectorant, 
 Id, as an emetic, 
 ; operates. 
 
 ubetances which 
 it by means of 
 heir object is to 
 make it more easy 
 mixture requires 
 should be tritur- 
 efore the water is 
 
 3t almonds, half a 
 , and eight fluid 
 , and, having re- 
 i-arabic and sugar 
 rub the mixture, 
 
 ichial, dysenteric, 
 I dose being from 
 
 Chalk Mixture. — Take half an oui.je of prepared chalk, two 
 fh-ams each of refined sugar and pow<lcred gum-arabic, and four 
 tluid ounces each of cinnamon-water and water. Ri'b then, together 
 till they are thoroughly mixed. 
 
 This is much used in hiosenjrfs of the IniweLs, accompanied with 
 acidity, particularly among (diildreii. If an incnjase of iu iistrin- 
 geucy be required, add laudanum, or kino, or catecdiu. 
 
 Compound Mixture of Iron. — Take a dram of myrrh, twenty-five 
 gmins of carlionate of potassa, one scruple of powdered sulphate of 
 iron, half a fluid ounce of spirit of lavender, one dram of rehned 
 .sugar, and seven and a half fluid ounces of rose-water. Rub tlie 
 myrrh in a mortar, gradually adding the rose-water, then mix with 
 these the opirit of lavender, sugar, and carlninate of potsissa, and 
 lastly, the sulphate of iron. Pour the whole into a glass bottle, and 
 keep it well stopped. 
 
 This is considerably used in chlorosis, and other affections requir- 
 ing the use of iron. 
 
 Brandy Mixture. — Take four fluid ounces each of brandy and 
 cinnamon water, the yolks of two eggs, half an ounce of refined 
 sugar, and three drops of oil of cinnamon. Mix them. 
 
 A useful stimulant and nutritive draught, to be used in the sink- 
 ing stage of low forms of .fever. 
 
 Extract of Rhubarb and Potassa (Neutralizing Extract). — Take 
 two pounds of the best rhul)arb, one pound each of cinnamon and 
 golden seal. Grind or coai-sely bruise the articles, and mix them; 
 macerate them for two days in one gallon of the best fourth proof 
 brandy. Then express the tincture with strong pressure, and add 
 to it one fluid dram of oil of peppermint, previously dissolved in a 
 Uttle alcohol. Break up the compressed residue from the press, and 
 place it in a percolator, and gradually run warm water through it 
 until the strength is exhausted. Evaporate this solution to four 
 pints, and while the liquor is still hot, dissolve in it two pounds of 
 bicarbonate of potassa, and three pounds of refined sugar. Continue 
 the evaporation, if necessary, until, when added to the tincture fii-st 
 obtained, it will make a gallon and a half, then mix the two solu- 
 tions together. 
 
 This is a useful preparation for diaiihcea, dysentery, cholera morbus. 
 Hummer complaints of children, acidity of the stomach, heartburn, 
 etc. Dose, one fluid dram. 
 
 Metauer's Aperient. — Take one ounce and a half of pulverized 
 aloes, four ounces of bicarbonate of soda, two fluid ounces of com- 
 [lound spirits of lavender and two quarts of water. Place the whole 
 in a jar or jug, and let them stand fourteen days, shaking well once 
 a day. Then pour off from the dregs. It improves by age. 
 
f 
 
 900 
 
 MKDICINKS AND THKIR PRKPARATT0K8. 
 
 This preparation ih one of the hcHt-known aperienU for coslive- 
 ness, — particularly wlion conneoted with liiliouH dyHpt;|)8ia. For 
 that class of hilioiia pcrMoiiH who overeat, and have acid HtomachN, it 
 hiiN great value. In bilious ciihuh, tho nitro-miiriatic acid, taken 
 before meals (tho aperient after meals) may Ihj usefully asHociated 
 with it. In the couHtipation of hysteria and hypoclioiidiiiiHlH, tlie 
 fluid extract uf valuriun may be added to it. Dose, from two dranm 
 to an ounce. • 
 
 Saline Mixture ( White Liquiii Phytic). — Take half a pound of 
 sulphate of soda, and one and a half pints of Water. Mix, and dis- 
 solve the soda ; then add two fluid ounces of nitro-muriati«' acid, and 
 one dram and eight grains of powdered alum. 
 
 Used to allay nausea and vomiting, and as a cooling j • i^ative; 
 also for colic, diseases of the liver, diarrhoea, dysentery, intermittent 
 fevers, etc. 
 
 This is one of tiie remedies of the Eclectic school of physicians, 
 and is held by them in high esteem. Dose, a tablespoonful in a gill 
 of water, to be repeated everj' hour or two until it causes one or two 
 evacuations from the bowels. 
 
 
 Ointments. 
 
 Ointments are composed of fatty substances, about the consistente 
 of butter, impregnated with medicine. All gritty matter shn.ld be 
 exc'uded from them. To prevent the rancidity to which they are 
 liable, a little glycerin is now frequently added. 
 
 Ointment of Acetate of Lead. — Take two ounces of white wax 
 and four ounces of lard ; melt them together, and add two and a half 
 drams of finely-powdered acetate of lead ; stir constantly till cold. 
 This is useful for burns, scalds, ulcers and excoriations. 
 
 Ointment of Bayberry. — Take half a pound each of tallow, 
 white turpentine and bayberry, and four ounces of olive-oil ; melt 
 together and strain. 
 
 Good for scrofulous and indolent ulcei-s. 
 
 Ointment of Belladonna. — Take a dram of extract of belladonna 
 and an ounce of lard ; mix them. 
 
 A useful anodyne application for painful tumors, neuralgia, etc. 
 
 Ointment of Creosote. — Take half a fluid dram of creosote and 
 an ounce of lard ; mix them. 
 
 A useful application for syphilitic, scrofulous and cancerous ulcers. 
 
 Compound Ointment of Qalls Take six drams of finely-pow- 
 dered galls, six ounces of lard, and a dram and a half of pulverized 
 opium ; rub them together. 
 
 A valuable prepai-ation in irritable piles. 
 
entH for coBlivo- 
 lyspupKin. For 
 iicid stomacliN, it, 
 atic iicid, tiikeii 
 
 fully aHMOciatt'd 
 )cli()iidi'i)iHiH, tilt; 
 
 from twu di'uiiiH 
 
 half a pound of 
 
 Mix, and dis- 
 
 iui'iati'< acid, and 
 
 oling t" native; 
 ery, intermittent 
 
 nl of physiciaiiH, 
 joonful in a gill 
 lUHBH one or two 
 
 t the consisttnice 
 
 natter she uld Ik; 
 
 which they are 
 
 cefl of white wax 
 d two and a half 
 atantly till cold. 
 )ns. 
 
 each of ttillow, 
 : olive-oil ; melt 
 
 let of belladonna 
 
 neuralgia, etc. 
 I of creosote and 
 
 jancerous ulcers. 
 
 s of finely-pow- 
 If of pulverized 
 
 MEDICINES AND THKIK PKRPARATI0N8. 
 
 901 
 
 Ointment of Red Iodide of Mercury. — Take one dntni of red 
 iodide of mercury, and Hcven drams of ointment of white wax ; in- 
 corporate them thoroughly together by trituration in a mortar. 
 
 Used as a dressing for indolent scrofulous ulcers. 
 
 Ointment of Nitrate of Mercury. — Take one ounce of mercury, 
 eleven fluid ounces of nitric acid, nine fluid ounces of fresh neatii- 
 foot oil, three ounces of lard. Dissolve the mercury in the acid, then 
 heat the oil and lard together in an earthen vessel to 200° F. ; then 
 add the mercurial solution, and stir with a wooden spatula, constantly, 
 as long as effervescence continues, and afterward occasionally till the 
 ointment stiffens. 
 
 Milder Ointment of Nitrate of Mercury. — Take an ounce of oint- 
 ment of nitrate of mercury, and seven ounces of lard ; rub them 
 together. 
 
 The first of the above two preparations is the citrine ointment, and 
 is much and advantageously employed as an external application in 
 porrigo, impetigo, psoriasis and pityriasis. It is nearly a specific for 
 inflammation of the eyeliuo connected with the formation of scaly 
 matter about the lashes. The second of these two preparations is 
 merely a dilution of the first. 
 
 Ointment of Oxide of Zinc — Take half an ounce of oxide of 
 zinc and three ounces of lard ; rub them togetiier. 
 
 This is a mild astringent application in chronic ophthalmia, erup- 
 tions of the skin, sore nipples, and other excoriatioas. 
 
 Ointment of Poison Hemlock. — Tpke one dram of extract of 
 poison hemlock and one ounce of lard ; rub them together. 
 An anodyne application for painful swellings, ulcers and piles. 
 
 Ointment of Poke. — Take a dram of the extract of poke and one 
 ounce of lard ; mix them. 
 
 For malignant ulcers, scaldhead, itch, etc. 
 
 Ointment of Stramonium. — Take one dram of the extract of 
 stramonium leaves, and one ounce of lard ; rub the extract with a 
 little water till it is uniformly soft, and then with the lard. 
 
 Used as an external application in irritable ulcers, painful piles and 
 skin eruptions. 
 
 Simple Ointment. — Take a pound of white wax, and four pounds 
 of lard ; melt them together with a gentle heat, and stir constantly 
 till cold. 
 
 Ointment of Rose- Water. — Take a fluid ounce of rose-water, two 
 fluid ounces of oil of almonds, half an ounce of spermaceti, one dram 
 of white wax ; melt together, by means of rater-bath, the oil, sper- 
 maceti, and wax ; then add the rose-water, and stir the mixture con- 
 stantly till cold. 
 
 H' 
 
 gaaa sw ea agUi fe. 
 
902 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 
 This is the well-known preparatit)n called cold cream, and is used 
 with much advantage for chapped lips and hands, excoriations, ett;. 
 
 Spermaceti Ointment. — Take live ounces of spermaceti, fourteen 
 of white wax, and a pint of olive-oil ; melt them together over a slow 
 fire and stir constantly till cold. 
 
 A mild dressing for blisters, wounds and excoriated surfaces. 
 
 Tar Ointment. — Take a pound each of tar and suet; melt the 
 suet with a gentle heat, and add the tar to it ; then stir constantly 
 till they are cold. 
 
 A useful stimulating application to various scaly and «^ abby erup- 
 tions, particularly leprosy and scaldhead. 
 
 Ointment of White Hellebore. — Take one ounce of powdered 
 whit* hellebore root, four ounces of lard, and twelve drops of oil of 
 lemons ; rub them thoroughly together. 
 
 A useful ointment for the cure of itch. 
 
 Ointment of Wild Indigo. — Take one pound of powdered wild- 
 indigo root, moisten it thoroughly with alcohol and let it stand 
 twenty-four hours; then put it in a percolator and add alcohol as 
 long as the liquid which passes contains the taste of the root. Distil 
 the alcohol from this filtered tincture until half a gallon of tincture 
 is obtained. Melt one pound of fresh butter, without salt, add the 
 above tincture, and carefully evaporate the rest of the alcohol ; stir 
 constantly till cold, after the alcohol has nearly passed off. 
 
 This is one of the preparations of the Eclectics, and is a cleansing, 
 detergent, antiseptic and discutient ointment, useful in scrofulous, 
 erysipelatous and malignant ulcers, eruptions of the skin, etc. 
 
 Pile Ointment. — Take three handfuls each of witch-hazel bark, 
 white-oak bark and sweet-appletree bark ; bruise or grind them, and 
 add to them three pints of water ; boil down to one pint and strain ; 
 add to this liquid half a pound of lard, and simmer till the water all 
 disappears, stirring continually both before and after removing from 
 the fire till it cools. 
 
 This forms a brick-colored anodyne, astringent ointment, admirably 
 adapted to the cure of pile-tumore. 
 
 Compound Lead Ointment. — Take two and a half pounds of 
 olive-oil, four ounces each of beeswax and unsalted butter, and half 
 a pound of white turpentine; melt them together, strain, and then 
 heat to nearly the boiling point ; then gradually add one pound of 
 red lead, stirring constantly till the mixture becomes black or brown ; 
 then remove from the fire, and when it is partly cool, add to it a 
 mixture of twelve ounces of honey and half a pound of powdered 
 camphor. 
 
 This is a very healing ointment, and is much used for ulcers, bums, 
 wounds, aud skin-diseases. 
 
 mm 
 
 *atlia*- 
 
% and is used 
 )nation8, etc. 
 
 aceti, fourteen 
 ler over a slow 
 
 surfaces. 
 
 met; melt the 
 stir constAutly 
 
 i '^ abby erup- 
 
 of powdered 
 iropa of oil of 
 
 lowdered wild- 
 ': let it stand 
 idd alcohol as 
 e root. Distil 
 on of tincture 
 -J salt, add the 
 3 alcohol ; stir 
 off. 
 
 is a cleansing, 
 in sci-of ulcus, 
 dn, etc. 
 
 xjh-hazel bark, 
 ind them, and 
 nt and strain ; 
 1 the water all 
 emoving from 
 
 lent, admirably 
 
 lalf pounds of 
 utter, and half 
 rain, and then 
 one pound of 
 lack or brown; 
 ol, add to it a 
 of powdered 
 
 r ulcers, burns, 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 903 
 
 Compound dulphurOintment. — Take one ounce of sulphur, one 
 (li-am each of ammoniated mercury and benzoic acid, one Huid dram 
 each of sulphuric acid and oil of bergamot, two drams of nitrate of 
 potassa and half a pound of lard. Fii-st melt the lard with a gentle 
 heat, then add the other ingredients, stirring constantly till they are 
 cold. 
 
 A sovereign remedy for itch. 
 
 Pills. 
 
 Pills ''.re small masses of medicinal substances 'n globular shape, 
 and of ^ -ize convenient for swallowing. Each pill generally weighs 
 from four to five grains. Those medicines wliich cannot lie dissolved 
 in water, and are particulaiiy unpleasant to the taste, are usually given 
 in the form of pill. Sugar, or gelatine coated, as now very exten- 
 sively used for every important medicine, and in a great variety of 
 combinations, they are a very popular form of taking medicine. Phy- 
 sicians 'cannot do better than to use the pills when made by a reliable 
 firm. 
 
 The method of making pills is as follows : If the substance to be 
 worked into pills be a solid extract, add a few drops of water to it, 
 and rub it to the right consistence ; if it be a resin, add to it a few 
 drops of alcohol ; if it be a soft or liquid substance, rub up with it 
 some inert substance, or crumb of bread, or wheat flour, or starch, or 
 pulverized gum-arabic ; if it be a powder, mix it with some soft sub- 
 stance, as confection, or syrup, molasses, honey, or mucilage of gum- 
 arabic. The materials must be well mixed and rubbed into a uniform 
 mass, which should be rolled with a spatula or knife into a cy- 
 linder of just the same size throughout. This is to be divided 
 equally into the number of pilL? required, each of which is rolled 
 into a spherical foini between the thumb and finger, or upon the palm. 
 
 So many valuable pills are prescribed among the " Recipes," that 
 it is not necessary here to add to their number. 
 
 Plasters^ 
 
 Plasters are composed of wax, resins, gums, fats and oils, and 
 sometimes medicinal substances, and are spread upon linen, muslin, 
 or leather. When cold they are hard ; but when brought to the 
 warmth of the human body, they so far soften as to adhere firmly to 
 the skin, but do not " run "so as to spread outward and soil the 
 under-clothes. They are intended generally to excite and irritate 
 the skin; sometimes as mechanical supporters, and sometimes to 
 affect the system by having their medicinal matters absorbed. 
 
 Be'Uxdonna Piaster. — Take three ounces of resin plaster, and an 
 oun't and a half of extract of belladonna, add the extract to the 
 plaster previously melted by a gentle heat, and mix. 
 
 n 
 
904 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 A useful anodyne application in neuralgia, rheumatic pains, and 
 dysmenorrhoea. , 
 
 Compound Capsicum Plaster. — Melt together half a pound of 
 resin and two ounces of beeswax ; to this add one pint of spirit in which 
 two ounces of powdered cayenne, enclosed loosely in a liuen bag, has 
 been digested one hour by a gentle heat ; evaporate the spirit by a 
 moderate heat, and add one ounce of powdered camphor and one 
 fluid dram and a half of oil of sassafras ; stir constantly till cold. 
 
 This may be used whenever a stimulating plaster is required. 
 
 Compound Qalbanum Plaster. — Take two ounces of galbanum, 
 three ounces of burgundy pitch, half an ounce of resin, half an ounce of 
 yellc" wax, and four ounces of lead plaster ; melt them all together 
 over a gentle fire. 
 
 This is a valuable strengthening plaster, and may be used for 
 weakness of various parts, as well as for scrofulous enlargement of 
 glands and joints. 
 
 Compound Lead Plaster. — Take one pound of lead plaster; melt 
 it by a moderate heat, and then add two fluid ounces each of linseed 
 oil and tincture of opium, six fluid ounces of oil of turpentine, and 
 two-thirds of a pound of oil of origanum ; stir together till cold. 
 
 Used for burns, scalds, chilblains, etc. 
 
 Compound Resin Plaster. — Take three pounds of resin, four ounces 
 each of beeswax and hemlock gum ; melt the articles together, then 
 remove from the fire, and, whsn nearly cold, add gradually one fluid 
 ounce each of oil of hemlock, oil of sassafras, and olive oil, with half 
 an ounce of camphor, dissolved in them, and half a fluid ounce of oil 
 of turpentine. Pour the whole into cold water, and work in the 
 hands till cold, forming it into rolls. 
 
 This is an excellent strengthening plaster, useful for rheumatism, 
 enlarged joints, glands, and wherever a weakened part needs gentle 
 stimulation and support- 
 Spiced Plaster. — Take one ounce each of powdered ginger, cloves, 
 cinnamon and black pepper; one di-am of pulverized cayenne; half 
 a fluid ounce of tincture of ginger, and a sufficient quantity of honey. 
 Mix the powders, and then add the tincture and honey to form a stiff 
 poultice. 
 
 This is applied with great advantage over the stomach in cases of 
 nausea and vomiting. 
 
 Compound Tar Plaster. — Boil three pounds of tar half an hour, 
 then add one pound and a half of burgundy pitch, one pound of white 
 gum turpentine (after having melted them together and strained). 
 Stir together, then remove from the fire and add ten ounces each of 
 finely-powdered mandrake-root, bloodroot, poke-root and Indian tur- 
 nip ; mix thoroughly together. 
 
 wmMaimmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmMimm^' 
 
T 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PKEPABATI0N8. 
 
 905 
 
 tic pains, and 
 
 f a pound of 
 spirit in which 
 linen bag, has 
 tie spirit by a 
 phor and one 
 y till cold, 
 required. 
 
 of galbanum, 
 alf an ounce of 
 m all together 
 
 ' be used for 
 inlargement of 
 
 I plaster; melt 
 lach of linseed 
 urpentine, and 
 • till cold. 
 
 lin, four ounces 
 together, then 
 uaUy one fluid 
 5 oil, with half 
 id ounce of oil 
 work in the 
 
 >r rheumatism, 
 t needs gentle 
 
 ginger, cloves, 
 cayenne; half 
 utity of honey, 
 to form a stiff 
 
 kch in cases of 
 
 half an hour, 
 jound of white 
 and strained), 
 ounces each of 
 ad Indian tur- 
 
 This is an irritant, rubefacient, suppurative plaster, and is con- 
 siderably used by the Eclectics to i)roduce counter-irritation and re- 
 vulsion in aeumlgia, rheumatism and other painful affections, as well 
 as in chronic inflammation of internal organs. To be spread thinly 
 on soft leather, and renewed daily on the same leather. Four days 
 are required to produce suppuration. If it produce gi-eat pain or 
 inflammation, remove it, and apply mutton-tallow or elm-poultice. 
 
 Lead Plaster. — Take one pound and a quarter of very finely pow- 
 dered semivitrified oxide of lead, one quart of olive oil and half a 
 pint of water. Boil together over a gentle fire, stirring constantly 
 till the oil and litharge unite and form a plaster. If the water nearly 
 all evaporates before the process is completed, add a little boiling 
 water. 
 
 A useful plaster for ulcers, bums, excoriated surfaces, etc. 
 
 Red Oxide of Lead Plaster. — Melt together one quart of oliveK>il 
 and one ounce each of beeswax and resin ; heat to the boiling point, and 
 then add g^dually three-quarters of a pound of powdered red-lead. 
 Stir constantly, and when the oil has taken up the lead, the mixture 
 will be brown or shining black ; then remove from the fire, and when 
 nearly cold add four scruples of powdered camphor, and stir together. 
 It should not be removed from the fire until it has acquired a proper 
 consistence for spreading, which may be easily ascertained by allow- 
 ing a portion of it to cool on a knife. 
 
 This is a valuable plaster for scrofulous and sj^hilitic ulcers, also 
 for bums, scalds, and several skin-diseases. 
 
 Poultices. — Cataplasms. 
 
 Bread-and- Water Poultice. — Put the needed quantity of boiling 
 water in a basin ; throw in crumbled Avhite bread, or cracker, and 
 cover with a plate. When the bread or cracker has soaked up all it 
 will, drain off the remaining water. Spread one-third of an inch 
 thick, and apply. 
 
 Flaxseed Poultice. — Put boiling water in a basin, and stir in 
 flaxseed meal to make a thick paste. Spread on linen and apply. 
 
 Yeast Poultice. — Mix half a pint of yeast with one pound of 
 flaxseed-meal. Stir carefully while heating. 
 
 Carrot Poultice. — Boil the proper quantity of caiTots till they are 
 quite soft. Strain off the water, mash them to a pulp, and add a 
 little lard or sweet oil to prevent them from getting hard, then 
 spread. A good application for malignant and offensive sores. 
 
 Oatmeal Poultice — Place hot water in a basin, and stir in oat- 
 meal slowly, while it boils, till the poultice is of the right thickness ; 
 that is, till it will not run on the rag on which it is spread. 
 
 ..tjpW>4 
 
r 
 
 906 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPAKATT0N8. 
 
 Indian-Meal Poultice Made the same as oatmeal poultice . 
 
 Arrow-Root Poultice Mix two or more tablespoonfuls of arrow- 
 root with a little cold water, in a basin, till it is all united with the 
 water. Then add boiling water, and stir till the whole becomes a 
 thick paste. 
 
 Slippery Elm Poultice Stir ground slippery-elm bark into hot 
 
 water, and let it swell. This is a very soothing poultice for irritable 
 sores. 
 
 Onion Poultice. — Made in the same way as the carrot poultice. 
 This is quite stimulating, and induces indolent sores to maturate 
 more freely. It is excellent for slow boils. 
 
 Charcoal Poultice Take either the bread-and-milk, or the In- 
 dian-meal poultice, and stir into it one-quarter its bulk of finely pul- 
 verized clmrcoal. Excellent for thoroughly cleansing a foul sore or 
 ulcer. 
 
 Anodyne Poultice. — Take half an ounce of the extract either of 
 foxglove, or henbane, or stramonium, or coniuni, or belladonna, and 
 mix it with half a pint of tepid water. Then stir in as much flax- 
 seed meal as will make a poultice of the right thickness. Always 
 be careful not to apply this poultice where there is much skin off, 
 lest the extract used be so much absorbed as to produce poisonous 
 effects. These poultices allay the pain of cancerous and other sores. 
 
 Lobelia Poultice. — Powdered lobelia and ground slippery-elm 
 bark, each, one ounce. Stir these into hot weak lye, to make a poul- 
 tice. For wounds, fistula, whitlow, boils, erysipelas and stings of 
 insects. 
 
 Poke-Root Poultice Roast a sufficient quantity of fresh poke- 
 root in hot ashes. When it is quite soft, pound it, and make a poul- 
 tice. To be applied to tumors to scatter them, or hasten their suppu- 
 ration. To be removed every four hours. 
 
 Mustard Poultice. — Stir up a tablespoonful of ground mustard 
 with a little water, to the consistence of paste. Spread upon linen 
 or brown paper, and cover with thin muslin, that the mustard may 
 not stick to the skin when the poultice is removed. They can now 
 be bought all prepared, either on paper or cloth, of several different 
 degrees of strength, and are much better than the home-made. 
 
 Powders. 
 
 A SINGLE substance used as a powder is called a simple powder ; 
 two or more united, a compound powder. Under the above head, I 
 shall describe only compound powders. In preparing compound 
 powders, the substances, if of different degrees of hardness, should 
 
 ^ 
 
toultice . 
 
 als of arrow- 
 ted with the 
 } becomes a 
 
 lark into hot 
 for irritable 
 
 rat poultice, 
 to maturate 
 
 t, or the In- 
 if finely pul- 
 foul sore or 
 
 act either of 
 adonna, and 
 much flax- 
 ss. Always 
 ch skin off, 
 se poisonous 
 other sores. 
 
 slippery-elm 
 nake a poul- 
 id stings of 
 
 fresh poke- 
 nake a poul- 
 their suppu- 
 
 md mustard 
 upon linen 
 lustard may 
 bey can now 
 sral different 
 made. 
 
 %ple powder ; 
 bove head, I 
 J compound 
 Iness, should 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPAKATIONS. 
 
 907 
 
 generally be pulverized separately. Many powdei-s i-equire to be ex- 
 cluded from the light, which may be done by covering the bottles in 
 which they are kept with black varnish. 
 
 Aromatic Powder Take two ounces each of cinnamon and gin- 
 ger, and an ounce each of cardamom deprived of the capsules, and 
 grated nutmeg. Rub them together into a very fine powder, and 
 keep in well-stopped bottles. 
 
 The powder is stimulant and carminative, and in cases of weak- 
 ened digestion, may be given in ten to thirty-grain doses. 
 
 Compound Powder of Aloea and Canella — Take a pound of aloes 
 and three ounces of canella. Rub them separately to a fine powder, 
 and mix them. 
 
 This is the preparation known as hiera picra, ov simply picra. It 
 may be used for anienorrhoea, or generally as a bitter to correct cos- 
 tiveness, and improve the appetite. 
 
 Compound Powder of Catechu — Take two ounces each of catechu 
 and kino, and half an ounce each of cinnamon and nutmeg. Reduce 
 all to a fine powder, mix and pass them through a fine sieve. 
 
 F^or chronic diarrhoea, dysentery, etc. Dose, from fifteen to thirty 
 grains. 
 
 Compound Powder of Chalk.— Take half a pound of prepared 
 chalk, four ounces of cinnamon, three ounces each of tornientil and 
 gum-arabic, and half" an ounce of long pepper. Rub them separately 
 into a veiy fine powder, and mix. 
 
 This powder is warm, stimulant, astringent and antacid, and is 
 well fitted for diarrhoea not connected with inflammation. 
 
 Compound Powder of Chalk with Opium — Take six ounces and 
 a half of compound powder of chalk, and four scruples of powdered 
 opium. Mix them. 
 
 The opium in this preparation increases the elficacy of the com- 
 pound powder of chalk in diarrhoea. Dose for an adult, ten to fif- 
 teen grains, and repeated after each discharge. 
 
 Compound Powder of Qolden Seal. — Take two drams each of 
 powdered golden seal, blue cohosh and helonias, and mix them. 
 
 Useful in dyspepsia, chronic inflammation of the mucous mem- 
 brane of the stomach, etc. Dose, half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful, 
 three or four times a day. 
 
 Compound Powder of Hydrastin. — Take half a dram each, in 
 powder, of hydrastin, leptandrin, rhubarb and myricin. Mix thor- 
 oughly, and divide into thirty-two powders. 
 
 This is tonic and laxative, and is useful in dyspepsia, jaundice, 
 (ihronic inflammation of the bowels, and during recovery I'lom ex- 
 hausting complaints. One powder may be taken often enough to 
 produce one movement of the bowels a day. 
 
 !■ Li ! 
 
 ' }^ 
 
908 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 InhaliiiK Powder. — Take one dram of crystals of nitrate of silver, 
 and two and a half drams of lycopodium. Work the lycopodium 
 into a very stiff paste, with a little warm water, in which the nitrate 
 is dissolved. Spread this thin in a shallow dish, cover it so as to shut 
 out the light, and set it where it will dry ; when thoroughly dry, pul- 
 verize. 
 
 I have used this powder with great advantage in many cases of 
 bronchitis, by directing three to four grains of it to be inhaled once 
 a day, in an instrument constructed for that purpose. This is the 
 only really valuable catarrh muff ever used. A pinch of it taken 
 once a day (never oftener) for nasal catarrh, will often do excellent 
 service. 
 
 Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha.— Take a dram each of pow- 
 dered ipecacuanha and opium, and one ounce of sulphate of potassa. 
 Rub them together into a fine powder. 
 
 This is the well known Dover's powder. It is an admirable ano- 
 dyne and diaphoretic, and is much used in inflammatory complaints, 
 particularly rheumatism and pneumonia, complicated with low ty- 
 phoid symptoms. Dose, from five to ten grains. 
 
 Compouad Powder of Jalap. — Take half an ounce of pulverized 
 jalap and senna, one ounce of pulverized bitartrate of potassa, half a 
 dram of pulverized ginger, and ten grains of pulverized cayenne. 
 Mix thoroughly. 
 
 This is a valuable purgative medicine, and may be used in most 
 cases where a simple cathartic is required. Dose, half a teaspoonful 
 to a tablespoonful. 
 
 Compound Powder of Kino. — Take fifteen drams of kino, half an 
 ounce of cinnamon, and a dram of dried opium. Rub them sepa- 
 rately to a very fine powder, and mix them. 
 
 This is anodyne and astringent, and is useful in diaiThoea, etc. 
 
 Compound Powder of Rhubarb. — Take four ounces of powdered 
 rhubarb, one pound of magnesia, and two ounces of finely powdered 
 ginger. Mix thoroughly, and preserve in well stopped bottles. 
 
 An excellent laxative and antacid, and well adapted to the bowel- 
 complaints of children. 
 
 Compound Powder of Rhubarb and Potassa {Neutralizing Pow- 
 ,ier). — Take half an ounce each of powdered rhubarb, bicarbonate 
 of potassa and peppermint leaves. Mix thoroughly. 
 
 Valuable in diarrhoea, cholera morbus, dysentery, summer com- 
 plaint of children, sour stomach, heartburn, etc. 
 
 Worm Powder. — Take one ounce each of powdered white Indian- 
 hemp root (^Asclepias incamata), mandrake, pink-root, and bitter-root ; 
 two ounces of powdered balmony, and four scruples of powdered 
 aloes. Mix thoroughly. 
 
 fmsmsmmmm 
 
 [>rir('-;:WKMIMMrkai«>swiJnn«iJi .ihpih ' 
 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIK PUEPABATIONS. 
 
 909 
 
 ate of silver, 
 lycopodium 
 b the nitrate 
 JO as to shut 
 hly dry, pul- 
 
 any cases of 
 
 inhaled once 
 
 This is the 
 
 of it taken 
 
 do excellent 
 
 each of pow- 
 Q of potassa. 
 
 Imirahle ano- 
 r complaints, 
 with low ty- 
 
 jf pulverized 
 itassa, half a 
 zed cayenne. 
 
 ised in most 
 i teaspoonful 
 
 kino, half an 
 3 them sepa- 
 
 hoea, etc. 
 
 i of powdered 
 sly powdei-ed 
 bottles, 
 to the bowel- 
 
 ralizing Pmo- 
 ), bicarbonate 
 
 ummer com- 
 
 white Indian- 
 id bitter-root ; 
 of powdered 
 
 A very good remedy for all kinds of worms. A teaspoonful of 
 the powder may be mixed with a gill of molasses, and a teaspoonful 
 of this given to a child every hour or two till it operates. After 
 this, give a teaspoonful three times a day, for a few days. 
 
 Syrups. 
 
 A STRONG solution of sugar and water is a simple syrup. When 
 the water is first charged with some medicinal substance, and sugar 
 is added to this, we have a medicated syrup. Refined sugar should 
 always be preferred in preparing medicated syrups. 
 
 Simple Syrup. — Take two and a half pounds of refined sugar, and 
 a pint of water ; dissolve the sugar in the water by heat, remove any 
 scum that may arise, and strain while hot. 
 
 Syrup of Almonds. — Take a pound'of sweet almonds, four ounces 
 of bitter almonds, three pints of water, and six pounds of refined 
 sugar. Blanch the almonds, then rub them in a mortar to very fine 
 paste, and add, during the trituration, three fluid ounces of the water, 
 and one pound of the sugar. Mix the paste thoroughly with the 
 remainder of the water. Strain with strong expression, add the 
 remainder of the sugar to the strained liquor, and dissolve by a 
 gentle heat. Strain through fine linen, and after it is cool, put it 
 into bottles, thoroughly stopped, and keep in a c« »! place. 
 
 This is demulcent, nutritive and sedative, and is sometimes added 
 to cough mixtures, etc. 
 
 Syrup of Citric Acid Take two drams of powdered citric acid, 
 
 four minims of oil of lemons, and two pints of syrup. With one 
 fluid ounce of the syrup, rub the citric acid and oil of lemons, then 
 add the remainder of the syrup, and dissolve by a gentle heat. 
 
 This is much employed as an agreeable and cooling addition to 
 drinks, especially to carbonic-acid water. Tartaric acid, being cheaper 
 than citric acid, is often substituted for it, and the preparation thus 
 made is much sold under the name of lemon syrup. 
 
 Syrup of Garlic. — Take six ounces of fresh garlic, sliced and 
 bruised, one pint of diluted acetic acid, and two pounds of refined 
 sugar. Macerate the garlic in ten fluid ounces of the diluted acetic 
 acid in a glass vessel, four days, and express the liquor. Then mix 
 the rest with what remains of the acid, and again express, till sufficient 
 has passed to make the whole when filtered measure a piht. Then 
 pour the filtered liquor on the sugar in a bottle, and shake till it i? 
 dissolved. 
 
 Excellent in the bronchial affections of children. Dose, a tea- 
 spoonful, for a child a year old'. 
 
 Syrup of Qinger. — Add two fluid ounces of tincture of ginger to 
 a quart of simple syrup ; evaporate the alcohol by a gentle heat. 
 
 > (' 
 
 I 
 
910 
 
 MKD10INE8 AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 This is carminative and stimulant, and gives tone to the debilitated 
 stomach, removing wind, etc. It is added to other medicines to im- 
 prove their flavor. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Hypophosphites. — Take 266 grains of hypo- 
 phosphite of lime, 192 grains of hypophosphite of soda, 128 gniiiis 
 of hypophosphite of potassa, 96 grains of recently precipitated hypo- 
 phosphite of iron, 240 grains of hypophosphorous acid solution, 12 
 ounces of white sugar, half an ounce of extract of vanilla, and a 
 sufficient quantity of water. Dissolve the salts of lime, soda and 
 potassa, in six ounces of water ; put the iron salt into a mortar and 
 gradually add solution of hypophosphorous acid till it is dissolved ; to 
 this add the solution of the other salts, after it has been rendered 
 slightly acidulous with the sam<3 acid, and then water, till the whole 
 measures nine fluid ounces. Dissolve this in sugar, with heat, and 
 flavor with the vanilla. Without flavoring, this syrup is not unpleasant, 
 being slightly saline, and not at all ferruginous. Any other flavor- 
 ing may be used, as orange-peel, orange-flower or ginger. It is also 
 suggested to physicians that glycerine may be used, wholly or par- 
 tially, in place of sugar, when indicated, six ounces and a half of 
 glycerine being substituted for twelve ounces of sugar. Dose, a tea- 
 spoonful, three times a day befoie meals. 
 
 Syrup of Ipecacuanha. — Take one ounce of ipecacuanha, in 
 coarse powder, one pint of dilut<Kl alcohol, two pounds and a half of 
 sugar, and one pint of water. Macerate the ipecacuanha in the alco- 
 hol, fourteen days, and filter ; evaporate th3 filtered liquor to six fluid 
 ounces, filter again, and add water to make the liquor measure a pint ; 
 then add the sugar, and proceed as directed for syrup. 
 
 This is chiefly used in compl- ints of children. Dose, as an emetic, 
 for an adult, two fluid ounces ; for a child a year or two old, one or 
 two fluid drams. As an expecto; nt, for an adult, two fluid drams ; 
 for a child, flve to twenty minims. 
 
 Syrup of Lemons. — Take a pint of strained lemon-juice, two 
 pounds and a half of refined sugar, and two and a half fluid ounces 
 of rectified spirit ; boil the juice ten minutes, and strain ; then add 
 the sugar, and dissolve. After the syrup has cooled, mix the spirit 
 with it. 
 
 A cooling and grateful addition to drinks in fevers, and serves to 
 cover the taste of salts and other purgatives. 
 
 Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb. — Take two ounces and a half of 
 bruised rhubarb, half an ounce each of bruised cloves and cinnamon, 
 two drams of bruised nutmeg, two pints of diluted alcohol, and six 
 pints of syrup. Macerate the rhubarb and aromatics in the alcohol 
 for fourteen days, and strain ; then, by a gentle heat, evaporate the 
 liquor to a pint, and, while hot, mix it with the syrup previously 
 heated. 
 

 MEDICINES AND THEIU PKEl'AHATIONS. 
 
 911 
 
 ho debilitated 
 iicinsH to im- 
 
 mins of hypo- 
 a, 128 gniiim 
 pitated liypo- 
 
 solution, 12 
 anilla, and a 
 me, 8oda and 
 IV mortar and 
 [lissolved ; to 
 een rendered 
 till the whole 
 ith heat, and 
 it unpleasant, 
 
 other flavor- 
 
 iT. It is also 
 
 'holly or par- 
 
 and a half of 
 
 Dose, a tea- 
 
 (cacuanha, in 
 and a half of 
 la in the alco- 
 or to six fluid 
 ga«ure a pint ; 
 
 , as an embtic, 
 
 vo old, one or 
 
 fluid drains; 
 
 iOn-juice, two 
 
 fluid ounces 
 
 in; then add 
 
 nix the spirit 
 
 a,nd serves to 
 
 and a half of 
 nd cinnamon, 
 ohol, and six 
 in the alcohol 
 svaporate the 
 ip previously 
 
 This is a warm cordial laxative, admirably fitted for the bowel 
 complaints of infants. Dose, a fluid dram, lepeated every two hours 
 till it operates. 
 
 Syrup of Seneka. — Take four ounces of fluid extract of seneka, 
 and one pint of water ; mix, and dissolve in the liquid one pound of 
 refined sugar, and proceed as directed for syrup. 
 
 This is a stimulating expectorant, used in colds, coughs, etc., after 
 inflammatory symptoms have sulwided. Dose, for an adult, one or 
 two teaspoonfuls, as often as necessary. 
 
 Syrup of 5qulll. — To one pint of vinegar of squill, add two 
 pounds of refined sugar, and proceed as directed for syi'Up. 
 
 It is a useful expectorant for coughs and bronchial affections of 
 infants and children. Dose, half a dram to a dram. 
 
 Syrup of Tolu. — Take two fluid ounces of tincture of tolu, and 
 one pint of simple syrup ; mix, and gently heat the mixture to evapo- 
 rate the alcohol. 
 
 This is chiefly used to flavor other preparations. 
 
 Syrup of Wild-Cherry Bark. — Place two pounds and a half of 
 coarsely powdered wild-cherry bark in a percolator, and pass through 
 it one gallon of water. Strain this and dissolve in it by heat sixteen 
 pounds of refined sugar. 
 
 This makes an elegant tonic and sedative preparation, and is mixed 
 with various other articles in prescribing for dyspepsia, consumption, 
 etc. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Partridge Berry. — Take half a pound of 
 partridge berry, and two ounces each of helonias, blue cohosh, and 
 high cranberry bark ; add to them one quart of brandy, and macerate 
 four days. Press out the brandy ; and place the herbs in three quarts 
 of boiling water, and boil down to two and a half pints. Strain, add 
 one pound of sugar, and evaporate to two and a half pints. Remove 
 from the fire, and when nearly cold, add the brandy previously pressed 
 out. 
 
 This is considerably used by the Eclectic physicians, under the 
 name of mother's cordial, and may be usefully employed by all 
 physicians in suppression of the menses, painful menstruation, pro- 
 fuse menstruation and habitual abortions. Dose, from one to two 
 ounces, two or three times a day. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Phosphates (Chemical Food). — Take ten 
 drams of protosulphate of iron, twelve drams of phosphate of soda, 
 twelve drams of phosphate of lime, twenty drams of phosphoric 
 acid (glacial), two scruples of carbonate of soda, one dram of car- 
 bonate of potassa, sufficient quantity of muriatic acid, sufficient 
 quantity of water of ammonia, two drams of powdered cochineal, 
 sufficient water to make twenty fluid ounces, three pou' '.a of sugar, 
 
 :■ 
 
912 
 
 MBDIOINKS AND THEIR PRKPARATI0N8. 
 
 and fifteen drope of oil of orange. Dissolve the sulphate of iron in 
 two fluid ounneu of boiling wate**, and the phosphate of soda in four 
 fluid ounces of boiling water. Mix the solutions, and wash the pre- 
 cipitated phosphate of iron till the washings are tAsteless. 
 
 Dissolve the phosphate ol liMie in four fluid ounces of boiling 
 water, with suflicient muriatic acid to make a clear solution, precij)!- 
 tatt it with water of ammonia, and wash the precipitate. 
 
 I'o the freshly precipitated phosphates, as thus prepared, add tlic 
 phosphoric acid, previously dissolved in the water. When clear, add 
 the carbonates of soda and potassa, and aftei'wards sufficient muriatic 
 acid to dissolve the precipitate. 
 
 Now add the cochineal mixed with the sugar, apply heat, and when 
 the syrup is formed, strain and flavor it. 
 
 This is an elegant syrup, agreeable both to the eye and taste, and 
 has been extensively sold and used as a nutritive tonic, in chronic 
 debility, in cases of broken down constitution, wasting of the flesh, 
 etc. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa (^Neutralizing Cor- 
 dial). — Take half a pound each of powdered rhubtvrb and bicarbonate 
 potassa, and four ounces each of cinnamon and golden seal ; macerate 
 for four days in one gallon of best fourth proof brandy. Express 
 the tincture with strong pressure, and add to it two fluid drams of 
 oil of peppermint, previously dissolved in a little alcohol. Break up 
 the cake from the press, place it in a percolator, and gradually pass 
 through it warm water till the strength is exhausted. Evaporate 
 this solution to four quarts, and while the liquor is still hot, dissolve 
 in it six pounds of refined sugar. Continue the evaporation, if neces- 
 sary, till the addition of the tincture first obtained will make three 
 gallons. Then add the tincture. 
 
 A valuable antacid and laxftive Ln diarrhoja, dysentery, cholera 
 morbus, and summer complaint of children. Dose, for an adult, a 
 tablespoooful, to be taken as circumstances require. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla. — Take a pound each of sarsa- 
 parill^t, yellow parilla, and pipsissewa; an ounce and a half of guaia- 
 cum ; one ounce each of red roses, senna, and liquorice root ; and 
 three minims each of oil of sassafras, anise, and partridge berry ; di- 
 luted alcohol, five pints, and four pounds of refined sugar. Grind 
 and mix the sarsaparilla, yellow parilla, pipsissewa, guaiacum, roses, 
 senna, and liquorice, and add to them the alcohol. Let the whole 
 stand fourteen days, then express and filter. Evaporate by a water- 
 bath to one quart, and add the sugar. Lastly, rub the oils in a mor- 
 tar with a little of the syrup, and thoroughly mix with the remainder. 
 
 This is a valuable alterative syrup, and is used lor syphilis, scrofula, 
 diseases of the skin, etc. • It is much improved by adding half an 
 ounce of the iodide of potassium to each pint of the syrup. Dose, a 
 tablespoonful. 
 
 ■ 
 
IT:- 
 
 MEDICINKS AND TtlEIll PRErAKATTONB. 
 
 913 
 
 )hate of iron in 
 
 of aoda in foiir 
 
 d wash the pre- 
 
 leas. 
 
 nces of boiling 
 
 olution, preci[)i- 
 
 ate. 
 
 (>piired, add tlu- 
 
 rVhen clear, add 
 
 fficient niiiriatic 
 
 ^ heat, and when 
 
 B and taste, and 
 X)nic, in chronic 
 ing of the flesh, 
 
 Teutralizing Cor- 
 ) and bicarbonate 
 1 seal ; macerate 
 randy. Express 
 '0 fluid drams of 
 ohol. Break up 
 I gradually pass 
 ted. Evaporate 
 itill hot, dissolve 
 oration, if neces- 
 will make three 
 
 rsentery, cholera 
 for an adult, a 
 
 nd each of sarsa- 
 
 a half of guaia- 
 
 lorice root ; and 
 
 tridge berry; di- 
 
 sugar. Grind 
 
 guaiacum, roses. 
 
 Let the whole 
 
 orate by a water- 
 
 ;he oils in a mor- 
 
 ;h the remainder. 
 
 yphilis, scrofula, 
 
 adding half an 
 
 syrup. Dose, a 
 
 Compound Aromatic Syrup of Senna. — Take four ounces of 
 senna, one ounce and a half of jalap root, half an ounce of rhubarb, 
 one dram of cinnamon, one dnini of cloves, and half a dram of nut- 
 meg. Reduce these articles to a coarse powder ; add one quart of 
 diluted alcohol. Let the whole stand two days iviid percolate. Filter, 
 dissolve in it one pound of refined sugar, and add one dram of oil of 
 lemons. 
 
 An excellent cordial physic. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Stilllngia. — Take a pound each of queen's 
 root and tnrkey corn ; half a pouml each of pi{)HiHsewa leaves and 
 elder flowers ; and four ounces eai^li of prickly-ash Iwrries and carda- 
 mom seeds. Oiind all the articles, mix, and place them in a jar, and 
 moisten them well with alcohol. Let them stand two days ; then 
 place them in a percolator, and gmduuUy add hot water till two pints 
 are obtained, which must be stniined and set aside. Then continue 
 the percolation so long as there is a sensible taste of the spirit. Re- 
 serve this also. Then continue the percolation till what is obttiined 
 is almost tasteless. Boil down this last till the addition of the two * 
 reserved tinctures will make two gallons of th§ whole. Now add 
 twelve pounds of refined sugar, and make a syrup. 
 
 This is one of the Eclectic medicines ; and is quite an effective 
 alterative for syphilis, scrofula, etc. Improved by adding iodide of 
 potassium. Dose, from, a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Yellow Dock. — Take two pounds of yellow- 
 dock root, one pound of the bark of the root of false bittersweet, and 
 half a pound each of American ivy and flgwort. Make a syrup 
 according to the directions for compound syrup of stillingia, using 
 sixteen pounds of sugar, and making two gallons of syrup. 
 
 A valuable preparation for scrofula. Improved by iodide of potas- 
 sium. Dose, a tablespoonful, three or four times a day. 
 
 Tinctures. 
 
 An ethereal tincture is one which is made with ether as the solvent 
 instead of alcohol, and an ammoniated tincture, one made with water 
 of ammonia as the solvent. 
 
 Simple tinctures, in which only one medicinal article is used, are 
 made thus: 
 
 Tincture of Aconite. — Take eight ounces of powdered aconite- 
 root, and one pint of alcohol. Mix, and let them stand for two weeks, 
 frequently stirring. Then express, and filter through paper. 
 
 Given in fovers and inflammatory diseases. Dose, three drops 
 every hour or two in a little water. • 
 
 In the above manner all simple tinctures are made. Some medi- 
 cines require alcohol to extract their active principle ; some only 
 diluted alcohol. 
 
 I ' , 
 
 
 t> i 
 
 »aawfi- 
 
tu 
 
 MK1)IC1NK« AND THEIK FKKPAKATIONS. 
 
 One Ounce to the Pint of Alcohol. — In piepariiijf «iniple t;:\iUn(!« 
 from the following; articles, alcohol ie used, and one oun»Ht only of the 
 m«dicine is employed to the pint, namely : 
 
 Ciistot. Saffron, Leptandria. 
 
 One Ounce to the Pint of Diluted Alcohol. — In making tinctures 
 from the following articles, one ounce is used to the pint of diluted 
 alcohol: 
 
 Iodine, Quabsia. 
 
 Two Ounces to a Pint of Alcohol : 
 
 Assafffitida, Camphor, Oil of Peppermint, Oil of Spearmint, Ben- 
 zoin, Colchicum seeds, Lupulin. ' 
 
 Two Ounces to a Pint of Diluted Alcohol : 
 
 Cardamom, Cotton-Bark, Cochineal, Colombo, Colchicum, Ergot, 
 Galls, Hemlock, CuIhjIw, Foxglove, Black Hellebore, Henbane, Lactu- 
 carium, Lobelia, Poke, Shrubby Trefoil, Bloodroot, Squill, Valerian, 
 Bittersweet, Belladonna. 
 Three Ounces to a Pint of Diluted Alcohol : 
 
 Peruvian Bark, Rhatiny, Poison Hemlock, Sheep Laurel, Stramo- 
 nium, White Hellebore, Yarrow, Prickly Elder, Jalap. 
 
 Four Ounces to a Pint of Alcohol : 
 
 Nux Vomica, Ginger, Guaiacum, Black Cohosh. 
 
 Four Ounces to a Pint of Diluted Alcohol : 
 
 Yellow Jessamine, Prickly-ash Berri«i8, Ergot, Matico. 
 
 The following tinctures embrace those which vary from the above 
 proportions among the simple tinctures, and also the compound 
 tinctures : » 
 
 Tincture of Orange-Peel. — Take three and a half ounces of dried 
 orange-peel and one quart of diluted alcohol. Macerate for seven 
 days, express and filter. 
 
 Tincture of Buchu. — Take five ounces of buchu, and one quart 
 of diluted alcohol. Digest seven days ; pour off the clear liquor, and 
 filter. 
 
 Tincture of Indian Hemp. — Take of extract of Indian Komp 
 (Cannabis Indica) one ounce, and one pint of alcohol. Dissolve the 
 extract in the spirit. Dose, from twenty to thirty drops. 
 
 Tincture of Cantharides. — Take an ounce of bruised Spanish 
 flies, and two pints of diluted alcohol. Macerate for fourteen days, 
 express and filter through paper. 
 
 Dose, from twenty drops to a dram, three or four times a day. 
 
MRDICINK8 AND THKIK HHKl'AKATIONH. 
 
 915 
 
 iiiiple tinctui'eH 
 n(!« only of the 
 
 aking tiiuttureH 
 [)int of diluted 
 
 pearmint, Ben- 
 
 ichicum, Ergot, 
 lenbane, Lactu- 
 quill, Valerian, 
 
 Laurel, Stramo- 
 
 [>• 
 
 ICO. 
 
 from the above 
 the compound 
 
 ounces of dried 
 erate for seven 
 
 I, and one quart 
 :;lear liquor, and 
 
 [ Indian Komp 
 I. Dissolve the 
 rops. 
 
 bruised Spanish 
 r fourteen days, 
 
 times a day. 
 
 Tincture of Cayenne Pepper. — Tako an ounce of pulverized 
 cayiMiiit;, and two piiitM of diluted alcohol. Macerate fourtetii (lays, 
 and filter through paper. 
 
 Tincture of Catechu. — Take an ounce and a half of catechu, an 
 ounce of bruised cinnamon, and one pint of diluted alcohol. Lei 
 them stand together two weeks, frequently shaking; then express 
 and filter. 
 
 Dose, from thirty drops to a taLlespoonful. 
 
 Tincture of Cinnamon. — Take an ounce and a half of powdered 
 ciiuiamon, and one pint of diluted alcohol. Let them sUind together 
 for two weeks ; expresH and filter. 
 
 Dose, from one to three tcaspoonfuls in sweetened water. 
 
 Elixir Vitriol. — Take "f a pint of alcohol; drop into it seven 
 Huid dmms of sulphuric acid, and let the mixture stand threr days 
 in a close vessel ; then add two drams of po\\(' <id ginjift'r, and tlnee 
 drams of powdered cinnamon. Macerate scvcii .ys, and filter. 
 
 Useful in diarrhoea, dysentery, etc. Dose, from five to fifteen 
 drops. To avoid injury to the teeth, it should be taken through u 
 quill, or glass tul)e, or else the moutli should l)e rinsed immediately 
 after swallowing it. Use with care. 
 
 Tincture of Lobelia. — Take four ounces of lobelia, and one pint 
 each of distilled vinegar and alcohol. Macerate two weeks, express 
 and filter. 
 
 Dose, as a nauseant or expectorant, from thirty to forty drops. 
 
 Tincture of Opium. (Laudanum). — Take two and a half ounces 
 of opium, and two pinfej of diluted alcohol. Macerate fouiteen days, 
 e:;^. ess, and filter through paper. Dose, from ten to twenty drops. 
 
 Tincture of Tolu — Dissolve one ounce of balsam of tolu in one 
 pint of alcohol, and filter. 
 
 Tincture of Rhubarb. — Take three ounces of bruised rhubarb, 
 half an ounce of bruised cardamom, and a quart of diluted alcohol. 
 Macerate two we^ks, express, and filter through paper. 
 
 Tincture of Virginia Snake-Root. — Take three ounces of bruised 
 Virginia snake-root, and one quart of diluted alcohol. Macerate tw^o 
 weeks, express, and filter through paper. 
 
 This is advantageously added to the Infusion of Peruvian bark, in 
 low states of the system. Dose one to two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Aloes. — Take three ounces of powdered 
 aloes, one ounce of saffron, and two pints of tincture of myrrh. 
 Macerate fourteen days, and filter. 
 
 This is the well-known elixir proprietatis, or more commonly, elixir 
 pro. It is considerably used in female disorders, connected with sup- 
 pressed, retained, or deficient menstruation. Dose, one to two fluid 
 dmms. 
 
916 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Assafoetida- — Take half an ounce eacli 
 of lupulin, assafffitida, in small pieces, bruised stramonium seeds, 
 powdered valerian root, and one pint and a half of alcohol ; macerate 
 two weeks, shaking frequently, then express and filter. 
 
 This is anodyne and antispasmodic, and is used in epilepsy, St. 
 Vitus's dance, and hysterics. Dose, a teaspoonful. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Benzoin. — Take three ounces of benzoin, 
 two ounces of purified storax, one ounce of balsam of tolu, half an 
 ounce of powdered aloes, and two pints of alcohol. Macerate two 
 weeks and filter. 
 
 This is used in chronic diseases of the air-passages. Dose, from 
 thirty to fifty drops. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Cardamom. — Take six drams of bruised 
 cardamom, two ounces of bruised caraway, five drams of bruised cin- 
 namon, five ounces of seeded i-aisins, one dram of bruised cochineal, 
 and two pints and a half of diluted alcohol. Macerate two weeks, 
 and filter. 
 
 This is a very agreeable aromatic ; used as a carminative, and to 
 improve other preparations. Dose, one or two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Catechu. — Take three ounces of catechu, 
 two ounces of bruised cinnamon, and two pints of diluted alcohol. 
 Macerate fourteen days, express and filter. 
 
 This is frequently added to chalk preparations for diarrhoBa, etc. 
 Dose, from one to three fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Cinnamon. — Take one ounce of bruised 
 cinnamon, half an ounce of bruised cardamom seeds, three drams of 
 bruised ginger, and two pints of proof spirits. Macerate fourteen 
 days, express, and filter. 
 
 This is a warm, aromatic tincture, useful in spasms and debility 
 of the stomach. Dose, one to two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Black Cohosh. — Take one fluid ounce 
 of tincture of black cohosh, 'ialf a fl-^id ounce of tincture of blood- 
 root, and two fluii drams of tincture of poke-root. * Mix. 
 
 This is used in uiseases of the lungs, liver, and stomach. Dose, 
 from twenty to fifty drops, three or four times a day. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Blue Cohosh. — Take one ounce of pow- 
 dered blue-cohosh root, half an ounce each of bruised water-pepper 
 and ergot, two fluid drams of oil of savin, and twelve fluid ounces of 
 alcohol ; mix, macerate for a fortnight, and filter. 
 
 A uterine tonic, used for suppressed and painful menstruation, etc. 
 Dose, a teaspoonful, two or three times a day. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Colchicum. — Mix one fluid ounce each 
 of tincture of black cohosh and tincture of colchicum-seed. 
 
 Used for inflammatory rheumatism and gout. Dose, ten to fifty 
 drops. 
 
 <.■ 
 
 NAM 
 
 iMtwuTiiariitr' 
 
,n ounce each 
 ionium seeds, 
 liol ; macerate 
 
 n epilepsy, St. 
 
 ces of benzoin, 
 [ tolu, half an 
 Macerate two 
 
 . Dose, from 
 
 ims of bruised 
 )f bruised cin- 
 ised cochineal, 
 te two weeks, 
 
 ttative, and to 
 'ams. 
 
 jes of catechu, 
 luted alcohol. 
 
 diarrhoBa, etc. 
 
 nee of bruised 
 ;hree drams of 
 jrate fourteen 
 
 8 and debility 
 
 le fluid ounce 
 
 ture of blood- 
 
 [ix. 
 
 )mach. Dose, 
 
 ounce of pow- 
 
 water-pepper 
 
 luid ounces of 
 
 istruation, etc. 
 
 id ounce each 
 
 leed. 
 
 36, ten to fifty 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 917 
 
 Compound Tincture of Qentian. — Take two ounces of bruised 
 gentian, one ounce of orange-peel, half an ounce of bruised carda- 
 mom seeds, and two pints of diluted alcohol. Macerate fourteen 
 days, express, and filter. 
 
 An elegant bitter, much used in dyspepsia, and as an addition tn 
 tonic mixtures for a weakened state of the stomach. Dose, one or 
 two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Qolden Seal. — Take one ounce each of 
 powdered lobelia-seed and golden seal, and one pint of diluted alco- 
 hol. Macerate two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is used as a local application to diseased mucous mesnbranes, 
 in leucorrhcea, gleet, etc. 
 
 Ammonisted Tinctur# of Quaiac. — Take four ounces of pow- 
 dered guaiac, and a pint and a half of aromatic spirits of au^monia. 
 Macerate for two weeks, and filter. 
 
 This tincture has considerable reputation in the treatment of 
 chronic rheumatism. Dose, one or two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Hemlock (^0-olden T}incture). — Take one 
 ounce each of powdered balsam of tolu, guaiacum, gum hemlock, and 
 gum myrrh, one ounce and a half of oil of hemlock, one ounce of oil 
 of wintergreen, and four pints of alcohol. Mix, let them stand four- 
 teen days, shaking frequently, then filter. 
 
 This is used by the Eclectics for rheumatism, wind colic, water- 
 brash, soreness of the chest, etc. Dose, a teaspoonf ul in a wineglass- 
 ful of in'ater. 
 
 Compound Tincture of High Cranberry. — Take one ounce of 
 high cranberry bark, powdered, half an ounce each of powdered 
 lobelia-seed and bruised skunk-cabbage seed, two drams each of 
 bruised stramonium-seed, powdered bloodroot and capsicum, and two 
 pints of alcohol. Macerate two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is an Eclectic remedy, and is useful in nervous and spasmodic 
 complaints, particularly hystaiics, etc. Dose, from twenty drops to 
 a teaspoonful. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Lavender Take three fluid drams of 
 
 oil of lavender, one dram and a halv of oil of anise, one ounce of 
 powdered cloves, three drams of mace, one ounce of raisins, two 
 ounces of red saunders, and one gallon of Jamaica rum. Mix, and 
 macerate fourteen days, then express and filter. 
 
 This is often used for flatulence, hysterics, and faintness. Dose, 
 from one to three teaspoonfuls, in water. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Lobelia. — Take one ounce each of 
 coarsely powdered lobelia, bloodroot, skunk-cabbage, wil'l ginger, 
 and pleurisy root. Place tliem in a vessel, and pour over them one 
 pint of boiling water or vinegar, and cover tightly. Wher cold, add 
 three pints of alcohoL Macerate two weeks, then ex^.- i. and filter. 
 
 UM. 
 
 w 
 
 \ 
 
 I 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ] 
 
m 
 
 MEDICINES AMD THEIR PREPABATIONS. 
 
 A valuable emetic for infants and children, in croup, wlioopiiig- 
 cough, bronchitis, and convulsions. Used also as an expectomnt, in 
 coughs, pleurisy, etc. Dose, as an emetic for a child, half a teaspoon- 
 ful and upwards. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Capsicum. — Take one ounce 
 each of powdered lobelia, capsicum, and skunk-cabbage, and one pint 
 of diluted alcohol. Mix, macerate fouHeen days, and filter. 
 
 A prompt antispasmodic in cramps, spasms, lock-jaw, etc. Dose, 
 half a dram to a dram. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Myrrh {Hot Dropis). — Take four ounces 
 of bruised myrrh, two ounces of capsicum, and four pints of alcohol. 
 Mix, macemte a fortnight, and filter. 
 
 Applied externally, and occasionally given internally for distress 
 of stomach, flatulence, etc. 
 
 Campiiorated Tincture of Opium. — Take one dram each of pow- 
 dered opium and benzoic acid, one fluid dram of oil of anise, two 
 ounces of cl»jified honey, two scruples of camphor, and two pints of 
 diluted alcohol. Macerate fourteen days, and filter. 
 
 This is known to all the world as paregoric elixir. It is an agree- 
 able anodyne and antispasmodic, and a good deal used among cliil- 
 dren to allay cough, and to relieve pains, diarrhoea, etc. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Peruvian Baric. — Take two ounces of 
 red bark, powdered, one ounce and a half of bruised orange-peel, 
 three drams of bruised Virginia snake-root, one dram each of saffron, 
 cut, and red saunders, rasped, and twenty fluid ounces of diluted 
 alcohol. Macerate two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is ffuxham's tincture. It is an excellent stomach cordial, and 
 is used with advantage in low forms of fever, etc. Dose, from one 
 to three fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Rhubarb (^Sweet Tincture of BkubarV). — 
 Take two ounces and a half of bruised rhubarb, six drams of bruised 
 liquorice root, three drams each of bruised ginger and saffron, two 
 ounces of refined sugar, and one quart of diluted alcohol. Macerate 
 one week, expi-ess, and filter. 
 
 A warm, gentle aperient, well fitted for debilitated states of the 
 stomach. Dose, from a dram or two to an ounce. 
 
 Tincture of Senna and Jalap {Elixir Salutis). — Take three 
 ounces of senna, one ounce of powdered jalap, half an ounce each of 
 bruised coriander and caraway seeds, two drams of bruised cardamom 
 seeds, four ounces of sugar, and three pints of diluted alcohol. Mace- 
 rate two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is a warm cordial purgative, useful in costiveness, and gout 
 attended with debility. Dose, two fluid drams to an ounce. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Tamarac {Boners Bitters). — Take three 
 ounces each of tamarao-bark and juniper-benies, two ounces of 
 
mp, wlioopiiig- 
 expectomnt, in 
 lalf a teaspoon- 
 
 Fake one ounce 
 e, and one pint 
 filter, 
 iw, etc. Dose, 
 
 ke four ounces 
 tints of alcohol. 
 
 illy for distress 
 
 -m each of pow- 
 il of anise, two 
 ad two pints of 
 
 It is an agree- 
 id among cliil- 
 
 pC. 
 
 two ounces of 
 3d orange-peel, 
 each of saffron, 
 ices of diluted 
 
 ich cordial, and 
 Dose, from one 
 
 yf Rhvharh). — 
 rams of bruised 
 nd saffron, two 
 hoi. Macerate 
 
 d states of the 
 
 — Take three 
 1 ounce each of 
 lised cardamom 
 alcohol. Mace- 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 919 
 
 priokly-ash bark, one ounce and a half eacli of wild-cherry l)ark and 
 seneca snake-root, and half an ounce of tansy ; powder coaiwely, and 
 mix ; then add one pint and a half of whiskey, and let them stand 
 twenty-four hours; then place the whole in a vapor displacement 
 apparatus, and force through the mixture the vapor of another pint 
 of whiskey, after which steam from water enough to make the tinc- 
 ture equal to six quarts. To this add twelve ounces of molasses, and 
 six ounces of thoroughly dissolved alcoholic extract of mandrake. 
 
 This is tonic, diuretic, and aperient. Useful in dyspepsia, etc. 
 Dose, a tablespoonful three times a day. 
 
 Ammoniated Tincture of Valerian. — Take four ounces of 
 bruised valerian, and one quart of aromatic spirit of ammonia. Mace- 
 rate two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is iised as an antispasmodic in hysterics and other nervous 
 diseases. Dose, one or two fluid drams, in sweetened water. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Virginia Snalce-root (^Sudorific Tincture). 
 — Take oight scruples each, in coarse powder, of Virginia snake- 
 root, ipejacu.' nha, saffron, opium, and camphor, and one pint of Hol- 
 land gin or proof spirit. Mix, macerate two weeks, express, and 
 filter. 
 
 This tincture tends powerfully to induce perspiration, and is used 
 for such purpose when it is desirable to procure sleep, etc. Dose, 
 from ten drops to a teaspoonful, every hour or two, in catnip or 
 balm tea 
 
 Vinegars. 
 
 Vinegar of Lobelia. — Take two ounces of powdered lobelia-seed, 
 and one pint of distilled vinegar. Macerate in a close vessel one 
 week ; then express and filter, and add one fluid ounce of alcohol. 
 This is useful as an emetic and expectorant ; externally, it is valua- 
 ble in skin diseases. Dose, one to four teaspoonf uls, as often as 
 necessary. 
 
 Vinegar of Squill. — Take two ounces of sliced squill, and one 
 pint of distilled vinegar ; macerate in a close glass vessel one week ; 
 then express, strain, and add one fluid ounce of alcohol. 
 
 This is expectorant and diuretic, and is sometimes used for coughs 
 and diseases of the chest. 
 
 ^i 
 
 { r 
 
 mess, and gout 
 ounce. 
 
 . — Take three 
 two ounces of 
 
 1i!lf 
 
 M 
 
 WS^^S^*: 
 
•»"51Fl|B?,iJMikJL'l,'l I. 
 
 PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 
 
 These prescriptions are numbered, and referred to by correspond- 
 ing numbers in the treatment of the various diseases. This arrange- 
 ment saves the trouble of writing out each prescription every time it 
 is wanted under the several disordei-s. When there are several 
 recipes, each of which is suitable in a certain stage of a complaint, 
 this plan affords the means of referring to them all in a little space, 
 by simply giving their numbers. The doses named are always for 
 grovm persons, unless it is otherwise stated. For young people, from 
 15 to 21, give § of dose. For childien, from 7 to 15, ^ of dose. 
 In administering medicines of all kinds, the strength and condition 
 of the patient should be taken into consideration. 
 
 Great pains have been taken in preparing these prescriptions. A 
 considerable portion of them are the favorite recipes of the most dis- 
 tinguished physicians, the world over. They have been thoroughly 
 revised, newly discovered remedies added, and those which time has 
 proved not as valuable have been omitted. 
 
 The classification of these recipes under separate heads is necessa- 
 rily very imperfect, and has been attempted only to make it more 
 easy for me to refer to them while writing the book. The classifica- 
 tion could only be applied to a part of them, however ; the rest are 
 indiscriminately mixed. 
 
 Emetics. 
 
 1. Ipecac powder, in 30-grain doses, taken in lukewarm water and 
 repeated every 20 minutes if needed. Wine or syrup of ipecac is a 
 more useful and palatable emetic for infants and children : it may be 
 given in 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls as a dose. Useful in poisoning, overloaded 
 stomach, croup, etc. 
 
 2. Mustard flour is a very prompt emetic and always on band for &a 
 emergency. Dose, 1 dessertspoonful in J pint of warm water; repeated in 
 10 minutes if needed. 
 
 3. Sulphate zinc is a very prompt emetic producing little irritation ; 80 
 grains, with thirty of Ipecac, generally suffice, but the dose may be re- 
 peated. 
 
 920 
 
 mtimm 
 
 mmm 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 921 
 
 ES. 
 
 by correspond- 
 This arrange- 
 1 every time it 
 'e are several 
 )f a complaint, 
 a little space, 
 ire always for 
 g people, from 
 15, ^ of dose, 
 and condition 
 
 scriptions. A 
 • the most dis- 
 en thoroughly 
 ■hich time has 
 
 ids is necessa- 
 make it more 
 The classificBr 
 ; the rest are 
 
 inn water and 
 of ipecac is a 
 en : it may be 
 ing, overloaded 
 
 n band for an 
 er ; repeated in 
 
 i irritation ; SO 
 jse may be re- 
 
 4. Apomorphia, when injected under the skiu in doses of J grain, 
 produces vomiting in 3 to 10 minutes. It may also be given by the mouth 
 in dosea of ^ of a grain. 
 
 Purges. Cathartics. 
 
 5. Precipitated sulphur, 15 grains ; magnesia, 1 scruple. Mix. To be 
 taken each night at bedtime, for costiveness and bleeding piles. 
 
 6. Confection of senna, 2 ozs. ; bream of tartar, 1 oz. ; sylphur, 1 oz. ; 
 syrup of ginger enough to make a stiff paste. Mix. A piece as large as 
 a nutmeg is to be taken as often as necessai-y to keep the bowels open. 
 One of the very best remedies for piles. 
 
 7. Rochelle salts, 2 drams ; bicarbonate of soda, 2 scruples ; water, ^ 
 pint. Mix. To this mixture add 35 grains of tartaric acid, and take the 
 whole foaming. This is the recipe for Seidlitz powders. 
 
 8. Calcined magnesia, 1 dram ; water, 2 ozs. Mix. To be taken at a 
 draught. Husband's magnesia, in powder form, taken in teaspoonful 
 doses every 2 hours till bowels move, is a excellent mild saline. 
 
 9. Sulphate of magnesia (epsom salts), 2 drams; freshly roasted coffee 
 in coarse powder, 2 scruples ; hot water, 4 ozs. Mix and boil for three 
 minutes, and strain. This may be sweetened, and taken every morning 
 for habitual costiveness, or repeated once in three hours, if an immediate 
 effect is desired. 
 
 10. Castor-oil, 1 oz. ; the yolk of one egg; put together, and add 
 simple syrup, ^ oz. ; peppermint water, 2 ozs. Mix. To be taken at a 
 draught, after being well stirred or shaken. Equally palatable is a table- 
 spoonful or two of castor-oil between 2 layers of lemon juice. 
 
 11. Sulphur, 1 dram; cream of tartar, 2 drams. Mix. To be taken 
 in syrup or molasses. 
 
 12. Rhubarb, 10 grains; calcined magnesia, J dram. Mix. To be 
 taken in syrup or molasses. 
 
 13. Powdered senna, ^ dram; powdered jalap, 10 grains; powdered 
 cloves, 10 grains. Mix. To be taken in sweetened water. 
 
 14. Compound licorice powder, or so-called German powder, is a 
 thorough physic in heaping teaspoonful doses. It is a physic very com- 
 monly used. Best taken in milk, but not bad in water. 
 
 15. Garfield tea, bought in packages and steeped per directions, is also 
 a simple carthartic, and may be continued for a while each night. No 
 physic proper should be so used for any great length of time. 
 
 16. Castor-oil, 1 dessert spoonful to 2 tablespoonfuls. 
 
 17. Castoria is a proprietary medicine, yet one which children and in- 
 fants take readily and without any deleterious effect. 
 
 18. Sulphate of magnesia, 1 oz. ; cream of tartar, 1 oz. ; pure water, 
 1 pint. Mix. A wine-glassful occasionally. 
 
 19. Compound extract of colocynth, ^dram; aloin, 2 grains; extract 
 of belladonna, 2 grains. Mix, and divide into 8 pills. One as required 
 
 
 I'M H 
 
 nif 
 
 >*i(SEJ»li" 
 
 mmm 
 
 H^-^ 
 
i. Jlji l l 
 
 MEnrCINES AND THEIR PREPAKATI0N8. 
 
 20. The Boliition of citrate of magncBia, which all dniggiBts keep in 
 stock in pint bottles, is the most palatable, the simplest, and moat effcca 
 cious saline we have. The ordinary dose is ^ bottle ; this may be repeated 
 in 4 hours. 
 
 21. Syrup of figs is another proprietary medicine of some value; it con- 
 tains senna. Dose, 2 to 4 teaspoonfuls. Is agreeable to children. 
 
 2'2. Aloin, strychnia and belladonna, in pill form, is sold everywhere 
 by druggists, and is a suitable mild cathartic. The pill is put up in vary- 
 ing strengths, but that which contains aloin, ^ grain, is a moderate strength 
 piU. 
 
 J. Sulphur, 1 teaspoonful; cream of tartar, 10 grains; saltpetre, 5 
 grains. Mix. To be taken at a dose. 
 
 24. Manna, 2 drams ; fennel water, 1 oz. Mix. One dessert spoon- 
 ful, as a cathartic for an infant. 
 
 25. Castoria (See No. 17) and aromatic syrup of rhubarb are good laxa- 
 tives for children. 
 
 26. Cascam sagrada is an herb which has become extremely popular 
 and useful in constipation, as it is a tonic laxative. It is given in various 
 forms, of which the best are the aromatic preparations of cascara, in tea- 
 spoonful doses at night, the solid extract in pill form, in doses of J to ^ 
 grain, 1 to 3 three times daily, or Maltine with cascara, in I to 4 teaspoon- 
 ful doses at bedtime. These preparations may be contined for long inter- 
 vals if need be. 
 
 27. Epsom salts, 2 drams; dissolve in pure water, 1 oz. Then add 
 sweet spirits of nitre, 2 drams; laudanum, 10 drops. Dose, a tea- 
 spoonful, to be repeated according to circumstances. 
 
 28. Aromatic syrup of rhubarb, in teaspoonful doses to a young child, 
 or in tablespoonful doses to an older child, is a good corrective. 
 
 29. Compound extract of colocynth, ^ dram ; extract of jalap, 15 grains. 
 Mix. Make 12 pills. Two or three pills will produce active operation of 
 the bowels. Add ext. belladonna, 2 grs., to prevent gripes. 
 
 30. Solution of tiie citrate of magnesia, in wineglass doses, every two 
 hours, till it operates, or in ^ bottle dose for a single dose. 
 
 81. Pulverized gamboge, 12 grs.; pulv. scammony, 12 grs.; elate- 
 rium, 2 grs. ; croton oil, 8 drops ; ext. of stramonium, 3 grs. Mix. Make 
 12 pills. One pill is a dose, repeated every hour until it operates. 
 
 32. Compound cathartic pills, improved, in doses of two to three pills, 
 produce in four hours one or two complete and full operations. 
 
 83. See Nos. 17, 20, 21, and 25. 
 
 84. Leptandrin, ^ grain; podophyllin, ^ gr. ; euonymin, ^ grain; in- 
 spissated ox-gall, 2 grains, is an admirable liver-pill, taken one to three 
 times daily. 
 
 35. Pulverized rhubarb, 2 scruples; bicarbonate of potassa, 1 scruple; 
 ext. of nux vomica, 5 grs. Mix. Make 20 pills. One pill twice a day. 
 
 86. Leptandrin, | grain; ext. nux vomica, J grain; euooymin, ^ grain; 
 iridin, ^ grain ; ext. cascara sagrada, J grain, makes also a very good bil- 
 ious pill ; it may be taken as often as three times a day, if needed. 
 
 mssms^msm 
 
iiggiHts keep in 
 ind moat effcca 
 may be repeated 
 
 ie value ; it con- 
 children. 
 
 sold everywhere 
 1 put up in vary- 
 loderate strength 
 
 ns; saltpetre, 5 
 
 i dessert spoon- 
 
 b are good laxa- 
 
 ctremely popular 
 given in various 
 cascara, in tea- 
 doses of J to I 
 I to 4 teaspoou- 
 
 id for long inter- 
 
 oz. Then add 
 . Dose, a tea- 
 
 » a young child, 
 ective. 
 
 jalap, 15 grains, 
 itive operation of 
 )es. 
 
 doses, every two 
 e. 
 
 12 grs. ; elate- 
 ;rs. Mix. Make 
 operates. 
 
 wo to three pills. 
 Lions. 
 
 ain, ^ grain; in- 
 cen one to three 
 
 tassa, 1 scruple; 
 pill twice a day. 
 
 joymin, \ grain ; 
 » a vei'y gooid bil- 
 if needed. 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIK PKEI'ARATIONS. 
 
 87. Sweet tinct. of rhubarb, 4 ozs. ; bicarbonate of soda, 2 drams. Mix. 
 From a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, as occasion may require. 
 
 38. Pulverized rhubarb, 2 ozs. ; bicarbonate of potassa, 1 oz. Mix. Of 
 this take enough to produce one movement of the bowels per day. 
 
 89. Leptandrin, 30 grs. ; podophyllin, 5 grs. ; pulv. cayenne, 10 grs. ; 
 ext. nux vomica, 6 grs. ; quinine, 12 grs. Mix. Make 24 pills. One, 
 two or three times a day. 
 
 40. Podophyllin, 2 grs. ; leptandrin, 10 grains ; cream of tartar, 5 scru- 
 ples. Mix. Divide into 10 powders. One is a dose. 
 
 41. Comp. powder of jalap, 1 oz. ; cream of tartar, 1 oz. Mix. One 
 teaspoonful is a dose, to be taken in sweetened water. 
 
 42. Pulverized charcoal, \\ drams; pulv. rhubarb, 2 scruples; pulv. 
 ipecac, 6 grains; extract of hyoscyamus, 12 grs. Mix. Divide into 12 
 portions. Give one every three or four hours. 
 
 43. Pulverized blood-root, 1 dram ; pulv. rhubarb, 1 dram; caatile soap, 
 2 scruples. Mix, and divide into 32 pills. Take one morning and night. 
 Excellent for costiveness. 
 
 44. Rochelle, 14 drams; magnesia, 11 drams; powdered charcoal, 8 
 drams. Mix. Dose, a heaping teaspoonful, in dyspepsia and coftive- 
 ness, with foul breath, etc. 
 
 45. Pulverized rhubarb, 8 grs. ; pulv. guaiacum, 8 grs. ; galbanum, 2 
 grs. ; pulv. ipecac, 2 grs. Mix. Make 8 pills. Take one or two pills 
 night and morning. For a weak stomach and a bilious condition. 
 
 Tonic and Cathartic. 
 
 46. Podophyllin, 4 grs. ; leptandrin, 8 grs. ; quinine, 8 grs. ; ext. nux 
 vomica, 2 grs. Mix. Make 16 pills. One, two, or three pills at bedtime, 
 according to the requirements of the case. 
 
 47. Sulphate of iron, 1 scruple; ext. cascara, 7 grains. Mix and make 
 into 20 pills. One pill twice a day. An excellent remedy in chlorosis, 
 when the bowels are confined. 
 
 48. Carbonate of iron, 1 dram ; pulverized rhubarb, \ dram ; aloin, 6 
 grains; extract of hops, ^ dram. Mix. Make 30 pills. One pill three 
 times a day. 
 
 49. Fluid extract of senna, 1 dram; compound fluid extract of gentian, 
 \ dram ; fluid extract of ginger, ^ dram ; aromatic spirits of ammonia, 
 I dram. Mix. To be taken in a wineglassful of sweetened water. 
 
 50. Aromatic syrup of rhubarb, 1 oz. ; tincture of Colombo, 1 oz. Mix. 
 Dose, two teaspoonfuls three times a day. 
 
 51. Compound infusion of gentian, 6 ozs. ; epsom salts, 4 drams; di- 
 luted sulphuric acid, 16 drops. Mix. A tablespoonful every six hours. 
 
 52. Tr. aloes, ^ oz. ; pulv. gum-arabic, 5 grs.; magnesia, 1 dram; 
 white sugar, 5 grs. ; comp. infusion of gentian, 1^ ozs. ; water, 1^ oza. : 
 tinct. of ginger, 1^ ozs. Mix. From a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful to 
 be taken night and morning. 
 
 m\ ' 
 
 m 
 
 
924 
 
 MBDIOINEB AND THEIR PREPAKATIONB. 
 
 58. Pulverized Peruvian bark, 1 oz. ; pulv. rhubarb, ^ dram ; pulv. mn- 
 riate of ammonia, 1 dram. Mix. Divide into eight powders. Take one 
 three times a day. 
 
 54. Oxide of zinc, 2 drams ; magnesia, ^ oz. ; quinine, 1 scruple. Mix. 
 Divide into 32 powders. Take one four times a day. 
 
 55. Spnulel salts, 1 teaspoonful in ^ glass warm water on arising; crab- 
 orchard water, 1 tablespoonful in ^ glass water on arising; Hunyadi 
 Janos, ^ glass or more in water; 1 teaspoonful phosphate of sodium in a 
 glass of hot water on arising ; are all good saline remedies for biliousness. 
 
 Carminatives. 
 
 56. Manna, 1 oz. ; aniseed, bruised, 1 dram ; ooiling water, ^ pint. 
 Mix. Let the mixture stand for half an hour, then strain, and add three 
 drams of carbonate of magnesia, so as to make a perfect mixture. Take 
 a wineglass full every two or three hours till it operates. For the drum- 
 head Gtate of the bowels. 
 
 57. Thoroughwort, 2 ozs. ; ginger and cloves, each, ^ oz. ; ext. dan- 
 delion, 4 ozs. ; water, 1^ pints. Boil to one- third, and add sugar, 1^ 
 pounds, and brandy, ^ pint. An excellent cordial cathartic to act upon 
 the liver. 
 
 Tonics. 
 
 58. Chamomile flowers, i^ oz. ; cold water, 1 pint. Macerate for one 
 hour and strain. A wineglassful to be taken several times a day. 
 
 59. Sulphate of quinine, 15 grains; diluted sulphuric acid, 15 drops; 
 compound tincture of cardamom, 3 drams ; tincture of hops, 3 drams ; com- 
 pound infusion of roses, 6 ozs. Mix. A teaspoonful two or three times a 
 day, in chlorosis. 
 
 60. piluted sulphuric acid, 2 drams ; syrup of orange-peel, 2 ozs. ; cin- 
 namon-water, 1 oz. Mix. A teaspoonful or two in a wineglass of water 
 two or three times a day. 
 
 61. Bland's iron pill, 3 grains, three times daily. This pill is often 
 united with strychnia, -^ grain, and arsenious acid, -^g grain, which adds 
 to its efficiency. If constipation exists, there may also be added ext. cas- 
 cara, ^ grain, in chlorosis, anaemia, and conditions requiring iron. 
 
 62. Sulphate of quinine, 12 grains; aromatic sulphuric acid, 24 drops; 
 syrup, 1 oz. ; peppermint water, 1 oz. Mix. In intermittent fever, take 
 one tablespoonful once in three hours. Ordinarily, one teaspoonful is a 
 sufficient dose. Or quinine, 10 grains, four hours before the expected chill. 
 
 63. Compound infusion of gentian, 8 ozs. ; nitro-muriatic acid, 30 
 drops. Mix. Take one tablespoonful three times a day. 
 
 64. Bicarbonate of soda, ^ oz. ; compound infusion of gentian, 4 ozs. ; 
 tincture of Colombo, 1 oz. ; syrup of orange-peel, ^ oz. Mix. Take a 
 tablespoonful three times a day. 
 
 65. Sulphate of quinine, 1 scruple; alcohol, 4 ozs.; sulphuric acid, 5 
 drops ; Madeira wine, 1 quart. Mix. Two wineglassfuls a day. 
 
 66. Tinct. gentian compound, teaspoonful in wineglass water before 
 eating. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIK PREPARATIONS. 
 
 925 
 
 Iram ; pulv. mil- 
 lers. Take one 
 
 1 scruple. Mix. 
 
 n arising ; crab- 
 sing ; Hiinyadi 
 of sodium in a 
 for biliousneas. 
 
 water, J pint. 
 
 and add three 
 
 mixture. Take 
 
 For the druni- 
 
 oz. ; ext. dan- 
 add sugar, 1| 
 tic to act upon 
 
 icerate for one 
 I a day. 
 
 Eusid, 15 drops; 
 3 drams : com- 
 )r three times a 
 
 el, 2 ozs. ; cin- 
 eglasB of water 
 
 s pill is often 
 in, which adds 
 idded ext. cas- 
 iig iron. 
 
 cid, 24 drops; 
 »nt fever, take 
 easpoonful is a 
 I expected chill, 
 riatic acid, 30 
 
 ;entian, 4 ozs. ; 
 Mix. Take a 
 
 Iphuric acid, 5 
 a day. 
 
 water before 
 
 67. Quinine, 1 scruple; alcohol, 4 ozs. ; sulphuric acid, it drops. Mix. 
 Take a teaspoonfui three times a day, or quinine pills, 2 grs. each, one 
 three times a day. 
 
 68. Arseniate of iron, 3 grains; extract of gentian, 2 drams; pulver< 
 ized licorice, 1 dram. Mix. Make 20 pills. Take one pill three times 
 a day. If the eyelids become inflamed, discontinue for a few days, and 
 then begin again. . 
 
 69. Soft water, 3 ozs. ; quinine, 10 grains; diluted sulphuric acid, 10 
 drops; simple syrup, 1 oz. Mix. A teaspoonfui every two or three 
 hours. 
 
 70. Quinine, 10 grains ; diluted sulphuric acid, 10 drops; white sugar, 
 4 drams ; cinnamon water, 4 ozs. ; tincture of kino, 2 drams. Mix. One 
 teaspoonfui every three hours. 
 
 71. Tartrate of iron, 40 grains; aoft water, 2 ozs. ; Hyrup of ginger, 
 i oz. Mix. 20 to 40 drops every three hours. 
 
 72. Potassio-tartrate iron, 4 scruples ; quinine, 4 scruples ; alcoholic ext. 
 of black cohosh, 4 scruples. Mix. Make 48 pills. 
 
 73. Pill, citrate of iron, quinine, and strychnia, 2 grains. One pill three 
 times daily. 
 
 74. Precipitated carbonate of iron, 30 drams ; ext. of conium, 15 drams ; 
 syrup of balsam of tolu, 6 ozs. ; oil of cinnamon, 12 drops; oil of lemon, 
 12 drops; alcohol, 2 ozs.; water, 1 pint; brandy, ^ pint; loaf-sugar, 
 4 ozs. Mix. Give from one to three tablespoonfuls three or four times a 
 day, in insanity. 
 
 75. Citrate of iron, 1 dram ; sulphate of quinine, 1 scruple ; ext. of nux 
 vomica, 8 grs. Mix. Make 32 pills. One pill three times a day. 
 
 76. Nitric acid, 1 dram ; hydrochloric acid, J dram ; comp. infusion of 
 gentian, 1 J ozs. Mix. One teaspoonfui in water is a dose. 
 
 77. Sulph. quinine, 1 dram ; tartaric acid, 6 grs. ; water, 1 drop. Mix. 
 Make 30 pills. Dose, one pill, to be repeated as often as needed. 
 
 ■ 78. Diluted nitric acid, 4 drams ; diluted muriatic acid, 4 drams ; syrup 
 of orange-peel, 1 dram ; water, 1^ ozs. Mix. One teaspoonfui in a wine- 
 glass of water, taken before meals. 
 
 General and Nerve Tonics. 
 
 79. Valerianate of iron, quinine and zinc, of each 1 grain in pill form, 
 taken three times daily, is an excellent nervine ; or pill sumbul comp. , one 
 three times daily. 
 
 80. Iron by hydrogren, 48 grs. ; arsenious acid, 1 gr. ; ext. of nux 
 vomica, 5 grs. Mix. Make 24 pills. For an adult, one pill three times 
 a day. 
 
 81. Valerinate quiuiue, 1 grain; extract valerian, 1 grain; extract of hy- 
 oscyamus, ^ grain. One pill evpry two or three hours till quiet, then one 
 every four or six hours. 
 
 82. White vitriol, 1 dram ; ext. of nux vomica, 8 grs. Mix. Make 32 
 pills. One pill three times a day. 
 
 r 
 
 ijB»»-- 
 
926 
 
 MKHIClNKb AND TIIEIK PKKrAUATlONS. 
 
 83. Strychnia, 2 ri-b. ; oxt. of aconite, 16 grs. ; ext. of hyoBcyainiis, IC. 
 gni. ; quinine, ^ dram. Mix. Make .S2 pills. One pill three times a day. 
 
 84. Citrate of iron, 1 dram; trisnitrate of bismuth, 1 dram; sulphate of 
 quinia, 1 scruple ; ext. of nux vomica, (i grs. Mix. Make 32 pills. Take 
 one pill three tiroes a day. 
 
 Nerve-Tonics and Antispasmodics. 
 
 85. Strychnine, 2 grs. ; ext. belladonna, i) grs. ; alcoholic extract of 
 black cohosh, 2 scruples. Mix. Make 40 pills. One pill four times 
 a day. 
 
 86. Strychnine, 2 grs. ; diluted phosphoric acid, 1 oz. ; peppermint 
 water, 3 pints. Dissolve the strychnine in the acid ; then add the pepper- 
 mint water. A tahlespoonful to be taken three times a day, in palsy, dyn- 
 pepsia, neuralgia, and in most states of the nervous system requiring tone. 
 Also in fever and ague. 
 
 87. High-cranberry bark, 1 oz. ; skunii-cabbnge root, ^ oz. ; scullcap, 
 ^ oz. ; cardamom seeds, 2 drams ; pulv. cayenne, 2 drams. Put these to 
 a pint of wine ; shake well every day for three or four days. A table- 
 spoonful four times a day. 
 
 88. Aconitia, ^^^ grain; antifebrin, 2 grains; quinine, 1 grain; ar- 
 senic chlorophos., j^ grain; strychnia, yjo grain. One pill. Take one 
 such pill every two to four hours, according to pain. Used in neuralgia. 
 
 89. Extract of valerian, 12 grs.; extract of hyoscyamus, 12 grs.; 
 oxide of zinc, 24 grs. Mix. Make 12 pills. One pill twice a day. 
 
 90. Extract of hyoscyamus, 48 grs. ; extract of valerian, 24 grs. ; 
 camphor, 24 grs. Divide into 24 pills. Take one every four hours. 
 
 9 1 . Extract of hyoscyamus, ^ dram ; aconitia, I gr. ; strychnine, 2 
 grs. ; pulverized cayenne, ^ dram ; phosphide of zinc, 5 grs. Make 80 
 pills. Take one four times a day. Excellent in neuralgia. 
 
 92. Antikamnia, 60 grs. ; caffein, 24 grs. ; divide into 12 capsules. 
 Take one every two hours for neuralgia of face. See also 88. 
 
 93. Valerianate of iron, valerianate of zinc, valerianate of quinine; of 
 each, 30 grs., to be divided into 30 pills or capsules. Take one three 
 times a day for the neuralgic condition. 
 
 94. Tincture of veratrum viride, 2 drams; bromide of soda, 4 drams; 
 elixir of anise, 1 oz. ; syrup of orange, 2 ozs. Take a teaspoonful in 
 wineglass of water every two to four hours according to nervousness. 
 
 95. Strychnine, 1 gr. ; arsenious acid, 1 gr. ; quinine, 20 grs. ; reduced 
 iron, 20 grs. ; extract cannabis indica, 5 grs. Divide into 30 pills or 
 capsules. Take one three times daily. 
 
 96. Simple syrup, 1 oz. ; prussic acid, 1 drop. Mix. A teaspoonful 
 morning and evening. If no dizziness or sickness is produced within 
 forty-eight hours, repeat the done three times a day. This is for a child 
 six months old ; add one drop more of the acid for each additional year of 
 the child's age. 
 
 97. Phosphide of zinc, 5 grs. ; extract of nux vomica, 7 grs. ; extract 
 of cannabis indica, 5 grs. Divide into 30 pills or capsules, and take one 
 three times daily as a nerve tonic. 
 
 m^^^Sm^^^^^^mi^iiSSSSi^Sssie^Siiir 
 
r hyoHcyanuiit, lii 
 bree times a day. 
 
 Iratn ; sulphate of 
 e 32 pills. Take 
 
 lies. 
 
 Qholic extract of 
 e pill four times 
 
 oz. ; peppermint 
 1 add the pepper- 
 ay, in palsy, dys- 
 m requiring tone. 
 
 ^ oz. ; Bcullcnp, 
 
 ns. Put these to 
 
 days. A table- 
 
 ne, 1 grain ; iir- 
 > pill. Take one 
 led in neuralgia, 
 yam us, 12 grs. ; 
 twice a day. 
 
 derian, 24 grs. ; 
 y four hours, 
 r. ; strychnine, 2 
 ) grs. Make 80 
 ;ia. 
 
 ito 12 capsules. 
 JO 88. 
 
 ;e of quinine ; of 
 Take one three 
 
 ' soda, 4 drams; 
 
 a teaspoonful in 
 nervousness. 
 20 grs. ; reduced 
 
 into 30 pills or 
 
 A teaspoonful 
 produced within 
 ["his is for a child 
 additional year of 
 
 I, 7 grs. ; extract 
 lies, and take one 
 
 MRDIC1NE8 ANU THEIK Pi:RPAKATI0N8. 
 
 927 
 
 9M. Quinine, 12 grs.; reduced iron, 10 grs.; arsenious acid, ^ gr. ; 
 phosphide of zinc, 2 grs. Divide into 24 pills. Take one three tini':" 
 dully for ft child from 8 to 12 years of ago. For St. N'itus's dance. Or, 
 Fowler's solution, 1 oz. (iive 3 drops to a child of 8 to 12 years in a 
 little water three times daily, and increase dose by one drop every third 
 diiy till eyes become puffy or nose waters. Then stop for three days and 
 begin again, (iive also pepto-mangan, 1 bottle; a teaspoonful three 
 times daily. This latter is an elegant form of mild iron, and does not 
 Htuiu the teeth or constipate. 
 
 !)!>. Phenacetin, 50 grs.; divide into 6 powders: give one every two 
 houi « till pain ceases. Or chlorodyne, one dram ; aromatic spirits of 
 anim..nia, one dram ; elixir simplex, I oz. Mix. One teaspoonful in a 
 tublespoonful of hot water every 20 minulea till relieved. 
 
 100. Extract of high cranberry bark, 1 scr. ; cuocymiu, ^ scr. ; iridin, 
 J Mcr. ; pulverized cayenne, 1 scr. Mix. Make 20 pills. Take one pill 
 nil hour after each meal. Simpler yet is a tablesiH>onful of crab-orchard 
 water in ^ glass plain water once or twice a day. 
 
 101. Iodide of potash, peppermint water; ofeach2ozs. Give 10 to 30 
 drojis in J glass water three times daily on a full stomach ; for secondary 
 and tertiary syphilis and similar complaints. For a child give 5 to 10 
 drops. 
 
 102. Elixir of the three iodides, 6 ozs. ; one teaspcwnful in water three 
 times daily. 
 
 103. Syrup of iodide of iron, 1 oz. Thirty drops three times a day, in 
 water. An excellent remedy in chlorosis, and all other low states of the 
 bloo<1 connected with scrofula. Or, a pill of iodide of iron, 1 gr., three 
 times daily. 
 
 Expectorants and Cough Preparations. 
 
 104. Apomorphia, 1 gr. ; chloroform, 10 drops; elixir yerba santa, 
 2 ozs. Take one teaspo )uf ul every two hours. 
 
 105. Infusion of sen'^ga, 4 ozs. ; syrup of ipecac, 1 dram ; syrup of 
 squills, 3 drams; tartar emetic, 1^ grs. Mix. A teaspoonful every 
 ten minutes. 
 
 106. Wine of ipecac, IJ drams; chloroform, 5 drons; syrup of tolu 
 suflicient to make 1 oz. Give J teaspoonful every two hours for a child 
 three years old. 
 
 107. Tincture aconite, 20 drops; wine of antimony, 1^ drams; chloro- 
 form, 10 drops; elixir terpin hydrate, enough to make 2 ozs. Give tea- 
 spoonful every two hours. 
 
 108. Bromoform, 1 oz. Give 5 drops in tablespoonful of water four 
 times daily to a child eight years old suffering with whooping cough. 
 This dose is to be well mixed and quickly given, because bromoform does 
 not mix well with water. It is to be increased by 1 drop every other day 
 till about 10 drops are given at a dose. Other ages in proportion. Burn 
 also a cresolene lamp. 
 
 109. Tincture bloodroot, 4 J ozs.; wine of ipecac, 2 drams; tincture of 
 aconite 20 drops; honey, ^ oz. ; McMunn's elixir, IJ drams; elixir yerba 
 santa to make 3 oze. Take teaspoonful every two hours. 
 
 I. ■, 
 
 :);. 
 
 '5-1, 
 
 '<<nps<IW(mi 
 
MKDICINK8 AND THEIK PKKFARATIONS. 
 
 110. Wine of ipeonc, 2 drams; chloroform, 1ft drops; liquid Dover's, 
 
 1 dram ; linoline, or compound emulsion of flax-seed (omitting the chloral 
 and morphine) enough to make 3 ozs. One teaspoouful every two hours: 
 for hard, dry cough. 
 
 111. Tincture of lobelia, 2 drams; tincture of bloodroot, 4 drams; 
 honey, 1 oz. ; dilute hydrocyanic acid, 1^ drams; cherry-laurel water 
 enough to make 3 ozs. Give one teasi)oonful every two hours. 
 
 112. Syrup of tolu, 1 oz. ; syrup of squills, ^ oz. ; wine of ipecac, 
 2dr>imH; codeia, 2 grs. ; mucilage of gum-arabic, 1^'ozs. Mix. Take 
 a tenspoonful occasionally. 
 
 118. Tincture bloodroot, 2 drams; syrup of tolu, 1 oz. ; mucilage of 
 gum-arabic, 3 ozs. ; diluted hydrocyanic acid, 40 drops ; codeia, 4 grs. 
 Mix. Dose, from oue to two teaspoonfuls. 
 
 Carminatives. 
 
 Aromatic spirits of ammonia, 2 drams ; tincture of cardamom com- 
 pound, 1 oz. ; tincture of capsicum, 10 drops; chloroform, 15 drops; 
 spirits of lavender compound enough to make 2 ozs. Give teaspoonful iu 
 wineglass of hot water every fifteen minutes till relieved. 
 
 115. Compound tincture of cardamom, 2 ozs.; compound tincture of 
 lavender 2 ozs ; Hayden's Viburnum Compound, 2 ozs. Mix. One tea- 
 spoonful at a time, as occasion may require. 
 
 Narcotics and Anodynes. 
 
 116. Hayden's viburnum compound, or dioviburnum. One teaspoon- 
 ful every ^ hour while in pain. Two tablespoonfuls of gin, and even of 
 brandy in hot water also relieve at times. 
 
 117. Powdered camphor, 12 grs.; powdered Castile soap, 12 grs.; 
 codeia, 4 grs. ; syrup, 2 scrs. Mix. Make into 12 pills. Take oue 
 every hour till the eflfects of opium are experienced. 
 
 118. Laudanum, ^ oz. ; wine of ipecac, ^ oz. ; spirits of nitric ether, 
 } oz. Mix. One teaspoonful every hour, till narcotic effects are observed. 
 
 119. Camphor, 2 drams; chloroform, 1 dram; the yoke of an egg. 
 Mix, and rub together ; and then add, MoMunn's elixir, 3 drams ; aromat- 
 ic spirits of ammonia, 1 oz. Mix well. Take one teaspoonful every 
 hour until it proves anodyne. 
 
 120. Camphor, ^ dram ; extract of hyoscyamus, 20 grs. ; mucilage of 
 gum-arabic, 2 scrs. Make 10 pills. 
 
 121. Chloroform, 2 ozs. ; compound sulphuric ether, 2 ozs. ; cardamom, 
 
 2 ozs. ; tincture cayenne, 1^ ozs. ; hydrocyanic acid, diluted, ^ oz. Mix. 
 Dose, half a teaspoonful every three hours till anodyne effects are exper- 
 ienced. 
 
 122. Extract of belladonna, 10 grs.; hydrocyanic acid, 40 drops; 
 tincture Colombo, 1 oz. ; simple syrup, 1 oz. ; soft water, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 One teaspoonful three or four times a day. Excellent in gastralgia and 
 irritable dyspepsia. Also in asthma. 
 
 123. Extract of belladonna, 6 grs. ; pulverized ipecac, 10 grs. ; con- 
 fection of roses, 2 grs. Mix. Make 30 pills. Take 1 pill twice a day. 
 
TTfA. 
 
 ; liquid Dover's, 
 litting the chloral 
 Bvery two hours : 
 
 Jroot, 4 drnniH; 
 Grry-laurel water 
 liours. 
 
 wine of ipecac, 
 18. Mix. Taice 
 
 9Z. ; mucilage of 
 I ; codeia, 4 grs. 
 
 f cardamom com- 
 'orm, 15 drops; 
 /e teaspoonful iu 
 
 ound tiucture of 
 Mix. One tea- 
 
 One teaepoon- 
 ;in, and even of 
 
 soap, 12 grs. ; 
 pills. Take one 
 
 I of nitric ether, 
 cts are observed. 
 
 oke of an egg. 
 
 drams ; aromat- 
 
 laspoonful every 
 
 rs. : mucilage of 
 
 )Z8. ; cardamom, 
 ited, i oz. Mix. 
 ffects are exper- 
 
 acid, 40 drops; 
 er, 2 OZ8. Mix. 
 in gastralgia and 
 
 c, 10 grs. ; cou- 
 pill twice a day. 
 
 MKUIC1NK8 AND THEIR PREfAKATIONB. 
 
 Diaphoretics and Sedatives. 
 
 929 
 
 124. Tincture of American hellebore, 1 dram; tinctureof blank cohosh, 
 2 oza. Mix. Take one teaspoonful from three to six times a day. 
 Excellent for neuralgia. 
 
 I2fi. I*idverized gum arabic, 1 scr. ; soft water, 2 ozs. ; sweet spirits 
 of nitre, ^ oz. ; tincture of veratrum viride, 20 drops. Mix. Give half 
 a tetispoonful every half hour. 
 
 12(>. Phenaoetine, 10 grs. taken on tongue with a glass of hot lemon- 
 ade ; children in proportion to uge. 
 
 127. Dover's powder, 10 grs. on retiring, taken with hot drink. 
 
 Diuretics. 
 
 Tea- 
 
 128. Spirits of Mindererus, 2 02.3. ; sweet spirits of nitre, 1 oz. 
 spoonful every three hours. 10 to 80 drops, diluted, for children. 
 
 12*J. Diuretin, 10 grs, every two hours. 
 
 1<)0. Infusion of digitalis, 4 ozs.; acetate of potash, 2 drams; sweet 
 spirits of nitre, 2 drams; cinnamon water, 1^ ozs. Mix. A tablespoon- 
 ful every four or five hours. 
 
 131. Acetate of potash, 4 drams; lemon juice, 1 oz. ; syrup and water 
 of each, 1 oz. Teaspoonful iu wineglass of water every two hours. 
 
 Refrigerants. 
 
 132. Cream of tartar, 2 scrs. ; water, 1 quart. Mix. Flavor to suit. 
 
 133. Bicarbonate of soda, 30 grs. ; water, 6 ozs. Mix. To this mix- 
 ture adi 25 grs. of tarte.ric acid, and take the whole foaming. 
 
 Stimulants. 
 
 134. Muriate of ammonia, 1 oz. ; soft water, 9 ozs. Mix. Ir.l.e one 
 tablespoonful three or four times a day. 
 
 135. Aromatic spirits of ammonia, 2 drams; ethei, 1 dram; chloro- 
 dyne, 20 drops ; spirits of camphor, 1 dram. Mix. Half a teaspoonful 
 as often as required. 
 
 Alteratives. 
 
 136. Proto-iodide of mercury, 5 grs. ; extract of opium, 5 grs. Mix. 
 Make 20 pills. Take one pill night and morning. For syphilis. 
 
 137. Biniodide of mercury, 5 grs.; extract of conium, 2 scrs. Mix. 
 Make 20 pills. Take one pill night and morning. For syphilis. 
 
 138. Compound infusion of sarsaparilla, 1 pint; iodide of potassium, 
 i oz. Mix. Take a teaspoonful after each meal. 
 
 139. Compound infusion of sursaparilla, 1 pint; corrosive sublimate, 
 4 grs. Mix. Take a teaspoonful four times a day. For syphilis. 
 
 140. Compound infusion of gentian, 4 ozs. ; iodide of potassium, J oz. 
 Mix. One teaspoonful after each meal, well diluted. 
 
930 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 141. Iodide of arsenic, 5 grs. ; soft water, 1 pint. Mix. One tea- 
 spoonful three times a day. 
 
 142. Blue pill, 12 grs. ; pulverized ipecac, 3 grs. ; extract of hy^s- 
 cyarauB, 4 grs. Mix. Divide into 12 parts, one to be given every three 
 hours. For syphilis. 
 
 143. Pulverized bloodroot, 1 scr. ; iodide of arsenic, 2 grs. ; extract 
 of cicuta, 2 scrs. Mix. Make 40 pills. One pill three times a day. 
 
 144. Iodide of potassium, 1 dram ; water, J oz. Mix. Thirty drops 
 to a child 7 years old, every hour. 
 
 145. Compound syrup of stillingia, 1 pint; iodide of potassium, 1 oz. 
 Mix. A tablespoonful after each meal. 
 
 146. Fluid extract of sarsaparilla, 4 ozs. ; fluid extract of pipsissewa, 
 1 oz. ; water, 1 quart ; iodide of potassium, 2 ozs. Mix. Take a table- 
 spoonful three times a day. 
 
 147. Bicarbonate of potassa, 3 drams; water, 4 ozs. Mix. Add a 
 tablespoonful of the solution to the same quantity of lemon juice, pre- 
 viously mixed with a tablespoonful of water. To be taken foaming, 
 several times a day. 
 
 148. Blue pill, ^ dram; extract of henbane, 1 scr. Make 10 pills. 
 One pill at night. For syphilis. 
 
 149. Mercury with chalk, J dram; extract of conium, 1 scr. Make 
 into 8 pills. Take one pill night and morning. For syphilis. 
 
 150. Corrosive sublimate, 4 grs. ; extract of opium, 5 grs. Mix, and 
 make into 20 pills. Take one pill night and morning. For syphilis. 
 
 151. Iodide of potassium, 1 dram; syrup of sarsaparilla, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 Take two teaspopnfuls three times a day. For syphilis. 
 
 Astringents. 
 
 152. Sugar of lead, 2 scrs.; ergotine, 1 scr.; conserve of red roses, 
 1 scr. Beat into a mo'!S, which is to be divided into 30 pills. Take one 
 every hour, until beneficial effects are observed. 
 
 153. TuUy's powder, J dram; prepared chalk, 1 scr. Mix, and divide 
 into 12 equal powders. 
 
 154. Chalk mixture, 4 ozs. ; tincture of catechu, ^ oz. ; papiue, 3 
 drams. Mix. Dose, in diarrhoea, two to four teaspoonfuls three times 
 a day. 
 
 155. Oil of turpentine, 1 dram; mucilage of gum arable, 1 dram; 
 simple syrup, ^ oz. ; cinnamon water, 2 ozs. Mix. To be taken at a 
 draught. 
 
 156. Sugar of lead, 16 grs.; prepared chalk, 1 dram; pulverized ipe- 
 cac, 4 grs.; pulverized opium, 2 grs. Mix. Divide into 16 portions, 
 one to be given every three or four hours. 
 
 157. Sugar of lead, 8 grs.; vinegar, 8 drops; white sugar, 1 dram; 
 soft water, 1 oz. Mix. A teaspoonful three or four times a day, until 
 the discharges are abated. 
 
 158. Prepared chalk, ^ dram ; pulverized ipecac, 3 grs. Mix. Make 
 12 powders. (Jive one, two or three times a day. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 931 
 
 Mix. One tea- 
 extract of hy^a- 
 given every three 
 
 c, 2 grs. ; extnict 
 ;e times a clay. 
 [ix. Thirty drops 
 
 )f potassium, 1 oz. 
 
 •act of pipsissewa, 
 ix. Take a table- 
 
 iZ8. Mix. Add a 
 f lemon juice, pre- 
 )e taken foaming, 
 
 •. Make 10 pills. 
 
 um, 1 scr. Make 
 
 yphilis. 
 
 1, 5 grs. Mix, and 
 
 For syphilis, 
 irilla, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 3. 
 
 jerve of red roses, 
 
 pills. Take one 
 
 Mix, and divide 
 
 ^ oz. ; papine, 3 
 >onfuls three times 
 
 1 arable, 1 dram; 
 To be taken at a 
 
 ,m; pulverized ipe- 
 B into 16 portions, 
 
 ite sugar, 1 dram; 
 times a day, until 
 
 grs. Mix. Make 
 
 159. Pulverized catechu, 2 drams ; bruised cinnamon, ^ dram ; boiling 
 water, 5 ozs. Steep in a covered vessel for one hour and strain. A tea- 
 spoonful every two, three, or four hours, according to age, nature of the 
 case, etc. 
 
 160. Soft water, 1 oz. ; sugar of lead, 5 grs.; vinegar, 6 drops; loaf 
 sugar, 3 drams. Mix. A teaspoonful every hour or two. 
 
 161. Tincture of catechu, ^ oz. ; laudanum, 2 drams; spirits of cam- 
 plior, 2 drams; tincture of myrrbse, 2 drams; tincture of cayenne, 2 
 drams. Mix. Dose, from half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful, for 
 diavrha'a. 
 
 162. Syrup of orange-peel, 1 oz. ; tincture of catechu, 2 grs. ; tincture 
 of cinnamon, 6 drams; tincture of cardamom, 2 drams. Mix. Dose, a 
 teaspoonful. A valuable remedy in diarrhoea. 
 
 . Counter-irritants. 
 
 163. T'licture of Spanish flies, 1 oz. ; olive oil, 2 ozs. ; alcohol, 4 pint. 
 Miv To be applied externally, watching the effect, so as not to produce 
 a blister. 
 
 164. Water of ammonia, 1 dram; olive oil, 1 oz. Mix. Apply to 
 the skin. 
 
 165. Mustard powder, 1 tablespoonful. Mix with a little water to 
 make a thick paste. Then spread upon a piece of brown paper or cotton 
 cloth, and cover its surface with a piece of thin muslin to prevent the 
 mustard from sticking to the flesh. Place it upon the sore or painful part, 
 and keep it on fifteen or twenty minutes, or till a good degree of redness 
 is produced. 
 
 166. Vinegar of Spanish flies, 1 oz. ; spirits of camphor, 1 oz. Mix. 
 To be rubbed gently upon the skin. If applied freely, and rubbed 
 thoroughly in, it may produce a blister. 
 
 167. Yellow wax, rosin, lard, each, 6 drams. Melt over a slow fire, 
 and then stir in slowly, when at a very moderate degree of warmth, 1 j 
 drams of pulverized Spanish flies, to make an ointment. 
 
 168. Water of ammonia, strong, 1 oz. ; alcohol, 1 oz. Mix. Wet a 
 piece of cotton cloth, and lay it upon the painful part, and cover it with 
 flannel to prevent evaporation. 
 
 Ointments. 
 
 169. Mercurial ointment, 1 oz. ; extract of belladonna, 1 oz. ; extract 
 of henbane, 1 oz. ; camphor, 10 grs. Mix. For external use. 
 
 170. Extract of belladonna, J dram; vaseline, ^ oz. Mix. To be 
 rubbed on the neck of the womb in painful menstruation. 
 
 171. Prussic acid, -2 drams; sugar of lead, 1 dram; cocoanut oil, J 
 oz. ; aseline, ^ oz. Make an ointment. 
 
 172. Neapolitan ointment, 2 drams, extract of belladonna, 1 dram. 
 Mix. 
 
 173. Extract of belladonna, 15 grs. ; vaseline, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 i IREi 
 
932 
 
 MBmriNRS AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 174. Sulphuret of lime, 1 dram; camphor, in powder, l.*) grs. ; vaseline, 
 
 1 oz. Make an ointment. 
 
 175. Elder-flower ointment, 1 oz. ; oxide of zinc, 1 dram. Malce an 
 ointment. 
 
 176. Oxide of zinc, ointment, 1 oz. 
 
 177. Naphthaline, 2 scrs. ; vaseline, 1 oz. Make an ointment. To be 
 spread upon linen, and applied to the diseased skin night and morning. 
 
 178. Mild nitrate of mercury ointment, 3 drams; sugar of lead, 16 
 grs. ; rose-water ointment, 1 oz. 
 
 179. Laudanum, ^dram; sulphur, ^dram; oxide of zinc, 1 dram; oil 
 of almonds, 1 oz. ; vaseline, 3 ozs. Make in ointment. 
 
 180. Olive oil, 4 ozs. ; white wax, 2 drams. Melt these together, and 
 then add honey, 2 drams ; croton oil, 20 drops. 
 
 181. Elder-flower ointment, 1 oz. ; pulverized blue vitriol, 1 scr. 
 Make an ointment. 
 
 182. Purified beeves' marrow, or lard, 6 drams; oil of sweet almonds, 
 
 2 drams ; pulverized Peruvian bark, 1 dram. Mix. 
 
 183. Pulverized sulphate of copper, 10 grs.; extract of Spanish flies, 
 5 grs. ; vaseline, 1 oz. Mix. Rub into the scalp. 
 
 184. Iodide of lead, 1 dram; vaseline, 2 ozs. Mix. To be rubbed 
 on the surface. 
 
 185. Iodide of potassium, 1 dram; vaseline, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 
 186. Basilicon ointment, 1 oz. ; red precipitate, 1 dram. Mix. 
 
 187. Iodide of potassium, ^ dram ; vaseline, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 188. Veratria, 4 grs. ; vaseline, 5 drams. Mix. 
 
 189. Tobacco leaves (fresh and sliced), 10 ozs. ; diluted acetic acid, 4 
 pints; basilicon ointment, 13 ozs. Boil the tobacco in the acid, strain, 
 and evaporate the decoction to six ounces. Add this to the basilicon 
 ointcient, heated, and stir till cold. For gathered breasts. 
 
 Liniments. 
 
 190. Sweet oil, 1 oz. ; strong water of ammonia, 1 oz. Mix. To be 
 robbed on with a piece of flannel. 
 
 191. Lime-water, 2 ozs. ; flax-seed oil, 2 ozs. Mix. Apply outwardly. 
 
 192. Olive-oil, 1 oz. ; solution of potassa, 2 drams; strong mercurial 
 ointment, 1 dram. Mix. 
 
 193. Olive-oil, 4 ozs. ; oil of amber, 2 drams ; oil of rosemary, 2 
 drams. Mix. 
 
 194. Spirits of turpentine, 1 oz. ; linseed oil, 1 oz. ; lime-water, 1 oz. 
 Mix. For external use. 
 
 195. Oil of hemlock, 2 drams; oil of origanum, 1 dram; camphor, 1 
 dram ; opium, 1 dram ; alcohol, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 196. Soap liniment, 2 ozs.; chloroform, 1 dram. Mix. 
 
 197. Tincture of aconite-root, <^ oz. ; opium liniment, ^ oz. Mix. 
 For neuralgia, etc. Apply a teaspoonful to tlic ]>ninful part. 
 
 '^'iiut^i^^ ■ .vv^^>M. .>.- ^,KMm^^i^mM^<mm^iMYmi^ii!iiM»a 'mismiMSsm< 
 
l/i grs. ; vaseline, 
 dram. Make an 
 
 ointment. To be 
 t and morning, 
 ugar of lead, 16 
 
 zinc, 1 dram ; oil 
 
 ese together, and 
 
 ? vitriol, 1 scr. 
 
 f sweet almonds, 
 
 of Spanish flies, 
 
 :. To be rubbed 
 
 Mix. 
 
 .m. Mix. 
 lix. 
 
 ited acetic acid, 4 
 . the acid, strain, 
 to the basilicoD 
 ts. 
 
 >z. Mix. To be 
 
 Apply outwai-dly. 
 strong mercurial 
 
 I of rosemary, 2 
 
 lime-water, 1 oz. 
 
 iram ; camphor, 1 
 
 iz. 
 
 ent, ^ oz. Mix. 
 
 part. 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 933 
 
 198. White soap, 12 ozs. ; camphor, 6 ozs. ; oil of rosemary, 1^ ozs. ; 
 alcohol, 4 pints ; opium, 3 ozs. Mix and filter. An excellent liniment, 
 acting at times like a charm in the removal of local pains. 
 
 199. Sulphuric acid, 1 dram; spirits of turpentine, 1 dram; olive oil, 
 3 drams. Mix the oil and spirits of turpentine first, then gradually add 
 the sulphuric acid. A valuable liniment for chilblains. To be rubbed on 
 two or three times a day. 
 
 Washes, Lotions, Gargles, etc. 
 
 200. Bruised white-oak bark, 1 oz. ; water, 1^ pints. Boil down to a 
 pint, and strain. To be used as a wash. 
 
 201. Borate of soda or borax, 2 drams; water, 4 ozs. Mix. To be 
 used as a lotion. 
 
 202. Alum, 2 drams ; water, 4 ozs. Mix. To be used as a lotion. 
 
 203. Tannin, 1 ecr. ; water, 4 ozs. Mix. For external use. 
 
 204. Biborate of soda, ^ oz. ; rose water, 6 ozs. ; sulphate of morphia, 6 
 grs. Mix. To be used as a wash in itching of the female privates. 
 
 205. Chlorinated soda, 1 oz. ; water, 12 ozs. Mix. Rinse the mouth 
 with it two or three times a day, but do not swallow. 
 
 207. Rose-water, 5 ozs.; sugar of lead, 8 grs.; sulphate of zinc, 8 
 grs. Mix. 
 
 208. Rose-water, 4 J ozs. ; nitrate of silver, 2 grs. Mix. 
 
 209. Sulphate of zinc, 8 grs. ; tannin, 1 scr. ; water, 5 ozs. Mix. 
 
 210. Chloride of zinc, 6 grs. ; soft water, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 
 211. Nitrate of silver, 10 grs. ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 212. Corrosive sublimate, 5 grs. ; soft water, 1 pint. Mix. 
 
 213. Alcohol, 1 pint; soft soap of potash, 1 pint. Dissolve and filter, 
 then add oil of citron, 1 oz. Mix. It will answer a good purpose if the 
 oil of citron be omitted. 
 
 214. Nitrate of silver, 2 scr. ; nitric acid, 12 drops; soft water, 1 oz. 
 Mix. Apply with a piece of lint tied to the end of a stick. 
 
 215. Copperas, 1 oz. ; soft water, 1 pint. Mix. 
 
 216. Alcoho'., Ij ozs. ; rose-water, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 217. Corrosive sublimate, 6 grs. ; spirits of rosemary, 1 oz. ; alcohol, 1 
 oz. ; emulsion of bitter almonds, 6 ozs. Mix. 
 
 218. Solution of Buga;r of lead, 12 drops; laudanum, 1 dram; water, 4 
 ozs. Mix. To be applied exterijally only. 
 
 219. Nitrate of silver, 1} drams ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 220. White vitriol, 1 dram ; rose-water, 3 ozs. Mix. Apply outwardly. 
 
 221. Hydrocyanic acid, 4 drams ; sugar of lead, 15 grs. ; alcohol, 4 
 drams ; water, 7 ozs. Mix. Apply externally. 
 
 222. Corrosive sublimate, 5 grs. : almond mixture, •} pint. Mix. Ap- 
 ply externally. 
 
 223. Rose-water, 4 ozs. ; pulverized borax, } oz. ; sulphate of morphine, 
 6 grs. Mix. To be applied to the parts many times a day. 
 
 a^iiasE 
 
934 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 224. Sugar of lead, 2 drams ; laudanum, 1 dram ; soft water, i piut. 
 Mix. For external use. 
 
 225. Corrosive sublimate, 5 grs. ; cologne, 2 ozs. ; soft water, 6 ozs. 
 Mix. For external use only. 
 
 226. Acid nitrate of mercury, 1 dram ; soft water, 4 ozs. Mix. Apply 
 every second day. 
 
 227. Sugar of lead, 3 grs. ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. As a wash in in- 
 flammation of the mouth in infants. 
 
 228. Mucilage of gum arabic, 1 oz. ; syrup of orange-peel, i oz. ; 
 chloride of lime, 15 grs. Mix. 
 
 229. Decoction of Peruvian bark, 3 ozs. ; syrup of orange-peel, 1 oz. ; 
 chloride of soda, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 230. Creosote, 4 drops ; mucilage of gum-arabic, i oz. ; camphor-water, 
 8 ozs. Mix. 
 
 231. Vinegar, 1 dram; alcohol, 3 drams; simple syrup, 1 oz. ; water, 
 8 ozs. Mix. 
 
 232. White-oak bark, 1 oz. ; water, 1 pint. Boil away one quarter, and 
 strain ; then add alum, 1 scr. Apply to the parts with a soft sponge, or 
 dossil of lint, several times a day. 
 
 233. Hydrochloric acid, i dram ; honey, 1 oz. ; rose-water, 1 oz. Mix. 
 Apply three or four times a day. 
 
 234. Sulphate of copper, i dram ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. To be ap- 
 plied twice a day to the ulcers in gangrene of the mouth. 
 
 235. White vitriol, 1 dram ; soft water, 2 drams. Mix. Then add 
 honey, 2 drams ; tincture of myrrh, 2 drams. To be applied twice a day 
 to the ulcers in gangrene of the mouth. 
 
 236. Creosote, 1 dram ; alcohol, 1 dram. Mix. To be applied, with a 
 camel's-liair pencil, to the gangrenous ulcers of the mouth, after running a 
 lancet through the sloughs, and touch with a little strong carbolic acid till 
 surface is white. Can repeat next day. 
 
 237. Acid nitrate of mercury, i dram ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. To be 
 injected into the throat with the shower-syringe, or applied to ulcers with 
 a camel's-hair pencil. 
 
 238. Rose-water, 4 ozs. ; sugar of lead, 2 drams. Mix. For external 
 use. 
 
 239. Rose-water, ?, ozs.; sugar of lead, 1 scruple. Mix. For ex- 
 ternal use. 
 
 240. Tincture of arnica, J oz. ; cold water, 4 ozs. Mix. For external 
 use. 
 
 241. Tincture bloodroot, 2 ozs.; solution chloride of soda, 2 ozs.; 
 tinct. henbane, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 
 2ci!. Bucket of warm water ; cayenne pepper, pulverized, 1 tablespoou- 
 ful ; ground mustard, 2 tablespoonfuls. Mix. As a foot-bath in sup- 
 pression, etc. 
 
 243. Chlorate of potash, i oz. ; strong hydrochloric acid, 40 drops; 
 water, 1 pint. Mix. An excellent wash for chronic fetid ulcers, — soon 
 converting a foul ulcer to a healthy-looking one. A good gargle. 
 
ft water, i pint. 
 
 ft water, 6 ozs. 
 
 8. Mix. Apply 
 
 s a wash in in- 
 
 ge-peel, i oz. ; 
 
 inge-peel, 1 oz. ; 
 
 camphor-water, 
 
 p, 1 oz. ; water, 
 
 one quarter, and 
 soft sponge, or 
 
 iter, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 lix. To be ap- 
 
 lix. Then add 
 lied twice a day 
 
 s applied, with a 
 , after running a 
 carbolic acid till 
 
 5. Mix. To be 
 d to ulcers with 
 
 I. For external 
 
 Mix. For ex- 
 
 X. For externiil 
 
 f soda, 2 ozs. ; 
 
 id, 1 tablespoon- 
 oot-bath in sup- 
 acid, 40 drops; 
 d ulcers, — soon 
 gargle. 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 935 
 
 244. Powdered golden seal, 1 dram ; powdered cranesbill, 1 dram ; 
 powdered witch-hazel bark, 1 dram. Mix. Pour upon these half a pint 
 of boiling water. Let them stand till cold. To swab an ulcerated throat 
 in scarlet fever, and for other purposes. Still better, listerine, 1 oz. ; per- 
 oxide c ' ' "'I'-ogen, 2 ozs. ; water, 1 oz. Use as a gargle. 
 
 245. Pulverized cayenne, 1 dram; salt, 1 dram; boiling water, 1 gill. 
 Mix, and let them stand fifteen minutes. Then add one gill of vinegar. 
 Let them stand an hour, and strain. Put a teaspoonful in a child's mouth 
 once an hour, in maliguant scarlet fever. 
 
 Injections. ^ " 
 
 246. Castor oil, 1 gill; pulv. cayenne, 10 grs. ; molasses, 1 gill; table 
 salt, 1 teaspoonful ; warm water, 1 pint. Mix. 
 
 247. Senna leaves, 2 drams. Steep in a pint of water. Then add one 
 ounce of epsom salts, and strain. A quarter of this may also be taken as 
 a brisk purge. 
 
 248. Castor oil, 2 ozs. ; tincture prickly-ash bark, J oz. ; comp. tinct. 
 of Virginia snake-root, 2 drams ; infusion of boneset and senna, equal 
 parts, J pint. Mix. 
 
 249. Castor oil, 1 oz. ; salts of tartar, ^ oz. ; warm water, 1 pint. Mix. 
 
 250. Epsom salts, 1 oz. ; senna leaves, ^ oz. ; pulv. cayenne, 10 grs. ; 
 boiling water, 1 pint. Let the water stand upon the senna and cayenne 
 fifteen minutes. Then pour it off, and add the salts. 
 
 251. Thoroughwort, 1 oz. ; senna, 1 oz. ; lobelia, ^ dram ; cayenne, 10 
 grs. ; epsom salts, 1 tablespoonf ul ; molasses, J pint ; boiling water, 1 
 pint. Make a strong decoction of the herbs, and then add the salt and 
 molasses. 
 
 252. Wine of ipecac, 1 oz. ; spirits of turpentine, 1 oz. ; castor oil, 1 
 oz. ; molasBcs, J pint; warm water, J pint. Mix. 
 
 253. Flax-seed tea, i pint; laudanum, 40 drops. Mix. 
 
 254. Nitrate of silver Crystals, 10 grains; corrosive sublimate, 5 grs.; 
 sugar of lead, IJ drams; white vitriol, IJ drams; soft water, 6 ounces. 
 Mix. An injection for certain forms of whites, etc. Or corrosive sublimate 
 tablets, 1 to 3 pints of water used night and morning. 
 
 255. Bruised galls, J oz. ; two large poppy-heads ; watt " pint. Boil 
 a quarter of an hour, and strain. For piles. 
 
 256. Common salt, 1 oz. ; chamomile flowers, ^oz. ; pulv. aioes, 1 dram. 
 Boil the chamomile and aloes five minutes, in one pint of water, then strain 
 and add the salt. 
 
 Hair-Oils, Washes, etc. 
 
 257. Cologne, 2 ozs. ; tincture of Spanish ilies, 2 drams ; oil of rose- 
 mary, 10 drops; oil of lavender, 10 drops. Mix. Apply cautiously. If 
 soreness of the scalp is produced, omit for a short time. 
 
 258. Castor oil, 2 J pounds; strongest alcohol, 2 J pints; pulverized 
 Spanish flies, J oz. ; oil of bergamot, 2^ ozs. ; otto of roses, 20 drops. 
 
936 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PKEPARATI0N8. 
 
 Mix. Let them stand for a few days, and filter. A superior preparation 
 for keeping ttie hair from falling, and to prevent dandruff. 
 
 259. Tincture benzoin comp., 2 drams; tinct. Spanish flieti, 2 drams; 
 castor oil, 6 ozs. ; oil bergamot, 1 drtim; oil of cassia or verbena, 15 
 drops ; strong alcohol, 9^ ozs. Mix. As a hair wash, better even than 
 the above. 
 
 260. Slaked lime, 2 drams ; bicarbonate of soda, 8 drams ; lard, 2 ozs. 
 Mix. 
 
 261. Slaked lime, 1 oz. ; bicarbonate of potassa, 2 ozs.; charcoal in 
 powder, 1 dram. Mix. Apply to the parts, and wash off when dry. 
 Keep in well stopped bottles. 
 
 26? Slaked lime, 4 ozs. ; orris powder, IJ ozs. Mix. Apply to the 
 parts, and wash off when dry. 
 
 263. Spanish white, ^ pound ; litharge, ^ pound ; slaked lime, ^ pound. 
 Mix. Pulverize in a mortar. To be kept dry. When used, mix with 
 water to a paste the thickness of cream. Spread on the hair and lay over 
 it a wet cloth over night. 
 
 264. Sulphur, 1 oz ; sugar of lead, 1 oz. ; rose-water, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 Apply to the hair. 
 
 266. Nitrate of silver, 1 dram; nitric acid, 1 dram; soft water, 1 pint; 
 sap green, 8 drams; pulverized gum-arabic, 1 dram. Mix. Keep well 
 corked. 
 
 266. Hydrosulphuret of ammonia, 1 oz. ; liquor potassa, 3 drams; soft 
 water, 1 oz. Mix. Apply this with a tooth-brush fifteen or twenty minutes. 
 Then brush the hair over with the following : nitrate of silver, 1 dram ; 
 soft water, 2 ozs., using ^ clean comb to separate the hair. 
 
 niscellaneous. 
 
 267. Fluid extract of spurred rye, 2 ozs. Dose, one teaapoonfnl three 
 times a day. For profuse menstruation from a relaxed state of the womb. 
 
 268. Sulphate of iron, 1 dram ; su b- carbonate of potash, 1 dram. Mix, 
 and make into 38 pills. One pill twice a day, and gradually increasing to 
 four a day, in chlorosis. 
 
 269. Sulphate of iron, 1 dram; extract of hops, 15 grs. ; extract of 
 poppies, 15 grs. ; oil of cinnamon, 15 drops. Mix, and make into 24 
 pills. One pill two or three times a day. 
 
 270. Oxide of zinc, 2 drams ; extract of cicuta, 2 scruples. Mix. Make 
 48 piUs. 
 
 271. Pulverized savin, 1 scruple; sulphate of copper, 1 scruple. To 
 be sprinkled on venereal lumps or tumors, called condylomata, on the 
 female genitals, or elsewhere. 
 
 272. Balsam of copaiba, 1 oz. ; oil of cubebs, 2 drams ; laudanum, 1 
 dram; mucilage of gum arable 2 ozs. ; sweet spirits of nitre, ^ oz. ; com- 
 pound spirits of lavender, 8 drams ; camphor-water, 4 ozs. ; white sugar, 
 2 drams ; oil of partridge-berry, 5 drops. Mix. Take a tablespoonful 
 three or four times a day. For gonorrhoea ; or capsules of copaiba and 
 cubebs. 
 
 i'!smsm^fi<f«fim* 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 937 
 
 rior preparation 
 
 flieii, 2 drams; 
 
 or verbena, 15 
 
 etter even than 
 
 ns ; lard, 2 ozs. 
 
 8. ; charcoal in 
 off when dry. 
 
 Apply to the 
 
 lime, i pound, 
 used, mix with 
 lir and lay over 
 
 ', 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 t water, 1 pint; 
 ix. Keep well 
 
 , 3 drama ; soft 
 twenty minutes, 
 silver, 1 dram; 
 
 ispoonful three 
 e of the womb. 
 1 dram. Mix, 
 y increasing to 
 
 rs. ; extract of 
 make into 24 
 
 8. Mix. Make 
 
 I scruple. To 
 [omata, on the 
 
 ; laudanum, 1 
 •e, ^ oz. ; com- 
 ; white sugar, 
 . tablespoonful 
 >f copaiba and 
 
 273. Bttlsttui of copaiba, 1 oz. ; pulverized cubebs, 2 ozs. ; essence of 
 peppermint, 30 drops. Make a thick paste, like dough, or get capsules. 
 
 274. Pulverized borax, 1 oz. ; pulverized white sugar, 1 oz. Mix. A 
 little to be dissolved on the tongue. 
 
 275. Pulverized borax, ^ oz. ; honey, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 276. Hydrochloric acid, 1 dram; honey, 1 oz. Mix. For touching 
 large curdy patches in sore mouth of children. 
 
 277. Pulverized ipecac, 3 grains; precipitated sulphur, 2 scruples; 
 extract of hyoscyamus, 6 grains. Mix. Divide into 12 parts. One to 
 be taken every three or four hours. 
 
 278. Pulverized belladonna-root, 6 grains ; compound ipecac powder, 10 
 grains; precipitated sulphur, ^ dram; white sugar, 2 scruples. Mix. 
 Make 20 powders. One every three hours to a child two years old. 
 
 279. Pulverized alum, 25 grains ; extract of cicuta, 12 grains; syrup of 
 red poppies, 2 drams; spearmint water, 3 ozs. Mix. A dessert-spoonful 
 every six hours for a child two or three years old. 
 
 280. Camphor, 1 dram; sulphuric ether, 1 oz. Mix. Ten drops every 
 half hour. 
 
 281. Pulverized rhubarb, 1 scruple; one half scruple Gray powders; 
 aromatic powder, 5 grains. Mix. Divide into 10 powders. One every 
 four or five hours. 
 
 282. Pulverized bloodroot, ^ to 1 oz. ; chloride of zinc, J to 2 ozs. ; 
 water, 2 ozs. Add enough wheat flour to make a paste as thick as mo- 
 lasses. 
 
 283. Sal. volatile, ^ dram ; camphor-water, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 284. Tincture of mix vomica, J oz. ; tinct. aconite, 2 drams ; volatile 
 tinct. of guaiacum, 2 drams. Mix. Thirty drops every three hours. 
 
 285. Tincture of black cohosh, 2 ozs. ; tinct. of digitalis, 2 drams. 
 Mix. One teaspoonful from two to five times a day. 
 
 286. Barberry bark, 1 oz. ; pipsissewa herb, 2 ozs. ; wild cherry bark, 
 1 oz. ; bitter-root, 1 oz. Mix. Infuse for several hours in 4 pints of 
 water. One tablespoonful three or four times a day. 
 
 287. Horse-radish root, 1 oz. ; bayberry bark, 1 oz. ; barberry bark, 1 
 oz. ; wild cherry bark, 1 oz. ; prickly-ash bark, 1 oz. Reduce the whole 
 to a coarse powder, and infuse for several hours in 4 pints of cider. A 
 tablespoonful three or four times a day. 
 
 288. Mercury, 95 parts ; balsam of storax, 48 parts ; diacalon plaster, 
 312 parts; wax, rosin, turpentine, each, 16 parts; ammonia, bdellium, 
 each, 5 parts ; olibanum and myrrh, each, 5 parts ; saffron, 3 parts ; spirits 
 of lavender, 2 parts. Mix, and spread. For external use only. 
 
 289. Populin, 20 grs. ; sanguinarin, 10 grs. ; pulv. white sugar, 30 grs. 
 Rub well together, and divide into 16 powders. Take one four times a 
 day. At the same time use prescription 73. 
 
 290. Ptelein, 24 grs. ; bydrastin, 24 grs. ; extract of belladonna, 3 grs. ; 
 extract of nux vomica, 2 grs. Mix. Make 24 pills. Take one three 
 times a day. 
 
 291. Strychnia, 2 grs.; pulv. canthandes, 4 grs. ; pulv. arnica-leaves, 
 1 dram. Mix. Divide into 32 powders. One to be taken three times a 
 day. 
 
 ,i I 
 
 
 nwn&ir^ra^iy 
 
988 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIB PREPARATIONS. 
 
 292. Wine of colchicum seeds, 1 oz. ; fluid extract of dandelion, 1 oz. 
 Mix. One teaspoonful three times a day. 
 
 293. Willow-bark, 1 oz. ; boiling water, 1 pint. Boil for ten minutes, 
 and strain. Dose, a wineglassfiil once in three hours. 
 
 294. Canada balsam, 1 dram; slaked lime, 1 dram. Mix, to form a 
 paste. An excellent remedy for toothache, when pressed into the cavity ; 
 or use a drop or two of a 4 % cocaine solution. 
 
 295. Tincture black cohosh, 1 oz. ; iodide of potassium, 2 drams; syrup 
 of ipecac, 1 oz. ; spring water, 2 ozs. Mix. A teaspoonful three or four 
 times a day, in rheumatism and cell-dropsy. 
 
 296. Tincture black cohosh, 1 oz. ; tinct. myrrh, 6 drams ; camphor, 1 
 dram ; tinct. cayenne, I dram. Mix. Take 30 or 40 drops four times a 
 day, for dropsy. 
 
 297. Solution chloride of soda, 6 drops; water, 2 ozs. Mix. To be, 
 taken at a draught. A sure remedy for offensive breath from deranged 
 stomach. 
 
 298. Cream of tartar, J oz. ; fresh lemon-peel, bruised, 4 ozs. ; white 
 sugar, 4 ozs. ; boiling water, 3 pints. Mix, and after standing a while, 
 strain. 
 
 299. Citric acid, ^dram ; bi-carbonate of potassa, | dram ; lemon syrup, 
 
 1 oz. ; soft water, 6 ozs. ; epsom salts, 1 oz. Mix. Two tablespoonfuls, 
 to be repeated every four hours, if necessary. 
 
 300. Hardwood ashes, 1 quart ; common soot, J gill ; water, 6 pints. 
 Digest, settle, and filter. Take one tablespoonful three times a day, in 
 acidity of stomach. Milk of magnesia is also a very simple and eflScient 
 remedy. 
 
 301. Peppermint water, IJ ozs. ; wine of colchicum-root, ^ oz. ; iodide 
 of potash, 3 drs. ; magnesia, 1 scruple. Dose. — One teaspoonful three 
 or four times a day. Excellent for rheumatism of a chronic or gouty type. 
 For the acute form of ordinary rheumatism, some form of salicylic acid 
 must be used, like the following : Salicylate of soda, 4 drs. ; tinct. carda- 
 mom comp., tinct. gent. comp. of each, 2 oz. Mix, and take one tea- 
 spoonful in water every two hours, till ears ring, then once in three or four 
 hours. Tongaline in one-dram doses, every two hours, is an excellent all- 
 round rheumatic medicine. 
 
 302. Cream of tartar, IJ ozs.; sulphate potassa, ^ oz. ; pulv. squills, 
 
 2 drs.; tartar emetic, 2 gvs. A teaspoonfulof this mixture to be taken 
 four or five times a day, in dropsy. 
 
 308. Pulv. alum, J dram; white precipitate, 1 grain. Rub these well 
 together, and place the powder in a bottle; then add IJ drams of glycerin. 
 Shake the bottle until the mixture is of the consistence of ci'eam, and re- 
 peat the shaking whenever it is about to be applied to the skin. For ex- 
 ternal use in erysipelas. 
 
 804. Copaiba, 5 drams; yolk of one egg; gum of extract of opium, 1 
 grain ; water, 7 ounces. Mix. To be used as an injection several times 
 a day in gonorrhoea. 
 
 305. Tannin, 8 grains; extract belladonna, f gr. ; extract conium, 2^ 
 grains ; infusion of senna, 3 ozs. ; fennel-water and syrup of marshmallow, 
 each H ozs. Mix. A tablespoonful to be taken every two hours, in chronic 
 bronchitis and other complaints. 
 
 i tt g g;.-;A';!ufe ' . 
 
 Wmi.'mmmM!is^&ssi^mm!rrim'mi>i 
 
 ^^^ 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 939 
 
 Idndelion, 1 oz. 
 
 or ten minutes, 
 
 Mix, to form a 
 into the cavity ; 
 
 2 drams ; syrup 
 ul three or four 
 
 ns; camphor, 1 
 )B four times a 
 
 Mix. To be 
 from deranged 
 
 , 4 ozs. ; white 
 ending a while, 
 
 1 ; lemon syrup, 
 tablespoonfuls, 
 
 ivater, 6 pints, 
 imes a day, in 
 tie and efficient 
 
 ;, ^ oz. ; iodide 
 ispoonful three 
 ! or gouty type, 
 f salicylic acid 
 . ; tinct. carda- 
 take one tea- 
 in three or four 
 in excellent all- 
 
 ; pulv. squills, 
 re to be taken 
 
 Rub these well 
 ms of glycerin, 
 cream, and re- 
 skin. For ex- 
 
 ct of opium, 1 
 1 several times 
 
 ict conium, 2^ 
 ' marshmallow, 
 }urs, in chronic 
 
 306. Glycerin, 1 dram ; tnnnin, 1 dram. Dissolve the tannin in the 
 glycerin. Excellent for sore nipples, and for chaps and excoriations 
 generally. 
 
 807. Collodion, 1 oz. ; Venice turpentine,^ oz. ; castor oil, 2 drams. 
 Mix. To be applied outwardly, for chilblains and chaps. For cancer, 
 manganic acid. Not as painful as other caustics. 
 
 308. Sulphate of copper, 2 grains ; wine of opium, 1 dram ; soft water, 
 2 drams. Mix. Apply freely with a soft camel hair brush, three times a 
 day, for purulent ophthalmia. 
 
 309. Pure acetic acid, 2 drams; soft water, 3 ozs.; simple syrup, 3 
 drams. Mix. A teaspoonful is to be taken every three hours, in scar- 
 let fever, at the same time using sheet baths with tepid water. 
 
 310. Compound tincture of Peruvian bark, 4 ozs. ; citrate of iron, 44 
 grains ; citric acid, 20 grains. Dissolve the citric acid in the tincture, and 
 then the citrate of iron. After a few days filter. Dose, one to two tea- 
 spoonfuls. 
 
 311. No. 1. Gallic acid, 10 grains; dissolve in alcohol, 2 drams; 
 water, 6 drams. No. 2. Crystals of nitrate of silver, ^ dram ; water, ^ 
 oz. Dissolve and add strong liquor of ammonia till it becomes clear ; 
 then add powdered gum-arabfc, and dilute, if necessary, to 6 drams. 
 This will color black ; to color brown, reduce it. An excellent hair-dye. 
 Use the common directions-where there is a No. 1 and No. 2. 
 
 312. Epsom salts, 2 drams; magnesia, 1 scruple; syrup of ginger, 1 
 dram; spearmint water, 11 drams. Mix. To be taken at a draught. 
 This will be retained .by the stomach when most other things are rejected. 
 
 313. Diluted nitro-muriatic acid, 2 drams; sweet spirits of nitre, 2 
 drams ; simple syrup, ^ oz., water, 7^ ozs. Mix. Two tablespoonfuls 
 are to be taken three times a day. Excellent in dyspepsia, with foul 
 tongue and inactive liver. 
 
 314. Rose-leaves, 1 scruple; boiling water, 8 ozs. ; diluted nitric acid, 
 2^ drams. Mix. After standing half an hour, strain, and use as a wash 
 for ulcers. 
 
 315. White vitriol, 1 dram; water, 1 pint. Mix. To be used as a 
 wash for ulcers, etc. 
 
 316. Citrate of iron and strychnine, 1 dram; syrup of orange-peel, 2 
 ozs. ; soft water, J pint. Mix. Givt jne teaspoonful three times a day 
 in neuralgia, and in other cases in which a nerve-tonic is needed. 
 
 317. Aloes and soap pill, 10 grains. Divide into two pills ; or, com- 
 pound pill of aloes, 10 grs. Divide into two pills. 
 
 318 Compound colocynth pill, 2^ scruples ; castile soap, 9 grs. ; oil 
 of t. ;e, 2 drops. Mix, and make 12 pills. Two to be taken at bed- 
 time. 
 
 319. Compound tincture of senna, 2 drams; epsom salts, 2 drams; 
 diluted sulphuric acid, 8 drops ; spirits of nitric ether, J dram ; infusion 
 of rhubarb, 10 drams. Mix. To be taken at a draught. 
 
 320. Sulphate of iron, 2 grs. ; epsom salts, 2 scr. ; diluted sulphuric 
 acid, 10 drops; compound tincture, 1 dram; syrup of poppies, IJ drams; 
 pimento water, 9 drams. To be taken at a draught twice a day. 
 
 m 
 
 'Ml 
 
 j:3«gB>ii*i^sigBTa«E!S!3sr 
 
940 
 
 MEDI0IM8S AND THEIK PHBPAKATIOKS. 
 
 3'21. Pulverized rhubarb, 12 gra. ; carbonate of inagneBia, 10 grs. ; 
 aromatic spirit of ammonia, ^ dmni ; Bynip of ginger, 1 dram ; Bpearmint 
 water, 10 driimfl. Mix. To be taken at a drauglit. 
 
 322. Comp. infuBion senna,.') drams; infiiBion rhubarb, r» drams; comp. 
 tincture cardamon, ^dram; ayrup, 1^ drams. Mix. To be taken at u 
 draught, by dyspeptic persons. 
 
 323. Carbonate of soda, 10 grs; aromatic spirit of ammonia, ^dram; 
 tincture of orange-peel, 1 dram ; syrup of oronge-peei, 1 dram ; compound 
 infusion of gentian, 10 drams. Mix. To be taken at a draught twice 
 a day. 
 
 824. Trisnitrate of bismuth, 1 dram; comp. tragacanth powd?r, 2 
 drams; compound tincture cardamom, ^ ounce; tincture of ginger, ^ oz. ; 
 spearmint water, 7 ounces. Mix. Two tablespoonfuls to be taken twice 
 a day, in dyspepsia. 
 
 Sio. Solution of acetate of ammonia, J oz. ; tincture of orange-peel, 1 
 dram; syrup of orange-peel, 1 dram; tincture of cayenne, 20 drops; 
 comp. infusion of orange-peel, 6 drams. Mix. The whole to be taken to 
 relieve headache, after intoxication. 
 
 326. Magnesia, 15 grs. ; solution of potassse, 15 drops; comp. tincture 
 of senna, 1 dram ; comp. infusion of senna, 6 drams ; syrup of ginger, 
 1 dram ; comp. infusion of orange-peel, ^ oz. Mix. Taken at a draught, 
 as an aperient, in sick and bilious headaches. 
 
 327. Aromatic spirits of ammonia, 1 dram ; tincture of Colombo, 1 dram ; 
 infusion of Colombo, 10 drams; syrup of poppies, 1 dram. Mix. To be 
 taken itt a draught, three times a day. 
 
 328. Diluted sulphuric acid, 15 drops; diluted hydrochloric acid, 10 
 drops ; tincture of orange-peel, 1 dram ; comp. infusion of gentian, 6 drams ; 
 syrup of poppies, 1 dram. To be taken at a draught, three times a day, 
 half an hour before meals. 
 
 329. Diluted nitric acid, 12 drops; diluted hydrochloric acid, 8 drops; 
 infusion of cascarilla, 11 drams; syrup of poppies, 1 dram. Mix. To be 
 taken at a draught, twice a day. 
 
 330. Colocynth co., 6 grs. ; comp. pill of rhubarb, 4 grs. ; ext. hyoscy- 
 amus, 2 grs. Mix. Make two pills ; 1 pill to be taken at night. 
 
 331. Ext. Lyoscyamus, 2J grs. ; pul v. camphor, 2 1 grs. Mix. Make 
 two pills ; one t,v be taken when the pain is most severe, in nervous head- 
 ache ; or even better, acetanilid, 8 grs. ; camphor, 2 grs. ; citrate of caf- 
 feine, 4 grs. Divide in four capsules, one every half-hour, for three or 
 four times. 
 
 332. Comp. tragacanth powder, 8 grs. ; oil of lemon, 3 drops ; camphor- 
 water, 1 1 drams ; comp. tinct. cardamom, ^ dram ; tincture hyoscyamus, 
 J dram; chloroform, 15 drops. Mix. 
 
 333. Tinct. hyoscyamus, ^ dram ; aromatic spirit of ammonia, ^ dram ; 
 syrup of orange-peel, ^ dram ; peppermint water, 10 drams. Mix. In 
 nervous and hysterical cases. 
 
 334. Soap liniment, 2^ ozs. ; liquor ammoaia, ^ dram ; laudanum, ^ oz. 
 Mix. Make a liniment. 
 
MKDIOINBS AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 941 
 
 Bia, 10 gn.; 
 in ; Bpcariiiint 
 
 drams; comp. 
 be taken at u 
 
 onia, ^ dram ; 
 m ; compoinxl 
 draught twice 
 
 ith powd»r, 2 
 finger, ^ oz. ; 
 ie taken twice 
 
 orange-peel, 1 
 le, 20 dropB ; 
 to be taken to 
 
 !omp. tincture 
 ■up of ginger, 
 1 at a draught, 
 
 tmbo, 1 dram ; 
 Mix. To be 
 
 loric acid, 10 
 bian, 6 drams ; 
 I times a day, 
 
 icid, 8 drops; 
 Mix. To be 
 
 ; ext. hyoscy- 
 light. 
 
 Mix. Make 
 nervous head- 
 iitrate of caf- 
 
 for three or 
 
 ps; camphor- 
 hyoscyamus, 
 
 onia, ^ dram ; 
 B. Mix. In 
 
 idanum, ^ oz. 
 
 33fi. Comp. pill of colocyuth, 7 grs. ; ext. of colcbicum, 'igra. ; oil of 
 caraway, 1 drop. Mix, and make two pilla. To be taken at bedtime in 
 rheumatic headaches. 
 
 886. Chloride of zinc, 6 oz. ; pulv. bloodroot, 2 ozb. ; myrtle wax, 1 
 oz. ; water of extract of opium, 6 drams ; extract of conium, 6 drama. 
 Mix, and make an ointment. 
 
 837. Iodide of lead, 1 scr. ; glycerin, 1 dram; spermaceti ointment, 2 
 ozs. Make an ointment. 
 
 838. Rhubarb pulv., ^ oz. ; spearmint herb, pulv., ^ oz. ; pulv. casca- 
 rilla, ^ oz. ; pulv. bicarlK)nate of potassa, ^ oz. ; pulv. wild-cherry bark, ^ 
 oz. Mix, and pour on one quart of hot water. Let this stand till cold, 
 and add half a pint of brandy. Dose, ha'f a wineglassful. 
 
 339. Ext. belladonna, 6 grs. ; pulv. ipecac, 10 grs. ; confection of 
 roses, 2 grs. Mix. Make 30 pills, one pill to be taken twice a day. 
 
 340. Dioscorein, 12 grs.; pulv. camphor, 4 grs.; pulv. cayenne, 12 
 grs. ; white sugar, 1 scr. Mix. Diviue into four powders. Give one 
 every fifteen minutes. 
 
 841. Leptandrin, 12 grs. ; geranium, 12 grs.; myricin, 12 grs. Mix. 
 Divide into twelve powders, of which one may be given three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 842. Quinine, ^ dram; pulv. catechu, 1 dram; pulv. opium, 15 grs. 
 Mix. Make 32 pills. Give one pill three times a day. 
 
 343. Compound syrup of rhubarb and potassa, 4 ozs. ; tincture of 
 prickly-ash berries, 1 oz. ; essence of peppermint, 1 dram; paregoric, 4 
 drams. Mix. A tablespoonful should be given every hour until it oper- 
 ates gently on the bowels. 
 
 344. Pulv. camphor, J dram; pulv. opium, 16 grains; pulv. cayenne, 
 ^ dram. Mix. Make 16 pills; one every hour, in cholera. 
 
 345. Rhubarb, 4 ozs. ; black-cohosh root, 2 ozs. ; wild-cherry bark, 2 
 ozs. ; geranium, 2 ozb. : coarsely powder them, and mix. Add two pints 
 of brandy and two pinta of water. Let the mixture stand five or six days, 
 stirring often, and then strain. Add four pints of water 'o the dregs, boil 
 slowly to two pints, strain, and add to this the previous tincture. Sweeten 
 with white sugar. Take a tablespoonful every one, two, or three hours. 
 
 346. Beth root, 1 oz. ; geranium, 1 oz. ; blackberry-root, 1 oz. ; wild- 
 cherry bark, 1 oz. ; cinnamon, 1 oz. Powder the whole, and add to them 
 1^ pints brandy, and IJ pints water. Let them stand several days, stir- 
 ring frequently. Add sweetening if preferred. Dose, one or two tea- 
 spoonfuls every two or three hours. 
 
 347. Raspberr T leaves, 1 oz. ; geranium, 1 oz. ; blackberry-root, 1 oz. ; 
 leptandra root, 1 oz. Mix, and make three pints of strong decoction. 
 Dose, a teaspoonf al e ery hour. Suitable for a gargle. 
 
 348. Sugar of lead, 24 grs. ; vinegar, 1 dram; syrup of poppies, 1 oz. ; 
 rose-water, 3 ozs. ; soft water, 4 ozs. Mix. Dose, one or two table- 
 spoonfuls. 
 
 349. Potassio-tartrate of iron, J oz. ; syrup of orange-peel, 1 oz. ; water, 
 4 oz. Mix. Take two teaspoonfuls three times a day. 
 
 ( 
 
 th 
 
 % 
 
 "ill 
 
 Mfi 
 
 
 n iafeM5bfe.v 
 
M2 
 
 MRDI0INE8 AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 860. Geranium, goldon seal, marHhmallow, wild-indigo root, rosemary, 
 eacb half an ounce. Mix, and make one pint of utroug iufuHiou. After 
 straining, add two drams powdered borax aud oue gill of ' ^uey. An 
 excellent astringent gargle. 
 
 tlfil. Bromide of Hoda, 3 dramu ; nyrup of orange, or any other ttyriip, 
 three ounces. Take one teaspoouful in water as often as needed. Koi- 
 beadache, nervousness, etc., cau take every half-hour. 
 
 862. Wine of ipecac, 10 drops in water every half-hour to croupychilil, 
 one year old ; 30 drops to vomit the child. 
 
 353. Hydrochlornte of ammonia, ^ oz. ; diluted acetic acid, ^ oz. ; al- 
 cohol, ^ oz. ; camphorated mixture, 15 ozs. Mix. A good scattering 
 wash for hydrocele, etc. 
 
 854. Chloride of soda, nitrate of potash, and hydrochlorate of ammonia, 
 equal parts, and water ouough to diHsolve them. Mix. Au excellent 
 freezing mixture. 
 
 355. Antipyrin, 3 drams; syrup or water, 2 ozs. Teaspoonful every 
 hour till fever is less ; or pbcnacetine, 8 grs. , every two hours till fever is 
 subdued, then once in four hours. 
 
 856. Chloral hydrate, 4 drams; syrup acacia and syrup checkerberry, of 
 each, 1 oz. ; Teaspoonful in water every hour till asleep. If the taste is 
 very objectionable it may be taken in two teaspoonful doses by rectum in 
 a little cold starch-water. 
 
 357. Bromidia; teaspoonful in water every hour till asleep. 
 
 358. Jaborandi, fluid extract, 3 drams ; syrup, 1 oz. Teaspoonful every 
 hour, to produce sweating. 
 
 859. Pill, compound cathartic. Two for a dose. 
 
 360. " Green Soap." Riib well in at night and wash off in the morning 
 with water. 
 
 861. Powdered camphor and chloral, equal parts, sufflcieut quantity to 
 make a liniment, rubbed well together. External use. 
 
 362. Wilkinson's Ointment. (See Scabies.) 
 
 363. Dilute hydrocyanic acid, 1 dram ; solution acetate of ammonia, 2 
 ozs. ; tincture digitalis, 3 drams ; rose-water, 5 ozs. For pruritus, itch- 
 ing, etc. 
 
 364. Corrosive sublimate, 2 grs. ; tincture benzoin, ^ dram ; almond 
 emulsion, 1 oz. Used to destroy the epidermis in cases of freckles, acne, 
 pimples, etc. 
 
 865. Alum, 5 parts ; salicylic acid, 45 parts. Dust on freely. 
 
 366. Corrosive sublimate, 4 f,.^. ; dissolved in 1 oz. tincture of myrrh. 
 Paint on to the part affected by ringworm night and morning. 
 
 367. Bromide of soda and ammonia, 20 grs. each, in a cup of valerian 
 tea four times a day. Increase up to 8 or 10 times a day if former dose 
 proves insufScieuk. Take also daily oxide of zinc and extract of bella- 
 donna, of each ^ gr., morning aud night. In bad cases use pill 4 times 
 daily. 
 
MED10INB8 AND THEIK PRKPARATI0N8. 
 
 943 
 
 root, rosemary, 
 
 iaftmiou. Afu-r 
 
 II of ■ iney. An 
 
 any other syrup, 
 as needed. For 
 
 r to croupycbild, 
 
 c acid, i oz. ; al- 
 L good scattering 
 
 rate of amaiotiia, 
 c. An exceliout 
 
 .168. Fluid extract gelseminuin, ;J drops in water every half hour for 
 .'lor four times. UHoful in facial neuralgia; or exalgine, 4 grs. every 
 liour for two or three times. 
 
 369. Atropia, yj„ of a gr. One such pill each night for sweating; one 
 Hiich pill 2 or 3 times a day for acute cold in head, with watery secre- 
 tions; or pill "coryza," one every half hour for three times, then once an 
 hour till throat is dry, afterwards once in three or four hours. 
 
 370. Sulphate quinine, J gr. ; ext. belladonna, X gr. ; pulv. ipecac, ^ 
 gr. ; comp. ipecac powder, -^ gr. One such pill every two hours, for 
 chronic bronchitis and emphysema. 
 
 371. Carron oil. Made by adding equal parts linseed-oil and lime-water. 
 For burns, apply freely; also boracic acid, 18 grs., dissolved in 1 dram 
 hot glycerin and olive-oU, 1 oz. 
 
 easpoonful every 
 lours till fever is 
 
 checkerberry, of 
 
 If the taste is 
 
 ses by rectum in 
 
 leep. 
 easpoonful every 
 
 flf in the moruinu; 
 cient quantity to 
 
 i of ammonia, 2 
 )r pruritus, itch- 
 dram; almond 
 f freckles, acne, 
 
 freely. 
 
 Bture of myrrh, 
 ing. 
 
 cup of valerian 
 5^ if former dose 
 xtract of bella- 
 ise pill 4 times 
 
••m^ 
 
 
 PROPRIETARY AND PATENT MEDICINES. 
 
 Nothing in the world has given rise to so much superstition and 
 blind folly as the following of fanatic leaders in the curing of disease. 
 Since Hippocrates, and even back to Apollo himself, if we may be- 
 lieve old Grecian and Roman tales, quackery in medicine has reigned 
 supreme. 
 
 It pleases people to follow up what appears miraculous in life. 
 Results are more important to the minds of many people than the 
 circumstances effecting results ; hence, if a person by hook or crook 
 recovers from a disease while using some patent medicine, he as- 
 cribes to its employment some specific usefulness, irrespective of the 
 natural course of the malady, or whatever else he may or may not 
 have done. 
 
 In this way ancient amulets and modern patent medicines have 
 seemed to cure cancer, leprosy, liver and kidney and other diseases ; 
 and in this way enormous fortunes have been made by advertising in 
 gorgeous attiie some specific oil or oalsam, the apparent defendei-s of 
 health and strength. Patent medicines are sold to make money, and 
 not to cure the public ; their usefulness is generally in inverse ratio 
 to their labels. 
 
 There are, however, some good patent medicines. In some cases 
 they will prove just the thing the system needs, but the risk is too 
 great unless recommended by some physician. It is their blind, in- 
 discriminate use that we condemn. Their formula not being known 
 is what makes them dangerous. They usually are made up of some 
 powerful stimulant which makes the patient feel better for a time, 
 and then leaves the system mor-e relaxed than ever, and hurts the 
 nerves or digestion. We will point out a few that are useful. 
 
 There is another class of medicines which are put up by the 
 great pharmaceutical houses, which deserve popular use. Their com- 
 position being known, there is no secrecy about them. They are 
 prepared in the most scientific manner. These houses have a name 
 to preserve, and have ample means to procure the services of the best 
 chemists, and, using such large quantities of drugs, they can procure 
 the best and most uniform. They do not claim to be cure-alls, but 
 are compounded for special diseases or conditions, which are plainly 
 stated, and are only claimed to be a remedy for such diseases or con- 
 
 944 
 
wn'imifiiigimmftm 
 
 PROPRIETARY AND PATENT MEDICINES. 
 
 945 
 
 
 IDIOINES. 
 
 iperstition and 
 riagof disease. 
 , if we may be- 
 ine has reigned 
 
 sulcus in life. 
 3ople than the 
 hook or crook 
 edicine, he as- 
 spective of the 
 ay or may not 
 
 aedicines have 
 3ther diseases ; 
 advertising in 
 it defenders of 
 ke money, and 
 1 inverse ratio 
 
 In some cases 
 the risk is too 
 iheir blind, in- 
 being known 
 ie up of some 
 ter for a time, 
 and hurts the 
 useful. 
 
 at up by the 
 ;. Their cora- 
 u. They are 
 have a name 
 368 of the best 
 y can procure 
 cure-alls, but 
 h are plainly 
 seases or con- 
 
 ditions of the system. They are just what your physician would 
 prescribe. The difficulty is in rightly choosing from the vast number. 
 
 Of late there has sprung up a class of houses who make it a cus- 
 tom to imitate any well-known medicine which has proved valuable, 
 and, by selling their imitations cheaper and using some flaring label, 
 palm off these imitations as being just as good. We would advise 
 that they be shunned like the plague. If there is anything that 
 ought to be pure, it is the drugs, stimulants and nourishment that we 
 take as medicine. 
 
 While we do not claim ' to give a list in this chapter of all valu- 
 able remedies, we recommend several of the best and most valuable, 
 which have stood the test of use, and can be taken with safety and 
 benefit. Read ' !^he front part of the book a description of your 
 trouble, then turn to the department in this chapter corresponding 
 to it, and choose the remedy. In all cases the directions will be 
 found on the wrapper of the remedy. 
 
 Asthma. — Kola-Koloid (T. Metcalf Co."/. The well-known integrity 
 of this bouse is a siifflcient guarantee of the value of this remedy. Soden's 
 Mineral Pastilles are also good. 
 
 Thyroid Tablets of 5 
 
 Anti-Fat Phytoline is used very extensively. 
 
 grains each 3 times a day are very effectual. 
 
 Anti-Scrof ulcus. — Succus Alterans (Lilly), anti-syphilitic and al- 
 terative. This is a purely vegetable medicine and will not hurt the most 
 delicate stomach. It contains no mercu<-y or iodide of potash. It elim- 
 inates specific poison from the blood and its tonic power increases the red 
 corpuscles and enables the system to throw off disease. It attacks the 
 seat of the disease, which is impure blood. Chapoteant Sol. Iodide Stron- 
 tium is much used, is easily digested, but is rather expensive. 
 
 Also iodia, an alterative and tonic, is much used by the best physicians. 
 It improves the nutrition and eliminates waste. Is purely vegetable. 
 
 Biliousness. — Garfield Tea and Fig Syrup contain no salicylic acid, 
 minerals or opium. Are purely vegetable remedies, and can be used by 
 infants, children and adults with safety. India Cholagogue is an old 
 remedy of worth. 
 
 Consumption. — Cod Liver Oil is an old and much-used remedy, not 
 only for consumption but for all wasting diseases. It nourishes the body 
 and builds up the tissues. The trouble is to get it pure. The pure, pale 
 oil, extracted from the fresh, healthy livers of the fish, known as Burnett's, 
 sold by Theo. Metcalf Co., Boston, is the most desirable. It can be emul- 
 sionized with an egg-beater. The dose should rarely be over a table- 
 spoonful and can be combined with coffee, eggs, milk or ice cream well 
 beaten together to make it more palatable and more easily digested. 
 
 Cougha. — King's Consumption Cure is one of the best cough mixtures. 
 Linonine is composed of flaxseed-oil combined with chloroform, and is 
 good to soften and allay a common hard cough. 
 
 Diabetes. — Gluten Flour (Metcalf) is the best food and is free from 
 
 fiv- 
 
 
 m 
 
 • I 
 
 ,i>- 
 
946 
 
 PROPRIETARY AND PATENT MEDICINES. 
 
 i 
 ffll 
 
 starch. In making the bread it should be mixed with a spoon with wlieat 
 bran. The hands should never touch the Gluten Flour. No other biead 
 should be eaten, or potatoes or other starchy foods. If the patient gets 
 tired of Gluten Flour alternate with Soga Bean Meal. 
 
 Digestive Medicines. — Horsford's Acid Phosphate. It promotes di- 
 gestion without injury and thereby relieves the diseases caused by indiges- 
 tion. It is excellent for acidity of the stomach and is a very pleasant and 
 healthful drink combined with some syrup and soda. " There are so many 
 different causes of dyspepsia, it is often necessary to try several remedicH. 
 The following are good : Liquid Lactopeptine, Liquid Pancreaticus more 
 especially for bowel indigestion. The various preparations of pepsin are 
 good. 
 
 Disinfectants. — Eucaline (T. Metcalf Co.) is used around the house 
 as a disinfectant during disease as a preventative from contagion. Diluted 
 it makes a good tooth and mouth wash, a few drops in a tumbler of water. 
 Is good to sweeten bowls and bath-tubs. Can be used in the water-pan 
 of furnaces to cleanse the air and in fact where any disinfectant is tised. 
 Chloride of lime and Bulpho-naphthol are also much used. 
 
 Poods, Invalid and Baby. — Mellin's Food is one of the oldest and 
 best ; it needs no cooking. Mixed with milk it contains all that is neces- 
 sary to nourish the body. It is the best known baby food and is invalu- 
 able for those suffering from nervous prostration or non-assimilation of 
 food. Malted Milk is a good food for all ages but is more particulai-ly 
 adapted for adult invalids. Bartlett's Food is good for nervous children. 
 Robinson's Groats and Barley, intended for children, is a laxative food. 
 
 Headaches. — The remedies for headaches are numberless. If they 
 are constant or chronic it is well to leave oflf smoking, tea or coffee drink- 
 ing for three months and see if that is not the sole cause. If a female-, 
 have a physician and see if they are not caused by some womb trouble. 
 For immediate relief a cup of black coffee without sugar or milk is as safe 
 and good as anythin" Most of the headache powders, pills, etc., are 
 made up of caffeine, ^ruinides, guarana and the cootar products. 
 
 Quinacetine (Metcalf) is one of the best remedies and has the advantage 
 of leaving no unpleasant effects. 
 
 The following are good fov immediate relief : Bromo-Caffeine, Bromo- 
 Seltzer, Elixir Cuarana, Nev ease and Phenacctine. The last two should 
 be used sparingly. 
 
 Hypnotic and Sleep-Producing Medicines. — Bromidia is much 
 used. It is composed of chloral and the bromides. Every fluid dram 
 contains 15 grains each of pure chloral hydrate and purified bro. pot., 
 and if grain each of gen. imp. ex. cannabis ind. and hyoscyam. In the 
 restlessness and delirium of fevers it is invaluable. It is well to take out- 
 door rzoTise and drink a cupful of Mellin's Food, warm or malted milk 
 jv St oefore retiring. 
 
 lijii Preparations. — Elixir Thi-ee Chlorides is a good blood-maker. 
 Schlotterbeck's Syrup, Phospho-Chloride of Iron is a good preparation of 
 liquid u'on and easily digested. 
 
 Liquid Beef Preparations Beef Peptonoids, Liquid Beef Pepto- 
 
 noids, and Liqaid Peptonoids with Creosote, are pieparations of beef in a 
 
 HMIW«^4 
 
PKOPRIETARY AND PATENT MEDICINEa 
 
 947 
 
 ipoon with wlieat 
 No other bread 
 the patient gets 
 
 It promotes di- 
 iiised by indiges- 
 ery pleasant and 
 ere are so many 
 several remedies, 
 ancreaticus more 
 ns of pepsin are 
 
 iround the house 
 tagion. Diluted 
 umbler of water. 
 in the water-pan 
 nfectant is used. 
 
 )f the oldest and 
 all that is ueces- 
 d and is iuvalu- 
 n-assimilation of 
 lore particulai'ly 
 lervous children, 
 laxative food. 
 
 )erless. If they 
 I or coffee drink- 
 e. If a female-, 
 le womb trouble. 
 >r milk is as safe 
 , pills, etc., are 
 ^ducts. 
 as the advantage 
 
 Daffeine, Bromo- 
 i last two should 
 
 omidia is much 
 Ivery fluid dram 
 urified bro. pot., 
 jscyam. In the 
 well to take out- 
 1 or malted milk 
 
 od blood-maker, 
 d preparation of 
 
 uid Beef Pepto- 
 lons of beef in a 
 
 very digestible form, palatable and very nourishing. Bovox, Bovinine 
 and Wyeth's Beef Juice are very nourishing and are valuable for travellers 
 and to take between meals when faint. 
 
 Liver and Kidney Medicines. — Garfield Tea is a good family med- 
 icine, is harmless, contains no minerals and clears the liver and kidney of 
 effete matter. Buchu and Hyoscyamus Comp. (Tyree's) to soothe an irri- 
 table bladder. In kidney troubles consult the best- physicians obtainable. 
 
 Liquid Malts. — Are chiefly serviceable in inability to digest starchy 
 foods, and in convalescence. All of the following are good : Tarrant's 
 and Hoff's Malts, Liquid Bread, Trommer's Malt with Iodides, Trammer's 
 Citrate of Iron and Quinine, and Trommer's Malt with Pepsin. 
 
 Laxative)^. — For chronic constipation there Is nothing more useful 
 than Rhamnus Fragula (Metcalf ) , made from buckthorn bark. It is a 
 simple and harmless remedy, the results good and sure, and invigorates the 
 bowels. — Glycones (Lilly) . Frequently, especially for babies and young 
 children, it is well to move the bowels without taking medicine internally. 
 Glycones are the best. They are in two sizes, children's and adults'. 
 They are invaluable for travellers. They produce prompt, painless and 
 copious stools. Garfield Tea is mild, harmless and sure. One of the best 
 and pleasant to take, and has no nauseating effects. For babies, Garfield 
 Fig Syrup. 
 
 Loss of Nervous Energy, and Impotency. — Sterility in both the 
 male and female. The first thing to do is to break off at once and forever 
 even the thoughts of what causes impotency and loss of energy. If male, 
 bathe the parts in cold water night and morning and pay no attention to 
 various advertisements of free remedies, etc. See chapter on Masturbation 
 and Impotency. The best remedy for loss of energy and impotency is Kola 
 (Metcalf). Nothing can compare with Kola Koloid. Its use by the 
 negro in Africa has extended all over the world. It is well known that 
 they raise the largest families and their energy in this respect can perhaps 
 be traced to the use of Kola. 
 
 Nerve Tonics. — Coca Wine. As a stimulating tonic there is perhaps 
 no better remedy known than Metcalf's Coca Wine. It is an invigorator 
 for the aged, a quick builder for the enfeebled, is a palliation for mental 
 troubles, and is valuable to tone up the system after a tun of fever. 
 Chapoteant Sol. Bromide Strontium is a good and agreeable preparation 
 and is well tolerated by the stomach. Phillips* Phospho. -Muriate Quinine 
 Compound is a good general tonic. Of the bromides the following are 
 good : Elixir Potassium Bromide, Elixir Sodium Bromide, Elixir Ammo- 
 nium Bromide. Coca Wine is the safest and best. 
 
 Neuralgia. — Is usually caused by poverty of the blood. See Nerve 
 Tonics. Quinacetine (Metcalf) is one of the best remedies. Its use is 
 not followed by any unpleasant effects. 
 
 Painful Menstruation and Vaginal Remedies. — Orange Blossoms 
 (J. A. McGill) come in the form of suppositories and is administered 
 direct tothe seat of the disease. They are safe and harmless. Have stood 
 the test of use, can easily be administered by the patient and are a specific 
 for profuse ineuatruatiou. Wine of American Ash (Metcalf) , made from 
 
 mm 
 
948 
 
 PROPRIETARY AND PATENT MEDICINES. 
 
 the outside bark of the white ash, is used in the treatment of the ions 
 uterine affections, namely, prolapsus, versions, menstrual irreguiu.ities, 
 inflammation, leucorrhoea, etc., depending upon chronic enlargement for 
 their basis. While relief and marked benefit may be obtained by a few 
 weeks' use it may be as many months before absolute freedom from suffer- 
 ing may result. lodia is much used. It is a combination of the active 
 principles obtained from the green roots of stillingia helonias, saxifraga 
 menispermum and aromatics. Each fluid dram also contains five grains 
 each iod. potas. and phos. iron. Used especially for leucorrhcea, impaired 
 vitality, habitual abortion and general uterine debility. The surgical 
 craze for the treatment of diseases of the pelvic organs has prevented phy- 
 sicians from studying as carefully as they should the medical treatment. 
 At least it would be well to see what medicines will do before resorting to 
 the knife. Antiseptic Vaginal Cones and Boro-Glyceride Suppositories 
 are also good. 
 
 Piles. — Hamamelis Suppositories and Comfort Powder are both good 
 remedies. See chapi >t on Hemorrhoids. 
 
 Plasters. — Their number is legion. Bell-Capsic, Cuticura and Cap- 
 sicum are all good. 
 
 Pain Medicines. — One of the very best of all opium preparations is 
 Papine and it is efficacious in most cases. Papine is the anodyne or pain- 
 relieving principle of opium, the narcotic and convulsive elements being 
 eliminated. One fluid dram is equal in anodyne power to ^ of a grain of 
 moi'phine. 
 
 Prostate QIand Diseases. - 
 
 troubles, especially for the aged. 
 
 Rheumatic Medicines. — Quinacetine (Metcalf). This remedy is 
 safe and has no unpleasant or injurious effects. Merrill's Alkaline Elixir 
 is a pleasant and effective remedy in many varieties of rheumatism. 
 Tongaline is used in both rheumatism and gout. It is laxative if taken 
 too often. lodia is a good remedy for chronic rheumatism. 
 
 Salves. — Cuticura and Salvacea. 
 
 Stimulants. — Coca Wine (Metcalf) is one of the best and most 
 harmless. Kola Koloid is another excellent preparation. Vin de Cbapo- 
 teant is a good stimulant on the old beef, iron and wine plan. 
 
 Skin Diseases. — The very best remedy we consider is Succus Alter- 
 ans (Lilly) as it strikes at the root of the trouble — impoverished and im- 
 pure blood. Skin troubles cured by this remedy are likely to remain so. 
 Hamamelis for an external application is soothing and cooling. It is ex- 
 cellent for reducing inflammation. 
 
 Syphilis. — lodia is a purely vegetable remedy made from the juices of 
 the green herbs. Can be taken for a long time without injury to any 
 organs of the body. It improves the nutrition, purifies the blood and is a 
 specific for syphilis in all stages. Succus Alterans is another good 
 remedy. It is a vegetable remedy, anti-syphilitic and alterative. It 
 builds up the system by purifying and enriching the blood. 
 
 Sommetto is used largely for these 
 
 ^ 
 
PROPRIETARY AND PATENT MEDICINES. 
 
 "lift' 
 
 nt of the ions 
 ual irregui...itie8, 
 ! enlargement for 
 •btained by a few 
 idom from sufifer- 
 ion of the active 
 ilonias, saxifraga 
 itains five grains 
 torrhoea, impaired 
 The surgical 
 18 prevented phy- 
 ledical treatment. 
 sfore resorting to 
 ide Suppositories 
 
 ler are both good 
 
 Stomach Tonics. — Horsford'B Acid Phosphate for indigcetion, Tar- 
 rant's Seltzer Aperient for acidity and belching of wind. For a strict tonic 
 the following are good : Elixir Calisaya Bark and Bismuth, Elixir Calisaya 
 and Iron, Elixir Calisaya, Bismuth and Pepsin. 
 
 Throat Tablets. — Chloramine Tablets, Wyeth'sRed Gum Lozenges, 
 and Troches Guaiac are all good. 
 
 Vaginal Remedies. — Orange Blossoms are the best for general use. 
 Antiseptic Vaginal Cones and Boro-Glyceride Suppositories are also largely 
 used. 
 
 Whooping Cough. — Vapo-Cresoline. Is a liquid to be burned over 
 a night-lamp. It relieves the cough and hastens recovery. 
 
 Wounds. — Aristol, Dermatol and Iodoform are used to promote 
 healing. 
 
 i 
 
 uticura and Cap- 
 
 n preparations is 
 
 anodyne or pain- 
 
 5 elements being 
 
 1^ of a grain of 
 
 irgely for these 
 
 This remedy is 
 Alkaline Elixir 
 of rheumatism, 
 axative if taken 
 a. 
 
 best and most 
 Vin de Chapo- 
 an. 
 
 is Succus Alter- 
 erished and im- 
 iy to remain so. 
 oling. It is ex- 
 
 ..«-'!**•-■ 
 
 >m the juices of 
 
 It injuiy to any 
 
 5 blood and is a 
 
 another good 
 
 alterative. It 
 
 : Jl 
 
 R. 
 
 "wasKHsaBEs:-. 
 
 wwrs- 
 
> 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE — GYMNASTICS. 
 
 In America the noblest interests of the race have :'eached unpar- 
 alleled development. In no other country, in no other age, has 
 mental culture been so complete and universal. It is an era in the 
 progress of the race. The fruits of labor which in other times and 
 lands have been wasted upon the abnormal life of the few, have here, 
 like air and light, the two great repr.isentative gifts of Heaven, found 
 their way to the normal life of the million. 
 
 But in this hour of triumph the national life is jeopardized by 
 physical exhaustion. While the admiring world looks on, our bodies 
 upon which as a foundation our higher faculties must rest, crumble 
 and give way. Precocious brains are borne about by doubtful spines; 
 brilliant talents are linked with dying bodies. 
 
 Men, women, and children should be strong, but it should be the 
 strength of grace, flexibility, agility, and endurance ; it should not be 
 the strength of a great lifter. Let me allude to the gymnastics of the 
 circus. Permit me to call special attention to three features — to the 
 man who lifts the cannon, to the india-rubber man and to the general 
 performer. The lifter and the india-rubber man constitute the two mis- 
 chievous extremes. It is impossible that in either there should be 
 the highest physiological conditions ; but, in the persoixs of general 
 performers, is found the model gymnast. They can neither llrt great 
 weights nor tie themselves into knots, but they occupy a point 
 between these two extremes. They possess both strength and flexi- 
 bility, and resemble fine, active, agile, vigorous carriage-horses, which 
 occupy a point between the slow cart-horse and the long-legged, loose- 
 jointed animal. The race-hoi-se has a much more vigorous circula- 
 tion than the cart-horse. It is a fact not unfamiliar to horsemen, 
 that when a horse is transferred from slow, heavy work to the car- 
 riage, the surface veins about the neck and legs begin at once to en- 
 large ; when the change is made from the carriage to the cart, the 
 reverse is the result. 
 
 And when we consider that the principal object -of all physical 
 training is an elastic, vigorous condition of the nervous system, the 
 superiority of light gymnastics becomes still more obvious. The 
 nervous system is the fundamental fact of our earthly life. All other 
 
 950 
 
 ^ 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 951 
 
 8TICS. 
 
 iched unpar- 
 lier age, has 
 m era in tlui 
 !r times and 
 (v, have here, 
 eaven, found 
 
 )pardized by 
 n, our bodies 
 'est, crumble 
 btful spines; 
 
 lould be the 
 bould not be 
 astics of the 
 res — to the 
 > the general 
 the two mis- 
 e should be 
 i of general 
 ler lirt great 
 ipy a point 
 th and flexi- 
 orses, which 
 jgged, loose- 
 ous circula- 
 ) horsemen, 
 to the ear- 
 once to en- 
 le cart, tlie 
 
 ill physical 
 system, the 
 ious. The 
 All other 
 
 parts of the organism exist and work for it. It controla all, and is 
 the seat of pain and pleasure. 
 
 The impressions upon the stomach, for example, resulting in a bet- 
 ter or worse digestion, must be made through the nerves. This su- 
 preme control of the nervous system is forcibly illustrated in the 
 change made by joyful or sad tidings. 
 
 Could we have an unbroken succession of good news, we should 
 all have good digestion without a gymnasium. But in a world of 
 vexation and disappointment, we are driven to the necessity of muscle 
 culture, and other hygienic expedients, to give the nervous system 
 that support and vitality which our fitful surroundings deny. 
 
 If we would make our muscle-training contributive in the highest 
 degi'ee to the healthful elasticity of our nerves, the exercise must be 
 such as will bring into varied combinations and play all our muscles 
 and nerves. Those exercises which require great accuracy, skill and 
 dash are just those which secure this happy and complete intermar- 
 riage of nerve and muscle. 
 
 Another point I take the liberty to urge. Without accuracy in the 
 performance of the feats, the interest must be transient. This prin- 
 ciple is strikingly exemplified in military training. Those who have 
 studied our infantry drill have been struck with its simplicity, and 
 have wondered that men could go through with its details every day 
 for years without disgust. If the drill-master permits carelessness, 
 then authority alone can force the men through the evolutions ; but 
 if he enforce the greatest precision, they return to their task every 
 morning for yeare with cheerfulness. 
 
 At this point it may be urged that those exercises which hasten the 
 action of the thoracic viscera to any considerable degree are simply 
 exhaustive. This is another blunder of the " big-muscle " men. They 
 seem to think you can determine every man's constitution and health 
 by the tape-line ; and that all exercises whose results are not deter- 
 minable by measurement are woi-thless. 
 
 I need scarcely say there are certain conditions of brain, muscle, 
 and of every other tissue, far moie important than size ; but what I 
 desire to urge more particularly in this connection is the importance, 
 the great physiological advantages, of just those exercises in which 
 the lungs and heart are brought into active play. These organs are 
 no exceptions to the law that exercise is the principal condition of 
 development. Their vigorous training adds more to the stock of 
 vitality than that of other organs. 
 
 I have said an elastic tone of the nervous system is the physiolog- 
 ical purpose of all physical training. If one may be allowed such an 
 analysis, I would add that we exercise our muscles to invigorate the 
 thoracic and abdominal viscera. These in their turn support and in- 
 vigorate the nervous system. All exercises which operate more di- 
 rectly upon these internal organs, as, for example, laughing, deep 
 breathing, and running, contribute most effectively to the stamina of 
 
 SI3ii Bj»W«HMMMAa!WfeijM^ 
 
952 
 
 PHYSICAL CITLTURK. 
 
 the brain and nerves. Tt is only this mania for monstrous arms and 
 shoulders that could have misled the intelligent gymnast on t'-is 
 point. 
 
 As our artificial training is designed to fit us for the more succiess- 
 ful performance of the business of life, I suggest that the training 
 should be, in character, somewhat preparatory for those duties. If 
 you would train a horse for the carriage, you would not do it by 
 driving at a slow pace before a heavy load. If you did, the first fust 
 drive would go hard with him. 
 
 Just so with a man. If he is to lift barrels of flour, or kegs of 
 nails, as a business, he may be trained by heavy lifting ; but if his 
 business requires the average velocity and free motions of human 
 occupations, then upon the basis of his heavy slow training, he will 
 find himself, in actual life, in the condition of the dray-horse, who is 
 pushed before the light carriage at a high speed. 
 
 Is it true that in either intellectual or phjrsical training, bold, 
 brilliant efforts, under proper conditions and limitations, exhaust the 
 powers of life? On the contmry, is it not true that we find in vigor- 
 ous, bold, dashing, brilliant efforts the only source of vigorous, bold, 
 dashing and brilliant powers ? 
 
 In this discussion I have not considered the treatment of invalids. 
 The principles presentcvi arc applicable to the training of children 
 and adults of average vitality. 
 
 I will rest upon the general statement that all persons of both 
 sexes, and of every age, who are possessed of average vitality, should, 
 in the department of physical education, employ light apparatus, and 
 execute a great variety of feats which require skill, accuracy, cour- 
 age, dash, presence of mind, quick eye and hand, — in brief, which 
 demand a vigorous and complete exercise of all the powers and 
 faculties with which the Creator has endowed us ; while deformed 
 and diseased persons shoul4 be treated in consonance with the phi- 
 losophy of the Swedish Movement Cure, in which the movements are 
 slow and limited. 
 
 We rejoice to see that the American people of all classes and both 
 sexes are taking more and more interest in outdoor sports. The 
 bicycle, if used in reasonable moderation, will prove a great factor 
 in the physical development of both sexes ; but the danger is that 
 the American idea of trjHing to outdo others will cause the young 
 vidth untried muscles to attempt century runs and generally to overdo ; 
 while, if they should take reasonable rides, and enjoy the fresh air 
 and scenery, it would prove a benefit to mind and body. 
 
 There are many simple contrivances to use at home, if not conven- 
 ient to take full gymnastic courses. We give a description of two, 
 either of -which, if faithfully used, will be of great benefit. 
 
 ■^i^i^la^i^BM 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. ^^'i 
 
 trous arms and 
 ^mnaBt on tl'is 
 
 e more succtess- 
 it the training 
 ose duties. If 
 1 not (]o it by 
 id, the first fust 
 
 )ur, or kegs of 
 ing ; but if his 
 ions of human 
 raining, he will 
 .y-horse, who is 
 
 training, bold, 
 ns, exhaust the 
 ^e find in vigor- 
 vigorous, bold, 
 
 ent of invalids, 
 ing of children 
 
 lersons of both 
 vitality, should, 
 I apparatus, and 
 accuracy, cour- 
 in brief, which 
 he powers and 
 irhile deformed 
 e with the phi- 
 movements are 
 
 lasses and both 
 sports. The 
 a great factor 
 danger is that 
 ,use the young 
 rally to overdo ; 
 y the fresh air 
 
 if not conven- 
 ription of two, 
 lefit. 
 
 i. 
 
 The Whitely Exerciser. 
 
 As this method is introduced with the strictly American idea of 
 furnishing " the shortest route and fastest time " to health and 
 strength, you may expect some radical departures from older meth- 
 ods. 
 
 After your regular day's work is ended, you are not aaked to do 
 another each evening, performing feats of strength which tax your 
 endurance to the utmost, and leave you " all broke up " the next 
 day. It has been demonstrated that heavy gymnastics, like numer- 
 ous other ponderous and unwieldy things of the past, are by no means 
 the liest. On the contrary, exercises that admit of numerous move- 
 ments of the muscles without greatly taxing the vital fokces, 
 produce lai-ger development and better quality. Muscular tissue 
 built in this way is not ordy strong, but quick and active, while that 
 developed with heavy weights is hard and slow. 
 
 You are not required to waste time in the preliminary study of 
 an intricate system of movements. For brain-workers, a system that 
 requires study is directly at variance with one of the prime objects 
 of musculcr exercise, namely, entire relief from mental strain. But, 
 if you dcn't have to think, it is because someone has done it for 
 you ; for the exercises, howbeit simple, are scientifically arranged to 
 bring into action every muscle in your body. 
 
 Dumb-bells and Indian clubs exercise the muscles of the arms and 
 shoulders but do not reach the muscles that pull the arms down- 
 ward. 
 
 The Whitely Exerciser is at once complete, compact and noiseless ; 
 requiring no floor-room, no changing of weights, for it adjusts itself 
 to any degree of resistance ; no buckling of straps or other parapher- 
 nalia ; can be put up in two minutes without the use of a single tool, 
 and if desired can be removed from the hooks and put out of sight in 
 a moment and readjusted for use just as quickly. It imparts an easy, 
 gliding motion, necessary to successful development. 
 
 It is equally adapted to ladies, gentlemen and children. 
 
 Directions for Putting up. — The Exerciser will work at any 
 angle, so select any place in your room that permits an unobstructed 
 floor space in any direction. Better work toward a window that will 
 permit of ventilation from above than away from it. 
 
 Standing on an ordinary chair, screw two hooks into the door or 
 window-frame on a level with your nose and from two to six inches 
 apart as best suits the form of the woodwork ; lower hooks two inches 
 from the floor, or in the floor if you are short of stature. 
 
 Should there be a sill or other obstruction to be avoided, put the 
 lower hooks in the floor at sufficient distance from the wall to make 
 the cords clear the obstruction. 
 
 The middle pulley is purposely made without a swivel to prevent 
 
 IS 
 
 ? 
 
954 
 
 PHY8I0AL CULTURE. 
 
 twisting of the cord when in iiae, so run out dny twist between it 
 and the pulleys attached to the triangle l)efore putting it on the 
 hook. The pulleys on the triangle are swiveled that the Exerciser 
 may adjust itwelf to any movement or work in any direction, and if 
 the cords twist together between them and the handles a pull on the 
 latter will untwist them. 
 
 The rubl)er cord, or rather cable, is calculated to withstand unlim- 
 ited use and a much greater tension than required for ordinary exer- 
 cise, but don't, on that acco; at, abuse it unnecessarily. 
 
 Don't use a cord that is too strong for you. If you do you will 
 be exhausted but not benefited by your exercise. The cords are made 
 of various strengths, be sure you obtain one adapted to you ; that is, 
 one that pulls easily when close to the Exerciser. As you grow 
 stronger, you have only to stand a little further from the Exerciser 
 to obtain a re^ Istsmce suited to your increasing strength. 
 
 It is not how much you pull, but how often, so use no more force 
 than is agreeable. 
 
 If your exercise is too vigorous or too heavy, you will be exhausted 
 before you can complete it. It is better to exercise all parts of the 
 body a little than a few much. If you are sick or weak, exercise 
 very moderately, and stop the moment you feel the least exhausted. 
 If well and strong, be moderate for the first week or two, or exercise 
 will make you sore. When a muscle is tired it hurts, and to force 
 it beyond that point is harmful. 
 
 Exercise when you have time for it. Not for an hour after meals, 
 certainly, unless it be very moderately. After eating, your stomach 
 needs all your force, and much of your blood, which under exercise 
 would be drawn to the muscles. 
 
 Perhaps the most convenient time to exercise is just before retir- 
 ing, as it puts the body and brain in condition for refreshing sleep. 
 Sedentary people should keep the apparatus in the office, if possible, 
 to exercise when they feel the need of it, — that is when your br.iin 
 is tired, and your thoughts refuse to flow freely. A little vigorous 
 exertion will renew the supply of blood in the brain, and with new 
 blood will come clear thought and new ideas. 
 
 A tired feeling is not always due to exhaustion ; it is more fre- 
 quently due to congestion of the blood in some particular spot, and 
 is quickly dispelled by exercise. Make the attempt, but if the tired 
 feeling does not soon disappear, you will understand that it is true 
 exhaustion for which sleep is the only remedy. 
 
 Make up your mind that you will exercise, be it midnight or morn- 
 ing, when you retire, and you will be repaid for it in the quality of 
 sleep that follows ; though at such times, unless excited, it is well to 
 somewhat curtail the amount of each movement, or you will tire be- 
 fore you finish the list. At such times, also, some regard to the mus- 
 cles that have beeen used during the day is p .jable ; but when you 
 have time to exercise each group of muscles completely, this matter 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 955 
 
 St between it 
 ing it on the 
 ttie Exerciser 
 ection, and if 
 a pull on the 
 
 hstand iinliin- 
 ordinary exer- 
 
 u do you will 
 Drds are made 
 you ; that is, 
 As you grow 
 the Exerciser 
 1. 
 ao more force 
 
 be exhausted 
 1 parts of the 
 /eak, exercise 
 st exhausted, 
 o, or exercise 
 and to force 
 
 r after meals, 
 your stomach 
 nder exercise 
 
 ; before retir- 
 reshing sleep. 
 0, if possible, 
 en your br.iin 
 ittle vigorous 
 md with new 
 
 ; is more fre- 
 ilar spot, and 
 it if the tired 
 lat it is true 
 
 ight or iBorn- 
 ;he quality of 
 , it is well to 
 I will tire be- 
 i to the mus- 
 jut when you 
 r. this matter 
 
 will regulate itself, for those that have l)een used during the day 
 will tire sooner than the othera. Nature ])uts a limit to muscular 
 development, beyond which no amount of exercise will force it, and 
 it is therefore only necessary to exercise all the muscles regularly, to 
 eventually bring the entire body to a symmetrical shape, and tlie 
 liighest stage of development. 
 
 If practicable, take your exercise in the condition indicated in tlie 
 cuts ; for at least once a day the l)0(ly should be free to act without 
 restraint of clothing, and moreover, fresh air is a tonic to the skin 
 which lessens your chances of taking cold. 
 
 Fresh air is an indispensable adjunct to exercise, but the room 
 should never be chilly. 
 
 Never exercise beyond the ability of the heart to keep pace with 
 yoij ; palpitation is a sure indication of excess. Exercise only as 
 vigorously as is agreeable, and in keeping with your strength. 
 
 Do not exercise long or h :'d early in the morning, as it is apt to 
 exhaust you bexore the vital forces are fully aroused, and you do not 
 recover during the day. If you rise as late as half past eight or nine, 
 vigorous exercise is not likely to hurt you, unless you Ixdt your 
 breakfast, and rush off to work immediately following it. 
 
 In making the movements, endeavor to forget you are exercising, 
 and, if possible, imagine you are doing the things the movements in- 
 dicate. 
 
 Exercise No. 1. — Throwing. Suspend the apparatus as in posi- 
 tion No. 4, grasp the handles with either hand, and make a mo^ e- 
 ment exactly as though throwing a ball or light stone. Having tired 
 the muscles on one side, change to the other and repeat the move- 
 ment until that side is tired, also. 
 
 This movement brings into play the muscles in front of the neck, 
 the large muscles on the front of the chest, the muscles on the front 
 
 'm 
 
 ■^i ' mi-^^-i 
 
966 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTUHK. 
 
 and side of the abdomen, nearly all the muscles of the legs, and broad- 
 ens the chest. Draw in the breath as you take the first position, and 
 blow it out forcibly as you make the movement. 
 
 If the tension is not strong enough with one handle, it may be 
 doubled by taking both in one hand. 
 
 Before releasing your hold on the handles relax the tension and 
 give the cords time to untwist. If oiled the Hwivels will revolve 
 without assistance. 
 
 Exercise No. 2. — Houting. — Take a handle in each hand and 
 make a movement as though hoisting a bucket of pitch or gravel to 
 the roof of a high building. 
 
 This exercise brings into action the muscles on the sides of the 
 neck, muscles of the fore-arms, back-arms, muscles of the bac'c that 
 draw the shoulders together, side muscles, and muscles on front of 
 thighs. In making this movement, endeavor to send the " bucket " 
 as high as possible at each sweep of the arm. In doing so, you will 
 diaw the arm back and around in a way that is necessary to develop 
 the particular muscles which this movement is intended to reach. 
 
 Take in the breath as one hand is drawn down, and as the other 
 comes down, expel it. 
 
 Exercise No. 3 Suspend Exerciser as per cut, and use each hand 
 
 alteinately. This exercise strengthens the muscles of the arm, 
 shoulder and thigh. Another exercise is made by turning the back 
 to the Exerciser. Putting the cords over the shoulders, hands on 
 back, then bend foi-ward and back. This movement is particularly 
 intended to reach the large muscles on the front of the chest and 
 abdomen. 
 
m^^m^m^mm^mm 
 
 knees as you draw the arms down, and as the arms go up, bring them 
 together. This latter part of the movement exercises the muscles 
 
 "f^«Mi>|B««lMMjiiaMIMi 
 
958 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 on the inside of the legs which are much used in swimming. Draw 
 in the breath as the arms go up, and expel it as you draw them down. 
 This movement is a good chest-expander. 
 
 Exercise No. S.~ Putting the shot. — Shift the apparatus to 
 position No. 6. Grasp the handle in one hand, and make a move- 
 ment as though throwing a heavy stone or shot. Draw in the breath 
 as you begin the movement, expel it as you finish. When the 
 muscles of one side are tired, change to the other and repeat the 
 movement. 
 
 The exercise expands particularly the upper portion of the chest, 
 exercises the fore-arm and biceps, or front muscles of the upper arm, 
 triceps, or back muscles of the upper arm, the upper portion c' the 
 large muscles on front of the chest, and muscles on side of shoulder ; 
 also the side muscles of the body, and nearly all the muscles of the 
 legs and feet 
 
 Exercise No. 6. — Romng. 
 
 This movement may be made either 
 sitting or standing, though it is 
 better made sitting. With a 
 handle in each hand, make a 
 movement as you would in 
 rowing: as the body goes for- 
 ward spread the knees, as re^ 
 resented in the first cut, and as 
 you go back, bring them to- 
 gether as shown in the second. 
 The breath may be drawn in 
 either as the body goes forward 
 or backward, but as a rule, in 
 any exercise, it is better to take 
 
 I ', 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 m 
 
 imming. Draw 
 raw them clown. 
 
 e apparatus to 
 1 make a move- 
 iw in the breath 
 sh. When the 
 and repeat the 
 
 n of the chest, 
 the upper arm, 
 ■ portion c'^ the 
 de of shoulder ; 
 muscles of the 
 
 be made either 
 ttg, though it is 
 iting. With a 
 
 hand, make a 
 y^ou would in 
 body goes for- 
 
 knees, as re^ 
 first cut, and as 
 )ring them to- 
 in the second, 
 ay be drawn in 
 y goes forward 
 t as a rule, in 
 i better to take 
 
 the breath before the exertion. In this movement be careful to draw 
 tlie arms and shoulders well back ; for rowing, as it is generally per- 
 formed with the sliding seat, tends 
 to contract the front of the chest. 
 The movement made as indicated 
 in the cuts, or in rowing without 
 the sliding seat, overcomes that 
 objection to the sport. In rowing, 
 we use the muscles of the fore-arm, 
 biceps, back muscles of the shoul- 
 ders, nearly all the muscles of the 
 back, and the muscles of the back 
 of the neck have considerable to 
 do. With the sliding seat, the 
 muscles in front of the legs do 
 much of the work, but as all the 
 other movements exercise the legs, 
 there would be nothing gained in 
 having the seat for this exercise. 
 In fact, the development of the 
 muscles on the inside of the legs, as is done in the way the move- 
 ment is here described, is much more to the point ; for with the 
 exception of exercise No. 4, these muscles have had little work. 
 
 Exercise No. 7 Lie down on floor. Head to Exerciser. Lift 
 
 hands straight over head, touch the floor and sink to hips. Raise 
 body to sitting position without lifting feet from the floor. 
 
 This exercise plaj^s particularly on t^ front muscles of the shonl- 
 jlers, and some muscles in the back, and is specially designed to 
 strengthen the abdominal muscles. 
 
 "ftaaaJILg 
 
 iv ' ;aa:. ' 9g" 
 
f-Jf'/r^'^ 
 
 > ' .i^- ' .t.>-.M:. 
 
 960 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 £ 
 
 Inhale the breath fully as the arms ascend, and expel it forcibly as 
 they descend. '' 
 
 Exercise No. 8.— Bowling. — Suspend one handle again as in 
 position No. 6 ; with the other hand free, make a movement as though 
 
 to throw a ball as in bowling. Draw in the breath and expel it in 
 the forward movement. 
 
 This exercise develops the muscles of the arms and legs. 
 
 As a finishing touch, this old-fashioned exercise for expanding the 
 chest is given. From a position with the hands down at the sides, 
 raise the arms laterally to a position high over your head, keeping 
 
 the elbows straight. Inhale all the breath you possibly can as the arms 
 go up ; bring the arms down again to the position first indicated, but 
 retain the breath for a moment after you have finished the movement. 
 
•rnism 
 
 PPP?^ 
 
 ni^ 
 
 pel it forcibly as 
 
 le again as in 
 ment as though 
 
 PRONOUNCING DICTIONARY. - GLOSSARY. 
 
 md expel it in 
 
 legs. 
 
 expanding the 
 
 n at the sides, 
 
 head, keeping 
 
 an as the arms 
 indicated, but 
 he movement. 
 
 Ab-do'&eo. The belly. 
 
 A-ce-tab'u-lum. The socket for the 
 head of the thigh bone. 
 
 Ab-dom'i-oal c«v'i-ty. The cavity of 
 the belly. 
 
 Ab-duc'tor. A muscle which draws one 
 part of the body towards another. 
 
 Ab-sor' bents. Qlands and vessels 
 which absorb or suck up substances 
 from within or without; also, medicines 
 which, though nearly or quite inactive 
 themselves, absorb, or combine with 
 acid matter in the stomach or bowels, 
 
 A-cro'mi-on. That part of the scapula, 
 or shoulder-blade, which unites with the 
 collarbone. 
 
 Al-bu-gin'e-a. The white of the eye. 
 
 Al'ter-a-tives. Medicines which gradu- 
 ally reestablish health, without sensibly 
 increasing the circulation, or augment- 
 ing the perspiration, urine, or other ex- 
 cretions. 
 
 Al' ve-o-lar. Relating to the sockets of 
 the teeth. 
 
 Al'vine (Al'vin) . Relating to the Intes- 
 tines, as alvine diachargea, — discharges 
 from the bowels. 
 
 A-mor'phou8. Having no regular form. 
 
 Am-ni-ot'ic liq'uid. The fluid sur- 
 rounding the fetus in the womb. 
 
 An-jes-the'aia. Suspended sensibility. 
 
 An-as'to-mose. The uniting of arteries 
 and veins by joining their mouths. 
 
 An-chy-lo'sis. A stiff or useless joint. 
 
 An-i-mal'cu-ls, Animals so small that 
 they can only be seen with a microscope. 
 
 An-ae'mi-a. Privation of blood; a com- 
 paratively bloodless state. 
 
 An'o-dynes. Medicines which diminish 
 sensibility, abate pain, and induce sleep. 
 It should always be remembered that 
 anodynes when frequently, and long 
 taku, lose their influence in disease. 
 
 Ant-a'cids. Preparations which neu- 
 tralize acidity of the stomach and bowels. 
 
 Ant-al'ka-Iies. Agents which neutral- 
 ize alkalies. 
 
 An-ta-phro-ais'i-aca. Agents which les 
 sen or blunt the sexual propensities. 
 
 An-thel-min'tics. Medicines which de- 
 stroy and expel worms. 
 
 An'ti-dotes. Medicines which counter- 
 act and destroy the effects of poison. 
 
 An-ti-pe-ri-od'ics. Medicines which pre- 
 vent or cure diseases of a periodical char- 
 acter. 
 
 An-ti-pMo-gis'tics. Medicines or diet 
 which remove or appease inflamma- 
 tion. 
 
 An-ti-spos-mod'ics. Medicines which 
 prevent or allay spasms, commonly 
 called cramps. 
 
 An-ti-«yph-i-lIt'iC8. Medicines which 
 cure syphilis. 
 
 An-ti-s«p'tic. Whatever checks or 
 counteracts putrefaction. 
 
 An-ti-8cor-bu'tics. Articles which pre- 
 vent and cure scurvy. 
 
 A-pe'ri-«nt8. Medicines wliioh gently 
 open the tiowels. 
 
 A-pho'ni-a. A loss of the voice. 
 
 Aph-ro-dis'i-acs. Medicines supposed 
 to excite and promote the sexual aone- 
 tlte. '^^ 
 
 A-pon-eu-ro'sis. The membranous ex- 
 pansion of tendons and muscles. 
 
 A-re-o'la. A colored circle, as the cir- 
 cle around the nipple. 
 
 Ar-o-mat'ic8. Medicines which have a 
 grateful, spicy smell, and an agreeable, 
 pungent taste. 
 
 As-phyx'i-a. Suspended animation; 
 apparent death. 
 
 As-then'ic. Relating to debility ; or to 
 disease marked by debility. 
 
 As-trin' gents. Medicines which have 
 the power to constringe or pucker up the 
 ti8suet» of the body, and thereby check 
 discharges. 
 
 At'ro-phy. A wasted condition ; lean- 
 ness. 
 
 Ax-il'la. The arm-pit. 
 
 Atts-cul-ta'tion. The art of detecting 
 disease by listening to the sounds of the 
 lungs, heart, etc. 
 
 Au-top'sy. Personal inspection, — used 
 in the sense of a post-mortem examina- 
 tion. 
 
 961 
 
•'nm 
 
 962 
 
 QLOSSABT 
 
 A-zo'te. Nitrogen ; one of the oonatlt- 
 uents of the atmosphere. 
 
 Bron'chi-a. The pipes which convey 
 the air through the lungs. 
 
 Bnr'sae mu-co'sa. Small sacs, situated 
 under tendons, about the joints, contain- 
 ing a sticky Quid. 
 
 Cal'cu-lus. A solid, unorganized body 
 formed in the kidneys, or bladder, and 
 called a stone. The plural is calcuU. 
 
 Cap'il-la-ry. Small, resembling a hair. 
 
 Cap' sale. A membranous bag, enclos- 
 ing a part. 
 
 Car'ti-lage. Gristle attached to the 
 ends of the bones. 
 
 Car min'a-tives. Medicines which ex- 
 pel wind from the stomach and bowels, 
 and allay the pain caused by it. 
 
 Ca-thar'tic8. Medicines which purge 
 the bowels. 
 
 Cer'vix. The neck. Oer'vix Vter-i. 
 The neck of the womb. 
 
 Car'di-ac. Belating to the heart. 
 
 Car' pal. Belating to the wrist. 
 
 Cat-a-me'ni-a. The monthly flow of 
 females. 
 
 Purging. 
 A tvibe for drawing off the 
 
 Ca-thar'sis 
 Cath'e-ter. 
 urine. 
 Cel-la'lar. 
 Cer'e-bral 
 
 Belating to cells. 
 Belating to the brain. 
 
 Cha-Iyb'e-ate. Containing Iron or steel. 
 
 Che-mo 'sis. A swelling of the eye, in 
 which the eye projects, with a depression 
 in th( centre. 
 
 Cho' la-gogne. A medicine which causes 
 a discharge of bile. 
 
 Clo'nic spasms. Spasms which are 
 rigid and relaxed alternately. 
 
 Col-li' qua-tive. This term Is applied to 
 excessive and exhausting discharges. 
 
 Co-los'tnun. The flrstsecretion of milk. 
 
 Co' ma. Profound stupor, or sleep. 
 
 Con'dyle (kon'dil). A knob; applied 
 to certain projections of bones at joints. 
 
 Con'flu-«nt. Not distinct ; running to- 
 gether. 
 
 Con-gen't-tal. Existing at the time of 
 birth. 
 
 Con-ges'tion. Distention of parts by 
 an accumulation of blood in them. 
 
 Con-janc'ti-va. The membrane which 
 covers the eye and lines the eyelid. 
 
 Con'tra-in'di-ca-ted. Not indicated ; 
 the opposite implied. 
 
 Cord'ials. Medicines which have a 
 grateful, warming and exhilarating ef- 
 fect upon the stomach. 
 
 Conn'ter-ir'ri-tants. Articles which by 
 irritating one part, withdraw blood from, 
 and relieve another. 
 
 Cri'sis. The turning point of a disease. 
 
 Cn'ti-cla. The epidermis; the seart- 
 Bkln. 
 
 De-cid'n-a. A thin, external membrane, 
 within the womb, thrown off after child- 
 bearing. 
 
 De-liq'ui-um. Fainting. 
 
 De-mul'cents. Medicines of a softening 
 nature, which correct acrid coudltionB, 
 and, by their bland effects, soothe in- 
 flamed and irritated parts. 
 
 De-ple'tlon. Diminishing the fullness 
 of a part or parts, as by purgatives, or 
 bleeding. 
 
 De-sqna-ma'tion. Separation of the 
 skin in scales; scaling off. 
 
 De-ter'gents. Medicines which cleanse. 
 
 Di-ag-no'sls. The art of determining 
 the nature of diseases. 
 
 Di-a-pho-ret'ics. Medicines which pro- 
 mote sweating. 
 
 Di-ath'e-sis. Any particular disposi- 
 tion, state, or habit of body. 
 
 Di-u-re'sis. CJopious flow of urine. 
 
 Dil'u-ents. Watery drinks, which in- 
 crease the fluidity of the blood, and ren- 
 der several of the secretive and excretive 
 fluids less viscid. 
 
 Dis-cu' tients . Medicines which scatter, 
 resolve, or disperse tumors. 
 
 Dis-in-fec'tants. Articles which purify 
 or cleanse Infected places. 
 
 Di-u-ret'ics. Medicines which increase 
 urinary secretions. 
 
 Dras'tics. Strong and violent purga- 
 
 tives. 
 Dysp-noe'a. 
 E-me'sis. 
 £-met'ics. 
 
 DiflSculty of breathing. 
 Vomiting. 
 
 Medicines which cause the 
 stomach to reverse Its action, and throw 
 its contents up through the mouth. 
 
 Em-men'a-gogues. Medicines supposed 
 to have the power of e.\ siting or increas- 
 ing the menses. 
 
 E-mol'lients. Those substances which 
 have the power of softening or relaxing 
 the animal fibre, when applied externally. 
 
 En-dem'ic dis-eas'es. Diseases pre- 
 vailing in certain localities or districts. 
 
 Ep-i-dem'ic dis-eas'es. Diseases ex- 
 tending over a large extent of country. 
 
 Ep-i-glot'tis. The cartilage, which, in 
 the act of swallowing, shuts down upon 
 the top of the wind-pipe, and prevents 
 food from going into the breath-passage. 
 
 £p-ls-pas'tic8. Substances which in- 
 flame thu skin, and raise the cuticle, and 
 cause what is called a blister. 
 
 Es-cha-rot'ics. Articles which bum, 
 corrode, disorganize, and destroy the 
 animal tissues, causing what is called an 
 eschar, or slough, which Ib dead matter, 
 and falls off. 
 
 Ex-pec' to-rants. Articles which act 
 upon the system, so as to make the dis- 
 charge of mucus and other substances 
 from the air-tubes more easy. 
 
 
£i\ififi''rfi,iiaMlif^:f*r'ry.-^.jjirr,!f,'^ , , ^ , , 
 
 GLOSSARY. 
 
 963 
 
 xtemal membrane, 
 own off after chlld- 
 
 tlng. 
 
 ciaes of a softening 
 
 t acrid conditions, 
 
 effects, soothe In- 
 
 >arts. 
 
 Ishlng the fullness 
 
 } by purgatives, or 
 
 Separation of 
 goff. 
 ines which cleanse, 
 art of determinlcg 
 i. 
 
 jdlcines which pro- 
 particular disposl- 
 f body. 
 
 18 flow of urine. 
 Y drinks, which In- 
 the blood, and ren- 
 etlve and excretive 
 
 jines which scatter, 
 
 iimors. 
 
 ■tides which purify 
 
 aces. 
 
 nes which increase 
 
 md violent purga- 
 
 ilty of breathing. 
 
 les which cause the 
 3 action, and throw 
 gh the mouth, 
 iiledicines supposed 
 Bx<;itlng or Increas- 
 
 B substances which 
 ftening or relaxing 
 1 applied externally. 
 B. Diseases pre- 
 illties or districts. 
 es. Diseases ex- 
 extent of country, 
 cartilage, which, in 
 , shuts down upon 
 pipe, and prevents 
 the breath-passage, 
 bstances which In- 
 liee the cuticle, and 
 i blister. 
 
 sides which bum, 
 
 and destroy the 
 
 >g what is called an 
 
 lich is dead matter, 
 
 Lrtlcles which act 
 is to make the dis- 
 1 other substances 
 )re easy. 
 
 the 
 
 the 
 
 Er'rhines. Substances whicli cause 
 sneezing and a discharge of mucus 
 from the nose when snuffed. 
 
 Es'char. The dead part, killed by 
 caustic or mortiflcation, which falls off; 
 a slough. 
 
 £x-f o-ll-a 'tion . A sealing off, as a piece 
 of dead bone. 
 
 Fau'ces. The back part of the mouth. 
 
 Fe'brile. Belonging to fever. 
 
 Fe'ces. The matter discharged from 
 the bowels. 
 
 Feb'ri-fu-ges. Medicines which assuage 
 or remove fevers. 
 
 Fla'tus. Wind, or rather, gas, In the 
 stomach or bowels. 
 
 Fol'li-cle. A little bag or sac. 
 
 Fo-ra'men. A hole or opening. 
 
 For-mi-ca'tion. A sensation like 
 creeping of ants. 
 
 Fur-fu-ra'ceous. Branny or scaly. 
 
 6ang'li-on. An enlargement In 
 course of a nerve. 
 
 Gan'grene. Mortiflcation; partial death. 
 
 Gas'tric. Belonging to the stomach. 
 
 Ges-ta'tion. The period of pregnancy. 
 
 Glot'tis. The opening into the wind- 
 pipe, covered by the epiglottis. 
 
 Gran'tt-lar. Like small grains. 
 
 Gran'u-la-ted. CJovered with granula- 
 tions. 
 
 Gran-u-la' tion. The filling up or cover- 
 ing of a wound or ulcer, with small, red 
 elevations, looking like grains. 
 
 Hae-mop'ty-sis. Baising blood from 
 the lungs. 
 
 Haem'or-ihage. 
 
 Haem-or-rba'gic. 
 bleed. 
 
 He-mi-cra'ni-a. Fain on one side of the 
 bead. 
 
 He-pat' ic. Belonging to the liver. 
 
 Hy-per-ca-thar'sis. Excessive purg- 
 ing. 
 
 Hy-per'tro-phy. An unnatural enlarge- 
 ment of an organ, without change of 
 structure. 
 
 Hyp-not'ics. Medicines which cause 
 sleep. 
 
 Ich'or (Ik'or). A thin, watery, and 
 acrid discharge. 
 
 In-ter-cos'tal. Between the ribs. 
 
 Lar'ynx. The top of the windpipe; 
 the cavity which contains the vocal liga- 
 ments. 
 
 Laz'a-tiVes. Medicines which render 
 the bowels a little more relaxed than 
 natural, but do not purge. 
 
 Lig'ate. To secure with a ligature. 
 
 Lig'a-ture. A cord or thread. 
 
 Lo~chi-a. The bloody discharge from 
 the womb for some time after child- 
 birth. 
 
 Lo'chi-al. Belatlng to the lochia. 
 
 A flow of blood. 
 Having a tendency to 
 
 Lymph. A whitish fluid contained by 
 the lymphatic vessels. 
 
 Lym-phat'ics. The vessels which carry 
 lymph. 
 
 Hac-er-a'tion. The act of softening or 
 soaking a thing by letting it stand in 
 water. 
 
 Mac'u-lae. Colored spots; blemishes. 
 
 Ma-la' ri-a. Noxious gases from de- 
 composed matter. 
 
 Mam'nut. The female breast. 
 
 Man-dib'u-Ur. Relating to the jaw. 
 
 Mas-ti-ca'tion. The act of chewing. 
 
 Mas-tur-ba'tion. The act of exciting 
 the genital organs with the hands. 
 
 Men'stni-um. Any solvent, or vehicle. 
 
 Met-a-car'pus. The hand, between the 
 wrist and the fingers. 
 
 Me-tas'ta-sis. The changing of a dis- 
 ease from one place to another. 
 
 Met-a-tar'sus. That part of the foot 
 between the ankle and the toes. 
 
 Mi-as-mat' ic. Partaking of the nature 
 of miasm. 
 
 Mu'co-pu'ri-form. Composed of both 
 muciis and pus. 
 
 Mu'co-se'ro-lent. Composed of both 
 mucus and serum. 
 
 Nar-cot'ic8. Medicines which relieve 
 pain and produce sleep. 
 
 Nau'se-ants. Medicines which cause 
 sickness at the stomach, or a disposition 
 to vomit. They are often used as ex- 
 pectorants. 
 
 Nos-ol'o-gist (Noae-ol'o-giat). One who 
 explains and classifies diseases. 
 
 Ntt'cle-us. A central spot. 
 
 Nu-cle-o'lus. A spot within a nucleus. 
 
 Or-thop-noe'a. Great difficulty of 
 breathing. 
 
 Os-si-fi-ca'tion. Tlie formation of 
 bone. 
 
 Os u'ter-i. The mouth of the womb. 
 
 O'va. Eggs. 
 
 O'vum. An egg. 
 
 Pa-pil'la. A red, elevated point upon 
 the tongue, or elsewhere. Certain dis- 
 eases make these points more promi- 
 nent. 
 
 Par-a-cen-te'sis. The operation of 
 puncturing the chest, or the abdomen, 
 for the purpose of drawing off water. 
 
 Par-a-phle'gi-a. Paralysis of the lower 
 half of the body. 
 
 Par'ox-ysm. A fit of disease taking 
 place periodically. 
 
 Par-tu'ri-ent. Bringing forth, or giv- 
 ing birth. 
 
 Par-tu'ri-ents. Medicines which pro- 
 mote child-bed labor, by causing con- 
 tractions of the womb. 
 
 Par-tu-ri'tion. Child-birth. 
 
 Pec'to-rals. Medicines Intended (o cure 
 or relieve diseases of the chest. 
 
■^in 
 
 964 
 
 GLOSSARY. 
 
 Pel'rls. The bony cavity, or basin, at 
 the lower part of the body, oontalning 
 the womb, abdomen, rectum, etc. 
 
 Per-i-ne'um. The part, or space, be- 
 tween the anaa and testicles. 
 
 Per-i-os'te-um. A thin, hard mem- 
 brane, covering the bones. 
 
 Per-i-os-ti'tis. Inflammation of the 
 periosteum. 
 
 Per-l-to-ne'um. A serous membrane 
 lining the cavity of the belly, and folded 
 over most of the organs contained in it. 
 
 Pet-e'chi-s. Purple spots which ap- 
 pear upon the skin In low fevers, looliing 
 lllie llea-bites ; called also ecchymoses. 
 
 Pha-ge-den'ic. Corroding, eating,— ap- 
 plied to ulcers. 
 
 Pha-Un'ges. The bones of the Angers 
 and toes. 
 
 Phar'ynz. The upper part of the 
 throat. 
 
 Phleg-mo'nons in-flam-ma'tion. Inflam- 
 mation marlied by redness, heat, and 
 pain, and a tendency to form matter. 
 
 Prog-no'sis. The art of foretelling the 
 termination of diseases. 
 
 Pty'a-lism. Salivation. 
 
 Pri'a-pism. A continued erection of 
 the penis from exciting, morbid causes. 
 
 Re-friz' er-ants. Medicines which les- 
 sen the neat of the >>ody. 
 
 Re-lax'ants. Medicines which relax 
 the tension of the muscles. 
 
 Re-mis'sion. A lessening or mitiga- 
 tion of the severity of the symptoms of 
 s disease. 
 
 Res-o-lu'tion. Dispersion of an inflam- 
 mation before pus is formed. 
 
 Re-Yul' sives. Medicines or appliances 
 which remove a disease by causing a de- 
 termination to some other part. 
 
 Ru-be-fa'cients. Applications which ex- 
 fllte the skin, causing the blood to flow 
 to it, and making it red. 
 
 Sa'nies. A thin fluid disoharijed from 
 ulcers, having some of the properties of 
 pus and blood. 
 
 Sed'a-tives. Medicines which dimin- 
 ish the action of the heart and nerves, 
 and which are used when we wish to 
 allay any excited action in the system. 
 
 Se'roas. Watery. 
 
 Scro'tnm. The bag which contains 
 the testicles. 
 
 Scyb'a-1«. Hard, round lumps in the 
 feces. 
 
 Si'a-la-gogues. Medicines which in- 
 crease the flow of saliva. 
 
 Slough (Sb^ff). Any part of the body 
 killed by mortiflcation, or caustic, and 
 cast off. 
 
 Sper-mat'ic cords. Two cords, com- 
 posed of nerves, veins, and arteries, de- 
 scending, one on each side, from the a1t>- 
 
 domen into the scrotum, and suspetiiling 
 the testicles. 
 
 Squa'mous. Scaly ; having scaler. 
 
 Sor'des. The dark matter di>|iohited 
 upon the lips and teeth, in low fu\ tMs. 
 
 Ster'num. The breast-bone. 
 
 Ster'tor. Noisy breathing, as in apo- 
 plexy. Snoring. 
 
 Ster* tor-ous. Snoring and noisy, as 
 applied to breathing. 
 
 Stim'u-lants. Medicines which in- 
 crease the activity of the system. 
 
 Sto-mach'ic8. Medicines which sup- 
 port and renovate the stomach, making 
 its action healthy. 
 
 Stru'ma. Scrofula. 
 
 Styp'tics. Substances which, when 
 applied externally, have the power to 
 constringe or pucker up bleeding ves- 
 sels, and stop the loss of blood. 
 
 Sub-cu-ta' ne-out. Under the skin. 
 
 Sub-max' il-Ia-ry. Under the lower 
 jaw. 
 
 Sub-snl'tus ten'di-num. Slight twitch- 
 Ings of the tendons, which occur in low 
 forms of fever. 
 
 Su-do-rif'ic8. Medicines wliicb cause 
 a flow of perspiration, rather more free 
 than that produced by diaphoretics. 
 
 Sup-pos'i-to-ries. Solid medicinal sub- 
 stances, of a conical or cylindrical shape, 
 which are placed in the rectum for the 
 purposeof relieving constipation and the 
 piles, and for removing stricture. 
 
 Syn'co-pe. Fainting; swooning. 
 
 Te-nes'mus. A painful bearing down 
 in the lower bowel, and a distressing de- 
 sire to go to stool. 
 
 Ton'ics. Medicines which gradually 
 give tone and strength to weakened or- 
 gans, or to the whole system. Some act 
 upon the nervous system, and some upon 
 the other tissues, by condensing, hard- 
 ening, and invigorating them. 
 
 Tor'mi-na. Griping pain. 
 
 U-re'ters. The tubes wliich convey the 
 urine from the kidneys to the bladder. 
 
 U-re'thra. The canal which conveys 
 the urine from the bladder out of the 
 body. 
 
 U'ter-ns. The womb. 
 
 V«g'i-na {Vadgfi-na). The passage 
 from the external genital organs to the 
 womb. 
 
 Va'ri-C08« veins. Veins which are 
 morbidly enlarged, and present along 
 their course soft, knotty, purplish tu- 
 mors. 
 
 Ver'ti-go. Dizziness; giddiness. 
 
 Ve-si-ca'tion. Blistering. 
 
 Vi'ms. Poison; contagion. 
 
 Vis'cus. A liver, stomach, kidney, 
 heart, or any organ within one of the 
 cavities of the body. 
 
1 1 .imjifj,^ 
 
 , and suspeinling 
 
 lavlng scales, 
 natter deposited 
 , in low fevers. 
 3t-bone. 
 thing, as In ape- 
 
 ; and noisy, as 
 
 lines vhlch in- 
 he system. 
 Ines which sup- 
 stomach, mailing 
 
 GENERAL nLEX. 
 
 B8 which, when 
 ve the power to 
 ap bleeding ves- 
 )f blood, 
 ider the skin. 
 Oder the lower 
 
 I. Slight twitch- 
 ich occur in low 
 
 les which cause 
 'atber more free 
 liaphoretics. 
 id medicinal sub- 
 ylindrlcal shape, 
 
 rectum for the 
 itipationand the 
 stricture. 
 
 Bwooning. 
 il bearing down 
 a distressing de- 
 
 pihich gradually 
 to weakened or- 
 Btem. Some act 
 I, and some upon 
 mdensing, hard- 
 them. 
 ain. 
 
 hlch convey the 
 o the bladder, 
 which conveys 
 Ider out of the 
 
 The passage 
 1 organs to the 
 
 ns which are 
 
 present along 
 
 y, purplish tu- 
 
 {iddiness. 
 
 'g- 
 
 Btlon. 
 
 raach, kidney, 
 
 hin one of the 
 
 Abbreviations and signs, 
 810. 
 
 Abdominal cavity. 122, 291 ; 
 Diseases of, 291-369. 
 
 Abies Canadensis, 840 ; Ex- 
 celsa, 824 ; Picea, 824. 
 
 Abortion, 428. 
 
 Abscesses, 626; Of brain, 
 167. 
 
 Absence of menses, 394. 
 
 Absorbent vessels, 40. 
 
 Abstinence demanded by 
 anger, 76. 
 
 AcacU catechu, 827. 
 
 Accidents, 509-616 ; On 
 water, 512; By poison- 
 ing. 513. 
 
 Acetate of ammonia, 816;. 
 Of copper, poisoning by, 
 514; Of lead, poisoning 
 by, 514; Of lead oint- 
 ment, 900. 
 
 Acetum, 883. 
 
 Achillea millefolium, 888. 
 
 Acid, acetic, 813 ; Benzoic, 
 819 ; Citric, 813 ; Diluted 
 hydrochloric, 813; Di- 
 luted hydrocyanic, 813; 
 Diluted nitric, 813; Di- 
 luted sulphuric, 813 ; Di- 
 luted nltro - muriatic, 
 813; Tannic, 814; Tar- 
 taric, 814. 
 
 Acids, poisoning by, 515. 
 
 Acne, spotted, 166. 
 
 Aconite, 856 ; Poisoning by, 
 515 ; Tincture of, 91S. 
 
 Aconitum napellus, 887. 
 
 Acorus calamus, 881. 
 
 Adenoid growths, 212. 
 
 Adipose tissue, 18. 
 
 Adipous sarcoma, 676. 
 
 Advanced life, changes in, 
 500. 
 
 ACusion, 752. 
 
 Age, influence of, 126. 
 
 Ague, brow, 204 ; Fever and, 
 473. 
 
 Ague-cake, 474. 
 
 Ague-root, 879. 
 
 Air, supply of, 115; In 
 chest, 260 ; Swellings, 
 321 ; And ventilation, 
 112. 
 
 Air-cells or vesicles, 36; 
 Enlargement of, 258. 
 
 Albinos, 164. 
 
 Albumen, 16. 
 
 Albuminous foods, 69. 
 
 Albuminuria, 338 ; Dieting 
 in, 802. 
 
 Alcohol, 814. 
 
 Alder, Ug, 881. 
 
 Aletris farinosa, 879. 
 
 Alexander's operation, 412. 
 
 Alimentary tube, 32. 
 
 Aliments, fluid, 779. 
 
 Allium cepa, 859 ; Sativum, 
 837. 
 
 Almond mixture, 898. 
 
 Almonds, 814; Syrup of, 
 009. 
 
 Alnus rubra, 881. 
 
 Aloes, 814 ; Gomp. tinct. of, 
 915 ; And canella, comp. 
 powder of, 907. 
 
 Alpinia cardamomum, 826. 
 
 Alterative inhalant. 243. 
 
 Alteratives, 926, 929. 
 
 Althaea officinalis, 854. 
 
 Alum, 814 ; Whey, 795. 
 
 Amaurosis, 691. 
 
 Amenorrhcea, 394. 
 
 American hellebore, 814 ; 
 Ipecacuanha, 815; Ivy, 
 815 ; Valerian, 888. 
 
 Ammonia, aromatic spirit 
 of, 816; Carbonate of, 
 816; Comp. liniment of, 
 896; Muriate of, 816; 
 Poisoning by, 613 ; Solu- 
 tion of acetate of, 816; 
 Water of, 816. 
 
 Amount of food to be taken, 
 83. 
 
 Ampelopsis quinquefolia, 
 815. 
 
 Amusements, 118; Oames 
 for, 119; SelecMon of, 
 119; Want of, li.x. 
 
 Amygdalus communis, 814 ; 
 
 Pdrsica, 861. 
 Ansmia, 288. 
 Anaesthetics, 600. 
 Anagallis arvensis, 870. 
 Anasarca, 358. 
 Anatomy, 14 ; Of the bones, 
 
 18. 
 Anchylosis, 573. 
 Aneurismal tumors of heart, 
 
 280. 
 Aneurisms, 577. 
 Anger demands abstinence, 
 
 76. 
 Angina pectoris, 2S'j ; Diet 
 
 in, 786. 
 Anidrosis, 154. 
 Animal food, 84. 
 Anise, 816. 
 
 Ankle, dislocation of, 568. 
 Annual plants, when to 
 
 gather, 808. 
 Anodyne poultice, 906. 
 Anodynes, 928. 
 Anteflexion of womb, 411. 
 Anteversion of womb, 410. 
 Anthemis nobilis, 829. 
 Anthrax, 534. 
 Antidotes of poisons, 513. 
 Antihemorrhagic inhalants, 
 
 244. 
 Antimony, poisoning by, 
 
 613. 
 Antipathies, 770. 
 Antiseptic dressings, 433, 
 
 642; Inhalant, 244. 
 Antiseptics, 518. 
 Antispasmodics, 926. 
 Aorta, 37, 38. 
 Aperient, Metauer's, 899. 
 Apocrnum, 819 ; Audrosee- 
 
 miiolium, 819 ; Canna- 
 
 blum, 844. 
 Apoplexy, 177 ; Of the old, 
 
 607; Diet iu, 785; Pul- 
 
 monary, 259. 
 Apothecaries' weights, 810. 
 Apparent death from va- 
 rious causes, 509-512. 
 Appendicitis, 816. 
 
 966 
 
 'W^lfM' 
 
 -A 
 
966 
 
 GENEKAL INDEX. 
 
 Apple-water, 792. 
 
 Approximate measures, 811. 
 
 Aptha coinuiuuiB, 491. 
 
 Apthae, 468. 
 
 Aqua oalcis, 861. 
 
 Arachnitis, 165. 
 
 Arachnoid, 46; Inflamma- 
 tion of, 166. 
 
 Aralia hlspida, 836; Nudl- 
 caulis, 876; Bacemosa, 
 876 ; Spinosa, 868. 
 
 Arbutus, trailing, 882; 
 Comp. infusion of, 896. 
 
 Argenti nitras, 867. 
 
 Aristolochia serpentarla, 
 884. 
 
 Arm, fractures of, 663-564. 
 
 Arnica, 617. 
 
 Aromatic confection, 892; 
 Powder, 907; Spirit of 
 ammonia, 816. 
 
 Arrowroot, 817 ; Gruel, 792 ; 
 Poultice, 906. 
 
 Arsenic, poisoning by, 514. 
 
 Arsenical solution, 877. 
 
 Artemisia absinthium, 887. 
 
 Arteries, 37, 38; Pulmo- 
 nary, 37, 38. 
 
 Articles for a medicine- 
 chest, 809. 
 
 Arum triphyllum, 844. 
 
 Asarum canadeuse, 886. 
 
 Ascaris (pin-worm), 332. 
 
 Asclepias, iucamata, 881 ; 
 Syriaca, 831 ; Tuberosa, 
 864. 
 
 Asclepidin, 864. 
 
 Ascites, 366. 
 
 Asepsin, 249. 
 
 Aseptic and septic, 518. 
 
 Asiatic cholera, 329. 
 
 Asphyxia, 609. 
 
 Aspidum fllix mas, 853. 
 
 Assafcetida, 817 ; Comp. 
 tlnct. of, 916. 
 
 Asthma, 270 ; of the aged, 
 607 ; diet in, 786. 
 
 Astringent inhalant, 244. 
 
 Astringents, 640, 930. 
 
 Atmosphere, pressure of, 
 112. I 
 
 Atmospheric inhalation, ' 
 260. I 
 
 Atropa belladonna, 835. I 
 
 Atrophy, of brain, 173 ; of 
 heart, 281. 
 
 Attendants, unhired, 769. 
 
 Aurantii cortex, 860. 
 
 Auricles, 37, 274. 
 
 Auscultation, 280. 
 
 Bacteria, cause inflamma- 
 tion, 525. 
 Baldness, 163. 
 Balm, 817 ; of Gllead, 817. 
 
 Balmony, 817. 
 
 Balsam, copaiba, 817 ; Tolu, 
 818. 
 
 Balsamodendron myrrha, 
 85C. 
 
 Bandages, wot, 741. 
 
 Banting treatment for cor- 
 pulence, 799. 
 
 Baptisia tinctoria, 886. 
 
 Barberry, 818. 
 
 Barber's itch, 166. 
 
 Bark, when to gather, 808. 
 
 Barley, 80; -coffee, 790; 
 -water, 789. 
 
 Barosma orenata^ 823. 
 
 Barrenness, 419. 
 
 Base-ball, 94. 
 
 Basilicon ointment, 892. 
 
 Bath, cataract, 747; Cold, 
 733 ; Effects of cold, 734 ; 
 Cold foot, 763 ; Douche, 
 747; Eye and ear, 764; 
 Half, 748; Head, 760; 
 Hose, 747; Hot, 734; 
 Effects of hot, 736 ; Leg, 
 750; Mouth or oral, 
 755; Uose, 754; Pall 
 douche, 748 ; Plunge, 
 749; Bestoration of de- 
 sirable, 111; Shower, 
 747; «liz, 750; Tepid, 
 734; Effects of tepid, 
 736; Towel and spongo, 
 762 ; Vapor, 734 ; Warm, 
 734; Effects of warm, 
 736; Wading foot, 753; 
 Warm foot, 754 ; Wash- 
 tub, 751 ; Wave or sluice, 
 748. 
 
 Bathing and cleanliness, 
 106; sea, 736; with ref- 
 erence to Turkish and 
 BuBsian baths, 803. 
 
 Baths of the ancients, 107 ; 
 Cold, 109, 733; Division 
 of, 732 ; Names of, 108 ; 
 Neglect of, 108; Beac- 
 tion after. 111 ; Shower, 
 806; Sponge, 109; Vap- 
 or, 804; Warm, 805; 
 Warm for children, 467. 
 
 Bayberry, 818; ointment, 
 900. 
 
 Bean, St. Ignatius', 879. 
 
 Beans, 73, 82. 
 
 Bearberry. 818. 
 
 Beds and bedding, 758. 
 
 Bedbugs, 160. 
 
 Bed-sores, 774. 
 
 Beef, Essence of, 793, 797 ; 
 -galls, 818; -tea, 793, 797. 
 
 Beets, 82. 
 
 Belladonna atropa, 835 ; 
 Ointment, 900; Plaster, 
 903 ; Poisoning by, 616. 
 
 Belly, dropsy of, 356; 
 Symptoms affecting, V2h. 
 
 BeUy-«che, 320. 
 
 Benzoic acid. 819. 
 
 Benzoin, 880; Comp. tine 
 ture of, 916. 
 
 Berberis vulgaris, 818. 
 
 Bethroot, 819. 
 
 Bichloride of gold, 839 ; of 
 Mercury, 832. 
 
 Biennial plants, when to 
 gather, 808. 
 
 Big ivy, 856. 
 
 Bile In stomach, 67. 
 
 Biliary calculi, 299. 
 
 Bilious colic, 321; Head- 
 ache, 203, 206; Beinit- 
 tent fever, 471. 
 
 Binary compounds, 14. 
 
 Bismuth, 820. 
 
 Bites of insects and snakes, 
 645. 
 
 Bitter-root, 819. 
 
 Bittersweet, 820. 
 
 Black alder, 820. 
 
 Black cohosh, 821 ; Comp. 
 tincture of, 916. 
 
 Black root, 821. 
 
 Black willow, 821. 
 
 Blackberry, 82U. 
 
 Black vomit, 475. 
 
 Bladder, 35 ; Acute inflam- 
 mation of, 335; Chronic 
 inflammation of, 336. 
 
 Bleeding from kidneys, 
 341 ; Nose, 597 ; Wounds, 
 699. 
 
 Blenorrhagia, 369. 
 
 Blistering plaster, 892. 
 
 Blood, buffy coat of, 52J; 
 Composition of humau, 
 247; in Scrotum, 580; 
 Need of a good supply 
 of, 69, 61; Poisoning, 
 438. 
 
 Bloodroot, 821. 
 
 Bloody flux, 330. 
 
 Blue cohosh, 822; Comp. 
 tincture or, 916. 
 
 Blue disease, 467. 
 
 Blue flag, 822. 
 
 Blue pill, 823. 
 
 Body, structure of, 14 ; 
 Chemical properties of. 
 14; Lice, 159; Physical 
 properties of, 16; Tem- 
 perature of, 132 ; Vital 
 properties of, 18. 
 
 Boiled flour, 793. 
 
 Boils, 633. 
 
 Bone's bitters, 918. 
 
 Bones and muscles, 122; 
 Anatomy of, 18 ; Broken, 
 how they unite, 649; 
 Diseases of, 670; Death 
 
GKNKUAL INDKX. 
 
 967 
 
 tl ropey of, 356; 
 oms affectiDg, lan. 
 le, 320. 
 icid. 819. 
 
 880; Comp. tluc- 
 r, 916. 
 
 vulgaris, 818. 
 ,819. 
 
 le of gold, 839 ; of 
 ry. 832. 
 
 plants, wheu to 
 •. 808. 
 856. 
 
 bomach, 67. 
 alculi, 299. 
 solic, 321; Head- 
 203, 206; Remit- 
 iver, 471. 
 ^mpouods, 14. 
 ,820. 
 nstictB and snakes, 
 
 »t, 819. 
 
 eet, 820. 
 
 ler, 820. 
 
 hosh, 821; Oonip, 
 
 re of, 916. 
 
 )t, 821. 
 
 How, 821. 
 
 ry, 820. 
 
 mit, 475. 
 
 35 ; Acute intlani- 
 
 1 of, 335; Chronic 
 
 mation of, 336. 
 
 from kidneys, 
 fose, 597 ; Wounds, 
 
 Bigia, 369. 
 SpUster, 892. 
 uffy coat of, 522; 
 sition of humau, 
 n Scrotum, 580 ; 
 of a good supply 
 , 61 ; Polsoniug, 
 
 t, 821. 
 ux, 330. 
 
 osh, 822; C!omp. 
 •e of, 916. 
 ase, 467. 
 ,822. 
 823. 
 
 trueture of, 14 ; 
 jal properties of. 
 5e, 159; Piiysical 
 Lies of, 16; Tern- 
 re of, 132; Vital 
 ties of, 18. 
 ur, 793. 
 t. 
 
 tters, 918. 
 id muscles, 122 ; 
 ay of, 18 ; Broken, 
 hey unite, 549 ; 
 BS of, 570 ; Dentil 
 
 of, 670 ; of Head, 20 ; of 
 Trunk, 21; of Upper 
 extremltiee, 23 ; of Low- 
 er extremities, 24 ; Time 
 required for uniting, 
 550; Unnatural growth 
 of, 570; Ulceration of, 
 570 ; Uses of, 27. 
 
 Boneset, 823. 
 
 Bony formations In heart, 
 281. 
 
 Borax, 876. 
 
 Bowel, falling of, 465. 
 
 Bowels, affections of, 787 ; 
 Acute inilammatiou of, 
 314; Chronic inflamma- 
 tion of, 315; Looseness 
 of, 327 ; Looseness of, in 
 Infants, 463. 
 
 Brachial plexus, 48. 
 
 Brain, 45, 122, 164 ; Abscess 
 of, 167 ; Diet in affections 
 of, 785 ; Dropsy of, 175 ; 
 Enlargement of, 173 ; 
 Exercise of, 60, 61 ; 
 Fever, 165; Health of, 
 59 ; Induration of, 167 ; 
 Inflammation of, 165 ; 
 And nerves, diseases of, 
 164-207; Need of a 
 healthy, 59; Need of 
 exercise for, 60 ; Old 
 people's, 61; Ovei-work- 
 iug, 61; Shrinking of, 
 173; Softening of, 166; 
 Tumors of, 167. 
 
 Bran, decoction of, 789. 
 
 Brandy mixture, 899. 
 
 Bread, Franklin Mills, 796. 
 
 Bread-and-water poultice, 
 905. 
 
 Breast, broken, 441 ; In- 
 flammation of, 441. 
 
 Breastbone, fracture of, 656. 
 
 Breathing murmurs, 232; 
 Objects of, 113; Phi- 
 losophy of, 112 ; Symp- 
 toms alTecting, 129. 
 
 Bright's disease of kidneys, 
 338. 
 
 Broiled beef essence, 797. 
 
 Broken bones, 546-661 ; 
 Breast, 441. 
 
 Bronchial consumption, 
 237; Flux, 506; Tubes, 
 36. 
 
 Bronchitis, 209 ; Acute, 
 255 ; Chronic, 257. 
 
 Broncbocele, 678. 
 
 Broncho-pneumonia, 269. 
 
 Bronchorrhoea, 506. 
 
 Broth, 'lam, 797 ; Mutton, 
 797. 
 
 Brow-ague, 204. 
 
 Bruises, 669. 
 
 Babo, 361-369. 
 
 Buchp, 823 ; Tlnct. of, 914. 
 
 Buckhorn brake, 824. 
 
 Buckthorn, 824. 
 
 Buckthorn bark, 
 
 Buckwheat, 81. 
 
 Buffy coat of blood, 622. 
 
 Bugleweed, 824. 
 
 Bulbous roots, when to 
 
 gather, 608. 
 Bunions, 161. 
 Burdock, 824. 
 Burgundy pitch, 824. 
 Burns and scalds, 535. 
 Butternut, 824. 
 
 Cabbage, 82. 
 
 Calamine cerate, 891 ; Pre- 
 pared, 889. 
 
 Calcined deer's horn, 826. 
 
 Calculus, 299-354. 
 
 Calendar for married ladies, 
 443. 
 
 Calf'8-feet-jelly, 794. 
 
 Calico bush, 856. 
 
 Calomel, 825. 
 
 CalTities, 167. 
 
 Calx, 861 ; Ohlorinata, 851. 
 
 Camphor, 826; Liniment, 
 890 ; Water, 897. 
 
 Camphorated soap liniment, 
 897. 
 
 Canada balsam, 826 ; Flea- 
 bane, 826 ;Snakeroot,886. 
 
 Canal, alimentary, 32. 
 
 Canals, semicircular, 63. 
 
 Cancer, 673 ; Of intestines, 
 317 ; Of womb, 413. 
 
 Canella, 826. 
 
 Canker, 491; Lettuce, 871; 
 Of mouth (cancrum oris), 
 458. 
 
 Cannabis indica, tlnct. of, 
 914. 
 
 Cantharides, tinct. of, 914. 
 
 Cantharis vesicatoria, 877. 
 
 Capillaries, 38. 
 
 Capsicum annum, 827 ; Plas- 
 ter, comp., 904. 
 
 Capsules, supra-venal, dis- 
 eases of, 337. 
 
 Caput obstipum, 686. 
 
 Caraway, 826. 
 
 Carbo ligni, 829. 
 
 Carbonate of ammonia, 816. 
 
 Carbuncle, 634 ; malignant, 
 635. 
 
 Cardialgia, 308. 
 
 Cardamom, 826 ; Compound 
 tiact. of, 916. 
 
 Carditis, 283. 
 
 Care of children, and their 
 diseases, 445-468; Teeth, 
 601; Of the sick, 67; Of 
 the skin, 503. 
 
 Caries, 570; Of teeth, 602. 
 Carminatives, 924, 928. 
 Carriage-riding as exercise, 
 
 97. 
 Carrots, 82 ; Poultice of, 906. 
 Cartilage, 26 ; Arytenoid, 
 
 42 ; Cricoid, 42 ; Thyroid 
 
 cartilaginous tissue, 17; 
 
 Productions in heart,281. 
 Carum carui, 826. 
 Caryophyllus aromaticus, 
 
 830. 
 Cascarilla, 826. 
 Casein, 16. 
 Cassia acutlfoila, 874 ; 
 
 Buds, 829. 
 Castor, 827. 
 Castor-oil, 827. 
 Castoreum, 827. 
 Catalepsy, 186. 
 Cataplasms, 905. 
 Cataract bath, 747. 
 Catarrh, nasal, 209; Of 
 
 bladder, 336. 
 Catarrhal ophthalmia, 589. 
 Catechu, 827 ; Confection of, 
 
 893; Comp. infusion of, 
 
 894; Tinct. of,915 ; Comp. 
 
 tlnct. of, 916; Comp. 
 
 powder of, 907. 
 Cathartics, 921. 
 Catnip, 915. 
 Caulophyllum thalictroides, 
 
 822. 
 Caulophyllin, 822. 
 Caustic potassa, 865. 
 Cayenne pepper, 827 ; Tinct. 
 
 of, 915. 
 Ceanothus Americanus, 870. 
 Celandyne, 828. 
 Cellular tissue, 16. 
 Cerates, 891. 
 Cerebellum, 46. 
 Cerebrum, 46. 
 Cerevisae fermentum, 888. 
 Cessation of menses, 403. 
 Cetaceum, 878. 
 Cetraria islandlca, 844. 
 Chafing, 598. 
 Chalk, 828; Mixture, 899; 
 
 Comp. powder of, 907. 
 Chalk-stones, 479. 
 Chamomile, 829. 
 Chancre, 361. 
 Change of circumstances, 
 
 badf effect of, 60. 
 Changes occurring in ad- 
 vanced life, 600. 
 Charbon, 636. 
 Charcoal, 829 ; Apparent 
 
 death from burning, 509 ; 
 
 Poultice, 906. 
 Chelidonium majus, 828. 
 Chelone glabra, 817. 
 Chemical Food, 911 ; In- 
 
968 
 
 OENKRAL INDEX. 
 
 juriOB, 636 ; PropertieB of 
 tho body, 14. 
 
 Chenopodium antbolmlntl- 
 cum, 887. 
 
 Cherry, cordial, pulmonic, 
 249 ; Wild, 885. 
 
 Cheat, affectlonB of, 786; 
 Air In, 260 ; Diseases of, 
 229-273 ; Sounds, philoso- 
 phy of, 232; Bymptoms, 
 affecting, 128 ; Water in, 
 261. 
 
 Chtcken-poz, 141. 
 
 Chicken-water, 794. 
 
 Chlckweed, red, 870. 
 
 ChilbUina, 537. 
 
 ChUd-bed fever, 438. 
 
 Children, care and diseases 
 of, 446-468 ; Clothing of, 
 445; Food of, 446; Nurs- 
 ing sick, 453 ; Weaning 
 of, 460. 
 
 Children's sore mouth, 457. 
 
 Chimaphila umbellata, 863. 
 
 Chloride of zinc, 889. 
 
 Chloroform (chloroform- 
 um), 601, 829. 
 
 Chloroais, 401; Diet In, 784. 
 
 Choice of sick-room, 766. 
 
 Cholera. Asiatic, 329 ; Diet 
 in, 788; Infantum, 463; 
 Morbus, 328. 
 
 Chorea, 187 ; Chronic, 188. 
 
 Choroid coat, 50. 
 
 ChromidrosiB, 164. 
 
 Chyle, 67. 
 
 Chyme, 66. 
 
 Ciliary processes, 51. 
 
 Cimicifvga racemosa, 821. 
 
 Cimicifnsin, 821. 
 
 Cinchona, 862. 
 
 Cinchonia, 862. 
 
 Cinnamon, 829; Tinct. of, 
 916 ; Gomp. tinct. of, 916. 
 
 Circulation, organs of, 37- 
 39. 
 
 CirrhOBiB of liver, 296. 
 
 CiTBOcele, 684. 
 
 Citrate of potassa, 867. 
 
 Citric acid, 813; Syrup of, 
 909. 
 
 Citrine ointment, 901. 
 
 Citrus llmonum, 860. 
 
 Clam- broth, 797. 
 
 Clap, 369. 
 
 Clavicle, fracture of, 662. 
 
 Cleaning the teeth, 606. 
 
 CleanlinesB, 106; In sick- 
 room, 760. 
 
 Cleavers, 830. 
 
 Clergymen's sore throat, 
 212. 
 
 Climate, 74, 126. 
 
 Clothing, 101 ; As con- 
 ductors of ' heat, 102 ; 
 
 Catching lire, 512; Color 
 of, 104; Cotton, 102 
 Hair as, 103 ; Linen, 102 
 Should bo porous, 104 
 Silk, 103; Tight, 105 
 Woollen, 103. 
 
 Clover, red, 870. 
 
 Cloves, 830. 
 
 ClOVUB, 162. 
 
 Clystere, 896. 
 
 Coaptation, 547. 
 
 Coats of the eye, 60. 
 
 Coca Wine, 
 
 Cocaine, 601. 
 
 CocculuB palmatus, S.'il. 
 
 Coccus cacti, 830. 
 
 Cochineal, 830. 
 
 Cochlea, 63. 
 
 Cochlearia armoracia, 843. 
 
 Cod-liver-oil, 830, 946. 
 
 Coffee, 88, 780 ; Barley, 790 ; 
 Crust, 790 ; Milk, 796. 
 
 Cohosh, black, 821; Blue, 
 822 ; Tincture of, 916. 
 
 Colchicnm autumnale, 866 ; 
 Coinp. tinct. of, 916. 
 
 Cold, effects of, 536 ; Baths, 
 109; Crodm, 901; Foot- 
 bath, 763; Water at 
 meals, 66. 
 
 Colds, 224. 
 
 CoUc, 464 ; Bilious, 321 ; Of 
 infants, 464; Painters', 
 322 ; Wind, 320. 
 
 Colitis, 330. 
 
 Collar-bone, fracture of, 
 562 ; Dislocation of, 663. 
 
 Collodion, 830. 
 
 Colocynth, 831. 
 
 Colombo, 831. 
 
 Colon, 33, 291. 
 
 Color of clothing, 104 ; Of 
 skin, disorders affect- 
 ing, 163. 
 
 Colored patches on skin, 
 163. 
 
 Coltsfoot, 831, 886. 
 
 Coma, an alarming symp- 
 tom, 773. 
 
 Comedones, 156. 
 
 Comfrey, 831; Compound 
 wine of, 898. 
 
 Common silk-weed, 831. 
 
 Comptonia asplenifolla,881. 
 
 Compound fractures, 550. 
 
 Compound infusion of cate- 
 chu, 894; Of gentian, 
 894; Of geranium, r95; 
 Of parsley, 895 ; Of senna, 
 896 ; Of trailing arbutus, 
 896 ; Besin cerate, 892. 
 
 Compresses, 741. 
 
 Compression, 540. 
 
 Conception, 421. 
 
 Condoms, 430. 
 
 Confections, 892 ; Aronrnttc, 
 892; Of catHohu, coni- 
 pound, 893 ; Or senna, 
 893. 
 
 Congestive fever, 473 ; 
 Headaches, 205 ; lullam- 
 raation of sklu, 135. 
 
 Conium niaoulatum, 864; 
 Poisoning by, 615. 
 
 Conjunctiva, 62. 
 
 Conservative leaders, 11. 
 
 Conserves. H92. 
 
 Constipation, 324. 
 
 Constitution, 122, 124; Idio- 
 syncrasy of, 125. 
 
 Constitutional differonces, 
 238; Treatment, 245. 
 
 Constriction of bowel, 318. 
 
 Consumption, 229-254; A 
 general disease, 241 ; Of 
 the bowels, 313; Bron- 
 chial, 237; Causes of, 
 235,239; Dieting lu, 801 ; 
 Sweating In, 773 ; Tuber- 
 cular, 233. 
 
 Contused wounds, 644. 
 
 Contusions, 669. 
 
 Convalaria multlflora, 877. 
 
 Convolvulus scaninionia, 
 873. 
 
 Convulsions, 773; Diet in, 
 783. 
 
 Cookery for sick-room, 789- 
 797. 
 
 Copaifera offlcinalls, 817. 
 
 Copper, 832; Subacetate of, 
 832 ; Sulphate of, 832. 
 
 Corallorhiza odontorhiza, 
 833. 
 
 Corn, Indian, 81. 
 
 Cornea, 60 ; luHaiuniation 
 of (comeltis), 690. 
 
 Corns, 161. 
 
 Cornu cervlnee ustum, 826. 
 
 Cornus Florida, 835 ; Seri- 
 cea, 881. 
 
 Corpulence, diet for, 799. 
 
 Corrosive sublimate, 83-2; 
 Poisoning by, 514. 
 
 Corydalis formosa, 883. 
 
 Coryza, 136. 
 
 Cost of foods, 77, 79, 80. 
 
 Costiveness, 324; During 
 pregnancy, 425, 42C. 
 
 Cotton, 832 ; Clothing, 102. 
 
 Cough, during pregnancy, 
 427 ; Symptoms indicated 
 by, 130, 772 ; Whooping, 
 462 ; Preparations, 927. 
 
 Counter extension, 547 ; Ir- 
 ritation, 624; IrriUnte, 
 931. 
 
 Cow-pox, 141. 
 
 Cozalgia, 671. 
 
 Cramp-bark, 842. 
 
B.- 
 
 '~^. 
 
 ii,892; Aroiimtic, 
 f <'atec'lui, coil,. 
 893 ; Of senna, 
 
 » fever, 473 ; 
 lies, ao5 ; lutlani- 
 of 8kln, 135. 
 iiaoulatiini, 864; 
 ig by, 515. 
 'a, 52. 
 
 Ive leaders, 11. 
 892. 
 on, 324. 
 
 111,122, 124; Idio- 
 y of. 125. 
 )nal ill (Terences, 
 eatuieut, 245. 
 in of bowel, 318. 
 on, 229-254; A 
 disease, 241 ; Of 
 fels, 313; Brou- 
 137; Causes of, 
 i Dieting in, 801 ; 
 g in, 773 ; Tuber- 
 }3. 
 
 vounds, 644. 
 I, 569. 
 
 I multlflora, 877. 
 IB scaniDionia, 
 
 18, 773; Diet In, 
 
 " sick-room, 789- 
 
 Jfflcinalis, 817. 
 J; Subacetateof, 
 phate of, 832. 
 a odontorhlza, 
 
 an, 81. 
 
 ; luflarumation 
 
 Bitis), 690. 
 
 inae uetum, 825. 
 »rida, 835 ; Seri- 
 
 , diet for, 799. 
 sublimate, 832; 
 g by, 514. 
 ormosa, 883. 
 
 is, 77, 79, 80. 
 I, 324; During 
 (y, 425, 42C. 
 ;.Clotlilng,102. 
 ■Ing pregnancy, 
 ptonis indicated 
 72; Whooping, 
 paratlons, 927. 
 enslon, 547 ; Ir- 
 524; Irritants, 
 
 il. 
 1. 
 ,842. 
 
 Cramps, 188; In stomach, 
 
 309, 497. 
 CranesbiU, 833. 
 Cranial neryes, 46, 47. 
 Crawley, 833. 
 Cream, 777. 
 Cream of tartar, 8fl6. 
 Creosote (creosotum), 248, 
 
 833 ; Ointment, 900. 
 Cricoid cartilage 
 Crocus sativus, b a 
 Croton cleuteria, 826 ; Oil, 
 
 834; Oil iiuiment, 896; 
 
 Tiglium, 834. 
 Croup, 460 ; Dangerous 
 
 symptoms in, 772. 
 Crow-corn, 879. 
 Crural phlebitis. 437. 
 Crust-coffee, 790. 
 Crusted tetter. 148. 
 Cubebs (cubebflB), 834. 
 Cucumber, wild, 885. 
 Cucumus colocynthla, 831. 
 Cultivating trees, 115. 
 Culver's root, 834. 
 Cupping and leeching, 524. 
 Cupri Bubacetas, 832 ; Sul- 
 phas, 832. 
 Cuprum, 832. 
 Curcuma longa, 883. 
 Cyanosis, 467. 
 Cypripedin, 849, 889. 
 Cypripedium pubescens, 
 
 849, 888. 
 Cystine deposits in urine, 
 
 353. 
 Cystirrhcea, 336. 
 Cystitis, 336. 
 
 Dancing, 95. 
 
 Dandelion, 836. 
 
 Dandruff, 162. 
 
 Darkening of sick-room, 
 761. 
 
 Datura stramonium, 880. 
 
 Deadly nightshade, 836 ; 
 Poisoning by, 616. 
 
 Deafness, 596 ; Not an un- 
 favorable symptom, 772. 
 
 Death, apparent, from nox- 
 ious vapors, 509 ; Proofs 
 of, 807 ; Of bones, 670. 
 
 Decoction of bran, 789. 
 
 Decoctions, 893. 
 
 Deformities of spine, 684. 
 
 Delivery, 430. 
 
 Delirium tremens, 167. 
 
 Dementia, 194. 
 
 Dens leonis, 836. 
 
 Depilatories, 168. 
 
 Deposits, phosphatio, 349; 
 Urinary, 345. 366. 
 
 Derangement of mind. 191. 
 
 Derbyshire neck. 678. 
 
 Dermoid tissue, 17. 
 
 (iKNKH.M, INDKX. 
 
 Deshler's salve, 892. 
 
 DUbetes, 340; Dieting In, 
 802. 
 
 Diaphoretics and sedatives, 
 020. 
 
 DUrrhOBa,'327 ; Diet in, 788 ; 
 In consumption, 260 ; Of 
 infants, 463 ;WhenadAU- 
 gerouH symptom, 773. 
 
 Dictionary, 000. 
 
 Diet, a complex subject, 
 71 ; In consumption, 262 ; 
 For the old, 601 ; During 
 confinement, 436 ; Of 
 nursing women, 446 ; In 
 disease and convales- 
 cence, 776; In general 
 diseases, 781. 
 
 Dieting in regard to health, 
 799; In disease, 801. 
 
 Difficult teeth-cutting, 469. 
 
 Difficulty of breathing, 773; 
 Of swallowing, 772. 
 
 DigestibUlty of foods, 71, 
 
 Digestion, 64; Symptoms 
 relating to, 131 ; Table, 
 72. 
 
 Digestive organs, 31. 
 
 Digitalis purpurea, 837. 
 
 Dilatation of ven ' <icles,278. 
 
 DioscorM villosa, 'H6. 
 
 Diospyros Vlrginiu-a, 861. 
 
 Diphtheria, 219, 486. 
 
 Diseases, general, 469-492; 
 Of children, 445-468 ; Of 
 the old, 496-608 ; Of the 
 bones, 570 ; Of the Joints, 
 671 ; Peculiar to modem 
 times, 493-49R. 
 
 Disinfectants, 7u4. 
 
 Dislocations, 561-568; Of 
 ankle-Jotnt, 668 ; Of 
 bones of hand, 665; Col- 
 lar-bone, 563 ; Elbow- 
 Joint, 664 ; fiip-Jolnt, 
 666; Knee-pan or patella, 
 567 ; Knee-joint, 668 ; 
 Lower jaw, 663; Shoul- 
 der-Joint, 663 ; Wrist, 
 666. 
 
 Displacement of htort, 
 290; Womb, 411. 
 
 Disturbed sleep, 200. 
 
 Diuretics, 929. 
 
 Dizziness, 200. 
 
 Dock, yellow, 888; Oomp. 
 syrup of, 913. 
 
 Dogwood, 836 ; Poisoning 
 by, 616 ; Swamp, 881. 
 
 Domestic management of 
 the Blck-i-oom, 756-788. 
 
 Domestic measures, 811. 
 
 Doses, 810, 811; Frequency 
 of, 126. 
 
 m 
 
 Douche bath, 747 ; Pali 
 748. 
 
 Dover's powder, 908. 
 
 Dragon-root, 844. 
 
 Dress, wet, 743. 
 
 Dresses, tight, 116. 
 
 Dressing wounds, rules 
 for, 641. 
 
 Dressings, antiseptic, 642. 
 
 Drinks for the sick, 7H0, 
 790. 
 
 Dropsy of l.elly, 356; Of 
 brain, 175; Of cells, 
 358 ; Oeneral, 358 ; Diet 
 in, 784. 
 
 Drowning, 609. 
 
 Dry pimples, 160, 
 
 Drunkard's delirium, 167. 
 
 Dumb-bell exercises, 96. 
 
 Dura mater, 46 ; lutlamnia- 
 tlon of, 164. 
 
 Dwarf elder, 836. 
 
 Dysentery, 330; Diet in, 
 788 ; Chronic, 331. 
 
 Dysmenorroea, 399. 
 
 Dyspepsia, 303 ; Causes of, 
 304; Diet in, 787, 801; 
 Treatment of, 307 ; Uri- 
 nary deposits in, 304. 
 
 Dyspeptics, 84. 
 
 Dystrichiasis, 587. 
 
 Ear, affections of, 594-596 ; 
 Bathe, 764; Drum of, 
 62; External, 62; For- 
 eign substances in, 699; 
 Wax in, 696. 
 
 Earache, 696. 
 
 Eating, rapid, 64. 
 
 Ecletics, 7. 
 
 EcsUsy, 186. 
 
 Ecthyma, 149. 
 
 Eczema, 144. 
 
 Effervescing draught, 867. 
 
 B|5g», 777 ; Egg-nog, 797. 
 
 Egophony, 263. 
 
 Egyptian ophthalmia, 588. 
 
 Elbow, fractures of, 564; 
 Joint, dislocation of, 
 664. 
 
 Elder, 836 ; Dwarf, 836. ' 
 
 Elecampane. 836. 
 
 Electricity, 504. 
 
 Electro-magnetism, 836. 
 
 Electuaries, 892. 
 
 Electuary, lenitive, 893. 
 
 Elixir proprietatls, 916; 
 Salutis, 918; Vitriol, 
 916. 
 
 Elm, slippery, 876. 
 
 Elongation of uvula, 221. 
 
 Emetics, 920. 
 
 Emphysema, 268. 
 
 Encephalitis, 166. 
 
 Eucephaloid tumor, 575 
 
h 
 
 970 
 
 Encysted tumor, 677. 
 
 Endocarditis, 383. 
 
 Endosmosis, 738. 
 
 BnUrged veins, 438, 581. 
 
 EnUrgement of air-cells, 
 368; Brain, 173; Neck 
 of womb, 3H6. 
 
 Enteritis, 314; Diet In, 
 787. 
 
 Enuresis, 344. 
 
 Epigea repeuB, 8H:i. 
 
 Epigastrium, 3t)l. 
 
 Epigloitis, inflammation 
 .f, 387. 
 
 Epilepsy, epileptic fits, 
 1H4. 
 
 Epistazis, 6!)7. 
 
 Epsom salts, 863. 
 
 Ergot, 878. 
 
 Erigeron, canadenRc, 836. 
 
 Eruptions, scaly, 149, 363 ; 
 Tubercular, 363 ; Vestou- 
 lar, 363. 
 
 Eruptive fevers, Diet in, 
 7H'2. 
 
 Erysipelas, 141 ; diet in, 
 783. 
 
 Erythema, 144. 
 
 Erythematlc stomatitis, 
 457, 
 
 Essence of beef, 793, 797. 
 
 Essences, 893. 
 
 Eucaline, 000. 
 
 Euonymus atropurpureus. 
 884. 
 
 Eupatorln, 823. 
 
 Bupatorium perfoliatum, 
 833; Furpureum, 869. 
 
 Euphorbia ipecac, 815. 
 
 Eupurpurin, 869. 
 
 Eustachian tube, 63. 
 
 EzcorUtion, 698; When a 
 bad symptom, 773. 
 
 Exercise, 92-98; Active and 
 passive, 93, 96; Exces- 
 sive, 92, 96; In cold 
 weather, 94; In con- 
 sumption, 262; In diet- 
 ing, 73; In-door, 96; 
 Mental cooperation in, 
 98; Outdoor, 94-98; Pas- 
 sive, 96-98 ; Pleasurable, 
 93, 98; Regular, 92; For 
 students, 93; For the 
 aged, 604; When to 
 take, 93,98; With wands, 
 94; For young women, 
 000. 
 
 Exerciser , the Whitely, 960. 
 
 Exhalants, 41. 
 
 Exhaustion. headaches 
 from, 204. 
 
 Exosmosis, 738. 
 
 Exostosis, 670. 
 
 Extension, 647. 
 
 GENERAL INUEX. 
 
 Expectorant inhalant, 343. 
 
 Expectorants, 937. 
 
 Expectoration, symptoms 
 Indicated by, 130. 
 
 External Irritants, 250; 
 Parts, itching of, 417. 
 
 Extracts, 893; Fluid, 894; 
 Of rhubarb and potassa 
 (neutralizing), 899. 
 
 Eye, 60-63; AIToctlonB of, 
 586-693; Coats of, 60; 
 Diseases cause hnad- 
 aches, 203 ; And ear bath, 
 764; Foreign bodies In, 
 686; Globe of, 50; Hu- 
 mors of, 61. 
 
 Eyebrows, 53. 
 
 Eyelashes, disorder of, 587. 
 
 Eyelids, 62; Inflammation 
 of, 587. 
 
 Faba Sanctl Ignatil, 879. 
 
 Face not to be covered 
 while asleep, 100; Symp- 
 toms affecting, 127. 
 
 Face-ache, 190. 
 
 Fainting, 199, 427; An 
 alarming symptom, 772. 
 
 Falling of bowel, 4C6; Sick- 
 ness, 184; Of womb, 409. 
 
 Fallopian tubes, 383; In- 
 flammation of, 414. 
 
 False grape, 815; Joints, 
 551; Measles, 143; Sarsa- 
 parilla, 876; Unicorn, 
 841. 
 
 Fat, 15; Hqw to grow, 798. 
 
 Fathers of our race, 498. 
 
 Fatty degeneration of heart, 
 281 
 
 Fatty foods, 78. 
 
 Fatty tumor, 676. 
 
 FavUB, 158. 
 
 Febrifuge inhalant, 244. 
 
 Feeding infants, rules for, 
 448. 
 
 Fel bovinum, 818. 
 
 Felon, 572. 
 
 Female diseases, 379-442. 
 
 Female weaknesses, 393. 
 
 Fern, male, 853. 
 
 Ferri, ammonio-dtras, 846; 
 Cltras, 846; lodidum, 
 846; Lactas, 846; Oxi- 
 dum hydratum, 846; 
 Oxldum nigrum, 846; 
 Phosphas, 847; et Po- 
 tassee tartras, 848; Pro- 
 toxidum,847; Pulvl8,847; 
 et Quiniee cltras, 846; 
 Subcarbonas, 847; Sul- 
 phas, 848; Byrupus io- 
 didl, 848. 
 
 Ferrum, 846. 
 
 Ferunculus, 533. 
 
 Fever, 469; And ague, 473; 
 
 Bilious remittent, 471; 
 Ohlldbed,438 ; OongestI ve, 
 473; Diet in. 781; Gim- 
 trio, of infancy, 465; lu- 
 termlttent, 473; Ludk, 
 266; Malarial, 473; I'or- 
 nlcious Intermittent, 47:<; 
 PrognoHtIca In, 771; Ko- 
 freshlng drinks In, 790; 
 Typhoid, 470; Typhoid 
 lung, 268; Yellow, 476. 
 
 Feverfew, 836. 
 
 Fibrin, 16. 
 
 Fibrous tissue, 17. 
 
 Figwort, 836, 
 
 FUling teeth, 604. 
 
 Fingers, fracttures of, 666. 
 
 Fire, clothes catching, 61^; 
 In sleeping-rooms, 99. 
 
 FUh, 777. 
 
 Fistula, 527. 
 
 Fits, 184; Of children, 468. 
 
 Flag, sweet, 881. 
 
 Flatulency, 320. 
 
 Flaxseed, 837; Lemonade, 
 797; Poultice, 906. 
 
 Flesh, to reduce, 799. 
 
 Flies, Spanish, 877. 
 
 Flour, boiled, 793; Gruel, 
 797. 
 
 Flowers, when to gather, 
 809. 
 
 Flooding, 434, 440. 
 
 Fluctuation, 526. 
 
 Fluid ailments, 779; Ex- 
 tracts, 894; Nutritive, 
 796. 
 
 Fluor albus, 393. 
 
 Folded wet sheet, 744. 
 
 Follicles, 41. 
 
 Follicular inflammation of 
 mouth, 468. 
 
 Folliculitis, solutions for, 
 220. 
 
 Fomentations, 894, 
 
 Food, 68; Adapted to dif- 
 ferent periods, 76 ; Albu- 
 minous, 69, 77; Amount 
 of, to be taken, 83 ; And 
 digestion, 64; Animal 
 and vegetable, fO, 84; 
 Articles of, 79-83; Azo- 
 tlzed and non-azotlzed, 
 70 ; Choice of, 73; Cost of, 
 77, 79, 80; Digestibility, 
 of, 71, 72; Fatty, 78; 
 in winter, 75; For con- 
 valescents, 776; For in- 
 fants, 447; Gelatinous, 
 69; Heat-generating, 70; 
 Human structure de- 
 mands mixed, 85; Na- 
 ture and destination of, 
 68; Nutritive, 71 ; Oleag- 
 inous, 69; In old age. 
 
 -•.^ 
 
^ 
 
 ,..^^„^. 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 // 
 
 4' 
 
 
 <p 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 2 
 
 1^ 
 
 2.5 
 22 
 
 2.0 
 1.8 
 
 L25 111.4 11.6 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sdences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 - .ViUBWBKTBWrSW^nWllBHB. 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 971 
 
 76; Organic, 69; Propor- 
 tions of animal and vege- 
 table, 86; Saccharine, 
 69; Starch and sugar, 
 69, 78; Value of, VO, 71, 
 72, 79, 80; In youth and 
 manhood, 76. 
 
 Foot, fractures of, 660. 
 
 Foot-bath,cold,753; Warm, 
 754. 
 
 Fore-arm, fractures of, 554. 
 
 Foreign bodies in ear, 599; 
 In eye, 586; In gullet, 
 599; In nose, 598; In 
 windpipe, 599. 
 
 Fowler's solution, 877. 
 
 Foxglore, 837. 
 
 Fractures, 546-561, Com- 
 pound,550, 560; Of bones 
 of foot, 660; Of bones of 
 no9e,551 ; Of breast-bone, 
 556; Of collar-bone or 
 clavicle, 552; Of elbow, 
 554; Of fore-arm, 554; 
 Of hand and fingers, 555 ; 
 Of haunch-bones or pel- 
 vis, 556; Of knee-pan, 
 558; Of leg, 558; Of 
 lower jaw, 551; Reduc- 
 tion of, 547; Of ribs, 
 555; Of snoulder-blade, 
 553; Of skull, 651; Of 
 thigh-bone, 556; UnlOn 
 of,549,550; Of upperarm- 
 bono, 553; Of wrist, 555. 
 
 Franklin mills bread, 796. 
 
 Freckles, 154, 160. 
 
 Freezing miztnres, 765. 
 
 French decimal weights, 
 811. 
 
 French milk-porridge, 793. 
 
 Frequency of doses, 126. 
 
 Frost-bite, 636. 
 
 Frostweed, 837. 
 
 Fruits, 778. 
 
 Fumigants, 764. 
 
 Fumigation of infected 
 places, 763. 
 
 Fungus hematoldes, 675. 
 
 Galbanum plaster, comp., 
 904. 
 
 Galium aparine, 830. 
 
 Gall-bladder, 34. 
 
 GtUjstones, 299. 
 
 Gal^, 837; Comp, ointment 
 of; 900. 
 
 Gamboge, 837. 
 
 Gangrene, 527; Of mouth, 
 458. 
 
 Gardening as exercise, 96. 
 
 Garfield Tea, 000. 
 
 Garget, 865. 
 
 Gargles, 933. 
 
 Garlic, 837; Syrup of, 909. 
 
 Gastric fever of infancy. 
 
 465; Juice, 64; Not se- 
 creted without limit, 66; 
 Nor in sickness, 66 ; 
 Secretion favored by 
 cheerfulness, 66. 
 
 Gastritis, 301, 302. 
 
 Gastrodynia, 309. 
 
 Gaultheria procumbens, 886. 
 
 Gelatin, 16. 
 
 Gelatinous foods, 69. 
 
 Gelseminin, 888. 
 
 Gelseminum sempervlrens, 
 888. 
 
 Gengivitis, 458. 
 
 General diseases, diet in, 
 781; Symptoms, 126; 
 And nerve tonics, 925. 
 
 General system, diseases 
 of, 469-492. 
 
 GentiAn, 838; Comp. infu- 
 sion of, 894; Tincture of, 
 917. 
 
 Gentiana lutea, 838. 
 
 Geranium maeulatum, 833; 
 Comp. infusion of, 895. 
 
 Geraniin, 833. 
 
 Germ or ovum, 382. 
 
 Germ-wheat bread, 796. 
 
 Gill-over-the-ground, 839. 
 
 Ginger, 838; Wild, 886; Syr- 
 up of, 909. 
 
 Ginseng, 838. 
 
 Glands, 40, 41, 52. 
 
 Glauber's Salts, 876. 
 
 Gleet, 371. 
 
 Glossary, 000. 
 
 Glottis, 43; Spasm of, 461. 
 
 Gluten Flour, 000. 
 
 Glycerin, 838. 
 
 Glycerrhiza glabra, 851. 
 
 Glycones, 000. 
 
 Goitre, 578. 
 
 Gold, 839. 
 
 Golden seal, 839; Comp. 
 powder of, 907; Tinct. 
 of, 917; Wine of, 898. 
 
 Golden tincture, 917. 
 
 Gonorrhoea, 369. 
 
 Gossypium herbaceum,832. 
 
 Goulard's cerate, 891. 
 
 Gout, 479; Diet In, 784, 802. 
 
 Granulation, 544. 
 
 Gravel, 345; Symptoms of, 
 347; Uric-acid, 347. 
 
 Gravel-root, 869. 
 
 Green sickness, 401; 3iet 
 In, 78*4. 
 
 Grippe, la, 226. 
 
 Ground-ivy, 839. 
 
 Ground ric milk, 793. 
 
 Grabs or worms, 156. 
 
 Gruel, 780; Arrow-root, 
 792; Flour, 797; Oat- 
 meal, 797; Bice, 789; 
 Sago, 792; Water, 791. 
 
 Gnaiac, amiuoniated tlnct. 
 
 of, 917. 
 Guaicol, 248. 
 Guaiacum, 840. 
 Gullet, the, 32; Foreign 
 
 bodies in, 599. 
 Gum-Arabic, 840. 
 Gum, hemlock, 840 ; Sweet, 
 
 881. 
 Gums, inflammation of, 
 
 458. 
 Gunshot wounds, 646. 
 Gymnastics, 948; Treatise 
 
 on, 94. 
 
 Habits, 125. 
 
 Hsmastasis, 840. 
 
 Haematocele, 5b0. 
 
 Haematoxylon Campechia- 
 num, 852. 
 
 Haematuria, 341. 
 
 Haemidrosis, 154. 
 
 Hair, as clothing, 103. 
 
 Hair and hair-tubes, dis- 
 orders of, 157. 
 
 Hair-cap moss, 840. 
 
 Hair-oils and washes, 935. 
 
 Half bath, 748; pack, 744. 
 
 Hamamelis Yirginica, 886. 
 
 Hand, Dislocation of bones 
 of, 565; Fractures of, 
 655. 
 
 Hanging, apparent death 
 from, 512. 
 
 Hardhack, 841. 
 
 Hardleaf golden-rod, 841. 
 
 Haunch-bones, fractures of, ■ 
 666. 
 
 Hay-asthma (Hay fever), 
 272. 
 
 Head, affections of, 785; 
 Bath, 750; Face and 
 neck, symptoms affect- 
 ing, 127; Water in, 174. 
 
 Headaches, 201-207, 427. 
 
 Hearing, organs of, 62. 
 
 Heart, 37; Diseases, 274- 
 290; Altered sounds of, 
 276; Aneurismal tu- 
 mors of, 280 ; Atrophy of, 
 281 ; Bone and cartilage 
 in, 231; Dilatation of 
 ventricles of, 278, 279; 
 Displacements of, 290; 
 Enlargement cf ventri- 
 cles of, 276 ; Fatty de- 
 generatloa of, 281 ; Hy- 
 pertrophy and dilata- 
 tion of, 279 ; Impulse of, 
 275 ; Induration of, 280 ; 
 Inflammation of, 281, 
 282, 283; Inflammation 
 of lining of, 283, 284; 
 Murmurs, 286; Neural- 
 gia of, 289 ; Palpitations 
 
972 
 
 GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 of, B88; Percussion of, 
 276; Polypus of, 298; 
 Shrinking of, 281; Soft- 
 , ening of, 280; Sounds 
 of. 275; Valves of, 274, 
 285, 287. 
 
 Heartburn, 308. 
 
 Heart-case, acute Inflam- 
 mation of, 281; Chronic 
 Inflammation of, 282; 
 Water in, 287. 
 
 Heat-generating foods, 70; 
 Incompatible with ex- 
 citement, 76. 
 
 Hectic Fever, 523. 
 
 Hedeome pulegiodes, 861. 
 
 Heiianthemum Canaidense, 
 837. 
 
 Heliantbus anouus, 880. 
 
 Hellebore, American, 814; 
 White, 886; Ointment, 
 902. 
 
 Helonias, 841. 
 
 Helpless dependence of the 
 aged, 499. 
 
 Hemicrania, 190. 
 
 Hemiphlegia, 180. 
 
 Hemlock, comp. tinci. of, 
 917 ; Gum, 840 ; Poison, 
 864. 
 
 Hemorrhage,440 ; Huring la- 
 bor, 434 ; Of wounds, 539. 
 
 Hemorrhoids, 325, 576. 
 
 Henbane, 841. 
 
 Hepar, 868. 
 
 Hepatica Americaoa, 861. 
 
 Hepatitis, 293. 
 
 Herb-teas, 780. 
 
 Hernia, 681. 
 
 Herpes, 146. 
 
 Hiccough, 199 ;When alarm- 
 ing, 772. 
 
 High cranberry, 842; Comp. 
 tinct. of, 917. 
 
 Hip-joint, disease of, 671; 
 Dislocation of , 565. 
 
 Hippuric acid in urine, 353. 
 
 Hives (nettle-rash), 1^1, 
 143. 
 
 Hoarseness, unfavorable In 
 small-pox, 771. 
 
 Homoeopathy, 608. 
 
 Homoeopathic remedies, 
 609. 
 
 Honey-diseases (honey- 
 scab), 148. 
 
 Hopeful considerations, 63. 
 
 Hops, 842. 
 
 Hordeolum, 687. 
 
 Horehound, 842 ; Water,884. 
 
 Horn-pox, 141. 
 
 Horse, should be owned, 98. 
 
 Horseback-riding as exer- 
 cise, 97. 
 
 Horsemint, 843. 
 
 Horseradish, 843. 
 Horsford's Acid Phoaphate, 
 
 946. 
 Hose-bath, 747. 
 Hot Drops, 918. 
 Eouseleek, 813. 
 Human blood, composition 
 
 of, 247. 
 Humors of the eye, 61. 
 Humulus lupulus, 842. 
 Hnxham's tincture, 918. 
 Hydatids, uterine, 407. 
 Hydrangea, aborescens, 
 
 843. 
 Hydrargyrichlorldum mite, 
 
 825; PillulfiB, 823. 
 Hydrastin, comi' powder 
 
 of, 839, 907. 
 HyCrastis Canadensis, 839. 
 Hydriodate potassa, 846. 
 Hydrocele, 679. 
 Hydrocephalus, acute, 174 ; 
 
 Chronic, 175. 
 Hydrochloric acid, 813. 
 Hydrocyanic acid, 813. 
 Hydropathic treatment, 
 
 732-755. 
 Hydropathy, 6. 
 Hydropericardium, 287. 
 Hydrophobia, 182. 
 Hydrothorax, 261. 
 Hygiene, 54, 121. 
 Hyoscyamin, 841. 
 Hyoscyamns nlger, 841 ; 
 
 Poisoning by, 615. 
 Hypertrophy, of brain, 173 ; 
 
 Of heart, 279 ; Of lungs, 
 
 259. 
 Hypochondria, 197. 
 H3rpochondrium, 292. 
 Hypogastrium, 292. 
 Hypophosphites,comp. syr- 
 up of, 910. 
 Hyssop, 843. 
 
 Hyssopus offlclnalis, 843. 
 Hysteria, 405. 
 Hysteric headache, 264. 
 
 Ice, for wounds, 640 
 Ice-plant, 844. 
 Iceland moss, 844. 
 IchthyocolU, 849. 
 Icterus, 298. 
 Idiocy, 194. 
 Idiosyncrasy, 125. 
 Idrosis, 154. 
 Ignatia amara, 879. 
 Ileum. 33. 
 Iliac fossa, 292. 
 Imperfect vision, 691. 
 Impetigo, 148. 
 Impregnation, 421. 
 Incised wounds, 639. 
 Incontinence of urine, 344. 
 Incubus, 200. 
 
 Indian com, 81; Hemn, 
 844 ; White, 881 ; Tinct. 
 of, 914; Turnip, 894. 
 
 Indian-meal poultice, 906. 
 
 Indigestion, 303 ; Diet iu, 
 787; Causes headaches, 
 203; Headaches from, 
 206. 
 
 Indigo, wild, 886. 
 
 Indolent ulcers, 532. 
 
 Induration, of brain, 167; 
 Of heart, 280. 
 
 Infants, gastric fever of, 
 465; Milk for, 447; Moral 
 treatment of, 452 ; Sum- 
 mer complaint of, 463; 
 While sleeping, 461. 
 
 Inflammation, 520, 626; 
 Of the arachnoid or 
 pia mater, 165 ; Of the 
 bladder, 335; Of the 
 bowels, 314, 316; Of 
 breast, 441 ; Of dura 
 mater, 164 ; Of epiglottis, 
 227 ; Of Fallopian tubes, 
 414; Of heart-case, 281; 
 282; Of iris, 591; Of 
 kidneys, 333 ; Of lachry- 
 mal sac, 588 ; Of larynx, 
 213; Of liver, 293; Of 
 mouth, 457, 468 ; Of nock 
 of womb, 386; Of ova- 
 ries, 390; Of perito- 
 neum, 312, 313; Of 
 pharynx, 212 ; Of spinal 
 cord, 176; Of spleen, 
 297; Of stomach, 301, 
 302; Of tonsils, 222, 223 ; 
 Of tympanum, 596; Of 
 vagina, 416; Of veins, 
 680; Of windpipe, 214; 
 Of womb, 408. 
 
 Inflammatory blush, 144. 
 
 Influenza, 224. 
 
 Inebriety, 168. 
 
 Infusion of malt, 791. 
 
 Infusions, 812, 894. 
 
 Ingrowing toe-nail, 597. 
 
 Inhalants, 243-246; Object 
 of, 244. 
 
 Inhalation, atmospheric, 
 2C0. 
 
 Inhaling, mode of, 246; 
 Powder, 908. 
 
 Injections, ?37, 896, 935. 
 
 Injuries, chemical, 635 ; 
 Mechanical, 638. 
 
 Insanity, 191 ; Causes of, 
 195; Cure of, 196; On 
 one subject, 193. 
 
 Insects, bites of, 545. 
 
 Insensible perspiration, 106. 
 
 Instruments for throat- 
 diseases, 216-221. 
 
 Interalgia, 320. 
 
I ' ll - lllg l j^ l l' 
 
 
 GKNERAL INDKX. 
 
 973 
 
 corn, 81 ; Hemn, 
 White, 881; Tinct. 
 4; Turnip, 894. 
 meal poultice, 906. 
 tion, 303 ; Diet la, 
 Causes headaches, 
 
 Headaches from, 
 
 wild, 886. 
 t ulcers, 632. 
 ion, of brain, 167: 
 art, 280. 
 
 , gastric fever of, 
 Hilk for, 447; Moral 
 nent of, 452 ; Sum- 
 complaint of, 463; 
 I sleeping, 451. 
 tation, 620, 626; 
 he arachnoid or 
 later, 165 ; Of the 
 er, 335; Of the 
 8, 314, 316; Of 
 b, 441; Of dura 
 ',164; Of epiglottis, 
 Of Fallopian tubes, 
 3f heart-case, 281; 
 Of iris, 691; Of 
 ya, 333 ; Of lachry- 
 10, 588 ; Of larynx. 
 Of liver, 293; Of 
 J, 457, 458 ; Of nocli 
 mb, 386; Of ova- 
 
 890; Of perito- 
 
 312, 313; Of 
 
 ox, 212 ; Of spinal 
 
 176; Of spleen, 
 3f stomach, 301, 
 'f tonsils, 222, 223 ; 
 npanum, 596; Of 
 I, 416; Of veins, 
 •f windpipe, 214; 
 nb, 408. 
 
 itory blosh, 144. 
 , 224. 
 , 168. 
 
 of malt, 791. 
 , 812, 894. 
 g toe-nail, 697. 
 I, 243-246; Object 
 
 n, atmospheric, 
 
 mode of, 246 ; 
 r, 908. 
 I, 737, 896, 935. 
 
 chemical, 635 ; 
 ileal, 638. 
 
 191; Causes of, 
 ure of, 196; On 
 )ject, 193. 
 ites of, 645. 
 ! perspiration, 106. 
 Its for throat- 
 s, 216-221. 
 ,320. 
 
 Intermarriages, improper, 
 
 59. 
 
 Intermittent fever, 473. 
 
 Intestinal obstruction, 318. 
 
 Intestines, 32, 291 ; Cancer 
 of, 317. 
 
 Introductory remarks, 5. 
 
 Inula ht'lenium, 836. 
 
 Iodide of potassium, 845; 
 Of mercury, ointment, 
 901; Of zinc, 889. 
 
 Iodine, 891. 
 
 Ipecacuanha, 845 ; Ameri- 
 can, 815 ; Comp. powder 
 of, 908; Syrup of, 910; 
 Wina of 898. 
 
 Ipomcea jalapa, 849. 
 
 Iridin, 822. 
 
 Iris, 60 ; Inflammation of 
 591 ; Versicolor, 822. 
 
 Irish moss, Jelly of, 792. 
 
 Iritis, 591. 
 
 Iron, 845 ; Ammonlo-citrate 
 of, 840; Black oxide of, 
 846; Citrate of, 846; 
 Citrate of, and quinla, 
 846; Citrate of, and 
 strychnia, 846 ; Comp. 
 mixture of, 899; Hy- 
 drated. In consumption, 
 250; Oxide of, 846; Io- 
 dide of, 846 ; Lactate of, 
 846; Persalt of, 847; 
 Phosphate of, 847 ; Pow- 
 der of, 847; Precipitated 
 carbonate ot 847; Pro- 
 toxide of, 847; Solutions 
 of protoxide of, 847, 
 848; Suipnate of, 84S; 
 Syrup of Iodide, 848; 
 Syrup of Iodide of, and 
 manganese, 848; Tar- 
 trate of, and potassa, 
 848 ; Tincture of muriate 
 of, 848; Valerianate of, 
 848. 
 
 Irritations of spine, 684. 
 
 Irritants, external, 250 ; 
 Counter, 931. 
 
 Ischuria renalis, 342. 
 
 Isinglass, 849 ; Jelly, 792. 
 
 Itch, 14v ; Barbers', 156. 
 
 Itching, 153 ; Of genitals, 
 417, 428. 
 
 Ivy, American, 815 ; Big, 
 856 ; Ground, 839 ; Poi- 
 soning oy, 516. 
 
 Jackson's itch, 156. 
 alap, 849 ; Comp. powder 
 of, 908. 
 Jamestown weed, 880. 
 Janipha manihot, 882. 
 Jaundice, 2^8. 
 Jaw, fractures of lower. 
 
 661 ; Dislocation of lower, 
 663. 
 Jejunum, 33. 
 
 Jelly, calf'8-feet, 794 ; Irish 
 moss, 792; Isinglass, 792 ; 
 Tapioca, 792. 
 Jerusalem oak, 887. 
 Jessamine, yellow, 887. 
 Joints, the, 26 ; Diseases of, 
 571;False,551; Stiff, 573. 
 uglandin, 825. 
 uglans clnerea, 824. 
 uniper, 849. 
 uniperus sabina, 873. 
 
 Kidi 
 
 ted; 
 
 Jin 
 
 fdi 
 
 Calmia angustifolia, 866; 
 Latifolia, 856. 
 
 Kidneys, 36 ; Acute inflam- 
 ^ ation of, 333; Bleed- 
 ing from, 341 ; firlght's 
 disease of, 338; Chronic 
 Inflammation of, 335. 
 
 King's evil, 480. 
 
 Kino, 849; Comp. powder 
 of, 908. 
 
 Knee, fractures of, 568. 
 
 Knee-joint, dislocation of, 
 668. 
 
 Knee-pan, dislocation of, 
 667. 
 
 Kola Koloid. 946. 
 
 Krameria trlandra, 870. 
 
 Labor, 430. 
 
 Labyrinth, B3. 
 
 Lacerated wounds, 644. 
 
 Lachrymal canals, 62 ; 
 Gland, 62; Sac, inflam- 
 mation of, 588. 
 
 L&cteals, 33, 67. 
 
 Lactuca satlva, 850. 
 
 Ladies' slipper, 849. 
 
 Lappa minor, 824. 
 
 Laryngeal shower-syringe, 
 216. 
 
 Laryngismus stridulus, 461. 
 
 Laryngitis, 209; Follicular, 
 
 Larynx, 36, 42; Inflamma- 
 tion of, 213. 
 Laudanum, 916; Poisoning 
 
 by, 516. 
 Laurel, narrow-lea*, 856; 
 
 SLeep, 856. 
 Laurus, camphoras, 826 ; 
 
 Sassafras, 872. 
 Lavender, comp. tlnct. of, 
 
 917. 
 Laws, physiological, of life 
 
 and health, 64. 
 Lead, 850; Acetete of, 850; 
 
 Colic, 322; Ointment, 
 
 comp., 902; Palsy, 181; 
 
 Pipes, 90; Plaster, 905; 
 
 Plaster, comp., 904. 
 
 Looseness of bowels, 327. 
 
 Leaders, conservative, 11. 
 
 Leaves, when to gather, 
 808. 
 
 Leeching, 624. 
 
 Leg, fractures of, 658. 
 
 leg-bath, 750. 
 
 Lemon, 850; Syrup, 910; 
 Water, 790. 
 
 Lemonade, 791; Flaxseed, 
 797. 
 
 Lenitive electuary, 89S. 
 
 Leonurus cardlaca, 866. 
 
 Leo|)ard's bane, 817. 
 
 Leprosy (lepra), 149. 
 
 Leplandra Vlrglnica, 834. 
 
 Leptandrin, 834. 
 
 Lettuce, 850. 
 
 Leucorrhoea, 393. 
 
 Lice, 159 
 
 Lichen, 160. 
 
 Life, completeness of, 121; 
 The Infancy of being, 64. 
 
 Life-root, 850. 
 
 Ligaments, the, 26. 
 
 Ligature, 639. 
 
 Lightning, apparent death 
 from, 512. 
 
 Lily, white pond, 886. 
 
 Limbs, symptoms affect- 
 ing, 129. 
 
 Lime, 851; Chloride of, 851; 
 "Water, 851. 
 
 Linen clothing, 102. 
 
 Liniments, 896, 932. 
 
 Linum usitatissimum, 837. 
 
 Liquidamber styraciflua, 
 881. 
 
 Liquor ammoniee, 816; 
 Ammonlae acetatis, 816; 
 Potassaa, 867; Potassee 
 arsenltis, 877; Potassie 
 citras, 867. 
 
 Liquorice, 861. 
 
 Liriodendrontullplfera, 882. 
 
 Liver, 34, 291; Acute In- 
 flammation of, 293; 
 Chronic ii'flammatlon of, 
 294 ; Cirrhosis of, 296; 
 Congestion of, 295; Com- 
 plaints, diet in, 788; Of 
 sulphur, 868. 
 
 Liverwort, 851. 
 
 Lobelia (inflata) , 852 ; poul- 
 tices, 906; Tlnct. of, 915; 
 Comp. tinct. of, 917 ; And 
 capsicum, comp. tinct. 
 of, 918; Vinegar of, 919. 
 
 Lobelin, 852. 
 
 Local palsy, 181. 
 
 Locked jaw, 181. 
 
 Logwood, 852. 
 
 Loneliness of the aged, 
 498. 
 
 Long sight, 692. 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 SSrer 
 
 ..J 
 
974 
 
 GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 11 'i 
 
 Looseness of bowels, 327. 
 Lost parts, reproduction of, 
 
 644. 
 Lotions, 933, 934. 
 Lower jaw, dislocation of, 
 
 663. 
 Lumbago,8ee Biieumatlsm . 
 Lumbar plexus, 48. 
 Lumbar region, 292. 
 Lumbricus, 332. 
 Lung fever, 266; Typhoid, 
 
 268; Other forms, 270; 
 
 Diet in, 785. 
 Lungs, 36; And heart, 122 ; 
 
 Swelliug (hypertrophy) 
 
 of, 209; Should be well 
 
 filled, 116. 
 Lupulin, 843. 
 Lupus, 151. 
 Luxations, 661. 
 Lycopus virglnlcus, 824. 
 Lye, poisoning by, 514. 
 Lymphatics, 40. 
 Lypemania, 193. 
 
 Macule, 163. 
 
 Uagnesia, 852; Carbonate 
 
 of, 853; Sulphate of, 853. 
 Malaria, 473. 
 Male Fern, 853. 
 Malignant pustule, 635. 
 Malt, infusion of, 791. 
 Mammary abscess, 441. 
 Mandrake, 883. 
 Mania, 193; Apotu,167. 
 Manna, 864. 
 
 Maranta arundinacea, 817. 
 Marks, mother's, 162. 
 Manied ladies' calendar,443. 
 Marshmallow, 854. 
 Marsh-rosemary, 854. 
 Marubium vulgare, 842. 
 Mastic, 854. 
 Ma8turb''.don, 375. 
 Materia medica, 808-890. 
 Matico, 865. 
 Mattery pimples, 148. 
 Meadow cabbage, 874 ; 
 
 Saffron, 855. 
 Meals, number of, 780. 
 Measles, 136 ; Diet in, 782 ; 
 
 False, 143. 
 Measures, domestic, 810, 
 
 811. 
 Meat, 80; Americans eat 
 
 too much, 85; Majority 
 
 of mankind eat no, 86; 
 
 Mode of cooking, 501. 
 Meatus auditorius, 62; 
 
 Inflammation of, 695. 
 Mechanical injuries, 538. 
 Mediastinum, 36. 
 Medical knowledge wanted, 
 
 13; Treatment of the 
 
 old, 605. 
 
 Medicated waters, 897; 
 Wines, 898. 
 
 Medicine, progress of, 6-9 ; 
 Chest, articles for, 809. 
 
 Medicines and their prep- 
 arations, 808-943; Pa- 
 tent and proprietary,944. 
 
 Medulla oblongata, 46. 
 
 Medullary cancer, 675. 
 
 Megrims, 204. 
 
 Melancholy, 193. 
 
 Melanosis, 676. 
 
 Melissa offlcinalis, 817. 
 
 Mellin's Food, 946. 
 
 Membrane, synovial, 26. 
 
 Menispermjm Canadense, 
 889. 
 
 Menopause (turn of life), 
 413. 
 
 Menorrhagia, 396. 
 
 Menses, absence of, 394; 
 Oessatlon of, 403; Es- 
 tablishment of, 380. 
 
 Menstruation, disturbance 
 of, 388; Painful, 399; 
 Profuse, 396. 
 
 Mentha piperita, 861 ; Vlr- 
 ides, 877. 
 
 Mercury, bichloride of, 832 ; 
 Nitrate of, ointment of, 
 901 ; Red iodide of, oint- 
 ment, 901. 
 
 Mesenteric disease, 466. 
 
 Mesentery, 34. 
 
 Metastasis, 477. 
 
 Metauer's aperient, 899. 
 
 Metric weights, 811. 
 
 Metritis, 408. 
 
 Midwifery, 424. 
 
 Milk, 77 ; Coffee, 796 ; Crust, 
 148; For convalescents, 
 777; For infants, 447, 
 491; For old persons, 
 602; Leg, 437; Mother's, 
 448; Porridge, 793; Sick- 
 ness, 311 ; Sterilization 
 of, 449; And soda-water, 
 795 ; Sugar of, 247. 
 
 Milkweed, swamp, 881. 
 
 Mind, derangement of, 
 191 ; How it gets knowl- 
 edge, 66; State of in 
 aieting, 76. 
 
 Mindererus, spirit of, 816. 
 
 Miscarriage, 428. 
 
 Miscellaneous diseases, 469- 
 492; Prescriptions, 936. 
 
 Mitchella repens, 861. 
 
 Mitral valves, diseases of, 
 285. 
 
 Mixtures, S98. 
 
 Modem diseases, 493 ; Sur- 
 gery, 617. 
 
 Modus operandi of water, 
 737. 
 
 Moles, 154. 
 
 Momordica elaterlum, 886. 
 
 Monarda punctata, 843. 
 
 Monkshood, 855, 887. 
 
 Monomania, 193. 
 
 Monotropa unlflora, 844. 
 
 Monsel's styptic, 847. 
 
 Moral treatment of Infants, 
 452. 
 
 Morphia (morphine), 860; 
 Poisoning by, 515. 
 
 Mortality in cold weather, 
 603. 
 
 Mortification, 524, 527. 
 
 Mosquitos, bites of, 646. 
 
 Mother's cordial, 911; 
 Marks, 152. 
 
 Motherwort, 855. 
 
 Mountain laurel, 856. 
 
 Mouth, inflammation of, 
 457- Follicular Inflam- 
 mation of, 458; Gan- 
 grene of, 458. 
 
 Iffouth-bath, 755. 
 
 Mucous tissue, 16. 
 
 Mucus, 16. 
 
 Mullein, 856. 
 
 Mumps, 228. 
 
 Muriate of ammonia, 816; 
 Of soda, 876. 
 
 Muriatic acid, poisoning 
 by, 516. 
 
 Murmurs, breathing, 232; 
 Of heart, 286. 
 
 Muscae volltantes, 591. 
 
 Muscles, 27 ; Action ot, 29 ; 
 And bones, 122 ; Number 
 of, 29 ; Shape of, 28. 
 
 Muscular and nervous de 
 raugements from 
 wounds, 183; Tissue, 17. 
 
 Mustard, 856 ; Poultice, 
 906; Volatile oil of, 856 ; 
 Whey, 794. 
 
 Mutton broth, 797. 
 
 Myopia, 592. 
 
 Myrica cerlfera, 818. 
 
 Myricin, 818. 
 
 Myristica moschata, 858. 
 
 Myrospernum toluiferum, 
 818. 
 
 Myrrh, 856; Comp. tinct. 
 of, 9i8. 
 
 Naphtha, 857. 
 Napthalin, 857. 
 Narcotics, 928. 
 Nasal ca' urh, 209 ; Duct, 
 
 52 ; Shower syringe, 217. 
 Natural surgery, 631. 
 Nausea, during pregnancy, 
 
 426. 
 Week, symptoms affecting, 
 
 12'r. 
 Necrosis, 570. 
 
,154. 
 
 rdica elaterlum, 886. 
 
 da punctata, 843. 
 
 ihood, 855, 887. 
 
 lania, 193. 
 
 ropa unlflora, 844. 
 
 I's styptic, 847. 
 
 treatment of infants, 
 
 la (morphine), 860; 
 
 loning by, 515. 
 
 lity in cold weather, 
 
 Lcation, 524, 527. 
 
 itos, bites of, 546. 
 
 r's cordial, 911 ; 
 
 kB, 152. 
 
 rwort, 855. 
 
 ain laurel, 856. 
 
 , inflammation of, 
 
 : Follicular inflam- 
 
 ion of, 458; Gan- 
 
 16 of, 458. 
 
 -bath, 755. 
 
 IS tissue, 16. 
 
 1,15. 
 
 in, 856. 
 
 IS, 228. 
 
 te of ammonia, 816; 
 
 loda, 876. 
 
 tic acid, poisoning 
 
 616. 
 
 urs, breathing, 232; 
 
 leart, 286. 
 
 e volltantes, 591. 
 
 es, 27 ; Action of, 29 ; 
 
 I bones, 122 ; Number 
 
 J9 ; Shape of, 28. 
 
 liar and nervous de 
 
 igements from 
 
 mds, 183; Tissue, 17. 
 
 ,rd, 856 ; Poultice, 
 
 ; Volatile oil of, 856 ; 
 
 ey, 794. 
 
 n broth, 797. 
 
 ia, 592. 
 
 a cerifera, 818. 
 
 in, 818. 
 
 tica moschata, 858. 
 
 ipernum toiuiferum, 
 
 I, 856; Comp. tinct. 
 )i8. 
 
 tha, 857. 
 lalin, 857. 
 tics, 928. 
 ca' irrh, 209 ; Duct, 
 Shower syringe, 217. 
 al surgery, 531. 
 la, during pregnancy, 
 
 symptoms affecting. 
 
 Bis, 670. 
 
 Nepeta cataria, 827; Glo- 
 choma, 839. 
 
 Nephritis, 333. 
 
 Nerve-root, 888 ; Tonics, 
 925. 
 
 Nerves, cranial, 46, 47; 
 Diseases of brain and, 
 164; Optic, 47, 50; Pain 
 of, 189; Of skin, dis- 
 ordered, 153; Spinal, 48 ; 
 Sympathetic, 45. 
 
 Nervine and tonics, 862, 
 925. 
 
 Nervous complications in 
 dyspepsia, 303 ; Derange- 
 ments from wounds, 183 ; 
 Diseases, effects of, 62 ; 
 Headaches, 204, 206; 
 System, 45, 54 ; System, 
 sympathetic, 62 ; System, 
 symptoms affecting, 129 ; 
 Tissue, 18. 
 
 Nettle-rash, 143. 
 
 Neuralgia, 189; Of heart, 
 289. 
 
 Neutral mixture, 867. 
 
 Neutralizing cordial, 912; 
 Extract, 899; Powder, 
 908. 
 
 New Jersey tea, 870, 
 
 Nicotiana tobacum., 882. 
 
 Nightmare, 200. 
 
 Night-nurse, 757. 
 
 Night-sweats, 250. 
 
 Nipples, sore, 426, 442. 
 
 Nitrate of mercury oint- 
 ment, 901; Of potassa, 
 858; Of potassa, poison- 
 ing by, 515; Of silver, 
 857. 
 
 Nitre, 858 ; Sweet spirit of, 
 858. 
 
 Nitric acid, 77, 813; Poi- 
 soning by, 515; Ether, 
 spirit of. 878. 
 
 Nitrogenous foods, 70. 
 
 Nitro-murlatic acid, 813. 
 
 Nose, bleeding from, 697; 
 Foreign substances in, 
 598; Fractures of, 551. 
 
 Nose-bath, 754. 
 
 Noxious vapors, apparent 
 death from, 509. 
 
 Nurse, activity of, 768; 
 Age of, 767; Education 
 of, 769; Habits of, 768; 
 Health of, 767 ; Strength 
 of. 767; Temper, etc., of, 
 767; Wet, 446. 
 
 Nursinz bottles, 447 ; Sick 
 children, 453; Sore 
 mouth, 440 ; Women, 
 445. 
 
 Nutmeg, 858. 
 
 Nutrition table, 70, 
 
 GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 Nutritive fluid, 796. 
 Nux vomica, 858. 
 Nymphaea odorata, 885. 
 Nymphomania, 417. 
 
 Oak, white, 885. 
 Oatmeal gruel, 797 ; Poul- 
 tice, 905. 
 Oats, 80. 
 Obstruction of intestines, 
 
 318. 
 (Esophagus, 32. 
 Oil of cajuput, 859; Of 
 mustard, volatile, 856; 
 Of turpentine, 869. 
 Oil-glands, 44; Disordered, 
 
 154. 
 Oil-nut, 824. 
 
 Ointments, 900-903, 931. 
 Old age, and its diseases, 
 496-508; Diet in, 76; 
 Preservation of health 
 in, 600. 
 
 Oleaginous foods, 79. 
 
 Oleum cajuputi, 859 ; Mor- 
 rhuas, 830; Ollvae, 869; 
 Riclni, 827 ; Terebin- 
 thincB, 869; Tiglii, 834. 
 
 Olive-oil, 859. 
 
 Omentum, 34. 
 
 Onion, 869; Poultice, 906. 
 
 Operations, surgical, prep- 
 arations for, 519. 
 
 Ophthalmia, catarrhal,589 ; 
 Purulent (Egyptian), 
 588; Of children, 689; 
 Scrofulous, 690; Tarsi, 
 587. 
 
 Opium, 869; Camphorated 
 tinct. of, 918 ; Liniment, 
 896; Poisoning by, 515; 
 Tinct. of, 915. 
 
 Opodeldoc, liniment, 897. 
 
 Orange blossoms, 949. 
 
 Orange-peel, 86C ; Tinct. of, 
 914 ; Whey, 795. 
 
 Orbits, 52. 
 
 Orchitis, 371. 
 
 Organized compounda, 16. 
 
 Organs, digestive, '31; Of 
 hearing, 52; Of circula- 
 tion, 37; Of secretion, 
 41; Of sight, 50; Respi- 
 ratory, 36 ; Vocal, 42. 
 
 Origanum vuigare, 860. 
 
 Omus Europcea, 854. 
 
 Osmidrosis, 154. 
 
 Osseous tissue, 17. 
 
 Otalgia, 696. 
 
 Otitis, 596. 
 
 Otorrhaea,595. 
 
 Ovarian disease, 774; Tu- 
 mors, 414. 
 
 Ovaries, 384 ; Inflamma- 
 tion of, 390. 
 
 975 
 
 Ovaritis, 390. 
 Ovum, 382. 
 
 Oxalic acid, poisoning by, 
 615; Deposits in urine, 
 351, 359. 
 Oxide of zinc ointment, 
 
 901. 
 Pack, half, 744 ; Wet sheet, 
 
 742. 
 Pail-douche, 748. 
 Pain, symptoms indicated 
 by, 130; Sudden disap- 
 pearance of, 772. 
 Painters' colic, 322. 
 Pallidness, when >- bad 
 
 symptom, 772. 
 Palpitation, of heart, 288, 
 
 427. 
 Palsy, 179; Diet in, 784; 
 Lead, 181; Local, 181; 
 Shaking, 181. 
 Panada, 791. 
 
 Panax quinquefoiium, 838. 
 Pancreas, 34, 291. 
 Papaver somniferum, 859. 
 Papillae) 152. 
 Papulous scall, 149. 
 Paralysis, 179. 
 Paraphlegia, 180. 
 Paregoric elixir, 918. 
 Parrilla, yellow, 889. 
 Paronychia, 572. 
 Parotid gland, 31. 
 Parotitis, 228. 
 Parsley, 860; Comp. infu- 
 sion of, 895. 
 Parsnips, 82. 
 Partridge-berry, 861 ; Comp. 
 
 syrup of, 911. 
 Passive congestion of liver, 
 
 296. 
 Patches, colored, on skin, 
 
 153. 
 Patella, dislocation of, 567; 
 
 Fracture of, 658. 
 Patent and proprietary 
 
 medicines, 944-949. 
 Patients, how to examine, 
 
 126. 
 Peach, 861. 
 
 Pear-leaf wintergreen, 871. 
 Pearlash, puriiied, 866. 
 Peas, 82. 
 
 Pectoriloquy, 242. 
 Pelvis, fractures of, 556. 
 Pemphigus, 147. 
 Pennyroyal, 861. 
 Pepper, red, 827; Water, 
 
 884. 
 Peppermint, 861. 
 Pepto-maugan, 360. 
 Perennial plants, when to 
 
 gather, 808. 
 Pericarditis, 281. 
 Pericardium, S?. 
 
 ' . ' B i' ti ' .iu ' ilt ' ta'..* ' *" ' ■ * *" 
 
 ■ M I »MlJ-B ' > ' -au. ' . '» !»t ll U «B ta3ca fcft»« 
 
976 
 
 GENEKAL INDEX. 
 
 Periods of life, 12b, 126. 
 
 Peritoneum, 291; Acute 
 Intlammatlon of, 312; 
 - Ch ionic inHammatlon of, 
 313. 
 
 Peritonitis, 312, 313. 
 
 Pernicious latermittent fe- 
 ver, 471. 
 
 Perpetual calendar for 
 marriod iHciios. 443. 
 
 Persalt of iron, 847. 
 
 Persimmon, 801. 
 
 Perspiration, 106; Symp- 
 toms Indicated by, 132. 
 
 Perspiratory tubes, 45, 106. 
 
 Peruvian bark, 862 ; Tlnct. 
 of, 918. 
 
 Pessaries, 411. 
 
 Petroleum, 863. 
 
 Petroselinum sativum, &no. 
 
 Phagademc ulcers, 532. 
 
 Pharmacy, 891. 
 
 Pharyngeal siiower syr- 
 inge, 917. 
 
 Pharyngitis, 208, 212; Fol- 
 licular, 212. 
 
 Pharynx, 32 ; Inflammation 
 of, 212. 
 
 Philosophy of breathing, 
 112; Of chest sounds, 
 232. 
 
 Phlebitis, 580 ; Chronic, 
 581. 
 
 Phlegmasia dolens, 437. 
 
 Phosphate of iron, 847. 
 
 Phosphates, comp. syrup 
 • of, 911. 
 
 Phosphatic deposits in ur- 
 ine, 349, 355. 
 
 Phosphorus, 246, 863. 
 
 Phrenitis, 165. 
 
 Phthisis, 229. 
 
 Physical culture, 950-960. 
 
 Physiological laws, 64. 
 
 Physiologists, 8. 
 
 Phytolacca deeandra, 865. 
 
 Phytolaccin, 865. 
 
 Pia mater, 46; Inflamma- 
 tion of, 165. 
 
 Picra, 907. 
 
 Picroena excelsa, 869. 
 
 Pigeon-berry, 865. 
 
 Pile-ointment, 900, 902. 
 
 Piles, C.25. 576; During 
 pregnancy, 426 ; Oint- 
 ment for, 902. 
 
 Pills, 903. 
 
 Pimpinella anisum, 816. 
 
 Pimples, dry, 150 ; Mattery, 
 148 ; Watery, 144. 
 
 Pin-worms, 332. 
 
 Pink-root, 863. 
 
 Pinna, 62. 
 
 Piper angustlfolium, 866. 
 
 Pipsissewa, 863. 
 
 Pittacia lentiscus, 548. 
 
 Pityriasis, 150. 
 
 Pix liquida, 882. 
 
 Plantain (plantago major), 
 864. 
 
 Plants and animals, re- 
 lation of, 115 ; Medicinal, 
 when to gather, 808. 
 
 Plasters, 903. 
 
 Plastic lymph, 622; Diet 
 in, 786. 
 
 Plethoric headaches, 205; 
 Causes of. 202. 
 
 Pleurisy (pleurltis), 262; 
 Diet in, 786; Root, 864. 
 
 Plumbi acetas, 850. 
 
 Plumbum, 850. 
 
 Plunge-bath, 749. 
 
 Pneumonia, 266; Broncho-, 
 269 ; Typhoid, 268 ; Diet 
 in, 785. 
 
 Pneumothorax, 26C. 
 
 Podophyllin, 853. 
 
 Podophyllum pelatum, 853. 
 
 Poison hemlock, 864 ; Oak, 
 865 ; Ointment, 901. 
 
 Poisoned wounds, 545. 
 
 Poisoning accidents, 513. 
 
 Poisons, antidotes of, 513 ; 
 Vegetable, 515. 
 
 Poke, 86S ; Ointment, 901. 
 
 Poke-root poultice, 906. 
 
 Polygala senega, 873. 
 
 Polygonum punctatum,884. 
 
 Polypus, 576; Of heart, 
 290 ; Of womb, 406. 
 
 Polytrichum juniperum, 
 840. 
 
 Pompholix, 147. 
 
 Poplar, 882, 
 
 Pores, of skin, should be 
 kept open, 107. 
 
 Porridge, mllk,793. 
 
 Porrigo, 157. 
 
 Position of patient, impor- 
 tance of. 772. 
 
 Potassa, 866; Acetate of, 
 866; Bicarbonate of, 866; 
 Bitartrate of, 866; Car- 
 bonate of, 866 ; Chlorate 
 of, 866; Citrate of, 867; 
 Solution of, 867; Solu- 
 tion of arsenite of, 577 ; 
 And soda, tartrate of, 
 876; Sulphate of, 867; 
 Tartrate of, 867. 
 
 Potassce acetas, 866; Ar- 
 senitis, liquor, 877; Bi- 
 carbonas, 866; Blturtras, 
 866; Carbonas, 866; Ci- 
 tras, 867 ; Citratls, liquor. 
 867 ; Liquor, 867; Nitras, 
 868; Sulphas, 867; Tar- 
 tras, 867. 
 
 PotassU, bromidum, 867; 
 
 Oyanuretum, 868; lodl- 
 
 dum, 845 ; Sulphuretuiu, 
 
 868. 
 Potassium, 867; Bromide 
 
 of, 867 ; Cyanuret of, 868 ; 
 
 Suiphuret of, 868. 
 Potatoes, 82. 
 Poultices, 905-906. 
 Powders, 906-908. 
 Pox, 360. 
 Pregnancy, bathw during, 
 
 740 ; Prevention of, 429 ; 
 
 Treatmentof,425; Tubal, 
 
 418. 
 Prejudice and antipathies, 
 
 770. 
 Preparations, of medicines, 
 
 808 ;Pnarmaceutical,891. 
 Prepared calamine, 889; 
 
 Chalk, 828. 
 Presbyopia, 593. 
 Prescriptions, 920. 
 Preservation of old people's 
 
 health, 500. 
 Pressure of the atmos- 
 phere, 112. 
 Prickly ash, 868; Elder, 
 
 868. 
 Princes' pine, 863. 
 Prinos verticillatus, 820. 
 Private organs, symptoms 
 
 affecting, 129. 
 Probang, now superseded, 
 
 217. 
 Prognostics, 771. 
 Progress of medicine, 9. 
 Prolapsus ani, 465; Uteri, 
 
 409. 
 Pronouncing dictionary, 969. 
 Proofs of death, 807. 
 Prophylaxis, 489. 
 Propriety of imparting 
 
 physiological knowledge, 
 
 420. 
 Protoxide of iron, 847. 
 Provisional callus, 549. 
 Prunus Virgiuiana, 885. 
 Prurigo, 161 ; Of vulva, 417. 
 Pruritus, 153. 
 Prussic acid, poisoning by, 
 
 516. 
 Psoriasis, 149. 
 Pteiea lrifollat,a, 874. 
 Pterocarpus marsupium, 
 
 849 ; Santalinus, 870. 
 Ptisan, suet, 794. 
 Ptosis, 588. 
 
 Puerile respiration, 233. 
 Puerperal fever, 438. 
 Pulmonary apoplexy, 259 ; 
 
 Consumption, 233. 
 Pulmonic cherry cordial, 
 
 249. 
 Pulse, symptoms indicated 
 
 by, 131. 
 
etum, 808; lodi- 
 46 ; Bulphuretum, 
 
 n, 867; Bromidi! 
 Oyanuretof,868, 
 ret of, 868. 
 82 
 
 , 905-906. 
 906-908. 
 
 y, batha during, 
 reventlon of, 429 ; 
 lentof ,425 ; Tubal, 
 
 and antipathies, 
 
 ions, of medicineg, 
 
 larmaceutlcal.SOl. 
 
 calamine, 889; 
 
 828. 
 lU, 593. 
 :ions, 920. 
 tion of old people's 
 ,500. 
 of the atmos- 
 
 112. 
 
 ash, 868; Elder, 
 
 pine, 863. 
 erticlUatus, 820. 
 organs, symptoms 
 Dg, 129. 
 , now superseded, 
 
 tics, 771. 
 of medicine, 9. 
 IS ani, 465; Uteri, 
 
 ;ing dictionary, 969. 
 death, 807. 
 ixis, 489. 
 
 r of imparting 
 logical knowledge, 
 
 e of iron, 847. 
 lal callus, 549. 
 /'irginiana, 885. 
 151; Of vulva, 417. 
 153. 
 icid, poisoning by, 
 
 1, 149. 
 
 ■ifollata, 874. 
 pus marsupium, 
 iantallnus, 870. 
 suet, 794. 
 88 
 
 espiration, 233. 
 I fever, 438. 
 >ry apoplexy, 259; 
 mption, 233. 
 cherry cordial, 
 
 ^mptoms indicated 
 
 Pumpkin seeds, 860. 
 
 Punctured woundH, 643. 
 
 Purges, 921. 
 
 Purple disease (purpura 
 hemorrhugica), 484; 
 Spots, 773. 
 
 Purtussis, 462. 
 
 Purulent ophthalmia, 588; 
 Of child leu, 589. 
 
 Pussy-willow, 821. 
 
 Pyaemia, 528. 
 
 Pyrethrum parthenlum, 
 836. 
 
 Pyrola rotundifolia (round- 
 leaved;, 871. 
 
 Pyrosis, 309. 
 
 Quassia, 8G9. 
 
 Queen of the meadow, 869. 
 
 Queen's root, 869. 
 
 Quercus alba, 885; Infec- 
 
 torla, 837. 
 Quinacetine, 946. 
 Quinia, sulphate of, 862; 
 
 Valerianate of, 863. 
 
 Rabies, 182. 
 
 RamoUissement, 166. 
 
 Rashes on children, 454. 
 
 Recipes, 920-943. 
 
 Rectum, 33, 291. 
 
 Red chickweed, 870; C3o- 
 ver, 870 ; Iodide of mer- 
 cury ointment, 901 ; Pep- 
 per, 827 ; Oxide of lead 
 plaster, 905 ; Osier, 881 ; 
 Root, 870; Rose, 870; 
 Saunders, 870; Willow, 
 881. 
 
 Reduction of fractures, 
 547. 
 
 Refreshing drinks In f» 
 vers, 790. 
 
 Refrigerants, 929. 
 
 Rennet whey, 794. 
 
 Reproduction of life, 419; 
 Of lo^t parts, 644. 
 
 Resin cerate, 892 ; plaster, 
 eorap., 904. 
 
 Resolution, 623. 
 
 Respiratory organs, 36. 
 
 Rest aud sleep, 98. 
 
 Restorative, 795 ; Wine bit- 
 ters, 898. 
 
 Retention of urine, 343 ; An 
 unfavorable sign, 773. 
 
 Retina, 51. 
 
 Retroflexion of womb, 411. 
 
 Retroversion of womb, 410. 
 
 Rhamnus cathartlcus, S24. 
 
 Rhateny, 870. 
 
 Rheum palmatum, 871 
 
 Rheumatic headaches, 206, 
 20fi. 
 
 Rheumatism, acute, 496; 
 
 GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 Chronic. 478; Diet in, 
 784, 802. 
 
 Rhubarb, 871 ; Aromatic 
 syrup of, 910; Comp. 
 tinct. of, 918; Comp. 
 powder of, 908; And 
 potussa, comp. powder 
 of, 908; Aud potassa, 
 comp. syrup of, 912; 
 Tinct. of, 916. 
 
 Rhus glabruni, 880; Toxi- 
 codendron, 866. 
 
 Ribc, fracture of, 655. 
 
 Rice, 81 ; Water, 789. 
 
 Ricinus communis, 827. 
 
 Rickets, 467. 
 
 Riding, as exercise, 97. 
 
 Rigors, 772. 
 
 Ringworm, 168. 
 
 Rochelle mUs, 876. 
 
 Roman baths, 107. 
 
 Roots, when to gather, 808. 
 
 Rosa gallica, 870. 
 
 Rosemarinus ofBcinallB,871. 
 
 Rosemary, 871. 
 
 Roseola, 143. 
 
 Rose-rash, 143; Bed, 870; 
 Water ointment, 901 ; 
 Willow, 881. 
 
 Rosin, 870. 
 
 Rotting of teeth, 602. 
 
 Round-leaved pyrola, 871. 
 
 Rubbing wet sheet, 745. 
 
 Rubeola, 135. 
 
 Rubus villosus, 820. 
 
 Rudbeckia laciniata, 882. 
 
 Rue, 872. 
 
 Rules for using water, 739. 
 
 Rumex crispus, 888. 
 
 Running and leaping, 94. 
 
 Rupia, 147. 
 
 Rupture, 681. 
 
 Ruptures of tendons, 569. 
 
 Russian and Turkish baths, 
 803. 
 
 Ruta graveolens, 872. 
 
 Rye, 81; Spurred, 878. 
 
 Saccharine foods, 79. 
 
 Sacral plexus, 48. 
 
 Saffron, 872. 
 
 Sage, 872; Tea, 790. 
 
 Sago-gruel. 792. 
 
 Sailing, as exercise, 96. 
 
 Saint Ignatius' Bean, 879. 
 
 Sal-ammoniac, 816. 
 
 Salep powders, comp., 791, 
 792. 
 
 Salicin, 886. 
 
 Saline mixture, 900. 
 
 Salix alba, 886; Nigra, 821. 
 
 Salpingitis, 415. 
 
 Salt, common, 876; Qlau- 
 ber's, 876; Of tartar, 
 866. • . . 
 
 Saltness of the ocean, 91. 
 Saltpetre, 858; Poisoning 
 
 by, 515. 
 Salt-rheum, 144. 
 Salvia oftklniillB, 872. 
 Sambucus Canadensis, 830, 
 Sanguinatia Cauadenuis, 
 
 821. 
 Sanguinarin, 821. 
 Sapo, 875. 
 Sarcoma, 675. 
 Sarsaparilla, 872; Comp. 
 
 syrup of, 912; Falsa 
 
 (wild), 875. 
 Sassafras, 872. 
 Savin, 873; Cerate, 892. 
 Scabies, 145. 
 Scalds, 635. 
 
 Scaly eruptions, 149, 363. 
 Scammony, 873. 
 Scarification, 544. 
 Scarlatina, 136; Diet In, 
 
 783. 
 Scarlet fever, 136. 
 Sciatica, 191. 
 Scilla maritima, 879. 
 Sclerotic coat of eye, 50. 
 Scoke, 865. 
 Scorbutus, 483. 
 Scrofula, 480. 
 
 Scrofulous ophthalmia, 69C. 
 Scrophularia nodosa, 836. 
 Scrotum, blood in, 580; 
 
 Water in, 579. 
 Scullcap, 873. 
 Scurvy, 483. 
 
 Scutellaria lateriflora, 873. 
 Sea-bathing, 736. 
 Seasickness, 310. 
 Secale cornutum, 878. 
 Secretion, organs of, 41. 
 Sedatives, 929. 
 Seidlitz powders, 873. 
 Self-poUution, 375. 
 Semen, 422. 
 
 Semilunar valves, 37 ; Dis- 
 ease of, 285. 
 Sempervivum tectorum, 
 
 843. 
 Senecin, 851. 
 Senecio aureus, 860. 
 Seneka, 873; Syrup of, 911. 
 Senna, 874 ; Confection of, 
 
 893; Comp. infusion of, 
 
 896 ; Comp. syrup of ,913 ; 
 
 And jalap, tinct. of,, 918. 
 Sensations, 56 ; Agreeable, 
 
 57; Kinds of, 56: Moral 
 
 uses of, 56; Unpleasant, 
 
 68. 
 Septic and aseptic, 618; 
 
 wounds, 538. 
 Septicaemia, 438. 
 Sermons, reading of, 216. 
 Serous tissae, 16. 
 
 i 
 
978 
 
 GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 Setting of fracturei, 547. 
 
 Sex, 126. 
 
 Sexual diseases, 360-378; 
 Prevention of, 374. 
 
 Shaking palsy, 181. 
 
 Sheep-laurtl, 866. 
 
 Shingles, 146. 
 
 Shoes, tliln, 104. 
 
 Short oight, r)92. 
 
 Shoulder-blade, tracturo <>r, 
 553 ; Joint, dlslouation 
 of, 563. 
 
 Shower-bath, 747. 
 
 Shrinking of ihe brain, 173. 
 
 Shrubby trefoil, 874. 
 
 Sick, care of, 57 ; Clilldron, 
 nursing, 453 ; Headache, 
 201-207. 
 
 Sick-room, choice of, 756 ; 
 Beds and beddingu i, 
 768; CleanllnesB in, 760 ; 
 Cookery for, 789; Dark- 
 ening of, 761; Domestic 
 manageiment of, 756 ; 
 Fumigation of, 762; No 
 cooking In, 757; Prej- 
 udices and antipathies 
 in, 770; Sofa or reclining 
 chair in, 757 ; Tempera- 
 ture of, 760; Unhired at- 
 tendants in,769; Ventila- 
 tion of, 114. 
 
 Sighing, when a bad symp- 
 tom, 772. 
 
 Sight, organs of, 50; Long 
 and short, 592; Weak- 
 ness of, 691. 
 
 Signs and abbreviations, 
 810. 
 
 Silk clothing, 103. 
 
 Simple ointment, 892, 901; 
 Syrup, 909. 
 
 Slnapis alba, 856. 
 
 Singultus, 199. 
 
 Sinus, 527. v 
 
 Sippets, 795. 
 
 Sltz bath, 750, 
 
 Skin, 43, 134; Care of, of 
 the aged, 603; Color of, 
 disordered, 153 ; Dis- 
 eases, 134; Nerves of, 
 disordered, 163; Offlcea 
 of, 105. 
 
 Skull, fractures of, 551. 
 
 Skunk-cabbage, 874. 
 
 Sleep, 98; Amount of, 101 ; 
 Disturbed, 200; Natural 
 position for, 101; Of 
 children, 451; Prepara- 
 tion for, 101. 
 
 Sleeping apartment, 756 ; 
 In email room, 113; 
 Booms, 99; Bedding in, 
 100; Beds in, 100; Fire 
 In, 99; Nighlwlress in, 
 
 100; Open fireplace in, 
 
 99 ; Open windows in, 
 
 99; Bmall, 113. 
 Sleeplessness of the aged, 
 
 6U4. 
 Slei)i;h-riding as exercise, 
 
 97. 
 Slippery elm, H76 ; Poultice, 
 
 906. 
 Sloughing, 627. 
 Sluice-bath, 748. 
 Small-pox, 139; Diet in, 
 
 783. 
 Small spikenard, 876. 
 Smartweed, 884. 
 Smilax officinalis, 872. 
 Snake-root, 873 ; Canada, 
 
 886 ; Virginia, 884. 
 Snakes, bites of, 645. 
 Soap, 875. 
 Soda, bicarbonate of, 876 ; 
 
 Borate, 876; Sulphate of, 
 
 876; Sulphite of, 876; 
 
 Tartrate of and potassa, 
 
 876 ; Soda-water and 
 
 milk, 795. 
 Sodae, bicarbonas, 876 ; 
 
 Boras, 876; Et potassie 
 
 tartras, 876 ; Sulphas, 
 
 876 ; Sulphis, 876. 
 Sodium, 875; Chloride of, 
 
 876. 
 Soft cancer, 675. 
 Solanum dulcamara, 820. 
 Solidago rigida, 841. 
 Solomon's seal, 877. 
 Soluble tartar, 867. 
 Soothing inhalant, 244. 
 Sore mouth, children's, 457 ; 
 
 nursing, 440. 
 Sore nipples, 426, 442. 
 Sore throat, clergyman's, 
 
 212. 
 Soup, vegetable, 793. 
 Spanish flies, 877 ; Cerate, 
 
 892; Liniment, 896; Poi- 
 soning by, 616. 
 Spasm, of glottis, 461 ; In 
 
 stomach, 309. 
 Spearmint, 877. 
 Speculuui, 385. 
 Spermaceti, 878; Ointment, 
 
 902. 
 Spermatozoa, 422. 
 Spiced plaster, 904. 
 Spiders, bites of, 545 ; Web, 
 
 878. 
 Spigelia Marllandica, 863. 
 Spikenard, small, 875. 
 Spinal cord, 47; Diseases 
 
 of, 176; Inflammation of, 
 
 176. 
 Spinal nerves, 48. 
 Spine, deformities and ir- 
 ritations of, 584. 
 
 Spirit of nitric other, H58 
 878; Of Ammonia, aro- 
 matic, 816. 
 
 Spireea tomentOKa, 841. 
 
 Spleen, 34; Acute inliam- 
 malion of, 297; Clironlc 
 Influmniatloii of, 297. 
 
 Splenitii, 297. 
 
 Sponge, 878. 
 
 Sponge-4)aths, 752. 
 
 Spotted acne, 155. 
 
 Sprains, 669. 
 
 Spurred rye, 878. 
 
 So-ill, 87^9 ; Syrup of, 911 ; 
 Vinegar of, 919. 
 
 Squinting, 593, 772. 
 
 Squirting cucumber, 886. 
 
 St. Anthony's fire, 141. 
 
 St. Ignatius' bean, 879. 
 
 St. Vitus' dance, 187. 
 
 Stagger-weed, 883. 
 
 Star-grass, 879. 
 
 Starch and sugar, 78. 
 
 Statice Caroliniana, 854. 
 
 Sterility, 419; Causes of, 
 423. 
 
 Sterilization jf milk, 449. 
 
 Stethoscopes, 230. 
 
 Stiff joint, 573. 
 
 Stillingia sylvatlca, 869; 
 Comp. syrup of, 913. 
 
 Stimulants, 929. 
 
 Stings of insects, 545. 
 
 Stomach, 32 ; Affections of, 
 787; Bile in, 67; Acute 
 inflammation of, 301 ; 
 Chronic inflammation of, 
 302; Cramp in, 427; 
 Movement of, 66 ; Spasm 
 or cramp in, 309, 427. 
 
 Stomatitis, erylhematic, 
 457. 
 
 Stone in bladder, 345, 354. 
 
 Storax, 879. 
 
 Strabismus, 593. 
 
 Stramonium, 880 ; Oint- 
 ment, 901 ; Poisioning by, 
 515. 
 
 Stricture, 371; Of bowel, 
 318. 
 
 Structure of the body, 14. 
 
 Strychnine, 858 ; Poisoning 
 by, 516. 
 
 Strychnos nus vomica. 
 858. 
 
 Stye, 587. 
 
 Styptics, 540. 
 
 Styrax officinale, 879. 
 
 Subacetate of lead, cerate 
 of, 891. 
 
 Submaxillary gland, 31. 
 
 Succus alterans, 945. 
 
 Sudorific tincture, 919. 
 
 Suet Ptisan, 794. 
 
 Suffocation, 509. 
 
f nitric ether, 858 
 Of Ammonia, aru- 
 , 816. 
 
 tomentosa, 8(1. 
 34; A('ut(> Inllam- 
 n of, 297 ; Clironlc 
 imatloii of, 2'.)7. 
 s, 297. 
 
 878. 
 baths, 752. 
 
 acne, 155. 
 
 , am. 
 rye, 878. 
 
 879 ; Syrup of, 911 j 
 ;ar of, 919. 
 ng, 593, 772. 
 ig cucumber, 885. 
 bony's fire, 141. 
 itius' bean, 879. 
 is' dance, 167. 
 -weed, 883. 
 iss, 879. 
 and Bugar, 78. 
 Carollniana, 854. 
 y, 419; Causes of, 
 
 ation Jt milk, 449. 
 copes, 230. 
 nt, 573. 
 
 ;U sylvatlca, 869; 
 ). syrup of, 913. 
 ints, 929. 
 of Insects, 545. 
 h, 32 ; Affections of, 
 Bile In, 67; Acute 
 amatlon of, 301 ; 
 lie inflammation of. 
 Cramp in, 427 ; 
 iment of, 66 ; Spasm 
 imp in, 309, 427. 
 itis, erythematlc, 
 
 bladder, 345, 354. 
 
 879. 
 
 mu3, 593. 
 nium, 880 ; Oint- 
 
 901 ; Poisoning by, 
 
 ■e, 371; Of bowel, 
 
 re of the body, 14. 
 
 line, 858 ; Poisoning 
 
 16. 
 
 los nux vomica: 
 
 il. ' 
 ,540. 
 
 ofBcinale, 879. 
 tate of lead, cerate 
 I. 
 
 :illary gland, 31. 
 alterans, 945. 
 ic tincture, 919. 
 isan, 794. 
 ,tion, 509. 
 
 Sugar foods, 78. 
 
 Sugar of lead, poisoning by, 
 
 514. 
 Sugar of milk, 247. 
 Sulphate of zinc, 890. 
 Sulphur, 880; Ointment, 
 
 (■omp.,e03. 
 Sulphuric acid, 813; Poi- 
 soning by, 515. 
 Sumach, b8U. 
 
 Summer complaint of in- 
 fants, 463. 
 Sunflower, 880. 
 Sunstroke, 179. 
 Supercarbonate of soda, 
 
 876. 
 Supertartrate of potasaa, 
 
 866. 
 Suppers, late, 101. 
 Suppression of urine, 342. 
 Suppuration, 523, 526; Of 
 
 brulu, 167. 
 Supra-renal capsules, dis- 
 ease of, 337. 
 Surgery, natural, 531. 
 Surgical diseases, 517-607. 
 Sutures, 540. 
 Swallowing, difficulty of, 
 
 772. 
 Swamp-dogwood, 881; 
 
 Milkweed, 881. 
 Swathing, 427. 
 Sweat-glands, 45 ; Dis- 
 ordered, 154. 
 Sweating process, 741 ; In 
 
 consumption, 773. 
 Sweet fern, 881 ; Flag, 881 ; 
 Gum, 881; Oil, 859; 
 ' Spiritsof nitre, 858,878; 
 Whey, 795. 
 Swelling, of lunge, 259; Of 
 lower limbs, 428; Sud- 
 den disappearance of, 
 774. 
 Swinging as exercise, 97. 
 Sycosis, 156. 
 Sympathetic nervous sys- 
 
 tom, 48-50, 62. 
 Symphytum officinale, 831. 
 Symplocarpus foetidus, 874. 
 Symptoms, 122 ; Table of, 
 
 126, 132. 
 Syncope, 199. 
 Synovial degenerations, 
 
 571; Membrane, 26. 
 Syphilis, 360. 
 
 Syringe, laryngeal shower, 
 216; Nasal showor, 217; 
 Pharyngeal sho .\ or, 217 ; 
 Uterine, 390; Mode of 
 using, 219. 
 Syrups, 909, 913. 
 
 Table, exhibiting the differ- 
 ence between smail-pox, 
 
 GKNEKAL INDKX. 
 
 varioloid, scarlet fever 
 and measles, 138, 139; 
 Of foods, 72, 79, 80 ; Of 
 symptoms of diseases, 
 126-132. 
 
 Tag-alder, 881. 
 
 Tamarac, comp. tinct. of, 
 918. 
 
 Tamarinds and whey, 795. 
 
 Tannic acid, 814. 
 
 Tansy (Tanacotum vul- 
 gara), 881. 
 
 Tape-worm, 332. 
 
 Tapioca, 882 ; Jelly, 792. 
 
 Tar, 882; Ointment, 912; 
 Plaster, comp., 904. 
 
 Taraxacum, 835. 
 
 Tartar on tlie teeth, 603 ; 
 Soluble, 867. 
 
 Tartar-whey, 794. 
 
 Tartaric acid, 814. 
 
 Tea and coffee, 88 ; Cause 
 headaches, 202 ; Beef, 
 793, 797; Garfield, 94 j, 
 947 ; New Jersey, 870 ; 
 Sage, 872. 
 
 Teeth, 30; Care of, 601; 
 Cleaning of, 606; Com- 
 position of, 31 ; Cutting, 
 difficult, 459; Diseased, 
 influence of on the 
 health, 605; Filling, 604; 
 
 • First, 605 ; Names of, 30 ; 
 Number of, 30; Origin 
 of, 30; Rotting of, 602; 
 Use of, 31. 
 
 Temperance, 87; Good te- 
 sults of, 87. 
 
 Temperaments, 122, 123; 
 Medication and, 123, 124. 
 
 Temperature of the body, 
 132; Symptoms Indfcated 
 by, 132. 
 
 Tendons, ruptures of, 669. 
 
 Tetanus, 184. 
 
 Tetter, 145; Crusted, 148. 
 
 Thigh-bone, fractures of, 
 556. 
 
 Thimbleweed, 882. 
 
 Thomapple, 880. 
 
 Thoroughwort, 882. 
 
 Throat, symptoms affect* 
 Ing, 128. 
 
 Throat-diseases, 208-228; 
 Curability of, 224; Worse 
 at night, 215; Instru- 
 ments for treatment of, 
 216-221. 
 
 Thyroid cartilage, 42. 
 
 Tic douloureux, 190. 
 
 Tight dressing, 116. 
 
 Tinctures, 812, 913-919. 
 
 Tissues, the, 16-18. 
 
 Tobacco, 882. 
 
 Toe-nail, ingrowing, 697. 
 
 979 
 
 Tolu, syrup of, 911 ; TInct 
 of, 015. 
 
 Tongue, symptom 4 afTect- 
 ing, 127. 
 
 Tonics, 924; And cathar- 
 tics, 023. 
 
 Tonsilitis, 222, 223. 
 
 Tonsils, acute inflammn- 
 tlon of, 22'J ; Chronic iu- 
 flaramaiion of, 223. 
 
 Toothache, 603. 
 
 Toothache tree, 868. 
 
 Tourniquet, 539. 
 
 Towel and sponge bath. 
 752. 
 
 Towel, coarse, in bathing, 
 111. 
 
 Tracheitis, 209, 214. 
 
 Trailing arbutus,882; comp. 
 infusion of, 895. 
 
 Trance, 186. 
 
 Traveling, 116; For con- 
 Bumptrves, 254 ; For the 
 poor, 118 ; Means of, 117 ; 
 Seasons for, 117. 
 
 Treatise on pliysical cul- 
 ture, 950-960. 
 
 Trees, cultivation of, 116. 
 
 Trefoil, shrubby, 874. 
 
 Trichiasis, 687. 
 
 Tricuspid valves, 274. 
 
 Trifolium pratense, 870. 
 
 Trillium peuduium, 819. 
 
 True physician, the, 12. 
 
 Trumpet weed, 869. 
 
 Tubal pregnancy, 418. 
 
 Tubercular consumption, 
 233; Eruptions, 363. 
 
 Tulip-tree, 882. 
 
 Tumors, 573; Encysted, 
 577; Fatty, 575; Of brain, 
 167; Of heart, 280; Of 
 ovaries, 414; Of womb, 
 412. 
 
 Turkey-corn, 883. 
 
 Turkish baths, 803. 
 
 Turmeric, 883. 
 
 Turn of life, 403. 
 
 Turner's cerate, 891. 
 
 Turnips, 82. 
 
 Turpentine liniment, 897. 
 
 Tissilago farfara, 831. 
 
 Twist in iKJwel, 318. 
 
 Tympanitis, 321. 
 
 Tympanum, 63 ; Inflamma- 
 tion of, 596. 
 
 Typhoid fever, 470 ; Pneu- 
 monia (lung-fever), 268. 
 
 Ulceration, 623 ; And ulcers, 
 631 ; Of bones, 570; Of 
 neck of womb. 386. 
 
 Ulmus fulva, 875. 
 
 Unbolted wheat floor, 74. 
 
 Unhired attendants, 769. 
 
 I, 
 
 ■, 
 
 i 
 
 
 uttkim i 
 
nj 
 
 980 
 
 Unlcorn-root, 879; False, 
 841. 
 
 Tnion by flrat intention, 
 540. 
 
 Unnatural growth of bones, 
 570. 
 
 Upland Cranberry, 818. 
 
 Upper arm-bone, fractures 
 of. 553. 
 
 Urate of ammonia in urine, 
 352 ; Calculus, 354. 
 
 Ureters, 35. 
 
 Urethra, 35. 
 
 Uric acid calculus, 354. 
 
 Urinary deposits, 305 ; Or- 
 gans, dlsnases of In tho 
 aged, 507; System, 35. 
 
 Urine, characteristics of, 
 34fi; Cystine deposits in, 
 353 ; Ex..rainatlon of,346 ; 
 Hippurlc-acid deposits 
 in, 332; Inability to hold, 
 344; Oxalic deposits in, 
 350; Phosphatlcdeioslts 
 in, 349; Retention of, 
 343,773; Sources of, 345 ; 
 Suppression of, 342 ; 
 Symptoms indicated by, 
 131; Urate of ammonia 
 in. 352. 
 
 Urinometer, 346. 
 
 Urticaria, 143. 
 
 Uterine hydatids, 407. 
 
 Uva ursi, 818. 
 
 Uvula, elongation of, 221. 
 
 Vagina, Inflammation of, 
 
 416. 
 Valerian, 883; American, 
 
 888; Ammoniated tlnct. 
 
 of. 919. 
 Valeriana officinalis, 883. 
 Valerianate of iron, 848 ; Of 
 
 quinia, 863; Of zinc. 890. 
 Value of foods. 70, 71, 72, 
 
 79, 80. 
 Valves, mitral, disease of, 
 
 285; Semilunar, disease 
 
 of, 285; And tricuspid, 
 
 37. 39. 
 Varicocele, 584. 
 Varicose veins, 428, 581, 
 
 646. 
 VarioU, 139. 
 Varioloid, 141. 
 Varix, 581. 
 Vaseline, 890. 
 Vegetable foods, 70, 84, 
 
 778; Poisons, 515; Soup, 
 
 793. 
 Veins, 38; Enlarged, 681; 
 
 Inflammation of, 580, 
 
 581 ; Enlarged or vari- 
 cose, 581. 
 Venereal diseases, 360-378. 
 
 GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 Ventilation, 60; In sick- 
 room, 114, 758. 
 
 Ventricles, 37, 274 ; Dilata- 
 tion of, 27H; Enlarge- 
 ment of. 276. 
 
 Veratrin, 815. 
 
 Varatrum album, 885; 
 Yirldo, 814. 
 
 Verbascum thapsus, 866. 
 
 Verbena hastata, HH3. 
 
 Verdigris, poisoning by, 
 514. 
 
 Vertigo, 200. 
 
 Vervain, 883. 
 
 Vesicles, 36. 
 
 Vesicular eruptions, 363. 
 
 Vessels, absorbent, 40. 
 
 Viburnum opulus, 842. 
 
 Vinegar, 883 : Whey, 794. 
 
 Vinegars, 910. 
 
 Virginia snakeroot, 8H4 ; 
 Comp. Tlnct. of, 919; 
 Tinct. of, 915. 
 
 Vision, Imperfect, 591. 
 
 Vital properties of th e body, 
 18. 
 
 Vitreous humor, 51. 
 
 Vitriol, elixir, 915; Poison- 
 ing by, 515. 
 
 Vocal cords, 43; Organs, 
 42. 
 
 Vomiting, 310. 
 
 Vulva, prurigo of. 417. 
 
 Wading foot-baths, 753. 
 
 Wafer ash, 874. 
 
 Wahoo, 884. 
 
 Walking, 93; Of infants. 
 452. 
 
 Warm baths for children, 
 457; Foot. 754. 
 
 Warts and corns, 152. 
 
 Wash-down bath, 752 ; Tub, 
 751. 
 
 Washes, 933. 
 
 Water, 89-92, 779; Acci- 
 dents on, 512 ; Ammonia, 
 815; Brash, 309 ; Chemi- 
 cal nature of. 89; Ctold, 
 at meals, 65; Cure, 739; 
 External use of, 251 ; 
 Oruel. 791 ; Horehoiind, 
 884; In chest, 261; In 
 heart case, 287 ; In the 
 head, 174; Impurlities 
 in, 90; Internal use of, 
 741; Lime, 851; Mwluo 
 operandi of, 737 ; Of am- 
 monia. 815 ; Of the ocean, 
 91 ; Pipes, lead, 90; Prop- 
 erties of, 90; Pure, es- 
 sential to health, 89; 
 Ilain.91 ; Bules for using. 
 739 ; Salt, 91 ; In scrotum, 
 579; Supply, 90; Use of. 
 
 in consumption, 251 ; For 
 wounds, 640, 
 
 Waters, me(licate<l, 897. 
 
 Watery pimples, 144. 
 
 Wave or Hlulce bath, 748. 
 
 Wax, HH6 ; In tht- oar, 696. 
 
 Weakness of sight, 501. 
 
 Weaning, 450. 
 
 Wens 577. 
 
 Weights, 810 ; French deci- 
 mal, 811. 
 
 Wet bandages, 741 ; DrcBs, 
 743; Nurses, 44(1 ; Khwt, 
 folded, 744; Sliot't pack, 
 742; Sheet ruiitiMig, 715. 
 
 Wheat, 80; Flour, un- 
 l)oltP(l, 74. 
 
 Whey, alum, 795; Mustard, 
 794; Grange, 795; Ren- 
 net, 794; .4weet, 795; 
 Tartar, 794 ; Vliie^ar, 
 791; With tamarinds. 
 795 ; Wine. 795. 
 
 White hellebore, S85 ; Oint- 
 ment, 902; Indian hemp, 
 881 ; Liquid physic, 900; 
 Oak, 885; Pond Illy, 885; 
 Poplar, 882 ; Swelling, 
 571; Vitriol, poisoning 
 by. 515 ; Walnut, 824. 
 
 Whitely exerciser, 953. 
 
 Whites, 393. 
 
 Whitlow, 645. 
 
 Whooping-cough, 462 ; sud- 
 den increase of par- 
 oxysms in, 772 ; Diet in, 
 787. 
 
 Wild cherry. 885; Cherry 
 bark, syrup of, 911; Cu- 
 cumber, 885 ; Glngor. 
 886; Indigo, 886 ; Indigo, 
 ointment, 902; Sarsapa- 
 rilla. 875; Snowball, 870; 
 Turkey pea, 883; Wood- 
 bine, 815 ; Yam, 886. 
 
 Willow, black. 821 ; White, 
 886. 
 
 Wiud-coHc, 320. 
 
 Windows In sleeping- 
 rooms, 99. 
 
 Windpipe, 36 ; Foreign 
 bodies in, 599; Inflam- 
 mation of, 214. 
 
 W'ne for old persons, 502; 
 Of American ash. 947; 
 Oi comfrey, comp., 898; 
 Of golden seal, comp., 
 898 ; Of ipecacuanha,89H; 
 Whey, 795. 
 
 Wines, medicated, 898. 
 
 Win^seed, 874. 
 
 Winter, fatty foods In. 75. 
 
 Wlntergreen,886 ; pear-leaf, 
 871. 
 
 Witcb-haxel, 886. 
 
nnaumptlon, 251 ; For 
 ludn, 640. 
 
 1, medicated, 897. 
 y pimples, 144. 
 or slulco bath, 748. 
 885 ; In th»« our, 51)6. 
 DOS! of sight, 691. 
 Ing, 450. 
 ,577. 
 
 Its, 810 ; French docl- 
 , 811. 
 
 andages, 741 ; DroBB, 
 ; Nuraes, 44t> ; Klioet, 
 fd, 744; Shft'l iPiick, 
 ; Sheet runti'iig, 715. 
 t, 80; Flour, un- 
 ,pd, 74. 
 
 , alum, 795; Mustard, 
 ; Jrange, 795; Rou- 
 , 794; Swt'tH, 795; 
 tar, 794 ; Vliiujjar, 
 ; With tamarinds, 
 ; Wine, 795. 
 I hellebore, 885 ; Olnt- 
 it, 902; Indian hemp, 
 ; Liquid physic, 900; 
 c, 885; Pond lily, 885; 
 lar, 882 ; Swelling, 
 ; Vitriol, poiaunlug 
 515 ; Walnut, 824. 
 9ly exerciser, 953. 
 !S, 393. 
 ow, 645. 
 
 ping-cough, 462 ; sud- 
 i increase of par- 
 sins in, 772; Diet in, 
 
 cherry, 885; Cherry 
 k, syrup of, 911; Cu- 
 Qber, 885 ; Ginger, 
 ; Indigo, 886 ; Indigo, 
 tment, 902; Sarsapa- 
 a, 875; Snowball, 870; 
 [•key pea, 883; Wood- 
 e, 815 ; Yam, 886. 
 w, black, 821 ; White, 
 
 -colic, 320. 
 
 0W8 In eleeping- 
 ms, 99. 
 
 pipe, 36 ; Foreign 
 lies in, 699; Inflam- 
 tlon of, 214. 
 for old persons, 502; 
 American ash, 947; 
 comfrey, comp., 898; 
 golden seal, uomp., 
 ; Of lpecacuanba,89Pi 
 ley, 795. 
 
 1, medicated, 898. 
 seed, 874. 
 
 sr, fatty foods in, 75. 
 irgreen, 886 ; pear-leaf, 
 
 i-hasel, 886. 
 
 Wolfsbane, 887. 
 
 Womb and appendages, 
 383, 422; Cancer of, 413; 
 Falling of, 400 ; Falling 
 over of, 410; Inllamiiia- 
 tlon of, 40H ; Inllamma- 
 tion of neck of, 38((; 
 Polypus of, 406 ; Sinking 
 down of, 424 ; Tumors of, 
 412. 
 
 Woolen clothing, 103. 
 
 Worm-powder, 908. 
 
 Worms, 332. 
 
 Wormseed, 887. 
 
 Wormwood, 887. 
 
 Wounds, bleeding from, 
 639, 699; Contused and 
 lacerated, 544; Derange- 
 ments from, 183; Qun- 
 
 OENKKAL INDEX. 
 
 shot, 545 ; How to unite, 
 540, 543; Incised, 539; 
 Of various kinds, 538; 
 Poisoned, 545 ; Punctur- 
 ed, 543 r Rules for exam- 
 ining and dressing, 541. 
 
 Wrist, dislocation of, 565; 
 Fracturi'H of, 6G", 
 
 Wry neck, 586. 
 
 Xanthoxylln, 868. 
 Xanthozylum fruxineum, 
 
 868. 
 
 Yam, wild, 886. 
 Yarrow. 888. 
 
 Yeast, 888; Poultice, 005. 
 Yellow dock, 888; Comp. 
 syrup of, 913; Fever, 
 
 981 
 
 495 ; Jessamine, 888 ; 
 Ladies' slipper, 888 ; 
 ParlllH, 889. 
 Youth, diet in, 76. 
 
 Zinc, 889; Acetate of, 889; 
 Chloride of, 889 ; Iodide 
 of. 889; Oxide of, 889, 
 Precipitated carbonate 
 of, 889; Sulphate of, 890; 
 In poisoning, 515; Vale- 
 rianate of, 890. 
 
 Zinci, aciotas, 889 ; Car- 
 bonas prrodpltas, 889; 
 Clilorlduni, MH9; lodl- 
 dum, 889; Oxidum, 889; 
 Sulphas, 890; Valcrianas, 
 890. 
 
 Zingiber omdnale, 838, 
 
 ri fei r «ii n iiiaiiit " i A i'iwi i in W l *> ii^ l l *w m * w * > « i w<Uifc« t[i<ni >HimiD i f nm ■iw MW h imini i i i l i 
 
INDEX TO THE HOMOEOPATHIC DEPARTMENT. 
 
 A Brief Treatise on Home- 
 opathic treatment of 
 diseases, 608. 
 Abscesses, 643. 
 Aconite, 720. 
 
 Acute inflammation of the 
 spinal cord, 618; Of the 
 larynx (laryngitis), 629; 
 Of the liver, 663; Bron- 
 chial, 630. 
 
 Affections of the mind, 692. 
 
 Agustia, 724. 
 
 Ailments at the age of pu- 
 berty, 713 ; Attending 
 change of life, 714; Dur- 
 ing pregnancy, 715. 
 
 Albumen, for poisoning, 
 729. 
 
 Amblyopia, 676. 
 
 Ammoniacal gas, for pel- 1 
 sonlng, 730. I 
 
 Anasarca, 684. 
 
 Anchylosis, 704. 
 
 Aneurism, 704; Of the 
 aorta, 652. 
 
 Anorexia, 724. 
 
 Ancsmia, 724. 
 
 Anthrax, 642. 
 
 Antidotes to medicines, 
 611 ; To poisons, 726-731. 
 
 Antimonium, 720. 
 
 Antimony, poisoning with, 
 727. 
 
 Aphthae, 707. 
 
 Apoplexy, 616. ^ 
 
 Arnica, 720. 
 
 Arsenic, poisoning with, 
 727. 
 
 Arsenicum album, 720. 
 
 Ascites, 684. 
 
 Asiatic cholera, 662. 
 
 Asthma, 632. 
 
 Aversion to food, 724. 
 
 Baldness, 614. 
 Bathing, 611. 
 Barbers' itch, 649. 
 Belladonna, 721. 
 Bilious remittent fever,654. 
 
 Black tongue, 690. 
 Black vomit, 690. 
 Bleeding from the lungs, 
 
 632. 
 Bloody urine, 636. 
 Boils, 642. 
 Brain fever, 615. 
 Bronchitis, 630. 
 Bronchocele, 704. 
 Bryonia, 721, 
 Bunions, 670. 
 Burns and scalds, 702. 
 
 Calcarea carbonica, 721. 
 
 Camphor, for poisoning, 
 729. 
 
 Cancer of the skin, 667 ; Of 
 the liver, 666; Of the 
 intestines, 667; Of the 
 stomach, 666. 
 
 Canker of the mouth, 657. 
 
 Cantharides, poisoning by, 
 728. 
 
 Capsicum, 721. 
 
 Carbo. veg., 721. 
 
 Carbuncle, 642. 
 
 Cardialgia, 658. 
 
 Cataract, 623. 
 
 Cephalalgia, 613. 
 
 Chamomilla, 721. 
 
 Charcoal, for poisoning, 
 730. 
 
 Charcoal gas, poisoning by, 
 728. 
 
 Chicken-pox, 655. 
 
 Chilblains, 644. 
 
 Child-bed fever, 718. 
 
 China, 721. 
 
 Cholera morbus, 662; In- 
 fantum, 708. 
 
 Chorea, 621. 
 
 Chronic catarrh, 628 ; Dys- 
 entery, 661 ; Laryngitis, 
 629; Pericarditis, 652; 
 Rheumatism, 656. 
 
 Chronic inflammation of 
 the bowels, 660; Ot the 
 bronchia, 631; Of the 
 pericardium, 651. 
 
 982 
 
 Clna, 721. 
 
 Coal, poisoning by the 
 
 vapors of, 731. 
 Coffee, for poisoning, 729. 
 Cold fever, 687. 
 Cold in the head, 628. 
 Colic, 706. 
 Concussion of the brain, 
 
 700; Of the chest, 700. 
 Constipation, 662; Of the 
 
 bowels, 717. 
 Consumption, 632, 673. 
 Convulsions, 709. 
 Copper, poisoning by, 727. 
 Corns, 643. 
 Coryza, 628. 
 Costiveness, 662. 
 Coup do soleil, 616. 
 Cramps in the stomach, 
 
 659. 
 Croup, 630. 
 Crying, 706. 
 Cystitis, 634. 
 
 Deafness, 625. 
 
 Delirium, 615. 
 
 Delirium tremens, 620. 
 
 Dentition, 708. 
 
 Derangement of menstrua- 
 tion, 713. 
 
 Diabetes, 636. 
 
 Dianhcea, 660. 
 
 Diet and regimen, 612. 
 
 Difficult urination, 716. 
 
 Dilatation of the cavities of 
 the heart, 652. 
 
 Diphtheria, 680. 
 
 Diseases of the alimentary 
 canal, 657 ; Of the brain 
 and nerves, 615 ; Of the 
 ear, 625 ; Of the eyj and 
 lids, 622; Of the head, 
 613; Of the skin, 642; 
 Of the organs of circula- 
 tion, 651 ; Ot the organs 
 generation, 638 ; Of the 
 respiratory organs, 628 ; 
 Of the urinary organs, 
 634 ; Involving the vari- 
 
MENT. 
 
 isoning by the 
 
 of, 731. 
 
 r poisoning, 729. 
 
 r, 687. 
 
 le head, 628. 
 
 n of the brain, 
 f the chest, 700. 
 ion, 662; Of the 
 717. 
 
 lion, 632, 673. 
 ns, 709. 
 
 oisonlng by, 727. 
 i. 
 iH. 
 
 9S, 662. 
 oleil, 616. 
 n the stomach, 
 
 ). 
 
 )6. 
 !34. 
 
 625. 
 615. 
 :remens, 620. 
 
 708. 
 
 ent of menstrua- 
 3. 
 636. 
 
 660. 
 
 •egimen, 612. 
 rlnation, 716. 
 
 of the cavities of 
 rt, 652. 
 I, 680. 
 
 if the alimentary 
 57 ; Of the brain 
 ves, 615 ; Of the 
 ; Of the eyj and 
 2; Of the head, 
 
 the sliin, 642; 
 rgans of circula- 
 I ; Of the organs 
 ion, 638 ; Of the 
 ory organs, 628 ; 
 urinary organs, 
 i^olving the vari- 
 
 ous organs and reglon«4, 
 653, 666 ; Of women, 713 ; 
 Of infants, 706. 
 
 Dislocations, 701. 
 
 Disorders of the nose, 627. 
 
 Dropsy of the belly, 684 ; 
 Of the brain, 685 ; Of the 
 chest, 684 ; Of the heart, 
 684 ; Of the joints, 704 ; 
 Of the scrotum, 639,685 ; 
 Of the womb, 635 ; Ova- 
 rian, 685. 
 
 Dysentery, 661. 
 
 Dysmenorrhoea, 714. 
 
 Dyspepsia, 658. 
 
 Dyspeptic headache, 658. 
 
 Ear, diseases of, 625 ; in- 
 flammation of, 625. 
 
 if-arache, 625. 
 
 .vczema, 648. 
 
 Endocarditis, 651. 
 
 Epastazis, 627. 
 
 Epilepsy, 617. 
 
 Epsom salts, for poisoning, 
 730. 
 
 Eruptive fevers, 655. 
 
 Erysipelas, 655 
 
 Excessive menstruation, 
 714. 
 
 Excoriated nipples, 717. 
 
 Excoriations, 710. 
 
 External applications, 611. 
 
 Extreme emaciation, 709. 
 
 Falling of the womb, 640, 
 719. 
 
 False pains, 716. 
 
 Febris petechialis, 687. 
 
 Felons, 647. 
 
 Ferrum, 721. 
 
 Fever, bilious, 654; Cold, 
 687; Eruptive, 655; In- 
 flammatory, 653 ; In- 
 termittent, 654; Putrid, 
 688; Remittent, 471, 654; 
 Rheumatic, 656 ; Scarlet, 
 655; Simple, 653; Spot- 
 ted, 687 ; Typhoid, 653 ; 
 Yellow, 654. 
 
 Fig-warts, 667. 
 
 Fistula in ano, 705. 
 
 Fits, 617, 709. 
 
 Forms of medicine for ad- 
 ministration, 610. 
 
 fractures, 702. 
 
 Furunculi, 642. 
 
 Gall Stones, C65. 
 Gangrene, 668. 
 Gastralgia, 658. 
 Gastritis, 659. 
 Gastrodynia, 659. 
 Goitre, 704. 
 Gonorrhoea! sore eyes, 623. 
 
 HOMCEOPATHIO INDEX. 
 
 Gravel, 635. 
 
 Grippe, 675. 
 
 Hardness of hearing, 625. 
 
 Headache, 613, 658. 
 
 Heartburn, 658. 
 
 Hectic fever, 671. 
 
 Hemorrhage from wounds, 
 
 701. 
 Hemorrhoids, 664, 719. 
 Hernia, 701. 
 Herpes, 6''.7; Circlnnatus, 
 
 646. 
 Hiccough, 709. 
 Hives, 646. 
 Hydrocele, 639, 685. 
 Hydrocephalus, 685. 
 Hydrometra, 686. 
 Hydrophobia, 691. 
 Hydropsies, 684. 
 Hydrothorax, 684. 
 Hypochondria, 696. 
 Hysteria, 691. 
 Hysteric derangement, 697. 
 
 Ignatia, 722. 
 
 Imbecility, 698. . 
 
 Immoderate flow of sweet 
 urine, 636. 
 
 Imperfect action of the 
 valves of the heart, 
 652. 
 
 Inability to talce the breast, 
 706. 
 
 Incontinence of urine, 636. 
 
 Incubus, 690. 
 
 Indigestion, 658. 
 
 Induration of the breasts, 
 717. 
 
 Infantile diarrhoea, 706 ; 
 Dysentery, 706 ; Jaun- 
 dice, 707. 
 
 Inflammation of the ar- 
 teries, 652; Of the I lad- 
 der, 634; Of the bowels, 
 660; Of the ear, 625; 
 Of the eyeUds, 622 ; Of 
 the glands under the 
 arms, 669; Of the heart, 
 651; Of the inguinal 
 glands, 669 ; Of the iris, 
 622 ; Of th& kidneys, 637 ; 
 Of the larynx, 629; Of 
 the ovaries, 610; Of the 
 pericardium, 651 ; Of the 
 peritoneum, 660 ; Of the 
 spinal chord, 618; Of 
 the spleen, 663; Of the 
 stomach, 659; Of the 
 testicles, 639; Of the 
 tongue, 657; Of the ton- 
 sils, 657 ; Of the urethra, 
 638; Of the vagina, 639; 
 Of the vulva, 639; Of the 
 windpipe, 630; Of the 
 womb, 639. 
 
 983 
 
 Inflammatory fever, 653; 
 
 Rheumatism, 656. 
 Influenza, 675. 
 Injury of a nei-vo, 700. 
 Insidious diseases, 686. 
 Intermittent fever, 654. 
 Interrupted menstruation, 
 
 713. 
 Invermination, 663. 
 Ipecacuanha, 722. 
 Iritis, 622. 
 Iron-rust, for poisoning, 
 
 730. 
 Itch, 645. 
 Itching of the anus, 664; 
 
 Of the sitiu, 645. 
 
 Jaundice, 663. 
 
 Kidneys, inflammation of, 
 
 637. 
 Kitchen-salt, for poisoning, 
 
 730. 
 
 Labor, 716. 
 
 Lachesis, 722. 
 
 Larynx, inflammation of, 
 
 629. 
 Lead, for poisoning by, 727. 
 Leucorrhoea, 641 ; After 
 
 conflnement, 719. 
 List of remedies, 609. 
 Liver, inflammation of 
 
 663 ; spots, 649. 
 Lock-jaw, 619. 
 Loss of memory, 621 ; Of 
 
 taste, 724 ; Of smell, 724. 
 Lumbago, 656. 
 Lumbar abscess, 703. 
 Lung fever, 631. 
 Luxations, 701. 
 
 Maculae, 649. 
 
 Magnesia, for poisoning, 
 730. 
 
 Malignant pustule, 686. 
 
 Mania from excited 'mo- 
 tions, 693; From df-ores- 
 slon of spirits, 693. ' 
 
 Marasmus, 709. 
 
 Measles, 655. 
 
 Menorrhagia, 714. 
 
 Mental derangement, 692. 
 
 Mercurius. 722. 
 
 Mercury, for poisoning by, 
 727. 
 
 Milk (for poisoning), 729; 
 Crust, 710; Fever, 716; 
 Leg, 669. 
 
 Miscellaneous diseases, 
 690. 
 
 Monomania, 699. 
 
 Morbid emotions, 694. 
 
 Morphine, for pc'soning by, 
 728. 
 
984 
 
 HOMCEOPATHIC INDKX. 
 
 Hyeletis, 618. 
 Mucous-vomiting, 659. 
 Moss, 649. 
 
 Nasal polypus, 668. 
 Nervous deafness, 6Si6. 
 Nettle-rash, C55. 
 Neuralgia, 620. 
 Nightmare, 690. 
 Night-sweats, 250. 
 Nocturnal enureeiB, 636. 
 Nose-bleed, 627. 
 Kux vomica, 722. 
 
 Obstruction of the nose, 627. 
 Olive-oil, for poisoning, 729. 
 Opium, 722. 
 Otorrhcea, 625. 
 Ovarian dropsy, 685. 
 Ozcena, 627. 
 
 Painful menstruation, 714. 
 
 Painter's colic, 664. 
 
 Palsy, 619. 
 
 Paralysis, 619; Of the eye- 
 lids, 678. 
 
 Parturition, 716. 
 
 Passage of gall-stones, 666. 
 
 Pericarditis, 651. 
 
 Pharyngeal sore throat, 
 657. 
 
 Phlegmasia dolens, 669. 
 
 Piles, 664, 719. 
 
 Pleurisy, 632. 
 
 Pleuritis, 632. 
 
 Pneumonia, 631. 
 
 Poisons, and their anti- 
 dotes, 726-731. 
 
 Polypus of the nose, 627. 
 
 Porrigo, 710. 
 
 Potash and sweet almond 
 oil, for poisoning, 730. 
 
 Prickly heat, 710. 
 
 Profuse bleeding from the 
 womb, 714. 
 
 Protracted grief, 693, 
 
 Protrusion of the intestine, 
 663. 
 
 Prurigo, 645. 
 
 Prussia acid, for poisoning 
 by, 728. 
 
 Pulmonary consumption, 
 632, 673. 
 
 PulsatUla, 722. 
 
 Putrid fever, 688; Sore 
 throat, 657. 
 
 Quinsy, 657. 
 
 Rabies, 691. 
 Rachitis, 703. 
 Red gum, 708. 
 Relapsing fever, 690. 
 
 Religious mania, 696. 
 Remittent fever, 654. 
 Retention of the urino, 635, 
 
 708. 
 Rheumatic fever, 656 ; Sore 
 
 eyes, 623. 
 Rraas tox., 723. 
 Rickets, 703. 
 Ringworm. 646; Of the 
 
 sralp, 613. 
 Rules for the administra- 
 tion of medicines, 609; 
 
 For preserving the purity 
 
 of medlciues, 610. 
 Running at the cars, 625. 
 Rupture, 701. 
 Rush of blood to the head, 
 
 616. 
 
 Salt rheum, 647. 
 Scabies, 645. 
 Scald-head, 614. 
 Scarlet-fever, 665; Bash, 
 
 665. 
 Schirrus, 666. 
 Sciatica, 666. 
 Scrofula, 648. 
 Scrofulous sore eyes, 622; 
 
 Swelling of the salivary 
 
 glands, 711. 
 Scurf of the head, 711. 
 Scurvy, 649. 
 Sea-sickness, 869. 
 Shingles, 668. 
 Simple fever, 653. 
 Sleeplessness of Infants, 
 
 712. 
 Small-pox, 6r6. 
 Snake bites, 703. 
 Snuffles, 707. 
 Soap, for poisoning, '729. 
 Sore mouth, 707; Throat 
 
 (quinsy), 657. 
 Soreness after delivery, 
 
 716; Behind the ears, 
 
 710. 
 Specific indications for rem- 
 edies in fevers, 720. 
 Specks on the cornea, 624. 
 Spotted fever, 687. 
 Sprains, 700. 
 Squinting, 624. 
 Stammering, 621. 
 Starch, for poisoning, 730. 
 Stiff joints, 704. 
 Stings of i..Bect8, 702. 
 Stone, 635; Bruise, 670. 
 Strabismus, 624. 
 Strangury, 634. 
 Strong tea, for poisoning, 
 
 730. 
 St. Vitus's dance, 621. 
 Stye, 622. 
 
 Sugar, or sugar-water, for 
 
 poisoniuik;, 729. 
 Summer conipiaiut, 708. 
 Sunstroke, 610. 
 Suppression of tlif lochia, 
 
 718; Of the milk, 717; 
 
 Of the urine, 635. 
 Surgical diseases, 700 
 Sweet almonl oil, for iioi- 
 
 soning, 730. 
 Swimming of the head, 
 
 613. 
 Syphilis, 638. 
 Syphilitic sore eyes, 623. 
 
 Teething, 708. 
 Tetanus, 620. 
 Tetter, 6^7. 
 Thrush, 707. 
 Tinctures, 609. 
 Tinea capitis, 614. 
 Toothache, 656. 
 Torticollis, 704. 
 Tracheitis, 630. 
 Trismus, 619. 
 Tumors, removal of, 702. 
 Tussis spasmodica, (J31, 
 
 678. 
 Typhoid fever, 653. 
 
 Ulcerations of the bone, 
 703 ; Of the womb, 640. 
 
 Ulcers, 644; Of the scalp, 
 614. 
 
 Varicose veins, 646, 704. 
 Varioloid, 655. 
 Veratrum, 723. 
 Vertigo, 613. 
 
 Vinegar for poisoning, 729. 
 Vomiting of blood, 659. 
 
 Warts, on the hands, 669 ; 
 
 On the nose, 668. 
 Waterbrash, 658. 
 Watery eyes, 624. 
 Weak memory, 697. 
 Weakness of the sight, 676. 
 Wetting the bed, 636. 
 White swelling, 703. 
 Whites, 641. 
 Whitlow, 645. 
 Whooping cough, 631, 678. 
 Wine, for poisoning, 730. 
 Worms, 663. 
 Wounds, 701. 
 Wry neck, 704. 
 
 Yellow fever, 654. 
 
 Zinc, or white vitriol, for 
 
 poisoning by, 727. 
 Zona, 668. 
 
ar, or sugar-water, for 
 
 )isonin|k;, 729. 
 
 imer complaiut, 708. 
 
 stroke, 61G. 
 
 pression of iho lochia, 
 
 L8; Of the milk, 717; 
 
 f the urine, 635. 
 
 gical diseases, 700 
 
 set almonJ oil, for jioi- 
 
 >nlng, 730. 
 
 mming of the head, 
 
 13. 
 
 hilis, 638. 
 
 hilitio 8ore eyes, 623. 
 
 thing, 708. 
 
 inus. 620. 
 
 :er, 6^7. 
 
 ush, 707. 
 
 itures, 609. 
 
 sa capitis, 614. 
 
 thache, 656. 
 
 ticoilis, 704. 
 
 :heitis, 630. 
 
 mus, 619. 
 
 lors, removal of, 702. 
 
 sis spasmodlca, (iSl, 
 
 ■8. 
 
 hold fever, 653. 
 
 rationa of the bone, 
 3 ; Of the womb, 640. 
 IS, 644; Of the scalp, 
 4. 
 
 cose veins, 646, 704. 
 
 Oloid, 656. 
 
 trum, 723. 
 
 igo, 613. 
 
 !gar for poisoning, 729. 
 
 iting of blood, 659. 
 
 ts, on the hands, 669 ; 
 
 1 the nose, 668. 
 
 erbrash, 658. 
 
 ery eyes, 624. 
 
 k memory, 697. 
 
 kness of the sight, 676. 
 
 ting the bed, 636. 
 
 te swelling, 703. 
 
 tes, 641. 
 
 blow, 645. 
 
 oping cough, 631, 678. 
 
 t, for poisoning, 730. 
 
 tna, 663. 
 
 nds, 701. 
 
 neck, 704. 
 
 )W fever, 654. 
 
 , or white vitriol, for 
 isonlng by, 727. 
 \, 668. 
 
 Mellins Food 
 
 FOR 
 
 Infants and Invalids. 
 
 Mellin's Food has been before the public 
 for over Thirty Years, and has become a 
 household word in every family. 
 
 Mellin^s Food fulfils all the requirements of 
 a perfect food for Infants, and is invaluable 
 for the Invalid and the Aged. 
 
 Mellin's Food prepared as directed (it re- 
 quires no cooking) is the best food for Infants 
 and Invalids. 
 
 My experience with MELLIN'S FOOD for a number 
 of years has been of the most satisfactory kind and 
 though foods have come and gone and the principles 
 of infant feeding, as laid down in the text books, have 
 been radically changed several times, MELLIN'S 
 FOOD has stood the test and seems to fulfil the 
 indications more nearly in the majority of cases than 
 any other preparation. 
 
 CHAS. GRAEFE, M.D.. 
 
 March 28, 1806. -- Sandusky, Ohio. 
 
 Write to us and we will send our book ''The Care and Feeding of 
 Infants,'' and a sample bottle of MELLIN'S FOOD free of charge. 
 
 DOLIBER-<KX3DALE COMPANY, 
 BOSTON, MASS. 
 
 -^,<*7/A^Z*7,A^^*7^A^\'>7tA-^^ r/Av^»r/A^~»7/Av^t7/AvN t7/A\N»7/ A*.^ tT* A*^»7*A*n *7/ AvT*7/i4^> t^.C 
 
 '*. '-.■ > 
 
 5f?5^ 
 
HorsM's Acid Phosphate. 
 
 ('mquid. ; 
 
 > 
 
 A BRAIN AND NERVE TONIC. 
 
 This is not a compounded patent medicine, but a preparat'on 
 of the phosphates of potash, iron, lime, phosphoric acid, etc., in 
 solution, and is recommended and prescribed by physicians of all 
 schools. 
 
 Indigestion, Dyspepsia, Eto. Acid Phosphate promotes digestion without 
 injury, and thereby relieves those diseases caused by indigestion of the food. 
 
 Nervousness, Exhaustion, Etc. Acid Phosphate supplies the waste of 
 phosphates caused by every mental and physical exertion, imparting new 
 energy, increasing the intellectual and physical power, aud is an agreeable and 
 teneficial food and tonic for the brain and nerves. 
 
 Headache. Acid Phosphate, by its action on the digestion, and as a 
 nerve food, relieves the headache arising from indigestion and nervousness. 
 
 Tired Brain. Acid Phosphate acts as a brain food, increasing the capacity 
 for mental labor, restoring the tired brain, and imparting new energy to that 
 organ. 
 
 Abuse of Alcohol. Acid Phosphate is of great benefit in the prostration 
 consequent upon the abuse of alcohol, restoring the nerves to their normal 
 condition. 
 
 Weakened En 'rgy. Acid Phosphate acts as a nutrient to the cerebral 
 and nervous systems 'ving vigor and renewed strength where there has been 
 exhaustion. 
 
 Ill Effects of Tobacco. Acid Phosphate neutralizes the nicotine, thereby 
 relieving the immediate ill effects of tobacco. 
 
 Sleeplessness. A small dose in water, taken just before retiring, produces 
 the most refreshing sleep. 
 
 Seasickness. Acid Phosphate, taken regularly, materially relieves and 
 often prevents this dreaded disease. 
 
 Night Sweats. Acid Phosphate has commonly given speedy benefit in 
 night sweats, and is useful in all wasting and debilitating diseases. 
 
 A Delicious Drink is made by adding a teaspoonful of Acid Phosphate 
 to a tumbler of water, and sweetening to the taste. It harmonizes with such 
 stimulants as may be necessary to take. 
 
 FOR SALB BY AIiLi DBALIURS IN MBDICINBS. 
 
 Send for descriptive pamphlet. Prepared under the direction of Prof. K. If. 
 Horsford, by the Rumford Chemloal Worlu, Providence, R. I., U. S. A.* M. D. 
 ARNOLD, Treaaurer. 
 
 BEWMRe OF IKITATIOm. 
 
 Lfe '^2 
 
phate. 
 
 i 
 
 NIC. 
 
 '«/ a preparation 
 loric acid, etc, in 
 physicians of all 
 
 tes digestion witliout 
 estion of the food, 
 ipplies the waste of 
 ion, imparting new 
 is an agreeable and 
 
 digestion, and as a 
 md nervousness. 
 :reasing the capacity 
 : new energy to that 
 
 fit in the prostration 
 ves to their normal 
 
 ient to the cerebral 
 here there has been 
 
 he nicotine, thereby 
 
 re retiring, produces 
 
 erially relieves and 
 
 \ speedy benefit in 
 
 seases. 
 
 of Acid Phosphate 
 
 rmonizes with such 
 
 [NES. 
 
 ictlon of Prof. B. IT. 
 • If U. S. Af K. D. 
 
llf Ii*» 
 
 iVfii 
 
 M 
 
 V "•'